Inversion by littless
Summary:

Sam's life undergoes some BIG changes when he gets back together with his high school sweetheart.

Disclaimer: All publicly recognizable characters, settings, etc. are the property of their respective owners. The original characters and plot are the property of the author. The author is in no way associated with the owners, creators, or producers of any media franchise. No copyright infringement is intended.


Categories: Giantess, Teenager (13-19), Young Adult 20-29, Breast Enlargement, Couples, Gentle, Growing Woman, Incest, Slow Size Change Characters: None
Growth: Amazon (7 ft. to 15 ft.)
Shrink: Dwarf (3 ft. to 5 ft.)
Size Roles: FF/m
Warnings: Following story may contain inappropriate material for certain audiences
Challenges: None
Series: None
Chapters: 102 Completed: Yes Word count: 518393 Read: 691762 Published: May 16 2017 Updated: April 29 2019
Story Notes:

Sorry folks, no violence, vore, butt, scat, destruction, entrapment or anything like that here. This is gentle. You can find plenty of that other stuff around pretty easily if you that's your thing.

Also, while this is rated X, it's likely not as explicit as some might like. However, with all these caveats, if you think you might like this, I hope you enjoy.

This is my first story. The major premise here is certainly possible, but not likely. The story is obviously not true, but it's based on real people and it could happen. I hope it is realistic enough.

Disclaimer: All publicly recognizable characters, settings, etc. are the property of their respective owners. The original characters and plot are the property of the author. The author is in no way associated with the owners, creators, or producers of any media franchise. No copyright infringement is intended.

 

1. Chapter 1 - Reunion by littless

2. Chapter 2 - Kicked Out by littless

3. Chapter 3 - Realization by littless

4. Chapter 4 - Truth Laid Bare by littless

5. Chapter 5 - Acceptance by littless

6. Chapter 6 - Not a Mistake by littless

7. Chapter 7 - Graduation by littless

8. Chapter 8 - Erin by littless

9. Chapter 9 - Revelation by littless

10. Chapter 10 - Six Foot by littless

11. Chapter 11 - Beach by littless

12. Chapter 12 - Jillian by littless

13. Chapter 13 - Daddy Issues by littless

14. Chapter 14 - Miserable by littless

15. Chapter 15 - Doctor's Visit by littless

16. Chapter 16 -- Wildest Dreams by littless

17. Chapter 17 -- Conspiracy by littless

18. Chapter 18 -- MRI by littless

19. Chapter 19 - Borgford What? by littless

20. Chapter 20 - Superwoman by littless

21. Chapter 21 - Surgery by littless

22. Chapter 22 - Our Little Secret by littless

23. Chapter 23 - Sisters by littless

24. Chapter 24 - Offer by littless

25. Chapter 25 - Off His Chest by littless

26. Chapter 26 - Fabric Tearing Pokemon by littless

27. Chapter 27 - Shallow by littless

28. Chapter 28 - Drug Experiments by littless

29. Chapter 29 - Cindy by littless

30. Chapter 30 - Bath Time by littless

31. Chapter 31 - Time Together by littless

32. Chapter 32 - Game of Tag by littless

33. Chapter 33 - Investigators Findings by littless

34. Chapter 34 - Cindy to the Rescue by littless

35. Chapter 35 - Drunken Fool by littless

36. Chapter 36 - Just Another Saturday by littless

37. Chapter 37 - Where's George by littless

38. Chapter 38 - Teagan's Karma by littless

39. Chapter 39 - Four Girls by littless

40. Chapter 40 - Naked Win or Lose? by littless

41. Chapter 41 - Only One Naked by littless

42. Chapter 42 - Sir Gail-ahad by littless

43. Chapter 43 - Challenges by littless

44. Chapter 44 - Awooooo by littless

45. Chapter 45 -- Such a Geek by littless

46. Chapter 46 - Secrets Revealed by littless

47. Chapter 47 - Search and Rescue by littless

48. Chapter 48 - Aftermath by littless

49. Chapter 49 - Recovery by littless

50. Chapter 50 - Surprises by littless

51. Chapter 51 - New Job by littless

52. Chapter 52 - Michele's Turn by littless

53. Chapter 53 - Dancing Again by littless

53. Chapter 54 - Awakening for Tee by littless

55. Chapter 55 - Infector Revealed by littless

56. Chapter 56 - Plans by littless

57. Chapter 57 - Arizona by littless

58. Chapter 58 - Fun in the Sun by littless

59. Chapter 59 - Bonnie by littless

60. Chapter 60 - Phoenix by littless

61. Chapter 61 - Boot Scootin' by littless

62. Chapter 62 Eeyup by littless

63. Chapter 63 - Answers by littless

64. Chapter 64 - Delusions of Miniscule by littless

65. Chapter 65 - Picking Up Zoe by littless

66. Chapter 66 - Whatever gave you that idea by littless

67. Chapter 67 - Sensational Sunday by littless

68. Chapter 68 - A Reckoning by littless

69. Chapter 69 - News Good and Bad by littless

70. Chapter 70 - Miserable by littless

71. Chapter 71 - Thinking of Jill by littless

72. Chapter 72 - Don't feel bad by littless

73. Chapter 73 - New house, new situations by littless

74. Chapter 74 - What now? by littless

75. Chapter 75 - And Now for Something Completely Different by littless

76. Chapter 76 - A little surprise by littless

77. Chapter 77 - Relationships by littless

78. Chapter 78 - Open House by littless

79. Chapter 79 - Back in the Swing by littless

80. Chapter 80 - A guest to take care of by littless

81. Chapter 81 - Humility by littless

82. Chapter 82 - Uncertainty principles by littless

83. Chapter 83 - The heat is turned up by littless

84. Chapter 84 - Changing state by littless

85. Chapter 85 - We meet again by littless

86. Chapter 86 - Choose by littless

87. Chapter 87 - Homecoming by littless

88. Chapter 88 - Funeral by littless

89. Chapter 89 - Getting back by littless

90. Chapter 90 - Pheromones by littless

91. Chapter 91 - Packing by littless

92. Chapter 92 - Turn around Monday by littless

93. Chapter 93 - A new place by littless

94. Chapter 94 - Hidden room by littless

95. Chapter 95 - Out by littless

96. Chapter 96 - In by littless

97. Chapter 97 - My hero by littless

98. Chapter 98 - Happy, happy, happy by littless

99. Chapter 99 - Big news by littless

100. Chapter 100 - Sorting it out by littless

101. Chapter 101 - Not the last chapter by littless

102. Chapter 102 - The last chapter by littless

Chapter 1 - Reunion by littless
Author's Notes:

This first chapter is the shortest and only introduces the main characters. The good stuff will come in later chapters.

I was daydreaming when I saw her in line at the self check out counter. It was the lane next to me but I was behind someone who was already checking out at the front. You know how your eyes are sometimes drawn to someone inexplicably? That's what happened. She had long brown hair over a yellow t-shirt, and really nice legs. She was wearing jean shorts since this was one of the first nice days of spring, finally. So naturally her legs caught my eye. That and the fact that she was a lot shorter than your average lady. She appeared familiar. I didn't think much of it until I was finally checking out when I heard my name being called.


"Sam!"


I immediately turned around. "Uh, hi, Julie."

 

Wouldn't you know it; my old high school sweetheart. I finished checking out and we spent the next few moments catching up. It seems she was finishing up her second year at the local community college and was working at a coffee shop nearby. No, not that big chain coffee shop. This was a small place that catered to the college crowd, such as it was. The type that had real Friday open mic nights where amateurs would show off their musical talents. Sounds like a fun place to work. I had even thought about showing up one Friday night to perform myself. It was just a fantasy, mind you. I do like playing the guitar and singing, I think I'm good at it. But I'm too shy to ever play in public.


Julie's parents had split up -- Dad going out to the Chicago area, Julie and her sister staying here with Mom. That is, until Julie moved in with another guy she met in her accounting class. She pretty much had to move out since Mom wasn't too well off living in a small one bedroom apartment. And Julie didn't get along with her sister very well. You could say she pretty much hated her. So did I. She was what you call, "stuck up".


I had graduated college the year before from a school out in the southwest with a degree in computer science and had landed a pretty good job working for a major company in the big city not too far away from here right after graduation. In fact, I had the job lined up even before graduation. All those years of hard work and hardly any play at college payed off after all.


Also, to my great pride, I had moved into a house that I was buying (oh joy, I now have a mortgage) which was pretty close to our hometown. (Well, that explains "bumping" into Julie.) I am even able to tele-commute at least three days a week most of the time. Yes, I was on my way to living the dream.


While talking to Julie was fun, it was a bit surreal. I detected a bit of over-cheerfulness in her. Something maybe not genuine. Did she want to get back together? Did she want to get back at me? Was something wrong? I should let you know that it was I who dumped her. Stupid move. I was going to school a thousand miles away and didn't want a long range relationship. Or so I told myself ... and her. What I really wanted was to date other girls while away. I didn't know then that it was destined not to be. That "hardly any play" thing I mentioned above was not because of working hard. It was out of necessity.


You see, I'm not really the type of guy that girls want to date. What kind of guy is that, you may ask? Short! 4'10" to be exact. (That's 147 cm for the rest of the world.) And Julie, bless her heart, was 4'9". (145 cm) There weren't many other gals in school -- high school or college -- that were shorter than I was. And even fewer that would go out with me. Sure, I was somewhat of a jock, wasn't bad looking, even if I say so myself, and I could sing and play guitar, not to mention smart enough to graduate cum laude with a degree in computer science. But most girls don't care about anything else except, "he's gotta be taller than me". Sure there were some that didn't mind and I had a good time with a few close folks back at school. One gal even caught me singing and that really turned her on. But she wasn't my type. Let's just say she was too endomorphic for me. In fact, I never really hooked up with anyone that I really wanted to spend lots of time with. Perhaps Julie was one of a kind for me. Or perhaps it was just the thrill of a first high school romance, but I found myself thinking about her for days afterward.


Julie, although short, was very well proportioned. She was a jock too. And that's how we met. I wrestled. I mean, what other sport can I play? Certainly not basketball or football. Well, cross country running is one such sport, and that's exactly what I did. I did this for the sole purpose of getting in shape during the fall for winter wrestling. I lifted weights too, also for the sake of wresting. But Julie was a pure runner (hence the well developed legs!). She also lifted -- this to help her running for the same reason I did it to help my wrestling. Perhaps we both were compensating for our stature? Whatever. We met on the cross-country team: she a freshman and me a senior. And she took a liking to me. That doesn't happen often for me. So, the rest is history. Sort of.


Yep, she was a jock all right. Toned body. Nice legs. Always tanned, blemish-free skin. She had a thin face with upturned nose. Long brown hair. Not much on her chest, but that don't matter to me. I can take 'em or leave 'em. And you could tell she worked out by one look at her butt. Julie was not quite the walking wet dream that some guys always brag about, but she was hot nonetheless. At first, I thought one of her friends might have put her up to going out with me, or something. You know, the both of us being short kind of thing. But I came to find out that she genuinely liked me. Talk about lucking out! She has really nice legs too.


Now I must mention that besides being a jock she was also a tomboy; never wore a dress. Nor heels (thank God). In fact, she wouldn't go to the prom with me because of her aversion to dresses. How tomboyish is that? So, I went with another friend to the prom. A three inch taller friend. So, just a friend. Nothing special, of course. I was a little surprised at being able to get a date for the prom but I had to agree that it was just a date; nothing more. Besides, everyone knew that Julie and I were an item. At least as much of an item as two people can be in high school. We had sex once. If you can call a hand job proper sex, that is. Julie seemed a little prudish to me. But then, all high school boys are poon-hounds, if you know what I mean. Taking "prudishness" in the proper context here means just being smart on her part. So, I couldn't really tell if Julie was jealous, or not over the prom. But it didn't matter. It wasn't long after I graduated high school that we split up.


So, yes, I dumped her. I did feel bad about it. Really. And I still do. But she was currently shacking up with some guy now. I guess I still wanted to make up for hurting her all those years ago and that's why I exchanged phone numbers with her that day, even though at the time I had a funny feeling that I'd somehow regret it. Little did I know ...

End Notes:

The next chapter is where things start to pick up slowly.

Chapter 2 - Kicked Out by littless
Author's Notes:

More about Sam and Julie. There's a little bit of action here. Little compared to what's coming.

I figured I send up a two chapters a week, but i'm thinking three now. If you have a preference let me know in the feedback.

Thanks for those that put in a review. I have incorprated your comments.

----- The house

Let me tell you about my new house. It's not really new, but it's new to me: two story, three bedroom, three and a half baths and a detached garage. It has the usual kitchen, dining and living rooms and a basement.

There's also an office which comes in handy since I do lots of work from home. That and the garage were the selling points for me. There's also a deck outside and nearly an acre of land. I was lucky to save enough to get this house.

The garage has room for two cars in the front, and in the back I have my gym. Just some weights and a bench but I still like to think I'm a jock: I do stay in shape. I also have a bike, camping stuff, and tools out there along with a work table and an inversion table. Going upside-down on the inversion table helps my back when I do something stupid like picking up weights with my back instead of my legs.

I have a BMW 328i and an old Ford F150. The commute to the office is an hour or so, depending on traffic, but it's bearable since I only do this two or three times a week. It's rare that I have to go into the office more than that, but it happens.

The house is not located in your typical suburban neighborhood either -- it's more out in the county. I can't reach out from my kitchen window, for example, and touch my neighbors house.

And I don't have a roommate. I love the solitude. Perhaps it's because I'm used to it. Growing up as a short guy I didn't have too many close friends, and still don't. I'm self-conscious about my height, I guess. But that's the way it's shaped my personality. I'm a loner. Well, that's what I tell myself.

So I was pleasantly surprised when the phone rang that Thursday and it was Julie. She didn't sound happy though. She asked if she could come over.

"Sure", I said. I wasn't going to turn away a distraught damsel. Even if all I wanted was peace out here in my humble abode. Though in the back of my mind I felt a little thrill.

An hour later, after giving directions, a taxi pulled up and Julie stepped out wearing shorts and carrying a suitcase. Uh, oh!

It seems she had a falling out with her gentleman friend that she was staying with: Shawn. I'm using the term "gentleman" loosely here. I won't go into what happened, but it wasn't nice. She had basically been kicked out.

So, against my better judgement, I let her stay, "until you can find a place of your own", I dictated. I mean, what could I do, turn away my high school sweetheart?

I showed her around the house. I put her things, what little there were, in one of the spare bedrooms. "We'll get the rest of your stuff later.", I said. But I found out there nothing else to get.

We went into the kitchen and I fed her. She cried. I fed her ice cream. She cried. We went to the couch and she cried on my shoulder. We both had to work the next day. I was not going to take advantage of her; ever the gentleman I am. So I sent her off to bed in her own bedroom.


----- Saturday

We both worked Friday. Her in the afternoon, me, at home. Finally, Saturday came around and she was feeling better. She worked that morning but came home in the early afternoon. I asked about the taxi. It turns out she didn't have a vehicle. Of course, being the gentleman I am, I offered her the use of the pickup. That seemed to cheer her up.

I never got around to showing her the garage until Saturday afternoon. She beamed when she saw the "gym".

"Oh, wow. This is great."

"Yes. I can workout here and work on the cars too.", bragging, probably a bit too matter of factly. I suppose she never knew guys who actually did mechanical work with real tools, by gosh. Her dad would never do such a thing and apparently, neither would the guy she was previously living with.

"Can I use your weights to work out?". She was still the jock I remembered.

"Sure."

"What's that?", she questioned, pointing to the corner.

"That's an inversion table. You go upside down on it and hang by your feet. I use that to get taller. See how well it works?" We both laughed at that.

"How do you use it?"

I showed her how to adjust the legs and strap her feet in. Then I let her lean back and get used to actually inverting the table. It takes only but two or three times to get the hang of it. However, I cautioned her to only go back less than the full 180 degrees and do a little at a time.

"Work up to the fully inverted position over a few days. This way your body will get used to being upside down and you won't faint or anything." She went full bore to 180 right away.

"Wow. This feels good, being upside down", she said happily.

I was glad she was starting to get out of her funk over what happened just a couple of days ago. So, I let her be and walked back to the house.

A few minutes later she came back in the house, catching me browsing the internet.

"You have a nice computer."

"Um, yeah." That was weird. I've never been complemented on a computer before. She was just making small talk, I assumed. "Don't you have a laptop, or something?", I said.

"Nope. I can't afford it."

I felt bad about that. It also brought back bad feelings about breaking up with her years ago.

"Well, you can stay as long as it takes to get on your feet." Damnit! I said that before I had a chance to really evaluate the consequences. I wasn't sure I was ready to give up my life of solitude just yet.

Julie leaned in and gave me a kiss. Lightly, at first. I didn't resist. Then another. Then they got more intimate and sloppy. We had sex that night. Real sex, not a hand job. I hoped the condoms that I had been keeping for years now weren't brittle or anything. Reminder to self: buy new condoms.


----- Next week

Julie seemed to have been in much better spirits than the week before. I wanted to think that we were getting back together. We didn't repeat Saturday night. I suppose we were both just too busy the coming week. Or maybe it was that we were just starting to get to know each other again.

Julie wasn't very well off, money-wise, what with working only part-time and school. To top it off, she would give money to her mother on the rare occasion that she had a little extra.

So, I would help her out by feeding her, and making sure she had a little cash with her during the day, for lunch if nothing else. And I let her use the pickup so she wouldn't have to waste money on taxi's. (This was before Uber.)

I didn't expect anything in return, really. It felt good to be helping someone. Especially someone I knew closely, or rather had known as a girlfriend. I was really beating myself up mentally for breaking up with her so many years ago. It was only a handful of years to tell the truth, but it feels like a long time when you're young.

I didn't know what she was thinking but I made it clear that I wasn't expecting anything in return for letting her stay with me. We got along pretty good though. And, despite my self-proclaimed loner status, I was actually enjoying her presence immensely.

When she would return home for the day (or even late at night some days) she would change into shorts and a t-shirt. Did I mention she has great legs? I'd love staring at them -- secretly, of course. And those lovely bare feet too. I was loving this change in my life. But I had no idea of all the changes that were to come.


----- Next Saturday

Julie had to work Saturday morning again. Her schedule was always changing. It wasn't too erratic though; there were some constants. For example, it always seemed she worked Saturday morning and Tuesday nights. There were exceptions of course. Anyway, Saturday afternoon, again, we were both out in the gym working out.

"Thanks for letting me use the gym this week.", she said.

"Oh, you've been working out?"

"Sure. I know you haven't been around all week, but I've been slipping out here every day you know."

"I didn't know that. So, you were sneaking out behind my back?", I said jokingly.

"Not really. You were just working really hard on the computer. And the days you were at the office, I spent that time out there too."

One thing you can say about Julie: she took her workouts seriously. I asked her if she was still running.

"Of course. Although I didn't get to run every day this past week. I'm trying not to let my schedule affect exercise, but it's not very easy.", she would say.

Well, all the exercising did her body good. She was in great shape. Did I mention she has exceptional legs?

The t-shirt she was wearing was cut pretty high, I could see her belly. And when she ended up on the inversion table the shirt rode up her body to show her pert little tits. (Yes! I was cheering internally.) She wore no bra, not that she needed one.

So, of course, one thing led to another and we had sex again that Saturday night. Maybe this was beginning to be a regular thing. I wasn't complaining.

She was pretty rough that night. More so than last week. I chalked it up to being a lot more cheerful than she was last week. And I had fresh condoms this time.


----- Sunday

You should have seen Julie Sunday morning, shining with a big ole bright smile. Nobody could tell that she had been kicked out of the place she was staying just a little more than week ago. It made me feel happy. The sex the night before made me feel happy. We both felt happy.

I made pancakes, sausage and eggs for breakfast. Julie gobbled it down like someone twice as big. I guess she hadn't been eating much recently. Two stacks of pancakes, six pieces of sausage and four eggs! I wanted to tell her to cool it.

Not that I minded her eating all the food, but I didn't want her to get sick, or worse: fat. With all the working out though, there probably wasn't much chance of that happening. And of course I would never say that to her.

I've learned to watch what I say. Don't ever mention "fat" having to do with anything about a girl. "Body shaming" is what they call it.

Doesn't apply to "short" though. It makes no sense to me -- you get chastised for calling someone "fat", even though they have the power to change that, if not the will. But it's ok to berate someone for being short. "Oh, I could never go out with a guy shorter than me.", the girls say. And being short is not something you can change; no matter how much will you might have.

Thank God Julie is shorter than me; if only by an inch. She's beginning to be the best thing that ever happened to me.

I had to go to the hardware store that morning before they closed early that Sunday to pick up some bags of mulch for the bushes out back. I should have gone Saturday but too many things happened. Good things, of course. Julie wanted to go too. She had the day off. So she figured she would help.

"Ok.", I said. "Throw me the keys and meet me out in the pickup." We jumped in and off we went. Well, not exactly; something seemed off. It was uncomfortable for me to reach the pedals. It was weird, I had to adjust the seat up.

"Oh, sorry about that.", she said. "After a couple of days of driving this week I seemed to be scrunched up a little and had to adjust the seat a wee little bit."

I couldn't really say anything back. She was looking great in her shorts that morning. She has really nice legs. Have I mentioned that?

It was another nice, sunny day, due to get up into the 70's that afternoon. Her t-shirt was looking fantastic on her, highlighting her tight little body. The shirt seemed to be getting tight itself. I wasn't complaining.

We got back and I started unloading the bags. There were about a dozen or so and she asked to help. I didn't think she would be up to it but I relented and said, "Sure. Why not? I could use the help."

I grabbed a bag and lopped it over my shoulder. She did the same. Pretty damn good for such a little gal. She seemed to be handling those bags better than me. We finished bringing the bags to the back and went to work opening them up and spreading the mulch.

I was sweating and so was she when we had finished. I could see her nipples poking hard against her sweat soaked t-shirt. Life is good. It was time for a shower.

I started making my way to the house, but Julie wanted to stay back and go out to the garage.

"I want to hop on the inversion table to stretch out. I always like doing that after a workout.", she said. I couldn't blame her.

It's always good to stretch out after long physical exertion. It's just that I usually stretched by touching my toes and twisting my torso. That sort of thing. This was new to me.

"Whatever. Knock yourself out. I'm going to take a shower. See you back at the house." And with that I was inside to get a shower.

It was not long after I got out that she showed up and did the same. I made some hot tea for myself and sat down on the couch while she cleaned up.

She looked so hot coming out of the shower. One towel was wrapped around her body and one on her head. And the towel that was wrapped around her body wasn't doing a great job of hiding her assets.

How could I have missed those "assets" all those years in high school? Oh yeah, I just remembered, I didn't miss them. I just didn't really get a good look back then. I mentioned about her being a prude in high school, right? Now she was becoming a tease. Oh, what a treat! Why she didn't get dressed properly, I wasn't sure. But, like I said before, I wasn't complaining.

Julie took a seat next to me on the couch putting her feet up on the coffee table. I was watching TV. Or rather, I was watching Julie.

The towel around her rode up high on her thigh revealing those beautiful legs. She has great legs, you know. For a little gal though she has pretty big, yet very sexy feet. My heart was beating hard by now.

Julie unwrapped the towel around her hair and started brushing. The towel around her body fell down a few inches revealing her pretty little tits. She would pull the towel back up but never really wrapped it all that tightly, so it would fall down yet again. She never would have done this in high school. I was wondering, when did she ever turn into a tease?

"Why don't you get some clothes on?", I asked, not really sure why I said that just then, since I was enjoying her lack of clothes so much.

She replied, "They're all dirty. I haven't had a chance to go into town to the laundromat -- it's been pretty hectic this past week. I promise I'll wash them tomorrow."

"I know it's been hectic for you; but you do know I have a washer and dryer here, don't you?", I said.

"Well, I didn't want to be a burden.", Julie would say timidly.

"Burden? You are no burden, Julie.", I replied.

How could she be a burden? The past week was one of the best ever for me. She went up to grab her clothes, what little there were, and then I took her downstairs and showed her the washer and dryer. She put her stuff in and hopped up on the dryer, letting her towel come undone. This time she made no move to fix it.

"You really are a life saver, you know.", Julie started to say. "I didn't know what I was going to do being with Shawn. He didn't treat me well. He made me pay him and it was all I could do to make ends meet. And,...", she went on, "he would hurt me. I was in a rut with no way out until you showed up. When I saw you last week my heart jumped. I am so glad it was you."

I didn't know what to say to this. How can anyone hurt such an angel? I thought about bringing up the topic of leaving her after high school, but thought better of it.

I could see tears welling up in her eyes. I kissed her. We went upstairs to my bedroom and made love.

We didn't just have sex this time. I made love to someone I felt I shared a bond with now. Before it may have only been a physical bond -- both of us living the life of "little people". But now it was much more emotional. Deeper, more basic. I felt like I wanted to take care of her for the rest of her life. We spent the night together in each others arms. Too soon it was time to get up and go back to work the next day.

End Notes:

Things will pick up soon. I promise.

Chapter 3 - Realization by littless
Author's Notes:

It finally begins. Hope you like.

I've decided to post up three chapters a week now. Not that anyone commented on that, I'm just impatient.

----- Next week

I woke up Monday morning with Julie running downstairs to get her clothes, naked as the day she was born. A few minutes later she came in to my bedroom as I was just finished getting dressed.

"Your washer shrunk my clothes!", Julie shouted, holding her clothes in both hands, arms splayed out in a gesture of "See?".

"Didn't you wash them in cold water?", I replied.

"Sure. But even when I wash them hot, they don't usually shrink; not anymore. You have to get your water temperature checked." She was perturbed, to say the least.

Oh, great. Another thing to fix around this house. I swear, every time I turn around I have to fix something. The joys of house ownership, I guess.

The only consolation to my Monday morning was Julie standing in front of me in the buff. I wasn't complaining. Those legs were looking extra hot this morning. Did I mention she has great legs? I went closer to give her a kiss. Maybe that will be a little consolation for her.

I loved kissing her when she's naked. I was enjoying the hug and kiss as I looked straight into her eyes. Wait.

I'm usually looking down into them. I looked down to those cute little feet. They didn't seem so little. And she was barefoot! I had my shoes on and was looking directly into her eyes. I realized: she had grown! This meant that she was now taller than me.

OMG! My heart sunk. What happened? Did she notice too? My thoughts were interrupted by her tongue. Then she pulled away.

"I'm sorry.", she pouted. "It's just that these clothes are too tight and I have to go to school."

"You still have a couple of hours yet. Here, I have some sweat pants and a t-shirt you can wear. We'll go to big mart to get some new clothes then I'll drop you off at school. Ok?" I then dug out one of my large shirts which would be baggy on Julie and an old pair of sweats.

I didn't have to go into the office that day but did the next, so it wasn't much of an inconvenience for me. In fact -- and guys don't let this get out -- I think I enjoyed clothes shopping with Julie that day. She hadn't very much to begin with, so when I told her I was buying she literally jumped with joy.

She put the clothes that I gave her on and we went downstairs only to find that now her shoes hurt her feet when she put them on.

"Ok. They're old.", I said. "Just leave them off, and when we go into the big mart you can just leave them untied. Everyone wears them that way now anyway. Maybe we can get you a new pair."

More evidence that I was right: she had grown. How much, I wasn't sure. I would have to get her measured. But she seemed not to have noticed. So, I schemed to do this on the sly. But how? I didn't want her to know. Not yet. Maybe I was shrinking. No. My clothes would be big on me; instead hers were small on her. Well, thank God for small favors. (Ahem, pun not intended.)

"No, it's alright.", Julie said. "The shoes are fine. They're not that old. I'm sure it's from all that yard work yesterday making my feet swell up. I can hold off on new shoes. I don't want you to spend too much. Besides, I love running in these. I would just have to break in new shoes anyway."

Bless her heart. But money wasn't the problem for me this time. I was going crazy trying to wrap my mind over what was going on.

How old was Julie? A quick calculation in my head says 19 years old. She'd be 20 later that year. Both of us have birthdays late in the year. Perhaps she's having a late growth spurt. Her mother is not so big, only about as tall as I am. Her sister is 5'5" though. Of course, she lauds that over Julie all the time. It wouldn't be out of the ordinary to have a late growth spurt at this age, right? That's gotta be it.

When we got to the store she tried on all kinds of pants. She settled on a pair of white bermuda shorts. I tried to surreptitiously measure her height against the tape measure on the wall as she would head into the dressing rooms. I wasn't allowed back there so I couldn't get too close. It seemed she was still under 5 feet tall though.

"That's weird. Their sizes must run small.", she said.

"Why do you say that?", I said, knowing the answer already.

"Because the extra small size was too small for me. I had to get medium. I would have gotten the small, but if I have to wash it in your washer I'm afraid it wouldn't fit afterwards."

"Good call.", I said. "Let's get a shirt." I made sure that she got a big baggy shirt so she wouldn't notice anything was off. It was a football jersey. "Plus", I said, "I'm sure I have plenty of shirts that you could wear at home." Then she wanted to get a bra.

"I didn't see a bra in the clothes you washed.", I said.

"No, but the bras I had were old and coming apart. I broke two just last Thursday and haven't been wearing one since. I decided to throw the four I had away. Two were gone, the other two were ragged and tight. I think the elastic in them got too old."

"Ohhh kay.", I said, with dread in my voice that was meant to let her know I was reaching the limits of my "man induced shopping time limit". That's MISTL; a medically recognized condition, by the way. She got the message.

"You know what? You're spending enough already. I can go without a bra. I've done so for a few days now. I only wear them half the time anyway, and that's only when I go out. It actually feels better going without. Plus, I won't be embarrassed shopping for training bras like I usually do. It can wait."

YES! Truth is, she really didn't need a bra, and she looked so good without one anyway.

We left and Julie changed in the car. I had the Beemer this time. She liked it. I liked seeing her change. She forgot to wear underwear that morning. Or maybe just didn't care. The bermuda shorts did a good job of showing off her legs. Did I mention she has great legs? I dropped her off and went back home to work, only finding out that I couldn't get much done thinking of Julie.

I picked her up from school later that day. Something seemed wrong. She didn't talk much this time; just stared out the window. It wasn't like her.

"What's wrong?", I asked.

"Oh, nothing really.", Julie replied.

"You can tell me."

"You won't get mad at me? Promise?", she said rather timidly.

"No. I couldn't get mad at you. Go ahead, tell me. What's bothering you?"

"Ok. This is probably too trivial to mention anyway. I mean it happens all the time to other girls. Right?"

"What are you talking about?"

"I got hit on today. Twice. By two different guys. That doesn't usually happen to me. I'm sure it was just a coincidence."

Coincidence, my ass. She looked hot. Why wouldn't guys hit on her? Still, I didn't know how to feel about this. I spent most of the day pondering over her recent gain in height. I still wasn't sure how I felt about that. Would she outgrow me? Both physically and emotionally; ending up with some towering behemoth of a man in the end? I shuddered. I didn't want to think of that. I was just getting her back into my life and now I was starting to feel that it would be over before it even began.

"It's no coincidence, Julie.", I said. I wasn't sure if this was the right thing to say but I knew it would make her happy. "You're gorgeous. Everyone can see it. I can certainly see it."

"You're so sweet. Thank you. And I thank my lucky stars I met up with you the other day.", she said. "I always knew you would find your way back to me somehow."

"Yeah, about that.", I started. "I've never really apologized to you for breaking up when I went off to college."

"I understand. I know it's hard to keep a relationship going long distance. But I knew you'd come back to me some day."

"But that doesn't make up for what I did to you. I have to know, Julie. Did I make you feel bad?"

Julie had tears in her eyes again.

"It hurt. It hurt bad.", she said, looking down. But very quickly she bobbed back up and said, "But I kept up hope and now we're back together again." She was smiling again. But now I felt bad.

"I'm so sorry, Julie. I didn't want to hurt you. You were never anything but nice to me and I feel so shitty about what I did to you. At least now I can say that to you. I was afraid of ever having to face you again over that. The truth is, ... well, ... I really wanted to be able to date other girls at school without feeling guilty. Thanks for not holding a grudge."

"Did you?", Julie said.

"Did I what?"

"Date other girls."

"Oh. Well, a couple."

"Just two."

"No. A few." I wasn't about to admit my dreadful love life in college.

"How few?"

"I don't know. Seven. Maybe."

The truth was closer to two. Sure I went on dates and sort of dates. But they hardly ever amounted to second or third dates. Either they weren't interested in a me (or in a short guy) or I wasn't interested in them. Why was she asking so many questions? She was never this aggressive. I was beginning to sweat. I squirmed. I guess I owed her that though.

"Do you want to see other girls now?", Julie said.

"NO! We're back together again and I like that. We are back together, aren't we?", I pleaded.

"I don't know. Do you want to be back together?"

"Yes. Don't you?"

"I suppose so. I don't know. Maybe since you were fooling around with all those girls back in college I should take up the offers I got today. What would you think of that?"

Fuck! My heart came up into my throat. My mouth was getting dry and I was finding it hard to speak. I came back with a good retort though.

"What about Shawn?" Touche!

"Oh God! Don't bring him up. Ok, I'm sorry. I'll be nice."

"Don't worry about it. I probably deserved that.", I said. "I tell you what. Let's go get some ice cream."

"Ok."

I wanted to comfort her, not to mention comfort myself. We went to the ice cream shop which was just a little ways down from the college. I had my usual: one scoop butter pecan on a sugar cone.

Julie had a triple scoop cone, three different flavors. I can't remember what they were, but one was chocolate chip cookie dough, and on a big waffle cone too so "they could fit more ice cream in it." I don't know where she was putting it but she finished hers off before I finished mine. I didn't begrudge her based on having the recent conversation we had.

"Ready for work now?", I said.

"No. It's still early. I need to get my apron and put my school things away anyway. And then you don't have to drive me to work if you let me take the pickup again."

"Sure. No problemo." We went home. Julie got her stuff, then left in the pickup.

I spent the rest of the day thinking of Julie. About our conversation. About her getting taller. Was it my imagination? It certainly seemed real, but how could this happen? I didn't get much work done and had to go in to the office early the next day. So I went to bed early. I didn't fall asleep though.

I heard Julie come in at around 10:30. I waited for a little while but didn't hear her come up to her bedroom. On a hunch I got up and went to the window at the side of the house. Sure enough, the garage light was on. She must be out there working out. Such commitment. I vowed to work out more myself and went back to bed.


----- Tuesday

We saw each other briefly that morning. I had to go in to the office, she had to work that afternoon for only a few hours.

I got home around 6:00 to find Julie sitting on the couch studying. Nude. As in, buck naked. Not a stitch on. Barefoot too.

Oh, my. Mr. Happy there between my legs immediately took notice. Even after our shenanigans on Sunday, I was taken aback. She was stunning -- a goddess in the flesh. And oh that flesh: tanned, with her legs stretched out again on the coffee table like a couple nights before. Did I mention Julie had great legs? I could grow to like this.

"Hi. How did your day go?", she asked.

"Good. And how was yours?", I replied back.

"I took the pickup to school then to work this afternoon. I still had the keys from last night. I hope you don't mind."

"Of course not. I hope you didn't go to work like that though.", I said, trying to be humorous.

"And what if I did? Would that turn you on?", Julie teased.

Oh, dear. Mr. Happy stood up even prouder, if that's possible. She certainly was becoming the tease.

"No, don't worry. I didn't.", she continued. "I just don't have much to wear nowadays so I took off what I had for washing. I figured, why put anything else on?" She was turning into a nudist. I'm not complaining.

"You don't mind, do you?", Julie continued.

"I guess not." If I were being completely honest I would have said, "Oh, hell no!"

"How about you get comfortable too.", she said coyly.

So I took off my shirt and pants along with my socks and shoes. She got up and walked over as I was taking my underwear off. Looking at this beauty approach I was in heaven.

We hugged and she looked down into my eyes. She gave me a quizzical look, backed up, and looked down at my feet. Then she came closer and looked down into my eyes again. My eyes were looking into her mouth this time. A big smile crossed her face. Then she started laughing hysterically.

"Oh my God! I'm taller than you!"

End Notes:

From here on out there will be progressively more nudity and the rating will become more evident. You've been warned.

Chapter 4 - Truth Laid Bare by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam finds out just how bad it is. But not how bad it's going to get.

---- Tuesday evening

The secret was out. It was clear to both of us now: Julie was the taller one. Not much taller, mind you. Only enough to be noticeable just between us.

My little friend, Mr. Happy, wasn't feeling so proud anymore that Julie was laughing at our new situation. But then I looked her over; from head to toe. Those legs were looking mighty fine. Did I mention Julie has great legs? Mr. Happy started feeling better again.

Still, I wasn't all that chipper. She sensed this.

"Aw, don't feel bad.", she said. I think she wanted to say more but couldn't find the words. I couldn't either. So, we hugged.

"Have you eaten yet?", she asked.

"No."

"I'll fix you something."

I wasn't feeling hungry.

"Let's go to bed then.", Julie said as she dragged me by the hand up to her bedroom. This was new. We had always been to my bedroom. The bed in there was just a twin, whereas my bed was queen sized. The twin felt even smaller now with both of us in it.

The sex was good, yet a little weird now that we both knew who was taller. In fact, our loving turned a corner that day. Things would never be the same. Big changes would be coming ever faster and upend my life.

For example, in just one week, she had become dominant. She had been growing more aggressive ever since the first time we went to bed together. I wasn't sure how I felt about this now that the roles were shifting. I needed time to think.

Later I started growing paranoid thinking about losing Julie. Surely guys would start hitting on her even more. Those legs could grow longer and even more beautiful. Did I mention she had great legs?

And I wouldn't be the only one who noticed anymore. Could I live with this? Would she still want me? Maybe she'd see me as other girls did: short and unworthy of her affections.

But we had a first that night. She went down on me. Oh God, how good that felt. Ever being the gentlemen (at least our roles hadn't switched completely) I reciprocated.

To say she had an orgasm would be like saying the Mississippi River is a creek. She squirmed and bucked so much I think both of us pulled a couple of muscles each. At least she was enjoying sex that night.


---- The next day

We both woke up at the same time. We laid together looking at each other for a little while, not saying anything. It felt weird being in a different bed, even if it was in my own house.

Finally, we got up. She had to go to school so she went downstairs to recover her clothes from the drier. Her butt looked really good that morning as she walked out of the bedroom door. I filed that picture away in my memory for later processing, then went to my room to shower up and get ready for the day. I'd be working from home.

While she was at school I decided to work out. I got out to the gym and picked up a couple of 10 lb plates to put on the barbell which was sitting on the rack over the bench. I was expecting to put a little more weight on the barbell to start, since Julie had used the weights last.

What I found on the barbell stunned me: there was 45 lb plus 35 lb plus 10 lb plates on each end: 180 pounds total. That was almost double my weight. Surely, more than double Julie's. Did she work out with that, or did she just do one lift to see how much she could do? Did she bench press or military press that?

I can only bench about 160 lbs. That odd feeling in my stomach started coming back. I hit the weights extra hard that day. After my workout I decided to get on the inversion table. Just to see if it would help. Julie really seemed to take to it. Maybe it would help to stretch me out.

I had to adjust the leg settings down. Not surprising given the revelations of the past couple of days. What was surprising is that instead of adjusting them down a notch like I expected, I had to adjust it four whole notches. That's four inches!

I remember when buying it I had to get a special, "kid size" type of table. I wasn't sure how far up this one would go, that is, how tall a person it would accommodate. It's lowest setting was for people down to 4'6". I hopped on and hung for the longest time I ever have: about an hour.

When I was done I didn't want Julie to find out how much I had to adjust it, so I set it back to where it was. Then I put weight back on the barbell for the same reason and went back into the house for a shower.

Julie had to work that night too so I didn't see her until that evening, around 6. After coming in the door she promptly undressed (I was secretly thanking the Lord for this) and then said she was going to work out.

She went upstairs and put on one of my sweat pants and baggy shirts. She had her running shoes on -- the ones that she couldn't tie without hurting her feet. I really will have to buy her some new shoes soon.

"I'll come with you.", I said. "But don't you want to eat first?"

"No. I'll eat later. I've been waiting for this all day."

And with that I was headed out to the gym for the second time that day.

Despite the recent knowledge of her out-growing me I still felt a thrill at this. I wanted to see how much weight she could press. I would use the excuse that I already worked out that day so that she wouldn't see how little I was lifting compared to her, but at the same time I would spot her and be able to see once and for all how strong Julie really was. I didn't have to wait long to find out.

After warming up with "only" 100 lbs she put up 160 on the barbell and started doing squats. I could see the muscles in her thighs bulge right through the sweats. Then she did some crunches and finally did some bench presses. She was pumping several reps with 140 lbs: two 45 lbs and two 25 lbs.

Yep, she was definitely stronger than I was. She upped this in later sets to, ... you guessed it, 180 lbs. And she did several reps with this weight. Finally, she put ten pounds more on. I was in awe. Here was my 4'9" sweetheart from high school out lifting me by a significant margin. Ok, not so 4'9" short anymore. How much taller was she? I would find that out later.

After some more exercises she decided to call it quits and hit the inversion table to finish off.

"Ew, you're really sweaty Julie. I should have brought a towel out with us.", I said. "I'll run in and get one. Give me a minute."

"Don't bother.", she said. And then she took off her baggy shirt and started wiping herself off. Her beautiful, pert, little breasts looked extra perky right then and not so little. They looked swollen, in fact.

She hung on the inversion table topless. I nearly lost my mind. Were they growing? And if so, was it all the sex we were having, or was this part of her growth spurt? I've never been one to complain about the size of a gals breasts, but the seemingly extra mass on her chest only worked to enhance her beauty.

When Julie finally decided to finish up and get off of the inversion table I walked up to her and kissed her. Then I kissed her breasts.

"Ooh, that feels so good.", she cooed. "Let's go inside and finish off."

"Why wait?", I said. And I meant it. I couldn't wait. I had to have her right then and there. So I undressed the rest of Julie, and myself, in record time and brought her over to the weight bench.

"Oh, shit. Hold that position. I need to run in for a condom."

"Don't bother, you don't need to do that anymore.", she said. Uh, oh. She was getting serious, I surmised. She wants to have kids. A million thoughts ran through my brain in that single moment right after telling me that.

"My mom brought me to the clinic last week. I'm on the pill now.", she said.

Phew.

"How could you afford that?", I said. "I thought you did't have the money?"

"It's not a big deal. I had enough this time. They make it cheap."

So, there's the explanation for her swollen breasts, I thought. But how much of this is the pill? How much is due to her growth spurt? Or was it all in my imagination? Maybe we'd have to go buy a bra for her, if nothing else to see what size she wears. I was going crazy. I did her right there on the weight bench.


----- Later that week

We both had been working or going to school the past couple of days and didn't see much of each other. But we were sleeping together. Life was good, but I couldn't shake that nagging thought in the back of my mind: will she get bigger? Will she leave me?

I had to go into the office Thursday and Friday morning for a meeting with a client. Why on a Friday, I'll never know. I got home that afternoon and Julie was standing there in the living room, waiting for me and holding a tape measure in her hands.

I don't know where it came from, but there it was; mocking me. I realized the time had come to find out how much things had changed.

"Come measure me.", she said.

I found a spot on a wall over the wooden floor where there was no carpet. I thought it would be better to mark the spot on the wall with a pencil and then measure it with the tape. So, off I went to the office and back I came with a ruler and a pencil.

I had Julie stand up straight with her back to the wall. She was already barefoot. I put the ruler on her head making sure it was level. I then marked it on the wall. We stretched the tape out and the truth was laid bare: 4'11-1/2". Just shy of five feet. Well at least she was still in the 4 foot club. I started walking back to the office with the pencil, ruler, and tape.

"Oh no you don't mister. Get back here.", Julie commanded as I tried to slyly slink off. She had caught me.

I took my shoes off and she did the same to me as I did to her. The verdict hurt: I wasn't even 4'10". I was 4'9" and almost and inch, putting me right under 4'10". She said, "We'll call it 4'10" even." I guess she was feeling generous. Then she marked the dates on the wall next to the height marks. It was now official -- she was two inches taller.

My mind was spinning. How did this happen? Grown people don't grow three inches in one week. Of course, I was assuming she was 4'9" when we started seeing each other again. And how did I lose a fraction of an inch? Maybe I wasn't ever 4'10" to begin with. Oh, no! What if I am shrinking?

I had to clear my mind. I went up to change and put my running shoes on. I was going out for a run.

"Hold on. I'll go with you.", Julie said.

We were out the door and running in the fresh breeze in no time. It felt refreshing. I needed this. It reminded me of simpler times when we would run together with the high school cross country team.

She used to flirt with me before and after practice. Flirting for Julie back then was basically hanging around and blushing. But it worked. We started going out. Sadly, it lasted under a year before I went off to college. I blocked that painful thought from my mind.

The course I had laid out is just under two miles. I showed Julie a path through the woods nearby that I like to take that's on the course.

It's a little rough and she wasn't keeping her footing like she used to. Maybe she needed new shoes. Or maybe she was just getting used to her longer legs. But she still seemed to enjoy this. We both always liked running in the woods together.

We made it back to the house in what seemed like record time for me. Unfortunately, I hadn't timed it. I was sucking air. Julie, however, wanted to do another lap around the course.

"Go ahead. I'll be here when you get back.", I said between sucking in big gulps of air.

"No, you're not. You're coming with me.", she insisted.

She then grabbed my hand and literally dragged me along with her. Damn, she was strong. Needless to say, I was completely out of breath and my shins were hurting when we got back. I wanted to collapse.

We took a shower together. Have you ever hugged someone, naked, and wet? I recommend it highly. It almost reinvigorated me. Almost. I was still tired.

I cooked some stew from a can that night and we went to bed together. Love making wasn't too vigorous this time. We were both tired and took our time. Or maybe we were just getting familiar with each other.

We did it long and slow. Her perky breasts from the other night seemed to be just as swollen as before. Maybe even more so. I lovingly sucked on her breasts for what seemed like hours. She seemed to like it. I wasn't complaining. We fell asleep in each others arms again.


----- Saturday

I awoke spooning Julie. This feels so natural, I was thinking. She finally stirred and we both got up, took a shower and started our day.

Julie had to work that morning. I insisted that I take her to work. I stayed there a little while and sipped on a coffee. Dark brewed coffee -- I like my caffeine. I left and did some shopping. I picked her up in the early afternoon.

I was putting the food away and then got ready to make a late lunch. I decided on making hamburgers on the grill. I was thinking it would probably hold us over the rest of the day if we have a light supper.

I needed to reach the big plate I kept on the middle shelf of one of the kitchen cabinets. I was up on my toes and couldn't quite reach it. I went over to grab the stool I keep in the corner for just such an occasion when Julie asked what I was doing.

I told her of my predicament and she walked over and grabbed the plate without even so much as getting up on her toes. It was really evident now that she was the taller one. Would she grow more or has it stopped? Questions like this dominated my idle thinking. I was obsessed. Not just with Julie but her growing too.

I made four hamburgers: two for her, two for me. I usually eat only one but decided if I couldn't eat the second I could save it as leftovers. I need't have worried. Julie ate three. She had it with all of the toppings too. Including cheese and mayonnaise. I hate mayonnaise. She also had extra helpings of potato salad and beans that I threw on the stove from a can. Hmm, I hope we won't be farting too much tonight.

We stayed on the back deck until the sun set. Julie sat back with her legs up, barefoot as has become usual around here. Did I ever mention how beautiful her legs were? And here they were in all of their glory.

They seemed to be much longer than when we used to go out in high school. I decided they looked even better. And those feet! Was I was developing a serious foot fetish?

I arranged our chairs facing each other and pulled Julie's feet up onto my laps. I started massaging them.

"Ooo. That feels really good.", she cooed.

I love it when she gets like that. It seems no one had ever given her a foot rub. With all the running she does and standing up at work all the time I can imagine that it was definitely a treat for her. I was making her feel good and that made me feel good.

On a whim, I moved back and put my feet up against hers. I was startled at the difference. The top of my toes barely reached the bottom of hers. Her feet were definitely bigger.

I was getting a mid year bonus in a couple of weeks and resolved to get Julie a new pair of shoes. Perhaps two. I didn't know how much I'd get yet, but I'm sure we weren't going to need to worry about it.

I moved back closer and once again started massaging her feet. Then I gave her toes a kiss. First on one foot, then the other.

After a little while I changed it up: I was using my tongue. She was really getting into it. So was I. I had never done anything like this before but I know what I like. And I liked this.

I settled on her left foot, licking both the top and bottom. She got extra noisy with her little "oooo"'s when I started licking between her toes. Then I started my way up. I took my time going up her leg, even spending extra time on her ankles and behind her knee.

When I reached the bottom of her shorts while licking the inside of her thigh, I stopped to take them off. Little minx that she is, she wasn't wearing underwear. So, there she was on the back deck, bottomless. I started where I had left off. When I got to her pussy I stopped.

"Hey!", Julie exclaimed.

I just smiled and switched to her right foot and began my way up again. I tried to go even slower this time. She wasn't having any of that though.

"Pleeeease! Finish me off.", she was actually pleading. I felt smug; I was the one making her feel this way. At this point I was wishing she was ten feet tall. Shit, what had gotten into me? I couldn't believe I was desiring her to be even bigger.

Well, finish her off I did. It's a good thing I live out in the country far away from my nearest neighbors. They would have heard Julie's moans. I'm sure they heard the farts.

End Notes:

More growth coming. Both in size and in the relationship.

Chapter 5 - Acceptance by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie gets into it. The relationship grows.

----- Later

I woke up one morning and my reality had shifted. Julie was nowhere to be found. In fact, I couldn't find anything. Not even the edge of the bed. I sensed something was terribly wrong.

I was walking for a bit when the world shook mightily. I flew into the air and landed hard, but the ground was soft enough to break my fall.

"Ah, there you are.", I heard Julie's voice say.

I looked around and finally saw her. I had to look up. And up. And up. She was a hundred feet tall. No, I realized. I was small. How small? An inch? A centimeter?

A giant hand was coming at me at alarming speed. I panicked and started running but it caught me in no time. I was lifted to Julie's face. The hand was wrapped around my waist and it was then I realized I must have been about six to eight inches tall.

I surveyed her naked body from my new perch. Her boobs were the size of my bed. Her six pack stomach was like a sea of waves. I couldn't see her pussy. I craned my head around to see those legs go on for miles it seemed, though they were just 50 feet long. Did I mention she has great legs?

"Now that you're up we can have some fun.", she said. I felt my stomach go into my throat as I was whisked down between Julie's legs.

"Go ahead. Do it."

"Do what?", I was wondering. I was dreading where this was taking me.

"Get in there. Right now!", she commanded.

"No way. I'm getting out of here.", I yelled, panicking.

But then the hand grabbed me and moved me ever closer to her sex. I couldn't escape its grasp. Closer and closer until I was shoved in head first.

The world became a hot, dark, sticky, moist mess. The walls of her vagina were crushing me. I thought I heard her moaning in time with her pulsing vagina. I couldn't breathe. I kicked and kicked until my legs were shoved in too.

I could hear her muffled moaning, "Oh yes. Oh yeah."

I was choking, "NO! NO! NO!"

Then I awoke for real.

"You ok?" I heard Julie's soothing voice. But this time it sounded too much like my nightmare. I started moving away from her only to realize what I was doing as I abruptly came to my senses.

"Yeah, I'm ok. Just a bad dream I guess."

"Wanna tell me about it?"

"No!"

"Yeah, that's what you were saying: no, no no."

"I don't want to talk about it. I don't remember.", I said, only then realizing that I was shaking.

Sensing this she said, "Do you want to be alone?"

"Yes. No. I mean, I don't know." She then held me for a bit.

"I know. Wanna take a shower together?"

"Sure.", I said. That always cheered me up and she knew it. It would probably do me good; get me refreshed as well as clean off all of that sweat.

I was washing her back and my eyes were now below her shoulders. I looked down, maybe the shower floor was uneven. No such luck.

She turned around to rinse off. I looked up into her eyes. I was certain she had grown more. How tall was she now? I needed to know. There was no more pretense now of who the bigger one was. I told her I wanted to measure her.

After drying off I brought her over to the wall where we had made our previous measurements. I wanted to get an accurate as possible measurement so we were naked.

I reached up with the ruler. I couldn't see the top of her head as easily as before. We measured. 5'3"! So now she had broken the five foot mark. A height I had aspired to all my life, only to fall short by a couple of inches. And now she had broken right through that barrier and the difference she was above was greater than the distance I was below it.

Julie was loving this. Never in her dreams did she ever think she would get this tall. She was thinking about catching up to her bratty little sister now I'm sure.

"Wait 'till Jill sees me.", Julie said. I can't help think that now she needed to grow but two more inches and she'd be taller than her sister.

I resigned myself to living with a giantess now. Ok, she was no giantess; not yet, at least. The whole world has now left me behind. Everyone I knew had surpassed me. I went to put the tape away.

"No, we're not done yet.", Julie said. "We have to measure you."

"Oh, come on. I haven't grown. You know that." Of course, we both knew that was not what she was getting at.

"We'll see. Come over here."

I was standing as straight and high as I could with my back to the wall. Julie was in front of me, all 63 inches of her, doing her best to get the ruler level on my head. She stood up on her toes and my eyes shot laser beams straight ahead to her nipples. Her bust had gotten larger; I just knew it.

"Not much change. Still 4'9" and a half.", she said.

"No, I was 4'9" and more than a half last time.", I interjected.

"Yeah, that's what I meant."

"You sure?"

"Yeah, I'm sure.", Julie said.

"Ok." I didn't expect any change but was glad nonetheless that I wasn't shrinking. I think I was more afraid of shrinking than of Julie growing. She was now just over five inches taller.

"Wait. I want to do something else; while you have no clothes on, ok?", I said.

"Um, ok"

"Give me the tape." I then wrapped it around her chest. First below her tits, then around the fullest part. The results were 30" and 33".

"I've never worn a bra over size 28. Hey, that's a size C isn't it? I could get used to this.", she said. So could I.

"I get my bonus soon. We can go shopping for bras if you want.", I said.

"We'll see. I've stopped wearing them outright you know?"

That fact hadn't escaped me.

"But I might need one, just in case. You know, for modesty.", Julie said.

"Sure."

"What I really need are more clothes that fit and some shoes."

"I know. Just wait a little bit until I get paid, ok?", I said.

"Oh, you're the sweetest Sam. I can't wait." < SMOOCH >. She planted a big ole kiss on my lips. We were still naked. I wasn't complaining.

She was in a really good mood. Me, not so much. But I was genuinely happy for her. Happy for her newfound height and the anticipation of spending my money, er, I mean shopping.

Spring was now undoubtedly here. The weather was warming and the end of the school semester was drawing near.

For her that meant graduation with an Associates degree. We would have to get something special for her, for sure.

She had been undergoing huge changes the past couple of weeks -- not only physical but emotional. I could see it in her confidence and the way we reacted to each other. I wondered what her new wardrobe would look like?


----- Pay day

I got a better bonus than what I had hoped. Over $1500. Julie was going to be very happy. It showed up by direct deposit on Friday. Unfortunately, Julie was working that Friday night and Saturday morning. Shopping would have to wait until Saturday evening.

But more bad luck: someone didn't make it in to work Saturday so she worked a whole day. Shopping would wait.

When Sunday rolled around she was too tired to get up early enough to go shopping. She didn't even do her exercise routine out in the gym that Saturday night. That's how tired she was!

Sunday was a waste pretty much. I did mow the lawn and she had to work Sunday afternoon. We spent Sunday evening just hanging around the house. But we had good sex Sunday night.

I had to go in to the office all day Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday. Wouldn't you know it, right after bonus day too. Julie had Monday off since she worked three days straight. And no school Monday either.

As much as I wanted to go shopping with Julie (yeah, right) I told her to go herself. I gave her $200 cash that I had taken out Saturday for her. She would not go shopping with me. (I cheered a little inside.)

I was a little beat coming home Monday night with all the traffic I had to put up with. But my senses perked up when I got home and walked past the living room.

Julie was sitting there in the nude again. Life is good. Her legs weren't up on the coffee table as I usually see her but what I could see of them were still stunning. Did I ever mention she has great legs?

"I thought you would have bought new clothes to wear today?", I said, somewhat joking.

"I did. You can see that later, ok? Now we're going to celebrate.", she replied. Shopping never fails to put girls in a good mood. File that away in your own memory.

She had two glasses on the table. One had half a glass of red wine. The other was empty. She said it was for me and began pouring some wine in it but as I came closer she said, "Not just yet. First you have to change."

This was certainly a change for Julie. I had never known her to ever drink alcohol. I hardly ever did.

"Change into what?", I said.

"Your birthday suit, silly."

I wasn't going to argue. When I came back down she motioned me to come closer. As I approached she stood up. And up. My eyes were below her nipples and my head below her shoulders.

She came right up to me and gave me a "boob hug". But how? I was stupefied. How could she have grown so fast? When we broke the hug and I looked down and had found my answer: she was wearing heels.

"You're wearing heels!", I exclaimed. I know, way to go Mr. Obvious. Hey, cut me some slack. My mind was still reeling from the sudden size change.

"Of course. You like?", Julie said.

"Um. I don't know. You've never worn heels before. Why now?"

"Why not. I love 'em. I feel so tall wearing these. And you look so small, Sam. You're like a handsome little kid now. It's delicious. Come give me a big hug again."

I was only a little reluctant but how can you refuse such a beauty. A naked beauty, I might add. I didn't want to stop.

"Give me a kiss.", she said.

I looked up at her. "You're kidding, right?"

"Kiss my nipples then. I love it when you do that." I was sure she had planned this.

Shit. I couldn't reach her nipples with my mouth. I got up on my tip toes. Still can't reach.

"Here, I'll help."

She bent down and I kissed her. Her nipples, that is. There was no way I was going to reach her mouth this way. She gave me peck on the top of the head.

"I really feel small now.", I said. That was the understatement of the year.

"Can you take off your shoes, please?", I pleaded. She relented and did so and we resumed our hug. I tried to kiss her on the lips. I still couldn't reach. She would not lean down either.

"What's the matter my little man?", Julie said.

Little man? That was the first time she used that name for me. It wouldn't be the last.

All of our kisses and affections the past couple of weeks had been with us pretty much lying or sitting down, so the height difference wasn't so apparent. But now, I felt totally emasculated. Our roles were definitely changing.

We finished off our glasses of wine and spent the night making love again. As always, it was great. But I still had that feeling in the pit of my stomach. I didn't know what to think of our new situation.


----- Play night

I had to go into the office again Tuesday. Julie had taken her last final exam that morning and had the rest of the day off. She was waiting for me again when I arrived home in the early afternoon. I didn't have to work so late that day.

I'd like to say Julie took me by surprise by greeting me naked again. But I got an even bigger surprise: she was wearing a dress. I had never, ever seen her wear a dress. She looked hot.

It was an orange summer dress with spaghetti straps. It came down to just above mid-thigh on Julie. And I noticed something else that I had never noticed before: her chest was sticking out.

"Go change.", she commanded.

"What? Naked again?"

"No. Wear something nice. We're going out for play night."

I didn't want to get too dressy -- I wanted an excuse not to go out dancing so I stayed fairly casual with a blue polo shirt and tan shorts. I put my docksiders on. Julie put on her heels. This was going to be odd.

"Are you sure you want to wear those?" I was pleading, in a way.

"Of course, silly. What else am I going to wear with my dress?"

She had a point there. And that combo certainly highlighted those strong legs. Did I mention she has great legs?

She was starting to get into the pickup when I said, "Wouldn't you rather go out in the Beemer?"

"Ok, but you don't know where we're going."

"Alright, I'll let you drive then.", I said reluctantly.

When we got in she had to move the seat back. Way back. Being that these were electric seats it took a few moments. Finally, with the seat back, her high heels off, and her seat belt on, we were off for a night of fun-filled merriment for play night. So I thought.

I noticed the seat belt coming across her chest was cutting right in between her boobs, calling attention to her new size. Mr. Happy there in my pants was enjoying this. Down boy. We have a whole night to get through.

The place we went to was a real surprise to me -- we arrived at the coffee shop where Julie worked. I thought she was just there to pick something up, or maybe she needed to talk to the boss or something. So I stayed seated while she got out of the car.

"Well? Aren't you coming?", she said.

"Are you going to be a while?"

"Yep."

"I thought you didn't have to work tonight?", I said, puzzled.

"I don't. We're out for play night."

"Why would you go to work on your day off?"

"Relax. I'm here to have fun. I always have to work when I'm here but I never get to enjoy the place."

We spent a little time in the back looking at antiques that they sell in addition to the main coffee and beverage part of shop. Julie never really got much chance to look back there. I was uninterested.

I felt a little let down, but hey, any night out with Julie looking like this was special. Even if she did tower over me.

She made sure to stick close as we walked together. She was clinging to my arm. I let her have her fun for I was sure this move was to accentuate our height difference. As if to say, "Hey everyone, look at my shrimpy little boyfriend!"

Maybe, I thought, I shouldn't let her do that but I didn't really have a choice. It still felt good to have her on my arm.

I had a small coffee. Julie had a milk-shakey-thingy. That's my word for it. It was basically the same as what you would get at the big coffee chain but they had to name it differently. "FrappaWappaDoWop" or something. All I know was that it had chocolate in it and it was huge. She ordered the largest size obviously.

We'd been chatting for quite a while and I was just about to finish my coffee when they started setting up the little stage.

It wasn't much of stage, to tell the truth. Just a little corner they cleared that had a wooden parquet floor. There was a stool, a couple microphones on booms, some equipment and two big speakers.

"What's that about?", I asked Julie.

"They're setting up for open mic night."

"I thought that was only on Friday's?"

"We had such a good turn out that they decided to do it on Tuesday's too."

Cool. This was turning to be a good night. To tell the truth I never liked going out clubbing the way some people do: the loud noise, the booze, and the dancing -- it's not my thing. I don't dance. So, this was a very welcome way to spend a night out.

"I think I'm going to enjoy this. So, who's the first act tonight; do you know?", I asked.

"Oh, there's only one act signed up."

"Really? Do you know who it is?"

"Sure. It's you!"

WHAM. That ton of bricks falling on me felt even worse than it sounds.

"NO WAY! Un, unh. I can't do that."

"Sure you can. You're great at home."

"But that's only for me. And you, of course." Oops, I may have just said something wrong.

"Oh come on. You're really, really good."

"I can't. I just can't do it. Besides, I sing with a guitar and I don't have my guitar here." There, that'll stop her.

"We have a guitar here at the house.", she said, and she pretty much dragged me up to the stage and there I met Mike.

Mike was the proprietor of the shop -- Mike's Coffee House. He was also the engineer that night. Ok, "engineer" might be a bit too grandiose, but he worked the amps and stuff for the stage. He was a real nice guy and I could see why Julie liked working here.

It took some effort on my part, but I climbed up onto the stool and someone handed me a guitar.

"Can you do a check for me?", Mike said.

"Um, sure."

"Well? Go ahead."

"Oh yeah. Uh. Test. Testing. Testing, uh, 1, 2, 3.", I said trying to sound like I knew what I was doing. But in reality, I had no clue. I'm going to flop, I just know it.

"Ok, sounds good. Strum some chords on the guitar so I can set the mic for that too, ok?"

"Ok." I strummed a little and fine tuned some of the strings. At least that made me feel a little better.

This was getting real. Too real. My heart was pounding. I was lightheaded. My body was physically shaking.

Damn you Julie, I thought, what were you thinking? Do you want to humiliate me that bad? First you tower over me with those new high heels, and take me out to show it to all your friends at my expense. Now this. I'll never live this down.

I had to think fast. "Think, think, think. I can do this.", I kept telling myself. What to sing?

I got it! Dylan. Dylan is the old standby, especially for folk singers, and that's my thing: folk music. My dad liked it and that's one of the few things I got from him -- a love of folk music. They also sang it back when I used to go to church.

Ok. "But which song?" Hopefully, I could get away with singing just one song. I'd run off the stage and grab Julie then go home; although dragging her now might be easier said than done.

Or maybe I could just do a solo on the guitar. I wasn't sure I could pull that off. I could probably strum, but finger work was going to be harder. I'd need a proper warm up and I couldn't afford that. This was really going to be hard.

I needed something easy. I had just decided to do "Blowing in the Wind" when Mike grabbed the mic (I know, too many Mikes, here) and began announcing,

"LADIES AND GENTLEMEN. WELCOME TO MIKE'S COFFEE HOUSE AND ANTIQUE EMPORIUM'S OPEN MIKE NIGHT."

There was brief round of applause. Something I knew wasn't going to be forthcoming for me, for I knew I was going to flub this. The only question was how badly.

"WE HAVE A VERY SPECIAL GUEST TO PERFORM FOR US TONIGHT. HE IS THE SPECIAL FRIEND OF ONE OF MIKE'S VERY OWN BARISTA'S: LET'S GIVE A WARM WELCOME TO SAM!"

More applause. This was it. I took a couple of deep breaths. However, instead of calming me it actually made my head spin even more. I guess I had been hyperventilating ever since Julie dragged me up on stage.

I looked over to her and could see a big smile on her face. She was really enjoying this humiliation. I guess out-growing me wasn't enough; she had to go that extra mile. Well, I hoped she was enjoying this. I'll probably never want go out with her again.

I strummed a bar before piping in with the lyrics,

        How many roads must a man walk down,
        Before they call him a man?

I started slow, soft and even. This way my voice wouldn't crack since I didn't have a chance to warm up.

        How many seas must the white dove sail,
        Before she sleeps in the sand?
        Yes and how many times must the cannon ball fly,
        Before their forever banned?

And here comes the good part: the chorus. I always loved the way the verses of this song blended right into the chorus. My voice found this easy to do and I knew I could pull this off with a bit of style and pizazz, even though I was not properly warmed up yet.

       The answer my friend is blowing in the wind.
       The answer is blowing in the wind.

Yes! First verse done. I probably sounded better than Dylan himself, I thought. Now I just have to remember the rest of the words.

I hadn't noticed people in the crowd until toward the end of the song. I was too busy playing. I can usually do this in my sleep, so to speak, once I get going and then it gets real fun. Then I can concentrate on bringing out all kinds of emotion when this happens.

So, I was just starting to get going at the end: I was singing the chorus a second time at the finish, putting in my own touch and noticed that some in the crowd were mouthing the words. That's a good sign, isn't it?

I didn't have long to find out. I was done. I made it through a whole song without messing up, and more importantly, without throwing up. It took a few seconds but I thought I noticed someone clapping. Yes, I realized they were all clapping. For me. I did it. I really did it! And they seemed to like it. Well, ok, maybe only a little. It was such a simple song anyway. I can't expect too much.

I sat there for a pregnant moment. Silent. Did they expect me to do more? Oh shit. Now what? I guess I better think of something.

Let's try "Puff, the Magic Dragon". I loved this as a kid. It's also close to the same chord progression as "Blowing in the Wind", so I knew I could pull this one off. I could do a little finger picking too using both a real pick and my next two fingers. The guitar was mic'ed, so I wasn't worried too much about stressing the single string notes.

I put a little more into the voice this time, playing with the notes a little. Making some harmony out of it, that is. But for that, I needed other singers.

So, I relied on an old folk singers trick: enlisting audience participation. That is, I got the crowd to sing the chorus. I had to go over the words with them without singing it first, but to my surprise almost everyone knew the words and the tune anyway. Coffee houses do draw a special kind of crowd, I guess.

And so it began. OMG. Who did I think I was? Pete Seeger? It was going so well that we sang the chorus three times at the end -- one of those in a cappella. This was going pretty good. And I started relaxing and enjoying myself. If I was making a fool of myself I didn't detect it. So, I must be a contented fool. At this point I didn't care.

I was really getting into this, singing all kinds of folk songs. I did songs like "American Pie". That's a pretty long one by the way, but I pulled it off. I guess I had sung it enough times that I did't forget the words.

There were songs I would have liked to do but, I would need the words in front of me to remember them all: folks songs, pop, even country. I like a lot of different things.

I don't know how long I was up there or how many songs I sang but my mouth was getting dry and the singing was starting to stress my vocal chords.

I decided on one last song. It was Harry Chapin's "Circle Song". A good one to end with by the way.

When it was over I got a standing ovation. They wanted more, but I just couldn't go on. Believe it or not, I was pretty much beat. I really wanted to sing more, but it was not to be that night.

Afterwards, I had to sit down. I was sipping on some sort of juice drink that Julie said was good for me.

Julie had a huge smile on her face. She had that smile the whole night come to think of it. I noticed for the first time that Julie never once talked of herself tonight; only of me.

People came up to us and wanted to talk. Some would shake my hand. They all thanked me for playing. And they praised me. I could physically feel my head swell up. (Ok, I'm exaggerating.)

I met and talked with Julie's co-workers. I felt good despite being spent. We stayed a little while longer at the coffee house but it was getting late and I had to be at the office tomorrow by 9:00 AM sharp.

So, we said our goodbyes and left. I think I was feeling better than I ever have in my life. Julie was beaming.

I had suspected that Julie had come out tonight to show off to her friends. I thought it was to show off herself in her new dress and heels.

But, I realized that night, that she was there not to show off herself but to show off Sam. She was there as my cheerleader and trophy.

Did she think of herself that way? I hoped not. She meant so much more to me. She did this for me. I don't care how much bigger she gets. I love her.

Ever since we got back together a few weeks ago Julie has been the one who had cried. That all changed; it was my turn now. Before we got into the car I hugged her and buried my head in her chest and just cried. And for the first time in my life I felt ... accepted.

We got home and went straight to bed. You can guess the rest.

End Notes:

For those into humiliation, sorry. For those that like the categories I've tagged this with, I hope you enjoyed.

Chapter 6 - Not a Mistake by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie and Sam talk. Some back story about the siblings. Sam finds out Julie was right.

----- The next day

Each day since Julie moved in we had become closer. I had now realized that were truly in love. It's funny; we had said that to each other in high school, but it felt much different now. Of course, she hadn't towered over me then either. Each day now, I was looking forward to spending it with Julie, and of looking up to her, higher and higher.

However, we saw each other only briefly the next day, Wednesday morning: I needed to go into the office early.

People at the office noticed how good a mood I was in. People would comment on how "chipper" I looked. Or about my smile. One gal even commented on how great I looked.

Still, it was a long day and I didn't get home until that evening. Julie was working late. I stayed up waiting for her. She came in around 10:30.

"Hey."

"Hey."

We traded pleasantries.

"How was your day.", Julie said.

"Hectic. I had three meetings today. Ever heard the phrase 'death by meeting'? I've experienced death."

"Aw, you poor thing. Come here."

We hugged then I fixed both of us some tea while Julie changed into shorts and a t-shirt. (I bet you were thinking she'd be naked. You naughty thing. It's ok, I was hoping she would be too. But we were still both tired and weren't up to making wild sex.) Coffee would have kept us up too long but tea would be soothing. It was tacitly understood that we would be talking tonight.

"You didn't wear your heels today?", I asked.

"They're not comfortable and not really suitable for work."

"Uncomfortable, I bet. I saw how you were wobbling last night.", I teased her.

It was true, she looked like she hadn't gotten her "sea legs" yet, so to speak. It's understandable since that's the first time I believe she had ever worn heels out.

"No, really. My knees have been hurting lately and the heels were putting too much pressure on them, I guess. Even the tennis shoes hurt when I stand."

"Come sit closer and put your legs up here. I'll massage them for you."

"Mmmm. That's good."

Did I mention she has great legs? I didn't consider this work; it was heaven. But there was something nagging at the back of my mind and this was a good chance to talk about it.

"Julie, I've been thinking."

"Yes?"

"With your growth, and now your legs hurting, maybe you should go see the doctor."

"Nah.", she dismissed me. "I've just been standing a lot with work and stuff. Plus I've been working out pretty hard too. I never got much of a chance to work out since graduating from high school you know. I guess I'm just making up for that."

"Well, maybe you should cool it a bit with the weights. Or maybe that inversion table is making your legs hurt."

"Oh, it can't be that. The inversion table feels so good."

"So does heroin. Right up until it kills you.", I warned.

"Stop talking like that."

"Ok, sorry. It's just that, ... I'm a little worried is all."

"Oh, don't worry honey. Besides, I can't really afford to see the doctor right now."

"You will be able to soon. How's the job search coming?"

"Good. I got two offers today!"

"Great. What about that place on the other side of town? That construction company?" I was secretly hoping that she'd find a job close by.

"Greg's gravel? That's one of them. The other one is in the city. I'm not sure I want to travel into the city everyday; I'm really leaning towards Greg's right now."

"Yes!", I thought.

"They have health insurance, no?", I asked.

"Yes. They all pretty much offer it."

"It's settled then. As soon you start working full time you're going to see the doctor. Promise?"

"Alright. I promise."

"So, how was your day.", I said.

"Not bad. Everyone was talking about you at work today."

I could actually feel my face turning 100 shades of red.

"I hope it was good talk.", I said, adding a little sarcasm, hoping it would hide my embarrassment.

"Of course it was good. I was so proud of you last night."

More shades of red. I felt like saying "Aw, shucks." Don't worry folks, I'm not that dorky.

"Julie?"

"Yes, hon."

"Thank you."

"You're welcome. I didn't do anything really."

"Yes, you did. I would have never done anything like that on my own."

"I know."

"I could've just backed out you know."

"You could have, but I knew you wouldn't."

"So sure of yourself, huh? Let me tell you something: that was one of the hardest things I've ever done. You have no idea how nervous I was. I felt like throwing up."

"I knew you would do it. Why didn't you sing one of your own songs?"

"NO!"

"They're really good."

"NO! I won't and I don't want to talk about it."

"What about the one about the little boy who's recruited to be a suicide bomber?"

"Hell no! People would take that the wrong way."

"But it's a good song, especially the way you play the guitar with it."

"No. That's the end of it. Please, let's not talk about this."

"Alright, alright! But I told people at work that you write your own songs too. They want to hear them. I know you'll play your own songs for everyone some day, I'm sure."

"How do you know?"

"Because I challenged you and you don't back down from anything."

"Sure, I do."

"Oh, yeah? Name one thing you ever backed down from."

"Well. ... I'm sure I could think of something. Just not right now."

"See. Did you ever think about why I went out with you in high school?"

"I thought it was because we were both little."

"Ha. I suppose that's part of it. The big reason is because you always stood up for yourself. You never backed down from anything. You were brave. And scrappy. Especially if you thought you were right. I wanted to be like that."

"You wanted to be like me? It's a miracle I never got myself into trouble."

"I used to watch you wrestle. You were the most handsome guy in school in your wrestling uniform. That's another reason I went out with you."

More shades of red.

"And what about that time you beat up James Stilwell?"

"Who's that?", I said.

"You know. The guy that made rude remarks about your sister."

"Oh, you mean Jimmy. Yeah, I remember that. He was a major jerk."

"He was also over a foot taller than you."

"Yeah, well, so was everyone else. Besides, I wrestled. Jimmy was just a wimp. A major, jerky, wimp."

She laughed. "Nobody ever picked on you after that, did they?"

"No, I guess not. So?"

"So, do you know why?"

"Because I was a threat to no one."

"No. Because everyone knew you were right, and they were now afraid of you."

"Pffft. Nobody could be afraid of little ole me. And I do mean little. Beating up Jimmy was no great feat; he only picked on those smaller than himself. He never picked on jock's unless they were my size."

"You beat him badly. And when you had the chance to really humiliate him you stopped. I was really proud to be your girlfriend then."

"Aw, shucks." Oops. There, I said it this time. Ok, I'm officially a dork.

"So, Julie?"

"Yes?"

"How come we, ... you know, ... um, never went, like, all the way? Back in high school."

"You mean sex?". She was blushing this time.

"Uh, yeah. You seem to have gotten over that though.", I laughed.

"Ha ha.", she said. "So this is about sex?"

"No, about high school, really.", I said.

"I'm a little embarrassed about the reason. You never shamed me into it. Or forced me to in any way to have sex with you. I really appreciate that. I, I, ..."

"What?"

"I wasn't ready."

"Yeah, neither was I. I did some stupid things I shouldn't have."

"No. I mean I wasn't ready physically."

"Oh."

"I mean, ... I didn't really get my period until right before I turned 17. I was a senior by then. That was only a couple years ago."

"Oh, I had no idea."

"It's ok, it's not something you talk about."

"Ok. But I wasn't ready either. I mean emotionally. Maybe it's a good thing I went away to school. I think we've both grown." But only one of us had grown physically.

"Well, here we are.", she said.

"Yeah, here we are."

There was a long moment of silence.

"Want some more tea?", I asked.

"Sure. I don't think any of us have anything tomorrow morning right?"

"Right. I'll put the water on."

After coming back we resumed our discussion. Julie began,

"So, how is your sister?"

"I hate her."

"No, you don't!", Julie said.

"No, you're right. I don't."

"Why would you say that?"

"She's a brat."

"All sisters are brats. Look at mine."

"No, I don't want to look at Jill. I'd rather look at you."

"Aw, you're just trying to sweet talk me, aren't you?"

"I am sweet.", sticking my tongue out at her. "Besides, Erin treats me the same way Jillian treats you. She makes fun of me for my height. I wish she were two feet tall."

The truth was Erin was even taller than Jill -- 5'7" to Jill's 5'5". I think she was anyway. She told me so once when she was making fun of me.

"I thought your sister was nice.", Julie continued.

"To others maybe. She's a terror to me. How is Jill and your Mom doing?"

"They're fine. They're going to be at the graduation next week. You can talk to them yourself."

"Have they seen you lately?"

"You mean seen how tall I've gotten? No. Not really."

"You'll be as tall as Jill. I bet that will shut her up!", I exclaimed, smiling.

"I'm still not quite that tall. Yet."

"I don't know, Julie. I think you've been growing even more. Are you going to wear your heels?"

"Yep. I plan on it."

"Ha, ha. Jill will certainly be surprised.", I exclaimed.

"Yeah, and so will Mom."

"You sound nervous."

"A little."

Julie was still growing, I was sure of it. I could tell in our shared shower time that her back and shoulders were getting wider. And by how much further I had to look up into her eyes.

I really didn't care to meet Jillian again. Or, Jill, as she preferred. Julie would get under her skin by being the only one to get away with calling her by her proper name, Jillian. I was hoping she would do so at the graduation. The whole thought of Julie surpassing Jill made me smile.

To be clear, Jill was still a senior in high school. She would be graduating soon too.

My sister, Erin, on the other hand, was only two years younger than I and had graduated from high school a year ahead of Julie.

Now Erin was working at the clothes store in the new shopping center as a check out clerk. Real good job that. Or so my parents thought.

They were always saying, "Erin this" and Erin that". They never talked about me. She was always their favorite: tall, pretty, big boobed, blonde hair (which was not her natural color.) I was sort of the family let down.

The fact that I was on the varsity wrestling team four years straight or that I graduated cum laude or that I was musically talented (Erin couldn't sing on tune if her life depended on it) or that I now had the best job (I was making more money than Dad now) and had a better house was of no importance to them.

They were always buying Erin things. She got the new computer. I got her old one. That is, until I could afford to buy one myself, very recently I might add. I told myself I was better than all of them. Needless to say, I barely kept in touch even though I was living no more than 20 minutes away.

"You are coming to my graduation, aren't you?", Julie said.

"I wouldn't miss it for the world. It will be my time to be proud of you."

"Aw, thanks. You won't mind, will you, that I'll be wearing high heels?"

"No. Of course not", I said. Although that wasn't totally the truth. "How high are those heels, anyway?"

"I think they're about four inches."

"Hey, why don't you get them and we'll find out, ok?" Now's my chance to see if I'm right about her continuing growth.

"Oh kaay."

She went to get her heels and I went to get the tape measure. I was very pleasantly surprised when she had come back out completely naked. "The programming is working" I told myself inside my mind, with an evil grin.

There was no way I could reach the top of her head this time so I dragged a chair from the dining room over. I stepped up and put the mark on the wall. She measured it.

"Wow. Six feet!"

Holy crap! She was six feet tall in heels. Wait, that means ...

"Damn. Ok, take 'em off and get back up against the wall."

She took off her heels and I got back up on the chair and made the mark. She measured again.

"I can't believe this. I'm 5'8"!", she squealed.

Her heels were indeed four inches. And I was indeed right about her continuing to grow.

But even without the heels, that put her almost a foot above me. And now she really was taller than Jill. Taller then Erin even.

She grew, what, five inches in a little less than two weeks time? And nearly a foot in a little over a month. This was crazy. We'd plainly have to get her to the doctor soon.

"Julie. I don't know what to say. You're beautiful." I tried to say it sincerely so that she wouldn't detect any concern in my voice. "Hey, you wanna measure me now?", I said.

"No. You haven't grown any."

"You know what I mean."

"It's ok. People don't shrink."

"Ok." That was a little weird. She seemed eager to before.

She lifted the chair like it was nothing and brought it back to the dining room, whereas before I had to drag it. Then she started to go back to the bedroom.

"Wait.", I said.

"What?"

"Stay like that."

"You mean naked? Or with heels?", she laughed.

"Whatever you decide.", I said. She put her heels back on. Then she walked over until we were touching and she was looking down on the top of my head. She giggled.

"This is so cool. Would you like me to be even taller?"

"I ... don't know." I really didn't know how I felt about this. I felt even smaller when she came up close to me like this. Yet, there were perks. Like being able to look her straight in the nipples. I bet with my shoes on I could lick them standing up.

And those boobs were definitely getting bigger too. Not just in proportion with the rest of her, but actually bigger on her. They were definitely C cups I thought. Maybe I was turning into a big boob guy, or rather Julie was turning me into one. So many things were changing so fast.

"Would you worship me?"

"I worship you already.", I said.

"Wait until I'm really six feet tall."

And if she kept growing the way she had been there's no doubt in my mind that would be in no time at all.

"Julie?", I said.

"Yes?"

"I don't care how tall you get. I still love you."

"I love you too.", she said. Then she bent down to kiss me, still in heels. She had to bend way down this time.

We went to bed, hardly touching our second cups of tea. Needless to say, it was a good night of love making.


----- Thursday morning

I had work to do at home. But it would give me a good chance to work out later. Julie had to go in that night. We took a shower together. When we got out Julie said, "Are you going to work naked?"

"Why not." And so we both stayed naked. Almost. Julie wore her heels.

"Are you going to be walking around the house like that?"

"But you're naked, and you've never minded me being naked before?", she said being bit cheeky.

"No, silly. With heels on?"

"Well, naturally. I have to get used to them after all."

Somehow I didn't think that was the real reason. We went to the kitchen to get breakfast.

"Oh now look. That refrigerator is so dirty.", she said in a false tone.

"What are you talking about?"

"The top of this refrigerator is an absolute mess. You should be ashamed of yourself for your dirty house."

It's not like I could reach or even see up there. It was pretty much forgotten. I stood there with my hands on my hips, a wry smile on my face.

"Yeah, right.", I said.

"Oopsies!" She looked down at me. "I forgot, my little man can't see up that high."

And with that she literally grabbed me under the arms and lifted me high enough to see over the top of the fridge. She must have lifted me over a foot; and with ease too. Then she hugged me to her chest. I gotta tell you, being held like that woke Mr. Happy up. Had she not caught me by surprise though I would have probably not have enjoyed it so much.

"Uh, yes. I see. Put me down now."

"Aw, you're no fun."

She put me down. I actually felt let down in more ways than one. But I wasn't going to let on, stubborn as I am.

"Kiss me.", she said, standing straight as she could. In fact, she may have been leaning back a little too much.

I went up on my tip toes but my mouth still couldn't reach her nipples. She didn't budge. So I just gave her a peck on each of the lower parts of her left and right boobs.

"Really?", she said. "Here, let me help."

Then she lifted me again so we could properly kiss this time, on the lips. She had Mr. Happy's full attention now.

"Oh, look at this.", she squealed with glee. "I think someone is happy to be picked up?"

"Ha ha. Very funny", I said. Then she spent the next five minutes carrying me around all over the kitchen.

She'd open cabinets and show me all the space I haven't used at the top. She'd reach in with one hand and say, "You shouldn't let this space go to waste you know." Yeah, easy for her to say. In her heels, I might add. I don't know, maybe she could reach them without her heels.

"Aw, my poor little man.", she would mock. "I bet you've never touched the ceiling before."

And neither has she I was willing to bet. Then she lifted me up from under my arms until my head touched the ceiling. "Ouch."

"See how fun it is to be tall? Too bad my little man isn't growing too. But then he wouldn't be my little man anymore. We can't have that now, can we?", she said in a mockingly high voice.

That's right, rub it in. She brought me over to the couch in the living room, still holding me, then sat down and set me on her lap.

"Would my little man like to suck on my big titties?"

Now this was getting interesting. So I latched on to her right one. I wrapped my left hand around the outside of her tit. It only covered a portion of the massive globe of flesh that had recently shown up.

She had unquestionably been visited by the titty fairy recently. I started moving down her washboard stomach. I was going to take control now. So I thought.

"Ah, ah! You haven't finished sucking my titties yet."

Ok, so, this time I went to her left one. I was licking all around her areola. An areola I might add that had about doubled in diameter since a couple of weeks ago. After a while I moved my eyes up to hers with a pleading look.

"Yes. You can now worship the rest of me.", Julie proclaimed.

And I did. I only went down past her belly before I hopped off and moved to the other side of the couch.

I brought her legs up, taking off her heels. This was turning into ritual magic -- I went slow and deliberate. I looked up and down those long, beautiful legs. Did I mention she has great legs?

And like the last time I had "worshiped" her legs out on the back porch, I moved my feet up against hers for a comparison.

This time the top of my toes only reached the bottom of the balls of her feet. I think her feet were growing bigger than the rest of her. I wondered if she would take kindly to me calling her "Sasquatch". But I know better than to say that. And at this point making her mad would be suicide.

That's right. She was becoming physically intimidating. How could she not, as big as she was getting? And none of it was fat. She was all lean, mean muscle.

But not like a bodybuilder. More like a fitness competitor. Or a track star! I wasn't sure how strong she was but I knew for a fact that she was stronger than I. I wouldn't want to push my luck at this point. Afraid, you ask? Yeah, kind of, now that you mention it.

I was massaging, kissing and licking her feet, and then legs; now Julie was changing her smug tune. She started breathing hard. Soon she'd be cooing. God, I'm good. Hey, a guy's got to brag where it comes to gals, right?

When I made it to her crotch she was ready. Wet and ready. Hmmm. What to do? I could go down on her. Or I could fuck her. I know, let's do both. At least I'd fuck while I could.

Do you suppose she'll outgrow me so much that she'll outgrow my dick? Ugh, shudder the thought. I hoped there'd be a long way to go before that. So, I went down. And I brought her down; and up, and down. She was more than cooing now. She was moaning.

Julie doesn't scream but she does moan quite a bit when she comes. And she shakes. When I thought she had had enough I mounted her. It was my turn to come now.

She sat up though, grabbed me under the butt and stood up. We tried to stay this way, with me in her, but it didn't work out very well. I guess we'll just need more practice. It was funny and we both started laughing.

She then switched us around into the 69 position and stood up again. I was upside down but this worked better, and the novelty of it got me off in no time. I couldn't reach her growing clit this way, but she already had her good time. Too bad. It looked as if her clit was growing more in proportion to the rest of her, like her tits.

"That was awesome.", I said.

"I agree."

Then she put her heels back on, stood up and hugged me. It felt good, but she was starting to enjoy this a little too much, I thought.

We both cleaned up again and I went to work in my home office. She got ready and left for work that afternoon. Good, now I can go out to the garage and work out I thought. I put my workout clothes on.

As I passed by the wall where we were keeping our measurements I looked up at where the six foot mark was. Wow, that was high. So was 5'8". To me, anyway.

Then I looked at my mark and saw two of them. Being curious I retrieved the tape measure. The top mark for me was a little below 4'10". That must be the 4'9" and almost an inch of my first measurement.

But the one below, I had measured to be just below 4'9" and a half. So, she was right that second time, it was not a mistake.

I really am only 4'9" and a half. In fact, I'm below that by about an eighth of an inch. That means, rounding down, I'm officially 4'9". The same height as Julie used to be. Shit! I'm regressing.

Well, no reason to mope about that, I thought. It's less than an inch. I went to the gym. I immediately went over to the barbell hanging on the rack over the bench.

Each side held a 45, 35, two 10's and a 5 pound weight. That's 210 pounds. Wow. She's getting really strong. Was this a one time lift, or did she actually work out with this, doing several reps? I remembered she did several with the 180 that was up before.

I reasoned that she was probably using this much weight with several reps at a time then. I got under and tried to bench this much. Wouldn't budge. Fuck! This is just so unfair!

I took the weight off and proceeded with my own workout. I was completely distracted by all the changes and the workout didn't feel right. I couldn't get into it. Therefore, I couldn't handle as much as I usually do.

Finally it came time for a warm-down and I decided to hop on the inversion table. Whoa! My butt couldn't even reach the pad. I had to get off to adjust the feet. I hung for about a half hour, maybe a little less, and then half heartedly went back inside.

I thought I would feel refreshed. I usually am after a workout. But I just felt off today. I'll get back to it tomorrow, I thought.

I made myself a sandwich then went back to work. I stayed on the computer until Julie came home that night, again around 10:30. We both went to sleep.

End Notes:

I hoped you liked the playful side of Julie. 

Chapter 7 - Graduation by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie get's her degree. We meet Mom and Jill.

----- Graduation prep

Graduation day was finally upon us. This was the second Thursday after Julie's last exam. I told them at work that I was taking off that day. I really was proud of Julie.

She would be getting her Associate's degree in something business related -- Business Administration I think. I wasn't really sure, but then I'm a computer science snob and don't pay much attention to anything else.

Julie was smart, and a hard worker. She was kind, considerate and ready for her first real, full time job. She deserved this. And she was beautiful. Did I mention she has great looking legs? And I loved her.

Julie had new clothes too. She mentioned she needed some. I wasn't sure if she was outgrowing the new clothes she had just bought a couple weeks ago, or if she just needed something more appropriate for graduation. So I gave her another $200.

She wanted me to come with her. We went shopping Saturday morning at a shopping mall that was a several minutes drive away. Ugh. But, you know, the sacrifices you make for love.

We bought cute little socks, the kind that only come up to the ankle, and panties at one of the department (anchor) stores. I just sort of roamed around while she was in the panty department. She didn't want to get a bra here though.

She grabbed a pair of suit pants. They were size 12, misses. She had to get something marked long, and even here she tried on several until she found some that were long enough. I was wondering how long these would last before she outgrew them. They would be good for her new job.

She decided to go to work for Greg's Gravel. A whole new pantsuit would have been nice, but it was over $100 and we decided to wait. I was worried if we bought it today it wouldn't fit by next month, when she was going to start her new job. We also picked up a couple pairs of shorts.

Then we bought some running shoes. She said the new ones she had didn't fit properly. Yeah, I wonder why. Could it be she had out grown them in two weeks? She would still wear the other pair most of the time, she said, reserving these for running.

So, we went to a sports shop for this. We bought a brand pair of running shoes. They were more expensive than your average big mart brand, but not too bad. And hey, you need good shoes to protect your body when running. Plus Julie had been having problems with her legs lately. Good choice, I say.

Then it was time for bra shopping. There was a shop in the mall she wanted to go to because they would actually fit her for the proper size.

"Please, don't make me go in there.", I pleaded with Julie.

"Alright. They probably won't let you in anyway.", she said, laughing.

Phew. Dodged a bullet, I did. I went wandering around the mall for a while. It took them over two hours for a simple bra.

She ended up buying two, totaling almost $100, but vowed to go back once she was working full time. That broke our $200 budget, but that didn't matter. I wanted the best for her. And these had better be good bras!

We had lunch at the mall eatery. I had Schezuan Beef. Julie had spaghetti -- two full servings of spaghetti with meat sauce and garlic bread. Then an ice cream cone and a pretzel for dessert. That girl can eat.


----- Graduation day

Julie had the cap and gown ready to go. She wore the dress that she bought a couple of weeks ago. It didn't fit. It didn't fit good anyway. Or I should say, it was not modest. She was busting out all over. It barely reached the bottom of her butt now. But it did look sexy.

I just knew she had another growth spurt. Actually, it's more proper to say her growth spurt hadn't stopped yet. I was still wondering how tall she had grown by now; time for another measurement. Even her high heels were looking a bit tight. When she sat down in the car the dress rode up so high I could see her panties. I know, you don't have to say it: I'm a pervert.

We drove to the community college early so we could get a good parking spot near the basketball courts -- the only place big enough for everyone to gather. We were going to meet her Mom and sister there. Julie went to where all the graduates were gathering and I was left to greet her family when they showed up.

"Have you seen them yet?", I asked.

"No. I'll see them after graduation. You all can sit together, if you want."

I wasn't sure if I really wanted to, but I did want to see the look on Jillian's face when she saw how tall her sister had grown. This was going to be good.

"Ms. Thompson. Ms. Thompson! Over here.", I called. I was lucky to have picked them out of the crowd. Would they remember me? I knew Julie's sister would.

"Hi, Sam!", Julie's Mom said as she gave me a big hug. It actually felt good, the knot in my stomach unraveling, when we hugged. I was little nervous about meeting them.

"Hey, shrimp."

"Jill, that's not nice.", Julie's mother said.

"Whatever.", Jill replied, rolling her eyes.

"I'm so glad you and Julie got back together. I always knew you two were right for each other. Oh, you should have heard her talk about you when you came back to town. And when I heard you were letting her stay with you I knew she'd be better off than that other guy. What's his name? Steve?"

"Shawn, I think."

"Right.", she spat. "Anyway, I hope you two are getting along.", she said, winking.

Well, I obviously have the blessing of Mom.

"So, you have a house now, huh?", Jill piped up.

"Yes, I do."

"You must have really lucked out.", Jill said. I think she was trying to minimize that accomplishment.

"Yep.", I said. I was not going to play her game. I knew that it was better than anything her and her Mom ever lived in. I felt bad about that for Mom. But not for Jill.

"Actually,", I said, "I lucked out on getting back together with Julie." I was rubbing it in Jill's face because I knew she couldn't keep a relationship going more than a month. I assumed she still hadn't.

"Whatever, you say, shrimp. You two were surely meant for each other."

"Yes, we most certainly are meant for each other.", I beamed. I hoped it would irritate Jill. From the look on her face, I think I succeeded.

We took our seats and the ceremony began. Finally, after all the speeches, they got around to calling out names. I stood and clapped when Julie's name was called. I wanted to whistle but they cautioned against that before the ceremony began. Mom stood too. Jill stayed seated; she looked bored. Good for her.

When they were handed their diploma, it was just the vinyl cover. This way they wouldn't mix up names. The graduates had to go to the other side of the building and queue up behind the appropriate table by last name to get the actual piece of paper.

It was the same way when I graduated, only I had to go to the computer science department. My graduation was much bigger, of course, and they had to split it up. I was with the engineering and science majors. They held the life sciences, business, art, and so on, ceremonies separately, at different venues and times around campus.

So we moved with the crowd and waited. Finally Julie came walking out with her diploma wearing her cap and gown. Jill hadn't noticed. Julie walked right up and I gave her a hug, my head nestling into her bust.

"Awww, I'm telling Julie you're cheatin' on her.", Jill said with a grin.

Then, Julie looked down and said, "Hey Jillian. Who's my guy cheatin' with?"

Jill's eyes got real big and her mouth opened when she realized it was Julie. Julie had her heels on and had quite a few inches on Jill. We all laughed. Except Jill.

"Oh, honey. You're so ... beautiful.", her Mom said.

"Oh be real. She's a fucking monster.", Julie got in before anyone could stop her.

"Jill!, her Mom scolded her, "Stop being mean. That's your sister; and her friend. Be nice to them. You don't want them to mess up your graduation next week, do you?".

"You mean be nice to the freaks? I don't want to see them at my graduation."

"That's enough. I won't let you use the car if you keep this up."

"Yeah, right. Ok, I'll be nice.", Jill spat out.

Despite the bad vibes coming from Jill, I was still happy. Happy and proud for Julie. I was not going to let Jill spoil this day and neither was Julie.

We got into our cars with the understanding we'd meet at the fancy burger grill for lunch. When Julie got in she took off her robe and the hem of her dress rode up. I was really liking her too small dress right then. Everything she had on seemed too small for her. I know: pervert.

"You keeping the heels on, right?"

"Of course. I want to see Jill's face when I walk right up to her."

Bravo, Julie.

When we got to the grill, Julie did run right up to her Mom and sister in the parking lot. With Julie's heels on Jill only came up to Julie's chin, maybe lower. I think Jill was wearing heels too. But Julie was still taller. Jill backed away. I laughed. We didn't have to wait too long to be seated.

Julie's Mom and I talked and talked. We talked mostly of the relationship and where it was going. She was really interested. I didn't hold back. I told her just how I felt about her daughter.

She asked about my job and school. She kept saying how impressed she was and how grateful she was that Julie found such a great and upstanding guy. I was loving this. I hoped Julie didn't think I was monopolizing the conversation with her Mom. I'm not sure I cared at this point: it was a pleasant change for me.

Jill would get her jibes in once in a while but they weren't as bad as I figured. I think she was, for the first time in her life, intimidated by her older sister. Jill could not look Julie in the eyes.

The one thing that was not mentioned was the white elephant in the room. You know, the subject of Julie's growth.

Finally, it was time to go. I payed. We all walked over to her Mom's car. We said our goodbyes.

"Julie, you've grown into such a beautiful woman. I'm so proud of my baby.", Mom said, and she was looking extremely proud too.

I could see how happy this made Julie -- there were tears in her eyes. Her Mom was truly accepting and happy for her. They hugged and more tears came to Mom and Julie.

"Oh, I almost forgot, this is for you, Julie.", Mom said, wiping the tears away, before getting into the car. Julie's Mom gave her a card and a present. It was a manicure set. It wasn't much but I could tell Julie was really grateful.

Before leaving Mom turned to me and said, "You two don't be strangers. Come and see us sometime."

"And you'll have to do the same.", I said. "Come on out to the house. I'll cook on the grill outside. We'll have fun. Julie can give you directions, ok?"

"That would be wonderful. Please, Julie -- and you too Sam -- stay in touch, ok?"

We assured her we would. I really liked Julie's Mom. I could tell she liked me, and everyone could tell she was very proud of Julie. I think I could like her even more than my own Mother. My family never made it out to my graduation. Ok, I guess it was pretty far. Still, they could've afforded it.

When we got into the car I said, "Oh my God! You really shut Jill up just from your presence." We both laughed out loud. "I'm so glad I was there.". It was a good day so far.


----- That night

We went home with most of the afternoon and the evening to waste. I gave Julie a necklace I had bought for her graduation. I thought it went good with the dress right above her newly showing cleavage. She had never had cleavage before and seeing it made me laugh. She was certainly changing.

"What's on this pendant, Sam?"

"Do you like it?"

"Oh, yes."

"What do you think it is?"

"It's a lady. She's very pretty."

"It's Skadi. She's a Norse goddess: a beautiful giantess, just like you. She lives in the mountains, amidst the snow. She loves to ski, and she is an expert bow hunter."

"You mean the bow and arrow?"

"Yep."

"Wow. I'm no goddess, nor a giantess, Sam."

"You're my goddess, Julie.", I said. "And I think you're turning into a giantess. Let's measure you."

It had been over a week since last time. I, of course, insisted she be naked and once again and we repeated the ritual. The results: yes she had grown. This time she was 5'11". That would be 6'3" in heels which is why she looked so much bigger than her sister.

She really would be six feet tall soon. That qualifies as a giantess, right? Now she was over a foot taller than me -- my giantess for sure.

"Ok, now you do me.", I said.

"We don't have to measure you. I'm sure nothing has changed."

"Come on, Julie. I know you were right the last time you measured me. I saw the mark on the wall and measured it too. I want the truth this time. Ok?"

"Ok."

She measured. "It's ...", she couldn't finish.

"Here let me see where you marked it.", I said as I took the tape measure from her hand. I had a bad feeling in my stomach but I had to know. I stretched the tape measure. 4'8-1/2". Now I'm shorter than Julie was in high school.

"Why didn't you correct me last time, Julie?"

"I couldn't. I couldn't give you bad news like that. It's only a little bit. Don't worry. I still love you.", she was quick to say.

That did more than anything to make me feel better. Probably the worst part of all this is the nagging feeling in the back of my mind that I'll someday lose Julie.

"Julie?"

"What."

"How about you put your heels back on?", I said, somewhat too eagerly, probably.

That cheered her up. She got a real big, sly smile on her face and went running back to get her heels. I got left dragging the chair back to the dining room.

When Julie got back she said, "Come here, my little man."

I did so and gave her a hug. I looked up. This time I had to look up past her breasts to see her face, now being 6'3" tall. More than a foot over the top of my head. In fact, I'm not sure, but I believe the top of my head was below her breasts. I got up on my toes to try to kiss the bottom of her boobs. Wasn't gonna happen.

"Here let me help.", she said as she bent down. I kissed her nipples lightly. Then she broke into a giggling fit.

"My little man likes me big, doesn't he? Don't lie."

"Um, I like you anyways.", I said trying not to let on. But she was right and she could see right through me.

"Don't play with me, little man."

"Alright. Yes, I do like you big."

She laughed and squealed. Then she picked me up and kissed me. We walked and jumped around the house like this. She was loving it. To tell the truth, so was I.

"I am the goddess Skadi. Worship my feet, little man before I shoot you with my arrow."

I started kissing her toes. She laughed.

"How am I supposed to worship your feet if you don't hold still?", I had to say.

"Ok. I'll hold still. ". More movement.

We were really starting to enjoy our time when the phone rang.

"Oh, joy. It's my Mom. I better get this. I hope it's nothing bad.", I said, before answering.

"Hi, Mom."

"Hello, sweetheart.", she began. "Your Dad and I are going out of town for the next week. We were wondering if you could look in on your sister for us while we're away."

Talk about ruining a moment. Hell, talk about ruining the day. I knew what this meant.

"Can't you guys take her with you? You take her everywhere you go.", I said.

"I know, sweetheart. But we're going on vacation and it wouldn't do to bring her along."

What she really meant was they didn't want to put up with her this time.

"But she's 20. Surely she can take care of her own self now.", I said.

"Sure she can. And she'll be staying at our place. We just want you to look in on her once in a while, ok?"

"Yeah? And how often would that be?"

"Just once a day."

Even that was too much. They didn't trust her either, I knew. And I knew what would happen. I'd have to buy her things, and take her out, or she would complain to Mom and Dad and then I'd never hear the end of it. Ungrateful little brat. Ok, not so little from my perspective. This is so unfair.

Julie could see I was bummed.

"What's the matter?", she said.

"Mom and Dad are going on vacation. They want me to look in on Erin. Yuck."

"You don't sound happy about that."

"I'm not."

"When do they leave?"

"Tomorrow evening. Nothing like advance notice, eh?"

"You think it'll be bad?"

"It's never good with Erin."

"So, you're going to see her tomorrow?"

"No. I'm going to wait until Saturday."

"Do you want me to come with you?"

"I don't know. We'll see."

"I'm here to help my little man." There she goes with the 'little man' again.

"I know. It'll just be stopping by once a day for week. Or a little more since Mom and Mad will be traveling. I mean, what's the worst that could happen?"

Famous last words.

Chapter 8 - Erin by littless
Author's Notes:

Get ready for Erin

----- Saturday after graduation

Saturday came too soon. I figured I'd go see Erin early to get it over with and I'd have the rest of the day to myself with Julie. Julie worked that morning for just a few hours so I was looking forward to spending the afternoon and evening with her.

I arrived at my parents house at around 10:30 ish. I still had a key so I walked right on in. I found Erin in the back room on the video console.

"Sam! You're home. I'm so glad to see my favorite little, oops, I mean my biiiig brother." That slip was intentional.

"I'm your only brother."

"And that makes you my favorite."

"I wish we had another brother you could bother.", I mumbled.

"But you'd still be my favorite. You're so much fun."

"Yeah, right."

"Let's go get some ice cream."

"No. You don't need ice cream. Besides, you can use mom and dad's car and go out yourself."

"But I don't have any money. And mom and dad told you to help me.", Erin pouted.

"They told me to check up on you, not help you. And if you wouldn't spend all your money you might have some left."

"But you're rich, Sammy.". She used the nick name that I hated.

"Like hell I am. I work hard and I have a mortgage to pay."

"When are you going to show me to your house? Sammy?", she said, using that name again.

"Hopefully, never. Now I looked in on you. I'm leaving. Bye."

"Wait, don't go."

"What now?"

"I'm lonely."

"Then stop playing video games and call some friends over. But don't wreck the house."

"I know a friend I want to play with.", she sang. "A friend of Sammy's."

"What are you talking about?", I said suspiciously.

"I heard my Sammy started seeing his little girl friend again."

Shit. I guess there's no denying it. "Yeah. So what?"

"Let's go out together. Please? Please, please, please."

"Forget it."

"How would you like me to tell mom and dad about that time I caught you masturbating?"

Fuckin' brat! "I don't care. I'm too old for that to matter."

"How about if I tell Julie?"

"Just; shut up."

"I will tell her too. You know I will.", she laughed.

"Fine. You can come over and meet Julie, but only for a few minutes. She doesn't get off of work until 2:00."

"Yay. Can I come over with you now?"

"No. It's too early and I'd have to bring you back later. Take dad's car."

"Ok, Sammy, little brother.", she said. Sheesh.

"IT'S SAM! And I'm your big brother.", I yelled. She walked up real close, tits in my face, and looked down.

"Doesn't look like it to me. Sammy."

She sure knows how to get under my skin. That's for sure.

"Just get away from me.", I said. I knew this wasn't going to end until I left. I tried to get away but she kept blocking me.

"Hey, Sammy. Look at my boobies. I bet you wish Julie had big boobies like mine.", she said as she was cupping her breasts in front of my face. She would find out soon enough about big boobies. The thought almost made me smile.

"And I bet yours look like real old boobies too -- all saggy and wrinkled.", I said. I couldn't let her get one up on me.

"You're just jealous."

"No, Erin. I'm not jealous of your boobies. I don't want boobies."

"I bet you want Julie to have big boobies. What'sa matter, baby? I bet she won't let you play with them. Because, there's nothing to play with. Ah, ha, ha.", she laughed.

"Julie's breasts are perfect. And our sex life is none of your business."

"Oooh. Little Sammy has a sex life. Or is little Sammy just wishing he had a sex life?"

"You're incorrigible. Maybe you should get a sex life."

"Ha. I could get any guy I want with this body."

"Alright, where's your boyfriend now?"

"I have lots of them.", she said with her chin up.

"So, you're a slut? Is that why you're lonely today?" Got her. That seemed to shut her up. I usually win these little arguments, but I never feel good about it afterwards.

She was frowning.

"Alright.", I said. "Be at the house at 5:00. I'll cook and you can talk with Julie."

I knew I shouldn't have but I guess I'm a sucker when it comes to girls -- even my evil sister. In the back of my mind I heard the words: you're gonna regret it.

"I don't know where your house is."

"Yes, you do."

"Can't I come back with you?"

"NO!" And then I left.


----- Later that day

Julie arrived home a little before 2:30.

"How'd everything go this morning?", was the first thing she said to me.

"Ok. By the way, we're having a guest for dinner tonight."

"So, Erin's coming?", she asked. She figured it out right away.

"Yes."

"You made up?", she said, smiling.

"Ha! Hardly. I'm just appeasing her."

"Let's be nice to her tonight, ok?"

"I don't know about that."

"Well, try.", Julie said.

"Okee dokee."

I decided to grill chicken for dinner. I had stopped at the grocery store and bought some squash and zucchini. That along with onions and peppers on the grill, and some rice should be good. I was going to enjoy dinner despite Erin.

Erin arrived right on time. We talked a little, then it happened: Julie walked into the room.

"Julie? Oh my Gawd! Julie, it's you. You've grown."

No shit, Sherlock!

"Sammy, go stand next to Julie."

"Erin. No."

"Oh, go ahead Sam.", Julie said. "Let's get this over with."

So I stood next to Julie. Close.

"Oh my Gawd! This is just too good. Look at you two. I mean. This is great. I can't get over how much you tower over Sammy. You make him look like a little baby. When did this happen?"

"Just recently.", Julie said.

"I can't believe you go out with shorty here.", Erin said, snickering.

"You shouldn't call him that Erin."

"I can call my little brother anything I want."

"He's not your little brother."

"Sure he is. Look how tiny he is next to me.", she said as she came closer to us.

I was trying to compare the girls without arousing suspicion. Erin was wearing heels but not real tall ones. She was still a couple inches shorter than Julie. I'd say the top of Erin's head was about eye level to Julie.

"He's your older brother and I'd appreciate it if you would at least acknowledge that by not referring to him as 'little'.", Julie told Erin.

"Geez. Don't get yourself in a huff. I was only kidding. See, Sammy doesn't mind."

I was keeping quiet.

"Sammy, I mean Sam, does not want to argue with you.", Julie replied.

"Aw. Don't you think Sammy is cute? I bet you could pick him up and rock him in your arms like a little baby, Julie."

Now things were starting to strike a little too close to home. I could see Julie becoming flustered.

"Come here Sammy. Let me pick you up if Julie won't."

"Get away Erin.", I finally said. "Look, I let you come over to MY house. I would appreciate it if you would behave and be nice."

"Ok. Geez. I'm only having a little fun."

"Let's go out back. The food is ready to go. I just have to warm up the grill.", I said.

"But I haven't seen the house yet.", Erin whined.

"Ok. Julie, would you mind doing the honors?"

"I'd love to honey.", Julie said. I was glad to be away from Erin.

Just when things get good in life, it seems life throws in a monkey wrench to gunk up the works. Erin was the monkey wrench in my life. Soon we were all outside and the food was cooking.

"Hey, you got anything to drink?"

No! No! Please no.

"We have wine.", Julie replied.

Too late.

"Oh, I'd love some.", Erin said.

Julie ran in and came out carrying three glasses in one hand and a fresh bottle of wine in the other. They were just regular glasses, not wine glasses. I hardly drink so I never thought to buy any wine glasses, even for company.

The bottle was opened, wine was poured, Julie and I sipped. Erin drank. I was resigned to the fact that I would be calling a cab for Erin that night. This would not end well.

We ate and drank. Rather, the girls drank. A second bottle was emptied. Erin was tipsy, to say the least. Julie was holding herself pretty well, but I could sense slurring in her voice as well as the night wore on.

We talked about all kinds of things. Nothing of real importance though, once the novelty of Julie's newfound height wore off. The girls seemed to be enjoying themselves. I was being ignored pretty much.

Once in a while they would talk of me and laugh. That's usually par for the course where I'm concerned. I was used to it. I chalked up Julie's lack of concern with me that night to the booze. It wasn't so bad I decided.

"Hey Julie, I shee you're schportin' a really big rack now.", Erin said. "You wanna compare?".

That caught my attention!

"Erin, I think you've had enough to drink.", I piped in.

"Noonsensh. I'm only a little tipsy, that's all."

"But you're not even legal yet."

"Yu <hiccup>, huh. I'm 21."

I forgot her birthday is in March. Damn. Try another tact.

"But Julie isn't.", I reminded her.

"She doesn't <belch> have to be. She looks like it. More than <hiccup> you. Damn, but you look good girl."

I didn't like where Erin was taking this.

"It's your housh you know. You can corrupt any ... minor ... <hiccup> you want under this roof. Hey are you two gonna git hitched? Cauzh if you do, my little Sammy is going to need a schtep schtool.", she laughed. She laughed so hard she fell out of her chair. Julie looked amused.

I picked Erin up. "Come on. Let's get you to bed." I decided not to call a cab. It would be too embarrassing for me.

"No. It's not bed time. We're going out."

"We're not going out, Erin."

"Yesh we are. We're <hiccup> gonna go dancing.", Erin said, sure of herself.

"NO!", both Julie and I shouted, in unison. Julie looked horrified all of a sudden.

"Ok, we'll dansh rrright here tonight.", Erin slurred out. She tried to get up and whirl around. She only succeeded in falling down once again.

"See? You're in no shape to go dancing.", I said.

"Ssshure I am."

She got up again and was doing something that sort of resembled dancing, and then she started taking her clothes off.

"Erin! Stop it!" She was down to bra and panties before I could finish that statement. Julie was laughing hysterically by now.

"Come on Zhoolee. Show me your boobies. Let's see whozh is bigger. I gotta warn you, I got some  <hiccup> whoppers.", Erin yelled. I was hoping Julie wasn't too offended by this.

I needn't have worried; Julie started undressing too. She wasn't my sweet little cutie from a month ago. Tonight this was a wild filly.

Despite my protests I could not stop them. Soon they were both naked. Erin was naked right in front of me. Ew! I went inside to turn the lights out lest some trespasser be wandering by and get an eyeful.

The girls followed me inside. And there was Erin, in all her glory siding right up to me. Julie came in close on the other side. Both were looking down at me giggling.

Oh God, someone shoot me. Right now. Please.

No such luck.

"Hey little brother,", Erin began. Julie snickered.

"Who'zh rack is bigger?"

Erin shoved her tits in my face. Sort of; in my neck actually. I'm surprised she hadn't fallen over. Julie shoved her tits in my face too. Literally though. They both shook them. BlBblblblbb.

"Motor boat time!", Erin yelled. Julie laughed hard. I was riveted right there where I was standing. I couldn't move no matter how much I wanted to. This was so wrong.

"Look at Sammy. Look at Sammy. He can suck Julie's boobies.", Erin sang. This seemed to spur Julie on even more; but she stopped suddenly.

"Hey Erin. Guess what? I have high heels. Your little Sammy loves high heels."

Oh shit. Please. Someone hurry up and pull that trigger.

"Oh. Go get 'em. Go get 'em.", Erin said.

"No. Stop this both of you. Put your clothes back on.", I said, finally finding my voice.

"Aw. Is little Sammy <hiccup> embarrassed? Come on Zhoolee, let's shtrip him."

Julie grabbed me by one of my arms and Erin brought my pants down in one swoop. They seemed looser than normal somehow.

I tried to get away from Julie but to no avail. I reached up with my other arm but Julie grabbed that wrist too and brought the two of them together in one hand. I couldn't escape.

By now, Erin had my underwear to my knees and wasn't stopping. Soon it would join my pants around my ankles. "I need to get these off, Zhoolee.", Erin said.

With that Julie lifted me straight up with her one arm and Erin finished what she had started. Depantsed by my sister!

Then, with her free hand, Julie grabbed the bottom of my shirt and lifted. When it was bunched around my wrists she put me down and pulled the shirt the rest of the way off. I couldn't get over how Julie manhandled me. My mind was whirling; Mr. Happy was now in control.

All three of us were now nude. I was barefoot. Erin still had her shoes on.

"Zhoolee. Go get yer heels girl."

Julie ran, or rather stumbled, as best she could back to the bedroom -- being in the inebriated state she was in -- and came back out in heels. Right then you should have seen her: this was priceless.

I told you she wasn't used to walking in high heels. I wish I could convey to you in words what I now saw: what we were witnessing at this moment was high comedy. Despite my horror, I started laughing hysterically. Erin was too. When Julie tripped, Erin and I both followed her to the ground and we were all rolling on the floor laughing uncontrollably.

I looked at Julie there next to me. Then I looked over at Erin on the other side. As wrong as this was, I gotta admit, Erin was looking hot. I was in the presence of two, beautiful, naked women. It would have been a dream come true, except it was so wrong with Erin being one of the two.

We eventually came down from our laughter. I reached over and grabbed Julie's hand and helped her up. We hugged, I kissed her stomach. Erin came over and hugged us too. I made no move to stop her.

Group hug, anyone?

Erin craned her head up and Julie leaned hers down and they gave each other a kiss on the lips. Then Erin looked down and gave me a kiss -- a big, wet sloppy kiss from my sister. Ew! Julie lifted me straight up and we kissed too.

Erin had given up on dancing. Mr. Happy was just starting. Oh yes: this was so, very, very, wrong.

I turned the lights out. The three of us retired to the bedroom.

End Notes:

Bet you weren't expecting that.

Chapter 9 - Revelation by littless
Author's Notes:

The day after.

----- After "the" night

I got up the next morning and the girls were still sleeping. Julie had one leg hanging outside the sheet. Did I mention she has great legs? Erin was snoring a little.

They looked peaceful in bed together at this moment, naked, but I knew they'd be hungover so I went to the kitchen and made some coffee. I was too worn out to get fully dressed: I was just in my underwear. I figured there would be time to get dressed before the girls awoke.

But man, did I feel terrible: not physically, emotionally. I can't believe what just happened. This was too much to handle, I didn't know what I was going to say when they woke up. And how did Julie feel?

They finally woke up about an hour later. I had a whole hour to contemplate what took place last night. I couldn't but help come to the conclusion that I had fucked up bigtime. I didn't know whether I could face either of the girls again.

"Morning.", I said as they both came walking into the kitchen looking like zombies. Sexy, panty clad, zombies, but zombies nonetheless. I figured I wouldn't have to get dressed myself anytime soon.

"Mmmpf", Erin said. She's not a morning person.

I looked at Julie. She averted her eyes down to the ground. Then I looked at Erin for a second but I had to turn away. I couldn't face her this morning. They both took a seat at the kitchen table.

This went on for far too long. Nobody was saying anything nor looking at each other. The air was thick. We were too embarrassed about last night.

Finally, Erin shouted, "OK. Let's cut the bullshit! Look at me, Sam!"

I looked over at her. "Erin. This was wrong. I don't know what got into me.", I said.

"Can it, Sam. It was not wrong."

"But, we're brother and sister, Erin. That's ... incest."

"That's an overblown concept these days.", Erin said.

"Ah, wha?", I was dumbfounded.

"I finally got what I wanted. Ok?", Erin said.

"Huh?"

"Oh, don't play dumb Sam. Like you never picked up on all the little hints over the years."

"Hints?"

"All the things I did to get you to look at me."

"Uh.", my mind was starting to melt.

"Sam. I've wanted to get you in bed all these years."

"Since when?"

"Since I got taller than you, I guess."

Ouch. I winced. "So, you mean all those bratty things you were doing ..."

"I did that so you would notice me. I was dropping hints, you goof."

"Oh."

"Sam. I love you."

"I, uh, love you too, Erin." What else could I say?

I walked over, looking her directly in the eyes while she was still sitting, and we hugged. She gave me a kiss too. Mr. Happy was starting to make a tent so I stepped away. Erin smiled; she caught that. I'm sure she was liking this.

I looked over at Julie. "You can pick your jaw up from the table now, Julie.", I said.

Erin and I laughed.

"Ok, how about some coffee?", I offered to the girls.

"Oh Gawd yes.", Erin said.

"Yes, please.", Julie echoed.

So, I poured coffee, and got out the sugar and milk.

"Hey, you want to grapefruit juice: Erin, Julie?"

"Grapefruit?"

"It'll make you feel better. You two should try it."

"Whatever.", Julie said.

"It's good for hangovers.", I said.

"Why don't you have a hangover, Sam?", Erin said.

"Guess."

"Oh. You should drink more. It'll loosen you up."

"No thanks, I don't need loosening up."

"Didn't you drink in college?", Julie asked.

"Yep. Everyone does. Been there, done that. Have the t-shirt."

"Who told you that grapefruit juice would help?", Julie said.

"I don't know. We always used to make sure we had some ready the night before we started drinking. Seemed to work." Life lessons learned in college!

"Oh wow. I can't imagine my little Sammy drunk.". There goes Erin with the 'little Sammy' again.

"I bet he was fun.", Julie said again.

"Oh yeah. I bet we wouldn't have had to strip him last night."

"Please don't remind me of last night.", I said, rolling my eyes.

"Why not? Don't you like being naked? I never get to see enough of that cute little butt of yours.", Erin said.

Julie giggled, "Oh, he loves getting naked."

"I knew it!", Erin exclaimed.

I started feeling self conscious, but then smiled when thinking of our childhood.

"Ha. We used to always run around naked. Remember, Erin?"

"That's when you really were my big brother. But that all stopped when we hit puberty."

"Yeah. I think you hit it before me.", I said, looking down, a sad look on my face.

"A year before."

"You were keeping track?"

"Didn't have to. I thought about it all the time. I had my eye on you."

"Figures."

"I was 10. You didn't hit puberty 'till 13."

"Yeah, I guess 10 is when you got taller."

"I outgrew you at 9.", she corrected.

Oof. "I must have really looked small to you then, having recently outgrown me.", I said.

"And I thought you were the cutest little thing ever. Still do."

Julie giggled again. "I think so too."

"So, you've had the hots for me ever since then?", I said to Erin.

"Yep. You could say that."

"Why were you so mean to me?"

"I wasn't mean. I thought you were stuck up -- that you didn't want to play with your little, I mean big sister.", she smiled as she said this.

"Mom and Dad always doted on you. I had to do something. It was three against one.", I defended.

"That's only because you don't suck up to them the way I do."

"That's not my style."

"That's your problem, not mine. I've got Mom and Dad wrapped around my little finger."

"You can say that again. So, what are we going to tell them now?"

"Nothing. We'll just say that you took good care of me. But you'll have to take me out."

"Erin!"

"Oh come on, we should all go out dancing together."

"NO!", Julie and I both said in unison. Again.

"I don't dance, Erin.", I said.

"But you two would look so cute. Especially with Julie in her heels."

Now both girls were giggling.

"Alright Julie, why don't you want to go?", Erin asked.

"I don't dance either." I was wondering if this was the real reason that Julie didn't go to the prom with me.

"You two are hopeless. I guess you really were made for each other. Don't worry guys, I won't come between you two. I had my fun. I promise not to do this again."

I think Julie and I both felt a little let down when we heard this.

"Oh no, Erin. I had fun.", Julie said. I was staying silent now.

"Ah, a closet lesbian, huh?", Erin said.

Julie blushed.

"I'm just kidding. I can tell you love Sam. Don't you know every girl has a little lesbian in them?"

Made sense to me. "Yeah, Julie.", I said. "There was a lot of that going on back at school."

"Really?"

"Really. It was no big deal. It just happens. You're bff's, then your sleeping together. Sometimes I wish I was a gal."

"Ooh, this is good.", Erin chimed in.

"I'm just kidding. Geez."

"You've done it before, haven't you?", Erin said to Julie.

"No. I've never ..."

"Really? Ooo, how did you like your first time then?"

More blushing.

"I guess it was ... ok.", Julie said.

"We can do it again. Just you and me, no Sam.", Erin returned.

"I don't know about that, Erin. I'm Sam's girl now."

"Ok. The three of us again then."

She was pushing it.

"Uh, we'll worry about that later, Erin. Right now I need some time to process all of this.", I said.

"Sam. Thanks for last night.", Erin said sincerely.

"Um, thank you too. I know I don't show it, but, I guess, I really do love you Erin. I must, with all that I've put up with through the years.", I said to her, laughing at the end.

"Aw. This is so nice.", Julie said. Then she came and bent over to give me and Erin a hug.

Group hug, anyone?

"I knew you two would eventually get along. I just never in my wildest imagination would have thought it would take sex to do it.", Julie giggled. "And I'm glad to have been a part of that, you two."

Thinking back, it was fun. But weird. Maybe Erin was right: maybe incest is overblown. Maybe I'm losing my mind. Maybe a martian will land in my yard and bring to meet Capt. Kirk.

"Who's hungry?", I asked.

"Ugh. I can only handle a bowl of cereal right now.", Julie said.

"Can we go out for breakfast?", Erin asked.

"No. We have all kinds of things to eat here. There's eggs, bacon, milk and all kinds of stuff. Don't you have to work today, Erin?"

"No, I'm off all weekend." I couldn't help but wonder whether she had all this planned out.

"So what would you like to eat then?"

"I want a naked breakfast."

Leave it to Erin.

I started feeling a little self conscious again. Whatever. I figured we'd seen each other naked for past the few hours anyway, and shared a bed together, not to mention a mind blowing threesome -- mind blowing in more ways than one.

I decided to make pancakes. Even though Erin acted like a pro when it came to drinking, I could tell she was still a bit under the weather. I didn't want her to eat a bunch of fatty stuff and throw up.

It was cereal of course for Julie. She wanted frooty-rings. I only have this granola stuff: it's better for her anyway, especially since she's a growing girl. She finished the box of cereal off.

We were cleaning up when the conversation started again.

"So, Julie?", Erin started.

"Yes?"

"How did this happen?"

"You mean getting back with Sam?"

"Well, that too. I mean how did you grow so big?"

"To tell you the truth, I don't really know."

"Ah.", Erin said, sounding disappointed. "You know I always thought you were just the cutest little thing and I remember how cute you and Sam were together in high school. I'm really glad you two got back together."

I was starting to get a newfound love for my sister.

"And look at you now. You're beautiful, Julie."

"Yes, she is.", I interjected.

"When did you stop growing?"

"I'm not sure I have yet.", Julie replied.

"Are you going to get bigger?", Erin said as her eyes opened real big.

"I don't know."

"Oh, I hope so. Wouldn't that be cool, Sam?"

"Uh, yeah, sure.". I wasn't really sure about that. But I was sure Julie was still growing.

"So, when did you start growing Julie?"

"A little over a month ago, when Sam and I first got back together.", Julie said.

"Wow, you've grown really fast."

"We've been marking my height on the wall. Wanna see?"

"I wanna see. I wanna see.", Erin said, clapping her hands.

We went over to the wall. Erin saw the marks and dates. Then she saw where mine were.

"Is that little Sammy's?", she asked. Sheesh.

"Yep.", Julie answered. "The last time he measured me he had to use a chair.", she giggled.

Erin laughed out loud. I shrunk, figuratively.

"Hey, let's measure you two now."

We got the tape measure and the ruler. And Erin made us get the chair. She wanted to see me measure Julie. I'm sure she was going to get a kick out of that. She got an even bigger kick out of Julie taking off her clothes.

"We always do this naked.", she said to Erin, then laughed.

"Oh wait, do me! Do me, first.", Erin said, stripping.

"And Sam too! Sam too!", Erin said. And yes, I was once again naked in the presence of my sister.

So we measured Erin at 5'8-1/2". Almost foot taller than me. I was rolling over in my mind how Julie passed that mark a couple of weeks ago. Erin was happy about this though; she didn't think she was that tall.

Just as I suspected, Julie had grown since last week. She was 5'11-1/2" tall now. Then it was my turn. I didn't expect much change but, 4'8". I lost more than an inch.

Shit, shit, shit! My sister is more than a foot taller now. Double shit!

"Oh my Gawd. Sammy is literally shrinking.", Erin said. "Aw, don't feel bad little brother." And there she goes with that "little" brother thing again.

But I couldn't feel too bad. I had my back against the wall with two beautiful, naked women hovering over me. I literally had to crane my neck all the way back to see the their faces.

"Hey watch this, Erin.", Julie said. Then she ran into the bedroom and came out carrying her high heel shoes again. She put them on and came up close for a hug. My head didn't even come up to the bottom of her breasts anymore.

"Let me try.", Erin said. So Julie took off her heels and gave them to Erin. Erin did just like Julie and came up to me for a hug. I was looking right into Julie's nipples, her being just over 6 feet tall right then.

"This is so cool.", she said for the umpteenth time. Then she held the back of my head to her chest and started wiggling back and forth.

I thought Julie would be upset, but she was laughing. I can't tell you how humiliating it is to have your "little" sister motorboat you when you're standing up. I looked up into her eyes, pleading for her to stop. She leaned down and kissed me.

I was standing with my back to the wall through all of this. My head was spinning so I had to go sit down. I sat on the chair.

"Get up.", Julie said. So I stood up.

"Now stand on the chair."

"Ok." I did as I was asked, climbing my up onto the chair. Julie walked over and I could look her straight in the eyes now. The girls laughed.

"Wait, stay there a second.", Julie said, then took her heels back and put them on. I now had to look up at her; even while standing on the chair. Both girls laughed even harder.

"Aw, we're sorry.", Julie said. Then she leaned way over and kissed my dick. Mr. Happy started dancing. Erin laughed and started jumping up and down and clapping. I got down from the chair.

Erin hugged me from behind, a breast on each side of my head and held me with her hands over my shoulders and settling over my chest. She stayed this way for a minute, leaning into me. I was fondling her breasts as if putting on ear muffs. What? Did you say something?

She suddenly let go and ran over to Julie.

"Here, give me the heels again.", Erin said to Julie. Erin put them on and commanded me to get back up on the chair.

She cupped her breasts and moved in close to Julie. With the heels on she was almost as tall as Julie, just a bit shorter.

"Now Sammy, tell the truth. Who has the biggest boobies?"

Oh, dear. I was sweating. Erin's "boobies" did seem to stand out a little further, perhaps, than Julie's newly grown assets, but Julie's were wider. In fact, Julie was noticeably wider all over than Erin.

In the end I couldn't tell. Seriously. The girls thought I was playing the diplomat, but I honestly could not tell who's was bigger.

"Aw you're no fun.", Erin said.

"All I can say is that you are both stunning. Boobies and all."

That cheered them up. And with all that was happening it was no wonder that Mr. Happy was getting happier. The girls noticed.

I hopped down then both girls flanked me again. I kissed both of them on their tits. Then craning my neck to look up, I saw them kissing each other. This was one of the most erotic moments of my now topsy turvy life.

Erin broke her promise.

End Notes:

It may be more than a couple of days before the next chapter. I decided to rewrite it, again.

Chapter 10 - Six Foot by littless
Author's Notes:

This is the last chapter where Erin plays a prominent role.

----- Erin's week

I awoke in darkness. I turned on my side and heard Julie moan. I decided to turn and lie on my other side. Julie moaned again. I then scrunched up my legs, hitting the sides of my bed that I was enclosed in. Julie moaned even more.

They were muffled moans but I could hear them distinctly nonetheless. With every moan my warm cocoon of a bed would squeeze me, massage me. It was wet in here and getting wetter. I turned to lie on my back. More moaning.

I stretched my arms up and they stuck out the top of the cocoon I was in. Finding a purchase, I pulled myself up so my head was now out.

I looked up and saw Julie's giant clitoris above my head. It was standing erect, like an angry dick. I reached up and tried to grab it. More squeezing and moaning. The girl dick jumped up and I lost ahold of it.

I bucked up once again and grabbed it. I pulled myself up enough to get my mouth around the end. It was bigger than any dick I had ever seen. Bigger than mine, but I was too spellbound at this point to carry that analogy further.

She was gyrating, squeezing me, moaning; I used my two hands to massage the shaft of her giant clitoris as I sucked on the end; an end so big around it nearly broke my jaw to get my mouth around.

However, undeterred, I tried to suck the whole thing in, the way Julie had so many times sucked all of my dick into her mouth, including my balls. She was shaking. I knew that climax was near.

Suddenly there was a great buildup of fluid around my legs and torso. I shot out, losing my grip on her girl dick and went flying 50 feet or more; but it was closer to 3 feet at her scale.

I landed with a thud, but the mattress broke my fall. Then a shower of Julie's squirt rained down on me. I sat up. Then another shower of squirt hit me and knocked me back down. I strained my neck to look at Julie's womanhood. She was diddling her baseball bat sized clit. Then another shower of squirt.

This went on for three, four, even more times. I lost count. I lay back and looked to my side.

"Hello, miss right foot."

I turned to the other side.

"Hello, miss left foot."

When the torrent stopped I got up. I walked over to her left foot and bent down to give it kiss on the top.

"Oooo,.", I heard Julie squeal. She flexed her foot up. It was as tall as I was.

I walked back to Julie's pussy and tried to climb my way up but it was too slippery. She grabbed me with two fingers around the chest and brought me to her face.

"Look how wet you are, my dirty little man. You totally need a cleaning."

I was shoved into her mouth up to my chest. I then felt her tongue rolling around cleaning me. I nearly came. She pulled me out, changed her grip then I was thrust in again, this time headfirst.

After a thorough licking, she pulled me back out.

"Mmmmmm.", she said, "You taste so good."

I was then placed on her right tit and covered by her blanket sized hand for warmth and security. I drifted back to sleep, only to be rudely woken by Julie again.

"Sam. Sam! SAM!"

"Wha, what? What is it?", I said groggily, clearing my eyes as I sat up. I looked over right into Julie's tits. They weren't bed sized anymore. Then I looked up at her face.

"Sam, you were having one of your dreams again."

"Was I?"

"Yes!"

"So why did you wake me?"

"You were moaning. What were you dreaming?"

"Uh, I can't remember.", I said, coyly. Yet the dream was still vividly implanted in my brain.

"Sure, you can't.", she said, rolling her eyes.

"No, really. I don't remember my dreams." I could get away with that.

"Well it must have been an erotic one?"

"How do you know?", I said. Then she craned her head to look down between my legs meeting Mr. Happy's gaze. "Oh.", I thought. She bent down to kiss him.

"Wow, what was that for?", I said.

"You kept saying my name in your sleep."

Good thing I wasn't dreaming of Erin.

It was Thursday morning; the first morning this week that we woke without Erin in bed with us. I had to go into the office yesterday and both Julie and Erin had to work Wednesday night so we decided to take a break from the shenanigans.

As for this week: it's been a wild ride. I found out how much "fun" my sister is. Julie found out that she indeed has a little lesbian in her. Maybe a little more than a little. And Erin is, well, Erin.

We talked of fun stuff. It seems Erin has a bit of experience -- much more than either Julie or I -- with sex. But I suppose you figured that out already.

Erin taught Julie a new trick: titty-fucking. She wouldn't let Julie get too close when she showed her the first time. Said she wanted all the sperm for herself. Said it made her "boobies" grow.

Since then, I get titty-fucked regularly by one or the other. In either case, my dick completely disappears into a pair of massive tits. I keep wondering when my dick will be too small for them. Well, for Julie anyway if she keeps growing.

But we also talked of our insecurities. Of how I was afraid of losing Julie when she got too big for me. Julie and Erin both consoled me on this point saying Julie could never get "too big", and that they will always love me. I felt better, but still have that nagging feeling in the back of my mind that if Julie keeps growing I will not be able to satisfy her; either sexually or emotionally.

Then there were Julie's insecurities. None of us know how much bigger she'll eventually grow. We measured again this past Tuesday. She is officially over 6 feet tall now -- 6'0-1/2" to be exact. It's a milestone. Julie was happy; how could she not be. Even Erin was happy for her. I was too, really. Erin's and my height didn't change, by the way.

But I mean, growing is great, right? It's probably the one thing I would wish for in my whole life if I had been granted one. How could growing not be great?

So, you can forgive me when I say that I couldn't fully realize how hard Julie had it. Julie's changing world was confusing. She was stumbling through life now, both physically and emotionally.

Once imposing authority figures couldn't be taken seriously anymore now that they started to resemble kids to her. A cop told her not to cross the street one day when she was taking a lunch break at work. She did as ordered, but she giggled for the rest of that afternoon about that short little guy ordering her around.

She would often trip and her knees would hurt. The good part of this is that I would give her some relief by massaging her legs. Did I mention Julie has a great pair of legs? I was even able to teach Erin something: Julie was driven crazy by having both of her legs worshipped at that same time. And when we met in the middle; well, let's just say that a saddle would have been welcome for Erin and me right then.

Despite the clumsiness and her knee problems Julie and I still worked out and ran; not so much this week, Erin being over and all that. But I was sure as Julie grew that she was getting stronger. I was too which was one of the few things I was extremely happy about with my size. I also kept hitting the inversion table -- mostly when no one else was around -- in hopes I'd grow like Julie: hasn't worked so far.

She really is a giantess now. And standing in her heels she is gorgeous; all 6'4" plus of her: her newly grown puffy breasts, looking both immoral and wholesome at the same time, and still growing; her washboard stomach from working out; that wondrous ass; and those now very long, long, lithe, muscular legs. Did I mention she has great legs?

And, Julie was drawing everyone's attention. Guys would hit on her: she had mixed feelings about this. She was flattered, disgusted and creeped out all at the same time. When she was my size she was mostly ignored, the way I still am.

This was a big change because people would now listen to what she had to say. Julie would lament that she had to watch what she said around others because of this. I could just not wrap my head around that thought. Virtually nobody would ever take me seriously.

And about the lesbian thing: Julie was turning into a regular poon hound. The three of us went out Tuesday night to celebrate Julie breaking the six foot barrier. We were eating outside at the Texas barbecue place when a couple had taken a seat a few picnic tables down from us. Julie leaned in to Erin and I and whispered, "Did you see the jugs on that gal?". The girl was obviously well endowed. But here was my once shy little friend, commenting in public on another girls boobs. Freaky.

Erin and I looked at each other. I told Erin, "I blame you for this.". They both laughed. This was the one change that took me by surprise the most.

Let's not ignore Erin. She wasn't as athletic as Julie, rather a little more curvy. But she did dance a lot so it's not like she was anywhere near obese.

Her boob droopage index was just about perfect. They weren't hard like fake tits. And certainly no sagging like some old maid. Just enough to pass the dollar bill test. Maybe not enough to pass the pencil test, though, I'll have to investigate this. All in the name of science, mind you.

One could easily say Erin's breasts are her best assets. But then they would be missing her beautiful face. I never fully noticed how pretty she was until this week. Even gazing at her naked form, I was still drawn to her eyes: big, hazel eyes, with long lashes. Her hair was a little curly, but that was due to her curling iron, not completely natural, just like the color of her hair: blonde.

Her lips were somewhat thin, but she would wear lipstick sometimes, especially when going out. I preferred without. She had a patrician nose. It runs in the family.

Still, no one could rightly call Erin anything but pretty. I had never thought of her this way growing up: I only saw her as a little, um, I mean big, brat.

Erin's fears centered around not having a family some day; a functioning family where everyone not only loved each other but showed it.

In case you're wondering, that's not exactly how I would describe our family. Sure, Erin got the best of it -- Mom's affections were directed 99% at Erin -- but Erin could also see how it affected me.

And Dad was never around. I don't know if he was working or having fun. Whatever. Mom never really seemed to worry or complain. I could sympathize with Erin.

When we came home that Tuesday night we could both tell that Julie was in an affectionate mood. She wanted to get measured yet again so she promptly undressed when we got home and put her heels on. They made me get up on the chair to measure her. I could just about reach the top of Julie's head when standing on the ground, but I certainly could not put a mark up there, so I had to use the chair.

Whenever I got on my toes for measuring she would grab Mr. Happy. Needless to say, the girls weren't taking this seriously. They made me measure Erin this way too. She was a little easier to do, but not much since she was the one wearing heels this time. Plus it was hard to concentrate when Mr. Happy wanted to take charge.

Then Julie made me get down and ordered me to measure Erin while standing on the ground.

"You're kidding, right?", I said.

Just then I found myself being lifted from under my arms. Julie had picked me up and made me mark Erin's height while holding me. The girls got a laugh at this, and Julie wouldn't put me down afterward.

Julie turned me around and lifted me up higher and higher. My head was just about touching the ceiling and my crotch was near face level. She bent her head down and kissed my dick. She had Mr. Happy's full attention now. Then she engulfed my member in her mouth.

I didn't last long. But this was only the beginning. Erin and Julie had their good time together that night for sure. You can imagine that being a girl gives you special insight into cunnilingus. Though I still maintain that I'm just as good as either one of them at the task, maybe better. Nevertheless, getting eaten out by two beats getting eaten out by one.

We got up yesterday morning, i.e. Wednesday, and unfortunately all had to go their our own ways; me going into the office that day.

I may have made a little gaffe at work yesterday. I had pointed out an error in a client's code base that broke their so-called security. They were using cryptography but doing it all wrong. I showed them how a bad guy could read all of the encrypted stuff going out over the Internet. The client didn't take that news very well at all. Oh well, I gotta tell it like it is, so I'm happy about it. I just hope my boss is too.

Julie says I have to go back to Mike's this Friday for open mic. I had a good time performing before but we'll see. The fact that everyone at work there keeps harping on Julie to bring me back, and that even some of the customers that were there or heard about me at the last performance keep asking her about me, is giving me a good feeling about performing again. At least, if I go on Friday I'll be prepared.

Being Thursday meant that we only had two more nights with Erin until our parents came back from vacation. Both Julie and I missed Erin last night and vowed to get her over again. I would pick Erin up from home rather than her driving Dad's car over.

We had to wait for Erin to get off of work. Both Julie and I went over to Mom and Dad's house to pick up Erin. When we were leaving the house nobody wanted to sit in the back seat of the BMW. Since I was the smallest (ouch) I was out-voted and it was decided that I would sit in the back while the girls sat up front with Julie driving. They joked about having to put me in a booster seat. Truth is, my fear was that soon I might really need one.

We stopped at a little Italian restaurant that evening for supper: we had pizza. The girls talked among themselves, ignoring me. Of course, when the bill came it was I -- the one who everyone thought was the little brother of the two beauties I was with -- who paid the bill. It didn't register with the waitress at first.

Then she said, "Oh, so cute. You paying the bill for your family little guy?"

"I am. Please don't patronize me if you want a tip.", I told her, rather sternly.

She was a little irked at this but took the credit card anyway. Although she didn't ask, I produced my driver's license for her and insisted that she look at it. She wasn't amused. I still added a tip but not before shooting her a look of disgust.

It was understood that I was miffed. The girls said nothing about this. We left and to brighten up the mood I suggested we go shopping -- that always cheers girls up. For their part they suggested I drive this time. I took them up on their suggestion; after all, it is my car.

We ended up buying, or rather, I ended up buying Julie a couple pairs of long jean pants. She sorely needs clothes. We tried to get them bigger than needed anticipating further growth but it was nearly impossible now to find any pants that were even just long enough.

When we got back home Julie took her clothes off, remaining in just her underwear. It was still hot and she wanted to save her clean clothes that fit for wearing out. Can't blame her, plus, I liked looking at those long legs. She had new bras now and I think she wanted to show them off, otherwise she'd probably be topless too. Either way, I couldn't complain.

The girls wanted wine. I didn't, but I couldn't stop them. They of course wanted to get me drunk but I wasn't having any part of that. I remember too well how bad I felt the morning after those times I had indulged back in school -- the headaches, the pissing and puking. Not to mention making a fool of myself.

I was checking some messages from work on my smart phone when after a couple glasses of wine Julie reached over and snatched the phone from my hands. When I asked for it back she held it just out of reach.

"Come on, Julie. Give it back."

"What? Oh, you want this?", she said, holding it just out of reach for me. I wasn't gonna jump; I'm too stubborn for that.

"Here Erin. You want to hold Sam's phone for me?"

"Sure."

And now Erin was holding it too high.

"Ha ha. Very funny. Come on now. Give it back. Please.", I would say.

"Well, come get it then.", Erin said. Then she would pull it just out my reach when I went for it.

I decided to fight back. Next time Erin held the phone up I bit her on the tits.

"Owwwch!", she said, bringing her arms down. I took the opening, and grabbed my phone.

"Hey, you little twerp!", she screamed as she came running after me.

I was not only too fast but too agile for her. Both girls joined in on the chase. I ran outside.

I had fun dodging Julie. She was fast, I'll give her that. Probably faster than I but when she would catch up to me, I'd sidestep and she would go tripping over herself.

I was clearly enjoying this: Erin and Julie running after me, then right before either of them could grab me, I'd jink and evade them. That is, I was enjoying this until, avoiding Erin one time, I jinked right into Julie's stomach.

Wham! I fell back. It was like hitting a wall. She grabbed me and picked me up over her head.

"Gotcha!", she said.

"Yay!", said Erin.

"So, what shall we do with him now, Erin?"

"Strip him!"

Leave it to Erin. Depantsed by my sister again.

"Guys, give me my clothes back.", I said.

"Ok, here you go.", Julie said, holding my clothes out of reach like my phone.

Here we go again. This time it was I who was doing the chasing.

Erin had my clothes up high but she wasn't very fast or stable. I had run around from the back of her to the front then got a running start at her and jumped up to grab my clothes. I got a hold of something -- I think my pants -- but she held on. My momentum carried us both over and Erin fell on her back hard. She must have hit her head on the ground.

Julie came running over, worried. Erin was slow to get up and seemed addled. But a few moments later her head cleared and she said she was ok. I told her to go sit down on the deck and rest up.

Julie said, "Wait.", and then she locked on Erin's lips with her own in a deep, passionate kiss. When the girls finally stopped and looked over at me, Mr. Happy was waving hello. They both smiled. I could tell then that Erin was feeling better.

We went back to the deck; the girls convincing me to remain naked.

"I still cannot get enough of that cute little butt of yours, Sammy.", Erin said. She used that nickname again.

"Hey, Erin. Sam's going to play for us again at Mike's tomorrow. Wanna come?", Julie said to Erin.

"Hey, I never said I would go.", I quickly spoke up.

"Oh, come on. You loved it. And you were really good."

"Yeah, let's go.", Erin said.

"We haven't even decided that I'm going yet.", I told the both of them.

"Please?", Erin asked, looking at me with those sad puppy eyes. "It would be fun and if you do we can make it worth it for you." She started undressing and Julie followed suit.

They came at me from both sides again, tits in my face. No fair: how could I refuse?

"Ok, ok. I'll go."

"Yay!", Erin exclaimed. Then she motor-boated me again, laughing. It's a wonder I don't get headaches.

"How about I get you a glass of wine, Sam?", Julie asked. I didn't want any so I came back with another offer.

"No. I have some apple pie in the freezer though. Someone can go to the store while it's cooking and get some ice cream and we'll have pie-a-la-mode. How does that sound?", I said.

"Yummy!", they both cried out.

Of course, you know who went to the store: the only one not drinking, me.

When I got back the pie was nearly done. The house smelled heavenly. I decided to leave my clothes on and see how long it would take before the girls would strip me. It seemed like it might be a while; both girls had another glass of wine while I was gone. Legs were wobbly. Speech was slurred.

We ate apple pie-a-la-mode that night on the deck with the girls nekkid as the day they were born. I was in heaven but the only one dressed. I even felt a little left out but the girls hardly noticed.

Erin started dancing. She tried pulling me out on the deck to dance but I wouldn't do it. So, instead she grabbed Julie's hands and pulled her up out of her seat and they started slow dancing. Julie stopped and stepped back with a smile on her face. She went inside and came back out with her high heels then beckoned Erin to put them on.

They were now close to the same height and started dancing again. Then kissing. They broke after a while and Erin walked up to me. She pulled me up but I wasn't going to dance. She said, "It's ok, I just want to see something."

So I stood up. In her heels my eyes came level with Erin's nipples.

"This is so cool. Sam, this is how Julie sees you. Wow. I wish I were this big all the time. Isn't this great Julie?"

"Sure is.", Julie answered.

I wasn't so sure.

"How would you like us to be even bigger, Sam?", Erin said to me.

"I don't know. I guess I'd love you even if you got bigger.", I said, shrugging my shoulders.

"Hey, take off your shoes.", Erin commanded.

"But you have heels on. That's no fair.", I replied back.

"Please?"

There she goes again with those sad puppy eyes. So I took off my shoes and socks. I was now keenly aware of my shrinking the last couple of weeks. The only good thing about this is that it seemed to have stopped. Even so, my eyes were now a little below Erin's nipples.

She swayed her shoulders back and forth, her tits brushing my face. I had to step back.

"I think little Sammy is getting stirred up. Let's see.", Erin said.

Julie came over and started undressing me. Well, I kept my clothes longer than I had expected. Then she grabbed the heels from Erin, put them on, and stood next to me doing the same as Erin had done. Only it was now the top of my head that was level with her nipples and her tits were brushing the top of my forehead.

"Kiss me.", Julie demanded.

I got on my toes and tilted my head back. I couldn't even reach her nipples now, just the lower part of her aureoles. This caused a fit of laughter in the girls.

Finally, Julie bent from the waist, knees locked and gave me a kiss on the mouth. We all went to the bedroom to continue the night, not even picking up the dirty dishes; just putting the pie and ice cream away. It can wait until tomorrow.


----- Friday

Having Erin around was good for us. Not just the sex part but also the talking part. I never really opened up much to anyone in my life. As I look back, I regret not getting to know Erin better growing up. It seems we can talk about anything now. And discussing things together, especially with Julie, was refreshing.

I got a call early that Friday morning from work. They wanted me to come into the office every day next week. It was a short call and they didn't tell me exactly why they wanted me in. I surmised it may have been my forwardness in discussing a client's problems. I didn't feel too good about this anymore. I decided not to let it spoil the weekend and put it out of my mind.

The girls had work during the day, but we were going out tonight. I would be singing in public again at Mike's. The upside would be that Erin couldn't ask us to go dancing. But, I was still nervous. The butterflies in my stomach started almost as soon as I woke up.

Julie fixed coffee. It's probably not the best thing for those butterflies, but I need something in the morning to get going. I still had some work to get through and would start on it as soon as the girls left. They didn't leave until around 10:30, Julie giving Erin a ride.

I worked, ate lunch, exercised in my gym (not forgetting the inversion table), and then back to more work inside. Both girls showed up about 4:00. They were both still working part time, although Julie had a new full-time job that she hadn't started yet.

After a bit we ate supper, got cleaned up and headed for Mike's, me grabbing my guitar this time (it fits better, don't ask). Julie had told everyone that I'd be there tonight and it seems the whole crew, whether working or not, was there. It was packed. There was another act that night: a couple of girls who performed rock.

They both wore fishnet stockings, black fishnet shirts over bras, and spiked heels. Their makeup was heavy; not the sort of look I go for in a girl, but their music wasn't bad. I thought I could do better. Of course, I was solo and that's a little easier. Yet, when more then one musician gets in sync with each other the results can be stupendous, as I'm sure you all know.

My turn came after the girl duo. I wanted to throw up again. But I knew I could do this. I'm pretty sure I can, right? Actually, I'm not at all sure. But it didn't matter because it began.

        ...AND HERE TONIGHT FOR AN ENCORE PERFORMANCE, LET'S HEAR IT FOR SAM!

I started again with something easy; folk music again. This time "Somos El Barco" by Lorre Wyatt. You might have heard it from Pete Seeger or Peter, Paul and Mary. Then again, maybe not -- it is, after all, folk music which is not so popular nowadays.

        Somos el barco
        Somos el mar
        Yo navego en ti
        Tu navegas en mi

        We are the boat
        We are the sea
        I sail in you
        You sail in me

It's a good song to strum to on the guitar and it got me going, getting rid of those butterflies.

By the way, there's a link with this song to the first song I played a couple weeks ago that Tuesday night. I'll let you find out but here's a hint: it has to do with the song writer.

I played plenty of folk songs that night, and also some more popular tunes. I ended with "We Shall Overcome", which was a popular folk song during the 1960's among those who were opposed to the war and spoke for social justice. It's a good deep, slow song that's good to end on.

When it was over I had just as good a reception as last time. People were talking to me. Even girls. Especially girls. Julie looked proud; Erin was amazed. She had never seen anything like this when it came to me. I don't think she ever saw me wrestle in high school.

Erin was enjoying this time out. I told her, "Better than dancing, huh?".

"Well you wouldn't know.", she replied back. I think she was just being stubborn. I could tell she had a good time.

I looked at Julie. She was responsible for this. I couldn't think of anything I could do to make this up to her. Yet, she was still pulling for me. I don't know what the future will bring, but with Julie in my life I knew I could handle it.

So our week with Erin ended. Mom and Dad would be home tomorrow and Erin would go pick them up from the airport. She has spent the night with us from time to time since then, but my relationship with my sister will never be the same: it is so much stronger now. She is someone I can lean on and even let her lean against me -- a true big brother, no matter my physical stature.

She still calls me her "little" brother though. Sheesh. Just how little I wouldn't find out until later.

End Notes:

We'll be meeting other characters in Sam's life. But first Julie will be starting a new job soon.

Chapter 11 - Beach by littless
Author's Notes:

This chapter was one I added later. I needed to fill in a few things an I hope it's not too boring. Things will pick up again in later chapters.

----- Next week

Let me remind you that I had to go into the office all that week. It turns out it was not my office but the client's office. You know, the one I had pointed out problems with their programming. I was bummed: they were in a different part of town and a further drive from home.

Nonetheless, I was treated as an expert in what I was doing for them: finding security problems in their whole product line up. It seemed they had asked for me by name to my employer.

I don't think I have ever been treated with so much respect. This made the drive worth it. It almost made up for my lack of being home. With my absence Julie took the time to work out. She was still growing.

We measured on Tuesday again: 6'2" -- an inch and a half in four days. But what concerned me even more was that I was indeed shrinking: 4'7-1/2". Maybe not even that half an inch. We couldn't believe it and made the mark three times, but every time the result was the same: I had lost only a little bit, but still lost height.

Shit!

Something was obviously wrong. We were both worried and decided we should both make appointments to visit the doctor.

With this bad news and working away all that week, I didn't spend much time with Julie. We were both tired at night and so sex was nothing out of the ordinary. No worshiping at Skadi's feet this time.

So, we wanted to do something special this coming weekend -- all these bad vibes to get rid of, plus Julie would be starting her new job at Greg's Gravel on Monday. We went to the beach.


----- Saturday at the beach

I have a friend at work who has a place at the beach; not on the beach, but close enough to walk there. He rented it to me for the weekend on a moments notice at a great price. We would need to check on a few things there and clean up after the previous renters. It's rented out all summer by the week, but the new renters wouldn't show up until Tuesday so we were able to get this deal, and with us doing a little work my friend didn't need to come out that weekend and do the cleaning up himself.

So, we packed Friday night and off we went. It's about a four hour drive; Julie and I took turns driving the bimmer.

We were stoked Saturday morning when we woke up. After a light breakfast we headed to one of the local beach shops to buy overpriced swim suits. Actually, we grabbed them from the bargain bin so it wasn't bad. Julie found a sexy orange bikini that she tried on and it actually fit. Well, the bottom string bikini part did. We didn't worry too much about the top -- it fit, but barely, the sides and bottoms of Julie's boobs spilling out. She could always wear a t-shirt over it.

However, Julie was becoming less inhibited since we got back together. Or, probably more to the truth, since she started growing.

But first, I need to tell you about a lawsuit that was brought against a town just down the road from where we live. It seems some girls wanted to go topfree in one of the parks, but the local ordinance prevented them from doing so; so they sued the town. The town lost.

The deal was: either they make it a crime for everyone, even guys, to go shirtless everywhere, or they could let girls go topfree wherever guys could. The town relented and topfreedom won.

So, how does this affect us? Similar lawsuits were threatened in many other towns across the state. Most of those communities preemptively wiped their books of laws that prevented girls from going topless. Some are still holding out, but the beach towns almost unanimously revised their laws to accommodate.

Beaches up and down the state almost instantly saw a 20% rise in attendance and commerce. It doesn't look like they will ever go back now.

This brings us to Julie. You guessed it: she went topless to the beach. While there were a few gals in a similar state of dress, the majority were still covered. I think a few necks were broken that day. Julie nearly caused a huge accident scene when we crossed the highway walking to the beach.

She was without question a sight to behold tanning in just her bikini bottoms. And it's a good thing baggy swim pants are the fashion; Mr. Happy would have made himself known to everyone were I in speedos.

I crawled over on the beach blanket and gave her a kiss. Nothing unusual at the beach, but some hairy guy who was walking by, and who was also sporting a huge beer belly I might add, made a rude remark when we did so. Something about Julie needing a "real" man. We tried to ignore him but he kept hanging around making a nuisance of himself with his rude remarks that wouldn't stop.

I was young, pretty strong for my size, fast and I had had some skill in fighting: I was thinking, "I can take this guy." But before I could do anything about it Julie got up.

She was standing over him looking down -- she had a few inches on him. That wiped the smile off of his face right quick. Along with her newfound confidence and lost inhibitions, she also was becoming less tolerant it seemed. An argument ensued. It ended when the guy called Julie a "cunt".

Surprising everyone, including me, Julie slapped the guy on the face knocking him down. She was furious. The guy picked himself up from the sand, a frightened look on his face, tears building in his eyes and a huge, hand shaped, red welt beginning to form on his cheek. He quickly scurried away.

"Julie?!", I said.

"He had it coming, Sam. I'm sorry."

"No, that's ok, Julie."

"I should have hit him earlier.", she said.

"You did ok."

"I should have hit him when he insulted you, Sam."

"No, you shouldn't have."

"When he insulted all girls with that 'cunt' remark, well, I couldn't take it, so I hit him."

"It'll be alright."

"I'm sorry, Sam. I should have thought this trough. We might get into trouble."

"No, we won't. Besides, even if he complains we have a bunch of witnesses here who saw the whole thing.", I told her. But, in truth, I was thinking we could be in big trouble. Fortunately, it never materialized. I figured that guy was too embarrassed at having a girl best him that way.

Julie went to put her bikini back top on. I wouldn't let her.

"No, don't. Don't let what someone else thinks affect your happiness Julie."

"Sam, I'm thinking of you. I don't want you to become jealous of me with other guys."

"You don't need to worry about that. If other guys have lascivious thoughts, well, that's their problem. I'm with the most beautiful girl on the beach and I want to show her off to everyone."

"You're sweet, Sam. If you want me to cover up just say so, ok?"

"Ok. You're fine, but it may be prudent to cover up when we cross the street going back, alright?"

"I agree.", she laughed.

She came over to me and we embraced, my head in her tits, and Mr. Happy pitching a tent. This despite my attempts at trying to solve certain partial differential equations arising from quantum field theory in my head.

"Let's take a walk.", Julie said. I thought it was a great idea. The differential equations didn't work; maybe this would get my Mr. Happy to calm down.

I could feel the stares of all the people as we walked up and down the beach. I was thinking that people saw a young mother and her child as we made our way hand in hand. Either that, or they saw some little pervert parading his trophy around the beach. Whatever. I'm learning to tune out those kinds of thoughts, even if I'm constantly confronted, explicitly or implicitly, with other people's shallowness.

But, then again, it's more likely that they were all just mesmerized with the pair of heavenly tits and killer legs that was walking down the beach.

When we got back to the beach house we took a shower together, ate sandwiches for a late lunch and stayed naked. We were both in a frisky mood but decided to take our time. I think that comes as part of a maturing relationship. First you explore with your partner; then you reach a point where instead of exploring, you savor. And that's exactly the point where we were.

I couldn't help comparing her in my mind to Erin. How much more of Julie there was, and how much more she was getting to be. And remember, Erin is much bigger than me. The cute little Julie I knew a little more than a month ago seemed like she was from another lifetime now.

I had spent more than an hour, maybe two, worshiping the goddess' body, kissing and licking. I finally reached her sex. I was going to town on her pussy by this point and Julie was making a lot of noise. I heard something in the distance, but figured it was the neighbors.

"Aaaaa!", Julie yelled. This wasn't an orgasm yell. I looked up as Julie scrunched up, covering herself. In the doorway was my friend from work, the one who owned the beach house.

"Hey, dude. What's up?", he said, leaning on the bedroom door jam, a smile on his face.

"What the hell are you doing here?", I yelled.

"Sorry. Didn't mean to bother you two. I was out riding and found myself heading to the beach and thought I'd just stop by and look into a few things. Don't bother getting up, it'll just take me a few minutes to inspect a couple things around the house."

I stared at him with one of those looks. You know, the one that says, WTF.

"By the way, dude, nice girlfriend."

Many people heard me talk of Julie at work, but I don't think anyone has ever met her yet. Joe (or Yo as he liked people to call him) is the first one to see Julie. (All of Julie.) I can just imagine the gossip this will generate at work.

"Hey, Yo."

"What?"

"Ever heard of knocking? I know it's your place, but, seriously!"

"Dude! I called out a bunch of times. Didn't you hear me? Oh, sorry, I guess you couldn't have.", he snickered.

"Yo, when talking of this at work: be gentle."

"Sure thing dude."

I wasn't so sure.

We got dressed. I told Julie, "Hey, why don't you stay topless. He's already seen you as have a few hundred people at the beach, and it'll give Yo something to really talk about. And this way we can mess with him."

She readily agreed. We both stayed "top free".

"Yo. I don't believe you've formally met my girlfriend. This is Julie.", I said pointing to my statuesque partner.

"Hello, Mr. Yo."

"Uh, yeah, hello Ms. Julie." I think we were getting to him, or rather Julie was.

"Can I get you something to drink, Mr. Yo?", Julie asked.

"I could go for a beer; and just Yo will do."

"Oh, I'm sorry, we have no booze here. Yo."

"Yes, you do. I keep a keg out back. I'll just help myself. You guys want any?"

"No.", both Julie and I said.

"Ok then. But help yourselves to it if you want some later."

"Thanks, Yo.", I said, finally speaking.

"Mr. Yo?", Julie said.

"Yes?"

"Next time, my eyes are up here.", she said. I was loving this.

"Oh, uh. Yeah, sure. I, uh, I'm sorry.", Yo said, trying not to stare at Julie's tits. I knew it was a losing cause, but I wanted to get back at him for barging in on us, so I let Julie have her fun with him like that. As it was, he was about Julie's height so he didn't have my excuse for staring.

We were both a little sore at having been interrupted earlier. I certainly was, and I could tell Julie was too.

After Yo had finished doing his "chores" or whatever he was doing we talked a little before he left.

"We missed you in the office this week Sam."

"Yeah, I know. I was on the other side of town."

"We know. The whole office was talking about you."

"Behind my back, huh?"

"Not that way, man. It was all good. I think you impressed everyone at the office by finding that vulnerability the way you did."

"Well, I got lucky, I guess."

"Luck, my ass. That was a great find man. Everyone knows it and I hear they want to make you the lead guy on this sort of thing from now on."

"Yeah, right."

"Well, you did good. Keep it up."

"Alright Yo. Thanks. But next time make a whole lot of noise before wandering around the house when you know someone is here."

We laughed. We talked a little more while Yo finished his beer. He was going to go see some friends near here then go back home.

We'd be leaving tomorrow, and now we had the house back to ourselves. We hoped we did anyway; we made sure to lock the doors. It wouldn't keep Yo out, but you never who may be wandering around. Not like back home where hardly anybody wanders, or even drives by.

We were about to go back to what we were doing before we were so rudely interrupted, but the mood had passed. So, we talked.

"So, Sam? Do you like me going around naked?", Julie said.

"You know I do."

"I mean, in public, and around friends."

"Well, you were certainly naked around Erin a lot."

"Yeah, but she's family."

"Ok. When were you naked in public?"

"At the beach."

"Oh, you mean topless?"

"Yes, topless. Naked. Half naked. Whatever."

"Sure I do, honey. As long as it's ok with you. Is it?"

"Yes. Actually, a lot yes.", she giggled.

"You enjoy it?", I laughed.

"I do."

"Wanna go out to a restaurant half naked tonight?", I said, half jokingly.

"I don't think they would let us do that, Sam."

"If they would?"

"Stop that. You're getting me horny thinking about it."

"Aha! I knew it. You're turning into an exhibitionist."

She started blushing.

"I don't know about that. I never would have done anything like this a couple of months ago. But now, I want to experience it all."

"Aren't you afraid?"

"A little. I don't know. People don't pose a threat to me any more. I'm just a little nervous. No, that's not it. I'm, what's the word?"

"Giddy?"

"Yeah, that's it. I think. It's like the feeling you get in your stomach when you anticipate good things are about to happen. Like the time I saw you at the store when we got back together."

"You spoke to me first or I never would have known you were there. You were giddy?"

"Yeah. I'm so glad I spoke up. You know I hesitated at first? I didn't know if you if you would talk to me, only that I really needed you so I took a chance."

"Needed me?"

"Yeah. You know that jerk I was with?"

"The guy you were living with? What's his name again?"

"Shawn. That's him."

"Having a bad time with him then?"

"Yes. I had to leave. I didn't want to burden Mom, and, don't take this the wrong way, ok, Sam?"

"Ok. Take what the wrong way?"

"I saw you as a way out. I know that sounds bad. I knew I had to be presumptuous or we might never have got back together. And I knew I was taking a chance by being presumptuous. It's hard for me to be like that. That's not who I was, but I had no other way out."

"Julie, I could never have turned you away. And to ease your fears, I'm glad you were forward in this case because you're right, we might not have gotten back together. I'm not overly forward myself for obvious reasons. That was the best thing you've ever done, as far as I'm concerned."

"Thanks, Sam. What do you mean for 'obvious reasons'?", she said, giving me that quizzical look.

"Well, asking girls out hasn't worked out very well for me. So, I don't do that anymore."

"Oh, I get it. You got turned down, huh?"

"You could say that.", I said, rolling my eyes.

"I would never turn you down, Sam."

"I wasn't sure of that. Like I said, I was used to being turned down and afraid to ask anyone out. Even you. Especially you; because of what I did back in high school."

"What did you do?"

"Break up with you."

"Oh that. It's ok."

"No, it's not ok. But it's behind us, right?"

"Absolutely. We already talked about it. Sam? Are you scared about what's happening to us?"

"About our relationship?"

"About our sizes."

"I'm perfectly happy with however big you get. I'm only afraid you'll see me as too small some day."

"Oh no, Sam. I would never do that."

"Even if I were an inch tall?"

"Even then. But that's not what I meant."

"I know. Maybe I am a little scared."

"We have to make those doctor appointments soon, Sam."

"We will. Maybe you should stop hanging on that inversion table."

"No way. I like it too much. I hope I don't have to give it up."

"Do you like it as much as having your legs massaged?", I asked. She knew I was kidding about the inversion table then.

"Ooooooh, Sam. You're not going to make me choose, are you?", she whined.

"I'm just kidding. Come here and put your legs up."

So I started on her legs. I noticed her feet were even bigger than before. Her last measurement was almost a week ago; I'm sure she had grown beyond 6'2" by now. We'll have to find out when we get home.


----- Saturday night

We went out that night. Julie wore a blue dress that was more like a long halter top. The bottoms of the dress were cut dangerously high on her. When she bent over you could see her panties. And she decided to go braless. The word for this is: a walking wet dream.

And yes, she wore heels. I had my usual tan shorts, polo shirt and docksiders. You can imagine the looks we got.

We ate seafood, both of us settling on a fish dish: Julie had salmon and spinach, I had tilapia. Julie had key lime pie for desert. But afterwards she was still hungry so we walked down to the first ice cream place and she had a triple ice cream cone with three different flavors. I was too full to eat any more.

Neither of us are into the night life thing. Instead, we took our shoes off and went walking on the beach. If that is something you've never experienced then I suggest you try it. The sand is much cooler at night and feels great in your bare feet. There's a few people out but nowhere near the crowds during the day. And when the moon is out, it is one of the most romantic things you can do.

We walked for a while, me leaning into Julie. My mind wandered back to when we were in high school and how we would hold hands walking down the hall. Leaning into her then would have been a burden for her. I found it hard to believe this was same petite girl I had known in high school. This was a different world now.

We met three kids -- two girls and boy -- walking the other way on the beach. They were talking, laughing, running and playing.

"Hi miss.", one of the girls said to Julie as we passed.

"Hello there."

"Can your son play with us for a while? We need another boy."

"No, I'm sorry. We're going be home now and I don't want him out late.", Julie replied.

The kids were all like, "Awww." I stayed silent.

When we left she apologized, "I hope you don't mind me answering for you like that."

Well the whole thing pretty much spoiled the mood that had taken a whole evening to build up. It would be hard to get me back, but Julie tried. I was dragging behind her by now.

"Want me to carry you?"

"No."

"Want to go back?"

"Back to the beach house? I guess so. Or do you mean back home?"

"Back the the house, but if you want to go home early, that's ok."

"No, let's just go back to the house."

We walked up the beach to where we could cross the highway. We misjudged where to get off the beach a little so we still had to walk a few blocks up to get to where we would cross and make our way to the house.

I don't know if it was the wondrous sight of Julie in her dress, or the odd couple holding hands walking on the side of the road (us) making a distraction, but it was more likely just inattention on a part of the driver: there was long screech then a sickening, loud bang.

One of the cars on the road t-boned another that was making a turn onto the highway. The car making the turn ended up on its back. We ran up to it and as Julie and I approached I could hear hissing. I made Julie call 911.

I couldn't be sure if the car was going to catch on fire or not but I had heard hissing before: I've seen cars catch on fire on two different occasions. Once there is a flame, no matter how small, you have less than a minute before the whole car is engulfed. We had to act quick.

It looked like only one person, the driver, was in the car. So I tried to open his door; it wouldn't budge. I looked around and found a rock. I broke the window with it in three corners before the whole window collapsed.

There wasn't enough room to get the driver out. We needed the door open.

"Julie, help me with the door.", I yelled. She was just standing around.

"What should I do?", she said.

"Help me get this door open. Grab a hold of the handle and pull. I'll try pulling from the window frame."

I took off my shirt and wrapped my hands so they wouldn't get cut on the broken glass. We pulled. We pulled so hard that the car roof slid on the road. Then we jerked.

"Ok, this time on the the count of three: 1 ... 2 ... 3!"

There was a pop and door was opened. Others had gathered and one of the guys asked if he could help.

"You have a knife?", I said.

"Yeah, always carry one."

"Good, cut the drivers seat belt and let's get him out.", I told the stranger.

We dragged the unconscious driver out with the flames just beginning. He was bleeding bad from his upper left arm. I shook out my shirt and wrapped it around his arm as a bandage. I heard sirens getting closer.

The fire department showed up and moved everyone back. Julie and I and the stranger who helped were still with the driver when the medics came.

"He's bleeding real bad from his left arm and probably has broken bones. But we had to get him out before the fire started.", I said to the medic.

By now the car was beginning to become fully engulfed in flames and the heat from the flames was beginning to be unbearable. The medics put some sort of aluminized blanket over the victim and we moved back while the medics worked him.

Eventually, the fire was put out and the victim was taken away by the ambulance. Then we gave gave our story to the cops. I told him that I may have done more damage by extracting the victim from the car but that I wanted him to get him out before the car caught fire. The cop agreed. They thanked us.

We went back to the house, me shirtless.

"Oh, Sam, you were great.", Julie said.

"You were too."

"No, I wasn't."

"You called 911 and helped me get the door open."

"I couldn't have done that if you hadn't told me what to do. You did all the work saving that guys life."

"Oh, you're just making more drama out of it than it is, Julie. You were great. I'm proud of you."

"You are?"

"Of course I am, Julie."

"Sam, you're the real hero. I love you."

"I love you too, Julie." I was feeling a little better than I was when the kids asked to play.

A few minutes later there was a knock at the door. It was the police officer that took our statements. He asked how I was after all that had happened, then he turned to Julie. "I was wondering miss, if you would go out with me sometime. You're very beautiful."

Both of us were stunned, but Julie spoke up.

"I'm sorry officer, but I'm taken. Sam is my true love." Julie came over, bent down and gave me a kiss. I reached up and hugged her around the neck.

The cop pointed at me and said, "Him?"

"Yep."

With a strange look on his face he turned to me and chuckled, "Way to go man!", then gave me a thumbs up before leaving.

That was a weird incident but I decided not to take it in a bad way. Here were strangers coming up to my girlfriend and asking her out. When you have a gorgeous girlfriend you have to expect that, right? And the fact that Julie had chosen me when now she could have her pick, just made me feel great.

But there was the nagging in the back of my mind that was asking if she were already big before we got together would she still want me. Would she even give me the time of day? As much as I tried to get rid of those thoughts they still pestered me.

We locked the door. Julie and I took off our clothes. She kissed me all over. The rest of the night, Julie said, was for me.

"Just lay back and let me do all the work", Julie said.

We turned out the lights and went to bed.

----- Sunday

The next morning was sunny. We ate breakfast, Julie put her bikini on, this time wearing the top and a white t-shirt over it, and we left. We would spend the morning at the beach, eat lunch, then leave for home. We were expecting a lot of beach traffic going back so we didn't want to leave too late. Plus Julie would be starting her new job tomorrow.

We took turns driving again on the trip home; with each switch moving the seat nearly all the back to nearly all the way up, or vice versa. We did have some traffic but not too bad. We arrived home at around 5:00.

After unpacking it was time to get Julie's height measured: 6'4-1/2". I knew it. She had grown more than two inches since last Tuesday.

I dreaded finding out if I had lost any more stature, but it's better to find out than guess. I was still 4'7-1/2". Actually, just under but we couldn't tell if I had lost any height, or if I was just under that from before. I felt a little better about this, but not much.

We hit the weights. Julie changed into a sports bra and shorts. She was looking hot, even like this. She was benching 240 pounds -- the most I have in weights -- for 10 reps. I could barely bench 190. That's right, I was growing stronger and 190 pounds is nothing to sneeze at, especially for someone who weighs under 100. This was good, but seeing how Julie so much more outclassed me was humbling.

Then it was the inversion table again. We both had a session with it, talking to each other during our various "hang" times. Julie was approaching the limits of height that the table could handle. After that we went for a run then took a shower together.

Physically, I felt good. But washing her back had underscored our height differences. My head was in the middle of her back and I couldn't reach her neck. No wonder those kids at the beach thought I was her son. I can just imagine how we looked together Saturday night with Julie wearing her heels -- all 6 feet and almost 9 inches of her.

Shit, with heels on she's more than two feet taller.

The only consolation was that it was easier to clean her ass in the shower. On a whim I soaped up my hands and stuck a finger up her crack. She yelped.

"Sam! What are you doing?"

I was laughing pretty hard. She grabbed my wrists and gave me a whack on my butt.

"Ow!"

"Well, you deserved it."

"Ok. Ok. You don't have to hit so hard."

"I'm sorry. You want me to kiss it.", she said, with a bit of sultry in her voice.

"Sure!"

"Ok, but first you have to kiss mine."

"What? You mean your buns?"

"Yes. Now get to it mister. Or I might have to smack that puny little ass of yours again.", she said, bending over.

Well, who was I to complain; I did start it. What surprised me was how we were both getting into it.

She wasn't quite twice as tall as me, yet. But her ass was more than twice as wide. (I hope she never asks me if a dress makes her butt look big.) Right now, with the water streaming down over her butt cheeks and the way she was bent, I was being turning on big time. Mr. Happy congratulated me.

I'd give her a little smack and would watch the wave move across her cheeks. I fondled her ass, kissing and licking up then down and around to the front. And I'd grope from the back of her knees up to her magnificent ass.

We finished our shower, ate a little something, and discovered another new thing to try that night: anal.

 

End Notes:

Next chapter: we meet more of the family. Don't worry. They're not like Erin.

Chapter 12 - Jillian by littless
Author's Notes:

Been busy this week. Going away for the weekend so don't expect another chapter until some time next week.


        Come gather round shorties where ever you roam.
        And admit that the people around you have grown.
        An accept it that soon your old life will be gone.
        If your time to you is worth savin'
        And you better start living or you'll die like a stone.
        For the times, they are a changin'

        -- Apologies to Bob Dylan

----- A month and four and a half inches later

My life has officially been lifted up, twisted upside down, then carelessly dropped on its head where it bounced two or three times. Two months ago, my childhood sweetheart -- if you can call high school a childhood -- reentered my life and ever since I've been through some BIG changes. That cute little sweetheart -- little as in smaller than me -- has grown into a bonafide giantess.

My life has always been dominated by giants because of my size, currently 4'7", but I had found a gal who was just like me. That is, little. That's all gone now.

One difference though is that I actually have good friends. Giant friends to be sure. Julie and I are a couple again. Being big, Julie is now the legit one. Nobody ever talks to me. But there's a slight chance that it might happen when I'm with Julie.

Julie is still getting used to it. We go out and people will talk to her, not me. It pisses her off. Now, Julie is not the person you want to piss off anymore. But I take it in stride, I have no choice.

And of course guys are always hitting on her. I think she was always happy with the way she looked. I certainly was; I thought she was the sexiest thing in the world -- even back in high school. But being big forecasts her beauty to everyone. She's having a hard time handling all the newly discovered attention she now gets. I don't blame her -- there's a lot of it. I can't help but notice it too.

She started wearing dresses for the first time. She says they make her feel pretty. I told her, "Julie dear, you would look gorgeous even in a burlap sack.". I'm still getting use to this new fashion statement in her life, being used to her wearing jeans all the time.

But now she wears high heels with her dresses because it makes her even taller, and she's unquestionably getting into that. She towers over nearly everyone at 6'9". And with her new 6" heels she's 7'3"! She's too tall to fit through the doorways at home, even barefoot. She has to duck when she goes from one room to the other.

When we talk to each other at home she gets on her knees and she's still taller than me. But it's easier to talk this way. Easier to hug too, but it's still special when I hug her, both of us standing. My head nestles in under her breasts and I can just fit my arms around the narrowest part of her waist.

As for that monkey-wrench I call my sister? Well, that relationship turned a corner last month. In fact, it turned around 180 degrees and kept going round and round.

Yes, it's been a month since Mom and Dad went on vacation and left me to watch Erin. She stayed over at my house almost all that week. She still comes over now and then. I usually pick her up since they only have one car between three adults.

I tell Mom and Dad I'm letting Erin come over because she'll bug me to death if I don't. That's still true. But I'm not averse to the idea like I once was. I have enough bedrooms, so even if she moved in it wouldn't be so bad.

And she also bought a pair of 6" heels like Julie. They're platform shoes. I don't know where they're getting them. That makes Erin 6'2" when she wears them, and she loves to rub it in my face, literally. I like it too since that means she's rubbing her big ole titties in my face. But Julie's tits are noticeably bigger than Erin's now. I thought Erin would be jealous but she thinks it's "cool".

I'm amazed at how Julie and Erin have taken to each other. I don't just mean friends but sex partners too; although I'm always there with them. The two are very passionate.

Julie and I had talked about this. She admitted that yes, she did like the idea of having sex with other girls. What really blew me away though was the fact that she didn't mind me having sex with other girls either, as long as she was there to share. I still didn't know how I felt about this. It was a foreign thing for me to think about. However, Mr. Happy has no doubts that this is a kick-ass concept.

Julie's growth spurt seems to have leveled off, a bit. But I think she's still growing. Her health insurance will kick in soon and we're waiting to make a doctor's appointment for her.

You see Julie started her full time job recently. She's still working at Mike's too but not nearly as much as she used to. She needed to keep getting some cash before her first full time paycheck.

But now she has her first paycheck so I assume she'll be quitting Mike's soon. It wasn't a full check though so it may be a little bit longer. I don't think she really wants to let go -- it's a really nice place to work.

So, with her first paycheck, guess what she bought? Not clothes; weights. Julie's still working out and needed more barbell plates than what I have.

She's still hanging on the inversion table too but now it's too small for her. I rigged some cement and wood blocks underneath the table so her head doesn't bang the ground. She says it makes her knees feel better. I just can't wait for the health insurance to kick in.

She made me promise to get a checkup too. I've been shrinking. Three whole inches since Julie started growing. I told her I'd wait until she got her doctor's appointment so we could find out at the same time if anything is really wrong. I'm a little scared for both of us but soon we'll know.

We've had Julie's Mom and sister out to the house twice. Well Mom was out twice. Jill didn't come the second time, but did come later.

However, since being in love with Julie I'm coming to treat Jill as my own sister. NOT like Erin! We all agree that Jill should get a job -- she graduated from high school a couple of weeks ago. I guess we shouldn't be so pushy, but it would be good for Jill. I truly do want to see her succeed.

A funny thing I noticed is that I used to think of Julie's mom as being just like Julie, only older. She still looks good for her age, whatever that is. Of course, with Julie growing, the "Julie's twin" concept is out the window.

But, an even funnier thing (not really funny) is that now I have to look up to Julie's mom. I guess three inches makes a huge difference when you're this small. I used to look her eye to eye standing; at least I remember it like that. I don't know, maybe she's taller than 4'10".

We should probably measure her too. Not naked, of course. Still, I can see Julie's resemblance to her mother and it becomes more and more evident whenever I see her mom. Let's just say that Julie's a super sized Julie's Mom.

So Jill did come to stay with us one night. Neither Julie nor I wanted this, but her mom insisted. Mom had to go see family or something. I didn't get the whole story. I think someone in their family might have died, or is real sick. When Julie was working that day Jill and I talked a bit.

"Hey shrimp.", she said.

"Why do you call me that?"

"Because you are."

"Does it make you feel better to say that?"

"I am better!"

Oh boy. I'm gonna need to put her in her place.

"Can you lift 190 pounds like I can?", I said. I had been working out too. And to my surprise actually getting stronger. Of course Julie far exceeded me here.

"Being stronger doesn't make you better.", she said.

"And neither does being bigger."

Ha, that shut her up.

"Hmmph." She started to go back to the bedroom. She seemed to spend a lot of time alone in there.

"Jill.", I called bringing her back.

"What?"

"Are you upset that Julie got taller than you?"

"No. I'm ... happy for her."

"Do you think she's better than you now?"

"No. You just said bigger doesn't mean better."

"That's right. So don't feel bad, ok?"

"I don't feel bad.", she said right away.

"Ok, ok.", I relented. "Can you do me a favor then?"

"What?"

"How about not calling me shrimp."

"Fiiiine. Shrimp."

Aaargh.

"Alright. Sam!", she finally said.

"Thank you. You're prettier when you're nice you know.", I said. That caught her off guard. She looked down.

Still looking down she said, "No, I'm not."

"Sure you are, Jill."

"I'm flat."

"Flat?"

"As in flat chested. No one will go out with me."

"I don't believe that. You don't need big boobs to be pretty. And big boobs don't automatically make you pretty, either."

"Julie has big boobs now."

"Don't be jealous."

"I'm not."

A few silent moments passed.

"Ok, maybe a little. This whole thing with Julie growing is weird. Why did she have to grow?"

"What's so bad about that?", I asked.

"She always gets everything."

"Everything, like what?"

"Like you."

"Me?"

"Well, she has a boyfriend. And now she's bested the one thing I used to have over her. She's really big now."

"Tell me about it."

"Yeah, sorry, I guess you'd know about that.", she said. "Sam?"

"Yes?"

"Um. Can I ask you question?"

"Shoot."

"It's a personal question."

"Ok.", I said. I was speculating on where this was going.

"I was just wondering. You know, if ...", she was drawing this out.

"Go on.", I said.

"How do you and Julie, you know, do it?"

"Sex?"

"Yeah."

"Why do you ask that?"

"Well, you know."

"Know what?"

"With her being big and all that, ok?"

"Well, this is getting personal, Jill."

"Sorry. I'll just go back to my room."

She said "sorry". I guess we're making progress.

"NO, no, it's ok. We can talk about it.", I said.

"Ok."

"It's not an easy thing for a guy to talk about. Especially when he's talking about his true love to her sister."

"It's ok then. You don't have to."

"No, maybe we can discuss it more later, but just to satisfy your curiosity, it's not weird and kinky, ok? Just pretty much what other people do." Little did she know.

"Ok. I'm really sorry. I shouldn't intrude."

"That's ok, Jill. Even though you're a brat, I still consider you family."

"Hey!"

"Well, you called me shrimp.", I said.

"But I stopped."

"Ok, I'm sorry for calling you a brat. I was just kidding.", I apologized.

"Alright."

"Are we even then?", I asked.

"Yes. We're even."

"Good. Let's start over, ok?"

"Ok.", she agreed.

"You could come see us more. Your sister actually likes you.". What was I saying? Just a few short moments ago I was thinking that having her over was a bad idea.

"Yeah, I know I used to berate her for her size. I don't know why she likes me, especially that's she's like a model now. It's just that ..."

"What?"

"Nothing."

"You can say it. I won't let anything get back to Julie if you don't want to."

"Mom either.", she said.

"Sure. It'll be our secret. Just between us."

"Ok."

She fidgeted nervously.

"Go ahead.", I said.

"Well. Julie is prettier."

"I told you, you're just as pretty."

"You really think so?"

"Of course I do."

"Well, I wish somebody else would notice."

"You mean somebody taller."

"Yeah." "No! No, I didn't mean it that way. Really. You're cool. You were a jock weren't you?"

"True. So was Julie, but you should know that being a jock does not make you cool.", I set her straight.

"I never had a cool boyfriend."

"Sure you did. Julie said you had boys all over you.", I kind of lied a little.

"I wish. They were all jerks."

"See, guys do like you. So why did you go out with them if they were jerks?"

"I only went out with some of them and only a couple times before I decided they were jerks."

"You never went out with anyone more than once or twice?"

"Well, not really. Some maybe. Not that's it worth remembering. I don't know. None of them were memorable."

"Oh, I'm sorry, Jill."

"That's ok.", she said with a sad face. There was silence for a little bit after that.

"So, you thought I was cool, huh?", I broke the silence.

"Yeah.", she said.

"I wish more people would think so.", I said.

"Julie told me you have a fan club at the coffee house."

"She said that?" I was blushing.

"Yeah."

"Well,... thanks." This was beginning to be a great conversation I was having.

"I'm jealous.", she said.

"Of me?"

"Of Julie. I wanted what Julie had."

"I had no idea."

"Don't tell Julie!"

"Don't worry. Our little secret. Remember? Zip lips, cross my heart and hope to die."

"Ok. Good.", she said, seemingly relieved.

"So, you've felt this way since high school?"

"Yes. I mean you're cute and everything." I was blushing. "But I really wanted the relationship you two had.", she said, then, "Have.", she corrected instantly.

"I'm sure you'll find a nice guy, Jill."

"No, I won't. I'm destined to be lonely."

"No. I'm destined to be short. You're just young, give it time. Hey, we're friends, right?"

"Yeah, I guess so."

"So, you can always come see me when you're lonely. I can listen real good."

"Yeah, right. And take you away from Julie. No way."

"It's not like that. I mean, think of me as the brother you never had."

"Really?"

"Of course. Don't you ever talk to Julie like that?"

"No. I could never admit to her what I just told you. She never really wanted to talk to me. You know, like sisters."

"Well, I like talking to you now, Jill."

"Thanks."

"Look, I need to get some work done. Would you like to help me fix dinner later? We can surprise Julie.", I said. She seemed a lot perkier than just a few moments ago.

"Ok."

"Well I'll see you in a couple hours then. You might want to go outside on the deck. It's a nice day."

"Ok. Can I sunbathe?"

"Absolutely."

I went back to work but was distracted by Julie walking to the back deck in her bikini. Oh boy, I didn't need this. But despite the distraction I did get some work done.

All in all that was the most constructive conversation I ever had with Jill by far in, forever. I could see a little family resemblance in her, but I guess she must have taken after her father.

They all had dark hair though and Jill's was cut short. Don't tell anyone, but short hair on a girl turns me on. Maybe it's because it makes them look younger, I don't know. Jill had a bob haircut, and it kinda made her look like a model.

She was fairly slim, taking after her mom and Julie. Her bust was, I don't know, maybe a B cup. Remember, even though I really enjoy Julie's new boobs, and of course Erin's too, size doesn't really matter. Ha, that's ironic, isn't it?

But all in all, Jill was hot. I never noticed it though, until I saw her in the bikini.

Of course, even Jill was taller than me, making her one of the "big people". It's hard sometimes to think of big people as being less mature than you, but I was learning real fast.

I was seeing Jill as a little sister now. Ok, big little sister. (I just hoped she wouldn't call me her little brother.) By the way, Jill has really great looking legs too.

Later on that day Julie arrived home and Jill helped with dinner. Being a nice day we cooked on the grill again: hamburgers and hot dogs this time. I ate only one hot dog. Jill had one of each. And Julie had two of each.

I was admiring both sets of legs that evening after dinner as we sat out on the deck, but trying not to be caught. Hey, I'm pretty good at it by now.

We had a radio station on. I have speakers out on the deck; installed them myself. Nothing fancy, just something I picked up at the warehouse store. I was still proud of my work.

Jill was dancing. Julie and I weren't. Jill was still in her bikini dancing barefoot and then suddenly yelled, "OW!"

She started jumping up and down holding her right foot and came over to sit in a chair.

"What's wrong?", both Julie and I said.

"I think I got a splinter."

I went into the house and came out with alcohol, gauze and tweezers. "Ok. Let me pull up a chair."

Dr. Sam decided surgery was indicated. Patient's vitals were taken: pretty face, great legs. Check! He went to work. In no time the pedal intruder was splinter-ectomied. Gauze was used to control blood loss but bleeding was minimal. Patient is expected to make a full recovery.

"Thanks.", she said.

"Oh, someone is being nice tonight.", Julie piped in.

"Come on, Julie. I just took a splinter out of her foot. What did you expect her to say?"

"I don't know. Maybe, 'your stupid deck attacked my foot. Shrimp.'"

"Julie!", I retorted.

"Oh. Sorreee." Julie hadn't known of our conversation earlier today.

"Jill is being nice to us now. You owe it her to be nice yourself.", I said.

"Thanks, Sam", said Jill.

"Whoa. What's with you two?", Julie said.

"Nothing.", we replied.

"Ok. Let's see how far we can this then.", Julie said with a sly look in her eye. "Jill, did you know Sam can give a really killer foot massage?"

Where was this going? Ok, I'll play along. "Alright, I'll massage her foot, but only because of the splinter.", I said.

"Oh, that does feel good.", Jill was cooing. I was extra careful not to put too much pressure on the wound.

"Why don't you kiss her boo boo, Sam?"

"No." This was going somewhere I didn't want to go.

"Come on, you're really good at kissing toes Sam."

"Kissing toes?", Jill said with a starry-eyed look.

"No, Jill. Besides, your Mom will be here soon to pick you up. You need to get ready."

What was Julie's game? Did she want a repeat of what happened with Erin? This was weird. But then, for the last two months the weird has been showing up in my life regularly.

"Mom will be tired of driving all day. We should call her and have Jill stay the night.", Julie replied.

I looked at Jill and she had a longing look in her face. I wondered if I was going to win this one. I didn't have anything to come back with.

"Jill, do you want to stay with us tonight?", Julie asked.

"Sure. I guess."

I wasn't so sure this was a good idea.

"It's settled then. We'll call Mom and tell her Jill can stay the night."

"No. You'll call her and ASK her if she doesn't want to take Jill home." Somebody had to be the grownup here. I'm sure Mom would have been proud. Anybody else would have seen a wee little kid trying to act grown up. The girls new better.

"Party pooper."

Where did that come from? Just a moment ago Julie was really aggressive toward her sister. Now this.

Julie called her Mom. Mom still wanted to pick Jill up and bring her home tonight. Julie argued with her; I suppose no one ever told her: never argue with your mother. Jill ended up going home that night. Thanks, Mom.

Jill changed from her bikini and got ready. When Mom arrived we said goodbye.

Before she left I turned to Jill and said, "Remember what we talked about. And you're welcome here whenever you want?". I'm not sure that was the right thing to say but I was feeling closer to Jill than I ever have. Jill gave a big smile as they pulled away.

When they were gone my giant lover turned to me and said, "What did you mean, 'what we talked about'?"

"No. You tell me what that was all about tonight, with the foot rubs and toe kissing."

"I asked first."

"Ok. We just talked. Geeze.", I said.

"What about?"

"Nothing." Remember, I had a secret to keep.

"Uh, huh. Right."

"No really."

"I can't believe you had a civil talk with Jill."

"Well, we did. And you should make the time try it too some day. You are her big sister." Really big sister now.

"She won't talk to me. Not civilly anyway.", Julie said.

"She was civil to both you and I tonight."

"Hmm. I guess she was. Alright, mister. What did you do to my sister? Where did you hide the body?"

"Julie, we just talked about stuff. A little about you and how you were growing and how I was worried about it and just things in general. I swear."

"What about the 'you're welcome here anytime' remark?"

"I meant it. I was trying to be nice. To make her feel welcome, I guess. It's good, you really should talk to her."

"That's all? You should have asked me first before inviting her."

"I don't have to ask you. It's my house. Besides, you're the one that wanted her to stay.", I said. Maybe that was too strong. It felt like maybe were getting into a fight.

"So why didn't you back me up then earlier when I asked her to stay?"

"It's not right. You seemed eager to have her here tonight. What gives?"

"I, don't know.", she said, looking away.

"Come on. Spill!"

"I was just having fun. Ok?"

"Fun? Do you realize where that could have went? Remember when Erin spent the first night?"

"That turned out pretty good, didn't it? Besides, I saw you checking out Jill's legs."

Uh oh, busted. "That's, ..., that's, ... beside the point.", I stuttered.

"Is it?"

"You want another threesome with Jill?"

She blushed. My cute, formerly little, sweetheart was turning into a sex freak. An incest sex freak.

"So, is incest your thing now? Is it because we did it with Erin that you want to do this with Jill?", I asked.

"No. I might be curious but I'm sure Jill would enjoy it."

Wow. I guess with the way my life has been going I should have expected this. "So, just family?", I said.

"Well, there's this girl at my new job..."

"Wait. Hold it right there.", I interrupted. "I'm done. We'll talk about this later."

"Ok. Can I ask a favor then?"

"Sure."

"Can you kiss my feet and legs tonight?"

"Of course, honey."

"Can you pretend it's Jill's legs?"

Wow. You could have pushed me over with a feather.

"Um, yeah. She has great legs like you. Just not as long. No problemo."

End Notes:

The next chapter will tell more of the back story with Julie and Jill.

Chapter 13 - Daddy Issues by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie's still growing? Why yes. Learn more about Julie's (and Jill's) past.

----- Still growing

In case you were wondering we were keeping track of Julie's growth pretty closely lately. Still getting bigger, but slowing down.

It was impossible for me to stand on the chair to measure her -- I had to resort to using the step ladder. And because Julie was naked during these measuring sessions I had to be naked too. Those steps hurt my feet.

How high? 6'11"! Almost seven feet now. However, there was bad news: I had lost another full inch -- I was now 4'6".

I could gaze admiringly right into that washboard stomach of hers while standing. Her belly button is over my head when she wears her 6" heels, which she does when she wants to "play"; that's nearly a three foot difference.

She loves standing right next to me and saying "Now where did my little man go? Oh, there he is. Trying to hide under my boobs again, huh?", She can't wait until she's tall enough that I can go "down" on her standing "up". I'm afraid that time may not be too far away.

But it's getting ridiculous. We can't hold a normal conversation standing -- our necks would break. To remedy this Julie spends a lot of time on her knees at home. It is much easier for us to converse this way. I still have to look up to see her eyes and she can reach things in the shelves that I can't, even on her knees. I guess longer arms help. But at least, it makes hugging fun again, rather than trying to fit my arms around Julie's hips with my head in her stomach and hardly being able to reach high enough to touch her tits.

What with her knee problems and all the kneeling at home, we were welcoming the doctor visits. She had been working over a month at her new full time job as a human relations representative and her health care just kicked in. The doctor's appointment was scheduled for Thursday next week.

I couldn't get an appointment on the same day for me but did succeed in getting it for the day after: Friday. And as it worked out, we would have a whole weekend to contemplate the results.

All in all, things were going pretty good with the new job and everything but Julie was getting frustrated a lot. I guess when your perspective of the whole world changes in such a short time it becomes hard to adjust. She'd would run into things and hurt herself and trip over her feet. Even when we went running she would stumble, especially in the woods. This was terrible as we both loved running in the woods. It almost made her change her route.

People at work were generally intimated by her size, yet when she spoke, people listened. When I spoke, I wasn't taken seriously.

She had made casual friends at work; most didn't talk to her much. However, there were a select few who took the time to talk to her, got to know her and became good friends. I was looking forward to meeting them. I hadn't met anyone from Greg's gravel; I suppose we were both just too busy with our lives. Julie can't wait for the company picnic -- says she wants to show me off. Right. She probably wants to show off our height difference.

There is some bad news that has me worried, however: sometimes she would get so mad she would break things. In her defense, I don't think she had realized how strong she had become. So, on the whole things were good; Julie just needs time to get used to her new stature in life.


----- Wednesday

I had just come back from the office at about 2:00 with time to kill before Julie came home. I went to the gym and had a nice workout then went for a two mile run. I was getting out of the shower when Julie walked in, ducking to get through the front door. That's without her heels too.

Julie didn't wear too many clothes at home anymore since she had so few that fit and wanted to save them to wear to work. So when she got home she went to the bedroom to change. She came out in bra and panties. I love gazing at all that skin: bare shoulders, flat stomach, and miles and miles of legs. Did I mention Julie has great legs?

"So, how was your day?", she said.

"Good. Yours?"

"It was ok.", she said. "Mom called me today."

"That's good. How is she?"

"Fine. She said hello. She's going away this weekend."

"Oh. Where?"

"My Uncle is in hospice care now and Mom is going to spend the weekend with my Aunt."

"I'm sorry to hear that. I hope everything turns out ok. Is there anything we can do for her?", I said.

"Well, she also asked a favor."

"Anything. What?"

"She wants us to take Jill this weekend."

"What did you tell her?"

"I told her I'd ask you."

"Thanks for asking. I guess it's alright then." I enjoyed talking to Jill. I'd been talking to her a lot lately, more than Julie had. I was still a little apprehensive of her spending the weekend based on what happened last time she was here though.

"But, isn't Jill old enough to stay home by herself?", I asked.

"She's only 17; she won't be 18 until November. I suppose she could stay home but it's the whole weekend and she doesn't have a car. Mom only asked us to check in on her and I suggested Jill come spend the time with us."

I was getting that feeling that I was going to regret what might happen.

"Don't worry. Nothing bad will happen.", she said. Famous last words, huh?

"We shall see.", I thought.

Sex was really energetic that night. We started standing, her in heels and head nearly touching the ceiling. I bent a little and gave Julie head. It drove her wild. Went she was satisfied she picked me up for a kiss, my head this time nearly hitting the ceiling.

Then she turned me upside down with my face in her tits and it was my turn to receive. It was pretty special that night. Perhaps Julie really was scheming and anticipating Jill's stay. I know I was thinking of it.


----- That Friday with Jill

Finally Friday came and Mom had dropped Jill off that night. We watched a movie on TV eating popcorn. Jill was amazed at the size of her sister now. When kneeling Julie was almost as tall as Jill.

Since we still didn't have too many clothes that fit Julie, she only wore panties and a way too small sports bra that was straining to keep the puppies confined again. Jill didn't seem too comfortable with this, but didn't complain.


----- That Saturday with Jill

It was only an hour or so after we woke the next morning that Julie's phone rang: it was work. They needed someone to drop off a signed form to a client in the next town over. They couldn't contact the guy who usually did the courier work so they asked Julie to do it. I guess being the new gal, you had to pay your dues. They would pay her extra and she really wanted the money.

I asked Julie if she wanted Jill and I to come with her.

"No.", she said. "It's boring. Besides, you and Jill can have your alone time and talk." I wondered what she meant by that.

I would honestly welcome spending time with Jill. Julie knew of our talks. With Julie being gone about two hours or so, we should have plenty of time for a talk too.

Julie got ready and was heading out the door when she asked, "Do you mind if I take the bimmer?"

"Sure, go ahead.", I said. "The keys are in the kitchen hanging in the usual place."

"Thanks. I'll see you two in a couple of hours."

"Ciao. Have a safe trip.", I said.

Jill and I retired to the deck. It was the middle of July and was hot and muggy. It was also overcast that day but that only seemed to kill the breeze and it make extra muggy. Jill and I were talking about nothing in particular when I noticed her having trouble breathing.

"Are you ok?"

"Yeah. But I think my asthma is kicking up.", she said.

"Do you have an inhaler or something?"

"Yeah, I left it at home."

"You left your inhaler at home? That's not good."

"I forgot."

"You don't sound so good either. We'll need to go home and grab it." Thankfully, it wasn't too far.

"Always looking out for your little sister.", she giggled."Let's go then."

I grabbed the pickup keys and we went out to the garage.

"Hey, nice gym.", she said as I opened the garage door.

"Uh yeah.", I said. I never really thought of it as all that great. But I was proud of it.

"Julie really likes it.", I said. I didn't realize that Jill had never seen it before.

"She works out a lot huh?", Jill asked.

"Sure does. Hop in, let's go." I didn't want to wait too long. The ride in the truck wasn't going to be easy -- it has no air conditioning.

Now Julie had been suffering, I mean driving the pickup for a while so it was no surprise that the seat was all the way back. Even then, she found it cramped and would talk of getting her own car excitedly. "Give it some time. You only just started working full time.", I would say.

I pulled the seat all the way up, like I do in all cars, hopped in and put the seat belt on. I tried to put my foot on the brake to start the pickup but I couldn't reach it. I guess I'd lost a few inches since the last time I drove it -- it was for all intents Julie's car now. I slid down as far as I could in the seat and was just barely able to press the pedal. But then I couldn't see out the window. The pickup has always been big for me, and the BMW seat goes up a lot further, I guess. Damn it.

"Jill, do have your license with you?"

"Yes."

"Do you feel good enough to drive?"

"Sure."

So we switched places and Jill drove to her house. We went inside and she took a couple puffs on her inhaler. Then she packed it up and drove us back home.

"Feeling better?", I said.

"Yeah. Can I see the gym?"

I guess she takes after her big sister. "Sure." I showed her around.

Julie must have bought some new weight plates -- I noticed there were four 45 lb plates (two on each side) as well as two 35 lbs and two 15 pounds on the barbell: a total of 280 lbs. What I keep forgetting was the bar and we bought a new one which weighed 45 pounds, plus add another 10 for the collars. That was 335 lbs of barbell sitting on the bench! Did Julie press that once, or several times? Based on the other times I had seen her I guessed she probably benched several reps. It made my head swim. I'm sure the magnitude was lost on Jill. I'm gonna have to investigate this.

"What's that?", she said while pointing to the inversion table.

At this point it looked a little baroque with all the stuff I rigged to make it sit up higher.

" That's an inversion table."

"Oh, that's the thing Julie talked about. Says that's what made her bigger."

Oh dear.

"Can I try it out?", Jill asked.

"Why not."

I dragged the steps I had bought a while back over to the table so she could get on the correct way. The steps were for me around the house, but it suited its purpose out here better for when I wanted to hang inverted. Obviously, Julie didn't use this.

Jill took her shoes off and climbed up. I gave her the standard briefing. "Prepare for takeoff", I was thinking as she got ready to swing back.

"Aaaa", she screamed as she swept back almost all the way.

"Easy!", I said. "You can't swing your arms back too fast. Here bring your arms back down. Slowly. I'll hold the table so it doesn't crash again. Now bring your arms up again slowly."

She did a couple times and got the hang of it, then she hung there herself for a few minutes.

"Julie's right. This does feel good. Can I come over and use it sometimes. I want get bigger too."

"Sure, you can come over but I've been using this for over a year and I haven't grown."

"I know. You've even shrunk."

She noticed too. I guess the fiasco with the pickup clued her in.

"Just great.", I said. "I guess another giantess in my life won't hurt."

Jill laughed. "Aw, don't feel bad. You know I'll still like you, even if I get as big as Julie."

"Thanks. Do you know how I feel when my girlfriend's kid sister has to drive me around?"

"Not good, huh?"

"No. Not good."

"Julie perks you up, doesn't she?"

"Sure. She's my life now. I don't know what I'd do without her."

"She loves you. I can see it. And I'm still jealous."

"Don't worry, I'm sure someone will come into your life and make you happy forever. You're a super person, Jill."

"Well, I'm happy now since we started talking. You're a good guy too, Sam."

"Aw shucks." Yes, I'm a dork.

I continued, "I was a little worried when we decided to let you stay here this weekend, but I do like talking with you. At least you talk to me and take me seriously unlike, oh say, 99.999 percent of the rest of the people in the world."

"Oh it's not that bad. Are you worried something bad is going to happen?"

"Yes."

"Don't worry. We'll have fun."

"I am worried.", I said. "Did you guys plan the errand that Julie had to run so we could be alone."

"Oh, no. I'm sorry. Am I making you uncomfortable?"

"It's ok. I actually welcome this time we have together. Come on, finish up on that thing. Too much blood to your head will make you go blind."

"It will?"

"No. I'm just kidding.", I laughed.

She got off and we went back to the house.

"Are you going to go back out again?", she asked.

"Yeah, I was thinking about going out on the deck. The sun's out, and I like hot days. Will you be ok?"

"Yes, I should be alright. Can I change and come out too?"

"If you're feeling ok, then sure. I'll meet you out on the deck. I have lemonade and iced tea. Which do you want?"

"Ooo, lemonade sounds good."

So I poured a glass of lemonade for her and iced tea for me, then went out to wait for Jill on the deck.

After a short while she came out wearing her bikini. It was one of those strapless things; a bandeau top, I think it's called. When she saw me looking wide eyed she simply said, "I don't want tan lines where the straps are. It'll show when I wear low tops." And did I mention she had great legs like her sister?

I walked over to hand the glass of lemonade to her. She looked even taller than before. Ah, that's right, I remembered, I lost another inch since I'd seen her last. She was nearly a foot taller now.

Jill went to lie down on the chaise lounge. She needed a place to put her drink so I scootched a little table over. She turned over on her stomach.

"You and Julie have been talking more, right?", I queried.

"A little, maybe."

"Well, I think that's good. Don't you?"

"Sure. I guess I owe you thanks Sam. You got us talking, at least a little."

"You guys didn't talk much before, huh?"

"Well, not in any real way since she was in high school."

"Why?"

"Lot's of things, I guess."

"Ok. Wanna tell me about it?"

"It's about Mom and Dad splitting up. But, I don't know if I want to talk about it, Sam."

"That's ok. Julie doesn't talk much about that either."

Speak of the devil. Just then Julie came home. She noticed us out on the deck.

"Hold on guys, I'll be right out.", Julie yelled from inside.

"Hey, you want some iced tea? I made lemonade too if you'd rather that.", I yelled back.

"Iced tea sounds good." I knew what she wanted even before I asked. We were coming to know each other quite well.

I went inside to pour her a glass. She has a big one that she likes; a pitcher really. Only she put it up on the top of one of the cabinets. I couldn't reach it.

Jill had followed me in. "You want me to get that?", she asked.

"Please."

When she stretched to reach the glass her bandeau top came right up to eye level and I certainly did get an eyeful. Mr. Happy wanted to dance. Down! I had to think of quantum mechanics and solving partial differential equations again.

I filled Julie's glass with ice and tea, then put some water to boil for more. Jill brought the glass out with her.

Julie finally came sauntering out; in her underwear.

"Here's your tea Julie.", Jill said as she got up to walk over to Julie. She looked up at her sister with awe. Her head was way below Julie's shoulders now.

"Thanks.", Julie said then went to sit down at the table. She looks funny nowadays sitting in a normal sized chair with her knees way up.

"So, what'cha talkin' about?"

"We were just talking about your Mom and Dad, Julie."

"No, we weren't!", Jill adamantly denied.

"That's right. We weren't. Seems Jill doesn't want to talk about it."

"I don't blame her.", said Julie.

"Ok, I'm sorry. I can see it's a sore point with both of you.", I said. "Let me ask something though: why did you guys keep your Dad's last name when Mom changed hers back?"

"What was I supposed to change it to?", said Jill.

"Same as your Mom, I would think.", I said.

"Well, I will. As soon as I turn 18.", she said.

"You can change it before then. You just need your Mom's permission.", I passed on.

"I know. I figured I'd just wait until I'm 18 and change it myself. Mom had to pay a lawyer to do that and we didn't want to make it more expensive.", Jill said.

"What about you, Julie?"

"Oh, there'll be a time for changing it soon enough.", she said. I wondered what she meant by that.

Just then I heard the water boil. "Let me go make some more iced tea. I'll be right back."

"I'll help.", Jill said, following me inside.

"I don't need any help. Why did you come in with me?"

"Just in case you couldn't reach something.", she was giggling as she came up close as if to try to measure our relative heights. "And I didn't want to stay out there with the naked amazon."

"Whatever. She's only in her underwear; not much different from you in your bikini. Here fill this pitcher up with ice.", and I gave her pitcher. She actually did reach the ice tray in the freezer a lot easier than I could.

I put tea bags in the water. We let it sit for five minutes while we talked. Jill stayed awfully close.

I noticed that holding the ice close to her chest made Jill's nipples poke out of her top. Mr. Happy noticed too. Get down, boy. I tried to solve the problem of reconciling the standard model of matter arising from quantum field theory with Einstein's general relativistic theory of gravity in my head. I almost succeeded.

"Sorry.", I said. "I shouldn't have brought up the subject of your father."

"It's ok. Maybe it's good we start talking about it.", she said.

The tea was done. I poured it into the pitcher of ice, Jill refilled my glass with ice and I poured myself more tea.

"Want some more lemonade?"

"Sure."

So with both of our glasses refilled we wandered back out. Julie was leaning way back in her chair, face up to the sky, eyes closed and those long beautiful legs splayed way out. Damn, she has a great pair legs!

We found our seats again. Jill started this time.

"Julie. How come you and I never talked about what happened with Dad?"

"I don't want to.", Julie said.

"I wanted to talk but you always turned off when I brought the subject up."

"Yeah, well, that's all you wanted to talk about."

"No, it's not. After a while you wouldn't talk at all."

I could see Jill opening up. It looked painful for the both of them, but I figure this would be for the best.

I did have a hunch so I took a gamble. "Julie,", I said. "This happened right around when we started going out in high school, right?"

"Yeah."

"Did us going out back in high school have anything to do with your parent's splitting up?"

She crossed her arms across her expansive chest, grabbed a boob in each hand, looked away, and said, "No!"

"Ok.", I said.

"Hold on a minute.", Jill was talking now. "I remember that. You hated guys when you started high school Julie. I can understand that, but then you suddenly started talking about this guy you met on the track team and I thought you had gone crazy."

"It was the cross country team, Jill.", Julie corrected.

"Did you really hate all guys, or just the one's like daddy?", Jill replied.

Now, daddy, by the way, was six feet, eight inches tall. I found out from Jill sometime back. Their Mom and Dad must have looked a bit like Julie and me, only our situation was inverted. I didn't think much of it before but now I started thinking: this could explain a lot.

"Yes, I hated all guys back then.", Julie said, scrunching up more.

"But you started going out with me.", I replied.

"Yeah. So I did. Look, I don't want to talk about it.", and she withdrew further into herself, emotionally as well as physically, bringing her knees up to her chest this time.

"I'm sorry I brought it up.", Jill said, eyes starting to tear up.

"Now look, Julie. You're making your sister cry.", I said.

Julie was curled up for while. Then she suddenly put her feet down hard, placed her hands on the arms of the chair, leaned over and said, "Fine! You two want to gang up on me, then ... fine."

"Yes, Sam. I went out with you because you were short. I hated tall guys. I figured you would never cheat on me like Dad because nobody would go out with you at your height. There. Satisfied?"

Ouch. I felt a foot tall at that moment. She changed her tune real quick.

"Shit. Shit. Shit. I'm sorry, Sam.", she said getting up and running over to me to give me a hug on her knees. "I didn't mean that." She picked me up into her arms, standing and hugged me, tight. "I'm so sorry. I didn't know what I was saying. I'm sorry."

My head was spinning. "I can see why you didn't want to talk to me about that. You can put me down now, Julie."

"Wait. Here me out. That's not all Sam. Really. I thought you were the most handsome man I ever met."

"Yeah, right."

"No really. Remember, you were still taller than me back in high school."

"Yeah. The good ole days.", I said, rolling my eyes.

"You were also the sweetest person I ever met."

Just then we both heard Jill sniffling.

"Jill, you're still crying.", I said. "You ok?"

"She started going out with you but then forgot about me.", Jill said, sniffling again.

"Oh, Jill. I was young then too. I didn't mean to ignore you. I had my own problems.", Julie told her.

"Yeah, well, great. You found a guy. I have nobody in my life."

Julie had a pained look on her face.

"Is that why you started being mean to me, Jill?"

"I don't know. Maybe."

"Oh, sweetie. I didn't want to hurt you."

Julie got up and went over to her sister, knelt down then started hugging Jill.

Jill suddenly stopped crying. "Um, Julie?", Jill said, kind of timidly.

"What?"

"You're naked."

That made Julie break away.

"No, I'm not."

"Sorry. It's just that ... maybe you should wear a swimsuit."

"I to topless with a swimsuit. Sorry, tops don't fit anymore.", she said. That got Jill laughing.

Jill started loosening up again. Julie went to sit back down in her chair. I wasn't sure they accomplished much but there's not doubt they were feeling a little better.

"So, um, at the risk of opening up the wounds again, would any of you mind telling me exactly what happened with Mom and Dad?", I said, quickly following up with, "But you don't have to. I'll understand."

"Sam, Dad cheated on Mom.", Julie said.

"Ok. I know that's bad, but people cheat all the time.", I said.

"But when Mom confronted Dad about it, he beat her. Ended up putting her in the hospital.", Jill said.

Then I looked over at Julie. She had a frown on her face.

Julie looked down, "And Shawn used to beat me up too. Not as bad as Dad did. But still."

"Oh.", I wondered. "That must be why you were so quick to come to me way back when, wasn't it?" It was only two or three months but felt like several lifetimes ago.

"Oh, honey. I would have come to you just as quick anyway.", Julie replied.

"Oh my God, Julie. I didn't know Shawn treated you like that.", Jill said.

"And neither does Mom. Let's not tell her, ok? She'd have a shit fit."

We all agreed with Julie on that point.

"Jill, you've been the closest to Mom the last few years, right?", I asked.

"Yeah."

"How's she doing? Really."

"She's good. A lot better now without Dad.", Jill said. "She's actually real happy now, especially seeing how Julie has grown. And I mean figuratively as well as physically."

"I'm sure she is proud of both of you.", I said looking over at Julie.

"She keeps trying to get me to get a job.", Jill complained.

"Well, you're out of school now. You should get a job.", I said.

"Yeah, Jill. It would be good for you. It would get you out and you can meet new people.", Julie told her.

"I can't do a job."

"Sure you can. You don't have to be, say, a doctor, like, right away. You could work at the clothing store where my sister works. I bet she could get you a job real easy there. They're always looking for people."

"I'll never be a doctor. But I don't know.", Jill said.

"I bet you'd find a real nice guy like Sam too.", Julie piped in. I blushed, Jill smiled.

It seemed like spirits were up and the girls were reconciling their latent distaste for each other. We made dinner then went out to a movie that night. It was sort of a chick flick that the gals wanted to see. I can't remember what it was, so you see I was real interested. But it was good to get out with 'family' and I truly felt that Jill was part of my family.

Plus, it was real funny watching Julie fold her legs into those theater seats. Did I ever mention she has great legs?

End Notes:

Get ready for another twist.

Chapter 14 - Miserable by littless
Author's Notes:

It's a dark time for Julie and Sam.

----- That Sunday with Jill

By now, every sexual episode with Julie was becoming an adventure. Out of necessity we would find new ways to do the dirty deed. Julie's changing perspective on the world was now touching our love life.

Mr. Happy was not getting any bigger; just the opposite from Julie's viewpoint. So I had to use my imagination to be able to satisfy her.

Fisting is one such technique we discovered. The first time we did it I got to see Julie's "O" face. I usually don't see those wicked cool contortions since when I fuck her now I can only see her chin, or when I'm going down on her my head's buried between her legs. But I highly recommend that every guy experience the "O" face at least once, if not many times in his lifetime.

That first time she was on her back, unlike now. This time she was up on her knees with her head down on the pillow. My arm was elbow deep into her and I was wiggling my fingers tickling her cervix. I love it; it drives her crazy.

I know, TMI. But there's a reason I speak of this: we awoke early Sunday and were in this exact position when I heard a noise. I looked over to the door and saw Jill standing there; eye's riveted on us, mouth open and her hand down her panties.

"Oh shit!", I screamed, involuntarily.

Jill's eyes shot wide open at this. There was a horrified look on her face for a second and then she ran back to her room.

Julie looked over and saw it too. "What the fuck!", she yelled. She got up and ran over to the bedroom where Jill was staying and nearly broke the door down. I ran after her. I thought it would be better to let Jill be, but Julie had jumped up too fast for me to realize what was going on.

"You little shit!", Julie said as she grabbed Jill by her left upper arm. She then picked her straight up in the air.

"Aaaaaa!", Jill screamed.

Jill was fighting but Julie was much bigger and obviously much stronger. Jill looked like a rag doll in Julie's grasp. Even I felt the pain.

Julie carried Jill into the living room; Jill still hanging by her one arm, her feet about a foot off the floor. She had a terrified look on her face. It happened so fast I couldn't do anything about it.

"I'm sorry. I'm sorry.", Jill kept saying.

"Damn right you are.", Julie said right before sitting down on a chair and drawing Jill across her knees.

"She wouldn't.", I was thinking. But she did.

"I'll teach you to spy on us.", Julie yelled as she pulled Jill's panties down below her butt and gave her a spanking with her right hand while holding Jill's wrists with the other. The first slap left a giant red handprint across Jill's ass. When it was finished what was left was two rosy red, welt filled, butt cheeks.

"Ow. Ow. Ow. Stop.", Jill was crying.

When the act was complete, Julie pushed her off her knees and sent Jill to her room. Jill went scampering off, pulling up her panties along the way and crying.

I could not believe I witnessed what I just did. "Julie?", I yelled.

"Oh, stop taking her side.", Julie yelled back. "I'm tired of you all's shit. You want her? Go get her."

I didn't want her in the way Julie was talking, but I had to go check on Jill.

I ran to her room and knocked on the door. "Jill? Jill? Are you ok? It's Sam."

Julie came stomping past on her way to our bedroom and slammed the door. Then she came immediately back out and over to me.

"Little babies' wanna console each other? Wanna kissy, kissy? Go ahead! Do it!", she was still yelling. Then she pushed into the door with both hands breaking the latch. The door flew open and I saw Jill, a terrified look on her face, standing there with her hands crossed over her crotch, shoulders in a bunch, still in her bra and panties.

I had just realized Julie and I never got dressed.

"You're the first aid boy. Go get the cream.", Julie looked down on me and said. I just stood there dumbfounded.

"Well, GO!", she screamed and then picked me up and threw me down the hall. It's a good thing I learned some Judo in college and was no stranger to falls. I took the fall rolling and landed safely. Then I ran off to the medicine drawer in the kitchen to get some first aid cream.

I met both of them coming back into the living room, Julie dragging Jill by the arm again. There's going to be a bruise there tomorrow. Julie sat down and moved Jill in front of her. Jill was still crying.

"Pull those panties down!"

Jill complied, a scared look on her face. I came over and knelt down behind her. I started applying the first aid cream as gently as I could to her rosy butt cheeks. The antibiotic wasn't needed but I knew the cream would feel good.

Julie stood straight up just inches away looking almost straight down at Jill, really accentuating their height difference.

"Who's the pip-squeak now?", she yelled. Then continued, "You rubbing that butt; boy? Cream her real good. You hear me, BUTT boy?", she commanded.

I'd never heard her talk like that. I looked Julie right in the eyes with a stern look on my face. Then I shook my head in revulsion and turned my attention back to Jill.

Julie's expression changed immediately when she saw the disgust in my face. A look of panic came over her and she ran off, presumedly to our bedroom.

I finished applying the cream to Jill's ass. I picked up her underwear and gave it to her. She was still crying. I wanted to give her a hug and hold her for as long as it took, but not like this.

She just stood there crying, catatonic, holding her panties. I took her by the hand and brought her back to the bedroom. The door wouldn't stay closed anymore, but I didn't think it was going to matter at this particular moment.

"Jill. You ok now?"

She looked down at me. "Sam. I'm sorry.", she said with tears in her eyes.

"No Jill. I'm sorry."

We sat next to each other on the bed. I held her despite the fact that I was naked and she bottomless. She didn't have the strength to get dressed I had supposed. She needed some TLC; I tried my best.

After a while I looked around and got her some pants. With great effort I put them on for her; she wasn't cooperating much. Then I held her hand. I got up and said, "Come with me. I'll get you some breakfast."

I realized only after reaching the kitchen that I was still naked.

"Shit. Lemme go get some clothes on. I'll be right back."

"No!", she screamed.

"Why?"

"Julie's in there.", she said, trembling.

I wasn't afraid of Julie, though better sense would have told me that was a mistake; but I didn't want to upset Jill any more than she already was. So, I stayed in my birthday suit.

I got her a bowl of cereal, put some coffee on and sat next to Jill at the table. I put my hand over hers.

"I don't know what's gotten into her.", I said to Jill.

"It's me. I know it is."

"No, Jill. It's not you. Julie's been going through tremendous changes. It must be real hard for her. I can tell she hasn't been handling things well lately. I'm sure she didn't mean it. It's just a phase."

"No, it isn't. I was mean to her all these years, and now I deserve it back."

"No, sweetheart. Nobody deserves it back. Julie's just not herself."

"She'll never be herself again.", Julie said with more tears in her eyes.

This was true. But I was going to do everything I could not to let Julie change in this way.

The rest of the day Jill and Julie avoided each other. I eventually wound up finding my way to the bedroom and getting dressed. Julie was still in bed, crying into the pillow. I wanted to scold her, but emotions were running too high.

And it was still several hours before Mom would show up to pick up Jill.

Lunch was uneventful. Neither girls would even look at each other. I made Jill help me clean up. Julie was too much like the walking dead to be of any use. Besides, our time would come to talk. Right now, I wanted to spend the little time we had together with Jill.

I practically had to drag Jill outside. I'm glad I did though. I put on music and said, "Let's dance."

"You don't dance."

"But you do. I saw you. You're good. Come on, let's boogie."

"Then I proceeded to make a fool of myself."

She laughed. FINALLY a smile on someones face today.

"Sam?"

"Yes?"

"Will you still be my adopted brother? I think I lost a sister."

I felt both good and bad right then.

"Of course, and don't worry, Jill. Things will be ok."

"She scares me."

I was hoping she was wrong. We spent the rest of the day together. I tried my best to amuse her. For the most part, I think I succeeded.

When Mom came to pick up Jill she was in a reasonably good mood. I walked out with her to the car.

"Where's Julie?", her Mom said.

"Oh, she's not feeling like herself today.", I said, which was true.

"Yeah, she's laying down.", Jill said, which was also true.

Jill gave me a big hug. We held each other for a while. I was hoping her Mom wouldn't think anything of it. Jill waved good bye right before they pulled away. I waved back.

I watched them go until I couldn't see the car. Then I came back inside.

"Julie!", I yelled. "Come down here."

I scolded her. "What's gotten into you? This is not the first time you've been like this but it is by far, the worst."

"I don't know Sam. I was angry. Same as the other times. I don't know what's happening. I'm losing control."

"Then you've got to get a hold of yourself. If you don't then something really bad will happen."

"Something bad did happen. I'm so sorry. Sam, can you ever forgive me?"

"Julie, of course I forgive you. But, ..."

"But what?"

"I'm not so sure about Jill."

"I know. I blew it. I really wanted to get back in good with her. I thought we were, then..."

"Well, keep trying, ok?"

"I don't know Sam. I just don't know."

There wasn't much else to say on the matter.


----- Wednesday intruder

The weather had been shitty all that week so far, just like our moods. Julie and I hadn't had sex since Sunday morning. But at least we held each other at night.

I was worried. The bigger she got, the more Julie's disposition became unpredictable. I was afraid someone could get hurt.

It just so happened that my fears were never more evident than that Wednesday evening. We were both home by 6:30, Julie arriving just about 45 minutes before. We were both also feeling a little more upbeat: tomorrow Julie had her doctor's appointment, and Friday mine.

I was in the living room reading, the weather being too bad to go out on the deck. I heard a loud knock on the door. Almost a banging.

I opened it a little to peek out and the ugly guy who was standing there caught me by surprise as he pushed the door all the way open. Then with one arm he shoved me over to the side onto my butt.

"Get outta the way, dickwad.", he said, trudging into the house with mud on his boots.

I told you I learned a bit of Judo, didn't I? I was good at it, probably because of wrestling and the fact that I was fast; it came in very handy on this occasion, and without me even thinking about it.

I used a technique called okuri ashi harai -- a double foot sweep. Only the one I did was from behind with no hands, yet timed perfectly.

Both of the intruders feet left the floor and he landed on his left shoulder, no doubt causing a bruise, maybe a dislocation. However, I was not going to waste the moment. Also without thinking, I grabbed his arms from behind as he started getting up and pinned them to his back, locking mine over his to prevent him from moving. I had him!

Julie must have heard the commotion, for she came walking in just then. Her eyes lit up. I was familiar with this expression as I saw plenty of it in the preceding days.

"Shawn, you piece of shit!", she yelled. Then she ran up and kicked him in the chest. Hard.

I heard cracking. Shawn went down, he was unconscious. His breathing was loud and heavy. I immediately knew that he needed medical attention.

"Julie? What the fuck? I had him under control."

She stood there dumbfounded.

"Well, he deserved it."

"Julie, go call 911. Now."

She did as I asked. Soon the medics and police arrived. There wasn't much I could do for Shawn. They took him away on a stretcher.

"Is he going to be alright?", I asked one of the medics.

"Don't know. We're moving him down the road where the helicopter will pick him up."

"That serious?"

"Yeah."

"What's wrong?"

"Flail chest.", the medic answered.

"Is it bad?"

"It can be fatal."

I came back inside and talked to the cops for bit. Julie for a bit longer. When they were ready to leave I asked them if we were in trouble.

"Nah. You'll be fine. We'll be filing a report but I doubt the DA will do anything in this situation."

"The medic told me he could die.", I said.

"The guy forced his way in before you could do anything about it with intent to harm the young lady here. I'd call it justifiable homicide.", the cop told us.

I went to console Julie. The cops were just leaving when I heard one of them say, "Did you get a load of the Amazon. I wouldn't want to break into that place. That dude musta been high." They all laughed at that. Julie heard them too.

When they all left we talked.

"What was Shawn doing here?", I asked her.

"Shawn called last week. He said I owed him money. I didn't think anything of it. I didn't think he knew where I lived. And I figured I could take care of myself, even if he did show up."

"You didn't have to hurt him, Julie. Even as small as I am, you know I can take care of things like that. I was holding him good."

"It's just, I don't know. I was incensed; I saw red. I've been dreaming of doing something like this to him ever since before I left him. It was just like before. Like ... with Jill this weekend isn't it?"

"Julie."

"What?"

"Tomorrow, when you see the doctor, ... tell her about this. Ok?"

"Ok."

"And tell her about the other times."

"I will. Sam, am I a monster?"

"No, you're not a monster."

"Jill thinks I am. People are afraid of me."

"I'm not."

"I know you're not Sam. You're not afraid of anything. I was thinking the other day how I used to look up to Dad and be so afraid of him because he was so big. Then I thought of how I must look to you, and I probably look even bigger. But it doesn't faze you; you're brave and I love that in you."

I wished that were true. I just kept listening.

"When I started growing I thought this was the greatest thing in the world. Now I just want to go back to being little. I want you to be the big one again.", she said crying.

I've grown too -- grown to love Julie; I don't care what size she is. But I would gladly change places with her, not because I want to be big, as great as that would be, but even more because I want to stop Julie's pain.

It's been the most miserable week of my life so far and we still have the doctors to see. I didn't feel so brave any more.

End Notes:

What will the doctor appointments reveal?

Chapter 15 - Doctor's Visit by littless
Author's Notes:

Will we find out if anything is wrong with Julie and Sam? 

----- Thursday

The day of the dreaded doctor's appointment had come. Julie's appointment wasn't until the afternoon so she got ready to go to work this morning.

We were eating breakfast. Rather, Julie was eating. My stomach was tied up in knots. I told Julie that I had already eaten before she got up. I lied and wasn't sure she was buying it, but she didn't say anything.

"Sam."

"Yes, dear."

"Nevermind."

I didn't push it today. That's pretty much how this week went. We both wanted to communicate but we just kept our mouths shut. We did a lot of hugging though. I'm sure that's the only thing that kept us going.

I could tell she was scared. I was keeping up the brave facade, however. I'm pretty sure she could see past it. Today was the day she would find out what was wrong with her, if anything. I'm sure whatever the doctor found out, if it were bad they could fix it.

"Hey, Julie."

"What."

"Today's a good day. The sun is out and the doctor will be able to make you feel better."

"Ok."

"So, be happy."

"I don't feel happy, Sam. How can you say that with all that's happened."

"Well, I've got you. That's all I need to be happy."

"Sam, your such a ..."

"Such a what?"

"I don't know. Just, thanks. Ok?"

"Ok, honey."

She left for work feeling a bit better I think. She took the BMW even though I knew I wouldn't be able to drive the pickup. I wouldn't see her, and probably not even hear from her until after she saw the doctor.

I couldn't work. I was on too many pins and needles. On a whim I called Jill. I thought of calling Erin first, but she hadn't known what took place this week. She did know about our doctor's appointments and I'm sure she would call, or drop by (if I'd pick her up that is) tonight.

"Hello."

"Hey Jill, it's Sam."

"Hi Sam. How's my little brother?"

Sheesh, I thought. Well, at least she's in better spirits then before.

"Not so good.", I said.

"What's wrong?"

"It's Julie. I'm worried about her. She has her doctor's appointment today you know."

"Yeah, I know. I hope they find out what's been bugging her. You gonna be ok Sam?"

"I don't know. I'm here by myself. I just needed someone to talk to."

"And you called me? How sweet. I'm honored."

"Yeah, you're like my big sister. Someone I can talk to.", I said. I could hear her snicker. I'm sure she liked that "big" sister comment.

"Why didn't you call Erin?"

"I thought of that, but I'll see her soon enough. Besides, you and I have already been through this bad part of Julie together. It will be easier to talk to you about it."

"Hey, you know what I'd do?", Jill said.

"What?"

"Go shopping!"

"Ha.", I laughed. "I guess you would say that. I can't go out though. Julie has the car."

"But you have the pickup."

I said nothing.

"Oh. Ohhhhh!"

"Yeah, now you understand."

"Oh, baby. I'm sorry. Hey, I brought mom to work. I have the car today. I could come over."

"I can't make you do that Jill."

"It's no problem. I'd love to come see you. It would give me an excuse to get out."

"Well, if it's ok."

"Sure. I'll see you in a few minutes."

And she was right, it was only a few minutes later that the car showed up in the driveway, not that I was looking for it. Ok, yes I was eagerly anticipating her arrival and kept checking out the window. I hoped she wasn't speeding.

I had the door open before she even got out of the car. We hugged. To be honest, it felt good to be hugging someone where your face was in their chest as opposed to their stomach.

"Come on in. Can I get you some lemonade?"

"Yeah, that'd be great."

"Do you want to go outside? It's sunny, ableit still wet."

"Sure."

Jill took her shoes off and we went outside and sat around the table. She was wearing shorts. Did I mention she has great legs too?

I had to wipe the chair and table off with a couple of towels since they were still wet from the rain. We sat and sipped our drinks.

"So."

"So.", we both said. We spent a few moments silent.

"How's your arm?", I said.

"It's ok. Why do you ask?"

"Julie pretty much mishandled you, dragging you by the arm and all that."

"Yeah. But it's not bad."

"About Sunday, um, I'm sorry you saw what you did. I hope you weren't grossed out or anything."

She looked away. "I shouldn't have been there. I really, really, regret doing that Sam."

"I know."

"I wasn't grossed out. I was ..."

"What?"

"Well, let's just say it was interesting."

"I can imagine."

"You two must have quite the imagination."

"We have to Jill. She's ..."

"So much bigger?"

"Yeah."

"Are you ok with that?"

"Sure. I worry that Julie's not ok with it though."

"Why?"

"No reason. I mean she hasn't said anything or acted like anything is wrong. It's just that she has grown sooooooo much."

"And you're shrinking."

"Don't remind me."

"Sam, it's getting pretty bad. I can tell." Then she got up and came to me. "Stand up, Sam."

My head was well below her shoulders.

"See Sam. You used to be this high on me." She put her hand up to her lips. I had to look way up to see them. "Where do you come up to on Julie?"

"I don't think my head is much above her belly button, Jill."

"See. That's why you guys have to use your imagination to make love. And that's why Julie was so mad at me. She must be self conscious about it."

"For sure. But it's more than that, Jill."

"I kind of wish someone would experiment like that with me.", she said, looking down.

"Oh, you want to get kinky, huh?" I was poking fun at her. We laughed.

"Well, with someone as small as you I guess it would have to be kinky. I wouldn't mind kinky really.", she said, winking.

"I still feel bad about what happened on Sunday, Jill."

"Catching you guys having sex, or what happened after?"

"All of it, but mostly what Julie did to you after. She's not in her right place."

"It's not your fault. If it wasn't for you I'm sure I'd feel a lot worse, Sam."

"I know but it doesn't make it all better. But besides all that, I'm scared what the doctors will say today."

"Try not to worry. I wish I could say something to make you feel better like the way you did with me."

"You're already helping just by being here, Jill."

More silence.

"Hey, you know what?", Jill suddenly said excitedly.

"What?"

"You know my friend from school?"

"No. I don't think I know any of your friends from school."

"Of course not, silly me. But she knows you."

"Oh?"

"Yeah. Her name's Sharon. She saw you singing at the coffee house."

"Oh? Have we met?"

"No. She's too shy. You should have heard her talking about you though."

"What did she say?"

"Well. We were talking and she was describing this dreamy guy she saw at the coffee house. She said that she loved his performances, and his songs, and he had a beautiful voice."

I was loving this.

"Then she started describing how cute and tiny this guy was."

"Yep, gotta be me.", I chuckled.

"Well I said, 'Oh my God, it's Sam?', and she said, 'Yeah, that's him. Have you been going to the coffee house too?'. Well of course I told her that you were my sister's boyfriend. 'The big one?', she said. 'Yeah, that one.'" There was something else that Jill wasn't telling me that I would find out later.

"That must look pretty funny to everyone else: Julie and me."

"Well, you have to admit, you don't see that too often."

"So true."

"Even you and I going out would look pretty peculiar.", she said, snickering.

"Yeah. I know.", I said, rolling my eyes.

"Oh, don't feel bad. Sharon wants to meet you.", Julie said, real sincere.

"Um, ok."

"You wouldn't mind, would you?"

"Of course not. You should come to the coffee house on Fridays sometime and introduce us. That is, if she really is too shy to introduce herself.", I said.

We talked a little while longer about nothing in particular. I was feeling better. I had two cups of coffee and two glasses of iced tea this morning so I had to go pee.

I excused myself, asking Jill if she needed any more lemonade. She didn't, but I wanted to be a good host anyway. Then I got up. I was barefoot too and halfway back to go inside I slipped on the wet deck and fell right on my ass.

"You ok?"

"Yeah, I'm fine.", I said, picking myself up. I was ok; just a bruised ego. Jill started laughing.

"Yeah, Yeah. Laugh it up, fuzzball.", I said.

"You should see the back of your shorts.", she said laughing.

Just then I noticed it was getting cold back there; they had gotten wet.

"You want me to come in and help you change?", she teased.

"No!"

"Oh, come on. You helped me put my pants back on. Remember?"

"Don't remind me. How is your, um, butt?"

"I can sit down. I guess it's ok."

"It's not just ok; it's fine.", I said, playfully.

"Sam, you tease. You must be trying to get into my pants.", she said, smiling.

"Been there, done that. The image is permanently burned into my mind."

Jill laughed. "Your's is a cute little ass too you know." Now I wondered if she ever met Erin.

So I went inside, took care of business and changed my shorts.

When I got back out Jill had her legs stretched out on top of a chair with her head back and hand resting on the table holding her lemonade. Did I mention she had great legs too?

We talked a little while longer until our drinks were finished.

"Want lunch?", I said.

"Sure."

"What would you like? I have cold cuts, soup, that sort of stuff."

She thought for a little while and said, "Wanna go out? I can drive, if you'll pay."

I mulled it over for half a second and said, "Sure, why not."

It was still a bit early but we got ready and headed out. We weren't sure where we wanted to go. We stopped at a gas station and I used my card to fill up Mom's car.

We decided we didn't want to just go to the drive thru and bring it home -- we were going to eat out. We settled on a little Chinese food restaurant. I had my usual Szechuan Beef with rice and she had chicken and noodles.

When we were done, we went wandering around the little shopping center. She wanted to go into the game store, so in we went.

I'm not much into gaming, despite the fact that I program computers. We're not all geeks like that you know? But apparently, Jill was a gaming geek. I was really wondering if she hadn't already met Erin.

"Look! Space Alien Pod Racing GT 2 is out. Oh, I'd love to get that?"

"Have you finished playing Space Alien Pod Racing GT 1 yet?", I asked.

"We can't afford too many games: I don't have Space Alien Pod Racing GT 1. Actually, it's just called Alien Pod Racing, or just 'A', 'P', 'R'."

I wanted to get it for her, but wasn't really sure it was right. So, we spent a little more time inside then resumed our wandering around the shopping center.

We passed a jewelry store. I looked in. It got me thinking.

So the day went, and Jill brought me back home and then left. I told her to say hi to Mom for me. I thanked her for coming over; she thanked me for lunch. We hugged, face to chest. Then she left and I watched her leave.

I was alone again, but I felt much better than before. I'll have to repay Jill somehow.

Now was about the time Julie would be getting her exam. I was becoming more nervous again. I logged into my desktop and went through pictures we had taken of each other. This weird progression of our relationship -- and especially Julie's growth -- we had documented throughout this time in pictures.

Much of the pictures were of us together showing our height differences over the past couple of months. Some were racy, especially when we would measure our heights.

I liked the ones where I was kissing and sucking on Julie's tits while we were both standing. Those days are gone as she surpassed the point where my mouth could reach her juicy melons. Now she had to bend way down for that. Sometimes she'd make me get up on my toes, the little, I mean big nymphet teaser.

The latest ones of course was where her boobs were way over the top of my head. I could just reach the top of her tits with my arms all the way extended up. At times when looking up I couldn't see past her pair of tits to peer at her face. Even so, her face was so far above as to be in a different world. A world in the sky.

There were some selfies that Julie had taken and sent me. I saved all of these. They weren't racy. Not much anyway -- maybe a hard PG-13 here and there. But we were too afraid of hackers so I saved them on the computer and deleted them from the phone. Don't ask me where the steamy pictures of Julie are, ok? Rule 34 doesn't apply.

Still, I'd love to show Julie off to you. I had come to the realization that I didn't care if guys hit on her, or ogled her. I felt proud just to be in her presence. It didn't matter if she was ten feet tall; or two.

I couldn't understand what she saw in me. She was nearly twice my height now. I couldn't protect her, not that she needed it. If it came down to it, she would be the one protecting me. Things like that were irrelevant.

There was still a couple more hours before Julie was due home. I put the pics away and just did some browsing online.

The internet is analogous to my life: weird. "Weird" I was becoming comfortable with. There's good and there's bad too. I've had my share of bad this week.

Finally, Julie arrived home. I was waiting at the door when she came in. She was wearing a smile. This was a good sign.

"So, how did it go?", I said. "Wait. Let me get you something to drink first. Want some tea?"

"Yes. Hot tea would be good."

So I put on a pot of water and said, "You want to go sit outside? It's cleared up and the deck is dry now."

"Sure. That would be good. Lemme go change."

She came back out in sports bra and panties again. We waited for the water to boil, made a couple cups of tea then headed out.

"Ok, tell me how it went.", I said. I couldn't wait any longer.

"Well, they measured me."

"And?"

"I'm officially over seven feet.", she said giddily. "I"m seven feet two inches!"

Wow, she was still growing fast. We needed to measure her here real soon to see if ours agreed with the doctor's. We hadn't measured her at all this week.

"Their scale wouldn't go high enough."

"How'd they measure you then?"

"The same way we do."

"You were naked?"

"No, silly.", she laughed. It was good to hear her laugh. "But I was barefoot."

"Go on."

"The nurse did all the things like blood pressure and stuff."

"How was it."

"It was ok, I guess."

"Did you see the doctor?"

"Yes. She came in and did some more examining. She checked my ears, eyes, listened to my heart. You know, all those things."

"And?"

"We talked for a long time."

"So?"

"She asked a lot of questions. I had to tell her of Dad: his height and his temper. I told her about getting my period late too. All of those things."

"Tell me, what's the verdict?", I asked.

"We're not sure, but the doctor seemed comfortable about my growth spurt. She said that it could very well be that I'm just taking after dad. Usually, girls don't have a growth spurt this late, but it's not unheard of either."

Wow, that was a relief. I think.

"I asked about hanging on the inversion bench."

"Go on."

"She said she never heard of that and asked if I had any pain. I told her hanging felt good and she said that's good that it helped with the growing pains. And also that it might have stretched out my legs and back helping to make me taller."

Why didn't it work for me, I wondered. Life's not fair.

"What about, you know? The violent stuff?"

"She ordered a blood test and is going to let me know. She thinks it's hormones. Growing so fast might have created a chemical imbalance, or something like that. I can't remember exactly what she said. The blood test should tell her if anything is wrong."

It didn't sound like she had inherited the temper tantrums from Dad. "And did you get to the lab yet?"

"No, I'll do that tomorrow morning before work."

"Ok. Don't forget. I guess we won't really know for a while then, huh?"

"Yeah. We should know early next week though. I hope it's good news, Sam."

"It will be good news, Julie. I know it.", I assured her.

We both felt relief. Not complete though, I still had my exam tomorrow.

"Let's do something.", I said.

"What?"

"Let's measure you right now. Just to see if the doctor's office got it right. Ok?"

"Ok."

I think we both felt that this would get us back to our 'normal' that we had established that past couple of months. Not that anyone could call our live's 'normal' anymore.

We went to the living room and she stripped off to her birthday suit. I ran to get the step ladder and clumsily made my way back. She grabbed the tape measure and stuff from the office. We measured.

Yep. They were right 7'2", on the nose, we confirmed. That makes her officially a giantess, no?

"Do you want me to measure you, Sam?"

"I'm not sure. They'll probably measure me tomorrow."

"We don't have to. I understand."

"No, let's do this.", I said.

She bent way over to get the measurement as I stood against the wall staring into her crotch. This time she let her boobs smack into my face. I stood on my toes to kiss them, messing up the measurement.

"Hold still.", she said.

"Right. Like that wasn't on purpose." She giggled but we got serious again and got a number: 4'6".

I hadn't lost any more height. Julie was still more than two and a half feet taller though. Like I said before, I didn't care. And Mr. Happy was speaking up again.

I hugged her, my eyes below her belly button and arms barely around her hips enough to reach her butt cheeks. We went to bed early that night and made love for the first time in almost a week. I was hoping my doctor's visit would go as well.


----- Friday

My appointment was in the morning. I took the day off. Julie wanted to come with me but I made her go to work; in the pickup.

"If you come with me they'll think you're my mom and they'll send me over to pediatrics.", I told her. She took me seriously, until I laughed. She didn't laugh too hard though. I suppose she really did see me as a child. And why not? Wouldn't you see someone who's head were at to your waist as a child?

The visit went like Julie's. There was measuring (yep, 4'6" and only 82 lbs), poking, prodding, taking pulses and BP, etc. Finally, I got to talk to the doctor.

"So, what brings you here today, Mr. Cook?"

I know what you're thinking. They named me after the singer. I don't think my parents are that worldly. Except, Dad did like music, so who knows.

"I, um, have been shrinking."

"Oh, my. When did you notice this?"

"It's been happening over the past two or three months, I'm not totally sure when?"

"I see. Let me look at something."

Then he went looking through is paperwork.

"How tall were you before?"

"Four foot, ten inches, I'm pretty sure."

"I see. It looks like you're 4'6" now. Four inches. That's a pretty big loss for you young man."

"Do you know what's wrong?"

"No. It could be any number of things. We'll need to figure this out."

I had a worried look on my face.

"Don't worry. It's probably nothing. Sometimes people lose a little height later on in life. Not usually this much, and not usually at your age though. Let's see, you are ... 22 years old, is that right?"

"Yes."

"Ok. It may be unusual but could still be within norms. I'm going to order some labs for you. Can you get to the lab today to have them draw some blood?"

"Sure, I think I can make it."

"Good. Good. Hang on a second." He left then came back a couple of minutes later.

After a few sheets of paper were filled out he gave them to me. "Here. Take this to the lab and they'll draw some blood. We'll know more when the results come back."

"When will that be?"

"It shouldn't be more than a week. And I want you to schedule a followup appointment with me late next week. Alright?"

"Ok."

I settled up at the desk, made the followup appointment for Thursday and started home. I went to the lab, and had blood drawn.

I didn't want to be alone but Julie wasn't due home until this evening. I gave Jill a call again.

"Hey, how's it going?, she said.

"I don't know.", I replied over the phone. I'm not sure I sounded all that confident over the phone. Jill detected this.

"Are you at home?"

"No. I just got out from the doctor's office, I'm on my way home now though."

"Ok."

"I just wanted to talk to someone. Julie's at work."

"Ok. We can talk."

"Can I come by and see you?"

"Sure."

I was becoming real close to Jill. I showed up and we went to their living room.

We had a discussion about the doctor's visit. She could tell I was shaken up. I didn't really know anything from the doctor's visit, but I knew the doctor was concerned. He didn't say as much, but I could tell from the tone of his voice.

We talked of other things. She was trying to get my mind off of the doctor's visit. It was working.

"Hey, are you going to Mike's tonight?"

"I don't think I feel up to it Jill."

"I can introduce you to Sharon. It would do you good to get out."

"I don't know. I'll talk to Julie. If she wants to I guess we'll go."

"Well, let me know. I want to go too. You can pick me up right?"

"Yeah. Julie would be with me though."

"Oh, I hadn't thought of that."

"Have you forgiven her for, you know?"

She looked down. "No. She hasn't talked to me since then."

"What if she does? And if she asks you to forgive her?"

"That depends on her, I guess. I'm still a little sore about that. Physically and emotionally."

"Would you like me to rub some more lotion again on those pretty little butt cheeks of yours?", I said, smiling.

"You little scoundrel."

"But I'm a sexy scoundrel. You said you like my butt."

We both laughed. It felt good.

"Look,", I said, "you know Julie saw the doctor yesterday, right?"

"Yeah, I should have asked. How did it go?"

"Well, they don't know everything yet, but I think she's ok. She probably has some chemical imbalance and that might explain her bad behavior."

"Sam. She reminded me of Dad Sunday. I was really scared."

"She is kicking herself over what happened, Jill. I told you what happened Wednesday night, right?"

"No. What happened?"

Oh boy. I repeated that story to her. Her response was "Wow. Just wow."

"I'm sorry, Sam. Maybe I should go see Julie.", she said.

"No. She should come see you.", I said. "I tell you what. We'll come get you tonight and maybe you two can talk it out together in private, if you want."

"You're coming then?"

"Sure.", I said. I didn't think it would be too hard to get Julie out tonight. It would do us both good.

"I'll give Sharon a call tonight and make sure she's going to be there."

"Cool."

I left to go home, but I made a stop at the game store and picked up Space Alien Pod Racing GT, both 1 and 2. And I picked up a gaming headset -- I noticed Jill's was broken. And I did a little more shopping.

 

 

End Notes:

Are you ready for Friday night and the meeting with Sharon?

Chapter 16 -- Wildest Dreams by littless
Author's Notes:

Enjoy Friday night. I'm making changes to other chapters so they may be a little late being put up.

----- Friday afternoon

I had my doctor's visit today, talked a bit with Jill then got home about an hour before Julie showed up.

We went out on the deck with our cups of hot tea again. It was overcast but still nice to be outside. We talked about my exam.

"It went good then, didn't it?", Julie asked.

"I don't know. He didn't say anything was bad but I could tell he didn't sound happy about it."

"Oh no, Sam. What if something is really wrong?"

"We don't know if anything is wrong, ok. I'm sure everything will be fine.", I said. She was more nervous than I was now. Certainly she was showing it more.

"Hey, I know what'll cheer you up, Julie."

"What?"

"Let's go to Mike's tonight. I'll bring the guitar."

"I guess, we could both use a night out."

"I talked with Jill today."

"Oh?", she said, looking down.

"Yeah. I know you feel bad but don't beat yourself up over what happened Sunday."

"She's my sister. I can hardly live with myself over what happened."

"Then apologize. This will be the perfect time."

"What? Tonight?"

"Yeah, I told her we'd take her to Mike's with us."

"I don't know if this will work out. It's too soon."

"Ha. Everything's been happening fast the last few months.", I said.

"You got that right."

"Look. It'll be ok. I got something. I want you to give it to Jill, ok? From you."

"What did you get?"

"Just some game stuff. Tell her I told you about it but don't let on that I bought it. You know she's into that stuff, right?"

"Yeah, I know. You think it will work?"

"I know it will, Julie. Just give it a chance. I talked to her today. She's willing to give you a chance."

"Oh, one other thing."

"What?"

"She has this friend from school she wants me to meet tonight."

"Yes?"

"You're not going to be jealous, are you?"

She laughed and had a sly smile painted on her face. So I took that as a "no problem".

Singing at Mike's is going to be good. This will be an excellent Friday night, I can sense it. How good, I never could have imagined in my wildest dreams.


----- Friday night at Mike's

We picked up Jill at Mom's house. They didn't talk to each other on the ride to Mike's except for the pleasantries: "Hello.", "Hi."

I left them in the car to talk like I said I would when we arrived. I was certainly tense. I hoped this would work. I went in to get ready for tonight's performance.

"Erin!", I shouted. I put my guitar down, ran up to her and literally jumped into her arms, nearly knocking her down. I knew I wasn't heavy enough to actually knock her over so it was all good. I was happy she showed up.

"I'm glad to see you too. What's this all about?"

"We've got a lot to talk about. But later, ok?"

"Ok."

"Are you ready to have fun tonight?", I asked.

"Oooh. You're taking me dancing?"

"Ha. Dream on.", I said, although if she persisted she might just succeed tonight. "Julie's here but out in the car with her sister."

"That's cool, I get to meet Jill, finally."

"You two have never met?", I said, with a bit of doubt in my voice.

"No. Why would you think that?"

"No reason. Let me go get my guitar and take care of things for later."

I had become somewhat of the regular at Mike's. Julie had quit working here not long ago but we still came many a night, not just on Fridays. Mike suggested I sing professionally. Yeah, right.

Erin and I talked. I told her Julie and I saw the doctor. She knew we were going, but not when. She asked about the results and I told her they're ok, but also that I would tell her all about it later, in private where it would be quiet. That seemed to satisfy her curiosity for the moment.

Pretty soon Julie and Jill came in together. That was a good sign. They didn't look happy, but they didn't look sad either. I couldn't read them. I was really hoping they had reconciled.

Jill went over to her friends. I had never seen her at Mike's before. I guessed she didn't come on Fridays much, but she did find her friends pretty quickly. I had wondered which one was Sharon.

Julie sat with Erin. They were happy to see each other. Julie seemed fine now. Erin has that effect on people. They were laughing together in no time. I had hoped Erin wouldn't ask about the doctors until later. It looked like this was the case.

The lights went down and announcements were made:

        ... AND PLEASE WELCOME OUR VERY OWN, SAM!

I started with Bob Marley's Redemption Song.

        Cause all I ever have ...

And then everyone sang along:

        Redemption songs.
        Redemption songs.

It's good when people spontaneously sing along. I needed this. It had become therapy for me.

Folks songs are easy but I was branching out. Don't get me wrong, it's still my favorite kind of music, but I was singing more country, pop and even rock.

So I did something I've never done before. I made sure the guitar strap was tight then I hopped down off the stool (more like jumping off a small cliff for me). I was playing the guitar intro as I made my way over to Julie. It helped that the cable connecting the guitar was long and that I had a wireless mic on, then I began singing to Julie:

        Well you're a real tough cookie with a long history
        Of breaking little hearts like the one in me.
        That's ok, let's see how you do it,
        Put up your dukes, let's get down to it.

Didn't think I had Pat Benatar in me, did ya? I was doing a little dance with it, wiggling my shoulders and picking up my knees. I'm sure everyone thought it was "cute". I didn't care. Erin was laughing. Julie was having a ball; I was doing this one for her. I made my way back to the stage before the last verse.

        Fire awaaaaaaaaaaaaaay!

And so it went for an hour or two; I lose track of time when I'm performing. There was no break tonight as usually happens. There was also no other performers tonight. That's usually the case, but sometimes others do show up. Mike teased that I chased all the others away. Yeah, right.

When I was done, I was completely spent. I walked over to to Erin and Julie, we hugged, then I left to go see Jill.

I heard Erin say, "Where's he going now?".

"Don't worry about it.", Julie answered.

I hugged Jill. I'm sure everyone got a big kick out of that, what with my head in her chest. She had shoes on with a little heel to it so she was a bit taller than usual. She introduced me to her friends. I could tell she was real proud. She was acting real important, saying things like "Don't crowd him now." Kind of like a bouncer or like she owned me.

Introductions were made and I finally got to meet Sharon. She was real cute. As in, about five feet tall give or take -- still towering over me though. She had dark red hair, auburn I guess, curly, and was wearing a jean miniskirt with a t-shirt that had "sweetheart" written on it. She was a sweetheart too.

The shirt was too small on her. In her case almost any t-shirt would be too small, because she had big bazonkas! You know, huge mammary glands. That is, she was stacked. Whoppers. Tig ole bitties. Bodacious ta-tas. (I could go on.)

As I mentioned before, I don't really care about size, but this is the sort of thing that turns heads. And as I looked around, yes, all the guys, and some gals too, were looking.

"Hi.", she said demurely.

"Hi, Sharon. Did you enjoy the show?"

"Oh yes. You were really cute. I mean good.", she said, stumbling over the last part.

I laughed. "It's ok, Sharon. I know what you mean."

"I'm sorry. I didn't mean to say it that way."

"Sharon, I said it's ok."

"Alright." She was a little embarrassed.

"Hey Jill, you wanna meet my sister?", I said as I was thinking of how much of a real sister to me Jill had become.

"Sure.", said Jill

"You come too, Sharon.", I said.

"Ok."

So we shuffled on over to the table that Julie and Erin were sharing.

I made the introductions. Erin and Jill got along great, laughing together in no time. I knew they would.

I couldn't read Julie's demeanor though. I wasn't sure how she felt about Sharon. I gave her a hug while she was sitting. I still had to pivot my neck up to look into her eyes.

Some guy showed up. He only seemed to be about five foot two or three. I was thinking, this is my world: big girls, little guys. He said, "Hey Sharon."

Sharon turned and said, "Hi, Fred." It turns out Fred is her brother. They went off for a little bit and talked. Then Sharon came back over to talk to Jill. I watched Erin look Fred over brazenly. She always did that to the handsome guys. What can I say?

If Julie and Jill weren't getting along they didn't seem like it. Of course they weren't real chummy, chummy either.

It was getting late and everyone was making to leave. Erin asked if she could come over. That way Mom and Dad wouldn't have to come get her. I looked at Julie. She gave me a big smile. That meant Erin would be spending the night. And you know that means. I couldn't wait.

We had to bring Jill home, but Jill asked if she could come over to our house instead.

Julie and I looked at each other.

"I'm not so sure that's a great idea, Jill.", I said to her.

"Please. I want to invite Sharon over too."

She was being very forward. I would find out later that it was wasn't just Jill's idea.

"I can call Mom and see if she'd let me spend the night. Sharon's brother can pick her up later. Please?"

She had those sad puppy eyes. You know the look. It was really hard to say no to her, but then Julie spoke up. "Sure, Jill. It would be nice to have you over.", she said.

There's goes tonight's threesome.

"What will Sharon's parents think? Is she old enough?", I said.

"I've spent the night at her house before. They'd let her go. Besides, she's 18."

She didn't look 18; more like 13. But with big tits.


----- Friday night shenanigans

So that's how we ended the night up at my house. Excuse me, our house. Just me and four girls. Four beautiful girls. Never in my wildest imagination ...

I was lamenting the fact that I wouldn't get to talk to Erin about this week until later. I suppose it could wait. This time I wasn't complaining.

Normally, Julie would get down to her underwear but we had formal guests. I suppose you could call it formal since Sharon was here. The rest were family.

Erin started on the wine as soon as we all got inside. Where was all this wine coming from? Julie and Sharon also partook of the spirits. We wouldn't let Jill have any though. She was upset about that.

It didn't matter, Erin and Jill went off which left Julie, Sharon and I together. We went outside to sit and talk. Sharon was doing a lot of talking. Julie was unusually silent.

"Why aren't you drinking any wine, Sam?", Sharon asked.

"I don't drink."

"Religion?"

"Size."

She giggled.

"It doesn't take much to get him smashed as small as he is.", Julie said. "But I wouldn't know. I've never seen him drink alcohol before. Not much anyway. Plus, I can get him dizzy just by picking him up.", she said teasingly.

"Do you like that, Sam?", Sharon asked.

"Uh, I guess so.", I said. I wasn't going to let on that it turns me on and so didn't want to say that too eagerly.

"Would you like a sip of my wine, Sam?"

"No."

"Aw. It would loosen you up. You look like you could use loosening up.", she said as she walked over with the glass. Why was she doing this? I relented and took a little sip. She smiled.

"Would you rather me to pick you up, Sam?", asked Julie.

"Oh, pick him up, Julie. This I gotta see."

And with that I was up in the air. Julie gave me a big old kiss. Sharon was laughing. Mr. Happy was stirring again.

"That is so cool. How tall are you guys, anyway?"

"I'm seven feet two inches and Sam's four six.", Julie answered.

"That's ... almost three feet."

"Yay, whoopee.", I said, sarcastically as Julie put me down.

"Oh, I think you two are real cute together. And you were really good tonight, Sam.", Sharon said. "I like folk music."

"Really?!", I said, instantly perking up. Kindred soul maybe? Let's see how much she knows. "Did you like my rendition of the Mary Ellen Carter?"

"I loved it. I've never heard it sung slowly like that: almost as good as Stan Rogers himself." Yep. She knows her stuff.

"Yeah, right. I'm nowhere near Stan Rogers good. Hey, you know what happened to him, with the plane crash and all that? He was a literal hero."

"You're a hero too, Sam."

"Ha. Not likely."

"You turned to and put out all your strength of arm and heart and brain tonight."

My head grew three hat sizes just then. I hardly ever meet someone that is interested in me like this. Let alone who even listens and takes me seriously. And she's into folk music to boot.

She continued, "I liked your little dance you did tonight when you hopped off the stool. That took guts."

"Um, yeah, I don't know where that came from. It was just, I don't know, spontaneous, I guess. I wanted to do something special for Julie."

Julie's smile got real big. Of course, any time Julie smiled it was real big.

"Do you want to dance with me?"

"I don't dance, Sharon. Really."

"You looked pretty good tonight.", she said.

"That wasn't dancing. That was, ... I don't know what that was."

"Please?", she said as the she moved in closer. She came so close that her tits were touching my chest. I could smell her perfume and I could feel my heart beating. I finally looked up into her eyes and she kissed me.

I looked over to Julie. She was still smiling. Mr. Happy was smiling too. "Go ahead, Sam. You deserve it.", she said.

I looked back at Sharon who was smiling down at me. What else could I do? I kissed Sharon again. It was profound. This gal could kiss. Mr. Happy concurred.

We were by now, in fact, dancing -- slow dancing, or more like just moving around holding each other. But dancing nonetheless. And kissing. Oh, those kisses.

"Woo hoo!", I heard. I looked up to see Julie and Erin walking out onto the deck, hand in hand. I got the distinct impression that Jill just might be "Erinized" tonight. The two of them also started dancing.

Here we were, two couples slow dancing and there was no music playing. So Julie went inside and put some on. She came running out in her heels and almost forgot to duck under the sliding patio door nearly banging her head.

"Damn doors are too small nowadays.", she said as she came through the door.

She broke in on Sharon and I after coming back out. I love hugging Julie, but lately it was getting awkward to do this standing. Talk about a spectacle now.

"Take off that dress Julie, I want to see where Sam's head comes up.", Erin said. That figures. Julie was now in her bra and panties and everyone got a laugh at the top of my head below Julie's belly button. Then Erin ran into the house and pulled the pair of 4" heels that used to fit Julie. The two must have hidden them from me before, but Erin obviously knew where they were.

Of course, wearing the heels, she just had to butt in on Julie, and everyone got another round of uproarious laughter at my head only coming just below my sister's "boobies" while we "danced".

"Hey Erin. How about taking your shirt off so we can see where Sam's head is now?", Julie yelled out. Now things were getting out of hand.

Erin doesn't wear bras all the time; neither does Julie come to think of it. Thank God she was wearing one now. But that didn't stop her from motor-boating me again; this time her "boobies" slapping my forehead.

Julie came back over, leaned down and tried the same thing. She swung those monsters left then back and then WHAP! She knocked me over onto my side.

Everyone thought this was hilarious, except me. Sharon might have felt pity for me as she came up to me again and started another round of kissing. The kisses got deeper: we were exchanging spit at this point.

I looked over at Erin and Jill. They were kissing too. Now there was no doubt in my mind that Jill would get "Erinized" tonight.

There was more "dancing", until finally Julie came over to us and picked us up -- Sharon on one side, me on the other. She took both of us into our bedroom; like a mother carrying her little children. I noticed that Erin and Jill had already disappeared.

When we arrived, Julie took off Sharon's t-shirt. She was wearing a lacy red bra underneath. Sharon removed her skirt to reveal pink panties. Then they both started on me. I was naked in no time and then the bras and panties went flying.

I noticed when Sharon was standing next to Julie that the top of her head was well below Julie's breasts. I was comparing Sharon's tits to Julie's right then. They were definitely smaller. Smaller than Erin's too. It's just that on her small frame they looked enormous. Mr. Happy noticed too.

When Julie laid down her feet stuck out over the end of the bed. She usually slept sitting up on pillows so her feet would fit the bed. Not now.

"She looks so sexy lying there like that, Sam. Her feet are so long. And look at those great pair of legs?" Sharon took the words right out of my mouth.

Now it was Julie's turn to experience Sharon's kiss. I could see the bliss in Julie's eyes, even when they were closed. I wondered if Sharon had patented that kiss already. Sharon's mouth was so much smaller than Julie's. I wondered how my even smaller mouth felt to Julie. I eventually joined in with Sharon as she and I then kissed all over Julie's body.

"Let's suck her toes. She likes that.", I said to Sharon.

"Ooo, that sounds kinky."

"I know, let's both do one foot at the same time." I started on the outside and Sharon took the inside of Julie's foot. We met in the middle and kissed with Julie's middle toe in both of our mouths. Yes, it was that big.

We each took a leg. I bet Sharon that I could take longer to lick up my leg then she could hers.

"Nah, Julie's legs are too long. Neither of us would finish."

"Good point, Sharon."

We tried anyway.

I made sure to stop and spend extra time kissing behind Julie's knee. Sharon took the hint and did the same. Then we licked our way down the back of her thigh to her butt cheeks, at last moving around to her twat.

We both went down on Julie at the same time, fighting each other over her big clit. Julie bucked so hard we nearly went flying off the bed.

We spent a lot of time on Julie. She needed it, with all of that vast expanse of flesh to cover; and we meant to cover every square inch of it. Then it was Sharon's turn.

Julie started by standing and picking up Sharon for another kiss. Sharon had her legs wrapped around Julie's torso. I can't get this image out of my mind; it was hot. I nearly fell over in amazement. Mr. Happy could have knocked a hole in the wooden floor had I done so.

Julie bent over and laid Sharon on the bed, still embraced in a kiss. I came over on the other side and we both kissed down Sharon's front, spending lots of time on her marvelous tits.

I love how Julie gets into sucking tits. We learned that with Erin. At times she would have the lightest touch, at others, she'd be rough. Even as big as Sharon's tits were, Julie could nearly fit the whole thing into her mouth. My mouth could barely fit around Sharon's areola.

We had Sharon on her stomach when I tickled the depression at the bottom of her back, right above her butt crack with my tongue. She squealed. We rolled her over and started again on her front.

Eventually we reached the holy land and together we tag teamed Sharon's pussy. She's a screamer, just so you know. I'm sure Erin and Jill heard.

Finally, it was my turn. Sharon wound up titty-fucking me. That was the first time I came that night. It wouldn't be the last. We spent more time on each other in turn. We ended the night, or rather the morning, with me fucking Sharon and eating out Julie again.

I had truly become enamored with Sharon in just one night. And the bizarre thing was: Julie encouraged it. As I said earlier, never in my wildest dreams ...

The girls made a Sam sandwich as we fell asleep.

Chapter 17 -- Conspiracy by littless
Author's Notes:

Warning, nudity ahead. I rewrote this chapter three full times in the last two days. I hope you like.

----- Saturday morning

We all slept late Saturday morning. I thought I was the first one up but when I walked into the kitchen I ran smack dab into Jill, bouncing off as if she were an unmovable wall.

"Are you ok?"

"Yeah.", I said, stepping back a bit. I was running into the kitchen as she was coming out. We were both in our underwear.

"Sorry, Sam. I didn't see you."

"No problem. You're up early."

"Just getting something to drink."

"We have orange juice if you'd rather that than water."

"Ok, sounds good."

"I got up to make coffee. Want some?"

"Sure."

"I'll take a cup.", Erin said as she rounded the corner into the kitchen.

"Good morning, Erin. I didn't expect to see you up so early."

"I didn't either. Jill woke me as she got up this morning."

"Sorry, Erin. I didn't mean to be loud.", Jill said.

"Erin, you're forgetting something.", I reminded her.

"What?"

"Clothes."

"You've all seen me naked."

"Not Sharon."

"She's a girl. She'll get over it."

"Ok. One pot of coffee coming up.", I said as Erin took a seat at the kitchen table.

"You want me to get Julie's mug on the top shelf for you.", Jill asked.

"Sure.", I said. Jill stretched up over me on her toes, her perky little breasts brushing my lips as she retrieved the cup. I knew she did this on purpose. Mr. Happy was starting to dance again, despite all his efforts last night. Erin started laughing.

"What're you laughing about?"

"You're excited to see one of us.", Erin said, pointing to the tent forming in my underwear.

"Yeah, well ... I'm going to go see what Julie and Sharon are doing.", I said as I started to leave the kitchen.

"Wait. First tell me how it went with Sharon?", Julie said, whispering.

"I expect about the same as it went with my two little sisters last night."

"Big sisters!", they both teased.

"Ok, big, little sisters." They were out right laughing by now.

"No really, was Sharon ok?"

"Ok? Are you kidding? You have to ask? I'll tell you this: I still feel like I'm walking on clouds over what happened last night."

"It's a good thing Jill was here last night or I might not have let Sharon take my place.", Erin said.

"Take your place?", Jill said, aghast.

"Oh, uh, we probably need to talk about that."

"Oops. Sorry, Sam.", Erin apologized.

"Now wait a minute. That means you, and Erin, and Julie, are fooling around together?"

"Well, no, it's not like that, Jill."

"Yes it is like that, Sam.", Erin had to get her viewpoint in.

"You and Erin!?"

"Yes, Jill.", I said, my hand on my face.

"Wow. Then I guess sharing Sharon wasn't that big of a deal for you two."

"It was a big deal for us. Especially for me."

"Unh, huh. Was it a big deal with Erin?"

"No. I mean yes, it was. A big deal, I mean. It was a big deal. Erin was. That is. And Sharon too." The secret was out and I was stumbling over my words trying to justify our relationship with Erin.

Erin spoke, "Jill, I love Sam. And your sister too. Don't think bad of us."

"I don't. But you guys left me out."

"You had fun last night, didn't you?"

"Yes. But I'm tired of being treated like the young one here."

"But you are the young one Jill. You're not even eighteen yet."

"I will be soon. Don't you think I'm big enough to be included with you guys?", Jill said, walking right up and looking down on me.

"We included you last night.", I said, looking up.

"Yes. But you didn't want to. Remember?"

"Well, um, I didn't know Sharon was going to come over.", I tried to weasel my way out of this.

"You were hoping for a threesome with Erin, weren't you?"

More hand-to-face. "Ok, you're right."

"Aw Sam. You really care. I'm flattered.", Erin finally said. Then she got up to give me a hug and ended up motorboating me again. Jill laughed so hard she spit out the orange juice she was drinking. It burned her nose and she had to run to the bathroom.

I rolled my eyes. "Now see what you've done?"

"Me?"

"Yeah, you. I better go check on Jill." I walked in on Jill.

"You alright?"

"Yeah. That was too funny, Sam."

"Ha, ha. I guess you don't need me here then."

"Don't be mad. I'm still getting used to Erin."

"Forget it. I've known her all my life and I'm still not used to her."

"You guys must have had lots of fun together growing up, huh?"

"Not really. We're only now just getting in good with each other. We didn't get along when we were younger."

"That's hard to believe."

"I blame myself. She always wanted to have fun. I was the serious one. And maybe my Mom and Dad had something to do with it too."

"Why do you say that?"

"I'll tell you about it some day when we have time to talk again, ok?"

"Ok."

"And speaking of talking, I need to talk to Erin."

"What about?"

"All the stuff that's been happening with the doctors. And maybe some of the other stuff that's been happening this week."

"What's been happening?", Erin said, walking in. She was on my left and Jill on my right. The bathroom was getting crowded.

"Julie and I had our doctor's appointment."

"Yea, how did it go?", Erin asked.

"Let's go get some coffee and we'll talk." So, out we went, Jill and I still in our underwear and Erin still naked.

"You guys go ahead. I'm gonna get dressed."

"No. Get naked, Jill. We're nudists around here.", Erin told her.

"You guys walk around nude?"

Another hand-over-face moment. "Well, it's our house."

"Ok. Don't let Mom find out."

"It'll be our little secret, Jill."

"Zip lips, cross my heart and hope to die?", she said.

"Of course.", I said.

"You two are getting close."

"Jill has become like a second sister to me, Erin. Just like you. Wait, no. Not just like you." They both laughed.

"Julie and you two ought to ...", Erin started saying, but I cut her off.

"Watch what you're saying, Erin."

"Ought to what?"

"Don't worry about it, Jill."

"You're leaving me out again, aren't you?"

"No. Well, ok, yes. We don't mean to."

Jill started to pout. "Sam, you still owe me a foot massage."

"What?"

"A foot massage. You were going to kiss my toes. Remember? When I got my splinter."

"Um. Ok, I suppose can do that. Come on, Erin. Let's get some coffee.", I said as I took her hand and led her out to the kitchen. I needed to put a stop to where this was going.

We poured ourselves a cup each and I started telling Erin about the past week, leaving out the violence on Sunday. Well, most of it anyway.

"Sam, are you going to be alright?", Erin said, looking worried.

"I'll be fine."

"Ok. But take care of yourself. If there's anything I can do let me know."

"Don't worry. I will."

Just then we heard a noise and looked over to see Jill come sauntering into the kitchen.

"Jill?!"

"What?"

"Why aren't you wearing any clothes?"

"Erin is naked. She said this was nudist house."

I was speechless. I have a feeling after today I'm going to need surgery to remove the hand prints from my face. I tried to look away but Mr. Happy slapped me and made me look.

It was the first time I'd seen Jill in all her glory. Sure, I'd seen her butt and most of the rest of her especially when she wears that little bikini. But now she was without a stitch. Her body reminded me of Julie, although not as toned and obviously not nearly as big. It was the first time I'd seen those mouth watering, perky little tits. And damn, she had some nice legs. I knew I'd be taking her up on that foot massage soon. I had to get out of there before I did something I might have regretted.

"I'm going to see if Julie and Sharon are up, guys.", I said, leaving the kitchen.

As I got closer to the bedroom I heard that they were indeed awake and caught some of the conversation.

"Oh my God, why couldn't we have done this sooner?"

"I told you it wasn't the right time."

"Well, we finally did it." There was giggling.

"Sharon, don't tell any of the others, ok?"

Then I barged in. "What others?"

"Nobody.", said Julie.

"Unh, huh. Who were you talking about telling?", I said to the both of them.

"How long have you been there, Sam?", Julie asked.

"Long enough to hear you talk about it not being the right time."

"We're busted, Julie.", Sharon said.

"What do you mean busted, Buster?", I asked.

"I work in the same office as Julie, Sam. You were going to find out anyway so you may as well know now."

"Huh?", I said, flabbergasted.

"We've been planning this night, Sam. Sorry.", Julie said.

"You planned this?"

"I was telling you about her a while back. Remember?", Julie said.

My mind was reeling. Suddenly quantum mechanics seemed easy.

"Wait. Sharon is Jill's friend."

"Yes."

"But, Jill planned this."

"No.", Julie said. "Jill suggested last night as the time. She wanted to be a part of it too."

"Whoa, whoa, hold on.", I said as I grabbed my head. "Jill? But Sharon is your friend. No, wait. Uh. She's Jill friend too. When did she plan this?"

"We'd been talking about it for a while. But only put things together when we were in the car last night."

"You mean when I left you and Jill alone at Mike's?"

"Yep."

That pile of bricks didn't feel any better this time either.

"I need to sit.", I said as I went over to the bed. Julie hugged me from one side and Sharon started massaging my neck. They were still naked from last night.

"And Erin?", I asked.

"What about Erin?"

"Was she part of this plan?"

"No. She was just there.", Julie replied. That figures.

"So let me get this straight. Sharon is Jill's friend, and also your work mate?"

"Right.", Julie said.

"And you three planned having a night like last night?"

"Sam, we've had a bad week. I wanted to make it up to you. Especially with that performance you put on last night at Mike's."

"Yeah, you outdid yourself last night, Sam.", Sharon said.

"Thanks.", I said.

"In case there are any doubts, I have no regrets about last night, Sam.", Julie said.

"And me too.", Sharon put in. "Jill talks highly of you, like you're a little, I mean big brother to her.", she giggled.

We sat for little while. Then I said, "Ok. We should be getting up. I made coffee."

"Ok, let me get dressed.", Sharon said.

"Oh, I wouldn't worry about that.", I laughed.

"Why?"

"Because Erin and Jill are in the kitchen naked."

"Well, then let's go."

"No, wait. I was only kidding."

"So Erin and Jill are dressed?"

"No. But I was kidding about Sharon going nude."

"If those two are naked, then I'm not getting dressed.", Julie said.

"But Sharon doesn't need to be naked."

"That's ok. This will be cool.", Sharon said. I was outnumbered.

"Sam."

"What?"

"You better take off your clothes too. You'll be the odd one out.", Julie said.

"I don't think so."

"I know what'll convince him, Julie." Sharon came over and gave me a kiss.

"It's not going to work this time, Sharon." Then she gave me another kiss.

So, of course, all three of us were now headed to the kitchen, au naturel.

"Yay! He's nude.", Jill yelled as she saw me walking in with the two other girls.

"I need my coffee.", I said as I made a beeline to my spot at the table where I had left my cup.

"Good mornings" were exchanged by everyone. Julie bent down at the waist with her hands on her knees to give me a good morning kiss in front of everyone.

"So, why are you guys naked?", Sharon asked.

"The same reason you are.", Erin replied.

"No. We're naked because Sam told us you were."

"Oh, then it's because this is a nude house."

"It is? Julie you never told me."

Julie shrugged. "I didn't know myself. I guess Erin said so, so now it's official."

"So how long have you guys been up?", Sharon asked.

"Only about a half hour.", Erin replied.

"Whacha been doing then?"

"Not much. Sam told me about the doctors appointments this past week."

"Oh?"

"Sorry, Sharon. I didn't tell you about Sam because his appointment was yesterday.", Julie told her.

"How did it go?"

"The doctor is worried about Sam.", Julie said.

"No. He's not worried.", I countered.

"But you said he was, Sam."

"No. I said he sounded worried."

"If he sounded worried then he is."

"No, he's not worried. I'm fine. I'm not worried."

"Yes, Sam is worried."

"Jill!"

"It's ok Sam. You can't keep this a secret. I'm worried too."

"And how do you know he's worried?", Julie asked Jill.

"We talked."

"Julie,", I said. "you were at work. I couldn't bother you and I needed someone to talk to at the time."

"It's ok, Sam. I'm happy Jill was there for you. You don't need to explain."

For a while after that exchange the only sound in the kitchen was of coffee being stirred and sipped.

"Alright.", I said, breaking the silence. "Who's hungry?"

"I am.", they all said.

"Anyone wanna help me with breakfast?"

"I will.", said Jill, and the rest went off to the living room, naked as the day they were born.

"Jill, thanks for introducing Sharon."

"It was my pleasure, Sam."

"Did you know what was going to happen last night?"

"No. But I knew Julie had something special planned."

"So, you knew her and Sharon worked together? Why didn't you tell me?"

"It was Julie's idea."

"Ok. I guess you're not really upset about what happened last night then?"

"I'm upset you guys didn't let me have any wine."

I laughed. "You'll get your share soon enough."

"I'm happy you and Sharon hit it off, Sam."

"How long have you two known each other?"

"All our lives. Well, since first grade, at least."

"She's obviously a good friend."

"The best, Sam. The best."

"Why were you so keen on Sharon and I?"

"I don't know. I love both of you."

"I love you too, Jill. I'm going to make it up to you someday. I don't know how, but I promise I will."

"That's ok, Sam. I'm glad it went so well."

"Did it have anything to do with the fact that Sharon and I are a lot closer in height?"

"What do you mean closer in height?", Jill said as she made her way close to me. My eyes were right above dead center of her breasts. "Aren't we close in height?", she was saying as she was looking down on me.

"Sure we are.", I said. "Close in height as compared to Julie and I."

We laughed. But she stayed real close.

"I wonder what you look like to Julie now."

"Me too."

"You must look real cute." There's that 'cute' word again. "Would you like me to be taller?", she said, rising up on her toes.

"Well, I could easily lick your tits then.", I said on a whim, her tits right in line with my face at that point. I was immediately regretting saying that. She laughed.

"Do you lick Julie's?"

"Not anymore. She's grown well past that.", I laughed. "Do me a favor and pass the milk over to me." I was making French toast.

"Here you go.", she said as she held the milk carton over my head.

I thought about just standing there until she let me have the milk, but decided to play along. I reached up over my head while she held the carton just out of reach. We were sliding up against each other, and well, Mr. Happy was having a little too much fun now.

I got down off of my toes while Jill still had the milk up in the air on her toes. I gave her a little kiss on her nipples.

"Ooo.", she squealed. Her arms came down and I snatched the carton of milk from her right then. "Hey, you cheated."

"You didn't like that?"

"I didn't say that."

"Well, remember that next time you try to keep something out of my reach."

"Oooo, I will."

That was probably the wrong thing for me to say.

Other than our little playfulness, Jill and I worked together well. I guess Julie is sick of kitchen work since she did so much of it at Mike's which is why it's always Jill and I in the kitchen. After a short while Jill was bringing out French toast and sausage. We had brunch out on the deck. A naked brunch.

I looked all around me outside -- four gorgeous girls! I realized: I must be the luckiest little mother fucker in the whole damned wide world. I couldn't have cared less that they conspired to get Sharon and me together.

We ate, cleaned up and everyone got ready to leave. Getting dressed made me sad -- as I'm sure everyone else was.

Fred came to get Sharon. Erin spent a little bit of time talking to him before they left. I wondered what he was thinking of the whole situation. I wondered what Erin was thinking of Fred.

We all piled into the beemer, Julie driving and Erin up front with Jill and me in the back seat to ourselves.

"So, you and Julie talked?"

"A little. I still can't forget Sunday. But she apologized."

"It's good to see you and Julie talking."

"Just a little, Sam. I really hope the doctor gives her something for her temper. Oh, did you see what she got me?"

"No.", I said, even though I knew what it was.

"Here. Let me get it out of my bag. See? Alien Pod Racing. Both 1 and 2. And she got me a new headset."

Julie was beaming. My new big, um little sister was feeling pretty good. And so was I.

We dropped Erin off first, then Jill. We went into their Mom's house and talked for a while. Jill showed off the games and headset as Julie and I shared a smile.

Mom, of course, knew nothing of the happenings this past week, especially last night. I hoped. I detected perhaps that she had figured out that the girls had issues. Today we could all see that their relationship had grown a little bit better. Hopefully. Mom was happy.


----- Saturday afternoon

Julie and I spent the rest of the day cleaning and doing things around the house.

"What are you doing?", I said as she reached up above the ceiling fan over the kitchen table.

"Cleaning the top of the fan blades." I was then lifted up to where my head was nearly touching the ceiling.

"See how dirty they are? I can't stand looking at this every day."

They were, in fact, very dusty. I noticed that my head, even nearly touching the ceiling, was at the same level as hers. I realized that this was her perspective now.

When she put me down I looked up at her cleaning the fan.

"Things must look really different to you than they did a few months ago."

"Yes, they do, Sam. The world is shrinking."

"I wish I could experience that."

"Things are strange. I'm not sure how to react anymore."

"It must be great though."

"I nearly hit my head on the sliding door last night. It's not that great."

"I heard you. Still, you can easily reach things that for me are impossible."

"Well, yeah."

"And people listen to you when you speak."

"I don't know. Sharon is one of the few real friends I have at work. Everyone else avoids me."

"They're just awed by your beauty, Julie. That's all."

"Thanks for compliment, Sam. But, no, I don't think so."

"Oh come on. You have to admit it: you're gorgeous."

"That's not what I meant. Pretty or not, I think they avoid me because of my size."

"You don't really believe that, do you?"

"I kind of got mad a work the other day. I was in the stock room and bumped into the shelf and a bunch of boxes fell down. I yelled "who put those boxes up there"; they weren't supposed to be there. A couple of guys came running with scared looks on their faces and picked things up real fast. I don't think they would have come so fast if I were small like before."

"That's a good thing."

"Maybe. I didn't expect it. I'm just having a hard time adjusting. I want to be like my old self; I don't want to take things for granted."

"You're going to have to forget your old self, Julie."

"I know. Sam?"

"What?"

"Do you still like me now that I'm big?"

"Definitely!"

"I mean, if you and I first met with me this big. Would you still like me?"

"Of course I would."

"Be honest, Sam."

"Well, maybe I'd be intimidated. You probably wouldn't want to have anything to do with someone as small as me, so I probably wouldn't bother. But then, I was kind of intimidated before. It was you who was the aggressor back in high school, remember? If it wasn't for you coming after me we probably would not have gotten together."

"You wouldn't have pursued me?"

"I don't know. I was shy."

"You didn't seem like it."

"It was a face I put on. I still do, to some extent. But with you being with me I don't have to any more."

"Do you still like ..."

"Like what?"

"Having sex with me?"

"Like it? I love it! Why would you ask such a thing?"

"Because every day it seems like we're changing even more."

"I actually worry that you won't want to make love to me, Julie. In fact, I'm a little worried why you and Sharon, and Jill too, schemed to get Sharon and me together."

"Don't get the wrong idea, Sam. I thought you would enjoy her as a change, I guess."

"A change sizewise. That's why you got us together?"

"Well, I like Sharon too."

"Would you do her if I weren't in the picture?"

"Maybe. I don't know."

"I think she loved being with you. In bed, that is. And thanks for that, Julie."

"Your welcome.", she said. "Sam?"

"What?"

"I don't want you to think bad of me or think I don't love you, because I do and I always will."

"Ok."

"I like girls."

"I kind of figured, Julie."

"I look at them."

"I know. And everyone looks at you."

"Guys leer at me."

"So? You're pretty. You have to expect that. They leered at you before."

"They scared me before. Now they disgust me."

"Do I?"

"Oh, no. Not you, Sam! I love it when you look at me. Even when you leer at me." She laughed, "Especially when you leer at me."

"That's good, because sometimes I can't help myself."

"And I can't help myself with some girls."

"With Sharon?"

"Yes, she's one."

"One? There are others?"

"No. I mean not like Sharon. Just, you know, I like looking at some girls from afar."

"Should we blame Erin?"

"We should thank her. I think she awoken something in me Sam. Or maybe I was just ready for it. Maybe growing and seeing everyone in the world as a child and not a threat did this. I don't know. Something else has changed: I liked watching you and Sharon together."

"You could have discussed Sharon with me before."

"I tried to. You didn't want to talk. It was when we were talking of Jill."

"Oh, I think I remember. You wanted Jill to sleep over. And what was that stuff about licking her toes?"

"I know how well you two get along. I just wanted both of you to be closer."

"Why, because you and her aren't close?"

"Perhaps. Maybe I wanted to watch you and her together."

"Like with Sharon?"

"I don't know. It's all so new to me, Sam. Back then I wasn't consciously thinking of that. It may have been in the back of my mind though. Am I perverted?"

"No. I'm perverted. I'm pretty sure you need to be little to be perverted." We laughed at that.

"So, what about Jill? Are you and her on better terms?", I asked.

"Maybe a little. It's going to take some time, Sam."

"I really think you two should get along better. She really liked the video games."

"Oh good. I wasn't sure about that. She didn't seem too excited when I gave them to her."

"She is. Maybe she didn't want to let on."

"You talked about it to her then?"

"Yes, when we were bringing her home."

"I'm glad you two can talk; better than Jill and me."

"I am too. I like talking to her."

"You two talk behind my back."

"No, we don't."

"I heard you talking in the kitchen this morning."

"That's because you didn't want to help in the kitchen. It wasn't behind your back."

"Sorry. I wanted to stay with Sharon and Erin."

"Ha. Sure you did."

"No, really."

"Alright.", I said, shrugging.

"Do you two have secrets?"

"If we do, you'll never know."

"I don't know anyone close to have secrets with."

"You have me."

"I guess I do. You like being naked with Jill?" That was a quick turn in the conversation.

"Blame Erin."

"Of course."

We both laughed again.

"What if Jill joined us, like Erin?", I said.

"I'm not ready for that. Not with Jill. But if you two want to bonk, that's ok with me."

"I wasn't asking for your bonk blessing, but that's good to know. Still, we have a good time with Erin, don't we?"

"It's not that. It's just that right now Jill and I still don't see eye to eye."

"Julie, you don't see eye to eye with anyone."

"You know what I mean."

She bent down until her face was right in front of me, her hands on her knees again. Her face had grown larger too. If I hadn't known her I'd have been frightened. But it was the same old Julie face. Just much bigger.

"But I can see eye to eye with you right now."

"That's because it's your choice. If I wanted to do that I'd need a ladder. Until we're on equal terms that way it's not really 'eye-to-eye' is it?"

"I see. But I'd always do this for you."

"You'd need to do this for everyone. You'd have to bend down for Erin even."

"Not as far."

"Don't remind me. She's supposed to be my little sister."

"I think it's kinky that she's bigger than you."

"Kinky?"

"Well, it is sexy."

"Jill used to be bigger than you at one point. Was that sexy?"

"Sure. Being little is sexy." I couldn't believe I heard that.

"Maybe you are perverted. You think me being little is sexy?"

"Yes. You don't feel bad, do you?"

"I've been like this all my life. I should be used to being short. I'm not. And it's getting worse."

"You are worried."

"Yes, I am."

"I knew it. Jill was right. Sam, I want you to know, I won't leave you. Ever."

"I won't leave you either, Julie. No matter what happens. What if I shrink to nothing."

"I'll be there for you."

"Thanks."

"Sam, I really want you to know, I love having sex with you as much as I ever did. I hope you're not worried about that."

"That's good to know."

"Are you worried you won't be able to satisfy me?"

"Yeah. I think you hit the nail on the head."

"There's plenty of things we can do, and always will."

"I know. You like playing the goddess."

"Of course I do. Don't you like serving Skadi?"

"Sure."

"Then kiss my toes, minion."

"Yes, goddess.", I said right before getting down to it.

"And when you're finished you can lick goddess Jill's toes too."

I gazed up with a quizzical look on my face.

"Oh, I guess I'm getting into this a bit too much.", she said.

"Maybe a bit."

"You know Jill wants to use the inversion table, Sam?", she said with a sly smile.

"I know."

"It doesn't fit me anymore."

"Even with the blocks underneath?"

"Even with the blocks, Sam. We're just going to have to let her use it."

"Just what I need. Another giantess in my life."

Julie laughed. "There's always Sharon. I bet you liked her boobs too."

"Sure. But I'd like them even if she were flat chested. You know size doesn't matter. Oh boy, that sounds ironic."

"See? Size doesn't matter to me either."

"Ok, point taken. If I keep shrinking though, even Sharon will be a giantess to me."

"You don't have to think about that right now, Sam. You need to kiss my feet."

"Yes, goddess."

"And after, you may kiss my boobs."

"I can't reach your boobs."

"That's your problem."

 

 

End Notes:

Next time, more serious.

Chapter 18 -- MRI by littless
Author's Notes:

Side effects? What side effects?

----- Monday

I had to go into the office Monday and while there I received a call from my doctor's office. I needed to go back to pick up another lab sheet; it seems they messed up the first one. So, on my way home I stopped by and picked up two forms. I was instructed to call the hospital and arrange an MRI and to drop off the second form to them at the visit.

I queried them about this and they said that the doctor forgot to do this for me last week. Strange. Why would he forget? And why not the MRI in the office park next to the doctor's office? Whatever.

I called that afternoon and made the appointment. I was in luck: the MRI was scheduled for the next day.

I arrived home at an unusually late hour for me: 6:00. The blood work took longer than expected. Julie was already home.

"Hi, honey."

"Hi, Sam. I got a call from the doctor's office today.", she said.

"What did they say?"

"They said I clearly have a hormone imbalance, just like the doctor thought. They're going to fax a prescription to the pharmacy."

"Oh, Julie, that's great. It's going to fix you up, yeah?"

"It should. I don't have to take it forever, just until my hormones get straight."

"Did you pick it up yet?"

"No, not yet. I came straight home."

"Well the pharmacy doesn't close until 9:00. We can go pick it up tonight."

"No, it closes at 8:00. Only the regular store part stays open until 9:00."

"Oh. How do you know that?"

"I'm on the pill. Helloooo."

"Ok. We better go pick it up."

"Yeah, but there's some side effects."

"What side effects?"

"Let's see: first it might affect my growth."

"Will it slow it down?"

"It may make me grow more. But they don't know that for sure."

My mind was spinning. How much bigger can she get?

"Ok, what else?"

"I might grow hair."

"You can shave."

"It will increase my libido."

"I think I can handle it."

"I bet you do.", she said with a smile.

"What else?"

"Well ..."

"Well what?"

"Well ... my clitoris could get bigger."

"It's already big. I hate to tell you this Julie, you probably never noticed, but I certainly have. Your clitoris has grown more in proportion than the rest of you."

"Really?"

"Yeah, it was, I don't know, maybe a quarter of an inch long when I started going down on you, maybe a little bigger." She was blushing. "Now, it's approaching an inch long when you're aroused."

"When I'm aroused?"

"Yeah, it really sticks out. Like a little penis."

"I had no idea. Doesn't it gross you out."

"Hell no. I can suck on it. It drives you bonkers. And that turns me on to no end." I was thinking of that dream.

She was blushing and laughing at the same time.

"Well, what if it grows bigger.", she said.

"I'm ok with that."

"What if it grows twice as big?"

"Then you can fuck Sharon."

We both had a hearty laugh at that one. Then we left for the pharmacy. We resumed talking in the car.

"By the way, I got a call from the doctor today too.", I said.

"What did they say?"

"I need to take another blood test. They messed up the results of the last one."

"Did you go?"

"Yea, I did on my way home. They also want me to get an MRI."

"An MRI? That sounds serious, Sam. Why?"

"I don't know. But I called and scheduled the test for tomorrow morning."

"Ok. Let me know how it goes."

"Don't worry. I know a guy at work who had one when he had pancreas problems. It let them know that it wasn't really his pancreas. It was just plain old irritable bowel syndrome."

"Well I hope you don't have bowel whatever. That doesn't sound so good."

"I don't. They just want to look in my head."

We picked up the prescription, then picked up our conversation on the way home.

"So, you and Sharon met for the first time at work?"

"Yes. Sharon and I started working at Greg's at the same time. We both went to the same high school so we had a lot in common. I asked her if she knew Jill Morton and she said yeah, she was one of her best friends. I told her I was her sister and we hit it off from there."

"Good."

"She didn't remember me from high school though."

"Well, you've changed. Immensely."

"I know. She thought she might have seen me walking around the halls, but never paid attention."

"People pay attention to you now. I'm still the little guy that nobody notices, like you were in the halls in high school."

"Oh, honey, that's not true."

"Mostly it is."

"Sharon noticed you, Sam."

"She likes folk music, that's why. I guess I'm only noticed when I perform."

"Well, see?"

"I wish people would notice without me having to perform for them though."

"She liked you for you, not just when you were performing."

"She didn't even know me."

"I talked about you."

"And I'm sure you painted a rosy picture for her."

"So?"

"So, that's all she knew of me. How can she like all of me?"

"Don't be so hard on yourself. Others like you too."

"Well, at least they respect me at work."

"See, once they get to know you, they like you."

"It's getting to know me that most people don't want to be bothered with."

"That's not true."

"Would you want to get to know someone so short if you've only first met them?"

"Yes."

"Riiight. I guess we'll never know for sure. By the way, at work..."

"Yes?"

"They want me to talk to someone about working at other sites doing that thing I did before. You know, security stuff."

"That's good, Sam."

"I guess so. But I wouldn't be able to work at home as much."

"I don't get to work at home at all."

"I know. But I really enjoy it. I'm not sure what I'm going to do yet."

"You could try it and see if it'll work out. Will you get a raise?"

"Maybe. I'll let you know what I decide. You know, we need to find a job for Jill."

"We do? She should be doing that herself."

"I agree. But seriously, do you really think she will? We have to do it for her because she won't do it herself."

"Hmm. I guess you're right. Any ideas?"

"No. I was hoping you would know something."

"Nope. Sorry. I wish I did too."

"I'll ask Erin. Maybe she can help."

"I'm sure Jill will listen to her.", Julie said.

"Yep. What do you think of the two of them. You know, from last Friday night?"

"Well, at least it was with Erin. I'm happy for them."

"With Erin you'd have to expect that." We laughed. "Are you surprised Jill did it with a girl?"

"Not really. I mean I was surprised I did it with Erin. But after that, it just seems natural."

"Well, I guess you would say that. Do you think it was Jill's first time?", I asked.

"With a girl? I think so. I don't know. I figured you'd know that.", she said.

"We haven't talked about it much. I know she enjoyed it though."

"I could see that."

"You know before you and Sharon woke up the two of them ganged up on me."

"They did?"

"Well, not really. But I was in the bathroom with Jill and Erin came in cornering me between the two of them."

"What were you doing in the bathroom with Jill?"

"I went to see if she was alright. Some orange juice went up her nose. I know that hurts. And Erin just barged right on in, ready to motorboat me again. I just knew it."

"Aw, poor baby. I bet you really hated being stuck between two pretty girls."

"Well, I would have broken my neck if I had to look up to them any longer to talk."

"Like you were really talking. You were more like looking."

"All I could see were Erin's tits."

"You poor suffering soul."

"Erin talked Jill into getting naked too."

"It figures. You must have been mortified."

"And Jill demanded I kiss her toes and massage her feet."

"Did you?"

"No."

"Why not?"

"Um, there was no time."

"Good answer."

"I had to drag Erin out of there so we could talk."

"Such heroism; dragging out the huge giantess by her hair."

"I took her by the hand not her hair. And you're the huge giantess. Erin is just the giantess."

"What's Jill then?"

"Um, the little giantess."

"What did you talk about?"

"The doctor's visits."

"Oh, yeah, I suppose we needed to tell her."

"Anyway, we were in the kitchen and that's when Jill came walking out naked."

"That's not the first time you've seen the little giantess nude."

"Well yes, it was the first time. Completely nude, that is. I did get to see her butt when you spanked her though."

"Please don't bring that up now."

"Sorry. I know it's a sore subject, but it's behind us. Right?"

"Right. I hope this medicine helps."

"Me too. I'll trade the violence for a super sized clit any day."

"Oh, Sam, you say the most charming things.", she said sarcastically, rolling her eyes.

"Just take the meds. I'll worry about the rest."

We arrived home and had great sex that night. I payed special attention to her clitoris.


----- Tuesday

I took the whole day off but woke early anyway. My appointment wasn't until 10:00. Julie wished me luck and went to work. She wanted to come, but really, what could she do? All you do is lay there for a few minutes or whatever. The rest of the time is waiting. And for Julie, this would be nothing but waiting.

I checked in. They took me upstairs to a little room and made me change into a gown. A gown, I might add, that was two sizes too big for me. I was able to keep my underwear on though. They asked me to take off all jewelry, including my watch, which was becoming too big for me anyway.

A nurse took my vitals. Another one came in and asked me a bunch of questions like did I wear a pacemaker, did I have any metal in my head, or shrapnel, how my eyes felt, if I had any tattoos, how many times did I go pee everyday, who put the bop in the bomp, ba-bomp, ba-bomp. That sort of thing.

Finally, a pretty, young nurse came in and put in an IV. She hung up the two bags on the rolling stand and said let's go. I stood up, reaching only up her tits. She led me down the hall to a big room where the machine was.

We went over to the table and she leaned over me to adjust the IV machine. When she did I got a face-full of nurse tit. It's a good thing they let me keep my underwear on; I didn't think it would be appropriate for Mr. Happy to be tenting the gown in the MRI room.

I was strapped on the table, the nurse left and I waited. A little bit later it seemed the machine started up. The table moved me up. There were all kinds of noises. Dings. Clicks. Pops.

All in all it lasted maybe an hour. I was brought back to my little room, by the same nurse. The IV's were taken out, I got dressed and waited some more. I was kicking myself over not thinking to bring a book.

Finally, a doctor came in and said, "You're good to go."

"Everything's ok then?"

"The imaging turned out ok. Specialists will go over it this week for interpretation. Are you scheduled to see your family doctor for the results later?"

"Yeah, Thursday. Do you think they'll be ready for him by then?"

"Sure. It shouldn't be problem. You have a good day."

Then he shook my hand and I left.

I had lunch at the burger drive thru then had time to kill before Julie came home. I didn't want to bother her at work with a phone call because there's really nothing to say about it: "Yeah. I did it. Still alive. Bye."

I decided I'd go to Mike's instead. Along the way I gave Jill a call to see if she wanted to get out. Sure enough, she was eager and I picked her up and we were both heading to Mike's Coffee House.

"How's my favorite little brother?" She'd seen too much of Erin I concluded.

"Good. I had my MRI today."

"MRI? What happened?"

"Nothing. I won't know the results until Thursday."

"Oh. Why didn't you tell me about the MRI?", she said, seeming a bit concerned.

"I just found out yesterday. The doctor's office called and had me set it up."

"It didn't hurt did it?"

"No, except for putting in the IV."

"They put in an IV?"

"Yeah, for die or something. I don't know."

"Do you feel woozy or anything?"

"No. It's a very simple thing. You just have to wait a real long time under this huge machine with a hole in that you move through."

"Did you have to keep still?"

"Just for the MRI part. But I spent more time waiting than MRI'ing."

"Oh. Boring then, huh?"

"Yeah, boring. Wished I brought a book."

"Well, it's done, right?"

"Yes. It's done now."

"Are you worried about what it will show?"

"A little."

She stared at me.

"Ok, I'm worried a lot.", I admitted.

"Don't worry, you'll be ok."

"I hope so."

"I'm rooting for you."

"I know, Jill. Julie won't be home until just before 6:00. I just wanted to talk to someone. Thanks for being here for me."

"What are big sisters for?", she said. Sheesh.

We sat silent for a bit. Then Jill asked, "I had a good time this weekend. Can we do it again?"

I laughed. "Yes, we had a good time. I don't know if we'll do it again."

"Do you want to see Sharon again?"

"I guess so."

"You guess?"

"Ok, yes, I do."

"Good. She wants to see you again."

"I'll have to talk with Julie about it."

"It won't be a problem."

"So, was Erin the first time you've been with a girl?"

"Yes.", Jill blushed.

"Does Erin know that?"

"I didn't tell her, but you sort of just know. I'm sure she does."

"I guess I'm happy that it was with Erin then."

"I remember that you told me that you two didn't get along growing up. What's with Mom and Dad?"

"Well, Mom especially, wasn't, I don't know, happy with me?"

"Not happy?"

"I think I was a disappointment?"

"Did you make bad grades?"

"No. Just the opposite. I had great grades. All the way through college. And I was good in athletics."

"Why would they be disappointed?"

"Because I never even reached five feet tall."

"Oh, I can't believe they'd be disappointed over that."

"Believe it. When Erin outgrew me they poured all their attention into her."

"That must have made you feel bad."

"You have no idea."

"So, you and Erin never got along?"

"Well, sort of. I mean she seemed to be the bratty little sister. Even though she was nearly a foot taller."

"She seemed to be bratty?"

"I don't know. She always wanted to have fun and kept pestering me to play with her. I told you I was the serious one. And she always teased me about being short."

"You're shorter than her by more than a foot now."

"You don't need to remind me."

"You're sore about that?"

"Yes."

"You seem to enjoy her being taller."

"I do?"

"It looks like it."

"I don't know how I feel now."

"What changed?"

"I don't know. One night Erin was staying with us and she and Julie were drinking and, just, well, you know."

"You had a threesome?"

"Yeah. And ever since then I've been much closer to Erin."

"That sounds like an understatement."

"I suppose I've always been close, just never knew it. What happened with you and Julie?"

"I was like Erin, I think. I always wanted to talk and spend time with Julie."

"And she didn't want to talk to you?"

"Right. I guess I wanted attention. The way Erin wanted your attention."

"But you didn't want to have sex with Julie."

She laughed. "No, I don't think so. Did Erin want to have sex with you?"

"Yes."

"Growing up?"

"Yep. Ever since she hit puberty and started outgrowing me. When did you grow taller than Julie?"

"I think in sixth grade."

"That means she was in eighth grade. What is that? Thirteen?"

"I guess. I would have been ten or eleven."

"Erin became taller than me when she was nine."

"Well, she is taller then me."

"How tall are you?"

"Five five, I think."

"Erin would be three inches taller than you, so I guess, yeah, she started growing early. She was ten inches taller than me before. And you would have been nine inches taller than Julie, before she hit her growth spurt."

"All this math is making my head hurt, Sam."

"I'm only four six now. You're nearly a foot taller. If I shrink any more, even just an inch, you'll be a foot taller than me."

"I'm sorry Sam."

"Not your fault. I'm grateful we get to talk."

"I'm sure whatever it is they'll fix it."

"We'll see." I wanted to change the subject. "So, you like girls?"

That got her to smile. And blush.

"I guess so."

"You guess?"

"Ok, I do. I see what you did there."

"Well, Julie does too. You have a lot in common."

"Just because we both like girls doesn't give us a lot in common."

"Do you still like guys?", I said.

"I like you.", she replied.

"Even, you know. In bed?", I said sipping my coffee.

"Sure. But I wouldn't know what that's like."

"Ask Erin."

"That's one way to get out of it. You're a sly one.", she said.

"Actually, I meant would you still go to bed with any other guy."

"Sure. I'm not against it. But Erin has really made me see that there's more. I think I'll be exploring that side for a little bit now."

"Leave it to Erin.", I laughed.

"Can we get together again?"

"You mean with Erin?"

"Yeah."

"Sure. You can call Erin yourself you know.", I said, "I'm sure she'd love to hear from you."

"I didn't get her number."

"Here it is.", I said as I was looking up her number in my phone. I never remember phone numbers anymore. The phones do that for you. She plugged Erin's phone number in. I know there's a way to share wirelessly but I never payed attention because truly this was the first time I've ever needed to do so.

We finished our drinks and I brought her home. We hugged and she kissed me. I think it was our first kiss. It wasn't anything special, like using our tongues. It was just a light little kiss on the lips.

I really enjoyed our time together again though. She's a big help and I know why I like her so much. But I realized I was the one benefiting the most from this relationship now. Just like Julie, I couldn't understand what she saw in me. Or even what Sharon saw.

When I got home I had a little time before Julie would show up so I logged on and checked email from work and home. I checked out a few websites, caught up on news. That sort of thing.

Finally, Julie arrived. She stripped down to bra and panties and joined me in the living room.

"So?"

"So, what?"

"So, how did it go."

"It went fine. There's not much to tell. You go in. You wait. They take the MRI and you wait some more. Then they send you home."

"That's all? They didn't tell you what it showed?"

"I have to wait until Thursday."

"Aaaaaa! I hate this waiting!"

"Calm down Julie. Don't get mad."

"I'm not mad. Just frustrated."

I then told her the whole story, leaving out Nurse Big Tits.

"I saw Jill again this afternoon."

"Oh? How did it go?"

"Good. We went to Mike's."

"And what did you talk about?"

"Nothing in particular. I needed to talk to someone after the MRI and Jill has always been the one that's available. You were right by the way: Erin was Julie's first time with a girl."

"I bet Erin would be proud."

"Probably. Jill suspects she already knows. She was your first too."

"I know. That girl has a knack."

I sighed. "Yep, that's my sister."

"You sound sad."

"No. Just thinking."

"How about we call Erin and have the giantess come over tonight?"

"Giantess? You're not going to let that go are you?"

"Nope."

"Well, the giantess is working tonight. Maybe tomorrow. I need to go into the office tomorrow too, so maybe even later."

"Aw. How about Sharon?"

"Sure. But she's not a giantess."

"She is to you."

"And what is she to you?", I asked.

"A friend."

"A little friend?"

"Yeah. So?"

"Nothing. I guess every one of your friends now is little. Even Erin."

"I can't help it."

"Hey, it's Tuesday. Let's measure."

"Yes, it is. I almost forgot. I'll get the tape measure."

"Great. I get the ladder, again."

"Want me to get it?", she offered.

"No. I've got this."

We measured. Me: just under 4'6", at about 4'5-7/8". We weren't sure if I'd shrunk or if it were just due to the time of day.

Julie: 7'2-1/2". She had grown again. Or rather still growing. It was only a half an inch, but she hadn't stopped yet.

"Maybe we should measure your clitoris, Julie?"

"Ok."

I was halfway joking but she said yes so... While standing her clit was up to my chest, so there was no problem doing this. It came out to 3/4 of an inch.

"Go put your heels on, Julie."

She had a gleam in her eye as she ran to the bedroom. I heard a bump, then "Ouch."

"Are you ok?", I yelled.

"I'm fine. I just ran into the top of the door again."

"Why don't you just wait until you get out here to put the heels on."

"I don't have them on.", she yelled.

Oh boy. I hope she's more careful in the future. She finally made her way back out.

"Ta da. Here I am."

I looked at her long legs, made even longer with those six inch high heel shoes. Did I ever mention she has great legs?

"Come over here to the wall."

She did as I asked. I leaned in and kissed her clitoris.

"Ooo, Sam.", she started cooing.

In short order I had my mouth on her clit and four fingers in her pussy. Every once in a while I would stop and pull back. She'd grab my head and pull me right back in. It wasn't much later that she started her moaning. Soon she would be shaking in the throes of an orgasm.

When it was over she slid down the wall until she was sitting. We hugged and kissed. I tried to use what I had learned kissing Sharon. Ah, the benefits of sharing.

She finally stood up, still hugging and picking me up with her.

"Now it's your turn, Sam.", she said as she carried me into the bedroom.

 

End Notes:

When will Sam find out the results? How about next chapter.

Chapter 19 - Borgford What? by littless
Author's Notes:

Bad news.

----- Thursday morning

I sent Julie off to work this morning. She wanted to come with me again to the doctor's office but I didn't want her to. If it were bad news I wanted to tell her myself, not hear it from the doctor. I told her some crap about they don't let anyone in with me unless it's my Mom or Dad. Of course, I didn't want them their either. Erin, perhaps.

Anyway, they sent me back to the doctor's office this time, no examination room. It was nice: big mahogany desk with mahogany book cases filled with all kinds of medical books. His desk was messy, but the leather chair was comfy. I wish my office were this nice.

I didn't have too long to wait before he came in.

"Good morning, Mr. Cook. How are we today?"

"Just dispense with the fucking pleasantries and get down to business.", I was thinking.

"Fine. How are you?", I said instead.

"Just fine today. I suppose you're curious about the results, aren't you?"

"That's a real big 'No Shit Sherlock' there, good buddy.", I was thinking.

"Yes.", I said.

"Now I don't want you get too excited while I explain all of this, alright?"

"I'm fucked!", I was thinking.

"<<>> Ok.", I said.

"Mr. Cook, you have a two conditions, one that is rather rare."

"It sounds bad."

"Well, it could be. First is what we are calling Borgford syndrome; we've learned that it comes from a viral infection."

"Borg what?"

"Borgford syndrome. We have no real name for the virus yet, so we just call it the shrinking virus. It's similar to Zika. You've heard of the Zika virus, haven't you?"

"Yeah, it comes from South America, right?"

"It's in the United States too and elsewhere. It's not to be taken lightly."

"Oh. I don't have Zika, do I?"

"No. What you have is more rare; we are just finding out about it. I needeed to consult with colleagues to help me figure this out. Now the effects from Zika include shrinkage of the brain and even the testicles."

"Ow.", I was thinking. He went on.

"With this new virus we are seeing the whole body shrink."

"Will I shrink more?"

"It is a possibility Mr. Cook. In fact, don't be upset but I can almost positively say you will shrink more. Most people with this virus shrink up to ten inches or more, but a few only a couple. It's hard to say at this time as we are only just now finding out about this unusual disease."

Shit!

"You've only lost four inches so that is good. You seem to be in otherwise great health. I can see you have seemingly large muscles, not only for a man your size but for one much bigger."

"Thanks, I work out doc."

"Good. Good. Continue to do so. It is important with this condition. Also, I will give you a sheet outlining dietary guidelines. It's important to eat healthy too."

"I try, but I don't have much of an appetite."

"Well, maybe we'll prescribe an appetite stimulant after the surgery."

"SURGERY!"

"Calm down. I haven't gotten to that part yet. We've detected a lesion on your pituitary gland. You can see it in the MRI here."

He had me step behind the desk as he brought up the MRI on his computer. He pressed some keys and a picture of my head showed up.

"That's the inside of my head?", I asked.

"Yes. This is the pituitary gland.", he said, as he pointed it out with his pencil.

"It's pretty small. Is that why I'm so small? Did the virus do that?"

"Well, not exactly. Your pituitary is normal size. It's this lesion in the anterior pituitary that is your problem."

"I can't see anything."

"See the little dark smudge there?", he pointed out.

"That's it?"

"Yes. I'm afraid that little smudge is messing with your body; it's probably scar tissue. It has prevented the pituitary from producing enough somatotropin. That's growth hormone the lack of which throughout your adolescence is the likely reason for your short stature."

"So, if I get growth hormone I could grow."

"No. I'm sorry Mr. Cook but you're too old for that to happen. Plus you are infected with the shrinking virus."

My heart sunk. He had more to say.

"Somatotropin deficiency in adults usually results in obesity. That's counterintuitive in your situation since you're losing stature, not gaining fat. Your strength and bone density seem to be normal. Better than normal, in fact."

"Surgery is going to make it work all right again?"

"Well, that remains to be seen. Normally, yes. But with the virus, if we don't go in and fix it the consequences may be grave."

This does not sound good at all. "What happens if I don't have the surgery?"

"Without treatment your quality of life will be greatly diminished. You'll likely become weak. However, combined with the shrinking virus, we believe the results to be, well, let's say not very good. Again, we aren't sure what to make of this, but my colleagues and I agree that surgery is warranted."

"Am I going to die?"

"Not if I have anything to say about it, young man. It is important to have this surgery first. I may be prescribing drugs as the situation warrants, after the surgery, depending on what they find and the outcome, ok?"

"Ok." But I wasn't sure exactly what that meant.

"Now treatments are just beginning to be appear for Borgford's syndrome. They are still in development. Trials are currently being set up. Would you be interested in that?"

"Maybe. I'll have to think about it I suppose. Will it help?"

"From what I understand -- remember this is new for me too -- results are mixed but some patients do improve. You may still lose some stature during this time. Everything is still experimental."

"That sounds good. I guess."

"There's one other thing. Have you had sex with anyone in the last six months?"

"Um, yes.", I said, rather sheepishly.

"This could be contagious. We think it comes from a mosquito bite, but it may be transmitted with sex. When did you first notice the shrinking?"

"I'm pretty sure it was about three months ago."

"Ok. Did you have any sex six months prior to that?"

"No."

"Are you sure?"

"I am absolutely sure that I have not had sex with anyone before three months ago."

"That's good. We believe that the infectious period is from the time of contract with the virus until about six months after, in which case, after that period, you should not be contagious. The shrinking does not seem to start for maybe a year to two years after that, maybe longer. So, anyone you had sex with one to two years prior to the shrinking may be at risk."

I was thinking I could have gotten this while still in school. I guess since my love life the last two years was practically non-existent I had nothing to worry about here.

"Have you noticed any flu like symptoms in the past year or two?"

"No, not that I can remember."

"Ok, there's really no way of knowing exactly when you picked up the virus. But first things first. I have a referral to Dr. Scott here. He's the best surgeon I know. You will need to coordinate with his office for the surgery. He may prescribe more medication in conjunction with the surgery. Do not put this off! After you set the date of the surgery call my office and schedule a followup for two weeks after. Did you get all that?"

"I think so."

"Don't worry, there won't be a quiz. I have instructions printed out. They are at the top of this packet I had printed for you. Read them. Some of these are forms you will need to fill out. Nothing particularly cumbersome. But I apologize for the paperwork."

"That's ok."

"Good. Now what can you expect out of this? I would say the prognosis is good from the little we know about the shrinking virus. If you are treated promptly, that is. I'm sorry to have to tell you that there may be some further loss of stature, even after the surgery due to the virus. And there's no telling how much damage has been done to the pituitary until we can see it. The surgeon will be able to assess this so don't worry about it right now."

"Alright."

"Any questions?"

"Will I lose my voice?", I asked, thinking of my singing.

"Oh, heavens no. At least not from this."

"From the surgery?"

"There are definitely risks associated with all surgery, Mr. Cook, but losing one's voice is not one of them. At least not this type of surgery."

"That's good."

"You will likely have more questions later. I'm sure this has been a bit much for you to take in all at once. We will know a little bit more about the prognosis after the surgery. When you have a question, write it down. Then we can go over all of your questions at your followup appointment. Is that ok?"

"Yes."

"Most of all, it is up to you to follow up with the surgeon. Do not hesitate."

"Sure, doc."

"Thank you, young man. And don't worry; new drugs and treatments are always being produced. They may have this diseased licked before you suffer any more. You have a good day, Mr. Cook."

"Thanks."

There you have it. I just thanked a man for telling me bad news. I was a bit numb from all of this. I don't know if I should have been happy, or not. Maybe I could die from it, at least if not treated. And I can still lose more height, even if I am treated. I wanted to throw up.


----- Thursday afternoon

I'd have to tell Julie, but I don't know if I can find my voice for it. I can't take this to Jill. Besides, I've already unloaded enough on her. I ended up calling Erin.

"Hey, how you doing?"

"Ok."

"You don't sound good. Is everything ok?"

"Sure.", I didn't sound convincing at all.

"Is there anything I can do?"

"Can we talk?"

"Sure. Oh, you mean face-to-face?"

"Yes."

"Ok, I have time. I can call in sick tonight if you want."

"Maybe that'd be a good idea. Can I come see you then?"

"Absolutely. When will you get here?"

"I'll be there in a few minutes.", my voice was cracking.

When I showed up Erin was standing in the door. I ran up to her and hugged her. Mom was in the kitchen.

"Can we go out somewhere, Erin?". She understood I didn't want Mom to hear this.

"Sure. Let me grab something. I'll be right back."

"Hi, sweetheart.", Mom yelled from the kitchen.

"Hi, Mom.", I yelled back putting every effort into making that sound as nonchalant as possible.

Erin came out. "Let's go.", she said. "So, where do you want to go?"

"I don't know. I'll just drive, let's see where it takes us, ok?"

"Alright."

We didn't say a word the whole time. There was a lump in my throat. We ended up at a park with a little playground. I parked, turned the car off and just slumped. Still, no words were said.

After a bit I got out and said to Erin, "Let's go sit on the bench."

We sat. "Erin, I have something called Borg-something disease."

"Borg disease?"

"Borg ... something. It's some dude's name."

"Oh. It's not good is it?"

"No. It's a virus. It makes me shrink. There's no cure. And I need surgery. But I should live, I think." Then I started crying. We hugged the whole time.

I don't know how long we were there but I finally broke off and wiped my eyes on my shirt.

"What are you going to do, Sam?"

"I'm going to have the surgery, that's what? Then I have to see about this shrinking disease. I don't know."

She didn't know what to say.

"I'm sorry Sam."

"Nothing to be sorry for. Thank you."

"I didn't do anything."

"You were here for me, Erin."

"I'll always be here for you, Sam."

I returned her home and walked with her to the door. We saw Mom and went in.

"How are you sugar?", she said. To whom, Erin or me, I wasn't sure.

"I'm fine.", I said.

"How's your little friend doing, sweetheart?"

"His little friend has a name, Mom. It's Julie.", Erin said.

"Yes, Erin. I forgot." I didn't correct Erin; Julie is my big friend.

"And how's your little job going, Sam?", Mom said. There she goes with the "little" again.

"Mom! He makes more money than Dad.", Erin interrupted again.

"Erin, Sam can answer his own questions."

"Mom, you're belittling him again."

"Oh sugar. He's fine with it. He's just a midget. He understands that. He'll never amount to anything."

"WHAT!", Erin had fire in her eyes.

"Honey, you always took up for him. When are you going to learn? You're beautiful. You're going to marry someone rich. You'll be ten times richer than Sam."

Erin had tears in her eyes, as if she hadn't cried them out just a while ago. She turned and ran to her room, slamming the door.

I just looked at Mom and shook my head.

"What?", she said, shrugging her shoulders. She was clueless.

I went to Erin's room and knocked. "Erin. It's Sam. Can I come in?"

The door was opened. I walked in and sat down on her bed.

"Erin. Why don't you get your stuff together. You can come with me."

She grabbed a bunch of stuff, clothes mostly, stuffed them in a pillowcase and we were outta there.

"We'll come back later for the rest, Erin. I have plenty of space. You can have any of the two bedrooms you want. You're living with me now.", I told her on our way home.

Neither of us cried after that. We didn't talk either. We were both furious with Mom. We also new Dad would back her up. And we also new that telling them the news wouldn't change a thing.

When Julie came home from work she found both Erin and I sitting at the kitchen table sipping hot tea.

"Hey Erin. How are you?", she said with a smile.

We both looked up.

"Uh oh. That bad?", Julie said.

"Go get comfy Julie. We have a lot to talk about."

"Oh."

"Yes. But first thing is we have a new resident here. Erin will be staying with us from now on."

"Oh kay."

"Wait. Don't get comfy. You know what? Go pick up Jill and bring her here. Tell Mom she's spending the night."

"Ok."

"No. Strike that! Get both Mom and Jill here. This is a family matter."

"Ok. Sam, you're scaring me. Tell me everything will be alright."

"Everything will be alright. I promise. I love you Julie. Now go get Mom and Jill."

When they got here they all seemed nervous. Understandable.

"Anyone want coffee or tea?"

"I'll have coffee, thank you.", said Mom.

"I'll go make her some, Sam. You stay seated. I'll get myself some tea.", Julie said. Jill had some fruit drink.

We talked of nothing in particular for a while. I introduced Erin to Mom. I kept a smile on. Then when everyone had a drink in their hands we all sat around the table.

"I wanted to tell everyone at once. You all know that I had the results of my MRI today, right?"

They all shook their heads. Except Mom. But I explained everything I knew. I had to tell Mom a little bit of what happened before. I told them that Erin and I had a falling out with my Mom and Dad and that's why they weren't here.

When it was done they were all stunned. Especially Mom. She hadn't known a lot of the back story but it didn't matter. We talked of Julie's problems too. They seemed not nearly as bad as mine, but it didn't matter. Mom didn't know the full story there either. We owed it to her to let her know about Julie and me.

They all knew my situation now. They knew of the surgery and that I might shrink even more.

"I'm glad you told me face-to-face, Sam. My girls think highly of you. Both of them talk of you like you're a rock star.", Mom said.

"Aw shucks."

Don't say it!

"Thank you, Mom.", I said. She liked it when I called her Mom. I wondered if she had some mom premonition power or something.

"If there's anything I can do ...", she started saying.

"No. There's nothing anyone can do right now. I'll let you know if there is. But you've done enough already by bringing Julie and Jill into this world."

I needed to lighten the mood.

"Anyone hungry?", I said.

Nobody was really hungry.

"How about I order pizza, delivered?"

They all were like, "Sure. Whatever."

So pizza was ordered. We ate. It was time for Mom and Jill to go.

Jill and I looked at each other. Then I looked at Julie. It's funny how we were beginning to communicate without words. It was understood that we would welcome Jill with us here tonight.

"Mom, can I spend the night?"

"It wouldn't be a problem. Erin's staying tonight and there's still another bedroom left for Jill.", I said.

"Yeah, Mom. We can take care of her. Tomorrow's Friday. I can take the day off and we can go somewhere together. I'll bring her home tomorrow, ok?", Julie piped in.

"Alright, I guess. Don't you need clothes, Jill?", asked Mom.

"I have some older clothes that don't fit me anymore Mom. They'd fit Jill. I've been meaning to give them to her anyway. They've hardly been used.", Julie said.

"Ok. I guess you guys really want this."

Julie left with Mom in the BMW. I think Mom got a kick at how far back the seat had to go and how far back it had to lean to accommodate Julie.

While Julie was away Jill gave me hug and started crying. We held each other for a long time. Erin had come over and was stroking Jill's hair. Nobody talked much.

"Sam. Did you tell your Mom and Dad?"

"No. I don't think I will."

"We'll have to tell them sometime.", said Erin.

"I'll let you do that, if you don't mind, Erin."

"Shouldn't we tell Sharon?", Jill asked.

"Sure. It's gonna get out anyway. I suppose we owe it to her to tell her before it gets out."

"Can she come over?"

"Jill, I'm sure she has work tomorrow. You can call her tonight though."

"I'd rather tell her face to face. Wouldn't you?"

"Can't it wait? I've told the most important people in my life first."

"Sharon shared a night with you and Julie. Isn't she important too?"

"Yes, Jill. She is. If you want to invite her over then, go ahead."

"Can we invite Fred over too?", Erin asked.

"Sure, why not?" I figured Erin and Fred were going to hook up sooner than later if they already hadn't. But I wondered what the night would bring if they were over.

Sharon and Fred arrived just ahead of Julie. When Julie walked in she was surprised.

"It was Jill's idea. Sorry.", I said.

"It's ok. This is good. Have you told them anything yet?"

"No, I was just about to."

"Tell what?", Sharon asked.

"Erin, why don't you take Fred outside, show him the deck. Maybe get some wine, ok?"

The two disappeared and I laid out the story to Sharon. She didn't take it any better than any of the other girls.

"Sharon, can you let them know tomorrow that I won't be in the office?", Julie asked her.

"Yeah, Julie. No problem. Sam, are you going to be ok tonight?"

"I'll be ok, Sharon." I just wished that I had actually believed it myself.

"Sam, can I stay over?", Sharon asked. I looked at Julie. She seemed ok, but I wasn't so sure. I was certainly not in a great mood and didn't know if I could handle it.

"I don't know Sharon. I haven't even called into my work yet. I might have to go in early in the morning. I won't be any fun tonight anyway."

Sharon came over and gave me another world class kiss. "Sam, we don't have to do anything. I just want to be here for you.", she said.

"Well, it seems like everyone else is staying tonight. You ok with it, Julie?"

"Certainly."

"So, what about Fred?", I said.

We walked out on the deck and found Erin and Fred sucking face bigtime.

"Sorry to interrupt. I think Sharon wants to tell you something Fred."

"Fred, I'm staying here tonight. That ok?"

"Sure, I guess so.", he said.

"In that case, can Fred stay the night too?", Erin asked.

Can't say I wasn't expecting that.

"Sure. Why not?"

"Wait. What are we going to tell Dad, Sharon?", Fred said.

"Tell them that we were drinking and didn't want to drive home."

"That's good. It'll work."

So the whole gang was here on a Thursday night. I wasn't sure of the sleeping arrangements yet. But I was feeling too sorry for myself to care too much.

I was feeling a little bad about Jill though. I didn't think she and Erin were going to be together this night.

I then told everyone, "Guys, it's been a long day for me. I hope you all don't mind. I'd like to go to bed."

Everyone was ok with that. As it turned out, Julie and I slept in our bedroom alone. Erin and Fred in Erin's new bedroom, and Jill and Sharon in the other.

Sweet dreams everyone.

End Notes:

Next chapter should be fun for everyone.

Chapter 20 - Superwoman by littless
Author's Notes:

The girls get Sam to feel better.


----- Friday morning

I think Jill and Sharon were the first ones up. They were in the kitchen when I walked in. They were both wearing the same clothes as last night.

Soon Julie joined us and made coffee.

Fred walked in. Erin was still sleeping. No surprises there.

I don't know what Erin saw in Fred, but I liked the guy. I never knew what girls saw in any guy, including me. They are truly a mystery. A beautiful, intricate mystery.

We had a big breakfast: donuts and coffee. Ok, not so big.

Sharon and Fred left to go to work. Julie told Sharon last night that she was taking the day off. I was too. I had some business to attend to. Jill gave Sharon a passionate kiss before they left. I wondered how their night went.

Erin had to work later today and didn't get up for another hour. We'd have to work out transportation for Erin. It was the least of our problems.

And Jill was staying the day, maybe more. She kept hanging over me, following me around like a lost puppy. I wasn't complaining.

I hugged Julie with my face in her waist, right below her belly button. I gave it a little kiss, tickling her. Her laughing made it hard to hold on. I wanted to do her right then and there, but we had guests so I maintained my self-control.

I made the appointment for the pre-op exam for Monday. We would set the surgery date then. Julie started taking her meds.

We had a long weekend ahead -- Julie, Jill, Erin and I. I was sure Sharon, and possibly Fred, would be part of it too. I wasn't sure we'd have the merriment we once had.

Even though I took the day off I did have to catch up on email. Then I started reading the packet that I brought home from the doctor's.

I read about the clinical trials. I wasn't sure what that involved but I'd get more information about it later. I filled out forms for the surgery. There would likely be even more after my visit with the surgeon.

After a little while I went out to the deck to catch what little sun there was. Jill was the only one out there; in her underwear and a towel on her head -- she had just taken a shower.

"What was it like sharing a bed with Sharon last night?", I said.

She had the look of a deer in headlights.

"Oh, come on. Everyone knows you two spent the night together. I saw that kiss you two had before Sharon left."

"I'm sorry Sam."

"Sorry about what?"

"I betrayed you."

"You did not."

"I don't want to come between you and Sharon."

"Jill! There's nothing like that between Sharon and I. Yes, I like her. A lot. And I know she likes me. But any 'thing' I have is with Julie. Got it?"

"Yes. But I thought you and I ..."

"You and I what?"

"I don't know, Sam. Everything's falling apart."

"No. Nothing's falling apart. Jill, I don't know what you think we have together, but I love you. Yes, I said it: I love you. Like a sister. And yes, even like Erin. And maybe, yes, we can have that kind of relationship too. But that should take nothing away from you and Sharon. Or even Erin. Ok?"

"Ok. I'm just, not feeling good about ... you're health."

"I'll be fine Jill. I'm sorry to make you feel bad. Believe me, I'd give anything if I could make you and Julie and Erin and Sharon and everyone else feel better."

"I know.", she said, her eyes looking at the ground. So I gave her a hug.

"You might get smaller Sam."

"Then you'll just be even bigger to me. I'll truly be your shrimp then. Ok?"

That got her to chuckle, a little.

"Sam, you know I'll never call you a shrimp again?"

"I know. I just want to cheer you up dear.", I said.

"Ha, thanks."

"Hey, how about Sharon's tits? Pretty spectacular, huh?"

Now she was truly laughing.

"Sam, you're a pervert."

"I know, but Sharon's tits are still spectacular. I bet yours are even better."

"Now I know you're not being serious."

"I am to serious."

"Mine aren't nearly as big as hers."

"Well, when I shrink even more they will be. To me at least. And that's what really counts, right?"

"Sam, you're still a pervert.", she said. But she said it with a huge grin and a twinkle in her eyes.

"All little brothers are perverts, Jill.", I said. She laughed again. "Who knows. I might get so small that you'd look as big as Julie does to me now."

"Would you kiss my belly button?", she laughed. I guess she saw us earlier. She was starting to lose herself into it now.

"If you put a cherry in there I'd suck it out. If I could still reach it, that is. I might need a step stool though." She was roaring with laughter now.

"Would you kiss my toes?"

"I would worship your feet like a goddess." I thought of the games Julie and I would play, and changed tack. "If you put your hands on your hips like a superhero with your legs apart I could walk right under without you even knowing."

"Hey, I could be superwoman.", she said.

"If you fly off, will you carry me with you?"

"Sure, I'll stuff you in my bra. That's the only way it'll fill out."

"But you'd need two of me; one for each side."

"Maybe Sharon would fit in the other side.", Jill said.

"She'd have to shrink too.", I said. "Oh that would be cool. On second thought, no, I wouldn't wish that for anyone else."

"Sorry Sam. I guess I got carried away."

"So did I. I know it's no joking matter, but I like seeing you happy."

"You did make me happy.", she admitted.

"You like those kind of games, huh?"

"Maybe."

"You want to be a giantess, like Julie? Or are you just into itty bitty guys?"

She giggled again. "I don't know. Maybe a little of both."

"Would you like me to crawl around in your bra?"

"You could crawl around in my panties." She was outright laughing again.

"Could you handle it? I bet superwoman would look funny squirming while she was flying."

"As long as you stay out of superwoman's love tunnel she'll be fine.", she said.

"I bet superwoman would be begging for the ant man to find her love tunnel."

We were both laughing hard. My stomach was starting to hurt.

"Oh I know. The real question is if superwoman were having of an orgasm, would ant man get crushed or is he strong enough to enjoy it?"

"He'd plainly enjoy it. Superwoman would squirm with every move he made."

"Yes, she would."

We fell silent. This had turned a little too personal.

"Sam, you know if you and I did it, it wouldn't be like Erin. I mean it's not like incest."

"No. You're not my real sister but you'd still be my sister in law."

Her eyes got real big and her hands went to her open mouth before I realized what I said.

"Oh shit. No! That's not what I meant.", I admonished.

"Are you and ..."

"No, we're not."

"Have you ..."

"No, I haven't."

"But you're going to ..."

"Shush! Don't tell anyone."

"Sam. That's wonderful."

"Stop talking about it. Ok?"

She giggled. "Why?"

"Look Jill. I don't know what I'm going to do, ok? I was only thinkin' about it."

"You will."

"I don't know. Really, I don't."

"I know you will. It's perfect Sam."

"Yeah, well there's you and Erin and even Sharon now to think about. What will happen then? Huh?"

"Who cares?"

"I care. And I don't know if it's fair to Julie if I can't be around for her."

"What do you mean?"

"You know what I mean. What if there are complications with the surgery? What if the virus is really bad? What then?"

"Don't talk that way. We all love you. Julie especially and I bet even if something were to happen to you tomorrow she would want to be there with you no matter what."

"You're probably right, but I just don't know Jill. I have to think about this more. I've got so much to think about now. I'm sorry. I thought I was cheering you up, and now look. I fucked up again."

"You cheered me up, Sam. If you ever get small enough to be ant man I'll be your superwoman, ok?"

"Thanks. But what if I'm just only four feet tall?"

"I'll still be here for you. No matter what happens to you and Julie."

"I'm nearly down to four feet now."

"It doesn't matter to me."

"Thanks, Jill. That means a lot to me. A whole lot."

"I know Julie feels the same. Sharon too."

"When I consider everything I tell myself that I shouldn't feel too bad. In just a couple of short months I've gained so much in friends. I just don't want it all to end."

There was more silence until Erin came walking out. She was wearing jean shorts and a halter top. It didn't look like she was wearing a bra.

"Hi. You working today?", I asked.

"Yeah. I need to be there by four."

"No problem. I'll drop you off."

"Thanks, Sam. So, it looks like I'm not the naked one now."

"Hey, I'm just in my underwear.", Jill replied back.

"But you called Julie naked when she was in her underwear. Remember?", I reminded her.

"Oh. Well that was different."

"No it wasn't. You even reeled back when she went to hug you." She looked hurt now.

"I'm just kidding, Jill. For what it's worth, you look as hot as Julie did." That got her to blush.

"Yeah, sweetheart. You're pretty sexy.", Erin said with a wink, then leaned in to kiss her.

"Uh, oh. Sharon's gonna be jealous.", I exclaimed. Now Jill was blushing hard.

"Did you two have a fun night? I bet she wasn't as good as me.", Erin teased.

Jill wasn't saying anything.

"Aw, Erin. The poor girl is self-conscious now. Jill, it's ok. Whenever you take a friendship to the next level that's terrific. We're happy for you two."

"You are? You don't think I made a mistake?"

"No honey. We're genuinely happy for you. Julie too.", I said.

"So, how do you really feel about her?", said Erin.

"I don't know. I'm afraid I may have messed up our friendship."

"I wouldn't say that judging by the lip lock you two put on each other this morning.", Erin replied. I guess we all noticed it.

"I'm scared."

"Don't be Jill. How long have you known each other?"

"Most of our lives."

"So, why are you scared?"

"I don't know. This is all new. I never thought of Sharon that way."

"So?"

"I can't stop thinking about her this morning."

"I feel the same way about Julie.", I said.

"Feel what way?", Julie said coming out to the deck.

"The way I feel about you. We were talking about Jill and Sharon though.", I said.

"Oh. That's nice." I'm not sure Julie knew what to say. Jill and her were still on rocky ground I could sense. I was thinking it would probably not be a good idea to talk intimately about Sharon with both of them. Not yet.


----- The lake

"So, what are we going to do today?", I asked everyone. They all sort of shrugged. I didn't want to mope around all day so I suggested we go out.

"Erin has to be at work by four so we have a little time. We could go for a drive."

"Where?"

"I don't know. How about the lake?"

"We could bring sandwiches and make it a picnic?", Julie said.

We all agreed. Julie and Erin made the lunch and packed while Jill and I talked some more outside.

"I'm sorry to bring up Sharon like that. I didn't want to make you uncomfortable."

"I just need time to think about it."

"You know her better than I, but I can tell she's into you."

"She's into you too, Sam."

"I like her. I hope you're not jealous.", I said.

"Of who: you or her?"

"Either."

"No. Sam, let's not talk about this anymore, ok?"

"Ok."

"But one of these days I'd really like to do what Sharon, Julie and you did last week."

"I'm sure that day will come Jill."

"You really want to then?"

"I would absolutely love it.", I said, winking. I didn't want feeling bad about Sharon. And in the back of my mind I was secretly wishing for the same thing.

We hugged and she kissed me. Not real deep, but strong enough on the lips to know she meant it.

We piled into the bimmer, Julie driving and me behind her. It's too small for Julie in the back even with the front seats all the way up. She'll never be able to sit in the back again. Of course, when the seat is all the way back, I'm the only one that will fit, so I sat in the back with Jill.

We got to the lake. It was still in the middle of a weekday, and the sky was mostly cloudy so there weren't too many people there. We put a couple of blankets down and set out the cooler.

Julie stated taking off her shirt and when Erin saw this she followed suit.

"Julie!", Jill said.

"What?"

"You're topless!"

"So?"

"You'll get arrested."

"No, I won't."

We had to explain to Jill about the lawsuits.

"You should go topless too.", Erin said.

"No thanks." So Jill kept her top on while Julie and Erin remained topless. I felt for Jill so I kept my shirt on, not that it mattered either way for me.

The problem was, Jill couldn't stop staring at the girls chests. They both noticed too, I could tell. They went out of their way to make sure that their assets were displayed prominently for Jill. It was fun watching the show. Mr. Happy applauded.

"You can stop that now, Julie. Everyone can see you have big boobs."

"Sorry, Jill."

"I guess I would flaunt mine if I had your boobs. Your's too, Erin."

"Jill, your's are sexy as hell. They've got nothing on you.", I told her, sincerely.

"Thanks Sam. You really want to see them?"

"YES!"

"Pervert!", all three said in unison.

"You all forgot 'little'.", I said.

"Ok, then. little pervert.", Julie announced as she worked her way toward me on her knees. She wanted a kiss, and even with me standing and her on her knees, I couldn't reach her lips. She wasn't making any move to bend down either; I had to get up on my toes to kiss her.

Everyone giggled. Until Jill got topless. There was silence as we were honored by the presence of a heavenly vision. Ok, maybe it was just me, but I still say it was a religious experience.

"Jill, they're nicer than your butt cheeks, and I have to say your butt cheeks are world class." I thought this would make her blush but she smiled proudly.

Despite all the bad news yesterday, I had temporarily put it all out of my mind and was feeling pretty good. The three pairs of boobs out on public display might have had something to do with that.

We talked. We ate. We walked around the lake.

When I got Julie alone for a moment we talked.

"You ok with Jill here?"

"Sure."

"I mean, you know with her being topless in front of me and all that?"

"She's a big girl. She can go topless if she wants. I'm not her Mom."

"She's still only 17."

"There's no age limit on toplessness, Sam."

"I know that. You're ok with it, right?"

"You still love me, don't you, Sam?"

"Of course I do. You don't even have to ask."

"Good. I'm ok with it.", she said, as she stood and came right up to me. "If you don't love me Skadi will have to punish you.", she laughed. Then she bent at the waist -- she had to bend really far -- and gave me a kiss and said to me, "Sam. If being with you makes Jill feel good then I owe it to her. I won't be upset with either of you. I feel I owe her something that I can't pay back. I don't know if I ever will. I couldn't hold a grudge with either of you."

"Julie, I don't want to come between you two. But right now I sense a big empty gulf there. You two are going to have to have a heart to heart talk. And soon. Ok? Promise?"

"I'll try Sam. That's all I can do."

"I guess that has to be good enough. Let's get back."

When we did, Erin and Jill were kissing. We didn't want to interrupt.

It was getting late and we had to get Erin to work so we packed up and left. Julie and Erin made no move to put their tops on.

"Aren't you two going to get dressed?", Jill asked.

"No. Why?"

"Won't you get into trouble driving that way?"

"Guys don't."

So Jill whipped her bra off that she had just put on and we piled into the back seat.

I got a chance to talk to Jill semi-alone again in the back seat.

"So, you and Erin seem to be ok with each other."

"Yeah. I know where I stand with her."

"Where's that?"

"We have fun."

"And with Sharon it's more than just fun?"

"Maybe."

"And that scares you?"

"Un huh."

I'm pretty sure I had a handle on the situation now. Then I leaned into her and whispered, "Jill, you have the sexiest tits I've ever seen."

"Oh, you don't mean that."

I shot my eyes down to my lap. She followed my eyes and Mr. Happy said hello.

"Oh. You do mean that.", she exclaimed.

"Told ya."

"Little pervert.", she said, laughing heartily. She couldn't stop smiling until we got home.


----- That evening

When we got home, Julie, Jill, and I emptied the car while Erin got ready for work. I finally got a chance to talk to Erin alone while driving.

"So, what do you think about Sharon and Jill?"

"They're in love, aren't they?"

"Perhaps."

"I'm sure it will work out.", she said.

"I hope so. I love Jill you know. Like a sister."

"Like me? How nice.", she smiled.

"Not like that, Erin. At least not yet."

"Is Julie jealous?"

"No. But the two don't get along so well."

"I know. They're very terse with each other. It goes back a long way huh?"

"Yeah. Some things have happened recently though. I don't want to talk about it until they're ready themselves. But I really want them to fix this."

"That would be good."

"So, what's with you and Fred?"

"Oh, I don't know."

"You two getting serious?"

"Maybe."

"I see."

"You jealous?", she asked.

I laughed. "Absolutely not. I think I've liked all the guys you've gone out with. You do pick some pretty good ones. I'll give you that."

"I'm picky."

"I noticed he's pretty short."

"Not as short as you."

"Hah, that's a good one. Does he remind you of me?"

"Maybe."

"Ah, a definite maybe again. Erin, just whatever happens, I want to see you happy and not hurt."

"Thanks Sam."

"And Erin.", I said. "Wait." Then I pulled off the road into a parking lot.

"I had no idea you stood up to Mom for me all those years."

"I had to Sam."

"I... I don't know what to say. Erin, I love you." I leaned into her for a hug. "Finding out what you did meant more to me than you'll ever know, Erin."

"It hurt me to see how Mom treated you. I wish I could have done more. Thanks for taking me in, but I will have to go back. You know that?"

"Why?"

"I don't know. Maybe it's my mission in life. I want to convince Mom that you're really her son."

"But I am her son."

"I didn't mean it literally. She's, I don't know. She's not facing reality. I don't know what her deal is but I aim to fix it."

"Erin, it's not worth it anymore. I'm fine, really. I've made my peace with Mom and I don't care if it ever gets fixed."

"Alright Sam. We'll see."

"I better get you to work before it's too late." I dropped her off but not before kissing her goodbye. I would be back to pick her up at 10:00, after the store closed.


----- Friday evening

When I got home Jill and Julie were doing their own thing; still topless. I said a little prayer thanking the Lord for the both of them. I wasn't religious, but this warranted a thank you to someone.

"Can I invite Sharon over Sam?", Jill asked.

"I guess so. You'll have to ask Julie too though."

"We already talked about it Sam. It'll be good to have her over.", Julie answered.

"Ok. So who's going to go get her? You want me to go back out?"

"We could all go.", Jill exclaimed.

"Ok. When?"

"How about now?"

"Alrighty then, let's go. I guess you get to drive again Julie. Want to sit in back with me Jill?"

"Sure."

It wasn't until we were getting into the car that I had to say, "You girls going topless again?"

"Why not?", Julie said.

"Um kay."

Jill said, "Sam, to tell you the truth, I completely forgot about that until you reminded us."

"Well, Sharon's gonna be surprised. You ok with it Jill?"

"I guess so. I was going to go back to put a top on but when I saw Julie was staying topless I told myself, what the hey."

"Let's go then." We had fun traveling topless. It was still light out and guys were honking and waving. When we got to Sharon's place I was wondering if the girls were going to get out of the car.

"So, do you think it's a good idea if you go up to Sharon's house like that?"

"I don't think so.", Jill replied.

"Me either."

"I agree. I don't think it's a good idea at all. What if her parents see? How about I go?", I said.

"Yes. You go get Sharon, we'll stay here, Sam.", Julie said.

"Yes, ma'am!"

I knocked and Sharon answered.

"Sam! It's so good to see you."

"They said you were invited over so I came to get you."

"I know. I'll be ready in a jiff. Come on in."

"Hi Fred. How's it going?"

"Good. You want to meet our parents?"

"Sure.", I said and was brought into the living room.

"Mom. Dad. This is Sam.", Fred said introducing us.

"Hello Mr. and Mrs. Sullivan."

"Oh you're the boy that sings. Sharon has told us so much about you. Are you singing tonight?"

"No. It's been a rough couple of days and I'm not really up to it tonight. Probably next week though."

"So, you're picking Sharon up to stay the night?", her Dad said.

I didn't know what they had planned so I played along, not wanting Sharon's parents to suspect anything.

"She wants to stay with Jill. I go out with Jill's sister and they all like to come over to my place." At this point I was wondering how suspicious they were.

"Is Erin going to be there?", asked Fred.

"She'll be there after work. I have to pick her up at 10 tonight."

"Can I pick her up?"

"Sure. You know where she works, right?"

"Yes."

"Ok. She get's off at 10:00. Do you want to stay with us again?" I figured, he'd already spent the night with Erin, so why not. I was sure Erin would want this.

"I'd love to, if it's ok."

"Yeah, the more the merrier. I'm sure Erin will be surprised."

"Erin's going to be at your house too?", their Dad asked.

"Yeah. She's my sister and she's staying with me now. At least temporarily. I hope it's ok if Sharon and Fred stay with us tonight again. I have plenty of room."

"I suppose it's fine. They're old enough to make their own decisions. You kids stay safe, ok?"

"I'll make sure of it Mr. Sullivan."

We made it out to the car when I had forgotten about the girls.

"Oh my Gawd. Did you two drive over here like that?"

"Sure did.", Julie replied.

"Alright!", Sharon said, and her shirt was off before getting into the car. Of course, being the little ones of the bunch, she and I sat in the back with Jill jumping into the front passenger seat.

I was hypnotized by Sharon's tits. I couldn't take my eyes off of them. Mr. Happy noticed too and not wanting be seen as a lech (even though I was) I had to think of something.

I was thinking that if the Higg's boson were responsible for breaking the electro-weak symmetry giving boson's their mass, maybe a similar mechanism would work for dark matter. I came up with the equations -- Nobel prize winning equations -- in my head to explain dark matter for the first time in history. Then promptly forgot them when Mr. Happy slapped me upside the head and said, "We'll have none of that. See? Tits!"

And sure enough: I saw tits. They were glorious, big, bouncing tits moving in time with the rhythm of the road. And there were two more sets up front. How did I get so lucky? Mr. Happy said, "Thank you for your attention."

In a few days I might have to face surgery, but right now I was enjoying life. I was really praying this would never end.

We arrived home and I grilled hot dogs. Julie had five of them, along with potato salad and two helpings of beans. I probably shouldn't have done up beans, but I really liked them, so did everyone else, and we were outside.

We sat around the deck most of the evening. It didn't take much to convince the girls, including Sharon, that I was in no mood to go to Mike's and perform tonight. We mostly just sat around the deck and talked.

Late, around 10:30 or so, Erin and Fred came walking in, Erin's arm around Fred's shoulders. They, or more to the point, he, walked right in on three topless girls. You should have seen his eyes.

"Sharon? You're topless.", he said.

"I am?" She looked down. "Hey, you're right, I am. No wonder I was feeling free. Well I guess you've already seen them. No use hiding now.", she said sarcastically.

Fred looked away. Sharon told him to go ahead and look. And he did.

"I haven't seen you naked in years, Sharon."

"Well, more and more girls are topless nowadays. You may as well get used to it."

"I know. I was at the carnival earlier this summer and saw two girls going topless. I suppose this should have portended what was to come. It's going to take me some time to get used to this, Sharon."

We all agreed. Of course, Erin would not be the odd girl out and disappeared to her room then came out wearing only panties.

We all had a laugh at Fred's reactions. But after a while we all settled down and just talked. I made more hot dogs for Erin and Fred. I had to tell them "watch out", the beans I made were potent. We all had fun that night trying to see who could fart the loudest. Julie won.

Julie went inside and put on music. The girls were dancing, except for Julie, and of course Fred and I stayed seated and the three of us talked.

Fred had earned an Associates Degree in Business Communications, and from the same community college as Julie. He was working for a rather large corporation in town. They seemed to have much in common.

The other girls would come sit and talk from time to time. Erin would give me as well as Fred and Julie a kiss. Sharon would come for her time stopping kisses too. We would sit there after her kisses with a starry eyed look on our faces while Fred looked like we each grew three heads. And Jill wouldn't be left out either, giving me kisses. And, of course the three girls dancing would kiss each other.

Things were getting hot, and I don't mean the temperature. I was picked up by Erin and dragged out to dance. I really didn't want to do this but didn't complain. While I was out there, I caught Julie and Fred kissing. When she realized I was watching she broke it off. I smiled.

Wine, of course was involved. I know, shocking. However, we did the big taboo: we let Jill partake. She was a bit tipsy that night. So was Julie and everyone else. Everyone except me, despite Sharon's efforts.

I was picking up the plates and utensils and all the stuff that was left over from our dinner. I called Julie into the kitchen with me so we could have a little time alone talking.

"I caught you kissing Fred, Julie."

"I'm sorry, Sam. I don't know what came over me."

"Julie, you don't have to apologize."

"You sure about that?"

"Absolutely. Look, we've shared a bed with Erin and Sharon. How could I deny you this?"

"It's not really the same."

"Yes it is. I don't see how it's any different."

"It doesn't feel the same."

"It is the same. If you and Erin would like to bonk with Fred, it's ok with me."

"It is?", Julie said, her eyes real big.

"Yes. If being with Fred makes you happy then I'm all for it."

"So, I have your bonk blessing?", she laughed.

"You have my bonk blessing with Fred. Just don't expect me join in."

"Aww."

"Would you want to bonk with Jill?"

"No, I guess not. Not now anyway."

"Ok, then."

We walked out to the deck, smiles on our faces. I think everyone knew what was coming. The air was electric.

Erin gave Julie an approving smile as she walked over to Fred, bent down and kissed him. Then she grabbed his hands, or rather she completely engulfed Fred's hands with hers, and stood him up and hugged. The top of his head was below Julie's freed tits. I couldn't help think, "welcome to my world."

Everyone was looking at the two and when Fred realized this he turned a deep shade of red. Of course Erin came to the rescue to give him a kiss. Fred came up to Erin's chin, but she bent down enough for the kiss. Erin pulled Fred's shirt off with no real fight from him and then the two girls made a Fred sandwich. I could commiserate.

Jill and Sharon and I looked at each other and understood what would to happen tonight; there were no pretenses. I had thought I would be left out as I knew how special Jill and Sharon's friendship was. They were having none of it; I would be part of their night tonight.

We turned out the lights and headed for the bedrooms -- Julie, Erin and Fred in the master bedroom, and the rest of us in the last bedroom that Erin wasn't using.

"Jill, are you ok with this?", I asked.

"I'm more than ok, Sam.", she said. She was still tipsy and Sharon and I had to help her walk to the bedroom. She took her panties off before even making it there -- of course that made it harder on Sharon and I but it also made for lots of rubbing against Jill.

Jill seemed obsessed with Sharon's tits. Who wouldn't be? There was no rush; we took our time. For a while we stood kissing, me in the middle of a Sam sandwich mirroring that of Fred earlier. And like Fred's situation, my head was below Sharon's chin and also into Jill's chest.

While Jill and Sharon kissed, I kissed Jill's cute little tits. Later we both kissed Sharon's boobs, and I would alternate that with kissing both of them on the lips. Sharon left both Jill and I on cloud nine with her kisses.

Finally, we ended up in bed together. I first came, like before, with a titty-fuck from Sharon. Jill was amazed. Then we tag teamed her pussy like we did with Julie. I'm not sure why -- I guess because they were sisters -- I expected her to to taste the same as Julie, but they weren't. I maintain that this discovery warrants further investigation and experimentation. I have already signed up for the job; a tough one to be sure, but someone has to do it.

Finally it was time: Jill and I were ready to fuck.

"Are you ok with this?"

"Oh, yes, Sam. Please."

"Are you, um, on the pill?"

Her eyes got big when she realized she wasn't.

"Oh, no. I'm so sorry, Sam."

"Don't be. I have some condoms. I'll go get them. Ok?"

She let out the breath she had been holding. "Oh, thank God."

"Ok, um, don't go anywhere. I'll be right back." Both girls chuckled.

I had to creep back into my bedroom. I figured who would care in my house if I were naked, so into the bedroom I went preparing myself to find another three people sharing the night together.

Sex filled the air that night so it's no surprise that Mr. Happy led the way. I tried to sneak over to the side bed stand to retrieve the box that had been sitting for the past few months. I almost made it undetected.

"Well, hello, Sam."

Damn it. Leave it to Erin.

"I, um, just came to get something."

Everyone in the room, of course, had given me their full attention at that moment.

"Did you come to join us?", Erin said, pointing to Mr. Happy who was standing upright.

She leaned over from the bed and gave Mr. Happy a kiss.

"Erin, I came to get something from the drawer. I don't want to keep the others waiting."

"Then don't let me stop you."

I retrieved the box with the condoms and looked over at Julie. She looked happy and it made me feel warm inside. I gave her a hug and kiss. I was taken aback by how effortless it was for her to lean all the way over from the other side of the bed to reach me.

I came back to find Jill and Sharon embracing. I stood there silently for a few moments taking in the sight of the two of them. I knew what Jill was experiencing. Sharon's kisses were addicting.

Sharon finally saw me standing there and beckoned me over. "Let me do this for you, Sam.", she said as she took the box from my hands. We were kneeling on the bed when she unwrapped one of the rubbers and put it on my dick lovingly; almost reverently.

Jill and I moved over into the missionary position. Sharon held my member and guided it into Jill. As big as Jill was (and for an even bigger Erin and Julie) this always felt right. Sharon had her hands all over me as we fucked. Jill's eyes were closed and she was moaning like Julie. If anyone would have told me that this would have happened just three months ago, I would have told them they were crazy. But here we were.

We ended with two of us going down on Sharon. I fell asleep spooning Jill while her and Sharon kissed their way to sleep.

It was funny, but Jill seemed even larger than she did standing. Not as big as Julie, but it reminded me of months earlier when Julie was this size. It felt good to hold a giantess. Even the little one. And I had finally bonked Jill.

 

End Notes:

Next chapter: the surgery.

Chapter 21 - Surgery by littless
Author's Notes:

How did the operation go? Let's find out.

----- Monday morning, surgeon's office

"It looks like we're in luck, Mr. Cook. We have an opening this Friday morning."

"Good. I can use the weekend to recover at home."

"Probably not. You'll likely be in the hospital for a couple of days, maybe longer but you will be staying at least one night; this is not an in and out surgery."

"That serious?"

"It's not serious. You'll be anesthetized and will also need to heal up a bit before we will let you leave. But if there are complications, and I do not expect any, you could be in the hospital up to a week, or more."

"Bummer."

"I can schedule the operation for 7:00 AM. You'll need to arrive at the hospital at least an hour before. The receptionist will give you the needed papers at the front desk when you leave. Remember, no food or drink 12 hours before the surgery so nothing after 7:00 Thursday night."

"Can I drink water?"

"No sir. And please use the bathroom before coming to the hospital. They do have facilities but it is my experience that time will be tight so it is better to take care of that beforehand."

"Anything else?"

"Just make sure to schedule the follow up exam before leaving today. Any day from a week after the surgery will be fine; the receptionist will work it out for you."

"Thank you, Dr. Scott."

And so we waited for Friday. I arranged at work to be out that Friday and all the next week. I told them I may need a bit longer and they told me to take all the time needed; just get better and recover. They didn't know the full story, but they didn't need to.


----- Monday night

"So, you're really going to have an operation?"

"Yes, Julie, I am."

"I hope this is the right thing to do."

"It is."

"I'm scared."

"It'll be fine and I need this. If I don't, then things can be worse. That's what the doctor said."

"I know. I'm going to take the day off, Sam." I was hoping she wouldn't miss any work, but for this one I couldn't, in all honesty, make her go.

"Sharon wants to be there too."

"Well, I can't make her go to work, but I wish there wasn't so much fuss over me."

"I'm sure Jill will come."

"That's fine, Julie. You all could wait until I come back home though."

"But you might stay there a week. You said so yourself."

"That's only if something goes wrong."

"What if something does goes wrong?"

"Let's not talk about it. It's on my mind enough. Can we talk of something else?"

"Ok. We never really talked yet over last Friday."

That brought a smile to my face.

"Sure. What do you want to talk about?"

"Are you really ok with me and Fred?"

"Of course, I am. We've been over this."

"I just want to hear it again. You know I'll never leave you for another."

"I know, Julie. Besides, I think Erin has dibs on Fred."

"Ha ha", she laughed, "I guess so."

"Fred really had a great time didn't he?"

"I think he didn't know what hit him until days later."

"It's the Erin effect.", I laughed. "And how did you feel about it?"

"It was ok."

"I can't believe it was just ok."

"Alright, it was more than ok."

We talked of Erin and Jill and I and of Sharon and Fred. After a while we stopped talking. I stared at her, taking in her beauty and thinking how lucky I am to even know her and call her a friend, let alone a lover.

"What?", she said. She caught me staring. I didn't care.

"Nothing. I just like looking at you."

She blushed.

"I like looking at all of you and there is so much of you to drink in."

"Sam. Let's go to bed."

"It's still early."

"So?"

"Ok, let's go."


----- Friday morning

I signed in, was taken to another room where a secretary helped me fill out and sign all kinds of forms, and then I was finally taken to a room. I put on a robe -- no underwear this time -- and they started with the IV. The anesthesiologist came and she explained to me a bunch of stuff about the operation that I immediately forgot. I remember saying goodbye to Julie and being wheeled into the operating room. Then I woke up.

Just like that. As if no time had passed. No dreams. No pain. Nothing.

"Don't move your head Mr. Cook."

"I won't. Where am I?"

"You're in the recovery room.", the nurse said.

"I don't remember even counting backwards. Wasn't I supposed to count backwards or something?"

"Probably not. I don't know, I wasn't there."

"So, it's over, already?"

"It's been almost four hours."

"Wow."

"It's the anesthesia. You'll be fine. You can have one visitor while you're in recovery. Shall I call one of those waiting for you?"

"Sure, can Julie come see me?"

"I will check."

She came back a few moments later.

"Now don't move your head, Mr. Cook. We'll come over to see you."

"Ok." I looked up and saw the nurse along with someone I never expected.

"Dad?"

"Hello son."

"What are you doing here?"

"I came to see how you were doing. I can't come see my son in the hospital?"

I didn't see Mom and knew it would be worthless asking about her. She was probably out shopping with friends.

"Dad. Thanks."

"No problem, Sam."

"Where's Julie?"

"They would only let one of us come up and it had to be family. I had to fight Erin for it. You have a small army down in the lobby waiting to see you."

"You'll be able to have more visitors when we move you into a room.", the nurse said.

"When?"

"Your vitals look good so not too long from now."

"When can I move my head?"

"When the doctor says so. He'll be seeing you later today. Maybe then. Until that time we have orders to keep that collar on and prevent you from moving."

"Ok. I guess."

"Is there anything I can do for you, Sam?"

"No, Dad. You've done enough just coming to see me."

"Don't hesitate to call, ok?"

"Ok."

"Sam?"

"What?"

"I have to go down so Erin can come up or she'll never forgive me. But I want you to know something."

"What?"

"Your job, your house, what you've done with Erin, even Julie; I'm proud of you."

I couldn't help it. Tears came to my eyes. There was a lump in my throat and I couldn't talk. I mouthed a "Thank you." to Dad. He understood. A few minutes later Erin came in.

"Sam! How are you?"

"I'm good. I feel great in fact."

"There's no pain?"

"No. And I feel, I don't know how to say this: relaxed?"

"That's probably the anesthesia. It'll wear off.", the nurse interjected.

"I feel great except they won't let me turn my head."

"They told me."

"Erin."

"What?"

"Dad was here. He came to see me."

"I know. We were talking downstairs the whole time. Isn't this great?"

"Very much so. Thanks for bringing him."

"I didn't bring him. He just showed up. I didn't even tell them. I don't know how he found out."

"It doesn't matter. He was here anyway. How long were you guys downstairs?"

"Since about 7:00 when your operation started."

"That long?"

"Everyone has been there waiting. They can barely wait any longer."

"Who's here?"

"Well, Julie, of course. Jill. Sharon. Julie's Mom. Fred. Mike from the coffee house. I think there a couple people from your work. Some dude name Yo. Do you know him? He seems to know Julie."

"Yeah, I know him. He's met Julie too."

"I think there are a lot of Jill's friends. Her and Sharon were all talking together."

"Wow. I can't wait to see Julie. Is she doing ok?"

"I think so. She wasn't very talkative this whole morning. And everyone just had to go see her. She looks worried. But I'll tell her you're doing ok."

"Don't go just yet.", the nurse said. "A resident is coming to check on you, Mr. Cook."

He looked over the machines I was hooked to, checked some papers and said I was good for moving.

"You can leave the recovery area as soon we get the ok about the room."

After a couple more minutes the nurse asked Erin, "Ma'am would you like to follow us; we're going to wheel Mr. Cook down to his room as soon as the guys show up to help. They're ready for you downstairs, Mr. Cook."

So, I found my way into my room and no more than a few minutes later I saw Julie and Jill show up. I could tell it was Julie who was coming from down the hall: I heard people say "Wow, look at her."

Julie bent in for a hug and I had to remind her to be careful, they wouldn't let me turn or bend my neck. Jill did the same.

Erin left and Sharon came up. People would stay for a bit, leave, and someone else would take their place. It seemed to go on like this forever.

Dr. Scott came to see me in the afternoon. He said everything looked good. I could probably leave the hospital maybe even tomorrow. I'd need to wait a couple of weeks to find out the results of the biopsy to see what was causing all the trouble with my pituitary. But he was confident that he got the whole thing and said the surgery went very well without any glitches. He said that was the best of all outcomes. I was happy.

"When can I take this neck brace off?"

"I'll see you tomorrow morning and we might take it off. If you're doing ok we can leave it off."

"We can't do it tonight?"

"I'm sorry Mr. Cook. Not yet."

Everyone kept coming to see me and talk. Julie helped me eat lunch and dinner. In between nurses would come in and take my vitals, check the IV and so on.

Julie stayed the whole time until 10:00 when they made her leave. But I had a little problem.

"How can I help?", the nurse that I had called said.

"Um, I hate to bother you with this, but I need to pee. Can I get up to go to the bathroom?"

"I'm sorry, you can't. Doctor's orders. You have to stay in bed. But I can get you bag to urinate in."

"I can't bend my head. How am I going to see?"

"We do this a lot; it's what we're here for. I'll help."

I wasn't sure about this, but I had no choice. She held my member and I started to empty my bladder. That is, until Mr. Happy woke up. I was beyond embarrassed.

"Don't worry, dear. Happens all the time."

"I'm sure I can finish up later.", I said, trying to rationalize my way out.

I wish I could say I had a good nights sleep. I should have, I was weary from all the visitors and the drugs made me relaxed. I think it was the drugs anyway. I wasn't sure what they were giving me in that IV. However, there were too many noises all night long.

I was ecstatic to see Julie the next morning. She was there when the surgeon came to see me.

"Ok, let's see how we're doing.", he said as he took off the the neck collar.

"Now turn your head to the side."

I did.

"How does that feel?"

"A little sore."

"Is it painful?"

"No, just a little sore like I said. I can turn it with no problem."

"Very good. I think we'll be letting you go today after lunch. I just want to monitor you for the next couple of hours. If everything checks out you can go home early."

As it turned out, I was home that evening. Erin and Jill were there. After a little while Sharon, and I think Fred, showed up too. Julie carried me from the car to the bed like a baby. Her ducking to get through the doorways was very noticeable.

I felt like a baby. I couldn't do much for myself and wasn't trying. Laying across her chest, Julie's boobs seemed to have grown over the two days I was in the hospital. They were absolutely huge. I thought about sucking milk from them. A thought I kept to myself.

All the girls were taking care of me; asking what I needed, getting me things, talking. I was never alone the whole weekend. I couldn't get up much; I was supposed to rest in bed.

I would get up once in a while but no more than an hour a day for the next two days. When I went to the bathroom Julie insisted on helping. She had to get on her knees to help me pee by holding my dick. Mr. Happy always wanted to say hi. I had to put my foot down, figuratively speaking, and tell her no more. It's too hard to pee with a hard on. Besides, it reminded me too much of the piss I took in the hospital.

Julie was very protective. She practically ordered Jill to stay with us so someone would be around to take care of me when she was at work the rest of the week. I didn't mind, I loved having Jill around. Erin would be home lots too, but we couldn't count on her schedule as it was always hectic. And with Jill here, that meant that Sharon would be around too.

It turns out I didn't mind the surgery -- I thought I would be in pain after -- and having the girls around would at least make the recovery week bearable. Unfortunately, there were no naked shenanigans going on this weekend, which is just as well. But I can't wait to get up and running around. By all measures, the surgery was a success.

 

End Notes:

More fun coming.

Chapter 22 - Our Little Secret by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam is recuperating fast.

----- Monday

I was feeling much better by Monday. I wanted to go for a run but that was out of the question. Jill was staying with us to help. Everyone else was at work, including Erin. I went for a walk outside in the back yard instead and Jill walked with me. It was good to finally be up and outside.

After the walk I wanted something cold to drink. When Jill reached above me in the kitchen to get the pitcher off the top shelf I couldn't believe how high her boobs were above my head. That girl can really stretch.

She was wearing a cut off shirt and when she reached high the shirt rode up and blossomed out as she leaned over to get the pitcher. I caught site of the underside of her bra. I quickly looked away.

I don't know why I was embarrassed. I had seen her naked and been to bed with her. She didn't even show that much flesh, just her stomach. But somehow the underside of her bra was verboten and getting a look at it made me feel, well, naughty.

My neck was a little stiff, especially looking up at the underside of Jill's boobs. When I mentioned the stiffness Jill insisted on massaging my neck a little, being careful not to be too rough. It felt great and I told her how grateful I was for the massage and for making the iced tea.

"I'm happy to be of help, Sam."

"Thank you so much, Jill. I'll make it up to you sometime."

"No need to."

"I know: I can give you that foot massage."

"Mmm, I've been waiting for that. Do you think you're up to it?"

"I can manage. We can do a little today and maybe later when I'm feeling better we can do even more."

"Aw, Sam. I don't want to take advantage of you."

"I'd love to. Really."

I poured a glass of iced tea, Jill had some lemonade that was made from powder. I know, not the greatest, but real lemonade is harder to make than iced tea. Then we headed to the living room couch.

Jill's legs stretched the whole length of the couch and I had her feet and calves resting on my laps. She was wearing red shorts. Did I ever mention Jill has a great set of legs too?

As I was massaging her feet I realized just how large they were. Where they really that big or was it just my perspective being so little? She laid back with her eyes closed and I could tell that she was really getting into the massage.

"What would imp man think of supergal's feet?", she said. Aha! Objective achieved. She wanted to play; and so did I.

"He'd be amazed looking up at her toes as they towered above him while he stood there admiring the sleeping beauty."

"Do you think he'd like to kiss them?"

I leaned in and gave one of her feet a little kiss. Then another. I ended up smothering both her feet in kisses. The top. The bottom. Her toes. Her ankles.

That had the effect I was hoping for. Her breathing was heavy.

"What do you suppose imp man should do with the sleeping beauty?"

"Is he strong enough to scale supergal's legs like a mountain climber?"

"Let's find out.", I said, as I started kissing and licking my way up both of her legs, alternating going back and forth from one to the other. I took my time. When I reached the bottom of her shorts I decided to spend a little more time teasing her, rather than taking them off straight away, as if I hadn't spent enough time on the teasing already.

"Saaaam!", she said in a husky voice.

"What?"

"Pleeeease, don't stop!"

I had no intention of doing any such thing. She was getting into that zone. I was kissing around the bottoms of her shorts and moving my hands up her thighs as far as they would go. It was a tight fit, but I realized my relatively small hands could still fit between her shorts and thighs. I finally found one benefit of being small.

Her legs were smooth and tanned and ... they were perfect. I was dumbstruck at how massive her thighs were and the power that lay right there under my fingers. Was I getting smaller or was she getting bigger? Or had I never noticed this? I had never been this close to them before in daylight. That must be it.

It wasn't too long after, that she did what all my recent efforts were directed toward: she took off her shorts herself. They came off in one fell swoop, her panties along with them, and flew across the living room landing by the fireplace. She had one leg on the couch, the other laying over it with her foot on the floor. While she was rearranging herself this way I took that moment to let the image of her midsection on down to her toes make itself a permanent resident in my brain.

I started back, lightly kissing the upper part of the thigh that was on the couch. I raised that leg up as I kissed my way down to her butt cheek, then back up moving closer to the center. When I almost reached her pussy I moved to the other leg.

"Oooooooh.", she moaned lustily. Much like Julie. She was in that zone now; that other dimension where she wasn't aware of anything else but my ministrations. I started nibbling her labia.

"Oooooooh."

I moved to licking.

"Oooooooh. Oooooooh."

I purposely stayed away from her clit as long as I could stand it. My tongue found it's way into her pussy.

"Oh-Oh-Oh." Her breath was coming in short spurts and her hips began their motion up and down. It was time. I inserted two fingers into her pussy and started massaging her G-spot then finally kissed her clitoris. Then I started munching on it. When I started licking her clit like a dog licks your face, she exploded.

I let her down for a bit to catch her breath, then I started in again. I did this a good four or more times. I wasn't counting. She was finally spent. I was proud: imp man had conquered supergal.

"Oh God, Sam! What the fuck did you just do?"

"I hope I gave you an orgasm."

"AN orgasm? You gave me a million."

I laughed. "I doubt that. But I'm happy."

"Holy shit, Sam. She was right about you licking toes. Is this what you do to Julie every night?"

"Well, not every night."

"I'm so jealous."

"You don't have to be; I love doing this. I just hope Julie is not too mad. We didn't talk about this week but with you and I here alone, I think Julie can figure it out."

"Oh no. Do you think she'll be upset?"

"I'm pretty sure she's ok with it. We talked about what happened last week and she was fine. More than fine."

"She was?"

"Yes, she was. You may not believe this but she loves you and wants to see you happy. She thought I could help do that for you."

"In case you're wondering, you succeeded. You succeeded before we ever went to bed last week. But you outdid yourself today. In fact, and please don't tell anyone about this, especially Sharon: but you were better than her, or Erin, and they were both fantastic."

"I'm severely flattered, Jill. I give all the credit to imp man. Thank you."

"Thanks for what?"

"For being here, taking care of me."

"I have to return the favor, Sam."

"Whoa. I don't think my neck is up to it yet. In fact, I may have overdone it a little too much already."

"There's nothing I can do for you?"

"Um, you can lose the top."

FWOOM! Her shirt and bra went flying, joining her shorts and panties by the fireplace.

"You like?"

"Like? Jill, you're gorgeous."

She giggled. "You really think so?"

"Supergal has always been gorgeous. And you know what?"

"What?"

"I think your breasts have grown."

"You're just saying that."

"No. It could be my imagination, or the fact that we just shared an inspirational moment, or maybe it's just because you had an orgasm; but I'd say they most definitely look bigger than before."

"Hahahaha!" She was having a laughing fit.

"What's so funny?"

"Nothing. Just me with big boobs. I love the thought."

"You know, it would make no difference to me if they were smaller."

"I know. I just always wanted big boobs."

"Do me a favor."

"What?"

"Never get a boob job. Please."

"I never considered it."

"Good. You know before Julie started her growth spurt, her breasts were smaller than yours."

"I didn't think they were that small."

"You never saw them?"

"No. We never walked around the house naked like you guys do now."

"Well, hers grew. Maybe yours will too."

"Oh boy. That would be just, so fantastic."

"But don't get your hopes up. Besides, I really like you like this."

"Well, I like you like the way you are. You know, you could always just lay back and I could do the same to you."

"You'd need to be extremely careful right now."

"Or, we could save up 'till tomorrow."

"Maybe that's for the best. I do need to heal after all."

"I won't do anything to hurt you, Sam. There is something you can do for me too."

"What?"

"Lose the clothes.", she giggled.

After being very careful removing my shirt, I had shucked my pants and joined Jill in fellow nudism. Mr. Happy was grateful for the fresh air.

"Come on. I'll fix you lunch.", she said.

I followed Jill into the kitchen, clothes staying put near the fireplace. That ass was looking mighty fine. And mighty large.

It was apparently larger than those cute little rosy red cheeks I had lathered up with first aid cream just a few weeks ago. Something's definitely going on here with the size relationships. As she was making the sandwiches I kept looking up at her tits. She noticed too.

When the sandwiches were made she came right up to me for a hug. My eyes were usually looking into the top part of her chest. Now I was looking straight ahead at a point below her nipples.

"Mmmmm. I love hugs like this, Sam? I could do this forever." Then she backed away a little. Looking down at me, she smiled; not one of those sly smiles like I get from time to time from Julie; more like a contented smile.

"Would imp man like a kiss from supergal?"

"He would."

The kiss was magical. We were naked and there was no doubt that we both had learned a thing or two from Sharon. Mr. Happy was looking up at Jill as we stepped away from each other. She bent down -- way down -- and kissed him.

"Now it's time for supergal to feed imp man.", she said as she sat me down in a chair. She moved me away from the table and had previously cut up the sandwich that she was now feeding me.

Every time I reached for a bite she would pull back and say "Ah ah. I'm feeding you." And so it was that Jill ended up feeding me like a mother feeding her little child. She was five years younger, yet at this moment she palpably felt like my big sister.

She wouldn't let me brush away the crumbs that had fallen onto my lap either.

"Now stay just like that. It's time for supergal to clean imp man up."

She retrieved a wet rag and cleaned me up lovingly. She licked up the crumbs on my lap, then on her knees, she cleaned my dick and kissed it again. Mr. Happy was starting to get frustrated.

"Would you like a nap now?"

"No.", I said. "I've been sleeping enough the past few days. Maybe another walk."

"Cool. Like this, right?", she was saying as she motioned her hands down over her body signaling her nudity.

"Sure. We'd only be in our back yard."

"Ok. Let's go." So we headed out for a nude walk.

We walked side by side talking. Every time I looked over expecting to see her shoulders, I saw tit instead. We were in the middle of the yard when we stopped. She looked down upon me.

"Do you like me bigger?"

I looked up and said, "Yes."

"Would you like it if I wore high heels?"

"Yes."

She got up on her toes taking her tits above my head.

"Like this?"

"Yes.", I said, feeling a bit shy.

"I love it, Sam. Do you want to be even smaller; imp man sized?"

"Yes, I would." She was getting aroused.

"If you were, would you want to crawl into my love tunnel?" She was rubbing against me now and had that same sultry voice as before.

"I would love to, Jill. More than anything else." She was breathing hard again.

"Saaam! Do you still have any rubbers left?"

"Yes, I think so."

"Can we?"

I wasn't being careful -- Mr. Happy was driving now. We ran to the bedroom and fucked. It was like Jill was possessed. Before I thought she was just having fun with the supergal/imp man charade. But now I realized this was her thing. She was into the giantess fetish in a big way. The whole thing almost made me feel good about shrinking. Almost.


----- That afternoon

"Jill?"

"Yes?"

"WOW! I mean, just, WOW!"

"I know. You're ok with this then?"

"More than ok!"

"Oh God. I'm so glad to hear you say that. I can't believe we did this."

"There's nothing wrong with it."

"I've been obsessing over this since we first started talking about supergal."

"I thought you were just playing?"

"I've wanted this since I first met you."

"No. What? Not from high school?"

"Yes."

"All this time?"

"It was my secret. I was ashamed. Maybe that's why I treated you so badly."

"And Julie too?"

"No. Julie and I just drifted apart."

"But you stopped being mean."

"Sam, remember when we first talked and you asked me to stop calling you a shrimp?"

"Yep."

"I only stopped because I thought, maybe, some day we could do what we just did. I didn't realize why though."

"You mean to have sex?"

"To play out my fantasies."

"I would have never imagined. Did you get in good with me because of that? Because, you know, I genuinely liked you. You became so nice to talk to."

"No. I actually had no intention of that. But I fell in love with Sam, the person. Not just Sam the shrimp."

"Ahem. What about Julie? And Sharon?"

"Don't worry, Sam. I have no illusions of having that kind of relationship. I'm still sorting things out myself. I only know that this was the most special thing I have ever experienced in my life."

"Ok. I can live with that. I think."

"Remember when you were talking about shrinking and seeing by boobs bigger, like Sharon's?"

"Yeah, I remember."

"I started getting butterflies in my stomach then. And we started talking about supergal and imp man. I realize that it was lying dormant in the back of my mind before, but I became overwhelmed just thinking about it afterwards. My dreams were occupied by these thoughts. I was hoping so much to get you to do this that I bared my breasts for you."

"You mean on the picnic?"

"Yes. I wanted you. We made love last week with Sharon but I wanted you for myself. I wanted to play this little game. Our little game. I was scared when you were in the hospital, but when I realized that I would be the one taking care of you when Julie was working I was overjoyed."

There was a moment of silence as my mind turned into a pretzel.

"Sam. Don't feel bad, but it's clear that you're shrinking again."

"Or maybe you're growing?", I said.

"I hope so. But when I was close to you I could see it plain as day. And those butterflies came back. Only a million times stronger."

"I saw the size difference too, Jill. I was upset. But now. Now I don't know what I feel."

"Now you know about my secret passion.", she said. "Do you hate me?"

"No. I could never hate you, Jill."

"You don't have to, but I would so love it if we could keep doing this. This week at least, while we can."

"I want to. I should be getting better each day. But Erin will be home some of those days."

"I know. But when we can? I know we can't do this all the time. But I would like to."

"What do we tell Julie?"

"Please don't tell her."

"We have to tell her something about today."

"We can tell her we had sex."

"I think she'll be ok with that, Jill."

"But we don't have to tell her everything, right?"

"Right. What about Sharon?"

"What about her?", her face turned sad.

"Shall we let her in on this?"

"No. I don't want to. At least not now."

"Alright, Jill. I don't know what I'd say anyway."

"Can we keep it a secret then? Just between you and me?"

"Zip lips, cross my heart and hope to die.", I said. Her smile came back.

"Thank you, Sam."

I realized she had bared her soul to me. I wish I could have done the same but I was still confused. I reckon we were dealing with some seriously twisted shit here. I didn't know how to feel about the whole thing. I truly loved Jill. But her sister was my first true love and I certainly didn't want to leave Julie.

I finally started to comprehend that I secretly longed to shrink. For Jill, to become her imp man. For Julie, to become her baby. Right now it didn't seem to matter which. It was driving me nuts. How could I entertain such ideas? My shit was seriously becoming twisted too. I needed to think this over.

And what about Sharon? I knew she honestly liked me. And I didn't want to come between her and Jill. I saw a fragile, budding romance there. I considered it so sacred as to be criminal to mess with.

It's a good thing Mr. Happy was there to always help me sort these things out.

"Shall we stay naked until Julie comes home?", I said.

"Oh my. What will she think?"

"She'll know we fucked. But we were going to tell her anyway, right?"

"Right. I know her uniform is practically painted on, but I can't see supergal hanging around the house naked."

"It doesn't have to be supergal and imp man. It could just be Jill and Sam."

"That's sounds good, Sam. Real good. But maybe we should get dressed today before anyone else comes home."

We both stayed naked the rest of the day, most of it spent in bed, until about 4:00 when Erin would come home; she had the bimmer. We could have stayed this way when Erin came home; we knew she would join us. However, it seemed we had carved out our own little piece of the universe just for us, and for now we wanted to wall it off from everyone else.

The times we did get up and about, Jill had stayed awfully close to me. She got a kick out of looking down on me. I knew I had lost some height. I was pretty sure that Jill gained some. I wanted to measure us both. Perhaps I should wait for Julie. In the end, I couldn't bring it up that day. Too many things had happened that preoccupied my mind.


----- Monday night

"So, how was today?", Julie asked that night.

"Jill and I bonked. I hope you're not disappointed in me."

"Disappointed? I'd be disappointed if you two hadn't bonked. Although, it's kind of early isn't it?"

"It is. But it's been a few days. I'm surprised myself."

"I guess you're not up to us doing the same then?"

"Are you kidding? I couldn't wait until you got home tonight."

We had very energetic sex that night. I was thinking of Julie being my supergal.

"Wow, Sam. I didn't think you'd have had it in you this early."

"Like I said, I haven't had any for a few days."

"I'm so glad. I was starting to get real horny too. I almost had to go relieve myself at work today."

"You didn't!"

"No, I didn't. But if I don't get enough I might just have to grab Sharon for lunch one of the these days and ..."

I started laughing. It was a marvelous day.

 

 

End Notes:

More recuperation coming.

Chapter 23 - Sisters by littless
Author's Notes:

Half a week later and Sam is healing up pretty good from his surgery.

----- Wednesday morning

I called into work this morning, even though I was on official leave. I just wanted to check in on what was going on and keep them apprised of my condition this week. I told them I'd probably be able to get back to work next week, although maybe just half a day at a time.

I'd be spending most of the day with Erin and Jill, until Erin had to leave go to work at 2:00, which meant she had to leave at about 1:30. She had been using the bimmer.

I got up to eat a bowl of cereal for breakfast. Erin was up.

"You're up early?"

"I heard you get up and I wanted to come see you. How's my favorite little brother doing today?" Sheesh, "little" again. I rolled my eyes.

"I'm fine."

"Are you feeling better?"

"I feel good, Erin. Not quite a hundred percent, but better than I was."

"I was worried since the operation."

"I was too. I know everyone else was. I'm happy to report that I feel a lot better than before the operation."

"Dad was worried."

"And Mom?"

"Don't ask."

"Wasn't she the least bit concerned?"

"I'm sure she was. But I guess she couldn't be bothered to talk about it."

I sighed.

"Don't go back, Erin."

"I don't know, maybe, maybe not."

"Good."

"Maybe we could see Dad?"

"I'd like that. Maybe we can invite him over, Erin."

"I'll tell him the next time I talk to him."

"You still talk to them?"

"Almost every day."

"That's good, I guess. Hey, where's Jill? She's usually up this early."

"I passed by her room. The door was open but I didn't see her in there."

"Maybe she went for a walk. Do you want anything, Erin? Coffee?"

"Yes, please."

"Ok, I'm puttin' on a pot. I could use some myself."

I had a problem getting the coffee beans down. It was on the bottom shelf of the cabinet and I never had a problem before. Erin could see I was having troubles.

"Here, I'll help.", Erin said coming over.

She had a concerned look on her face.

"Sam, did you get shorter?"

"I think so."

"How much?"

"I don't know."

"We have to measure you."

"Not now. Julie and I do this together."

"It can't wait. Come on. Where's the tape measure?"

We retrieved the ruler, pencil and tape and went over to the wall.

"Ok, strip."

"I'm already bare foot. I don't need to strip."

"You've always done it this way, Sam. It could throw off the results if you don't."

As weird as it sounded, she had a point. So off came my clothes. A little too easy, I might add.

"There. Let's see what it says. Four feet, four inches."

"Four, four? Aw man! I lost two inches since last week."

"It's ok, isn't it? I mean they said you might shrink more, right?"

"Yeah, but I didn't think this much."

"What's the matter? And what's my little brother doing naked?", Jill said, finally showing up. Sheesh, 'little' again.

"We were measuring his shrinking.", Erin said.

"I see. Naked?"

"That's the way Julie and Sam have always done it. I didn't want to change a thing with the way they do it."

"So how much?"

"I lost two inches, Jill. I'm 4'4" now." I could see a little sparkle in her eyes but otherwise she seemed concerned.

"I'm so sorry, Sam. Is there anything we can do?", Jill asked.

"No.", I said, looking down.

Both girls came over to console me. I was the only one naked, but we had all seen each other in buff before; it didn't matter.

"Jill?", Erin said.

"What?"

"It looks like you've grown. Didn't you used to be shorter?"

"Maybe. My clothes don't fit very well anymore."

"What you're wearing looks like it fits ok to me.", I said.

"They're Julie's old clothes."

"Let's measure you too, Jill.", Erin said.

No one had to tell her to get nude. Off came the garments.

"You weren't wearing underwear?", I said.

"Julie didn't have any that I could find. Besides, if she had any bras I know they wouldn't fit anyway."

"Ok, let's do this, Jill.", Erin said and with that Jill was against the wall.

"Five, seven and a half."

"She's almost as tall as you are, Erin."

They moved closer, and sure enough, Erin was taller, but it was barely detectable.

"Let's measure you too, Erin."

"I don't think she's grown, Jill."

"Don't you want her naked too?"

"Then by all means, don't let me stop you.", I said.

Same as before: 5'8".

"Jill, where were you this morning?", I asked.

"I was hanging."

"Hanging?", Erin said.

"Yeah, I was out in the gym hanging on the inversion table."

"Oh, the infamous inversion table?"

"Yup."

"Oh great. That explains it all.", I said, rolling my eyes.

"Can I see it?"

"Sure, let's go.", I said.

We went to the garage and Jill showed Erin how to work the thing. And sure enough, Erin liked it. Who wouldn't? I was wondering if Erin would start growing too. Just what I needed. She didn't hang there long and we were back inside the house soon enough.

"So, now that we're all naked, what do you guys want to do?", Erin said, giggling.

"How about a walk?", Jill answered.

"Cool. But I need some coffee first."

So we poured ourselves some coffee and sat outside sipping. It was starting to get a little chilly outside these days, but the sun was warming things and I, for one, really needed to get out.

"What did you have in mind for this walk, Jill? Can we go naked?", Erin asked.

"Sam and I took a naked walk Monday."

"That's so cool. Let's do it. Did you go out on the road?"

"No, we didn't, Erin. We stayed in the back yard. Nobody wants to get arrested.", I said.

Erin was talking, "Hardly anybody comes down your road, Sam."

"Sometimes they do."

"I could be a lookout for you two."

"They might see you naked."

"I'll put on my bikini. Nobody can say anything then. Come on, it will be fun."

"I'm not really up to this much excitement, Erin."

"Then you be the lookout. Jill and me will take a naked walk down the road. How about it, Jill?"

"I'm not going without Sam.", she said.

"How about you lookout and Sam and I will go then? Then we'll switch."

"No. I don't want to.", I said.

"So now what do we do?", Erin said.

"Let's just take a walk in the back yard. I really need the exercise."

"How about we order pizza and answer the door naked?"

"Erin!"

"What?"

"I'm still recovering. We'll play naked games later."

"Aww. You're no fun."

"I'm not really up to all of this yet."

"Yeah, Erin. Let's let Sam rest this week. I'm sure we can still have fun."

Disappointed, Erin said, "Alriiiight.". Then Jill walked over to her, made her stand and gave her a kiss as consolation.

"Wow. That was one fantastic kiss, Jill. I guess being the same size now really makes us compatible."

"I had lessons."

"Lessons?"

"Kissing Sharon."

"You've never experienced Sharon's kiss, Erin?", I asked.

"No. I don't think so."

"Oh boy. We gotta get her here again. And soon.", I told Jill.

"Yes. We must do this.", she said. Then the two kissed again. They whispered a few things between themselves. Mr. Happy was just enjoying the view and didn't care what they were talking about.

"Come here, Sam."

I did as asked. They moved in close and flanked me -- tits everywhere I looked.

"I want a kiss.", Erin said to me.

"What? You aren't going to bend down?"

"No. Kiss me."

So, I stood up on my toes and kissed her nipples.

"Now it's my turn.", Jill said, and I kissed her puffy nipples too.

"Do it again.", Erin commanded.

I did this, kissing one then the other, while the two of them kissed each other on the lips. I was squished in between their hugs. I wasn't complaining. Neither was Mr. Happy.

I then began kissing each of them on the stomach, just below their breasts. Then I started moving lower and lower. They both knew where I was headed.

Jill led us out onto the grass. We sat down and resumed kissing, hugging, and licking. I looked at Jill, then Erin, than back to Jill.

"Jill, let's do Erin!"

Erin squealed at this. We each started kissing and licking her all over. Not too long after we began, Jill had reached her pussy and I had temporarily stopped at her tits, sucking and licking them. Erin was really going to enjoy this.

Just then we heard a noise over on the deck and we all looked to see what it was. Julie and Sharon were standing there staring at the three of us.

"Well, well, well. What do you suppose we have here, Sharon?", Julie said.

"I think they're having too much fun in the middle of the day without us. And out in the wide open too. Tisk, tisk, tisk."

"Damn it.", Erin said. "Why did you have to interrupt?"

"Well, excuse us.", Sharon said.

Jill and I looked at each other and understood what was on each other's minds immediately. This was getting scary.

"Sharon?", Jill called out.

"Yes?"

"Come over here, please."

"Oh kay."

"Erin says she's never experienced one of your kisses. We cannot let this situation go unanswered. You must give her one of your world shattering kisses.", I said.

"Hmm, ok. Come here Erin." Erin was too happy to oblige.

While they were doing their thing I walked over to Julie and hugged her, my face in her stomach.

"It's good to see you home, Julie."

"You guys started up quick."

"We measured our heights."

"Sam, you didn't wait for me?"

"Erin wouldn't let us. We measured Jill too."

"How tall is she?"

"Over five seven, almost five eight."

"Has she grown?"

"We think so. She said she was five five before, but who knows. She said her old clothes don't fit anymore too. Why are you home so early?"

"We took an early lunch break to come see you Sam. Sharon missed you."

"I missed her too."

"But we didn't expect this."

"Blame Erin."

"I see you're going to put the blame on Erin again."

"Jill had something to do with it too. You know she's hanging on the inversion table?"

"Don't change the subject. I think I'm going to have to monitor you more during the day."

"Monitor Erin. She wanted us to go walking out on the street naked."

"She did, did she?"

"Yep. Ask Jill. She'll tell you."

"So?"

"So what?"

"Did you walk naked on the street?"

"No. I don't want to get arrested."

"That'll hardly happen. Nobody comes down that street."

"Are you taking Erin's side?"

Julie picked me up.

"I can't keep bending down, Sam. Now, if you want to go traipsing around outside you better be careful. Have someone be a lookout."

"You are taking Erin's side. You two have been conspiring."

"What do you mean?"

"That's what she said: we need a lookout."

"Your sister's a smart girl, Sam."

"But I don't want to go traipsing around in public nude."

"Well, if you ever do, you better let me know before you do, just in case I have to go to the jailhouse to bail you out."

"I give up."

"How much?"

"How much what?"

"How much did you shrink?"

"Two inches.", I said with a disappointed look on my face.

"Well, it's hard to tell."

"It is for you. Two inches for you is like nothing."

"Well, I think I did need to reach down a little more to pick you up."

"See?"

"When do you see the doctor again?"

"I see the surgeon tomorrow. The doctor I see next week on Tuesday."

"That's right, I remember now. Well, mention this."

"Our naked romps?"

"You know what I mean."

"You don't think it'll be apparent? I mean, hellooo; that's the only reason I'm going to see the doctor."

"Then don't forget."

"You're being pretty obstinate today."

"I didn't expect to see you cavorting nude with Erin and Jill."

"I can't do much else."

"And I'm frustrated."

"Frustrated?"

"I need you."

"Oh, I see. How much time do you have?"

"Only a few minutes."

"Then we better get started right away."

She ran to the bedroom carrying me, taking off her clothes along the way and nearly bumping her head on the top of the doorway twice.

I didn't think fucking her would finish her off anytime soon so I went down on her. I immediately started kissing her clitoris.

"Suck it, Sam. Suck it hard."

So much for foreplay. I latched onto her big clitoris and held on for all I was worth. I couldn't tell if it had grown or not, but I knew we were going to measure her tonight. I just needed to figure out how to measure her clit when no one else was looking.

I had her moaning in no time. It didn't take long to satisfy her. I'm pretty sure the meds she was taking was giving her a hair trigger. I wasn't complaining. But I knew she'd need another session when she came back home tonight.

"Do you need to go back to work soon?"

"Yeah."

"I guess you don't want to go back out naked then?"

"No, where are my clothes?"

"Out there. You were tearing them off as you ran to the bedroom."

"Oh."

"You think Sharon is nude?"

"We'll find out."

Well, she wasn't. The three girls were sitting on the deck talking when we came out. Erin and Jill were still nude, but not Sharon. Oh well.


----- After 'lunch'

Julie and Sharon left to go back to work without eating. That meant Julie would be famished when she got back home. I'll need Jill's help to fix dinner, that is, if Jill let's me fix dinner. The girls have been doing all the work around here since the surgery.

Erin had to get ready too. Soon she left, taking the bimmer, leaving Jill and me alone again.

"Sam. We're alone. We're naked. What do you want to do? Wait. Hold that thought."

"She went inside and came back out wearing the old four inch high heeled shoes that Julie used to wear."

"Where did you get those?"

"Erin told me."

"Where were they hiding them?"

"Ah, ah. It's a secret. Stand up."

I had to look up at Jill's tits as they were now over my head; a perspective I had become familiar with the past couple of months with Julie.

"How long do you think it will be before I'm this tall to you without the heels, Sam?"

"If I keep shrinking like this and you keep growing, probably next week." And I was being serious.

She hugged me. "Oh, Sam. I can't wait. Won't this be fantastic? Would you kiss my stomach?"

I got up on my toes to kiss the bottom part of her boobs then trailed on down to her stomach. I was thinking we might need to measure her bust too. I was sure it had grown and it wasn't my shrinking.

"How would you like me this small, Jill?", I said as I crouched and kissed her belly. "This is how I look compared to Julie."

"Oh yes. Please get small for me, Sam. I want to smother you in my boobs."

"I wouldn't be able to reach your boobs, just like I can't reach Julie's."

"I want to be as big as Julie. Bigger."

"I think I'm going to shrink even more, Jill."

"Yes, Sam. Shrink for me."

"I'll might even be able to walk under your legs."

"Yes, I'll clamp my legs around you, Sam. I'll never let you go. I want you to crawl in me. I want you to kiss my crotch."

I bent down enough to where I could reach her sex with my mouth. "How about this Jill? Would you like me to be this tall? When I kiss you, I'll only be be able to kiss your pussy."

"God, yes. Do it, Sam. Do it."

It wasn't long that Jill had another one of those rip roaring orgasms. We had to lay down on the deck when it was over. I kept it up as long as I could until she made me stop. It was three o'clock in the afternoon and I had made two sisters cum -- one several times. And we nearly made my sister come too before we were so rudely -- ok, maybe not so rudely -- interrupted.

"Your turn."

I realized that I had't cum yet today; even from my session with Julie. So, when Jill went down on me I didn't last long, and when I finally came, I went off like an atom bomb. The tremors lasted a good long time. Afterwards, I felt like my insides had emptied. We both laid on the deck for a while soaking in the sun. It was serene, like paradise; the type of peace that Buddhist meditators strive for.

"You taste so good, Sam. Maybe if I milk you more you'll get even smaller?"

"I doubt that. But I'm willing to try.", I said with a smile.

"Maybe it will make me bigger?"

"Don't let me be the one to stop you finding out."

"You like this too much.", she said.

"Doesn't every guy?"

"Then I suppose we'll just have to keep doing this."

Life is good, folks.

I almost forgot about the shrinking virus. However, it was still there in the back of my mind; nagging me and tearing my psyche apart. I wasn't going to let it spoil my moments this week. There would be plenty time to worry about it later.


----- Phone call

About an hour later I got a phone call that I wasn't expecting.

"Hello, Mr. Cook. My name is Chuck Goodal. I'd like to talk about some work you did for one of our clients."

This was a recruiting call. I had never had one of these before. But he knew the folks I worked with and the client I did the security work for. He wanted me to come in to talk about a job, but wouldn't tell me what it was. Spooky, yet intriguing. I couldn't do anything this week, but set a time for next Tuesday afternoon. I was already taking time off for my doctor's appointment that day. I may as well take the rest of the day off.

"Who was that?", Jill asked.

"Just work stuff. By the way, how's your job search going?"

"Ugh. Don't mention that."

"Alright, I won't. You're working this week taking care of me. We won't speak about it now. But next week we need to, ok?"

"Am I doing a good job of taking care of you, Sam?"

"The best, Jill."


----- Wednesday night

"Seven feet, four inches, Julie.", Erin said.

"Oh shit. You know what this means?" They all looked at me. "She's three feet taller."

"I can put my heels on, if you'd like, Sam?", Julie giggled.

"Why bother?"

She walked over real close and looked down.

"Wow!", Julie said. "The top of your head is below my belly button. It really is three feet."

I reached up and put a finger in her belly button. She laughed but didn't move away. I kissed her womanhood right in front of Erin and Jill.

The other girls were around so I didn't get to measure without the others knowing how big Julie's clitoris had become, or not. I did give it a little kiss and I knew it was getting her aroused.

She was leaning back against the wall when she put her left leg over my right shoulder. I wrapped my right arm around her thigh. It was huge and I could only wrap my arm halfway around it, but it somehow felt natural this way. I started kissing her clitoris again. The other girls had fallen silent at this point.

Julie clamped down with her calf and foot on my back, drawing me in closer. I started licking. Julie started panting and I knew she would soon be moaning. What to do? I could bring her to the bedroom to finish her off. Or I could give Erin and Jill a show. But I couldn't draw myself away and I doubt Julie would have let me stop to bring her to the bedroom anyway. So, a show is what the other two received.

My left arm snaked underneath her her up to her butt cheeks. I was holding on, pulling her in and chomping at her pussy and clit. She was nearing the point of no return. Suddenly, she started shuddering and slid all the way down the wall to a seating position, me going down with her. I thought we put on a pretty good show.

When I stood up I noticed I was not much taller than Julie while she was sitting down. She drew me in for a kiss getting up on her knees -- I was looking up at her at this point. She stood picking me up with her.

From my new vantage point I reached up and touched the ceiling. Something that was always totally out of my reach, yet right now my head was mere inches from it. I could stretch my arms when standing alone on the floor and jump as high as I could and never come close to this. Yet for Julie this was her new reality. She would at times even need to watch her head from hitting things hanging from the ceiling, like lights and fans. If she grew much taller we'd need a new house with higher ceilings.

"So, girls, did you enjoy the show?", Julie said, a twinkle in her eyes looking at Erin and Jill standing with their mouths open.

"Can I borrow Sam tonight?", Erin asked.

"I think I want him all to myself tonight. You girls can have him tomorrow."

"Awww."

"Now, now. He's mine. Besides, you can't get him even if you wanted to.", Julie said sticking out her tongue as she raised me until my head was touching the ceiling.

"No fair. You had him for lunch."

"But you girls had him all day."

"Nuh unh. I had to work.", Erin said.

"Oh, I forgot. I'd invite you with us tonight, but that would leave Jill alone.", Julie said.

"Go ahead, Erin. I spent some time with Sam. I know you didn't get any relief today because of Julie and Sharon showing up. I can imagine how those kisses from Sharon made you feel."

"You won't mind being left alone, Jill?", Erin asked.

"Nah."

I finally spoke up. "Doesn't anyone care to hear what I have to say?"

"No.", they said.

Julie finally spoke up. "I tell you what, Sam. If you can get down in the next minute then you can have your say."

She was still holding me at arms length with my head touching the ceiling.

"Oh, great. Like that's really fair.", I said, sarcastically.

"Well, that's too bad, Sam. When you get big enough then you can start making the decisions."

"Fine. Whatever. I guess you decide then." There wasn't anything I could do. I was getting upset.

"I knew you'd see it my way, Sam. Erin, you can sleep with us tonight, but you have to service me first. Then you can have your way with Sam."

Julie was getting bold but there was nothing I could do about the situation. So we spent that night with Erin. We had a good time, as usual. But I was still sore about the way Julie acted.

 

End Notes:

Good news in the next chapter.

Chapter 24 - Offer by littless
Author's Notes:

Good news for Sam.

----- Doctor's office, Tuesday morning

The surgeon's visit last week went well. He cleared me to go back to work and I went in to the office yesterday. Everyone wished me well, but there were stares. I knew they all detected that I was even smaller than before. Nobody said anything about it. I figured I'd need to get used to it since I knew there was a good chance I'd shrink even more.

Today I find out how well the surgery went and if there are going to be any complications with my pituitary.

"Good morning, Mr. Cook. How are you?"

"I feel pretty good."

"I see from the surgeon's report that everything went well. Did you take any pain killing medications during your recovery?"

"No. I wasn't prescribed any."

"You could have asked for some from the surgeon's office."

"I didn't need it."

"Very good. We're finding out more and more that people do not actually need pain killers after surgery. It only leads to addiction later. I'm impressed with Dr. Scott for handling it this way. And I see the healing has gone very well. You are very lucky, Mr. Cook."

"Did they find anything out about the lesion?"

"You mean the biopsy? It is clear. It is not a tumor. I believe I was right that it was scar tissue. Did you ever have trauma to the head as a child, Mr. Cook?"

"I don't think so."

"Well, we don't know why the lesion was there but with it removed your pituitary should start functioning properly."

"So, what happens now?"

"Well, your pituitary will take some time to adjust. It might overreact for a few weeks but that should result in considerable vitality."

"Considerable vitality."

"You'll feel full of energy."

"That sounds good."

"You will probably also experience an increase in libido."

"An increase in libido?"

"That's sex drive."

"I know what that is. I think I've already been experiencing it."

"Then I hope it's doing you well. How is your appetite?"

"I'm eating more than before."

"Good. And are you exercising?"

"Not much yet. I've only been out of the hospital a little more than a week. But I plan on doing more."

"Excellent."

"What about the virus?"

"Have you investigated the clinical trials?"

"I filled out the paperwork you gave me. Would you like it?"

"Those are for you to give to others. I have word of an excellent clinical trial being set up right in the city for a promising new treatment. The university is sponsoring it. I don't know very much about it but I could forward the information I have to you. Would you care to look at it?"

"Yes, I would."

"Just a moment while I pull it up. There; give it a moment and it will be printed out. Currently these clinical trials are not just the best hope, it is the only hope. There is not more I can tell you about Borgford's syndrome that I haven't told you already. I have a new information packet, which again, doesn't tell you much more than you already know. The receptionist out front will have all of these papers for you when you check out. I'd like to see you back here in three months to evaluate how things are progressing."

"Alright, thanks Doc."

"Have a good day, Mr. Cook."

I made the followup appointment for three months from now, give or take, paid the copay and went home. There was still time to spare before the interview. I spent some time online looking up the clinical trial for those infected with the shrinking virus.

This one was nearby -- across town -- so I didn't have to travel anywhere across the nation. The trial was twice a week. After the blood work they would have everyone who was participating get together for a group session, sort of group therapy I guess, where we could talk about it with each other. I was getting excited about this. I had never met anyone else with this disease, let alone ever heard about it before. I filled out the online forms and called the doctor's office back to have them send the required paperwork to the proper address. Hopefully, I would hear back soon.


----- Tuesday afternoon interview, at an office building near the military base a few miles away

"Well, you've seen the offices and met my people. I hope you're impressed."

"I am, very, Stanislaw."

"Call me Stan, please."

"I'm sorry, that's how they introduced me to you."

"I'm very impressed with the work you did. The fact that you graduated with high honors ..."

"Cum Laude, Mr. Stan."

"Um, just Stan, and yes, cum laude. Uh, where was I? Yes, we would like to offer you a job. This is our offer."

He handed me a packet of papers, the top one was an offer letter with the salary written on it. It was well into the six figures. I was shaking.

"The packet here outlines our benefits. Insurance, sick leave, vacation, equipment reimbursement, that sort of thing."

"Equipment reimbursement. What is that?"

"We will pay you up to $2000 every year for personal computer equipment."

"I need to buy my own computer for work?"

"No. This is for use at home. We feel that our people should have state of the art equipment at home when possible. Many use it to remote work."

"That's very nice."

"Yes, well you won't be using it much for your job here, you understand. Most of the work will be on premises. I'm sorry I can't tell you anything more about the actual job itself. Nearly everything we do is classified by the government. So that leads me to one last caveat: you will need a security clearance."

"How do I get one?"

"You fill out a lot of paperwork. Then you wait. They will investigate your past."

"Sounds simple."

"You haven't seen the forms yet."

"How long will I have to wait?"

"No telling. Sometimes a month. Sometimes up to a year. It depends on too many things. Let me ask you: have you ever been in trouble?"

"No."

"Good, there should be no problems. Have you ever been out of the country?"

"No."

"Then it shouldn't take too long either. You'll need to do most of the paperwork at home but you may need to gather some other information. Make sure you save that information since you may go through this process again when being reinvestigated. Good luck with it."

I was told more about the process and shown the forms in the packet I was given.

"Do I have to tell my current employer about this?"

"No. The investigators handle situations such as this all the time. They'll be discrete so you don't have to worry. So, will you accept our offer?"

"It is indeed generous. I'd like to, yes. I'm just nervous about the clearance and telling my current employer."

"You should have nothing to worry about. Don't tell your current employer about this until the clearance process is finished. And welcome aboard, or rather I should say, welcome to this long process, the end of which should see you on our team."

"I'm looking forward to it Stan."

"Thank you, Sam."


----- That afternoon and evening

I couldn't believe what just happened. I'm going to be rich! Ok, not rich, but pretty well off anyway. We could buy a new car. Julie really needs one. And I'm going to need to get my car modified; it's becoming too hard for me to drive it. And the work sounded really exciting. I can't wait to tell Julie.

I gave her a call at her office.

"Can you get off early?"

"I don't think so."

"Damn. I have some good news."

"The doctor says your virus is cured?"

"Not that good. I don't want to say over the phone, though. It'll have to wait until we're home, ok?"

"Ok, Sam. You're making me nervous."

"Don't feel nervous. Feel happy."

"Ok. I'll hurry home."

I arrived home to find Erin.

"Working today?"

"Yes, I work at 4:00."

"Damn. Can you get off tonight?"

"I don't think so Sam. What gives? You sound chipper."

"I am. I want to take you and Julie and Jill out to dinner."

"What's going on?", Erin said.

"I've been offered a new job!"

"Cool. Is it more money?"

"It sure is. More than twice what I'm making now."

"Wow. When do you start?"

"I turned it down."

"YOU WHAT?"

"I'm just kidding. I accepted. But I can't start right away."

"Why not?"

"I need to get a security clearance first."

"How cool is that?"

"It might take a while."

"How long?"

"Don't know. I'm going to fill out all the paperwork tonight."

"I'm so proud of you, Sam."

"Well, let me get the clearance first so I can take the job. Don't tell anyone until then, ok?"

"I know you'll get it Sam."

We talked while she got ready to go.

"You just about ready to go now?"

"Sure. Let me get my purse. You'll pick me up at 10:00?"

"You betcha."

I dropped Erin off at work. I didn't want to bother Jill. But then decided what the hell.

"Hi Jill."

"Hi Sam. How are you?"

"Great. Can you come over tonight?"

"I think so. I'll need a ride."

"No problem. I just brought Erin to work. I can pick you up soon, ok?"

"Ok. I have to wait for Mom to get home to be sure."

"When will that be?"

"By about 4:30."

"That's cool. I'd like to talk to her. Is that ok?"

"Sure. I guess so. Is something wrong?"

"No. I've missed her; haven't seen her in a while, especially since the operation."

"Ok. I'll see you soon, I guess."

I arrived at Jill and her Mom's house not long after.

"Come on in, Sam. How's my little brother?" Sheesh. There she goes again with the 'little'. But as great as I felt right then I didn't care.

"I'm great, Jill. Guess what?"

"The doctor says you're going to shrink to three inches tall."

"No. Huh?"

"Would you like to be three inches tall? I'd carry you in my cleavage." I see, she wants to play.

I got up on my toes to look at her cleavage. What I really needed was a chair.

"Did you just develop cleavage, Jill?"

"No, but by the time you shrink to three inches I will."

"Your tits will be ten times my size, Jill. I wouldn't be any bigger than your areola."

"You could spend the rest of your life with my boobs. Would you like that?"

"Oh, hell yes, I would."

I was eagerly anticipating where this was going when Mom walked in.

"Oh, hi, Sam?"

"Hi, Ms. Thompson."

"What brings you here?"

I was a little disappointed that she interrupted Jill and I but I was too excited about this.

"I wanted to ask if Jill could come over. I'm taking Julie out for dinner, but she doesn't know it yet. I wanted Jill to join us. If that's ok."

"That's fine. What's the special occasion?"

"Well, I do have an announcement."

"Let me put some things away first, I'll be right there."

"You're really excited about this Sam. I can't wait to hear.", Jill said.

"Soon as Mom get's here. Oh, here she comes. I wanted to wait until dinner anyway. Hey, Ms. Thompson, you know what? How would you like to come to dinner with us?"

"Oh my. Can you afford all of us, Sam?"

"I certainly can, and it would be my pleasure."

"Well, then I suppose I can."

"Good. I'm going to make you all wait for my announcement until dinner."

"Aw.", Jill said.

We all rode in the bimmer so we would bring mom back after dinner. When Julie arrived she was surprised to see Mom and Jill.

"Hi Mom. What're you doing here?"

"We're going out to dinner, Julie. It's ok, right? You don't have anything else planned?", I said.

"Sure. But I really want to hear what you were were so excited about, Sam."

"Let's wait until we get to the restaurant, ok?"

"Ok. I'm game. Where're we going?"

"I figure the family Italian place that just opened up. I hear they're pretty decent."

"They're expensive, aren't they?"

"I already checked prices. A little pricey for some things, but not too bad. We should be good."

"Ok. Let me freshen up a bit."

Julie had to drive and Mom and I sat in the back: you know, being the smallest and all that.

"Sam, how are you and Julie getting along?", Mom asked.

"Great."

"I don't know how to say this politely so I'll just put this right out, Sam. Does Julie's size bother you?"

"Not in the least. It presents challenges but they're just like any other challenges that other couples face, only a little different."

"Very good answer. And what about Jill?"

"What about her? We've grown close. I don't know what to say."

"You're close with both of my girls."

"I am. I just wish the two of them would get along as well."

"You're a very perceptive young man."

"Not really. Anyone can see it."

"I'm afraid of that. I don't want anything to hurt their relationship, Sam."

"I hear you. Truth is, their relationship is already on shaky ground. I've tried, but I can only take them so far. At least they're on talking terms and not bad mouthing each other any more."

"That's true. If you can get them to mend their differences Sam, then I'll be eternally grateful to you."

"No need. Getting them close again would be reward enough."

"I wanted to tell you to be careful with your relationships with both of my daughters, Sam, but I can see that you're your heart is in the right place."

"Thank you. I don't know where our relationships will lead us just yet, and I have other things always on my mind too, but I swear to you, the last thing I want is to hurt either one of them."

"You're a good man, Sam."

"Aw, shucks.", I felt like saying. I didn't.

"Hey, it looks like we're there."

Jill had spaghetti. Mom had linguine. I had chicken fettuccine and Julie had two pizzas. She would have had another one until she realized people were staring.

This was a problem: wherever we went people would stare. Not so much at me, although sometimes that would happen too. But almost all the time it would be directed at Julie. I was feeling bad for her. I could tell Mom was too.

"Julie. They're all fascinated with your immense beauty. Ignore them."

"Aw, thanks, Sam. It's ok. I'm getting used to it."

I still felt bad for her. Mom looked and smiled at me when I payed Julie the compliment, as if to say 'Thank you for trying.'

Over desert I gave them the news.

"I've been offered a new job."

"You have?"

"Yes. And I'll be making more money."

"That's great Sam. I always new you'd do good.", said Mom.

"What will you be doing?"

"I'm not sure yet. I need to get a security clearance first. And then I probably won't be able to tell you guys what it is either when I do start working."

"Spy stuff!", Jill exclaimed.

"Hardly. It's just computer stuff."

"When will you get the clearance?"

"I don't know. I just need to go through the process."

"Superwoman has a top secret clearance you know." Jill's getting bold; in front of everyone, no less.

"I didn't know that."

"All superheroes do. Just so you know. All of their super abilities are classified."

"Ok. That's new to me too. Anyways, I'm glad I was able to tell you. Just don't tell anyone else. Just in case I don't pass the clearance."

"You saw the doctor today, right?", Julie said.

"Yeah."

"What did he say?"

"Not much. The surgery was a success but I still have the virus to contend with. But I'm signing up for a clinical trial. I'm excited about that too."

"Will it stop your shrinking, Sam?", Jill asked.

"I don't know. We'll have to wait and see."

"I'm sure you'll be fine, dear.", their mother said.

"I hope so. Right now nobody knows much about the virus."

Everyone was in a good mood. I thought nothing could spoil this moment. I was wrong.

When the waitress brought the bill I reached for it since I was paying. She pulled it out of my reach.

"Uh unh, young man. This is for your mommy.", she said, giving the bill to Julie.

"Mommy?", Julie said. Then she made big theatrics of taking the bill and handing it over to me in front of the waitress.

"Here Sam. You can now do what you need to."

"Wait there a second ma'am.", I said to the waitress. I grabbed my wallet and took out the gold card making sure she saw it. I took a quick look at the check, put the credit card in the glove and gave it to Julie.

"You can give it to her now Julie. How fast she gets the bill back to us will determine how much of a tip I give her."

The waitress ran into the back of the restaurant then back out in record time. This time she gave the bill to me. I don't believe in short changing those who work hard, even if they do piss us off sometimes, so I gave her a semi-decent tip, signed the check and Julie and I walked out hand in hand.

Jill said, "Wow, you guys put her in her place. I loved seeing her expression when she handed the bill to Sam." She laughed. The rest of us were a bit disgusted, but laughed anyway.

"Don't worry about it Jill. People are like that. They just don't understand. Julie, I'm proud of you.", I said.

"Why?"

"You didn't bite her head off."

"I don't get like that anymore."

"And that's why I'm proud of you."

We took Mom home then headed back home ourselves. One of us would have to go pick up Erin tonight. We did something different: I let Jill take the bimmer to pick up Erin. This left Julie and I alone for a little bit.

"This is great, Sam. I'm so happy for you."

"Thanks. I didn't tell the others, but look at the offer they made me." I showed her the packet and offer letter.

"What are you going to do with all that money?", she said giddily.

"The first thing we're going to do is get you a car that fits."

She was so happy she laughed. "Do I get to choose which color it is?"

"You get to choose everything. Just make sure it fits first."

"You don't need to worry about that."

"Hey look. I got a response back from the trial study already. They'd like to see me next week, on Tuesday. It says the trials run twice a week on Tuesdays and Fridays from two o'clock to eight. I sometimes go into the office on Tuesdays but usually in the mornings. So, I might just be able to make this work."

"How soon can you start?"

"In two weeks it looks like they have another one starting up. It runs for eight weeks. I wonder if I can make it into this one."

"Did you reply yet?"

"No."

"Well, what are you waiting for?"

"Ok, ok. By the way, you lucked out."

"What do you mean?"

"The doctor says my pituitary might be overreacting for a while."

"So?"

"So, I'll have an increased libido too."

"You horny bastard. I've noticed. I thought you were just happy to get your surgery over."

"That too."

"You think you can keep up with me?"

"I don't need my pituitary to keep up with you, Julie."

"Mr. Confident, eh?"

"You're just too sexy."

"So, why are we here and not in the bedroom?"

"Do we always do it in the bedroom?"

"No. Good point.", she said, getting undressed.

"No wait. Jill and Erin are going to be here soon."

"They've seen it all already. We wouldn't even have to get up: Erin has a key."

"It would be rude if they caught us bonking."

"They could join in."

"You'd be ok with Jill joining in?"

"No.", she said. "We'll wait." She had that disappointed look on her face.

I don't know what I'm going to do about the two of them. So, we talked a while longer and the girls showed up, a little later than expected.

"Erin, do you want something to eat?"

"No. We stopped and I got something, Sam. I wish you would have taken me out too."

"I'm sorry, Erin. I'll make it up to you and take you out to dinner another night."

We all talked a little while. I didn't really have anything planned with Jill around; I just wanted her to share my excitement.

"I have to go into the office tomorrow guys."

"Are you going to tell them about your new job?"

"No. Not until I know about the clearance."

Erin came to sit next to me on the couch and put her arm around my shoulders.

"You could always take tomorrow off, Sam."

"No. I've already missed enough work. I just wanted you all to be here since I'm so excited. I really don't know how long we'll all be able to get together like this. I want it to last, but if it doesn't, I want to enjoy your company and make the most of it while I can."

"You talk like something really bad is going to happen, Sam.", Julie said. "Stop talking like that."

"I don't mean to make you upset Julie, but we have to face the facts. I'm shrinking, and that's scary."

"We'll all be here for you, Sam.", Jill said.

"Yeah, you know we will.", Erin also said.

"I know, guys. I just wanted to have you all around tonight."

We all retired to our bedrooms. I didn't know if Erin and Jill were going to spend the night together but while Julie and I were kissing I heard Erin scream one of those "Ooooo, Jill!" screams. I laughed out loud.

"Sam. Don't be so rude."

"They can't hear us or even care. I think it's so great hearing them have fun."

"Ooooo, Erin!", we heard.

Now Julie was laughing.

"Aha! See?"

"Ok. Come here, let me kiss you.", she said. "No, not like that, here."

She lifted me up so my crotch was at her face level. Then she kissed Mr. Happy.

"Ooooo, Julie!"

I'm not sure, but I think I heard laughing in the other bedroom.


End Notes:

Some things to know in Sam's past is coming next.

Chapter 25 - Off His Chest by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam learns some startling things about his past.

----- Thursday

I had gone into work yesterday. Everyone seemed to be snickering at my shorter stature. I was going to be part of a new project, but I was thinking about that other job offer. I didn't let on.

The other company that made me the offer for a new job was a very large government contractor and had lots to offer that I just couldn't get here. I looked them up on the Internet. There was bad as well as good reports, but I figure it's more likely for someone to post something bad rather then good, right? I got a good feeling about them.

Today however, I was working from home. I did take a little time finishing up the clearance paperwork. There's a lot to fill out but I also needed to find some information, as well as my birth certificate, from my parents. I'd need to get in touch with Mom and Dad.

"Erin! What time do you go to work today?", I yelled.

"I'm off today."

"Good. When does Dad get home from work?"

She came walking into the office nude, except for a towel on her head; she just finished showering. She was looking pretty sexy leaning on the desk with one leg up.

"Around 5:00, usually. Sometimes he stays real late."

She was distracting so there was a pause before I asked, "Do you have his work number?"

"Yeah. You want to call him?"

"I'm not sure I should bother him at work."

"What for?"

"I need some stuff from home."

"I could get it."

"No, I don't think you can. I need to some information about Mom and Dad and I need my birth certificate."

"I don't think he'll mind if you called him."

"Ok. What's his number?"

I had never called Dad at work before. He was a little surprised, but I could tell he was happy. I asked stuff about him and Mom: birth dates and places, where they went to school, things like that. I asked if they had my birth certificate too. He confirmed they did and I asked him to pick it up for me.

He wanted to know what all of this was about and I just told him that I wanted a new job and needed the information for the application. He thought it was a little strange but went along with it anyway. We said goodbye, but not after arranging for me come over that night to pick up my birth certificate.

"You want me to pick up the birth certificate from Dad for you?", Erin asked.

"I was thinking I'd take you all out to dinner: Dad, you and me."

"That'a a great idea, Sam. Let's do it."

"We'll ask Dad tonight and see if he's up to it."

"What if Mom wants to come?"

"I don't know. Frankly, I doubt she would.", I said.

"She'd be with Dad."

"Whatever. If she has to come, she has to come. But it probably won't be fun."

"I understand. You know we have a whole day today before we need to do any of that. The two of us could have some fun."

"I have work to do, Erin."

"You could work naked."

"I could. What're you planning on doing today?"

"Can I go out the garage and hang on the inversion table?"

I laughed. "Sure. Just be careful."

"Do you ever hang on it, Sam?"

"Yes. But I'm just getting back to exercising again. I'm planning on going out there later today. I'd like to go for a run today too."

"You still running?"

"I'm trying to get back into it. It's not as easy. I get out of breath a lot sooner and my route seems to have gotten longer."

"Do you suppose it's because you're smaller?"

"I hope not, but maybe you're right."

"Did the doctor say how small you're going to shrink?"

"No. I'm going to see some people about a new treatment next week. I'm hoping it's going to stop the shrinking."

"As small as you were to begin with, well, this is just the worst thing that could have happened."

"No, it's not. But, yeah, it's still pretty bad."

"Thanks for letting me stay with you, Sam."

"Erin, I couldn't let you stay there with Mom."

"And thanks for bringing me to work and letting me use your car."

"We're planning on getting a new car for Julie soon. I'd like to keep the pickup and you're welcome to drive it. But it's not the best vehicle to drive."

"I'll love it. Believe me, it's better than nothing."

"I can't drive it anymore anyway."

"What's wrong?"

"I can't reach the pedals and see out the window."

"Oh." She didn't expect that. "Are you going to get those pedal extensions for your car?"

"Yep."

"Will the rest of us still be able to drive it?"

"Beats me. I'm not sure how it will all work out yet."

"Well, thanks."

As she was walking out the door to go to the gym I yelled out, "Aren't you going to put some clothes on?"

She thought for a moment, then said, "No."

At lunchtime I decided to go out to the gym myself. I hadn't seen Erin since earlier and wasn't really expecting her out in the gym but there she was, hanging upside down.

"Have you been hanging all this time?"

"No. I had to do some things earlier. You didn't hear me?"

"No."

"I've only been here a few minutes."

"Well, don't hang too long. It will make your eyes go crossed."

"It will."

"Yeah. I had a friend who flew airplanes for a living. One day he spent too long on an inversion table and he couldn't see straight. The only way he could fly after that was upside down."

"He did not."

"Ok, he didn't. But he did keep bumping into walls."

"He did?"

"You're so gullible sometimes, Erin."

"Gullible. That sounds sexy."

"You're thinking of gobble."

"That's what I said."

I rolled my eyes. "Whatever, Erin."

"Come here.", she said.

I came closer and she tried to take my pants off. It was tough for her being upside down but she managed as I just stood there.

"Now put it right here.", she said, pointing between her upside down boobs.

I can honestly say that was the weirdest titty-fuck I've ever had. She was licking cum off her chin as she went back inside to clean up.

After putting my pants back on I tried some exercises using very little weight. It was tough. At no point could I have ever been able to get even 100 pounds up. I could see that it was going to be a long hard road to get back to where I was before.

How much could Julie push, I kept wondering. I wasn't sure I wanted to find out but we were going to need to work out together soon. And to run; but I probably wouldn't be able to keep up.

I finished in the gym and cleaned up. Erin wouldn't let me get dressed, so naked we both stayed until Julie came home.


----- Thursday evening

"You two been naked all day?", Julie asked.

At this point it shouldn't have been a surprise. I don't even know why she asked.

"Yeah. Gonna join us?", Erin said.

"Wait just a second.", I said. "Julie, I want to take Erin out to dinner tonight. I promised her. We might invite Dad, and maybe Mom. I really hate to ask you to stay home, but do you mind if it's just us?"

"I suppose I can spend a little time by myself. But you have to promise to hurry home, Sam. I'm not sure I can hold out much longer without sex today."

"No problemo, honey. I promise we won't be too long."

Erin snickered but we got ready and headed to Mom and Dad's house. When we got there Erin ran to her old room to pick a few items up, I went to talk with Dad in the living room.

"Where's Mom?"

"It's game night. She's playing with her friends tonight."

"This early?"

"She leaves early so she doesn't have to make me supper on Thursdays."

"Have you eaten yet?"

"No, not yet. You two want to eat supper with me?"

"I was thinking the other way around. Let's go out tonight, my treat?"

"You sure about that?"

"Absolutely. We haven't done this in a long time. I thought we could go to the old burger place we used to go to when Erin and I were kids. You know, the one with the root beer floats we used to get for desert. Come on, this will work out great."

"Alright, let me grab the papers you want. I tell you what, how about if I meet you there -- I have to make a quick stop at the drug store. Go ahead and get a table for us."

"Ok, Dad. We'll see you there."

We left when Erin was ready. We reserved a table for the three of us. Since we had to wait a little while to be seated, Dad showed up not long after we got our table.

I was getting my appetite back since the surgery. I had a chili-bacon-cheddar-cheeseburger with all the toppings, including jalapeños. Erin had your basic cheeseburger and Dad just had a hamburger. Afterwards, Erin and Dad were full, but I had a root beer float. I love those things and even if I was full I'd still get one; they are that special.

"So, Erin, how do like living with your brother?"

"It's great Dad. Sam helps me get to work every day and it's so fun spending time with Julie and Sam."

"I'm happy that you're doing so well. Mom, not so much you understand. She can't fathom why you would do something like that since you have a perfectly good room to yourself at home."

"Mom never did understand us.", I said.

"I don't either, sometimes."

"But at least you make an effort Dad."

"How is Julie doing?"

"She's great."

"You two are really getting along pretty well, Sam?"

"The best. It couldn't be better."

"Then I'm happy for you two. I suppose the operation was a success."

"It was. Thanks for coming to see me."

"So, your pituitary gland is better?"

"Yes. They said this should fix things."

"What was wrong?"

"They don't really know for sure. The doctor asked if I had taken a fall or hurt it or something like that when I was younger. He thinks there was scar tissue there."

Dad paused, then castled his hands in front of his face. He became very serious.

"Sam, what I'm going to tell you won't be easy for you to hear. You're going to hate me; and so is your mother for me telling you this. But I have to say it anyway."

"What, Dad?"

"When you were very little your mother would spank you. I would never do such a thing and thought it was wrong. But you were a rambunctious child. I new you weren't mean, just energetic. Your mother had other ideas. I should have put a stop to it but just couldn't stand up to your mother. I don't know why. I apologize but I know that's not much consolation."

"So, she spanked me."

"There's more to it. One day she was using a stick. The stick had thorns or a needle or something sticking out from it. I have no idea why she was using it. She always said it would build your character to feel a little pain."

"Go on.", I said. Erin had a horrified look on her face. I felt like what her face looked like.

"She went to whack you on your rear end but you ducked. The thorn got stuck in your neck. We didn't know what to do so we brought you to the hospital. They took it out but said that we should have surgery to find out how much damage there was. You seemed fine after and we couldn't afford the followup surgery anyway. I told your mother we should do it, but she didn't want to deplete any savings that we had scraped up over the years. Because you seemed fine we didn't pursue this. We were wrong."

"Are you saying I could have had this surgery years ago?"

"Yes. I think so. I believe the surgery you just had, you should have had long ago."

"You never told me this."

"I know. I'm finally telling you now. I'll go Sam, and we never have to see each other again. I would understand; we were terrible to you. I wanted to get this off of my chest and you have a right to know."

"Why didn't you tell me before?"

"Because I was ashamed, I guess. We stopped talking about it, your mother and I. She completely wiped it from her mind. To her, you were the one that she failed. She instead focused everything on your sister."

I was floored. "I guess this explains a lot."

"I'd like to pay for dinner, son. Then I'll go and you can get on with your life."

"Don't go, Dad. I told you I was paying."

"I don't deserve your generosity, Sam."

"Of course you do. You're my father."

"I don't know how you can say that.", Erin said.

"I don't care what you did, Dad. I can forgive you. I still want you to be in my life. I realized that when you came to see me in the hospital."

With his arms on the table, Dad put his head down and wept. I'd never seen my father ever do such a thing.

"Sam, how can you do that?", Erin scolded.

"Forgiveness is mine to give or not. Not yours, Erin. Not in this case." That left her speechless.

"Dad, you and Mom raised a fantastic daughter. She made me see how wonderful family is. I don't want you to go. I need you more than ever. The surgery only fixed one thing; I have a virus. You know about that, right?"

He grabbed a napkin and wiped his eyes. "Yes, I know about that. Julie didn't want me to tell you that she told me. She knows that you and I, and especially your mother, don't talk. She wanted us to know."

"So, Mom knows too?"

"Yes."

"What does she think?"

"I don't know. She doesn't seem fazed. Maybe she's trying to keep up a strong appearance."

"Dad, you know she she doesn't care.", Erin said.

"I realized that a long time ago too, Erin. Don't worry about Mom. I've written her off just like she's written me off. Dad, thanks. Also, thanks for the birth certificate."

"Your welcome, son."

It must have been very hard for my father to tell me this. I could have laid into him, but it wouldn't have done any good. I was thinking of the future and to hanging on to what I have now. Besides, I was even grateful to find that out about my past.

We parted and went home. Julie wasn't around. I searched and found her in the bedroom; with Sharon.

"Sorry, Sam. I couldn't wait. But now that you're here, won't you join us?"

"I don't think so, Julie. I'm not in the mood tonight."

"What? Ok, what did you do with my Sam, mister?"

"Really, Julie. I'm not in the mood."

Julie was understandably upset. Erin had to tell Julie about the night. I was not expecting what happened tonight and was understandably a bit melancholy.

"How about I sleep in the other bedroom tonight, and you and Sharon can spend the night together. Maybe Erin would like to participate."

"You don't need to sleep in the other bedroom, Sam.", she said.

"I'm not in such a great mood and I'd rather you all be happy. I just need a little time to myself. There's no reason for you two to stop, Julie."

"I'll miss you tonight."

"I'll be here, and I'll still be here in the morning."

"Sam, this is terrible news. But you can still be with us tonight.", Sharon said.

Erin said, "Well, I won't be joining you two tonight either. Sam, if you'd like company you can sleep with me. We don't need to do anything else but hold each other."

"I appreciate that from all of you but I think I'll just sleep in the other bedroom by myself."

And so I spent the night alone to think about what Dad had told me.

 

End Notes:

Some more fun times coming up.

Chapter 26 - Fabric Tearing Pokemon by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam gets himself into an orgy. Oh my!

---- After Dad's news

Last Thursday I found out about why my pituitary was messed up. I could have held a grudge against my parents for not telling me, but it was now fixed. Something I'm very grateful for; according to the doctor, mixing in that damage with the virus would have caused additional complications. I learned from the medical trial doctors that other things -- like diabetes, certain allergies, etc. -- could also cause problems combined with the virus I had.

I'm still sore that the whole pituitary damage prevented me from growing when I was younger. But I can't dwell on that anymore. As it was, I don't think I would ever be able to talk to my mother. Fortunately, Erin had come into my life at the time I needed family most. She made up for anything my parents put me through.

I was bummed out last Thursday because of the news, but I did make myself perform at Mike's on Friday night. I didn't play much, it was my first time back since the surgery and it was hard to get my voice properly warmed up, having not been singing much lately. Sharon, as well as Fred, stayed the night. We mixed it up: Sharon was with me and Julie, while Jill was with Erin and Fred.

Jill stayed the weekend. While Erin was working -- she almost always works weekends -- her and Julie and I had a lot of time to talk. I couldn't get them to have THE TALK, but at least they were on friendly enough terms. We cooked out on the grill Saturday night when Erin had come home and invited Sharon and Fred over.

Fred wanted to take Sharon out that night. I thought that was cool: she would finally get a night out dancing. I didn't know Fred had it in him. I played guitar and sang for the girls that night for quite a long time. My vocal chords were still getting back in shape but this helped. Pretty much the whole time Sharon was leaning on my shoulder while I sang. She really loves music.

But it was Jill and I that spent the night with each other, that night. We played our little games.

Julie was still growing; of that there was no doubt. I couldn't tell exactly how much without measuring, but my head couldn't reach her belly button anymore while standing.

Even more than that, Jill seemed to be getting bigger. She would hang on the inversion table; it seemed to be working for her. Why it never worked for me or Erin, I don't know. Even Sharon was getting in on it. It didn't seem to effect her either.

Of course, Jill knew she was growing. She seemed to try to measure herself against me whenever we were together. I'm not sure if others caught this, but I knew exactly what she was doing. We'd have to measure ourselves again.


----- Tuesday at the clinic

The clinic was on the other side of the city. It was about an hour and half drive but I was excited about this. After checking in I was interviewed by two doctors: Dr. Hall and Dr. Sarson.

Dr. Hall was a really nice older gentlemen with a calm demeanor. Dr. Sarson was a young lady who looked to be right out of high school. She was the intern and followed Dr. Hall around all day.

They asked lots of questions, especially about my sex life and who I had sexual relations with years ago. They were not too concerned with my current relations though.

I had slept with two girls in my sophomore year at college and one in my junior year. Neither of them amounted to much and two of them were one night stands. Only one of them I slept with more than once and then it was only a few times. Yes, I know: pretty pathetic. I told you how abysmal my love life was in college.

They asked how they could get in touch with them. I had no idea but gave them the girls names, the schools name, and the dates, as good as I could remember them.

We talked of my current lifestyle: my job, exercising, and diet. They mentioned that rest was also very important. Quality rest, whatever that was. I'll have to look that up.

They said I was doing good trying to get out and run every day and of course the weight lifting. Part of the trials involved exercise as a group but they said I needn't worry. They did that because most of the participants got next to none when it came to exercise so they wanted them to get at least a little activity in their sessions.

The trials had been going on for a little while and they had mixed them up. They wouldn't tell me exactly what I'd be getting in the way of drugs; they'd wait until they had a everyone signed up and they would put them into various groups with varying amounts of the drug, or drugs, that they were testing.

They confirmed that I had, in fact, been selected for the study. The best part was that even though the drug therapy was experimental and expensive, it would be free for the participants. Or so I thought that was the best part. The best part in reality, I would come to find out, would be the people I'd meet that would be participating with me.

They had a lot more information for me. For example, the virus would come and go and do it's stuff in spurts. That meant that those infected would shrink for a while, then the shrinking would stop, only to show up again two or three months later. I would find out other things about the virus later in talking with the other participants.

I was pretty stoked about this. Hope, at last!


----- Tuesday night

"How did the interview go today?", Julie asked.

"Really good. They confirmed that I'm in. I start next week."

"You must be excited. You deserve something good in your life, Sam."

"I have something good in my life. I have several somethings good, including you and Jill, and my sister, and Sharon and all the rest."

"You're such a sweet talker, Sam."

"I mean that, Julie. Hey, do you want to measure our heights when Erin gets home tonight?"

"Sure."

"Maybe we could invite Jill over. I think she's been growing and I'm curious as to how much."

"Will she stay the night?"

"I don't know. What do you think?"

"I suppose she can. She spends half her nights here anyway."

"Erin has the car tonight. Maybe she can pick Jill up."

"Give her call then."

That evening Julie and I cooked spaghetti and we all pigged out. We also had garlic bread and salad. Everyone was stuffed. Erin said she couldn't get up from her chair so Julie and Jill each took a hand and I pushed from behind.

"Aw, why did you guys have to get me up?"

"We have to clean up, then we're going to measure everyone.", I proclaimed.

"Well, then, what are we waiting for?". Good ole Erin. I think she just wanted an excuse for everyone to get naked again.

The good news: I hadn't shrunk. I was still 4'4". Erin was still 5'8". I'm not sure why we even measure her. Probably just another excuse to get naked on her part.

Julie had grown a half of an inch. Her growth had definitely slowed down. But it hadn't stopped.

As for Jill: 5'9". She was officially taller than Erin, but not by much. Erin thought this was cool.

"You're catching up with your sister, Jill.", Erin would say.

I couldn't read Julie to see how she felt. I didn't know whether she was happy for her sister or not.

Jill, of course, was ecstatic. She wanted to tell everyone and wanted Sharon to come over.

"Please, please. Let's call Sharon over tonight."

"I don't know, Jill.", I said. "We all have to work tomorrow."

"I don't."

"We know you don't. We're going to have to fix that, Jill."

"Yeah, you should really get a job.", Julie said to her.

"I will. Just call Sharon and see if she wants to come over. You two can go in to work together Julie."

"It's late. She'll be tired.", I said.

"Alright. Can I still stay tonight? With Sam?"

Julie and I looked at each other.

"Alright, go ahead, Jill. If it's ok with Sam, that is."

"Sure.", I said. "We'll spend the night together, but you'll have to make it up to Julie."

"How?"

"I don't know. I'm sure we'll think of something.", I said. I was hoping Julie wasn't too mad about this.

So Tuesday night was a repeat of Saturday's, with Jill and I playing our little game. We were both celebrating: my pending start of participating in clinical trials, and Jill's growth.


----- Wednesday

I needed to go into the office so I left early. I woke Jill up early too so I could bring her home. I was still able to say goodbye to Julie and Erin, although I'm not so sure Erin remembered. She doesn't function very well in the morning.

I told the folks at work about the clinical trials on Tuesdays and Fridays. They were ok with it. I didn't come into the office that much on those days anyway -- almost never on Fridays. They wanted me to take on a new project. This one I would be the lead on. It was a step up, but I felt torn knowing that maybe in the not too distant future I may be leaving. It was still good to know they had confidence in me.

We had our usual Wednesday meetings, I did some real work there between meetings -- I have a small desk there that isn't used too often -- and left for the day around 2:00. I returned home at about 3:00.

"Hey, Erin. Nice boobies." She didn't have to work this particular day and was sitting around topless.

"Hello. My boobies say hello too."

"That's my sister.", I said, shaking my head. "I'm going to make some hot tea. Want anything?"

"Nope."

I couldn't reach the cabinet where the tea pot was kept when it wasn't being used. I couldn't find the step stool either.

"Erin, do you know where the step stool is?"

"No. Want some help?"

"Please."

She came and got the pot down for me.

"Are you shrinking again, Sam?"

"I don't think so. My new clothes still fit the same. I just couldn't find the stool."

She came up close to measure our relative heights. I looked into the bottom of her bare breasts.

"Well, you look the same to me.", she said, right before motorboating me again.

"Hey! Do you always have to do that?"

"I thought you liked?"

"I do. You just do it at the most unexpected times. One of these days you're going to knock my head off."

"You'd love it, Sam. And you know it too."

"If my dick were big enough I'd slap you over the head with it."

"Too bad you can't reach that high."

I bit her tit in retaliation.

"Ow! You little brat. Come here.", she said as I ran off.

We were running around the house, Erin chasing me. I didn't want to knock anything over so I headed to go out on the deck. The sliding door was closed and locked, and she caught me as I spent the little time it took to open it.

"Think you're gonna get away with it, huh? Think again."

She had picked me up and was stripping me. I got a hold of her shorts and was unbuckling them at the same time she was stripping me. I was upside down at this point and had her pants down to her knees then started on her panties. My shirt and pants were already off at this point and she grabbed my underwear letting go of rest of me. I slid out of my underwear and fell to the floor nude.

I had quickly gotten up and started pulling on Erin's panties when the door opened. We looked over to find Julie and Sharon standing in the doorway.

"Are they always like this when you come home Julie, because every time I've been with you we catch them entangled up in mischief?"

"I can't believe you two.", Julie said.

"Oh, blow out it your ear. You're just as guilty as we are when you're here."

She laughed.

"What are you two doing home so early?"

"We finished up a lot of stuff today so the boss let us go early. And besides, you wanted to see Sharon last night, remember."

"Of course, I did, but it was Jill who really wanted her last night. I was the voice of reason and told her it was too late."

"So you did.", she said, making her way to the bedroom.

"You staying for dinner, Sharon?", I asked.

"I don't know. Whatever. Julie said she'd bring me home if I wanted. Fred usually picks me up but I don't want him to go out of his way, so it's whatever Julie wants."

"Speak for yourself.", Erin said. "I want Fred to come over."

"Ok.", Sharon laughed. "But you'll have to wait until he gets off work. What were you two doing, by the way?"

"She motorboated me again."

"You bit my boobie."

"Guys. Guys. Stop this. You're like two little kids."

"He's the kid; I'm the grownup. He can't even reach the cabinets.", Erin said.

"Ha, ha, ha. You better hope you don't get the shrinking virus."

"Calm down you two."

"Hey Sharon, I was about to make some tea. Want some?", I said to her.

"Now that's more civil. I'd love some, Sam."

"Just wait until I get you alone again.", Erin said. I guess it looked like we were fighting, but it was all good natured.

Julie returned from the bedroom topless herself.

"You guys really like to get naked here, don't you?"

"You can get naked too if you want.", I told Sharon.

"Little pervert. I bet you'd like that.", Erin just had to say.

"You would too, Erin. And nobody will believe you if you say you don't. Hey Julie, I'm making some tea. You'd like some, right?"

"Sure."

We had tea and talked for a while. We shamed Sharon into removing her clothes. She only did it, she said, because Julie agreed to take off her panties. We told lots of nude, rude and otherwise salacious jokes. We compared breast sizes too. Guess who's idea that was?

"Looks like yours are the smallest Sharon. Who'd a thunk it?", Erin said, snickering.

"But not if I were as tall as you and Julie. I'm the shortest one here."

"Nope. That would be me.", I piped up.

"I meant of the girls, Sam."

"Well, it's ok. You're still a giantess to me, and so are your tits."

She grabbed a hold of them and shook them in my direction saying, "Nya, nya." I'm not sure what that was supposed to have meant, but it was funny.

"Let's see how much of a giantess Sharon is against you, Sam.", the girls wanted to know. We both stood up. My head came up to her chin; my eyes level with her shoulders.

"I want to see you two kiss.", Julie said. We all knew what was coming. So we kissed standing, me on my toes. I was somewhere in another dimension from Sharon's kiss. Mr. Happy was trying to fill the three dimensions everyone else was in. The girls got a kick out of that.

Then Julie got up and stood next to us. Talk about giantesses now! Sharon could kiss Julie's belly button. I could only kiss somewhere between her belly button and crotch. In fact, her belly button was above my head now.

"Who wants wine?", Erin shouted, getting up and running to the kitchen.

"No, wait!", I shouted. "Let's eat dinner first."

"Why wait?"

"Because you guys will never make it to eating if you start on the wine first.", I told her. "Plus, it's bad to drink on an empty stomach."

"Yeah, I'm hungry.", Julie added.

"Ok, what do you guys want for dinner?", I asked. Nobody was really up for cooking so we decided on Chinese food. They don't deliver so Julie offered to go out to get it. Erin went with her since she'd been in all day. Don't worry, they put clothes on first. I don't know if they drove topless however; but I wouldn't be surprised if they did. Sharon and I were left alone. Naked. So we ... talked.

"Sam, I haven't really seen you much since last week. What your parents did to you when you were a kid: that's horrible."

"It's kind of a sore subject, Sharon. I'd rather not talk about it tonight."

"I'm sorry."

"No problem. Maybe in a few months, or years, who knows, I might be ready to speak about it. For now, let's talk about something else. Let's talk about you and Jill."

"Sure."

"What do you and her have together?"

"I've known her practically all my life, Sam. She's my best friend."

"Do you want an exclusive relationship with her?"

"You mean, like lovers? I don't think either of us are ready for that sort of thing."

"Some day, maybe?"

"Maybe."

"I know you love her and I know she loves you. I'd hate to see either of you hurt the other. Be careful."

"I am, Sam. You don't have to worry there."

"And what do _we_ have together?"

"I have a crush on you."

I choked on my tea.

"A crush?"

"Didn't you know?"

"I know you guys talk about me, and I know how good of friends you are with both Julie and Jill, and I'm sure they say all kinds of things. I hope they don't skew your perception of me."

"I knew you before all that."

"Oh?"

"I remember when you wrestled."

"Really?" This was a surprise.

"Fred went out for the wrestling team."

"I don't recall that."

"He did, but he couldn't make it past the first week."

"We don't do much wrestling the first week. It's all running, calisthenics and getting in shape. It's rough."

"It's just as well. He was in the same weight class as you."

"That would have been the lightest weight class."

"Yep. But he knew he couldn't compete with you so he wasn't real concerned about dropping out. I think he was scared and relieved not to make the team. You had a reputation as a super star wrestler."

"He needn't have been scared. If I'd known him back in high school I'd have tried to help him out I'm sure."

"I met you back then too."

"Yeah?"

"It was after a wrestling match. Everyone was congratulating you on your win, and shaking hands with all of the other guys who won their matches too. But I was only interested in you."

"I can't imagine which match that was."

"We talked."

"I would have remembered someone as pretty as you, Sharon."

"There were lots of pretty girls there. Especially the cheerleaders. I know one in particular who had her eye on you."

"Yeah, right."

"Besides, I was young and hadn't developed yet."

"Oh."

"You called me a sweetheart."

"I'm sure I did. Hey, wait. You were wearing a 'sweetheart' t-shirt the night we were introduced at Mike's. Did that have anything to do with before?"

"Ah, you remembered that night. Yes, I wore that for you." She was excited now.

"Wow. That shirt was like three sizes too small. You've certainly developed, Sharon."

"Maybe it was too small on purpose."

"Well, it was sexy as hell, I can tell you that."

"Thank you. Normally, I curse these things.", she said with her hands holding her boobs from below.

"You're crazy. Most girls envy you, I'm sure."

"They draw too much attention."

"Attention? You should see the attention Julie draws."

"I've seen it. I feel bad for her."

"Me too."

"I notice people stare at you sometimes too."

"Yeah. You don't have to remind me."

"But it's in a good way. Sometimes. Like when you sing."

"Thanks, Sharon."

"Do you like me, Sam?"

"Of course I do. You know that."

"I wondered. We've shared a lot but there's, you know, there's Jill and Julie."

"I'm not sure what I'm getting myself into and I don't want to hurt anyone. But it's just too tempting to turn down any of you."

"What about Teagan McIlroy?"

"Who?"

"She was the cheerleader I was talking about earlier."

"Someone you know?"

"We're neighbors."

"Ok. I don't know her."

"She had brown hair, kind of short. And a beauty mark on her face."

"Oh, hey, I think I remember her now. She was the only one with a beauty mark on her cheek. I know who she is, but she wasn't really one of my friends."

"She was younger. I think Erin's age."

"Then, maybe it's because we never shared any classes."

"She remembers you. She still has a crush on you too.", Sharon said, giggling.

"Get outta here. You're just saying that."

"No, she does. I still talk to her."

"Yeah, well, she was taller than me back then. Everyone was. I'm sure she's a whole lot taller now. She probably wouldn't like me today."

"I wouldn't say that."

"Has she been to Mike's?"

"I don't think so. She works at a pizza place on the other side of town. I don't think she gets out much; she's always working saving up for school."

"Sharon, I had no idea. But you guys are all younger than me, maybe that's why I can't remember."

"It's ok. Girls always crush on guys older than them."

"So you still talk to Teagan?"

"Sometimes."

"Does she know about you and I?"

"No. I haven't told her. I think it's better I don't."

"Good call, I guess."

"We used to talk about sharing you."

"Oh boy."

"It wasn't like what we do now. It would be like, she'd go out with you one day, and I'd go out with you the next."

"Does Jill and Julie know about this?"

"No. They don't know about me crushing on you when we were in high school; just from Mike's. Jill and I talk a lot though."

"What do you talk about?"

"What we both see in you."

"And what is that?"

"Sexy!"

"Ahem. Really, Sharon. I'm not all that."

"Yes, you are. You're so cute. I mean handsome."

"Sheesh. I know what you mean."

"You're sweet too. I could tell when you talked to me that first time. You weren't stuck up like the rest of the athletes."

"Wow. I'm going to need a little time to digest all of this, Sharon. Where does that leave us then?"

"Well ..."

"What?"

"I'm not sure. I'd like us to keep doing things together and find out where it takes us."

"You know we will."

"If anything ever happens with you and Julie, then, you know."

"Thanks. I'm not sure what's going to happen in the future, but right now I can't ever see leaving Julie."

"I know, I can tell. But as long as it's ok with Julie, I want to keep seeing you like this."

"Like this?"

"Yeah, naked."

"Oh, I almost forgot about that.", I laughed. "We've been like that a lot here lately. It just seems natural."

"And like this ...", she said as she gave me one of her inter-dimensional space-time fabric ripping kisses.

"Whew. I've been meaning to ask: where did you learn to kiss like that?"

She shrugged.

"Well, keep doing that." Then we kissed again. We were kissing when Julie and Erin walked in with the food.

"I told you. You owe me.", Erin said to Julie.

The two got undressed again and we ate Chinese cuisine at the kitchen table. Nude Chinese cuisine. My favorite.

"So, you two were starting without us, Sam. Tisk, tisk. You couldn't wait?", Erin rebuked.

"We didn't start anything. We were just, uh, discussing things."

"What were you discussing?"

"The, um, meaning of quantum, ... uh, inter-dimensional, fabric tearing, um, phenomenon."

"Right. Fabric tearing pokemon.", Erin said, rolling her eyes.

"And, we were discussing Fred."

"You were?"

"Did you know he went out for the wresting team in high school?"

"No. He never told me."

"Now you two have something to talk about Erin.", Sharon said.

"I know we went to the same school. I didn't know he played sports."

"He wasn't into sports seriously. I think he just wanted to meet girls.", Sharon said, winking.

"Fred didn't need to do that to meet girls."

"Well, you should tell him, Erin."

"So, what did you think we started without you, Erin?", Sharon asked.

"A kiss?", she said, being caught a little off guard.

Sharon walked over to Erin, swaying her hips. She reached up for a hug and gave Erin her own fabric tearing pokemon. Julie and I laughed.

Erin was smiling as she wiggled her shoulders, swinging her boobs against Sharon.

"Hey!", Sharon said, and swung her own boobs back at Erin.

They were having a titty battle right there in front of me. I was laughing so hard that I fell over.

"Oh, looks like the little pervert is having too much fun.", Erin said as they both came after me.

"Hey, wait!", I said. "You already got me earlier. You can't do that again."

"We'll see about that.", Sharon was saying as they closed in.

Well, not wanting to be motorboated for the second time today, I hopped up and ran behind Julie. I'm sure that I all but disappeared to the two girls -- Julie is that big and easy to hide behind. But Julie was not having any of this. She turned around, looked down and said, "You can't get away, Sam."

I ducked and ran between her legs only to find Erin and Sharon waiting for me on the other side. I immediately turned and beetled it out to the right. I was thinking of taking this outside but remembered how the sliding door slowed me too much earlier. I had to do something.

I pointed behind the girls and said, "Look, it's Haley's comet!" and Erin actually turned around to look. This distracted the girls just enough and I ran to the sliding door, opened it and ran outside. I'm brilliant.

I didn't take the tortuous route to the back; instead I leapt up onto a chair, then the table, then over the bushes straight out and landed hard on the grass with a roll. Yes! I still had it. Let's see any of the girls do that!

"He's getting away.", someone said. Then the race was on. The girls finally made it onto the grass when I was at the end of the yard. There were trees beyond. Any other time I would have ventured into the woods, but I was naked and barefoot now. I obviously didn't think this through completely. Maybe I wasn't so brilliant.

It was starting to get dark. Maybe I could evade the girls for a while, but then what? They would eventually catch up. If I played this right maybe it would be fun. Or maybe they'd just be pissed off. But I was enjoying the physical exercise so I kept it up a little longer.

Sharon came running at me; at the last second I pivoted and ran off in an oblique direction. I was still quick, although not quite as much as before since I still wasn't one hundred percent since the surgery. But quick enough. Sharon couldn't stop in time and tried to catch me with her arm out but completely missed.

Next was Julie. Even from afar I had to look up to see the expression on her face. She was closing fast. I knew I could avoid her -- as big as she was she could just not turn and maneuver the way I could. I ran toward where Erin was standing, setting Julie up. I was running straight for Erin and almost reached her when Julie approached close enough. She reached down but I ducked under her legs again.

"Hey. Stop that.", she yelled. I was loving this, but Julie seemed to be getting a little miffed at it. Especially since Erin was laughing.

I kept this up for a while until we all started getting tired.

"You girls will never catch me.", I taunted.

"Oh yeah?" They banded together and started talking. Then they broke up and started circling me. Uh, oh.

I figured I would feint my way over to Erin or Sharon, drawing Julie in and when she closed in I would duck under her legs again and make a getaway. But when she reached me she made sure that her legs were closed, so I quickly ran behind Erin to hide. Wouldn't you know it, Julie reached right over Erin and grabbed me under the arms to pick me up from behind her. I didn't see that one coming, but I thought it was awesome.

"Gotcha! What shall we do with this one now, girls?"

I was doomed. What, indeed, were they going to do with me? I couldn't get away from Julie; not with my legs three feet off the ground. The way she was holding me out at arms length effortlessly I couldn't even kick her -- her arms were longer than my legs. I just stayed there, not fighting, resigned to let happen to me whatever lay in store from the girls.

By now it was pretty much night time. Julie turned me upside down and held me by one leg at the ankle.

"Whoa.", I said. My world was literally upside down. She hung me so my face was right in front of Sharon's.

"Let's see how he kisses now. Give Sharon a kiss, Sam.", Julie ordered.

Well, this was novel, let me tell you. Maybe you've kissed someone where your faces were upside down to each other, but have you ever done so with blood rushing to your head? I flashed back to when Erin gave me that titty fuck hanging from the inversion table; she probably felt a little like this. Maybe we had just discovered a new fad: inversion sex. Julie didn't stop there. She lowered me until my face was now in Sharon's tits.

"Go ahead Sharon. Hit him." And she did: my second motorboating of the day. Bbblsbbbllbbb! There won't be enough aspirin in the world for the headache I'm going to get.

"Now your turn, Erin."

Oh, no. Not again. The girls were laughing hysterically.

"Please no, Julie. I'll be knocked out before the evening is over."

"You should have thought of that.", she said.

Bbbblbbblbbbbb. "Ow! I see stars."

"That's just my nipples, Sam."

"I didn't know your nipples glowed, Erin."

Now it was Julie's turn. She held me higher until my face was into her own breasts then began swinging her shoulders back and forth. However, with her holding me I swayed in time with her shoulders and the effect was not nearly as bad as with Erin. Let's say it was my third and a half motorboating that day. I was able to bite a nipples this time and took the opportunity to do so.

"Why you little ..."

She put me down to grab a hold of her breast. It took a few seconds for me to get my bearings: being upside down all this time plus the beating my head got. My head hurt. When I stood up I nearly fell over, as if I were drunk.

"Sorry. I didn't think I bit that hard. Would you like me to kiss it?", I told Julie.

"Yes. Kiss it."

"Well, bend down, or something."

"Nope. You're going to have to reach it yourself."

"Erin. Come here. Get me up on your shoulders."

"Oh no you don't."

"Sharon?"

"Don't look to me. Besides, I don't think the two of us are enough for you to reach anyway."

I was wondering if she actually expected me to do something about it. I got a running start and jumped up onto her knees and ran up to grab her shoulders. I didn't make it. Darn. I had to try something else.

I ran to the patio and grabbed one of the folding chairs and dragged it out to where she was. It was really dark by now so I nearly tripped twice but finally made it over. I stood on the chair. That did it, barely. I was able to kiss her nipples; but not her lips.

Not being one to admit defeat, I jumped down and attacked her pussy. I did my own rendition of motorboating her clit with my tongue. She shrieked at this surprise attack and stepped back. However, I kept at it and soon she had stopped trying to move away.

We were on the ground and I was putting everything into attacking her pussy. I was working my whole arm into her while playing on her clit with my mouth. (I really do think it's growing, by the way.) I had a second wind and soon Julie was nearly screaming -- her moans were that loud.

I had noticed the other two and fallen silent, no doubt enjoying the show. I wasn't about to take the time yet to let Julie go so I didn't get to see the expressions on Erin and Sharon's faces. I kept at it, slowing once in a while to let Julie catch her breath, then I'd attack with even more vigor. I lost count of the times she came but she finally made me stop, and it wasn't without some reluctance from me. She had to pick me up away from her crotch.

"Done?", I said.

"Oh, yes. I'm done.", Julie said, nearly out of breath.

"Aha! Can't keep up with you, my ass. So who's got the libido now?"

"Ok, Sam. You win. But it was no fair; I didn't get any relief today."

"Neither did I."

"But I saw you with Erin and Sharon. Don't tell me you didn't."

"I didn't. You kept interrupting."

"Hmm. What do you think girls? Is he telling the truth?"

"He is. At lease where it concerns me.", Erin said.

And Sharon added, "Yeah, me too, sad to say."

"So, what shall we do with him now?"

"I want a turn.", Sharon said.

Erin said, "Me too."

"All of us then?", I smiled.

"That would be an orgy, Sam."

"So? It's not like we need a permit or anything."

"Yeah, you do. There's a place downtown where you apply.", Erin said.

"Erin, I'm the bullshitter here. You can't get away with that.", I told her.

"Aw. I thought I was doing good. Besides, we can't have an orgy with only one guy. We need Fred."

"Figures. It's late but if you want to call him, go ahead. What do you think, Julie?"

"Um. Sure, I guess."

"It won't be an orgy. Erin and Fred will go off by themselves.", Sharon told us.

"Do you care?"

"No. Just sayin'. But, it's kinda late, don't you think?"

"Fine.", Erin said. "The four of us then?"

We all agreed and I spent the majority of the rest of the night servicing Sharon while Julie and Erin made out. Of course, we'd switch it up once in a while but we all fell asleep together. There wasn't much room in the bed, especially with Julie there, but I didn't have to worry. Being the smallest I was able to crawl in between any little space that was left between the girls. I slept with Julie spooning me and me hugging Sharon's knee. (I know, but try to picture it your mind.)

I was happy. Well, who wouldn't be. But I was also excited about the study. I had a good night's sleep.

 

End Notes:

I might get one more chapter up soon, but then I'll be gone for two weeks. Don't worry, I will be back and won't keep you waiting forever.

Chapter 27 - Shallow by littless
Author's Notes:

Another Friday night at Mike's.

----- Friday morning

I was in the kitchen when I heard it: a bang then a crash followed by Julie yelling "Damnit!". She doesn't normally cuss. I naturally rushed over to the bathroom and found Julie sitting on the toilet, her knees way up in the air and her feet against the opposite wall. It wasn't a very wide bathroom.

"What happened?"

"I tried to get up like I usually do by grabbing the towel bar. It broke this time. I'm sorry, Sam."

I looked over to where the towel bar used to be and saw but two white spots on the wall.

"It's ok, Julie. We can fix it."

"But I'm stuck. I can't get up."

This was both tragic and funny. I really felt bad for Julie so I tried my best not to laugh.

"Are you ok? You're not hurt, are you?"

"No, I'm not hurt. How am I going to get up?"

"Let me help."

I stepped over her nearest leg so I was directly in front of her.

"Here, give me your hands."

I braced my feet against the bottom of the toilet. "Ok, pull on three. Ready? 1, 2, 3! Ungggggh!"

I tried with all my might. Julie pulled too, but she pulled me into her and almost into the toilet. This wasn't going to work.

"Ok. Let's try something different. Can you get your feet underneath you?"

"No, I tried that. My leg gets pinned against my body and my feet won't go any further underneath."

"Ok, let me think."

Right about then Erin showed up at the door.

"Why'd you guys wake me? What's going on?"

"Julie got stuck."

"Oh my Gawd. How did this happen? We have to get you up, Julie."

"We tried. Hey wait. Come here, Erin."

She was naked as is usually the case with Erin. So was Julie, but that's understandable; she was about to take a shower. Anyway it couldn't wait.

"Grab her left hand, I'll grab her right and we'll pull, ok? On three. 1, 2, 3! Ungggggh!"

Up she came. We did it. Yay!

But she kept going up and banged her shoulder on the shower curtain bar and nearly fell back down on the toilet. This time she had the foresight to get one of her feet under her. Phew.

"Ok. Good work guys.", I said.

"Oh, Sam. I'm really sorry."

"Don't worry about it. I told you we'll fix it. Let me see your shoulder."

"It's fine. See?"

"Good. But, uh, maybe you should use the bathroom in Erin's room. You wouldn't mind, would you, Erin?"

"Of course not. It's your house."

"Good. There's more space between the toilet and wall there. We're going to have to find a solution to this though."

"Ok. I need a shower.", Julie said.

"Yeah, we'll leave you alone."

We went to the kitchen. Julie and I hadn't been taking too many showers together anymore. It was getting too tight in there as big as she was now. And even if we did, there's no way I could wash her back for her -- I couldn't reach high enough.

Erin was up and decided to have some coffee.

"What're you doing today, Erin?"

"Work. At 2:00."

"Ok. You can take the car but from now on I'll probably be using it on Fridays. I'll be at the clinical trials on Fridays starting next week."

"You mean the drug experiments?"

"Yeah, whatever. You know it's not like a real drug experiment."

"I know. I just like saying that."

"Yes. Very funny.", I said sarcastically.

"Don't worry, Sam. I'm sure they'll take good care of you. Maybe you'll even be cured."

"I don't think I can expect that. We'll see though."

"I'm pulling for ya."

"I know, Erin. I'm glad you'll be around."

"Are Sharon and Fred coming over tonight?"

"I don't know. I'll talk to Julie about it. And speak of the devil."

Julie had arrived wearing her panties, sports bra, and a towel on her head. Why do girls do that with the towel? It's weird how it makes them look different. Still sexy, but different. In Julie's case it was dragging on the ceiling. I didn't know ceilings got so dirty -- the towel wiped a trail up there.

"So, what's going on?", Julie asked.

"We were wondering if Sharon was coming over tonight."

"I don't know, I'll talk to her today about it. Are we going to Mike's tonight?"

"I guess so. I've been practicing more. I think I'll be good.", I said.

"Ok. I'll mention it to her."

"I can't make it.", Erin pouted. "I have to work."

"If I'm right, Fred will probably be coming. Maybe he'll spend the night after you get back."

"Oh, goodee."

"Julie, I got a call from the investigator for the clearance yesterday. They're working on my clearance now."

"Sounds like it's getting serious."

"It is. I'm excited."

"We all are.", Erin said.

Soon, Julie had gone to work leaving Erin and me alone again.

"Gonna hang on the inversion table, Erin?"

"Yeah, sounds like a good idea."

"Not too long. You'll grow hair on your feet."

"Nuh unh!"

"Ok. But don't blame me if you cut your toes trying to shave."

"I have to shave?"

"You think Fred will still think you're pretty if you have hair between your toes?"

"Oh no. I don't want to shave my toes. I better not do too much hanging."

"I guess you better not then." I left it at that. Poor girl. Besides, the hanging didn't seem to be working for her anyway. This would give her more time to do other things.

"Erin!", I shouted as she was leaving.

"What?"

"You forgot to get dressed again."

"No, I didn't."

"What if the mailman comes."

"I don't care."

"Nudist."

"Look who's talking.", she said as she left. I don't know why she said that; I was still wearing clothes. Sometimes she's just weird like that.

When it was time to go to work I almost dared her to go topless. I didn't; I realized it would give her an excuse, not to mention the idea.

I finished up writing a proposal for work: my first one. I was proud of it and they would probably put me in charge of the project. I was still excited about the new job though and hoped the clearance investigation would go well.

Julie arrived home a little before 4:00. She got undressed. Going out to Mike's was still a few hours away and she needed to get out of her tight clothes. All of her clothes were tight; there was just nothing else available.

But it worked out for the better: we made love that afternoon.


----- Friday night

It was good to be singing at Mike's again. Last week I only sang a couple of songs but I was ready for an hour or two tonight. It went well; I knew it would.

As I was picking up my gear after the performance Sharon walked up with a friend.

"Hi, Sharon."

"Hi, Sam. You were good tonight."

"Thanks. Who's your friend?"

"This is Teagan. You remember her."

"Oh, yeah, from high school. You were a cheerleader, weren't you?" I could tell Sharon hadn't told her about our talk the other day about Teagan, so I was playing along.

"You remember me?"

"I remember your pretty face."

"That's nice, thanks. You wrestled."

"Yep."

"You look different."

"I know. It's been a few years. Did you like the show?"

"Oh, yeah. You were good."

She didn't sound too motivated.

"Thanks. You should come more often.", I said.

"I came with Sharon tonight. She practically dragged me here. It's good to see you again."

"You too, Teagan."

The two went scampering off, talking as they left. That was, I don't know. I expected a little more enthusiasm based on how Sharon talked of her. Whatever. I just wrote it off as a school girl crush gone stale.

Julie and I took the pickup since Erin had the bimmer again. Sure enough, Sharon and Fred came over. It was not too much later that Erin came home from work.

Of course, Fred and Erin hooked up and ended up in Erin's bedroom, which left the three of us -- Julie, Sharon and me -- together again. We were in the living room this time since it was a little wet and cold outside.

"Did you see the new paper supplier's look on his face when he saw me today, Sharon?"

"Yeah, he was really surprised."

"He was pretty big. I bet he's never met too many people bigger than him, huh?"

"Yeah, pretty big."

Sharon seemed a little aloof tonight. I could tell something was bothering her.

"Looks like the wine bottle is almost finished, Julie. You should probably get another."

"I can't believe you're saying that, Sam."

"Well, it's not going to do any good complaining. Go ahead. Get some more."

When Julie left for the kitchen Sharon and I were finally alone.

"What's wrong, Sharon?"

"Nothing's wrong."

"I can tell something's wrong. Do you want to talk about it."

"No, I don't."

"Ok. I hope it gets better, whatever it is."

"Don't worry about it, Sam."

Julie had just come back with a new opened bottle of wine.

"Here, pour me another; fill it up.", Sharon asked Julie.

"Ok, here you go. You sure you don't want any, Sam?"

"Do I ever?"

"Just checking."

After a little while Sharon started feeling the affects of the alcohol.

"Maybe you should cool it a bit with the alcohol, Sharon.", I said.

"Maybe you should mind your own business."

"Whoa. Sorry about that, Sharon. I just don't want you to feel bad."

"Yeah, well, I feel fine. And I'll feel even finer with more wine."

"What's eating you, Sharon?", Julie then asked.

"Nothing. Absolutely nothing. Can we stop with this?"

"Sorry. I don't mean to pry.", Julie said. "You can talk to us, Sharon. We're your friends."

"You don't want to know, Julie."

"Ok, let's forget it. How about a game?", I said.

"What kind of game?"

"I don't know. Want to try twister?"

"You have a twister game, Sam?", Julie enquired.

"I used to. I'll have to find it first. How about it?"

"Don't you need more than three, Sam?", Sharon asked.

"I don't think so."

"Sure, fine. Go find it then. Here, I'll help.", Sharon said as she got up. However, she nearly fell over. Both Julie and I had to reach for her.

"I'm fine. Just fine. You don't need to hold me."

So, we let her go. She stayed steady, for a little bit, then sat down.

"Maybe I'll just stay here.", she said.

"Why don't you go look for it, Sam. I'll stay here with Sharon."

I went off to look for the game. I was hoping the two could talk it over. Unfortunately, I couldn't find it. Just as well, I'm not sure Sharon was up for it. I took a while but I finally found a monopoly game instead and was hoping Sharon was feeling better when I came back. No such luck.

"We can't play monopoly, Sam. Not with Sharon in the condition she's in. Here, give it to me; I'll put the game back and find something more suitable.", Julie said. Then she took me aside before she left.

"I don't think Sharon wants to talk to me, Sam; she wants to talk to you. I'll make sure that I'll be a while getting a game. Take all the time you need, ok?"

"Ok.", I said as she left.

"So, you don't think you can play monopoly right now?"

"I'm not in the mood."

"You know, if you want to talk, I'm a good listener."

"I know. But it's about you, Sam."

"Me?"

"Not exactly. It's about Tea."

"Is something wrong the tea?"

"No! It's Teagan."

"Oh. Sorry."

"I'm so mad at her."

"Why?"

"She doesn't like you anymore."

"She doesn't like me?"

"She likes you, but not like she used to."

"That's ok."

"No, it's not. You were right, Sam. She said you were too short for her."

"Oh. Did you tell her about the virus?"

"No. Only that you had changed since high school. I didn't know she was so shallow, Sam. I really didn't. Can you forgive me?"

"For what? It's not your fault she's shallow."

"I misled you."

"Oh, Sharon. Forget about it. I've put up with that for four years in college. You'd think college students, of all people, would not be superficial. They're supposed to be enlightened. Let me tell you, most people suck. But you, Sharon, are a gem."

"Thanks, Sam.", she said with tears in her eyes. I kissed her -- another multi-dimensional fabric tearing pokemon.

"So, you guys going to tell me what was wrong?", Julie said as she walked back into the living room catching us in the kiss.

"Um, Sharon?"

"Yeah, maybe it's better to keep this to ourselves, Sam."

"Sorry, Julie." She had that 'Oh great, leave me out.' look on her face. "I'll make it up to you."

"You guys better. Do you at least feel better, Sharon?"

"Yes, Julie. Thanks to Sam."

"I'm glad he was here to help, Sharon. So, what are you guys going to do to make it up to me?"

Sharon stood up, rather unsteadily I might add, and gave Julie a kiss. I could feel the space-time ripples again.

"Oh, I think I'm going to like this.", Julie said as she lay down on the rug.

"How about I take one leg and you the other?"

"Don't mind if I do.", I said.

We both spent our time on Julie together. That's not only a lot of leg to cover, it would be shame not to savor every inch of it. Once again, Julie had a huge orgasm. Of course, everything with Julie is huge. We cuddled up together for the night.

I really love it when Sharon joins me like this. She is a tremendously caring person. I'm delighted that she's our friend.

 

End Notes:

This is it for a couple of weeks. I have several more chapters left to go though, so don't give up.

Chapter 28 - Drug Experiments by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam starts an experimental treatment learns a little more about the virus.

----- Tuesday, at the clinic

"Follow me, Mr. Cook."

"Yes, ma'am, nurse."

"You don't have to be so formal. We'll be seeing a lot of each other over the next few weeks. Call me Betty."

"Ok, then, Betty. Lead the way pretty lady."

Betty giggled. "You're a flatterer. Can I call you Sam?"

"Sure."

Betty led me to a big room with curtains cordoning off a bunch of little rooms and each one had a single bed and an IV stand and machine in it. I didn't like the idea of having needles stuck in my arm, but if it'll help me then I'm all for it.

I was led to room number 6. The curtains were pulled on all the other rooms.

"Ok, Sam. Take off your shirt and put on this robe."

"Don't I have to take my pants off too?"

"No. Unless you want to."

"Not really. When I had surgery they made me take off my pants and underwear too."

"What did you have surgery for?"

"My pituitary gland."

"I hope the surgery helped."

"It did. Thanks for asking."

"We only need you to put on the robe since we'll be putting in an IV and need your arm free. In fact, we'll be using both arms."

"That many drugs?"

"No. We use one arm to deliver the medicine intravenously; the other we use to take blood samples every so often."

Betty took my shirt as I pulled it off. I was staring right into her boobs. I got a little embarrassed and she noticed.

"Don't worry, Sam. You're not the shortest one here."

I perked up. "I'm not?"

"No. We have people here in various stages of the illness. Some have shrunk more than others."

"Do they all shrink the same?"

"No, they don't. It's a puzzle: we don't know why some shrink a little, or shrink faster, while others shrink hardly at all."

"I don't know that much about it."

"Don't worry. You'll find out all that we know about the disease.", Betty said. I was getting pretty excited about this.

I got comfortable in bed. Betty pulled over a rolling tray and went to work setting up the IV. She had another rolling tray with a laptop on it. She typed a few things, made sure the IV lines were in the machine and set it up. The laptop was left in the room with me.

"Ok, there you go. Someone will be taking blood from the other arm every half hour today. You'll be on the IV for two hours, but we'll need to take samples for another three hours. I'm sorry it'll last so long. The doctors will also come see you some time later. Any questions?"

"Will you still be here, Betty?"

"You can count on it. I'll be busy with setting up some of the other participants. But don't worry, I'll be looking in on you from time to time."

"Oh good."

"Did you bring a book?"

"No, I didn't think of it."

"Do you have earplugs?"

"No."

"You have music on your smart phone, right?"

"Yep."

"I'll see if I can scare up some headphones for you so you can listen to some music. In the mean time I suggest you try to relax and catch up on some sleep."

"Ok, I'll try. Thanks."

Every half hour someone, either Betty or another gal -- Leslie was her name -- would take blood samples into a test tube. Dr. Sarson came to see me early.

"So, how am I doing, Doctor?"

"Good, I'm sure."

"Are they working?"

"The drugs?"

"Yeah."

"We're taking samples of your blood every half hour to see how it is being taken up by your body. We can also tell how the virus is doing under these conditions. However, we have to bring your blood to our lab to test it. We won't know what the results are for a few days."

"Will you be able to tell me by Friday?"

"We will have the results then but we don't tell the results to the participants during the trial period. Have you heard of a double-blind study?"

"Yes, I actually do know what that is. I guess you won't be telling me results to guard against bias?"

"Very good, Mr. Cook. That is true."

"I have a degree in science, Doctor; I'm not completely ignorant of these things. But I never thought I would ever be the subject in one of these studies."

"Well, think of it this way: you're advancing science by being here."

"Cool. That makes me feel good, Doc."

"You'll do just fine. Do you have any questions?"

"A million of them. But I'm sure I'll find the answers later. Tell me though, when will I meet the other patients?"

"We call them participants, not patients. Once we finish with the IV we'll take that side out, but the tube in your other arm will be left in place so that we may still take blood samples. You can get out of bed at that time."

"Can I take off this robe and put my shirt back on then?"

"I'm afraid not. Not until we're finished with the tube in the other arm."

"Oh, ok. I'm looking forward to meeting everyone."

"I'm sure they're looking forward to meeting you too, Mr. Cook."

She was right. They took the needle out of my IV arm when they were done. I was led to another room and they gave me juice and cookies as a snack. They had a TV up in the corner; news was on. I wasn't interested.

It was mid morning and it seems I was one of the first to start. Soon others started coming into the room.

"Hi, I'm Sam Cook. Not that Sam Cook though.", I said to the next person to come into the room.

The guy chuckled. "Hi Sam. I'm Joseph. Joseph Chen. You can just call me Joe."

"So, how did it go for you?"

"Fine, I guess."

Joe was much shorter than me. About a head shorter. Boy did I find this interesting. I wanted to ask Joe all about it, but didn't want to be insensitive. I knew how touchy the subject was for me. I figured I'd find out soon enough. We'd probably be seeing each other for a few weeks. There was no hurry.

I met Marie next -- Marie Samuel.

"Hey, we have the same name, sort of.", I said. I know, kind of dorky, huh?

"I guess we do.", she replied. She was also shorter -- the top of her head only came up to my nose.

Then there was Cynthia Meneford.

"Call me Cindy."

"It's nice to meet you Cindy." Cindy was about three inches shorter than I. I was starting to get the feeling that I was the tallest participant. Then Susan came into the room. I had to look up to her. Only about two inches, but still...

"Hi Susan. It's a pleasure to meet you."

"Hi Sam. I hate these needles. I feel like a pincushion."

"I don't like 'em either, but I can put up with them if I have to."

"I wish we didn't have to."

"Well, they could save your life."

"I don't think this is going to save our lives, Sam.", Cindy said.

"Why do you say that?"

"Didn't they tell you? This virus can be deadly. People are starting to die from it."

"Isn't that what the medicine is supposed to do? Keep us from dying?", Susan asked.

"I thought it was to help us stop shrinking.", I said.

"Both. Right?", Marie finally spoke up.

"Did the doctors tell you that?", I asked her.

"Yes."

"See, Cindy? This medicine is supposed to help."

"But it's still experimental, Sam.", Cindy said.

"Well, I can see you're the life of the party."

"Sorry. We have to face facts here."

"Do you know this to be fact? That we're going to die from this virus?"

"No."

Others were getting a bad vibe too.

"Well, thanks for all the cheer, Cindy.", Joe said.

"Yeah, thanks alot.", Susan said.

"You're a real gas." and "I guess it can't be much worse." were some of other phrases directed at her. I had to do something to get the others off of her.

"Don't worry about it, Cindy.", I said. "We all have a lot on our minds. Let's just keep the thought that there are a lot of good people working on this. They'll take good care of us, ok?"

"Thanks, Sam. At least someone here has a good attitude.", Joe said to everyone.

I didn't want everyone ganging up on Cindy so I tried to start a conversation with her.

"So, what do you do for living, Cindy?"

"Apparently, I put my foot in my mouth."

"Don't be hard on yourself. I know you were trying to help."

"I teach ballet."

"Now that's interesting. I don't know anyone else who does anything like that."

"I have a college degree in dance."

"Mine's in Comp Sci. from Drumford College out west."

"Go Beavers!"

"I'm impressed; you know their mascot?"

"Bachelor of Fine Arts in dance from Drumford College."

"No!"

"Yes."

"When did you graduate?"

"Three years ago."

"I graduated two years ago. We were there together!"

"Small world, Sam."

"That's supposed to be a pun, isn't it? It's not funny."

"No. It wasn't a pun. I meant it."

"Oh, ok. Yeah, small world."

"I'm sorry. I should have known everyone would be sensitive. I'm really quite charming when you get to know me.", she said, batting her eye lashes.

"I'm sure you are, Cindy. It's still a big coincidence we went to the same school."

"I doubt that."

I thought a bit. "Ah, I see what you mean. I bet others picked up the virus there too."

"Hey, has anyone else here spent time in Arizona the past couple of years?", Cindy asked everyone.

"I have.", Gail said, just now arriving.

"Hi, my name is Sam. What's yours?"

"I'm Gail. Why did you ask about Arizona?"

Gail was the shortest of the bunch, only coming up below my shoulders. She was real cute too, or maybe I just wasn't used to pretty girls shorter then me.

"Did you go to the Drumford College?", I said.

"No. I followed my boyfriend out west."

"Oh no.", said Cindy. "Did you pick up the virus from him?"

"I don't know. We broke up two years ago. What about you?"

"I think I know who I caught it from. But it's not confirmed so I shouldn't say anything.", Cindy said.

"I'm not sure who I picked it up from. My doctor told me that they think it may have come from a mosquito bite.", I added.

"He's full of it. This virus is transmitted sexually."

"Who told you that?"

"The doctors here."

"Hmm. They didn't tell me."

"Did you ask them?"

"Well, no."

"Then ask next time."

"Ok, Cindy. We believe you."

"Sorry. I really didn't mean to upset you all."

"We know that." I was hoping that I was speaking for everyone.

"So, Cindy. Do you perform?", I asked her, trying to change the subject again.

"You mean dance?"

"Yes. Ballet, you said it was."

"Not anymore. I teach little girls. Little girls who are all getting bigger than me."

"I know how that feels."

"We all do.", someone said.

"I bet you're good." Of course, I didn't have anything to go on to back up that statement, but I wanted her to feel better. I noticed Cindy wasn't wearing a bra under her gown like the other girls.

Yes, go ahead and say it: I'm a little pervert.

But that suited Cindy. She did seem uninhibited. I was thinking she'd get along well with Erin.

"Eh, I'm ok. How about you? Into dance?"

"No. Did some intra-mural wrestling though. And Judo."

"Did you compete in Judo?", Marie asked.

"Just a bit. They really didn't have the right weight class for me. I still beat black belts though who were a lot heavier.", I boasted feeling proud myself just then.

"Sam, how big were you before you got the virus?"

"Only 4'10"."

"Wow, you were small. I would have thought you'd be a lot smaller by now."

"Why? How big were you before you started shrinking, Cindy?"

"Five foot four inches."

"How tall are you now?"

"Four one."

"You've lost over a foot." I realize then that I could shrink over a foot too.

"Oh my God. I could go down to three ten.", I said.

"Maybe less, Sam. I was five six before; now I'm three foot nine inches.", Joe said, shaking his head.

I was thinking, holy shit. I'm really lucky. Or I could just be starting my shrinking and I could also get that small. I felt ill.

Just then my name was called and they took me back to take another blood sample.

When I returned to the break room Cindy apologized for making me upset. I told her no problem and to stop apologizing.

"Let's talk about you instead, Cindy. Do you have a boyfriend?"

"No. Are you offering?"

"No. I didn't mean it that way. I have a girlfriend. I just wanted to see what others thought of your shrinking."

"No, Sam. No boyfriend. What does your girlfriend think of this?"

"Well, she started growing before I started shrinking."

"She grew? Did the virus do this to her?"

"No. She just had a natural growth spurt, I think. A huge one. She was four nine back when I was four ten. Then she started to grow and that was crazy."

"How big is she now?"

"You're not going to believe me."

"I want to hear this now that you mention it.", they all said, now listening intently.

"Ok. You still won't believe it until you see her. She's seven feet four and a half inches tall now."

"You're crazy, Sam.", Marie said.

"I gotta see this.", Joe said.

"I told you you wouldn't believe it.", I said.

Cindy said, "I believe you, Sam."

"I'm sure you'll all get a chance to meet her."

"So does she still like you with all the shrinking?", Joe asked.

"She's still getting use to her own new size. Our relationship has only grown stronger through all of it."

"Sounds romantic."

"Does anyone have plans for this Friday?", I asked.

"I don't.", said Cindy. "Why?"

"I perform at a little club for open mic on Fridays. You're all welcome to come see me and you'll get a chance to meet Julie."

"Cool. You perform in public, Sam?"

"Yes, Cindy. I do. That's why I asked you about performing in front of others earlier."

Cindy leaned in close so no one else could her and said, "You're very intriguing, Sam. I'm looking forward to meeting Julie."

We all talked for a while longer. They opened up another room for us that had a ping pong table. A few more participants arrived later and we all talked and got to know each other.

They had lunch for us: a cold cut platter, with bags of potato chips and soda and juice from the break room.

After lunch we had a big meeting -- all of us sitting together in a ring with some new lady as leader. Her name was Zoe. She was African American and wanted us to get to know each other, as if we hadn't just spent the last few hours doing just that.

"Let's start with you, Sam. Tell a little about yourself."

She took me by surprise. "You know my name already?", I said.

"Of course. I've seen you at Mike's."

"You have? Cool. I was telling everyone about that and invited them over this Friday. Except we'll be getting out a little late for it."

"I'm sure they'll accommodate you. I think inviting everyone is a great idea. Let's have a show of hands. Who can make out it to see Sam sing this Friday?"

Cindy and Joe raised their hands. Marie and Susan sort of raised theirs.

"What's wrong? Don't think you can make it?"

"I'm not sure.", Marie said. "I'll have to make arrangements."

"Me too.", said Susan.

"You should all come see him. Sam is very good. And I don't say that lightly. What else can you tell us, Sam?

I basically re-hashed what I had been talking about earlier. Then we went around the room with everyone talking about themselves a little. We also played the game where you tell everyone your name and then all the names of the people who introduced themselves before you. I thought I was going to get off easy since I was the first one. But Zoe told me I had to be the last and say everyone's name. It's a good thing I had been talking with all of them before.

When we were done we had another round of snacks as they took us all back to the big room with beds and took out the tubes in our arms and they let us put our shirts back on. We got out early. I found out later that this would be the norm.

We didn't get to do calisthenics they said because of the tubes still in our arms. However, we were not going to be needing that every time and we would exercising together on and off at these sessions. There were a few "ew"s going around at that.

Finally, we all said our goodbyes, especially to Zoe and Betty and went home before 7.

I had a lot to talk about that night with Julie and Erin.

 

End Notes:

I'm baaaaack. I'll put up the next chapter soon to make up for my abscence.

Chapter 29 - Cindy by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam gets to know one of the girls that also has the virus.

----- Friday

The clinical trial session ran pretty much as it did Tuesday except everyone had already been introduced to each other by now and we got to know each other even more this time. We were pulled together by sharing the disease.

At the part where we were sitting around in circle again, the doctors told us about the research they were doing on the virus. We learned that yes, the virus was indeed transmitted sexually, but that they still had not discounted the bug transmission theory yet -- especially as to how it got started. They've found evidence of the virus inside mosquitos but still weren't sure if it could be transmitted from a bite.

The disease hadn't been known more than six or seven years ago. Doctors were just now starting to be informed about it. The government had started getting on it right away but with the long time between when someone is a carrier until they actually start showing signs of the disease, i.e. shrinking, it made it extremely hard to combat. The doctors were worried that this could get out of hand very quickly. We were all worried.

Then came the prognosis: there were deaths. However, this had been very early in the life of the disease and all the people working on the problem were confident that with the treatments being developed that we would all live a good long life. I'm not sure everyone here was buying this story. I even had my doubts.

As last time, we were still in gowns today as we socialized. Cindy was still braless. I was still a pervert.

Marie and I talked for a little while. Her brother did judo and several other martial arts. She promised to introduce us, and she declared that she would call us Sam and Mr. Sam. Funny girl. Yet it would be good to talk about martial arts with someone. Maybe even start practicing again. I was seriously looking forward to this.

Joe was telling me about his wife and how she divorced him just two months ago. She couldn't cope with his shrinking. Boy did I feel bad about that. He said it was good they broke up. Someone like that, he didn't want to associate with. I could tell it was a bit of sour grapes, but I understood completely. I was thinking it would be cool if he'd hook up with one of the other gals here.

In fact, it seemed the three of us guys -- me, Joe and George, (he was the third guy in the group) -- were sort of celebrities with the girls. There were twice as many girls, which also included Michele and Jennifer. Each of the girls were sweet and pretty in their own way, and any one of them would be a good catch for Joe.

We were all young adults in our twenties; at least I'm pretty sure about that. George was the same height as Cindy. And as for heights, I mentioned that Gail was the shortest and Susan was the tallest. And get this: I was second tallest along with Michele. However, in the back of my mind I was wondering what would it be like in the future: we were all still shrinking.

I got to know Cindy a little better too. She really was charming. I didn't tell Julie much about her, or about any of the others for that matter. I figured the two would meet soon enough.

Cindy had sandy blonde hair in a layered haircut, and brown eyes over which she wore glasses. Although I couldn't see much of her body with those 'sexy' gowns everyone had on -- that's sarcasm by the way -- I could tell she had a dancer's build; very much like an athlete. And I could see that she didn't have much in the way of breasts, but I assume that suits a ballerina. Yes, you can say it again: I'm a pervert.

As it turned out all four of the people that raised their hands on Tuesday were going to come see me tonight. Cindy almost didn't make it but I offered her a ride. This way her mother wouldn't even have to come get her. She was living with her mother, by the way, who drove her around all the time.

Cindy didn't want to impose but I insisted. I even offered to let her stay with us for the night if she was too tired. I'm sure Jill would understand if we let her stay in the room that Jill usually slept in when she was over. I know what you're thinking, but I had no intentions of breaking Cindy in on our shenanigans. Well, certainly not this early, plus anything that even resembled planning something like this would be presumptuous.

I had to give Marie, Sue and Joe directions and we would all meet at Mike's later. Zoe, of course, would be there too.

We had our last bit of blood taken, the tubes were taken out, one last snack and we said goodbye. We all couldn't wait to get together again next week. Not every one of us got along with everyone else, but we were starting to be real familiar with each other.


----- Friday night at Mike's

I met Julie, Erin and Jill at Mike's. I'd meet the others from the study there too, except Cindy who was riding with me. Marie, Sue and Joe met up with us in the parking lot. Marie had decided to ride with Joe -- this was an encouraging sign. We walked in together and they all finally met Julie.

Three of them stood there silent with their mouths agape staring up at Julie. But Cindy went right up to her.

"Hello, Miss Julie, I'm Cindy. I've heard so much about you. Sam was right: you're a towering beauty. It's a real honor to meet you.", she said as she offered her hand to shake.

"And it's so nice to meet you too, Cindy. Would you like to sit with me while Sam performs."

"I would just love that."

She certainly was charming tonight. I then introduced Cindy to Erin.

"Hello, Erin. I see the resemblance. You must be proud of your brother up there."

"I am. Did you know he has a degree in computers? He came loudly."

Everyone was laughing.

"What?", Erin said.

"Erin. It's pronounced koom loudee.", I corrected.

"That's what I said."

I couldn't make fun of her. She was trying to show how proud she was of me. "I know, Erin. Don't worry about it."

Cindy smiled at that. "I'm sure your brother did very well in school, Erin."

"He wrestled in high school."

"He told me that. He also told me that you were very pretty. I can see that he wasn't lying."

"Aw, thank you, Cindy."

"You're very welcome."

"And this is Jill.", I said as I introduced her.

"Hi Cindy. You're just so sweet. I'm glad Sam has made such a wonderful new friend."

I didn't think Jill could be so charming herself.

"I'm very happy to meet all of you. I'm so looking forward to seeing Sam perform tonight."

"Cindy performs too. She's a dancer.", I told everyone.

Erin's ears really perked up. She wanted to talk Cindy's ears off I'm sure.

"By the way everyone, this is Marie, Susan, and Joe.", I had to interject. They were all so taken with Cindy I think we forgot about the rest of them.

Everyone said hello. I scanned the room and finally found Zoe. I ran over to her.

"Zoe, come with me. You have to meet everyone."

I introduced Zoe to the girls and they all seemed to hit if off right away. They all decided to sit together as I took the stage. I figured they could meet Sharon later.

I decided right then to start off with Randy Newman's "You've got a friend in me." It seemed very appropriate.

Just like all the other times, I was nervous until I started. And just like all the other times I had calmed down once I got going and ended up enjoying my whole time up there.

My new friends seemed impressed. I invited all of them to the house afterwards as I knew all of my 'old' friends would be coming. Only Cindy took me up on the offer though. Zoe said she would come next time if she could bring her boyfriend. I told her I wouldn't have it any other way.

"I told you so.", I said to my friends from the clinic: Cindy, Marie, Sue and Joe.

"Told us what?"

"About Julie. She tall isn't she?"

"I suppose she is.", Susan replied. "I hadn't noticed it before, but now that you mention it, she is pretty tall, I guess. For a girl, that is."

"Very funny, Sue.", I said, adding my own sarcasm.

"You two would get along well.", Julie added, suddenly appearing next to me.

"I'm sorry I can't come over tonight, Sam. It's getting late for me and I have pretty far to travel."

"No problem, Sue. The offer still stands. You can always spend the night. There will be lots of people over but we have plenty of room."

"Maybe some other time."

Joe and Marie had gone not too long after the show was over. I was actually delighted; I thought it would be good for them to hook up.

We finally ended up at home.


----- Friday night at the house

Erin wasted no time in getting the wine out. Fortunately, her clothes stayed on and she and Fred stayed out talking with the gang rather than retiring to the bedroom early.

I brought Sharon over to meet Cindy.

"Cindy, I've been remiss. There's one other friend I haven't introduced yet. This is Sharon. Sharon, this is Cindy."

"Hi, Cindy."

"Hello, Sharon. It's so nice to meet you and everyone else. It's overwhelming how nice you all are."

I left them to talk and found Julie in the kitchen.

"Sam! Cindy is so adorable. I definitely approve. Why didn't you tell me about her and your other new friends earlier?"

"We've only met this week. I don't known a whole lot about her myself."

"We talked earlier. I feel so bad about her getting the virus. She says she went to school with you."

"It's a pretty big school, Julie. We didn't know each other."

"I know. But isn't this such a big coincidence?"

"Not really. We'll talk about that later, ok?"

"Ok. I'm happy you invited her over."

"Me too. I need to talk to Jill. I invited Cindy to stay over tonight. I'm not sure how the sleeping arrangements will work yet."

"Why don't we just wait and see.", she said, winking at me.

I caught up with Cindy and Sharon.

"I see Sharon's been feeding you wine."

"Yes, you want some?"

"Sam doesn't drink, Cindy."

"Why not?"

"Because I get drunk.", I said.

"Isn't that the point?"

"You wouldn't like me when I'm drunk, Cindy."

"I bet you're a lot of fun."

"Nope. It doesn't take much. In fact, it probably doesn't take much for you either."

"Oh, it's not that bad."

"Well, none tonight for me."

"Cindy was telling me about your judo, Sam. You never told me you had a black belt."

"I don't have a black belt, Sharon. I just learned a little judo in college."

"Cindy said you beat black belts up."

"I didn't beat anyone up. I just beat them in shiai, that is, judo contests."

"You're ssooo modesst, Sam.", Cindy said.

"I think the wine is starting to get to you already, Cindy.", I laughed.

"Oh phooey. It is not."

"Whatever. I try not to talk much about judo. It gives people the wrong impression. Like it just did with you two."

"But Sam, you were really good in wrestling.", Sharon said.

"Sseee, I was right. You are modest."

Just then Julie showed up. Cindy looked up at her towering figure. I think this was the first time Cindy experienced Julie standing this close.

"Impressive, isn't she?", I said to Cindy and it was clear that she was awed. And rightly so; Julie was indeed an awesome sight. She wore a mini dress tonight. Any dress she wore was a mini because there were none big enough to cover her legs all the way down. Which was fantastic, of course, because it showed off her legs to great effect.

"Mmm, she has byoootiful legs, Sam."

I couldn't have agreed more. But now I knew for sure that Cindy was starting to get drunk.

"They are wonderful, aren't they, Cindy?", Sharon said.

She seemed like she was starting to get drunk too. Julie heard all of this and I do believe she was blushing. I couldn't be sure entirely from way down here.

Cindy stood up and standing next to Julie you could see that Cindy was only like half her height: Cindy looked to be staring right at Julie's crotch. Cindy craned her head up. And up, and up. Then she fell over backwards. Everyone ran over to her.

"Are you alright?", we said.

"Yeah, yeah, I'm ffffine. Shee?"

She stood up again. She seemed alright, yet very tipsie. I didn't want to let have anymore wine, but what could I do? Cindy was a grown girl, even though she looked younger than a ten year old.

"Cindy? You want to dance with me?", Erin asked. The wine was getting to her too.

"I'm sure it's been a long day for Cindy, Erin. Remember, she did go through the same treatment as I did today."

"It's okay, Sam <<< hiccup >>>. I'm ffine."

"Well, if you start dancing with Erin there's no telling where it will lead. You might end up naked."

"Ooo, goodee."

Uh oh. I realized I made a wrong turn there.

"Um, let's just say Erin is very effervescent. We probably don't want to uncork that bottle just yet."

"Yer sssister isn't wild. She's just fffull of life."

Erin was instantly enamored with Cindy. It was scary as I realized that this little girl was wrapping everyone around her little finger.

"Beshides, I don' like <<< hiccup >>> wearing clothes anyway?"

"You don't?", everyone said, instantly becoming interested in the conversation.

"Sometimes we practice ballet in the <<< hiccup >>> nude."

"All those little girls you teach?", I said, grimacing.

"No, not them; I mean when I was younger. We practiced like thhat <<< hiccup >>> in college all the time."

"You never did perform nude, did you?"

"Twice. You ssshould try it. It's really fun."

Erin was laughing. I looked to her with a stern face. "Don't even think it, Erin."

"Oh, come on, Sam. It's bound to happen now.", Julie said.

"Your not helping, Julie."

"I knew it!", Sharon said. "I just knew it. Happens all the time here. This house must be haunted by nudists."

The only ones not laughing were Jill and Fred. I wasn't so sure about Jill. She was being unusually quiet.

I threw my hands up into the air.

"I give up. I was only trying to make you comfortable, Cindy."

Cindy finally took off her shirt. "I'm more comfortable like this, Sam." Everyone was staring intently. You could have heard a mosquito cough.

I looked over at Erin. Her top was already off and she was working on her pants. Fred looked embarrassed.

I shook my head.

"You ok, Sam?"

"Yeah, I'm ok, Cindy. I guess I should have expected this to happen. Sharon is right, this house is haunted by nudists."

"Sam, I don't have to if you don't want me to. But...", Julie said.

"It's ok, Julie, get comfortable. You know I'm fine with it."

Julie's dress flew off over her head and she was now topless. There was no bra that Julie had that would work with that dress; she pretty much had all sports bras now. That made her boob bounce really sexy in the dress, but even more sexy now that it was lost.

"You have a very impressive rack , <<< hiccup >>> Julie."

"Why thank you, Cindy."

I couldn't believe what I just heard come out from that little girl's mouth. It just didn't fit with the image I had formed the past couple of days that I've talked with her. I guess I'm the one being shallow now.

It was turning me on to see the contrast: Julie's towering figure with huge breasts next to little ole Cindy, who was pretty flat-chested to be honest. But it wasn't long ago that they could have been twins. Well, cousins at the least. It reminded me how much Julie had changed.

What was alluring about Cindy was that she didn't care that she was flat. She didn't care that she was half nude either and I was having doubts that she even cared that she was shrinking. It could have been the alcohol, but everything was right in her world. It gave her her own unique aura. It made her ... irresistible. Mr. Happy body slammed me.

"Hey! How you doing down there, little bro?"

"Huh?" I looked up to see Jill standing over me.

"You ok?"

"Sure."

She leaned down to whisper to me, "It looks like imp man has found his imp woman."

"Oh? That obvious?"

"She's got every one's attention."

"It looked like you were immune."

"Hardly. Supergal could use a little imp woman to go along with her imp man.", she giggled.

"Ouch!" I pinched myself. Just to see if this was real.

"What are you looking at, Sam?", Sharon said.

"You. You did this, didn't you? Too many of your kisses tore a hole in the space-time continuum."

"Sham, what in the <<< hiccup >>> world are you talking about?", Cindy said.

"Sharon's kisses are so good that they ripped a hole in the fabric of the universe and that must be why you're here half naked.", I said, shaking my head.

"You sher you didn't have any wine?"

I laughed. "I'm sure Cindy. The high I have now is better than any that alcohol could give me."

I leaned over and gave Cindy a deep kiss.

"Her kiss needs to be monumental if they're going to shurpass that one, Sam."

"I learned from the master. You should give it a try."

"I'm up fer it.", she said, only half heartedly, straightening up.

"Oh, Sharon?"

"Say no more, Sam.", Sharon said as she came in for the hit; I mean kiss. When it was over Cindy was left with her eyes closed.

"Not bad.", Cindy said, finally exhaling. "Um Sham?"

"Yes?"

"Can I talk to Zhulie for a moment?"

"Sure. You don't need to ask me."

"I'm right here, Cindy."

"Um, so what's going to happen tonight? <<< hiccup >>>"

"Whatever you want."

"I want Sam.", she said instantly.

"If that's what you want, then that's what you'll get.", Julie laughed. I suppose I shouldn't have been surprised.

"Thank you, Zhoolie. Sam is very lucky to have you. I'd like to spend some time talking, zhust you and me. But not tonight. "

"I understand. I'm sure you two will have a splendid night."

I couldn't believe this happened, just like that. "What about everyone else, Julie?", I finally said.

"You always worry about everyone else. Let us worry. Don't think about anything else tonight."

I looked around: everyone was looking at us. I knew they were envious. There was only one thing to do: I gave Cindy another kiss.

I took her by the hand into the bedroom. It had been a few months since I had made love to someone my size; since before Julie started growing. I wasn't sure if I was ever going to spend the night with someone my size again given the shrinking. Cindy could be a giant to me some day. Or vice versa. I didn't know.

She had captured all of our hearts in just one night and a wonderful night it was.

 

End Notes:

We get to know her better in the next chapter.

Chapter 30 - Bath Time by littless
Author's Notes:

More fun with Cindy.

----- Saturday morning in bed

I woke next to Cindy and just stared into her face. She woke shortly thereafter.

"Good morning."

"Good morning."

I remained mostly still, just gazing into her face, a smile on mine.

"What?", she said.

"You. I saw you do it but I still don't believe it. How do you do it?"

"Do what?"

"Sweep people off of their feet in mere minutes."

"You tell me."

"Me?"

"Yeah you. You swept me off of my feet the first time we met."

"I did?"

"You spoke up for me."

"Well, everyone was ganging up on you."

"You could have ganged up on me too."

"I felt bad for you."

"And you came to my rescue. My white knight in shining armor."

"You exaggerate."

"Do I? It seems I'm not the only one who thinks so."

"Maybe you're all just crazy."

"Maybe we're just crazy in love."

"Don't you think it's a bit early to start talking like that?"

"Nothing is too early, Sam. We may not last that long."

"Oh, please don't go there."

"Even if we do, life's still too short."

"Perhaps. But we have others to think about. Did you really mean all those things you said to everyone last night?"

"Yes. Whether you believe me or not, I was sincere. And speaking of crazy, I want to spend more time with you and Julie getting to know you two. You're the most interesting couple I've ever met."

"We weren't always like this."

"Do you feel bad about shrinking, Sam?"

"I've been short all my life. Not too much has changed for me. How tall did you say you were before you started shrinking?"

"Five four."

"See? You were taller than I ever was by six inches. You'd be looking over my head. I probably couldn't have given you a proper kiss even standing on my toes."

"I guess that's why it's extra scary for me."

"Don't worry. Even if the treatments don't work we've found something."

"What?"

"Each other. Plus all the others. We're just like them, and they're just like us."

"I still think of them as unfortunate strangers."

"We all share something that the rest of the world doesn't have."

"You make it sound like a privilege. You know, I really didn't mean to piss anyone off that first day. I either get people really mad at me or they really like me."

"I can see that, and for the record, I really like you."

"Well, I hope so. You know I've not had sex with anyone else in over two years. Not with any that I wanted anyway."

"Not that you wanted?"

"I was raped. I don't want to talk about it."

"I'm sorry to hear that. I hope you enjoyed last night. I did."

"I most certainly did, you handsome fellow."

"Uh oh. She called me handsome. She must want something."

"I want you."

"Ahem. So, how long ago did you start shrinking?"

"I'm not exactly sure; over six months ago."

"But you haven't had sex in a year and half before that?"

"My choice. I find lots of guys that want to sleep with me creepy."

"What about girls?"

"Eh. Nobody really turned me on. I've been there, done that. Especially in college."

"Do you think guys who are a lot bigger are more creepy?"

"Yeah. I think that's a big part of it now."

"And what do you think of Julie?"

"Oh wow, Sam. She's huge. How did you two get together anyway?"

"I told you she wasn't always this big, right?"

"Yeah."

"I used to run cross country in high school to get in shape for wrestling season."

"Smart move."

"I met Julie on the cross country team."

"Aw, that's perfect: you were high school sweethearts."

"Wait, you haven't heard the whole story. She was an inch shorter than me you know."

"Go on."

So I told her all about our romance. And about Jill. And Erin. And Sharon. Not everything, but most of the highlights.

"Julie's a very special person."

"She is."

"Do you think she likes me?"

"I know she does."

"What do you suppose we'll find when we get up?"

"I'm not sure. Julie could be in bed with Erin and Fred."

"Really?"

"Yep. Or she could could have spent the night with Sharon."

"I see, she must be a very amorous person."

"Ha. You have no idea. But it's all Erin's fault."

"Putting the blame on Erin?", she said, raising an eyebrow.

"You sound like Julie now."

"Julie is a very wise young lady."

"Do girls always gang up on guys like this?"

"What do you mean?"

"Never mind. How long would you like to stay in bed together?"

"Forever."

"I wish we could. I feel a little bad kicking Julie out. Even though she doesn't really fit in this bed, it's still the biggest one we have."

"I just can't get over how you two do it together in bed."

"Wanna see?"

"You mean that?"

"Yep."

"Would Julie be ok with it?"

"What do you think?"

"I think yes."

"And what about Erin?"

"Your sister? I like her. She likes to dance too."

"Yep. And she likes to get naked."

"Me too. I may not be raring to do it all the time though."

"Spend some time with Erin and you will."

"So you're saying I should I watch out for her then?"

"No. I'm sure you can handle her -- just letting you know what you're in for."

"I bet you'd like that."

"I'm a guy. Helloooo. Of course I would love to see all of you nekkid all the time. All guys do."

"Sure. Little old me: the titless wonder."

"You have tits."

"Not big ones."

"It doesn't matter."

"I'm glad you think so. I don't really care, I kinda like my little ones. At least it keeps some creepy guys away."

"Not all of them."

"No, not all of them. I'm glad it didn't keep you away."

"Me too. I'd miss out on one fantastic gal if it did. It would be my loss."

"You see? That's what I like in you. You see past peoples exterior and into their soul."

"I wouldn't go that far."

"You are definitely modest."

"No, just trying to be real."

"You are, Sam. Don't ever change."

"I hope not, but the virus is going to change me anyway. How about we get up now?"

"Sure."

"What would you like for breakfast? I have a lot of mouths to fill this morning."

"Whatever you like."

"How about pancakes? I can make bacon and eggs too. It would be a good breakfast for a crowd."

"Sounds good to me."

"And grapefruit juice. It's good for hangovers, if you have one."

"I could use a glass."

I chuckled at that, then said, "Ok, let's go."


----- Saturday morning breakfast

We got up and found ourselves in the kitchen when Cindy turned to me and said, "Sam?"

"What?"

"We didn't put our clothes back on."

"Oh shit. How could we forget?"

"Because it feels so natural this way."

"Yeah, I know."

"What would happen if we stayed like this?"

"In this house, that would be about par."

"So, no one would be offended?"

I laughed. "No.", I said.

"Good. Let's stay this way."

"Ok. Would you like some coffee?"

"I don't drink coffee."

"I guess you wouldn't like hot tea then?"

"Oh no. I'd love some."

"Ok. I'll put some water on. I still need to make coffee for everyone else. Help me with the chair though so I can get up into the cabinets."

"You need to invest in a step stool, Sam."

"Used to have one; it went missing."

"How did that happen?"

"Beats me. Don't worry, I've been meaning to get a new one."

Julie was the next one up. She wore panties and nothing else. It wouldn't have mattered that she was topless to us; they were up there in another layer of the atmosphere as far as us two were concerned.

Cindy yelled, "Julie!" and ran over to her and gave her a hug around the hips. Her arms could barely reach around Julie's sides. I ran up and did the same, except for the shrieking part. We were like two little kids cuddling up with mom.

"Aw, you two make me feel so good. Thanks." She reached down to hug us but it was too much for her. So she picked us up both at the same time. Again, just like two little kids with their mommy. But now her toplessness was a factor.

Cindy didn't wait for Mr. Happy to speak up first.

"Wow, Julie. You have wonderful tits."

"Thank you, Cindy. You're very pretty yourself."

"Aw, thank you. Look how high up we are, Sam. See? I can touch the ceiling."

"I know. I've been here many times before. This is Julie's world. Pretty different, huh?"

"I love being up this high. Keep holding us Julie."

"You needn't worry: it's my pleasure."

"You guys are forgetting about breakfast."

"It can wait, Sam.", they both said.

Julie just stood there holding us. I couldn't stand the silence so I gave her a peck on the cheek. Cindy did the same.

"You guys are so sweet and make me so cheerful. I could just eat you two up."

It was about this time that Jill and Sharon came roaming into the kitchen. They were dressed.

"See, Jill. I told you they'd be naked."

"Oh forget about that. Look at them! I'm getting my phone. This is just too cute not to get a picture."

I didn't want my picture on Jill's phone; who knew who could hack into it. So I buried my face into Julie's neck right before the picture was snapped. It made it even cuter.

Fred was now up. He chuckled and shook his head when he saw us. We were still being held by Julie. Fred was dressed.

"You know, maybe staying naked this morning wasn't such a good idea.", I told Cindy.

"It's always a good idea.", a voice said from down the hall.

"And that would be Erin, Cindy. Good morning, Erin." It didn't make sense to remind her that she was naked. Not in the state we were in right now.

"I smell coffee."

"Almost ready, Erin. I'm afraid you'll have to pour your own cup. I'm a little tied up at the moment."

"No problem at all, Sam. Seeing you guys like this is worth it."

I looked at Cindy. She was unquestionably enjoying the moment. I was delighted to see her smile. And Julie's smile was twice as big and just as goofy.

"What's for breakfast?", Erin asked.

"Well, I was going to make pancakes. It's going to have to wait a little longer."

"I can make them, Sam."

"Thanks, Jill. You don't mind?"

"I don't mind as long as Julie's cuddling you two like that."

This was starting to get sickening. I looked for moral support from Fred.

"Don't look at me, man. Nothing I can do."

I just resigned myself to the fact that I would be at Julie's mercy for as long as she could endure this.

"So, Julie. Where did you spend the night?"

"With Erin and Fred."

"I bet Fred had a great time."

"We all did, Sam.", Erin proclaimed.

"Are you going to put us down now?"

"No."

"Sam, I can't believe you don't love this. Enjoy it while you can.", Cindy said.

"I just wanted to help Jill out."

"Yeah, right. Anyway, you've done enough, Sam. You're going to stay with me right now.", Julie said.


----- Bathtime

Julie walked us into the living room; I suppose to get away from the temptation that Jill was presenting to get me to do some work. Cindy showed no signs of letting go of Julie either. I couldn't get over how each of them were enjoying each other's company. I know I discussed this with Cindy this morning but it still amazed me how my friends were falling all over themselves for her.

The walking and bouncing were making my dick rub up against Julie's bare breast. It was getting hard to concentrate on anything else. Julie noticed Mr. Happy but instead of putting me down she moved her hand over to my butt and pressed me harder into her breast.

I was wondering what Cindy thought of this, however, Julie had moved her other hand to Cindy's butt. She had a cute little butt too, and Julie's hand next to it looked huge; her palm alone covering almost all of her rear end.

It was about then that I noticed Cindy's hips were moving. Almost imperceptibly at first, but they were definitely moving in and out: she was humping Julie's tit!

Mr. Happy said, "What're ya' waitin' for?", and my hips began moving too. I couldn't help it. I looked over to Cindy; her eyes were closed. I looked up and Julie was smiling. She was walking around and bouncing us like two little babies, except that we were both getting off on her tits.

Julie had 'danced' around like this for a little bit before moving outside. She leaned down to duck under the sliding door frame and Cindy and I were practically on our backs being held by our butts and hanging on for dear life with our arms around Julie's neck. By the time we were on the deck my climax was getting close.

Cindy grabbed one of my hands with hers as she started bucking her hips hard. When I looked over I saw her 'O' face and that did it; I came.

After I had finished I could see Cindy still grinding her hips into Julie's tit. It lasted a little while longer, but when she was done I think both she and I were a bit embarrassed. I looked at Julie and she had one of the biggest smile's I've ever seen.

"Did my little one's enjoy this time together?", she asked.

"Um, yeah. Duh.", I said.

"Wow Cindy.", she said, "That felt so good. What made you think to do that?"

"Your tit felt so natural and when you started moving around I couldn't help myself. Your nipple was so hard, and big, and well..."

I just then realized that Cindy had used Julie's nipple for her phallus! Mr. Happy started to wake up again.

"Um, Julie, We're gonna to need to get cleaned up.", I said.

"Don't worry, I'll take care of it, my little one."

She walked back inside, ducking under the door frame again, Julie holding us tight against her like before. We went past the others in the kitchen. They were busy talking but the conversation took a break as we walked past. The bacon that Jill was cooking smelled good but we kept walking.

We ended up in the master bedroom, and then over into the bathroom. Julie got down on her knees and finally let us go. Both of us still had to look up to her; our eyes were level with her boobs. And yep, I saw that we all needed to clean up.

Julie reached over and turned the water on adjusting the temperature. Instead of turning on the shower she put the plug in the drain and started filling it up. She stood up and took off her panties.

"Go ahead, get in while I get the bubble bath."

"We have bubble bath?", I asked.

"Sure. Right here.", she said as she grabbed the bottle from the cabinet. It was high enough that I couldn't see it.

Cindy and I looked at each other. She grabbed my hand and started getting into the tub. I followed, then we sat down.

Julie got the towels, then joined us in the tub. She couldn't fit very well, especially with Cindy and me in there. She was on her knees with her crotch over us as we sat, but then she sat back so her butt was on her feet. She began soaping up a rag.

She cleaned both of us, Cindy first. We just sat and let her. Julie didn't clean her breasts off until we were both finished. This was crazy: she was treating us like freakin' babies. But the craziest thing was that Cindy and I enjoyed it.

Julie shampooed our hair, Cindy first again, but left the shampoo in her hair as she did mine. Then she left the shampoo in my hair as she did her own. Finally, she turned on the water a last time, got up on her knees and grabbed the shower head. I couldn't reach that anymore even standing on my feet yet Julie had no trouble, just reaching up a little from her kneeling position.

She rinsed our heads then made us stand up as she rinsed our bodies before rinsing herself. The water was turned off and we all stood there in the tub as Julie reached over for the towels.

We were dried by Julie then she wrapped the towels around each of us before getting out. We walked into the bedroom where Julie wanted to dress Cindy.

"Aw. Do we have to?", Cindy pouted.

"Don't you want to go out later?", Julie said.

"I don't have any clean clothes and Erin's still naked too."

I just knew her and Erin were going to get along famously. Julie didn't have anything to say so she just shrugged her shoulders.

Finally, she said, "Ok, I'll wash your clothes. The washroom is downstairs. You'll have to wait but when it's done you have to promise to get dressed."

"Oh, alright."

"And you must let me dress you.", Julie giggled.

"Ok, Miss Julie.", Cindy said, smiling up at her.

I could see that Julie loved being called 'Miss Julie' by Cindy. I'm not sure others could have gotten away with that.

"And Sam has to stay nude too.", Cindy added.

"And Sam has to stay nude too.", Julie repeated.

"Julie!", I yelled.

"Come on, Sam, it will be fun.", Cindy told me.

"Sure. Why not."

Julie got dressed and we all walked out together, Cindy and I holding Julie's hands.

"Oh, this is too cute!", Jill exclaimed as she saw the three of us walk into the kitchen. She took another picture. I really hope these don't get out on the Internet.

We all ate breakfast together. Julie and the others all insisted that Cindy and I sit on booster seats. Well, we didn't have booster seats but we did find boxes. I can tell you that they aren't very comfortable on a bare butt. Mental reminder: never sit bare assed on a cardboard box again.

It wasn't until after breakfast that Julie started washing Cindy's clothes. And I knew I wasn't going to get dressed until Cindy did. As a consolation, Erin was naked too.

 

End Notes:

Even more fun, coming up.

Chapter 31 - Time Together by littless
Author's Notes:

More time spent with that cutie Cindy.

----- Saturday after breakfast

Us naked folk -- Erin, Cindy and I -- got to go sit outside while the others cleaned up. It was a little chilly but we brought towels out to sit on.

"You dance professionally, Cindy?", asked Erin, beaming. She was very eager to talk about this topic.

"I did. But I don't do that much anymore. Sometimes I appear in the dances that the girl's troupe puts on when they need someone, but mostly no, I don't."

"Why not?"

"Well, I'm a little too small now. It doesn't look right. A lot of times they want all the dancers, at least the girls, to be the same size."

"That's just wrong.", Erin said with a pout on her face.

"I know. But ballet is very traditional. Sometimes they don't like to do things different than the way they've always been. Even big busted girls are discouraged from continuing on in ballet."

"I guess that would leave me out.", Erin said.

"You're right, Erin. But I think you're beautiful. You would make a very pretty ballerina."

Erin was eating this up.

"Do you do other types of dance?"

"Oh, definitely. Do you like to dance?"

"I do. I do. But Sam and Julie don't. I want to get them out with me some night but they keep refusing."

"Erin, you know we just can't dance.", I said shaking my head.

"You dance some. I saw you. You'd have lots of fun, Sam."

"I'd have lots of embarrassment, Erin."

"I could teach you some dance moves, Sam.", Cindy said.

"Oh please, Sam. Do it. I'd love to have you all come dancing with me sometime, Cindy."

"Um, we'll see about that. My talents lie elsewhere.", I said.

"Maybe you should try dancing. You're very talented at performing."

"Not gonna happen."

"I know that it takes a lot of bravery to perform, Sam."

"Yeah. Sometimes I'm scared shitless before I go out. But I really have no desire to dance."

"Ok, but you'd be an inspiration to the girls I teach."

I laughed. "I told you I don't dance, let alone do ballet. So, I don't think so."

"We always bring in people who perform in other ways for the girls. They like meeting such people. You don't have to dance. In fact, we had the mayor of the city come visit us once."

"Really? How was she?", Erin asked.

"She was a very nice and polite lady, and a big inspiration to the girls."

"I'd love to meet her some day."

"Maybe you will. If I ever have the chance to see her again I'll remember you, Erin."

"Thanks!"

"So, what do you do, Erin?"

"I just sell clothes and things."

"You say that like that's not very worthy."

"It's not like Sam's job."

"So. The world needs clothes."

"You wouldn't know that seeing us three sitting here like this.", I said.

"He never did like to be nude.", Erin told Cindy.

"He didn't seem fazed being naked in front of everyone this morning."

"It's not that I don't like to get naked. I just don't want to do anything inappropriate."

"You always seem so reluctant."

"Because it doesn't always seem appropriate. I didn't want to make Cindy uncomfortable."

"You're always at home. It's always appropriate."

"Well, like last night. This is the first time Cindy was here and she was our guest. If she hadn't been ok with it things would have been pretty awkward."

"We didn't push it, Sam, until we knew she was ok with it. Were you upset, Cindy?"

"No. But I know what Sam means. And thanks for thinking of me, Sam. But, I'd feel comfortable with your friends in any case. You have very nice friends."

"And family.", I added. Erin smiled. "I'm very fortunate. In fact, I'm very fortunate to have met you too, Cindy. You know I had never met anyone else with the virus before the study."

"I had only met one person. His name was Jerry."

"What happened to him?"

"He stayed out west. Then I lost touch."

"Did you catch the virus from him?"

"No. We met at school and I didn't know about the virus then. I think it was going around there big time though. Anyway, he took it pretty hard. I certainly hadn't begun shrinking and didn't even know I had the virus. But the poor guy, I felt really bad for him. He was shrinking almost right before my eyes. When we first met he had only lost a couple of inches and was still taller than me. Before I came back home he was just under five feet tall and I was taller than him. He didn't like that."

"I know how he feels. Everyone has outgrown me. And this was even before I caught the virus."

"I remember when we were kids how I'd look up to Sam. He was my hero. We'd always play together and he looked after me."

"The good old days. That was until you reached puberty."

"You stopped showing interest in me."

"No. I just became serious. You always wanted to play."

"Why were you so serious?"

"I don't know. Maybe I was compensating for my short stature."

"I thought you didn't like me anymore."

"No, I still liked you. But you wouldn't leave me alone. I could barely do my homework at home with you around."

"You were no fun then."

"It's not always about fun. I did well for taking things seriously. You even said I graduated came loudly."

Cindy laughed and Erin blushed.

"I'm just kidding, Erin."

"I know. I'm so glad you started going out with Julie again."

"You and Julie are good friends too, Erin?", Cindy asked.

"Oh yes. If it hadn't been for her I don't think Sam and I would be this close today."

Now I was starting to regret going down this path. I didn't want to talk about our times in bed with Julie.

"I think we can blame that on alcohol, Erin."

"See? Alcohol isn't so bad."

"I didn't have any."

"You never do."

"I have in the past. I don't feel good afterwards though; that's why I stay away from it."

"Did you drink in school?", Cindy asked.

"You mean in college? Yep. I think everyone did."

"I know what you mean about that. Did you ever go to the Big Blue Party?"

"I did once. That was a mistake. I try to forget about that night."

"Did you get drunk, Sam?", Erin asked.

"Yes, I got drunk."

"Aww, I missed it. I want to see you drunk."

"I thank my lucky stars you missed it."

"Why?"

"I told you I wanted to forget that night. It's not one of my best moments."

"They did wild naked things, Erin. You'd have liked it.", Cindy said.

"Ooooo. I think I want to go to college now."

"It was pretty decadent, Erin. Even you would think so. How about you, Cindy?"

She shook her head and said, "Yeah. I went to the big blue party all four years. I don't know why when I look back on it now."

"You must have been popular."

"Meh. Everyone was popular at 'the Party'."

"They only wanted to make fun of me."

"What did they do?"

"I don't want to talk about it."

"Ok.", both girls agreed.

"Everyone was having casual sex.", Cindy said.

"But not me."

"How did you catch the virus then? I thought you said you caught it in college."

"I only slept with three girls my entire college career. And two of those were one night stands."

"They were all one night stands at Drumford.", Cindy said, laughing.

"I hadn't thought of that. All the other guys boasted of the gals they got in the bed the previous night. Everyone made fun of me because of that."

"If it's any consolation, I only slept with five different guys; not much more than you."

"What about the girls?"

"That's different."

"Not really from my perspective, but whatever. Let me ask you this: would you have gone out with me had we met back then? Remember, I was only four foot ten."

"I don't know. Probably not. I think I was just as bad as the rest back in college. I hope I've changed."

"Well, I think you're fantastic, Cindy.", Erin said.

"I do too.", I said. "And whatever you may have been like before, it's hard to believe from seeing the person in front of me now."

"Thanks, you two."

"Come sit on my lap, Cindy.", Erin said, patting her naked thigh. I would have thought it a bit insulting, being treated like a little kid. But Cindy readily jumped up on Erin's lap and gave her a hug. She certainly looked like a little kid next to Erin too. Not just like a big sister, more like a mother and child. I thought back to earlier with Julie.

Erin had big 'boobies', while Cindy had not much more than mere buds. Erin had a full bush, Cindy was shaven. And of course, there was the size difference.

"What are you staring at?"

"Nothing really. Just the contrast between you two."

"We have more in common than not.", Cindy said.

"I agree. But you two together like that are -- geez I cannot believe I'm saying this -- are cute. And the difference is palpable. I can only imagine what I look like next to Julie."

"You should have seen yourselves with Julie earlier. I mean, talk about cute!", Erin said, her voice gaining pitch at the end.

"Ok, ok. I get it."

"I liked it. Didn't you?", Cindy said.

"I did. I wasn't especially keen on the others seeing us though."

"We're all family, Sam."

"No, but close enough. If we were out in public like that I'd be mortified."

"You'd go out naked in public?", Cindy asked.

"No.", I chuckled. "But Erin would. She has."

"You have, Erin?"

"No. When did I do that, Sam?"

"Ok, maybe not completely nude. But you've been topless. And you've wanted to go naked in public before. Don't deny it."

"Don't make it a big deal, Sam.", Cindy said. "I go topless all the time. One of the perks of being this small is that I get away with it. People think I'm a little girl."

"I don't know. Your boobs may be small but they're there, and that makes you sexy as hell."

"I shave too. That makes me undoubtedly look like a little girl. You should shave your pubic hairs, Sam."

"Uh, I never thought of that."

"Hey that would be so cool; you two would look like little kids -- a sister and brother. You could go naked at the beach.", Erin just had to say. Cindy laughed. She honestly got a kick out of that thought.

"Come on up on my other lap, Sam."

"I don't know."

"Oh, come on, Sam. It's as good as being close to Julie was.", Cindy said.

"Oh, no. I hope it's not."

"What are you talking about?"

"We orgasmed on Julie's breasts."

"Cindy? Why did you go and say that?"

"You guys did?", Erin said, her eyes real big. "That's so cool."

"Thanks for telling my sister, Cindy."

"Sorry. I mean they all saw us, right?"

"They saw Julie holding us. I don't think they knew what was going on. Did you, Erin?"

"No, I didn't know. But, don't worry, Sam. I think it's wonderful. Julie didn't seem mad. I think she even liked it."

"She did, Erin. Come on up, Sam. Please."

"I don't want to hump my sister's boobs."

"You like to be titty-fucked.", Erin said.

Shit. I rubbed my forehead. "Ok. Whatever.", I said as I went up to sit on Erin's laps. She's not nearly as big as Julie, although still much larger than Cindy and me. The extra weight was beginning to take its toll on Erin.

"Are you ok with this, Erin? It's a bit crowded.", I said.

"Well, you two are getting a bit heavy. Ok, I want a hug from you two first, then you can get down."

So we hugged. Despite that fact that I was sitting on my sister's lap, all of us nude, it did feel pretty awesome. Mr. Happy felt awesome. I then jumped off. The girls noticed Mr. Happy's awesomeness. I rolled my eyes at them.

"I should go see how those clothes are doing. What time should we be getting you home, Cindy?"

"No time. I live with my mother and I only work on week days. I have all of the weekend free."

"Oh boy! We can have so much fun together.", Erin said, real chipper.

"Calm down, Erin. Cindy's our guest. Don't be pushy."

"I'll be fine with anything, Sam. I appreciate you inviting me over."

Julie then came walking out on the deck.

"How long are you guys going to be out here?"

"It's getting warm now. Why do we have to come in?"

"I've been keeping Fred company."

"What about Jill and Sharon?"

"They're spending too much time talking amongst themselves. Poor Fred was there all alone."

"You should go talk to him, Erin.", I told her.

"I will. I'll miss you two."

"No you won't. We're not going anywhere."

"Good. Stay naked then."

Cindy laughed. I rolled my eyes again. Erin ran inside, still nude.

"And how are my two little ones doing?", Julie said to us.

"We're fine. We have to think about when we're going to bring Cindy home."

"Do you have to go soon, Cindy?". Julie asked.

"No, I was just telling Sam that I don't."

"Well, what are we going to do?"

"We can just hang out here. Or we could go somewhere."

"Let's go somewhere!", Jill said, coming out to the deck.

"Any ideas?"

"There's the new superhero movie playing."

My ears perked up at that. "That would be good."

The others weren't so enthusiastic.

"There's the one with the talking babies."

"Oo, I want to go see that."

We asked everyone what they wanted to see. It looked like we were split. Jill and I wanted superheros, the others wanted babies.

"Let's check the times."

I went online. The baby movie was playing a half hour earlier than the superhero one. It wasn't too much time difference so we decided to see both -- Jill and I would see the superhero movie and the others were going to see the talking baby one. Even Fred was going to see the babies.

"You don't want to see the superhero movie, Cindy?", I asked.

"I would. But I'd like to see the babies more. I don't get out to the movies much. It will be fun with my new friends. I hope you don't mind."

"Ok, I'll be seeing the other one though."

"Have fun."

"You too. And I'm so sorry."

"Sorry for what?"

"You'll need to get dressed."

"Sam!", she said rolling her eyes.


----- The movies

When the time came we dressed and went to the movies in two cars -- mine and Fred's. Jill drove, with Cindy and me in the back seat and Sharon up front. Fred drove Erin and Julie. Erin would have to go straight to work right after the movie. We were thinking that Julie would come back with us and Fred would take Sharon home with him after dropping Erin off.

Jill and I had a little time to talk before the movie while the others went to their show.

"You two were so cute this morning, Sam."

"Yeah, yeah. I tell you, Jill, if I hear that word 'cute' one more time I'm going to puke."

"You don't like that word?"

"It's just, ... nobody ever calls me handsome. It's 'cute', like, you're handsome, but for a short guy."

"I think you're handsome."

"Thanks."

"But I like you short."

"I gathered that. You get off on that, don't you?"

"Yes. I do.", she said sheepishly.

"This is new for you?"

"No. I've liked you all along."

"I mean, the size thing."

"Yes. Er, no, I was like this before, I just didn't know it."

"What do you think of Cindy?"

"Oh, she's so cute."

"There you go with that word again."

"Sorry. She's beautiful. I really like her."

"It seems everyone does."

"I just want to eat her up."

"Another new dimension to your fetish?"

"Huh? No. I mean ..."

"I know; you meant that figuratively?"

"Yeah, figuratively."

"Good, because I don't know if I'd be able to play along if it wasn't."

"Don't you like what we do?"

"I do. Immensely."

"I wouldn't mind sharing Cindy. How was she last night?"

"You want me to kiss and tell? That's private."

"None of the sex that goes on in our little group is private."

"What you and I do together is."

"Oh yeah, it is. What if we let Cindy in on it?"

"You really like her, huh?"

"You two together with Julie this morning... oh, Sam. You know how that looks?"

"I can imagine. I suppose you're going to say 'cute'."

"I was trying not to."

"Thanks."

"I'd just love to be with Cindy and you together."

"Everyone does.", I laughed.

"You think she'll like being imp woman?"

"I don't know, Jill. I've only met her this week. I don't know her all that much yet."

"I hope she likes us."

I laughed. "You don't need to hope. She does."

"What about the others?"

"She likes the others too."

"No, I didn't mean that. I meant the other ones you came with at Mike's last night."

"Oh. I don't know them any more than Cindy. Less, in fact."

"The little guy was cool."

"Joe?"

"Yeah, Joe."

"I bet he'd like to hear that."

"Can you invite him over?"

"Sure. You want to play imp man with him?"

Jill blushed. I knew then her fetish was playing out in her mind with Joe.

"I don't know. Do you think he will?"

"I really don't know. It's not the sort of thing people talk about. To tell you the truth, I'm not sure all that many people are into it. You might just turn him off if you push it too soon."

"You think so?"

"Yep."

"What should I do?"

"With Joe?"

"Yeah."

"I don't know. He hasn't even come over yet, Jill. Let's play it by ear. I think he and Marie might have thing though."

"Marie?"

"One of the others that came with me. You know, the one Joe was talking to all night long."

"Oh, I didn't know. Are they together?"

"I don't know for sure. They only just met each other like the rest of us in the study. But they seemed to hit it off. Don't you think?"

"I didn't really notice."

"You had your eye only on Joe, didn't you?"

She blushed again.

"Your secret is safe with me, Jill. But you might want to pay attention to who he's paying attention to next time."

"I will."

"This giantess thing is really consuming you, isn't it?"

"Yeah. Do you think that's bad?"

"No. Not so far."

"Oh good. Are you ok with us doing what we do?"

"Of course, I am, Jill. Can't you tell?"

"I just want to be sure."

"You know what they say?"

"What?"

"Fagetaboutit."

"Ok." She smiled.

We got up to go to the movie. I could swear her boobs were now over my head; she must be wearing shoes with heels. Or maybe she's growing again. Or I could be having another bout of shrinking. I just hoped it was my imagination.


----- Saturday night

Jill and I enjoyed watching our movie. The others were waiting for us when we got out then we all had ice cream near the community college, except Erin who had to work. We promised to bring a pint of ice cream home for her.

Sharon and Fred went home after the ice cream and we dropped Jill off. That left just Julie, Cindy and I to talk until Erin came home.

We all went to pick Erin up from work. She insisted we get naked again once we were home so she could eat her ice cream that way. Cindy thought it was a great idea and Julie followed. I didn't want to be the odd one out, so we all sat around naked while Erin ate her ice cream.

Erin was making sensuous noises as she ate her ice cream. Great drama was made of the spilled ice cream all over her left 'boobie'.

"Now look what I've done. Will no one help me clean this up?", she said to no one in particular, probably hoping that any of us would do the honors. Cindy immediately ran up to her before Julie or I could move, and started licking while sitting on Erin's lap.

Cindy spent quite some time licking and sucking on Erin's 'boobie', making sure to leave no trace of the ice cream. Erin stroked her hair while she did so. Cindy also started making sensuous noises when her hips started to move. It was clear where this was headed.

Julie and I decided then to retire to bed.

"Good night you two.", Julie said as we left.

"Night."

"Mmhpfff." Cindy uttered with a mouth full of Erin tit.

Later that night Julie and I heard the two of them. It energized our own love making. I came thinking back to this morning -- Cindy and I being held by Julie, each of us fucking her tits. I can't help but believe Julie was thinking the same as I went down on her. Cindy was going to be a fixture in our lives from now on.

End Notes:

How about some more Cindy next chapter?

Chapter 32 - Game of Tag by littless
Author's Notes:

Cindy goes out to the lake.

----- Sunday

We spent a large part of Sunday naked. Did you expect anything different? Cindy did convince me to shave my pubes though. You probably didn't expect that. A big show was made of it as Cindy wielded the razor. I was afraid of her slipping up but she was an expert at it.

I thought I looked funny but the three girls said they liked the way I looked. Cindy tried to teach me some ballet moves and I honestly tried my best and I don't think I did too bad. Julie and Erin thought we looked exceptionally cute together and reminded us of that little factoid at every chance. All the touching of bare skin against bare skin made Mr. Happy take notice of the situation. The girls took notice of Mr. Happy.

"Geez, Cindy. Is this what happens when you do your naked ballet? Like in college?"

"There were no guys. Ok, maybe just one or two, but not often. But yeah, that happens. You just move on, that's all."

"It must have been hard for those guys to move on, let alone move."

We all laughed.

Erin and Cindy danced together. The top of Cindy's head barely reached the bottom of Erin's 'boobies'. Erin still enjoyed it; size, it seems, didn't matter to her.

Erin said. "Let's go to the lake today."

We all looked at each other and shrugged.

"Why not." So, we started getting ready.

"Nope.", Erin said to Cindy and I. "You two are staying naked."

"No, we're not!", I exclaimed.

"Aw. Please. You two are so cute together. You can be my little sister and brother."

"I'm with Sam.", Cindy said. "We don't want to get in trouble."

"But you said you go around like that and everyone thinks you're a little girl."

"I'll go topless, but I don't want to get caught naked. Not at the lake."

"Alright.", Erin said with a pout. "But leave your top at home. You promised."

"I didn't promise, but if it will make you happy I will. And if it starts getting cold I need something to cover up with."

"I'll bring my shirt and you can wear that if you need to. But I'm going topless too. And you too, Julie."

"Sure, why not."

Leave it to Erin.

We had a topless ride in the bimmer out to the lake, where we then had a topless picnic. Cold cut sandwiches were on the menu. And so was wine. For the girls, that is. If it hadn't occurred to you earlier I'll spell it out now: just like me, Cindy doesn't handle alcohol well.

"Let's go for a walk.", someone said. So Cindy took Erin's hand and I took Julie's and we set off for a walk around the lake. There weren't too many people out and about. Fall had set in and the weather was turning cold. At least the sun was out.

When we were about a third of the way around Cindy let go of Erin's hand and ran over to Julie and me. She reached up for Julie to pick her up. Julie thought it was so cute that she had to bend down for her.

"Wait a sec.", Cindy said as she took off her shorts. Yep, the wine was getting to her.

"Cindy!", I shouted. "I thought you weren't going to go naked."

"I changed my mind. Here, hold these.", she said as she gave me her doffed shorts and panties. I stood there dumbfounded as Julie picked her up. It's a good thing Mr. Happy was tucked away in my pants because Cindy's cute, little, white ass was looking mighty fine right then. I had to shake my head to get back to reality.

"Let's go, Sam.", Erin said to me, reaching for my hand. "We'll let those two be together."

I grabbed Erin's hand without thinking. We hadn't done anything like this in ages. I looked up at Erin's 'boobies'. I mean I looked UP at them. I never had to do this before unless she wore heels. I looked down to check her foot wear. She was wearing these cork wedgie type shoes so I figured they were making her taller. Or was she growing from using the inversion table? Or was I shrinking instead?

A little while later Cindy asked to be let down whereupon she ran over to Erin and pushed on one of her 'boobies' with her hand.

"You're it.", Cindy said as she ran off. I thought it was stupid, but Erin let go of my hand and went tearing after her.

Cindy turned around and said, "No. You're supposed to tag someone else."

Erin turned around and before I could process what was happening, she tagged me.

Then I ran after Julie, catching her by surprise and tagging her. The chase was on.

Julie finally succeeded in tagging Erin who now had to get Cindy or me. She came for me. I easily outmaneuvered her for a while until she gave up and went after Cindy, catching and tagging her. The girls now wanted me.

Erin grabbed and held me while Cindy homed in.

"Tag. You're it."

"That's no fair.", I said. Then I tagged Erin who was standing right there after holding me. I ran as Erin went after Cindy who was closer than Julie. As she got closer Cindy shrieked and pivoted out of her reach at the last moment. Erin now had her sights on Julie.

Julie ended up behind me, using me as a shield. Yeah, right; like that's gonna work. Erin got close and reached over me. Julie went right and Erin stepped to her left, mirroring Julie's move. Then they went the other way.

Erin finally tagged her. Then Julie immediately tagged me.

"Aw, man. This is so unfair. You guys are ganging up on me.", I whined.

They were all scattered away from me, everyone in different directions. I went after Cindy.

After some chasing, and some zigging and zagging, I had caught up to her. She tried to zig, but I zagged and caught her around her naked little waist. I picked her up a little and she screamed. She was strong and it was hard to hold onto her.

The other two girls were running in our direction. Cindy gave me a kiss, with tongue I should add, then went scampering away. Julie had reached us but couldn't stop in time and nearly barreled me over, instead holding onto me and picking me up. Cindy tagged her.

"Hey, it looks like you're it now.", I said.

"Nuh, unh! I just tagged you. You're it."

"You can't do that. You were holding me. You have to let go first."

"No, I don't."

"Yes, you do. Don't be a spoiled sport."

"I'll show you spoiled sport.", she said as she grabbed both my wrists with one hand and undid my shorts with the other.

"Come here, Erin. Take these.", she said, handing my pants to Erin. I had dropped Cindy's shorts off somewhere a little while ago and I think Erin decided she could do the same. Then Julie took off my underwear and dropped me.

"Want these?", she said holding my underwear up where I couldn't reach. Damn. I've been foiled.

I noticed Cindy on the ground, knees up to her chest laughing hysterically. This was too much. I ran over to her and started tickling her on her stomach. She rolled from side to side trying to avoid the tickle torture.

"I'll give you a reason to laugh.", I said, tickling her without letting up.

I guess Julie took pity on her or just happened to take her side, but the next thing I knew I was being hoisted up into the air.

She turned me around to face her and held me. Rats, foiled again. So I started tickling Julie. I learned she was ticklish long ago and where to apply my efforts for maximum effect. She screamed and dropped me again. That was a mistake for I started ticking behind her knees -- one of her most ticklish and sensitive spots.

But then Cindy's arms circled around my stomach and she tried dragging me away. I grabbed her wrists and used a wrestling technique to remove them only to be grabbed by Julie again.

Up I went. Julie held me against her.

"Awww.", I pouted. Julie kissed me. I guess I couldn't hold a grudge after that. I saw Cindy making the same motion with her arms up in the air to Erin, like she had previously done with Julie. Erin picked her up.

So now the game was over with me and Cindy being carried. We walked and talked for a little while. We sat at the lake, Julie and Erin kicking their bare feet in the water. If you stayed in the sun it was quite nice, temperature wise.

Cindy and I sat together and did the same for a while. It was a little harder for us since the lake banks were a bit steep and long.

"I've had so much fun this weekend, Sam. Thanks for inviting me."

"Cindy, it's a real pleasure having you here. You know, although I love my sister and Julie, it's nice for a change to be with someone I don't have to crane my neck to look at."

"I know what you mean. I can see why you love those two. I wish I had friends like that."

"Well, we're your friends now. You can come over anytime you want."

"You're great too, Sam. You seem to handle the shrinking better than the rest of us."

"I wouldn't go so far as to say that. Maybe it's just because I have really good friends to help me. Since they're your friends I hope you'll handle things better too."

"This weekend already has helped. I feel better about myself than I have in weeks."

"It makes me happy to hear that."

We hugged and kissed for a little while. I'll remind you that we were still naked, so it shouldn't be a surprise that Mr. Happy was stirring. Julie decided to be the grown up.

"It's getting late guys. Let's go.", she said.

We had to spend some time looking for Cindy's and my pants. We found mine first but Julie wouldn't let me get dressed until we found Cindy's. Then Cindy didn't want to put them on when we found them, so us two walked back naked.

Cindy took my hand as we walked, arms swinging, all the way from the other side the lake. We talked a little and Cindy ended up against my side with her head on my shoulder.

The wine was finished off, then we packed and finally made our way back to the car. Upon reaching it, Cindy turned around to face me then gave me a deep kiss while hugging. Mr. Happy was screaming with joy.

"Um, Cindy?"

"Yes?", she said with a sultry voice, her face close, almost touching mine.

"We really shouldn't be doing this in public."

"Why not? Let's fuck in front of everybody." It was obvious she was still under the influence.

"I'd rather not get arrested."

"Let's do it in the back seat."

I looked to Julie for support, but all she did was shrug her shoulders. Cindy was so hot and bothered that she nearly dragged me into the back seat. Julie and Erin got in and we started cruising down the road. They were still topless; Cindy and I were buck naked.

I had never been big, but lying in the back seat had still, always been cramped. I was surprised then when I was laying on top of Cindy and the back seat felt ample for the two of us. We went at it like the proverbial bunnies in heat. Erin turned around in her seat, watching the whole time.

I felt bad for Julie who had to drive; I'm sure we distracted her more than once. Erin masturbated in the front seat, her hand down the front of her pants. Anyone driving by could have caught an eyeful.

But I wasn't worried about it at the time. It felt wild doing it with Cindy in the back seat semi-public. My mind was in primordial, first-gear, do it and think of nothing else mode. Public sex -- this was something I'd have to remember as a new fetish, although it wasn't fully public. I lost track of time.

When we were sated we were almost to Cindy's mother's house. I don't know how Julie knew where it was but Cindy got dressed at the last moment before going in. She gave everyone of us a kiss before leaving.

"See you Tuesday, Sam."

"See ya."

Erin and I serviced Julie that night, her being a good sport and all that in the car. We had her standing against the wall while I worked on her pussy and Erin sucked on her tits. Then we got her on the floor, Erin kissing and licking her way from Julie's head on down, and me starting at her toes on up. We met at her pussy and we both went down on her at the same time.

Her clitoris had grown; I was sure of that, but I'd have to measure it. I wasn't sure how Julie felt about that, but when I wrapped my lips around it and started working on it with my tongue, she moaned and bucked her hips so hard and with abandon that it was hard to hold on. I'd be willing to bet that she probably liked it better this way.

We all retired from the living room to the same bed in the master bedroom. It was a little tight with the three of us but with all the activity this weekend we fell asleep fast. Tomorrow was a work day.

 

End Notes:

Next chapter will have more from the group at the clinic. And some surprisingly bad news.

Chapter 33 - Investigators Findings by littless
Author's Notes:

Some bad news gets Julie very upset.

----- Tuesday at the clinic

Not much to say here -- the usual: change into gown, get stuck with needles, receive meds, give blood, socialize.

Marie wanted to bring her brother to see me this coming Friday. I told her that would be great. I'd love to meet someone who was really into martial arts again. There wasn't much of that around the town I lived near. I would have to go into the city for that. Something I really didn't want to do.

I talked some more with Gail. Poor thing was only three and a half feet tall. I got a picture of her in my mind of Julie and her meeting. Before she became infected she stood at five feet and one inch tall -- four inches taller than Julie before the growth spurt. Now Gail would be looking up at Julie's crotch. Such a contrast.

"I missed you last Friday."

"Last Friday?", Gail asked, looking puzzled.

"Yeah. You know. When I sang at Mike's."

"Oh. I didn't think I could make it."

"That's ok. I know you didn't anticipate going."

"Look, just between you and me, I don't like to go out in crowds."

"I understand." And I really did understand. People look at me funny sometimes. I can only imagine them looking over Gail being so small. Even though she looks young, she's still very sexy, yet so short.

"I knew you would. I'd love to see you sing sometime. Maybe some place more intimate with not too many people around."

"How about if I invite everyone here over to my house. Would you come to see me play?"

"Maybe. But even here it's a crowd."

"Sorry. I didn't mean to be pushy."

"What kind of music do you sing?", she asked.

"Folk music mostly. It goes great with an acoustic guitar."

"I like country, but I'm not that into listening to music."

"What are you into?"

"I like flowers."

"That's cool. Are you a florist?"

"No. I work in a pharmacy."

"A pharmacist?"

"A pharmacy aid."

"You must be familiar with the drugs they're using here, then?"

"No.", she said, looking down at her feet, a sad expression on her face.

"Did I say something wrong?"

"Nah. I never thought I'd be needing meds. Not this young."

"You're bummed out about the virus, aren't you?"

"Yes. Very."

"We're all in this together. If you'd like to talk about it some time, like in private so there won't be too many people around, I can listen."

"Thanks, Sam. Maybe some day."

"I'm a good listener too.", Sue said.

Sue came out of nowhere and when I turned to look at her she was standing close to me.

"I could keep you safe from Sam." She said that with a smile and a wink indicating that she was kidding. "You really should come see Sam play. He's good."

"I'll think about it Sue. Thanks, you two; maybe I will take you up on your offer. It might do me good to talk about it one on one rather than in a big group. Especially with someone else who knows what I'm going through."

"You're not happy with the group?", Sue asked.

"I don't like to be around lots of people. Even the few here."

"You like everyone here, right?", I asked.

"Mostly."

"Ok. I won't be pushy but let me know if you want to talk."

"Me too.", said Sue.

When Gail went wandering off to get her blood drawn for the second time that day I turned to Sue.

"You like Gail?"

"Uh, sure."

"You think she needs protection from me?"

"I was just kidding, Sam."

"Ok."

"Maybe you're the one that needs protecting from her."

"Huh?"

"Just kidding. Lighten up."

"Ok."

"Are you going to be playing again this Friday?"

"Very likely, unless something bad happens to keep me away."

"You want some protection?"

I rolled my eyes. "Uh, no. I don't think I need protection."

"I'm kidding again. Hey, I'm sorry I couldn't make it out to your place last week. Maybe this week."

"Sure. But only if you don't kid ever again."

"Never?"

"I'm just kidding."

"Oh. Ha, ha. Very funny.", she said, slowly shaking her head.

"I'm just getting back at you."

"Ok, I deserve that."

"Are you uncomfortable around me, Sue?"

"No. No, I'm not. Not really. Why do you ask?"

"Because sometimes people try to use humor and sarcasm when they're uncomfortable."

"No." Now she really did look uncomfortable. I changed the subject.

"I'm pretty sure we'll all be getting together after the show Friday and you're welcome to come with us." She became much happier and her smile returned.

"Ok. I can plan for it this time."

"You can stay over Friday night like Cindy did. I'm sure we can find room for you. That way you don't have to drive home late and if you should find yourself drinking any alcohol then we definitely don't want you on the road."

"That's cool. I'll bring a bag, just in case. Will Cindy be staying over again?"

"I pretty sure she will. It would be cool to have both of you over."

"I'd love to come over."

"Great. I'll be looking forward to it."

"Me too."

She did seem eager and I was feeling giddy about it too. She was sexy. I had seen her in regular clothes without the gown last week at Mike's. She had a slim waist and and average size bust. Her dark brown, nearly black, hair was usually worn in a pony tail and she had bangs. She had a really good dark, flawless complexion, as if she tanned outside every day.

She was the tallest of us but still pretty short. I wondered what she would seem like to 'normal' height people. Probably a real little cutie pie, I imagined.

George and I were talking.

"That little gal sure is cute, isn't she?"

"Which little gal? Gail?"

"Yeah, Gail."

I'm sure the remark was innocent but there was something that struck me as odd about him and his preoccupation with Gail. I did notice that Gail seemed to be keeping away from him.

Michele and I seemed to hit it off pretty well though. She was a graphic designer so we had computers in common. I wasn't much into the artsy picture stuff but I was a little familiar with the tools that produced web pages, doctored up photos, edited videos and processed audio. So, we had a lot to talk about.

"I don't do too much programming.", she said. "I leave that up to the development guys like you."

"That's a shame.", I said. "There's not enough females in this line of work. I don't know if the girls don't like the job or are just turned off by the geeks who do."

"It's a little of both for me, I guess."

"Well, maybe you could help turn that around."

"Oh no. I'm not really good with programming."

"I could help, if you want."

"I don't know. I get the feeling that the company I work for doesn't want me around any more."

"What? Why?"

"I don't know. They're leaving me out of stuff and aren't putting me on any new things anymore. I think it might have something to do with my new height."

"That's unconscionable."

"Maybe I'm just paranoid."

"I hope so. If the worst happens then come see me. I have connections that might help. Nobody should treat you different from others like that."

I knew how she felt; a lot of people don't take me seriously at all. I was thinking the same thing could be happening to Michele. Plus she's a girl; that's like a double whammy.

I wanted to ask Joe about him and Marie but thought it would be inappropriate at this point. But I could see that they were spending time together. I was thinking Gail would also be good for Joe too. She was the only one smaller than Joe, actually.

Cindy and I talked a little at lunch. We exchanged pleasantries and that was about it. We were both busy talking to others. Finally, we got a chance to sit down and talk during one of the breaks where we were both free.

"So, are we getting together this weekend, Sam?"

"I hope so. You still want to stop by?"

"You know I do."

"This Friday can't come soon enough. And Julie is looking forward to it also."

"I'd like to see Erin again too."

"She definitely wants to see you."

"Can't wait."

We snuck in a kiss.

"Hey, did you see how Joe and Marie are getting along?"

"A little. You think there's something going on?"

"I kind of hope so. You know about Joe's situation, right?"

"What situation?"

"I better let him tell you. I wouldn't want to betray his confidence but I'd really like to see him and Marie get together."

"Do you think the group suspects anything between you and I?"

"I don't see any signs of that. Our little relationship definitely developed fast."

"I hope you don't think I'm desperate or anything, Sam."

"Nah. Just drunk."

"Ha ha. Very funny. I'm going to get you drunk one of these days."

"Don't. I told you that you wouldn't like me."

"Why? Do you get violent, or something?"

"Or something. Well, yeah, I do kind of get violent sometimes. Maybe being small all my life I just feel like I have to prove myself and end up getting into fights. That's what they tell me. I don't remember much."

"Did you ever get hurt?"

"No. Not physically. It's been the other way around. People underestimate me. Although now, I probably couldn't hurt a fly."

"Because you've shrunk?"

"Yep."

"You have Julie to protect you.", Cindy said, jokingly.

"She could kick my ass if she weren't my lover."

"Do you and her ever play games?"

"Games?"

"You know. Like her being a giantess."

"We can talk about this later. Not here, ok?"

"Ok. I can't wait to hear about it."

"It's funny you mentioned the subject."

"I'm just curious about the games you play, that's all."

"Not that. About protection. Sue was joking about that too."

"That's no coincidence. We were talking about it earlier."

"That's weird, don't you think?"

"Not really. We were both discussing how we were all vulnerable, being so small and the topic just sort of came up when I was talking about how I started shrinking."

"You seem to have started about the same time as I did."

"I hate to think of the recent past -- I was in a very bad relationship. That guy thought nothing of hurting me. Sue offered to protect me, but she was just joking."

"Sometimes people joke about serious things because it's hard to face reality."

"Perhaps. Now you have me wondering if Sue is as insecure as the rest of us."

"There's no doubt in my mind she is. Do you know how tall Sue was before she became infected?"

"No. Why?"

"I'm wondering how much smaller she became and if that has anything to do with her attitude. I think she may be as scared of this as you or I but just isn't showing it. I invited over to the house this Friday night after Mike's. I'm trying to get others to come too. You're ok with that, right?"

"Sure. I'd love to be able to talk with everyone in a more casual setting."

Sue joined us.

"We were just talking about you and this Friday.", I said.

"It'll be fun, Sue.", Cindy added.

"Yeah, I can't wait. If I stay over do you mind if I get up late the next morning. I like to sleep late on weekends."

"No problem. My sister likes to sleep late."

"Cool. It's Erin, right?"

"Yep. I hope you like her."

"You have lots of people staying this Friday, huh?"

"Erin is living with us."

"Us?"

"Julie and me. It's my house but Julie has been with me for over half a year now so it's as much hers as it is mine."

"I hope I won't be any bother to you guys."

"I doubt that.", Cindy said with a smile. "Do you like to dance, Sue."

"I love to. Do you guys dance a lot?"

"Not me.", I quickly added.

"We'll get him to dance, Sue."

"No way.", I said.

"First we have to get him drunk."

"See, there's your first mistake: I don't drink anymore."

"Anymore? Are you a recovering alcoholic?", Sue asked.

"Hardly. I get sick and throw up and lose my mind, so I don't do it."

"You have before though?"

"In college, mostly."

"Yeah.", Cindy said. "We went to the same college and they party pretty hard."

"It must have been fun."

"I suppose that's a relative term, Sue.", I said.

"You didn't have fun?"

"I spent my time on studies. My social life didn't go too well."

Just then we had to move on. It was getting late and they still had to take out the IV stuff and all that.

"Hey, you two want to continue this conversation?", Sue said.

"Sure. We can talk Friday.", Cindy offered.

"Let's make it sooner. How about tomorrow?"

"I'm too busy tomorrow. I have an interview tomorrow night after work."

"Looking for a new job, Sam?"

"Sort of. It's a long story. I'll have to tell you about it later."

"How about Thursday? Can we all get together Thursday?"

"I'll be in the city. I suppose I could."

"What about you Cindy? You want to make a date Thursday evening?"

"We'll be getting together Friday, you know. But if you really want to I can make it."

"Fantastic. I know we'll be together the next day but I missed the fun you two had last week."

She had no idea.

"I hope you don't think I'm too forward."

"No, Sue. I'm sure we'll have a good time. You'll protect us, right?", I said, sarcastically.

"I'm the big one here so yes, I'll protect you two."

"You know I was kidding?"

"I know, Sam."

That was pretty much it for our conversation. The rest of the time went like usual then we left before 7:00 again.

I talked to Julie about Cindy coming over for the weekend and she was delighted. I also told her others may be coming and possibly staying over Friday night. She was excited about spending some more time with the others too.


----- Wednesday night at a military base right outside town

After work I met with an investigator for my clearance. We talked about my college life and about the virus. The investigator had not known of this particular disease and was very interested. He said it should not make any difference at all for getting vetted and was interested purely for his own curiosity.

My case shouldn't take too long he reassured me. Then he took me by surprise when he asked about Shawn.

"But he tried to bust into our house.", I told him.

"Our house?"

"My girlfriend and I."

"Julie Morton?"

"Yeah. You know her already?"

"Her name came up. Especially in connection with Shawn. Did he come to see Miss Morton?"

"No doubt he did."

"Did Miss Morton let him in?"

"No. I opened the door."

"And you asked him to come in?"

"No. He barged right past me."

"What happened then?"

"I got up and tackled him."

"You were down?"

"Yes. He pushed me over coming in."

"And you tackled him after?"

"Yes. Well, I swept his feet. Same thing almost. You know what a foot sweep is?"

"Yes, I do. I practice martial arts. Did he say anything?"

"He said something like 'get outta my way, asshole.'"

"That's it?"

"That's pretty much all he said. Then I swept his feet and wrapped his arms up after."

"Did he try to fight you?"

"He struggled."

"Did he try to hit you before you tackled him?"

"Swept his feet, but no, but he pushed me down on his way barging on in to our living room."

"So, he was in your living room when you swept his feet?"

"Yep."

He wrote a bit in his pad then asked, "What happened then?"

"Julie came into the living room. She recognized him then."

"You knew him too, right?"

"I had no idea who he was until Julie yelled his name."

"What did you do then?"

"I didn't do anything. I was holding him while he struggled."

"You held him down?"

"I did. We were standing. I was a bit bigger then."

"I see. How did the injuries happen then? Did you choke him?"

"Julie kicked him."

"Oh, she did?"

"She kicked while I was holding him. She must have thought that he was getting away."

"Was he?"

"I had him pretty good. I feel like I could have held him forever that way but maybe not. I used to wrestle. Sometimes your opponent will get away. You adjust though, and I was ready for that with my wrestling experience. But you never know."

"But you did have him secure?"

"I did."

"And this is when Julie kicked him?"

"Yes. But I think she thought he was going to get away, me being so small and all that."

"But you said you were bigger?"

"I was. But I was still pretty small."

"How small?"

"Less than four ten."

"I see. So it was Miss Morton that killed him?"

"WHAT?"

"Did Miss Morton kill him?"

"He wasn't dead. They took him away in a stretcher and I think they called the helicopter to get him to the hospital, but he was still alive."

"Yes, I know. He died in the hospital a couple of days later."

"I didn't know that."

"Nobody told you?"

"No. We had no idea."

"You did't inquire as to how he was doing?"

"No. Why would I?"

"I don't know. Maybe Miss Morton would have been curious."

"Shawn didn't treat Julie right. I think she wanted to forget about him."

"I see."

"Are we in trouble?"

"I don't know. You tell me."

"The police never told us what happened to him."

"Have you heard from them since?"

"No, we haven't."

"Then I suppose you're not in trouble."

"That's good to know. Will this keep me from getting a clearance."

"In this circumstance, I doubt it."

"You don't know?"

"I don't make the decisions. I investigate and prepare a report. Others make a determination based on the report."

"I guess the report is real important. I hope they take the fact that the guy was a jerk into consideration."

"They take everything into consideration. That's why I investigate: so they have all the facts."

We talked of other things. He was a little skeptical of the fact that I didn't drink until I told him that it had to do with being small and not being able to handle alcohol. We talked about judo. The investigator was into martial arts himself but more along the lines of karate and kung fu. We finally wrapped things up.

"Is there anything else you want to tell me?", he asked.

"About Shawn?"

"About anything. Anything you feel I should know that I haven't found out yet that might impact your ability to work for the government?"

"No. Not that I can think of."

"Very well."

"I do have one question though: when will I know if I passed?"

"Probably no longer than a month from now, but I can't say for sure. It depends on how many others are going through the process and how heavy a workload those who make the determination are having at the time."

So, that was it. I still needed to wait.


----- Wednesday night at home

"How did the interview go."

"Pretty good. Except for one thing."

"What's that?", Julie said, a worried look on her face.

"Julie, sit down please." She took a seat on the living room couch and I now had her full attention.

"What is it, Sam?"

"It's Shawn."

"Oh, no, are we in trouble? Is he going to press charges?"

"No, Julie. Shawn is dead."

"What? No!"

"I'm afraid so." Her eyes bulged. Then she covered her mouth with her hands. Tears started to form.

"I killed him."

"He deserved it."

"Is this going to keep you from getting your new job?"

"The investigator didn't think so."

"Am I in trouble?"

"The police haven't contacted us about it, so no, we're not in trouble."

"What if they just haven't gotten a warrant yet?"

"He died only a couple of days later. They would have gotten one by now if you or I were in trouble."

"I killed him, Sam."

"I told you he deserved it. It was self defense."

"I didn't have to kick him."

"But you said he hurt you. He would have hurt you again. He even threatened you. You told me he called you before it all happened. Remember?"

"I know. But I had grown. I could have protected myself this time."

"In that type of situation you're not thinking like that. Besides, you don't know that. What if he was high on drugs? He could have seriously hurt you. Or me. You didn't know that I had a good hold of him and I might not have been able to have held him much longer either."

"But ... I killed a man."

"Julie, don't worry about it. It was the righteous thing to do." Julie was staring off into space at this point. She started shaking. I went to hug her but I couldn't get my arms around her body, only her neck. I had to stand up onto the couch to do this.

"Sam. Don't you see? I killed someone. I killed Shawn."

"Julie, I had something to do with it too."

"But you stopped him. I didn't have to do that. I'm a bad person."

"Julie, you're the best person I know."

"No, I'm not, Sam. I haven't been ever since I started growing. I wish I were small again."

"Stop it, Julie! Listen to yourself. Size has nothing to do with whether you're good or bad. You sound like all the shallow people that think bigger is superior, only in your case it's the other way around. Don't you see that?"

"But, I killed Shawn."

"Stop thinking like that. Please. Ok?"

"I'll try, Sam. I don't know if I can."

"You have to Julie, or this will eat you up. You did the right thing." She got up and went to the bedroom to cry.

I went to pick up Erin from work and I told her about what happened. She said she would try to cheer Julie up when she had the chance. It was late and Julie was by now asleep.

I tidied up the house a bit then went to bed. I tried to hold Julie but as I just said, it was getting increasingly hard to do that. It was good being with her though and I wasn't sure what I was going to do to cheer her up. I only hoped that she would be better in the morning.

 

End Notes:

Will Julie stay depressed?

I've been posting a chapter every day this week. I think I've made up for my two weeks absense. I think I'll start going back to my previous schedule of posting every other day or three now.

Chapter 34 - Cindy to the Rescue by littless
Author's Notes:

Poor Julie is depressed. It's going to take someone big to help her. That is, someone with a big heart.

----- Thursday

Julie was still feeling bad this morning so she called in sick to work. She wanted to stay in bed but I made her get up and have a cup of hot tea. The seasons were changing and it was a bit cold outside and I figured the hot tea would fix her right up. But she still felt bad about the news I told her last night.

Erin woke up a bit early -- for her anyway. She wasn't working this day and it made me feel good to have her around. I had to go into the office for a couple of hours and I didn't want Julie to be alone. It might do her good to talk girl talk with Erin.

While I was working Cindy called confirming our 'date' with Sue tonight at a coffee shop in the city not too far from the office. Since I was already in the city after work I just sort of hung around doing some window shopping and what not. I got lots of stares. I felt a bit vulnerable too, so I tried to stay with crowds of people.

I called Erin to check up on Julie. Erin was having a hard time cheering her up. I was starting to feel a little bad about meeting Cindy and Sue. I would have to apologize to them and leave a bit early, I guess.

I had a little time so I decided to call Jill and tell her about Shawn. She was understandably upset. I asked her if she could go see Julie. She didn't think there was anything she could do but would try to get over to see her. I think she had Mom bring her. Maybe Mom could help too.

I later got a call from Sharon who was worried about Julie not coming into work that day. I told her that Julie received some bad news that someone she knew had died. I told her that I didn't think there was anything she could do for Julie but she might want to talk to her. However, she was a good friend and I'd keep her updated.


----- Thursday evening at a coffee shop in the city

"Hi, you two. Sorry I'm late."

"No problem.", I said, standing up when Sue arrived. Cindy said hi and we made small talk for a while drinking coffee and those funny milkshake things the girls were drinking.

"So, tell me about your interview, Sam."

"Keep this quiet for now, ok?"

"Ok", they said. Their curiosity was now piqued.

"I've been offered a tentative new job but I need to get a security clearance. The interview yesterday was for that."

"Cool. What will you be doing?"

"I don't know, Cindy. And even if I did I don't think I'd be able to talk about it."

"Wow. Military grade stuff, huh?"

"I think so, Sue."

"My older brother was in the Army."

"I bet he's familiar with all the secret stuff then."

"I wouldn't know."

"That's what it's about."

"I didn't mean it that way. Jackie died in the war."

"Oh, no. I'm so sorry to here that, Sue.", Cindy said.

"Aw man. I shouldn't have brought that subject up. Forgive me, Sue."

"That's ok. You didn't know. It's been a few years now and I was only a little girl when it happened. But I miss him."

"I understand. Let's change the subject.", I said. "So, you like being our protector?"

That got Sue to laugh.

"Yep. I'll kick anyone's butt if they try to mess with any of you two."

We all laughed.

"You like being the big one?", I asked.

She got serious.

"I guess so. This is so much different than before. Since I got the virus I've been the little one. I get to be the big one now. I really like all of the people in the group. I'm so glad you two came out with me tonight. Most of my old friends take a pass when it comes to socializing with me."

"I know how you feel, Sue.", Cindy said. "I don't seem to have many real friends anymore. In fact, I feel closer to Sam and Julie than anyone else now, except my mother. I'm so happy I signed up for the study."

"Gee, Cindy. I'm flattered.", I said.

"You two talked a lot last Friday?"

"We did. We spent the weekend together."

"Wow. What about your girlfriend, Sam. Julie's her name, right?"

"Yes, it's Julie. And she was ok with it. Let's just say that because of our size differences we need to do things a little different than your average couple."

"It looks like you're definitely not the average couple."

We all laughed again.

"But she really is a sweet person, Sue.", Cindy said. "You should get to know her."

"I spent a little time talking to her last week. She does seem nice, but a little intimidating."

"Size?", I asked.

"I guess so."

"Sue, don't let that bother you. Once you get past the physical part she is a very nice and non-intimidating person. Except to Sam."

"What do you mean by that?", I said.

"She pulled your pants off at the lake like it was nothing. And don't tell me you weren't struggling."

"She pulled his pants off?", Sue asked, laughing.

"You better tell her the rest now, Cindy."

"What rest?"

"Don't play like you don't remember. You got naked first."

Sue was in stitches now.

"I'd have loved to have seen you two. What about Julie?"

"Julie and Erin were topless.", Cindy said.

"Wow, that's brave."

"I didn't have a choice. But Cindy was drunk."

Cindy started turning red with embarrassment. Sue was still in stitches.

"You realize, Sue, that we're going to have to get Sam drunk now."

"No way!", I exclaimed.

"Why, Sam? Are you afraid of getting drunk?"

"Yep. It never took much, but I'm sure it takes even less now. You should see how that little bit of wine affected Cindy. She was pretty well plastered Friday night."

"He's just afraid he's going to have to dance.", Cindy told Sue.

"Well, there's that too.", I said. "But I've not had a good experience with alcohol."

"Cindy doesn't seem to be afraid of it.", Sue said.

"Of course not; one glass of wine and it she gets naked."

"I don't need alcohol to get naked."

Sue was till laughing hard.

"You're going to have to get naked too.", I told her.

She stopped laughing.

"Oh. I ... I ..."

Cindy and I were laughing now.

"It's ok.", I said. "I wouldn't want our protector to feel embarrassed."

"But you should try it some time.", Cindy said, obviously working on her.

"I don't know about that."

I could see she was getting uncomfortable so I changed the subject.

"Sue, how tall were you before you got the virus?"

"About five foot nine inches."

"You were tall. I'm so sorry. You've lost over a foot."

"We've all lost a lot."

"You're still bigger than all of us.", Cindy said.

"The group makes me feel good about my size. I don't know when the shrinking will stop. Some day I could become the smallest."

"I was thinking the exact same thing. What about you Cindy?"

"I never thought about that, but it's true. This sucks, doesn't it?"

"Yep. But look on the bright side."

"What bright side?"

"If we didn't get the virus we wouldn't be here and I'd have two less friends."

"Thanks for being my friends, you two.", Sue told us.

"You should really come over and spend time with Julie and Erin.", Cindy was telling her. "I can't wait to see Julie again."

"She can't wait to see you either.", I said. "But she's not feeling too well right now."

"Is she sick?"

"Not exactly. She got news that someone she knew died."

"Oh, no. I hope it wasn't anyone close."

"Just the opposite, actually."

"That doesn't make sense.", Cindy said.

"It's a long story. She was in an abusive relationship, like you were, I suppose. The guy broke into our house a few months ago and, well, to make a long story short we fought and Julie kicked Shawn while I was holding him. I thought he was ok when the ambulance brought him away but I just found out yesterday that he didn't make it. Julie is really in bad way right now. Not so much because Shawn didn't make it but because she actually hurt someone."

"You said 'Shawn', Sam. That sounds suspiciously like Shawn Proudome?", Cindy asked.

"I don't know what his last name was. I'll have to ask."

"Did he have long, sandy blonde, messy hair?"

"Yep."

"Oh my God, Sam. It can't be."

"What?"

"The guy that abused me was named Shawn."

"I'm sure it's not the same guy. He lived in our town, not too far away from us."

"That's right. It has to be Shawn Proudome. Sam, I have to go see Julie."

"Are you sure it's him?"

"Yes, I'm sure. We have to go now."

"What about Sue?"

"It's ok, Sam."

"I'm sorry, Sue. Maybe I can make it up to you."

"It's no problem.", Sue said. "The short time I met Julie I liked her a lot. You guys take good care of her. I'll see you tomorrow."

"Sam, you'll need to give me a ride. I hope that's ok.", Cindy said with urgency in her voice.

"No problem at all."

"I'll call Mom and tell her not to worry about picking me up."

We left Sue and went home.


----- Thursday night at home

Jill, Erin and Julie were talking around the kitchen table when Cindy and I arrived.

"How is she?", I asked Erin.

"She's still down in the dumps."

"Can Cindy and I have some time alone with Julie?"

"Sure.", Erin said. And I had no problem getting Jill away either.

"Hey, Julie. Look who I brought over."

"Hi, Cindy."

"Hi, Miss Julie." That got Julie to smile. I'm guessing it was her first smile of the day.

"How are you?"

"I'm fine. I hope you don't mind I went out after work with Sam tonight."

"No, I don't mind. How was it?"

"It was grand. Until Sam told me you weren't feeling well."

"I'm ok, Cindy. How was Sue?"

"Oh, we had fun talking. But if I had known you were sad I'd have come over a lot sooner."

"Oh, bless your heart, my little one."

That made Cindy smile.

"Sam told me what happened."

"He did? What did he tell you?"

"He told me you took care of that troublemaker Shawn."

Julie looked down and said, "I killed him, Cindy."

"Good riddance!"

"What?"

"Shawn Proudome. Am I right?"

"Yeah. Sam told you about him?"

"Only that he lived nearby."

"I lived with him for far too long."

"Remember I told you I was in an abusive relationship?"

"I think so."

"It started when you got back with Sam and it all ended abruptly a few months ago when he barged into this house."

Julie furrowed her eyebrows thinking. "Are you implying that was Shawn?"

"It was, Miss Julie. And I'm much better off because of what you did to him."

"Oh my God, Cindy. I can't believe this."

"Believe it. And you should feel proud of yourself for ridding this world of that vermin."

Julie was starting to feel better. I could have hugged Cindy right then but I didn't want to shatter the moment. They were now talking like old friends.

"I don't know what to say. You should have seen Sam though. You would have been so proud of him. I couldn't have done it without his help holding Shawn down."

"You two are my heroes, Miss Julie." Cindy walked right up to Julie and tried to give her a hug. Sitting down, Julie was still taller and it wasn't easy for Cindy to hug her. Julie picked her up and set Cindy on her laps. Then they both hugged each other so tightly I couldn't have pulled them apart with a crowbar.

Erin and Jill wandered into the kitchen just then.

"Did you two hear?", I asked them.

"Yes, we did."

"I think Julie's better now."

I later called Sharon to let her know. I told her I would tell her all about it tomorrow and confirmed that she would be coming over, Fred too.


----- Thursday night

I bet you already know what happened: Cindy spent the night. I would be taking her into the city tomorrow and we would both meet again for treatment. She was going to get stuff ready for the weekend too, knowing that she would be spending it with us.

We went to the bedroom together and started undressing. Cindy finished first, the little minx.

"Stay like that, Miss Julie.", Cindy asked. Julie was now naked and standing, her head almost touching the ceiling. "You're so pretty." She kissed her clitoris sending shudders through Julie's body.

Cindy hugged one of Julie's thighs and started kissing right where it met her body. I was enthralled, to say the least. I felt a little left out but didn't mind a bit for what Cindy had done for Julie.

I realized that the two had shared a bad relationship with the same person and that fact had brought them even closer than they had become the past weekend. I gave Cindy a kiss then kissed Julie in the same place as Cindy did before.

"I'll go see how Erin and Jill are doing, ok?"

"Aren't you going to stay, Sam?", Julie asked.

"I think not. I don't want to spoil what you two have going tonight. You don't mind, do you?"

"I guess not. Are you ok with Cindy and I?"

"Yes, Julie, I'm ok with it. I want you two to share tonight alone. I'll be fine."

Erin and Jill were still up and were a little surprised to see me.

"So, what's up, guys?", I said.

"We were discussing whether to bring Jill home tonight or not."

"No. She's staying. It's too late and I'm willing to bet that neither of you want her to go. Am I right?"

"I'm not sure I feel right about this, Sam.", Jill said. "Julie was in a pretty deep funk and I don't want to upset her."

"I doubt she'll be too upset after tonight."

"What about you, Sam?"

"I feel good about Julie and Cindy. Julie has been sharing me a great deal lately. I can finally return the favor."

"And what do you suppose you're going to do tonight?", Erin asked.

"I was thinking of taking the couch so you two could sleep in your own beds. Maybe watch TV until late tonight. Play solitaire. You know, fun stuff."

"Oh no you don't. You're spending the night with us.", Erin said.

"You sure I won't be a bother?"

Jill picked me up. "You're coming with us right now, mister."

"Whoa.", I said. "You don't have to physically pluck me from the floor. You know I was just kidding. When did you get so strong anyway, Jill?"

"I don't know. I've been hanging on the inversion table."

"Well from this high up, I can see that."

Erin looked up at her. "You do look taller. Have you measured yourself?"

"No."

"Let's measure!", Erin blurted out.

"You just want everyone to get naked, Erin.", I said.

"So? Your point being?"

"Sheesh. Let's go then."

Jill had grown to 5'11". She was growing as fast as Julie. I think she must have gotten the same genes from her father.

Erin was still the same height. But damnit, I lost an inch. I was now 4'3".

"Shit!"

"I guess the virus is making you shrink."

"Ya think? I thought the medicine was supposed to stop this."

"What about Cindy? Did she shrink any?"

"I don't know. It doesn't seem like it. I suppose we'll have to find out tomorrow."

"I know what will make you feel better.", said Jill. She gave me a hug. My head was below her breasts now -- breasts that I swear had grown. She leaned down and whispered in my ear with a wink, "How would imp man like supergal to devour him tonight?"

"Well, what are we waiting for?", I said. We turned out the lights and retired to the bedroom Erin has been sleeping in.

Jill picked me up again and hugged Erin with me stuck between the two. I can't tell you how good it felt to have two naked women on either side of you being squished between their breasts.

Jill set me down and when I looked up the sky was filled with titty clouds. The weather is going to be great tonight.
End Notes:

The girls are scheming. Will Sam get drunk at the next Friday night party?

Chapter 35 - Drunken Fool by littless
Author's Notes:

It's party time.

----- Friday morning

I woke early and snuck out of the room with Erin and Jill still asleep. I was just in my underwear as I tiptoed into the master bedroom to see how Julie and Cindy were doing. Cindy was asleep on Julie's chest. They looked so content together that I decided not to wake them. I started a pot of coffee in the kitchen and heard Cindy walk in. She was naked.

"Good morning.", she said. "You woke me."

"I tried not too. Sorry."

We hugged and kissed right there in the kitchen.

"Take these off.", she said as she pulled my shorts down. I stepped out of them and resumed our kissing. She started grinding her hips into mine. Mr. Happy joined in on the good morning greetings.

She hooked her right leg over my hip and drew me into her with her heel on my butt; her flexibility payed off here. A little while later she started groaning.

"Ungh. Inside, Sam.", she said, out of breath. "I want you inside me."

I had never done it like this before -- standing up -- and surprisingly I was able to penetrate her. It was novel and I felt myself coming in moments. Cindy was still going at it and I felt disappointed that I hadn't satisfied her first, but, much to my amazement, I remained hard. Soon it was Cindy's turn. When she had come down I slipped out of her, Mr. Happy still at attention.

"That was quite the show, my little ones."

We looked over to see Julie's crotch in our faces. She was smiling down at us and was naked too. Her clitoris stuck out from her and I swear it had grown even more. Cindy was happy to see her this morning and she took Julie's clit into her mouth and started sucking. Julie was moaning.

I moved around behind Julie and tried to kiss the small of her back, just above her butt crack. It wasn't happening. Even up on my toes I couldn't reach it; the curve of her ass kept me from that. This caught me by surprise, so I just kissed, licked and nibbled on her butt cheeks.

I'd never tell her this, but Julie's ass was huge. It was at least three times as wide as my head. When embracing from back here I could barely get my hands around to the front. However, even as big as it was, it was sexy. She was still exercising and it made her butt very athletic. She could pop tennis balls between her cheeks.

I reached up from under her and tried to insert my fingers into Julie's vagina but Cindy's fingers were already there so I just rubbed along her labia. Then I did something I hadn't ever occurred to me before: I stuck a middle finger into her ass.

It didn't go very far; I had to open up her butt cheeks to be able to explore. Then I had another revelation and I started kissing and licking for all I was worth.

"Ohhhhhhhh, Gosh!", Julie exclaimed as she reached climax. She was moving her hips back and forth, Cindy and I hanging on with great effort. When it was over Julie had to sit down on the floor.

"Whew, that was intense.", Julie said. She was panting. "You two are so good to me. I love you both.", she said, catching her breath.

"I'm so happy that you're feeling better than you were yesterday.", I said.

Cindy didn't say anything, just smiled.

"Oh, no. Cindy, I don't mean to make you feel awkward."

"It's ok, Miss Julie. Nobody has ever told me they love me except my Mom. I love you too. Just like Sam, seeing you happy gives me joy, so I must love you too, right?"

It must have looked funny with the two of us standing up while hugging Julie sitting on the floor. She seemed bigger than ever.

"Julie. When did we measure you last?"

"It's been a couple of weeks, or three."

"Erin and Jill measured me last night. I lost another inch."

"I'm so sorry, Sam."

"We knew this would happen and I'll probably lose more. But let's do you now. How about you, Cindy? Want to get your height measured?"

"Sure."

Cindy was laughing when she saw me drag out the step ladder.

"We should get a picture of this.", she said.

"Jill beat you to it. I don't know why she isn't up yet."

"Yeah, and Erin too."

"Erin always sleeps late."

As usual, it wasn't my imagination. Julie had grown: 7'7"! We measured three times. Even Cindy got up on the step ladder to make sure the mark was right. That's 91 inches to my 51.

"Ok, Cindy. Your turn."

Julie did the honors on her knees.

4'1"!

"The same, I guess."

"Damnit, Cindy. I can't catch a break. I'm going to be shorter than you soon."

"The shrinking is not stopping for you, Sam. I don't know what the medicine is doing."

"I wonder if any of the others are still shrinking."

"Maybe we'll see tonight."

"Yeah. We better get ready to go."

Erin and Jill finally got up. We all had a light breakfast. Jill shook her head when she saw the rest of us naked but was getting use to this. Then we all went our separate ways.

I drove Cindy to her house, Julie brought Jill home, and Erin arranged for Fred to pick her up since she was working later that day . She would miss everyone at Mike's tonight. I was sad about that.

I went in to the office for a bit and then later to the clinic. I couldn't wait to tell Sue about last night.


----- The clinic

I bugged everyone about coming to see me tonight. It turned out the exact same people who come last week would be there with one exception: Michele said she would make it.

I tried to talk Betty and Leslie into coming but they wouldn't commit. It was too far out for them. There was one more I had to see.

"What about you Gail? Are you coming tonight?"

"I don't think so, Sam."

"I'm sorry to hear that.", I told her. I leaned in close and asked, "Too crowded?"

"Yeah. But I'd still like to talk sometime; one on one. Is that ok?"

"Sure. We'll talk later."

"I have a weird work schedule. It's never the same week to week. But I can send you my schedule a week ahead, ok?"

"Sure. My hours are pretty flexible though."

"Good. Does Sue have to come?"

"Not if you don't want her to."

"I don't know. Maybe."

"Would it be ok if I called you?"

"Sure."

We exchanged numbers. She shared her schedule over the phone too. It looked like Monday afternoon or evening would work out so we it made a date. I didn't know where; I told her I'd think it over and set it up later.

The group session was a lecture on living healthy: eating right, exercise, and getting enough rest. I think most were bored but research found that the shrinking sped up when you were sick. We all wanted to stay healthy after we heard that then everyone payed greater attention to the lecture.


----- At Mike's

We had met up again at Mike's Coffee House and Antique Emporium. I drove Cindy again -- this time she came with her suitcase. I walked in with Sue on one arm and Cindy on the other. Michele showed up and I introduced her to everyone, including Sharon. Julie looked happy which was in stark contrast to the way she was just yesterday. I credit Cindy for that. I really owe her.

I had to talk a little with Sharon so I took her aside.

"Did you and Julie talk today?"

"We did."

"Good. I'd love to talk more about it but not right now."

"I understand."

"You're coming over tonight, right?"

"I wouldn't miss it. But Fred and I are picking up Erin first."

"That's fantastic. Thanks so much for doing that."

"It's Fred's pleasure.", she said laughingly.

"Ok, gotta go. Hope you enjoy the show."

"You know I will, Sam. Go get 'em."

There was another group -- three guys -- that played a couple of songs before me. I had to wait a bit before going on.

I had a good time up there as usual. Mike was really pestering me about recording something. I figured that he could just record from the stage but he gave me some bullshit about the acoustics not being right. Whatever. I promised him to do something about it.

After the performance Zoe introduced me to her boyfriend Xavier.

"You guys coming over tonight?"

"No. Xavier is working tonight. We won't be able to make it."

"Working? What do you do?"

"I'm a cop."

"Oh, I better watch myself."

They laughed.

"Don't worry. I'm sure you'll be fine. Zoe has told me good things about you."

"Why, thank you, Zoe."

"Don't let it go to your head.", she said.

"Maybe next week?"

"Don't know about that yet."

"Ok. You're always welcome."

"Thanks."

I let Julie take Cindy home and had Sue follow me. Joe and Marie decided to come over too. It was pretty clear now that they were an item. I hoped to talk with them more tonight.


----- At the house

I was prepared this time. When we got home Jill helped cook french bread pizza and popcorn. There was wine too. I know: big surprise. I never knew who kept buying the stuff, but here it was.

I'm usually played out and my singing voice is gone after performing at Mike's. This night however, I had not played much at Mike's so I got the guitar out and took a seat in the living room. Almost everyone gathered around.

Cindy sat on Julie's lap. Sharon sat in close next to me. It had been a while since I shared time with Sharon and was delighted to have her there.

The guitar was melodious and my voice was loud and clear and as musical as the guitar. Maybe nobody else thought so, but I was on the top of my game that night; even after performing at Mike's earlier. I wanted to sing some of the more obscure folk songs that I learned long ago. I started with an old song from the prolific poet and songwriter Rod McKuen: "Two Ten, Six Eighteen". I didn't think anybody would recognize it.

        I have been away too long,
        Fought a war that's come and gone.
        Doesn't anybody know my name?

Then a girls voice rang out clear as a bell next to me echoing,

        Doesn't anybody know his name?

I looked at Sharon next to me. Holy crap, this girl could sing. I continued the song and came to the chorus,

        ...
        Please tell me if you can,
        What time do the trains roll in?

And she answered, singing,

        Two ten, six eighteen, ten forty four.

We finished the song together like that.

        ...
        Doesn't anybody know my name?
        Doesn't anybody know his name?

I wanted to give her a great big hug and kiss right then and there.

"Sharon! Why the hell didn't you tell me you could sing?"

"I'm sorry, Sam. I couldn't help myself with that song. I hope you don't mind."

"Mind? Are you kidding? I love it. Why didn't say something before?"

"I'm not that good really."

"Like hell you aren't. You're coming up on stage with me next time."

"No. I can't do that."

"You're not getting away with it that easy. We'll talk some more about it later."

I played some songs that I thought everyone should have known, like American Pie. If they didn't know it before they know it now -- I made everyone sing the chorus with me. Nobody knew that the song was about Buddy Holly, Ritchie Valens and the Big Bopper. Nobody even knew who all three of them were. That is, except for Sharon. Woo hoo, Sharon!

I sang "I'm a Believer". You probably think it's from the Monkeys, but Neil Diamond wrote it. Erin, Cindy and Sue were dancing in a line. Yeah that happens all the time. Not. They were barefoot, bouncing from one foot the other. You should have seen Sue's pony tail swinging back and forth with the beat. Don't you find barefoot, cute, dancing girls sexy? I do and thought that this was so cool. I felt like a king.

At least the songs prevented everyone from getting naked for a while. I wasn't sure if we were going to have a night like that tonight or not, but Erin was here so there was still the chance. I'd hate to freak out Joe and Marie. It was Sue's first time over too, but she had an inkling of what could happen from talking with us yesterday. In fact, I think she was expecting it.

I was thirsty and Julie handed me a glass of water.

"Ack!", I said, nearly choking. "That's not water, that's wine."

"Oh, sorry. Here I'll get some water for you.", Julie apologized.

But it wasn't long after I finished that the girls ganged up on me.

"Here, Sam. Drink this.", Erin said, pushing a glass of wine in my face.

"No. You know I don't drink."

"Aw, just a sip. Please.", Sue pleaded.

"Why are you guys doing this?", I asked.

"You never get drunk.", Julie said.

"Yes, I have. And that's why I don't anymore."

I saw Erin pulling down her top to expose cleavage. She bent down in front of me with her hands on her knees with half her tits hanging out and said, "I'll make it worth your while if you take a sip."

"I see what you did there, Erin. It's not going to work."

Then Julie, Jill, Sharon, and even Sue copied Erin. They were all around me. Cindy was over to the side laughing. I reckon she thinks she doesn't have anything to show. I reckon she's wrong.

The wine was doing it's work on them. I didn't want it to work on me. Sharon sat down so close next to me that our thighs were smashed together. She put her arm around my shoulders then blew in my ear. I flinched.

"What are you doing? Stop that!", I said.

She put her face right up to mine.

"We were talking. We bet each other we could get you to dance but we need to get you drunk first."

"Forget it."

She kissed me. Damn those fabric tearing pokemon. This was hitting below the belt.

"Julie thinks drinking will make you more mellow."

"Fine. Just one sip. One."

"You have to drink the whole glass, Sam."

"No, I don't."

She kissed me again. Fuck it.

"Give me the glass."

I took a couple sips.

"There. Satisfied?"

"Yay.", they all cheered. I put the guitar away and mingled hoping they'd leave me alone but they followed me around making me take sips of their drinks from time to time. I was doomed.

Fortunately, it wasn't working. I didn't think it was. I surreptitiously snuck into the kitchen and ate french bread pizza and drank a load of apple juice. This way there would be more in my stomach so I hopefully wouldn't feel the effects of the alcohol.

Cindy spent a lot of time with Julie. Erin spent time with Fred. I had a chance to talk with Joe.

"So, you and Marie seem to be hitting it off quite well."

"Yeah. We like each other a lot."

"I'm happy for ya."

"Thanks. It looks like Cindy and your girlfriend have also taken to each other."

"You have no idea."

"Are you ok with that?"

"Absolutely. Julie was real sad lately over some bad news. I won't get into it but she was extremely depressed. Cindy helped her out of it and for that I owe her a lot. Not that I mind them being together anyway."

"Cindy's a little outspoken, isn't she?"

"I wouldn't say that. I think she wants the best for everyone."

"Maybe we were all a bit hard on her when we first met."

"Don't worry about it. Are you and Marie going to be spending the night?"

"I don't think so. I think we might be going soon. It's a long way to go for us."

"That's why I'm offering for you guys to stay."

"Well, to tell you the truth, Marie is a little put off by your girlfriend."

"Why? I don't think Marie has hardly talked to her at all. Is she intimidated?"

"Yep. Julie's a little too big for her."

"She needn't be. You guys should really talk to her."

"I'll bring it up with Marie."

"Cool. You do that. I'm telling you, Julie is real nice. I should tell you our story, but just to make it intriguing, she was much smaller than she is now not even half a year ago. She knows what we're all going through, sort of."

"Ok. I'll keep that in mind. Marie wants to talk to you by the way, about her brother."

"Great. Where is she?"

"I don't know. I better go find her."

"I'll catch up later then, if you guys haven't left."

"Ok, later."

I found Sue. "Hey, I had a good time last night until we had to leave. I'm sorry about leaving you like that.", I told her.

"It's ok. Here, would you like sip of my wine?"

"No."

"Please. I'll hold it for you."

"No way. It'll spill all over. Give it to me, I'll hold it while I sip."

Shit. I just realized she duped me into drinking. I have to pay more attention.

"I saw you talking with Joe. How's he doing?"

"Pretty good. You saw him earlier with Marie, right?"

"Yep. Those two have a thing?"

"They do."

Joe then appeared.

"Hi, Joe. We were just talking about you and Marie.", Sue said.

"I've been looking for her. You haven't seen her have you, Sue?"

"No."

"Wait a minute, guys. Come with me.", I said, seeing Julie looking down at someone. We walked over to where she was; you couldn't miss her. She was leaning against the wall, one foot cocked up, talking to someone down below.

"There you are!", Joe exclaimed. "I've been looking all over."

"Hey, Joe. I was just talking to Julie.", Marie said. She looked awed staring up at the enormous girl before her. "She's a lot nicer than we thought. Did you know she used to be short?"

"Sam was telling me something about that earlier. Hi, Julie."

"Yep, Julie was four foot nine inches when we got back together.", I said to everyone. "Not really much taller than you are now, Sue."

"She was still taller than you though.", Sue snickered.

"Not really. I hadn't started shrinking. I was still an inch taller."

"Sound's like you were still kind of short."

"I know. Can you imagine that back before all this shrinking shit started you were a foot taller than Julie was and almost a foot taller than I ever was?"

"I foot taller? Than Julie? I can barely wrap my head around it.", she said.

I stepped back a little to take in Julie and the two little girls that stood before me. Sue was not more than waist level, but the contrast with Marie and Joe was even more dramatic -- the top of their heads didn't even look like they were up to Julie's wide hips.

"I'll be right back. I need to go get some more wine.", Sue said before scampering off.

"Here, Sam. Have some of mine."

"No, Julie. I wish you guys would stop trying to get me drunk."

"You're already getting drunk."

"Am not!"

"I saw you trip over yourself coming over here."

"That's because there's too many people here."

"There was nobody in your way."

"Jill was."

"I didn't see you down there. I didn't mean to be in your way.", Jill said.

"Oh, hi Jill." She had just shown up out of nowhere. Or had she been there all along? I need to pay more atttention.

"Ok. Here you go."

Without thinking, I took a sip of Jill's wine. Damn. Why do I let this happen?

"Hey, wait a minute. You're not old enough to drink, Jill."

"I will be next week."

"Oh? Don't you have to be older?"

"No, I'll be old enough."

"Ok." was all I could say to that.

"Is this Joe?"

"Yes, it is. Joe, this is Julie. I mean Jill. She's Jill's little sister. I mean her big sister. No, Julie's sister, that is. I mean."

"Hi, Jill."

"Watch it, Joe. She wants to steal you from Marie.", I said.

"I do not!"

"I bet she thinks you're 'cute', Joe."

"Stop saying such things, Sam.", Jill said.

"Don't you hate that word -- cute -- Joe?"

"Yeah, I know what you mean. But I still call Marie cute.", he said.

"See, Jill. You can't take him away from Marie.", I scolded her then blew a raspberry at her.

"Maybe I'll make off with both of them. They do make a cute couple."

"You used the word 'cute' again, Jill."

"So I did, cutie pie."

"Aaaargh!", I screamed. Then I fell over.

Julie picked me up. "Are you ok, Sam?"

"I'm fine. I wish you all would stop weeding me fine. I mean wine!"

"If you keep falling over I'm going to have to hold you."

"Let me.", Jill said. And I was given to Jill.

"Aw, Jill. You don't have to carry me."

"You heard what Julie said."

"I don't need sabybitting."

"Ok. I'll just pick up Marie and Joe then."

Joe had a weird look on his face.

"I'm sure she's kidding, Joe."

"Uh, that's a relief."

"Why, Joe? Wouldn't you like to be carried around?", Marie said to him, giggling.

"You should pick up Marie instead.", I said to Jill. To my surprise Marie walked over to Jill and put her hands up like Cindy does. I was put down and Marie ended up in Jill's arms.

"She looks happy, Joe."

"So she is."

The three of them went off to talk together. Sue showed up a bit later.

"Here you go Sam."

I took another sip from her wine glass. Shit. Pay more attention, I told myself.

"Where did Gindy so off too?"

"What?"

"Cindy! Where is she?"

"I don't know."

"Julie? Can you help us?"

"Hold on, Sam. Let me look. There she is with Erin and Sharon."

"Let's so talk with Gindy. I mean Cindy!"

I headed in that direction only to immediately smack right into Julie's waist and bounce off falling onto my butt.

"Easy, Sam. Here, I'll bring you over."

We approached and when Cindy saw Julie carrying me she reached up for Julie and she was now holding us both. Sue giggled at the sight.

"Can you put me down, Julie. I want to talk to Sharon."

She really did put me down; I wasn't expecting that. I looked up to her to say thanks and ended up falling on my butt again. Erin picked me up and sat me on her knee.

"Here, Sam. Have a sip."

You guessed it. I had another sip of wine.

"So, what did you want to talk about, Sam?", Sharon asked.

"I, um. I ... I forgot."

"Was it about singing?"

"Yeah! That's it. Thinging."

"So, what about it?"

"Um, you sing gearly wood."

"What?"

"What?"

"You're saying something about wood?"

"Good. You good sing."

"Thanks."

"You're a nearly nice girl, Sharon."

"Nearly?"

"Rearly. I mean really nice. That's what I meant."

Erin was laughing at me.

"Hey. Don't do that, Erin. It's not nice"

"I'm sorry, Sam. You're so cute right now."

"I'm not CUTE! Ok?"

"Ok. Don't be so upset. I meant that as a good thing."

"I'm not setup. I just don't like that word."

"Would you be upset if I kissed you, Sam?", Sharon asked.

"Who are you going to set me up with?", I replied.

She gave me another fabric tearing pokemon. I fell off of Erin's knee.

Sue was the first one to reach me after that fall.

"Are you alright?"

"Yeah, yeah, I'm alright. I wish you all would stack opping me that."

"Don't worry, Sue.", Erin told her. "Sharon just has a way with kisses. You'd fall over too."

"Here, Sam. Have a sip of this. It'll make you feel better.", Sue said, right before I took another sip of wine. "You like to kiss a lot, don't you? And don't deny it. I saw you kissing Cindy earlier."

"There's nothing krong with lissing.", I told her. Erin and Sharon were laughing. If only Sue knew.

"You should give Sue a kiss if you feel that way, Sam.", I heard above me. I looked up to see Julie and Cindy laughing.

"I know what you're trying to do. You're trying to get me to wink more of Sue's drine."

"No, we're not.", Sharon said. "You can have a wink of my drine instead if you're that suspicious."

So, I did have a wink of Sharon's drine.

"Let me help you up."

I was helped up by Sue. I looked up into her face.

"Wow, Sue. You're tall."

She giggled. "Thanks."

"We're welcome. When did you gart strowing?"

She giggled again. "I didn't. Here this will help you feel better.", she said as she offered me her glass of wine again.

I looked up at Julie and she was spinning around with Cindy. That was strange. Maybe Cindy was teaching her how to dance. Everyone was dancing. The room was dancing too. I didn't know rooms could do that.

"Uh, oh.", I said.

"What's wrong?"

"I hafta take a leak."

I left them only to take a wrong turn somewhere. I finally found my way and ran smack into Jill.

"Ok, down there, little bro?"

"Yup."

She leaned down to whisper in my ear. "Be careful, imp man. You never know who could be after you, being the super hero and all that."

"Right. Good thinking. Sue will protect me."

Jill laughed for some reason like the others did. But I was being serious.

I was just about to the bathroom when Cindy showed up and took my arm.

"What are you doing?", I said.

"I'm going to help you, silly."

"I need not help. Don't I."

"I'm sure you don't." She let go and I promptly fell down. "I tell you what. I won't help you but I'll take your arm, just in case. Ok?"

"Ok, Cindy. You're the greatest."

"Thank you, Sam. You're very sweet. And I think you're also very drunk."

"I am not!"

"Ok, you're right, you're not drunk."

"Thanks. You're smery vart."

We made our way to the toilet. I unzipped and Cindy was still holding my arm. Unfortunately, my underwear was in the way and I couldn't figure out how to solve this.

"I guess I better do this for you.", Cindy said.

I heard laughing at the door.

"Sue. What are you doing here?"

"The same as you. I'm here to help Sam."

"She's here to protect us, Cindy.", I said. Cindy rolled her eyes.

"We got this covered, Sue."

"You get all the fun.", she said, then she threw a raspberry at Cindy.

"Oops, sorry.", I said. "I didn't think I had any beans tonight. No bore means for me."

"It's ok, Sam. Just finish up."

"Finish what?"

"Your business."

"But it's night time. I don't work at night."

"Just go pee."

"Ok."

Cindy was holding my member now and I was ready, but Mr. Happy decided to make a presence.

"Oh no.", Cindy said.

I heard Sue laughing heartily. She was on the floor. Then the laughing abruptly stopped. I looked over to the door and saw Julie's body beyond. Her head was cut off by the top of the door frame.

Sue got up off the floor and looked up. Julie ducked under the door frame and stood over Sue with her fists on her hips.

"Hi, Miss Julie.", Cindy greeted her with a smile.

"Uh, yeah. Hi, Miss Julie.", Sue repeated, with a terrified look on her face.

"What'cha doin?", Julie asked us.

"We were helping Sam take a pee.", Cindy said.

"Was he that drunk?"

"I'm not drunk, Julie!"

"I was just holding him to make it easier."

"Don't tell me. He was hard, wasn't he?"

"Sure was."

"The little pervert.", Julie said. "And Sue took it upon herself to help him out too?"

"Yep.", Cindy answered.

I believe the most appropriate phrase to describe Sue at this point was "shaking in her boots", except that she was barefoot.

Julie picked Sue up. Sue was flabbergasted until Julie gave her a big old, sloppy, wet kiss. "Thanks for helping, Sue.", she said.

"Sue was protecting us, Julie.", I said.

"She was?"

"Yup."

"From what?"

"You never know who might have it out for us superheros. They might explode the toilet.", I said. The girls were laughing again. "You shouldn't laugh, they might hear you."

Julie walked over holding Sue. Sue didn't look too comfortable, so Julie set her down then kneeled next to us with her butt on her heels.

"Are you going to go, Sam?", she said.

"Go where?"

"Go pee."

"I ... I ... um. I can't."

"I can see that."

Sue was staring at Mr. Happy.

"See something you like, Sue?", Julie said.

Sue quickly turned away and said, "No. No, I'm fine."

"I saw you looking."

"I'm sorry, Miss Julie.", Sue said.

Julie smiled at her. "It's ok. I don't mind."

"You don't?"

"I don't mind Cindy holding it. Do you think I mind if you look?"

"But Cindy's family.", I said.

"You're absolutely right, Sam. Cindy is as close as any family member now."

Cindy beamed.

Julie got up on her knees; my face was at her chest. She picked me up past her head, took off my shorts, then gave Mr. Happy a kiss.

I could feel the stares of the other two. Then Julie put me down.

"Julie, that's not helping.", I said.

"We'll see about that." She got down back on her haunches again and put her elbows on the floor in front of me then kissed Mr. Happy one more time. But this time it was more then a kiss. Let's call it a wet kiss.

"Would you like to try, Sue?"

Sue stood riveted to the spot where she was standing, speechless.

"How about you, Cindy?"

Cindy wasted no time and had Mr. Happy in her mouth and was sucking with gusto. Then she stopped. Awww, damn. I felt so let down I almost fell down.

"Your turn, Sue.", she said. Then I got excited again.

Sue reluctantly took my member in her mouth. After a very short while, she got into it and started eagerly gobbling it up.

"Wait, wait. No. I mean, yes. I...", I said. "Oh shit. Uh."

I couldn't take it. I came in Sue's mouth.

"I bet he can pee now.", Julie said.

I pulled Sue up and gave her a kiss. Cindy looked awed.

"Thanks for helping my Sam, Sue. It's not every day that someone will go to the trouble.", Julie said.

Sue was left speechless again, "I...I...I..."

"It's ok, Sue. Hurry up, Sam. I have to go too."

I had finally accomplished what I came to do, and in front of the three girls too. That didn't bother me at the time.

I was walking out when Cindy said, "Forget something?"

I looked at her and she had my pants in her hands.

"Oh, yeah. I better put those on."

"Why don't you leave 'em off?", she said.

"I can't do that. Sue's out there and she might see."

"Sue's been here all along and she's already seen you."

The girls laughed.

"She's here to protect us.", I said. "I don't think I should go out like this."

"We've all seen you now."

But then I remembered something, "Noooo, not Marie and Joe."

"We better let him get dressed, Cindy.", Sue said.

"Aw. It would have been fun."

So, I got dressed and both Cindy and Sue walked me back to the party.

"You and Julie have a very unique relationship, Sam.", Sue said.

"I know. It's improperble."

"What?"

"Impoppable."

"Un popable?"

"Not likely."

"You are an unlikely couple."

"Sorry about that, Sue."

"What about?"

"You know. In the bathroom."

"No. I should thank you."

"I didn't do anything, but you protected me."

"You kissed me."

"I kissed you?"

"Yes."

"That's ok. I like to kiss."

"You had just blown your load into my mouth."

"Ok."

"Yeah, that's so cool.", Cindy said.

"What is?"

"You kissing her."

"That's ok. I like to kiss. Haven't I kissed you somewhere before too?"

"Not like that."

"If Sue is nice enough to do that for me then I figure I can figure enough to figure her a kiss too, don't you figure too?"

What they didn't know was that I had to think fast to say that, because to tell you the truth, I was so out of it at the time I didn't realize what I had just done.

"He's special, isn't he, Sue?"

"He is. It's too bad I missed your naked romp at the lake."

"Did Sam get naked again?" It was Sharon talking this time. "I tell you, Sue, this house is haunted by nudists."

"No, he wasn't naked.", Sue said.

"He was half naked.", Cindy told her.

"Figures."

"It wasn't my fault, Sharon."

"I see. Going to blame it on Erin again?"

"Did someone call my name?" Erin and Fred joined us.

"Everyone's been trying to get me drunk, Erin."

"Aw, my poor little brother. Here have some of this to make you feel better."

I took another two sips of wine.

"I, um, need some air, guys. I'm going to out on the deck.", I said, before walking out.

"Would you like me to come with you, Sam?", Sue asked.

"Sure, sure. Why not? Sure.", I said as I tripped over the threshold to the deck.

I walked out into the cold night air. It felt good in the condition I was in. Sue hugged me.

"Thanks. That warms me up, Sue. You're my protector."

"Anything to make you feel comfortable.", she said. "You kiss pretty good. Even after cumming."

"That comes from Sharon."

"From Sharon?"

"Oh yes. She kives good gisses."

"Did she ever give you a kiss after blowing you?"

"Uh, I don't think so. She usually just snuggles afterwards."

"Aha! She has gone down on you."

"Yeah, but I went ..., oh, wait a minute."

"You did it with Cindy too, didn't you?"

"Did what?"

"You had sex with her."

"I don't talk I should be thinking about this, Sue."

"Who else?"

"Who else, what?"

"Who else have you been to bed with?"

"Julie."

"I figured that."

"And Jill."

"Hey!", I heard, and I looked over to find Jill standing out on the deck holding Marie with Joe by their side.

"Oops. Not Jill. Nope, no sex at all. I didn't do anything with Jill."

"Sorry, Sam. You're busted.", Sue said.

"You forgot about Erin, Sam.", Jill said.

"Your sister?", Sue exclaimed, incredulous at this news.

"No. No. No."

"You've slept with her and Julie, Sam.", Jill said.

"Yeah, thanks, Jill.", I said sarcastically.

"You had a threesome with your sister?"

"Only a titty-fuck."

Sue was laughing pretty loud at this. So were Marie and Joe.

"Sam, you're something else.", Sue said. She leaned over to my ear so no one could hear and whispered, "Would you go to bed with me?"

"Indoooble ee. In double time. In front. No, in ... fuck it, yes."

"Thanks.", she chuckled. "I guess Julie would be ok with it, huh?"

"I'd have to ask her."

"Do you always ask her?"

"Oh, yes. Do you want to have a threesome?"

"I don't know. I was just asking."

"You're pery vretty, Sue. But you have to stop spinning around."

"I better help you inside. Here, drink some of this; it'll help the spinning."

Ever since that moment the night was a blur. I don't think anything bad happened but I couldn't be sure. Especially with Erin in the house.

 

End Notes:

Next chapter - the day after.

Chapter 36 - Just Another Saturday by littless
Author's Notes:

The day after.

----- Saturday morning

I woke and Julie's form filled my whole horizon. But I felt something behind me, so I turned over.

"Good morning, Sam."

"Good morning, Cindy. Where are we?"

"In your bed."

"Oh good. I thought I might be somewhere else."

"Where else?"

"I don't know. I can't remember a thing."

"You're ok now."

"I don't feel good. I think I'm going to throw up."

I jumped up out of bed and ran to the bathroom.

"Blaaaaaah!", I retched. Cindy caught up to me hugging the toilet bowl.

"Are you going to be ok?", she asked.

"I can't tell. Blaaaaaaah!"

She grabbed a wash cloth and went over to the sink then came back.

"Here."

"No. I don't want any more wine."

"It's a hot towel. It'll feel good."

"Oh."

It did feel good.

"Thanks.", I said.

"You're welcome."

"Did I make a fool of myself last night, Cindy?"

"No."

"Did I do anything bad?"

"Not really. Sue gave you a blow job."

"Oh my God. No. I can't believe I did that. Is she ok?"

"I'm sure she is. You can ask her yourself. She spent the night."

"Where?"

"Somewhere here, I'm not sure. They were discussing arrangements last night but I came to check on you and make sure you were ok."

"Thank you. I owe you so much, Cindy. Blaaaaah!"

"No you don't."

"I do. Blaaaaah!", I heaved yet again. "You helped Julie. Nobody could help her but you. You're magic."

She chuckled. "I'm not magic. I just totally empathize with Julie. I'm happy to help. You don't need to thank me for that."

"But ... Blaaaaaah! Blaaaaaah!"

"You're dry heaving, Sam."

"I know. Let me tell you: it's the worst."

She wrapped her arms around me while I was still holding the toilet.

"Don't worry. Everything will be fine."

I realized then that we were both nude. But I was too sick for Mr. Happy to make an appearance.

"How did we get nude?"

"You don't want to know."

"Shit."

"Don't worry. Nobody took pictures. I don't think so anyway."

"Oh God. What time is it?"

"It's early. Around 4:30 AM I think."

"I'm sorry to wake you. You can go back to bed."

"Not without you."

"Um. Now I gotta take a piss."

She helped me up and held my member. This time I was able to urinate.

"This is so groovy."

"Groovy? Ugh. What's groovy?"

"I like holding it when you pee."

I wanted to feel embarrassed but I couldn't in the shape I was in, plus it felt good with Cindy holding me. We stayed standing like this for a while; I nearly fell asleep standing.

She grabbed some toilet paper and wiped the end of my member. We walked over to the sink and I brushed my teeth. She helped to put the toothpaste on, and held me the whole time too.

When I finished she turned me to walk to the bedroom, one arm around my shoulders, and the other holding onto Mr. Happy. He was starting to wake up.

We stopped.

"What are you doing?"

"I want to feel it grow.", she said. She knelt down and starting massaging me. Then she kissed Mr. Happy. He grew.

"Oh no. Things are spinning, Cindy."

She laid me down on the floor then resumed her fellatio. In short order I came. Then Cindy lay next to me and we kissed.

"Gawd, Sam. This is so sexy."

"Me being sick?"

"No. This kiss. I've been wanting to do this."

I gave her another. This time I tried to put in all that I learned from Sharon.

"Mmmmm. You're going to make me come with just a kiss.", she said. With that encouragement I tried to be as passionate as I could. She moaned in my mouth.

"You didn't just now. Did you?", I asked.

"Yes. I did."

"I can't believe it."

"Believe it. You get me off."

"Did Sue really give me a blow job?"

"Un huh. You kissed her too. Like we just did."

"I did?"

"Yep. That was the sexiest thing I've ever seen."

"You saw her blow me?"

"So did Julie."

"Was Julie ok with it?"

"She encouraged it. At least the blow job part. You were the one who wanted to kiss."

"I can't remember."

"I hope you remember this kiss."

"I'll never forget."

"You want to go back to bed now?"

"No. I get dizzy when I close my eyes."

"Let me help you up then."

She took me by the arm and when we were standing we hugged. It feels good to hug someone your own size.

"Would you like me to make you some coffee?"

"No. I think we have some grapefruit juice in the refrigerator. I'd like a glass of that."

We walked to the kitchen.

"Hey Sam?"

"What?"

"You're naked.", she giggled.

"Shit. Let's get the juice and hurry back to get dressed."

"Aw, don't you want to stay like this for Erin?"

"No! Especially not Erin."

"Why not? You know she likes you like this."

"That's why."

Cindy laughed. "Ok, where are the glasses?"

"Here, we need to grab a chair."

Cindy climbed up and I pointed out the cabinet where the glasses were. Her bare ass was making Mr. Happy happy again. She retrieved one and we got some juice from the fridge.

"You want some?"

"No. I don't especially like grapefruit."

"It's good. Especially when you're hung over."

"I'll pass."

We heard a noise in the living room.

"Oh, no, someone's up. Let's go. Hurry."

We ran back to the bedroom. I spilled a little juice.

"Let's find our clothes."

"Don't be in such a hurry, Sam. Finish your juice first."

So we sat on the floor while I drank my grapefruit juice.

"Julie's still sleeping. She must have stayed up late."

"No, it's still early, Sam."

"Oh, yeah. What do you want to do?"

"Whatever."

"Would you like to see my gym and workshop? It's behind the garage."

"Sure."

"We'll have to get dressed first."

"No, we don't. Nobody's up. We could sneak out."

"You sound like Erin."

"You can't tell me you wouldn't like it."

"I can."

"But you'd be wrong."

"Yeah, I'd be wrong."

"Come on, let's do this."

"Ok. You know it's going to be cold out there?"

"Isn't your garage heated?"

"Only when I start the furnace."

"How about if we just run around the garage outside real fast."

"We could do that."

"Let's do it."

She was off like a flash. I followed. It took a few seconds to unlock the front door and then we were out into the darkness. We ran around the garage and were feeling good. Cindy didn't stop and we made another lap before coming back inside.

We were breathing hard when I felt a presence.

"Ah ha, caught you two. I thought I heard you in the kitchen earlier.", the presence said. It was Susan. Cindy and I stood there like deer caught in headlights.

"What were you two doing out there?", she said.

"It was her idea."

"You wanted to do this as much as I did, Sam."

"You two look like little kids. Two, naked, little kids."

"I'm sorry I'm naked, Sue."

"Sam, she gave you a blow job last night. Do you really think she minds you naked?"

"I don't remember it."

"By the way, Sue, I've joined your club."

"My club?"

"Kissing Sam after a blowjob club."

"Wow. When?"

"This morning."

"He must really like you."

"And he doesn't like you?", Cindy asked.

"No. I mean, yes. I mean, wow, Sam."

"How did that happen last night?", I asked them.

"You needed to pee but you were hard."

"What? You caught me with a hard on?"

"Yep."

"In the bathroom?"

"Yep."

"What were you guys doing in there?"

"Helping you pee."

"I needed help to pee?"

"Yes. Julie helped too. You should have seen Sue next to Julie. She was terrified."

"Hey, I didn't know Julie was so nice. She was so big.", Sue said.

"And she caught you with Sam's dick hanging out.", Cindy said, laughing.

"I need to sit guys."

"Let me clear the couch for you, Sam."

"What's on the couch?"

"Linens. I slept there last night."

"Thanks. My head is starting to spin again."

"You were fun drunk."

"Don't remind me. I still feel sick."

When we sat down Sue gave me a kiss.

"Thanks. What was that for?"

"For last night."

"You're welcome.", I said, thinking that I wished I had remembered last night.

"Sue.", Cindy said.

"What?"

"You realize that you must take your clothes off now."

It was Sue's turn to look like a deer caught in headlights.

"I shouldn't do that."

"Why not?"

"Because."

"Because why?"

"Because, I can't."

"Yes, you can."

"But, you two ..."

"What?"

"You're naked."

"I know that. You've seen us, now let's see you. What do you say, Sam?"

"I don't know.", I said. Of course, I would love to see Sue naked, but I didn't want her to feel uncomfortable.

"How could this be inappropriate, Sue? You gave Sam a blow job last night."

"I knooow.", Sue whined.

"So?"

"Alright." Sue stood up and started unbuckling her jeans. I guess she either slept in them or put them on after getting up. Anyway, she had on cute, barely there, pink panties underneath. Her tanned legs looked great.

Next was her shirt. She revealed a pink bra matching her panties. Then the bra came off. I caught myself staring. Her breasts were perky -- puffy, in fact. She didn't need a bra. It was like she was a little girl that just yesterday grew some decent size boobs.

Then she took off her panties and she didn't look like a little girl any more with her full bush. Even though she's little, her body is best described as lithe.

"Wow. You're even more stunning than my fantasies."

"Thanks, Sam.", she said, blushing.

I guess Cindy thought the same. She held her arms out and said, "Come give me a hug."

They embraced. Mr. Happy wanted an embrace. Sue was a bit reluctant at first but then Cindy kissed her. Now Mr. Happy wanted a kiss.

"So?"

"What?"

"Do I kiss as good as Sam?"

"Well, you do sort of taste like him.", Sue giggled.

"Told ya.", Cindy said. Then they kissed again -- a good long one. Mr. Happy was doing the Macerena by now.

"Now it's Sam's turn.", Cindy told Sue, pushing her over to me.

Sue and I kissed standing. Mr. Happy was standing at her gateway waiting to enter. Cindy laid back on the living room sofa, one foot up on the cushion, the other hovering above the floor, and both hands massaging her pussy.

Sue got down on her knees and started kissing Mr. Happy.

We heard someone else enter the room.

"You already did that last night, Sue. You need to take the next step now."

Julie was standing next to us in her panties, but otherwise nude. She bent from the waist, her hands on her locked knees and said, "Go ahead." It was a little surreal with her face hovering above us like that. She was still bent way down from her hips, yet her face was above us.

Julie went to sit behind Cindy with one leg on the couch, the other on the floor. She held Cindy between her legs. We took up laying on the other side of the couch rubbing against Julie's sexy gams.

"You ok with this, Sue?", I whispered in her ear.

"Yes. I want this."

I started kind of slow, after all I was still hung over. But after a while I got a rhythm going and the rhythm got faster and faster. Sue was moaning. I looked up to see Julie fingering Cindy. I was getting close to climax.

I held off for Sue though. It wasn't too hard; being hung over helped. I could hear Sue moaning. I picked up the pace as faster and faster. I think being smaller than I ever was made the pace faster than ever too.

I could feel Sue get off. I looked up and when I saw Cindy's 'O' face I came.

When we all calmed down there was still one other left to take care of.

"Sue, watch this.", I said to her as I started kissing Julie's foot that was next to us.

Sue laughed. "That's kinky."

"I'll do this for you later, then we'll see about kinky. For now, take her other foot and do the same thing I'm doing."

"Oh, my.", Julie said. "This is going to be good."

Sue and I were on each of her feet and on our way up. I would instruct Sue once in a while on the finer points I had learned from experience with Julie. Cindy was kissing Julie on the lips and on her breasts. This was going to be special.

I stood up on the couch and rotated Julie's leg straight up. It was longer than I was; so much so that when I got up on my toes I could only kiss the middle of her foot. I licked and nibbled her achilles tendon. Sue tried to do the same from the floor.

Julie was moaning pretty loud when both of us reached her knees. I told you she was sensitive behind there, right? I lingered, licking all the way around the front and back.

"Move up, now.", Julie groaned. I figured it would be a little bit mean at this point to tease her too much so we started kissing and licking her thighs. They were strong and beautiful and as big around as my chest, probably bigger. She still ran and worked out after all. You could see the long strands of muscle going up and down her thigh. I worked on the back side of it as I reached her panties.

I left them on at first, nibbling her sex through the whitey tighties until they were wet. Then Sue and I both helped to pull them off.

All three of us met at Julie's pussy. We took turns at first, but then all of us found our own little bit of pussy to kiss, nibble and lick.

I tried to push my tongue as far as it would go into Julie's vagina. Sue kissed inside her thighs, Cindy started sucking her clit. Later, I replaced my tongue with my fingers, then later still, with my whole hand.

It wasn't long after that that Julie reached her first orgasm. She got real wet, real fast. Cindy was playing with her clit -- sucking for a little bit then coming off to kiss the area around it.

We let her calm down a bit then resumed, with Sue sucking on Julie's huge tits. Each one was bigger than our heads. Julie came a few more times. She was breathing hard when we finished. We all laid together on the couch.

"I hope we didn't wake anyone up.", Sue said.

"You won't have to worry about Erin.", I said.

"What about the the others?"

"No worries. They've all seen us naked before.", Julie said.

"What about Marie and Joe?", Cindy asked her.

"Marie and Joe are here?", I said, incredulously.

"Yeah, Sam. They spent the night in Jill's bedroom."

"Shit. We better get dressed."

"Don't worry about it. We all saw you naked last night."

I put my face into my hands. "Oh, God. What did I do last night?"

"You danced for us.", someone said.

"Damn."

"You were real funny too.", said another.

"Fuck. I told you I'd embarrass myself. What else?"

"I don't know if we could properly describe it.", Julie said.

"My life is over. I'm doomed. I'll never live this down."

They all laughed. Then Julie said, "It's ok, Sam. We're just teasing you."

"You are?"

"We all agreed to do this. But it looks like you're taking it way too hard."

"Aaaaaaa! So, what DID happen?"

"Nothing much. You fell asleep."

"That's it?"

"That's pretty much it."

"I wasn't naked, was I?"

They laughed again.

"Well, I don't think we should say."

"Figures.", I said.

My head still hurt and I went to get aspirin from the kitchen. I forgot about pulling up a chair at first and couldn't reach the cabinet. Julie came to my aid.

"You look terrible, Sam.", she said.

"I feel terrible."

"That didn't stop you just now."

"You mean a silly little thing like feeling like you're on death's doorstep? That couldn't stop me."

She laughed, "That's my Sam."

"Did Sue really blow me last night?"

"Oh, yes."

"That's what they told me. I figure I'd remember that, but it's a haze to me."

"You were really out of it."

"Please don't do that again. I hate being drunk."

"I can't promise anything. Especially when everyone else wants to."

"Who's idea was it?"

"I'm not telling.", she said with a smile.

"It must have been Erin."

"My lips are sealed."

"Fine. I'll find out though."

"Good luck."

I stepped up to her and gave her a kiss on her protruding clitoris. I was sure it was over an inch long. She held the back of my head then I looked up at her tits hiding her face. She bent her neck down to look at me.

"So, are we having fun?", she asked.

"Except for the guy pummeling my head with the sledgehammer, yeah, I'm having fun. How about you?"

"Yep."

"I hope the others had fun."

"I'd say so. I like all your new friends, Sam."

"Even Marie and Joe?"

"Yep. I didn't get to talk to them much though. Jill monopolized their time last night. But I can tell that Marie is really into Joe."

"You should meet some of the others."

"You can invite them, Sam."

"I have. I suspect we'll be seeing them soon."

"How about if I start some coffee?"

"Good. I'm in no shape to that myself. I'd appreciate some hot tea though and I'm sure Cindy would too."

"Coffee and tea coming up."

I went back to the living room where Cindy and Sue were talking. We were all still nude.

"Hey, Sue? You ok with being nude?"

"Yes, I guess so."

"Good. I feel a little guilty when this happens."

"When what happens?"

"Introducing someone to my sex life like this."

"Like with Cindy last week?"

"Eyup."

"Who else?"

"Well pretty much every one."

"Sharon?"

"Who told you about Sharon?"

"You did. Don't you remember?"

"No."

"We were outside. And you told me about Jill and Erin too."

"I told you all that?"

"Jill told me about Erin. Did you know about him and all those girls, Cindy?"

"Yeah."

"I told you that you were something else with all the girls, Sam. I can see why, now. You have passion and you aren't selfish like other guys."

"What about girls?"

Sue was silent for a while.

"What's the matter?", I asked.

"This was my first time with a girl."

Cindy got excited. "How was your first time?"

"Interesting. But I never thought I would be doing it with a giant."

"Would you like someone a little more your size?", Cindy asked.

I laughed.

"I bet you'd like to see that, Sam."

"Nah. I think I'd rather watch a sitcom on TV. Maybe do the dishes."

"You little rat.", Sue said. "I'm supposed to be the sarcastic one."

"Well, if you insist. I could get the camcorder out if you guys want me to."

"You do and you'll regret it."

"And what are you going to do?"

Sue walked over to me and got real close. I had to look up to her. It was just a couple of inches, but she was still bigger. She seemed even bigger than before.

"I'll spank you."

"Ooo. Kinky."

"Oh, you're terrible, Sam."

"I aim to please."

The girls were looking up and I felt another presence behind me. I thought it was Julie but when I turned around I looked up to find Jill and Sharon. I fell back on my butt.

"Ouch." That hurt.

"You ok, little brother?"

"Other than the butt and headache, the world spinning, and wanting to throw up, yeah, I'm ok."

"Told ya.", Sharon was saying, "They're always naked."

I blew a raspberry at her. "You've been naked too, Sharon."

"Only because I didn't want to feel left out."

"Well?", I said.

"Why are you all looking at me like that?"

"Guess."

"Nope.", she said.

"I'll have Julie strip you."

"And what about Jill?"

"Jill too."

"Oh yeah?", Jill said as she sided up to me again. I had to look up just to see her tits.

"Um, yeah.", I said, a bit intimidated. "You'd get naked for us, right?"

"I don't know, Sam. What's in it for me?"

"I'm sure we could make it worth your while." I then beckoned Cindy and Sue over. They caught on quickly. I moved behind Jill, lifted her shirt up and started kissing her back while the girls worked on her front.

"Ok, girls, that's enough. You can go back to the couch now.", I said.

"Hey, why did you stop?"

"Because you're not naked, Jill."

Jill looked around in frustration. Then she looked at Sharon. "Will you do this with me?"

Sharon threw her hands in the air. "This place is haunted. I'm telling you. I don't know if I'll ever come here again."

"You came with Fred.", I said. "Knowing Erin those two are still sleeping. Wait a minute, where did you two sleep last night?"

Jill and Sharon looked at each other. "We slept in the usual room where Jill stays."

"But they told me Marie and Joe slept in there."

"Uh, yeah."

"You all slept together?"

"It was Jill's idea.", Sharon tried to rationalize.

"I didn't hear you complaining."

"I'm not supergal."

"JILL! You didn't?", I exclaimed.

She looked around sheepishly.

"You just couldn't keep your hands off of Joe, could you?"

"Or Marie.", Sharon said.

The other girls in the living room couldn't stop laughing.

"I hope you didn't scare them away from here forever, Jill."

"I wouldn't worry about that, Sam.", Sharon said. "Jill showed them a real good time."

"I bet she did.", I said. I knew Jill and I could only imagine.

"Coffee's ready.", Julie yelled from the kitchen. "Hot water is also ready for tea or cocoa."

When we reached the kitchen Cindy ran up to Julie and hugged her leg.

"Thank you, Miss Julie.", she said. Sue looked at her like Cindy had just grown a third eye.

"Cindy likes Julie.", I told her. "A lot."

"I can see that."

We sat around the kitchen table.

"You were naked all last night, Sam."

"Too late, Jill. They told me about your pact to make me think I made a fool of myself."

"Aw. I missed it."

"It's ok, Jill. I'm naked now."

"But so is everyone else."

"No, not everyone. You and Sharon are still dressed."

"Oh, fine. Come on, Sharon. Let's do it."

I caught Sue trying to surreptitiously check out Sharon's rack. Cindy caught her too.

"Miss Sharon has very pretty titties, doesn't she, Sue?"

"Uh, yeah. I guess so."

It was kind of funny watching Sue try to talk just then.

Mine and Cindy's tea were ready and Jill got up to take the tea bags.

"Wow, Miss Jill. You're big too."

Jill had a great big smile plastered on her face.

"Go stand next to Cindy.", I told her.

Cindy stood up so they could be next to each other. The top of her head was below Jill's boobs. I recalled how my head was that below too. Did I really look like that next to Jill?

"I think you've grown even more, Jill.", I said. "I think you're boobs are bigger too."

Jill smiled. Cindy reached up and tweaked each of Jill's nipples making her screech.

"Julie, go stand next to the two of them.", I asked her.

We could see that Jill's head was below Julie's shoulders, but still above her boobs. Cindy's head, on the other hand, was well below Julie's belly. I wish I had taken a picture: short, tall and humongous right next to each other.

Cindy kissed Jill's stomach and made her giggle. I could tell the gears in Jill's head were working. I was wondering if some day Cindy would play Jill's little supergal games too.

We talked for a while when Erin finally woke up. She was very happy to see all of us nude. Fred came out with her, but then turned around and went back into the room. Erin said he'd come out when we all got dressed.

"Guess he's going to be in there all day.", Cindy said. Sue had a anxious look on her face.

Sharon said, "We better go check on Marie and Joe" and with that her and Jill went off.

Erin and Julie were talking so I went to the bathroom. I was still feeling a bit under the weather and had to go take a piss. When I came out I found Cindy and Sue waiting for me.

"Were you guys going to offer help again?"

"We were just talking."

"About what?"

"You."

I was still feeling queasy. "Oh no. I'm still feeling a bit odd guys. I need to sit.", I said and took up residence on the bed. The two sat on either side of me.

"You're such a cool guy, Sam."

"Oh?"

"You make being short fun."

We all laughed.

"Are you two as terrified of shrinking as I am?", Sue asked us.

"I can't answer for Cindy, but yes; I am terrified. Things are getting harder to do: like reach cabinets and drive."

"I work at a car dealership. We can put pedal extenders on for you."

"I've already taped blocks onto the pedals and use a pillow on the seat. It works pretty good."

"What do you do when Julie drives the car?"

"Re-tape them afterward. She mostly drives the pickup though."

"The pedal extenders we sell can be taken on and off easily."

"This is so cool, Sue.", Cindy said. "I can finally drive again."

"You mean your mom has been taking you around everywhere?", I asked.

"Yes."

"We'll get you set up, Cindy. We only charge cost. I think they're doing that because of me. But they want the business from the group too."

"You should have told us."

"I keep forgetting. There's not much time left when we all get together."

"Tell Zoe. She'll get the word out."

"I think that's great how the dealer's treating you, Sue.", Cindy said.

"I know. It's only a consolation though. I used to be pretty tall for a girl."

"I can imagine."

"Not as tall as Julie. I mean, wow!"

"I know.", Cindy said. "Did you see how her head almost hits the ceiling?"

"Really?"

"Let her pick you up. You'll be able to touch it yourself."

The girls giggled.

"How small do you think we'll all get?", Sue asked.

"I don't know, Sue. I thought the medicine we're taking was supposed to prevent that. But I just found out that I lost another inch."

"You did? Come here, stand next to me. You too, Cindy."

"Yep. You don't seem to be much taller than me.", Cindy said.

"What about you guys?", I asked.

"You look a little shorter to me, Sam. I don't know, I think it's just you."

Cindy giggled, "Maybe I'll be taller than Sam soon."

"Oh great."

"Don't worry, Sam. We still like you."

"Yeah, maybe even more.", Sue said.

"More?", I said, looking at Sue.

"Oops."

"You want me shorter, don't you?"

"Ok, don't take this the wrong way: you were really good this morning, Sam. But you were the first guy I've ever had sex with that was shorter than me."

"I bet you were one of those who could never date someone shorter, weren't you?"

"Yeah, I was like that."

"You don't have to worry about that anymore."

"I never knew what being with a smaller guy was like."

"You like short guys now?"

"Despite me thinking otherwise, yes, I loved what we did morning. I like at least one short guy now."

"What if we have kids?", Cindy asked. We both looked at her. "Will they be short too?"

We didn't know.

"We need to ask the doctors."

Sue snorted. "We'll make our own little race of midgets."

"Oh please don't use that word, Sue.", Cindy said.

"Sorry. I didn't mean it in a bad way."

"We know."

"We can all be insensitive sometimes."

"Sue?", Cindy asked.

"What?"

"You're naked."

"No shit."

"You like this, don't you? It feels good."

"Well, I guess so. I never thought I'd ever be the nudist."

"You should shave your pubic hairs. I made Sam shave his."

"I noticed. I was wondering about that."

"I think Sue's been through enough for one weekend, Cindy."

"Ok. Let's go to the lake.", Cindy teased.

"No way."

"It's too cold anyway, Cindy. We should think of breakfast."

"Alright. Let's stay naked."

Cindy was like a little Erin. Full of life, and a nudist. And they both liked dancing. They could be sisters. But that would make her ... Well, come to think of it, she did feel like family now.

We came back out to finish our tea and coffee. I caught up with Sharon in the living room.

"Looking good.", I told her. I was messing with her since she didn't share the rest of the gangs love of nudity.

"Thanks, Sam.", she said, half heartedly.

"You look down, Sharon. I'm sorry we made you get nude."

"It's not that. It's Tee."

"You can have coffee instead."

"Not that tea. Teagan."

"Oh, the cheerleader?"

"Yep, her. She treated you badly."

"No, she didn't."

"She used to like you. Now, it's like she dumped you."

"Because I'm short?"

"Yep."

"It's ok. I'm used to it. You should have seen the way they treated me in college. She's just being like everyone else. You have to let her find her own way. Besides, you make up for all of that bad stuff."

"We used to be good friends."

"You're not friends anymore?"

"I stopped talking to her."

"You shouldn't have done that."

"She made me very mad."

"Make up with her. Especially since you've been friends for so long."

"Even though I don't talk to her I used to listen."

"Not anymore?"

"She stopped calling."

"Call her then."

"I did. She's not answering since a couple of days ago. I just tried her again and she didn't answer."

"Maybe she's just busy or went away. I'm sure she'll get back to you."

"It's not like her. She loves to talk my ear off."

"Don't worry. I'm sure everything's ok."

"You're probably right, Sam."

"So, tell me about Jill last night."

"Oh boy. That girl is demented."

"She is?"

"She likes to play games, you know."

"Oh, she does?"

"Let me tell you. I had no idea, all these years."

I heard a tale of superheros. I heard how Jill wanted the little people to crawl around in supergal's orifices. I didn't let on to Sharon that I already knew about all of this. Jill and I vowed not to tell others and as long as she wasn't mentioning my name to anyone else I would do the same.

I could tease Marie and Joe about it but I wasn't going to do that. It also didn't feel right teasing Sharon of all people. I changed the subject.

"Why didn't you ever tell me you could sing?"

"I'm shy."

"Not last night. You were great. You have to sing with me next time."

"I'm not sure about that."

"We can practice together."

"Yeah, but I'm not ready for singing in front of people."

"I wasn't either. Julie forced me."

"She did?"

"It's not like she physically pushed me into it. She made me face my fears head on and I love her for it."

"It must have been scary."

"You have no idea."

"I'll think about it."

"Just come over sometimes after work with Julie. We'll practice. Just not on Tuesdays and Fridays."

"Ok, I'll do that."

"You realize you'll have to shed your clothes when you do."

"If you really want me to come that's not going to do it."

"I know. But it's fun teasing you about it."

"Yeah, very funny."

Finally, Marie and Joe showed up. They took a look at all the naked people then they looked at each other.

"I told you she was crazy.", Marie said to Joe.

"It's not just her. Look at all of them."

Jill said, "They made me get naked."

"They made you? As in physically held you down and stripped you?", Joe asked.

"Well, no."

"Un, huh.", the two said.

"Good morning.", Cindy greeted them, just as natural as could be without any shame. "They're cooking breakfast right now. Would you like some coffee or tea?"

The couple looked at each other again and shrugged. "Sure. We'll both take some coffee. We're going to need it. Sugar and cream for both of us."

Sue looked a little embarrassed. Cindy whispered something in her ear and she cheered up a little. Then she went to talk to the couple.

"Hey, how did it go last night?"

The two straightened up and their eyes got big.

"Uh, it went well... last night.", Joe said.

"Yeah, real well. We had fun.", Marie echoed.

"So, what did you two do last night?", Sue asked.

Joe was looking away, but Marie looked Sue straight in the eyes. She wasn't going to look anywhere else.

"Uh, we had lots of fun. Right, Joe?"

"Yep. That's right. We had fun."

"Well, I'm so happy you did.", Sue said. She let them off of the hook too easy.

Julie then came over to ask them, "Would you like some eggs?", looking almost straight down at them. They were both looking up past Julie's crotch to talk to her.

"Sure. One will do.", Joe replied.

"Me too. Please."

"You're so polite, Marie.", Julie said to her.

Whereupon, Joe added, "Oh yeah, please."

"Ok. One egg for each of you coming right up. Have a seat at the table."

It looked like Joe couldn't take his eyes off of Julie's ass until Marie hit him in the arm.

Sue took Cindy and I aside.

"Oh my God, Cindy. That was so cool."

"I told you."

"What are you talking about?", I asked.

"I talked to them naked and I felt so sexy."

"M'kay."

"Don't you see, Sam. I was naked and they were dressed."

"Ok."

"I'll bet you never want to get dressed again after that, huh?", Cindy said.

"I wouldn't go that far, but it did make a compelling argument."

"Uh, oh.", I said. "Another nudist in the making."

We laughed.

"What are you little ones giggling about now?", Julie called out.

"Nothing, Miss Julie. We'll tell you later."

"Ok. Come eat. Food's ready."

"Thanks, Miss Julie. You too, Miss Jill."

Fred finally made it out. It was funny watching Erin try to get him to undress but in the end he kept his clothes on. He did eat with us though. I guess that was something.

The rest of the weekend was spent with all of us getting to know each other better. Erin and Fred mostly kept to themselves. Marie and Joe ended up leaving Saturday after breakfast.

However, Sue and Cindy along with Sharon and Jill stayed with us all weekend long. I think with all the fun we had Sharon and Jill were finally turning into bona fide nudists.

Sue had become indoctrinated into our growing family. Along with Cindy, these were to be lifelong friendships.

 

End Notes:

More about Gail coming up.

Chapter 37 - Where's George by littless
Author's Notes:

Gail's fears.

----- Monday

I went in to work Monday morning. It had been a wild weekend and I still think I was feeling the affects of the alcohol from Friday night; even on Monday! But I was functioning enough for work.

I called Gail and arranged to meet her so we could talk. I could tell she really wanted to talk to someone last week. She was scared of crowds. How much so, I wasn't prepared for.

She didn't want to meet at the coffee shop or any sort of place in public. The only venue she would consider was the library. I told her they wouldn't let us talk but she knew of these little meeting rooms with windows that would be private where no one could hear us. So, we made a date to meet up at 5:00.

"Hey, Gail. How are you?"

"I'm ok. What about you?"

"Just fine."

"Is Sue coming?"

"No. I didn't think you wanted her to come."

"I didn't."

"You don't like her?"

"No, I like her. But she would dominate the conversation if she were here."

"I guess she would."

"She likes you too much. She would want to talk to you and I wouldn't be able to."

"I know she likes me."

"I don't want you to think I'm taking you away from her."

"I'm cool with Sue. You needn't worry. I'm guessing you want to talk to someone about the virus. Right?"

"You're perceptive. Are you scared of the virus?"

"Yes, I am."

"I'm horrified."

"I'm sure you'll be fine Gail."

"I'm so small now. I'm the smallest of our group, Sam."

"I know."

"I'm afraid people will hurt me. I can't defend myself."

"Most people are good. Just try to stay away from the bad people. You have the group. We can lean on each other."

"George is bad."

"You sure?"

"He's creepy. I've seen people like him before. He'll hurt me."

Gail was breathing real fast now.

"Gail. You're going to hyperventilate. Slow your breathing. Here, do this. Take a deep breath in. Hold it for a count of three. Ok, slowly, for a count of three, let all of it out. Hold it like that for another three, then breath in. Now let's do this again."

We did the breathing exercises until she was breathing normal.

"Feel better?"

"A little. Thanks. I'm sorry."

"No need to apologize. Would you like me to try to keep George way from you tomorrow?"

"Would you do that?"

"I can do that. Yes."

"Sue wants to protect me."

"I think Sue was kidding."

"She's bigger than me; she could protect me."

"Maybe."

"You're bigger too. Do you mind?"

"I may be bigger now but some day we all might even be smaller than you."

"Really?"

"When I started this I was four feet and four inches tall. I measured myself last week and I was only four three. I lost a whole inch."

"We're all shrinking."

"But we're shrinking together. I won't abandon you, Gail. I think the others like you too."

"Cindy likes you."

"I know. Sue spent the last weekend with us and Cindy spent the last two weekends."

"Wow. You get all the girls, don't you?"

"I wish. But I've made some real high quality friends. Not like when I was in college. My social life was a complete flop then."

"I find that hard to believe."

"Long story, I guess. I owe a lot to Julie."

"Your girlfriend. The tall one, right?"

"Yes."

"How can you two do that?"

"You'll have to meet Julie."

"I couldn't."

"Why? Because she's big."

"Yep."

"Gail, Julie couldn't hurt a fly. She's the gentlest person I know. You should meet her. She used to be short too. She was only four foot nine inches tall not much more than six months ago."

"But you said she was seven foot four."

"Seven four and a half, except now she's grown to seven seven. But that's not the point. She grew really fast."

"Is something wrong with her?"

"No. I think she's taking after her father who was tall."

"Did you ever meet him?"

"No. But Julie's sister, Jill, seems to be growing too."

"She has a giant sister?"

"Yes, but she's also nice. You should talk to Marie and Joe about Jill."

"Why?"

"They spent the weekend with us too."

"With Jill?"

"All three of them seem to be good friends now."

"Wow."

"If you come over to the house sometime you can meet Julie, and my sister Erin."

"They live with you?"

"Yes. They do."

"You have lots of friends."

"Nah. I have some friends at work but not close like my friends from the clinical trials."

"None of your work friends have the virus, do they?"

"No. I've never met anyone with the virus until the group. How about you?"

"No. But I was let down when I found out I was still the smallest one."

"Like I said, things could change."

"I hope you don't shrink anymore, Sam."

"The same goes for you, Gail. By the way, how tall were you before you got the virus?"

"Not big. I was only five one."

"That's bigger than I ever was."

"Really?"

"Before I got the virus the tallest I was was only four foot ten."

"I never used to be scared of people when I was that big."

"You don't need to be scared now."

"Does Julie protect you?"

"She would if she needed too."

"Would Julie help me if I needed it?"

"I'm sure of it. She's a good person."

"I'd like to meet her then."

"Then meet her you shall."

"What about Cindy and Sue?"

"Would you like them there?"

"I wouldn't mind, I guess."

"I'll see what I can arrange. Are you going to be ok, Gail? Can I do anything for you?"

"Just keep George away."

"I can't do it alone. I'll talk to Sue and she can help me with George."

"Good. Do you think Sue would do that for me?"

"I know she will. She did say she was going to protect you."

"You said she was kidding."

"But if she really could help you, I'm sure she would, given the chance."

"Ok. I really appreciate this, Sam."

"Don't worry, we'll make sure George doesn't bother you, Gail."

We didn't talk too much longer. The poor girl seemed terrified to be so small. As for George, I didn't know what I was going to do. I only knew that I had to keep him away from Gail.


----- Tuesday

"Hi, Cindy."

"Hi, Sam.", she said right before kissing me. And not a little peck on the cheek either.

"People will see.", I said.

"So? Their going to find out soon enough."

"Do you think Sue will tell everyone?"

"No. But maybe Marie and Joe will."

"Well, I don't really care."

"Good, then neither do I."

"Hey, Cindy. Can I ask you favor?"

"Sure. What?"

"Can I have your help with keeping someone away from someone else?"

"I guess so."

"It's Gail. George is stalking her or something, I gather. She needs our help to keep him away from her. I'm going to ask Sue too, but if you can help us that would be great."

"I don't mind. There's something about him that I don't like either. I know how Gail feels. Whatever you want, I'll help."

"Great. I'm not sure what to do yet, but if you have any ideas though let me know."

"I sure will."

"Good. And let me know when you see Sue."

"Ok. But I get to kiss her first."

I laughed. "No problem. I'll see you later."

I met up with Michele a few minutes later.

"How are things going?"

"Not bad."

"Anything new happening?"

"Not really."

"Good."

She was standing close to me when she said, "You look different, Sam."

"Oh, you noticed."

"Did you get a haircut?"

"Look closer."

"I don't see anything."

"When's the last time we were this close?"

"I don't know, last Tuesday. Or was it Friday?"

"I think Tuesday. How were you looking at me then?"

"How? I don't know, I was just looking at you."

"In the eyes?"

"Yeah."

"And now?"

"And now ... I'm looking at your eyes. Hey, I'm looking down. Did you shrink?"

"I lost an inch."

"Oh no. I'm still shrinking too."

"Since when?"

"Well, I don't think I've shrunk for a month or two now. But you never know."

"Do you measure yourself?"

"Yes."

"It's a bummer.", I said.

"If there's anything I can do for you, let me know, Sam."

"Thanks. I don't think anybody can do anything that is not already being done though. Look I gotta go see if I can find someone. I'll talk later."

"See ya."

I caught up with Marie on the way to find Sue.

"Hi Sam. I'm sorry Miguel couldn't make it last Friday."

"Miguel?"

"My brother. He wants to meet you. I thought I'd bring him out last Friday but it didn't work out."

"No problem."

"Thanks for inviting me and Joe over."

"My pleasure, Marie. Did you like Jill?"

"Um.", she said, looking around to make sure nobody was listening. "Yeah. She's, uh, real ... interesting. She, uh, said not to tell you this, but she called you her imp man."

"Oh, I see. Well, yeah. I guess you played her little game too?"

"Yes. Don't tell her I told you. She let that slip out without thinking and she's very sorry about it."

"Don't worry Marie. I won't say a word about it. What about Joe?"

"He didn't hear her. Just me."

"Ok."

"Do you, um..."

"What?"

"Could we, you know, come see Jill again?"

"If she wants to then that's fine with me. Oh, who am I kidding. Of course, she wants to."

"What about you?"

"What about me?"

"You play with Jill? Right?"

"Yeeaah?"

"And Sharon?"

"I don't know what you and Sharon did. I've been with Sharon before, yes. But I've never played any 'games' with her."

"Could we all get together some time?"

"Did Jill ask for that?"

"Yes."

"Did she put you up to this?"

"No. I just, you know, was wondering..."

"Look, you and Joe can come over any time. I don't know about Jill though. We'll play it by ear, ok?"

"Ok. Jill wants you to shrink even more."

I sighed. "Yes, I know that."

"And she wants to grow."

"I know that too."

"She said she wants to be ten feet tall."

"She's growing like her sister, and Julie hasn't stopped yet. I wouldn't be surprised if that actually happens some day."

"You know what she wants to do with us, right?"

"I think so."

"She wants to stuff us in ..."

"YES, MARIE. I know. We don't have to talk about it here."

"Oh, ok."

"Sorry, I didn't mean to shout. Look, have you seen Sue around?"

"She was still in the lobby waiting to be taken back. I think she was a little late so they're probably getting to her last. Is she ok?"

"Oh sure. I need her help with something. Hey, maybe you can help too."

"What can I do?"

"I don't really know but if I need you to do something for me, would you?"

"Sure."

"You see I need to keep George away from Gail. I'm not sure how. Plus, this is only today. I'll need some longer term strategy."

"Say no more. I've seen the way he leers at us girls. I'll be happy to help."

"Ok. Let me know if you have any ideas. I'm going to get Sue to help. And mention it to Joe too."

"Will do."

I walked back to the kitchen and caught up with Joe.

"Hey, Joe. How's it going?"

"Good. Good. It's going good."

"Hey, that was some time this weekend, huh?"

"Uh, oh, yes. Yes. Man, that was some time."

"So, you and Marie, you're ..."

"Yes. Yes. We are."

"Um, kay. And Jill. She's ..."

"Oh yes. Yep."

"So, you guys ..."

"Un huh."

"What about Sharon?"

"Oh, yes. Sharon. Her too."

"I see. Well, it's been nice talking to you."

"You too, Sam."

"Hey, Joe. If you see Sue, tell her I'm looking for her."

"Ok, I will."

That was a guy's conversation right there. No superfluous fluff. I wish all conversations went so well.

I finally ran into Sue.

"Sue. I've been looking for you."

"Thank God it's you. I swear I'm going to kill that guy?"

"What guy?"

"George."

"That's who I wanted to talk to you about. What did he do to you?"

"He hit on me."

"Ok."

"You don't understand. He wanted me to wear pig tails and a little girl's dress with white socks and mary jane shoes."

"So?"

"He said he wanted me to be two feet tall, Sam."

"Oh wow. Two feet?"

"He wanted me to be a little girl. When I said take a hike he asked me to find some little girl just that size at the playground. A little girl, Sam. I freakin' minor. He's sick!"

"Yeah, it sounds like it. No wonder Gail is afraid of him. She thinks he's following her around or something and he gives her the willies."

"I'd like to give him the willies."

"Ok, calm down. I'm worried about Gail."

"I don't want to see him anywhere near Gail."

"Good. I told Gail I would try to keep him away from her. I'm not sure what to do?"

"He's in the bathroom. We need to keep our eyes on him."

"That's a start. Cindy and Marie will help."

"Good."

"Maybe you should go see Gail. I think your attitude would make her feel better. But take her aside. She doesn't do well around a lot of people."

"I know, I'll find her. Maybe I can stay with her too."

"Fantastic. If I see George heading your way I'll try to head him off or warn you somehow."

"I'm sure I'll see you guys coming."

"We might have to do this all the time."

"Then we might need to think of something else."

"I'm sure we can."

"Alright. I'll go find Gail. You stand by the bathroom door."

"Already on it.", I said, leaving her.

I intercepted George coming out of the bathroom.

"Hey, George. How's it going?"

"Good man. Have you seen Sue around?"

"Yeah, she and I were just talking to Marie."

"Cool. Marie, she's a cutie, yeah?"

"Oh yeah. She's mean too."

"Mean?"

"Yep. She's a black belt. You know that, right?"

"No, I didn't know that."

"She's a bit upset about having to register her hands as a deadly weapon at the police station though."

"Her hands are deadly weapons?"

"The police think so. It seems she was involved in some incident."

"Really?"

"You didn't hear? She cracked some pedophile's neck at the playground. He was six feet tall and look how small she is. She would have gotten in big trouble except nobody likes a pedophile. Know what I mean?"

"Uh, yeah. Right."

"So, instead of arresting her they made her register her hands and feet."

"Oh. Too bad."

"Yeah. Now everyone knows how much she hates pedophiles. She can't deny being a badass anymore. It's a good thing Gail found out about it before, otherwise they wouldn't be such good friends."

"Marie and Gail are friends?"

"Sure. Haven't you seen them talking? They're together all the time."

"Oh, wow. I didn't know."

"Yeah, well. Catch them together and you can hit on both of them at the same time, man."

"Oh, sure. Dude, I think I'll stick with Sue. She's not mean."

"No, but she's a lesbian."

"She's what?"

"She was talking to Marie just now about it. She was asking if she would beat up some guy that was hitting on her or something."

"Oh yeah? Thanks man. I didn't know."

"Sure. Glad to fill you in."

"Yeah, dude. Later."

"Later."

I walked back to the common area and ran into Cindy.

"Cindy. I need to find Marie and Gail. And Sue too. Have you seen them?"

"Sue and Gail were around that corner over there.", she said pointing. "I don't know about Marie. Find Joe. He would know. What's up?"

"I'll tell you later. Do me a favor. If you see George coming our way then say something and try to stop him. Ok?"

"Ok, I'll try."

I found Sue and Gail.

"Hey you two. I have some news."

"What is it, Sam?"

"Ok. I was talking with George. I fed him a bunch of bullshit about Marie being a badass black belt that hates pedophiles. I think I shook him up pretty good."

Sue was laughing. "Oh this is too good."

"And Gail is Marie's good friend. So play along."

"We will, right Gail?"

"Oh yes. Thanks, Sam."

"And one other thing."

"What's that?"

"I told him you were a lesbian, Sue."

"You told him what?"

"Don't worry about it. Everyone here knows you're not. But I'll get the word out. I told him you wanted Marie to kick his butt because he was bothering you."

"Oh, I'm going to love this."

"Now, I just have to get to Marie. If you see Joe or Marie tell them for me, please."

"Ok, not a problem."

"I knew you guys would protect me.", Gail said.

"I love this, Gail. We'll make sure George leaves you alone.", Sue said.

"We won't let him put a finger on you, Gail. So, don't worry."

"Thanks, you two."

"Our pleasure."

I had to find Marie now. But I found Joe, the next best thing.

"Where's Marie?"

"Getting her blood drawn again."

"Ok, I need to tell her something."

"What is it?"

"Ok, you need to hear this too."

"Go ahead."

"Marie's a dangerous black belt in karate."

"She is?"

"No, I don't think so. But her brother is so the story fits."

"What story?"

"Well, George is very sick."

"We're all sick."

"But George is into pedophilia?"

"He likes little boys and girls?"

"Girls, yes. I don't know about boys. The thing is he's bothering Gail and Sue, at the least. I told him that Marie has a black belt and hates pedophiles and broke one of 'em's neck. I got him real scared of Marie. But Marie has to play along. Ok?"

"I'll tell her. Or maybe you better instead."

"Tell her to see me then. Have you seen George around?"

"No."

"Tell me or Sue if you do."

"Ok. I will."

"Thanks, Joe."

So, plans were set. Before I had a chance to see Marie I had to go back and have some blood taken myself. It only took minutes but when I got back out I found out they had told Marie.

"What did you go and tell George that for, Sam?", she said.

"I had to think of something. Your brother is into the arts. I figured it would at least be plausible."

"What if I have to fight George?"

"I doubt that will happen. I told him you had to register your hands as deadly weapons with the police."

"He bought it?"

"Yep. He's afraid of you now."

"He is? What should I do?"

"I don't know? What does Miguel do?"

"I don't know how to describe it."

"Well, act like him."

"I can do that. I mock him all the time."

"Marie!? You mock your big brother?"

"He's ok with it."

"Well this time do it for a good cause."

"Ok, this will be fun."

"Great. I told him Sue was a lesbian, but she isn't really."

"I was there last weekend, remember?"

"Oh, yeah. I guess you know that. One last thing: you and Gail are best friends now."

"I guess I better go talk to her then."

"Good thinking. Thanks guys, I owe you one."

"No problem. We're happy to help."

So, as it turned out, we saw neither hair nor hide of George the rest of that day.

Cindy came home with me since I would be coming back into town the next day. We had a laugh talking about what we did to George.

When we got home Julie was surprised yet very happy to see Cindy and vice versa. Cindy gave 'Miss Julie' a great big hug halfway around her waist -- they wouldn't fit all the way around. The three of us spent the night together.

 

 

End Notes:

How big and small are they now? Also, someone else gets the virus.

Chapter 38 - Teagan's Karma by littless
Author's Notes:

Remember Teagan?

----- Wednesday

Cindy had come home with me last night. Cindy ran up to Julie and gave her legs a hug when they met. Cindy's arrival was a surprise to Julie and she was ecstatic to see her. Erin too.

Cindy told Julie and Erin about our little fiasco with George. They both thought the ruse we pulled was excellent. Since we were trying to keep Gail safe it was a good thing.

We talked a little more last night then went to bed. Julie just had to carry both of us to the bedroom. Cindy and I started on Julie as soon as we got there and when we were finished with her she pulled both of us on top of her.

She insisted we make love together while lying on top of her. She held us to her chest as we did. I was careful at first so as not to hurt Julie, but once I realized she was fine with it we went at it full bore. I think Julie got off again but couldn't be sure since I was too concerned with Cindy at that point. We fell asleep and woke up early, Cindy and I each using one of Julie's big titties for a pillow.

As usual, Cindy and I woke up before Julie. We slowly rolled off of her and cleaned up, followed by Julie getting up and doing the same a few minutes later. I was brushing my teeth when Julie walked up behind me to retrieve something from the cabinet. I caught a glimpse of her massive form in the mirror. I could only see my head at this point in the mirror, and frankly had a hard time even reaching the faucet. The bathroom was becoming too big for me. But above my head in the mirror was the most beautiful image. I could only see up to her shoulders. Her boobs were far above my head. I couldn't reach them anymore, even standing on my toes.

In contrast, Julie had been having a hard time taking showers and would get on her knees so her head would fit under the shower head. It looked cramped. She wanted us to take a bath with her but it was a work day and we didn't have time for it. We enjoyed each others company last night but the time was too short.

Cindy and I left. I dropped her off at the school where she taught and went in to work myself. Work was uneventful.

I got home Wednesday evening before Julie and changed into more casual clothes. I expected Julie would strip to her underwear when she got home, so I made sure the thermostat was set a little higher just in case. Sure enough, when she got home Julie stripped.

Julie was sitting and I was standing on the couch cushions as we kissed. We were going at it pretty heavy when Julie's phone rang.

"Hi, Sharon. Yes, he's right here. Ok, hold on.", she said. "It's Sharon. She wants to talk to you."

"Me? Ok."

"Hi, Sharon. Are you coming over so we can practice singing?"

"I'm sorry, Sam.", she said. "Not tonight."

"Too bad. What's up?"

"So, you remember I was telling you about Tee?"

"Teagan, yes, I remember."

"She called."

"Good. You're back to talking again."

"Yes, but she's frantic, Sam."

"I hope everything's ok."

"She says she needs to talk to you."

"To me? Why?"

"I don't know. I was hoping you could find out what's wrong for me."

"Are you sure something's wrong?"

"Absolutely. But I kind of debated calling you."

"Why?"

"Because of the way she treated you before. She has no right to ask you favors."

"You don't want me to talk to her?"

"Go see her. I decided from the way she sounded I think she really needs you. I'll leave this up to you. If you want to see her that's fine. And if not then that's fine too."

"When does she want to meet?"

"Last night."

"That soon, huh? Maybe we should call to see if she's available now."

"I just talked to her. Can you come over now?"

"I guess so."

"Tee lives two houses down from me. She wants to see you as soon a possible."

"Ok. I'll be there as soon as I can."

"Thanks, Sam."

I hung up and told Julie what was going on.

"I hope you don't mind.", I said.

"Go, Sam."

Off I went. I parked in Sharon's driveway and walked up to Sharon's house. We talked for a minute.

"It's the blue house right there, Sam. Just knock on her door, she said to tell you."

"Aren't you coming?"

"She was adamant that I not see her."

"This is very strange Sharon. You think it'll be alright?"

"Yeah, I trust her. I don't think she has anything bad in mind."

"Good enough for me."

"Come back and see me when you're done, ok?"

"Sure. I will."

I walked over to Teagan's house and knocked on the door. After a few seconds the door cracked open and I saw her face. When she saw me she opened the door all the way and asked me to come in. She looked around outside the door as if to make sure nobody saw. Then she closed and locked the door behind us.

"Follow me.", she said, running upstairs. We went to her bedroom and she closed the door.

She pulled out her desk chair and told me, "You can sit in the chair."

She was pacing and she looked emaciated. Her clothes didn't fit right. Something was definitely wrong.

"Are you ok?", I asked.

"No. I'm not ok.", she said, pacing back and forth across the floor. "I'm going to die."

"What?"

"I have the virus, Sam. The same one you do."

"Are you sure?"

"The doctor told me so two weeks ago."

"What happened?"

"I lost two inches when I went to see him. He did a blood test and confirmed I had the disease. Some guy's disease. Borman, or something."

"Borgford's disease."

"Yeah, that's it. I have that and I'm going to die."

"You're not going to die, Teagan."

"The doctor said I would."

"He's wrong."

"I've lost four or five more inches since then."

"You've lost six inches in all?"

"Maybe more."

"Have you measured?"

"No. I can't live like this, Sam. What am I going to do?"

"Slow down. You're life is not over. You need to take care of yourself though. Are you eating?"

"I don't have an appetite."

"That's because you're depressed. You need to eat."

"What's the use. Nobody's going to like me."

"Why?"

"Because I'm short. Duh."

"Ooooh. You think because you're short you won't be worth anything."

"Nobody will want to be my friend anymore."

"Sharon will."

She didn't say anything. I could almost feel her thinking about Sharon.

"So, you asked me over to learn about the virus?", I said.

"You're the only one I know that has it."

"How did you find out that I had the virus?"

"Everyone knows, Sam."

"Oh."

"So, how do you do it?"

"Do what?"

"Live like this."

"Hoo boy.", I sighed. "Tee, do you mind if I call you Tee?"

"No, go ahead. It doesn't matter anyway."

"Tee, you just go on living, that's all. Nothing that matters is going to change. I wish I could tell you that your old friends will be there for you, but some people are just skin deep. Do you know what I mean?"

"Yes."

"Really?"

She looked down at the floor.

"I was like that, wasn't I?"

"Yes. But you can change."

"I'm changing for the worse."

"No, you're not."

"What am I going to do?"

"Do you really want my help, Tee?"

"Yes."

"Then here's what you're going to do. First, you have to realize that you're not going to die."

"Ok."

"Two, here's my doctor's information. You're going to make an appointment with him." I brought up the contact information on my phone and sent it to her.

"Ok, I got it."

"He knows what he's talking about. He's not an expert on the disease but it's clear he knows more about it then the doctor you saw. Go see him."

"Alright."

"Three, you have to take care of yourself. Have you been out of this house since seeing the doctor?"

"No. I don't feel like going out."

"Then get out. Eat. And get some sleep."

"I can't."

"Which one can't you do?"

"All of them. If I go out people will know."

"People are going to find out eventually."

"I just can't, Sam. Please don't tell anyone. Not Sharon. Ok?"

"Fine, I promise I won't tell anyone, but they will find out. What about eating and sleep?"

"I'll try."

"Then promise me that you'll eat something."

"Ok. I promise."

"Tee, I'm sorry this happened. But it's not the end of the world."

"That's easy for you to say."

"No. It's not."

"But, you've always been short."

"Great. Just fuckin' great. How short are you now?"

"I don't know. I'm under five feet, I'm sure."

"Yeah, you look like maybe the same height I was before all of this shrinking biz started."

"How short was that?"

"Four foot ten."

"Oh."

"So, how does it feel?"

"I don't know. Things are bigger."

"Yeah, welcome to my world. Some things will be different but you'll adapt. I certainly have."

"What if people don't like me?"

"Yeah, some people will treat you like shit. I'd suggest getting used to it. But you'll find out who your real friends are, and maybe make some that become much closer than you could have ever imagined."

"Is that why you like Julie so much?"

"There's a story there I'll tell you someday if you want to hear. But size doesn't matter to us."

"But she's so much bigger."

"If you don't know I doubt I can convince you; maybe you need to find out for yourself, but you've heard it before you just don't know what it means: size is not that important. We make do."

"Do you think I'll grow back?"

"No, Tee. That's not how it works. The last thing you're going to do is to look into treatment. Right now there are a lot of experimental trials. They're coming close to an effective treatment, but we have to hold out hope. You have to. And maybe you'll make some really good friends if you make it on one of the trials. My doctor can fill you in. I know some people and I'll talk to them about your situation, ok?"

"Ok."

She looked pretty sad. I got up and gave her a hug. I could tell she shrunk. My eyes were at the same level as her chin. Last time I saw her I think they were level with her chest. I felt for her, but it was up to her to change her attitude first.

I walked back to Sharon's house.

"How is she?"

"Not good, Sharon."

"What's wrong?"

"She made me promise not to tell anyone. Especially you."

Sharon seemed a bit hurt at that pronouncement. It was understandable; they had been long time friends and Teagan was leaving her out.

"Look, Tee will be alright. I think it will take a little bit of time; hopefully soon. We just have to be her friends when she needs us."

"You know I'll be there for her."

"I know. Don't push it right now. I'm sure she'll come 'round."

"Ok.", she relented. "Sam?"

"Yes?"

"Thanks for this. You didn't have to."

"No, but if I can do something to help then I like doing it."

"Julie told me about last night."

"What about last night?"

"The way you told that guy that Marie was a black belt."

"Yeah, it just came to me at the time. I was thinking about how your thought's went wild when you heard about judo and automatically thought I had a black belt. But you should have seen George. I think he turned white as a ghost when I told him."

"I'd love to see Marie confront that guy. That must have been too funny."

"It was. But we did it for a good cause. Julie told you about Gail?"

"Yep."

"Maybe you'll get to meet her."

"Cool."

Then she gave me one of those fabric tearing pokemons.

"Sharon! Here? You're parents are home."

"I know, silly. It's just a kiss."

"JUST a kiss. Sweetheart, with you, just a kiss is like saying dying is just death."

She giggled.

"You're going to have to make time to practice singing with me. Do you play any instruments?"

"I used to play the flute. It was so long ago, I don't even know where it is."

"Ok. Let's make some time to practice together. How about tomorrow?"

"I'll try; I'll let you know."

"Great."


----- Back home

I couldn't tell Julie too much about Teagan. Of course, she didn't want to see Teagan suffer.

"Sam, you're a good person."

"Nah. I just help when I can."

"I'm sorry we got you drunk."

"Me too.", I said, shaking my head and rolling my eyes.

"You were real funny though."

"Yeah, Ha, ha."

"Don't be sore about it."

"I don't even remember it. I only remember throwing up and the headache I had the next day."

"We made it up to you."

"Yes you did. Thanks for last night too."

"I love Cindy, you know that?"

"I know. It doesn't bother you? Me being with Cindy?"

"No. Does it bother you when we get together?"

"Not a bit."

"I like Sue too. But don't tell her."

"You like to tease her, don't you?"

"She's fun to tease."

"She used to be five nine. A foot taller than you were back before all of this started."

"That seems like ages ago. I can't imagine looking up to her."

"Stand up, Julie."

I stood next to her looking up, admiring how tall and beautiful she was. Her legs looked great.

"Do you ever wear your high heels anymore?"

"I can't. My head almost touches the ceiling now. I'd bust through it if I wore heels."

"Let's go see how tall we are now."

"Ok."

Seven feet eight inches, she was -- still growing. I lost another inch -- 4'2". How did that happen so soon? The treatments don't seem to be working. My mouth was right at her crotch as she was marking my height. She was so close I could smell her.

"Let me see the tape measure, Julie. Now, stand against the wall."

When she did I started caressing and licking around her clitoris. I wanted it to be as erect as possible. When it was, I measured it at over an inch. It was about an inch and maybe an eighth long.

"So, you were right about your meds. It does make your clit grow. How long will you be on it?"

"Until I stop growing."

"That may take a while.", I sighed.

"I hope not, Sam. I won't be able to fit in this house if I keep growing."

"Then we'll have to look for another house."

"Good. But first, finish what you started."

I took her erect clit into my mouth and rolled it around. She slid down the wall taking me with her until I was laying on the floor.

"Let's go to bed.", I said.

She caught her breath then picked me up to carry me into the bedroom. She carried me a bit high to where my head was only an inch or two from the ceiling.

"See. If I wore heels my head would touch the ceiling.", she said as she raised me that last inch so that my head was against the ceiling. Then she got up on her toes so that her head was on the ceiling too, and we kissed.

We ducked under three doorways as we made our way to the bedroom. She lay me down then straddled the bed. A queen size bed I might add. I lay there looking up into heaven as her gigantic form lowered onto me. We were in for a long night of lovemaking.

 

End Notes:

They shouldn't have gotten Sam drunk last week.

Chapter 39 - Four Girls by littless
Author's Notes:

Just another Thursday.

----- Thursday

I worked from home Thursday. Erin worked early and I would have to bring her in to work at around 2:00. As usual, she was hanging around naked. She got me to shed my clothes too, so, there I sat at the computer, nude. Working in the nude -- that's a thing, right?

Erin wanted me to take her out; ever the playful one she was. She came over to me at my desk and tried to smack me in the face with her tits again.

"What is it with you and your tits in my face? Do you have to do that all the time?"

"Your reactions are so cute. I'm not hurting you."

"Are you kidding me? You could knock me unconscious with those things."

She laughed then moved around behind me and put her tits around my head.

"You know, if you keep shrinking, some day these will be as big as you."

"Yeah, right."

"Stand up. I want to see how tall you are now."

To appease her and hopefully get her to leave me alone, I stood up.

"Hey look! You can hide under my tits now. Next time it's raining, Sam, just get under here and you'll stay dry."

"Ha, ha. Very funny. Can I get back to work now?"

"Aw, don't you want to play? Hey, I can't shake these in your face anymore unless I bend down."

"Yeah, yeah. I get it. I'm shrinking. I know that."

"You really are getting small, Sam. Let me see something: kiss my boobies."

"Right. You want me to get up on my toes to kiss your nipples."

"Please.", she said, smirking down upon me.

I tried but her tits were over my head. My mouth couldn't reach that far, even on my toes. But she loved me trying so I jumped up and tried to kiss her. I missed the first time. The second time my aim was better and I got my mouth around her left nipple before falling back down.

"You did it! I'm so proud of you, little brother." Sheesh, there she goes again with that 'little' brother crap. Then she hugged me. I couldn't remember hugging her like this, my face in the top of her stomach -- it had always been in her 'boobies' before. She stepped back and bent down, her hands cupping her 'boobies'.

"Here, you can kiss them easier now."

Who was I to refuse; I kissed them. Then I kissed them again. And again. Pretty soon we were on the floor in a '69' position. Only, while I was lapping at her cunt, she couldn't quite reach me. No matter; I finished her, then it was my turn.

"It's been too long since we did this.", she said.

"True. But, what about Fred?"

"With my crazy working hours, I don't get to see him very much, except on weekends."

"Can I ask you something?"

"Sure. Sounds like this is going to be personal."

"Yeah. I was wondering if you like Fred because he's shorter. Do you have a thing for shorter guys?"

"A wee bit. I have to admit, seeing him for the first time, his stature did attract me."

"Is it because of me?"

"Maybe he did remind me of you a little. I love you, Sam. I guess that sort of makes it easier to like shorter guys."

"Do you prefer guys shorter than you?"

"I think some taller guys would appeal to me, but I find shorter guys turn me on more."

"I noticed. Not many girls are like that."

"I know. I know someone who is extremely into short guys though."

"Let me guess: Jill?"

"Yep, Sharon told me."

"We were supposed to keep this secret but since Sharon told you, you do know that Jill has a thing for me shrinking? She wants me to be, I don't know, a couple of inches tall?"

Erin laughed. "You'd be the coolest two inch tall guy there is."

"Two inch tall people can't be cool."

"I can imagine you'd be cool if it were you that small. Jill really likes Joe too because he's small."

"I know. And also Marie."

"I'm not so sure. I think Sharon has a thing for Marie."

"No. Really?"

"She told me. When the four of them spent the night together last week, it was Jill with Joe and Sharon with Marie."

"How about that. I'll have to ask her about it."

"Sharon has a thing for you too, but I don't think it's because of your height. She doesn't care how tall or short you are. Or probably even Marie, for that matter."

"I know. She's a real sweetheart. That's what I call her, you know: sweetheart."

"Speaking of short girls, how does it feel to be with girls who are actually smaller than you?", Erin said, giggling.

"At least there are some. I was beginning to think for a while that the only girls smaller than me were children."

"Cindy could pass for a child."

"I know. She'd look a lot older if she hadn't shaved."

"You look like a child since she convinced you to shave."

"I know I do. I don't care. It feels different; in good way. Still, Cindy does have boobs -- she's not completely flat -- so I don't think she can really pass for a little girl."

"She looks like she's just reaching puberty. You too, Sam, especially with your big..."

"Yes, Erin, I know. It's not that big."

Erin giggled. "It looks good on you. Hey, you two have to come to the beach with me sometime. You and Cindy can run around naked and everyone will just think that you two are my little brother and sister."

"You'd like that, huh?"

"It would be so much fun to play like that."

"I don't suppose you'd get naked?"

"I would but I look too old for a kid. I could get into trouble if I did that. But I'm willing."

"Figures. Your tits would give you away. But it won't be warm enough for that until next summer."

"Then we need to find an indoor pool."

"They won't let us go nude in a pool."

"We'll find a nudist pool."

"If one exists, I'm sure you'll find it, Erin."

"Sue has to come too. She looks like an older sister. A short older sister."

"You think she'd do that?"

"I know it. We'd be one big happy family."

"And Julie would be mom?"

"Yup."

"But you wouldn't be the older sister if Sue comes. You'd be, who?"

"Um, the crazy aunt."

"Yeeeah, that would be about right. So who would be dad?"

"Mom's divorced. There's no dad."

"Okaaaay. Sounds like you have this all figured out."

"But wouldn't it be fun?"

"For you, I'm sure it would be, Erin."

"Since you asked me, can I ask you a personal question now, Sam?"

"I suppose I owe you one. Go ahead, what is it?"

"Do you have a fetish for Julie being so big?"

"No, not really. But I do love her especially living through all of this crazy shit together. She's not like Jill though."

"Would you, if she were like Jill?"

"Hmmm.", I was thinking. "I probably would."

"So, you two don't really play any games together?"

"That's a little bit too personal, don't you think?"

"Sorry. I think your relationship is the coolest because of you two being so different in size."

"The whole situation is not your typical romance. I never could have imagined what things were going to be like just six months ago."

"Do you want to go back to the way things were before?"

"I like things just the way the are between Julie and me. Honestly, I don't think I'd feel any better if we were our old sizes. In fact, I think the growing and shrinking might have even brought us closer together."

"Wow, Sam. That's true love. Your life is so cool."

"Ha. I wouldn't describe it that way. I love all of you but I'm still getting smaller. And that just royally sucks."

"I just want to let you know, Sam, that no matter how small you get I will always love you and let you play with my boobies. Even if you get to be two inches tall."

"If I were two inches tall your boobies would be as big as a house. They could crush me."

"You'd love them that big."

"It doesn't matter, just so they're yours."

"Aw, Sam, you're so romantic."

"So, that's all it takes? Complementing your boobies?"

"You know you like them.", she said, right before swinging them at my head again.

I had to get back to work so I made a deal that if she left me to finish what I was doing I'd take her to work early and buy her ice cream. She had butter brickle.

After dropping off Erin and getting back I sent in the report that I had been working on. It would still have to be reviewed and would probably need a couple rounds of edits, but I think I did a good job of it.


----- Jill

Before Julie got home I received a call from Jill.

"Hey, Jill. How's it going?"

"Hi, Sam. I wanted to ask you a favor?"

"Sure, go ahead."

"Can I come with you tomorrow when you go for your treatment?"

"I guess so. I'll have to check with the doctors first to see if they'll let you. It's a locked door policy and they don't let people in without permission."

"Ok, I'd appreciate it."

"Is there any special reason you want to tag along?"

"I'd just like to see what they're doing and maybe meet more of your friends."

"You want to see Marie and Joe again, don't you?"

"Sure."

"They'll likely be coming over tomorrow night."

"I know."

"Can't wait, huh?"

"Um, I can wait. You don't have to do this if you don't want to. I just thought ..."

"It's no problem, Jill. I'll be bringing Cindy back with me for the weekend."

"Oh, good."

"You do know that I'll be leaving early, like a little after noon?"

"I can be ready."

"I'll give you a call before I leave them. See you tomorrow."


----- Sharon

I left to pick up Erin from work before Julie came home, so when we arrived Julie and Sharon were already there.

"Hey guys, Sam says he's taking us all out later."

"Erin! I never said that."

"I came to practice singing with Sam, Erin.", Sharon said.

"Alright.", Erin said, looking a bit dejected.

"Thanks, Sharon. Let's go."

While Sharon and I were rehearsing, Erin and Julie went off to talk together or something.

We didn't do much for rehearsing, just sort of got used to each other singing. We decided I would do most of the singing at first and we would sing together at other points later. But there were a few times where she would sing just a line or two solo. After a couple times of her singing in public we'd get her to sing her own songs solo. That was the general plan.

We weren't at the point where she would sing a whole song solo yet. She didn't want to sing at tomorrow nights performance at all, but I was thinking I would put her on the spot anyway and see what would happen. I gave her a few suggestions and that was pretty much it for our first time formally together.

She had a good voice of which I had no idea about until last Friday. You wouldn't believe that she never had any training other than the basic music classes they make you take in school. But she loved singing. She said her and Teagan used to sing together listening their favorite songs.

"Does Teagan like folk music?"

"Yes. She likes country music too; more actually."

"Do you think she'll sing with us?"

"I don't know."

"Maybe we can get her to come over and rehearse with us. Would you mind?"

"No, that's probably a good idea."

"Let me approach her."

"Why?"

"Just trust me, ok?"

"Ok."

"And back me up too. I can't tell you what's going on but I do have her best interests at heart."

"I hope this helps."

"Me too. I'll give her a call this weekend; too much is happening tomorrow."

I was thinking that if Teagan could find something new that she could really get into with others rather than being alone all the time then she'd feel better. Plus Sharon and I could keep an eye on her. The problem I had was that she didn't want anyone to know about her getting the disease; of course, that's why she was always alone. Hopefully, this would be compelling enough to draw her out. Besides, you can't keep this a secret forever -- she had to get out soon. I wanted to make it easier.

We finished up with our practice and talked a little.

"So, what happened last Friday night?"

"You got drunk.", she chuckled.

"I know, but _I_ didn't get drunk -- you all got me drunk. What I meant was what happened with you and Marie?"

"Just Marie? Why not Joe?"

"Just answer the question."

"Uh, well, we uh, went to bed together."

"Jill spent time with Joe, didn't she?"

"Yeah."

"And that meant that you and Marie spent the night together."

"You could say that."

"What do you think of her?"

"I like her."

"A lot?"

"Yes, a lot."

"I thought so. Actually, Erin told me about it."

"And what did she tell you?"

"Not much. Just that you two were together, and Jill with Joe."

"Marie is really good at sex with girls.", she giggled.

"Um, that's good to know. I guess. Did she like your kisses?"

Sharon giggled again, "Yes. She's not bad herself. You should try them."

"Whoa there. I'll leave that to Joe."

"Marie let Joe spend the night with Jill. I'm sure Joe won't mind her spending time with you."

"We can worry about that later."

"You know, Marie is even shorter than you."

"I know."

"And Joe is even shorter than Marie."

"Yes, Sharon. I am aware of that."

"Marie reminds me of you in the bedroom."

"Don't tell me: because she's so small, right?"

"No. It's because of her enthusiasm."

"Oh. I hadn't thought of that."

"I'd love to experience more of your enthusiasm again, Sam."

"Me too."

"Can we do it with Marie?"

"I'd love to as long as Joe is cool with it. But you better mention it to Marie first."

"I already have. She wants to do it."

"Funny. She gave no indication of that when we met last."

"She's a little shy. I told her I knew you better and would ask."

"Well, I'm sure Julie will be ok with it. We'll just have to see what happens. Maybe tomorrow, but I can't guarantee anything."

"Jill wanted Joe instead of Marie because he was smaller." Sharon was laughing out loud.

"It figures."

"Marie and I were both laughing at the two of them when Jill stood up as tall as she could looking down at Joe. She was a little upset at not finding the high heels but I think she'll have them next time."

"I'm sure she will. I understand how Joe felt. I've been there, done that, you know?"

"I know. Don't worry, we'll have a good time together. You'll see."

"I'm sure we will."

I was getting excited about this. Marie was another cutie, but I was hoping Joe and her would get together. I guess I don't have to worry now.


----- Julie

Erin brought Sharon home. She stayed over there a bit longer than necessary, no doubt talking with Fred. That is, in fact, the real reason I pushed her to take Sharon home.

I was in the living room, just strumming the guitar, no singing, after they left. I had my head laying on the side of the instrument. Julie walked in wearing only her underwear. She asked what I was doing.

"Just thinking."

"Of what?"

"All the crazy growing and shrinking shit we're going through."

"Crazy is the right word for it."

"Erin and I were talking of it earlier today. Julie? Would you rather go back to the sizes we were when we first got back together?"

"I definitely would."

"You wouldn't want to be big like you are now?"

"Not this big."

"What if I were as big as you?"

"Is that what this is about? You think I want you to be bigger?"

"No. I was telling Erin that I don't care what our sizes are. Don't get me wrong; I'd love to be bigger. This being small crap gets old fast. But if this is what our life has to be for us to be together, than this is the way I want it. I'd rather be half your size and be with you than to be normal size without you."

"Sam, that's really sweet. If it weren't for you, I couldn't take being this big at all. I'd kill myself."

"Julie, don't talk like that."

"It's true. When I think of you I know I can handle whatever life throws at me as long as you're with me."

"Well, then I guess I better stay with you.", I said, laughing.

"Why do you even stay with me with things the way they are?"

"You know why. I love you, Julie." I got up and hugged her around the waist -- as much as I could anyway. I started nibbling her cunt through her panties.

"I love you too, Sam. Now take my bra off, mister.", she commanded. I guess it didn't take much to get her started.

"You're standing, Julie. You know I can't reach."

"Here, this will help.", she said as she knelt down in front of me.

My face was only at her breasts. I grabbed her bra from underneath and she raised her arms. I pushed it up as far as I could but only succeeded in getting it up to her neck. There was no way I was going to get it over her arms.

"A little help, please.", I pleaded.

She picked me up and brought me to stand on the kitchen table, her bra still around her neck. Then she knelt down on the floor and with me standing on the table we were looking each other eye to eye. I was able to bring her bra over her head but could still not move it up enough to get it over her upraised arms. At this point she decided it was taking too long and removed the bra the rest of the way herself. She ended up throwing it into a kitchen corner.

I was once again put on the ground when she gave me another command, "Remove my panties."

This was much easier. When it was off I gave her kisses on her crotch until I could see her clit make an appearance. But then she turned around and jutted her butt out.

"Now this side."

So, now I was kissing her ass all over, up and down, one side then the other. She was getting into it before abruptly stopping. She picked me up under the arms and put me on the table again. Now I was looking into her tits. It was a sobering realization I had standing on the kitchen table and I still had to look up to see her face! Then she undressed me.

I know it's obvious but I just have to say it: Julie from my perspective was enormous. I noticed that her arms were by her side and her fingers were hanging just above the table I was standing on. Her shoulders were above my head. That meant her arm was longer as I was.

I looked at her bicep. It was as long as one of my arms and as big around as my thigh. Bigger, in fact. How much could she curl? With her long muscles and athletic build I could only imagine how strong she was.

I moved to the edge of the table next to her and kissed one of her tits. It was bigger than my head. Her areola were the size of saucers. While sucking on one of her nipples, it filled my vision, the edge of it easily above my eye level. I tried to compare it to her petite little boobs of not much more than half a year ago. The difference was immense. As big as Julie had grown, her boobs had grown in much greater proportion. Before her areola were maybe a half inch diameter; now they were six inches. Before she was flat chested; now she was stacked.

I kissed and sucked on her tits for a while when she changed up again. She knelt down so we could kiss -- her on her knees, me standing on the table. Then she mashed her humongous tits together with Mr. Happy in between; I was being titty fucked by the largest pair of globes I had ever seen as we kissed. I didn't last too much longer.

Six months ago the load I just released would have covered Julie's chest. Tonight, it barely filled the gap in between her tits. She smiled and I noticed how wide her mouth was. I was familiar with it from all of our kissing. But seeing her teeth stretching out as wide as my face made me feel like she could literally bite my head off.

She put her right hand up and said, "High five."

I went to smack her hand with my left but stopped right before hitting it. I marveled at the size difference. My hand didn't even fill her palm. She reached over with her other hand and held mine within her fingers.

"Wow, it's like a babies hand. So delicate."

To her, I was delicate. There was no doubt in my mind that she'd have no trouble snapping me into two if that was her will. But I wasn't afraid. Sadly, the same could not be said for others.

I was thinking of Gail, of course. She was mortified of bigger people. And Julie was in a whole 'nuther category of big. I had to rethink if it would be a good idea for the two to meet. I know Julie and how nice she is, but standing here in her immense presence I could imagine how she could inspire fear in someone as small as I, not to mention someone even smaller, like Gail.

My thoughts were interrupted when my giant lover grabbed me under the butt and carried me to the bedroom. I spent quite some time going down on her and made her come several times while licking her pussy and sucking on her clitoris. We fell asleep in each others arms again.


End Notes:

Next chapter: it's that time of the week again.

Chapter 40 - Naked Win or Lose? by littless
Author's Notes:

The house is definitely haunted.

----- Friday Morning

I was getting a gallon of milk out of the refrigerator when I shut the door, turned and bumped into Julie's naked butt with my face; I didn't see her come into the kitchen. She turned around.

"Good morning.", I said to her crotch, not bothering to look up.

"And a good morning to you too.", Julie said from somewhere above my head.

"Would you like some cereal?" I was still speaking to her pussy.

"Sure. Want me to get the bowls?"

"Please.", I requested, still looking straight ahead. Yes, I was having a conversation with Julie's pussy. But the replies came from above.

I grabbed her sugary, fruity, circle cereal -- we kept the boxes of cereal in the bottom cabinets -- and brought it over to the table. I eat wheat flakes; always loved that stuff. I like to put a spoon of sugar on top and sometimes blueberries if we have some, but no blueberries today.

I felt like a kid, stretching up to reach things on the table. I can't reach the middle without getting up on the chair anymore.

Julie set the bowls down and put her right foot up on the table and her hands on her hips. It was like a foot stool; easy for her since the table was just above her knees. Her crotch was again right in my face.

"What'cha have planned today?", she asked.

"I'm going to get a treatment again. I'm bringing Jill with me."

"You are?", she asked, surprised at the news. "Why?"

"I don't know. She wants to go."

"She seems a bit preoccupied with you little people."

"Little people? I guess that's what I am now: little people.", I nearly screamed into her vagina.

"I didn't mean anything bad, Sam. What else am I going to call you guys with the shrinking virus?"

"I don't know. It's just hard being labelled. What if I called you the jolly green giant?"

"I see what you mean. I'm sorry."

"Don't be. It was fair."

"How long are you going to be talking into my genitals?"

"As long as you want to talk."

"What if it decides to bite you."

"Ooo. Kinky."

"It figures you'd say that.", she said right before snatching my bowl of cereal which I was just about to start eating. "Want this?"

"Give it back." She held the bowl out of my reach.

"Come get it."

I stood on the chair and couldn't reach. So I got up on the table. She held the bowl over my head. I still couldn't reach it. So then I climbed up onto her knee -- her leg was still up on the table -- and leaned onto her left tit as I reached up to get the bowl. She let go once my hand touched it, then with her hands free she grabbed me around the waist.

"Gotcha!"

I was now being held with my back against her chest. I slid back snuggling right into her cleavage, resting both of my arms and bowl on her gigantic tits. It made a nice shelf.

"Now you can talk to me rather than my crotch.", she said.

"Let me finish my cereal then I can turn around and see your face."

"I can still hear you better than way down there."

"Fine. It's not so bad down there. But I can stay here for a while."

Julie smirked and rolled her eyes. "Would you like to come with me to work like this?"

"I'd love to. But I have to go. Remember?"

"So, you're trying to get out of coming with me?"

"I wouldn't think of it. Believe me, I love it being here. Maybe we can go out tomorrow like this; get some ice cream or something."

"Don't you think people would stare?"

"They stare anyway.", I said with a mouthful of cereal.

"Do ya' think we make a peculiar couple?"

"It's not us. They don't see me, only you."

"You're not that much smaller than me."

"I'm sure some will take exception to that. But that's not the point. They're all staring at your beauty."

"Trying to butter me up?"

"But it's true. I'm the luckiest guy in the world because I'm in love with the prettiest girl in the world."

"You're the luckiest guy because of all the girls I let you go to bed with."

"That too. By the way, Cindy's coming over tonight. And probably Sue."

"What about Marie and Joe?"

"It's likely, but I'm not sure yet."

"Anyone else?"

"I'd like to get Gail to come over for you to meet her, but I doubt she'll make it."

"Well, I guess we'll find out tonight."

"We've had quite a few wild Friday nights.", I said.

"It's becoming a thing."

"I know. The weekends are also good."

"You like running around buck naked, don't you?"

"You do too."

"It's because we always end up naked."

"So? It's my house, we can do whatever we want. Besides, it all started with Erin. I should have known the first time I let her come over."

"Don't blame Erin again."

"No way. She got naked first. Remember?"

"I remember."

"You two were drunk."

"You were too."

"I was not. You guys got me drunk last week and that was the first time since college."

"Oh, yeah. I guess you're right."

"You bet your ass, I'm right."

"You're fun when you're drunk. You should drink more often, Sam."

"No, I shouldn't. Aren't I fun even when I'm sober?"

"Meh, I guess so."

"Guess so.", I said shaking my head and mocking her. "Want fun? How about you dance with the girls next time?"

"Uh, I don't think so."

"You'd be so much fun.", I said, mocking her using my rendition of her own voice.

"Oh yeah?", she said as she grabbed the bowl from my hands. It was empty anyway. Then she lifted me up to the ceiling. "You wanna see me dance?"

She started spinning around holding me out at arms length. Around and around we went. She was laughing like a little girl. We both became dizzy and she fell down with me falling on top of her.

"Thanks for breaking my fall.", I said rolling off of her. I stood up and wobbled, only to fall over on my side yet again.

"Oh, no. You ok?"

"Yeah, what about you?", I said. "You hit the ground pretty hard then I fell on top of you."

"I'm fine. Give me a minute for the kitchen to stop spinning."

"Let me know when it does."

"Are you two drunk or something?"

"Oh hi, Erin."

Erin greeted us, "Good morning. I'm glad I'm not the only one naked."

"We were just talking about that.", I said.

"Why are you two on the floor?"

"Julie was dancing."

"I missed it?", Erin asked, disappointed.

"Nothing to see really. Unless you like seeing whirling dervishes. We got dizzy and fell over."

"Your fall woke me up."

"We're sorry. Go back to bed. We'll be quiet now."

"We have to get ready to go to work anyway.", Julie added.

I asked when Erin had to work. It was another late night for her but Fred was going to take her.

"Hey, another weekend with Fred. I bet you're excited."

"I am. We might go out this weekend."

"I'm sure you two will have lots of fun."

"I know, I can't wait for this weekend."

"Me too. Julie's going to take me out for ice cream in her cleavage."

"You wish; little pervert.", Julie said.

"But I though you liked ice cream?"

"Ha ha, very funny. I'm not going to break your fall next time."

"Uh, oh. Falling from that height could be dangerous."

Then Julie picked me up; all the way up to where my head was touching the ceiling.

"Whoa. Don't drop me!"

"And what if I do?"

She let go but I was holding on to her right arm. She was holding me up with little effort, smirking.

"If you put me down I'll lick your kitty.", I said, hoping to persuade her.

"Oh, now you're nice to me."

"I was nice before."

"That's debatable."

"Well? And what are you laughing at, Erin?"

"You look so pathetic being held up by Julie. It's hilarious."

I rolled my eyes.

"Here, I'll put you down.", Julie said as I was lowered to the floor. I gave her a kiss, you know where.

"Mmm. Thanks, Sam."

"Now aren't you two glad you're naked?", Erin said to both of us.

"Whatever.", Julie replied. "I can't go to work like this though. I have to get ready."

"If you keep growing, Julie", I said, "you won't be able to find clothes that fit and you'll have to go to work naked out of necessity."

"I'm not that big, yet."

"How big are you now? Have you measured?"

"Not lately. We don't have time to do that now; let's do it tonight."

"In front of everyone? Sounds good to me."

"Yay!", Erin said.

"I think everyone has seen us all nude anyway. We might as well."

"I hope I haven't shrunk anymore. I guess we'll see tonight."

Erin and I hung out talking for a while before I had to get ready. I never did too much work on Fridays anymore anyway. But I had to get ready before too long. I was picking up Jill to bring with me today.


----- At the clinic

To my surprise, the folks who ran the trials were happy to have Jill stop by. They showed her around and let her have run of the place except for the rooms where they actually pumped the meds into our arms and took blood from us.

It was just after the first round of blood taking and med dosing and we were all in the big break room again.

"Hi, Sam. I see you brought Jill with you.", Cindy was saying.

"Yeah. She wanted to come. I'm not sure why."

"I think it's great she's showing an interest."

"Yeah, she's ... oh shit. There's George over there with Gail. Let's go."

Before Cindy and I could reach them Jill got between the two.

"Hi, there.", Jill said to the both of them.

"Hello.", Gail said to her. George was just staring wide-eyed up at Jill.

"What's your name?"

"I'm Gail."

Jill crouched down and offered her hand to Gail. Gail took it and Julie told her, "My name's Jill. It's a real pleasure meeting all of you. I'm Sam's friend."

She wasn't talking to George. This was good since she prevented him from talking to Gail.

"Excuse me, miss. I was talking with Gail.", George finally spoke up in exasperation.

"And who are you?"

"I'm George."

"Hello, George. Marie was telling me about you."

"You know Marie?"

"Oh yes. We had lots of fun this weekend. Did she tell you about me?"

"No, she didn't."

"Let me see if I can find her."

"NO! You, uh, don't need to do that. I just wanted to talk to Gail alone."

"I just wanted to meet Gail; you shouldn't monopolize her time, George."

"Look, lady. I don't need anyone telling me what I can and can't do. You butted in."

Jill stood up and moved close to George so she was looking almost straight down on him.

"Well, I'm sorry, little man. Why don't we see what Gail wants. Gail? Would you like me to go away?"

"Oh, no, Jill. I'd like to finish our conversation. The one I had with George is over. Right, George?"

"Uh, sure.", he said, in a timid voice as he walked away.

"I know Sam and Joe. They told me about you, and I figured that that was George who was bugging you. Sam told me about him too last week. Gail, I hope you're ok."

"I'm ok, thanks to you. You're Julie's sister, aren't you?"

"Yes, I am."

"Sam was telling me about you too. Oh, hi, Sam."

"I'm sorry we didn't intercept George for you.", I was saying to Gail. "But it looks like Jill got here in time."

"Yeah. Thanks, all of you."

Jill was wearing blue jeans and a tight, black, long sleeved shirt. She had on boots, the heels of which made her just tall enough to put Gail's face right at her crotch. I suspected Jill was enjoying this encounter with Gail.

"Joe and Marie came with us last week.", Cindy was telling Gail. "They spent a lot of time with Jill."

"They must like you, Jill.", Gail said.

"Are you coming over to Sam's tonight?", Cindy asked her.

"I don't think so."

"I'll be there, and of course, Jill."

"Maybe. I have a feeling I'll be meeting all Sam's friends real soon."

"You'll like them. They're all nice. Except when they get me drunk.", I said.

"You were drunk?"

"Yep."

"Shame on you."

"Hey. It's not my fault."

Gail was giggling. That was the first time I can remember her laughing. "Who's fault is it, then?", she asked.

"They were all trying to get me drunk."

"Oh, come on, Sam. You don't get drunk unless you want to."

"I didn't want to. I swear. They kept making me drink their wine."

"Poor boy. They held you down and poured it down your throat?"

"No. They tricked me."

"And how did they do that?"

"I don't remember. It's all fuzzy. But they definitely made me drink when I didn't want to."

"I can't believe Cindy and Jill would do such a thing.", Gail said.

Cindy and Jill were in stitches at this point.

"But you hardly even know Jill, Gail."

"I suppose we'll have to get to know each other better.", Gail said and her and Jill went off to another corner together. I noticed Jill crouching down to talk to her the whole time.

"That was strange.", I said to Cindy.

"What?"

"I didn't think Gail would even talk to someone so big."

"Jill saved her from George."

"She did, didn't she?"

"As long as those two are together George won't be bothering Gail."

"It's a good thing I brought her then."

Things went as usual the rest of our time, except this time treatments ended a bit early which meant we did calisthenics together. Most didn't like this part. Jill joined us though. It was a little funny watching her with all of the little people around.

I spent some time socializing toward the end until Doctor Sarson had a free moment. We were ready to leave but I needed to talk so I had Jill and Cindy wait.

"I have a friend that has recently been diagnosed with the virus.", I told the doctor. "I was wondering if there is anything you could for her?"

"Has she seen a physician?"

"Yes, but I don't believe her's is too knowledgeable about the disease. I've sent her to my doctor."

"We'll need a referral from a physician first. Even so, you understand she won't be able to join your group."

"Aw, she won't?"

"Don't worry, Mr. Cook. Other clinical trials are part of the ongoing series. In fact, I believe another one is starting soon right after this one ends."

"Great. Can we get her in on that one?"

"She needs to follow protocol. Have her see the doctor and get a referral. Then we will evaluate her case."

"Ok, I'll make sure she does the right thing."

"You can bring her with you for the next session. I can spend some time talking to her a little about the disease and show her around. Perhaps we can build her hope. While she won't be part of this study, she is still welcome."

"I'd love to take you up on that but I'll have to convince her first."

"Let us know ahead of time. We hope to conclude the series of studies within a year, which means that we'll know enough such that we can get government approval and physicians can start writing scripts."

"Cool. Thanks."

Now I had some good news for Teagan. Maybe she wouldn't think so but I couldn't wait to tell her.

"I have another question.", I told the doctor.

"Yes?"

"I've lost a couple inches recently. How much is the treatment supposed to help?"

"It cannot completely stop the shrinking, if that is what you are asking. It does slow it quite a bit to the point where it is almost unnoticeable."

"Great.", I said. "It doesn't seem to be working."

"You do, however, need to keep yourself in good health. The medications can't do their work when the body and immune system are compromised."

"Compromised. That sounds so, ... official."

"Ahem, yes. Not getting enough sleep or eating right, having a sedentary lifestyle, abuse of drugs or alcohol, emotional difficulties, illness and injury will all lessen the benefits of the medication."

"Wait, you said alcohol. Could getting drunk make you shrink?"

"Indeed, it can negate some benefits of the drugs you're taking. It is possible that one episode can lead to loss of some stature, but generally chronic severe alcoholism almost totally negates the desirable effects of the medication."

"I see.", I said to her. "Shit!", I said to myself. I was wondering if last week's episode of inebriation caused me to lose that inch.

"I hope you didn't imbibe.", she said.

"I don't like to, it's just that everyone kept feeding me alcohol last week."

"I see. And now you see firsthand how damaging alcohol can be. Sometimes it doesn't appear for a few days, but this can affect the functioning of the drugs acting on the virus."

"Damn!"

"Perhaps we weren't clear enough when we talked about this before. I will make these things more explicit when we talk about it next time. In the meantime you can tell your story to others."

"I will."

We were about ready to leave. I invited Gail to come over this Friday night, but as suspected, she declined. Joe and Marie wouldn't be coming tonight, but Cindy and Sue would be staying at least Friday night, if not all weekend.

Zoe had told me that she would be at Mike's, but not her boyfriend: he had to work.

On the way over to Mike's I got a chance to talk with Cindy and Jill about them getting me drunk.

"So, you see why we shouldn't drink alcohol."

"I'm so sorry, Sam. I had no idea."

"I don't think anybody did. But I hope next time people will respect my wishes."

"I will, Sam. I promise."

Cindy wasn't in the best of moods after this. But singing at Mike's helped.

I was able to convince Sharon to come up with me for exactly one song: the one we did at home last week -- Two Ten, Six Eighteen. I could tell she was nervous but she enjoyed it nonetheless. I thought she was great. Apparently, so did everyone else.

The gang ended up at the house again.


----- At the house

This time I wasn't touching anyone's drink but my own iced tea, and I was guarding that with my life. I must say that they tried again to get me sloshed, despite my and Cindy's protests. I needed to tell them.

"Erin, Julie, can we talk?"

"Sure.", they said.

I wanted to talk with them first because I felt they were the ones who could sway others.

"Ok guys, here's the deal. You know that for those of us with the virus we need to stay healthy, otherwise we shrink faster. Right?"

Their heads were nodding and they were saying, "Oh, yeah."

"I found out from Dr. Sarson tonight that being healthy means staying sober. I've lost another inch or two in height from last week and I'm pretty sure it's because I was drunk."

"Are you sure?"

"Yep. According to the doctor, even one night of drunkenness could do that and I lost that inch pretty quickly."

Now the girls were looking pretty upset. Julie especially.

"I'm sorry.", Erin said.

"Are you the one who planned getting me drunk last week?", I asked her.

"We all did. I think Cindy was the one who brought it up first but I wanted it too."

"Well, see what it's led to?"

"I feel so bad now.", Julie said.

"Well, it's done. I can't get that inch back. Just please don't do that again. And Julie, try to keep others from feeding me alcohol."

I got a chance to tell Sharon too. When I saw Sue she had already been told.

"We're sorry about last week."

"I know you are."

"If you want, I'll get real drunk tonight so I can become closer to your height."

"You'd do that?"

"Sure. I mean, we're all going to shrink more anyway."

"No, Sue. I don't want that for you."

"I might just get plastered anyway. I really feel bad about this."

"Don't. I mean it. I'd rather you be sober."

"I think Cindy might."

"She's been drunk before. I wonder why it hasn't affected her."

"I don't know. She didn't seem too drunk last week. Except when she saw you to bed."

"Oh yeah? What happened then?"

"You were asleep. Cindy tried to pick you up to bring you to the bedroom. You should have seen how funny that looked. It was clear that she was looking out for you, but there was no way she was going to carry you. Julie had to pick you up. You were so cute, like a little sleeping child."

"Cute, huh?"

"I didn't mean that in a bad way. You look so peaceful asleep."

"Was Cindy drunk then?"

"I'm not sure, but think so."

"Were we naked?"

"No, not then."

"She must have undressed us in the bedroom."

"She never came back out. Did you two make love?"

"Last Friday night? I don't know. I can only remember Saturday morning."

"We should talk to Cindy.", Sue said, looking around for her. We found her talking to Sharon.

"Hi Sharon. Cindy.", I said, butting in on their conversation. "Can we talk with you guys?"

"Sure.", Sharon said. "We were going to come see you anyway, Sam."

"Cool. We just wanted to ask Cindy something."

"What did you want, Sam?"

"We wanted to know how much alcohol you had last week.", Sue asked. "Wait. Could you stand up for me, Cindy?"

When she did, Sue went to stand next to her, measuring her relative height against Cindy.

"You know, I think you do look a little shorter. Have you measured your height lately?"

"Not lately."

"You did have quite a bit of alcohol last week, didn't you?"

"No, not much.", Cindy said. A little moment passed and she admitted, "Oh alright, I had a buzz going, ok? So sue me."

"Nobody's faulting you, Cindy. But I think it might have made you shrink a little.", I said.

"It doesn't take much, does it?", Cindy rationalized.

"I know, But we need to measure you."

It seems everyone came over to the 'height measuring' wall where we made all the marks. Of course, I'm sure that had nothing to do with the fact that Cindy shed her clothes.

Sue did the honors. "Four foot even. Maybe just a tad bit over. But definitely below the earlier mark."

"See, Cindy.", I said.

"Ok, your turn, Sam."

"Ok.", I said. They all looked at me.

"Well?"

"Well, what?"

"Get naked.", Erin said.

"Fine."

I was measured at four feet and two inches.

"Whew. I thought I had lost some more."

"Let's measure Julie now.", Cindy said with a little bit too much enthusiasm in her voice. Everyone else thought it was a good idea too. So, off came her clothes. I got up on the step ladder and made the mark. It was above the last one, nearly to the ceiling. Big surprise. Julie stretched the tape.

"Seven feet eight inches.", she said.

"Damn, Julie. When are you going to stop?"

"I hope when you stop shrinking, Sam. The sooner, the better."

Erin said, "We need to measure me. And Jill."

"We don't need to measure you, Erin.", I said. She stuck her tongue out at me. Fred agreed.

"But we need to do Jill.", she demanded.

"Oh, alright.", Jill conceded. She moved with her back to the wall.

"Unh unh.", Erin admonished. "Clothes!"

Jill reluctantly got naked. The measurement stood at six feet and two inches for her. Man, she was growing fast.

"Jill, you're going to catch up with Julie soon.", Cindy said. I think she really liked hearing this from Cindy. Jill was smiling now, having forgotten all about her nudity. Both Cindy's head, as well as mine were far below the bottom of Jill's boobs -- boobs that I swear were growing out of proportion to the rest of her, just like her sister. Jill was eating this up.

Jill also realized that she passed a milestone. She was over six feet tall now.

"How about you, Sue?", Cindy asked.

"Yeah, get naked." Leave it to Erin to yell that out.

At first Sue looked a bit embarrassed. But then she smiled as she shucked her clothes. Erin and Cindy were rubbing off on her.

"Ok. I'm ready.", she said as she stood against the wall.

"Four feet six inches.", Julie announced.

"It looks like the meds are working for you.", Cindy said.

"That's because I didn't get drunk."

"I saw you with wine last week, Sue.", I said.

"But I hardly had two sips."

"What do you mean? What happened to it?"

"You drank it, Sam."

"Me?"

"I'm really sorry.", Sue said. She gave me a hug. I was staring at her chin.

"Wait a second.", I said, moving away. "Sharon?"

"What?"

"I ... nevermind. I just figured something out."

"What is it?"

"Nothing."

I realized that I was looking into Teagan's chin the other day talking to her, which would make her as tall as, or rather as short as, Sue. That meant Teagan was 4'6". Poor thing. She shrunk more than she thought she did; more like a whole foot.

I looked around and realized that beside Sharon, only Erin and Fred were dressed. I had to tease her.

"Want to be measured, Sharon?"

"Not especially."

"If you take off your clothes that would only leave Erin and Fred."

Erin started to take off her clothes.

"No, Erin. We don't need to measure you. You have to stay dressed."

Others caught on and joined in.

"Yeah, Erin. You're always five eight. No need to measure you. Stay dressed.", they were all saying.

"But."

"No buts."

"I can still get naked, right?"

"Nope."

"Aw, please."

"Gotta stay dressed, Erin.", I told her.

Poor Erin was really suffering.

"You guys have all the fun."

"Sharon's still dressed.", someone said.

"But she doesn't want to undress."

"She's not getting measured."

"What if I got measured?", Erin said again.

"No, Erin. You're not growing or shrinking."

"I think your boobies are shrinking.", I said.

"Oh, no. They are?" Erin was getting worried.

"Actually, I thought they were getting bigger."

"Sue!", I said. "You're supposed to play along."

"Sam?", Erin was asking, "Are you teasing me?"

"Yes, Erin. I'm teasing you. At least I'm teasing about your distaste for clothes and not about your stature."

"Oh."

"Erin, it's such a silly thing. You can lose the clothes if you really want. Nobody is going to get mad."

"Well, maybe I'll just stay dressed.", she said in denial, her arms crossed in front of her chest. A still ample chest, I might add, despite my earlier comment.

But we were all left speechless. Erin not wanting to get naked?

"Okaaay.", I said. Everyone else was staying naked and we were all just waiting for Erin's will to break. We were counting down the time.

I interrupted Jill and Cindy talking.

"What do you guys think: will Erin's clothes stay on all night?"

"No.", Cindy said.

"Yes.", Jill countered.

"So, a definite maybe. I should take bets."

"What will the winner get?", Jill asked.

"I don't know. This one could have multiple winners and multiple losers. Any ideas?"

"The loser has to stay naked all weekend.", Jill said.

"No, that's the winner.", Cindy added.

"You better get this straightened out before Gail comes over.", Jill said.

"Gail?"

"Didn't I tell you, Sam?"

"Tell me what?"

"I assumed you'd be ok with it so I invited her over this weekend. She said she'd come tomorrow. I meant to tell you."

"Yeah, I'm ok with it, but I had no idea."

"Wouldn't you want to see her naked too?", Cindy asked.

"Who? Gail? You guys are crazy.", I told her. "She's probably scared enough just coming over to meet Julie. Let's not make her too uncomfortable."

"Why would she be scared of Julie?"

"Her size."

"Oh, that's right, she doesn't like big people."

"I was nice to her today. I think she likes me.", Jill said.

"You saved her from George."

"What's the deal with him?"

"He's creepy.", Cindy said.

"Sue told me he's a pedophile."

"Really?", they both said.

"Sure. Ask her yourself."

We went to talk to Sue about George.

"Little girls?", Jill said. "Like what? Ten, eleven?"

"Younger.", Sue answered. "He likes them before puberty. He told me."

"We have to watch out for Gail.", I said.

"And Cindy."

"Why Cindy, Sue?"

"Have you seen how he looks at her? We all know Cindy looks young. No offense, Cindy."

"None taken.", Cindy said. "I consider it a complement."

"How old are you, Cindy?", I asked her.

"Thirty one."

"Jeez, I had no idea. I didn't think you were any older than me."

"I've always looked kind of young. But now, well, you know."

"I consider that a perk.", Sue said.

"You two look like you're in your teens.", I said. "But, other than being short, Gail doesn't look any younger than you two. I wonder what George sees."

"Because she's shorter, I guess. George wants her to pretend she's younger too."

"Pretending's ok, right?"

"Except George creeps Gail out. He won't take no for an answer."

"It's a good thing Jill was there today."

"We'll have to figure something else out for next time."

"Tell him Gail has herpes."

We all looked at Sue.

"What?", she said.

"I don't think that's going to work, Sue."

"Do you have any better ideas?"

"I don't know. I'll think of something."

Jill asked if she could come with me again next time. We all decided it would be a good idea and I told her I'd check about it on Monday. That got our spirits up.

"So where did Erin run off to?", I asked them.

"Over there.", Julie said, pointing in her direction. She was with Fred.

"Looks like you lost, Jill."

"What did she lose, Sam?"

"The bet."

"What bet?"

"She bet Erin would end up keeping her clothes on.", I told Julie.

"Bad bet, Jill.", she said.

Yes, it was true. Erin was undressing. I bet you're surprised. Cindy was laughing.

"Looks like you have to stay naked this weekend, Jill."

Everyone was now laughing. The look on Jill's face was priceless.

"I was just kidding, Sam. Besides, Cindy said that the winner would be the one naked."

"But you said first that the loser would stay naked. Don't try to weasel out of this."

"But Gail's going to be here."

"I'm sure she's seen naked girls before.", I said.

"Gail's a girl herself.", Sue said, catching on.

Julie told her, "Yeah, she won't mind, Jill." Julie caught on too.

"Looks like you're not getting out of this one."

"What will Gail think of me?"

"I'm sure she'll understand."

"But..."

"Ah, ah. You'll have to stay naked the whole weekend."

"The whole weekend?"

"That's what you agreed to."

She was pouting. I gave her a kiss on her belly.

"Don't worry. I'm sure others will be naked too."

"Really?"

"I think she should be the only one nude.", Sue said, winking. "You might like it that way, Jill."

"I don't think I can go through with this."

Jill was serious. I wasn't. I wanted to see where this was going but I was going to wait until the morning. I wasn't sure about the others.

"I told you, Jill.", Sharon started saying, "This house is haunted. Every time we're here someone gets naked. It not everyone."

"Don't you want to get naked yourself, Sharon?", Cindy asked her.

"Hey, she sang with me tonight.", I told them. "That took every bit as much courage, probably more, than undressing here. You shouldn't tease Sharon like that. In case I didn't mention it before, Sharon: thank you for singing with me at Mike's."

"Thanks for standing up for me, Sam.", she said. "If you want to spend the night with me tonight I'll get naked for you."

"Hey, what about me?", Jill complained.

"You'll just have to share me with Sam."

"Don't I get a say in this?", Julie said.

"Guys!", I said. "Stop arguing."

"So, what do you want, Sam?", Julie asked.

"What are Cindy and Sue going to do? Spend the night with you, Julie?"

"I don't know."

"Well, if they do then I'll spend the night with Sharon and Jill, ok? How about you, Cindy? Sue?"

Both agreed to be with Julie and me with Sharon and Jill.

And so it was settled. When we retired I talked a little about Teagan with Sharon and Jill.

"Yeah, I know her, Sam.", Jill was saying. "It's mostly through Sharon. I know you talked to her the other day. I hope she's alright."

"Whether she's alright or not is up to her at this point. She asked me not to tell anyone what's bothering her but I will tell you two that she needs help. Whenever she decides to get help I hope you guys will be a friend for her. She's really going to need it."

They both agree they would. Even though Sharon was still mad at her, she was worried about her friend.

"Look guys, she needs my help right now and I'm doing what I can. So, just stay cool for the time being and wish her luck. I'm sure you all will find out soon."

"I wish she wouldn't shut me out.", Sharon lamented.

"Well, you kinda shut her out for a while, didn't you?"

"Me?"

"Yeah. You were mad at her and wouldn't talk to her."

"I was mad for a good reason."

"I know. But how do you think she feels?"

"But I never really talked anyway. She was the one that always did all the talking. I doubt she even knew I was mad at her. Is that what this is about?"

"No, it's not. She's not mad at you. But what she's going through she doesn't want anyone to know. She has every bit as good a reason for that as you did for being mad at her."

"Ok. I'll trust you, Sam."

"Good. Now, get naked."

 

End Notes:

The weekend coming next.

I struggled with this chapter and I'm sure it shows. The next one will be better but it won't be coming until next week -- I have to go away again.

Chapter 41 - Only One Naked by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie works out. Sharon and Sam work on singing. Gail visits. Jill get naked.

----- Saturday

Sharon and Jill were still sleeping when I awoke. I heard talking and found Cindy and Sue in the kitchen.

"Good morning you two."

"Good morning, Sam. Woo, wee. Look who's naked now.", Cindy bellowed.

"But my clothes are in the other bedroom."

"Excuses, excuses."

"I was just going to get some clothes just now. Whatever. You're the one that likes to get naked. Why are you making such a big deal of my nudity?"

"I like to tease you."

"I'm surprised you're not naked."

"Sue made me wear clothes.", she said, sticking her tongue out at Sue.

"Nyu unh. She's lying. I said no such thing.", Sue said.

"So you two just decided to get dressed then?"

"We have to get dressed so that Jill will be the only one nude today."

"Ah, I see. Well, I have to get dressed then."

"You could stay like that until she gets up."

"I'm sure you'd like that. I suppose Julie's still sleeping."

"No, she's up."

"She is? Where is she?"

"She said something about working out."

"Then she must be out in the garage. I'll get dressed then I'm going to go see her. Later guys."


----- Julie's workout

I wasn't prepared for what I saw when I made it out the the gym. Julie was in her customary sports bra and panties standing on her hands. Her balance was held with her feet being supported by the rafter tie beams -- the roof in the garage was exposed, there being no real ceiling since the garage wasn't totally finished. She was going up and down with her arms supporting her whole weight, as if she were doing military presses upside down.

I stood there with my mouth agape, staring at her doing her hand stands. I finally spoke, "What are you doing?" I know. Duh. She's doing handstand pushups dummy. But the sight of her with her feet above the beams left me dumbfounded.

"Hi, Sam.", she said as she swung her feet back down and stood up. "I like the feeling of blood running to my head and well, the inversion table doesn't fit me anymore."

"But you're doing handstands."

"It's good exercise. Right?"

"Um, yeah, right. How much do you weigh now?"

"I don't know. The scale doesn't go that high."

"Didn't we just get you a scale that goes over 500 pounds?"

"Oh, yeah. I forgot."

"You didn't weigh yourself?"

"I guess I did."

"And?"

"About three hundred pounds.", she said, sheepishly.

"Three hundred exactly?"

"Three hundred and twenty one. Ok?"

"Wow."

"I'm not fat!"

"I didn't say you were."

"You said wow."

"Yeah. Wow. As in you're lifting more than three hundred and twenty pounds over your head."

"So?"

"How many presses did you do?"

"About ten."

"I counted seventeen. And you had been doing them since before I got here."

"I lost count." She sat down on the floor.

"Can you military press more than that?"

"Maybe."

"How much more?"

"I don't know." She looked at me with her head cocked to the side. Then she looked up. "Come here.", she said standing up.

She picked me up and put me way up on the rafter tie next to the king post which is the board that goes from the middle of the tie beam up to the apex of the roof. I stood on the beam and leaned against the king post. She got back in her head stand and put her feet up on the beam.

"Ok, hop on."

"What? Your feet?"

"Yeah. Stand on my feet."

So, I did while still holding onto the king post for balance. Up we went. Then down. Then up. She did about ten reps.

"Get off now.", she said.

She stood back up.

"How much do you weigh, Sam?"

"About sixty. Wow, that means you just military pressed three hundred and eighty pounds."

"Yeah, I guess so.", she said sitting back down.

"How much can you bench?"

"Whatever we have here in weights."

"That's what? Over 500 pounds now?"

"Yeah."

"Are you finished your workout?"

"I guess so. You want to do some presses, Sam?"

"I'd be too embarrassed now. I don't think I can even bench a hundred any more."

"That's ok. It's about twice your weight. It's still pretty good, for you."

"Right. For me."

"Do you want to show me?"

"Some other time." I was feeling a bit dejected. I knew she was bigger and stronger but now I had an idea how much stronger. If bench presses had anything to do with overall strength, Julie was more then five times stronger. Over 500 pounds. Damn!

"So, you're up early today."

"I haven't been working out much and I missed it. I missed you too last night.", she said.

"Didn't you have a good time with Cindy and Sue?"

"Oh, yes. I would have loved to see you with them last night though."

"Aw, I'm sorry. Sharon and Jill asked and I haven't been with Sharon in a while."

"Don't be sorry. You two had a good night, right?"

"Sure. But I feel a bit sorry for Jill. I think she misses Joe."

"Oh. And what about Marie?"

"I'm pretty sure she likes Joe better. But don't worry about Marie; she had fun with Sharon last week."

"Is Marie jealous?"

"I doubt it. Her and Jill seemed to be getting along famously last night at the clinic. I think Joe was a little embarrassed seeing Jill there, and Marie took that as an excuse to tease him. It was pretty funny. She was making the most of it. You know she wants me to meet her brother?"

"Marie? Why?"

"Because he's into the martial arts. I'm thinking real hard about getting back myself."

"You already know how to fight, Sam. Do you really need to learn more?"

"It's not about that. Sure, the arts were created for fighting, but it's about so much more. Self improvement mainly; improvement physically, mentally and spiritually."

"So, you're spiritual now?"

"In a way, yes. I've always been. Haven't you?"

"Never really thought about it."

"We should talk about this. But not right now. Do you know when Gail will be coming over?"

"Gail? Oh yeah, the girl from your group. No. Didn't you invite her?"

"Nope. Jill did."

"We should ask Jill."

"Let's go back then. I need a shower. Want to take one with me?"

"Absolutely."

"Um, Julie.", I said as she was leaving.

"Yes?"

"Aren't you forgetting something?"

"No. I don't think so."

"What about me?"

"Yes. Aren't you coming with me?"

"I'm up here. How am I going to get down?"

"Ah, I see. Well, that's not too high, is it?"

"Maybe not for you."

"Oh, that's right; it must be so high for you. Maybe if you meditate hard enough your spiritualism will lift you off the rafters."

"Julie!"

"Aw, poor baby. I have to do everything for you."

"Please? You put me up here."

"Alright.", she said as she made a big drama out of rolling her eyes. She had that sly smile on her face though, like "I gotcha."



----- Naked Jill

We went back inside the house to shower. It's always a treat to soap up Julie's huge, um I mean great little, butt. Since I can't reach her upper body anymore I concentrated on her waist down. I have to tell you that I get aroused cleaning those fantastic legs of hers -- those long, lithe, muscular legs -- and that of course is why the shower took so long. Once soaped up, I massaged them as hard as I could with my relatively small hands, but it was good enough for Julie.

Once she had enough of the massage she moved back under the water and rinsed off, then turned around. That's when I went for her clitoris. At this point her arousal had been built up to where I could jump right in. I had her moaning and coming in no time.

"Does that make up for last night?", I asked.

"Oh, yes. This has been a great start to my day."

"Good. Let's finish showering."

"Wait a minute mister. It's your turn now."

She picked me up; my head was touching the ceiling in the shower. Then she gave me a blow job holding me over her head. My head bumped the ceiling more than once. That kind of hurt. I've never gotten used to that but I don't want to give it up either.

After dressing we went to the kitchen.

"Jill's up.", Cindy said. "And she's naked."

"Jill's naked?", Julie said, an incredulous look on her face.

"She has to stay naked this weekend remember?"

"I'm sure she was kidding last night.", I said.

"Nyu unh. We're all dressed and she has to stay naked."

"You're holding her to that guys?"

"Yep."

And speak of the devil: Jill came walking into the living room. Yes, she was naked.

Julie started laughing.

"Julie! Don't laugh."

"I'm sorry, Jill. It's just that you're ... nude."

"So? We've all seen you naked before."

"Yes, everyone has. But you're going to be the only one this time. And all weekend too."

"Don't rub it in."

Erin and Fred were still sleeping. Or at least they were still in the bedroom.

"Who's hungry?", I asked.

They all decided that breakfast would be a good idea.

When I went to the kitchen Jill asked to help.

"Thanks.", she said as we entered the kitchen. "I wanted to get away from all of them like this."

"Like what?"

"Like, naked."

"You're naked?"

"Oh, stop it, Sam."

"Sorry, Jill. I'm just trying to make you feel a little better about it."

"Thanks. Here, I'll get stuff down. What're we cooking?"

"How about french toast?"

As she reached to get the stuff on the top shelves, where Julie usually puts them, I noticed she didn't need to get up on her toes like she usually does. I looked up at the bottom of her breasts and figured out how I'd make her feel better.

"Jill?"

"What?"

"You're boobs are growing."

"You think so?"

"I know so. The last time I saw you like this they weren't that big. You're getting bigger all over."

"Do you like it?"

"I most certainly do." Jill was getting giggly. I continued, "Pretty soon they'll be bigger than Erin's boobies."

"Boobies!", she snickered.

"That's what Erin calls them. Looks like you now have boobies too."

She laughed some more. I got up on my toes to try to kiss the bottom part of her breasts but failed. They were over my head and even on my toes I couldn't reach them with my mouth.

"What are you trying to do?"

"I'm trying to kiss your tits, I mean boobies."

"I'll help.", she said as she bent down to let me give them a kiss.

"See. Being nude has some perks.", I told her.

"I can't believe I'm doing this. Let's get through making breakfast first. It'll keep my mind off of my nudity."

"So, what time is Gail coming over?"

"Uh, she said late morning. About 10:00, I'm estimating."

"She knows how to get here?"

"I gave her the address. I'm sure she'll find it."

"I'll be on the lookout."

We made french toast and put cut up strawberries and whipped cream on top. It was delicious. By then, Erin and Fred were up. Erin wanted to get undressed but Fred reminded her that they were going out.

"Remember, you're wearing that dress because we're going out today.", Fred said to Erin. "I like it; it shows off your figure, so keep it on."

"You really think it shows off my figure?", she said.

"Of course, I do. Let's go."

So, off they went for the day.

"You two have fun. But be careful.", I said as they left.

"What are you folks going to do today?", Julie asked.

"Well, for one, I want to practice singing with Sharon for a bit while she's here."

Nobody else had much in the way of plans so they all filed into the living room as I retrieved the guitar. I was going over some more songs that we could sing together. We tried a bunch out. Some turned out better with both of us singing them than others, so we decided to concentrate on those and forgot the rest. We were still feeling each other out and trying to find how to best sing together and I thought the ones we decided on sounded pretty good.

Sharon was still a bit anxious about singing in front of others. Cindy was telling Sharon how good she was last night.

"I was nervous up there.", Sharon said.

"Don't worry, it gets better.", I told her. Cindy had her own advice.

"If you don't want to sing up on stage you two should record your songs."

I thought about that and how Mike thought I should record some songs. "That's a good idea.", I said. "I'll can get the laptop and we can try it out."

"No. You need something better."

"I do?"

"It won't sound nearly as good if you use just a laptop computer."

"So, what do I need?"

We took a break and Cindy made me bring up a web browser and showed me everything for a home studio. A couple of microphones that were pretty expensive, a USB audio interface and cables.

"It doesn't come with cables?"

"They never do. You need special cables. XLR."

"Ok, fine. XLR cables. What else?"

There were mic stands, shock mounts and pop filters. I also found out I needed a good set of headphones (which I thought I had, but not according to Cindy) and a guitar with a pickup.

"Yeah, those are pretty expensive.", I told Cindy.

"With a pickup you wouldn't have to go through a microphone when you perform at Mike's; you could just plug right on in to the amp. Plus, you have to spend the money to get the professional results."

"We're not professionals."

"Because you don't have the expensive toys."

"I don't need it then."

"You sound professional in person; you should get the right stuff and do it justice to sound profession in your recordings, Sam. I swear that everyone would love to hear your music, but you have to make it good."

"I don't know about that, Cindy."

"You're ready. And so is Sharon. You two just need to spend a little more time to gel together and you need someone to show you all the ins and out."

"I suppose that would be you?"

"I can do that for you. I have some experience with professional performances with video and audio. Plus, you need someone to push you."

"That's a great idea, Sam.", Julie added. "Go ahead. You can afford it. Get the stuff."

"Ok.", I said reluctantly. I went and ordered everything online except for the guitar. I had been meaning to get a new guitar anyway but I'd need to go to a brick and mortar store to be able to try them out. Last time I was at one they treated me like a kid and wouldn't let me try any of them. I think I'll find a different store.

We were discussing software and getting a couple of external hard drives for backup and all kinds of of other stuff when there was a knock on the door.

"I bet that's Gail.", I said, running to the door. Sure enough, it was Gail.


----- Gail

"Hi, Sam. Thanks for having me over."

"I'm so happy you're here. Come on, let's meet everyone." We walked to the living room. "You know Cindy and Sue. This is Sharon. She's going to be singing with me at Mike's from now on."

"Marie told me about you, Sharon."

"Uh, ok.", Sharon said, not sure whether it was good things that Marie told her or not. "And we'll see about singing at Mike's, Sam."

"She's new at performing in front of others. This is Julie and you know her sister ..."

"JILL!"

"Hi, Gail.", Jill said covering her naughty bits.

"You're naked!"

"She lost a bet last night."

Gail laughed and laughed. "This is so funny, Jill. I'm sorry, I don't mean to laugh but you were so confident yesterday especially when you stood up to George for me. And now, look at you. Ha, ha, ha."

Jill wasn't looking too happy right then.

"I didn't want her to go through with this because I thought it would make you uncomfortable, Gail. I guess I needn't worry about that. Jill seems to be the uncomfortable one here."

"Why are you naked?"

"Because Cindy made her.", I said.

"Cindy? Cindy made her?"

"Yes, Cindy."

"It wasn't just me.", Cindy said. "It was your idea, Sam."

"It wasn't my idea. It was actually Jill's when I asked what the winners would get."

"Oh, my. It was Jill's idea?"

"She said the loser would stay naked all weekend. And then she lost."

"What was the bet?"

"Whether Erin would keep her clothes on or not last night."

"Erin?"

"My sister. I'm sorry; she left with her boyfriend right before you got here. You'll have to meet her later."

"So, Erin kept her clothes on?"

"No, she didn't."

"Ok, Erin got nude so Jill has to get nude this weekend?"

"Yep. Jill has to get naked because Erin got naked."

"I can't believe Jill agreed with this logic."

"There's no logic here. This house is haunted by nudists, Gail.", Sharon said.

"Ignore her. Sharon always says that. Here I thought you'd be intimidated by Julie's size and you hardly noticed her."

"Oh, I expected to be intimidated. But I noticed Jill more. Thanks, everyone."

"It's good to finally meet you, Gail.", Julie said bending down to shake her hand.

"You too, Julie. I can tell you two are sisters. Did Jill tell you what happened yesterday?"

"Only a little."

"She saved me from that creep George. Talk about intimidation. If he had a tail it would have been between his legs as he went scampering off."

We all laughed. Except Jill. Julie and Gail, to my surprise, went off together chatting as if they were life long friends. Who'd a thunk it?

"Sorry, Jill. I hope you're not too upset about this."

She sighed. "I'm ok, Sam."

"I'm right about this house. Nudists haunt it."

"But you're not nude, Sharon."

"Oh, no you don't, Cindy.", Sharon said. "I won't fall for that. I'm surprised you're not nude yourself."

"If I was then Jill wouldn't be the only one naked."

"Oh, we just couldn't have that, could we, Cindy?", Jill said sarcastically.

"You guys keep discussing nudist philosophy. I'm going to see how Gail is doing.", I said as I went to talk to Gail and Julie.

"I'm coming with you, Sam.", Jill said as she tagged along. We found the duo upstairs in the hallway; Julie was giving Gail a tour of the house.

"And you see how I have to duck to get through the doors.", Julie was saying.

As they were standing next to each other their height disparity between the two was very apparent: the top of Gail's head didn't even reach the bottom of Julie's crotch. I caught myself pondering how Gail felt. I looked over at Jill and got the distinct impression that she was just as awed by the size difference as well.

With Jill in her birthday suit I could see clearly how Gail's head was well below Jill's belly button. My head only came that high to Julie and I realized how I looked next to her. I wondered if Jill caught on to that. And, I could tell by the glistening of her pussy that Jill was getting aroused.

"I had no idea that being big would bring its own difficulties.", Gail replied. "It's different than being small but still has challenges, doesn't it?"

"Oh, it does. I'm ready to give this up and go back to being my old short self again."

"We don't have control over any of that you two.", I joined in.

"I just hope I don't get any smaller."

"And I hope I don't get any bigger."

"It must be very different, being as tall as you are, Julie."

"You could see what I see if I picked you up, Gail."

"Oh, I uh, ... uh ..."

"You don't have to. I just thought I'd offer. Sam likes being picked up."

"Only by you, Julie."

"What about by me, Sam?", Jill said.

"Ok, you too."

"Jill picks you up?"

"Only sometimes."

"And Julie picks you up all the time?"

"No, not all the time."

"Why don't we show Gail. Come let me pick you up, Sam.", Julie said.

"Aw, no.", I whined.

"Oh, go ahead, Sam. I'd like to see this."

"You would, Gail?"

"Sure, I would."

I didn't want to disappoint our guest.

"Ok, go ahead, Julie.", I said as I reached up.

"Oh wow, Sam. You do look small now."

"Just think of how you would look, Gail."

"Hey, I could pick you up, Gail.", Jill said. Jill was not covering herself anymore and Gail was pretty relaxed around Jill and seemed to be even more comfortable with Jill's nudity. Cindy's answer surprised me.

"I guess I could try it."

Jill picked Gail up under the arms then sat Gail on her hips as she wrapped her arms around Gail's waist. Gail was up there like a child nestled up against Jill's left breast.

"This is not so bad, I guess. I really feel up high now. Your boobs feel so nice and big too."

Now Jill had a smile on her face that I don't think could be wiped off with surgery at this point.

"You would be higher if Julie picked you up. See how high Sam is?"

Julie raised me even higher on her waist to where my head was level with hers so that we were both almost touching the ceiling. I raised my arms just above my head and put my hands on the ceiling.

Jill and Gail laughed.

"Sam, you were certainly right. Julie is a really nice, big, pretty lady. I can't believe she was ever small."

Julie and Gail were going to get along just fine.

"Oh, Gail.", Julie said. "You have no idea. I used to be smaller than Sam. Well, that was before he caught the virus."

"Ahhh. The good ole days.", I said. "Actually, I don't really care, I love Julie this big. I just wish I weren't so small."

"I know what you mean, Sam.", Gail said. "Everyone became mean to me once I started shrinking, but all of your friends are so nice. I wish mine were."

"Maybe it's karma making up for my horrible life in college. I'm so sorry things haven't been good for you. But you can share my friends.", I said with big smile.

"I'd like that.", Cindy said with a grin.

Jill bounced Gail on her hips a few times then gave her a kiss on the lips.

"Oops. I'm sorry, Gail. I got carried away.", Jill apologized.

Gail laughed. "It's ok. You folks are really affectionate."

"Wait till she really finds out, huh, Sam?", Julie said out load.

"Marie was telling me something about that. She said if I don't like orgies then stay away from Sam's place."

"Orgies? You think we have orgies? So that's why it took you so long to get over here?", I asked her.

"Nah. I really don't like crowds like I told you. But once I met Jill and since I know most of the people here already, I figured I should find out what I've been missing. Since most of the people here are girls anyway I'm pretty comfortable."

"I guess I'm the only guy here."

"Yeah, watch out for that guy Sam. He's crazy.", Jill said.

We all laughed.

"Oh, there you are.", Cindy exclaimed. She had just found us. "Why don't you come sit with us, Gail. We're all in the living room."

"Sure."

"Aw, Miss Julie, pick me up too."

"Miss Julie?", Gail asked.

"That's Cindy's affectionate name for her."

Gail's eyes got real big as Julie picked up Cindy so she was carrying both of us.

"That's so cute. You two look like little children in Julie's arms."

"Well, so do you in Jill's arms.", I said.

"I wish she were naked like Jill."

"Cindy? Be nice. We have a guest."

"Oh phooey. Jill's naked."

"But she lost the bet. And she was supposed to be the only one nude. Remember?"

"You were the only one nude this morning, Sam, and you had fun."

"Sam, you were naked in front of everyone?", Gail asked.

"It was just Cindy and Sue and just for a few minutes."

"Ha, I missed it."

"Stick around, Gail.", Jill told her. "I'm sure you'll get to see all of 'em nude sooner or later."

"That's what Sharon meant with the nudist ghosts, right?"

"You got it."

We went to the living room. Gail got a kick out of Cindy and I having to hold onto Julie's neck as she ducked under the door frames on her way there.

Sharon and Sue were sitting on the couch talking. Sharon shook her head at Jill as she entered.

"I still can't believe you agreed to this nude thing, Jill."

"Hmmpf. Maybe you'll lose the bet next time."

"That's what I'm afraid of."

"Are you ok with Jill being naked, Gail?", Sue asked her.

"Yeah. I was a shocked at first. I thought my eyes were deceiving me.", she chuckled. "I got over it pretty quickly and thought it was funny. I like Jill; she makes me feel safe.", she said as she snuggled up to Jill.

"You don't feel safe with too many people, do you?"

"No, I don't, Sue. But I kinda felt sorry for Jill when you all told me she lost the bet. I hope you're feeling better, Jill."

"Well, she's smiling.", I said. "I'm pretty sure she feels better now. Jill was pretty upset before you got here, Gail. She didn't want you to see her like this."

"That's right. I was afraid of what you would think. I'm relieved you still like me and I haven't scared you away."

Gail then returned the kiss that Jill gave her a little while ago.

"Oh, thank you, honey.", Jill said. They sat on the love seat and cuddled. Julie took a chair, her long legs splayed out to halfway across the living room with Cindy sitting on her laps. I sat on on the couch with Sharon and Sue.

"Cindy, you and Julie seem to be fond of each other."

"They've shared something.", I told Gail. "They each had a bad relationship with the same guy."

"Did you two know each other from that guy?"

"No.", Julie said. "It was just coincidence."

"He was a jerk!", Cindy exclaimed. "I'm glad Julie and Sam took care of him."

"I know about jerks. What did you two do?"

"Gail, I don't know if Julie wants to talk about that subject.", I said.

"It's ok, Sam. I'll tell her. Shawn was abusive to both of us but we didn't know it until just recently. He busted into the house and ... and you tell it, Sam."

"Are you sure, Julie?"

"I'm sure. Tell her. I'll get too emotional."

"Ok, Julie. Gail, Shawn came to our house and tried to barge his way in. He didn't get a chance to say anything but it was clear he wanted to do harm to Julie."

"As big as she is? How big was Shawn?"

"Shawn was average size for a guy, I guess about six foot, or so. But that's not important. He hadn't seen Julie since she started growing, at least I don't think he did. Did he, Julie?"

"Not unless he was stalking me and I didn't know about it."

"Then probably not because I don't think he knew how big Julie had grown or he wouldn't have come here. And how did he know where you were staying, Julie?"

"I have no clue, Sam."

"Ok, anyway, he barged in after I opened the door to see who was knocking."

"Go on, Sam."

"Well, he barged in and I tackled him. I actually swept his feet out from under him. He hit the floor hard but I did a little move on him and had his arms pinned behind him."

"Good for you. Did you call the cops?"

"We did, but we did something else first."

"What."

"I KICKED HIM!", Julie said with vengeance in her voice.

"Yeah, that. She kicked him so hard that we had to call 911 and they sent an ambulance."

"Good! I hope he suffered."

"Gail. We don't know how much or if he suffered, but he died in the hospital."

"Oh. I'm sorry."

"Don't be.", Julie said.

"Yeah, don't be.", Cindy finally chimed in on the story. "That neanderthal raped me."

"Oh, no, Cindy!", Gail said. "That's horrible."

"He pinned me down several times and had his way when I didn't want to anything to do with him. I should have left him long ago. I don't know why I stayed with him. I hated every minute of it and I hate myself for not leaving."

I had to explain to Gail about Cindy and Shawn. "It seems that Cindy took up with him right after Julie left and started seeing me again."

"Again?"

"We used to go out when we were in high school, Cindy.", Julie told her.

"And Julie didn't start growing until after we got back together."

"Wow. When did Julie and Cindy realize they both knew Shawn?"

"After we found out that Shawn had died Julie was in a bad way. When I was describing what happened to Cindy she realized that the Shawn I was talking about was the same guy she had been with."

"But she helped me get over his death.", Julie said.

"I feel bad for you two."

"It's over.", said Cindy. "I knew Shawn stopped seeing me all of a sudden. I think that's when he died."

"Did you feel bad about that, Cindy?"

"Hell no!"

"I wish I could do the same thing to certain people I used to know."

"Gail?"

"What?"

"Do you want to talk about this with us?"

"I haven't told anyone before."

"What?"

We were all listening intently now.

"I was raped."

"Oh, Gail. I had no idea.", Cindy said to her.

"Three guys and a girl. Except for one of the guys, they were my friends."

"Gail, that's terrible.", I said. I was feeling bad for her but her attitude about other people was starting to make sense to me now. "How could friends do such a thing?"

"My roommate -- EX roommate -- held me down. I used to be bigger then her but I had been shrinking for a few months and was too small and weak to do anything about it. The guys stripped me and raped me then left me lying in the living room floor while they got drunk. They let me get dressed but wouldn't let me leave. Then they did it again the next day and the next until I found another roommate and moved out."

"Is that why you don't like crowds?"

"Yeah. I think so. I feel safer when I'm with just one person, but more than four or five makes me feel vulnerable."

"It's funny, Gail.", I said. "I'm just the opposite. I feel safer in crowds than with one or two people."

"You feel vulnerable, Sam? I thought you were the martial artist."

"I don't know where you heard that, but ..."

"Sam, stop pretending you aren't.", Sharon said.

"No, I'm not. Really. I just had a little training."

"He always tries to minimize that.", Julie said. "He was also a wrestling star in high school."

"Ok, look guys. True, I can fight. But Gail is right. I do feel vulnerable at this size now. I know I try to seem macho and all that and when I'm with people I love -- all of you guys -- I will do what I have to if I sense trouble. But I'm not a bad ass. Ok?"

"I'm sorry, Sam.", Sharon said. "You're really good at that sort of stuff. You should be proud."

"I am proud. At least inside. I don't want to brag about it or even seem like I am though."

"Why are you so sensitive about that?"

"I've seen guys who are braggarts and they always end up in the end getting their butts kicked. Look, Gail, I can't know how you feel since I've never been in your place, but sometimes I do get scared out in public too."

"I do.", Cindy said.

"And me too.", Sue told Gail.

"You, Sue?", Gail said.

"Yes, me too. At least a little. But I don't think I can relate to you or Cindy. What you two must have been through is unimaginable."

"You know, for a while I could hardly face anyone.", Gail said. "The group we're in for the drug study has been good for me. I can see that most of you are good and really want to be my friend. I'm sorry if I turned you off but it was hard for me."

"I don't think you turned anyone off, Gail.", I said. "You seem a little quiet but not overly so."

"As long as I stay away from George I'll be fine. And thanks everyone for helping me with him."

"I want to smack George!", Sue said.

"I think we all want to.", I said. I could see Sue visibly getting upset. "Don't worry about him, Sue."

Jill said, "Sue, as long as I get to go with Sam I'll make sure nobody has to worry about him."

"Thanks, Jill. You're the best.", Gail told her as she cuddled up closer. "I hope they let you keep coming."

I was wondering what Jill's motivation for coming was but at this moment I was grateful for it.

"This conversation has really been a bummer.", I said. "Let's talk about something else."

They all agreed.

"So, how long is everyone staying?"

They all thought about it. Gail said she had planned to be leaving that afternoon but would entertain staying longer. Jill, Cindy and Sue wanted to stay all weekend. I told them that I'd love to have all of them, including Gail, stay the weekend. Sharon was going to go back home with Fred this evening though.

"Ok, then let's figure out what we're having for lunch and supper."

We decided on lunch first and would think about supper later. The group wanted pizza.

"Want them to deliver?"

"Nah, the sun's up and there's not a cloud in the sky. Let's eat out."

So, we divided up who was going to go into which car and started heading out.

"WAIT!", Sharon yelled.

"What is it?", we all asked.

"We're forgetting something."

"What?"

"Jill."

"No we're not, Jill's right here. We're ... OH!"

Everyone nearly forgot that Jill wasn't wearing clothes.

"Wouldn't it be cool if you stayed like that, Jill?"

We all stared at Cindy for saying that.

"I think you've been talking to Erin too much, Cindy."

"Alright. Go put some clothes on Jill.", she said.

"I'll go with you and help you pick something out.", Gail said as she ran behind her. I didn't think picking something out to wear was that big of a deal, but then, I'm not a girl. Clearly, this is a major undertaking.

With clothes and sweaters on we headed out. Pizza of several flavors was enjoyed by the group. We must have been a spectacle: four small people, two big, one of which was actually huge, and only one regular size person.

It was a nice day, albeit rather chilly, yet we all wanted to stay out so we went to the lake. It took a little convincing, but not too much, all things considered, for Gail to join us. She said as long as we stayed with her she'd be alright.

"Gail's coming out of her shell a little."

"I think that's great, Sue. She likes you, you know. I know you haven't talked much since she came over, but I don't think Gail would be so comfortable if you weren't with us."

"It is a good thing. You overestimate my contribution to her well being though."

"I don't think so. Tell me, when we were talking back last week and you told her you'd protect her; were you just kidding about that?"

"Hmm. I was, but deep down I think I really wanted to. I'll say yes and no, to that."

"I suspected. Whatever, I hope she never has to face what happened to her ever again. Only ..."

"Only what?"

"Only ... I have a feeling that as small as we're getting people will naturally try to take advantage of us."

"I don't think you have anything to worry about as long as you're hanging around with Julie."

"That's the thing. I hate to have to depend on someone for my security. I've always been self sufficient, or at least I've worked hard to be. I still am. I have a good job and provide for myself and Julie. Sure, Julie works, but it's my house, not hers, and I don't ask for rent or anything. In truth, I make much more money than she does and I couldn't accept any help from her. But if the tables were turned I'm not sure I could handle it."

"You mean if it were her that had the house?"

"Yeah, for example. I'd feel like I was leeching off of her."

"I know a few guys -- more than a few -- who are just the opposite. You're a good guy, Sam."

"Ok, but the tables sort of have turned."

"Because she's the bigger one."

"That's an understatement. However, I don't feel like I need her to protect me. I think I can handle myself."

"Because of your Karate?"

"Judo. And no, not because of that. I mean, maybe. Like that's a part of it. I just feel confident about being able to handle things, even if things get violent."

"But you said you feel vulnerable."

"Sometimes. It's more complicated than that."

"What are you getting at."

"I'm ... angry."

"Angry at what?"

"I don't know, Sue. I'm just blabbering. Just forget it."

"Um, ok. If that's what you want."

"I'm angry at shrinking, I guess. I don't really know."

"I'm angry at that too."

"Look, Sue, don't tell anyone this, ok?"

"You're trusting me enough to tell me something in confidence?"

"Yes, Sue. I am. Here, let's move away a bit."

We walked off to the side from the rest of them.

"Sometimes when I'm next to Julie I feel ... I feel a bit inadequate."

"Oh. I see. Only sometimes."

"Ok, all the time."

"But she loves you."

"I know she does. I just don't think I can fully satisfy her though."

"Seriously, Sam. I don't think you have anything to worry about."

"You know what I'm talking about, right?"

"Sex. Right?"

"Yeah, sex. I wish I were bigger."

"You're certainly big enough for me.", she said.

"Ha. Thanks."

"Shit, Sam. I probably shouldn't be telling you this, but ..."

"Go ahead."

"Nah, I better not."

"Come on, Sue. I'm telling you my private stuff, and you've already opened the bag. Let the cat out. Spill it!"

"It's really crazy. Julie and Cindy and I were just talking about this last night."

"What?"

"I confess. I started it."

"You started what?"

"I asked Julie how she can let you sleep with others. It just seems so foreign to me; like an open marriage."

"What did she say?"

"She said that she was afraid that she couldn't satisfy you."

"Julie? I mean, ... me? She couldn't satisfy me?"

"Um yeah. That's what she thinks. Size difference, I suppose. I didn't ask."

"She didn't say anything about the other way around: about me not satisfying her?"

"Nope. She loves what you do to her. She's worried she doesn't make you feel the same."

"There is no way she can believe that."

"Well, she does. And there's another thing."

"Go ahead."

"She loves watching you with others."

"A voyeur, huh?"

"I guess so."

"I didn't mean that. I was just trying to be funny."

"But it's true. She likes the threesomes you guys have."

"Me too. Sometimes I feel a little guilty about it."

"Threesomes?"

"Yeah."

"You shouldn't be."

"You're not just making this stuff up for my sake, are you?"

"I don't think I could make it up, Sam. Try asking Cindy if you don't believe me."

"Ok, if you say so, then I believe you. I'm just having a hard time processing it all."

"Don't tell Julie I told you. She did't make me keep it secret but I wouldn't want her thinking I leaked this to you."

"But you just did."

"I figured you needed to know."

"Ok. Then, thanks."

"You said you could take care of yourself. I believe you but would you be upset if Julie had to fight someone off to protect you?"

"I'm not sure. It hasn't happened and I don't know how I'd feel. What about you? Do you ever feel you'll need protecting by someone bigger."

"Nah, I'm tough."

"You certainly come across that way. But, are you?"

"I think so, mostly. I do get scared sometimes. Mostly at night."

"Afraid of the dark?"

"No." ... "Yes."

"Aha! Found something you're afraid of."

"I'm not telling anyone what you've said, so don't you tell anyone about that."

"Oh, I won't."

"If we're telling secrets I'll tell you another one."

"Ok, go ahead."

"You're the perfect size for me."

"You mean short?"

"I've never been with a guy shorter than me before and I never thought I'd meet such a guy after I started shrinking. But no, that's not what I meant."

"Then what did you mean?"

She looked at me like I was being obtuse. I thought a bit and said, "Do you mean ..." and then looked down between my legs.

"Yes. That's what I mean."

"Oh.", was all I could say at this moment. "I, uh, ... oh!"

"Remember when I just said a little while ago that you were certainly big enough for me?"

"You were talking about that?"

"Yes, I was talking about that. I asked Julie what she thought of you and I sharing a bed together."

"I told you before what she'd say."

"I know, but I wanted to hear it from her."

"Sue, sometimes I want to kick myself. I told you I often feel angry. But then I get even angrier with myself when I realize how -- despite the shrinking crap -- how really blessed I am to be with someone like Julie."

"And we're blessed to know you."

"Watch it. You're going to witness my head swelling out of all proportion if you keep that up."

"I want to witness another head swelling. How about we spend tonight together, Sam?"

"I'd like that. I can't promise it yet, but we'll see how things go tonight. We should be getting back to the others before they miss us."

"Ok. Thanks for trusting me."

When we got back, Cindy approached.

"So, what was all that with Sue?"

"We were just talking."

"You walked away from us."

"We talked a little about Gail. How's she doing?"

"She's doing ok. She likes Jill."

"That's good."

"And I think Jill likes her."

"I know she does. I wonder..."

"What do you wonder about?"

"I was wondering if Gail will spend the night tonight. What do you think, Cindy?"

"With Jill?"

"Yeah."

"I don't know if they will or not, but I think they'd both want to."

"Me too. What about you?"

"What do you mean what about me?"

"I mean do you want to spend the night?"

"You know I do. Can I?"

"Of course you can. I was wondering about if there's enough room in the house tonight."

"I'm sure there's no problem in any of us sharing a bedroom."

"Yes, well, someone has to make the sleeping arrangements."

"Are we sleeping together?"

"Maybe. I don't know yet. Let's wait until Sharon and Fred get home later."


----- Saturday night

I have a friend from high school who's father owns a seafood market; so we all had fresh shrimp jambalaya that night, and that includes Erin and Fred. We were stuffed after that but I still had enough energy left after cleaning up to play the guitar and sing. Sharon and I had practiced a bit earlier in the day but I wanted to get in some more since she would be leaving with Fred soon after supper. Their parents wanted them home Sunday morning. Oh well.

Gail seemed to love it. Today was the first time she'd seen me sing. She and Jill were inseparable since we had gotten home. And yes, Jill was naked again. I told her she'd been naked enough for the weekend and didn't have to anymore, but Cindy was having nothing of the sort. With Julie and Sue backing Cindy, Jill didn't really have a choice and stripped off pretty much as soon as she had walked through the door.

Erin, of course, wanted to strip too when she got home, but we made her stay dressed since the bet was for Jill to be naked while everyone else was dressed. As it turned out, Jill's nudity was no big deal to anyone anymore; all the drama happened this morning.

Gail and Jill had been sharing the love seat again. Jill's tits were used as a pillow and as the night grew older that tit started getting more attention from Gail. I knew when Gail started kissing Jill's nipples that she'd be staying the night. Two down.

After Sharon and Fred left to go home Erin got up and said she was retiring for the night. We all looked around and nobody was getting up to go with her.

"Erin, do you fell alright, sweetheart?", I asked, concerned for her.

"Sure. I'm just tired and sleepy."

"What did you guys do today?"

"We went hiking."

"Wait a minute. You went hiking in that dress and heels?"

"Not the whole time."

"You weren't wearing the dress the whole time or you weren't hiking the whole time?"

"Yes."

"What were you ... never mind. Goodnight Erin."

"Goodnight everyone."

Another one down. Four to go.

When Jill and Gail left for the bedroom Julie and Cindy started kissing. That would be another two down, which just left Sue and I.

"Would you like to share the couch with me tonight when Julie and Cindy get up?"

"I'd love to.", Sue said nibbling on my ear. They call that sort of thing heavy petting, right? That's what we were doing: heavy petting.

After a few minutes Julie and Cindy broke their kissing.

"Are you two going to join us tonight?", Cindy asked.

I looked at Sue then back. "Would you be offended if Sue and I stayed out here when you two go to the bedroom?"

Julie and Cindy looked at each other and came to a non-verbal understanding.

"We're fine, Sam. But you owe me a night, ok?"

"I'm ok with that, Cindy."

They got up and left for the bedroom, Julie carrying Cindy. I had to go up to get linens for the couch and when I came back Sue was there in all her glory: nude, that is. I dropped the linens on the couch and walked up to her to give her a kiss. I had to get up on my toes but it was nowhere near like with Julie. Or even Sharon for that matter since I had shrunk so much.

We hugged, both of us enjoying each other for a good while. I could hear her heartbeat as I laid the side of my head against her chest.

"Take these off.", she said as she started pulling my shirt over my head. I quickly stepped out of my pants taking my underwear and socks with it in one motion. When I was completely undressed she kissed Mr. Happy. He had been standing at attention ever since Sue nibbled on my ear earlier.

"Wait. Not yet.", I said as I grabbed the linens and threw them on the couch. I didn't make the time to get them on there pretty; just literally threw them on the couch.

I turned Sue around and parted her hair, then up on my toes I kissed the back of her neck. I kissed my way straight down her spine to her ass, then lay her on her stomach on the sloppily covered couch.

I resumed kissing her butt cheeks and partly in her crack. But then I started down her left leg. Before going too far down I licked the top and inside of her thigh just grazing her womanhood from behind, but only for a few seconds. I resumed my mouth's march down the back of her left leg.

As you can guess, she was getting thoroughly stirred up. I opened my mouth as wide as it would go to engulf all of the back of her knees; something I couldn't do with Julie. When I finally reached the bottom of her leg I licked all around her ankle, then bending her leg at the knee I began licking her foot. When I had finished her left leg off by pulling her toes out of my mouth, I then started going up her right leg.

I had made it all the way up to the bottom of her right butt cheek before I rolled her over onto her back. I gave each of her tits some attention before mounting her. She wasn't the type to make much noise -- more like "mmmmmmmmmmm". But she was wet and ready and when I entered her all she said was, "This is perfect."

I must agree with that. It was a perfect night.

 

End Notes:

Sorry it's been so long to put up this chapter but I've been busy. I'll put the next one up a lot sooner.

Chapter 42 - Sir Gail-ahad by littless
Author's Notes:

We find out that Gail's a Monty Python fan. Sam finds out how to get twice as tall; but he needs help.

 

----- Sunday morning

Sue took me to the kitchen where she placed me gently on the kitchen table. All of the girls were already up.

"Good morning, everyone.", I said.

"Good morning, Sam.", they all said in return.

As I looked around I saw nobody was wearing any clothes. At least not from the waist up. I couldn't tell from my vantage point whether they were wearing pants, panties or were commando, but my mind went to fantasizing that they were all completely naked.

"Want some coffee?", Jill asked, looking back. She was on the other side of the table from me next to the kitchen counter where the coffee pot was brewing coffee with her back turned to us. Her ass looked great, but huge, even from that far away. I knew at least one of us them was fully naked.

"Sure, I'll have a cup."

"A whole cup is a bit much for you, Sam. How about sipping from my cup?", Erin asked.

"Sure. You take cream and sugar, right?"

"Indeed, extra sugar."

"I can have a little taste and see if I like it ... Yech! Too much sugar. Sorry, Erin." I had to crane my neck too far up to answer her so I said that to her boobies -- her humongous boobies that loomed in front of me like two circular billboards. I imagined painting a sign up on my sister's boobies for them to be displayed on the side of the road. It would get everyone's attention but probably cause accidents. I decided, not a good idea.

"I only have a little sugar. How about a taste of mine?", Cindy then offered.

"Yeah, let me try that ... Hmmm? Not enough creamer.", I said speaking directly into her little tits too. "Hey, wait a minute. When did your tits get so big, Cindy?"

"They've always been this big."

"But each one is almost as big as I am. You know, I like how perky they get when you're aroused. I bet they could get even bigger than they are now."

"Would you like to kiss them?"

She leaned over the table to where I could reach them as I walked up and kissed one nipple, then the other. Each nipple was nearly as big as my head. They were pointing out to the sides and I had to walk extra far between them. I finally stepped back to get a better look at the big picture.

"Yep. I can even see them grow, Cindy. Wow! They're fantastic." She laughed at that remark.

"They do look as big as you are now."

"Why don't you come here and kiss mine.", Sue said. "I can fix my coffee just the way you like it."

"For me?"

"Just for you, Sam. But first, that kiss."

I couldn't argue with that logic. I walked up and put my arms as far around her left tit as I could. As big as Cindy's tits were, Sue's were much bigger. I'd say about three times the volume. Fortunately, her boobs were firm, the nipples puffy, but for Sue's height, about average in size. I gave them a kiss.

"Mmm. They taste sweet."

"I've been lactating. That must be the milk you taste."

"Nyom, nyom, nyom. You're milk tastes delicious.", I said. "Put some of that in your coffee. No sugar needed." Everyone laughed.

"What about me?", Gail spoke. She was usually the quiet one but she couldn't be denied this. "Don't I get a kiss?"

"Well, certainly, little lady." Only, 'little' was a relative term. I walked over to her sitting at the table and looked up at her cute face. Even though she was the shortest, her boobs were still bigger than Cindy's. Almost as big as Sue's, and since even Cindy's were gigantic next to me, you can imagine the vast expanse of flesh that was before me right then to feast on. I kissed each one then launched myself onto her right one, my arms wide open and hugged them. It was so comfy I almost feel back asleep.

By this time Jill had poured Sue a fresh cup of coffee and Sue proceeded to massage her boobs expressing some of her milk. It dripped just a couple of drops at first. She cleaned it up with a napkin and then squeezed her breasts again whereupon a stream of milk found its way into her cup of coffee.

"There you go, Sam. Have a sip."

"Ouch.", I said as I touched the cup and burnt my hand.

"What did you do now?", Julie said standing over us all at the kitchen table. At her current size the top of her knees cleared the table. I had to look up past her thighs to see her crotch. Way up beyond that I could see the bottom of her tits. Her face was hidden.

"I burned my hands on the coffee mug.", I said with a frown.

"Honestly, Sam. If none of us were around you'd cripple yourself." She picked me up and held me to her boobs. If the word gigantic could describe the three other girls boobs, hers were beyond titanic. Each one was the size of a living room to me. I was placed on top of her right tit.

"Come on.", she said. "Let's see what we have in the medicine cabinet for you." She let go of me; I was hanging on her tit precariously while she rummaged through the cabinet for some burn ointment.

"Hold those burned little hands of yours hands up, Sam." She put some of the ointment on my fingertips. "Now do be careful next time."

I was put back down on the table so I walked back to Sue to try some coffee again. This time I was very careful not to grab the hot cup. It had cooled enough in the meantime for me to lean in and take a sip.

"Perfect!", I said, giving Sue the 'ok' sign. "I can't describe the taste. It's so good."

Erin had come over to Sue and wanted to know how she did that.

"I don't know.", Sue said. "I think you just need lots of stimulation for them to start flowing. Massage them like this."

Erin was enraptured with Sue's manipulations.

"You have to do this every day. Now, it's best when someone else can do this for you, Erin. Especially when they suck on them."

"I'm going to like this. Come here, Sam.", Erin commanded.

As I got closer Erin started to shake her shoulders.

"Oh, no, Erin. Don't! Aaaaaaaaaaa!"

It was too late. She had it in her mind to motorboat me again. I had nowhere to run in time before a pair of swinging, colossal boobies caught up to and slammed into me. As I took flight I saw my life pass before me as the edge of the kitchen table passed below me. I was on a downward slanting arc that intersected with the hard floor. Right before I hit ... I woke up.


----- Caught

"Sam! SAM! Wake up.", Sue screamed.

"Wha, what?"

"You were having a nightmare, Sam."

"Oh. Sorry."

"You're ok now."

"I am?"

We were still on the couch from the night before. I had apparently kicked off the covers during my dream.

"What were you dreaming?"

"I, I, uh, I don't remember."

"That nightmare was making you yell, yet you don't remember it?"

"No. I don't remember my dreams."

"You were sucking on my boob saying something about my milk tasting good."

I could feel my face turning red. I didn't know how to respond and just shrugged my shoulders.

"Do you want to know what else you said?"

"No."

"You said how big Cindy's boobs were. Cindy's boobs! Imagine that. That must have been some wild dream."

"I really don't remember."

"Sure you don't; giant boobs and you can't remember."

"I wish I could."

"You said Gail's boobs were a vast expanse of flesh to feast on."

We heard a giggle and looked over to the noise only see Gail's panty butt disappear behind a corner.

"Busted! You can come out now, Gail.", I said.

"Yeah, Gail. We heard and saw you."

She bashfully walked out from around the corner and gave a little wave. She had her shirt on that just barely covered her panties. She had cute legs and was wearing socks.

"Sorry.", she said. "I didn't mean to interrupt. I heard Sam screaming."

"He was having a nightmare."

"Sounds more like a wet dream.", Gail giggled.

"How long have you been there, Gail?", I asked.

"Right before Sue woke you."

"So, you heard all that?"

"Um, yeah. I liked the part about my vast expanse of flesh."

Face, meet hand. Hand, face.

"I never in a thousand years would have thought Cindy's boobs could be described as big.", Sue said. "What were you? A couple inches tall in your dream?"

I shrugged again.

"How big was I?", Gail asked.

"I don't know.", I said, sheepishly.

"This shrinking virus is really getting to you, isn't it, Sam?"

"I guess so."

Gail came closer to us on the couch. "I wish I knew what to say to make it better, Sam.", she said. "Then I'd know what to say to myself."

This brought home the fact that we were all shrinking from the virus. There was a moment of silence as we all looked at each other. Sue got up and holding my hand and we hopped over to Gail for a hug. It was then I noticed that Sue and I were still naked.

"Ooh! Sorry, Gail. I forgot we were nude.", I said.

"Don't worry about it. I've been the whole day and night with a naked Jill. And I think Jill is even more than both of you together. So, I'm used to all the vast expanses of flesh by now."

"Vast expanses of flesh, indeed.", I said, facetiously. Gail laughed.

"I bet I was as big as Jill in your dream, huh?"

"Bigger."

"Aha! Caught you, Sam. I knew you remembered.", Sue yelled.

"No. I, uh, just made it up."

"Like hell you did. Come on, tell us about it. How big were we?"

"Regular size."

"Right. How small were you then?"

"I don't know."

"As big as my tits?"

"Maybe a little smaller."

"I knew it. You fantasize about giant girls, don't you?"

"Aw, damnit. It was just a dream. Don't tell anyone. Please."

"Jill already knows.", Gail said.

"What? She told you?"

"I guess I wasn't supposed to say anything. But Jill fantasizes about being a giantess and said you want to be miniature too."

The girls were laughing.

"Ha, ha, very funny. Wanna tell us about your fantasies?"

"No."

"I'll bet she wants to be naked now.", Sue said.

"Maybe we should strip you, Gail. We'll see how much you laugh then."

"Jill already made me."

"What did you two do last night?"

"It was nothing too saucy anyway. It's just that I haven't done anything like that since ..."

"You mean since the time you were ..."

"Yeah, that time.", she cut me off.

"Uh, oh. We're sorry to bring that up.", Sue said. "Forgive us?"

"It's ok. I need to get over it. I would have never dreamed it would be with someone like Jill though."

"You mean big?"

"Yep. And female."

"That wasn't your first time with a girl, was it?", I asked.

"Uh, second. The first wasn't so great."

"First time you enjoyed it then?", Sue asked.

"Yep. I enjoyed it despite thinking the worst."

Sue gave her a kiss on the mouth. Both of their eyes were closed and they were getting into it. Mr. Happy was getting into it.

"Wow, Sue. You're a good kisser."

"I learned from Sam.

"From you, Sam?"

"Yeah, but I learned from Sharon."

"Kiss her, Sam.", Sue said. This took me a little by surprise.

"Oh, um, alright. Is it ok, Gail?"

"Sam!", Sue exclaimed. "You know it is. You don't ask a girl if you can kiss her in a situation like this."

So, I kissed Gail. She was much smaller than even Cindy. It was only by eight inches but at our size that was quite a bit. I don't think I had ever hugged someone that much smaller than me ever and it felt great. A little different, but great. Mr. Happy was waking and I had to let go.

"She's right, Sam. You're good.", Gail said. "And I think I must be doing something right too." She looked down at Mr. Happy who was looking right back up at her.

"Oh, I um, I'm real sorry. I can't control that. You ok with it?"

"Eh. Maybe before this weekend I wouldn't have been. Now, I'm flattered."

Sue must have felt left out so she turned me around and gave me a hug and kiss. This time I had to reach up and was enjoying the skin to skin contact. Mr. Happy was standing at full attention at the doorsteps of Sue's womanhood. With great reluctance I stepped back away from Sue.

Sue raised one of her eyebrows at that.

"If we keep this up we'll be giving Gail a show.", I said.

"You're already giving me a show.", Gail said. "You two look so funny with Sam up on his toes."

"And another part of him on his toes too.", Sue said pointing to my dick. The girls giggled again.

"I want to see you give Julie a kiss before I leave.", Gail giggled.

"Like this? I'll be kissing her crotch, you know."

"Now that's a kiss."

"Gail? Where did you pick up such ideas?", I said, in a mocking tone.

"Oh, please. I'm older than you."

"You are? How old?"

"Twenty seven. I know I seem demure. And it's not just my size. I wasn't always this shy, but I now I'm ... well, ok, I'm more than shy. I'm terrified. Pathetic, isn't it?"

"You seem to be getting over that."

"I'll admit, I was afraid to come over, Sam. Especially when Marie and Joe told me about Jill. But then I met Jill and she was so not what I was expecting. I had to come here to see what the buzz was for myself."

"Are you glad you came?", Sue asked her.

"Yeah, I am. Just don't turn me into a nudist, ok?"

Sue and I laughed.

"You should try it, Gail.", Sue said.

"Now you sound like Erin."

"I thought I sounded more like Cindy."

"Ok, her too. Gail, just don't be too taken aback if everybody else comes out this morning in the raw."

"After being with Jill I doubt I can."

"We're going to turn you into a little nudist yet, Gail.", Sue said.

"Yeah, little.", Gail said, shaking her head.

"Oh, don't be sad about that.", I said. "We're all little. Well, Sue and Cindy and I anyway. You know what I mean."

"I know what you mean. But I'm still the littlest."

"I'm sure there are others who have shrunk even smaller."

"Yeah, wouldn't you like to meet someone smaller?", Sue said.

Cindy shrugged, "Maybe."

"I used to be the shortest until I started with the group. You all make me feel big again."

"Don't you feel special?", I said.

"Special? No. I don't want to say that. What I feel is privileged to know all of you. I have friends who are just as small as me now. Don't you guys feel the same?"

"I do.", I said. We waited for Gail's reply.

"I still don't feel totally comfortable with everyone yet.", she said. "I can't say that about George."

"Yeah, not him."

"The rest of you, yeah, I like you all. I wish I'd known you long ago. I don't just mean because we share the disease and are little and all that. I think everyone, except you know who, are really decent people that I could have been really good friends with despite the disease. I'm starting to feel closer to you guys this weekend."

"To Sue and I?"

"And Cindy."

"What about Jill?"

"Oh man. I like her so much. I'm a little confused about it though."

"How so?"

"I don't know. This weekend has me thinking things over."

"Like what?"

"No. I don't want to talk about it now."

"Ok. I'm happy that we're growing closer to each other too. Thanks for coming over, finally. And, since we're spilling our souls, is there something you'd like to say, Sue?"

"No. Why? Is there something you think I should say?"

"Nope. Just giving you the chance in case there's anything that we should know about you. You know, like if you have any crazy fetishes or something."

"Well, now that you mention it. When the full moon is out at night I start to grow hair all over."

"You can shave."

"Yeah, well, I grow fangs too."

"Really? What for?"

"To eat you."

"Ooo, kinky. I could get into that. What else?"

"I run around on all fours."

"Doggy style. Awesome! Owooooooooo!"

"You two are crazy.", Gail said, shaking her head. "Two crazy, naked, demented, little people."

Sue stuck her tongue out at her. "Let's get her, Sam."

"And do what with her?"

"Strip her, of course."


----- Everyone's awake

Gail ran off shrieking. We gave chase. We ran through the living room, through the kitchen, back to the living room then turned the other way toward the bedrooms. It was then that Gail ran smack into a pair of the biggest, strongest, and prettiest legs that she, or anyone else, had ever seen.

"What do we have here?", Julie said from above. She was in her panties and sports bra.

Gail stopped dead in her tracks and looked up wide-eyed.

"Aw, Julie. Don't give Gail a hard time.", I admonished.

"I wasn't talking to her; I was talking about you and Sue running after poor old Gail naked as the day you two were born. You're scaring her half to death."

I think at this point, what had been horror in Gail's face instantly turned into admiration for Julie. Gail played it up.

"They were going to strip me, Julie.", she said, craning her neck to look up at Julie with sad puppy eyes.

"Oh, my. Unforgivable.", Julie said shaking her head.

"And then they were going to spank me."

"Spank you?", Jill said, highly surprised.

Sue and I were looking at each other like "what's up with that?"

"Yes, they were going to spank me. Spank me good.", Gail said wrinkling her nose.

"I see.", Julie said, raising an eyebrow.

"And then..."

"And then, what?"

"And then, ... comes the oral sex."

Julie, Sue and I burst out laughing. It was hilarious to see Gail do the Monty Python thing. Shy little Gail was opening up and we were starting to know her personality. And she was a hoot.

"Gail, you're going to fit right in here.", I said. "But first, we're going to catch you and strip you and then the spanking."

"No, no.", she yelled as she took off running again. This time toward the bedroom where she met Cindy coming out of the bathroom.

"Um, hi, Gail.", Cindy said.

"Hide me.", Gail said as she ran into the room. "Zoot and Dingo are trying to spank me."

Gail was wearing panties around her waist and and a look of confusion on her face. Her head turned round following Gail as she ran around behind her. Then she saw Sue and me running after Gail naked.

I went to the left of Cindy, Sue went to the right. Gail went the only way she could: she got down on her hands and knees and crawled between Cindy's legs. Sue and I followed underneath.

"Hey!", Cindy screamed.

Then Gail ran smack dab into Julie's legs again and bounced backwards onto her ass.

"Gail? Are you ok?", Julie said as she bent down and picked her up.

Gail shook her head a bit and said, "Yeah. I'm ok. I didn't see you. Again."

Gail looked up and saw how close she was to the ceiling, then looked down at the ground. She seemed amazed at how far up she was. It was pretty high last night with Jill, but this was a whole different league. Gail's arms settled naturally around Julie's neck. Their eyes met and Julie smiled. Gail smiled back.

"Wow, this is pretty high up.", Gail said.

"You like?"

"It's a little scary."

"I won't drop you."

"Ok."

This may have been the first time Gail had seen the world from such a perspective. She was looking around wide-eyed and then looked Julie over.

Julie was cradling Gail with her left hand on Gail's butt. Gail's hips were just under Julie's breasts. When Gail realized this she exclaimed, "Wow. One of your boobs are as big as, well, as big as my whole torso, Julie."

It made Julie smile.

"They were probably smaller than your's are now not too long ago."

"You mean before you started growing?"

"Yes."

"Sam told me about that. I wish I could have just a little of your size, Julie. I'd be normal again, and you would still be big."

"I wish we could do that."

"It's not fair."

"It's just a size thing. We're no different."

"Just size? Ha. You could do anything you want with me and there's nothing I could do about it."

Julie got a great big smile on her face.

"Julie, you're scaring me with that smile."

"Sorry. Would you like me to put you back down now?"

"Yeah. Sure."

Julie put Gail down and stood back up. Gail's head came to just below the bottom of Julie's crotch. Remembering our conversation earlier I walked up to Julie.

"This is what you wanted to see.", I said to Gail. I wrapped my arms around Julie as best as I could and gave her pussy a kiss through her panties.

Cindy, oblivious to our earlier conversations, also gave Julie a hug and kiss the same way I did. It was too much for Julie to take just standing there; she had to reach down and pick both of us up. All three of us kissed.

I looked down on Gail and said, "Like the show now?"

She laughed, "I do."

Sue hugged and kissed Gail again. Then she walked over to Julie dragging Gail along by the hand.

"Take a leg.", she said.

Now both of Julie's legs were being hugged as she was holding Cindy and I. It must have been a sight to see.

Then we heard Jill; she had magically appeared in the bedroom doorway.

"Julie gets all the fun.", she said, pouting.

"Jill!", Gail yelled and she broke off of hugging Julie's bare leg only to run over and hug Jill's bare ass. Julie's mood instantly got better.

"You're so sweet, Gail.", Jill said, smiling.

"I'm glad you're finally up."

"Me too. It seems I've been missing all the excitement."

"They were going to strip her, Jill.", Julie said.

Cindy gave me the thumbs up.

"Oh no you don't. That's my job.", Jill told us.

Gail turned seven shades of red.

Sue laughed. "See, Gail. I knew you'd become a nudist."

"Ooo. This is getting good.", Cindy said, approvingly.

"Can I pick you up?", Jill asked Gail. Gail answered by raising her arms. They got their faces close to each other and rubbed their noses together, then kissed. Jill had been undressed all weekend and this didn't seem unusual at all. Least of all to Gail.

"Let's get some breakfast.", I announced. We all assembled in the kitchen.


----- Making breakfast

Gail looked around the kitchen, then asked, "Where's Erin?"

"Sleeping."

"Late sleeper?"

"Yep. And by the way, she'll probably be nude when she gets up and wanders into the kitchen."

"So, she gets up when she smells food?"

"Precisely."

Jill spoke up, "I can make waffles."

Everyone agreed it was a good idea.

"I'll stay and help.", I said. The rest of the gang retired to the living room while we made the breakfast, except Gail. She stayed with us.

"I'll make the coffee. Jill can get the bowls and stuff down and warm up the waffle iron. You can mix the ingredients, Gail."

So we got started. While Jill was working I caught Gail staring at Jill's butt.

"Nice ass, huh?"

"She's beautiful, Sam."

"I know. You're all beautiful."

"Making love to someone so much bigger is different than I imagined. Is that how it is for you and Julie?"

"Different? Yep. We have to use our imagination, but it still works."

"I shouldn't pry, but what do you two do?"

"Nothing out of the ordinary. We try different positions and we use our mouths and other parts of our body a lot."

"Other parts?"

"Curious, aren't you?"

"Sorry. Let's change the subject."

"No, it's ok. Let's just say some parts of the body are bigger than others."

"I see. So, sometimes the fit isn't perfect, if you know what I mean?"

"I guess that's one way of putting it. We still fit together well enough. We do more than that though."

"And you two share?"

"Yes we do. I can't complain about that. You're not repulsed by it, are you?"

"No. It's just not what usually happens."

"You've never been in a relationship like that, I'm guessing?"

"No. My life is boring."

"I'm going to go out on a limb here and say it's not boring any more."

"No. I'm not quite sure what's going on here, but I'm amazed that I'm fine with it. I guess it's because all of you have been so nice to me."

"People haven't been nice to you before?"

"No. Most are downright nasty."

"I'm so sorry to hear that, Gail. You have friends here and at the treatment group."

"I agree. When I first heard about the clinical study I was hoping I'd find someone closer to my size to be friends with."

"You definitely have friends there, Gail."

"I mean, more than just friends."

"Ah, I see. You gals outnumber us guys, I'm taken, Joe is beginning a relationship with Marie and, well there's George. So, I guess you still need to find a guy."

"I was a little disappointed about that. But the thing is, I was waiting for someone like you guys. I had pretty much written off the idea of having a relationship with someone much bigger."

"Scary?"

"It was. Hearing about you and Julie and seeing her myself changed me in that regard. And then there was Jill. She's great."

We both looked over at Jill. She turned and smiled. "Thanks, Gail."

"You seem to genuinely like me at this size. Everybody else hates me."

Jill leaned over and gave Gail a kiss on the head. "I can't believe anybody hates you."

"Everybody changed when I got smaller. They took advantage of me."

"I hope you don't think I did."

"If you did, you were very nice about it."

I could feel the chemistry that had developed between the two.

"What if I have ulterior motives?", Jill asked, jokingly.

"Like what?"

"What if I was jealous of Julie and Cindy. Maybe I needed someone to love and cuddle with too.", she said, jokingly.

"I like to cuddle with you."

"And Sam cuddled with Sue. She's his pet this weekend."

"Pet?"

"I'm just kidding."

"Ok, I'm just kidding too. I'm taking her to the vet tomorrow."

"Oh, Sam.", Gail said. "That's a terrible thing to say about Sue."

"I'm kidding. I'm sure Sue would say the same thing about me."

"No, I wouldn't.", Sue said as she appeared in the kitchen. "I would say I'm taking you to the pound."

"Trying to get rid of me so soon?"

"Maybe I'll trade you in for a mutt. One that can do tricks for me."

"I'm still waiting for us to do it doggy style. Woof, woof."

"Sit boy."

"I am sitting."

"Oh, I thought you were standing."

"Very funny. You're still pretty short yourself."

"I know. I just wanted to tease someone else like I get teased. Shorty."

Jill, hearing this, got right up close to Sue and rested her boobs on Sue's head. "I'm sorry, did you call someone short, shorty?", she said.

Jill to the rescue. Sue rolled her eyes.

"Alright. Sheesh. You all take this too seriously."

"Nah, it's ok, Sue. Jill's just sticking up for me."

"She's sticking her tits on top of my head for you."

"I love tits on my head. And on my hands. And in my mouth. Jill's are especially nice. Don't you think?"

"Sure. Can I wear those when I go out, Jill? Everyone will just love my new hat."

"You two are still crazy, naked, demented, little people.", Gail said shaking her head.

"No, seriously, Gail.", Sue said. "You should try this. It's so soft. Come here so I can rest my tits on your head."

"Ew, no way. You two should put some clothes on."

"Then we wouldn't be crazy, naked and demented."

"Two out of three ain't bad, Sam.", Sue said.

"Do you mean crazy and naked or demented and naked?"

"Little and naked."

"We certainly aren't big and naked. Then we'd be Jill."

Both Jill and Gail were laughing.

"What's going on in there?", we heard Julie yell from the other room.

"They won't wear clothes and they're still trying to get me naked.", Gail yelled back.

"You better stop that and finish making breakfast."

"No problem.", I yelled. "We're just waiting for Dingo to turn off the beacon."

"Beacon?", Jill asked. "And who's Dingo?"

"Dingo is Sue.", I told her. "And she needs to turn off that grail shaped beacon."

"That's because you were playing with it again, Zoot.", Sue retorted.

"But it attracted Sir Gail-ahad to our castle Anthrax. We need to spank her soon. Spank her good."

Gail was laughing so hard she was snorting.

That prompted Sue to say, "Sir Gail-ahad's a nerd! Sir Gail-ahad's a nerd!"

"Gail, you got it wrong.", Jill said. "All three of you are crazy, demented and little."

"But not naked. You know what you have to do, Gail."

"Do I get to spank you too?"

"Oh yes. Sir, Gail-ahad has to spank me.", Sue said.

"And me too!", I exclaimed.

"And then?"

"Oh, yes, yes!", I said, a bit too eagerly.

Jill was shaking her head. "You guys really do remind me of little kids.", she said.

"I'll show you little.", I said. "Sue. Get up on my shoulders."

"You sure about this?"

"Of course I am."

"You won't drop me, will you?"

"No. Now get on."

Sue got up on my shoulders and we walked over to Jill. My face was in Jill's stomach, but that put Sue's face level with Jill's.

"See? We're not small!"

"So, what now?"

"Give her a kiss, Sue."

They kissed but were laughing so hard it didn't mean much. Gail was laughing too.

"Your turn Gail. Come on, hop up."

I crouched down again to let Sue off then Gail got up on my shoulders. This time the kiss was much deeper than it was with Sue. Gail's hands had some batter on them -- she put her finger up to Jill's mouth and Jill started sucking on her finger.

"Mmm. Tasty."

Gail took her finger out and sucked on it, then put it back in to Jill's mouth.

"Eve' mo' tashty.", Jill said with a mouthful of hand.

The mood had suddenly changed. There was no more laughing. Instead, Jill and Gail were getting into each other. Sue was obviously captivated; I could see her staring at the two. My shoulders were starting to get sore, but I wasn't complaining.

"You better check the waffle iron. I smell something starting to burn."

Jill looked down at it.

"It's ok. Hold on.", she said.

She turned and opened the waffle iron and took another waffle out to put on the stack of waffles already made. She plopped another dollop of batter on the waffle iron, closed it, then put a little bit of maple syrup on her finger. I was still holding Gail.

"Here, Gail. Taste this.", she said as she turned back around and put her own finger up to Gail's mouth.

"Mmm.", Gail cooed. "I can't wait to eat some waffles."

"How much longer until it's ready?", I asked Jill from down below.

"Not much longer. We're about three quarters done."

"Good. I'm not sure how much longer I can hold Gail."

"Then here; let me.", she said as she took Gail from off of my shoulders.

My shoulders felt relief and I gave Jill a kiss on her stomach. The two resumed their kissing.

Jill was skipping around the kitchen and Gail was loving it. They were looking at each other and I was hoping Jill wouldn't run into anything. They looked a lot like Julie and Cindy when Julie would carry Cindy around. I guess Jill and Julie were cut from the same cloth, so to speak.

"Those two are having fun.", Sue said.

"I think they're done for making breakfast. Help me set the table, Sue."

"Sure. Where're the dishes."

"The cabinet."

"Uh, Sam. I think we need Jill to reach them."

I was about to ask Jill, but then I had an idea.

"No we don't. Hop up again."

"What? On your shoulders?"

"Yeah."

She got back up on my shoulders and retrieved the dishes from the cabinet. Just about that time Julie and Cindy walked into the kitchen catching Sue up there on my shoulders.

"I told you we shouldn't have left them alone, Cindy."

When Cindy saw what was going on she reached up beckoning Julie to pick her up and Julie was only too happy to oblige.

The smell of waffles was permeating the house. You know what that means: Erin drifted into the kitchen.

"What the hell?", she said.

"Well, good morning. Or maybe we should say good afternoon.", I said.

"What's Sue doing up there, Sam?"

"Where?"

"On you shoulders."

"She's on my shoulders?"

"Sam!"

"Oh, now I see her up there. Sue? How did you get up there?"

"I don't know. But I need to turn off the beacon. It's a good thing I'm up up here or I wouldn't be able to reach it."

"Look, Zoot's on top of Dingo.", Gail said.

"No, Dingo's on Zoot.", I corrected.

"Oops. I always get you two identical twins confused."

But it was Erin who was confused. Not a Monty Python fan I figured. She's a part of my family so it was mandatory that I correct this. But the more immediate problem was the waffle about to burn. I went over to the stove where the waffle iron was.

"Sue, get the waffle before it burns."

She leaned over and nearly fell off of my shoulders but I clamped down on her knees hard. We completed the task and put more batter on. They were almost done. I was distracted by Sue's tanned, pretty legs on my shoulders. We were still nude and holding onto her legs hard had hammered home that fact.

Erin was still looking bewildered. I walked over to her with Sue on top and kissed her. I was still below her boobies. But Sue was up higher and wrapped her arms around Erin's head. Erin kissed Sue right below her boobies. I shouldn't have to remind you that all three of us were nude. Mr. Happy was ready to bark. Down boy.

"I'll tell you all about it later, Erin."

"You will?"

"Yep, and we get to watch a movie."

"Oh goody. I want some waffles. It smells real good."

"It's almost done. How about everyone take a seat. Who wants coffee?"

I had let Sue down. Cindy and Gail similarly dismounted and we all sat at the table. I got tea for Cindy and me, Jill poured the coffee and we finished by grabbing the waffles, syrup, whipped cream and left over strawberries from yesterday.

Nobody said anything about four of us being nude.


----- Shower

After all our bellies were full and the dishes were in the dishwasher I grabbed Sue's clothes. She hadn't brought a spare set of clothes so I thought I'd wash them for her.

"I'm going to wash these, Sue. Gail? Did you bring an extra set of clothes?"

"No. I didn't think I'd be staying."

"No problem. I'm sure I can find something to fit you."

I know what you're thinking: make her stay nude while washing her clothes. As much as we teased her about it, I wasn't going to force or trick her into it.

"I'd appreciate it, Sam."

"How about a shower? I think everyone except Sue and I have had one."

"Ok. But Jill needs one too."

"Sue, you can take a shower too while I put the clothes to wash."

"Thanks, Sam."

I went to the room to grab some sweatpants and a t-shirt. It may be big on Gail, but it wasn't too big to fall off. I brought it out along with at towel.

"Bring your dirty clothes down when you're finished showering.", I said as I headed downstairs.

She followed me. "Hold up. Let me get my pants. I'll have them for you in a sec; you won't have to wait for my shower."

"Sure, if you want."

"I'll go with you too.", Cindy said as she joined us going downstairs.

Cindy and I made it downstairs and started filling up the washer. Gail came wandering down the steps and stopped in front of us.

"Alright, this is just for you two. Don't let anyone else know. Ok?"

"Sure.", we said.

Gail took off the clothes she was wearing, then holding them by her right index finger with her left hand on her hip, she gave them to me.

Cindy was still wearing only her panties at this point but off they came so quick that if you blinked you would have missed it.

"Here you go, Sam. You can wash these too."

Of course, they needed to be washed, right? It's not like it was an excuse for Cindy to get naked with us.

"So, now you've seen me, Sam."

"I hope I didn't pressure you into doing this."

"I talked with Marie and Joe, Sam. I knew what I was in for this weekend."

"Ok. But it's Cindy's fault. Blame her."

"Blame me? I don't see you complaining.", Cindy said.

"I'm not complaining. Just passing the blame."

"Well then, my plan succeeded. I got Gail naked.", she said in a mock sinister voice.

"Just don't expect me to shave like you two.", Gail said.

"That was Cindy's fault again. She made me do it."

"I still don't see you complaining, Sam."

"Why do you that?", Gail asked.

"It's so Cindy can run around naked and look like a little girl so nobody will question her."

"You should do it too, Gail. You'll love it. If you act like a little girl they'll believe you are."

"I don't think she'll be able to pass off as a little girl, Cindy. She may be small enough but her breasts are too big for that."

"Ha. You should see kids nowadays.", Gail said.

"Tell me about it.", Gail added. "One of my students is only nine years old, and she has like C cup breasts. Maybe bigger."

"Yikes.", I said. "They're growing them early."

"Sometimes I need to get real close to them when teaching them dance moves. It's unnerving. Lise is like, six feet tall."

"Nine years old and six feet?"

"Ok, more like five ten, or five eight or something. But her boobs are over my head."

"You work with little girls, Cindy?", Gail asked.

"They're not so little."

"You must like working with kids."

"I like dancing. I teach because I'm too little to dance anymore."

"You don't like teaching?"

"I do. Some. All the girls are bigger than me though. It's pretty frustrating keeping them under control sometimes."

"It must be tough with all of them bigger than you?"

"Actually, there are one or two who are my size. But they're eight years old, and judging by their classmates, they're the late bloomers."

"You feel bad about that? I'm sorry, Cindy."

"It's ok. I make up for all of that by spending time with Sam and Julie."

"I'm glad to be of service.", I told her. "You guys are always welcome here."

"I want to ask Erin if I can go out clubbing with her some time, Sam."

"Go ahead."

"I'm afraid."

"Don't be. You know Erin would love that, Cindy."

"I'm not afraid of asking. I'm kind of afraid of actually going out. You know. Like this."

"Naked?"

"No, meathead. Short."

"That's the first time I've been called meathead. I could put you up on my shoulders like I did with Sue earlier. You wouldn't have to be so short."

"You'd have to dance."

"On second thought, forget I said that." That got a chuckle from both of them.

"I'm going to go shower now, you two. I'll see you in a bit.", Gail said as she put on the clothes I gave her. They were baggy, but the way the t-shirt showed her tits swaying made it the sexiest outfit I'd had seen on her.

As she ran upstairs Cindy and I talked for a bit longer while I put the clothes in the washer.

"Jill and her hit it off pretty good."

"They did. I'm a little surprised with both of them. Jill seems to really take to all of us at the clinic. Gail was so shy earlier and I can't believe she's coming out of her shell so soon."

"What was all that running around this morning?"

"We were just playing."

"I'll say. What about you carrying Sue around?"

"She was as tall as Jill then."

"Taller actually. Maybe not as tall as Julie though. You seemed to like it."

"It reminded me of when I was a kid. I used to carry Erin on my shoulders like that."

"When she was smaller than you?"

"Yeah. I can hardly remember. I miss those days. But I'm very sorry I missed out on having fun after she grew up. We didn't get along to well for a while."

"I know; you told me. She's really happy that you two are back in good with each other."

"Me too. She keeps getting bigger. To me, that is."

"She's sweet."

"She's the best. I only wish I saw that in her long ago."

"You have to come out with us dancing sometime."

"Unh uh. No way."

"You don't know what you're missing."

"I'll pass. I thought you were afraid of going out at your new size."

"I'll make an exception for you."

"I bet we'd make a cute spectacle. Like two little kids."

"I can pull that off."

"We can play other ways. Like we were doing this morning."

"But I wasn't invited."

"That's because you got up late. I take it you and Julie had a good night?"

"Very much so. We did something new."

"Ooo. What?"

"You won't believe me. You'll have to wait until I show you."

"Ok. Tonight?"

"I hope so. Do you think Sue will spend tonight here?"

"I don't know. You don't want her to?"

"No, it's ok if she does. But if she does you two have to spend the night together. I want Julie, you and I to be the only ones around when we do this."

"Mmm'kay. You don't want Sue with us together this time?"

"No. Not this time. And neither does Julie. Don't worry, you'll see later."

"Okee dokee. You are staying tonight either way, right?"

"Absolutely. And you're bringing me to work tomorrow?"

"Sure. Unless you're taking off."

"I'd like to, but no, I have to work. I've talked my mom into getting extenders put on the car pedals. I won't need a ride anymore."

"Will your mom let you take the car?"

"She should. It's mine."

"What will she do then?"

"She doesn't get out much anyway."

"Alrighty. We'll see if Sue stays tonight. Let's get back upstairs."

We met Sue coming out of the shower. She was drying her hair with a towel, but that was all she had on.

"I guess we're staying nude the rest of the day?", Sue asked.

"I don't know. We'll at least make Jill feel better. Gail seems to be ok with it."

"It's settled.", Cindy said. "We're all staying naked."

"You would say that."

"Wait 'till I tell Erin.", Cindy said as she ran off.

"That made Cindy's day.", Sue said.

"Such simple things that make the girl happy."

"You make me happy, Sam."

"You're welcome, Dingo."

"I ought to spank you."

"And then the oral sex?"

"We still have to do it doggy style."

We had a good laugh.

"Seriously. I haven't had as much fun as I have with you and the gang here since, well, since I guess I was a school child.", she said. "Thanks for spending the night with me."

"The pleasure was mine. But we all enjoy having fun with you."

"I have a strange sense of humor. Some don't appreciate that."

"It's not much different than mine."

"I like the way you play along. My old friends used to like my sense of humor."

"They don't anymore?"

"I suppose now they see a little girl trying to act grown up or something. They're not very good friends."

"You can be whatever you like here. A little girl or a grown up one. Even one with a strange sense of humor. I like you just like you are."

"I hope things never change."

"I wish I could promise that."

"Promise me that you'll always be my friend, Sam."

"Of course, I will. Let's go see what everyone else is doing."

So we went to find the others in the living room.


----- Ice cream

"Hi, Sam.", Erin said. "Come here."

I did as asked. Erin got down on her knees, stuck her head between my legs from behind and stood up. Or tried to. The first attempt was aborted as I lost my balance and slid sideways off of her head.

"Hold still."

She tried again and up I went.

"Whoa! What's this for?"

"Just having fun the way we used to. Only this time you're the one being carried."

"Cindy's been talking, I see."

"So what? This is fun.", she said as we danced around the living room.

It was certainly fun for everyone else. The were having a good laugh at this. Jill had just come out of the shower carrying Gail. They were both wearing towels on their heads. That was all that Jill was wearing but Gail was wearing the clothes I gave her earlier. They both cracked up when they saw Erin carrying me.

"Put me down, Erin. I'm getting dizzy with all the twirling around you're doing."

"So, what are we doing the rest of the day?", someone asked.

"I know, let's get some ice cream."

"We just had breakfast, Erin."

"So?"

"It's too early."

"I think it's a great idea, Sam.", Julie said. "By the time we get there it'll be close to lunch time."

"Then we'll spoil our lunch appetite.", I said.

"We can have monster burgers first, then ice cream for desert."

"Do you all want to do this?", I asked. They all vehemently agreed.

"You're going to like this, Gail.", Jill told her. "It's the best ice cream in town."

"It's the only ice cream in town."

"Then it's the best ice cream in the state."

We all had to agree with that.

"Good.", Erin said. "Let's go."

"You're forgetting something, Erin."

"What?"

"Clothes."

"No, I'm not. We can go like this."

"Er-in! We're not going like this. It's cold outside. Plus, I need to get a shower. And we need to wait for the clothes to finish washing."

"Alright."

"So, if you'll all excuse me, I need to get cleaned up."

I went downstairs first to move the clothes into the drier then back up for a shower.

I looked in the mirror and decided I didn't need to shave. I hadn't needed to shave every day since I started shrinking and the need was getting less frequent.

When I was getting out of the shower Gail came running into the steamy bathroom with me to announce that the drier had been buzzing.

"It does that until it's emptied. If you don't empty it then it will start up for a minute or two to keep the clothes fluffed then buzz again. Let me finish drying off and I'll go retrieve them."

"Let's go so I can get my clothes.", she said.

She came downstairs with me. I separated her clothes and Sue's. I also picked out Cindy's panties.

Gail undressed right in front of me then she struck up a little pose. Her hands were on her hips and her right leg was bent with her knee partly covering her left leg. She then spread her arms -- she had that elbow over-extension thing going -- with her palms up and said, "Ta da!"

"That's pretty hot, Gail. You're turning into quite the exhibitionist, I see."

"I'm just trying it out to see what it's like."

"Unh huh. How do you like it?"

"I'll need more practice. Thanks for being a good sport."

"Yeah. It's just you and me here. I'm flattered that you trust me."

She smiled then put her clothes on.

"Let's go bring these up to Sue. I wouldn't be surprised if Erin and Cindy put up another fight not to put their clothes on.", I said.

We went back up. Everyone eventually got dressed then we went out to eat.

When we came back I played the guitar and sang a little. We ordered out pizza for supper.

By evening we were all sad to see Gail leave.

"Aw, can't you stay?", Jill pleaded.

"I'd love to but I need to get ready for work tomorrow."

Gail drove one of those stupid little smart cars. Some call it cute. I call it ugly -- the driver was cute. Seriously, they ought to ban those cars from the road. But in the grand scheme of things, the car fit Gail to a tee. With Gail inside the car suddenly made sense. Maybe I should rethink my ideas on banning it. Nah.

When we went to bed Erin and Cindy were getting excited talking about dancing. They ended up sleeping together that night. Julie and Sue ended up doing the same. That left Jill and I.

When it was too late to stay up any longer I turned out the lights, locked the doors, checked things then retired to the bedroom with Jill.

"You seem sad, Jill."

"I miss Gail."

"Already?"

"Yes, already."

"She is a special lady."

"Do you think I'm a deviant, Sam?"

"No, why?"

"Because I like ... little people."

I didn't have a ready answer to that one. I thought for a while.

"Let me ask you this. Do you like that guy George?"

"No. Not him."

"He's little."

"So?"

"So, you like Gail not just because she's little. You like her because she's a decent person. Right?"

"I guess you're right."

I wasn't a psychologist, but it was all I could think of.

"You can't help what you like. Everyone is different. Some guys like girls with big boobs. Some like little boobs."

"What about you?"

"Yes."

"Yes, what?"

"Yes, I like boobs."

"Do you like them big or little?"

"Yes."

"You're terrible, Sam. Everyone knows guys only like big boobs."

"Not true."

"You think so, huh?"

"I know so."

"Do you like little or big people."

"Yes."

"You're going to play that game again?"

"It's not a game. Really, Jill. I don't care how big someone is, or how big a girls chest is or any of that. That's so superficial. I care about how nice someone is."

"So, you don't care if girl is sexy or not?"

"I didn't say that."

"Would you like someone who is, say, a sadist?"

"No!"

"What if it was a pretty sexy girl who wanted to hurt you?"

"Nope. I wouldn't like that."

"Some people do."

"I know. That's what I was getting at. We like what we like and it's all different. If a sadist meets a masochist then it's a beautiful thing, I suppose. There's probably someone for everyone in this world. You liking little people is not bad. It's you."

"It's more than that. Little people ... turn me on, Sam."

"No shit, huh? I know that."

"I get wet."

"M'kay."

"Oh yeah."

"So, when did you realize this?"

"With you, not too long ago. You remember. But seeing Marie and Joe, and Gail and all of you, well, I felt really good with all of you. Do you think Marie and Joe think bad of me?"

"I doubt it. They seemed pretty happy to see you last week at the clinic."

"Then why didn't they come over this weekend?"

"I don't know. I'm sure there's an innocent explanation. I heard you spent more time with Joe than with Marie."

"I didn't mean to. Joe's so cute."

"So is Marie."

"I didn't want Sharon to feel left out."

"I see. Would you like to do it with both of them then?"

"Sam, you're making me horny."

We played our supergal and imp man games until late at night before falling asleep. I could see that Jill felt like a kid in a candy store with our group at the clinical trials. What could go wrong?


End Notes:

I'm late getting this chapter up. They keep sending me away. ;) I'll try to keep putting chapters up sooner. Stay tuned.

Chapter 43 - Challenges by littless
Author's Notes:

It's not such a good week for Sam and his friends.


----- Monday

Sue was the first one to leave Monday morning. Jill, Cindy and I followed -- they rode with me. I dropped Jill at her mother's house then dropped Cindy off at the school she teaches at in the city before heading into the office.

Erin didn't need to work until the afternoon. That meant that she would get off in the early evening so I picked her up when I got home, only staying at the office for a few hours.

We ate dinner but Erin passed.

"Can you bring me to Fred and Sharon's place tonight?", she said.

"Sure, what's up?"

"They're having relative's visit as they're passing through on their way up north. Fred invited me to come over to meet his extended family and have dinner."

"No problem. When do want to come back?"

"I think Fred will bring me home. If not, I'll call you. Is that ok?"

"Certainly."

"It may be late."

"It's still ok, Erin. I don't have to go in to the office tomorrow."

"Thanks, Sam. You're the greatest."

"Anything for my little, um, big, sister."

When we arrived I decided to walk her to the door to say hello to Sharon and Fred. They asked me in.

"Good evening Mrs. and Mr. Sullivan."

"Hello, Sam.", Mrs. Sullivan said. "Would you care for some snacks?"

"No thanks. I just wanted to say hello to everyone before I left."

"Hey, Sam. Can we talk?", Sharon asked.

"Sure, what's up?"

"Over here, in private."

We went to another room where we were away from everyone else.

"Ok, what's the big secret?", I asked.

"It's Tee. I haven't heard from her in way too long."

"Be patient, Sharon. Don't rush her."

"I'm worried."

"Would you like me to check up on her?"

"Please. You wouldn't mind, would you?"

"I'll be happy to check. Maybe it will do her good to see me. I'll go now and see you in a bit, ok?"

"Thanks, Sam."

I knocked on the door and Teagan's mother answered.

"Hello, Ms. McIlroy. I'm a friend of Teagan's and Sharon. Sharon and I were wondering if Teagan was feeling any better."

"And you are?"

"My name is Sam. Sam Cook."

"I don't think Teagan would want any visitors, Sam."

"Ms. McIlroy, I have the same virus that Teagan does."

She looked me over.

"You do look like that. How did you know Teagan has the virus?"

"She told me herself. I think I'm the only other person she knows that has this."

"I see. Come on in and wait in the kitchen. I'll go see if Teagan would like to talk. Hank! Come see someone."

Her husband came into the kitchen and Ms. McIlroy introduced us.

"Sam has the same disease as Teagan, Henry."

"I'm sorry to hear that, Sam."

"Mr. McIlroy, I came to see if Teagan would talk to me. Sharon is a good friend of hers and she's my friend too. She's very worried about Teagan."

"Teagan is not doing so well, Sam. I wish I could tell you otherwise."

"Did she sign up for the clinical trial treatment program?"

"What? No."

"Did she go see my doctor?"

"No. She didn't."

"I told her to see him. He seems to know a lot more about Borgford's disease than the doctor she saw earlier. To get into the treatment trials she'll need a referral from a doctor."

"You told her this?"

"Yes. I came over here to see her a few weeks ago. She told Sharon that she wanted to talk to me, but Sharon doesn't know what's going on. Teagan wants to keep it secret."

"We know. There's a cure for this?"

"It's not a cure. Just a treatment. She'll need to be on it the rest of her life, unless they find something better."

"Why didn't she tell us, honey?"

"I don't know. She's very depressed."

"Look, Mr. and Mrs. McIlroy, why don't I give you the contact information for my doctor? He can help Teagan."

"That would be appreciated."

"I'll go up to see if Teagan will take a visitor today, Hank."

When she had come back down she shook her head. "I'm sorry, Sam. She's too depressed to talk to anyone. She barely talks to us anymore."

"I really hope she gets better. Please take her to my doctor."

"We will, Sam. In the meantime, please respect her wishes and don't tell anyone about this."

"I haven't, and I won't."

"Thank you for caring about her. I'll let her know that you're a concerned friend."

"And tell her that Sharon is worried too."

"Sharon's a good gal.", Mr. McIlroy said. "One of the worst things about this is that Teagan doesn't talk to her anymore. Tell Sharon we love her too and that we'll work through all of this."

"I will."

I left and went back to see Sharon.

"She's still not any better. I did talk to her parents. I think they might be able to get her to cheer up and hopefully make her do the right thing to get better."

"I hope so, Sam. Did you tell them I miss her?"

"Yes, and I told them you were worried. They said to say they love you and wish Teagan and you would get together soon."

"Ok, Sam. Thanks. I wish there were something I could do."

"Don't worry. I think her parents will fix things up. All you can do is be her friend when she needs you. I know you will. Just keep being yourself, Sharon."

When I made it back home I told Julie about Teagan; at least what I could tell her. Fortunately, Fred brought Erin back home. We invited him to stay but he had to get back. Erin seemed to have had a good time meeting their family. She was in good spirits.


----- Tuesday

I brought Jill with me again to the clinic. The staff were showing her around and gave her little chores to do. Jill liked doing this so much that we didn't get too much of a chance to talk. She felt a part of something now and everyone there liked her. Everyone except George.

At one point in the evening Jill, Gail and Sue got a little time to talk. George, never seeming to give up, came walking around the corner, ostensibly to bug Gail. Sue gave him a snarl and he ran off the other way. I wished I had recorded her expression when she did this. The moment was priceless.

Sir Gail-ahad was much more talkative and open today. Her and Sue were getting along like old friends and both of them had some laughs with Jill. Marie and Joe had joined in too. The two other girls in the group -- Michele and Jennifer -- were also getting along real well with Gail.

I spoke to Michele about her job.

"It's going ok, I guess."

"Would you like a change of scenery?"

"A change?"

"I spoke to someone where I work. They're always looking for computer literate people. If you have a resume I'll take it to them. I can almost guarantee a job for you."

"You would do that for me, Sam?"

"Of course I would. It's no big deal. Everyone does stuff like that. Referring friends is a tradition. In fact, I believe most people get jobs that way."

"I'll get you a resume ASAP. Where can I send it?"

"You can email me." I gave her my contact information. To say she was excited was an understatement. She was much more animated the whole evening.

It wasn't until halfway through that I realized I hadn't seen Cindy. I asked around and nobody else had seen her. I found Zoe.

"Hey, Zoe. Wait up."

"Hi Sam. What can I do for you?"

"Have you seen Cindy tonight?"

"No, I haven't."

"Did she call in to let anyone know anything?"

"I don't think so."

I was worried so I called Cindy on the cellphone.

"Hi, Cindy. It's Sam."

"Oh, Sam. I'm so glad you called."

"We miss you here."

"I'm at that hospital."

"Oh, no. Is everything ok?"

"My mom had a heart attack, Sam."

"Is she any better?"

"She's in a coma in critical condition."

"I'm so sorry, Cindy. I'll come see you as soon as I can. Are you doing ok?"

"Yes, I'll be ok."

"I'll be there in a jiffy. Just hang on, ok?"

"Ok, Sam."

I had to see Zoe again.

"Zoe, can I talk to Doctor Sarson?"

"She's not in tonight. You can talk to Doctor Hall."

"Yes, please. We need to talk. Cindy's mother had a heart attack and she's at the hospital right now."

"Oh, no. Let's go see the doctor."

We found him talking to someone but I butted in.

"Dr. Hall can I finish up early to see Cindy?"

"Cindy?"

"Her mother had a heart attack. She's at the hospital. I'd like to go to be with her right now."

"You only have one more session for the night."

"Can I cut in line for it?"

"Alright, I'll see what I can do to rearrange the schedule."

"Thanks."

I told everyone what I had found out about Cindy. Everyone was shocked. I would go to the hospital first but everyone else wanted to go there too. Sue volunteered to bring Jill when she came. I had my last dose and I left.

On the way there I called Julie. She wanted to come to the hospital but we decided that there would be too many people and didn't want to crowd Cindy. I stopped and bought one of those little personal pizzas in case Cindy hadn't eaten anything.

When I arrived she was in a waiting room. Her mother couldn't have visitors yet so Cindy and I hugged and she cried on my shoulder.

"I'm sure she'll be fine, Cindy. They know what to do here. They save people with heart attacks all the time."

"She was as white as a ghost this morning when they brought us here, Sam."

"But they revived her, right?"

"Not until she got to the hospital. They think even if she does come round she might have brain damage. Oh Sam..."

"How long have you been here?"

"Nearly all day. Since about ten this morning."

"Have you eaten anything?"

"I just can't right now."

"I picked up a little pizza for you. It has sausage. I know you like sausage pizza."

"Thanks, but I'm not hungry."

"I understand. But you'll have to eat something soon. It's not healthy. And you know how important it is to stay healthy."

"I know, Sam. Just give me a while."

"No problem, Cindy."

A little while later Sue and Jill showed up followed by Gail, Marie, Jennifer, Zoe and Joe. Nearly everyone was there.

We all tried to cheer Cindy up. It was understandable that she stayed in a dreadful mood, She was still grateful for everyone caring.

After a couple of hours people started leaving.

"Are you going home tonight, Cindy?"

"I'm staying."

"You really need to eat and get some sleep."

A nurse showed up and agreed with me. She told Cindy to go home. Her mother was resting in intensive care and there was nothing she could do at the moment. They would call if there were any change in mother's condition. It took some doing but we finally convinced Cindy to leave for the night.

"I don't want to go home."

"How about you come home with me?", I offered.

"Sure."

I brought her home. I guess she figured that around friends would be preferablt to being alone at the hospital or even at her home. Jill kept trying to get her to talk on the way but Cindy was too bummed out. But I think it was doing her a little good by keeping her mind occupied on other things.

When we arrived Julie ran to meet her and they hugged while Cindy cried. Even though they stayed like this for a while I tried to get Cindy to eat but she refused. I only succeeded in getting her to drink a cup of tea.

We all stayed up most of the night talking of nothing in particular just to keep Cindy's mind off of stuff. Everyone fell asleep late but at least Cindy got a little sleep.


----- Wednesday

I brought Cindy to the hospital early the next day then went to the office. I checked up on her and her mother throughout the day by texting. When I left by late afternoon I went to see her again at the hospital.

"Any change?"

"No. She's still in a coma. They let me in to see her. I only came out to see you, Sam."

"Julie will be here later after she gets off of work."

"Good. I'd like to be with her."

"Can I get you anything?"

"No. I'm fine."

"Did you eat?"

"Sure."

"What?"

"I don't know."

"You didn't eat anything, did you?"

"I don't have an appetite."

"Then you'll have to force yourself to eat."

"I will. Later. Ok?"

"Ok. Promise me."

"I promise."

We talked. They wouldn't let me into her mother's room since I wasn't family and I didn't want to deprive Cindy so after a bit I let her go. I went to grab a bite to eat myself and to bring something back that Cindy might be able to put in her mouth.

Julie met me at the hospital. When Cindy came out I had Julie convince her to eat the burger that I picked up for her. Thankfully, she ate it.

We convinced Cindy to go home for the night. Julie stayed with her at her mother's house Wednesday night. Cindy could take her own car to the hospital the next day.


----- Thursday

Julie left early from Cindy's place to go to work. I had stayed home the night before so I was coming the other way into the office.

While there I received a call from Cindy.

"Sam, I ..."

"Yes?"

"She ..."

I knew what she was trying to say.

"Are you at the hospital?", I asked.

"Yes."

"Want me to come over?"

"Yes."

"I'll be there as soon as I can."

I took off the rest of the day. The people in the office understood. When I arrived at the hospital Cindy didn't have to say anything; we just hugged and cried.

I brought her home with me that night.


----- Friday

I let Cindy sleep. She slept until the afternoon. Even Erin woke up before her. But Cindy deserved to sleep in. She had hardly gotten any rest the past couple of nights.

When I went to get treatment it was without Cindy. The first thing I did was to seek out Zoe.

"We need to talk."

"Go ahead, Sam."

"Cindy's mother passed away yesterday."

"I'm so sorry to hear that. Is Cindy ok?"

"Well, she's pretty upset. I couldn't convince her to come with me today. Will it be ok if she misses this session?"

"It's not good. Let's go see the doctor."

Doctor Sarson arrived shortly thereafter.

"So we were wondering, Doctor, if she'll be ok to miss two in row."

"Normally one miss is the limit. I think we can make an exception. I'll talk it over with Doctor Hall. But this will not be good for Miss Meneford."

"I'll make sure she makes it next Tuesday. She just needs a couple of days."

"I will let you know before you leave tonight what the disposition will be."

"Thanks, doc."

Everyone felt bad for Cindy. I hated to tell them but I had to. Jill hadn't come with me; she stayed at our house to see if she could help Cindy.

I did a lot of just walking and thinking. At one of the break sessions I caught George with Gail. He had her cornered in a place where nobody could see them unless they walked down the hall.

"Well, look who it is. I'm on to you, Sam. I know you made up that story about Marie."

"I don't have to make up stories. Even Marie can kick your butt without any martial arts training."

"You better watch yourself or I'll kick your butt."

"I'm not afraid, George. But keep away from Gail. She doesn't want you annoying her."

"Mind your own business."

"It is my business. She's my friend."

"That bloated amazon is your friend. But none of your amazon friends are around now. You better watch what you say."

"I say leave Gail alone. Right, Gail?"

Gail hadn't said anything but she spoke up now.

"He's right, George. I don't like you. Leave me alone."

"Leave you alone, or what?"

Gail looked scared.

"Leave her alone or I'll wrap you into a human pretzel. I can do it."

He was looking away but suddenly turned around and tried to cold cock me. The only problem for him was that he telegraphed it. I could see that coming from a mile away.

I easily ducked. I would ordinarily have hit him in the stomach, but George was a lowlife and that was too good for him. I hit him in the nuts just as hard as I could. He bent over and as I stood back up I punched him in the face. He went down.

He was probably not going to get up anytime soon but I wasn't taking chances. I put my knee in the middle of his back and a hand on his head shoving it into the floor. I got down and put my mouth real close to his ear.

"I'll always be able to kick your ass. You know why? Because you're a wuss. I slimy, horse's ass of a wuss. If I ever catch you bothering Gail or anybody else here, I'll break your neck. Got that? Wuss?"

I heard a squeak come from his mouth. I don't know if that was a yes or no, but it didn't matter.

"Come on, Gail. Let's go."

I took her hand and when I turned I saw Sue standing with her mouth wide open.

"Close your mouth, Sue. Flies will get in."

"Sam?"

"What?"

"You..."

"Yes, I did. Get over it. Fast."

"Shit. They were right."

"That's not getting over it. I need to find Zoe."

"She's right over there."

"Good."

I walked over to her nonchalantly.

"Zoe. You might want to have someone check on George. I think he slipped and fell. He might have hurt himself. He didn't want any of us to help him."

"Ok, I'll have someone check on him."

"Good. I hope he's not hurt too bad."

Gail took me by the hand and dragged me to a corner where nobody could see. She kissed me.

"Thanks for saving me."

"My pleasure. I've wanted to do that for some time now. I hope he gets the idea this time."

"I was a little nervous without Jill here. Now I know I didn't need to be."

"Don't make this into a bigger deal than it is. Ok?"

"I won't. But I'll never forget this."

We went back to mingle. Everyone wanted to know if I was playing at Mike's tonight.

"I don't think so. I'm going to try to comfort Cindy tonight. She needs it.", I told them.

"Can I come over?", Sue asked.

"I'm sure Cindy would love to see you."

"How about me?"

"You too, Gail."

"So would it be ok for Marie and I to come too?"

"Absolutely, Joe. I can't promise a Friday like we've had in the past but I'm sure you all will help to cheer up Cindy."

Michele took me aside.

"Did you get my resume?"

"I did. I sent a copy to one of the guys at work. His name is Yo. He's a good guy. I'm sure he has something for you. If you get an email from him don't put in the trash or spam bin."

"Thanks, Sam. I didn't get over to see Cindy Tuesday night but I heard nearly everyone else made it. I'd like to make it up. Can I come over to see Cindy?"

"Of course you can. We'd love to have you. I'm sure Cindy will appreciate it too."

I gave her the address and directions along with my phone number. It would be the first time Michele had come over. It was looking like a full house tonight. I called and warned Julie. She understood.

Before I left Doctor Sarson told me that her and Doctor Hall had decided to talk to Cindy before making any other decisions. They wanted me to be sure to tell Cindy that she had to make it next Tuesday. Soon this study would be over and there wasn't much time to get things fixed for her.


----- Friday night

What can I say. It certainly wasn't the wild Fridays we've been used to but there were more people at the house this time than ever. Even Zoe and her boyfriend Xavier were there. I called out for pizza, buffalo wings and garlic bread.

It did Cindy good to see everyone. She was reminded that she had plenty of good friends. She even ate. Not too much, but then she'd have probably puked if she pigged out, having not really eaten anything for three or four days.

I was talking to Michele about work when she changed the subject.

"You were right about Julie. I mean, oh my god, she's huge. She's even bigger than Jill."

"They're sisters, you know."

"I can tell. She's really your girlfriend?"

"Yes, she's really my girlfriend."

"Where does she find clothes?"

"Online, mostly. You'll have to ask her."

"What do you guys do together?"

"Well, we exercise together."

"What kind of exercise?"

"Weightlifting and running."

"She must be able to lift a lot."

"She uses me as her barbell."

"She does?", Michele said as her eyes opened wide.

"I'm just kidding."

"Oh. I can't get over how big she is and even more so your size difference."

"I know. We get stares."

"I'm sorry. I know how that feels. People stare at me too."

"Don't let it get you down. They wouldn't be staring if you weren't so pretty."

"Sam, are you trying to flatter me?"

"I sure am. But you deserve it. It makes you feel good, right?"

"I guess so."

"Then my mission is complete."

"Ha. I heard you were cheeky."

"Don't believe it. I've got the ugliest cheeks here."

"You're nuts."

"That's me. But my cheeks are still uglier than my nuts."

So, yeah. I like to make people laugh. Then I spied someone else who was here for the first time.

"Hey Jennifer. I'm glad you could make it out here."

Jennifer was one of the smaller gals of the group. I'm sure she wasn't even four feet tall -- only about the same height as Marie and Joe. Nobody knew what she did for a living. She was mysterious.

"I figured it was time I made it out to see you, Sam. And I couldn't pass up seeing Cindy. It's such a tragic thing that happened."

"It is. Did you say hello to her?"

"Oh yes. We've been talking. She seems to be doing ok, especially with everyone doting on her."

"There's a lot of people here tonight. I hope we didn't overwhelm her."

"I can't imagine how she's feeling but I hope she feels better soon."

"I'm sure she will. It'll take time but she's resilient."

"I wish I could do something for her."

"By coming to see her you're making her feel better. Do you plan on staying late?"

"No. I should get going soon."

"If you're too sleepy to drive you can stay here. We have enough room."

"Thanks. I'll be fine driving home. I don't live too far away from here."

"You live in town?"

"Just outside, like you do. Maybe a little further out."

"Well, I expect a few of you will be staying so we'll have a full house and you're welcome. Let us know what you're doing tonight."

"Will do."

When I walked into the living room Sue and Gail had everyone's attention.

"There he his."

"Who? Me?", I said, looking around.

"My hero.", Gail said.

"What are you talking about?"

"You know very well what we're talking about, Mr. Badass.", said Sue.

"Oh, no. Not me."

"Holy shit. You should have seen him. He hit George right in the balls. George crumpled up like an aluminum beer can in Arnold Schwarzenegger's hands."

"It wasn't like that, Sue."

"Like hell it wasn't. You were like, so natural, Sam. It was like Sam was taking a walk in the park. Then he jumped on top of George and was ready to split his wig."

"Sue likes to embellish stories everyone. I didn't hurt him that bad. Come on now. Let's not talk about this."

Zoe confronted me about it later.

"So then he didn't take a fall, did he?", she said.

"Sure he did. He fell right onto the floor."

"He had a black eye."

"Definitely from falling. Hard floors can do that."

"I see. I hope it was for a good cause."

"You heard. It was for Gail."

"Let's not make it a regular thing. Ok, Sam?"

I had dodged a bullet. I was pretty sure Zoe knew George's reputation and was cutting me slack because of it. I could have been in real trouble.

I finally made it over to Cindy and Erin.

"Sam?"

"Yes, Cindy?"

"Sue is right. Isn't she?"

"Sort of."

"She is. I hope we see the last of him."

"Me too.", I said. Cindy was smiling. "You're looking better. You feel ok?"

"A little. I ate some pizza."

"Good. Get some rest tonight. You staying over?"

"If you'll let me."

"Pffft. Let you? You don't have to ask. You're always welcome."

"Thanks."

Cindy wanted to sleep alone on the living room couch, so I got the linens and made as nice a bed as I could for her. I would have taken her place but I didn't think it was fair for Julie; she hardly fit in the queen size bed we had and there was no way she could sleep out in the living room with me. At least Cindy was finally getting rest.

Sue and Gail ended up staying the night too. Gail, of course, slept with Jill. Erin and Sue hooked up for the night; fancy that. Everyone else left.

Julie and I had a little talk before going to sleep.

"You beat up someone else, didn't you?"

"No... Ok, I did. But he deserved it."

"They always deserve it, Sam. I'm glad you did it for Gail."

"Whatever. How did Cindy do when I was gone?"

"Not too bad, all things considered. But Sam I think I need to tell you something."

"What's that?"

"I think Cindy shrunk a little more."

"Oh shit. Really? Are you sure you aren't growing?"

"No. Unless you're growing; she looks shorter next to you."

"Damn. It must be the stress and not eating or sleeping enough. I told her to take care of herself."

"It's not her fault."

"Yeah, I know. I just feel so bad. This on top of her mother passing away."

"Don't tell her yet."

"I won't. Do you mind if we have Cindy over for a while."

"I love to have her over."

"Good. I'm going to invite her to stay here for at least a week. I'll bring her in to work. And she really needs to make it next Tuesday."

"I'll help where I can."

"I know you will. For a while we might have to cool it having sex, for Cindy's sake."

Julie gasped. "Oh my. What will I ever do?"

"You don't have to be overly dramatic."

"Sorry. We'll do what it takes. Cindy is like a sister to me now."

"More like a daughter, I'd say."

Julie had a surprised look on her face. I could almost see the gears in her head turning.

"I never thought of it that way, but you're right.", she said. "I just want to hold her and love her and make her feel better. I'll do anything, Sam -- whatever she needs me to do for as long as it takes."

"I guess she wants to be alone tonight."

"I think it's good that she's here with us though and not at her house all alone."

"True. But while she's out there we shouldn't waste this time alone to ourselves."

"What did you have in mind?"

"How about a game of cards?"

"Cards?", she said. She took off her clothes and came close. I was staring into her pussy. "Does this give you any ideas?"

"It sure does. I need to buy a new razor."

She stepped over me with one of her legs and got me in a scissors hold.

"I'll show you a razor.", she said.

"Ahh. You're squeezing me. Stop."

"Make me."

I started nibbling and sucking on her clit. She wasn't able to squeeze me very hard then. She started bucking her hips back and forth. It didn't take long; she had her orgasm then fell back onto the bed.

I laid down with her.

"So, how about that game of cards now?", I said.

"What did you want to play. Strip poker?"

"We already lost."

"Good. Losers have to go to sleep."

Which was fine with me. We were both sleepy from the last few days and nights.

End Notes:

Poor Cindy. To top everything off she might have shrunk some more. How much? We'll see next chapter.

Chapter 44 - Awooooo by littless
Author's Notes:

A little fun as everyone tries to comfort Cindy.

----- Saturday

Despite going to sleep late Cindy woke up early in the morning. Her stirring in the living room and kitchen must have woke me too.

"Up early, aren't you?"

"Yeah. I woke up a little while ago and I couldn't stay laying down, Sam. I needed to get up."

"How about some tea?"

"I'd love some."

"Are you up for breakfast?"

"I guess I should eat something."

"Yes, you should. I don't like the fact that you've hardly eaten a thing. Plus you missed all of this week at the treatments."

"I know it's not good. I just haven't been in the best state of mind."

I looked at her closely. She did look smaller.

"Cindy?"

"Yes?"

"I don't want you to be alarmed but I think we need to see how tall you are now."

"You're right, I'm sure. I think I've shrunk some more too."

"I guess there's no justice in this world, Cindy. It's like a double whammy for you."

"But I have you and Julie for comfort.", she said, smiling. "You two are so nice. I don't think I could have stayed in the house alone last night. Not yet."

"You're welcome to stay with us as long as you'd like. I can bring you to work and pick you up too."

"I have a car. I'll be fine."

"If you need anything just ask."

"You know something; this is the first Saturday morning we've had where we've been clothed."

"Ha, ha.", I chuckled. "It certainly seems that way."

"I used to have tea with my mother in the morning."

"I always liked sipping tea. Pouring it, waiting for it to steep, putting in the sugar and stirring. It's like a ritual."

"It is. A naked ritual."

"You really like that, don't you? Hey, wait. Surely you don't mean with mom?"

"Yep. Surprised?"

"I shouldn't be. Now I see where it comes from. Do you run around your house naked?"

"I don't run a lot, but yes, we were usually nude at home."

"That explains a lot."

"Mom was a great dancer too. She wasn't professional but she loved it. I wish I could have danced with her more."

"Well, I'm sure she was proud of you. You are part of her -- her flesh and blood. She still lives in you and you need to celebrate that fact."

"I never saw it from that perspective, Sam. That's so beautiful."

The tea kettle whistled. We poured the water and were waiting for the tea to steep while sitting at the kitchen table.

"I remember when I was a little girl and looking up to my Mom and Dad."

"What happened to Dad?"

"Died about ten years ago of cancer."

"I'm sorry to hear that."

"He was a good man. I'm happy for the time I knew him. Eventually I outgrew my mother. I started taking care of her when she started becoming weak. I came back here from out west to take care of her. But then I started shrinking."

"That must have been hard."

"I was looking up to her again. Instead of me taking care of her, she felt like she had to take care of me."

"She was very lucky to have you around for her last years."

We sat in silence for some time listening to the kitchen clock ticking. I held Cindy's hand.

"Good morning."

"Hi, Gail."

"How are you doing, Cindy?"

"I'm ok. You?"

"I'm fine."

"Want some coffee or tea?", I offered to Gail.

"I'll have coffee."

"It'll take a few minutes to brew."

"I've got all day."

"Just let me get a chair over here."

"You still don't have that stool yet?", Cindy asked.

"Sorry. Hasn't been on my mind lately."

"Can I get up on your shoulders?", Gail asked. "I'll get the coffee."

"Sure. Here, get on."

Cindy laughed at us.

"It's fun, Cindy.", Gail told her.

"I'm sure it is."

"I'll bet Sue had fun up here too?"

"I'm pretty sure she did.", I answered.

"It must have felt weird."

"You feel weird?"

"No. I mean being naked must have felt weird."

"Oh, I see."

"Try it.", Cindy said.

"No thanks. I'll pass on that right now."

When I put her down Gail pulled both of us in close to her at the table.

"You didn't tell anyone that you saw me naked this past week, did you?"

"I didn't.", Cindy said. "I've hardly even talked to anybody at all this past week."

"Certainly not me. Why? Did somebody say something?"

"No. Just making sure. If you're cool about it, maybe you'll see me like that again. Did you know Jill likes to be nude too?"

"She surely had enough time to get to enjoy it last weekend."

"But she doesn't want anyone to know so don't say anything."

"Oh, we won't, will we, Cindy?", I said, winking.

"Not from me."

"That's good. Jill said you all measure your heights."

"Of course we do."

"In the nude."

"Yes, it's become somewhat of a tradition here at the haunted nudist house."

"You should get measured too, Gail.", Cindy said.

"Oh, no. Not me."

"Don't you want to know how tall you are?"

"I'm three and a half feet tall. That's all I need to know."

"She's afraid of getting naked in front of everyone, Sam."

"You don't have to get naked Gail. Just take your socks off."

"Aw, Sam.", Cindy said. "That's no fun."

"I won't do it unless I can wear clothes."

At least Cindy felt good enough to tease Gail.

Coffee was done. With the smell permeating the house I was sure others would wake up soon. Julie appeared first wearing just panties and sports bra again.

"Good morning, everyone. The coffee smells good, Sam."

I had anticipated her being up and already had her cup ready to go. "Here you go. One big cup for my big lover."

"How are you today, Cindy?"

"Better."

"That's good. What are you going to do?"

"You mean about my whole situation?"

"What you're going to do today, but that too."

"I suppose I need to take care of a few things. I'm not sure what I'm going to do about mom's house and her stuff."

"We'll help. But not until Monday. Just enjoy the weekend while you can.", I said.

Julie asked if she was going to take off of work.

"I think I'll take sick leave for a couple of days. I need a break."

"You'll need that time to take care of business.", I told her. I knew these things wouldn't be easy for her, but she would find out herself.

Eventually everyone got up and we ate breakfast. Erin had the early shift at work. I took her in and Fred would be picking her up that afternoon. They were planning on a date and we wouldn't see her until later that night.

We were all just hanging around when I suggested going out. I didn't think it was going to do Cindy any good moping around the house all day, even with all of us there trying to cheer her up.

We went to the lake, shopped (the girls really liked this) and we ate supper out.

Cindy wanted some booze to drink. I reminded her about the treatments and how alcohol would hurt her. She didn't care. She had two Manhattans. I couldn't believe it; Cindy drank whiskey. I knew this wouldn't be good. But I couldn't stop her -- her mother had just passed away so I let her have her fun.

When we got back home I knew what Julie and I had in mind but didn't want to bring it up. However, Cindy was the one who spoke.

"We need to measure our heights, everyone."

"Are you sure you're ready for this, Cindy?", Julie asked.

"Let's get it over with."

We all agreed that Gail didn't have to go through with this but she took off her shoes and socks and went ahead anyway. It was a little funny seeing everyone except her nude. It turned out she was three feet, five and a half inches tall. She shrugged. She might have lost that half inch, or she might have been that short all along; nobody knew.

When we measured Cindy, we found she had indeed lost a couple of inches: three foot ten. I felt sorry for her. But it was expected.

Then it was Jill's turn. Julie did the honors: six five.

"Damn, you're growing fast, Jill!", I exclaimed.

She didn't say anything but wore a big smile. She loved being tall and everyone knew it.

I went up on the ladder for Julie. She had indeed grown more since last time we did this. We stretched the tape and the verdict was: seven ten.

Gail walked closer to Julie and looked up at her.

"Wow.", was all she could say.

The height difference was comical. Julie was more than twice as tall as Gail. Even just one of Julie's legs were bigger than her.

I'm not sure if anyone else noticed but her clitoris looked swollen. It was evident that she was aroused. I wanted to have fun right there with her, but it wasn't the appropriate time just yet.

As for Sue and I, no change. I let out the breath I had been holding. We gave each other a thumbs up.

Julie crouched down on one knee and gave Cindy a big hug. Cindy seemed to be taking this much better than I thought she would. I guess Julie's hug was helping. Cindy whispered into Julie's ear then Julie put on a big smile and told her, "Oh, yeah."

I don't know what that was about but they left for the bedroom without so much as a "good night". We all looked at each other with a curious look.

I shrugged. "Oh, well."

It was late and time for bed anyway. I asked Sue to come with me. That left Jill and Gail to have another night together. Sue and I went to Erin's bedroom to wait for her to come home. But in the meantime we had time to play.

"Hi five!", she said.

"Ok.", I said as I slapped her hand. "What's that for?"

"We haven't shrunk."

"Yeah, but Cindy did."

"Funny. She seemed ok with it."

"I suppose so. I wish she hadn't drunk that Manhattan."

"She only had two."

"I hope it's ok."

"Nothing we can do about it now."

"I'm a little worried."

"It's time worry about us now. Let's do it doggy style."

She sure changed the subject fast. However, she didn't have to ask twice. I immediately forgot about Cindy and in no time we were bouncing and going at it pretty good.

"Say it, Sam."

"Say what?"

"Bark for me. Bark like a dog."

I felt a little funny doing it, but I didn't want to disappoint.

"Woof, woof."

"Oh, come on. That's not barking."

"Ruh, roh."

"You're no good at this."

"Awoo."

"Good. Louder!"

"AWOOOOOOOOOO."

"Oh yes. Do me!"

"Ruf, ruf. AWOOOOOOOOOO!"

I heard laughing.

"Oh shit. That's Jill."

"And Gail too. Do you care, Sam?"

"Do I look like I care? AWOOOOOOOOOO!"

We went at it in earnest and pretty soon we were both spent. As we lay there we heard screaming. There was no doubt that it was Julie and Cindy's screams we were hearing. Screams of being in the throes of an orgasm, that is.

"Sounds like Cindy's feeling better, Sam."

"Listen. It sounds like both of them."

"Wait 'till Erin comes home. She'll be happy to hear that."

"I don't know. She might be upset that she missed it."

"We can make it up to her."

"You two got along pretty well last night, no?"

"Your sister is fun to be with."

"That's what she's all about: fun. I guess you've been Erinized." That got Sue to laugh.

"It's easy to forget she's a lot bigger. Oh, shit! What if she brings Fred home tonight?"

"What if? I'll bet they'd love to have you spend the night with them."

"Do you think she'd want to share Fred with me?"

"Why not? She likes you."

"What about Fred?"

"You're pretty. He's a guy. Do the math."

"Ha ha. We'll see. What about you?"

"I don't think I'm ready to share the night with Fred. Or any other guy."

"Don't have any homo in you?"

"No! I don't."

"How do you know? Ever tried it?"

"I don't have to stab myself in the thigh to know it hurts. I don't like it."

"Fair enough. I won't mention it. How would you feel if I spent the night with Erin and Fred."

"If you're good with it then so am I."

"What if Julie wanted to spend the night with Erin and Fred?"

"She has."

"Oh. That doesn't bother you?"

"Why should it? She let's me spend the night with you."

"Yeah. You two are cool."

I laughed at her.

"You're also badass."

"Please don't bring that up again, Sue."

"Why not? Most guys would want to be a badass."

"I don't know. I don't like to brag."

"I noticed that in you. It's endearing."

"I try. I try hard sometimes to make something of myself. I didn't wrestle and learn martial arts to be a badass or impress anyone."

"I bet you wanted to impress the girls. At least a little."

"Hmm. Maybe a little. But I don't get good results that way."

"Really? Why do say that?"

"They say I have a Napoleon complex."

"Ah. They shouldn't."

"Sure. But that's the way people are. People shouldn't be racist. But they are."

"Yeah. I wouldn't say you have a Napoleon complex."

"Thanks. None of my good friends are like that. I wouldn't expect any of them to say such things. I don't know why but all of a sudden, since getting back with Julie, I have good friends. Life's been good. It's like my life took a one-eighty."

"Karma."

"Maybe. I still get setbacks from the universe. Like Borgford."

"I know. Don't remind me."

"And Cindy's mother."

"People die."

"I know. It just seems so unfair to her."

"I think she's still lucky."

"Yeah?"

"You have to admit: she has Julie and that perks her up."

"They love each other."

"You see it too."

"Well, duh. I'm close to both of them."

"You're not jealous?"

"No way. Even if they both left me to be together, I'd still be happy for them."

"You're too cool."

"What about you?"

"What about me?"

"You're ok with sharing?"

"Sharing you? Of course I am. I don't really have a choice. Julie would kick my ass if I hogged you."

"She would never do such a thing."

"If it weren't her, there's a long line of those who'd would."

I sighed. "I'm pretty lucky."

"Yeah? I hadn't noticed."

I hit her on the arm. Not hard.

"Watch it.", she said. "I might bite you."

"Oh, getting kinky again."

"Kinky, you say? You're into giant girls. You don't think that's kinky? And what about my milky tits?"

"Seriously?", I said, rolling my eyes. "It was only a dream."

"Dreams are our subconscious reminding us who we really are."

"I guess I must be a pervert."

"We both are."

"Oh? Tell me about it."

She wore a smirk. "You wanna hear?"

"Don't play games with me little girl."

"What will you do for me?"

"What do you want?"

"Hmm. A lot. But I shouldn't say."

"Don't play coy now."

"Let's see." She rubbed her chin. "Play a song for me."

"That's it? I can play a hundred songs for you. Come on. Challenge me."

"Ok. Spank me."

"Now we're getting somewhere."

"Make me suffer."

"Okaaaay."

"Starve me."

"What?"

"Make me shrink."

I stared at her. She was blushing.

"Oh, I get it now. You want to shrink?"

She didn't say anything. She just looked at me through the corner of her eye, smirking.

"Ha!", I said, "You like giantesses too, don't you?"

She bit my nipple.

"Ouch!"

Then she had a giggling fit. "You deserve it."

"Like hell. Oh, this is good. Jill would love to hear about this."

"Tell anyone and I'll cut your dick off."

"Well I can still have fun with it. You and you're 'Oo, I just knew it. I just knew you were into giant girls. Ooo.' I'll get you back, Sue."

"Don't be gentle."

"What prompted this?"

"Cindy getting smaller."

"And that got you going? I bet you want to be smaller too, don't you?"

"Maybe. How small do you want to be?"

"I don't know. Perhaps ... six inches. You?"

"I always thought three inches would be good size."

"Ha! I'd be twice as tall."

"Oh yeah, baby. I can suck your dick standing."

"It would be twice as big."

"I barely have a gag reflex. I'm a natural. Choke me. I dare you."

"How would you like me to fill your pussy with it?"

"Jam it in."

"How about I jam your body into Julie's cunt?"

"I'd do it myself. I'd crawl right in."

"It's going to be wet and hot."

"Yes. It's hot! We could both crawl into Julie, Sam. Together."

"Would you like that?"

"Fuck yeah. Let's fuck each other inside of Julie. Yes, fuck me. Fuck me now! Inside. Inside of Julie. Fuck me hard!"

I couldn't believe we were at it again so soon. Sue was squirming back and forth and side to side. Our second time around was even more frantic than the first time that night.

"Aaa. Harder, Sam. I can feel her squeezing us. Do it. She's going to cum! Oh, fuck! Aaaaaaa!"

I thought Sue was a moaner. Or more like someone who just went "mmmmmmm"; not a screamer. But tonight a dam in her must have burst. We came again with her screaming.

As we lay panting after it was through we heard laughter from the other bedrooms.

"I guess we were a hit."

"You're one hell of a performer, Sam. In more ways than one."

"And you're one hell of a screamer."

"A screamer? That's it?"

"A pretty screamer?"

"Pretty is what comes to mind after what we just did?"

"How about pretty loud?"

"You can do better than that."

"Ok. You're a filthy, depraved, wicked, little trollop."

"Oh, yeah baby. Now you're talking."

"And now they all know it. Gail's gonna tell everyone at the clinic how depraved you are."

"Well speaking of depraved: I'll bet my left tit that you want to get into Gail's pants."

"Is it that obvious?"

"Nah. You're too much of gentleman.", she giggled.

"I figured being nude half the time while she's around her would have given me away."

"Nah, it's that other little guy who gives you away."

"I wish I could do something about him. I try to be discrete. I really do try hard. But he always pokes his big head up."

"He's got a Napoleon complex."

"You think Gail knows?"

"Knows that your dick has a Napoleon complex?"

"Knows that I want her."

"Girls always know. You can't hide it from us. Hell, it's almost a given: if you're not gay, you want to have sex with us."

"So true. You read our minds. I guess we're all fucked."

She laughed again.

"Sue, you almost make shrinking fun.", I said. "Almost."

"I thought you said Cindy made it fun?"

"Her too. But she's not depraved."

"Gail is fun."

"Sir Gail-ahad?"

"You liked seeing Gail next to Julie."

"Uh, I guess so."

"Guess so, my ass. You love how she has to look up to see Julie's twat. Admit it."

"Ok, it was ... hot."

"Hot? It was fucking steaming. You could be that small, Sam. I could be that small. Oh yes. What if Gail were bigger than us? How do feel about that?"

"Just another gal I'd have to get up on my toes to kiss."

"Stand up! On your toes, Sam. Get on your toes and kiss me!"

She could certainly be demanding. She was getting into it again and grinding her hips into me.

"Oh shit, imagine looking up at Julie at that size."

"Sue, there's no way we could reach Julie's vagina if we were smaller than Gail."

"Oh fuck yeah. I can get up on my toes, and shit, I still can't suck Julie's clit. Her clit, Sam. Julie's huge fucking clit! And I can't reach it. You have to put me up on your shoulders so I can deep throat her clit! Do it. Pick me up. Now."

I did pick her up and she started humping my shoulders. I moved over and leaned against the wall and turned her around so that I had a face full of pussy -- she was humping my face. It didn't take much work from my tongue to get her to cum once again.

"Toes ... Look up ... Shit ... Up ... Lick ... Oh ... Clit ... Aaaaaaaaaaa!"

Her scream was deafening this time. I mean, holy shit. What will the others think? Did I care? Nope.

Well, so much for waiting for Erin. Erin did show up but by then we were exhausted. No Fred in sight, which was a good thing.

Erin could see that we were too tired but I don't think she minded -- she was tired herself. She seemed happy to hug and cuddle. I should ask how her date with Fred went. Zzzzzzzz.

 

End Notes:

I bet you didn't know Sue was so wild. Neither did she. What will they do to make Cindy feel better?

Chapter 45 -- Such a Geek by littless
Author's Notes:

Sorry so late gettin this chapter up. I've been busy, plus I've rewritten this chapter a couple of times already. Anyway, I hope you like.

 


        So sit by my side, come as close as the air,
        Share in a memory of gray, and wander in my words,
        and dream about the pictures that I play of changes.

        --- Phil Ochs

----- Sunday

Changes. The only thing constant is that nothing is constant. In half a year my life has totally changed. I'm still the same though, right? I mean other than size. Julie's still the same. Other than size. She still has the same laugh. It reminds me of her when she was smaller. Yet, that seems like a lifetime ago. Even though it's the same Julie. I wonder how different my new friends were before the virus.

In a way I think I have it easy compared to them. I've always been small. Some of them were regular size but now, we're all little. I don't know how or when all the shrinking will stop. None of us do, not even the doctors and scientists. But we know that we have to stay healthy or the virus will take its toll.

Inside, despite our size changes, I know we are still the same people we've always been. Perhaps shaped by our experiences, but at our core, still the same. The human race is still the same -- still loving, still fighting. And still dying.

It's a fact of life. But knowing that is no consolation when it is someone you love who has died -- someone who has given you life; someone who has cared for you, and loved you since before the very first day you were alive.

We all knew Cindy was going through a rough time. I'm happy we were able to spend time with her during this moment in her life. I like to think we were helping however I don't know if anyone can help someone in such a position. But our hearts are in the right place. Cindy's the type of girl you want to adopt as your own and to care for her like her mother did. I sensed this attitude especially in Julie.

Just like me, Cindy has become close to Julie. I could tell that they had a good time last night; I heard it. I think they heard Sue and I too. Oh, alright, I know they heard Sue and I. Who didn't?

"Sam. Sam. Get up."

"Huh? What is it, Sue? Was I dreaming again?"

"I don't know. Were you?"

"I can't remember. Why did you get me up? It's still dark outside."

"I think I hear Cindy down in the kitchen."

"So?"

"I heard her crying, Sam."

"Alright. Let's get up."

"You don't think she wants to be alone?"

"Then why did you get me up?"

"I didn't know what to do."

"We should go see her."

"Ok, if you think so."

I figured if Cindy didn't want to be alone she'd tell us. But we had to go see if we could do. So, we went to the kitchen to see her.

"Hey, Cindy. Want some company?"

"Oh hi. Did I wake you?"

"It's no problem, right, Sue?"

"Yeah, it's cool.", Sue said.

"How about some tea?"

"I could use some."

"What about you, Sue?"

"Sure, why not? I'll have a cup. Just for you, Cindy."

"Good.", I said, "I'll use the big tea kettle. Let me get a chair."

"You haven't gotten that stool yet, Sam?", Cindy asked.

"No, haven't gotten around to it."

"Hey, Sam. What if I get on your shoulders again?"

"Ok, hop on, Sue."

Cindy laughed at us. She wasn't crying anymore so that was good. I couldn't be mad at her for laughing.

"What's so funny?"

"You guys. With Sue up on your shoulders."

"You want up?"

"No. You guys are doing such a good job like that, and I wouldn't want to spoil the fun."

"You couldn't reach anyway.", Sue said, sticking her tongue out at Cindy.

"Ha, ha. You're not that much taller than me."

"But I am taller."

"Yeah, so woop dee doo. I can too reach the cabinet if I were on Sam's shoulders."

"Well then get up here and lets see."

"Ok, girls; that's enough bickering. No fighting in this house.", I said. The ribbing they were giving each other was all good natured and it was good that Cindy's mind was off her mother. I was just playing along.

"Why, Sam? Wouldn't you like to see a cat fight?"

"No, Sue. Besides, we'll wake everyone else up."

"You two woke everyone up last night.", Cindy said.

"You should talk. What were you screaming about, Cindy?"

"Me? You were screaming the loudest."

"I don't scream."

"I heard you."

"You heard Sue. I howl."

"So, what did Sam do to you to make you yell so much, Sue?"

"Why, whatever are you talking about?", Sue said, blushing.

"Like, you don't know what I'm talking about."

"It could have been Gail that was making all the noise."

"Then why would she be yelling, 'Oh, harder, Sam.'? Huh?"

"Maybe, her and Jill were, um, role playing?"

"Role playing? Sure they were, Sue."

"It could happen."

"You tell me then, Sam. What were you two doing?"

I was pretty sure Sue didn't want to tell all. "Nothing.", I said. "Just, I don't know. We did it doggy style. You know, from behind."

"Really? Sue's never screamed like that before."

"We've never done it doggy style before, Cindy."

"Just because Sam took you from behind?"

"He gives good head too.", Sue said.

"I know; I've experienced it. You're not going to tell me, are you?"

"Cindy", I said, "We didn't do anything you and I haven't done before."

"You two did something special last night. I know it."

The water boiled; saved by the whistle. I got up to grab the cups and tea bags. I usually have it all set up by the time the water is ready but we were talking too much.

"Let me get the tea ready, guys."

"You're not getting out of it that easy, Sam."

"Then just hold that thought."

I got everything ready, poured the water then put the cups out on the table.

"Sam.", Cindy said. "What if I got naked? Would you tell me then?"

"I've seen you nude plenty. You think that's going to get me to talk?"

"Don't you want to have naked tea with me?"

"You're reminiscing about your mom, aren't you?"

The mood got a little more somber.

"I guess.", Cindy sighed.

"Sorry. I shouldn't have said that."

"It's ok. Thanks to you and everyone else I don't feel too depressed. I am grateful, you know."

"Oh, honey", Sue said, "we're here for you if you need us. We just want you to feel better."

"You all are such good friends. The best friends I've ever had. You're like my family now."

"I feel the same way about you Cindy.", Sue said.

"And me too.", I repeated for good measure.

"All the people I used to know don't like me anymore since I've caught the virus.", Sue was saying. "And you know what? I think all of my new little friends are the best."

"Especially you two.", Cindy said, "I wish I knew what you were both doing last night."

"I told you: it wasn't anything we haven't done, Cindy. And what about you and Julie?"

"Julie?", she said. "I love her. I hope you're not jealous."

"How could I be jealous? I love both of you."

Cindy smiled. "And what about Sue?"

"I love her too."

"You do, Sam?"

"Of course, Sue. You can't think I don't after the things we've shared."

"Well, that means four times as much luvin', huh?"

"What do you mean?"

"Cindy and me -- that's two. And Julie is twice as big as either of us, so that's two more. Four times as much."

"Well, technically you're wrong."

"I am?"

"Sure. When you talk about how much someone is, you're talking about mass, right?"

"Uh, mass?"

"Like weight. How many pounds you are."

"I guess so. Yeah."

"Sure. Now assuming we are all the same density which you have to agree is a reasonable assumption; I mean we are all made of over ninety percent water, ok?"

"Okaaay."

"So, if we are all the same density, which you just agreed is a reasonable assumption, then talking about how much someone is, is the same as talking about their volume."

They both had stupefied looks on their faces. I continued.

"And so volume is height times width times depth, right?"

"Yeah.", they both agreed.

"So, if Julie is twice as tall she is also twice as wide."

"Ok, that sounds about right."

"And twice as deep."

"I never really noticed."

"Well, she would look pretty flat if she wasn't twice as deep, right?"

"I guess so."

"So that means, being twice as tall and twice as wide and twice as deep, that her volume is two times two time two, or eight times the volume of either of us, assuming each of our volumes are comparable to each other which I would think you would have to agree that they are."

More stupefied looks.

"Which means eight times the mass."

"So?"

"So, that's eight times as much luvin'. Plus you two added in will make it ten times as much luvin'."

"Sam.", Sue said.

"What?"

"You're such a geek."

"And proud of it."

"I wonder what it feels like to be eight times as big.", Cindy said.

"I doubt it feels any different. But everything else would seem smaller."

"Do you think Julie sees us like kids, Sam?"

"You're asking me? Maybe Sue has a clue. She's the bigger one."

"When I was bigger", Sue said, "I remember kids at half my height. I think I would have treated anyone our size like kids."

"The kids I deal with I have to look up to.", Cindy said, with a sad look on her face.

"Gee, Cindy.", I said. "It must be hard to do that every day. Every day you're reminded how small you are."

"I want to quit.", she said.

"Oh, don't say that.", Sue told her. "I'm sure it must be fun getting to dance and to teach others."

"Kind of. If it weren't for the fact that I'm so short now and getting shorter I'd enjoy it."

"I thought you enjoyed being like a little kid yourself?"

"I don't know. What would you think if I were running around naked with a bunch of other little kids?"

"I guess I would think you were one of them.", Sue said.

"I suppose I would like that. But they're all bigger than me."

"I know how you feel. I have a niece who's eleven and she's like six inches taller than me.", Sue said.

"Well, I teach a nine year old who's over a foot taller. Maybe two feet."

"She can't be that much bigger."

"Ok, maybe not two feet. Does it really matter how much taller? She's nine years old for goodness sake."

"My sister grew taller than me when she was nine."

"How old were you then?"

"Eleven."

"Do you know how tall you were then?"

"No. I'll say maybe four six; ish."

"As tall as I am now, Sam.", Sue said.

"I had made it all the way up to a whoppin' four ten by the time I was a teenager."

"You were always short, huh?"

"Yep. And gettin' shorter."

"I still love you, Sam."

"Would you have said something like that to me before you got the virus?"

"I'd like to say yes, but I don't know."

"Eh. It's ok. I'm sure you never met someone as cool as I, so I'm sure you'd have fallen instantly in love with me despite my size even back when you were a giantess."

"Spoken like true geek. But I was never a giantess."

"How tall were you?"

"Five ten."

"That would make you a giantess to me."

"Not like Julie."

"No, not like Julie. Nobody is like her."

"It must be pretty wild seeing her grow over the past months."

"You can't even imagine. I can hardly believe it myself."

"What did she look like before she started growing?"

"Not much different, just smaller. Her hair was longer but still straight. Oh yeah, her breasts were smaller too."

"They are pretty big now."

"They're about the size of me without my arms and legs.", Cindy said.

"You must really like that, Sam."

"I like them because they're her boobs. I don't care about their size."

"Yeah, right."

"I like Cindy's breasts too. Size doesn't bother me."

"Really?"

"Yes, Sue, really."

"How about mine?"

"Your's are gorgeous too."

We were all giggling by then.

"You like them lactating, don't you?"

"Huh?"

"Don't deny it. I heard you dreaming."

"I said that?"

"Yes."

"Crap. What am I saying when I dream?"

"Most of the time it's unintelligible."

"Obviously, not all the time."

"I've never heard anything intelligible while you were sleeping, Sam."

"Well, thank goodness for that, Cindy."

"But I think I'll listen a lot closer from now on."

"Awesome.", I said rolling my eyes.

"So tell me about Sue's lactating boobs."

"There's nothing to tell. I don't remember."

"What did he say, Sue?"

"He said how sweet it tasted."

I hid my face in my hands.

"And how he didn't need sugar in his coffee, just my milk."

Both the girls were laughing. I wasn't.

"Sam, you have such a wild imagination. What ever possessed you to want Sue to lactate?"

"It was a dream, Cindy. I don't have control over any of that. Maybe I saw a video on the Internet. I don't know."

"What sites are you visiting?"

"If it was anything sordid it would be for work."

"That's a lame excuse, Sam."

"It is not. I'll have you know that one of my projects was to look for malware on pr0n websites."

"Likely story."

"Whatever."

"You're such a geek, Sam."

"And proud of it."

"So, how are we going to get Sue's breasts to start lactating."

"Lots of stimulation."

They were both staring at me.

"What?"

"How do you know that?"

"Sue told me."

"I did?"

"Yep."

"I don't remember ever saying any such thing."

"You said it in my dreams."

"And how am I supposed to know that?"

"You seem to know all about my dreams."

"What're we going to with him, Cindy?"

"We'll just have to stimulate your breasts, Sue."

We all had a good laugh.

"It's still early guys.", I said. "You were up early, Cindy. Are you ok?"

"I'm fine. I just couldn't sleep. Thinking about Mom. You know how it is."

"Not really. But I can imagine. I assume Julie is sound asleep."

"I think so. Everyone else is still asleep too, I guess."

"Not everyone.", we heard from the doorway to the kitchen. We all looked to see who it was.


----- Gail

"Oh, Gail. We're so sorry. Did we wake you?", Sue asked her.

"Not exactly. I was just up and heard voices in the kitchen so I thought I'd get up and see who it was. I'm not sure why I woke. I haven't been sleeping much."

"Well, it's just us here in the kitchen. I haven't been sleeping much lately either. Sam's been waking me."

"And who woke me up this morning, Sue?"

"That was the first time."

"Yeah, right."

"I don't sleep too long at night either. I wonder if it's the virus?", Cindy said.

"That's a possibility.", I said. "I don't feel sleepy. What about you guys?"

"Not me."

"Me either."

"So, what're we gonna do?"

"Let's get naked."

"Cindy!"

"What?"

"Gail is here."

"Sam", Cindy said, rolling her eyes, "she's seen us all naked before."

Gail was laughing. I shushed her.

"You could wake Julie."

"So?"

"She doesn't see well in the morning. She'd bump her head into the top of the doorway."

"Oh come on."

"You think I'm kidding?"

"Yeah."

"I'm not. She's done it before. Many times."

"Ow. Is she that tall?"

We all looked at her like she just grew three arms out of her head.

"Yes. She's that tall. She picked you up. Remember?"

"How could I forget?"

"Didn't your head almost touch the ceiling then?"

"Yeah. I guess so."

"And her head was still over yours even when she was holding you."

"Oh, wow. I kind of forgot. All I can see is thigh when I'm next to her."

"And a beautiful thigh it is."

The girls all glared at me.

"Oh, come on. Do you blame me for saying that?"

"No, Sam. I agree with you."

"Thank you, Cindy. See Gail? I'm not the only one that thinks so."

"I didn't say it was ugly. Only that it fills my view when I'm next to Julie. In fact, I think it's quite nice looking."

"It's sexy, isn't it, Gail?"

"Yes, Cindy. It's sexy."

"Wouldn't you just love to kiss it?"

"Uh, I don't know."

"Cindy", I said, "stop teasing Gail."

She blew a raspberry back at me. "I bet she really would love it, Sam."

"Yeah, Gail.", Sue was getting into the conversation now. "You could kiss the back of her thigh standing. Think how that would make Julie feel."

Gail was smiling. "I guess that would feel pretty ... sexy."

"Sexy, hell. You could really get Julie going."

"You think so, Sue?"

"I know so."

"So, have you and Julie slept together too?"

"You betcha."

"Wow. You all really share each other a lot."

"You should too, Gail."

"We'll see about that. I have my hands full with Jill."

"Not as full as they would be with Julie."

"She's over twice as big as me.", Gail said.

"Over eight times."

"Eight?"

"Don't ask. Sam might put a mathematician spell on you."

"Yes, well, technically speaking,", I said, "computer science can properly be called a branch of mathematics."

"Sam.", Gail said.

"What?"

"You're such a geek."

"And proud of it."

"How did such a big girl like Julie hook up with a guy like you?"

"I told you: I used to be the taller one."

"No, I meant as geeky as you are."

"I told her if she didn't go out with me I'd give her a noogie."

"I'd like to see you try that now."

"I can't reach that high now."

"I can't even see that high. I look up and all I see is her crotch."

"And her boobs."

"Yes, her boobs too. They do protrude pretty far out."

"What size of bra does she wear, Sam?"

"How should I know, Sue? I'm a guy. Besides I don't think she wears any real bras anymore, just those sport bras. They probably don't make regular bras in her size."

"I thought guys were intimately familiar with bras and especially their girlfriends bra size."

"Seriously, Sue? I don't even think Julie knows what size she wears. Like I said, they probably don't make 'em her size. You seem to be taking an colossal interest in Julie's tits."

"I bet you know what size I wear?"

"S!"

"S?"

"That's for Sue size, Sue.", Cindy said.

"S for Super.", I said. "You're all an S size."

"Aw, Sam. You're trying to butter us up."

"Of course, I am. You guys deserve it."

"And you haven't even offered Gail some tea, Sam.", Cindy reminded me. "You're failing if you're trying to make Gail feel welcome."

"You're right. How could I be such a bad host. Gail, would you care for a cup of tea?"

"Not really, but thanks for asking.", she said.

"Would anyone else care for a second cup. I could use one."

Cindy and Sue agreed and I started dragging a chair over to the counter.

"Unh uh, Sam. It's my job to get up on your shoulders."

"It's actually Cindy's turn."

"Oh, no.", Cindy said, "I'm perfectly content to watch Sue get up on your shoulders and get the water."

"Fine. You really like this, don't you, Sue?"

"Yep. Now bend down."

I didn't think it was that funny, but Cindy and Gail were giggling the whole time. I made sure the pot was full to the top so that there'd be enough for a second cup for the three of us. I was able to convince Gail to have a cup of grapefruit juice though.

"Cindy.", Gail asked, "Are you doing ok?"

"I'm fine, Gail. I just need a little time to get over my mother passing away."

"Cindy, forgive me for saying this but this is true: you won't ever get over this. People don't get over things like that. It will always hurt."

"What?"

"Listen to me. That's ok. What you have to do though is to move on. Ok? Make the best of your life. Do what your mother would have wanted. I'm sure you know this."

Cindy was looking down. "Yeah. I just want to relax for a couple days before getting back to it."

"Certainly, Cindy. If there's anything I can do ..."

"I know."

"Julie seems to be a big help. No pun intended."

"She is."

"I could tell last night."

"Oh, God. Was it that evident?"

"Not as evident as Sue and Sam.", Gail giggled.

"Oh, we weren't that bad.", I said.

"Right. 'Oh Sam! Harder! Squeeze us!'"

Sue and I smiled at each other. It was clear they heard part of it last night, but not all.

"You'll probably wake everyone else up now, Gail." But nobody else woke up. It was not until a couple hours later that Julie finally greeted us. Jill followed shortly thereafter and Erin didn't show her face until a couple hours after that.


----- Everyone awake

Julie and I had some time to ourselves and talked a little.

"So, what was all that about last night?"

"What was what?"

"Don't play dumb, Sam. You know what I mean. All that noise."

"Tell me what were you screaming about first."

"No, I asked first."

"It wasn't me."

"Somebody was screaming. It wasn't just us that heard it either. That was heard on the other side of town I'm sure."

"I'm not responsible for hearing loss on the other side of town. They need their own earplugs."

"My god, Sam. What were you two doing?"

"We weren't doing anything. Just talking."

"Talking? That didn't sound like any talking I've heard."

"You'll have to make an effort to learn the native language. So what were you and Cindy doing last night?"

"Nothing."

"Yeah, right. A lot of loud nothing. At least Cindy's in better spirits."

"I hope she is."

"She is. We've been up talking while you slept."

"That's good. She seems better?"

"I think so. We should keep her busy today. Any ideas?"

"I'll let you know if I think of something."

We didn't have to think of anything though. Erin was now up and was in a good mood.

"You look happy, Erin."

"Cindy and I decided to go out dancing tonight."

"Tonight? A Sunday night? Where?"

"The usual club. They're open even on Sundays. Fred's coming too."

"You already talked to him?"

"We decided last night that we'd go dancing tonight. Then I invited Cindy this morning."

"Well, good. I'm sure you and Cindy will have lots of fun. She deserves it."

"You too, Sam.", Cindy said.

"Don't worry, I'll be fine."

"We'll all be having fun because you're coming."

"Oh, no I'm not."

"Sam.", Julie said. "Cindy deserves this. Don't deny her."

"You're supposed to be helping me get out of this. Why don't you go instead?"

"I can't dance."

"Neither can I."

"Cindy will teach you, right, Cindy?"

"Of course I will. I'll have you dancing like a pro in no time, Sam."

"Julie can go in my place."

"It won't be the same."

"Sure it will. She can dance as good as I can."

"I thought you said you couldn't dance."

"Exactly. Teach her."

"But I can't dance with her."

"Why not?"

"Take a look at both of us. How am I going to hold her?"

"Around the hips?"

"That won't work. Come on, Sam. You and I were made to dance together."

"Suuuuue!", I whined. "Help me out."

"I will. I'm going dancing too. I wouldn't miss this for all the coffee in Bolivia."

"It's tea in China."

"I drink coffee."

"You had tea earlier." I said as I gave her a mean look. A look that said, "I'll get back at you later."

"Are you going too, Gail?", I asked.

"I don't think so."

"I'll stay here with Gail, guys."

"No, you should go, Sam."

"I've been Shanghaied, Gail. Keep me with you. They're forcing me to go dancing tonight. My life is doomed."

"You poor little darling.", Gail said. "I better call the grieving old ladies ahead of time. This is a major catastrophe. Whatever shall we do? That must have been the real reason you were screaming last night."

They all thought this was hilarious. I slapped my forehead. Then Jill joined us.

"Jill! Tell them I can't dance."

"He can't dance."

"Thank you. At least someone is in their right mind."

"But he can learn. Are you going to teach him, Erin?"

"That's not helping!", I exclaimed.

"I'll teach maybe a little.", Erin said. "Cindy's going to do the honors. She's a professional. And what's all this talk about screaming?"

"I think Sue was spanking him last night.", Jill said. "He was screaming like a crybaby."

"I was not! That was Sue. I was howling."

Julie literally got on the floor and was rolling around laughing.

"You should have heard Julie.", I said. "She was the one screaming the loudest."

"No, she wasn't, Sam.", Jill said. "You and Sue were screaming the loudest by far."

"I told you; I don't scream."

"I don't know what got into you two but Sue screamed so loud she shrunk."

"I did?", Sue said.

"She's kidding, Sue.", I had to tell her. "She only wishes."

That shut Jill up, but Gail was laughing.

"And why were you two so quiet last night?", I asked.

"How would you know if we were quiet or not? Nobody could hear over all the ruckus you and Sue were making."

Gail had a point.

"What the hell did I miss?"

"Nothing, Erin.", I said. She didn't believe me.


----- Home studio

"Well what are we going to do with the rest of the day until tonight?", Erin asked.

I suddenly had a brilliant idea to keep Cindy busy.

"Cindy, that stuff I ordered came in last week. You know, the audio equipment."

"Oh, good. You can start recording yourself singing. It should come out more than half decent now."

"Wanna help me set it all up?"

"Do I? We're going to make you a great home studio, Sam."

"So, that's what Cindy and I are doing today, Erin.", I said.

"What am I going to do then?", she replied.

"That's your problem."

"Hey, Erin,", Sue piped in, "I need to go pick out a dress for dancing tonight. Wanna come with me?"

"Sure."

"You too, Gail. How about it?"

"I'd rather not."

"Ok. What about you, Julie, Jill? I'd love it if you came."

"I don't know if I'll be able to find any clothes for me.", Julie said.

"We don't have to shop just for clothes."

"Ok, I'm coming."

"Great. We're going to have so much fun."

We finally ate breakfast, everyone got ready and those going shopping left, which meant I was alone with Cindy and Gail.

Cindy and I went to work setting up the studio. We opened packages and decided where they would go: we decided to set up in my office. I went online and registered most of the equipment. Cindy thought that was strange.

"Why would do you do that?"

"To put the warranty in effect."

"Nobody does that."

"They should."

"It's just a waste of time."

"It's not a waste. Especially if you have to return something."

"You're such a geek."

"And proud of it."

Fortunately, everything seemed to work well and nothing had to be returned. When we were finished setting things up I got the guitar and recorded a couple of songs. I didn't have a pickup so I had to use a microphone dedicated just to the guitar. I wasn't expecting any great results. I put the headphones on and played it back. What I heard was stunning.

"Is that really me?"

"Let me hear."

I passed the headphones to Cindy and played it back.

"That's definitely you, Sam."

"You were right: it's not half bad. In fact, it's whole lot better than recording with just the computer.", I said.

"Let me hear too.", Gail cried.

We let her try the headphones and she thought it was great.

"It needs a little work.", Cindy said. I was incredulous. How could it be any better? She fired up a couple of apps on the computer and went to work. She played with a bunch of controls tweaking this and that and after about half an hour with the headphones on she said, "Here, it's a bit better now."

I took a listen. Frankly, I couldn't hear much difference. Neither could Gail. But we both agreed that we thought that it was maybe a little bit better.

"How did you know how to do that?", I asked.

"I have a college degree in performing arts, remember?"

"I thought it was in dance."

"Dance is a performing art."

"Oh, yeah. I guess it is."

"We had to take audio and video courses. It was part of the program. You'll need to learn this too."

"Why?"

"Don't you want your recordings to be the best they can?"

"I guess so. I'm going to have to get Sharon over here so we can record together."

"Ok, but until you get another microphone or a pickup for the guitar you'll have to record your performances twice and dub in the voices and guitar separately."

"And how do you do that?"

"It's better if I show you when Sharon is here rather than just explaining."

"Sounds good to me."

We decided Cindy would handle all this stuff for us for the first few songs we'd record. Then I could probably do these things myself for later recordings.

It was good that she was getting deep into something, keeping herself busy. It got her mind off of other things. I decided to sing some songs for her.

I sang her one of the most hauntingly beautiful songs I know: "Changes" by Phil Ochs.

        ...

        Your tears will be trembling, now we're, somewhere else,
        One last cup of wine we will pour, and I'll kiss you one more time,
        And leave you on the rolling river shores, of changes.

...

This made her cry. Right now I figured it would be good to indulge in the memories. She asked if I wrote that song, bless her heart.

"You've never heard of Phil Ochs?"

"He sounds familiar."

"You don't know who he is, do you?"

"Not really."

"You poor, deprived, little girl. Would you like to hear his story?"

"Sure."

"Hmmm. I'm not sure you're ready."

"Why not?"

"It's a tragic story."

"Oh. How bad is it?"

"He committed suicide."

"Did he have Borgford's disease?"

"Worse. He was a product of the '60's -- a very sensitive soul. A genius like so many other musicians of the time. Every bit the equal of Bob Dylan, I'd say."

"He was good, right?"

"Yes, one of the best."

"He drank, Cindy.", Gail said. It seems she knew of him too.

"That's not good."

"No, it's not."

"The times hit him hard.", I said. "I think he thought that he could change things for the better with his songs but of course it was a losing cause. So he killed himself."

"That is tragic. How old was he?"

"Mid thirties, I think."

"Did he have any other songs?"

"Many."

"Can you sing another one?"

"I'd love to. I know one you might like. How about this?"

I sang "When I'm gone":

        There's no place in this world where I'll belong when I'm gone.
        And I won't know the right from the wrong when I'm gone.
        And you won't find me singing on this song when I'm gone.
        So I guess I'll have to do it while I'm here.

        ...

"Oh, I love that, Sam.", she said. "Can you record that for me?"

"I most certainly can."

Gail was mostly quiet this whole time. It wasn't until we took a little break and Cindy left to freshen up (that's girl-speak for going to the bathroom) that she spoke to me.

"You like singing to her as much as she likes hearing it, don't you?"

"You're very perceptive, Gail. Sure, music's a gift, and just as much for me as for who I'm singing to."

"Cindy should feel better."

"Music always helps."

"You can't stand her up tonight, Sam."

"Aw, shucks. I hate dancing, but don't worry, I'll go. I know how much she likes dancing."

"She loves you. Anyone can see that."

"I love her too, Gail."

"You have a lot of passion, Sam."

"You have to sing that way or it doesn't mean anything."

"It's much more than your singing. It's the reason you made Sue scream last night."

"Ha. You have no idea what went on in that room last night."

"You gave Sue what she wanted."

"I guess I did. You don't know what though, do you?"

"It doesn't matter. You gave me what I want."

"Oh? What?"

"You made me get out. I really needed that. You helped me get over my anxiety. And you brought Jill to me."

"I can't take credit for Jill. It was her idea."

"You asked me out before that. You took the time to talk to me."

"I like talking, especially to beautiful girls."

"Don't try to flatter me. I wouldn't have gone out to meet you that first time if I thought you were hitting on me. I don't know how you got the others to sleep with you."

"What others?"

"Everyone. Julie. Cindy. Sue. Jill. Need I go on?"

"I'm very lucky."

"Lucky? You haven't even hinted at doing the same with me. Did you take that approach with them?"

"Gail, everyone is different. I haven't really taken any approach. In fact, every time I've taken the initiative in the past, well, lets just say the results were disastrous. Things just happened with Julie, Cindy and all the others. It's weird."

"Weird?"

"A few months ago I got back together with Julie. You remember my story."

"Yes, I do."

"Then things really changed for me. We started changing sizes and hasn't stopped yet. But I haven't tried to hit on anybody because I really am content with Julie. But, damn if I haven't gotten more pussy than I ever have in my life. Sorry about the language, but I have to reinforce the narrative because it is that spectacular."

"I understand.", she said. Then she got up on her toes and gave me a hug and kiss.

"Are you taking the initiative?", I asked.

"I don't know. I don't even know where Jill and I are going. But thanks anyway for everything, you're a good friend. Only right now you need to take good care of Cindy. Then maybe later you can think about making me scream like Sue."

"I'm not sure my ears can take another night like that.", I chuckled. "But if it comes to that, I'm not sure I'll be able to live up to the reputation that Sue's screaming is giving me. I'm almost scared you'll be disappointed."

"You have nothing to worry about, Sam.", she said.

When Cindy returned we recorded "When I'm Gone", she did her magic on the computer and copied the resulting file to a USB stick so she could play it whenever she wanted.

"I'm going to play this in the car, Sam.", Cindy said. "It reminds me of my mother."

"Oh, I'm sorry."

"No, it's good. It'll remind me to be the person my mother wanted me to be."

"In that case, listen to it all you want."

The girls eventually got back from shopping. We all cleaned up and got ready to go out. Cindy came with me to look for clothes to wear. We, or rather it was she who looked and she settled on a dark blue button up shirt I had. I tucked the shirt in but she pulled it right back out. She said I not to do that. Whatever.

I thought Gail would be leaving to go home tonight, but she stayed home with Julie so I guess she decided to go later. Then the rest of us headed out for dancing. Ugh.


----- Dancing

The dance floor was a big oval in the middle of the dance room. There were other rooms where the bar and other tables were. From the dance floor steps went up on all four sides like a stadium but each step was several feet wide so that tables were set up all around and on several levels above the dance floor. Paths on all sides led up to the top floor and into the other rooms.

Fred brought Sharon. Erin and Fred went right on out to the dance floor without hesitation. And without hesitation Cindy literally dragged me out to the dance floor. I didn't put as much fight as I could have though. I was doing this for Cindy, after all. Sue stayed at the table talking with Jill and Sharon for a while. They decided to watch a little bit first. Their excuse was that they didn't want to distract from my lessons.

"Move your feet like this."

I copied Cindy. It wasn't too hard.

"And your arms like this. Ok, good. Now face me and hold me. No, the other way. Mirror me."

We kept up the lessons for a while and I tried to stay in step with her. It didn't work too well, but I did get the hang of it a little bit, eventually. It took some time and effort. Cindy was very patient.

The music started picking up and the lights were getting dimmer. I saw Jill dancing with Fred. His head was barely at the level of her breasts. Sue and Erin were out there too and Sue's head didn't reach much higher on Erin then Fred's did on Jill. I realized the girls were wearing high heels. When we all came close to each other my head was shoulder level to Sue and well below Erin's breasts. As for Jill; my head was somewhere around her lower stomach.

Thank goodness I was with Cindy. She had a nice little pink dress that came to just above her knees. It was probably meant as a mini skirt style dress but on Cindy it was a little longer. I learned how to swirl her around. Actually I just stood in one spot while she whirled. The way the skirt of her dress flew out was really sexy.

Cindy wasn't wearing heels; well, not much to speak of. However, she took them off when the music started playing faster. We were dancing apart and I tried to do what she was doing. Obviously my attempts at imitation were not entirely successful. Ok, not even close. I knew I looked like a fool out there but I saw that some of the other guys looked just as foolish as I did. So I didn't feel too bad.

Erin, Sue, Jill, Sharon and Fred would occasionally go sit at the table but Cindy wouldn't hear of us leaving until we both got tired. Finally, she decided to a break. Whew. I was winded. Cindy and I spent quite a long session out there on the floor.

I sat and started gulping down my water. The ice was mostly melted but it was still cold and felt good. Cindy went to the bar and came back with a mixed drink.

"What's that?"

"It's a drink."

"It's from the bar. It's alcohol, isn't it?"

"So, what if it is. I'm a grown girl."

"Oh, boy, I could say so much right now."

"Come on, Sam. I deserve this."

"You know what that can do to you?"

"I know, and I don't care. You have to let me do this, Sam."

I sighed. "It's your life. You know I only want what's best for you."

"Yes, I know." Then she kissed me. "Thanks. You don't know how much you being here means to me. I'm going to go dance with Erin for a little bit now; I owe her. You'll be ok?"

"Just show me where the oxygen bottle is and I'll be fine."

She laughed then took Erin by the hand, and they disappeared, both barefoot, out onto the dance floor. The music was loud and we pretty much had to yell to be heard. By the way, that is one of the reasons I never liked going out clubbing.

Jill was dancing with Sharon now so that left Sue and Fred at the table with me.

"Let's go out there, Sam."

"Aw, I just sat down."

"Don't you want to dance with me?"

"I didn't want to dance with anyone. You know why I'm here, right?"

"Fine."

"Alright, look. Give me a minute to drink a couple sips of water and we'll go out there, ok?"

"Oh, goodie."

But before I could get my couple of sips in and before I knew what was happening, a big hand grabbed mine and pulled me out of the chair with such force that I almost flew up in the air.

"Jill! Wait. What're you doing?"

"We're gonna go dancing."

"But you're dancing with Sharon."

"She's tired."

"So am I."

"You've been resting."

"But I was supposed to go out on the floor with Sue."

"There's plenty of time for that. I'm not going to miss my chance."

"What chance?"

"To dance with you. Just for a little bit, ok?"

"Ok, fine."

She dragged me out to the dance floor like it was nothing and there was nothing I could do about it. How did Jill get so strong?

I'm not going to say she was a bad dancer. To be sure she was not quite in the same league as Cindy or even Erin but she was certainly better at it than I, and I was sure that I was making a fool of myself again. I expected stares, especially with our height difference. There'd be enough reason to stare at Cindy and I, us being so short; but even more so with Jill being well over six feet tall and me closer to four feet.

I looked around but everyone seemed to be in their own world here. This was unexpectedly refreshing. I was doing the best I could; wiggling and jiggling in a manner that didn't totally look unlike dancing. Then it came: the slow music.

I grabbed Jill around the waist as best I could. We just sort of shuffled around for a few moments, her nearly tripping over me a couple of times. What can I say? I'm a klutz when it comes to dancing. I look more like I'm wrestling that dancing. She got a little fed up with the tripping.

"Here, this'll be better.", she said while picking me up. Now I totally expected stares. None were detected. After a little while of this Cindy was tapping on Jill's leg.

"My I cut in?"

"Sure. I think it would be better with you two for this one.", Jill said, whereupon I was put back down and Cindy and I hugged as we slow danced.

"Cindy, you know what?", I said.

"What?"

"No one is staring at us."

"So?"

"I know they shouldn't but I always get stares, especially when I'm with taller girls like Jill or even Erin."

"They don't do that here. Even when people get naked nobody stares."

"They get naked?"

"Sure. Watch."

With that she reached her arms down, crossed them, grabbed the bottom of her dress and whisked it over her head. She wasn't wearing a bra and was now only wearing her panties. Then she started unbuttoning my shirt. I was about to protest but I noticed there were actually some other girls who were topless by now too. So I just went with the flow and we hugged again and finished the slow song. They played a second slow one while we danced together close.

"Sorry, Sam. I just had to butt in on you and Jill. I really wanted to slow dance with you."

"Thanks, Cindy. This feels good."

"I like skin to skin dancing.", she said with a smile. She was enjoying her night.

Then the music picked up.

Erin and Jill made their way over to us. Erin was, by this time of course, topless. Surprised? Yeah, right.

"Hey, bro?", she shouted.

"What?"

"Are you having a good time?"

"Meh.

"What?"

"I said, sure."

"Great."

All four of us were dancing together when Sue and Sharon also came out to join us. They were both barefoot too, but otherwise still dressed.

"Hey, Sam.", Sue said. "Do the mashed potato."

"Huh?"

"Move your feet like this." Her legs were going in and out. I tried it but no matter how hard I tried, I just couldn't do the mashed potato.

"Easy for you.", I said.

"You have to twist your ankles. Look."

"No way. That hurts. My legs are already hurting."

"You're too stiff.", Cindy said.

"I can't do it any other way."

The girls really tried that night but I remained the white boy that couldn't dance. "Sam,", they all told me, "you dance like a geek."

"And I'm proud of it."

Cindy and Erin remained topless until we left and somewhere along the way Sue took her dress off too. The place closed at midnight so that's when we all left. We took Jill home to mom's house and Sharon left with Fred.

Cindy had a good time and was a bit tipsy. I couldn't fault her with what she had been through last week. I just hoped the alcohol wouldn't hurt her and I was also not looking forward to the coming week -- she was going to need to take care of business.

When we arrived home it was a welcome quiet. Julie was obviously asleep. I stayed quiet as I entered the bedroom and discovered a surprise: Gail and Julie were asleep together -- Julie cradling Gail and both of them were nude.

I tip-toed out and told the others. Sue was leaving but had to go see the two of them. I asked her to stay; it was late and I didn't want her driving while sleepy. She assured me she'd be ok and needed to be in early to work Monday morning.

Cindy was staying so she and I spent the night together in the other bedroom. She thanked me for helping her out this weekend and that made me happy.

"And you won't find me dancing on the dance floor when you're gone.", I sang. "So, I guess I'll have to do it while you're here."

Despite all the bad things the past week, she smiled and we fell asleep.

 

 

End Notes:

Next time we'll find out why Julie and Cindy were screaming. 

Chapter 46 - Secrets Revealed by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie and Cindy's secret, news about George and Cindy and Jill hook up.

----- Monday

Gail had gotten up and left early and unfortunately I didn't get much of a chance to talk to her.

"Sorry, Sam. I really have to get going. We'll talk later."

"I'll see you Tuesday, right?"

"It's a date.", she said before driving off.

Cindy took the week off. I don't blame her. She had to take care of her mother's house. It turned out that her mother had willed everything she had to Cindy, including the house. But Cindy didn't want to keep up a house and was going to get it ready to sell; I suppose it would be easier for her to live in an apartment. But first, there were several things she needed to get out of the place. Lots of it were her stuff but there were also some things her mother had that she wanted to keep for sentimental reasons.

I left for the office shortly after and dropped Cindy off at her home that morning. I got back early enough to bring Erin to work.

Cindy arrived back that evening in her own car. She had recently installed pedal extenders and was very excited about this. Julie, Cindy and I had time to ourselves that night.

"You can keep your stuff here in storage until you find a place if you like.", I offered.

"Thanks. I don't want to rent one of those storage units."

"Did you grow up in that house?"

"No. We moved there after Dad died."

"Oh, so it doesn't have lots of childhood memories?"

"No."

"I guess that'll make it easier for you when you sell it."

"It'll be easy, period. I really don't want to be in there anymore -- too many memories of my mother."

"You know you're always welcome to stay here as long as you want. Isn't that right, Julie?"

"Oh yeah, Cindy. Sam's right. We love to have you over."

"Thanks, you two. I appreciate it but I don't want to overstay my welcome."

"Cindy, you're not overstaying anything. You know that Erin is staying here indefinitely?"

"Yes, I know."

"So, it wouldn't be any trouble for you to stay either. You can have the other bedroom."

"What about Jill?"

"Jill can sleep in the living room when she's over. She already has a place to stay."

"I was hoping for an excuse to sleep with you two."

"You can.", we both agreed. "But you'll need dressers and a place for your stuff."

"Ok. It'll only be until I can find a place to stay."

"Take as long as you want."

"Yeah,", Julie said, "the longer the better."

That made Cindy smile and her smile warmed our hearts.

Cindy whispered in Julie's ear.

"Oh yeah, tonight would be good.", Julie said.

"What?", I asked.

"You'll see when we go to bed."

"I need to pick up Erin from work tonight. It'll be late."

"It'll have to wait until then."

"What is it that I have to wait for?"

"Be patient."

"Ok."

I picked Erin up from work around ten-ish. She seemed tired and went to bed early enough. Now it was time for Cindy and Julie's surprise.

Cindy was giddy as we undressed but Julie seemed a bit nervous.

"Ok, Sam, we need to get Julie worked up really good."

"I doubt that's going to be a problem."

"Take one leg I'll take the other."

I kept an eye on Cindy and tried to be last one taking as long as possible. I made sure I stayed lower on Julie's right leg than Cindy was on her left. We kissed and licked and nibbled and bit her flesh, gently of course. It made for a long time working our way up Julie's long beautiful legs. Apparently, Julie couldn't take the tension much longer.

"Hurry up!", Julie said.

It would be rude to keep a pretty girl waiting, right? Especially if that pretty girl is nearly eight foot tall.

"I guess we better pick up the pace, Cindy.", I said. So we did and we arrived together at Julie's pussy.

"Hey, you shaved!", I exclaimed. "This is a nice surprise." It was dark and I hadn't noticed this earlier. Then I dove in licking her pussy lips. Cindy giggled.

"That's not our surprise, Sam.", she said. "Here, watch this." Cindy then started sucking on Julie's clit. It hadn't stop growing and was sticking out very conspicuously. Without measuring I'd say it was now up to two inches long. Of course, part of that was due to Julie's size. Everything about her was big.

"Yes, it's noticeable.", I said. "I knew that. Pretty sexy isn't it?"

"You don't know the half of it, Sam.", Cindy said. "Julie, you ready?", she asked.

"Yes, please. Don't make we wait any longer."

I figured Cindy would take the whole thing in her mouth but what she did was totally unexpected. She moved me down and situated me between Julie's knees.

"Watch this.", she said.

She straddled Julie, and holding Julie's clit, lowered herself onto it. She moved up and down a couple of times until all of Julie's clit was inside of her. Cindy was in a reverse cowboy on Julie. It took a second to wrap my head around this: Julie was literally fucking Cindy!

I'm sure my eyes were as wide as saucers. Cindy's eyes were closed as she got into the rhythm and Julie was moaning. Then Cindy beckoned me to her and we hugged and kissed as I entered Julie. I was fucking Julie while she was fucking Cindy. Fuckin' 'A'!

Due to the novelty and sheer wildness of the situation I didn't last too long. Julie and Cindy didn't last much longer either. We collapsed, spent on the bed and were virtually motionless for a while but eventually we went at it again that night.

No wonder they were screaming this past Saturday night. It was screaming wild thing.


----- Tuesday

Julie went work; I worked from home. Erin and Cindy were home with me too.

The two gals had a good time talking with each other that day. They even did a little dancing. It was good that Cindy was kept busy.

All too soon we had to leave. I drove so we didn't have to take two cars. We picked Jill up from her mom's house and went to get our treatments.

By this point the group was now on pills instead of injections. However, they still needed blood from us every now and then. Vampires!

Cindy went to talk to the doctors since she had missed all the treatments from last week. I hoped these missing treatments wouldn't disqualify her from the rest of the study.

They put Jill to work even more than before so she didn't get much time to talk with Gail like she wanted. But I did.

"So, how was Sunday night?"

Gail blushed.

"Oh, come now, Gail. We all know you and Julie spent the night together. It's nothing different than what Cindy, Sue and I have done. I hope you enjoyed your time together."

"Well, yes. Of course we did, Sam."

"I'm happy for you."

"You are?"

"Why wouldn't I be?"

"You're not mad that I slept with your girlfriend?"

"Gail. You've been to my home the past two or three weekends and you've seen what goes on, right?"

"Yeah."

"And you still ask such a question?"

"I just want to be sure."

"You can be sure, Gail. I think it's great that you and Julie have been getting along so well. You have my blessing."

"Thanks."

"So, how did this happen?"

"You remember what Sue said."

"No."

"About kissing Julie on the back of her thighs?"

"Oh, yeah. I remember."

"Julie was standing in the living room wearing only her underwear. And her legs were right there; right in front of me. Oh, they were looking sexy."

"Ha, you're telling me. It gets me hard every time. Oops, sorry about the language, Gail."

"'tsokay. I know what you mean. So there they were, looking so sexy and I remember what Sue said. I couldn't help myself. I walked up behind her and gave her legs a kiss. First lightly, on the back of her thighs."

"She liked that?"

"I'd say so. She actually cooed, Sam."

"Yep. She does that when she gets aroused. What were you two doing before that?"

"Just talking."

"About what?"

"Nothing in particular."

"Ok. Go on."

"Well, there's not much to tell. She turned around and picked me up and we kissed."

"I know how that feels."

"And the rest, well, it just happened."

"You do know that you're sharing her with Cindy and Sue and I. And occasionally Erin and Sharon. Right?"

Gail laughed. "Yes, I suppose you're right."

"Does that bother you?"

"No."

"So, tell me. What's it like doing it with someone so big?"

"I'm supposed to ask you that."

"You have. But now you know."

"I guess I do."

"Did the experience live up to your expectations?"

"I didn't know what to expect. But it wasn't much different than with Jill and Jill wasn't much different than, well, other times."

"Really?"

"Actually, they were different. But not because of their size."

"Because of what then?"

"Because they were genuinely interested in me. They didn't take me for granted or use me like others have."

"They're good people. All of my friends are and that includes you. Except for that demented soul that goes by the name of Sue."

I had seen Sue out of corner of my eyes; she had just walked up.

"Hey!"

"I'm kidding, Sue. You know I love you?"

"Yes, Sam. I love you too."

Gail was staring.

"You two shared something very special Saturday night, didn't you?"

"Oh, no, not this again. We already told you what happened."

"I still think there's something you're not telling us."

Sue whispered in my ear, "We could let Gail in on it."

"Not here. But I have an idea."

"What do you mean?"

"You'll see later."

"Ok. Gail, if you really want to know we'll tell you but not here.", Sue said.

"I can't wait."

"Uh,", Sue asked. "I hate to change the subject, but did you two notice anything different today?"

"Did you get a haircut?", I asked.

"No."

"You're wearing your hair in a ponytail."

"I always wear a ponytail. This is the first time you noticed?"

"No. I thought you might have been wearing it differently or something."

"Does it look different?"

"No. But I'm a guy and don't notice those subtle things that girls do with their hair."

"Her hair's not different, Sam."

"A new outfit?"

"No."

"Sorry, I don't notice anything different."

"Do you miss anyone?", Sue asked us.

"I don't think so."

"Neither do I.", Gail said.

"Have you seen George?"

"Come to think of it, no, I haven't seen him."

"Me neither. But I don't miss him."

"Maybe's he's sick or his car broke down."

"Maybe he fell off the end of the earth."

"We should be so lucky."

"Let's not jump to conclusions.", I said. "We'll keep an eye out and if any of us see anything we'll let the others know right away."

"Sounds like a plan."

"Yeah. I want to see what he has to say after being beat up by Sam last week. I bet that's why he won't show his face around here for a while."

"Please don't make a big deal out of that, Gail.", I pleaded.

"We won't. We promise. Right, Sue?"

"I can't promise that."

I could only shake my head and roll my eyes at that remark.

"And where's Cindy?"

"She had to talk to the doctors."

"Doctor Piglet and doctor Winston.", Gail said.

"Seriously, Gail. She missed two sessions last week."

"Do you think they'll drop her?"

"I hope not. I don't know."

Then it was time for me to give some blood. They were teaching Jill how to be a vampire. She was really getting into this too. She didn't get to poke me but she did try her hand -- with supervision of course -- on Joe and Michele.

After I finished with the vampires, no offense to Jill, I was able to talk to Cindy.

Fortunately, she wasn't being dropped from the program but they wanted to find out how the virus was progressing in her body now that she missed the treatments. They were only going to take blood from her today. They would do the same on Friday and she also had to get her blood tested Wednesday and Thursday -- basically this whole week, then she'd be back on the meds: pills only.

"Cindy? What if you shrink because you're not taking meds?", we asked.

"I can't do anything about that."

"We're so sorry, Cindy."

"It might not be so bad. They're thinking that they might be overdoing the doses so this will give them a chance to study how the meds last in the body. At least that's what they told me. The best thing is that I get to stay in the group with all of you."

"Cindy, we'll always be together whether you're getting treatments with us or not. You know we won't let you leave us."

"Aw, thanks."

We were all standing around Cindy offering condolences and such.

"Cindy?", Jennifer said. "You've shrunk!."

"Yes, I know."

"You used to be taller than me. I think you're shorter. Can I come close?"

"Why not?"

They got back to back and sure enough, Jennifer was slightly taller. Maybe a half an inch to an inch, but Cindy had lost height, which we knew from before. I was thinking Cindy would be upset but I suppose with her mother passing away past week, it was a rather small thing for her and she took it in stride.

Jill had spent some time with Marie and Joe. Gail joined them. They had all shared a night or two with Jill and I was wondering if Jill had told Marie and Joe about Gail.

Before the night was over I asked Zoe about George.

"Yes, Sam. I know he's not here. He's in jail."

"What?!!"

"Your little tete-a-tete last week got me wondering."

"Sorry about that."

"Not a problem. If it was you fighting then I was sure there was a good reason. Plus, George gives me a creepy feeling."

"You too?"

"Yeah. So I had Xavier look into it."

"Your boyfriend. He's the cop, right?"

"Yep. I gave him George's name, or I should say William, aka Billy."

"What?"

"Xavier had a little trouble but once he found out his real name Billy, George's real name, turned out to be a wanted man."

"What did he do?"

"Child molestation and pornography. He's also a fugitive."

"Holy shit!"

"Right. Xavier's department picked him up this past weekend."

"I hate to say this, but I'm glad. Can I go tell the others?"

"If you want to. I was going to tell everyone later tonight."

"Ok, I won't spoil it for you then. I'll let you tell them."

So, later, when we were all gathered together, Zoe told us of George, or rather Billy. And also of Cindy's situation.

We finished up early again and went home. Jill wanted to stay over. In fact, she wanted Gail to come over too, but Gail had to work the next day.


----- Tuesday night

"Don't feel too bad about shrinking, Cindy. I still think you're cute.", Jill said on the way home.

"Thank you, Jill."

"In fact, I think you're sexy.", Jill said. Where did that come from? After a little while of this talk I figured out that Jill wanted to spend the night with Cindy. Cindy seemed to take to the idea too. I was going to have a night exclusively with Julie and I was looking forward to it.

When we got home we spent a little time talking about George, or rather Billy.

"I knew he was no good.", Cindy started. "I'm glad Jill was around to shoo him away when he started bothering Gail."

"I can't take all the credit, Cindy. Sam was mostly to blame for keeping him away from her."

"Sue helped a lot too.", I said. "I'm grateful you were around when you were, Jill."

"I guess there's no reason for you to come any more, Jill.", Cindy joked.

"Oh, no. They want me around more. They're talking of having me come on for the next series of sessions."

"That's really cool. Are you going to do it?"

"I hope so. They're going to pay me."

We all looked at each other.

"Jill, that's wonderful. It's a job."

"It'll only be a couple days a week and just for a few hours."

"Still, I think that's great. Will you be drawing blood?"

"Maybe. There's all kinds of things to be done. I'll probably be more like a gopher."

"A gopher?"

"You know. Go-fer this. Go-fer that."

"Still, it's a start."

Cindy had asked Miss Julie "Would you mind terribly if I spent the night with Jill?"

Julie looked at me with raised eyebrows. I shrugged.

"Sure, honey. I won't mind."

And so we all went to bed. I had a chance to talk to Julie alone.

"What's all that about with Jill?", she asked.

"I think Jill has taken a liking to Cindy. Maybe because she's missing Gail tonight. I don't know"

"Hmmm. And what about Cindy?"

"Beats me. But you know Cindy; she's a pretty amorous girl."

"So, you're saying she's a nympho?"

"No. Look, I could be wrong, but I'm thinking she senses that Jill is missing Gail and just wants to comfort her by taking her place. Jill nearly begged Gail to come over with her tonight. Or maybe Cindy just wants to help celebrate her getting a real job."

"Hmm. Maybe you're right."

"Does is matter?"

"I guess not."

"So, what about Gail?"

"What about her?"

"You two had a good time Sunday night."

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"No, don't apologize. But how did that happen?"

"I don't know. We were alone together and then one thing led to another."

"How was she?"

"Good. Small."

"Small to you."

"Everyone is."

"Did you two do what Cindy and you do together?"

"Oh, no. Not that."

"How did you and Cindy figure that out anyway?"

"Cindy did. She just ... did it."

"And?"

"And it felt fantastic."

"I'll bet it did. Now you know how us guys feel."

"I fucked Cindy.", she said, mostly to herself.

"Yes, you did."

"I really fucked her."

"Are you going to fuck Gail?"

"Oh, no. I couldn't."

"Why not?"

"Oh. I ... I don't know. It wouldn't be right."

"I bet it would fit even better in Gail."

"You think so?"

"She's smaller than Cindy. At least for now."

"Cindy's getting smaller, isn't she?"

"Well, missing the treatments is not helping. And neither is the alcohol."

"She's drinking?"

"A little bit Sunday night. I'm not sure how much she had. She wasn't stinkin' drunk but she was a bit tipsy."

"I'll have to scold her."

"Despite her looks, she's an adult, Julie. She really doesn't need any of us scolding her."

"I'm sorry. I hate to see her do things like that."

"You didn't try to stop her before."

"I didn't know how bad it was before."

"Neither did I. At least she's exercising and keeping healthy otherwise. She'll be going to the clinic tomorrow and every day the rest of this week."

"Is that to catch up on the treatments?"

"No. They're just taking blood to monitor her situation. She'll be ok, they just want to study her."

"If she's going all week it's a good thing she took off of work."

"I think she'll be going back next week. She wants me to come visit her class as an invited guest, you know."

"Are you going?"

"Sure. Anything to help her out. She might want you to go too."

"Me? Why?"

"Your size, I guess."

"I'm not so sure about presenting myself for others like that."

"I can drop a hint to Cindy then, if you want."

"Maybe that's for the best."

"Don't want to be a spectacle, huh?"

"No. I'm already a spectacle."

"I'm sorry, Julie. Try not to let it get to you."

"I'm trying. You're not going to say something like, they're staring at my beauty?"

"I don't want to sound like a broken record. You know I still think you're the most beautiful thing in the world."

"Even as pretty as Sue and Sharon?"

"Yes, even as pretty as them. Prettier."

"I can't believe that. But it makes me happy that you said it."

"Stand up."

"What?"

"Stand up and take your panties off."

She did. I kissed her clitoris which was just about mouth level for me. See? We can make our size differences work.

"Yep.", I said. "It's bigger."

"How much?"

"I don't know. Stay here for a sec while I get the ruler."

Two and half inches! That's how big it was. It was no wonder she was able to fuck Cindy. I kissed it and licked it, then gobbled it up. I started talking to her with it in my mouth.

I tried to say, "Mares eat oats, and does eat oats, and little lambs eat ivy." But it came out, "Babbee bo eh boebeeboe eh boobee bobee biebuh", or something like that; I'm sure you get the idea. That little technique did a number on her. She couldn't stand up anymore while I was doing it. So we ended up on the bed. It's pretty hard to keep up and stay latched on while she's thrashing about like she was; you all would have been proud of me though. Yee haw, ride 'em cowboy.

When she had her fill she reciprocated. We fell asleep together alone for the first time in a week.

 

End Notes:

Sam goes out on a limb for someone.

Chapter 47 - Search and Rescue by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam ends up helping someone.


----- Wednesday

I went into the office Wednesday, dropping Jill off first. Cindy went to the clinic. She assured me it was only for a few minutes then she had to go see a lawyer she contacted to help her take care of stuff about the will and get the house up for sale.

I got home before Julie; she arrived later with Sharon. We practiced some songs and I showed Sharon the "studio". She liked it and liked it even better when we recorded a song together. The guitar didn't sound all that great on the recording and I remembered what Cindy had said about that. I was determined to go the music store tomorrow to look for a guitar with a pickup. I didn't have any intention of actually getting one the next day, only looking around and seeing what was available. As usual, I'd wanted to do a bit of research first before committing to a purchase.

Cindy had found her way home by then and helped us with some more recordings. These weren't going to be a final product; it was more for practice. We did decide on the songs we'd sing this coming Friday at Mike's though so we accomplished something. We had decided to get together tomorrow for more practice so we'd be ready for Mike's. This time we decide to sing four songs together.

"Are you staying tonight, Sharon?"

"I'd like to, if it's ok."

"We'd love to have you. Of course, it's ok."

"Thanks. But if not you could take me home when you pick up Erin tonight."

"Nonsense. You're staying. If I don't see Fred thank him for me for bringing Erin to work."

"There's no need to thank him. He loves doing things like that for her."

"I noticed. So, would you like to spend the night together?"

"I thought you'd never ask."

"It's been a while."

"I know. I'm sorry I've been busy with family."

"That's ok. You're here now. I missed your kisses."

"I understand you've been busy too, in my absence."

"You make it sound so, I don't know, opportunistic."

"As long as I still have a place."

"You'll always have a place in my heart, Sharon."

"You say the sweetest things, Sam."

"What about me?"

"You know I love you too, Cindy. But let me ask you something: what's between you and Jill?"

"Oh, nothing."

"You and her spent the night together, last night."

"Yeah."

"Wait.", Sharon said. "You and Jill?"

"Sure. Why not? She's a nice gal."

"We know that."

"Well, her and I just hit if off last night. It was something new."

"You wanted something novel?"

"I guess so. I haven't been myself lately. I'm sorry."

"Don't be sorry. We just wanted to know what was up with you two. At least I did."

"I think I know why Jill wanted to sleep with Cindy, Sam."

"Yeah, me too."

"What are you talking about?"

"Jill."

"What about her?"

"You don't know?"

"Know what?"

"Jill has a thing for little people."

"Oh. You think that's why she wanted to have sex with me?"

"I don't think it hurt that you're, um, little. Like me."

"So, she likes you because you're small, Sam?"

"I think it's more along the lines of I made her appreciate the smaller side of life."

"Did she tell you this?"

"Yep."

"Did she share this with you, Sharon?"

"Well, I sort of guessed it. Especially when she was with Joe."

"Yeah, I remember that. She seemed to really like Gail too."

"Gail? She did it with Gail?"

"Sure. Didn't you know, Sharon?"

"Now I do. It figures. What did you and her do last night?"

"You want me to kiss and tell?"

"No. I guess not."

"She thought I was really cute. I like that."

"You are cute, Cindy.", I said.

"Yes, Cindy. Sam's right. You're such a cutie pie."

"You want to go to bed with me too?", she chuckled.

"Well, if you want to, sure."

"Wait. What about Julie?"

"Oh, yeah. We shouldn't leave her to sleep alone. I'd feel bad about that. You two spend tonight together and I'll spend it with Julie."

"Such sacrifice."

"Oh, Sam, you know I love her."

"Just kidding." I knew what those two would do and I knew it was no sacrifice for either of them.

I brought Sharon with me when I went to pick up Erin. Julie and Cindy were already in bed by the time we got home but they weren't asleep. Yes, we heard them.

That night Sharon and I made love like we hadn't been with each other in a couple of weeks. Come to think of it, we really hadn't been together for a couple of weeks. There was no screaming, but it was still as special as it was with Sue.


----- Thursday

I worked from home Thursday. It's a good thing. Later that morning I received a call -- a call from the company that I had gone through the clearance process for. My clearance had come through. I was going to start a new job.

I told them I'd have to call them back for a final start date. I had to give notice -- at least two weeks -- to my current employer first. I'd think it over and tell them about it next Monday. I tentatively gave my new company two weeks from Monday but would confirm later if that were going to change.

I couldn't wait to tell Julie! I figured we could go out for dinner and I'd bring Cindy and Erin too. Cindy was still taking care of business today along with stopping at the clinic.

Erin asked what I was so happy about.

"I'm getting a new job."

"Cool. What are you going to be doing?"

"Same stuff, basically. You know, computers."

"You're such a geek, Sam."

"And proud of it."

"Where are you going to be working?"

"You know the military base outside of town?"

"Yeah. Are you working there?"

"Next to it. This company does a lot of work for the government, the military I'm sure. That's probably why they're so close to the base."

"Cool. Are you gonna shoot big guns?"

"Seriously? I work with computers, Erin. Not guns."

"Well, you could."

"Maybe. I'll let you know if I get to shoot big guns. Ok?"

"Ok."

"Sam?"

"Yes?"

"I'm proud of you."

"Erin, that means a lot to me. Thank you."

"I was always proud of you."

"I know. Well, now I do. I didn't realize before, but I'm so happy you are. And just so you know, I love you."

"Can I tell my friends about you?"

"Of course you can."

"I can tell them what you do?"

"You can tell them I do computers. But what I'll actually be working on, well, I don't even know that myself. Sorry, but there will be things I can't tell you about my job. I had to get a top secret clearance for this."

"You did? That is so cool."

"Well, all that secret stuff is so boring really. It's not like what you see in the movies. So, don't be disappointed if I don't get to carry around a Walther PPK."

"A what?"

"The gun that James Bond carries. It's a Walther PPK."

"Oh. But you will carry a gun, right?"

"No."

"Bummer."

I rolled my eyes.

Julie came home the usual time.

"Where's Sharon?"

"I don't know. She had to leave early for some reason. Fred came to get her. She said she'd come by later."

"Ok. I'll see her later then. We still need to rehearse for tomorrow."

"And where's Cindy?"

"Still taking care of business, I suppose."

"I hope she's here soon."

"I'm sure she will be. When she gets here I want to take you and her and Erin out to dinner."

"Special occasion?"

"An announcement."

"I hope it's good."

"It is. I got my clearance. I'm starting that new job."

"Sam! That's great. When do you start?"

"Not quite sure. Two weeks from Monday hopefully, but the current job might want me to stay a little longer to wrap up loose ends."

"This is great news."

"It is. Now I can't wait to tell Cindy."

"She'll be happy."

"You think so? I mean, it won't be hard on her with her mother dying seeing others having good things?"

"Oh. I don't know. What do you think we should do?"

"I'll tell her. I have to anyway. But I'll try not to be so hyper about it. Ok?"

"Ok. I guess that's best."

Cindy was still officially in mourning, I suppose. I didn't want her to feel bad about my good fortune finally getting the new job so I made sure that Julie and Erin weren't going to go bonkers when I finally told Cindy.

While we were talking my phone rang; it was Sharon.

"Hi, Sharon."

"Sam, I need your help."

"Ok. What's up?"

"It's Tee. She's gone."

"Gone? Where?"

"I don't know. Her parents said they haven't seen her in two days."

"Maybe she's,..., well, I don't know. I don't really know."

"She didn't contact you?"

"No."

"Sam, her parents told me about the virus."

"So, you know about that?"

"I do now. I kind of suspected anyway. I mean, why else would she want to see you and not me?"

"Yeah. I'm sorry, Sharon. She really wanted to keep it a secret. She was very embarrassed and depressed about it."

"And now she's gone."

"What can I do?"

"If we find her, can you talk to her? Her mom and dad said she never talked to anyone else but you. You have to help."

"I will. How are going to find her?"

"It's a long shot, but her and I used to go to this place out in the woods. Can you come with me?"

"Sure."

"Can you meet me at my house?"

"I'll be there as soon as I can."

When I hung up Julie could see the worried look on my face.

"What's wrong, Sam?"

"You remember Teagan?"

"Teagan? That's Sharon's friend?"

"Yeah, her."

"Yeah, I remember."

"She's run away from home and Sharon wants me to help find her."

"She's an adult, isn't she?"

"Yes, but it's complicated. You want to come? Maybe you can help."

"Sure, Sam. If you want me to."

"Yeah. Get ready and let's go."

We left Erin behind and told her what to tell Cindy. It didn't look like Sharon and I were going to get in any practice tonight. Oh well. I usually wing it at Mike's for the most part anyway.

I filled Julie in on Teagan's situation on the ride over. When we arrived at Sharon's place, her and I went next door to talk to Teagan's parents a bit while Julie stayed in the car. I assured them that I'd do everything I could to help. They were thankful.

We soon left and drove for about 15 minutes where we parked at a gravel parking lot next to a park. The sky was gray and the wind was picking up. It was fairly cold; in the forties I'd guess. We put our jackets on and went walking down a trail.

After a few turns around the path we arrived at a spot next to a creek.

"This is where Tee and I would hang out.", Sharon said.

"I don't see anyone."

"Let's look around."

"Ok. Don't get too far apart. We don't want to lose track of anyone, ok?"

"Let's spread out but stay where we can see or hear each other then."

We looked for about a half an hour. No luck. The skies were growing darker.

"Let's go down that trail.", I said.

"What trail?"

"That one.", I said, pointing.

"That's not much of a trail.", Julie said.

"Yeah, we've never went down there.", Sharon replied.

"Someone's been through there lately though."

"How do you know?"

"Look.", I said. "See the branches of the shrubbery along the sides? It's been disturbed. And the cuts are still fresh. Someone's been down there recently."

The both agreed that it was the best shot we had. Not great, but it was also the only lead we had.

We trudged through for another fifteen minutes or so and the trail seemed to be less and less of a trail.

"Well, this sucks. Where to now, Sam?"

I looked around.

"Over here.", I said. "The foliage here looks like it's been trampled."

We walked another few minutes until we reached the creek again but quite a ways further from where we had started.

"Dead end."

"Julie.", I asked, "Look around. You should be able to see better than us."

She turned left and right and looked down the creek. Nothing.

"Sharon? What do you think Tee would do if she made it here?"

"I don't know. We used to climb trees. Especially Tee. She was good at it."

"Ok, look up in the trees, Julie. See if you can spot anything."

As she was looking I heard a snap.

"Did you hear that?"

"No. What?"

"This way. Come on."

I went towards where I heard the noise. It could have been nothing but after paralleling the creek for a bit I could see trampled plants again.

"Ok, keep your eyes peeled, Julie. I think we picked up the trail up again."

It was another few minutes before Julie cried out, "Look!"

"What is it?"

"Up there. In the tree; the branch that goes over the creek. I think I see someone."

We ran as best we could through the brush. We finally reached the tree.

"Teagan! Teagan! It's Sharon. We found you."

"Go away!"

"No. We're not going to leave you out here. Look at you. You're dirty and cold. Get down out of that tree."

"No. Stay away. I'll jump."

This was bad. Very bad. I've never dealt with someone suicidal. Shit. What to do? I thought for a second. I tried my phone. No signal.

"Julie? Sharon? Try calling 911.", I said low enough that Teagan couldn't hear.

"I can't get through."

"Ok, someone has to go back. At least far enough that you can get a signal. Sharon, you know this place better than any of us. Why don't you go back? You can direct others here. Can you do that?"

"Sure."

"Julie and I will stay with Tee. We'll see if there's anything we can do here. Maybe Julie can climb the tree and get Teagan."

"Ok, Sam. You two be careful. That tree doesn't look too sturdy."

"We will, Sharon. Hurry. The weather looks bad. It'll be worse for her if it starts raining."

"I'm off."

"Julie, can you reach that branch to get yourself up?"

"I'll try."

She was able to reach but when she pulled on the branch it broke off. Damn. The next highest branch was too far even for Julie.

"Julie, I've got an idea. See if you can lift me up to that next branch."

She had to hold me by the feet but I was able to grab a hold. I was much lighter and there was almost no chance of the branch breaking for me. I climbed. I climbed higher and higher until I reached the limb where Teagan was sitting. How did Tee get up here by herself?

She was out more than halfway on that limb and was out over the creek. She looked different than before. Smaller even. Frail. And not at all happy.

"Teagan! It's Sam. Come to me. Please."

"No, Sam. I can't do this. I just can't."

"You can do this for me."

"No."

"For Sharon?"

"No. Stay away or I'll jump."

The wind was picking up. I felt water drops. Was it the creek, or rain? It was getting colder and Teagan wasn't wearing any sort of jacket. Just a short sleeved t-shirt and jeans.

I didn't know what to say and didn't want to make it worse. The stakes were too high. But I couldn't leave her. We sat.

I looked down at Julie and then down the trail to see if I could see Sharon or anyone else. Julie looked worried.

I heard thunder. It was rather far away at this point but I knew it wouldn't be too much longer that a thunderstorm would be upon us.

"Teagan. We have to get down. A storm is coming. You don't want to be out when it gets here."

No answer. There was nothing to do but wait for Sharon and more help to show up. The wind was howling.

Suddenly a thunder clap nearby jolted us. It was loud. Then a second one roared; it was even louder. Teagan screamed and as she jolted the limb broke just in front of me. It now bent down about forty five degrees from there.

It was stupid, I know, but I jumped out on the limb. Fortunately, Teagan was scared enough that she started climbing up. I reached and grabbed her wrist.

"I gotcha!"

I dragged her up to the base of the limb before where it had broken. I hugged her close to me. She was indeed frail. Her arms and legs were barely skin and bones. She was so light.

It was raining by now; raining hard. She was shivering so I took off my jacket and wrapped it around her. Then I moved over to where I could straddle the limb and lean my back against the tree trunk while holding Teagan in my arms.

She was sobbing as it was raining. I tried to comfort her.

"Help is coming, Teagan. Help is coming. I won't let you go."

"I'm sorry, Sam. I'm so sorry. I don't want to live like this."

"It's ok, Tee. It's going to be alright." This made her cry even more.

It seemed like ages. The rain slacked a bit then got heavier. It was literally pouring down rain. It seemed like three or more hours before I saw Sharon coming down the path with a bunch of fireman. They had a ladder, thank God.

Both Teagan and I were soaked and shivering. A fireman finally reached us up on the ladder. I handed Teagan over to him then one of them grabbed me. I wanted to get down myself but found I was too tired and cold for it. I welcomed the help.

When I got down I was snatched up and hugged by Julie. She was warm, despite being wet, and it felt good. I saw Teagan's parents with Sharon weeping as Teagan was being strapped to a stretcher and they took her away in an ambulance with her parents in tow.

Now she should be getting some professional help, I thought.

"She'll be ok now, Sharon. I know she will."

"I hope so, Sam. She seemed so sickly."

"It doesn't look like she took very good care of herself."

One of the medics was looking me over.

"I'm just cold. I'll be fine.", I said.

And now that it was all over we walked back out. Julie insisted on carrying me. I was so cold and her body felt so warm that I didn't complain about it.

It was too late for Sharon to come over to practice, but even more so, the mood was not right. We each went home.

We got home and took a hot shower then told Erin and Cindy the story. I figured everyone would know about Teagan and her catching the virus soon anyway. It was no secret anymore.

"Do you think she'll be able to join the clinical trials, Sam?"

"I really hope so, Cindy. She knows what she has to do but it's up to her. I just hope she does the right thing now."

"Wow. I knew Teagan, but I didn't know she had the virus."

"She's only had it a couple of months now, Erin. It's really hit her hard. I feel bad for her."

"I hope she's ok."

"We all do. Did you know her well?"

"No. But I know she was a cheerleader."

"She was. I knew a lot of cheerleaders in high school but I really didn't know her all too well either. I guess she was just too much younger. She's a good friend of Sharon's though."

"Sam?"

"Yeah, Julie?"

"You've been helping her because she had the disease, right?"

"Only when she's asked for me. Which was only once, really. The other time I was checking up on her for Sharon."

"She asked for you because you have the same virus?"

"I think it's safe to say that, yes. Why?"

"No other reason?"

"Like what?"

"Sharon said that she used to have a crush on you in high school."

"She lost that crush. I was too short for her. Remember when she came to see me at Mike's?"

"I think so."

"She literally thought I was gross being so short and wouldn't have given me the time of day. She was only interested in talking to me now because of the virus."

"Yet you still went to search for her."

"Absolutely. She needed help, plus I'd never refuse Sharon. Wouldn't you have done the same?"

"I'm not sure I'd want to do all that you did."

"I didn't do much."

"You saved her life."

"You were out there too, Julie. We were all helping."

"But I didn't literally crawl out on a limb for her."

"Don't make a big deal out of it. You'd have done the same."

"I don't know, Sam. I was scared, especially with the lightning. I may have been too scared to do something like that."

"You can give yourself a little more credit. Both you and Sharon helped Teagan immensely. You can be proud of that."

"I'm proud of you, Sam."

"Me too.", both Erin and Cindy agreed.

"Let's all hope it helps Teagan.", I replied, wanting to divert attention away from me.

I'd thought after taking a shower I'd be warmed up but I was still chilled to the bone. I developed a cough and was feeling very tired so I went to bed early. Julie came to bed with me and it was nice being engulfed by her immense presence and feeling her warmth. You'd have thought I'd get a good nights sleep. You'd be wrong. I was very restless that night.

 

End Notes:

Next time we'll find out why Sam's sleep that night was so restless?

Chapter 48 - Aftermath by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam gets sick.

----- Friday

You know by not that I didn't sleep good Thursday night. I was feeling ill. In the morning I was shivering under the covers. Julie felt my head and then found the thermometer and took my temperature.

"My God, Sam! You're temperature is a hundred and two."

"Just give me some aspirin. I'll be ok."

"You just had some aspirin an hour ago."

"Then I'll have acetaminafen."

"I'm calling the doctor."

After a few minutes she came back and started gathering some clothes for me.

"Put these on. We're going to the hospital."

"Is that what the doctor said?"

"Yes, that's what the doctor's office said: get him to the emergency room."

"But you have to go to work."

"I'm taking off."

Erin wanted to come too. Julie thought it was a good idea in case they needed someone who was family. Off we went.

By the time I settled into a room I was feeling even worse. I recall that they gave me a chest x-ray and a bunch of other stuff but my memory was fuzzy. I fell asleep. Or rather, knocked out unconscious would be a better description.

I woke up sometime later -- I don't know when, time was a blur -- with tubes going into both of my arms from the crook of my elbows and from the tops of my hands. I was alone. I was weak and didn't even feel like lifting my head up. So I just fell back asleep.

The next time I awoke a nurse was in my room.

"Ah, you're awake. Let me finish taking your vitals.", she said.

She took my temperature, pulse and blood pressure.

"How am I?"

"Better."

"What happened?", I said. My chest hurt when I talked.

"You have pneumonia."

"Is it that bad?"

"It's worse. You've been diagnosed with sepsis too."

"What's that?"

"You have an infection in your blood."

"How bad is that?"

"It could have been very bad. Luckily we were able to give you antibiotics."

"Am I cured now?"

"Almost.", she smiled.

"How long will I be here?"

"I don't know. The doctor will have that say. We're monitoring you. But you are getting better."

"How long have I been here?"

"I'm not sure. A day or two."

"What day is it?"

"Saturday."

"Shit. I missed Mike's. And I missed work. I have to tell them about the job."

"What job?"

"The new job. Uh, don't worry about it. Is anyone here?"

"Lots of people."

"I mean do I have visitors?"

"Oh, yes. You're in the ICU and you're not allowed visitors though. Not yet. We need to get you into another room first."

"When?"

"You're recovering. Maybe this afternoon. The doctor will have to order it."

"When can I see the doctor?"

"Soon."

"Can you tell my visitors I'm doing better?"

"Don't worry. I'll get word to them."

I could only imagine how worried Julie was. Sepsis didn't sound good. I was to find out later that my temperature spiked at one hundred and three and my blood pressure was very low. They said I could have gotten brain damage from it if not outright have died. I was lucky that I got to the hospital when I did.

Finally, by that night I was in a regular room and was allowed visitors. Dad, Erin and Julie showed up first. Three was the maximum that was allowed in the room with me but there were plenty of others waiting their turn out in the waiting room.

"Hi, Dad. It's really good to see you."

"It's good to see you, Son. We were all worried. Even your mother."

"Right. Just tell her that... well, tell her I'm doing better."

"Don't worry, Sam. I'll take care of it when I see her."

"Thanks, Dad. Hey, Erin. How's it going?"

She was nearly in tears.

"Please get better."

"I am better. I'll be out of the hospital soon. Ok?"

"Ok."

"Julie, I love you."

"I love you too, Sam. We all do."

"There's about a hundred people out there that want to see you.", Dad said.

"Dad's joking, Sam. There aren't that many.", Erin retorted.

"There's all the people from the clinical trials and people from your work."

"Fred's here too."

"I'm glad he's here for you, Erin.", I said. "How did the people from work find out?"

"I called them."

"Thanks, Julie."

We made small talk for a while but they each left and a new person would show up in their place. It lasted for a few hours. When visiting hours were over I was exhausted. When the nurse showed up to take my vitals that night I asked about Teagan.

"When did she show up here?", she asked.

"Thursday night, I'm sure."

"I can check. What's her full name?"

"McIlroy. Teagan McIlroy."

"And what would she have been brought here for?"

"I'm not sure. I had to rescue her from a tree. She was wet and cold like I was."

"Did she have pneumonia?"

"I don't know. She was very depressed and well, she was threatening to kill herself."

"Maybe she's in the psych ward."

"Maybe. Can you find out?"

"I'll see what I can do."

One of the on call doctors, a resident I suppose, came to see me that night.

"I see you have Borgford's disease. How are you feeling right now?"

"Not too bad. My chest hurts a little when I talk."

"Don't talk."

"Uh, sure."

"That's humor, Mr. Cook."

"Oh."

"Your chest should feel better soon. Pneumonia will do that. All in all I think you're lucky. Especially with that virus running inside your system."

"Did the cold weather and rain give me pneumonia."

"You were outside in the woods, weren't you?"

"Yeah."

"So, the pneumonia is likely due to catching some bug out there in the wild. The rain and cold didn't help. And neither did the virus. That may be a factor in the infection getting into your whole system"

"Do you think I can leave soon?"

"In a few days maybe, if your vitals are stable. We need to finish the antibiotic treatments, which should be done by Monday."

"I can leave by Monday?"

"We'll see. Only if things go well."

"I can't wait to get home."

"You need to take care of yourself. How was the hospital food tonight?"

"It sucked."

"Glad to hear. I'll pass the word to the cafeteria that they've done a fine job."

"You're just a barrel of laughs, aren't you, doc?"

"I do my best. You get some rest tonight."

"Yeah, I'll do my best."

I spent Sunday in the hospital too but really wanted to get out of there and I let them know it. They decided I could leave Monday. Yipee!


----- Monday

I was ready to be wheeled out Monday afternoon -- yes they made me sit in a wheel chair -- when a nurse came up to me with a message.

"Nurse Brown asked me to give you some information about a girl."

"Oh, good. Is it about Teagan?"

"Yes. Teagan McAvoy.

"It's McIlvoy."

"That's it. Teagan McIlvoy. She's in the psych ward."

"Can I see her?"

"I doubt it."

"Darn."

"But I could ask. Would you like that?"

"I would. Julie, can you wait for us to go?"

"Sure. But don't be too long."

"Well, let's see if I can get to see her first, at least."

"Sure. No problem."

After a few minutes the nurse came back and gave me the good news.

"Yes, you can see her. But only you. They asked her if she wanted to see you and apparently you're the first one she's agreed to see, which is a good thing. They're very excited to have you."

"Great. Can I get up out of the wheelchair?"

"Sure. But let's wheel you over to that section first."

When we got there Julie had to sit outside the door. I was let in and led around a couple of corners to a room with a closed door. It wasn't locked, but it seemed like it could have been. They said I only had a few minutes and they would be listening in on us, then I went in.

"Hi, Teagan."

"Hi, Sam. They told me you were here sick."

"I had pneumonia."

"I'm so sorry. You got pneumonia because of me."

"No, Tee. You just get it sometimes. You know?"

"You're trying to make me feel better about it, Sam. That's not going to work."

"Tee, I want you to get better."

"This is crazy shit, Sam. I'm fucking shrinking."

"I am too."

"I know. I guess I'm selfish."

"It's ok. I know how you feel."

"I wish I can call bullshit on that remark but I guess I can't. You take away all the fun."

"I'm not the only one that wants you to feel better. Think of your parents."

"I know. Think of Sharon too. That's what you're going to say, right?"

"They all love you."

"Fuck it."

"Not a nice thing to say."

"I'm scared."

"What are you so afraid of?"

"Being short."

"That's nothing to be afraid of."

"Spoken like a true optimist, Mr. not a care in the world."

"You think my life is so rosy?"

"No. You should know how bad it is for me."

"I do."

"So tell me then, what the hell do we have to live for?"

"Everything."

"No. Nothing."

"Are you religious?"

"No. Mom and Dad might have something different to say."

"Ever heard of Buddhism?"

"Yeah, it's weird."

"Try telling that to a Buddhist."

"Whatever. Why do you ask?"

"Zen Buddhist masters know a secret about life and I want to tell it to you."

"Oh great. My life is going to be turned around now. I'm going to grow again."

"Don't be so sarcastic. You're not going to grow; face facts."

"Fine. Shoot, oh great Buddhist master."

"This is serious stuff, Tee."

"Alright. What do have for me?"

"Thoughts."

"You have thoughts for me?"

"You do. You can control what you think. You think sad, you get sad. You think happy, you'll become happy. Don't let circumstance dictate your thoughts; let your thoughts dictate your circumstances. Think the right things."

"That's Buddhist bullshit."

"There's only one way to find out."

"Fantastic. I'll think tall, then I'll grow tall. Right?"

"No. It doesn't work that way. You should be thinking 'I can handle this. It's not going to kill my life of fulfillment. I won't let it.'"

"Then it's not worth it."

"It'll help you cope."

She turned her head away.

"Teagan."

"What?"

"Can I hold you?"

"No."

"Like I did out on the tree?"

"No!"

"I know you want to. You didn't want to let go when I gave you to the rescuer."

"Well, I, I didn't want to be rescued."

"You cried in my arms."

"Don't do this, Sam."

"Please."

She started crying again. I reached over and hugged her.

"Remember, I told you that it was going to be alright? It will. You have everything to live for. Trust me."

"What do you want me to say?"

"Say that you'll try."

"Alright."

"Say it."

"I'll try."

"Good girl. Now don't let me down."

"Okay."

We hugged for some time then I had to let go. I didn't want them to come drag me out. It was time to leave.


----- Homecoming evening

When I got home there was big sign hung up in the living room that said, "WELCOME HOME". Cindy, Sue and Gail were there. So was Michele from the group and Marie and Joe. Jill was there, as was Sharon. Erin had to work, but I understood. It was pretty awesome.

Dad was there too.

"I'm so glad your here, Dad. How's mom?"

"Good, I suppose."

"So, where is she now?"

"I don't know."

"Ha, you always know."

"Sam, we need to talk. Your mother and I, ... we've decided to split up."

"You're separated?"

"Yes, we are."

"Congratulations. It's about time."

"When I looked at how she treated you and when I realized how she manipulated me, well, it was a no-brainer, Sam. I hope you're not too upset about it."

"Upset? Are you kidding? I'm ecstatic."

"I knew you'd understand but I didn't think you'd take it like this."

"It's ok, Dad. We're all going to be better off."

"I hope you're right, Son."

"It'll be ok. Are you sticking around?"

"No. I have to go. I didn't want to miss this though. Your sister wanted to be here."

"I'm sure she did. Don't worry, I'll make it up to her."

"That's good. I'll see you around. Ok?"

"Ok, Dad. It's good to see you."

"You too."

I was getting my strength back a little but it still hurt a bit to breathe. Jill made me a cup of hot tea. Boy did that feel good going down. I meandered around the room talking to everyone. First up, Michele.

"Sam, guess what?"

"What, Michele?"

"Yo offered me a job. We're going to be working together."

"That's so cool."

"Isn't it? I can't wait."

"When do you start?"

"In two weeks."

"Hoo boy."

"What is it?"

"Michele, I got a new job too."

"Oh?"

"I couldn't tell anyone before. But I'll be giving my two weeks notice tomorrow. Er, not tomorrow since I need to stay home until the doctor lets me work. Well, maybe we will work together but only for a little while I guess. I'm sorry."

"No, that's ok."

"Do you have a security clearance?"

"No. That's a weird question. Why do you ask?"

"If you did I'd try to get you a job where I'm going to be working."

"Oh. Can you do that?"

"I can try. But you'll need to get that clearance."

"That's ok, I guess. I'm still excited about the new job."

"And you should be. It's a good place to work. I'm only leaving because this was a big opportunity for me and they made the offer."

"Is it top secret stuff?"

"It is."

"And you know what you're going to do there?"

"Not exactly. A little bit though."

"You can't tell me?"

"Nope. Sorry."

"Good luck."

"We can still see each other, right? You'll come by to see me at Mike's?"

"I'd love to."

"You can come over here too. You know that Cindy might be staying with us for a little while?"

"She mentioned it. She's really happy about that. You're really helping everyone out, Sam. You're a guardian angel."

"Nah. I just like helping."

"So what's with this girl you rescued?"

"I just helped to search for her."

"That's not what I heard."

"She has the virus too."

"Borgford?"

"Yep."

"Why isn't she in the group?"

"She's very depressed about it and it's disabled her will to go on."

"Sounds tough."

"It is. I paid a visit to her this afternoon. She's in the psych ward at the hospital."

"Doesn't sound like she's getting any better."

"She seemed better."

"Don't kill yourself over her."

"Too late. I almost did.", I laughed.

"Think of yourself next time. You won't be able to be here for these people that love you if you get hurt, or worse."

"Don't worry, I'll be ok. Thanks, Michele."

"Don't mention it."

I mingling some more and found my way over to Gail.

"You did it again, didn't you?", she said.

"Did what?"

"Got a girl to fall for you."

"Teagan?"

"Who's Teagan?"

"The girl in the ... never mind. Who are you talking about?"

"Michele."

"Michele? I just helped her get a job. That's all."

"Didn't you see how disappointed she was when she heard she wouldn't be working with you."

"Well, that's to be expected. Right?"

"Nyu unh."

"Gail, she's not that into me and we'll still see each other. She knows that."

"Not every day."

"Sorry, I still don't see it."

"I do."

"What should I do? Quit my new job?"

"Tell me about this new job?"

"You heard, didn't you?"

"A little. When did this happen?"

"I just got word, yester, oops, I mean, uh, Thursday, I think. Yeah, Thursday. I went into the hospital Friday, right?"

"Yes, it was Friday. We missed you at the clinic and we were all worried. It sounded bad."

"It's ok. I'm better."

"Thank goodness. You have a clearance now?"

"Yep."

"So you're going to be a spy?"

"No."

"A military undercover intelligence specialist?"

"What's that?"

"I don't know, but it sounds cool."

"I'm going to be programming and operating computers."

"Oh my God, Sam. Shush. You're giving away state secrets."

"No, I'm not."

"You'll still remember us little people when you're out saving the world for freedom and liberty I hope."

"Oh, stop it, Gail."

"But I like teasing you."

"I'm still recovering from pneumonia and sepsis and you're teasing me?"

"Sorry. Your recovery makes me happy."

She hugged me and gave me a kiss on the cheek.

"You get better.", she said. "Then we can have lots of fun."

"Ok, Gail."

Cindy and Sue were very affectionate too. They both wanted to sleep with me tonight.

"I don't think I'll be up to anything other than just getting a good nights sleep, girls."

"It's ok. I like to cuddle too.", Cindy said. "How about a naked cuddle?"

"Sure."

"Can we spoon?"

"Sure, Sue. We can spoon."

I wasn't sure what Julie would say about this. But I was sure that all four of us could not fit in that bed.

Erin arranged for Fred to get her from work and they didn't get home until around 10:30. When she arrived she grabbed me and wouldn't let go. I didn't want to let her go either. I don't think even Julie could have pried us apart at that moment.

We hugged and hardly said a word. We didn't have to. By this point in our lives and how close we had become, we understood each other and were grateful to have each others company. I wanted to tell her that I was sorry for making her worry but I didn't have to. But I had to ask about Mom.

"Did Dad tell you about Mom?"

"Yes, Sam. I don't want to talk about it."

"Did you know?"

"Not until you were in the hospital."

"Erin, everything's going to be alright."

She shrugged, then she hugged me even harder.

"Whoa. Not so tight. My chest hurts."

"I'm sorry."

"No problem, you didn't know. I'll be better tomorrow though and you can hug me as tight as you want."

"Ok. Can you spend the night with me tonight?"

"I don't know where I'll be sleeping. Cindy and Sue want to be with me tonight and I know Julie does too. We'll see, Erin. Let me figure this out."

Everybody wanted to claim me. I finally had some time to talk with Sharon.

"Hey, Sharon. I got a chance to see Tee today."

"You did?"

"They have her in the psych ward at the hospital."

"I was told they took her in to the hospital for exposure, Sam."

"I don't know what happened but they're keeping her there for now."

"When will she get out?"

"I don't know. She doesn't look good. Sharon, she's shorter than I am."

"She looked pretty small."

"She is. I'm sure it's the virus. We have to get her out and get treatment started for her."

"How are we going to do that?"

"I wish I knew. Did you hear anything from her parents?"

"Nothing of consequence."

"I hope something comes up."

"How are you doing, Sam?"

"I'm fine."

"They told us you almost ..."

"Almost what?"

"That you weren't ... weren't going ..."

"Sharon, it's ok. I'm here now. I'm ok."

"I was so worried."

"It's ok. Nothing to worry about."

"You didn't have to do that for Tee."

"No. But I couldn't leave her. It could have been a lot worse."

"I know."

"You know that the branch that she was on broke."

"How did you get her?"

"It was her mostly. It may have been the lighting flash but if she wasn't scared about losing her life she wouldn't have crawled to me."

"Julie told me you crawled to her."

"A little of both. What I'm trying to say is that she really didn't want to take her life. There's still hope for Tee."

"I'm trying to talk about you and here you are turning it around again to someone else. You're really something, Sam."

"Nah. I just did what anyone small enough to climb that tree without it breaking would have done."

"Sure, they would. I love you."

"I love you too, Sharon."

"Can I stay over tonight?"

"You'll have to sleep with Jill."

"But I want to sleep with you?"

"My chest is hurting. I wouldn't be fun tonight. I'll just be going to sleep and that's it."

"I could hold you."

"I don't know, Sharon. I think Julie has dibs on me tonight and if not, Cindy and Sue and if not them, Erin."

"I understand.", she said right before giving me one of those fabric ripping pokemon kisses.

Decisions, decisions. Sometimes life is so hard.

I got up to go to the bathroom and everyone wanted to help.

"Guys, I'm fine. I'm only going to the bathroom."

"I could help you hold things."

"That's ok, Cindy. You've already helped enough there."

"It's my turn.", Sue shouted.

"I don't need help, Sue."

Everyone was laughing at the two of them. But it was Julie who followed me.

"What are you doing?"

"You're still getting over a major illness. I'm just making sure you're alright, Sam."

"I'm fine."

When I turned around to talk to her I was looking into her thigh. I had to look up at Julie's crotch. Looking up?! Shit. Did she grow or did I shrink? I just got out of the hospital. I could have shrunk but not that fast, right?

"I'll be just a minute. You can wait outside.", I said.

"Fine. But I'll be right out here if you need me."

I did my business and came out. I just had to find out and I knew what I had to do.

I walked over to Cindy and gave her a kiss. When I did we were looking eye to eye. She got one of those scared looks on her face.

"Sam? You've ..."

"Hush, everyone will hear. Yes, I know. I shrunk again."

 

End Notes:

How short is Sam now? I'll have the next chapter up in a couple days. 

Chapter 49 - Recovery by littless
Author's Notes:

Life goes on. This is a long one.

----- Tuesday

I bet you're wondering how much I shrunk. I was now as short as Cindy and we all knew that she was three foot ten. That was, until we measured Tuesday night -- it was more like four foot, nine inches tall. I dropped a full five inches in one week since getting pneumonia. Ouch. I'm now under four feet tall.

We also found out Tuesday that Julie had grown to seven feet ten and a half. Gotta get that half inch in there, right? Even though half an inch hardly meant anything to someone so big. Except that she was a half of an inch closer to the ceiling now. It was getting real tight for her.

And Jill was six feet seven inches tall. She was growing the fastest now and almost to where she has to duck under doorways without shoes on. With shoes it's now a different story. She just figured that out. Now she's wearing heels so she can show everyone that she has to duck. What a showoff.

Julie's growth had slowed, yet it hadn't entirely stopped. She was still taking those pills too and her clitoris was still two and a half inches long when erect. Cindy and her were putting it to good use.

And as for the treatments that day; well we had two more weeks left. But with the days that Cindy and I missed, the doctors had a unique opportunity for study and asked us to show up a couple more weeks for blood monitoring. We'd be in with the next group, which would be cool. We'd be the old hands at it and they asked us to help make sure those in the next group felt welcome.

I was determined to get Tee in there. I had a couple days of sick leave to go but would be back at work later in the week. At least I had a little time to think about Teagan.

I didn't have time to think too long: Teagan's parents called me early Tuesday. They were happy I talked to her earlier and were hoping I would keep talking to her. Teagan had actually asked for me through her parents. I, of course, said I would certainly help. So the next day I went to see her; the doctor's at the hospital actually thought it would be good for me to visit too.


----- Wednesday at the psych ward

"Hi, Teagan. You wanted to see me?"

"Yes, Sam. I'm glad they let you in. Sorry to be a bother."

"No bother. What can I do for you?"

"Do you think I could get the medicine you were talking about for the virus?"

"I'm sure you can. You'll have a great time in the clinical trial program too."

"One of the doctors here said he'd refer me if I wanted him to."

"Do it."

"Do you think it will help?"

"I know it will. But you still need to keep yourself healthy for the best results. If you go pull another stunt like the last one it'll kill the medicine's effectiveness."

"Just tell the doctor about the program, ok?"

"No problem."

"Did you shrink again?"

"Who told you that? Anyway it's not important. I'm still taller than you. I guess you never expected that."

"Sam, I ..."

"What?"

"I, um. I can't do it. Not alone."

"You won't be alone. Many others will be sharing what you're going through."

"Will you be there?"

"I will, if you want me to."

"I do."

"Then you can count on it."

"I'm sorry about what I did to you."

"Don't worry about it."

"I hated you."

"You what?"

"I don't mean that personally. I hated that you were short."

"Me too."

"It ... I mean ... me, or rather, damn. I don't know what to say. I was a little shit."

"Just leave it. Ok?"

"How can you just leave something like that, Sam? I looked down on you. Figuratively. Well, literally too. I was horrible."

"So?"

"Do you hate me?"

"No, I don't hate you."

"I ... I used to ..."

"Go on."

"You know, I used to like you?"

"Used to?"

"In high school. I used to cheer for you when you wrestled."

"Why, thank you, Tee. I'm grateful."

"That was a long time ago."

"Not really."

"It was years ago."

"But in decades from now you'll know that years aren't a very long time."

"Oh. Is that a Buddhist thing?"

"It's a life thing. You want to leave this little room, don't you?"

"Oh, hell yes!"

"That's a good sign."

"But I'm afraid."

"I know someone who was like you. Would you like to meet her?"

"Uh, sure. I guess. Let me guess, she found Buddhism?"

"No. I don't think so. Maybe she did. But she has the virus. She's also Jill's friend. You know Jill?"

"Yeah. She's more of Sharon's friend than mine, but I know her."

"Well, Gail and Jill are very good friends now. I think she'd like to meet you."

I probably should not have said this. Gail had not met Teagan but had heard plenty. And what she heard, she wasn't too fond of. I would have to sweet talk Gail into it. But it would be worth it.

"Ok, I guess. Sharon's mad at me, isn't she?"

"Let's see. She's one of your best friends, right?"

"She is my best friend. Or was."

"And you completely shut her out of your life. Right?"

"Yes.", she said with a frown.

"When she tried to help you last week, you told her to go away. Right?"

"Yes."

"Ok, then. You figure it out."

"Will you tell her I'm sorry?"

"No. You have to tell her."

"She'll kill me."

"Don't sell her short. She's the sweetest person I know and she won't kill you. She might yell at you, break your arm, call in the mafia, but she won't kill you."

"I blew it, didn't I?"

"If she's truly a friend she'll give you a second chance. Otherwise, she was never your friend to begin with."

"She's really big now."

"No, you're really small."

"Yeah, don't remind me. Sam, what do you and her have together? I know you're more than friends."

"You're right: we're more than friends. I don't know what to call it. Really, really good friends, maybe?"

"But you have a girlfriend."

"Yes. And we're all mutual friends."

"Ok. I don't think want to know."

"Ha, I think you do. But let's just leave it at: I know Sharon very well. And you can take this as the truth: if you throw away a friendship with that loving soul Sharon, it will be the worst decision anyone has ever made in the history of mankind. You know what I'm saying?"

"Yes."

"Good. I can't tell you what to do but take my advice and beg her to forgive you."

"I will."

"Good girl. Tee? Is there anything I can do for you while you're here?"

"Ask the hospital to let me out."

"You think me talking to them will get them to let you out soon?"

"I don't know. Please try. Tell them about the program. I'm freakin' dying in here."

"Ok, I'll talk to them."

"Thanks."

"Your welcome."

I talked to the staff at the hospital and put in a good word. Then I went to see her parents. They were beside themselves when Teagan was put in the psych ward but I believe my visit helped give them hope. After that I went to see Sharon next door.


----- Sharon's visit

"How's it going, Sharon?"

"Fine, Sam."

"I saw Tee again today."

"You did?", she said, her eyes getting big.

"She asked the hospital psych ward to get in touch with me. Her parents called."

"Wow! So, what did she say?"

"I think she's feeling better. She wants out and wants help."

"Our help?"

"She'll need us, I'm sure. Are you up to it?"

"Of course, I am."

"Tee didn't treat you very well."

"She ... no, she didn't."

"It's your call, but I think she might ask forgiveness."

"Certainly, I'll forgive her."

"I know you will. You're that kind of person. But she treated you awful."

"You too. Are you saying I shouldn't forgive her?"

"No. I hate to see her take advantage of your friendship."

"You really think she'll abuse our friendship."

"No. But you know her better than I."

"I do and she would never do such a thing."

"Good. She asked about us."

"What do you mean?"

"She asked what our relationship is."

"Oh? What did you tell her?"

"I told her we were more than friends. She asked about Julie too."

"And?"

"I told her we were all close friends."

"I see."

"I didn't tell her everything."

"That's probably for the better."

"I don't ever want to lose your friendship, Sharon. Promise me something."

"Sure."

"If I ever take you for granted, or ever do what Tee did to you, heaven forbid, you have to kill me."

"No, silly. I can't promise that."

"Then we have to stay good friends."

"I'm ok with that option."

"I think it's going to be tough. I want to help Tee, but I just don't know what's the best thing to do."

"I'll talk some sense into her."

"I hope so. I want to introduce her to Gail. What do you think?"

"I think that's maybe not such a good idea."

"Shit."

"But it might work. She took to you, Sam, because you two share the virus. Maybe she'll take to Gail."

"That's what I'm hoping. Tee's full of fear. Gail was too."

"She doesn't have anything to be afraid of."

"She's fucking just over three feet tall! The world is nearly twice as big as it was for her. She has every right to be afraid."

"I didn't think of that. Yikes."

"Don't worry. Your perspective hasn't radically changed the last couple of months like it has for her. Just remember that."

"I will. Sorry."

"It'll be ok. What do you think about Jill?"

"Jill? What do you mean?"

"Jill and Tee."

"They already know each other."

"How much?"

"They were friends. We'd hang out together once in a while."

"Before Jill started growing?"

"Yes."

"And certainly before Tee started shrinking."

"Yeah."

"Jill's gonna look awfully different to her."

"You're right. Do you think that's a problem?"

"I don't know. Tee might be afraid of her now."

"Yeah."

"And ..."

"What?"

"There's Jill's newfound fascination with little people."

"How do you think that will work out?"

"I was hoping you'd have ideas about that."

"Ideas? I don't know."

"Well, you'll be there, right?"

"Absolutely. I'm sure they'll be fine together."

"Good. Coming over tomorrow for rehearsal?"

"I wouldn't miss it for the world."

"Great. I'm going to see about getting Teagan enrolled for treatments. Right now it's getting late and I gotta go home, get rest. I'm still a bit weak from last week. You know how it is."

"'kay. See ya."

Later that week Tee was let loose, so to speak. But I didn't get a chance to see her until Saturday.

I went back to work on Friday, but I didn't tell them about the other job yet. I'd wait for Monday that way I'd have a clean two weeks notice. I also didn't play at Mike's -- I was still recovering from the pneumonia and sepsis. But there would be plenty time for playing at Mike's later.


----- Saturday

Cindy and I woke up early before everyone else, as usual. I was feeling much better than last Saturday for sure, but was still a little weak. Cindy was naked; I almost didn't notice -- it was so usual for her. Erin, of course, loved this as it gave her an excuse to be naked nearly all the time too. "But Cindy's naked.", Erin would say while the clothes came off.

I'm not complaining. Julie and I would join them as long as we weren't expecting visitors. However, we were expecting Sharon over today. I figured Sue and Gail would be showing up some time this weekend too. And I had planned on maybe going over to see Teagan.

Still, Cindy convinced me to have naked tea with her this morning.

"Feeling better?", she asked.

"I'd say I'm almost full strength now."

"Let's go dancing tonight."

"No!"

"You said you're feeling better."

"But not that good."

"Promise me you'll go dancing when you're 100 percent."

"Aw. I don't want to."

"You had fun last time."

"I made a fool of myself."

"No, you didn't. Was anyone staring at you funny?"

"Well, no."

"See. Let's dance naked. Right now."

"No. It's, uh, too early."

"Erin will dance with me."

"You'll have to wait until she wakes up."

"I'll go wake her."

"You're taking your life into your hands."

"I take them into my hands everyday now that I've gone back to work.", she said with a sad face.

"It can't be that bad."

"I don't know. Those girls nearly run me over."

"They're dancers. Surely they're not that clumsy."

"I'm below their line of sight. They don't see me sometimes."

"That's hard to believe."

"They're young. They're not used to people being smaller than themselves."

"Well, be careful."

"I am. Like Gail being careful around Julie."

"Did I miss something?"

"Yep. When you were in the hospital Julie got drunk."

"She did?"

"A little. She was feeling bad that we couldn't see you; they wouldn't let anyone in your room then."

"I'm sorry."

"It's not your fault. Blame the doctors."

"Yeah, I had a real comedian of a doctor."

"Anyway, poor Julie kept hitting her head on the top of the doorways."

"Ouch. I thought she learned to duck."

"She was full of wine."

"Oh, I see."

"She bowled over Gail a couple of times. So Gail learned real quick to stay out of Julie's way."

"Now I feel bad for both of them."

"It's ok. They made up. Tee hee.", she laughed.

"What's the giggling for?"

"They spent the night together."

"And what about you?"

"I spent that night with Erin. It's one of the few nights she wasn't with Fred."

"Can you keep a secret?"

"Ooo, a secret. I promise not to tell."

"Ok. Everyone will know soon enough, but I want to surprise them later. I'm going to look for a new house starting Monday."

"Wow. That's exciting."

"I know exactly what I want and it's going to big enough for all of us, including Julie; even if I have to have it built to my specs. You're going to be staying with us still, right?"

"I don't know, Sam. I might be in an apartment by then."

"You know we love having you with us?"

"Thanks, Sam. I'll think about it but I really don't want to intrude. I can pay you rent while I'm still getting things sorted out."

"No way. You're welcome here all the time. Besides, you're helping me with getting my singing recorded and that's payment enough."

"I can't wait until Sharon gets here."

"Me too."

We talked some more about all kinds of things, including Cindy's mother. It seems she was getting used to not having her around; at least as much as can be expected in the short time since she passed away. As we were sipping our tea in the kitchen and talking Julie walked in.

"You're overdressed.", Cindy told her.

"And a good morning to you too."

"This is a naked morning. Now take it off." Cindy can be persuasive when it comes to nudity.

"Fine. This underwear is too small for me anyway."

"Oh my God, did you grow again?", I asked her.

"I don't think so. Not much anyway."

"But your bra and panties weren't this small on you last week, were they?"

"Yes, they were."

"Oh? I hadn't noticed."

"I walk around in bra and panties all the time, and you didn't notice?"

"Well, I've been out if it the past week and besides, it's way over my head."

"I see.", she said, then she knelt down. "Is this better?"

I walked up and gave her a good morning hug. My head was below the bottom of her tits -- she was on her knees and I still had to look up to her breasts. Cindy ran around and pulled Julie's panties down to her knees.

"Hey!"

"You said fine."

"Okay, okay.", Julie said as she lifted one leg then the other in taking off her panties. "Now I suppose you want this off too?" Then she shucked off her bra.

I was standing with Mr. Happy at the gateway to Julie's sex. Interesting position: me standing, her on her knees, and Mr. Happy about to enter the promised land.

"Why, Sam? You must be feeling better now.", Julie said, looking down at my member standing at attention.

"Um, yeah. Morning woody, I guess."

"Morning woody, my ass."

"And a mighty fine ass it is, I might add. But I haven't had sex in over a week. What do you expect?"

"Cindy, we have to do something about this."

"Did you have something in mind?", Cindy asked.

"How about this?", Julie said as she cupped my ass with her huge hands and stood up. She was holding my hips against hers as she leaned up against the bare wall on the far end of the kitchen. As she leaned into the wall I was pressed in between. She let go of my butt and started humping. I held on as best I could as I was kept up off the floor a good two or three feet, my legs dangling, and my face in Julie's lower rib cage with her tits still above me and my head bouncing up against the bottom of them. Mr. Happy had found the place where he wanted to be. I couldn't imagine the sight we must have presented to Cindy.

But, like I said, it had been over a week so I didn't last too long before I came. I was lowered to the floor where I just lay there for a minute or two.

"Sorry, Julie. I'll make it up to you later.", I said.

"Oh, Sam. It was good. I missed you."

"I missed you too.", Cindy said.

"Ok. Just give me a chance to catch my breath, guys."

Julie and Cindy started kissing. And it wasn't too long after that that I was treated to the same sight that Julie and I had presented to Cindy: Julie had Cindy up against the wall and humping each other. And neither of them lasted very long this time either.

They both sat on the floor with their backs up against the wall when it was over. I got up and sat next to them. The cold floor felt kind of good on my bare butt. I didn't want to stay there too long though for fear of getting too cold. I just had to know something.

"So, did you ..."

"What?", they said.

"Did you, you know."

"What, Sam?"

"Did you two fuck? Ok?"

"You mean did I fuck Cindy with my clit?", Julie asked.

"Yeah."

"What do you think?"

They both had that sly look on their faces which gave me my answer.

"Well, I guess my making it up to you can wait a little longer then."

They both laughed and agreed. Erin then came walking into the kitchen.

"If you guys are so tired you should go back to bed."

We all just sort of craned our heads to look at her then just went back to relaxing against the wall.

"It's ok, Erin. We're getting up soon."

"We are?", the girls asked.

"Come on. We have a full day planned. Sharon will be here soon."

"Wait.", said Erin. "I want to get a picture of this."

"A picture of us sitting against the wall?"

"A picture of you guys nude."

"Don't tell me; you want to post it on the Internet."

"Oh, no. Don't do that.", Julie said.

"It wouldn't be fun without sharing?"

"It's probably best if you don't share, Erin.", I said.

"Ok. But I love seeing you two next to Julie."

"How about we stand up?"

"Oh good. Do that."

She took a picture of just Cindy and I standing next to Julie's legs. Only half of Julie's cunt made it into the picture. Then she took a pic of all three of us by turning the camera on its side.

"Let us see.", said Cindy.

"Ok. This'll just be for my scrapbook guys."

Julie took a look at it and said, "Wow! I didn't realize we looked like that."

"Yeah? Well I can't even imagine what we look like to you, Julie."

We had our fun ooo'ing and ah'ing over the pics but it was time to move on. We ate breakfast and Cindy and I started getting ready for our recording session.

Fred dropped by with Sharon later that morning and then Erin left with him. Of course, all Sharon could do was shake her head at our nudity; Cindy didn't want me put any clothes on. But I did for Sharon's sake and made Cindy do the same.

Sharon and I practiced and finally recorded some long overdue songs. Later on I let the two in on something I'd been thinking about for a while.

"Sharon, Cindy? I want to try something different."

"What?"

"I wrote some songs. I've actually been writing songs for a couple of years now and I haven't even written them down. But I think it's time to try one out. Are you two game?"

"I'd love to, Sam."

"Great. Well, here's one that should be easy."

"Are your songs complex?", Cindy asked.

"No. But I'm not too eager to try the most ambitious ones first."

"Sounds good to me."

So, I went over the words and melody with both of them. Sharon and I experimented with the harmonizing and we had lots of fun trying different voices and styles. Cindy had fun playing with the recording. I vowed to get back to Mike's the coming Friday and try out our new song in front of a crowd. I made them both promise not to let out the secret before then.

Late that afternoon I took Sharon home. But while there I went to see Teagan.


----- Teagan's visit

"Come with me, Sharon."

"Do you think it'll be ok? I mean, it's so soon."

"It's more than ok. Teagan needs to get out and see people again. You already know about her getting the virus so she can't hide that from you anymore and she knows it. I'm sure she'll love to see you."

"Okay, if you think so."

Sharon went inside to tell her parents where she was going and we walked over to see Tee.

"Hi, Mr. and Mrs. McIlroy. We came to see about Teagan. Do you think we could talk to her?"

"I don't know.", Teagan's mother said. "I'll go up and see if she wants to entertain visitors."

"Tell her who it is."

"I will."

I talked with Mr. McIlroy about Tee. It seems she was trying to eat better and taking better care of herself which made me feel real good about her situation. Finally, Mrs. McIlroy came down.

"She's cleaning up now. She'll be down in minute to see you two."

"Great.", I thought. Teagan finally came downstairs. She and Sharon and I retired to the living room. Her parents left us alone.

"So, how are you?"

"Ok."

"Feeling better?"

"I guess so.", she said. She was looking at the floor and wouldn't look either of us in the eyes.

"Tee, I've missed you so much.", Sharon cried.

"I've missed you too, I guess."

"Did that doctor at the hospital get you referred to the clinic?", I asked.

"Yeah, he did. I start in a week."

"Cool. I'll be there for the first week or two and so will Cindy."

"Who's Cindy?"

"She was in the group I was in. It's a long story I'll tell you later. But you'll get to meet her soon. She's staying with us for a little while. Another long story."

"Ok."

"And Jill will be working with you."

"Jill?"

"You know Jill, Tee.", Sharon said. "She's my friend."

"Yeah, I know her. Does she have the virus too?"

"No. Jill is actually going to be working there, helping out with all the chores."

"Alright, I guess."

"Tee, it'll be great.", I reassured her.

"If you say so."

"Trust me, ok?"

"I will, Sam. I'm sorry I'm not all that cheerful."

"Hey, Tee. You know what?"

"What?"

"Sharon and I are singing together. We're going to be singing at Mike's this coming Friday. Wanna come and see us?"

"I don't know."

"Oh, please, Tee.", Sharon pleaded.

"We'll see."

"Come on. Remember how we used to sing together?"

"You mean Tee can sing too?", I asked.

"She's the greatest, Sam."

"Why didn't you tell me? Tee, I have to hear you sing."

"No. My, um, voice has changed."

"No, it hasn't.", Sharon said.

"I haven't sang in ages. I don't think I can anymore."

"It's ok, Tee, you don't have to. But if you want to sing with us I'd love to hear you. Maybe we could be a trio?"

"Sam, that's a great idea!", Sharon exclaimed.

"No!", Teagan said. "It won't work."

"Ok. But you will come see us Friday. I'm not taking no for an answer."

"Alright. I'll go.", she scowled.

"Look, Tee. I don't want to push you. But, ok, yes, I am pushing you because you need to get out."

"I told you I'm afraid."

"Well, come see me at my place first. It would be like getting out, but not too much since you'll be with friends."

"I will?"

"Of course. I'm your friend, right?"

"Yeah."

"And Sharon? She's still your friend?"

"Yes. She is." Tee got up and walked over to Sharon. "Sharon, I'm so sorry for ignoring you. I just couldn't ..."

Sharon stood up and hugged her. I don't think Tee's head even reached Sharon's belly button. It was a stark contrast. This was new for both of them and I could tell that neither knew how to handle this difference in sizes very well. But it was good to see them together.

They were both crying. After a while they broke apart.

"Tee,", Sharon said, "please don't be a stranger. I miss you. And I love you."

"I -- <<<sniff, sniff>>>  -- love you too, Sharon."

There was more hugging.

"Sharon,", I said, "you are coming over tomorrow, right?"

"Sure I can."

"Why don't you come with her, Tee. We'd love to have you over. Ok?"

"That's a great idea, Sam. What'd you say, Tee? Wanna come with me?"

"Will it be for long?"

"It doesn't have to be. But you can stay as long as you want."

"I'll have to ask Mom and Dad."

"You do that. I'll talk to them too, Tee."

"Well, then I'm sure to go. You have those two wrapped around your little finger, Sharon."

Sharon smiled. A little bit later Sharon and I left. I can't help but feel we cheered Teagan up. I was looking forward to getting her out.

"She's a lot scrawnier than she used to be, Sam."

"Well, what did you expect? She caught the shrinking virus and hasn't been treated."

"She used to have a cheerleader's figure. You know, kind of muscular. Now she looks like she's downright skinny."

"Then I guess we have to feed that girl."

"I'll make cookies tomorrow. She loves my oatmeal chocolate chip cookies."

"Oh, that sounds good. Make a lot."

"Don't worry. I'll take care of it."

Nothing was said of how much shorter Tee was. I got the impression that it just didn't matter to Sharon. It's not surprising; Sharon looks past those insignificant things, but she did hone in on what was significant: Teagan was so skinny that it was bordering on sickly. We were sure she wasn't eating; that was very, very bad for her condition. Neither of us liked to contemplate that so we were determined to fatten her up.

I went home in the early evening to find Cindy, Julie, Erin and even Fred hanging out in the living room, naked as the day they were born.


----- Saturday evening

"Oh, no. Not Fred.", I said as I covered my eyes.

"Sorry, man. I'll go put something on."

"No, you won't.", Erin demanded.

"He has to, Erin."

"Why?"

"Because."

"Because, why?"

"Because he's a guy.

"And?"

"And, it's not right."

"You're a guy and you've never complained about it."

"But we're both guys."

"So?"

"So, it's not right for either of us to be naked with each other."

"You guys are naked in the locker rooms."

"But this is not a locker room. It's my living room."

"He's staying naked and you are too."

"Nyu unh!"

"Oh, yes you are.", Erin said as she got up.

I took off running.

"Come back here."

"You'll have to catch me first."

I was in the kitchen with a chair between me and Erin. I feinted left and as she went for it I moved right and took off. Julie got up to join the chase. I ran towards the bedrooms then I heard a sickening THUD.

"Ouch!"

It was Julie. I was worried and went over and caught her on her knees holding her head.

"What happened?"

"I hit my head again, damnit!"

I walked up to comfort her but she grabbed me and brought me into the living room. Curses! Foiled again. I couldn't get out of her grasp; it was too strong. I was kicking as she held me horizontal against her hip.

"That's no fair. You cheated.", I yelled.

She held me down in her laps as she undressed me. There was nothing I could do about it. I was finally let go when I was naked.

"Fine.", I said. "Happy now?"

The girls were smiling and nodding their heads.

"Really sorry about this, Sam. They made me get naked too."

"I know what you mean, Fred."

"And just so you know, Sam,", Julie was saying, "Fred is going to share Erin and I tonight."

"Huh?"

"Don't worry, Sam.", Cindy told me. "I asked them if you and I could spend time alone tonight."

"Oh."

"We'll have fun. Ok?"

"Ok."

"Sam, I still love you.", Julie said.

"I love you too, Julie. Do me a favor."

"What?"

"Stop working out. You're too strong."

Everyone had a big laugh at my remark. I didn't look at Fred and he didn't look at me. Thank goodness it wasn't too long before we heard a knock at the front door.

"That must be Sue.", Cindy said as she jumped up to answer the door.

"Wait. What if it isn't her?"

"So what?"

"You're naked."

"Yeah?"

"Whatever."

Good thing it was Sue. She wasn't fazed at all about the nudity and it wasn't long before she joined us either.

"I missed you, Sam. How are you feeling?"

"A lot better, Sue."

"He's going dancing with us.", Erin told her.

"No, I'm not."

"You said you would."

"I didn't say that."

"Cindy told me you agreed to it."

"Did not."

"Aw, come on, big brother."

"BIG brother? You haven't called me that in ages."

"Please."

"Absolutely not."

"We had fun last time, didn't we?"

"You did. I didn't."

"You can't tell me you hated it, Sam.", Sue said.

"I didn't hate it. But I didn't have the fun that you all did."

"Ok, everyone.", Julie said. Finally, Julie to the rescue. "He's still getting over pneumonia. Maybe next week."

"Oh, great.", I said a bit sarcastically.

"Sue, you're spending the night, right?", Cindy asked.

"I can. I brought my stuff. It's out in the car. You know, just in case."

"It's getting to be a thing, huh, Sue?", I asked.

"I stayed a couple of nights here when you were in the hospital, Sam. We were all worried about you."

"Well, I'm fine."

Sue came closer and whispered in my ear, "You shrunk, Sam. I'm so sorry."

"It's ok, Sue. You don't have to whisper. Everyone knows."

"But you're not fine. I hope they find a cure that will make you grow."

"Ha. Me too. We all do."

Then she whispered again, "I can get smaller with you. How about if I stop taking the meds?"

"NO! You will do no such thing."

"Okay, okay. I just feel so bad for you."

"It's ok, Sue. Really."

"Of all the people I know with this disease, you are handling it the best, Sam. It's such a shame you had to get it."

"We're all in the same boat, Sue. So, you are staying the night?"

"If you'll have me."

"How about it, Cindy? Shall we have her with us tonight?"

"Yes. I miss us.", Cindy smiled.

I gave Sue a hug and it was immediately apparent that our relative sizes had changed. I used to be able to at least kiss her on my toes. Now my head was just below her throat and my mouth was just above her nipples. So I kissed her tits instead.

I walked up to Cindy confirming that we were still the same height then asked her to go stand next to Sue. I looked at both of them next to each other to see how I would look next to Sue. A bit comical it was. But such was reality now.

We had supper then some desert: apple pecan pie. There were no leftovers. I made a mental note to get something equally sugary and fatty before Teagan arrived tomorrow.

We retired early -- Erin, Julie and Fred in the master bedroom, and Cindy, Sue and I in the other spare bedroom. At least at our size we could all fit comfortably in a twin bed.

I gave Sue a kiss on her nipples again.

"Ooo, that's making me horny, Sam."

"You're not fooling me. We're always horny. It's those meds, you know."

"I don't care. You have to finish me off."

"Ok then. On the bed. Both of you. Let's go."

All three of us had a long night. It was a good way to end not getting any for a week.


----- Sunday morning

We all got up nude and stayed that way, at least for a while. Erin and Cindy wouldn't have it any other way. But Teagan was due to come over with Sharon. And they told me that Gail would be coming over which of course played into my plans for Tee. I convinced everyone to put clothes on after breakfast.

I left late morning to get Sharon and Teagan. Fred would be bringing them back home that evening.

I saw Sharon first then we both went to see Tee. She wasn't really sure she wanted to come with us but we very much forced her.

"Come on, Tee.", Sharon said. "You've never been to his house before. It's nice."

"Right. I'm far away from any neighbors. Nobody will see you except us, if that's what you're worried about."

"Is Sharon driving?"

"No, I am."

"You are? How do you do that?"

"You'll see. Let's go."

"Are you going to bring me back too?"

"Fred's going to be bringing you guys back."

"Fred? Sharon's brother?"

"Yeah. He and my sister, Erin, are dating."

"Fred's dating?"

"Oh, Tee. He's not that much of a social misfit.", Sharon answered.

"Sorry. I just never thought of him that way."

"You really need to get out, Tee."

"Well, I'm going out with you guys, aren't I?"

"Yes, you are.", I said. "We'll have a good time."

"What is that, Sharon?"

"Chocolate chip oatmeal cookies. It's for later."

I could almost sense the saliva building up in Teagan's mouth at the sound of that. Hell, my mouth was watering. I showed Tee the pedal extenders and the pillow I sit on in the car. She was very interested. On the drive over it was Tee and I doing most of the talking.

"You'll have to get a set of pedals for your car.", I told her.

"I don't have a car."

"I'm sure you will some day. So, what do you do?"

"Nothing, anymore."

"Then what did you do?"

"Worked at a pizza joint."

"Cool. I like pizza."

"Meh. It gets old after a while."

"Full time?"

"No. I used to go to school too."

"What're you majoring in?"

"Entomology."

"You study bugs? Cool."

"You actually know what entomology is?"

"Sure. I went college too."

"Even college students don't know that."

"Well, I do. I've never known anyone who was into it though."

"I know. I'm weird."

"No, you're not. I think it's a pretty cool thing to do."

"You think bugs are cool?"

"Sure."

"Ew.", Sharon said. "I hate bugs."

"She always hated them, Sam."

"I don't.", I said.

"I guess there's hope then."

"No, really. I like spiders. I know, most people hate them."

"Seriously, I hate spiders!", Sharon exclaimed. "Tee put one in my hair once."

"But you were so funny, Sharon. You should have heard her scream, Sam."

"I can imagine. But that wasn't so nice, was it?"

"We were kids. Believe me, she did bad things to me too."

"Like what?", Sharon asked.

"Like the time you stole my bikini top at the pool."

"You stole her top, Sharon? I find it hard to believe you'd do something like."

"Well, she stared at my boobs."

"I wasn't staring. I was admiring them."

"I admire them too, Tee. She never got mad at me though."

"We were kids back then, Sam.", Sharon explained.

"And you always berate us for getting nude. Tsk, tsk, tsk."

"You guys get nude?"

"His house is haunted by nudists, Tee."

"She always says that, Tee. It's not true. Besides, she gets nude too."

"Only because I don't want to be the odd one out."

"Uh, guys. I'm not so sure about this.", Teagan said.

"Don't worry, Tee. We'll all be dressed. Sharon's only kidding. Right, Sharon?"

Sharon just rolled her eyes. "I'm sorry for taking your top, Tee."

"I'm sorry for putting spiders in your hair, Sharon."

We laughed. I'm glad that lightened up the mood.

"What do you think about wasps, Sam?"

"I don't like them. There only purpose in life is to fuck shit up."

"Not true. They take care of other pesky insects."

"Take care of them like the Mafia. 'Hey Guido. Rocky. Take care of that beetle over there.'"

"Well, I like wasps, bees and ants. That's what I want to specialize in."

"Cool. Just don't get stung."

"I've been stung before. Many times. It doesn't bother me. You know they're all related."

"What are?"

"Bees, wasps and ants."

"Yeah, that sounds about right."

"Ants used to be wasps."

"Used to be?"

"On the evolutionary scale. Millions of years ago the ant's ancestors were wasps."

"They're like wasps without wings, aren't they?"

"Exactly. Except some have wings."

"Really?"

"Males and queens."

"I haven't seen any with wings."

"Because most are workers and don't have wings. Workers are all female, but sterile."

"I bet those males have it good."

"You think so?"

"They have their pick of the females."

"They only live a week or two. Queens live many years."

"Ok. I take it back."

More laughter.

"So you're not in school anymore, Tee?"

"No, I quit."

"Virus?"

"Yep."

"You shouldn't have left. Promise me you'll go back."

"I can't. I don't have the money and I don't know where I can get a job."

"Then what are you going to do?"

"I don't know."

"We'll think of something. How much further do you have to go to get your degree?"

"Three semesters."

"You're a junior already. You're nearly there. You can't quit."

"I'm not so sure I'm cut out for it anymore."

"You cannot give up. Think of all the ants that need saving."

"Ants don't need saving. Bees do. So, what about you? What do you do?"

"Computers."

"A geek, huh?"

"And proud of it."

"I knew a guy majoring in computers. He already had a job."

"He did? Was he an intern?"

"He was a system admin."

"Hmm. You won't catch me doing that. Those guys are overworked and under appreciated."

"So what kind of computer thing do you do?"

"Programming. I make apps."

"Sounds cool."

"It is. I just got a new job. But I won't start for another couple of weeks. I have to give them notice at the old job first though."

"Nice."

"He sings too, Teagan.", Sharon said.

"Yes, I know."


----- Teagan meets the gang

"Ok, we're here. What do you think?"

"This place is yours?"

"Yep. All mine. You like the detached garage? I have a gym in the back."

"Neat. You work out?"

"No. It's just a museum. Weights are so old fashioned. But we charge the kids in the neighborhood to come see how people used to work out."

"You do?"

"I'm kidding, Tee. Yes, I work out."

"You look it. You know, Sam, you don't look any different than you did in high school."

"I've a changed a little. And by little I mean, I'm more little."

"That's not what I meant."

"It's only been a few years since high school. People don't change their looks that fast."

"You'd be surprised."

"Ok, some people have changed but not too much."

"You still look like a wrestler."

"I don't wrestle anymore."

"Too bad. What's that pod thing?"

"Cindy is keeping her stuff here while she gets her house ready to sell."

"Why is she selling a house?"

"You can ask her yourself. Let's go inside."

We went inside and I called everyone over.

"Hi, ... oh, wow!", Tee said as she fell back on her ass. She backpedalled on her hands and feet like a spider. "Jill? Is that you?"

"Hi, Tee. Yes, it's me. I grew a bit."

"I, I, and I uh, shrunk a little bit."

"I'm sorry, Tee. We're still friends, right?"

"Yes."

Jill stooped down and offered Teagan a hand. She took it and Jill helped her up.

"I didn't mean to scare you. Are you ok?"

"I'm ok. I'm still getting used to this crap. Fuckin' virus!", she spat.

"Would you like to meet my sister?"

"Yeah sure. Julie, right? You used to call her shrimp."

"You'll see."

"Oh, HOE LEE SHIT! What the fuck?"

"Tee, this is Julie. Julie, this is my friend Teagan."

"What the fuck happened?", Teagan said.

"I grew."

"You certainly did.", Teagan said, looking flummoxed.

"Are you feeling ok, Tee?"

"I need to sit."

"Would you like something to drink? Some iced or hot tea maybe?"

"How about something stiff?"

"You don't want that? It's not good for you.", a new voice said.

"I can decide what's good for me and what's not."

"It's not good for your condition with the virus."

"Oh? And who are you?"

"I'm Gail."

"You're the one Sam told me about."

"I heard about you too. They didn't tell me you were so tempestuous."

"Gail", I said, "Teagan hasn't been out for a few months. It's a completely different world for her now. She's not used to it."

"She could treat Jill and Julie a little better."

"Agreed, but cut her some slack."

"No, Sam.", Teagan said. "She's right. I just wasn't ready for this."

"Nonsense. We're friends. You're ready."

"Tee?"

"Yes, Sharon."

"Can we talk?"

"Sure."

"Sam, can we use the bedroom? I want to talk to Tee alone."

"Go ahead."

The two disappeared for a little while.

"She's certainly the drama queen, isn't she?"

"It's to be expected, Gail. Please be nice. She's scared of the world. It got big for her nearly overnight. You used to be scared too. Remember?"

"I still am. But I cope."

"Well, Tee's still learning to cope. I was hoping you could help her with that."

"Sure. But it's going to be hard to forgive her for what she did to you."

"Forgiveness is not yours to give. It's mine and I've already forgiven her. If you don't want to be around her you can leave. I won't ask you to stay."

"Geez, don't be mad at me. We were all scared."

"Scared of what?"

"For you. The doctor at the hospital told us all that you might die."

"Well, I'm not dead. Yet."

"If the worst happened then Teagan would be the one to blame. Nobody would forgive her."

"Nobody's to blame. Teagan needs help and I know what she's going through and I'm going to help. You know what she's going through too."

"Yes, but I'm not selfish."

"So she's selfish. And more; if you only knew. But we all have our faults. I'm going to put that aside. Maybe she'll grow into a better person. Isn't it worth it to try?"

"Alright, Sam. I'll try to be nice. I owe it to you. I hope she appreciates all that you're doing for her."

"Thanks, Gail."

When Sharon and Tee made it back out Teagan apologized to everyone.

"Sorry, everyone. I overreacted. This is the first time I've really realized how small I am."

"It's ok.", I told her. "You know Fred."

"Hi, Fred."

"Hey, Tee. Long time, no see."

"Yeah. I heard you have a girlfriend now."

"You know Erin?"

"No."

"Teagan, this is Erin. Erin, this is Teagan. We grew up next door to each other. She and Sharon used to bug me to no end."

"Well, I hope they don't do that anymore.", Erin said. "It's nice to meet you, Teagan."

"Call me Tee."

"Ok. Would you like me to get you something to drink?"

The three of them went off to the kitchen. Tee had an iced tea when she came back out and I introduced the rest of the gang to her.

I had to explain about Erin and Cindy staying with us. I also told her about our special situation.

"So, Cindy and I will be staying with the program for a couple of weeks longer. We'll be there with you when you start."

"Thanks. I really am grateful. I know I should have tried to sign up earlier."

"Hey, Tee.", Cindy said. "Do you dance?"

"A little."

"Wanna come dance with us tonight?"

"I don't think so."

"Sam will be there."

"No, I won't!", I shouted.

"He's bashful. We'll get him there, don't worry. Come with us. It'll be fun."

"Maybe some other time, Cindy."

"Erin's going. So is Fred."

"I'm sure they'll have a good time together."

"You're cute. I'll bet the guys will all ask you to dance with them."

"No. I don't want to go."

"Ok. You don't know what you're missing."

"It's alright. Like I said, maybe later. Just, not now."

Tee was visibly shaken.

"Don't worry, Tee. We won't make you."

"Good."

Teagan seemed relieved.

"Come on, Sam.", Gail said. "You and I need to talk. You're coming too, Teagan."

So we went into my office.

"You're scared of guys now, aren't you, Tee?", Gail asked.

"It's that evident?"

"I've been down that path."

"How did you get over it?"

"I didn't. I was raped."

"See, Sam? That's what I'm afraid of."

"No one is going to rape you here, Tee."

"Tee, it's not that bad.", Gail reassured her. "There's plenty of nice people. You're going to have to get out into the world eventually when you start treatment."

"It'll be only the others there with me in treatment, right?"

"True. But you're going to want to get out."

"I doubt it."

"If she only knew, huh, Sam?"

"She'll find out."

"Find out what?", Tee asked.

"Don't worry about it.", I said. "They'll explain everything to you when you start. You're going to meet a lot of people that are in the same boat as you are, and you're going to make a lot of good friends, just like I have."

"I hope so. I'm a little nervous about it."

"Don't be. Everything's going to be much better."

"Ok. Thanks."

Tee left us.

"How do you think she's going to handle being horny, Sam?"

"Because of the meds? She'll be ok."

"You really think so?"

"She'll handle it better than you."

"I'm not so bad."

"And who besides Julie and Jill have you had sex with?"

"Isn't that enough?"

"You haven't been with any guys yet."

"Maybe I'm a lesbian."

"You're not. I can see it in your eyes."

"Is that part of your gaydar thing? Now you can tell who's a lesbian?"

"I wish. No. But I can see how you look at me. I've seen that look before. Especially lately."

"Maybe we can do it sometime then."

"Only when you're ready. Not before. Gail, I don't want to hurt you. I know what happened and can't imagine the trauma you've been through. And I know that you don't trust most guys. You're beautiful and I'd love to do it with you, but I'd never forgive myself if I ever made you feel like I forced myself upon you. You're not ready."

"I hope we do it before you do her."

"What makes you think Tee and I will?"

"I can see it in her eyes, just like you see it in mine."

"Don't rush it, Gail. And don't worry about Teagan."

"I'm not worried yet. But just wait until she starts all the treatments."

"Some other guy might come along first."

"For her? Or me?"

"Either."

"And what about you?"

"Surely, you jest."

"I guess you do have it pretty good for a guy."

"Look around. Fred's here today but most of the time I'm the only guy here surrounded by loads of beautiful girls."

"I'll say. When do you think everyone will start shedding their clothes today?"

"Hopefully, not today. That would really spook poor Tee."

"What about me?"

"Somehow, I think you can handle it now."

"Did Cindy tell you about how we were running under Julie's legs?"

"No."

"Sue egged us on. It was so funny."

"You all were naked, right?"

Gail laughed out loud.

We joined the others and mingled. Teagan was standing next to Julie and looking up at her. It looked pretty ridiculous -- Tee barely came up to mid thigh on her. Less than a year ago it would have been Teagan looking down on Julie. Julie had been wearing shorts and I could swear that Teagan was sneaking glances at her legs. I went up to Teagan and asked her in a low voice, "Nice legs, huh?"

"What? Oh, uh, I guess so."

Caught her. I can't blame her though. Did I ever mention Julie has a great pair of legs? These were probably the nicest pair of legs in the state. Hell, the whole nation. And probably the nicest legs in the whole world. Nobody was immune to it's spell. Not even Teagan.

"So, you want to know how Julie got so big?"

"I'm sorry, Sam. It was insensitive of me."

"You can apologize to Julie."

"I knew she was big. I just haven't seen her since I shrunk."

"It must be pretty dramatic."

"You have no idea."

"Yes, I do."

"Oh yeah. I keep forgetting I'm not the only one shrinking here."

"You've lost too much weight."

"Tell me about it."

"No, I mean it. You're skin and bones, Tee. We need to put some meat on you."

"How do you propose to do that?"

"Eat. Eat those cookies that Sharon brought. We have some apple pie. We'll heat it later and have it with ice cream. And more of Sharon's cookies. But you need to eat supper first."

"You're going to get me fat."

"It's going to take a lot for that to happen."

"Fine."

"You're legs are as nice as Julie's."

"They are?"

"They used to be. I remember. I can see you in your cheerleader outfit now. Those saddle shoes and socks -- they really accentuated your pretty calves. So sexy too."

"You remember me?"

"I knew you. A little anyway. Don't you remember? We used to talk a little from time to time."

"Yeah, we did."

"I didn't remember you when Sharon first started talking about you; that was until she mentioned your beauty mark."

"You mean my birth mark."

"The beauty mark on your cheek."

"You like it?"

"Of course. It really makes you stand out."

"It always did get me noticed."

"You had guys climbing all over themselves to meet you."

She sighed. "I guess not any more."

"Only because you haven't been out to meet anyone."

"I was afraid of people seeing my cheek. Now I'm afraid of them just seeing me."

"Why?"

"Because I'm too short."

"So? What's so bad about that?"

"I don't know. I can't reach things."

"That's not your fault. Besides, you just need things your own size, that's all."

"People will think I'm a freak."

"People think Julie's a freak. You should see the stares she gets."

"Really?"

"Me too. You'll probably get stared at too when you're out and about."

"Shit."

"Why is that so bad?"

"Because it is."

"No, it's not. It's not like someone is keeping you from getting a job. That's discrimination."

"That happens."

"I know. But people making fun of you and staring is not going to hurt you."

"How can you say that?"

"I've been on the wrong end of that many times."

"You? People make fun of you?"

"You did?"

"Oh. I did. I'm sorry."

"Don't worry about it. The upside is you'll know for sure who's worth being a friend."

"Sharon's a good friend."

"She most certainly is."

"She told me to cool it."

"Yeah, you were pretty freaked out. That's not being a freak, by the way. Just freaked out."

"I know what you mean. I don't want to make anyone mad at me."

"They're our friends. You know most of them anyway."

"I think I remember Erin but I'm not sure."

"I remember her."

"I hope so. She's your sister."

"Oh yeah. She used to be my bratty little sister."

"She used to be?"

"She's not litlle anymore. Or bratty. Well, she is. Especially when she wants to dance. See, I remember her."

"Sam, you're kidding me, aren't you?"

"Yes, I am."

"She told me your mom and dad broke up."

"They did. And I'm happy for them."

"Really?"

"Really. It was bound to happen. We'll talk about it some other time, not now. Ok?"

"Ok."

"Do you have any brothers or sisters?"

"I have an older sister."

"How much older?"

"Four years."

"That would put her a year or two ahead of me. We were probably in high school together but I don't think I know her."

"Her name's Brynn."

"What's she like?"

"I don't know. Like me, a little."

"Does she like bugs?"

"Oh, heck no. She despises them."

"You two must have gotten along real nice then."

"Not too bad really. I never teased her with bugs like I did with Sharon. Mom and Dad would have killed me."

"Does she look like you?"

"Yeah. Except she's flat chested."

"That's ok."

"I know. But tell that to her. She never got over the fact that I got the boobs in the family. And they're not that big really."

"I'd like to meet her some time. Do you two still get along?"

"Sort of. I haven't talked much to her since she moved out."

"Does she know you have the virus?"

"I'm sure she's heard."

"So, you haven't seen her since?"

"No."

"Well, try to stay in touch. It's good to be close to your family."

"You're not too close to your mom, are you?"

"No. I guess Erin told you."

"I asked her about you."

"Erin and I didn't get along too well while we were teenagers. We do now. It makes up for Mom."

"Was that because she was bigger than you?"

"I was kind of pissed that she grew and I didn't."

"I can imagine."

"I spent most of my teen and later life staring into her tits."

"They're nice tits.", Cindy said. She had just joined our conversation.

"You're telling me. Now I have to stare up at them."

"The bottom of her boobs are nice too."

"She calls me her little brother you know. I feel bad about being the way I was to her when we were younger."

"Were you mean to her?"

"Not really. But I tried to stay away from her. I was always the serious one and she was the fun one."

"I can believe that.", Cindy said. "I wish I had a sister."

"Only child?"

"Yep. I always wanted a sister and wouldn't have cared if she were twice as big."

"Like Julie."

"No, Julie is twice as tall, but eight times as big."

"Now who's being the geek?"

"Wait until I put my glasses on."

"Cool. The sexy geek girl."

"What do you mean eight times?", asked Teagan.

"Hoo boy. Here it comes.", Cindy warned.

"Well then you tell her, Cindy."

"Ok. She's twice as tall, but also twice as wide. That's two times two, or four. But she's also twice as deep."

"Twice as deep?"

"Sure, Tee. What would you call it then?"

"Um, twice as ... back and forth?"

"Good, you know what I'm talking about. So that's two times four, or eight. She's eight times as big."

"Oh my God, Cindy.", I said. "You really are geeky. You are so turning me on. I want you right here and now."

"Down boy.", Cindy admonished.

"Sam?!!"

"I'm kidding, Tee. But only just a little.", I said, winking.

Tee rolled her eyes.

We talked a little longer. Jill and Sharon went off with Tee for a while then later Sharon and I started rehearsing. Everyone stopped to listen for a while. We tried but couldn't get Tee to sing with us. I'm thinking she would if there weren't so many people around.

I made sure everyone kept offering food and treats to Teagan. She was getting a little tired of it but kept civil. Good for her.

We ate supper -- stir fried chicken and rice -- then desert. Poor Tee was stuffed.

"You'll love this, Tee. Hot apple pie with ice cream on top. It's heavenly."

"I feel like I'm going to throw up."

"Just try a bite."

She did. Then ended up eating a whole serving.

"I feel so bloated."

"Good.", said Cindy. "You need to work that off. Let's go dancing."

"You're nuts, Cindy. I can't move."

"Sam's going."

"Not!", I said.

"Oh, come on. Jill and Sharon are going. Right, you two?"

"I think Tee has had an eventful enough day already. We can do this some other time."

"Thank you, Sharon.", Tee said.

"What about you and Fred?", Cindy asked Erin.

"We have to bring her home, Cindy.", Fred told her.

"Phooey."

"Cindy,", I said, "we'll go out dancing another day. I promise."

"Good. Just remember, you promised me to go out dancing. You all heard him, right?"

They all nodded their heads in agreement. Shit. Maybe she'll forget. I should be so lucky.

For a while Jill had monopolized Tee's time. But Tee seemed to like talking.

"I'm going to get fat after tonight, Jill."

"No, your not. You could eat twice as much and you'll still be just so cute."

"I'm not cute anymore."

"Sure you are. You're like a little fairy. How cute is that?"

"A fairy? I used to fantasize about that when I was a little girl. I guess people see me as a little girl anyway, so maybe it's ok to believe I'm a little fairy.", she snickered.

"Sure it is! Tee, the fairy. Tee, the fairy. It has a nice ring to it, doesn't it? Will you be my little fairy?"

"Sure, why not. I just wish I had magical powers."

"What would be your first magic spell?"

"I'd make myself normal size again."

"Where's the fun in that? Wouldn't it be cool to shrink someone down to your size?"

"The thought hand't occurred to me."

"Use your imagination. Who would you shrink first and how small would you make them?"

"I don't know. Who should I shrink?"

"Shrink Sam."

"Hey!", I exclaimed. "I'm already her size."

"What if she made you smaller than her, Sam? How about it, Tee? Would you shrink Sam?"

This made Tee laugh. I didn't care to be talking about such things in public, but I have to admit, if it made Teagan feel better then it was probably worth the little social discomfort I was feeling.

"I think Sam is small enough."

"What if he were half your size?", Jill continued.

"Aw, leave the poor guy alone. He's been through enough."

Bless Tee's heart.

"You could shrink yourself."

"Not if I have anything to say about it."

"Julie and I would look even more awesome than now, wouldn't we?"

"Uh, I don't now. You two are just big. Really big."

I could feel the gears in Jill's head turning. But Tee just wasn't playing along. Tee wasn't yet at the point where she was accepting her new size and starting to make the best of it. Maybe, like Jill said, she just needed to use her imagination. Or perhaps Tee just detested the idea of mini and giant sized people.

"How would you like to be six inches tall, Tee?"

"Nope."

"What if you could make Sam six inches tall."

"You're really getting into this, huh?"

"Think of the possibilities. Do you like mountain climbing?"

"Mountain climbing? No. I never tried that."

"Imagine Sam being six inches tall. We could give him some thread, a thimble for a helmet, and then let him climb up your leg. What do you think of that?"

"I think you have a better imagination than I, Jill."

"What'd you think, Sam?"

"I think Tee the fairy should shrink you to see how you like it, Jill."

"Ok.", Jill said in an unexpected chipper voice.

"You'd be ok with that?", Tee asked.

"Why not? As long as we're fantasizing."

"Imagine being half as tall as Tee, Jill.", I asked her.

"That would be cool."

"Her crotch would be right in your face. And you'd be under Julie's knees."

"Whoa!"

"Being waist height to you guys is reality for her and I, Jill. I mean, think about it. Put yourself in our position."

"Hmm. It must be impressive."

"Wow, you're really getting into this, Jill?", Tee asked.

"Sure. It's a good fantasy, no?"

"It's no fantasy, I'm living it. It's more like a nightmare."

"I'm sorry, Tee. I guess I'm not cheering you up."

"It's ok. I know I need to get used to this new size and not take it too hard."

"That's the spirit, Tee.", I said. "I know it's hard to face reality. We can't change what's happened but we can make the best of it."

"You're such an optimist, Sam."

"I try. You should too."

"I will. I can't promise any more than that."

"That's all that anybody can ask. You'll do great, Tee."

The fantasizing was finished for now, much to Jill's chagrin, I suppose. We talked of other boring stuff. And more boring stuff. And more. When she gets going, that girl, Tee, can talk. Maybe she didn't have the virus; maybe she talked herself small. Nah. But if it could happen, then she'd be two feet tall.

Then it was time for everyone to leave. Jill picked Tee up to give her a hug much to Teagan's chagrin. Tee was left pretty much speechless by this. Go figure. Sharon and I had one of those fabric tearing pokemon kisses again. This also seemed to leave Tee speechless. Aha! Now I know how to shut her up. Finally, Erin and Fred had their kisses and the three left.

Sue and Gail left right after. I had another fabric ripping pokemon with Sue. And Gail kissed me too before leaving. Our first kiss on the mouth.

Erin, Julie, Cindy and I were the only ones left. Somehow it felt like an empty house. Erin and Cindy retired to their respective bedrooms and Julie and I had the night to ourselves. It was another long weekend but I felt better than I had been in ages it seemed. I would be starting a new job soon. We were thinking about publishing our song and I was going to buy a new guitar in the coming weeks not to mention my surreptitious house hunting I was about to embark upon. I especially felt good about Teagan.

Life was good again. Nothing could possibly go wrong. Right?

 

End Notes:

Next time, Teagan starts treatment and a few nice surprises. Next chapter won't be as long.

Chapter 50 - Surprises by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie receives a couple of nice surprises. Tee starts treatment. Michele starts a new job.


----- The week after recovery

I was back to work by now only to give my two weeks notice on Monday. Nobody wanted to see me leave and I couldn't blame them; I'd miss them all too. Yo wanted to keep in touch and of course that would be no problem. I invited everyone to come see me sing on Fridays forever.

Cindy seemed to be down in the dumps whenever she left for work but was all perky and happy otherwise. We worked on recordings a lot, trying to get everything right. Wednesday night she came with me to help me find a new guitar. I couldn't find one to my satisfaction, so I'm still looking.

Thursday night it was more practice with Sharon. We were starting to gel. I think we still needed work but it was a start. She and Julie were snickering over some event that happened in the office that they wouldn't tell me about until after our practice session.

Some guy had been arguing with the boss over a contract or something like that. He wasn't very big, being about Sharon's size which would put him about five feet one inch tall and only about up to Julie's stomach.

This little (that's a relative term) guy started getting loud. Sharon had asked him to be civil but he yelled obscenities back at her too. This, of course, upset Sharon. How could anyone do such a thing to such a nice gal? Inconceivable. Julie thought so too so she confronted the guy.

She had apparently got real close to him to where she couldn't even see him under her boobs. He pushed her. She then grabbed him at the elbows and lifted him up so they were eye to eye.

"Don't you ever yell your filth to my friend again. Understand?"

It must have been pretty intense. Certainly too tense for the guy -- his pants turned dark around his crotch as his bladder let loose.

Julie dropped the loser and he ran away. Everyone at the office was talking about the incident the rest of the day.

"I hope you washed your hands after that, Julie.", I said.

"You better believe I did."

"Are you ok?"

"Sure. He's the one that's not."

"I mean, your state of mind. You weren't too angry, were you?"

"I was furious, Sam. But don't worry, I was in control. In fact, better. I was enjoying it."

"I hope you don't enjoy that sort of thing too much."

"Why? Are you afraid of me doing that to you?"

"No."

"Really? What would you do in that situation?"

"I wouldn't piss myself, that's for sure. I'd fart."

"You'd what?"

"You know how bad that smells. You wouldn't want that to happen, would you?"

"No, I wouldn't. I don't think I'll be picking on you, Sam."

"Besides, I know how to do this.", I said as I found that spot where she was ticklish.

"Ah ha ha. That's no fair. Ha, ha, ha."

"See? I have nothing to be afraid of with you."

"Okay. Ha, ha. Okay. You win. Stop."

"Oh, Sam. You're bad.", Sharon said.

"Sorry. I can't let her get the best of me. Tell me though, what the hell was that guy arguing about?"

"Some stupid business thing. I think he was mad because we reported him to the credit bureaus."

"You probably won't be getting his business again."

"It's ok. We don't want it. He was like six months over due on payments."

"Wow, Miss Julie. You're my hero.", Cindy said.

"Mine too.", Sharon echoed.

"I guess you did good, kiddo.", I told her. "I'm proud of you."

"You are, Sam?"

"Absolutely."

Her smile was a mile wide upon hearing this. Julie was getting more sure of herself and becoming comfortable with her size. Except for bumping into the top of doorways, that is. I wanted to do something nice for her -- something long overdue.

"You're coming out with me Saturday."

"Where are we going?"

"It's a surprise."

"A restaurant?"

"No. Stop guessing. You'll find out soon enough, Julie."

Sharon and Cindy were looking at each other. They were wondering too.

Our treatment sessions Tuesday and Friday were uneventful. This was the last regular week. The group was too close to just up and end things, so we all set a date a month from the last day plus one when we would get together again; that would put it on a Saturday. I offered my house for the get together.

Friday at Mike's was a first for me -- I sang a song that I had written -- and also a first for Julie. My new song was about Julie. We kept her from hearing it when we practiced so this was a big surprise for her.

     Julie, Julie, Julie.
     You're towering great big cutie.
     Come closer, kiss me, make my life complete.

     Julie, Julie, Julie.
     You have such great beauty.
     Since you came back to me everything's upbeat.

     ...

There's a few more verses I won't bore you with, but you get the idea. For me, this was really sticking my neck out. Performing is one thing. But performing your own song is another. Sometimes I think that it's stupid. If anyone else had thought that I'd have been devastated. But I pushed myself and perform it anyway. The rewards were too great.

I had planned this with Sharon and Cindy -- they wouldn't let me back out. And that's what friends do: push each other to excel. Right? And I was going to push Tee into getting herself back on track too.

And speaking of tracks, we submitted the song, which we had recorded earlier that week, to the internet song service. There people could download it to their devices; only they would have to know it was there and we hadn't told anyone yet. We also submitted two more songs we recorded. We weren't expecting anything great, but it was good to finally say, "We did it."

So, Teagan was there. It was great to see that she was getting out and we had a little chat after the performance.

"You two were good tonight."

"Thanks, Tee. Are you having fun?"

"I suppose so."

"I told you that you'd have fun."

"I need something to drink."

"They don't serve alcohol here."

"I know."

"Just stay away from their dark brew: Puff the Magic Dragon."

"Why?"

"It'll make your knees turn green."

"Ew. It will?"

"He's kidding, Tee. That's just Sam's stupid humor.", Sharon told her.

"Yeah, I get it. I'm starting to get used to that."

"Uh, oh.", I said. "She's onto me."

"We all are."

I shrugged. When we went to mingle Sharon asked me, "What're we going to do with her tonight?"

"I don't know. What do you propose?"

"I figured we could take her home then I'd come back with you."

"That's fine. You're staying over then?"

"I planned on it. You're not going to invite Tee over for the night, are you?"

"I don't think so. You want me to ask?"

"No. Let's just take her home. I mean what if she finds out?"

"Finds out what?"

"It wouldn't be good if she knew we were sleeping together."

"I think she already suspects."

"Is she upset about it?"

"I don't really know. I wouldn't worry about it."

"She's my friend. I don't want to hurt her. Maybe we should cool it."

"If you really think so."

"I don't know, Sam."

"You can still come over. Jill is spending the night. She'd love to have you."

"I'd love it too. Maybe it would be a good thing to spend some time with Jill."

"Whatever you want, Sharon. We'll probably have to tell Tee some time."

"Ok, but later."

"Sure."

Sharon was acting a little weird but it was all about Teagan. I didn't want to upset Tee either so we decided not to sleep together, at least for a little while.

That night Cindy and I ganged up on Julie in bed. Feeling good about her song, she wanted me to be the center of attention that night but Cindy and I had other ideas. We both took the same leg, kissing and licking, then we would suddenly stop and go to the other leg. We worked our way up then we took turns on Julie's clit. Mental note: measure that thing again. I think it's still growing.

We ended up with me fucking Julie at the same time as Julie fucking Cindy. I had a hold of Cindy around her chest. Say what you will about having a hand full of overflowing big tits; little ones still feel great in your hands too. Julie was going crazy and both Cindy and I were along for the ride.

We had a great nights rest. Julie was certainly feeling good about Friday. But Saturday would bring more surprises for her.


----- Saturday

Late morning I left Erin, Jill, Sharon, Cindy, and Fred behind as I took Julie with me in the car. Julie had no idea where we were going which made the surprise all the more ... surprising. Anyway, we arrived.

"Well, here we are."

"Here? This is a parking lot, Sam."

"Yep. What do you see?"

"Cars."

"Exactly."

"You really have gone nuts. Are you still feeling ok?"

"Come with me.", I said getting out of the car. She had a hard time un-pretzeling herself from the confines of my car, but finally emerged unscathed.

"There.", I said, pointing. "What do you see now?"

"A car dealership."

"Yep. That it is."

"Oh my God, Sam. Are you going to get a new car?"

"No. You are."

"I can't afford a new car."

"I have a signing bonus from my new job. It'll make a good downpayment. The monthlies then will be a piece of cake for you."

"Sam, I can't believe you're doing this."

"You need it."

"What kind of car?"

"One that fits. Let's go."

As we walked into the dealership everyone stared. I mean everyone. People stopped talking and the place went silent.

"We'd like to look at some new cars.", I said to no one in particular. A brave soul -- or perhaps a really hard up or hard nosed salesman -- came up to us.

"So, what're you looking for?"

"Maybe a truck or SUV. Something big."

"Of course you are. Come with me. I'll check the computer and see what we have. What were you looking to spend?"

We went through the motions. I'm sure I must have seemed like some kid to this guy; but a knowledgeable one. He tried every trick in the book, but I had been through this before.

"We'll that's ok. We're looking to get something soon but it can wait."

"If you buy a car today I can guarantee you the best deal."

"I'm looking for a place that will give us a good deal every day."

"Well, that's us."

"Good. We'll come back tomorrow."

"No, no, no. That's ok. No need to. How about I get you the keys to try this nice SUV we saw on the screen? This sucker is huge. You'll love it."

We finally got our chance to test drive some of the vehicles. It turns out the salesman had fun riding with Julie doing the driving. What he thought of the two of us who knows. I'm sure he was just aching to ask us questions but was afraid of losing a sale.

In the end we decided on a nice mid-sized SUV. The driver seat had more room than the bigger one with four rows of seats. And this mid-sized one was loaded too.

He did the 'make us wait forever' thing but in the end I was able to get a pretty decent deal. That poor salesman didn't know what to make of me doing the negotiating. After another hour or two we had a new SUV and three years of car payments. Julie was ecstatic.

"Sam, this car is so nice."

"You'll have to drive home without me unless we leave my car here."

"That's ok. Can I take it to show Mom?"

"It's your car. You can do whatever you want with it."

"I can't wait to show everyone."

"Let's go home. You can take everyone out this afternoon."

She was very happy, and that's an understatement. It was her first new car. It was silver, and the seats were leather and smelled really nice. They were heated too. And there were all kinds of electronic gizmos. I wanted to read the owners manual. Julie couldn't understand why. Sheesh, girls. The best part: she could fit inside in relative comfort.

We all piled in and went to see Mom. Mom even came for a ride. That was eight of us and we all fit -- three in each of the back two seats and two up front. That would be Julie driving and Mom in the passenger seat. Jill would have been riding there, but of course, Mom had preference. She was so proud of Julie.

During Saturday and Sunday Julie made every excuse she could think of to use the new SUV. I wish I could have gone out with her on every trip but I wanted to make use of the time with Sharon for singing. We did get out to look at more guitars on Saturday night. Julie drove.

I was thankful for Sharon staying over Friday night. I wanted to get over to see Teagan but Fred took her home. I'd be seeing Tee plenty the coming week.


----- Teagan's first week of treatment

The new clinical trial sessions for treatment of Borgford's disease were now on Mondays and Thursdays. I had a full car bringing Jill, Cindy and Tee with me. We were all excited, except Teagan; she was nervous.

"Relax, Tee. You'll like it."

"You're very sure about that, aren't your?"

"Only if you like getting stuck with needles, Tee.", Cindy said. Damn, Cindy. Don't scare her away. But it turned out to be ok -- Tee was cool with needles.

Jill and Tee pretty much talked the whole ride over. I was happy that Teagan was getting back into the swing of things, but damn, that girl can talk.

We arrived. Tee went through getting all the paperwork complete, had interviews, and an initial physical which included measuring her height: three feet one inch tall. A bit depressing, but at least she was over three feet tall.

Cindy and I did our things. We were the first ones to get stuck this day and could have left early too but we both stuck around and met all the new people in the group and waited for the big group session at the end. Unlike when Cindy and I went through, there were more guys this time: four guys and three gals.

All were in their early twenties, although one of the girls -- Ava -- was nineteen. She was three feet ten inches tall and Emma (or just Emm to her friends) the tallest in the group, was only four foot two. There was, of course Teagan. Yes, this group was shorter than ours.

The guys included Jacob, three eleven, the tallest of the guys, Alex and Matthew (Matt), both of them three six, and Caleb was three foot three inches tall. Tee was the smallest. I felt a little bad for her.

To Tee's credit, she wasted no time in introducing herself to the others. Cindy and I got acquainted with all of them too. They had lots of questions. Especially Matt. He seemed to want my answers most of all. I guess he just wasn't too interested in what Cindy had to say. Chauvinist.

Right before the big group end session that they always have, Jill came out to meet everyone. They were amazed at her size. Ha, wait until they meet Julie. Jill took interest in Caleb immediately. He was the smallest guy Jill had yet known. I can only imagine what was going through her head.

Cindy and I recounted our stories and warned everyone to stay healthy lest the meds would't be able to do their thing. I also invited them to Mike's on Fridays.

All in all I think it went great. On the ride home I asked Tee about it.

"You were right, Sam. It was pretty cool to meet everyone. But I'm still the smallest. This sucks."

"Sorry, Tee. But you all might still shrink.", I said.

"They mentioned we all might lose and inch or two until the meds kick in. With my luck it'll be at least a couple."

"Cheer up, Tee. What did you think of the guys there?"

"Eh. They're ok."

"Which one do you like best?"

"I don't know. What are you trying to do? Fix me up with one of them?"

"Not really. But they seem ok to me. You could do worse."

"Ugh. I don't need a matchmaker."

"Ok, ok. I'll leave it alone. What did you think of the doctors?"

"They were ok. Everything was ok, Sam. I'm just tired."

"I guess it's been a long day. Most of the time the sessions won't last this long."

"That's a good thing. So, what did you think of the girls?"

"That would be Ava and Emm. They're fine."

"I think they're both taller than you, Sam.", she giggled.

"Yes, they are. I bet you find that pretty funny."

"Sorry. I need to ignore that sort of thing. I'm trying to be more sensitive."

"I used to be taller than Cindy. We're the same size now."

"You still shrunk? Even on the meds?"

"I told you that you need to take care of yourself."

"You didn't take care of yourself?"

"He got sick, Tee. Remember? He had pneumonia.", Cindy said.

"I lost a whole five inches, Tee."

"That was your fault.", Cindy said.

Tee wasn't laughing anymore.

"It's alright, Tee. It probably won't be the last time that happens.", I said.

"So, even with the treatment you can still shrink?"

"If you abuse your health, sure. Promise me you'll take care of yourself. Ok?"

"Yeah. I will."

"I was taller than all of the people in your group before I caught pneumonia."

"You're still taller than me."

"You should't judge people by their stature."

"I know. I know."

I dropped her off, then I drove Jill to her house and Cindy and I went home.

"What do you think of the new group, Sam?"

"They're a lot like our group. More boys than girls but that's just chance."

"They were smaller than all of us."

"So?"

"Do you think that's just chance too? Maybe it's a trend?"

"What? Like the later you get it the smaller you get?"

"Maybe the virus is getting stronger?"

"I don't know. We'll ask the doctors next time. It's probably is just pure chance."

"I'm sure you're right."

"What did you think of the new people in the group?"

"Pretty much what you said."

"I'm sure we'll get to know them better as time goes on."

And yes, everyone was more familiar for Thursday's session. Matt said he really wanted to come see me play at Mike's on Friday but couldn't make it. Ava wanted to come but wasn't sure she'd make it either. Tee would be the only one from the new group who committed to being there. We sort of twisted her arm about it but if she really wanted to I'm sure she'd have bowed out.

As it turned out, Ava did make it out on Friday. She sat with Tee and Cindy. I can imagine what they were telling her about me. Michele also showed up, but more about that later. Fred took Tee home that night and it was another end to a long week.

Next week I'd be starting the new job. But first, I would say goodbye to all my old friends at work.


----- Michele

So, also this week, Michele had started working her new job with us. I was at the office for a short while Monday and so was able to welcome Michele to the company. She was definitely excited -- much like Julie with her new car. Unfortunately this would be my last week there.

On Tuesday Michele's workgroup all had lunch together. She invited me along and I accepted, even though I'm not really part of that group. They mostly do web apps; I do native apps. But I knew everyone and it was nice to get out. They used this as an unofficial farewell to me from that particular group.

Michele was interested in hearing all about the people at her new job from me. It was also at that luncheon that Michele invited me out to dinner. She wanted to show her appreciation for helping her get the new job. I figured what the hell, I wouldn't be seeing her anymore, at least not at work, so we set a date for Wednesday night.

I told Cindy about it that night.

"Uh, oh.", was her response.

"What's wrong?"

"She wants in on you."

"Aw, not you too. You've been talking with Gail, haven't you?"

"About Michele? No."

"Why would you say that, then? She just wants to thank me for helping her get her new job."

"I hope so."

"Well, so what? It's not like we'll be working together. What do you care? Are you jealous?"

"No. I don't want you to get hurt."

"You really think that could happen?"

"I don't know."

"Give Michele a little more credit. You know her."

"I saw how she looked at you before."

"Ok. Let's say we do hook up. Like you and I. Would you be upset?"

"I'll have to think about that."

"Oh, Cindy. Whatever happens, it won't affect what I have with you."

"Well, I'll still have Julie."

"You'll still have me too."

"Ok, Sam. Just be careful."

"Don't worry. I'll be telling Julie about it when she gets back."

"What if Julie doesn't want you to go?"

"Then I won't go."

"Just like that?"

"Just like that."

"You and Julie have such a unique relationship."

"That's the truth."

And Julie, of course, had no problems with it. It was a nice supper Thursday night that I had with Michele. We ate at an Italian restaurant called Luigi's. It turns out she loves Italian food and goes to this little restaurant often enough that the staff knows her by name. We talked of work. We talked of our treatment group and the new one with Tee. We talked of a bunch of other things. I came to find out that the guy that gave her the virus was none other than Jacob Tiswell. That's the Jacob in Tee's group. She made me promise not to tell him about her, especially her new job. "No problem.", I assured her.

It made me wonder about the girl that I caught the virus from. I had narrowed it down to three because that was the only three people I could have possibly received it from. Of the three I had my suspicions who it was though. We didn't talk about it but I was thinking about this more and more and wondered how that person was getting along. I made a mental note to call some of my friends from college and see how they were doing.

One consolation about being small is that you don't need to eat very much. Although the restaurant didn't really permit people doing this, they still let Michele and I order kids meals. It helped that they took a liking to her long ago. I doubt I could have pulled that one off alone. We did get big deserts -- cheese cake and apple pie a la mode. Guess who got the pie a la mode.

Contrary to Gail and Cindy's fears, the most salacious thing to happen that night was that we kissed goodbye. I had to get up on my toes to kiss her, but she was only about six inches taller; not a couple of feet taller. We promised to keep in touch, and true to that promise Michele came to Mike's that Friday night to see me.

I invited her over to the house with us Friday night but she had other plans and so it was just Erin, Julie, Jill, Cindy, and I back home. Oh yeah, we all rode in one car; a certain brand new, silver SUV. Fred took Sharon and Tee back home again. It was a far cry from some of the Friday parties we've had in the past. The weekend was also a fairly quiet one.

Sharon came over Saturday to practice with Tee. Not much to say. Things were going well.

Cindy and I had our fun with Julie that weekend. She was still high from her new car and nothing could have upset her in the state of mind she was in. Life was good.

 

End Notes:

New chapter, new job for Sam.

Chapter 51 - New Job by littless
Author's Notes:

A new job for Sam with a little surprise.

----- New job

Monday morning I ran off a checklist of what I needed to bring with me the first day at my new job. Things like driver's license (I'm going to have to get that amended due to it having the wrong height on there), birth certificate, etc.

The morning was filled with paperwork. That afternoon I met my new boss, Heather. She was in her late thirties or early forties, but was very pretty nonetheless. Some people just age really well; she was one of the them. She was also very tall too -- I'd say a little over six feet.

She asked me to call her Heather -- everyone was on a first name basis in the company. However, whenever we were with anyone in the military -- and there would be plenty of military people I was to find out that we would work with -- then we were supposed to call them by their rank. So, "Captain Smith", for example.

"Sure, no problem.", I said.

"You'll need to bone up on military ranks so you can identify it from their uniform."

"Ok. I can look it up."

"It's not hard. You'll get used to it pretty quickly."

We went over a little of the job that I was to do. But only a very little. First I had to go through training on handling classified data and stuff. That would last all week long; lots of online training. And, even if I knew what my job was, I still can't tell you.

I met a few of the people in the group I'd be working with. They were very nice. I had my own desk and it was just the right size.

"Wow. This is so cool. How did you get something my size."

"We knew of your condition before, Sam. We have someone with Borgford's disease here already. You're our second employee with it."

"Will get to meet them?"

"Tomorrow. You'll only be working with that particular group that she's in indirectly, but sometimes you'll be getting requirements directly from them depending on the project. You'll be meeting lots of new people tomorrow."

"Sounds good. I can't wait."

Julie, Erin and Cindy could tell I was excited when I got home. I told them what I could about it, which wasn't much. I also told them, and especially Cindy, that I would be meeting someone else with the virus.

"Gee, Sam. It seems more and more people are showing up with the virus.", Cindy said, rather ominously.

"Yeah. But it's still very rare. I mean, we only know of each other because of the group. I wonder how many are out there not getting treatment."

"I hope you tell this new person at work about treatment."

"I will. I'll invite her out here sometime to meet you and Sue, Gail, and Tee, and whoever else from the group wants to make it out."

"I'm looking forward to it. Anyway, while I'm thinking about it, Sam, what's the deal with Michele?"

"The deal? I don't know. She's working where I used to. She's bummed I can't be there with her, but whatever."

"How did your date go last week?"

"I told you nothing happened. We ate and talked; we had a good time. Michele was at Mike's last Friday too. Remember? I invited her here afterwards but she couldn't make it."

"Just wondering if you got back in touch with her since last week."

"Heavens no, not today. I've been too busy and will be this whole week. I don't get to work at home like I used to."

"You'll miss that, won't you?"

"Yep. But they did mention that I could work ten hour days and have a week day off. I also worked it out to leave early on Mondays and Thursdays, just for the next couple weeks, so we can make it to the sessions."

"That's good. Are you working this Friday?"

"Unfortunately, yes. But I could possibly get off the Friday after. Why?"

"If you can, would you like to come with me to work that day?"

"I'd love to. I'll let you know for sure later, ok?"

"Ok."

We left to pick up Jill and Teagan then went off to the session. Tee talked Jill's ear off again. Well, at least she was getting back to her old self. That was good, mostly. When we got there, Cindy and I again got our blood samples first. Then we mingled with everyone else.

Ava was telling everyone how cool I was singing at Mike's. She also told them of her meeting with Jill's sister. They couldn't believe Julie was that big. They still didn't believe me when I told them that she was seven foot ten. We told them they would all just have to come out and see for themselves. I think I may have scared them away more than reassure them.

Tee told them about Sharon. I told them about Cindy helping her and I. That seemed to intrigue them and was I hoping for a good turnout Friday.


----- Tuesday

I'd be going into the office every day, or at least four days a week. However, the drive was much easier -- only about fifteen minutes, tops. Hardly any traffic lights were in the way to stop me; a far cry from my old office.

I spent Tuesday morning taking more courses on security and the structure of the agency I'd be working with. Heather took me out to lunch so we could get to know each other better this way. Then that afternoon I took a little tour of the office building meeting all the new people there. Most rooms were locked and needed a badge to get into. My badge would only let me into my office, some common areas, and just a few others. It was based on what you were working on and I wasn't working on anything yet. However, Heather was able to get into most of the rooms in the building.

After visiting two other groups, by mid afternoon we reached the highlight for me: the group where I'd meet the other person with the virus. Introductions were made then I met her.

"Jennifer?"

"Hi, Sam."

"I didn't know you worked here?"

"Yeah, I like to play it down."

"This is a nice surprise."

"So, you two know each other?", Heather asked.

"We went through the clinical trial program for the medication we're taking."

"Then I guess we don't need to do formal introductions for you two."

"I guess not."

"Sam, I can't talk too much right now since we're busy, but we can have lunch tomorrow, if you're free."

"That sounds great. I'll be looking forward to it."

So, there it was. All of us in the group had wondered what Jennifer did for a living. She never talked about it and now I know why. I was learning through the courses about the secrecy involved. Tomorrow would be spent learning about the company instead of security stuff, but I'd have lunch free to talk with Jennifer.

I told everyone that night about Jennifer.

"So, that's what she does.", Cindy said.

"Yep, and I know why she kept it quiet."

"Super secret, huh?"

"Yep. No details, especially. It's better if we don't mention it in the first place. I suppose Jennifer's just trying to be a good employee. It can also be dangerous nowadays if people know you work on military projects."

"Dangerous? Oh no, are you in danger, Sam?"

"Nah. We don't get much protests and stuff out at this military base. But it's always good to be safe."

"What about terrorists?"

"I doubt it's a problem. But it seems to me they always go to some place public. I think you stand more chance of a terrorist attack in the city."

"I hope you'll be safe there."

"I will. Jennifer and I are having lunch together tomorrow."

"Ah, ha."

"Ah ha, what, Cindy?"

"Another one to add to your harem."

"Harem? You make it sound so, obscene. You already know Jennifer. Hey, maybe if she does become part of the, ahem, harem, then you'll get a chance at her yourself."

"Ha ha. I already have my hands full with Julie and you, Sam."

"You're jumping the gun anyway. Nothing is happening between us. Or between Michele and me either for that matter."

"We'll see."

We finished Tuesday night off by having our usual measuring. No changes, except Jill had grown a half an inch. She was disappointed that it wasn't more.


----- Wednesday lunch

Wednesday morning I had a little seminar on the history of the company I was working for. They were a big military and intelligence contractor. Bigger than I had thought. Wherever there was a military base or agency headquarters, they were there. No wonder they could afford to pay me a big salary. Government work is fairly lucrative.

I finally got a chance to talk with Jennifer at lunch. We ate in the building since they had their own cafeteria. This was pretty much the first time I'd have the time to actually talk rather than just say hello, how are you and goodbye. A mystery she was to most of us in the group.

"This is so cool, Jennifer. Now I know how Michele felt back at my old job."

"But you left her."

"I feel bad about that but I had this job thing working for about five months now."

"I know. It takes at least three months, usually much more, to get your clearance."

"The hardest thing was not telling anyone about it except my closest friends and family until the clearance came through. I mean what if I flunked? I'd have egg all over my face."

"You don't flunk. You just don't get the clearance."

"Same as flunking."

"Whatever. I'm sure Michele understands."

"I still feel bad. I wish I could do something to make it up."

"She'll be fine, Sam."

"So, how long have you been working here?"

"A little over two years."

"You knew I was coming?"

"Only since last week. I knew you were a computer programmer and when they mentioned to me that this new guy had Borgford's disease I put two and two together and just sort of suspected it was you."

"It's me."

"So, you're the wiz kid."

"Wiz kid?"

"I heard how you broke that new protocol. Impressive."

"It was tough. I found a problem with it and reported it."

"You do know that it was created by a government agency?"

"No. It was created by a private company."

"That was a front. And speaking of egg on the face, you made them look pretty bad. They were supposed to be the experts."

"I'm sorry. I had no intention of doing any such thing."

"But it's a good thing."

"I guess it was."

"You like doing that?"

"Making others look bad?"

"No. Working with stuff like that."

"Sure."

"You'll probably be doing that sort of thing in your new job."

"Sounds cool. They haven't told me yet exactly what I'll be doing. Still."

"Don't worry. You'll get there."

"You like it here?"

"Absolutely."

"You didn't tell anyone in the treatment group what you do."

"I like to keep it under covers. I used to be like bursting at the seams to tell everyone. But now the secrecy bestows upon me an air of mystery."

"That it does."

"You'll have the same thing."

"People are already speculating. Gail thinks I'm going to be a spy or in a paramilitary organization."

"Ha, ha. That's pretty funny."

"It's not. Right?"

"No. We just do lots of bookish stuff. The company does have a manufacturing arm though."

"What do they build?"

"Don't know. And I won't ask."

"Oh."

"You'll get used to it. How's everything else going?"

"Right now the job is consuming all my waking thoughts."

"What about your sleeping thoughts?"

"Beats me. Julie says I talk in my sleep."

"What do you say?"

"Weird stuff. Sue says it's unintelligible."

"So, you are sleeping with Sue. I knew it."

"It's no secret. Cindy too."

"Everyone knows about Cindy and you. What about Gail?"

"Gail? No. Not yet anyway."

"Oh ho! You think you'll sleep with her?"

"She's still coming to terms with being small. I'd rather be sure she's perfectly comfortable with it."

"We're all coming to terms with it. You seem to be handling it well."

"Nah. I just have lots of good people around me to help."

"You have lots of pretty girls around you."

"You noticed. So, yeah, the pretty girls around me make the bad things easier to cope with. You do know about Gail's situation, right?"

"She told me she was raped after she shrunk."

"Yep. Terrible. She's made some good friends from the group though. I think that's good for her."

"No doubt it is. You heard about Marie and Joe, right?"

"They're an item."

"They're getting married."

"No way! When?"

"Joe has to finalize his divorce first."

"You talk with them?"

"Marie and I talk. You should hear what she says about Jill."

"You know Jill. Did she say anything bad about her?"

"Oh, no. Just the opposite. They want to see her again."

"Marie can call her. She has her number, right?"

"I don't know."

"Here, I'll give it to you and you can give it to Marie."

"Ok, I'll use the napkin to write it down."

"Having to put our phones away before entering the building sucks, doesn't it?"

"You get used to it. What's the number?"

I gave her Jill's smart phone number. I didn't think Jill knew of the marriage either; I'd have some big news for her and Sharon.

"And how is Julie?"

"Great. She just bought a new car."

"I bet she's happy about that. I need a new car."

"Getting old?"

"Getting big."

"Oh. Don't you have pedal extenders?"

"No. I'll need them. You know I lost a little bit of height recently."

"Oh, no. I hadn't noticed."

"Well, that's because you lost even more inches when you got sick."

"Yeah, I know.", I said, shaking my head.

"Was she worth it?"

"Teagan? Sure. I'd have done it for anyone. Well, maybe not anyone. But I'd have done the same for you."

"How thoughtful. You're a very nice guy, Sam. But I don't think I'll be trying to kill myself."

"So, you heard all about it?"

"I think Cindy told everyone at the group session. She said you almost died. Her, Sue and Gail looked pissed about it."

"I understand about their fears. But I'm fine and I've recovered. No harm done."

"You shrunk."

"It was bound to happen. The worst thing is it held me back a week from starting here."

"You're going to like it here. People treat me well despite having the virus. I'm sure they'll treat you the same."

"I'm looking forward to it."

"Some of my other friends avoid me. It's like I'm still contagious. Do you get that?"

"I've gotten that, especially from girls, in the past. I was short to begin with so I guess I haven't noticed much difference."

"Oh yeah. I remember now. So, you're saying they're not avoiding me because of the virus but because I'm short?"

"In your case it's probably as you say. But for me, well, gals just don't like short guys."

"Don't say that."

"Some are ok. Most not. You know, that whole tall, dark, and handsome thing."

"Two out of three aint bad, Sam. Besides, you're tall to me."

"You said you shrunk some. How much?"

"Only and inch or so."

"How tall does that make you then?"

"About three ten."

"Then I think you're taller than me."

"Let me see, stand up. Oh, wow, I believe you're right. I might be just a little taller. But it's hard to say for sure."

"Someone else will have to measure us to be sure. But Cindy and I were measured at three nine."

"Wow, a whole inch."

"How did you shrink anyway. I mean, I know I was sick. Were you?"

"Pills. When we switched from getting the medication through a needle to pills, I didn't take all of mine."

"Why not?"

"I forgot. I'm not used to taking pills. Also, well, have you noticed any difference with the pills versus the direct way?"

"No. But see what happens when you don't follow doctor's orders? But, don't worry, you're not alone: I forgot once or twice already too. I hope it won't hurt."

"I put it off for more than that. I think you'll be ok. Did you hear anything about George?"

"Nope. And I don't care to."

"I agree."

"So, you won't mind if I tell Cindy, Sue and Gail about you working here?"

"It's not secret. If people ask me then I tell them. I just don't volunteer the information. The doctors and staff knew."

"Will you come see me at Mike's again?"

"I'd love to."

"Would you like to come visit me and Cindy afterwards, at my house."

"You and Cindy?"

"She's staying with us. You knew that, right?"

"No, I didn't."

"She inherited the house from her mother, but she doesn't want to live there and take care of a house. She selling it and while she gets it ready and is on the market she's staying with us."

"That's awful nice of you. I've heard of your Friday night parties."

"Figures. Nothing bad happens really."

"Just a lot of people running around naked, I heard."

"A lot of Cindy running around naked. And my sister, Erin too."

"Cindy is the free spirit, isn't she?"

"She is. Sue does the same."

"It's no wonder you get all the fun."

"You should come over and have fun too. Maybe even spend the night. We have wild weekends you know. Just no alcohol for you."

"I think I'm going to be intimidated by all of the parties I've heard about."

"How could you be intimidated? You know almost everyone already. If not I'll introduce you. I promise nobody will think you're contagious. There's no need to be intimidated. Unless you piss off Julie."

"Ha, yeah. That really put ... never mind."

"Ok, but you're welcome anytime. And if Cindy or Erin are there just be prepared to dance."

"I can believe that. I actually like dancing."

"In the nude?"

"Erm, I don't know. It might be fun though."

"Hang around Cindy and Erin and you'll be dancing in the buff in no time."

We talked and laughed for a few minutes more but we had finished our lunch and had to get back to work. It's going to be fun seeing Jennifer here at work.

That afternoon I had a meeting with the customer. Unfortunately, I can't tell you who the customer is. I first had a little briefing about security, signed some forms then we had a high level discussion with the "customer". They wanted me to ... uh, well, I can't tell you what they wanted me to do. But it was going to be exciting. And important.


----- Wednesday afternoon

I met my partner for the new project: Priyana. She was very pretty Indian girl about Erin's height. She would be showing me the ropes, so to speak. I let her know that I was grateful. She liked that. I got the impression that others hadn't treated her so well.

I had some more briefings that afternoon too. This was going to be a real interesting job. While we had small talk I told Priyana that I sing and invited her to Mike's. She had been there before and liked their coffee but never came to see any of the performances.

She also asked about the virus. More people were getting it and people were talking. Priyana had only known about it from Jennifer but they hadn't talked about it much.

"So, this disease, it is transmitted sexually, no?"

"Yes, it is."

"This would be very bad for me to get. My parents would disown me if they found out I had extramarital sex."

"If you ever think about having sex with someone make sure they get tested. They have a blood test for it. There's no other way of knowing if someone is contagious without the test. By the time you start shrinking you're no longer contagious."

"So, you are no longer contagious then?"

"No, I'm not."

"That is good to know. Please not to tell my parents, but I am very careful. I see I need to be, uh, what does one say? Valiant?"

"Valiant? I think you mean vigilant."

"Yes, that is the word. I am sorry for my English."

"No problem, Priyana. Can I call you Pri?"

"Yes, you may call me Pri. I like it. Thank you. That is a good name."

"You're name is very pretty. It's just a little hard to say it all the time. But 'Pri' just rolls off the tongue."

"Hee hee. That is funny, how you say, 'rolls off the tongue.'"

"It's an old expression we use sometimes. It means that something is easy and comfortable to say."

"Then I will call you Sam. Ha ha."

"You're funny too, Pri. Actually, Sam really is a nick name. My given name is Samuel."

"Samuel. This is book from the Bible, no?"

"Samuel was a prophet. I don't really like to be called Samuel. My mother would call me that."

"You should be proud to be named after a prophet."

"I'm sure his friends called him Sam too."

"I am glad we are friends, Sam."

"Me too, Pri. Me too."

To say our first meeting went well is an understatement. I knew we were going to have lots of fun working together.

----- Wednesday evening

I arrived home that night to a surprise.

"Sue! I'm so glad you're here. I missed you."

"I missed you too."

"What brings you?"

"I was in the neighborhood, thought I'd drop by."

"Did you see Julie's new car. Er, her new SUV, actually."

"I did. It's the first thing she talked about when I got here."

"Did she take you for a ride yet?"

"Not yet."

"Where is she?"

"In the kitchen."

"Hey, Julie!", I shouted.

"Hi, Sam. I'll be there in a second."

"Is Erin working tonight?"

"Yep. Sharon's in the office ready to go though."

"Great. Want to come watch us practice, Sue?"

"Sure."

"Guess who I'm working with now?"

"Who?"

"So, Cindy didn't tell you yet?"

"Yeah, she told me. I never knew Jennifer worked at a place like that."

"All the people are real nice. You should meet my partner on the new project I'm working on. Her name is Priyana. I call her Pri."

"That's our Sam.", Cindy said.

"Hey, Sam. Can we talk for second before you start?", Julie asked, coming into the office with a drink in her hand.

"Sure. What's up?"

"In private?"

"Ok. I'll be back in a jiffy, girls."

We went back to the kitchen.

"Sharon and I went out for lunch today at the burger place."

"That's good. I like their vanilla milkshakes."

"Me too. Anyway, this girl approached me as we were eating. She was pretty tall."

"As tall as you?"

"No. We talked a little and she gave me a business card."

"Sounds intriguing. What does she do?"

"Not sure. The card is for a tall girls club. This lady, Veronica was her name, wanted me to come see them and maybe join their club."

"Are you going to?"

"Would you mind?"

"No, I don't mind. I have all of my short friends from the clinical trials. You should have friends your size too."

"I'm a little scared."

"Scared someone else will be taller?"

"If someone is taller than me then maybe I need to be scared. No. I'm just nervous, I guess."

"You should go, Julie. You'll make some friends who understand what you're going through."

"I have my friends. I don't need new ones."

"It's always good to make new friends. Go, Julie."

"Ok. If you don't want me to just say so."

"I want you to go."

"Ok, Sam. Thanks. I'll give her a call."

I went back to my office and we practiced. During a break Sue wanted to talk to Cindy and I so Sharon went to get something to drink from the kitchen.

"I'm so glad to see you, Sam. Would you mind if I stayed tonight?"

"Of course not, Sue. You know you're always welcome."

She came real close to me and started rubbing my chest.

"I really need you or Cindy tonight."

That raised Cindy's eyebrows.

"Sure. Any preference?", I said, looking over at Cindy.

"I don't care. I need to ask you something?"

"Go ahead."

"Ever since we switched to pills, are you two getting hornier?"

"I get pretty horny anyway. But now that you mention it, yeah maybe. What about you, Cindy?"

"Oh yes."

"Maybe the pills are more potent."

"I don't know, Sam, but I need you and Cindy tonight."

"Fantastic."

Sue gave me a kiss then one for Cindy.

"I can't wait. I'll owe you guys."

"No you won't. We'll all benefit. It'll be tit for tat. Or rather it's tit for me and Cindy."

"Would you mind if Cindy and I got started while you finish rehearsing with Sharon?"

"Go ahead. We're pretty much done for the night anyway. Oh, one more thing."

"What?"

"Did you guys hear about Marie and Joe?"

"No."

"They're getting married."

"O-M-G. That is too good. When did you hear about this, Sam?", Sue asked.

"Jennifer told me today. She's apparently keeping in touch with Marie."

"I hope we're all invited to the wedding.", Cindy said. "I think they make a great couple."

"I'm happy for them both. I have to tell Jill."

"Maybe tomorrow, Sam. We'll be bringing her and Tee again."

"Yeah, that's probably a better idea than calling her. I'll tell her then."

"Ok, see you in a bit, Sam.", Sue cut in. "Come on, Cindy, let's go."

Sharon and I finished up our rehearsing and I brought her home. Right after that I picked up Erin from work. When I got back we snuck past the room where Cindy and Sue were staying.

"Why so quiet, Sam?", Erin asked.

"Sue's here. She in there with Cindy. Don't want to disturb them."

"Ooo, Sue. I missed her."

"Me too. I'm going to get some tea. Want some?"

"Nah. I'll get ready for bed."

"Ok."

I had finished getting things ready for tea and was just waiting for the water to boil. I went to go to the living room to wait for the water and literally ran into Erin. I had to look up at her belly. I was thinking I had shrunk more or she had grown. But that couldn't be right. I looked up. Erin was -- you guessed it -- nude. Then I looked down and saw she was wearing heels.

"Do you like my new shoes, Sam?"

I stepped back a bit to get a better look. "Uh, sure. They're fine. What does Fred think?"

"I haven't showed him yet. Do you think he'll like 'em?"

"You'll be even taller to him."

"Tee hee."

"Do you think he'll like that, Erin?"

"He doesn't seem to mind that I'm taller."

"What about you?"

"I like it. He reminds me of you."

She came up and hugged me, or as much of a hug as you can give someone when their face in right above your crotch. I kissed her below her belly button and hugged her around the waist. She squirmed.

"I wish Fred were this tall.", she said putting her hand on my head.

"And why is that?", I asked.

"So he can kiss me right there like you're doing."

"What if he did this?", I said as I bent down lower and kissed her on her clit.

"Ooo. Now that's what I'm talking about."

I kissed her more and started licking. She kept backing up until she was against the wall. Just then the tea pot whistled.

"Damn."

"I'll be right back."

She followed me into the kitchen. As I poured the water for tea I could feel her behind me. She reached over my shoulders and started rubbing my chest for a little while before she reached down to grab the bottom of my shirt. She lifted it over my head and threw it on the floor. Then came the pants. I stepped out of my underwear and was staring into her waist again for a minute while she looked down on me.

I brought the tea cup from the counter to the table, still steeping. I turned around and Erin was right there. I kissed her again and she put her right leg up on the table. I had a clear shot so I started licking and sucking. In no time she was moaning. It wasn't much longer that she was cumming.

We hugged again, standing. I reached up to see if I could even reach her tits. Yes, just barely. She picked me up. Now Mr. Happy was reaching for her tits.

"Guess what time it is, Sam."

"What."

"It's titty fuck time!"

We had some acrobatics going on as she continued to stand, bringing me up until Mr. Happy was in line with her boobies. As she held me up she simultaneously squished her tits together trapping Mr. Happy in between. It had been quite a while since I'd done this so I didn't last too long either and pretty soon we were cleaning up her wet boobies.

She insisted I do the honors as she bent over for me to wipe them with a wet cloth. By this time my tea was starting to get cold.

"You sure you wouldn't want to share some tea or coffee with me, Erin?"

"No, I'm fine."

"Something to eat?"

"No. I think I'll go to sleep. How about a goodnight kiss?"

We stood up again and I kissed her just above her pussy while hugging her around the waist. Then she went to bed.

"Good night, little brother."

Sheesh.

I sat at the kitchen table sipping tea looking back on the week so far. I hadn't started working the long days yet, but I still worked almost ten hours today with all the stuff I had to get through at work, plus the rehearsal and giving rides to the girls meant that I was pretty tired, not to mention the, ahem, titty fuck.

After drinking a warm cup of tea I crawled into bed with Julie and promptly fell asleep. Another long day ahead.

Chapter 52 - Michele's Turn by littless
Author's Notes:

What? Sam's involved in more shenanigans?

----- Thursday

I awoke apparently right after Cindy and Sue did. I met them in the kitchen, both naked, as I started to put water on to boil for tea.

"Want to give me a lift, Sam. I'll get the coffee mugs down again."

"Hop on."

She got up on my shoulders once again. She really likes that and while up there this time she started grinding her hips into my neck. As she was reaching for the cabinet door she was doing an awful lot of squirming around to where she rotated all the way around and shifted her legs. She was still on my shoulders but the other way around -- my face was in her crotch. I could hear Cindy giggling.

I tried saying, "I know what you're doing. You think you can get away with that, huh?" Except it came out "Eh nu wa ya daa ya brb blaah dooo hurrr?"

And, of course, Sue responded to that with a moan. So I shoved my face into her pussy harder and opened my mouth and tried to repeat that with my tongue all the way out. Just to make sure she got the meaning, you understand. Sue screamed. I figured she would wake everyone else but I suppose they were just too sound asleep. It was, after all, still pretty early. It usually takes a lot to get Sue to scream, but she was on a hair trigger this morning.

I ended up setting her down on the countertop and finishing her off there. I had to make sure she was scooted all the way to the counter rim because I couldn't reach much further back. Then I felt my underwear being pulled to my ankles and as I turned around Cindy gave me a kiss.

"Mmm. She tastes good."

"Indeed she does, Cindy. Indeed she does."

Sue hopped down and said, "Oh no you don't. Not yet, Cindy. I'm not finished." She moved over to the kitchen table, pulled out a chair and put her head down on the seat which left her beautiful little ass up in the air and legs split slightly apart.

Cindy had let go. It had been a while after all that Sue and I had been together, so we were making up for lost time. I took Sue from behind.

"Oh, Sam. Do me. Talk to me, Sam. Talk to me."

"Ok. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consectetur adipiscing elit." Her ass was staring right at me and I couldn't think of much else to say at that particular moment. You see, my word processor usage has been a little excessive of late.

She turned around to look back at me and said, "What the fuck?"

Cindy was laughing hard.

"It's Latin, baby."

"Oh, yeah, Sam. Fuckin' ungh ... Latin. Fuckin' A, the pope is coming."

"That's right babe. Sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore."

Cindy was literally rolling on the floor now, knees to her chest, laughing so hard her sides hurt.

"Sam. Do me harder. Tell me what it means."

"It's a magic spell from a fairy. I say the words and pump my magic wand into you and it's going to make you six inches tall."

"Aaaaah, yes! Fuckin' make me small."

"Ut enim ad minim veniam, babe."

"Aaaaaaa, ooooooohhhhhhh!", she spoke. Or not. She shuddered.

Well, that did it. It was over for now and Sue fell slowly away to the floor, pouring herself down the chair. Cindy was pretty much out of it on the floor too. What a way to start the morning.

"So, anyone want coffee? Tea?"

Cindy, still on her side on the floor, raised her hand up in the air. "I'll have tea."

"Tea it is. So tell me, Sue. What got into you?"

As she caught her breath she got up and sat on the chair. "I've been so horny lately with nobody to take care of me. I was going crazy."

"That was pretty crazy. But what about you two last night? What did you two do?"

"It was one of those numbered positions, Sam. I won't tell you what it is but it comes after sixty eight and before seventy."

"I see. And you were still horny this morning?"

"It's been a long time, Sam.", she whined.

"You can come around more often."

"I can?"

"Certainly."

"Yeah, Sue. I'd love to have you around more too.", Cindy said. "Sam's not driving me to and from work anymore. I won't have as much time with him. You can make it up for me. Tee hee."

"Oh gosh. I still have to get cleaned up. You two won't mind if I leave for work, would you?", Sue said.

"We all have to work today."

As Sue was leaving the kitchen she stopped and whispered in my ear, "Damn, you outdid yourself. That bit about making me six inches tall took me over the edge; it was like being tossed over a cliff."

"Glad to be of service.", I said with a wink. "Now go shower so we can all get one in before going to work."

What Sue said made feel really good about myself. I was feeling ten feet tall. That's taller than Julie. Damn.

"I never knew how much I'd miss her, Sam. When I get a place to stay I'm asking her to be my roommate.", Cindy said.

"I wish you wouldn't go."

"Me too. But she can't be my roommate here."

"Why not?"

"You don't have enough room."

"I got it. We all stop taking the meds. When we're two feet tall one room will seem like three and we can all share. Plenty of room. Problem solved."

"Sam!"

"Okay. I just don't want to see you leave."

"Believe me, I don't want to either. We'll still come see you."

"You better!"

Cindy and I had tea. I made coffee for the rest of them. I had to leave before Cindy but Sue was leaving at the same time. I kissed everyone goodbye, including Julie who wouldn't be leaving for another hour. Erin was sleeping; big surprise. I gave her a kiss on the cheek while she was still in bed before I left. This is about how my mornings would go from now on.

Work was uneventful. I did leave early; today was treatment day. Or at least for Teagan. I was on the pills. This would be Cindy's and my last official day getting blood taken for monitoring. Heaven only knows what they were doing with all that blood, but if it helps I'm all for it.

I told Jill the news about Marie and Joe on the way to the clinic.

"Aw, I'm so happy for them.", she said.

"Marie might be calling you soon. I gave Jennifer your phone number to give to Marie. Those two are staying in touch."

"I can't believe I didn't give them my number."

"I wasn't sure if you did or not. I gave it to Jennifer just in case."

"Do you think they miss me, Sam?"

"Certainly. Hopefully, Marie will call."

"Who's Marie?"

"She's a gal in the group I went through treatment with, Tee."

"And Joe too?"

"Yep. They met during treatment. Isn't that cool?"

"I suppose so."

"You might meet someone like that too."

"You're trying to set me up again, Sam."

"Sorry."

"I'm not ready to get married."

"Okay. I said I'm sorry."

Then Jill and Tee talked the rest of the drive over.

It's funny how people split up into groups. Jacob and Emma spent most of the night talking to each other. Jill spent it with Caleb and Cindy with Ava. Tee spent a little time with everyone, but mostly Alex and her hung around together. Matthew kept pestering me throughout the night. I, despite the pestering, remained civil. You'd be proud of me.

Tonight was the infamous "stay healthy" night. I was put up as a prime example on two counts: one was getting pneumonia, the other getting drunk.

"It wasn't my fault guys. Honest.", I said in my defense.

"It never is, is it Tee?", Matt told her. Tee chuckled at this. Ingrate. She was the reason I got pneumonia.

"Don't be hard on him, Matt. I know it sounds bad but if weren't for him getting pneumonia I probably wouldn't be here."

"And where else would you be?"

"Dead."

"Oh. I'm sorry, Sam."

"No problem, Matt. Thanks, Tee."

I judge too early sometimes. Julie beat us home by just a few minutes. It seems she had been with her own group.

"Sorry I didn't tell you earlier, Sam. There wasn't much time. The girls in the club wanted to meet me so I went out tonight. Are you mad at me?"

"No, I'm not mad. How'd it go?"

"It was like a tall girls convention. You should have seen all of them."

"I can imagine."

"I was the tallest."

"I'm proud of you."

"I got a chance to talk to every one of them. It was so fast I can't even remember all of their names. Then they made me wait in another room while they took a vote and they voted to let me join their group. It was a unanimous decision."

"That sounds great. Do you like them?"

"So far. You should see the twins. One of them is an inch taller than the other. And they're both like six ten. But they're some of the shortest ones there."

"Sounds like lots of them are over seven feet tall."

"I think so."

"It must be good to find others just like yourself."

"It is, Sam. I'm so excited."

"I'm happy for you. What do they do?"

"It's a social club. They have parties, go visit places, that sort of thing."

"When do they meet?"

"They have a party this Saturday night. Can I go?"

"Sure, if you want to. It's your life, Julie. You don't have to ask permission."

"But I won't be able to take you with me."

"It's ok. We'll still be together every night."

"I know."

"Look, I do things without you sometimes. I went to dinner with Michele last week, remember?"

"Ok. I promise I won't be too long."

"Julie. Just go and have fun. Alright?"

"Ok."

I could understand how she felt. I was in the same position when I started the treatments and meeting others that had the disease, like me. We all had something in common.

This night Julie insisted on pleasing Cindy and I. We assured her she always pleases us but she just had to go down on both of us. Cindy especially had a good time with this -- can you imagine how big Julie's tongue seemed to her?

All in all, a pretty good Thursday.


----- Friday night

No Sue this morning to get up on my shoulders. But Cindy and I had our morning tea. Naked. However, it was back to work for all once again. But it was also Friday night at Mike's once again.

I tried another new song:

     You wake up in sweat.
     You've stuck out your neck.
     You've lost the bet.
     Your life is a wreck.
     Suffer, struggle, survive.

     The man has you trapped.
     He listens to it all.
     You can't escape.
     You're going to fall.
     Suffer, struggle, survive.

...

There are a few more verses to this. I know, it's stupid. It kind of sounds like a heavy metal song if you don't know the melody. I just had to sing it. Turns out, people did seem to like it and it wasn't just my wishful thinking or imagination. Or maybe they were just being nice to me. Don't know. But I decided not to care. If I did (and deep inside I did care but didn't want to admit it) then thinking about what people thought of it would eat me up inside.

One thing I had going for me that night is that lots of my fans showed up. The usual cadre was there: Julie, Jill, Cindy, and Sue. And of course, Sharon helped me perform. Tee was there along with Erin and Fred. There was also Michele and Jennifer from the group as well as Ava and Matt from Tee's group. Zoe showed up with her boyfriend and even Yo from my old job was there. I asked everyone over afterwards.

Not everyone came home with us though: we left Jennifer and Matt behind. However, Tee would be coming until she had to go home. She did say that she could could stay late, but how late nobody knew. I made her tell her parents that I would make sure that she had no alcohol.

We stopped to get pizza at Luigi's. As it turns out, that's where Tee used to work. She was with us when we picked up the pizza but was afraid of going inside for fear that nobody working would recognize her; that's what she said. I knew the truth -- she was afraid that they actually would recognize her in her present state of stature. I tried to persuade her to come in with us but it was a no go. I didn't push it.

We got home and everyone had pizza. Except Tee. I made her eat leftovers. And ice cream. I mingled for a little bit and met up with Michele.

"Hey, Michele!", I said. "This must be your first time at the house."

"No. I was here before. I was here when you came home from the hospital."

"Oops. I was kind of in pain that day. I think I do remember that now. Anyways, thanks for coming over tonight. I'm glad you made it."

"Aw, Sam. Thank you for inviting me."

"You don't need an invitation. You're always welcome. How's work?"

"Work is coming along great."

"I'm glad Yo showed up. Do you know where he is?"

"He's around here somewhere."

"Cool. You guys will have to catch me up on what's happening in the office."

"Well, I can tell you, not too much. It's business as usual but I'm getting to try my hand on some fun stuff. How's your new job?"

"I haven't done too much actual work yet. I've been learning all the rules. Lots of security there. But I did get to watch a video on sexism in the workplace."

"Ha, I should work there."

"My boss and workmate are both female. You'd fit right in. If you don't mind the wait to get a clearance, maybe I can check out what they might have for you."

"You keep trying to get me new jobs. Let me get used to my current job first.", she said lightheartedly.

"Sure. Oh look. Hey, Yo! Come on over."

"What's up, man?"

"Getting used to my new job. How's your new employee doing?"

"She's doing real good, Sam. She's a natural. She'll be running the place soon. I'll have to watch out for her taking my job if I don't step it up."

"That's right.", I said. "You better watch out for her."

"You guys.", Michele said.

"Hey, Sam?", Yo asked, "Julie looks like she's grown since I saw her last; grown quite a bit."

"Yep. Although I think it may have stopped by now."

"Even her tits look bigger."

Michele hit Yo in the arm.

"Ow! What was that for?"

Michele said, "That's not a nice thing to say in the presence of a lady."

"Oh, sorry, Michele. It's just that, well, I'm sorry."

"He's seen Julie topless before.", I told her.

"I've heard about some of your parties."

"Blame Cindy."

"Why?"

"All she wants to do is get naked and dance."

"Aw. Cute little Cindy? I can't believe that."

"Ask anyone."

"Yo?"

"Oh, he wouldn't know. Ask Sue."

"Ok. I'll believe you for now."

"Erin is also in cohorts with Cindy."

"Your sister?"

"Yep. Have you met her?"

"Yes, I have. She seems nice."

"Oh, she is. She just likes to have fun too much."

"There's nothing wrong with that."

"Ah ha. So, you condone everyone getting naked."

"I didn't say that. You're putting words in my mouth."

"You just indicated that if Erin got naked and started dancing then it's ok."

"Um. Let's change the subject."

"Ok. Did you know Yo has a beach house?"

"You do, Yo?"

"Yeah. I let Sam and Julie stay there one weekend this past summer."

"That's where he saw Julie topless.", I said. "He barged right in on us."

"I had to take care of something. I let you two stay for free, didn't I?"

"Yes, you did. You should have seen his face when he caught Julie topless, Michele."

"He must have caught a good glimpse before Julie covered up."

"She didn't cover up. She was just getting used to people staring at her and I think after getting over the initial shock of someone walking into the beach house on us, UNANNOUNCED", and I emphasized that part to Yo, "she wanted to see what Yo would do. I'm sure his expression egged her on. She stood there, remaining topless, as we talked."

"It must have been the highlight of Yo's day."

"It certainly was.", he said.

"You should be ashamed of yourself, Yo.", Michele chastised him.

"I told you I was taking care of business."

"You didn't announce yourself."

"Well, I didn't expect to see anyone like that."

"You need to respect people's privacy."

"Well, she enjoyed it."

"I'll have to agree with Yo there, Michele.", I said. "Julie had been topless all weekend."

"Even outside?"

"Yep. At the beach. They're all topless now you know."

"Not all of them."

"Most of them. Julie was just becoming comfortable with that idea this summer."

"I'd have been mortified if someone walked in on me like that."

"You've never been topless in public?", I asked.

"No."

"You should see Cindy. She loves being totally naked out in public. She claims that she can get away with it since she looks like a little girl. I think she's right. You should try it sometime.", I teased her.

"No. Way."

"You've never had the fantasy of being the only one nude in a crowd?"

"Well, fantasy is fantasy. I'm not brave enough for that."

Hmmm. I didn't expect this answer. Maybe she secretly wanted to try it.

"You look like you have a killer body, Michele. I'm sure the guys would lust after you and the girls would be jealous in that situation." She was embarrassed now; that also shut her up.

"Yeah, but you should see Julie's huge tits.", Yo said.

Michele instantly and visibly changed her demeanor. You could see her face and posture go from being flattered to angry. Her eyes narrowed into slits and she wore a frown.

"She's just big all over, Yo.", I said, trying to diffuse the situation to which Yo seemed oblivious. "Michele's boobs would be just as arousing if they were out for everyone to see, I'm sure."

Michele softened a little but I could tell that she was still upset. I've learned that no girl likes to be compared to another. Yo would have to learn that lesson. Unfortunately, for him, he got up and ran over to Julie and Sue who were talking on the other side of the room.

"Sorry, Michele. Yo can be crude sometimes."

Michele sighed. "It's ok, Sam. Thanks for sticking up for me."

"I meant it."

"I know. Maybe I should be more like Cindy to get noticed."

"Believe me, guys notice. You just need to be you."

"You wouldn't want to see me dance around naked?"

"I would. And speak of the devil. Hey, Cindy. How's it going?"

"Good. Have you seen Sue?"

"Over there with Julie."

"Oh, thanks", she said as she went wandering away.

"Same old gang, huh, Sam?", Michele asked.

"I guess so. Have you heard the news about Marie and Joe?"

"What news?"

"They're getting married."

"Whoa. Really? When? Where?"

"I don't know yet. I wish they were here tonight."

"Gail is missing too. She's been here before, right?"

"Yes, a few times. I don't know where she is."

"She's taking a liking to you, Sam."

"Because I reached out to her. I could tell she was avoiding us all in the group. I knew she was nervous. She still is when around people she doesn't know, I fear."

"I like her. How did you hear about Marie and Joe?"

"Through Jennifer. She keeps in touch with Marie."

"Is she here tonight? I saw her at Mike's."

"Jennifer? No. She's doing something with family this weekend."

"You sound like you're getting in good with her. Mysterious Jennifer. I guess you've reached out to her too."

"Nah. She's not like Gail. She handles things pretty well."

"Not very talkative, is she?"

"I wouldn't say that."

"You have to make the effort to talk to her. She won't talk to you."

"She's not that bad."

"It's only because of you."

"What does that mean?"

"Everyone likes to talk to Sam."

"Ugh. It's not like that at all. She'll talk to you too, I'm sure. Next time we're all together I'll get her to open up more. You'll see."

"Alright. Is that girl over there -- the one talking with Cindy -- the one that you saved in the tree?"

"Uh, no. That's Ava. Teagan is ... uh ... there. She's talking with Sharon. You know Sharon?"

"I met her before, yes."

"Those two are good friends."

"Ok. Who's Ava? She looks like she has the virus too."

"She does. She's in the next group for the clinical trials. Tee is in that group."

"Tee?"

"Short for Teagan. You know that Cindy and I are, or actually were, going to the next clinical trial sessions, right?"

"Yeah. What do you mean, were?"

"We're done. But I'll probably be going back anyway even if it's just to bring Jill."

"Jill's really nice."

"And she's really getting into her work. They're paying her now. She's helping them take blood and she does a lot of other stuff. You should hear Tee and her talk. Yak, yak, yak."

"They're girls, Sam. That's what girls do."

"In that case, Tee is the uber-girl."

"Be nice."

"I am. Remember, this is the girl I caught pneumonia over."

"In that case, talk about her all you want.", she laughed.

"Wanna meet her?"

"Why not? Let's go."

"Hi, Tee. Hi, Sharon, Jill. Do you know Michele, Tee?"

"No.", Teagan replied. "It's nice to meet you, Michele."

"How are you doing, Teagan?"

"I'm fine."

"Have the meds kicked in yet?"

"I don't know. I'm not sure if I've stopped shrinking or not."

"You'll get better. I bet you were surprised to find out you caught the disease."

"Surprise is not the word I'd use."

"I understand. I'm glad Sam was around to help."

"Me too. I treated him poorly. Heaven only knows why he's trying to help."

"It's what he does.", said Sharon. "Sam is very special."

"I know, Sharon.", Tee said. "So, what did you think of these two singing up on stage tonight, Michele?"

"They're good. Very good. Sam, where did you learn that song?"

"Which one?"

"The one about suffer, and um, whatever the rest is. Survive, I think."

"You like it?"

"Yeah. It sounds like one of those sixties protest songs."

"Good. That's what I was going for. I wrote it."

"That's such a great song. I love it. What do you call it?"

"Just 'Suffer, struggle, survive', I guess. I'll figure it out for sure before it's ready for downloading."

"I can download it? You mean you're going to publish it?"

"He already has three songs published that you can download.", Sharon told her.

"How cool is that? I know a rock star."

"The term is folk star.", I said. "But that's only if my songs sell. Which, I'm sure, they won't."

"Sam! I bet they'll do great.", Sharon scolded.

"Yeah, Sam. You and Sharon are good.", Tee was saying. "Don't be dissing my girl Sharon. She's singing in there too."

"Okay, okay. Sharon's the folk star. I'm just the guy singing."

They all rolled their eyes. Michele grabbed my upper arm and leaned her head into my neck.

"You are special, Sam."

I rolled my eyes.

"I'll be right back.", Tee said. "I have to go to the bathroom."

Tee left and I looked around to see who Michele hadn't met yet. There was Ava talking with Cindy and Sue so we went over to talk to them.

"Hi, Ava. Have you met everyone."

"I'm meeting lots of new people. Who's this?"

"This is Michele. Michele meet Ava."

"Hi."

"So you just started in the group with Tee, I hear.", Michele said.

"Yeah. I've never met anyone else with the disease before. I'm excited. I think that this could work out well."

"It's really worked out great for me. Sam got me a new job."

"Ooo. Get me a new job too, Sam."

"What do you do?", I asked.

"I'm kind of between jobs now."

"Ah. Well, what do you want to do?"

"I want to be CEO of huge company."

"I'm afraid I can't help you there."

"I'll settle for flipping burgers."

"I don't work at any burger joints, sorry. Do you have any training? School?"

"I can arrange flowers. I took a course at the community college."

"Did you check out any of the florists in town? Or maybe in the city?"

"Yeah. Nobody has anything for me at the moment. I don't want to go to the city."

"I don't blame you. Maybe we can think of something. Oh, hey, Tee. You're back. We're going to need to find something for Tee too."

"Tee too! That's like Tee two.", Sue said. "Like, the number two. Hi, Tee two."

We all rolled our eyes.

"Actually we call her Tee the fairy.", I told everyone.

Tee rolled her eyes.

"So, what're you going to find for me, Sam?"

"A job."

"And what kind of job can I have like this?"

"Like what?"

"Being small. Helloooo!"

"How about an entomologist?"

That stopped her. Everyone else was looking at each other, most of them obviously not knowing what I was talking about.

After a while of thinking she came back with, "Well, I'll need a different job first so I can finish school."

"Why don't you get a student loan?"

"I don't know how."

"I can help you."

"I don't know, Sam."

"We'll talk about it later."

"Fine."

"What's entomology?", asked Ava. We all waited for Teagan to reply.

Finally she said, "It's the study of insects."

"Why would anyone want to study insects?"

This got her going. Tee talked of ecology, genetics, evolution, physiology, and disease. Before I had only heard her talk of trivial things; clothes, music, tv shows, and that sort of stuff. I have to say that almost everyone else found what she had to say boring. I didn't.

I would ask her questions about stuff which kept her talking, much to the disappointment of the others. I figured after a while though I'd cool it. I think the others were ready to bean me over the head with something hard for keeping Tee talking all this time. I didn't care. It was good to see Tee get excited about something.

I finally left Michele and Tee to talk while I picked up the conversation with Cindy, Sue and Ava.

"Wow, when she finds a subject she likes she can really talk, can't she?", Ava said.

"Ava, you have no idea."

"I don't want to find out. But there is something I am curious about, Sam. Is Julie really your girlfriend?"

"Yes, she is."

"She's amazingly tall."

"Yep."

"Sam, this is going to sound crass but I don't mean it that way. I'm just genuinely curious. They told me that you two used to be the same size."

"That's right."

"When she started growing bigger, didn't she, um, want to move on?"

"Move on? I'm not sure what you mean."

"Uh, most ladies find guys shorter than them unattractive."

"So, you're asking why she didn't she leave me?"

"Yeah."

"Would you leave someone shorter than you?"

"Probably. There's not much chance of that happening now though."

"Have you asked Julie?"

"No. We haven't been formally introduced yet."

"No time like the present. Let's go."

We interrupted Julie and Yo's conversation.

"Julie, I'd like you to meet someone. This is Ava. She's in the program with Tee."

"Hello, Ava. How are you?"

"I'm fine."

"She has a question for you, Julie?"

"Go ahead, then."

"No. Not really.", Ava said. "We don't have to talk about it."

"About what?"

"She wants to know why you never left me when you got bigger and I was smaller than you."

"I never really thought of it. Sam's the best thing to ever happen to me. He wrote a song about me. Has anyone ever written a song about you, Ava?"

"No, I can't say anyone has."

"Then I guess you can't imagine how much love I have for Sam."

"I'm sorry. I didn't mean it to come across like that."

"Ava?", I said, "How did you mean it to come across?"

"I shouldn't have asked that."

"Let me guess: you like tall, dark and handsome?"

"Who doesn't?"

"What about tall, light and handsome?"

"Sure, I guess."

"Would you go out with someone tall, dark and not so handsome?"

"I don't know. Maybe."

"But not short, dark and handsome, right?"

"That's not true."

"Would you go out with Matt, from the clinical trials group?"

"Maybe."

"I can set something up for you two."

"That's ok. You don't have to do that."

"Why not?"

"I'll be fine."

I could tell she was nervous but I wasn't letting her off the hook.

"Is it because he's short?"

"No."

"Then I guess it's because he's African American."

"No. No. Race doesn't matter."

"Then stature does. Doesn't it?"

"Ok. I'll admit it. I don't find short guys attractive."

"I guess you won't have to worry about that, then, since there aren't too many guys that are shorter. I hope you find someone attractive enough for you."

"I didn't mean it that way. You're attractive."

"But I'm shorter than you."

"Not by much."

"I guess a couple weeks ago when I was still above four feet tall I was attractive. But not now, huh. Tell me something. What happens if you shrink and you become shorter than I am. Will I then automatically become attractive?"

"No. I mean yes. No, wait. I mean no. I don't know! You're trying to trick me."

"No, I'm not. I'm trying to show you how absurd your belief is."

"But you sing."

"So?"

"So, that makes up for being short."

"I see. If someone is short and unattractive then singing makes them attractive again."

"No. It's ... complicated."

"No, it's not."

"Look, I'm sorry you two. Can we just forget I ever mentioned it?"

"Sure, Ava.", I said. "What about you Julie?"

Julie stood up. Her head almost touched the ceiling. She walked closer to Ava and looking down on her said, "I'm not so sure I can forget this. Ava? I feel sorry for you. You've obviously never loved someone as much as I love Sam because if you did you would know that size isn't important at all. It's only the size of your heart that's important. I just hope that someone will come along that can love someone like you with such a small heart."

I'm thinking that if anyone else insulted Ava like that that she would fire right back at them. However, Julie wasn't anyone else. Standing over Ava she was hugely intimidating. Ava didn't say a word back, instead, she just walked back over to Cindy, Sue and Tee.

"Thanks, Julie."

"No need for thanks."

"Eh, I think she's just insensitive."

Julie crouched down and gave me a kiss.

"Sam. Would you mind if Yo and I spent the night together?"

"No."

"Sure?"

"Yes, I'm sure."

"Thanks. I'm sure one of the gals over there will take good care of you tonight."

"It's not a problem, even if they don't. Have fun."

I walked back over to the others.

"Sam?", Michele asked. "Where are Julie and Yo going?"

"Oh, ... uh, ... I think they, uh, ... are just going to have some private time."

"Private time?"

I wasn't sure what to say to Michele. I could see now that this was disturbing her. I wished I had realized that a minute ago.

"I think they just want to talk privately. Yeah, that's it. I'm sure they just want to get away from the noise."

"Quiet, huh? Hey, Ava wasn't very nice to you."

"Nah. She's ok."

"I don't find you unattractive."

"Thank you, Michele. I don't find you unattractive either."

"In fact, I think you're very attractive. Don't you like me?"

"Of course I do."

She grabbed my arm again and whispered in my ear, "We could have some quiet time together too." Her lips were brushing against my ear lobes.

"Uh, we could?"

So I looked to Cindy for some help out of this. What I got instead was a wink.

"Go get 'em tiger.", was all Cindy said.

"W-wait! Where're you going?"

"Sue and I are going to bring Sharon and Tee home."

"But Fred can do that."

"Do you see Fred?"

I looked. "Where did he go?"

"He's with Erin in the bedroom."

"Well, maybe he'll be out soon."

"Yeah, right. Certainly not before Tee has to be home."

I looked over at Tee for some support.

"Excuse me, folks. I have to go to the little girls room.", she said as she ran off.

"Again?", I was thinking. I hope she doesn't have a bladder problem. That meant nobody was going to help me out of this predicament.

Unfortunately, I figured out too late that Michele had her eye on Yo. She was either using me to get back at him for sleeping with Julie, or I was his replacement for the night.

"Michele, we don't have to do this."

"I haven't repaid you for getting me the new job."

She had a point. No, wait. That's just a pretense. Should I really do this? Maybe it would make her feel better. It seems everyone was ok with this. Except me, that is. Michele is really cute though. Am I really that shallow?

"Ok, let's go, Michele. There's a free bedroom left for us."

 

 

End Notes:

Sam sure has a lot of discipline when it comes to the gals. So, who, I mean, what next?

Chapter 53 - Dancing Again by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam is forced to go dancing again.

----- Saturday

"Good morning.", I said to Michele lying next to me when we both woke up at the same time.

"Hi."

"How about some coffee? Or tea?"

"It's still early."

"I bet Cindy and Sue are up. That is if they came back last night."

"Where would they go?"

"I don't know. Maybe Sue's place."

"We took their bedroom, didn't we?"

"It's my bedroom. My house, remember?"

"Yeah, but I hate to think we kicked them out."

"Well, come on, let's get up."

Michele put her clothes back on before going out, but not before I got a good look at her naked form. She had a slim figure and sandy blonde hair that went just past her shoulders. Her breasts were average sized and firm. It seemed all the "little" girls that caught Borgford's disease had very firm tits. My theory is that even big boobs on little gals are still small enough and therefore light enough not to sag. I'm not sure how I'll test this hypothesis yet but I'm working on it. All in the name of science, mind you.

I put my clothes on so Michele wouldn't feel uncomfortable then we made our way to the kitchen. Cindy and Sue were already there.

"Hey, you came back.", I asked.

"Where'd you expect us to go?"

"We took the bedroom from you. Where did you sleep last night?"

"In the living room."

"Well, sorry about that."

"It's ok.", Sue said. "I've spent a few nights on that couch already. It's comfy enough. You and I have even spent the night there."

"So we have."

"You didn't put water on yet?"

"We just got up, Sam."

"Ok, who wants tea or coffee?"

"I want tea.", Cindy said, of course.

Sue replied, "I can have tea too this morning. Hey, Tee two. Tee two."

We rolled our eyes.

"How about you, Michele?"

"Sure. I'll have tea."

"Hop on up, Sue.", I said as I picked her up on my shoulders to reach the cabinets for the mugs.

"None of us are tall enough to reach the cabinets where the mugs are stored, Michele.", Cindy said. "So we help each other up."

Erin had just come in the kitchen. "Here, I'll get it.", she said.

"Erin! Good morning. Why are you up so early?"

"It's Fred's fault. He has to go into work this morning. He wants to finish up some leftover work early so we can have the rest of the weekend. He's getting cleaned up right now."

Erin was barefoot so when we gave each other a good morning hug my head was quite a bit higher than when she had her heels on the other night. I snuggled up right under her boobies. And to go along with being barefoot, the rest of her was bare too.

This made Michele's eyes wide as saucers.

"We have a guest here, Erin. Wanna get dressed?"

"No."

I stared at her.

"Ok. I'll be right back.", she said leaving for the bedroom to get dressed.

Tea and coffee were ready when Erin and Fred finally came out. Unfortunately, Fred was leaving.

"See you, babe.", he said as he gave Erin a kiss.

"Want some coffee to take with you.", I offered.

"Sure."

We talked a little then Fred left.

So, with Fred gone the only one's not up yet were Julie and Yo. It was about an hour later that they came wandering into the kitchen. We had been talking before then but Michele went quiet when they came out.

"Morning. You two have a good night?", I asked.

"Oh, yeah, man.", Yo said.

I gave Julie a hug. Or rather, I gave her leg a hug. So did Cindy. Julie was in her usual home attire: panties and sports bra.

We talked some more while I got coffee for the two of them.

"Michele, do you want to come dancing with us tonight? Sam's coming.", Cindy asked.

"No, I'm not!", I shouted.

"Aw, come on. How about you, Julie? You haven't been dancing with us before."

"Sorry. I've made other plans."

"Well, Michele's coming, right?"

"I don't think so. I do need to get home today."

We kept her talking which, I think, also kept her mind off of Yo. About an hour later, Yo got up to leave. Michele made a big deal out of kissing me in front of him before he left though. I could see she was trying to make him jealous and I didn't like being in the middle but I couldn't do much about it at the moment.

Despite the offer to go dancing, Michele left not too long after. Cindy asked her to come back for her night out dancing but Michele replied with a definite maybe. Before leaving she put her arms around my neck and leaned down so our foreheads were touching.

"Thanks so much, Sam. I really needed this and I so enjoyed our night together. I hope you did too."

"I did, Michele."

"I'll keep in touch. Maybe tonight, but I'm not sure. I'll see you later."

Then we kissed again and she left.


----- After Michele

Cindy and Sue teased me about Michele.

"Woo hoo, lover boy. I told you she had the hots for you."

"Now stop that you two. You know she's only a friend."

"Let's dance."

"Right now? That's starting a bit early Cindy."

"Let's go, Erin?", she said as she, Erin and Sue left for the living room.

Cindy turned the stereo on and the three of them started dancing. Not me. I went to the kitchen where Julie was cleaning up some leftover dishes.

"Hi, lover."

"Hi, Sam."

"Did you have a good time last night?"

"Oh yeah."

"So, uh, can we talk?"

"Go ahead.", she said as she took a seat at the kitchen table. Her legs looked all gangly folded up with her knees in the air; the chair was much too small for her.

"I'm thinking you should cool it with Yo."

"Are you jealous?"

"No. I think Michele is."

"Didn't you two spend the night together last night?"

"Yeah, but I didn't realize until it was too late that Michele might have thing for Yo."

"I see. She might?"

"I don't know for sure. The signals I got from her were a bit mixed. I think she was trying to make Yo jealous today."

"It kind of looked like that, didn't it?"

"Yeah. Whatever. I'm not asking you to completely ignore Yo, just be careful with the both of them. I wouldn't want Michele to get hurt."

"Are you ok with me going out tonight?"

"Absolutely. Only now I have no excuse to keep from going dancing tonight. Damnit."

"I'm sorry, honey. Come give me a hug and kiss to make it up."

I got up and stood on the chair that Julie was sitting on so I could reach her, and we kissed. For those who have never kissed someone twice as big let me tell you, it's one heck of an experience. Imagine her lips twice as wide as your own.

As I was leaning into her breasts, Mr. Happy started waking up.

"It looks like someone else really wants to go dancing though.", Julie said, eyeing my crotch.

"No one wants to see him dance out on the dance floor."

"I want to see him dance."

I started grinding my crotch into her breasts. She stopped us long enough to take off her bra and my pants.

"Well, then care for a dance, my dear?", I said as I swung Mr. Happy back and forth slapping against Julie's tits.

"I was thinking more of a slow dance.", she said, laughing.

"But the music is playing fast."

"Ok. Just remember, you're the one that wanted this.", she was saying as she started swaying her shoulders and making her tits swing back and forth. I had a hard time hanging with her.

The music got faster and she was getting into it pretty frantic. Then it happened: I was knocked off the chair.

"Sam! Are you ok?"

"I'm fine."

"I didn't mean to hurt you."

"I'm not hurt. Let me get back up."

"Here, I'll help.", Julie said as she lifted me to her bare breasts again. She helped me off with my shirt so that I was now completely nude. I was leaning in to a humongous pair of breasts. I started wondering.

"Imagine being thumped by a gigantic pair of pillows, Julie."

"Pillows? You have an active imagination."

"No, really. I was struck by sexiest pair of titanic tits ever. Let me tell you; if you have to get hit, this is the way to go. Wait till I tell all my friends."

"You wouldn't."

"Maybe. I mean, that was pretty cool. Will you do it again?"

"No. You scared me when you fell over."

"I'm fine. They're big, but soft."

"I don't like having big boobs anymore."

"Why not? They're sexy as hell."

"Hell is not sexy."

"Tell that to Hugh Hefner. In any case, your tits are fantastic."

"They're too big."

"I disagree."

"I can't find bras to wear."

"Then go braless."

"I can't. They'd bounce and move all over the place."

"So? It's not like they'll knock anyone over when you walk. They're up way too high."

"Everyone stares."

"Ok. But they stare anyway."

"Yes, Sam. You told me before: they stare at my beauty. But they still stare."

"I bet other gals would kill for a pair like that."

"I thought you didn't care about boob size."

"I don't. But others do. Everybody wants what they don't have, right? Did you like it better when you were flat chested?"

"That seems like so long ago. Maybe I just need to get used to their new size."

"If you think they're big then think how much bigger they are from my perspective."

"Oh, dear. They must be monstrous to you."

"I call them wonderful."

"You're such a flatterer."

"Ok, tell me: who thinks they're not wonderful?"

"Me."

"Besides you."

"I don't know."

"Nobody. Cindy loves 'em. So does Sue. What about Yo? I bet he's beside himself over them. I heard him talking about them yesterday."

"What did he say?"

"He was commenting on how much you and the girls have grown."

"I bet he did."

"And I bet he loved playing with them last night."

"Yeah, so?"

"Everyone would love to play with them."

"Just what I need.", she said shaking her head.

"You gotta admit: there would be plenty to go around."

"So, you would want me to parade around for everyone to see and play with them?"

"It's so easy to show you off now now that you're so big."

"But I'm embarrassed, Sam."

"You have nothing at all to be embarrassed about. They're big, but so is the rest of you, which means they fit you perfectly. It's not like those behemoths are out of place."

"Behemoths?"

"Yep. I love them."

"I'm not too big?"

"No such thing."

"I don't know. Before they were too small. Now I think they're too big."

"Yep. Earlier this year you couldn't pass the dollar bill test. Now you can."

"What's that?"

"I can put a dollar bill under your boobs and it will stay there."

"And I pass?"

"Yep."

"I'm not sure that's passing."

"Boob guys say it is. In fact, for most of them you have to pass the pencil test too."

"I can imagine what that is."

"Right. In your case you could probably pass the granite test."

"Hey."

"I mean that as a complement."

"Oh, yeah? How much do you weigh? You want to try the Sam test?"

"If I keep shrinking that may just work some day. But until then ..."

"Until then what?"

"I'll just have to fantasize."

"You fantasize about hiding under my boobs?"

"I can hide under them now. You can't see me when I'm right up next to you."

"But I can still feel you down there."

"And how does it feel?"

"That depends on what you're doing down there."

"What would you like me to do?"

"Hmm. Kiss me?"

"I love to. I can't reach your crotch anymore though. I'll have to settle on kissing your thighs."

"That's good."

"But while I'm up here with you now, how about I kiss the girls?"

"Ok."

I began planting kisses all over her tits. She giggled. I lifted them up and kissed underneath. It was hot and sweaty there.

"It gets pretty hot underneath, doesn't it?"

"Yes. It's not very comfortable."

"More reason to let them swing free, no?"

"No. A bra keeps them more comfy."

"I see.", I said, as I kissed them some more. "Let me try something. Hey look. My forearm disappears completely under there. They can swallow my whole arm. Even more. Wow, you can certainly pass the arm test."

"Yes. I get it. They're big."

"And beautiful."

"Would you love them if I were still flat?"

"Absolutely. Cindy's flat and I love hers."

"You're just a tit man."

"No. I believe that term is reserved for guys who only like big ones."

"Biguns?"

"Yeah, biguns."

"Ha, ha. I have biguns. So what do you call guys that like little ones?"

"They don't have a name."

"Not enough of them, huh?"

"I don't know. I think the world is just obsessed with big titties."

"I hope the world is not obsessed with my titties."

"I certainly am.", I said as I went to kiss them again. She shook her shoulders. "Whoa!"

"Whats'a matter? Afraid? Wouldn't want those gigantic pillows to hit you again?"

"Nah, it's ok. Hit me!"

She swung them again and I put my face right in their path. Bam! Each one was bigger than my head. I stopped and sat back. Then I started laughing.

"What's so funny now?"

"Nothing. I just had a weird thought that just randomly popped into my head."

"Let's here it."

"It's ... weird."

"It's ok, Sam. I already know you're weird."

"Alright. We were just talking of Cindy and some how the picture of Cindy sporting your tits showed up in my head."

"Sorry. I can't imagine that. Each one is nearly as big as she is."

"I know. She'd fall over with them.", I laughed. Julie started laughing too.

"You really do like her boobs too?"

"Of course I do."

"Are you obsessed with them?"

"Yes. Just as much as with you."

"We're so different."

"Only physically."

"She likes to dance. I don't."

"Ok, that is one difference. Don't you like her?"

"Yes."

"And are you obsessed with her?"

"I guess if you are, then am I."

"Ok, Gail or Cindy?"

"What?"

"Which one do you prefer?"

"You're asking me to choose? I can't do that. What about you?"

"Same. But I've not been with Gail."

"You could."

"What makes you say that?"

"Oh, a little birdie told me."

"We'll see. Teagan is even smaller."

"I know. She barely comes past my knees."

"Is that too small for you?"

"No."

"Wanna do her?"

"You make it sound so dirty."

"Ok. Would you like to share your bed with her?"

"When you put it that way, sure."

"Ha, ha. You've changed so much, Julie, and not just physically. You had never made love to another girl before we got back together, had you?"

"No, I told you as much."

"Do you like it?"

"You need to ask?"

"I guess not. I hope size doesn't bother you."

"If it did I'd be making love to nobody."

"True. For the record, your size doesn't bother me one bit. I'm still in love with you as I ever was."

"The same goes for me. But what if I get to be ten feet tall?"

"What if I get to be one foot tall?"

"I'll adjust."

"Me too. I just don't know how we going to adjust?"

"I'm sure you can think of something, little man."

"Little man? I'll little man you." I jumped down off the chair then running to the front of it, started nibbling at her crotch.

"Oooh.", she moaned. I grabbed her panties on each side to slid them off. As she lifted her butt off the chair I dove onto her big clit -- it was beginning to become erect. I teased it until it was rock hard. Then I stopped.

"Did you use this on Gail like you do with Cindy?"

"No, I didn't."

"Ok.", I acknowledged.

"Damn you, Sam. Why did you stop?"

I shrugged, then I went at it again, only to stop once more. "What did you do with Gail?"

"Do we have to talk about it now?"

"No. Just wondering."

"I'll tell you later. Finish me."

"Yes, ma'am." I went back to the task at hand only to stop sucking yet again as I moved down her leg to her feet.

"What are you doing?"

"I thought I'd just start from the bottom."

"Too late.", she said as she picked me up and turned me upside down. Then she maneuvered me down to where my mouth was right at her clit. She held me close to her as she said, "Suck it now!"

How could I refuse? No more teasing this time. I wrapped my hand around her clit; it nearly filled my hand. I started sucking on the end first then slowly took the whole thing in my mouth. It was bigger than before; I was sure of it. I couldn't help but wonder if this was like sucking on a dick but I quickly got that thought out of my head. At least the thing wouldn't spit back at me. What made it worth it was what it was doing to Julie: she was grinding her hips up and down with such magnitude that I had a hard time holding on.

While holding onto her clit with one hand, I was using the other to probe her pussy. One finger wasn't doing the job. I tried two, then three, then in short order, my whole hand. I had to work my way out of her grip somewhat to move myself further down to where I could slip my arm in up just past the elbow.

She wasn't laying down, but she wasn't sitting straight up either. Julie was leaning back at about forty five degrees. As she was bucking her hips I was sliding down further and further. But with both hands busy I couldn't do anything about it. That is, until my arm started slipping out of her pussy. That's when I instinctively grabbed really hard with the hand around her clit to try and pull myself up a couple of inches to reposition myself. Of course with her clit being slippery and all that, it didn't really work to secure a hold for me, but it did put Julie over the edge.

"Aaaah.", she moaned as she arched her back.

This made me slide down, which was actually up on her since I was upside down. I could feel my feet go past her shoulders. But then she suddenly crunched her stomach, which made her go the other way, raising her head up with me sliding down her body. This time I wasn't able stop and went most of the way down her legs. I grabbed a hold of her right leg and ended up with my head at her ankle nearly touching the floor. I noticed the music wasn't playing anymore.

I put my hands on the floor and let the rest of my body glide off of her leg. I awkwardly got up on my hands and knees then stood up. I saw Julie laying back on the chair, her butt up in the air about foot away from the seat and her feet way off in front. Her legs looked glorious and powerful all stretched out like that. Then I looked behind me.

"I'd have given him a nine point eight right up until he slid off.", Sue said.

"But it was a rather graceful dismount.", Erin countered.

"Graceful, my ass.", Cindy said. "He was as clumsy as a frog landing in slow motion. I'd only give him seven point five."

Erin quickly said, "But I'd give him a ten for the first part of the performance."

"Ok, I'll admit,", Cindy argued, "the first part was inspiring. Let's say nine nine for that."

"So, uh", I said, "How long have you guys been there?"

"Long enough."

"You hear that, Julie? They've been spying on us."

Julie put her hands on the floor and lifted her butt up saying, "Pull this chair from under me please."

I slid the chair back as she had asked, then she laid her bare ass on the floor and sat up. She reached for me and we embraced. We were about the same height now: her sitting, me standing.

"Sam, I don't care if it were the FBI spying on us.", Julie said.

"Oh, you'd care if it were the FBI.", I said as I shook my head. I wanted to be mad, but as I looked at her sitting on the floor naked, leaning on one arm, hugging her left knee with the other, and the right leg stretched out on the floor for seemingly miles, looking sexy as hell, I almost forgot what we were talking about.

"I hope the three of you had your fun.", I said.

"We did. But apparently not as much fun as you two."

"Aw look.", Sue said. "I don't think Sam is finished."

And it was true. Mr. Happy was still standing at attention.

"Do you mind if we him finish him off, Julie?"

"No. I'll help.", she said, whereupon Julie put me up on the chair so my crotch was pretty much eye level with the three of them -- or as eye level as it could be with the different sized girls. Sue and Cindy were standing and while Julie was sitting, Sue was a little taller than her and Cindy was a little shorter. They took turns kissing and sucking Mr. Happy.

First, Julie leaned over, still sitting on the floor, and gave Mr. Happy a kiss. I nearly lost it right then and there -- that's how aroused I was. But then she said, "Ok, who's next?" and someone else took over. Whenever I'd get close Julie would say, "That's enough. Let someone else have a turn." Damn, payback's a bitch! However, this wasn't going to last long. The only question was who was going to finish me.

I came in Sue's mouth and she took it eagerly. She held onto my torso the longest making it harder for Julie to pull me away, so of course she had the greatest chance of finishing me. Cheater. None of the others really cared though.

When it was done Sue kissed me holding a mouthful of cum. I never minded that sort of thing. I mean, it would be different if it were someone else's cum.

"Mmm, Sam. This is so sexy.", Sue said licking her lips.

"Yeah?"

"Oh, yeah.", she said as she swallowed the last bit. "I'm so glad I won."

The others laughed at her.

"Next time let others have a fighting chance.", Cindy scolded, but laughing at the same time.

"But you get to be with him all the time, Cindy."

"No, not all the time."

"When you're at home you do."

"Ok, fine. You'll just need to come around more often."

"Can I?"

We all rolled our eyes.

"Ok. I'll try to make it.", Sue said. "You all are the greatest."


----- Saturday afternoon

I was expecting Sharon to come around for practice today. We had a couple of hours or so, so Cindy and I went guitar shopping. I had found an acoustic guitar with a pickup that sounded pretty good and was thinking seriously about getting this one. Cindy convinced me that I needed a new guitar sooner than later, so I ended up buying this particular one.

"You can always get a better sounding one later."

"This sounds ok. Besides, money for this doesn't grow on trees."

"Look at it as an investment, Sam. Your songs will sell more."

"I doubt it's going to make a difference. It'll just make recording easier."

"You'll see."

So, back home we went with a shiny new guitar. Fortunately, I hadn't shrunk enough to where I couldn't play a full sized guitar, but it was getting close.

Sharon showed up with Tee and Fred later that afternoon. Fred and Erin went out, so the three of us went to work. Sue and Tee watched. It was mostly rehearsing and getting to know my new instrument. Then I had an idea.

"Sharon, you ever play an instrument?"

"I learned to play the piano a little in school."

"Then you're familiar with music. Ever try your hand at the guitar?"

"No."

"I'll show you some chords and you can strum with me."

"I can try but I can't guarantee that I'll be any good."

"It's easy.", I assured her.

So, I started showing her how to play some chords. I told her to take my old guitar home to practice. She was a little reluctant but Tee encouraged her. I was really starting to warm up to Tee. She had her good qualities, especially if you looked for them.

When we were finished I thanked Tee for helping.

"No need to thank me, Sam. I can tell Sharon really wants to do this and I can't let her do something she'll regret later, like missing this opportunity."

"Good girl."

"Hey, Tee.", Cindy said enthusiastically. "Want to go dancing with us tonight?"

"Um, I don't know.", Tee said.

"Come on. Sam's coming."

"No. No. No.", I whined. "Julie, help me out."

"No. I'm going out so you're on your own."

"You want to go, Sam. You know you want to.", Cindy said.

"No, I don't."

"You can't stand Sharon and Tee up."

"They haven't even said they're going."

"I know Sharon's coming. How about it Tee?"

"Maybe if Sam goes then I'll go too."

"See. You have to come, Sam."

"Cindy'll get everyone dancing naked, Tee. You know that, right?"

"He's probably right, Tee.", Sharon said.

"Is this true, Cindy?"

"Not necessarily."

"You were nude last time when I went with you, Cindy."

Sue was laughing through this conversation.

"I was not. I was only topless."

"Cindy can't help herself.", Sue was telling everyone.

"Well, as long as I don't have to get undressed, I'll go.", Sharon said.

"And what if everyone else gets nude?", Cindy asked her.

"They really do that?"

"Sure. You should do it too. I've seen you. You get naked when everyone else does."

Sharon was blushing. I heard Tee laugh at her.

"Ah, ha, ha. It's easy for you to laugh, Teagan. I should get you nude out in public."

"I'm sorry, Sharon.", Tee said. "If you go I'll go with you. I'll make sure you keep your clothes on."

"You'd go out dancing in public, Tee?"

"For you, Sharon, sure."

Will miracles never cease? It was good to see Tee going out in public. I owed it to them to go too.

"So, I guess you're coming, Sam?"

"I guess so.", I said, shaking my head.

"Yay!", Cindy cheered.

"Well, you all do that.", Julie said. "I've got other plans. I'm going out tonight with friends."

"Oh? Do we know these friends?", Cindy asked.

"It's the tall girls club.", I answered.

"I met one of them.", Sharon said. "She seemed nice enough."

"They're all nice.", Julie told us.

We still had a few hours before all of that would happen though. I heated up some leftover stew I had in the fridge. There was still enough for everyone, even Julie, who wolfed down a serving really fast so she could start getting ready early. Of course, four of us don't eat very much and that left Sharon feeling like a pig. She didn't have much herself but I made her eat more.

"Go on. Eat. Eat. You'll like this.", I prompted.

"I feel bloated."

"No you don't. You hardly ate anything."

"But you didn't either."

"Yeah, well, look. We're all a whole lot smaller than you are."

"I never thought I'd ever be the big one in any crowd."

"Enjoy it while you can."

"Whatever."

When we all finished I started cleaning up while the others went to the living room to talk. Julie went to get ready and Tee stayed behind with me.

"Thanks for helping, Tee."

"No problem. I feel like I owe it to you to help out."

"No, you don't. But I appreciate the help. Can you pull a chair over here?"

"Sure. It really sucks having to use stools and chairs to reach things."

"Tell me about it."

"How do you cope?"

"I told you before; I just have lots of friends to help."

"I'm not much about friends anymore, I'm afraid."

"Yes you are. You have Sharon."

"She's one of maybe, well, the only real friend I have."

"What about me?"

"Oh, you too. I didn't mean to imply you weren't. I just, I don't know. I'm taking you for granted again, aren't I?"

"It's ok."

"You really are a hit with the girls."

"Ha! No, I'm not. It's just that we all share something in common."

"The disease?"

"Yep."

"I can relate to that."

"I know you can."

"It's not just that though. I know you and Sharon have had sex. And with Jill too."

"Oh. She told you?"

"I pried it out of her. Don't let her know I told you about that. She seemed reluctant to tell me."

"It's alright. She was reluctant because she didn't want to hurt you."

"So, it's not just the disease then?"

"Well, Sharon and Jill and I are good friends. So is Julie."

"Us too?"

"Of course, Tee.", I said. Then I gave her a big hug. She hugged me back real hard. Then she abruptly broke it off.

"I, uh, have to go to the bathroom. I'll be right back."

And off she went leaving me to finish up alone in the kitchen cleaning up. But Julie had finished getting ready to go out by then and helped me finish. Then she left to go to her party.

The rest of us chatted for a while. Right before we were about to get ready to go out there was a knock at the door.

"Gail!", I said as I gave her a hug at the doorway.

"Hi, Sam."

"What brings you here?"

"You. And everyone else. I was feeling lonely. Is it ok if I come in?"

"Of course. Where are my manners? Come on in. You're always welcome."

"Hi everyone."

"Gail!", Cindy exclaimed, "You're dancing with us. We're going to leave soon."

"Oh, I don't know about that."

"Aw, please."

"I don't do crowds, Cindy."

I looked at Gail and spoke to her softly, "Tee doesn't do crowds either, yet she's coming. Hell, I'm going and I hate dancing."

"I'll think about it, people. Please don't push me."

"If you don't go you'll be the only one here.", Cindy said.

"Didn't you just hear her, Cindy? Don't put pressure on her. If she doesn't want to go, I'll stay behind with her."

"Oh, no you don't mister. You promised."

"I didn't promise. I relented."

"If Sam stays, I'm staying too.", Tee said.

Cindy looked dejected.

"Oh, Cindy. If it means that much to you, I'll go.", Gail told her.

Damn. My chance at staying behind, foiled.

We all got ready and away we went in one car. Funny how comfortable six people can be in a BMW. Of course, five of those were real small people.


----- Dancing

We went to the same place as the last time I went with Cindy. When we walked into the club I could tell Gail was real nervous. Tee had a look of awe on her face.

"What's the matter, Tee?"

"It's so big."

"Yep. Get used to it."

"I'm still getting used to my new size. I've been here before, but now it's so much different. I need to get out more."

"You've been here before? When?"

"A few years ago. Cindy's right. People here do get nekkid. I've seen 'em."

"And you?"

"No. Not me."

We laughed. Then I wanted to make sure to talk to Gail.

"Are you ok, Gail?"

"Yes. I'm fine. I just haven't been out with so many people in a long time."

"You'll be safe with us here, Gail."

"No, really. I'm fine. It's complicated to explain. Maybe I can tell you about it sometime."

"Anytime you want to talk, Gail, I'll be there to listen."

"Thanks. This is hard for me."

"I know it is. And I'm proud of you for being brave about this."

"The nights still young."

"Just let me know if I can do anything for you."

"I will."

"Are you going to dance?", I asked.

"Sure. I don't mind dancing."

"I do."

She smiled. "I hope you'll have fun anyway. You're going to dance, right?"

"No. I'm going to make a fool of myself."

Now she was laughing.

"I'm sure you're not that bad, Sam."

"You'll dance with an old fool?"

"No. But I'll dance with you."

"You haven't seen me out there yet."

"He's fine, Gail.", Cindy butted in. "He just needs a little confidence."

"Easy for you to say."

"Come on everyone, I like this song. Let's go.", Cindy yelled grabbing Sue with one hand and Sharon in the other.

Gail looked at me then held her hand out.

"Sure.", I said. "Let's go. Tee?"

Tee grabbed my other hand and we were then all out on the dance floor.

Cindy, Sue and Sharon were having a good time, as you can well guess. Gail and Tee were doing pretty well too. That left me as the odd one. Well, to be sure, I was the only guy in a sea of girls. I guess I'm pretty lucky, if not altogether awkward. I can wrestle. I can do Judo and Aikido. I can even do certain types of Kung Fu forms. But I can't dance. Hmm? Maybe if I pretend an opponent was out on the dance floor? Nah. I can't be thinking of the girls as an opponent.

After a few songs Sue came over and held my hands as we danced as a couple. I guess I was getting a little better. I only say this because I don't think I embarrassed Sue too much. I twirled her around and she did most of the moves. I could get used to that.

"Mind if I butt in?", Cindy said as she then took Sue's place.

We were dancing for a song and a half when Cindy asked if I was having a good time.

"I'm coping."

"Aw, don't be that way. I could get naked if you want."

"That wouldn't be a good idea. Not with Sharon and Tee. And even Gail."

"Gail wouldn't mind."

"I don't know about that. Just keep your clothes on. Ok?"

"Ok, Sam."

After a while a slow song started playing. Sharon grabbed Tee, Gail grabbed me and that left Sue and Cindy.

"You're not so bad at dancing, Sam.", Gail said to me as we hugged each other close. "In fact, I'd say you were pretty good."

"You seem to be doing ok out here."

"I am. I guess I needed to get out."

"Then for you, I'm happy."

"And for yourself?"

"I still feel like a fool."

"A handsome fool."

"Aw geez."

Halfway through the slow song I saw Tee break away from Sharon and run off the dance floor. I didn't know what that was about but Sharon walked over to the table. I hope they didn't have a falling out.

A second slow song came on next and Cindy grabbed me at the same time Sue grabbed Gail. They must have planned this.

"Having fun now?", Cindy asked.

"I guess it was nice dancing with Gail."

"I didn't mean to interrupt that. I just had to find out how she's doing."

"She's fine. I think this is doing her good. What's with Sharon and Tee?"

"I don't know."

"I have to take a break after this. Ok?"

"Sure. But until then ...", she said right before kissing me. We danced the rest of the song with her hanging all over me.

I joined Sharon at the table after that last slow song.

"What's with Tee?", I asked.

"She had to go to the bathroom."

I was getting worried about that girl. I'm going to make her ask the doctors at the clinic about that.

Sue joined us which left Cindy and Gail out on the floor. They didn't stay out there long and soon all of us were drinking sodas and water at the table. Tee finally showed up.

"Isn't this fun, everyone?", Cindy asked.

"I'm having fun.", Sharon responded.

"Same here.", said Sue.

"Well, if Gail and Tee are having fun then I am too.", I replied.

Sue said, "You're trying to be such a smooth operator."

"But it's true. I want them to have a good time."

"That's why Sam gets all the girls."

"Uh Sue. It's not like that."

"Oh, she's right, Sam.", Gail said.

"Pffft."

"He's nailed nearly everyone in our group, Gail."

"Sue! That wasn't such a nice way to say that."

"Like you really care I used language like that."

"But our guests..."

"Did he do you yet, Gail?"

"No. Not yet."

"He did Michele last night."

"I knew it. I told you, Sam. I told you Michele wanted you."

"No. It's not like that. Really."

"Then how is it?"

"I, uh, I can't talk about it."

"Right. Look Sam, we can all see it."

"He's a horndog!", Sue said. The rest laughed.

"You guys are ganging up on me."

"Aw, poor Sam. Five pretty girls and he's whining about that.", Sue chastised.

"I'm not complaining."

"Then let's dance.", Cindy said as she grabbed my hand and dragged me out on the dance floor yet again. The rest followed.

That was pretty much how the night went with the girls teasing me. But Gail and Tee had a good time. They seemed to hit it off somewhat too. The two even slow danced together.

Cindy wanted to close the place but we were all getting tired. It was still after midnight when we left though.


----- Saturday night at home

We met Julie, Erin and Fred back at the house.

"I wish you could have come with us, Erin.", Cindy said excitedly.

"I would have liked to, but Fred and I went out to eat. Then we had a nice romantic night watching the stars at Wookie's."

Wookie's is a bar. In case you haven't guessed, it has a Star Wars theme. I didn't know Erin was into that; maybe Fred was. In any case, one of the walls is all glass. It looks west so people go there to drink and watch the sun set.

"And how was your night, Julie?", I asked. She was bursting at the seems ready to talk about her night.

"I talked about you, Sam. They were all interested."

"Right. I bet."

"No, really. They were."

"What did you tell them?"

"I told them you were the love of my life."

"Did you tell them I had Borgford's disease?"

"Yes. Are you mad at me?"

"No."

"I told them how good you were at writing songs and singing. They want to see you. I invited them to Mike's. You don't mind, do you?"

"No. But Mike might if the place overflows."

"Mike would be ecstatic to have his place overflowing."

"Yeah, I guess so."

"I met so many big girls there. They had a spread set up with lots of food. You should have seen it. It was done by an artist. All the food was decorated, like flowers."

"That must have been something."

"It was. I had to talk about you because of the guest speaker."

"They had a guest speaker?"

"Yep."

"Nice."

"Guess what the topic was?"

"What?"

"Borgford's disease."

Everyone's ears perked up.

"Well, don't leave us in suspense. What did he say?"

"She. She was doctor Rosenberg. She works for the government. The CDC I think. She just came back from out west."

Cindy and I looked at each other. We both went to school out west.

"Go on."

"Well, this whole Borgford thing started out west they say. But Dr. Rosenberg, she's trying to track it down. She says they don't know for sure where it started first, yet. Some say it was from a monkey bite from Africa but nobody in Africa has the disease so she said don't listen to those people. Then others say it originally came from a mosquito bite."

"That's what I heard.", I said.

"Who told you that, Sam?", Sue asked.

"My doctor. My primary care doctor."

"How does he know?"

"I don't know. But he seemed knowledgeable. He has doctor friends who knew about it."

"Anyway," Julie continued, "nobody knows for sure and when she started snooping into it she got stonewalled. It sounds like a conspiracy."

"Why would they have a conspiracy about it?", Gail asked.

"Think about it.", Julie said. "If someone were responsible for this wouldn't they want to keep it quiet?"

"Who would do that?"

"The government."

"Hold on, Julie.", I said. "This Dr. Rosenberg works for the government, right?"

"Yes."

"Her own people are shunning her? Did she get assigned this task, or did she just take it on herself?"

"It sounded like it was an assignment, but I didn't ask."

"Hmm. I don't believe it."

"I believe you, Julie.", Gail said.

"Oh, I believe you, Julie.", I said. "I just don't believe what that doctor said."

"I always knew something was spooky about this disease."

"Spooky, yes, Gail. But a conspiracy?"

"I would't put it past the government."

"You don't trust the government?"

"Do you?"

"Mostly, yes, I do. There are plenty of shady politicians, but only bureaucrats could do something like this. Do you think they would they be so devious?"

"Why not?"

"This is too much for me to get my head around.", Sue said. "I hope you're right, Sam."

"So what else did she say, Julie?"

"Not too much else. She made it clear that she's an anthropologist, not an epidemiologist."

"So, it's an epidemic now?"

"I don't know. She said it was more prevalent out west. Maybe it's an epidemic out there."

"Do they always have interesting speakers like Dr. Rosenberg?"

"I don't know. She certainly grabbed everyone's attention. Especially when she alluded to the fact that anyone in the crowd could have already been exposed and they wouldn't know about it until they started shrinking."

"What if they got the blood test?"

"She mentioned that. I think everyone in the audience is going to get tested now. Can you imagine one of those big ladies contracting this disease?"

I wanted to ask Julie if she was going to get tested but didn't want to bring it up in front of everyone. It got us all thinking.

"Don't be so glum. You should meet some of the girls. Cynthia is cool."

"Cindy?"

"No, not Cindy. Cynthia and Cindy are not alike at all. Cynthia is very quiet."

"I'm not?", Cindy asked.

"You're ... bubbly."

"I'm bubbly?"

"That's a good thing, Cindy."

"You're right. I'm bubbly."

"Anyway, she was really interested to hear about you, Sam. She wants to meet you."

"I'm sure I'll see her at Mike's."

"She wants to come over."

"Can she fit through the door?", I said in jest.

"She's not as big as I am. She might have to duck though."

"That's still pretty big, Julie."

"She's small to me."

"Everyone is."

"So, can I bring her over?"

"Sure."

"Oh good. You know, there are several of them that aren't so big."

"Speak for yourself."

"No. I mean they're shorter than Jill. I'm going to ask them if Jill can join."

"Well, I hope they like her then."

"I think they will. Did you guys have a good time tonight?"

"We did!", Cindy said, excitedly.

"And she didn't even take her clothes off.", Sue added.

"The nights still young.", someone interjected.

"No, it isn't. It's nearly one in the morning."

Sharon and Tee were laughing.

"Laugh now.", I said. "I'll bet next time she'll have you two running around in the buff."

They stopped laughing. This got Sue and Gail's attention; now those two were laughing.

"There's nothing wrong with being nude.", Erin told them.

"Thank you, Erin.", Cindy replied.

"Well, we better get going before the clothes start coming off.", Fred told Sharon and Tee.

"Like you really wouldn't want that to happen, Fred?", Erin rebuked.

"It's late, Erin. Sharon and Tee need to get home."

"And what do those two have to do tomorrow?"

"I don't know. Mom and Dad would't be too happy."

"Sharon's spent the night before."

"But not Tee."

"Fine. Go then."

"Sorry, Erin.", Tee told her. "I'll make it up to you. My parents will be waiting up for me."

"How old are you, Tee?", I asked.

"Old enough. But they're overly protective since I caught the virus."

"I understand.", Erin said. "We won't hold you up any longer."

"Maybe Fred can come back after dropping us off.", Tee said.

"No, that's alright. I need to work tomorrow anyway.", Erin replied.

"Wait.", I said before they left. "You forgot the guitar, Sharon." I made sure the case was shut tight and gave it to her to take home.

"See you, Sam.", she said right before the pokeman fabric started ripping. I gave Tee a hug and she hugged me back real hard again. It seemed she didn't want to let go, but let go she did.

"I'll meet you guys in the car.", she told Sharon and Fred, then ran off to the bathroom.

We were all sad to see them go. Gail, on the other hand said it was too late for her to drive home.

"Great.", I said. "You're staying."

"If you have room for me?"

"She can sleep with me, Sam!", Julie exclaimed.

Gail walked over and hugged her leg. "I'd love to Julie.", she said, smiling.

Julie then knelt down and Gail hugged her again, this time with her head under Julie's tits. I realized I wasn't much bigger than Gail and was struck by how small Gail looked next to Julie like that.

"Alright, it's settled then.", I said.

"That means you can be with us tonight!", Cindy exclaimed.

"Yeah, sure.", I said. "Staying over, Sue?"

"Yep."

So the three of us had fun that night but I couldn't help wonder about Julie and Gail. Would Julie introduce her to "the big clit"? I couldn't wait to find out. I'd also have to talk to Julie about getting tested for the virus and about her new friend, Cynthia. It would have to wait until tomorrow.

But until then, tonight held another threesome.

 

End Notes:

It's been busy with the holidays and stuff. More coming soon though.

Chapter 54 - Awakening for Tee by littless
Author's Notes:

It was bound to happen.

----- Sunday morning

"Good cup of tea.", Gail said.

"It's the same as it's always been."

"I just love drinking hot tea in the morning, Sam."

"You love being naked drinking hot tea in the morning."

"So?"

"So, we all better get dressed before Gail gets up."

"She won't mind."

"Well, I'm getting dressed. You two should also. We don't want to spook Gail."

"That won't happen."

"Please."

"Fine. Let's get dressed, Sue."

"Ok.", Sue said. "But what if Gail comes out naked?"

"Yeah, right. Like she's really gonna do that.", I replied.

"I'll bet you."

"So, it's a bet then? And what if you lose the bet?"

"If I win,", Sue said, "you'll have to stay naked all day today."

"Then if I win, you'll have to stay naked."

"Deal."

"It looks like someone is going to be naked all day.", Gail chuckled.

We went to get dressed but afterwards we didn't have to wait too long to know who won. Gail and Julie came out dressed; how could Sue not have known?

"Did you make some coffee for me?", Gail asked.

"Of course. Hungry?"

"No thanks.", she smiled. "Just some coffee will be fine."

"I'm famished.", Julie said. She was wearing the usual: panties and sport bra.

"You could have some cereal if you can't wait for us to cook."

"I think I will."

Julie wolfed down three bowls of cereal faster than any of us could have eaten one.

"Didn't you get your fill last night?", I asked her.

"Yeah. I'm just hungry, that's all. I had a, uh, lot of exercise last night."

"Exercise?", I enquired, raising an eyebrow. "Little ole Gail tired big ole Julie out last night?"

"Yes. I mean, no. Not tired out."

"Oh, I see, pooped out?"

"No, no."

"I guess Julie's met her match, girls. And it's the littlest one of us here."

"Ha.", Julie said. "I can take all of you at once."

"That's some big boast."

"It is not. Watch."

Julie grabbed me and picked me up in one arm. Then she grabbed Gail in the other. After that she grabbed Cindy in the same arm with Gail. They were squished against each other but it seemed the two were enjoying it. Cindy hugged Gail and Gail hugged her back.

Then Julie bent down and scooped Sue up in her arm with me. There wasn't much else to do so Sue and I were hugging now too.

"See?", Julie said. "Now what're going to do about that?"

We all looked at each other and sort of shrugged. Julie was holding us effortlessly.

"How long are you going to keep this up?", I asked her.

"I like this.", Gail interrupted. "You can keep holding us, Julie, for as long as you want." Gail laid her head on Cindy with her ear against Cindy's chest while they hugged.

Cindy remarked how different it felt to hold someone smaller.

"Nice, isn't it?", Sue asked her, while at the same time squeezing me a little harder.

"I should do this more often."

Gail smiled and told her, "Anytime you want, Cindy."

"Hey, Gail, you don't mind if Sue gets naked all day today, do you?"

"No. Why would she do that?"

"She lost the bet."

"Remind me not to be making any bets around you people."

"Aw", Sue said, "you're not going to hold me to that, are you?"

I shrugged while looking away. "Nah, it's ok, Sue. If you want to welch out on our bet on like a the little scoundrel that you are, then that's ok."

"I'm not a scoundrel. This isn't fair."

"You're the one that wanted to bet."

"Fine.", Sue said as she started to pull her shirt off. Julie put her down on the kitchen table.

"Wait.", Gail said catching our attention. "What was the bet about?"

"About whether you would come out of the bedroom into the kitchen naked."

"So the winner gets naked?"

"No, the loser does."

"Sue? You thought I'd come out nude?"

"Well", Sue said, "I thought maybe Julie and you would come out like that after spending the night together."

We all must have had puzzled looks on our faces. Oh well. Julie picked Sue up once she had finished doffing her outfit. Sue gave me a tight hug as Julie walked us into the living room.

"How could you have made that bet, Sue? You know Gail isn't like Cindy.", I asked her, snickering at that last part about Cindy.

She whispered in my ear, "Maybe I wanted to lose."

"Ohhhhh. Well, I hope it's worth it."

"Just promise me you'll be there when I need you."

"Um, sure."

"Good."

"Good luck."

Sue hugged me even tighter while wrapping her bare legs around my waist. I couldn't believe Julie was still holding us. I looked over at the two girls in Julie's other arm and they were in their own world. Julie took us all on a grand tour of the house. Several times.

"Are you going to keep holding us, Julie?"

"Yep."

"Aren't you getting tired?"

"Nope."

"You like this, huh?"

"Yep."

I couldn't do much else so I decided to make the best of the situation: I kissed Sue's nipples. She sucked in a breath as I did this then started grinding her hips into me.

"Sam!", Julie said. "That's cruel."

"No, it's not. Only if nobody does anything about it later, is it cruel."

"Then you better do something about it."

Sue and I both smiled at Julie's remark. Thoughts of later were running through my head.

"You are going to have to put us all down eventually."

"I know. I think I'll just hold you all like this until then."

I wanted to be a little mischievous so I tweaked Julie's nipple.

"Ow! What's that for?"

"Because it was there."

"So?"

"Like the mountain."

"It's not that big."

"It is to me and the rest of us. Why did you climb the mountain? Because it was there.", I said.

"Oh. You want to climb me?"

"Why not?", I said in jest.

"You think you can climb all the way up?"

"Absolutely."

"What do you think girls? Can he do it?"

"I'd like to see him try.", Sue said.

"Ok, let's see him try.", Julie replied.

"This is going to be good.", the others were saying, anticipating the show. And I was going to give 'em a show.

Julie brought us all to the kitchen table and deposited the girls there. As they were standing on the table she put me on the floor and proclaimed, "Sam is going to show us all how he can climb a mountain. If you get as far as you were before when I was holding you then I'll, um ..."

"You'll what?"

"I don't know. I'll stay naked for the day too."

"I get more than one try if I fall, right?"

"Fine."

"Ok, deal."

I kind of put my foot in my mouth, even though I was joking, but if I did it there would be two naked girls walking around the house today. There was no turning back now. The girls were giggling up on the table. I was on the floor looking up at the mountain -- a mountain of girl who's head was impossibly far above me, but her tits were blocking the view of her head. Even her hips were above me.

She had her feet about shoulder width apart and her hands on her hips. I didn't know how I was going to accomplish this but I was going to try. My ego wouldn't let me bow out of this. And then there was Gail, Cindy and Sue watching; I wanted to impress them. Yes, I'm macho. It'll probably be the ruin of me.

I reached up and put my hands on Julie's hips. Then I bent my right leg up to step on her knee. I couldn't quite reach it so I jumped with my left leg just enough to catch her knee with my right foot. I quickly brought my left foot up and had a foot on each side of her left knee, then I moved my left foot and placed it on her right knee. I was proud of myself for getting up this high -- halfway there. But I was stuck. Now what to do?

"Am I hurting your knees, Julie?"

"Not at all."

"Ok. Let me know if I'm hurting you."

Well, I tried. Now there wasn't much else I could do but shimmy up her thigh. So I moved my left foot back over but a little higher than her knee. It was holding. I moved my right foot up a little higher on her thigh. Still holding. I then tried to move my arms up a little higher towards her waist. Then I slipped and fell. Damnit.

I landed on my feet but fell backwards. I looked up at the girls on the table. Sue was sitting on the edge as Gail and Cindy were still standing and laughing.

"Ha, ha. Very funny. I'd like to see you try this."

"But you were doing so well, Sam.", Sue said.

"Fine. Here goes again."

This time as I made it standing on her knees I walked my hands up first, then did a little shimmy, then a little walking with my hands, a little shimmy and so on. It was slow going but I made it higher. I had finally achieved the goal of getting my hands on the slimmest part of her waist. I couldn't move them any farther up. But I could climb with my feet.

I made it to where my feet were on the front of Julie's waist and was bunched up with my feet on her hips, hands around her waist and butt sticking out. I just needed to reach up and pull myself a little further -- almost there and I had a plan to make it.

I reached up for her shoulder but couldn't reach and slipped down. I caught myself with my arms around her waist and head in her belly. My feet were now straddling the top of her left thigh. I wasn't gonna let this defeat me, so I worked my way up again.

This time I decided I wasn't going to let ceremony stand in the way so I didn't reach for her shoulders this time but to the neck of her bra. I was hoping it wouldn't reveal any of Julie's boobs but like I said, I wasn't standing on ceremony and didn't care at this point. I needn't have worried -- the bra held. I was able to pull myself up sufficiently to grab her shoulder with my other hand then work both hands around her neck. I then wrapped my legs around her waist as best I could.

I made it! Julie then wrapped her arms around me and held me so that now I could let go. I was a bit tired but triumphant.

The girls cheered.

"So, time to get nekkid, Julie.", I demanded.

"That was very impressive, Sam.", she said. "I knew you could do it."

"But you still made me do it."

"I didn't make you do anything."

"You challenged me. That's the same thing."

"Only a guy would say that."

I stuck my tongue out and blew her a raspberry. She put me on the table with the gals. Standing on the table our heads were still below Julie's shoulders and Gail was looking right into her boobs. I compared Gail to Julie as they stood next to each other. One of Julie's tits were not only bigger than Gail's head, they were as big as her whole torso -- stomach and chest. They were even wider than Gail. If one of Julie's tits could stand alone then Gail could crouch down and hide behind it.

It was funny but this thought was making Mr. Happy take notice. That and Sue's nudity were making me think of satisfying Sue sooner than later. But it would have to wait.

"I'm still waiting for the clothes to disappear.", I told Julie.

"Patience, Sam. I swear you're like a little kid."

She removed her bra. Gail stood looking at her breasts, mesmerized. Julie was standing close enough to the table that Gail ran up to her and hugged her left tit. Gail's head was turned sideways as she leaned into Julie. Gail was wearing a huge smile.

"Aw, thank you, Gail."

"I couldn't help myself, Julie.", she said as she gave Julie a peck right on her nipple.

"I hope you don't mind, but, um, I have to do this, Gail." Julie then took off her panties and was standing before us in all her glory. I was on the table looking up at two majestic titties. The girls were giggling.

"Well,", Cindy said. "I guess I'm going to join them."

"Oh, no you aren't!", I hollered. They all looked at me.

"What?"

"You didn't lose any bet. Therefore, you have to stay clothed."

"That makes no sense, Sam."

"Cindy,", Sue said, "Sam's got a point."

"Ok, then I bet you all that the sky will turn purple. There, it's still blue. I lose."

"First, you didn't even look outside. Second, nobody took you up on the bet. Third, there was no terms set. And finally, you can't make stupid bets like that."

"Says who?"

"Says everyone."

Cindy looked around and sure enough everyone was nodding and shrugging.

"You can't do this to me."

"Why not?"

"You didn't want Gail to see anyone naked."

"No, I didn't. It just happened."

"Well, ... what if she gets naked? I can get naked then too, right?"

"No."

"Besides,", Gail said, "I'm not taking my clothes off."

"So, I have to stay clothed?"

"I'm afraid so, Cindy."

She was upset. I was enjoying this and so was everyone else. I suppose we all have a bit of sadism in us. But it was all in good fun.

"Come down with me, Cindy. I'll show you something that'll cheer you up."

"Oh?"

"Just come here."

They all got down from the table. Julie had a curious look on her face.

"Ok, Gail stand here next to Julie's leg."

Gail wasn't much smaller than the rest of us, but still smaller.

"Cindy, you stand next to her."

Then with me standing on the other side I bent down to where my head was level with Gail's and asked Cindy to do the same.

"Ok, now look up at Julie. Isn't it awesome? This is how Gail sees her."

"I guess she is bigger this way. Wow, she must be immense to you, Gail."

"Well, I don't think it can be much more different than you two."

"Wait, wait, wait.", I said. "Julie! Where's the yardstick?"

"In your office, I think."

"Can you get it for me?"

"Sure.", she said running off.

While she was gone I asked Cindy, "How tall is Tee?"

"I don't know. Three foot one, I think."

"Good. Let's say three feet tall. Good enough?"

"I guess so.", they agreed.

Julie came out with the ruler. I had her stand straight and held the ruler by her leg.

"Ok, come here you two and put your head so the top is at the top of the yard stick and look up."

"Wow. That's amazing."

"Let me see. Let me see.", Sue demanded. "Whoa. This is what Tee sees? Hey tee-sees, tee-sees."

"Right. Very funny, Sue."

"No, really. This is so cool. Maybe we'll all get so short."

"Or maybe not. Let's hope not."

"Just look at that juicy pussy up there."

We all looked at Sue like she had a third eye.

"Oh, come on. I know you're all thinking it."

We couldn't deny that.

"Let me crouch down again and see if I can reach her pussy. I can. I wonder how short I'd have to be not to be able to reach it."

"You're arms are longer than Tee's are, Sue."

"We have to see if she can reach it then. Next time she comes over, ok?"

"I'd hesitate to ask her.", I said. "It would be ... embarrassing."

Cindy hugged Julie's left leg. "Aw, I'm sorry if we're embarrassing you, Julie.", she said. I meant it would be embarrassing to Tee. But, whatever.

Gail hugged Julie's other leg. It sure was a spectacle. Two pretty girls and two, humongous, sexy legs in front of me. Mr. Happy reminded me how great Julie's legs were.

Julie was happy and picked the little gals up that were worshiping her legs then walked away. Sue and I looked at each other and shrugged.

"Well?", she said.

"Well, what?"

"Wanna get naked with me?"

"You're the one that lost the bet."

"Oh yeah."

"But maybe later."

We all hung out for a while. A couple of hours later Erin woke up and came, still half asleep, into the living room to see us.

"Good morning, sleepyhead."

"Yeah." She looked around at everyone. "Why are they naked?", she asked.

"They lost a bet."

"Why isn't Cindy nude?"

"Because she didn't."

"Oh.", she said, scratching her head. "I need coffee."

"You didn't lose a bet either."

"So?"

"So, get dressed."

"Do I have to?"

"No clothes, no coffee."

"Okay."

She turned to go to the bedroom. I went to get a cup of coffee.

"Sue? Can you help?"

"On my way."

She got up on my shoulders, as usual, and retrieved the cup. I fixed a cup of coffee for Erin who came out later, still groggy.

Julie was pretty much preoccupied with Gail and Cindy who kept her attention. Erin and Sue and I talked a lot. Every now and then I'd give Sue a kiss on her boobs. I like to keep them perky and that perked them up real good. Erin was amused.

"You like Sue nude, don't you?", she asked.

"I love naked girls. So, yeah."

"You don't want me nude anymore?"

"I do, Erin. But I want only Sue and Julie naked right now."

"Why?"

"Because it's only them. Sue gets a kick out of that, you know."

"Can't I be naked?"

"Later, Erin."

"Ok."

"Are you going to see Fred today?"

"I have to work later."

"Oh. Well, you'll see him soon."

"I know. I'll have to leave soon though."

"Ok. I'm not going anywhere. Wanna take the beemer?"

"You'd let me drive it?"

"Of course. I've let you take it before."

"Not to work."

"Well, now I am."

"Thanks, Sam. You're the sweetest brother anyone ever had."

"Yeah, yeah. Just take it, ok?"

"Ok. I'll make it up to you."

"You don't need to."

"Well, I'll think of something."

"Ok. Whatever."

We were having a good time. We ate lunch. A little after lunch there was someone at the door. Sue and I went to answer.

"Sharon! Tee! Welcome."

"Hi, Sam.", Tee said. "Sue, you're ... you're ..."

"Nude. I know. I lost a bet."

"Told you, Tee.", Sharon said. "This house is haunted by nudists."

"Oh, sorry about that, Tee.", I apologized. "I forgot about Sue being naked."

"She's been nude all day?", Tee asked.

"I'm afraid so."

Tee giggled. Then Julie and the others came to see who was at the door. Tee's smile dropped, her mouth opened and her eyes went wide.

"Oh, God. It figures.", Sharon said rolling her eyes.

"Oh yeah.", I told them. "Julie lost a bet too. So what brings you two here today?"

"Fred. He's parking the car right now."

"Fred's here?", Erin asked.

"He'll be in in a moment."

Tee looked way up at Julie. "What did you bet, Julie?"

"I bet Sam couldn't climb me."

"You climbed her, Sam?"

"Yeah. You should have seen me. You'd have been proud."

"Was she naked?"

"Nah. I won. She lost. Then she had to strip."

"I see. What about Sue?"

"She bet that Gail would be naked."

"That's odd."

"Yeah, I know. Sue can be odd at times."

"Hey. That's not true.", Sue said.

"Yes, it is."

"Ok, it is. But that's not a nice thing to say."

"Sue,", I said, "I meant that with the best of intentions. You wouldn't be so interesting if you weren't odd. The smartest people in the world are odd."

"And so I am.", she said proudly. "Hey wait. Go get the yardstick, Sam."

I think I knew what she was thinking so I ran to get the yardstick.

"Come here, Tee. I want to see how tall you are. Ok?", Sue asked. Tee shrugged and stood next to the yardstick that Sue was holding. "Oh my God, Tee. You're just under three feet tall."

"Oh great. I shrunk."

"Don't worry.", I said. "It takes a week or two for the meds to kick in. You'll stop real soon if you haven't already."

"Julie?", Sue asked. "Come over here. Tee would you mind standing next to Julie?"

"Why not? It can't be any more humiliating than it is already."

"Tee,", I said, "we're all in the same boat. Except Erin and Sharon, that is. We all feel the same embarrassment."

"I want to see how high you can reach on Julie, ok?", Sue said.

"Ok."

"She can reach past her pussy, Sam."

"Yeah, so?"

"I was thinking not.", Sue said, shaking her head.

"Oh well."

Tee was moving her hands down all over Julie's sexy thigh. She was starting to get into it we all noticed. Then she stopped suddenly.

"I'll be right back.", she said, running off to the bathroom. This time I was going to see what was up with that. I caught her before she made it.

"Tee, what's wrong?"

"Nothing's wrong, Sam."

"You keep going to the bathroom. That's not normal."

"I'm fine.", she said. "Really."

I was holding her hand. Then she took a hold of my other hand.

"Really. I am ok. I ...", she said moving closer. She hugged me with her head into my shoulders. Her legs clamped around mine and she started humping my leg.

"Uhhhm.", she sighed. She was breathing heavily and started humping faster and faster.

"Ah, ahhhh." She climaxed just then. "Oh my God. Oh my God.", she said. "I'm so sorry."

"Tee?", I asked. "Do you go to the bathroom all the time to masturbate?"

She stood there with the look of a deer in headlights, not speaking and turned beet red.

"Tee. It's the meds. We're all aroused. Do you want to know why Sue is naked really?"

"Why?"

"Because she's so fucking horny right now, and being naked while everyone else is clothed is going to drive her up the wall."

"Then why does she do that?"

"Because later she's going to have the biggest, mind blowing orgasm of all."

"Oh.", Tee said with wide eyes.

"Is this true, Tee?"

Tee turned to see who was talking. "Sharon! Oh my God. You heard that?"

"Yes.", Sharon said. "It's ok. I'm here if you need me."

"Oh gosh. I can't believe this."

"Look, Tee.", I said. "We'll forget about this if you want. We won't tell anyone, ok?"

Tee had her face in her hands. "I'll never live this down."

"Ha. You should have seen some of things I've done."

"Really? Like what?"

"Oh, I don't know. Too many things. I danced naked."

"You did?"

"Well, to tell you the truth, it was Cindy's fault."

"Oh, that's for sure.", Sharon said.

Tee rebounded with, "She's clothed though."

"Oh, don't let that fool you. I've seen her naked more times than you can count."

"Believe Sharon, Tee. You should have seen Cindy this morning."

"She was naked?", Tee asked.

"Oh yeah. All the time. I made her get dressed."

"How did you do that?"

"I reminded her she didn't lose a bet."

"You guys are strange."

"I told you, Tee.", Sharon reminded her.

I went on. "Cindy tried to make some stupid bet that she would be sure to lose. I told her it didn't count."

"What did she do?"

"She was upset."

"Upset about not being naked?"

"Yep."

"It makes her horny?"

"I don't know about that girl. She just likes to shed her clothes."

"Oh. And Sue just likes to get hornier?"

"Oh yeah."

"Wow. Just, ... wow. What about Gail?"

"I guess Gail is the sane one."

"She is, I'm sure."

"Oh, don't believe for one minute that she's not horny too."

"I see. She doesn't show it."

"She does a real good job of hiding it. She's, uh, more mature."

"How old is she?"

"Thirty. Ish. I can't remember for sure. Ask her."

"Ok. I'm liking her more and more."

"That's good, because I think she likes you too."

"Really?"

"Yes, really."

Tee put on a smile.

"Come on guys, let's get back. Do you still need to go to the bathroom, Tee?"

"No, I'm fine now."

"What did you two do?", Sharon asked.

"Don't ask.", Tee pleaded with her.

"Ok."

When we got back Erin and Fred were making out. Big surprise. Gail and Cindy were sitting on Julie's lap.

Tee stared at Sue.

"What?", Sue asked.

"Nothing.", Tee replied. "It's just that I'm not used to seeing naked people."

"You should try it."

"Oh no. Not me."

"I bet you'd love it."

"I seriously doubt that, Sue."

"Are you afraid you might like it?", Gail interjected.

Tee turned around to face Gail. "Maybe.", she said.

"Then maybe you should try it.", Gail said, winking at her.

Tee rolled her eyes and shrugged.

"Ignore them, Tee.", Sharon told her. "They're just messing with you."

"So, do you want to practice, Sharon?"

"I was thinking we'd just hang out for a bit today. Until Fred has to leave anyway."

"I can take Erin to work.", Fred said.

"I promised her she could take the beemer."

"That's ok, Sam. I wouldn't mind going with Fred."

"Ok, then.", I said. "I could bring Sharon and Tee home if you don't want to come back, Fred."

"You don't have to do that."

"No, really. They could stay over longer. You two gals want that?"

"Sure."

"Then it's settled. You take Erin to work, Fred, and I'll bring Sharon and Tee home when I pick Erin up from work tonight."

We all agreed. Pretty soon Erin and Fred left. We all talked and talked and had a good time. After about an hour or so later Sue approached me.

"Sam.", she said, "can we disappear from the bunch for a little while?"

"Why?"

"I can't wait any longer."

"Wanna just do it out here?"

"Oh my God. Why didn't I think of that. This is going to be so cool."

"Whoa there, filly. I was just kidding."

"Oh why not?"

"Because Gail. And, oh my gosh; Tee would be mortified."

"So?"

"I couldn't do that to her. Come on. Let's go to my bedroom."

Sue couldn't wait it out anymore. I couldn't either, to tell you the truth.

"Damn, Sam. Did you see Tee standing next to Julie? She's so petite. I wish I were that small."

"Really?"

"No. I wish I were smaller."

"Why?"

"Julie would be a towering presence. Oh shit, Sam. Can you imagine?"

"She already is."

"Oh fuck, Sam. Fuck me.", she whimpered.

I laid her on her side and lifted her left leg then entered her. There was no resistance; she was sopping wet. She closed her eyes.

"What do you see, Sue?"

"Julie. She's huge. Like a skyscraper."

"Want to climb her? Like I did?"

"God yes. I want to climb her. Her muscles are huge and smooth. They're so powerful. Oh shit."

"We're watching you."

"You're watching? I'm nekkid too. Julie's nekkid. And you're all watching. Holy shit."

"How far up are you?"

"I'm at her pussy, Sam. Her big, fat, sopping wet, pussy."

"What're you going to do now?"

"I'm going to suck on her big clit."

"Oh man. I bet that'll drive her over the edge."

"Oh fuck. Ohhh. Fuuuuck. I'm coming. Aaaaah."

Well that did it. I came too, by the way, in case you were wondering. Of course you weren't. How could I have held it in? Huh? How could anyone in that situation? They couldn't.

It took a while to calm down. We wanted to lie there all night. But we had to get up. I got dressed. Sue didn't. Then we joined the others.

I was happy to see Gail and Tee talking. I joined them.

"Where did you and Sue go?"

"Nowhere."

"Right. I bet."

"You jealous, Tee?"

"Nooo."

"Sure, you're not."

She had that deer caught in the headlights look again.

"I'm just messing with you, Tee."

She pouted. Gail smiled.

"So, you two getting to know each other?"

"I was telling Tee how you helped me get over my anxieties, Sam."

"You're over them now?"

"Not completely, no. But you helped."

"I'm real happy to hear that, Gail. I can't take all the credit. I know Julie and Jill helped out too."

"Oh, they did. You all are great."

"What did Julie do for you?", Tee asked.

I was little worried what Tee would think of this.

"We had amazing sex, Tee."

Tee's eyes were wide again.

"I, ... I, can't believe that."

"Why not?"

"You, ... I mean, you did?"

"Sure."

"Ok."

"Don't the pills make you horny too?"

Deer in headlights again.

"Look, sweety. It's ok to have sex with another girl, if that's what's bothering you."

"Okay. It is?"

"Have you not done it with a girl before?"

"No. I haven't."

"Haven't you been curious?"

Deer in headlights.

"Maybe you'd rather do it with Sam?"

Poor little deer.

"You know, if you don't do it soon you're going to explode."

"I am?"

"Just relax. Let come what comes naturally."

"Okay."

"You wanna hook up with me?", Gail said, winking.

"I, ... I, ... I"

"Relax. No pressures, ok?"

"Ok."

"Gosh, Sam. This girl is really uptight. You know, dear, you should get a massage or something."

"Ok."

"Stop saying that. Say something else."

"Ok. Oops, I mean, um ... did you see Julie?"

"No. What about her?"

"She has a boner."

"Hahahahahahahaha!"

That took us by surprise, let me tell you. And poor Gail was literally rolling on the floor laughing. Everyone looked over.

"What's so funny?"

"Nothing.", Gail replied. "We'll tell you later. Tee is hilarious."

Gail took Tee and me aside. "You don't know the half of it, Tee."

"Wait a minute.", I said. "Gail? You and Julie? Did you? I mean did she?"

"Fuck me? Yes indeed. She fucked the shit outta me."

Poor little deer in headlights. Tee will never be the same.

"I knew it. I just knew it. When? Before?"

"No. Just last night."

"Well it's a good thing you came over yesterday. You ok, Tee."

"I think I may be ill soon."

"Just relax, Tee. Take a deep breath."

"I'm afraid to breathe."

"You want me to take you home sooner than later?"

"I don't know, Sam. I'm thinking I should stay just to hear what I'll learn next."

"Atta girl. Look, I'm sorry. Really. If there's anything I can do for you, just ask."

"What's been done cannot be undone, Sam."

"I know. But I guess it was all bound to come out. I was trying to keep it civil and tame all this time."

"I appreciate that, Sam. Also, I really can't thank you enough for what you did for me."

"It's ok. You're very welcome. Us little shits need to stick together. Right?"

"I guess so. Thanks again."

"And thank Sharon too. Right?"

"Right."

"And Gail."

"Yeah. Thanks, Gail. I think."

"Haha. I've warmed up to you somehow, Tee.", Gail laughed. "I have to tell you, I didn't think much of you before. Especially after you pulled that stunt a while ago and put poor Sam in the hospital."

"Oh gosh. Now I feel bad."

"Don't worry about it.", I said. "If that's what it takes to get you out of the funk you were in then it was worth it."

"Geez, Sam. Why would you feel that way as bad as I treated you? You're really something."

"I couldn't leave you like that."

"Yes, you could have."

"Well, I don't do that."

"Hey, Gail. Did you know Sam wrestled in high school?"

"I know. I saw him in action."

"You did?"

"He beat the crap out of some hoodlum that was creeping me."

"Oh geez, not this again.", I said.

Tee looked at me quizzically. "Damn. I should have known."

"Come on guys. Let's go see the others." I meant to put a stop to that conversation right quick. And I did.

We all talked some more. We had fun. Sue stayed nude and got hornier again. Julie stayed nude and had a boner. I knew what what was going to happen again tonight. Gail and Sue were going home but, of course, Cindy is here. And that means Cindy is getting fucked.

It got late and I had to pick up Erin. I dropped the two girls off after. I was going to drop Sharon off first and then move the car on down to Tee's place since it was raining. Tee said, "Don't bother. I'm spending the night at Sharon's house."

"Fine. I'll see you two soon, ok?"

"See you, Sam."

The rest of the week was going to be busy. I would work 10 hour days and be off on Friday. But I was going to visit Cindy at her school and give a pep talk to her girls. A busy week indeed.

Julie and Cindy and I slept together. Julie was going to be driven crazy tonight. So was Gail. I swear that clit was getting bigger. It was almost as big as my dick by now.

I had a thought, "Oh shit! What if her clit grew bigger than my dick?" I put that thought out of my head real quick. But, what if...

 

 

End Notes:

Somehow the chapters got messed up. I never put up this chapter until now but the last one got duplicated. I hope it's fixed now. BTW, check out my new story I just posted. Hope you like. As always, feedback is apperciated.

Chapter 55 - Infector Revealed by littless
Author's Notes:

Unexpected bad news.

----- Next week

It was back to work again. Since I was working ten hour days this week I couldn't bring Tee and Jill to the clinic. I let Jill take the pickup since it wasn't being used anyway. I certainly couldn't drive it anymore.

I had lunch with Jennifer most days this week. I told her a little about the weekend, but mostly about Tee. Jennifer had a good laugh when I told her about me going dancing.

"You're brave, Sam."

"No, just foolish."

"Why go? You don't have to go if you don't want to."

"I didn't want to let the girls down. Besides, they can be very pushy."

"Julie?"

"Cindy. And Erin."

"Your sister?"

"Yep."

"Well, what about Julie?"

"Nah. She doesn't like dancing any more than I."

"That's good. Because if she wanted to make you go I don't think there's anything you could do to stop it."

"You're right."

"Is Cindy still dancing naked?"

"Not this time. She'd wanted to though. Oh, let me tell you about yesterday." I told the story of the bets. She got a kick out of us making Cindy keep her clothes on.

I wanted to tell her more that Monday but we had to get back to work. I figured I'd be a lot more tired than I was after working a ten hour day. The bad part was I didn't get to see Jill or Tee to find out about their time at the clinic that Monday.

Tuesday was pretty much the same. I took a detour on my way home to see some new homes being built, even though it was getting dark early. At home Julie asked me if she could bring a new friend over.

"Sure.", I said. "Why not have them come over on Friday?"

"That might not be a bad idea. After the show at Mike's?"

"Yeah. By the way, Sharon is coming over tomorrow and probably Tee also."

So Wednesday night was set. That day I invited Jennifer over since there wouldn't be any wild parties. She declined. She said it would be too late for her and wanted to spend time with everyone when she came over.

By the time I got home Wednesday night everyone else had showed up: Sharon with Tee, Jill, and even Erin was there, having finished working that day since she had the day shift. Sharon and I did a little rehearsing for Friday and Jill cooked some chicken cacciatore. Yummy. I helped her clean up after we ate.


----- Jill

"Hey, Jill, that chicken was delicious. Where did you learn to make something like that?"

"Mom taught me."

"Why doesn't Julie cook?"

"She was never into cooking."

"I'm glad you are. Thanks."

"You're welcome, Sam. I'm glad someone appreciates my cooking."

"We all do."

"I guess. I seldom get to cook for everyone though."

"You're welcome here any time to cook. Well, not just to cook."

"I know. You know that Sharon is really getting into playing the guitar?"

"Good. I was hoping she would."

"She still needs a little more practice, I think. But don't tell her I told you that."

"Your secret's safe with me. But don't worry. I'm pushing her. She's bound to get better. How was it at the clinic Monday?"

"The usual. I'm helping them keep the records straight. Someone writes it down and somebody else puts it in the computer. They're working on getting computer tablets so they can skip the step where someone has to type the handwritten notes in."

"Good decision."

"It costs money. The drug company is putting a lot of money into it. In fact, they're the ones paying me. I never knew how much money could go into something like this."

"Yeah, it's big business. Sometimes with all the money flying about they forget that they are actually dealing with real lives, huh. Don't get caught up in that, Jill."

"I won't. I'm there for the people with the disease."

"You've really turned out to be special, Jill. Not many would do what you're doing."

"Aw, Sam. I'm just trying to fit in, I guess."

"Well, you're doing good. What made you want to do something like that?"

"I want to work helping those with the virus."

"Because of me?"

"If it weren't for you I'd have probably never heard of it. But, it's more than you. I don't know exactly. I like working with -- don't take this the wrong way -- little people."

"I can see that. Do you think this is something you'd want to do as a career?"

"Maybe. I'm not sure what I can do though."

"You'll figure it out. I'm proud of you, Jill."

"Thanks, Sam. That means a lot. And thanks for letting me use your pickup truck."

"It wouldn't get used if you didn't drive it."

We moved to the living room and were around the fireplace. I had just put another log on the fire when we heard the knock on the door. I wasn't expecting anyone.


----- Wednesday night bad news

I opened the door; there was a uniformed policeman standing there.

"Are you Mr. Cook? Sam Cook?"

"Yes, I am."

"I'm corporal Garcia with the county police. May we talk?"

"Oh, yeah. Sorry. Come on in."

Everyone had come to see what this was about. I made introductions.

"This is my girlfriend, Julie. Her sister Jill, my sister Erin and these are my friends."

He was looking way up at Julie. "Good evening, everyone.", he said. "Sir, can we talk in private?"

"Sure. Uh, let's go to my office."

I shut the door behind us. To say I was nervous would be an understatement.

"Mr. Cook, let me get right to it. Did you know a girl named Samantha Damark?"

"No.", I said shaking my head.

"This would have been a few years ago. She had reddish brown hair.", he prompted.

"I knew a girl back in school like that but her name was Samantha McDougan."

"I see. Was this in Arizona?"

"Yeah. That's where I went to school."

"A girl named Samantha committed suicide two weeks ago in Arizona. She left a note behind mentioning one 'Sammy'."

My heart sank.

"The police in Arizona have been looking for this 'Sammy' and they were led to you. I'm here on behalf of the Arizona Department of Public Safety. We're trying to confirm if you are 'Sammy'."

"Samantha and I used to call each other Sammy, officer. Everyone called her Sam and of course that's what they called me too. So we came up with a name that only us two would call each other. I can't believe it's her. How did this happen?"

"How did you know Samantha?"

"We dated for all of about two weeks. Then she just disappeared. I looked but I couldn't find her after that."

"Did you know she had Borgford's disease, like you?"

"Yeah. I figured she was the one who gave it to me."

"So, she told you?"

"Oh, no. I just put two and two together."

"I see.", he said, writing notes in his pad. "I'd like to show you a recent picture of her. Can you tell me for sure if this is the girl you dated?"

"Sure."

He pulled out a picture of Sammy. I immediately knew it was her. My eyes began to tear up as I nodded.

"How did this happen, officer?"

"Let me ask you one more question first."

"Go ahead."

"Did you recently publish songs on the Internet?"

"Yes. I have three of them now."

"Well, it seems Ms. Damark downloaded those songs a few weeks ago. The officials in Arizona speculate that this is what led to Ms. Damark to, well, to push her over the edge. And it helped them identify 'Sammy', that is, you."

I was devastated, to think that someone I knew killed themself.

"I believe I can say with surety that you sir, are the 'Sammy' that Arizona is looking for."

"Am I in trouble?"

"I should think not. But we have to wrap up all loose ends, you understand. I'll report back to Arizona and they should be able to close this case now."

"How did she do it?"

"I could tell you the details but I warn you: you may not want to hear them. I would think twice about that."

"I suppose it's not important then."

"I can give you a copy of the letter if you want."

"Your letter to Arizona?"

"Her last letter, Mr. Cook. The suicide note."

"Oh, yeah. I guess so."

"We don't ordinarily do this, but it was addressed to you after all."

As I was seeing him out he gave me his business card.

"On the back is the Arizona DPS case number. If you have any questions you can call me, or if you call Arizona you can give them this number."

"Thank you, officer."

When I closed the door, everyone could see that something was very wrong.

"What's the matter, Sam? Are you in trouble."

"No. It's about an old friend. A friend that just took her own life."

I recalled the short time I had with Samantha. We met in the library. I was studying; it's nice and quiet in the library and they had nice comfy couches you could semi recline on. Samantha caught me laying like this when she started our first conversation.

We talked, or rather I talked; Sammy was a good listener. After a while of talking that first time I became self conscious and tried to get her to talk about herself. I think she liked this. It made her smile. She smiled before as I was talking all about myself, but when I tried to get her to talk her smile seemed to have become more genuine. Funny, but as much as I pried, I couldn't even find out what she was majoring in.

As I remembered her smile I began feeling melancholy. The whole two weeks came back to me from the back of my mind. How we would take walks in the late afternoon when the temperature was cooling and we'd watch the sun set. How we'd give each other massages. The name we gave each other: Sammy.

She wasn't very tall, but I was still shorter. She was maybe five feet four inches if I'm not mistaken. I had wondered how small she shrank with the disease. If only I could have seen her once again. Maybe I could have prevented her from taking her life.

I told the girls my story of Samantha: how we dated and then how she just fell off the face of the earth. Of course, I didn't know her real name back then; she kept it from me. I told them why we called each other Sammy. How we met. What we did together. It felt good to get it out. I had told literally no one of this before.

I read the suicide note to them:

     Dear Sammy,

     I hope you can forgive me for what I have done to you. But it is unforgivable.
     By now you know that I gave you the virus; the disease they now call Borgford's
     disease. You see, while most carriers don't even know they have the disease
     until it is too late, I knew that I was contagious. I knew what I had done. I
     gave the virus to you on purpose. A very selfish purpose.

     I don't know why I ran from you. I guess I couldn't face you knowing what I did.
     I tried to forget it all and I almost succeeded, but your songs reminded me of
     how beautiful a person you are. I have no right to live for such a wrong I have
     caused. I'd like to put the blame on another, but it is fully my fault. I make
     no excuses and accept full blame.

     My dear, sweet, Sammy. Try to remember the good times we had, though it was short;
     they were the best times of my life. And now it has to end.

I could barely make it through reading it out loud to everyone there. Jill ran out of the house when I was finished with the note. We heard the pickup start and she sped off. I can't believe she took it so hard.

Everyone hugged me. Even Tee. Especially, Tee. She seemed to have been crying along with me the most.

"What're you going to do, Sam?"

"I don't know. I need some time to think."

We talked all about this the rest of the evening. People left around 10:00. Erin took Sharon and Tee home, seeing as how they were supposed to go back with Jill. Cindy slept in her room, which left Julie and I alone. It was a short time, not enough for me to figure it all out, but to come to a decision.

That night Julie and I had some time to talk alone.

"So. You must really be bummed, huh, Sam?"

"That's an understatement."

"Did you ... love her?"

"I think, maybe. Yes."

"Two weeks?"

"Yeah, only two weeks. Things were going so well, then bam, no more Samantha."

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"Don't be. If we hadn't broke up like that then maybe you and I wouldn't be here together."

"I know. You miss her though."

"Of course. Look, Julie, I knew you first. I really don't know how things would have turned out if Samantha and I had stayed together. I'd like to think that I still would have ended up with you."

"Thanks, Sam. It's strange, isn't it?"

"Very. I mean the whole thing doesn't make sense. Why would she do something like that? What selfish purpose could she have? Who else could be to blame? And how did she know she had the disease? The blood test wasn't even invented until this year."

Julie shrugged.

"Well, you know what?"

"What, Sam?"

"I'm going to get to the bottom of this. I'm going to make some phone calls tomorrow and I need to talk to the personnel department at work."

"If there's anything I can do ..."

"Thanks, Julie. Just being on my side means more than you can know."

"Hey!"

"What is it?"

"I know. Remember I told you about Dr. Rosenberg?"

"Oh yeah, the one who did research on Borgford's disease."

"Maybe she can help."

"Hmm. I can't see where she can help out yet, but maybe I should talk to her anyway. Do you think you can get in touch with her?"

"I can try."

"Ok, good. I still have things to do but if I can talk to her before I go that would be great."

"Where are you going?"

"Arizona."

I decided then that I had to go back and find out the mystery of Samantha. I had to do this.

"Can I come?"

"I'm planning on staying for a week. Can you really get off that long?"

"I don't think so."

"Why don't you stay. I'm going to be very busy. Plus, it's pretty hot down there."

"Are you going to be alright?"

"Absolutely. I was there for four years on my own. I think I can handle it."

"Alright.", she said, her head hanging low, "It's probably best I stay. Just remember to come back."

"Ha. That's funny. There's no way I'm not coming back to you."

"I'll miss you while you're gone."

"I'll miss you too but I'll be back before you know it. You won't be alone: Erin and Cindy will still be here."

"I know."

"I'm sure they'll keep your mind off of me."

"It would just be a temporary distraction."

"I have to do this, Julie."

"I can see that. I won't stop you."

"It won't affect what we have together. Ok?"

"Ok, Sam."

She picked me up for a great big bear hug. It felt good.

 

 

End Notes:

This was a long chapter but I broke it up. It works out better this way though. Sorry, not much action here or in the next chapter. But it picks up.

Chapter 56 - Plans by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam makes plans for a trip to Arizona.

----- Thursday

Did you ever have something nagging in the back of your mind 24/7? That's how I felt about Samantha's suicide. It was an itch I had to scratch.

The first thing I did at work Thursday morning was to talk to the human relations department. We were having a long weekend coming up. I asked if I could take that Tuesday through Friday off. With the Monday holiday, that would make over a week of time I could be away. To my surprise they said, no problem. This is such a great place to work.

I told Jennifer all about last night, and all about Sammy. She agreed with me that this was too strange. She wanted me to let her know what I would find out. If I found out how Samantha knew she had the disease while she was still contagious then it might be a clue for figuring this thing out.

When I got off from work I had numerous messages waiting on the phone; both voice and text. Sue had heard and was concerned. She wanted to come over tonight. I, of course, texted her back, "sure thing". Michele had also heard and was offering anything she could do to help. I even heard from Matt, from Tee's group. This one had just come in so I guess Tee had told her group at the clinic just then.

It was a little after five o'clock in Arizona when I got home. I looked up a phone number of an old friend and gave him a call.

"Gabe? Gabriel Rodriguez?"

"Yes, this is Gabe. Who is this?"

"Gabe, it's Sam. Sam Cook. Remember me?"

"Sam, my man! I've been try to get a hold of you."

"Cool. It's serendipity."

"No, man. It was that girl. That Samantha chick. She committed suicide. They're all looking for you. I tried calling."

"Whoa. Slow down. I heard about it. I spoke to the police already. That's why I'm calling."

"Where are you? I tried to get in touch but you're number was disconnected."

"Yeah, I know. Mom and Dad are separated; I guess they both got new numbers. Long story. We'll have plenty of time to talk about that later. Look, man, I have this disease. It's a virus that makes you shrink."

"Borgford's disease. I hate to say it, Sam, but me too."

"Aw man. Gabe, that's terrible."

"Eh, it aint so bad. About half the people in town have it."

"They do?"

"You should see the place. Problem is, I had to quit the Army."

"You're not in the reserves anymore?"

"No. They don't let midgets serve."

"But you're an engineer. Surely, they need people like you."

"You tell them then."

"I'm so sorry, man, that sucks. Look, I need to get back there. I'm taking a week off during the holiday weekend. I was wondering if I could come see you."

"You better stop by and see me. I'll never forgive you if you don't. Where're you staying?"

"Not sure yet. I'll book the hotel tomorrow."

"No, you won't. You're staying at my place. I have plenty room for you. Especially since we don't take up much room anymore, if you know what I mean."

"Yeah, yeah, I know what you mean. I can't do that to you, Gabe."

"Hey, it's no problem at all. It'll be like old times. I'll text you my address now that I have your number."

"I'll be arriving some time Saturday. Don't worry about picking me up or anything, I'll need to rent a car anyway. I'll be doing lots of driving."

"So, how've you been? You know, overall."

"Good. I have lots of real good friends now. I'll tell you all about it Saturday. Ok?"

"It's a deal man. I am so looking forward to this."

"Me too, Gabe. Me too."

Gabe knew both Samantha and I when we were going out. He knew about Samantha leaving and helped me out to try and find her. I was hoping he might have some insight into the whole state of affairs. He had heard of her suicide so that meant he might know a few things I didn't.

Plans were coming together now. I still needed to book a flight so I closed the door in the office and went to work. I got online and bought a round trip ticket. I did some research on the Damark family. Sure enough, I found information on Samantha. The news about her suicide was in the news. I found out information on her parents too -- William and Aileen. I found Gabe's place on the map and I sent all of this information to my phone.

When I came out of the office Cindy caught me.

"Are you ready for tomorrow, Sam?"

"Oh yeah. I almost forgot. I don't really need to prepare much, right?"

"Just tell them what it's like to perform in front of a bunch of people, how you got started, that sort of thing. And don't forget to tell them that you practice a lot."

"No problem, Cindy."

"So, who were you talking to?"

"A friend in Arizona: my roommate from college when I was a junior."

"You're going back to Arizona, aren't you?"

"I have to find out more information about Samantha, Cindy. I hope I have enough time down there to figure it all out."

"How long will you be?"

"I leave Saturday afternoon. I'll get back next Sunday; not this coming one, the one thereafter."

"Can I come with you?"

"Can you take off all that time?"

"Probably not. But I could take off until Wednesday. I could stay until then."

"Well, I don't know." I wasn't at all expecting, or even wanting, anyone to come with me.

"Please."

"I'm staying with Gabe; my friend I just told you about. I don't know if he has room for you."

"I can find a place to stay. I'm sure one of my old friends would be happy to take me in."

"Alright, I'll tell you what: you confirm a place to stay and I'll buy a ticket for you on the same flight. I'll try to see if I can get the return ticket for Wednesday."

"Oh, Sam, thank you so much. This will be great. Let me go make some calls, ok?"

"Don't be too long. There may not be too many more airline tickets left on the same flight."

It wasn't but a half hour later that she had found a place to stay. I arranged and paid for her ticket. It was the least I could do. She got paid as a teacher, which wasn't much. And to tell the truth, I was feeling good about someone accompanying me.

I told Erin and Julie. They didn't want to see me go but they knew I had to do this. It wasn't just about Samantha. It was also about this disease. I was on a mission.


----- Friday

I had off today, having already worked forty hours this week -- four, ten hour days. But I promised Cindy I would visit the girls in her class. I was a little nervous about this as I never really had much experience with children before.

I had to check in at the school office that morning and get a temporary badge. One of the secretaries at the front office brought me to the dancing room. Next door was a little office -- Cindy's office.

The dancing room was typical: shiny wooden floor, a mirror on one wall with a rail, a piano on the wall opposite. There were two chairs on a side wall with a table in between. On the table was a boom box and a flower.

Cindy and I talked for a few minutes before the girls arrived. The locker room was a couple doors down. She had two ballet classes, one jazz, and one tap. I wasn't sure if I was going to stay for all the classes but she wanted me to stay for the ballet classes, at least; one was in the morning and the other was the first period after lunch.

It wasn't too long thereafter that the girls began filing in. Cindy clapped her hands and they lined up against the mirrored wall. They all had tights on, either pink or white, and the typical ballet type shoes that they wear. Two were barefoot.

Cindy was dressed similarly but in blue. She was the only one wearing blue, which I assumed was reserved for the teacher. She looked extremely cute. In fact, she could have been a miniature version of any of the girls. Well, almost. Yes, they were all bigger than she was. And also, all bigger than me.

There were seven girls in this class, mixed from grades three, four and five. The youngest one, Penny, I found out was seven. Can you believe she was already four ten? Anna was nine years old and was the tallest there at five feet, five inches tall. The shortest, you ask? That would be Sarah, four foot four inches and eight years old. Still taller than Michele and I.

She introduced me to the girls first thing, but then had the girls go through a warm up right after. When the warm up was finished she had them sit down on the floor while Cindy and I sat in the chairs. I started talking and to my surprise they listened pretty well without interrupting or getting distracted.

I started talking a little about myself: what I did, my education, and hobbies (singing, or course). I told them about how Julie, my girlfriend, had forced me to perform that first time in front of a bunch of people at the coffee house. I was nervous but I didn't tell them by how much. After a few performances the nervousness gets better but doesn't totally go away; and that's a good thing I tried to get across.

I talked about my songs, folk music, and even about putting my songs up for sale. Then it was question time. A lot of the questions were about Borgford's disease. I tried to make them short answers and the girls didn't seem to mind.

One of the girls said something that was pretty inappropriate I thought -- and so did Cindy -- but I'm sure it wasn't Lexie's fault.

Lexie said, "My Mom says those who get the shrinking disease are sinners and shrink because God's punishing them."

I wasn't sure how to respond so I said, "Tell your mom that you can get it from a mosquito bite. Mosquitos bite everyone, even those that aren't sinners, so not everyone that has the disease is a sinner." It seemed to satisfy Lexie.

One of the questions I thought was pretty cute: "Are you and Miss Cindy brother and sister?" I had to answer no, but they all thought we looked like twins. I don't see that in us, only that we're the same height now. It's a good thing they didn't ask about Erin.

I was only allotted half the period, the last half they practiced. I got to stay and watch. It wasn't quite as boring as I had thought.

While they were practicing a new movement on the bar Cindy would go help out some of them that were having trouble. One of those having trouble was Anna. As she moved in to help her get in the right posture I could see Cindy was below this young girls breasts. Yes, she had breasts; they were bigger than Cindy's by quite a bit. I realized that I would below this nine year old girl's breasts too. Anna looked like the teacher and Cindy the student.

They all lined up to curtsy and that was the end of class. As they walked by us to leave Lexie, the girl that remarked about being sinners, stopped in front of me. Her hands were balled in fists and placed on her hips as she said, "I'm going to tell my mommy what you said."

My eyes were below the level of her breasts and with her standing the way she was, it was utterly terrifying. I didn't show it, of course, but imagine being intimidated by a ten year old. Geez.

The next class that morning was a tap dance class and it went pretty much the same as the previous one. The questions were different -- no brother/sister or sinner comments, thank goodness.

Cindy and I ate lunch together in the teacher's lounge. We had the same lunch as the kids and it was only like a dollar and fifty cents. Cheap. But it was worth it, as in, it tasted like a dollar fifty lunch.

I met Cindy's best friend from work: Dolly, or Miss Dolly as the kids called her I came to find out. I wondered why I hadn't met any one from Cindy's school before. I made a mental note to ask about it.

I stayed until the last class that Cindy had that day. The other classes were also the same. No other girl was as big as Anna though. I was thinking how even before I caught the virus, this gal would have still have been over six inches taller than me. They're certainly growing them bigger nowadays.

Oh, well. I'll be in Arizona this time tomorrow and if what Gabe says is true, there will be a lot more people my age at my size. Seeing these young kids made me look doubly forward to the trip.

Cindy and I talked a bit about it at home that evening.

"How do you handle all those girls being bigger, Cindy?"

"I don't. I look forward to leaving work every single day."

"Ever thought of doing something else?"

"I don't know what I could do?"

"You have lots of knowledge about the performance industry. I'm sure you could find something."

"I'll think about it, Sam. In the mean time I can't wait to go to Arizona this weekend."

I figured I would try to rack my brain coming up with ideas on what Cindy could do to earn money instead of what she was doing. But there was good news.

"Oh, Sam, I almost forgot. The real estate agent called this afternoon. She got a contract on the house."

"Wow, this is great, Cindy. But", I said with a pout, "that means you'll be moving out."

"It won't be soon. There's still settlement and then I'll have to find a place."

"Just remember what I told you."

It was good and bad news. We were going to hate to see her go. The past few weeks with her was great. This also made me think of Erin. What would it be like if she moved out too? I didn't want to think about that. Besides, I had to get ready for tonight.

Sharon and I only did three songs at Mike's. I wanted to get some rest tonight and I knew I was going to have to do a little shopping tomorrow before the flight.

I met Elena that night. She was Julie's new friend from that tall girl's club. She was nice and seemed to take an interest in me. Yes, she was tall, but no taller than Jill I figured. I can see that Jill will probably have no problem fitting in with that group.

Sharon, Tee, Sue, Gail, and even Michele came over after the show. It had been a week since I'd seen Michele.

"Anything new at work, Michele?"

"Not too much. I'm sorry to hear about your bad news, Sam."

"I'm going to Arizona tomorrow and try to figure it all out."

"Figure what out?"

"Why Samantha committed suicide."

I read the suicide note to here.

"Do you have to go all the way down there?", she asked.

"Yes, Michele. I need to find out how she knew that she had the disease and I can only do that back where I went to college."

"Take care then. But before you go do you think that maybe we could, um, have a little, uh, passionate session?"

"Passionate session? I'm sorry, Michele. I don't have much time and there's a lot to do. I was planning on spending tonight alone with Julie. How about when I get back?"

"Awww. Let me know if you change your mind."

"I will.", I said with a smile to let her realize I still liked her. "Say, how's Yo doing?"

"Ok, I guess."

"You guess?"

"I don't know. He's the same old Yo."

I wanted to see if there was anything between those two but didn't want to be obvious about it. I couldn't really tell though from the way she was responding.

One who was conspicuous from her absence was Jill. She didn't show up to the show either. I hope she's not sick.

I thanked Tee for coming and asked how she was doing.

"I'm doing great, Sam."

"How are you handling the meds?"

"Good, I suppose."

"How about the, uh, horniness?"

She was blushing when she said, "I'm working it out."

Sharon, who was listening in, was wearing a big smile when she whispered in my ear, "I took care of that for Tee."

"You mean you and Tee ..."

"Yep.", Sharon said.

Tee was as red as an apple. I wanted to tease her about it but it would be too cruel after all that she had been through lately. Sharon whispered to me rather than blurt it out so I surmised that they wanted to keep it secret. Still, I couldn't completely let it go. I gave Tee a smile and a wink.

"Sam", Tee said seriously, "I'm really sorry for what I did to you."

"You've already apologized, Tee. Apology accepted."

"But I still feel bad. Especially when you got the news about your old girlfriend."

"If you mean Samantha, well, we only saw each other for two weeks. I'd hardly say that she was my girlfriend."

"But you talked of her with tenderness. We could all tell."

"So I did. So what?"

"I think I know how she felt."

"I know you were depressed, Tee. But I doubt it compares to Samantha."

"But I almost died out there too."

"Tee, you were not suicidal."

"How do you know?"

"Because when that limb broke you reached for me when I held my hand out to you. You would have just ignored it if you were truly suicidal."

"Oh.", she said, thinking.

"And if it's any consolation, I was overjoyed that you weren't suicidal."

She gave me a big smile. "I'll miss you."

"I'll miss you too, Tee. But it's only for a week. It'll go by like that. And besides, it looks like you'll be spending time with Sharon." I winked again.

Erin also expressed her sadness to see me go.

"You'll call me every day, right Sam?"

"Sure, Erin. If you really want me to."

"I do."

"Hey, Erin. I want to ask you something."

"Ok."

"Do you remember when you were nine years old?"

"Barely."

"When you got taller than me."

"Yeah, I remember."

"Do you know how tall you got at nine?"

"Not really."

"Over five feet?"

"I'm pretty sure. Yeah. Probably five two or three."

"When did you reach your current five eight?"

"Before fourteen. I remember being that height at fourteen."

"Do you remember how tall I was when you were nine?"

"I don't know. Probably what you were before."

"Four ten? I don't think I was that tall then."

"You couldn't have been much shorter."

"That would have made you only four or five inches taller."

"Why do you ask?"

"Just thinking. I met the girls in Cindy's class today. One of the nine year olds was five five. I barely came up to her tits."

"Nine year olds don't have tits."

"This one did."

"Shame on you for noticing, Sam."

"Sorry. You'd have noticed too."

"Little pervert."

"So? Tell me something I don't know."

She shook her head and rolled her eyes. "Just be careful in Arizona.", she said.

We didn't have the wild parties that we've had before. There was much more talking and the mood was kind of somber. Julie's friend, Elena, had not come over to the house. Julie told me that this was not a good time for her because I'd be leaving for Arizona the next day. But I was looking forward to talking with her again.

Everybody left later that night, except Sue who spent the night with Cindy.

When it was time to turn in Julie picked me up and brought me to the bedroom.

"Are you going to put me down, Julie?"

"I just want to hold you and never let you go."

"So, we're sleeping with you standing up and me in your arms?"

"No, silly."

She put me down and started taking off her bra and panties. I was standing right next to her left leg. I looked at it from her toes to the top of her thighs above my head. Damn, she was sexy. I must have mentioned before that she has great legs, right? Her knee was at my waist level. Her thigh was wider than I was and I could see her powerful muscles flex as the moved; an awesome sight.

I stared up at her twat. Even on my toes, there was no way I could kiss it now while she was standing -- not without a stool or some other boost. She went to brush her teeth before going to bed and the sight of her huge ass above me as she walked away was making Mr. Happy take notice.

I joined her in the bathroom. It worked out better for me when she was there; I didn't have to get up on the toilet to reach the stuff behind the vanity mirror, she got whatever I needed down for me. I'm going to have to make a shelf down lower that I can reach.

I had this overwhelming urge to hug her thigh, but I resisted this as I stood there so I could finish brushing my teeth. I could barely see myself in the mirror over the sink, but saw a better picture of the top half of Julie in the mirror. It was better than just standing and looking up, which although itself was a great picture, only let me see her stomach and the bottom of her breasts.

I recall way back when we first had sex how her areola were the size of a dime, maybe a little bigger. Now each one was a little more than half the size of my face and perfectly round. They weren't too dark, weren't too light. It brought to mind the term, "suckable". If only I could reach them right now. Instead, I had to settle on admiring her legs as she stood next to me.

When we hit the bed I immediately began sucking her tits.

"Can't wait, huh?"

"Sorry.", I said. So I gave her a kiss on the lips and then all over her face. I worked my way to her neck and decided to kiss her arms. My whole wingspan was just a little longer than one of her arms; that's a lot of arm and it took me a while to kiss all of it. But I did and eventually I found my way to her nipples again. She seemed to be enjoying this but was not quite at that point of no return. I wanted more, so I went south.

Her clit was standing up just waiting for attention. I kissed and nibbled on it until she was moaning. I teased it, not letting her get off just yet -- I tried to keep it up as long as I could, but climax was near.

I figured since I wasn't going to see Julie for a whole week, I would make this night special. So I did what every guy who wanted to drive their lover crazy does: I went surfing, dude. That is, I was in control of her orgasm. Edging, some call it. I thought earlier she wanted to be the one in control tonight by the way she grabbed me and brought me into the bedroom. But I was clearly the one in the drivers seat right now and I was relishing this.

We had done this enough by now for me to know exactly when she was nearing orgasm. I would stop, denying her a climax, and do something crazy instead, like saying, "So, what do want for Christmas this year?"

"Sam!", she'd whine.

"Oh, you want me. Well, you already have me. Don't you want anything else?"

"Just do it and finish me off!"

"Oh, didn't you want me to stop?"

"NO!"

"But you seemed to be in pain. You were moaning."

"In pain? I'll show you pain if you don't start again."

"Ok, ok. Sheesh. Be patient.", I'd say in jest, and started again slow. But I always build her back up. How long could I go tonight? How big can I make her clit grow? She was moaning again.

"You know, I should get you a fleshlight for when I'm gone."

"Huh?"

"Search the internet; just don't let anyone look over your should when you do."

"Ok. Don't stop again, damnit."

So, I went at it yet again. I sucked on her clit and started talking with my mouth full of Julie meat.

"Mm hlmm bzzzzzzt."

I was driving her crazy.

"Hey, will you look at that.", I said pointing up. "The ceiling is not flat."

"What?"

"It has a wave in it. Right there."

"I'm going to bonk you on the head."

"Got it. Back to work."

So back at it one more time. I really wanted to see how big that clit was. I took my clothes off -- yep, I was still dressed; guess you weren't expecting that. Then I went to mount her, but this time I held onto her clit and bent Mr. Happy down next to it. Mine was still bigger but only by an inch or so. I started rubbing them together. Mr. Happy and Ms. Happy were dancing together. She seemed to be getting close again.

"You know Julie, your clit is almost as big as my dick."

"Keep going, Sam. Keep going!"

"No, look. Look. See them next to each other?"

She looked down and said something I didn't expect, "When mines bigger I'll fuck you."

"How?"

"I'll bend you over."

"Oh, I wouldn't like that."

"Then get back to work."

"Yes, ma'am!"

I kept the teasing up as long as I could stand it. Her clit was rock hard. I flicked it. I reckon I could launch rocks with it like a catapult by doing that.

"Hey, Julie. Can you Kegel?"

"What?"

"Never mind."

Then I went down on her again.

"Oooooooooh!"

She was near her orgasm again. How long could I keep this up? I went back up to her face to kiss her on the mouth. I tried to be better than Sharon at it. Not sure if I was, but I tried. I expected Julie to complain again, but she seemed to enjoy this. I went down to her tits again and sucked on her nipples like I was sucking on her clit. After some time alternating between her mouth and tits I finally went down to her clit again.

By now it was getting late. I wasn't worried about losing sleep -- we could sleep in and it would be a long flight for me. However, I didn't want to wait for the sun to come up so I gave her what she was craving. I sucked on her clit and didn't stop.

"Aaaaaah!", she moaned arching her back. I tried to make it last as long as I could but she eventually made me stop.

By this time we were both exhausted. She wanted to reciprocate, but I told her I was too tired. I was too, but I wanted this night to be for Julie. We cuddled up and fell asleep, me next to her chest completely engulfed in her arms.

 

 

End Notes:

Been pretty busy during the holiday season. Things should pick up soon.

Chapter 57 - Arizona by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam and Cindy end up back to where they went to school. A rather slow chapter, but more to come.

----- Saturday

It was one of those naked mornings again. Julie and I were still under the spells of bliss from the previous night. Cindy was, well Cindy. Of course Sue being under Cindy's spell naturally followed suit, as they both sauntered into the kitchen that morning, hand in hand, for coffee and tea in the buff. Erin being nude was not a strange strange thing as I'm sure you know by now. In fact, it would have been strange if she weren't nude. What was strange, though, was that we didn't have to wait for Erin to get up. No, she didn't get up early -- the rest of us got up late.

We spent most of the day that way until Cindy and I had to get serious about packing our stuff for the trip. All too soon we found ourselves at the airport. We had to say our goodbye's and hugs before the TSA inspection point. Only those with tickets were allowed past the checkpoints. Fortunately, the lines weren't too long today. I didn't expect this with the holiday coming up and all that, but I was grateful.

When they asked us to take our shoes off, Cindy asked them if she should take all her clothes off; little imp that she was.

"No, little lady. You don't need to do that. And where are your parents?"

"This is my big brother.", she said. "My Mom says he's old enough."

"He doesn't look much older than you are miss."

"He's twelve."

"He's not old enough, and he doesn't even look twelve to me."

I had to take out my id and explain about the disease.

"Oh, I've heard about that. You're the first ones I've seen with it.", the TSA guy said.

"She has it too."

"Well, Miss, you shouldn't be telling lies to the TSA."

"Are you going to spank me?"

This made the guy blush.

"Just get out of here and don't tell stories like that again. Not to any officials, ok?"

"Ok.", Cindy said. "You sure you don't want to spank my little, round, firm, naked ass?", she said, winking to him.

This made the guy blush even more.

"Gyit!", he said.

When we had retrieved our stuff and put our shoes back on I confronted Cindy.

"Cindy! Are you trying to get us into trouble?"

"I was just having fun."

"We can get into big trouble if you do that again. We could miss our flight too."

"Don't fret, Sam. I had the guy wrapped around my little finger. I bet he's a pedo."

"Tsk, tsk.", I said. "Cindy, I swear, you're going to get into big trouble if you don't stop that."

"Loosen up, Sam. We're going to have fun in Arizona."

"I'm not going there to have fun."

"That doesn't mean you can't have any. It'll be like a vacation. Don't you think it will be fun to see old friends again?"

"Maybe. I only had a few good friends in school."

"I'll introduce you to mine then."

"We'll see. I'm not sure I'll have much time."

"If you finish your adventures early we have to play. Deal?"

"Ok, fine."


----- Arizona

We got in late, about 9:30 PM. It was a long flight since we had over an hour layover.

Much to my surprise, the lady at the car rental desk did not give us a hard time. They not only had a car waiting for us, but it had pedal extenders attached. I'm sticking with this car company if I ever do more traveling in the future; that's what I call service.

I called Gabe to let him know I'd be coming over soon. He said he'd stay up for me. Gail called her friend but there was no answer. I told her she could try when we were half way there. Both her friend and Gabe were close to school, so therefore, they were not far from each other.

As we got closer there was still no answer from Gloria, the friend that Cindy was supposed to be staying with. I figured we'd just go to Gabe's and bring Cindy over later. This way she'd get to meet Gabe.

When I arrived I wasn't expecting what I saw: Gabe was shorter than I was. He had always been close to a foot taller and this threw me for a loop. I wasn't sure how to handle this. I figured I'd be delicate but he came right out with it when we met face to face.

"Sam. It's so good to see you. You're much bigger than I remember."

"Hi, Gabe. Uh, yeah. I didn't expect that."

"Get used to it."

"Why?"

"I told you before, lots of people have the disease."

Cindy's eyes went wide. "They do?", she said.

"Oh, sorry. Cindy, this is my friend, Gabe. Gabe, this is my friend, Cindy."

"Hello, Cindy. It's good to meet you."

"She used to go to Drumford."

"Cool. When did you graduate?"

"About four years ago. I need to take this sweater off. Do you mind, Gabe?"

"No, problem."

"I forgot how hot it is down here."

"You guys hungry? I have some Tacos from Jose's."

"Booger Tacos?", Cindy asked.

"Yep. A whole bag of them. They're the minis."

"I love them. I haven't had any in years."

"Help yourself. They're in the fridge."

As she went to the kitchen Gabe asked, "Where'd you meet her? She's cute."

"We met at the clinic where they're trying out some medications for the disease."

"Yeah? We're all taking meds. The same, I'd assume."

"Cindy's supposed to be staying with a friend of hers but she can't get in touch her right now."

"She can stay here. I have room."

"Really?"

"Sure. You don't mind the couch, do you?"

"Ha, ha. No, I'm fine with the couch."

"Good. I'll invite Cindy to stay in the guest room. I told Kaycee about you."

"About me? You told her I had the virus?"

"Yep. She's excited that you're here."

"Kaycee?"

"Yep."

"I didn't expect that."

"Why? You two were sleeping together, weren't you?"

"Only once."

"Oh. I thought it was more than that."

"No. What gave you that idea?"

"I guess because she was so eager to hear all about you coming."

"What did you tell her?"

"Not much. She made me promise to tell you that she wants to see you."

"Ok. I'm a lot smaller than before. I hope she doesn't freak out."

"Why would she do that?"

"I'm a lot smaller."

"You were smaller before."

"I guess you're right. She certainly didn't seem to mind that I was short before."

"Why didn't you sleep with her more?"

"She wouldn't go out with me."

"You underestimate her, Sam."

"But I'm even smaller now."

"So? It's not like she's not used to it; lots of people here have the virus. Besides, she has it too."

"You're kidding."

"No. I'd say she's shorter than you."

"No shit?"

"I wouldn't shit you about that, Sam. I told her I'd bring you over. How about tomorrow?"

"Wow. This'll be something. Hey, do you remember Jayde?"

"I think so."

"She had red hair. Like Samantha."

"I remember."

"Have you seen her recently?"

"No. I haven't kept in touch."

"You kept in touch with Kaycee."

"Of course I did. She's a real party-hard type of girl."

"Tell me about it."

"Those were some parties, weren't they?", Cindy said, coming back to the living room.

"You know about Drumford's famous parties, huh?"

"She's a veteran. Even went to the Big Blue."

"Hey, those were some wild times, huh?"

"It was crazy, if I can remember right.", Cindy said.

"How many times did you go, Cindy?", Gabe asked.

"Once is enough."

"Gabe went every year, Cindy. He made me go."

"I wish I'd have seen you then."

"It wasn't pretty, Cindy."

"Yeah, he was so shit faced he kept walking into people. And after only three drinks."

"I had more than that. People were handing me drinks left and right."

"I had to carry him back to the dorm, Cindy. That was after finding all of his clothes."

"Now this is getting interesting."

"I don't think we ever found his pants."

"Ha ha, very funny. You were pretty shit faced too, Gabe. You threw up all next morning."

"I want to hear about Sam's nudity some more."

"She has a thing about nudity, Gabe."

"Good or bad?"

"She loves being nude."

"You'd like McLanic park then, Cindy."

"Oooh? Tell me about it."

"Lots of us little people go there. And they all run around without clothes."

"Oh, Sam, we have to go there! Please."

"Uh, we'll see, Cindy."

"Cindy", Gabe said, "I have a guest bedroom that you can stay in tonight if you can't get a hold of your friend."

"I couldn't do that, Gabe. I hardly know you."

"Sam's here."

"You have two spare rooms?"

"No, Sam's staying on the living room couch."

"He doesn't have to do that. We can stay together in the same room."

Gabe looked to me. "Is she your girlfriend, Sam?", he asked.

"Uh, well, it's complicated."

"No, Sam, it's not complicated.", she said. "You see, Gabe, he has a girlfriend back home. But we're all friends -- very good friends. I've slept with his girlfriend Julie, as well as with Sam. And by sleeping together I mean we've had sex. In fact, we often have threesomes together."

I was ready to hide but Gabe seemed real interested.

"Sam! I didn't know you had it in you, man?"

"Yeah, yeah.", I said. "Look, I don't mind sleeping on the couch, Cindy."

"Not on your life.", she said.

"Ok, fine."

Gabe looked a little dejected. Now, if Cindy really liked him I wouldn't stand in their way. I was going to have a talk with Cindy for I could tell that Gabe really found her interesting. But it would have to wait.

"Why don't you call your friend, what was her name, Gloria?", I said.

"Yeah. Let me try again."

While Cindy was trying to get in touch Gabe looked to me. All I could do was shrug. We knew she couldn't reach Gloria this time either, because she was leaving a message.

"Cindy, you're more than welcome to stay over tonight."

"I'd love to. But you have to promise to take us to that park."

"McLanic park? Sure. Don't expect me to get naked though."

"That's ok. Sam will."

"We'll see about that.", I said. Of course, with Cindy along I knew trying to keep my clothes on at a nudist park would be a losing endeavor.

"Just don't get stinkin' drunk again, Sam.", Gabe said. "I won't be carrying you back this time."

"I'll put your mind at ease; I don't drink."

"We did get him drunk once.", Cindy said proudly.

"That must have been fun."

"It was not.", I spoke up. "That was a nightmare."

"You seemed to have a good time.", Cindy said. "Especially when Sue went down on you."

"Sue?", Gabe asked.

"She's one of Sam's other friends, who happens to be a girl, who's not his girlfriend, but nobody would know that since they regularly have sex like he and I do."

"How many friends like this does he have?"

"Well, let's see: there's Sharon and Michele. Then there's Jennifer. Sam, have you slept with Jennifer?"

"No, I have not."

"Ok, but she's into him."

"How do you know?"

"I know. The same way I know that Michele and Gail are."

"I never did it with Gail."

"You will."

"Don't be so sure."

"I'm sure. I predict before the end of the year. What about Tee?"

"No, not Tee. Sharon and Tee have a thing."

"Oh, they do? That's good to know."

"Oh, shit. I don't think they wanted anyone to know about that."

"I'll keep it secret. But they did tell you. That means something."

"Ok, so maybe they trust me. Tee was having a hard time handling the meds, you know."

"You'll do her by the end of the year too."

"Cindy! You don't know that."

"I'll put money on it."

Gabe was wide-eyed. It was funny how his head was moving back and forth between me and Cindy as we talked.

"Let's see, who else?", Cindy said. "Oh yeah, there's Jill, who's Julie's sister."

"You did your girlfriend's sister, Sam?"

"She's tall too, Gabe.", Cindy said.

"Wait. These girls are all normal size?"

"No. Julie's a giantess."

"She is?"

"She's eight feet tall."

"She is not.", I interjected. "She's only seven ten and a half."

"Her head almost touches the ceiling."

"Are they all tall?"

"Jill is pretty tall. Sam's sister is too."

"Erin's not that tall, Cindy."

"You have a sister?"

"She's really fun, Gabe.", Cindy said. "You'd like her. She likes to go dancing."

"If I recall correctly, Sam never liked to dance."

"It's ok, we got him to go dancing. He's fun. Especially when we get naked!"

I was hiding my face in my hands. Gabe was laughing.

"So, Sam's sister is tall?"

"She's only five eight, Gabe.", I said.

"So, she was taller than you even before you had the virus?"

"Yes, Gabe. Hell, she was taller than me when she was nine years old."

"That must have been disturbing for you, Sam."

"You have no idea."

"Who's the oldest?"

"Sam is.", Cindy told him. "But Erin is so sweet. They've made up. They're the best of friends now."

"Yes, we've made up.", I agreed.

"She has really big boobs, Gabe."

"Cindy!"

"Oh, come on, Sam. He's a guy. Of course he likes big boobs."

"But, but ..."

"But, what? You're guys. You talk like that all the time."

"But you're not a guy, Cindy."

"I thought you liked hearing trashy talk out of a little girl's mouth. Remember, I'm older than you are, Sam. I can talk trash with the best of them."

"Apparently so. You learn new things about friends every day."

"And Sharon has really big boobs too, Gabe. But neither Erin or Sharon's boobs are as big as Julie's. But then, everything about her is big."

I just rolled my eyes.

"Are the rest of Sam's girlfriends big?"

"No, only Julie, Jill and Sharon. The rest have the virus."

"I'm going to have to visit you someday, Sam."

"You're always welcome, Gabe."

"I have to meet Julie."

"You'll only come up to mid thigh, or thereabouts on her."

"Or maybe not."

Cindy and I laughed.

"Miss Julie is very nice, Gabe.", Cindy told him. "You'd like her. And I'm sure she would like you."

"Any friend of Sam's a friend of mine."

And so we talked until late.

Gabe was an electrical engineer. Maybe that's why we got along so well. EE and computer science are closely related, you know. I found out he worked at a large company that did primarily defense work just like the one I now work at. He had a clearance too. Of course, he had his for much longer than I, being in the Army before school. In fact, I think the Army sent him to school. At least he got to keep his clearance by going to work at the defense contractor after the Army dropped him.

Tomorrow was Sunday and it wasn't like I was going to find anything out or do any sleuthing so it didn't matter that we stayed up late talking. But it had been a long day for Cindy and I as we were in a different time zone. We finally had to go to sleep.

 

End Notes:

I've been busy with holidays so I haven't been putting the chapters up as regularly. The next few chapters will be in Arizona. What will Sam find out?

Chapter 58 - Fun in the Sun by littless
Author's Notes:

First day in Arizona.

----- Sunday

Cindy and I were too tired to have sex the night before. But that didn't keep us from sleeping together in the raw. You know Cindy. Waking up next to each other naked did give us the excuse to have a quickie that morning though. Then we got up right away. Didn't want the day to go to waste.

"Shall we go see if Gabe is up?"

"Sure. Let's go."

"You're not going out like that."

"Why not?"

"Cindy!"

"Ok, ok. I'll put clothes on. But why?"

"Because Gabe's a friend."

"That's all the more reason to be naked."

"No."

"He's going to see me nude later today."

"Aw, Cindy."

"At the park. Remember?"

"We don't know if Gabe's even going."

"Well, you're going to take me then."

"Maybe."

"You promised."

"No, I didn't."

"You're not going to take me?", she pouted.

"Ok. I'll see if I can fit it in."

"Goody!"

Gabe was, indeed, awake.

"How about if I buy you breakfast, Gabe?"

"No need. I'm baking a sausage-hash brown dish. Smell it?"

"No. Oh, yeah, I do now. Smells good."

"I'll take you up on a meal some other time, ok, Sam?"

"Good."

"You're taking us to the park today, right, Gabe?", Cindy asked as she held onto his arm. I knew he couldn't refuse Cindy. If he did she would persist and wear him down until he relented.

"I guess so. But I promised someone I'd bring Sam over to meet them today."

"Is it that girl?"

"Kaycee? Yeah. You heard?"

"Yep."

"You're not jealous?"

"No. You and I can leave those two alone if you want."

Gabe interest was piqued. After we ate he gave Kaycee a call and she was looking forward to seeing us.

"You two can ride with me over to Kaycee's. She lives in an apartment about a half hour away from here."

"So, you two see each other often, Gabe?"

"Yeah. Remember Bonnie?"

"No."

"Kaycee's friend. They're roommates now."

"Sorry, Gabe. I don't think we've ever met."

"Well, you'll meet her. I work with her boyfriend."

We knocked on the apartment door. Bonnie answered.

"Oh, hi, Gabe. Come on in. I'll get Kaycee. She's been expecting you two. And who's this?"

"Hey, Bonnie. This is Cindy and I'm sure you know this is Sam."

"So, this is the Sam I've heard so much about. It's a pleasure to meet you, Sam."

"The pleasure's all mine, Bonnie."

Bonnie was about as tall as Erin, with blonde hair like Erin too, but unlike Erin, her hair was wavy. Bonnie was also not as well endowed as Erin. A minute later Kaycee came out from her bedroom.

"Sam!", she said, running up to me. She gave me a hug and kiss.

"Hi, ... Kaycee."

"It's so good to see you again, Sam. What's the matter?"

"Nothing. That was, uh, unexpected."

"Don't you still like me?"

"Oh, yeah. Hell, yeah. You haven't changed a bit."

"Yes, I have. I was worried you wouldn't like me anymore."

"Why?"

"Because I have the virus."

"So do I."

"I don't care."

"I don't either. You're ..."

"Shorter. I know. You still think I'm pretty?"

"Of course I do. I would think it the other way around though; that you wouldn't like me."

"Why. Because you're bigger?"

"Um, no. Because I'm shorter."

"Goofball. I still like you."

"Yeah, it's, uh, I don't know. I thought you didn't like me."

"Then why would I spend a night with you?"

"You do remember."

"I wasn't that drunk."

"You never went out with me afterward. You were always busy with something. It was one excuse after another."

"I'm sorry. I really was busy. I didn't mean to put you off. You could have tried harder."

"I thought you didn't want me to bother you. Like all the other girls."

"What about that one: Samantha."

"Oh yeah. I guess everyone knows about that now."

"It was tragic. I heard she left a love note for you."

"She left a suicide note."

"Oh."

"I don't want to talk about that now. I'll talk to you about it later. Ok?"

"It's ok. I do want to hear about it, Sam."

"Good. Right now meet Cindy?"

"Hi, Cindy."

"Hi, Kaycee. It's nice to meet one of Sam's old friends."

"Thank you, Cindy. She's nice, Sam, I like her already."

"Would you like to come to the nudist park with us, Kaycee?"

"You mean McLanic park?"

"That's it, right, Gabe?", Cindy asked.

"Yeah, that's it.", Gabe said.

"If Sam is going, I'm coming."

"It looks like I can't get out of it now.", I said.

"How about it, Bonnie? Want to come too?", Kaycee asked.

"Let me check to see what Hal is doing first."

"Oh, I doubt Hal is going to go to McLanic, Bonnie.", Gabe said. "He's the biggest prude I've ever seen."

"So, you're going to go nude then, Gabe? I would think you were as big a prude as Hal."

"No, I'm just going to bring Cindy. I promised her. I wouldn't want to let her down."

"I can see that."

Even through Gabe's dark tan I could see that he was blushing. Hal, it turned out, had a family thing to do which left Bonnie free. It seems that Hal's family was at a church function. So the five of us would be spending the rest of the day together.

"Let's go now!"

"Hold your horses, Cindy.", I said. "It's still morning."

"So? The earlier we get there the longer we'll have. Hey, Kaycee, do you like dancing?"

"Of course. Who doesn't?"

"Sam. But I'm working on him."

"Really? I would think he'd love dancing, especially being Gabe's friend."

"Oh, Gabe?", Cindy said, "You have to come dancing with us tonight. And you too, Bonnie. Is Vroman's still open?"

"That's on the other side of town, but yeah, it's still open."

"Good. We'll go there tonight."

Vroman's was a club named after the one from the movie '48 hours'. Real original. I'd never been there but everyone at school knew about it. Apparently, it must have been one of Cindy's favorite dance clubs.

"Cindy," Bonnie said, "you're such a spritely character. I like her, Sam. Where did you find her?"

"We were in a clinical trial treatment together for the virus."

"And you all should meet the others too.", Cindy said.

"You decided to bring your girlfriend with you. That's nice, Sam.", Bonnie said.

"Oh, I'm not his girlfriend."

That got Kaycee and Bonnie's attention. She told the same story as she did to Gabe last night. Kaycee was impressed. Bonnie seemed amused and a bit skeptical. So, Cindy showed them pictures from her phone. Bonnie kept staring at me after that.

"Let's go everyone.", Cindy pleaded. "Time's a wastin'."

We decided that Bonnie would drive. The rest of us were going to fit a lot better with her driving -- Bonnie was the only normal sized person in the gang. Kaycee grabbed some blankets for all of us to sit on and we were on our way.

The ride was nearly an hour and Gabe had to give Bonnie directions. We stopped for sodas and finally arrived when it was still just before noon. Kaycee and I did a lot of catching up during the ride. She had just graduated with her degree in sociology and was working at the headquarters of a big clothing chain doing some sort of human resources thing. Whatever. It seemed to be a good paying job and suited her to a tee. I was happy for her.

Bonnie was a makeup artist or something for a modeling agency. She put makeup on models. I thought it was a strange pair, but Kaycee made friends easily and knew Bonnie since they were kids. They seemed to get along real well.

Cindy was exuberant. "Let's get nekkid everyone!", she exclaimed, getting out of the car and simultaneously shucking off her shirt.

"Alright, you're turn Sam.", Kaycee said taking my hand and dragging me out the car door. "Well?", she said to Bonnie.

"I think I'll keep my clothes on, Kaycee."

"You're going to be bashful now? That never stopped you from parading around topless in front of me at home."

"I just don't feel like it, Kaycee."

"Why not?"

"It's just that ..."

"What?"

"I don't feel right."

"She's not very big in the chest department, Sam."

"Kaycee. Just because I'm flat doesn't mean I'm ashamed."

"I know you aren't. You have nothing to be ashamed of. You should set those puppies free.", Kaycee told her. By this point Kacyee was down to panties only. Even at her diminished size, I could tell that Kaycee's boobs were still bigger than Bonnie's. It looked like Bonnie was braless like Cindy. In fact, Bonnie looked like a bigger edition of Cindy.

"What's the matter, Bonnie?"

"I don't fit in here."

I looked around and it was evident what she meant. About three quarters of the people there must have had the virus.

"Oh, Bonnie. Well, now you see what I go through all the time."

"I'm sorry, Kaycee."

"No, I'm sorry. I didn't mean to make you feel self-conscious."

"I'm self-conscious enough around the models."

"Bonnie!", I said. "You have no reason to be self-conscious, even around models. Take it from a self proclaimed mini pervert: you're hot!"

She smiled. "Thanks, little pervert. I'll tell you what: I'll go topless but not bottomless."

"Yay!", Cindy exclaimed.

"I still love you, Bonnie.", Kaycee said as she hugged Bonnie. Her head was way below Bonnie's barely there boobs. In fact, she was looking right into Bonnie's belly button.

I was not much bigger than Kaycee now, but the realization that I knew this gal back in college hit me. Kaycee used to be about Bonnie's size and much bigger than me. I was now the bigger one. I had watched Julie, who was once smaller, grow bigger than me. Now here was Kaycee, who was once bigger and had grown smaller. The universe was throwing curve balls. All I could do was hang on for the ride.

But at this particular moment, life was pretty good. It became better when Kaycee crept up to me, touching, skin to skin. You should experience this; it's like electricity being outside on a hot Arizona day, naked, and connecting with someone. She leaned into me and put her arms around my neck.

"I missed you."

"I missed you too.", I said shaking my head.

"What's wrong?"

"I'm stupid."

"You were into computers, Sam. Didn't you graduate with honors?"

"Cum laude."

"See? You're not stupid."

"Yes, I am."

"Why would you say that?"

"Because you're fantastic and I completely missed it. I have to be stupid to miss something like that right in front of me. I'm so sorry, Kaycee."

"There's only one thing to do then."

"What?"

"Make up for lost time.", she said as she kissed me. We kissed for several minutes. I used the patented Sharon technique so that Kaycee would have her own fabric tearing pokemon moment. She was impressed.

We stopped for a moment and I looked over at Cindy. She and Gabe were talking; enjoying each other. I looked the other way and saw Bonnie.

"She looks lonely, doesn't she, Sam?"

"Aren't Bonnie and Hal an item?"

"Sort of. She likes him but like Gabe said, he's such a prude. Very religious too."

"Bonnie seems to be into that. No?"

"No, not really. She likes to have fun. Besides, she's half naked. Hal would shit if he saw."

I looked at Bonnie again, then back to Cindy.

"What is it, Sam?"

"Look at them. I know Bonnie's not nude but she's nude enough. Except for their hair, Cindy is a miniature Bonnie."

Kaycee looked at them like I did.

"You're so right."

"Well, this settles it, then.", I said.

"Settles what?"

"If we go dancing, Bonnie has to come. If she's Cindy's super size doppelgänger, then she's going to be a great dancer and have a great time."

"If you say so."

"We'll see. Bonnie deserves to have some fun. You were right -- she does look lonely."

We started kissing again. Mr. Happy rose to the occasion.

"Sam, put your knees together."

"Alright.", I said.

"No, keep your legs flat on the blanket."

"Ok."

She looked left and right to make sure we weren't being watched then stepped in front and straddled me as I sat with my legs out on blanket. She sat down and slipped Mr. Happy in.

"Hold me around the waist."

"Ok. Mmm. This is good.", I said. Boy was it good. We were fucking in public but very casually. I looked around and just like Gabe had told us the night before, about half the people there were nude. Some were just topless. Most had the virus. Sure there were some normal size people, and some of them were even naked. But the majority were naked little people.

I closed my eyes and just enjoyed the moment there with Kaycee. I always wondered what happened to her after we had made love after that one wild party night. I had figured that we ended up in bed together only because of alcohol. I knew today, for the first time, that it was more than that. Perhaps I was all wrong about my time in college. Maybe I just didn't see what was plainly in front of me. Well, I surely missed this.

We were fucking but we were still discrete. We were sure that Cindy and Bonnie knew what was going on but anyone that had seen us from a distance probably didn't know what was happening between us. I tried to see if others were in the same situation. It actually looked like some were, though I couldn't tell for sure which I imagined was a good thing, for that meant that we were likely in the same boat.

Kaycee leaned back with her eyes closed. I nibbled on her ears. She whimpered. I kissed the back of her neck. I ever so slowly ground my hips into hers. She did the same. Our movements mirrored each other. We were slowly building to a crescendo. We came together as the world rocked.

"Did you feel that?"

"I did, Sam? I really needed that too. The meds make me so horny."

"So, it was just the meds?"

"It was so much more. The meds only pushed me to where I couldn't refuse you even if I wanted to. But, Sam?"

"Yes?"

"I wanted to do this again ever since we did it that time back in school."

"I didn't know that."

"Don't leave me that long again."

"I'll try, Kaycee. But I can't promise. I'll have to go back home."

"It's so sad that it took a girl killing herself to bring us back together."

"Yes. I'm sorry too, Kaycee."

"We're together now."

"And that's good."

"It makes me happy to hear that from you, Sam."

After we had come down from our high she got up and retrieved some wet wipes that she had put in the bag with the sodas. She wiped Mr. Happy gently and lovingly, then wiped herself. She sat back down next to me as she had before, touching skin to skin.

Cindy and Gabe were kissing. Bonnie was still looking lonely, watching people in the distance.

"How about a walk, Sam?"

"I'd love to."

"With Bonnie. Is that ok?"

"Sure."

Kaycee got up and took my hand. We walked over to Bonnie and Kaycee took her by the other hand. We went for a stroll to the base of the mountain together. There weren't too many trees in Arizona but they must have planted some here. It was beautiful.

Bonnie said she was hungry. Or maybe she was just making an excuse to leave. But it didn't matter; we were hungry too.

"Hey, Cindy? Gabe?"

"What is it?"

"Sorry to bother you two, but how would you like to get something to eat?"

"Sounds good to me.", Cindy said. "Want to eat, Gabe?"

"Sure. Did you have any place in mind?"

"I don't care where.", Bonnie replied. "Anywhere is fine as long as it's close; my stomach is rumbling."

We were folding up the blankets when I noticed Gabe standing next to Bonnie. His head was only up to Bonnie's belly -- shorter even than Kaycee. Kaycee must have been a couple inches shorter than me, so three feet, seven inches for her. That meant Gabe was, oh, three six or less. Cindy seemed to get off on the fact that he was three or four inches shorter than herself. Or maybe Cindy was just plain getting off.

Kaycee started getting dressed.

"Oh, don't get dressed yet.", Cindy said.

"Why not?"

"Why? It's so nice to be free of clothes, especially on such a hot day."

"It's always hot. Besides, they won't let us into a restaurant like this."

"Just until we get there then?"

Everyone looked at each other waiting for someone to answer.

"Yeah.", I said to everyone. "She's like this all the time."

"Let's stay like this until we get where we're going, alright?", Bonnie finally said. So we did. I didn't expect that Bonnie would stay topless. Cindy, Kaycee and I remained naked, Bonnie and Gabe, topless.

We ended up at a little place on the side of the road which was overlooking a vast mesa in the distance. People at home never understood my attraction to the desert. But other than the heat, the place was paradise.

"This looks good.", I said. "I'm paying. Get whatever you like."

"He means it.", Cindy said. "He can afford it."

"Are you rich or something, Sam?", Kaycee asked.

"He's making lots of money from his songs.", Cindy answered for me.

"You make songs?", Bonnie asked, suddenly interested.

"He plays the guitar and sings, Bonnie. Come on out to see us sometime and you can see him perform at Mike's coffee house."

"Bonnie plays guitar.", Kaycee told everyone.

"I'm not that good."

"She's being bashful. She's really quite good."

"I'd love to hear you play, Bonnie.", I said.

"Maybe later. Let's eat."

"How about we dress first?", I reminded everyone. After getting dressed we went inside, got a table right away and decided what to eat.

I hadn't had good southwest style chili in a long time. Today that would be rectified.

"Red or green?", the waitress asked.

"Um, green."

"Beef or pork?"

I never had pork chili before so I decided to give it a try. "Pork."

Cindy had barbecued rattlesnake. "I always wanted to try it while I was out here but never did for some reason.", Cindy said. She probably wouldn't have tried either, if it wasn't for the waitress talking her into it.

"It tastes like chicken.", Gabe told her.

The others had the standard tacos and quesadillas. When we finished I was stuffed. We decided to go back to Kaycee and Bonnie's place to hear Bonnie play the guitar. She was pretty good, but I was much better at it than her. I speculated that I'd been at it much longer. And then Cindy asked me to play.

I refused at first; trying to be modest. But everyone insisted. I played a few songs. I even played a couple of my own.

"Sam. Why didn't you ever sing for me?", Kaycee asked.

I shrugged. "I never played for anyone but myself while I was still in school. It took Julie to get me to play for everyone else."

"You're good.", Bonnie praised me.

"Eh. I've had lots of practice."

"Sam's songs made Samantha kill herself."

"Cindy? That's not exactly true."

"What songs?", Kaycee asked.

"He has some songs up on the internet music store."

"I just sang two of them."

"How many do you have?"

"Just published the fourth one a couple of weeks ago."

"We're getting two more ready.", Cindy said.

"And you're making lots of money from three songs?"

"No, Bonnie. I work for a big defense contractor. I hardly make anything from the songs."

"He's making more every week though."

"Hey, Bonnie.", Kaycee snickered. "We know a rock star."

I rolled my eyes. I wasn't a star, and it wasn't rock. But I wasn't going to argue.

"Hey, Cindy?", I asked. "Have you tried Gloria yet today?"

"I'll give her another call."

So we waited while Cindy called. My distraction worked.

"So, I guess she'll be going over to her friend's place tonight?", Gabe asked.

"I assume so."

"Do you think Cindy will stay over tonight again if I asked her nicely?"

"Go ahead, Gabe. I don't know for sure but you'll hate yourself if you don't ask."

It sounded like Cindy finally connected with her friend. They talked for a long time and she was excited when she joined us again.

"They're going to meet us at Vroman's.", Cindy said.

"Gloria?", I asked.

"Yeah. And her boyfriend, Jose. She's going to call Emily too. You'll like her. She has big boobs."

"Cindy, I told you boob size doesn't matter."

"I've seen the way you look at Sharon's boobs. And your sister's."

"And your's too.", I replied in defense.

We had to tell everyone about Sharon and Erin. And we went round and round about boobs -- the merits, shape, texture, color, relative areola size and color and of course, absolute size. I don't know if I actually convinced anyone that it all doesn't matter. I guess it's too ingrained into our culture for anyone to one hundred percent believe that. However, it was still one of my favorite topics.

"In any case, I happen to like mine just the way they are.", Cindy said as she took her shirt off.

"Just couldn't help yourself, could you, Cindy?", I said.

"Reminds me of Bonnie."

"Kaycee! I only do that at home.", Bonnie said.

"Well? We're home."

"No. I'm not going topless."

"But aren't you as comfortable about your boobs as much as Cindy?"

"Apparently, not.", she pouted. "Besides, we have guests."

"We've all seen you topless already, Bonnie."

Bonnie frowned. I felt bad for her.

"Bonnie.", I said. "Don't let Kaycee talk you into anything. I'm sure she's just teasing you. Right, Kaycee?"

Kaycee stuck out her tongue at me.

"Thank you, Sam. I'm glad to see we have at least one gentleman here."

"Hey, I'm a gentleman.", Gabe said.

"Yes, Gabe. You're a gentleman too."

"Pffft.", Kaycee replied as she rolled her eyes.

"Hey, if we're going dancing we're going to have to start getting ready soon.", I reminded everyone.

"We have plenty of time."

"Are you going like that?", I asked Cindy.

"Why not?"

"Don't you want to wear your dancing shoes?"

"I guess so."

"We'll have to go all the way back to Gabe's place to get our stuff and get ready. It'll take a while. And I'm sure Kaycee and Bonnie need to get ready too."

"Ok, fine."

We talked a bit more then ran back to Gabe's and got ready. Would you believe me if I said that Cindy stayed topless all the way back to Gabe's place? Of course you would. We must have looked like three kids driving down the road. I wondered, with all of the people with the virus down here if this was normal.

I was able to call Julie and also talk with Erin. Sue was spending the weekend with them. I told them to give her a hug and kiss from both Cindy and I. Erin was jealous that we were going dancing. I told her I'd gladly let her take my place if I could.

We finally cleaned up went out again.

"How about I drive this time?", I said to Gabe.

"Fine with me."

"Cindy, do you want to grab your bags and we can drop you off at your friends place tonight?"

"You can stay here tonight, Cindy?", Gabe interjected. "You don't have to bother your friends if they don't have room for you."

"They have room, Gabe.", she said. "But we'll see. Maybe I'll come back here tonight anyway."

So we loaded her bags and started for Vroman's all the way on the other side of town. We were all going to meet at nine o'clock. That meant we had plenty time to eat a little something first. Gabe made some chicken enchiladas. It was spicy but Gabe used plenty cheese on top which made the dish super rich. With our bellies full we headed out to meet up with Kaycee and Bonnie and Cindy's friends at the club.

Kaycee and Bonnie were already there when we arrived. Cindy couldn't find Gloria right away but they arrived a little later. Cindy ran to Gloria and gave her a hug when they met. Her head was right below Gloria's breasts. Gloria was a dancer too; she and Cindy had danced together in performances in the past when they were both in school. Gloria was wearing blue tights with a light blue mini skirt and blue stockings with high heels -- ready for dancing.

Introductions were made. They all seemed nice. Emily was a tad taller than Gloria but was voluptuous. That is, she had big hips and a big bust. Also very dark hair; black, probably, but it was a little too dark in the club to tell for sure. Her hair was a little curly and went down just past her shoulders. Contrast this with Gloria's hair which was long, brown and straight, like Julie's.

Then there was Gloria's boyfriend who was maybe six feet tall and muscular. He had tattoos all over his arms, with short dark hair wearing a black t-shirt and tight pants. It looked like he was a dancer too.

We all ordered drinks then Cindy grabbed Gabe and the couple went to one of the two dance floors at Vroman's. Kaycee grabbed my hand and before I knew it we were out there too. I saw Gloria dancing with Jose but Bonnie and Emily stayed back at the table.

I can't say that I was having the time of my life, but I can't say that I was hating it either. It was fun being with Kaycee again.

"You're not doing too bad, Sam."

"Thanks, Kaycee. I had some lessons from Cindy and Sue. Otherwise, I'd be making a real fool of myself right now."

"Sue?"

"Another friend from back home. Remind me later to tell you about her."

"Ok."

"It looks like Gabe is a really good dancer."

"He is pretty good. So is Jose."

"What about, Bonnie? She doesn't look like she's enjoying herself."

"Let's go drag her out here, Sam."

"The both of us?"

"Sure. We can dance in threes."

"What about Emily?"

"Let's talk to Gloria; maybe she'll get her out on the floor."

However, before we could get a chance we saw Bonnie and Emily walking to the dance floor. Now all of us were out there dancing.

A few times Gabe and I changed partners. Jose danced with the three normal size gals, and it went that way all night except for a few times Kaycee and I shared a dance with Bonnie. I did get a slow dance from both Kaycee and Cindy. All in all, a pretty good night.

I was getting tired by midnight and we left at one in the morning. Kaycee asked me back to her place. I remembered that I had the rental car, however, Gabe said he'd take the car back to his place and come for me the next day. That left Cindy. She made the choice to go back with Gabe as Gloria was to be going to Jose's place and the rest of the night was set.

Bonnie went right to her bedroom when we arrived. Kaycee and I took our time. She wanted to have a glass of wine but I told her no. And I told her why. She didn't know that alcohol could counter the affects of the drugs. So we had soda instead.

We finally retired and ended up kissing in Kaycee's bedroom. Then we took some time to talk.

"What about this girl, Samantha?"

"What about her?"

"You wouldn't be back here if it weren't for her. Right?"

"True. That doesn't mean I wouldn't ever come back."

"What are you going to do?"

"First, I'm going to see the police. Hopefully, they can tell me more. Then I'm going to the school admin offices."

"What did she major in?"

"I don't know. Maybe I can find out. They might know where she worked and I'd like to try to find some of her friends."

"You didn't know any of her friends?"

"No. I knew her for a little over two weeks. She met some of my friends at the time but I didn't know any of hers."

"You think they'll help?"

"I hope so. I also found out where her parents live. I'll visit them too, if they'll have me."

"Why wouldn't they?"

"It seems I'm the reason for her suicide, right? You think they'll want to see me?"

"Oh, right. Maybe not."

"To tell you the truth, Kaycee, I'm a bit afraid of meeting them. I hope to find out more before then so I won't have to confront them."

"Good luck. When are you going to do this?"

"Well, tomorrow is a holiday. I can't go to school. Maybe I can go to the cops, but I'm thinking it's going to be a wasted day and I'll get to it in earnest on Tuesday."

"You and I can spend time together tomorrow."

I smiled. "Sounds good, Kaycee."

I had been wondering what would happen this week. But tonight was reserved for reliving the night I had spent so long ago with Kaycee. This time we would both be sober, if maybe a little tired from dancing all night long. Our tiredness forced us to take our lovemaking at a leisurely pace. We had already fucked in public today, but now we started by just lying with each other.

It wasn't a wild night like I've had with Sue, but it was nonetheless just as special. We tried different positions and got to know each other a little better. She was like Sue in one way: she liked doggy style. Arf, arf!

 

End Notes:

A fun start for Cindy and Sam; just like a mini vacation. Will the vacation last?

I didn't realize how long this chapter was. I can't really find a good place to split it, so here it is. Tell me what you think in the reviews. I've already changed some things based on comments.

Chapter 59 - Bonnie by littless
Author's Notes:

Kaycee discovers a newfound love of Sam, Bonnie gets some relief and as they head out Sam discovers another sexy secret about Kaycee.

----- A Monday Holiday

Since I caught the virus it seems I had been waking every morning in the arms of a gorgeous lady. This morning was no exception.

"This was even better than last time, Sam."

"It's been so long ago, how can you remember?"

"Aw, don't you remember our night together?"

"I do. But you were pretty drunk that night."

"You were too."

"Well, I remember it alright. It was one of the highlights of my college career."

"Mine too."

"Really? You're not just saying that?"

"Sam. I wouldn't just say something like that if it weren't true."

"I never knew. I thought I was just a one night stand to you."

"Yes, it was a one night stand. But that's not the way I wanted it."

"I wish things had worked out differently."

"I don't know if I'd change anything. All that has happened has led to this moment and I wouldn't trade it for anything."

"Kaycee. You know I won't be staying."

"I know. But you'll be back someday. And when you do, promise you'll come see me again."

"You have my word."

"Good. Let's get freshened up. I'll make breakfast for you."

We showered, dressed and made our way to the kitchen. Kaycee was making bacon, eggs and toast. Actually, I was helping by making the toast. A batch of toast popped up and I went to the refrigerator for margarine. Right after closing the door I ran smack into Bonnie's abs. Or rather she ran into me while rubbing her eyes after just waking up.

"Oh, sorry.", she said still rubbing her eyes. She looked down, screeched, and covered her boobs. She was wearing only panties.

"I ... I forgot you were here."

Kaycee laughed.

"Sorry.", I said looking up. "But Bonnie?"

"What?"

"You remember I've already seen you topless. Right?"

"Oh yeah.", she said, lowering her arms.

"I'll try not to look if you don't want me to. But in that case you should get a shirt on."

"No, you're right. We've already been through this. And I've seen you naked too.", she chuckled.

"Then we're not even yet.", I snickered.

"Oh no. I'm not taking my panties off. Even for my boyfriend."

"You don't even take your top off for him, Bonnie.", Kaycee said.

"Wait a minute. Hal hasn't even seen you topless yet, Bonnie?"

"No."

"They're saving it for marriage, Sam."

"Are you two engaged?"

"No, not yet."

"You and Hal have been going out for over a year."

"I know, Kaycee."

"He better pop the question soon."

"We're taking it slow."

"I hope it's worth it.", Kaycee said.

Bonnie sighed as she shrugged.

"Want some breakfast, Bon?"

"Sure."

"Then how about reaching the plates for me."

Bonnie went to the cabinets and stretched up to grab three plates. I happened to have been standing right under that very same cabinet and rather than make me move she just reached over me. I got a face full of rock hard, feminine abdominals again. I wasn't complaining. As I looked overhead I saw the cutest pair of little titties hovering over me. Good thing I was dressed because Mr. Happy wanted to stand up.

The three of us ate breakfast; Bonnie remained topless. It was sort of like Cindy in the morning, but bigger. After breakfast she helped clean up then went to her room.

"I have to get ready. Hal's coming to pick me up soon.", she said running to the bedroom.

"She really means she has to put a top on before Hal arrives.", Kaycee told me. "He'd be pretty upset to see her topless."

"I can see why he'd have a shit fit if he saw her yesterday topless in public."

"And that's an understatement."

"Do you think this Hal is good for Bonnie?"

"No."

"Ah, I see."

"But she won't listen to me."

"I'm guessing she feels like you're butting in on her love life."

"What love life?"

"That bad, huh? What does she see in him?"

"I don't know. He doesn't treat her very good. He treats me worse."

"What the hell did he do to you?"

"He blames catching the virus on being sexually active. Therefore, I'm a whore."

"Hmm. Sounds familiar."

"You've heard that before too?"

"Sort of. From a ten year old girl yet."

"You got lectured from a ten year old girl?"

"It's what her momma told her."

"Still, ... a ten year old."

"She was intimidating. She's like a foot and a half taller than me and Cindy."

"She lectured Cindy too?"

"Cindy is Lexie's dance teacher."

"And she let her get away with that?"

"I told her that you can catch the virus from a mosquito bite too, so it's not always because you're being punished for being a sinner."

"You can?"

"Beats me. I heard it from the doctor."

"I better keep repellent on."

"Too late."

"Good point. Better tell Bonnie and Hal that."

"Wouldn't it be ironic if he caught the virus from a mosquito?"

"Ha, ha, ha.", she laughed. "I'd love to see Bonnie towering over him some day."

"How tall is he?"

"Over six feet. You'll see."

"Six feet, two inches.", Bonnie said coming out of the bedroom dressed in jean shorts and a sheer, white, sleeveless blouse, tied in a knot just above her belly button. It was the type of blouse that if you concentrated real hard you could convince yourself that you could see her nipples. It was evident she wasn't wearing a bra and she left a the top buttons undone. It would be showing lots of cleavage if she had any.

"Why do you want to know?", she continued.

"We were just talking, Bon. Sam says that you can catch the virus from a mosquito bite."

"The shrinking virus?"

"Yep."

"Oh, no. I get bit all the time."

"Did you ever get tested for the virus, Bonnie?", I asked.

"About three months ago."

"I assume it was negative."

"Yes."

"Good. Wear a bug repellent then."

"I'll have to tell Hal that."

"Has he been tested?"

"He insists that he doesn't need to."

"Well good. He'll catch it and you'll be bigger than him.", Kaycee told her.

"Oh.", Bonnie said, then lost herself in thought.

"What's the matter, Bon? Don't think you can go out with a guy shorter then you?"

"No. I mean, no, he doesn't have to be taller."

"You've never dated a guy less than six feet."

"Lou was five eleven."

"Well, excuse me."

"You don't like my boyfriends, Kaycee?"

"I don't like Hal."

"Why not?"

"Oh, come on. You've seen the way he treats me. What he says."

"I'm sorry. I'll talk to him."

"You already have. He won't change."

"Tell me the truth, Bonnie. Would you go out with Hal if he were Sam's size?"

"I ... um ... sure."

"Kaycee.", I said. "Leave the poor girl alone. I believe her. She's telling the truth."

"Alright, Sam. But I don't like Hal and Bonnie knows it."

"I would go out with someone shorter, Kaycee. Really. It's just that I fell in love with Hal."

"Are you really in love with him?"

"Yes."

"Hmmpf.", Kaycee snorted with disdain.

"It's ok, Bonnie.", I said. "Does Hal love you?"

"Yes."

"That's very special and I wish the best for both of you."

"Thank you, Sam. The reason I never went out with anyone as small as Sam, Kaycee, is because I never met anyone as nice as him."

"So, you've never met a nice little person?", Kaycee asked.

"I have."

"But not the dating type."

"Kaycee. Why are doing this to me?"

"I'm sorry, Bon. I guess it's just Hal. You know we don't get along."

"I know. Please don't argue with him when he gets here."

"I'm not the one who starts the arguments."

"Kaycee. Bonnie.", I said. "How about we start over. Let's forget about this, ok?"

They both agreed and made up. Kaycee hugged Bonnie, her head in her bared belly button. I laughed.

"What's so funny?"

"That reminded me of my sister. Bonnie's about the same size. I see how we look when we hug now."

"Your sister is younger?", Bonnie asked.

"Of course."

"What did she think when you started shrinking?"

"Well, she's always been bigger. At least since she was eight or nine years old."

Bonnie walked up to me, looked down, and put her hand on my head to measure where it came up on her. "You've always been stomach height to her?"

"No, not always. I never really got tall though. I used to be boob height. Then I started shrinking this year and now, well, I'm belly height. Let me see."

I put my nose in her belly button. She giggled.

"I think she's a little taller than you, Bonnie. Erin's belly is a little above my nose."

"I remember that one picture. You're sister is cute."

"She's the sweetest person I could hope to have for a sister. Although you wouldn't have caught me talking about her that way when we were back in school, Kaycee."

"No?"

"Nope. We only became really close this year."

They were both interested in the story of me and Erin. I told them how Julie brought us together, but left the salacious details out. They wanted to know what it was like growing up with her.

"Rough.", I said.

"Because she was bigger?"

"Yep. I remember one time in the kitchen I was trying to reach something on a high shelf. I couldn't even jump to get it. Erin came up and retrieved it no problem; a cup I think. I was staring into her boobs and she said, 'here you go' but every time I reached for it she would pull it up beyond my reach -- thought it was funny. She made me jump for it and every time I did I would smash into her boobs. Even when she was young they were pretty big. She liked to push them into my face. Still does."

"Yeah, I bet that was hell."

"She was my sister. I didn't want to smash into her tits, even as big as they were." I certainly wasn't going to tell them about all the titty fucks she's given me lately.

"So, you didn't get along then?"

"Not really. I thought she always just wanted to have fun. She thought I was too serious."

"She was right, Sam."

"What?"

"You were very serious in school.", Kaycee said.

"Really?"

"We all saw it. I guess you were so serious that you seemed mean. Even I thought you didn't like me."

"I did like you."

"You always wanted to study."

"I wanted good grades."

"You never had time for fun."

"Yes, I did."

"Not much."

"I went to the big blue."

"And Gabe had to drag you there."

"So?"

"So, you wouldn't have went if he hadn't brought you."

"Well, sometimes people need a little encouragement."

"I think in your case it was a lot of encouragement."

"Ok. So a lot of encouragement. Let's just say I wasn't socially skilled. Sue me."

"Oh, Sam. Don't be that way. I'd really love to meet Erin."

"Maybe someday you will."

Bonnie agreed.

"Erin's like Cindy in more ways than one.", I told them.

"Let me guess: she likes to dance?"

"Very much so. And she likes to do it au naturel."

"She likes to dance naked?", they giggled.

"She kind of likes to do everything naked. She walks around the house naked. She comes close to me and shakes her boobies over my head all the time. Sometimes she leans over and shakes them in my face and tries to knock me over."

"And don't tell us you don't like that."

"Oh, I'm not complaining."

"What do your parents say?"

"We don't live with my parents. Erin stays with me. We're sort of not speaking to our parents. Not Mom, anyway."

"What happened?"

"Long story. I'll tell you later. Maybe. But Cindy is living with me too; temporarily while she gets her house ready to sell. I think she has a contract on it which means she'll be moving out soon. I'm so not looking forward to it."

"Her and Cindy must get along great."

"They do. But they gang up on me and make me go dancing."

"Oh, poor Sam; forced to have fun."

I rolled my eyes.

"Kaycee?", Bonnie asked, "I know you're going to think I'm being shallow, but I want to ask you a question. It's about you and Sam."

"Ok. What?"

"You were bigger than Sam in school, right?"

"Yes. I was about a head taller."

"If you thought Sam was mean and too serious, then why did you go out with him?"

I was listening intently.

"We didn't go out. We just slept together once."

"Ok then, why?"

"Well, he was hitting on me."

I covered my face.

"Yes, Sam. You were pretty pathetic at the time. But I liked how you got up on your toes to kiss me. I still had to bend down."

"Then why did you sleep with me?"

"You weren't like others."

"Well, that's true."

"Do you remember that guy that threw up that night at the party?"

"Um, no."

"Nobody would help him. But you did. You helped him up to the couch to lay down then cleaned him up and his mess."

"I still don't remember."

"I remember it. You had a hard time. People were laughing at you. You shrugged it off."

"Who was it?"

"I don't think he was a friend of yours."

"Why?"

"Because I asked you about him back then."

"Oh."

"You were just nice."

"So, you slept with me because I was nice."

"Not only that."

"What?"

"Look at him, Bonnie."

"Yeah. So?"

"Isn't he handsome?"

"He is cute."

"He was very fuckable."

I laughed. "That's a new one."

"And he was pretty good in bed too."

"I was?"

"Well, I may have been drunk, but I recall it wasn't bad."

"Aha. Not bad."

"Oh, believe me. I've had bad."

"I'm sorry to hear that."

"Even drunk, you took your time and tried to make it good for me. I always wondered what you'd be like, Sam, if we weren't drunk."

"Well, now you know. Did I live up to your expectations?"

"You did indeed. Especially your kisses."

Bonnie sighed. "I wish Hal would be a better kisser."

"You should give her a kiss, Sam."

"No, Kaycee. What if Hal walked in right then."

"He called. He won't be here to pick me up until ten."

"That gives us a couple hours and he's always late. Go on, Sam. Do it.", Kaycee said.

"And what about Bonnie? You didn't even ask her."

"It's ok, Sam. I won't mind. I'm kinda curious."

"Fine.", I said. I walked up to her and gave her a peck on the belly button. "There. Satisfied?"

The girls laughed. Bonnie knelt down and commanded me to "Get over here." I still had to get up on my toes to reach her mouth with mine so she leaned back on her heels. I figured I should try my best.

I started by nibbling on her lips. When she opened her mouth I moved to kissing her eyebrows instead. Then her eyelashes; very gently of course. I was basically brushing my lips across them. I moved to her cheeks, then finally to her lips again. I worked on her bottom lip sucking it in a little and moved to kissing the corners. She opened her mouth again. In time our tongues met but I only let this last for a second or two before moving off to her cheeks and neck.

I didn't spend too long there and was back on her lips. This time when our tongues met I let mine do a little dance around hers. It was much bigger than Kaycee's but I had experience with bigger tongues. I learned to be more aggressive with the "normal" or "larger" sized girls. I explored her mouth thoroughly before stopping. She was breathing hard.

"So. How was that?", I asked.

She sighed and said, "Not bad."

"See, Kaycee? Just not bad. That's all."

Kaycee laughed. "Oh I know it's better than that, Sam. So, Bonnie? Was that the best kiss you ever had?"

"Maybe.", she said, rather coyly.

I laughed at this one. If Bonnie ever made it out to my neck of the woods I knew I was going to have to introduce her to Sharon.

"I'll make a deal with you, Bonnie.", I said. "If you play the guitar for me, I'll try that kiss again. You'll have more data to make a more informed opinion of it next time. Ok?"

"Um, ok. But I'm not as good a guitar player as you."

"No problem. I'll give you some pointers."

"I'd like that, Sam."

"The pointers, or the kiss?"

"Both.", she said, smiling.

I asked Kaycee what she wanted to do today.

"Nothing specific. Can we just hang together?"

"Sure. But would you mind taking me to Phoenix today? I'd like to stop at the state police headquarters."

"I guess so."

"I could have Gabe or Cindy bring up the car, but you're already closer to Phoenix here."

"I can take you. We can eat at the market."

"Sounds good."

I borrowed a cable from her and charged my phone while we were talking.

After setting the phone up Bonnie retrieved the guitar. I showed her how to do a blue's scale and combine that with using the pick; all in the key of G.

"Ok, now do this.", I instructed her, then bit my lower lip as I narrowed my eyes.

"What?"

"You have to make that expression when you play blue's licks."

"Oh. Like this?"

"That's it. Now do that with the scale I just showed you. Good. Bob your head back and forth as you play it. Excellent."

She was laughing and getting into it. And Kaycee was laughing too. I could see Bonnie enjoying herself.

"Hey, do you have a hat?"

"I have a baseball cap."

"Nah, that won't do. Do you have a fedora?"

"No."

"I have a Cowboy hat, Sam.", Kaycee said.

"Ok, go get it. Do you have sunglasses, Bonnie?"

"Yeah."

"You go get the glasses while Kaycee gets the hat."

A minute later, Bonnie was wearing the hat and sunglasses.

"Now, let me hear you play the blues."

She went to town. She was playing the scales as I showed her. Then I asked her to mix it up.

"What do you mean?"

"Don't play it the same way every time. Take a measure as a phrase. When you string phrases together you sentences. You don't say the same sentence over and over, do you?"

"No."

"Then don't use the same measures the same way one after another as I showed you. Mix them up."

She was tentative at first, but after some practicing she began sounding pretty good. She kept it up for a several minutes. and I commented to Kaycee how good she had become. We were really into it when she suddenly stopped.

"Gee, Sam. Thanks. My fingertips are getting raw, but I've learned more in a half hour than I have in half a year. How about that kiss you promised now?"

"My pleasure."

She stood up and did something unexpected: she took off her blouse, came right up to me and shook her shoulders.

I laughed, "What are you doing?"

"Shaking my boobies over your head like your sister does.", she giggled. Kaycee was laughing too.

I grabbed her around the waist and blew a raspberry on her tummy. She was ticklish.

"Stop that."

"Ok. Come back."

She did and I kissed her belly instead. I licked around it and started kissing all over. I ended up finding my way south rather than going up to her mouth; it's not like I could go up even if I wanted to -- she'd have to come down to me. Being taller, she was in the driver's seat on this one.

Bonnie's eyes closed and she started grinding her hips into my face. I was have a bit of a time holding on around her waist, which was about where my arms naturally rested as we stood. But now I couldn't help myself; I undid the top button of her jean shorts.

Even as short as I was I was still too tall for my mouth to be at pussy level on her, so I crouched a bit. I slowly pulled the zipper of her jeans down, kissing and licking. I grabbed her shorts and tugged them off. It was hard at first; they were pretty tight. Once they got past mid thigh they fell to the floor where Bonnie stepped out of them.

We moved over to the couch and Bonnie went to sit. I made her stand instead and motioned to put one of her legs up on the armrest. I looked to Kaycee and she gave me a wink. Then I went for Bonnie's pussy. I could feel the warmth through her panties. I could smell her sex. Like I said before, I couldn't help myself and at this point I figured she couldn't either.

I licked and nibbled and kissed. I moved the bottom of her panties aside and went for her clit. My fingers were in her pussy as I worked on that little man in the boat with my tongue. I could hear her humming far above.

"Mmmmmm. Mmmmmm."

She grabbed my head, not that it was going anywhere. She would shudder and buck her hips then grind them into my face. It became feverish and I kept up. My hand was massaging her G-spot faster and faster. I pulled my fingers out and replaced it with my tongue. I licked from inside her pussy up onto and over her clit. She trembled.

I knew she was close; my face was all wet. Her moans became louder. Her legs were about to collapse, I could feel it. Then ...

"Oh, God. Oh, God. Fuuuuuuuck!", she moaned, shuddering and falling to the couch. "That's enough, that's enough.", she scolded, pulling up her knees and pushing me away as she lay panting on the couch. "I can't take anymore."

I sat on the floor with my back resting against the couch. Kaycee was slumped down in the little chair that was hers, legs out, hands down her pants. Her eyes were closed and she was nearing climax herself. I stared, mesmerized.

It didn't take long. She came in relative silence. Kaycee was not a screamer and her moans were soft. She finished, pulled her hand out of her pants and lay back without ever opening her eyes.

I looked over my shoulder to see Bonnie fanning her face with her hand. She was still wearing her sunglasses. Somewhere along the way, the hat fell off. She looked so sexy in just sunglasses and panties. The panties were still pulled aside showing her glistening pussy. Her perky breasts rose and fell with each breath, now slowing as Bonnie caught her breath.

The room was fairly silent; the sound of the air conditioner whirring and drowning out the two girls breaths was the only thing to be heard. Mr. Happy was, of course, wide awake still. I was about to start stroking him but stayed my hand. I'm not sure why. I made a decision and stuck with it. I wanted to bathe in the afterglow of these two gorgeous, sexy women.

All too soon, Bonnie spoke.

"Oh my. I can't believe it's been so long."

"So long for what?"

"Sex."

"So, you and Hal don't..."

"No, we don't."

"Technically, that wasn't sex."

"Huh?"

"Really. By presidential decree."

"What president?"

"Clinton."

"Oh, that president."

"Yeah, that president. Hey, it works for me."

"Don't expect me to explain that to Hal. They don't call it oral SEX for nothing."

"Believe me, I won't tell."

Kaycee laughed.

"Ah, the sleeping beauty awakes.", I said.

"I wasn't asleep."

"You looked comatose."

"I was just ... enjoying the tranquility."

"That's a good way of putting it."

We all stayed very still for a few more minutes. This time I broke the silence.

"So, Bonnie. What did you think of that kiss?"

"That was no kiss."

"You didn't like it?"

"I did. I especially like you kissing my belly button as long as you don't tickle me. But that wasn't a kiss on the lips."

"I can rectify that.", I said getting up. She was laying with her head to the right on the couch, so when I went to kiss her lips my left hand instinctively went to her left breast. "Oops, sorry.", I said as I removed my hand.

She grabbed it and put it back.

"No. It's alright. It's part of the kiss."

With my hand on her breast and her hand on mine, I resumed. I dispensed with the little nibbling and light kisses around the face, after all, I just went down on Bonnie. We explored each other's mouths as I massaged her breast. As I got more comfortable I came in more and my left hand moved from her left breast to her right.

I sucked and pulled on her bottom lip. I licked the top of her mouth and all over the inside of her teeth. I don't think I could have done this to Kaycee -- my tongue would have filled her mouth too much. But on a Bonnie sized mouth, my tongue went exploring. I couldn't get over just how much it was like Erin's. I missed her at that moment.

Her breasts were soft and filled my hands perfectly. I loved how her nipples were still puffed out from the sex earlier. Flawless and beyond compare, they were. Her tits were up there with the best I've ever seen. And some people think they have to be big. Ignorance is bliss; so go ahead and believe that.

I couldn't resist: I moved my head down and kissed each of her breasts lightly. She sucked in a breath of air each time. I was sucking and playing with them but remembered that we didn't have all day ahead.

I stopped and asked the time.

"Oh shit. Hal's going to be here any minute. I need to get ready."

Bonnie was putting her clothes back on when Kaycee giggled and said, "Stay that way. It'll give Hal a real surprise."

"No! Fucking! Way!", Bonnie exclaimed. "He'd kill me for sure. Oh gosh, what am I going to do?"

"I'll tell you what you're going to do."

"What Sam?"

"You're going to teach Hal how to kiss."

She stopped what she was doing for a second.

"That's great advice. Why didn't I think of that?"

"You would have. You're just in too much of a hurry right now. Slow down. Enjoy the moment."

"Uh, what?"

"Relax. You're already dressed enough. Don't stress out, ok?"

"Ok."

Right on cue there was a knock on the door and Hal was let in. We were introduced.

"Hi Hal. Bonnie was talking about you earlier."

"Hi, Sam. Pleased to meet you too. I hope she didn't say anything too bad about me."

"Nah. She was telling us about how you're real family oriented."

"I am. My family is my life. Hey Bonnie, why are you wearing a hat and sunglasses inside?"

"Oh, sorry.", she said taking off the glasses. "We were just playing the blues."

"The blues?"

"Yeah, watch."

She picked up the guitar and started playing for Hal. I could tell she was having fun, making the best of the moment, and it made me feel good.

"Wow, Bon. You're getting good."

"Sam showed me some stuff. You should here him play. Here, Sam. Play something for us."

"Ok." I played and sang a couple songs for them. Hal was impressed.

"So you play Country, Sam?"

"Sure. I mostly play Folk music, but Country's not much different."

"Hal.", Bonnie said. "Sam's dances too."

"I do not."

"You weren't bad last night."

"Well, Cindy made me do it. She'd have kept pestering me if I didn't go."

"Hey, I know!", Bonnie exclaimed. "You can come country dancing with us. How about it, Hal?"

"Yeah, that'll be cool.", Hal said. "Kaycee and Sam would make a good dancing couple."

That sounded a bit, uh, hightest? Well, whatever. I was used to that sort of thing.

"Uh, I'm not so sure about this guys.", I said trying to weasel my way out.

"Sam.", Hal explained, "We go to Billy's Boot Scootin' night club. Every Monday night they have lessons. You'll love it."

"Let's go, Sam.", Kaycee pleaded. "You'll have a fun."

"Alright. I'll go on one condition."

"What's that?"

"We have to invite Cindy. She'll kill me if she finds out I went dancing without her."

"What about Gabe? I'm sure he'll want to go."

"Of course.", I said.

"Good then, it's set.", Bonnie proclaimed. "We're going to Billy's tonight."

"Where is it, might I ask?"

"It's in Phoenix, Sam. You and Kaycee were just talking about going there anyway."

"Maybe I should just go and pick up Cindy and Gabe and we can make a day of it in Phoenix."

"Good idea. Give them a call Sam."

"I need to stop at Gabe's to get ready anyway. Will you take me?"

"Sure."

We left Bonnie and Hal as Kaycee drove me to Gabe's. It was an interesting half hour.

"Um, are you ok with what happened back there, Kaycee?"

"Back where?"

"At your place."

"What happened?"

"Oh, you're going to play that game?"

"What game? I don't know what you're talking about."

"I gave Bonnie head."

"Head?"

"I went down on her."

"You did what?"

"I licked her pussy."

"Oh yeah."

"I kissed all over her middle woman parts. I smelled her sweet cunt. Do you know what it smelled like?

"What, Sam?"

"It smelled like a hot, wet pussy. It called to me, Kaycee. I had to dive in."

"Ooo. What else did you do?"

"I teased her clit, Kaycee. I nibbled on it and kissed it and licked it until it was ready to explode. I tried to suck right out of her bloody cunt; to make it stick out a foot long. Like a hot dog sitting in the bun that was her labia."

"Oh yes, Sam. Go on. Don't stop.", she said with her hand massaging her crotch.

"I had three fingers in her tight little cunt."

"Little?"

"Ok, not so little. But it was heavenly. My fingers slid in with no resistance it was so wet. In fact, it was like her pussy was sucking them in. Sucking them the way I was sucking her clit. Slurp, slurp. I rubbed her G-spot raw. Did you see how she shook? Did you?"

"Oh yes."

I could tell Kaycee was getting off on all this dirty talk. You learn something new every day, I guess. I just hoped she wasn't going to drive off the road.

"I wanted to stick my whole arm up there. Hell, I wanted to stick my head up there and tried, but her tight pussy wasn't big enough. So I had to settle for lapping up on her sopping wet vagoo. I licked it like a dog. You like it like doggy sex, don't you, Kaycee?"

"Oh, Sam. Shit. Yes, I do."

"That was you're fucking roommate, Kaycee. I licked her till she came, and she came good. The house rumbled. Did you feel it? Did you feel her giant, fucking, orgasm? Huh? What do you think of that?"

"Oh, damn. You're good."

"What do you mean: good at servicing Bonnie, or good at talking dirty?"

"Yes."

"And you. You were there the whole time watching us weren't you? You had your hand in your pants diddling your sweet little twat."

"What can I say, I like to watch."

"Damn, Kaycee. It's too bad we didn't get to know each other better in school. We'd have been some couple."

"No. It would have been dangerous."

We laughed and talked of old times at school. Talking to her was as natural as talking to, well Erin really. I never could have talked to Erin like this a year ago though. But now that we're close I can tell her anything. And it was like this with Kaycee.

"Oh shit, Sam?"

"What?"

"You. We ... I mean you didn't ..."

"Didn't what?"

"Didn't have fun with us."

"So? It's ok."

"It is?"

"Sure. That time after, when we were all resting quietly, remember?"

"Yes."

"That was thanks enough."

"What?"

"It was like meditating."

"Oh. Well, if you say so."

"Don't worry about it. Maybe later we can pick up where we left off."

"I'm looking forward to it."

When we got there Cindy answered the door in the nude. Kaycee laughed. I'm glad she wasn't offended, but then she was nude outdoors in public yesterday too, plus she just witnessed Bonnie and me and got off on it. I called everyone together inside.

"I got a proposition for you two. Would you like to spend the day with Kaycee and me?"

"I'm game.", Cindy said.

"What are we going to do?"

"I have some business to take care of in Phoenix, Gabe. Then we're going to some country dancing club tonight. What's it called, Kaycee?"

"Billy's Boot Scootin' Institushin. Spelled with an s-h-i-n."

"Oh yeah.", Gabe said. "I've been there. Let's go, Cindy. You'll like it."

"Like I said, I'm game."

I went to change. When I came out Gabe grabbed a couple of Cowboy hats and gave one to Cindy. He was wearing cowboy boots.

"Here, Cindy. You'll need this."

"Thanks.", she said.

"Oh no. I forgot mine."

"Why don't you call Bonnie and see if she's left. Maybe she can bring yours tonight.", I told Kaycee.

"Good idea. She can bring my boots."

"You have cowboy boots too?"

"Everyone here does."

"Figures."

And with all the preparations made, we were off to Phoenix.

 

End Notes:

A day in Phoenix coming up. What will Sam find out?

Be sure to leave a comment in the Review section.

Chapter 60 - Phoenix by littless
Author's Notes:

A road trip and Sam gets a lead.

----- Phoenix

Four years in southern Arizona and I had been two Phoenix only twice. (Get it: _two_ Phoenix?) I'd like to say it was just as I remembered, but I didn't really remember anything about the city. The girls, however, were excited. Cindy remarked on how much bigger it was than she remembered. We had to remind her: it wasn't the city that grew.

Once we reached Phoenix I found a public parking garage with a gate. It was for pay but I didn't mind. We were near the police station and I went in to do business while the others walked around the city.

I had to walk through a metal detector then I was directed to a window with a guy in uniform behind it. A tall window -- it was too high for me to reach. I asked if I could drag a chair over and one of the security guards by the metal detector got it for me. I stood on the chair.

"Hi. My name is Sam. Sam Cook. I was wondering if I could talk to someone about a suicide."

"Are you reporting a suicide, sir?", the guy behind the desk asked.

"Oh no. No. I have a case number for a friend that committed suicide a couple weeks ago. Here it is."

The guy took the number and punched it into his computer. At least that's what I assumed he was typing. A moment later he picked up the phone. I couldn't hear what he was saying but after talking a good bit he hung up.

"Take a seat on the bench over there. Someone will be out shortly."

So I waited. About twenty minutes later a guy in a suit with a badge hanging around his neck walked up to me.

"Are you Sam Cook?"

"Yes."

"I'm detective Miller. Will you follow me?"

"Sure."

I was taken through a locked door -- they had to buzz us in -- and around a few corners to a small conference room. I was asked to sit on a chair with a booster on it -- they think of everything here. They asked if I would like a glass of water. I declined.

"So, Mr. Cook, you're here about Samantha Damark?"

"Yes. I was wondering if I could ask a few questions."

"That case just closed Mr. Cook."

"Oh. Well I was associated with Samantha, I mean Ms. Damark, and the case."

"You can call her Samantha, and yes, I know. I worked on the case. What can I do for you?"

"It was all a big surprise for me. You know that I knew her for only two weeks and then she disappeared on me. I didn't hear from her until the news about her, uh, suicide."

"I see."

"I don't even know how she died. I mean how she ..."

"How she did it?"

"Yes."

"She shot herself with a gun, Mr. Cook. A .45 caliber pistol to the head."

"Oh. Well ... that's not good."

"No, it isn't. Especially in her case."

"How's that?"

"I'm sure you can imagine. That gun would have been twice the size that is for me. But I suppose it was fast. We reckon she died instantly."

"You think she suffered?"

"Not likely."

"I uh, ... well, you see ... I saw the suicide note. I'm the Sammy that she was talking about."

"We know."

"And, well, it just doesn't seem right."

"Why do you say that?"

"Well, she says that she gave me the virus."

"Um huh."

"How did she know?"

"Well, I assume she found out she had it and I further assume you two slept together. Am I right?"

"Yes, yes. You're right. But the note said she knew when she gave it to me and implied that she gave it to me on purpose."

"So?"

"So, two years ago nobody knew of the virus. Or very few did. And there was no blood test for it, so how could she have known to give it to me on purpose back then?"

"I don't know, Mr. Cook. Maybe you can tell me."

"How would I know? That's why I'm here: to find out from you."

"I'm sorry but I wouldn't know, Mr. Cook."

"You don't know and you still closed the case?"

"The case is closed. We did what we needed to do. We won't reopen it."

"Ok, what about the part in the note where, ... well it's a bit ambiguous, but it's made to sound like someone else was involved. Someone she wanted to blame."

"We can't base our investigations on ambiguity."

"Right. You wouldn't know. You didn't look into that part?"

"I'm not at liberty to reveal what we looked into. As I said, the case is already closed."

"Did she have any friends that you could point me to."

"I'm sure she had friends but for privacy purposes I cannot reveal such information to you."

"Of course.", I sighed. "Look, the officer I spoke to mentioned something about pictures. Would it be possible to for me to see them?"

"I shouldn't do this. You really don't want to see them anyway."

"Maybe not. But I have to make this trip worth while, I need to learn something. I'm thinking if you show me what you can it might put my mind at ease."

"I think it will do just the opposite."

"Would you do me a favor and let me see them?"

"They're pictures of the crime scene. They're public now, but I would think again about wanting to see them."

"I did. I would still like to see them if it's alright."

"Wait here."

I waited a good five minutes before he came back. He had a folder which he opened up while sitting opposite from me. He took one photo out and placed it on the table in front of me. What I saw was unrecognizable. However, there were pieces of red hair. He showed another. Then two more.

"There's more. But it's really no different than the one's you just saw."

"I've seen enough. Is there a bathroom I can use."

"Around the corner. I'll need to accompany you."

He escorted me to the men's room and came in with me. I chose a stall, didn't bother with closing the door, and promptly threw up.

The detective ran some water and had a wet paper towel waiting for me when I finished.

"Thank you.", I told him.

"Don't mention it. Is there anything else I can do for you?"

"No detective Miller, I'm finished here. I wish I could have learned more, but I appreciate your help."

"Glad to be of service. Before you leave, can I get some information from you?"

"I guess. What do you need?"

"Contact information. Just in case, you understand."

"Certainly."

When that was over he saw me out. I called Cindy and we met at a strip mall a couple blocks down.

"Hey man.", Gabe said. "Are you alright?"

"Yeah why?"

"You look a bit ... white."

"Oh. I could use a cup of coffee or something."

"Sure. There's a nice coffee house a few blocks away. Feel like walking?"

"Yeah. Fresh air will do me good."

"Sam?", Cindy said with concern in her voice. "What happened?"

"I saw the photos of Samantha's body."

"That doesn't sound good."

"It wasn't, Kaycee."

"Did you find what you were looking for?"

"Not really. There was one thing I saw though it's a real long shot."

"What is it?"

"On a shirt collar she was wearing when she ... when she ..."

"We know Sam. What was on the collar?"

"The label. It said Binky Bird Boutique."

"What do you think that means?"

"That's who made it, I'm assuming. The brand. Let's sit here for a minute. I want to look something up."

We sat down and I did an internet search on my phone for 'Binky Bird Boutique'. It was a kids clothing store. And ...

"Hey guys, look.", I said, excitedly. "It's right here in Phoenix! We have to go."

"Where is it?"

"Hmm. Looks like a few miles away. Let's get some coffee first then maybe be can get the car and drive over."

"I have a better idea, Sam.", Gabe said. "Let's get something to eat first. You look pretty ragged still."

"Oh no. I'm fine. More than fine. I NEED to do this."

"Take my advice, amigo: eat something and meditate first."

"You know who you sound like."

"I know", he said.

Then in unison, we both said, "Master Soo!"

The girls looked at each other with a quizzical appearance to their faces.

"You realize, Sam, that he will never forgive you if you don't see him while you're here. He will find out. And besides, you need it. The meeting will help you on your journey."

"You're right, Gabe. But not today, of course."

"Tomorrow?"

"Yeah. Sounds good."

"I will take you."

"Thanks. Let's get something to eat then."

The girls were still puzzled but didn't mention anything about Master Soo. It was something I kept private. Most of my friends knew that I wrestled and participated in Judo but not many knew that I studied a Chinese martial art. Master Soo was my mentor in many things. This wasn't just a physical thing; it was more spiritual. And I needed a boost to my spirits. We would see him.

We walked for a little while until we arrived at an open market. I had, of all things, raw oysters. I never figured that they would have something like this in Arizona, and I suppose it doesn't sound like something you'd have when you're queasy, but it was pretty darn good. Especially with Tabasco sauce! Everyone had their fill, which wasn't much; we shared. We walked around window shopping for a while after. I was feeling better.

A lady in a white dress came near us as we were shopping. She was wearing a smile as she bent down with her hands on her knees.

"Hi there.", she said. We all looked puzzled this time.

"Hi.", I said.

She turned around and yelled to someone.

"Henry! Come here. There's two couples here with the viurs."

Henry came over and the two marveled at the sight of four little people in front of them. We were a spectacle.

"How are you little folks doing?", she asked.

We all paused for a bit. But then I spoke to her.

"Well, we're kind of dizzy. This is a big town. A REALLY BIG town, if you know what I mean."

"Oh, I do. I do."

"And the virus sort of makes us real horny."

Her eyes got big in an instant and she stood back up. Cindy was catching on.

"But it feels real good.", Cindy said as she hugged me.

"And the ground shakes whenever someone like you walks by.", I continued.

"Like me?", the lady said.

"Yeah. I could feel you walk up to us. Thump, thump, thump."

"I shake the ground?"

"Yep. Like a herd of elephants."

I could tell that she was starting to get annoyed.

"Well, I ... I've never been called an elephant before."

"But you're huge. Like a giant."

"Oh, I see. We're giants to you.", she said. Her voice was calming down. "You hear that, Henry? We're giants."

"It's like walking among a sea of legs. Some are gross. Some are pretty, like yours, Miss."

Her smile returned. "Why thank you, little fellow.", she said.

"I especially like it when you wear short dresses."

"Ah. You like mine?"

"I do. It's a good thing you're wearing panties. Most gals don't even realize we're looking, I mean, we have to look, right? How else could we talk to you? It's rude to talk to someone's crotch, or even in some cases their legs. But I like your legs."

I could see the lady getting uncomfortable.

"And being horny all the time, well, you can guess how looking up a giant's dress makes us feel. I feel like I want to hump your leg right now."

"Oh. Ahem."

"But it's really great.", Cindy said. "We can run around town nude and people just treat us like little kids. No problem. That's when I really get horny."

Then Cindy took off the little yellow sun dress she was wearing. That left Cindy in only panties; she doesn't wear a bra.

"Now if you did that you'd probably get into trouble.", Cindy told the lady. "Why don't you take off your dress and see what happens."

"Oh no. I couldn't do that."

"Henry. How about a kiss?", Cindy beckoned to him.

"What?", he said, incredulous.

"Are you afraid of getting the virus too?"

"Uh, no.", he said.

"It's really not bad. It has it's perks, as you can see. Sure you don't want try it with a little gal?"

"You are very strange people.", Henry said.

"Yes, we are very strange.", I said. "All of us little people are. It's a combination of the virus and the meds we're taking. Can't help it."

The two scampered off in a hurry. Gabe and Kaycee were amused.

"You two handled that, uh, nicely.", Kaycee said.

"I'm not sure nice is the right word.", Gabe said.

"Gabe, it wasn't nice.", I told him, "but they weren't being nice either."

"I guess we don't have to worry about them bothering us again."

"I'm sure nobody with the virus will have to worry about them again."

"Well done."

"And thank you, Cindy, for helping."

"That was fun, Sam.", she said, putting her dress back on. I half expected her to remain the way she was, but we had seen no one else in the city like that so she didn't want to push it. Who'd a thunk it?

We walked around for another hour or two and found our way back to the car. We drove to the Binky Bird Boutique and parked. Everyone followed me in. I could immediately tell why Samantha wore that brand: it seemed the clothes catered not to children as the name and website would infer; they catered to us small adults who had caught the virus.

A lady our size wearing a huge smile met us when we came in.

"Welcome to Binky Bird. How can I help you."

Cindy and Kaycee right away started talking about clothes and what they wanted. I knew money would be spent. Gabe bought some jeans and cowboy type shirts. So did I. I can't say the prices were reasonable, but I knew of no other place like this. And Cindy bought a pair of cute cowboy boots.

I almost forgot what I had come here for. So before we left I cornered the young lady who was waiting on us hand and foot.

"Can I ask you some questions; not about the clothes here but about your clientele?"

"I suppose so."

"It's about someone who had bought clothes here in the past."

"I don't know if I can help you. My boss would probably not like us to talk about that stuff. You know, privacy?"

"I know. I wouldn't want to get you into trouble, Miss ..."

"Cathy."

"Miss Cathy. But you see Miss Cathy, this is about an old friend of mine. I just want to find out more about her. She had left me and I'm trying to track what happened to her. I'm not sure I can describe her correctly but she had red hair."

"Oh, there are just a few people I know with red hair that shop here. It narrows it down. A girl, right?"

"Yes, a gal. You see, she's the one that gave me the virus, but I hadn't seen her in a while and I don't know how, uh, small she became, so I can't help there."

"Ok. What else can you tell me about her?"

For wanting to respect the customer's privacy, she seemed eager to help.

"She had a red, white and blue striped blouse."

"Oh, we had one of those made once."

"Do you remember if you sold it to a redhead?"

Cathy looked suspicious. "I think I do.", she said.

"Her name was Samantha. Do you remember Samantha?"

Now the look on her face turned to one of horror. I knew that she knew who I was talking about.

"Samantha? Yes. I know who you're talking about. We had to make clothes special for her. But you're too late. Samantha is, is ..."

"Dead?"

"Yes."

"She committed suicide."

"I know. It was in on the internet. Her friend told me about it too."

"YES, YES! Her friend. Tell me about her friend."

"I don't know if I should."

"Did you know Samantha wrote a suicide note?"

"Yes."

"Do you know what was in it?"

"A little."

"Do you remember Sammy?"

"Sammy? Sammy. Yeah. She wrote the note to Sammy. Right?"

"That's right. Do you know who Sammy is?"

"No. I heard they were looking for him."

"I'm Sammy."

Her eyes grew big and she started turning pale. She put a hand over her mouth.

"You're ... Sammy?"

"Yes. I'm Sammy. Sam Cook, actually. Everyone calls me Sam. And they called Samantha Sam too. So we called each other Sammy."

"Oh."

"Look Cathy, I need your help. I knew Sammy -- my Sammy -- a couple of years ago. She gave me Borgford's disease. I think you know what I'm talking about."

"Yeah. I know."

"Well, then she just up and left me. I don't know what happened to her. I looked near and far for her but she left me without a trace. How she did that, I know a little bit of but I'm still tracking it down. But then, out of the blue, I get a visit from the cops and they gave me the horrible news."

"It must have been extraordinarily horrible."

"You have no idea. The letter, the suicide note; it's too weird. There are too many questions it leaves open. I have to find out. You understand, right?"

"Yeah. I understand. I think."

"I talked to the cops again, here, in Phoenix. They were no help. I have no more leads. Except you. Can you tell me anything about her friend? Do you know who this is?"

"Her name is Zoe. I don't know her last name. But the two of them used to shop here quite often. They were so small even, that we had to make their clothes special for them. They'd be here every two weeks or so, I'd guess."

"When was the last time they were here?"

"A month ago. Maybe a liitle more or less."

I sighed. "Is there any way you can find her last name."

Cathy thought for a little while.

"I might be able to look through some receipts in the back. The boss keeps them before doing the books every month. They might still be there."

"Would you look? For me?"

"I'm the only one here. I can't really leave the front for long."

"We can watch the store for you. If you trust us."

"I shouldn't."

"Please?"

"Well...", she said. She looked at me then at the others. We had already spent quite a bit of money there. "Ok. Just call me if someone comes in."

"We will. We promise."

Then she left to go in the back.

"Do you think she'll find Zoe's name, Sam?", Kaycee asked.

"Oh God I hope so. It's all I have at this point."

There weren't too many little people passing by the store today. In fact, none at all; not while we were watching the store. That was good. Finally, Cathy came out from the back.

"Wood. Zoe Wood is her name."

"Oh my God. Thank you, thank you, Cathy.", I said. "You don't know how happy you've made me."

"I hope you find what you're looking for."

"I will now, Cathy. It's the first good lead I have. Thank you so much.", I told her, then I gave her a kiss. She was flabbergasted, but smiled. Everyone else chuckled.

We thanked Cathy for everything, especially the information. Then we left with bags full of clothes; it's a good thing the rental car I was driving had a big trunk. Next stop: boot scootin'.

 

End Notes:

Uh, oh. Sam's about to dancing again.

Chapter 61 - Boot Scootin' by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam actually finds a kind of dance that he enjoys. 

----- Monday night

I was elated. I now had a name of one of Samantha's friends. And if my instincts were right, a good friend. I was going to find her and talk to her; of that there was no doubt. But it had to wait until tomorrow. Tonight we were going dancing.

We walked around the city some more, did some shopping, caught a movie; the usual. It was a double date: Cindy with Gabe and Kaycee with me. Cindy and Gabe were into each other; anyone could see. I didn't feel jealous of Cindy. On the contrary I felt good for both of them.

I knew the two had as good a night as I did last night with Kaycee. I wasn't going to tell Gabe about Bonnie and I this morning, but if Kaycee wanted to tell him, so be it.

We passed by a hat store and even though it was kind of late, something in the window caught my attention and I had to go in.

"Look! Kaycee, look."

"What, Sam?"

"In the window there. That hat."

"Which one? There's lots of them."

"The dark brown one. With the feather. It's perfect."

"Perfect for what?"

"It's the perfect blue's hat for Bonnie."

Cindy and Gabe looked at me like I was crazy. But Kaycee understood.

"Come on. I need to get it."

A half hour later and fifty dollars lighter in my account we walked out of there with a dark brown wool fedora with a light brown band around it. The perfect feather was already tucked into the band. Bonnie is going to look so cool.

Kaycee was staring at me.

"What?"

"Nothing, Sam. Sorry. Let's go have some fun."

We were to meet Bonnie and Hal at nine; we still had some time left before we had to leave so we ate supper. Afterwards, we drove over to Tempe Town lake and parked. We walked around the lake for a bit just taking in the sights and people. We played in and around the Hole in the Rock. It's a lot bigger than the last time I was out here, er rather, I'm a lot smaller. Funny though that I found it much easier to scale the steep parts of it.

It was now dark and time to go. We piled back into the car and headed to Billy's Boot Scootin' Institushin. While we were in the parking lot Gabe put on his new cowboy shirt and his boots. Cindy put her new boots on and they both wore cowboy hats, ready to dance. She looked really cute dressed like that -- a regular little cowgirl. Bonnie and Hal were bringing Kaycee's boots and hat. All I had was a cowboy shirt.

Speaking of Bonnie and Hal, they showed up soon after. We all walked in together, but Bonnie grabbed my hand before I could even find a seat, and she and Hal brought me over to the room where they were having lessons. Yes-sir-ee, step right in; we'll show ya' everything ya' need to know 'bout country dancin'.

Fortunately, Bonnie and Hal stayed with me during this time, honing their own skills presumably. I knew Kaycee didn't care much for Hal, but I thought he was a pretty cool guy. He was certainly nice to me. After about a half hour to forty five minutes we were finished and found our way to the real dancin' floor.

We didn't even try to find the table where the others set up; we just went right to the floor where everyone was line dancing. I didn't see any of the others at first, but they found us within the morass of people out there and pretty soon all six of us were in a line together. I couldn't see very far; it was a wall of legs for me as it was for Cindy, Kaycee and Gabe. So how they found us was a mystery. I did see one other 'little' couple out on the floor but that doesn't mean there weren't any more, just that they were the only one's that I could see.

Kaycee was now wearing her cowboy boots and hat and in her miniskirt she looked hot. I was blessed to be in the presence of two beautiful little gals: Cindy and Kaycee. We were spending all our time dancing, hardly resting at our chairs at all. Cindy could dance to anything, of course, and Gabe was dancing up a storm too. Kaycee eventually made her way right to my side. When the time came for two-steppin' -- like slow dancing because you're holding a partner, but faster -- Kaycee and I were a couple but like the night before, Cindy and Kaycee would switch. This country dancing was something I could actually get into and although I misstepped a couple of times, I didn't make a complete fool of myself either. Cindy commented on this.

"Now don't tell me you're not having a good time, Sam."

"I am this time."

"I knew you had it in you."

"It was the lessons."

"Like hell it was. I gave you lessons before. You didn't respond before like you did tonight. I think it's the company."

"Bonnie and Hal?"

"No, you dope."

"But they helped me with the lessons tonight."

"Are you that stupid? I'm talking about Kaycee."

"Ok. So?"

"So, she likes you."

"Yes. And I like her. What about you and Gabe?"

"What does that have to with it?"

"You two like each other."

"Yes, we do. Are you jealous?"

"Not in the least, Cindy. It makes me happy that two of my best friends are close. How close are you two anyway?"

"I don't know. Pretty close."

"Whatever happens, you two have my blessing."

"Thanks. Just remember, you have someone back home who loves you."

"I haven't forgotten. You know that I have her blessing, right?"

"I know. Just don't let her down."

"I won't."

Right after that, Bonnie grabbed me and whisked me out on the dance floor. Hal was dancing close to Kaycee, much to her chagrin. I could tell, however, that Hal was trying to make sure she was having a good time tonight. He teased her in a friendly sort of way and kept her attention the whole while that Bonnie had her attention turned to me. It was as if they were the parents and Kaycee and I the children.

We could see that after a little while Kaycee was loosening up with Hal. Bonnie was looking seductive in her cowboy hat and boots with her blouse knotted up revealing a taut stomach. More than one guy that night was eyeing her, and I know it wasn't my imagination that some of the girls were too. Surely it was coincidence that the part of her body that was directly in line with my face was bare, right?

By midnight we were all soaked in sweat and it being a workday for the rest of the crew, and with the long trip home, we left just a little past when the clock hands were standing up straight. After arriving at Gabe's I went back to Kaycee's place in her car while leaving the rental car for Cindy. Bonnie was already at the apartment when Kaycee and I arrived. I thought it a shame that Hal and her would not be spending the night together.

"Did you have a good time, Sam?", Bonnie asked.

"Surprisingly, yes. I've never really enjoyed myself dancing before, but tonight I had a pretty decent time."

"Good. We'll have to do this again."

"I'm sure we will someday, Bonnie. Hey, hold on a sec.", I said. I went to grab the hat I had bought for Bonnie that I neglected to give to her earlier. "Here, this is for you. It's your blue's hat. Wear it when you play the guitar. And don't forget those licks I taught you."

Bonnie didn't say anything at first, just admired the hat. She finally looked at me and said, "Thank you so much, Sam. This was so thoughtful of you."

"You're very welcome. Remember me when you wear it, ok?"

"I will, Sam.", she said with a little tear in her eye as she put it on. She looked cool.

Bonnie was looking at herself in the hallway mirror as Kaycee took off her cowboy boots and started rubbing her feet.

"Ah, these boots don't fit well at all.", she said.

"I told you before, Kaycee, you have to break them in.", Bonnie scolded. "Wear them more often so they soften up."

"Ok, ok. I will from now on. Right now my feet are sore; it feels so good to take those boots off."

"Remember what I told you.", Bonnie said heading for her bedroom. It was late and we had to turn in for the night.

"Good night, Bonnie.", we both bade her as she disappeared.

"Hey, Kaycee? Want me to give your feet a massage?", I said.

"Would you? That would be wonderful."

"Do you have a wash basin?"

"Huh? Oh yeah, I have a couple in the bathroom. They're plastic."

"That'll do. How about a pitcher?"

"What kind of pitcher?"

"The kind you would use for something like iced tea."

"Oh sure."

"Go get the pitcher and meet me in the bathroom."

I started the water running in the tub and adjusted it for a nice, slightly hot, stream. Right after that Kaycee arrived with the pitcher. As I started filling the pitcher with water Kaycee grabbed the wash basin.

"Got any bubble bath?"

"Right there, below the shower head, Sam."

I put some of the bubble bath in the basin and filled it with water a little more than halfway. I asked for a towel and had Kaycee bring the towel and pitcher to the living room while I carried the basin. I motioned for her to sit in her little chair then set the basin right in front and the pitcher and towel to the side.

"Ok, let me see your feet.", I said. Then I gave them a little squeeze and slowly set them in the water.

"Oooo, that feels good."

"Told you. Just lay back and relax."

I swirled the water around to get some bubbles and started gently massaging and washing her feet. First her left foot with both of my hands, then when it was thoroughly washed, the other. I took my time on each foot. The soapy water made her feet and my hands slippery, and the lubrication meant that I could really massage those sore muscles, bones and tendons. I let them soak for a few minutes. Kaycee gave sighs of relief. Then the fun began. Oh, and you thought that I didn't have any ulterior motives with this? Think again.

I grabbed the towel and pitcher then raised her left foot out of the water and with the pitcher of warm water I rinsed it. I then toweled it off and set it down outside the basin. I did the same for the other foot. With that finished I set the pitcher, basin and towel aside and kissed her feet.

"Oo, Sam. What are you doing?"

"I told you to just lay back and relax."

"Ok."

I resumed my kissing. The kissing morphed into sucking her toes. You know where this is going.

I started on her left little, 'pinkie', toe and sucked on it good. Then I moved to the next one. When I was finished with all the toes on the left foot, I moved over to her big toe on her right foot and went down to her right pinkie toe. She started giggling half way through, then by the time I was down to her last toe she was outright laughing.

"What's so funny?"

"Nobody's ever done that to me before."

"Listen to what I told you: relax."

"Ok.", she said as I resumed.

I then started licking the top of her right foot and slowly moved my way up, stopping to get her instep. By this time she was cooing. I made my way to her ankle and opened my mouth as wide as I could to engulf her ankle from inside to out. It barely fit. That's a far cry from Julie's feet where her ankle is nearly as wide as my face.

But Kaycee's feet were exquisite. Small, slim and had a beautiful arch to them. Her toes were relatively long, but of course still very small compared to that of others. I was really getting into this. And so was Kaycee.

I didn't bite, but I did let my teeth contact her skin as I licked the front of her foot at the ankle. I moved my tongue around and around. I lifted her leg and shifted her foot around so I could do the same from behind her ankle. Kaycee let out a small moan.

I started moving up again tracing a line on the inside of her leg with my tongue up to the inside of her knee, not once lifting until I reached said joint. The curve of her calf was making my heart beat heavy and Mr. Happy concurred. I lifted her leg higher without resistance then licked the back of her knee. She may have been relaxed before, but when I licked behind her knee it was clear that her relaxation quotient was taken to the next level as I could feel her deflating. Her breathing had become slower and deeper.

My tongue found its way up the back of her thigh to the bottom of her cute little ass sitting on the chair. Here I turned back down to the knee then up again on the inside of her thigh. I spread her left leg out and kissed the point where her thigh ended and the side of her crotch began -- just outside the border of her panties. Her skirt covered my head as I moved my kisses over her pussy without bothering to remove her panties yet. I stopped and sat up.

"Uuugh! Don't stop now."

"I'm just switching, dear. That other leg looks so lonely.", I mock pouted. "It would be so unfair if I ignored her." With that, I started in on the other foot. By the time I made it back up to her pussy, I took a moment to survey the view down. Man I must be a sucker for sexy legs. This time she was not going to let me stop again.

"Don't stop. Don't stop, Sam."

I didn't. Kisses were planted all around her panties. As I grabbed her skirt from the sides she instinctively lifted her hips, letting me slide it down to her ankles before resuming the kisses. I did the same for her panties but didn't bother stopping my ministrations, only moving myself aside so that she could kick her panties off from around her ankles.

The whole thing hadn't taken very long. You have to remember that I was used to Julie's legs which were over twice as long as Kaycee's and much bigger around making for a couple of magnitudes greater amount of skin to kiss and lick. Kaycee's legs, however, were no less sexy than Julie's mammoth, muscular limbs; just smaller and faster for me to finish up with. Nevertheless she was ready by the time I made it to her womanhood.

I kissed Kaycee's pussy and instantly got a face full of her sweet juices. I could taste her sex. They all taste different but none ever fail to turn me on. She moaned when my tongue licked her labia. Kisses were lightly planted around her clitoris before I took it gently between my lips and sucked. More moaning.

I imagined Julie's clit in place of Kaycee's. It would be big enough to be mistaken for a fat cock on Kaycee. How would Julie's girl cock feel inside of Kaycee? How freakish would Kaycee find that situation? How demented would Kaycee think of me were I to mention it?

After a few moments of meditating on her clit, I moved down and inserted my tongue as far as I could into her vagina. Her hips involuntarily spasmed from time to time, and their frequency was now growing faster. I replaced my tongue with my finger and moved back up to her clit. This time I started licking left and right while probing with my finger for her G spot. The time was drawing near and I redoubled my work.

"Mmmmmmmmmm.", she moaned.

The licking was changed from side to side to up and down, using as much of my tongue from the back to the front as I ran it up over her clit like a dog licking a person's face.

"Oooooooh. Ah. Ah."

My finger was joined by another as two fingers were going in and out of her sopping wet pussy now at a feverish pace. She tensed up.

"Ooooh. Mmmmmmmmmmmm!"

Her body shuddered as her ass came off the chair. I hung on. Her hips came crashing down again, then up. This continued several times; all the time Kaycee was moaning.

Finally, she slowed then stopped. I slowed my work too but kept up the kissing, placing little kisses randomly around her hips working my way up her body.

When I reached her mouth, her eyes were closed and she seemed to be in a dream world. But when I started kissing she instantly responded back. She opened her eyes and asked, "Wow. Is that how I taste?

"Sweet, isn't it?"

A huge grin spread across her face.

"Sam? That was magnificent."

"You like?"

"Like? Oh, yes. Very much so."

"I guess it comes with a little experience."

"If you had done that to me the first time we made love I'd have never let you leave." She grabbed the back of my head and we kissed again.

"Come on Sam. Let's go to bed. My turn this time."

I couldn't argue. I quickly picked up the wash basin and pitcher and threw the water down the sink. My hard on had faded somewhat by the time I reached the bedroom but Kaycee was fully nude and then started undressing me. Mr. Happy became happy again.

This time Kaycee went down on me. She couldn't fit all of Mr. Happy in her mouth -- a far cry from Julie -- and so basically sucked mostly on just the head. Her head was so much smaller than Julie's, or even Erin's. What's that they say about blow jobs? There's no such thing a bad one? Right? Right!

We kissed after that was over too.

"So, that's how I taste?", I said.

She laughed. We kissed some more. We finally fell asleep in each others arms. I rarely get to hold someone in my arms smaller than myself. This experience is completely different than trying to hold Julie. Julie's back is nearly as tall as me and over twice as wide. How small and insignificant I must feel to her. I wondered what it must feel like to hold someone just half my height, and realized something like that will never happen to me.

Kaycee fell asleep before I did so I just lay on my side holding and admiring her naked form next to me. I was content but tomorrow would be a work day for us all and I would be back on my journey to find out the mysteries that Samantha had left. I let myself fall asleep next to this girl who fit me, size-wise, better than anyone else I had ever made love to.

 

 

End Notes:

Sam will get to resume his search for clues to the mysteries that Samantha left.

Chapter 62 Eeyup by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam is still in Arizona.

I've had an illness in the family so I've neglected posting chapters. Sorry about not keeping up, but stuff happens. Hopefully, I'll have more time for the stories.

----- Tuesday

Big day today. Kaycee and I woke together but she had to go to work and left me at her place alone with Bonnie who was still sleeping. I was waiting to take a shower just kind of wasting time. Cindy was going to pick me up later that morning. We planned on going to the school admin offices. At least I was. Cindy wanted to look up old friends.

I was standing by the kitchen counter pouring some cream into my cup of coffee when I noticed a presence behind me -- a large presence. Turning around I was face to bare belly with Bonnie, and looking up I saw her pert little tits hovering over my head. Beyond that was her smiling face.

"Good morning, Bonnie."

"Good morning, Sam. I want to thank you for the hat.", she said with a smile, bending down to kiss me on the top of my head. "That was very thoughtful of you."

She apparently didn't have to go into work until after ten o'clock this morning. Bonnie, working closely with the fashionista elite who always started late, followed the same schedule.

"My pleasure, Bonnie. Just promise me you'll wear that hat for me when you become famous."

She laughed. "Yeah, right. You're the one who'll be famous; not me by a long shot."

"It could happen."

"I seriously doubt that. You'll remember me when it happens to you, won't you?"

"It's going to be hard for me, when I get my Grammy, to say, 'I want to thank all the little people', and be speaking of you."

I made her laugh. She got down on her knees.

"Now I'm little. See?", she said.

"Hardly. Even on your knees, you're still taller." It was true: my head was only at mouth level to her.

"Despite what Kaycee says, your size doesn't matter to me. How about another kiss?"

"Don't you remember what happened the last time we kissed?"

"Yeah. So?"

"So do you think it's a good idea to do that again? I mean now? Alone?"

"Ok. Whatever."

"I'd hate to come between you and Hal. How are you two doing, by the way?"

"We're doing great. Is that what you're worried about?"

"Yeah, because he seemed like a nice guy. Not at all what I had thought based on what Kaycee was saying about him."

"He's not as bad as Kaycee makes out. I don't know if Kaycee and Hal will ever get on good terms; they've been hating on each other for such a long time now."

"She hates him? Literally?"

"No. I'm exaggerating. They're not real chummy but they tolerate each other. It could be worse."

"I hope they get along better."

"Hal and I talked about you."

"Oh yeah?"

"He likes you."

"Good, because I like him too."

"Do you know what he sees in you?"

"My ruggedly handsome, good looks?"

"No. You asked about his family. That's important to him."

"It should be, because it is."

"Like your sister?"

"Exactly. She's my biggest fan."

"I remember your stories about her. I'm sorry what you went through growing up."

"Ah, it's ok. We didn't see eye to eye for a while. Because, you know, her eyes were way up there.", I said pointing up. "But now I have a stool."

"You're funny, Sam."

"It wasn't funny growing up. But, it's all good now."

"Does Erin ever kneel down like this for you?"

"No, not much."

"Too bad. Would you want her to?"

"It doesn't really matter, although it is nice to interact with someone face to face like this rather than always looking up at their boobs."

"Don't tell me you get tired of staring up at a pair of boobs?", Bonnie said, feigning indignation by holding her hand over her mouth.

"I never get tired of staring at boobs, period. Whether it's staring up, down, sideways, upside down or inside out."

"Inside out?"

"That was rhetorical. I don't know what it means either, but it sounded good."

"Ever get tired of staring at my nonexistent boobs?"

"They're not nonexistent. Small perhaps, but beautiful. And I love staring at them. I'm surprised you're not chastising me over the staring."

She pulled me in for a kiss. I figured she decided damn Hal, full speed ahead. We sucked face for a good long while before she pulled away.

"Your boobs are still big to me, you know.", I told her.

She laughed. "I never thought anyone would refer to my boobs as big. I guess they all look big to you."

"A perk of being little."

"I guess I'm lucky then. We have lots of little people here."

"You're telling me. There seem to be lots more people here with the virus than back home."

"It hit all of a sudden this year. It started a little bit last year but it seemed like a novelty then. Now, I don't think there is anyone that doesn't know someone with the disease. They say it started here too."

"I don't doubt it. I think I could get used to being here with all of the little people like me. And Kaycee."

"Kaycee would love it if you stayed."

"I can't. Not right now."

"I like talking with you. I can talk to you, right?"

"Sure, Bonnie."

She stood back up. "You know I'm not getting any, right?"

"Any what?

"Any sex. And that little kiss you gave me isn't helping."

"That wasn't a little kiss and you're the one that gave it to me."

She giggled.

"What about Kaycee?", I said.

"She ok with it. To be honest, she kind of suggested I stay topless around you this morning."

"What I meant was, don't you two ever go at it?"

"You mean sex with her?"

"Eeyup."

"I don't think of her that way, Sam. I could never do anything that might hurt her."

"That wouldn't be hurting her. What about Gabe?"

"Have sex with him? He's also a long time friend like Kaycee. I just couldn't, even though I'd like to."

"I meant Kaycee and Gabe."

"Oh. I misunderstood. Look, please keep this between us two."

"I will. It's kind of funny."

"How so?"

"Kaycee accused you of disliking, or at least avoiding going out with, shorter guys. But it seems to me like you like us little dudes."

"I do and I don't. I don't want to be seen going out with someone so small I guess. I know it's foolish, but it would look awkward."

"You should see Julie and I."

"That must be like, so cool."

"Awkward cool?"

"Uh, I guess so. What was it like when she became taller?"

"Eh. Not so great at first. I thought I'd lose her because I was shorter. But she still loves me."

"Do you think bigger girls are sexy?"

"Any girl is sexy, big or small."

"Do you think I'm sexy?"

"Do you really have to ask that question?"

She giggled again and bent down to give me another kiss on the head.

"Besides Julie, have you had sex with other big girls?"

"Getting kind of personal huh?"

"Sorry. I didn't mean to pry. I'm curious."

"It's ok. To answer your question, yes."

"Who else?"

"We're not telling anyone about this, right?"

"Right."

"Ok. There's Julie's sister and their friend Sharon."

"Julie's sister? You did it with Julie's sister?"

"Eeyep."

"How did that happen?"

"Hell if I know."

"Tell me about Sharon then."

"To tell you the truth, she is actually short. I think she's five one. But for me she a mini giantess -- I only come up to her tits. And I must say, they're pretty spectacular too, especially at my size."

"She must be big breasted, huh?"

"Eeyup. Of course, I told you that size doesn't matter. Anyway, her best attribute is the way she kisses."

"You must have taught her how to kiss.", Bonnie said, smiling.

"Nope. It's the other way around."

"Wow. She must be special."

"All my friends are special. You too, Bonnie."

"Aw, that's such a sweet thing to say."

"It's true. I'm not used to people, especially girls, actually being nice to me the way you are."

"You're very nice yourself."

"Nobody really took notice of me before. They mostly ignored me."

"I find that hard to believe."

"Well, things seem to be much better now."

"Now?"

"Yeah. Not like back in school. I'm not sure what's different now but someone like you probably wouldn't have given me the time of day back then. In fact I'm not sure what Kaycee saw in me when we first met. I thought she might have had too much to drink that night."

"She doesn't drink much. I doubt she was any more than just tipsy."

"Maybe. Perhaps it's because we both have the virus now."

"You're not giving her enough credit, Sam. I'm sure the virus wouldn't have made much of a difference for Kaycee."

"You do know that she was taller than me in school, right?"

"Yes. And that's my point. She didn't know anything about the virus until this year and she liked you anyway."

"That's good to know but it's weird. We spent one measly night together. After that it seemed she didn't want to see me anymore. Until this week, that is."

"Did you mind her being taller back then?"

"No."

"So, I'm sure she didn't mind you being shorter."

"It was pretty special finding someone like that. Especially, that night. For me, anyway."

"What did you two do?"

"Getting kind of personal again, aren't we? Are you a voyeur?"

"Ha, ha.", she laughed. "No. Kaycee is."

"Yeah, I believe you're right. We didn't do anything out of the ordinary that one night. Just, you know, regular sex."

"Was it different then?"

"No. Different how?"

"Because she was bigger."

"Oh, that. Not really. It's more different the way people are different. Personality, that is, not so much size."

"Would you still like her if she were bigger?"

"Kaycee? Of course I would."

"What if she were super big?"

"I did tell you about Julie, right?"

"Yeah. I can't wait to see her next to you."

"Yeah, a real spectacle that is."

"I can't believe you and Julie are still together. Her size doesn't bother you?"

"No, Bonnie. It doesn't."

"Does she ever wear high heels?"

"Not anymore. Her head would bash into the ceiling if she did."

"Wow. Would you mind if she did?"

"Heels? It wouldn't make much of a difference."

"Would you mind if I wore high heels?"

"No."

"Good. Wait here."

Before I could process what was happening she had disappeared into her bedroom then a moment later came out carrying a pair of red heels. She steadied herself with one hand on the dining room table while putting them on then came real close to me so I had to look up to her.

"Oh well. Not quite.", she said.

"Not quite what?"

"Not quite tall enough."

"Tall enough for what?"

"I wanted to see if your face was at my, um, hip level."

"Ah. You want to see if I can kiss your pussy standing up."

"Tee hee.", she giggled. "Yeah."

As I looked down I realized that even though she was right, her pussy was still not too very far below. I bent down a little and planted a kiss on the outside of her panties. She audibly gasped and grabbed my head from behind as I felt her hips and thighs tense.

"Ooo, yes. You are good kisser."

She bent down and gave me a kiss on the head then stood back up, grabbed the back of my head and started grinding her hips into my face.

"What're you doing?", I asked.

"Dancing."

"Bonnie, I don't dance. And I really don't have too much time for this. Maybe later?"

"You don't have to do anything."

"But I have to get ready."

"I have to get ready too.", she said. "Want to save some time?"

"How?"

"Share a shower."

"Uh, not a good idea."

"Afraid of what I'll do to you?"

"No. I'm afraid of what I'll do."

"We don't have to do anything we didn't do yesterday. Except I have to pay you back."

"You don't owe me anything."

"I owe you for the guitar lesson. I owe you for the hat. I owe you for yesterday. I owe you for today. And I owe you for making Kaycee so happy."

I didn't know what to say so I shrugged. It made me feel good knowing that I made Kaycee happy and I would love to stay with her but I couldn't. I didn't want to think about that though. I didn't have to because my attention was totally stolen away when Bonnie took off her panties. She still wore her heels though, and I gave her another round of kisses to her crotch.

We stopped for a moment and she helped me off with my clothes, then took me by the hand to the bathroom. She maneuvered me between her and the toilet next to the shower. Still wearing heels, her left leg was up on the toilet seat as her right hand held the shower curtain rod. With her left hand holding the back of my head I started eating her pussy in earnest.

I could use my tongue to cover nearly all of Kaycee's pussy when I pressed my face and tongue flat against her; this always drives them wild by the way. In contrast, with Bonnie's cunt being the size of my face it was a bit hard to cover all of her pussy lips in one go. But my tongue was still big enough to give her pleasure, especially when I stuck it into her vagina. Using my hands in the mix with my tongue I could feel Bonnie's excitement level getting higher and higher.

The more excited she got, the wetter her pussy became. Pretty soon her juices were dripping down my face. Both of my hands were snaked underneath her and I held her butt cheeks in each hand. It's hard to convey in words how good a nice, big, firm set of butt cheeks feels in your hands from this perspective; you'll just have to trust me or try it out yourself. It's like the most natural thing in the world. Bonnie was humming again.

"Mmmmmmmmmmmmmm."

She was grinding her hips and pulling me into her with her left hand. I was pulling her into me from behind. Things were getting real sloppy as I licked all around in her shiny wet pussy.

"Mmmmmmmmmmmmmm.", she moaned, this time louder. Her hips were moving back and forth. She was getting close, so I moved one of my hands from her ass and used two fingers to penetrate her and massage along the top where her G spot resides. With my other hand I rubbed up and down her thigh, then settled on wrapping my arm around it and holding onto her thigh, which was nearly as big around as I was, from behind. I had to steady myself. I could feel her climax building higher and higher.

As she came my face was flooded by a huge gush of liquid from deep down inside.

"Ohhhhhh Gaad.", she moaned. "Uhhhhhh."

Then I was hit by another gush of liquid right in the face. And then another. She finally bent over and held herself up with both hands on the back of the toilet. After a few pants she stood up again. I looked up at her perky little tits far above and couldn't resist reaching up to grab them. My arms were stretched above my head and she held my hands to her breasts.

"God, I so needed that.", she said. "Thank you, Sam."

"Yeah, you're welcome."

"And now it's your turn. Let's get in the shower."

She took off her heels and we hopped in. Once the water was adjusted she turned her attention to me.

"Can I pick you up?"

"I guess so."

She grabbed me under the arms and raised me so our faces met. I was placed against the wall at the back of the shower so I wasn't really getting too wet. There'd be time for getting clean later I figured. We kissed. With her leaning into me, holding me against the wall it was no problem staying planted and I was able to hug her neck. This wasn't quite so novel for me for I had been in similar situations with Julie.

The bathroom mirror was getting steamed up when she lifted me higher until my crotch was at her face level. I don't have to tell you that Mr. Happy was saluting this beauty in front of me. And then he received a kiss. It was only the beginning.

I looked down on the top of Bonnie's head; a perspective I rarely get to see. I realized I was way up in the air. It was face level for her, but for me it was like being on the second floor. I certainly didn't want to fall form this height.

Her head seemed huge and her mouth took in all of me. That's another perk of being little, I suppose: normal size gals can easily take all of you in their mouth without gagging. How big was Mr. Happy now anyway? I mad a mental not to measure later. Now I was in heaven.

Before long she was going at it like a hungry wolf and I was having a hard time thinking. Her tongue was going crazy, swirling around and around. No mortal subjected to such treatment could hold out for very long and I'm not immortal. She was slurping loudly as I filled her mouth with my jizz. She swallowed it all and smiled like she just won a trophy. My back slid down the shower wall until we faced each other and we kissed again. We were both spent as she leaned into me, her pert little titties rubbing up against my chest and belly.

"Let's finish cleaning up.", she said.

It was a bit of a let down, both figuratively and literally, when I was put back on the shower floor. But I had the best view with my face right above Bonnie's beautiful ass. As we were lathering up Bonnie resumed talking.

"I bet you never did anything like that with your sister.", she giggled. Little did she know.

"Well, ... can you keep a secret, Bonnie?"

"Oh, no! You didn't. Not with your sister?"

"Yes, with Erin."

"Oh, my God. Ha, ha, ha."

She found this hilarious.

"We never did have, you know, actual intercourse though. But we've done most everything else."

"Like what we just did?"

"Yeah."

"What else?"

"Sometimes she titty fucks me."

"Ok. She's got me there."

"Ha. Don't worry about that."

She looked down at her chest. I looked up at it. She sighed.

"Yeah, but I'll never be able to titty fuck anyone."

"Neither will I."

More laughing. "I hope not.", she said. "You'd look pretty weird with titties."

"You would too."

"What?"

"I'm sure you'd definitely look different. I've seen girls before and after boob jobs. I don't want you to look different. You're perfect just like this."

"You do say the sweetest things."

"It's true. You're not fake like some people. So promise me you'll never get fake tits."

"I'll try not to think about it again."

"Oh, you've thought about getting a boob job?"

"All girls think about it."

"Not the big ones."

"Yes, they do. The girls with big boobs want little ones and vice versa. Nobody is satisfied with what they have.", Bonnie said shaking her head.

"Take it from me: You have no reason not to be satisfied with what you have. I bet Hal is."

"Oh, he is. If he wasn't I wouldn't be going out with him."

"Does he like you in heels?", I said, teasing.

"Eeyep."

"Erin like's wearing heels."

"I have to meet this girl."

"I really hope you do. But be prepared to shed your clothes."

"Why?"

"Between her and Cindy, they're turning my house into a nudist colony."

Just then we heard a knock on the door.

"And speak of the devil.", I said, "I'll bet that's the little nudist now."

Bonnie hopped out of the tub, with me close behind, and grabbed a towel to throw around herself. It didn't cover much and I was hoping it really was Cindy, or else Bonnie was going to give someone a nice show. I grabbed a towel too, which covered me considerably more than Bonnie's towel, and then I ran out after her.

"Did I miss the fun?", Cindy said, standing in the doorway.

"No. Just a shower.", I answered.

"Together?"

"Uh. I take the fifth.", I said. Bonnie giggled.

"It figures. Can I join you?", Cindy said starting to shed her clothes.

"No! We need to get ready. I have things to do today. And Bonnie has to go to work."

"Who could be mad at us if we were just a little, not fully clothed?", Cindy said, demurely.

"No, Cindy. Do you want to be seen at the school admin offices in the nude?"

"Oh, wow! That would be so cool."

"I said NO!"

Bonnie laughed. "She can really get to you, Sam.", she said.

"She's not kidding. You realize that, right?"

"I'd love to see her and Erin tease you."

"It's not all it's cracked up to be, Bonnie."

"Don't believe him, Bonnie.", Cindy said. "Erin and I can make Sam turn the prettiest shades of red."

I rolled my eyes. "Fine. You do what you want. I'm going to go get ready. I hope you two have fun."

They were laughing when I left the room. When I returned dressed and with all my stuff, Bonnie and Cindy were still talking, Bonnie still wearing only her towel. I really wanted to get going early so with a bend at the waist and a kiss from Bonnie, Cindy and I were off.


----- Back at school

"So, how was she?", Cindy said on the ride over, which was a good half hour drive if not more.

"Who? Bonnie?"

"Yeah?"

"Eh, you know. Same ole, same ole."

"Yeah, right."

"Don't go blabbing this, Cindy. I don't want Hal to find out."

"What about Kaycee?"

"She kind of encourages it."

"Really?"

"She seems to get off on seeing it. I never knew before, but she definitely approves."

"You two make a nice couple."

"Bonnie or Kaycee?"

"Kaycee."

"Oh. If it weren't for Julie I'd be sorely tempted to stay here in Arizona. So, how are you and Gabe getting along?"

"We're doing just fine, Sam."

"You've spent every night with him so far."

"Not that first night."

"Ok. Not the first night, but the last two you have."

"So? Are you jealous?"

"No. I think it's great that two of my best friends are getting along so well."

"Don't get your hopes up. I have to be home tomorrow."

"I know. It would be great if you could stay. Hey, if there's anything you need me to do while I'm here and you're home just let me know."

"I'll let you know if I need you."

By this time we had pulled into the parking lot at school. It looked just as I had remembered, except that everything was bigger and there were people my size walking around; now that was unexpected. We made our way to the admin building.

I stopped at the information desk right at the entrance. There was an older lady who was sitting there reading a book. I suppose they don't get too much business in the middle of the semester.

"Hi.", I interrupted.

"Can I help you?"

"Yes. I used to go to school here and I was wondering if I could, uh, ask about a fellow student."

"What did you want to know?", the lady behind the information desk asked.

"Uh, well, I wanted to see if I could talk to one her teachers. I guess."

"Which one?"

"Anyone actually. Or maybe I could find one of her friends."

"Why don't you just ask her yourself?"

"I can't. She's no longer with us."

"Where is she?"

"Dead."

"I see. I'm not sure we can help you."

"I'm just looking for any information you can give me."

"If you're a student you can try searching the campus network. You'll have to have a valid account."

"I've graduated. Do alumni still have accounts?"

"I don't know. You should see the campus directory office. It's in room 208 upstairs."

"Fine. Come on, Cindy. Let's go."

"You go, Sam. I'm going to take a walk to the other side of campus. I'll meet you later. Ok?"

"Ok. I'll call when I'm done."

"Sounds good.", she said as she scampered off.

I made my way upstairs and found room 208. The door was open and there were several desks about. I stopped at the one nearest the door.

"Good morning.", I said to the young girl there. "I was wondering if someone could help me. I'm looking for information about a former student."

"Do you need a transcript?"

"No. No, I don't. She was a friend and I wanted to find some information."

"What information?"

"Just some of her classes that she took would be a start."

"I can't tell you much. Rules, you know."

"I graduated here two years ago. Is there anything you can tell me?"

"Let's see if her profile is open. If so, you can search through our online directory. The only information we're allowed to give just anyone is whether they went to school here, if and when they graduated, and their major."

"It's a start. Can you look up Samantha Damark for me?"

She typed on her keyboard and within a few moments said, "Sorry. No can do."

"You can't give me anything?"

"There's nothing here. Spell her name for me again."

I did and there was no information coming back on the computer.

"So, what does that mean?", I asked.

"It means she didn't go to school here."

"She must have. Can you try Samantha McDougan?"

More typing.

"There's a Chelsea McDougan, and Frank. I guess that wouldn't be it."

"When did Chelsea go to school?"

"About fifteen years ago."

"It can't be her then."

People were starting to take notice of our actions. Or maybe they were just staring at me being so small. I don't know.

"Can you do one more look up for me? Zoe Wood?"

"Hold on." A few seconds passed. "Here she is. She graduated three years ago."

"That sounds like her. What did she major in?"

"Psychology."

"Is there an address or phone number?"

"I can't give you that information, even if I had it. Her profile is private."

"Damnit. Is there anything more? A picture maybe?"

"I'm sorry, sir. That's all I have."

"Can you tell me about any of her classes? Teachers maybe?"

"No. I can't do that."

"Alright.", I said, my head bowed low. I was at a dead end again. At least the trip back here to Arizona wasn't for naught. There was Kaycee, and Bonnie. And it was great to see Gabe again. But there was still a big empty spot inside of me.

I walked downstairs and outside to a garden next to the admin building and found a bench. I sat, defeated. I had come this far but it looked like I would go no further. I had no idea why Samantha had done to me what she did and how she knew she had the virus way back then. I would just have to live without knowing.

"Hi. My name's Donny.", a voice above me said. I looked up and saw a young man holding out his hand. I shook it.

"Hi. I'm Sam."

"I heard you asking about Zoe upstairs."

"Yeah. Zoe Wood.", I said, perking up. "Do you know her?"

"I did. I believe you asked about Samantha first, right?"

"Yes. Did you know her too?"

"No. Well, a little. I had heard that, ... well, never mind. Do you want to see her?"

"I'd love to talk to her."

"Look, if I tell you how to contact Zoe, could you deliver a message?"

"Sure."

"Her old phone number doesn't work anymore, but she moved up north. North of Flagstaff."

"Ok."

"Can you travel all the way up there if I give you the address?"

"Yes, I can. I mean I will."

"Good luck then. Here, I wrote the address down for you. It would be great if you can get in touch and tell her we miss her."

"We?"

"Yeah. Promise me this: when you see her, please tell her that Marlene would like to see her."

"Ok, Marlene. Got it. I can do that. Is Marlene a friend?"

"Marlene is my sister. We both knew Zoe when she went to school here. And we'd both like to see her, especially Marlene. We know that Zoe's had it rough lately and want to see if she wants to get together."

"It's not a problem Donny. I'll tell her when I see her."

I took the information. My hopes were raised in an instant. Flagstaff would be almost a three hour drive from here being south of Phoenix. But I could do it. And it made sense. Samantha's parents lived a little west and north of Flagstaff, probably not too far from Zoe. Things were looking up. I could barely contain myself.

It looked like Donny wanted to stay around longer and talk but he had to run back to work. I thanked him profusely and called Cindy.

"Where are you?", I asked.

"At performing arts."

"Gonna be long?"

"I don't know. I'm with some old friends."

"Want to go to Flagstaff?"

"Today?"

"Yeah."

"That's pretty far, Sam. I don't think we have that much time."

I sighed. "You're right.", I said. "Maybe tomorrow."

"I leave late tonight. Remember?"

"Oh, yeah. I remember. I guess it will have to wait."

"What's in Flagstaff?"

"Zoe. Remember her?"

"Samantha's friend from the clothing store?"

"Yep. She lives up there."

"And you want to see her?"

"Of course."

"What about Samantha?"

"They have no record of her."

"Why not?"

"They say she didn't go to school here."

"Well, good luck. I won't stop you, but I can't go to Flagstaff."

"I know. It can wait. What do you want to do now?"

"Do you mind if I hang around here for a while. You can go do whatever you want if you don't mind coming back to pick me up later."

"Ok. I can do that."

"I'm sorry, Sam. I know this means a lot to you, but you have all week. I'm leaving tonight."

"No worries. I'll be ready when you are. Just call."

"I will."

I decided I would go to Flagstaff tomorrow. I could probably visit Samantha's parent's up there too but wasn't so sure I really wanted to. But I was definitely taking the road trip to talk to Zoe. But what to do today?

I didn't have much else to do that afternoon so I chose to haunt the math and engineering buildings which were next to each other. Professors in the computer science department were spread over the two buildings. There was talk of a new building for the computer science department but they had been talking about that since at least when I was a freshman.

I found professor Hayden in his office. It seems he didn't have any classes to teach this particular time of day so we were able to talk. It was good to see him again and he was overjoyed to see one of his old students, and proud of me too, especially upon hearing about my second job. He said I should go on to get a master's degree but I wasn't quite ready to go back to school. However, it did make me feel good to have his endorsement should I decide to go this way.

Dr. Hayden's thing was databases but he was into something new now -- big data and data science. He tried to talk me into going into that field.

"It's a growing field, Sam. You would do well in it."

"I'm kind of going down a different route. More along the lines of computer security."

"Ahh, that's good too. But if you decide to go big data I could use a TA to help me. You would fit nicely."

"I have a job back home. I only came back here to see old friends and I'll be going back this weekend. Besides, who's going to take a TA under four feet tall seriously?"

"At least half my students, I'm sure."

"How would you know that?"

"The disease is big here."

"Oh? So, half your students have the virus too?"

"More or less. At least in this department."

"I'm not sure if I should be depressed or not, Dr. Hayden."

"Call me Charles. You've graduated."

"Ok, Charles. I'll keep your offer in mind, but I have a pretty good life already back home."

"If you change your mind, we can always use someone to help out with the program. Not to mention you'll have a nice new shiny building to work in."

"Right.", I said, only half seriously because I doubted the new building would be built anytime soon.

Dr. Hayden, er Charles, was one of my favorite professors and I must admit, it would be fun to work with him. I had already made my choices, at least for the foreseeable future. But I still needed to figure out what happened with Samantha. I asked Charles if there was a way I could access my old school account. He typed a bit on his keyboard and said, "There you go. I've made sure you can now." Wonderful!

I left and went to the library to sit at a computer and tried to look up Samantha. Nothing. I looked up Zoe. I confirmed she graduated with a degree in psychology a year before I. No address was given so I would just have to go on what Donny had told me.

I looked into the psych program and the teachers in that department. Maybe there would be one that knew Zoe. The psychology department had its own building. I planned to walk over to the psych building and see if I could find out if anyone knew Zoe.

Walking around campus it was very noticeable that there were plenty of students with the virus. In a way, it was shocking. But I also felt less self conscious around them all. And it was great that people didn't stare at me like I was a freak. I suppose they were just more used to seeing little people around.

The top two floors of the psych building was where the professors had their offices. I would walk around looking in to each one with an open door. Most teachers would leave their doors open when they had office hours. I figured I'd just peek in and ask around. After a while of asking and getting negative responses I was starting to feel stupid and dejected. I was walking with my head down when someone barreled right into me and knocked me over onto my ass.

"Oh my God! Are you ok?", she said.

I stood back up and dusted off my butt. "Yeah. I'm ok."

"I'm so sorry. I didn't see you."

"No problem. I wasn't watching where I was going either."

"I'm so glad you're not hurt. My name is Fran."

"Hi, Fran.", I said as I looked up at her. "I'm Sam."

"Pleased to meet you, Sam. Are you a student?"

"Used to be. I graduated a couple years ago."

"Then you must be a grad student like me. Psych?"

"Uh, no, I'm not a grad student, much to the chagrin of at least one of my professors. Not psych either. I'm just visiting, catching up with old friends."

"In the psychology department? Who would that be?"

"Zoe. Zoe Wood."

"I remember her."

"Really? Did you know her friend, Samantha?"

"Sounds familiar."

"Can you tell me anything about them?"

"Zoe? I didn't really know her that well. I think we shared one class together -- physiology. Maybe another. I can't remember."

"Physiology? I thought this was psych?"

"We call the class just physiology. It's really physiological aspects of psychology. Very interesting course."

"What about Samantha?"

"Sorry. I wouldn't know. Oh wait. I remember. I would see a girl waiting for Zoe after class a lot of times. They must have been close."

"What did she look like?"

"You ask a lot of questions for someone who's meeting up with old friends."

"I didn't really know Zoe. I knew Samantha and Zoe was her friend. Samantha had red hair."

"Okaaay.", Fran said suspiciously.

"You see, Samantha is, ... well, she's dead. I just wanted to try and find out more about her last days. I guess."

"And you think Zoe will be able to help?"

"Yeah."

"Ok, her friend was a redhead. I wish I could help more. But that's all I know. Oh, I know. I heard Zoe had caught the virus that's going around. I think you know what I'm talking about."

"Yeah, I know.", I said, rolling my eyes.

"Oops, I didn't mean to make you feel bad."

"You didn't. I'm just, well, never mind. I already knew that they had it."

"If I remember anything more I could call you if you give me your number."

"My number? Are you hitting on me?", I said.

"Tee hee.", she giggled. "No. I just want to help. It's noon and I haven't had lunch. How about having lunch with me? I promise not to hit on you. Ok?"

"Sure. Where did you have in mind?"

"George's sub shop."

"I haven't been there in years. You're on."

So we spent about an hour and a half at the sub shop talking. I told Fran about Samantha. I didn't tell her that we met at the big party called the big blue, but she figured it out anyway.

"So you two must have been pretty sloshed.", she said.

"Yeah, well, that's the way it goes with the big blue."

"Tell me about it."

"You too?"

"You're surprised? Everyone goes."

"Yeah. I suppose I've been away too long."

"Where have you been?"

"Home, back east. I came back here when I found out about Samantha. She gave me the virus."

"Is that why you left?"

"No. I didn't even know about the virus until this year."

"Did you come all the way back just to talk to Zoe?"

"I didn't know who I was going to talk to. I've already talked to the cops but at this point Zoe is all I have to go on."

"I might be able to find out more about Zoe. I can ask around."

"That would be appreciated. You don't have to. I mean we don't even know each other."

"It's no problem. I'm happy we're talking."

"Me too."

"Those with the virus don't talk much to those without it."

"I thought it was the other way around."

"Maybe you're right. Can I ask a favor?"

"I guess so."

"I want to start a study about those with the disease for my thesis. Would you like to be part of it?"

"What would I need to do?"

"Just answer a few questions. I'm working on the questionnaire."

"Personal questions?"

"Maybe a little. You don't have to answer if you think they're too personal. Your identity would be be held in confidence though."

"Ok, sure."

"Do you know anyone else with the virus?"

"Oh yeah. A few."

"Maybe you could convince them to be a part. You know, get them to talk to me."

"I can try. When would you do this?"

"I'm not precisely sure yet. I'm still working with my advisor on getting it started but it would be in less than a month or two I'm sure."

"I'll probably be back home by then."

"It's ok. I can send it to you in email."

"Ok. I'll do it and I'll see what I can do about convincing others to join your study. "

"That's wonderful. And I'll check around the department to see if I can find anything else about Zoe."

We exchanged numbers and email then finished up lunch. I accompanied Fran back to campus then walked around some more feeling pretty good. I had a lead about Zoe and possibly some more information to come later.

I somehow ended up at the campus swimming pool. The swim team was practicing and they were separated into two sides: one was normal sized people, the other side were those with the virus. Was there a different league for them? Intriguing. What really caught my attention was that the girls on the "virus" team were wearing bottoms only; like the guys, they were topless. The contrast was really stark when you realized that all the normal sized gals wore a full one-piece suit. Cindy would love this.

And finally I got a call from Cindy.

"Are you ready to go back?", I asked over the phone.

"I'd like to stay longer but yeah, I'm ready. I need to get ready to catch my flight tonight. Where are you now?"

"At the pool."

"Give me a few minutes. I can meet you there."

"Alright. See you soon."

I was sitting on a bench when Cindy showed up.

"Cindy!"

"What?"

"Put your top back on."

"Why? They're topless.", she said pointing to the topless girls in the pool.

"Because. Because, you're, uh ... ugh, never mind."

"Believe me, no one cares about seeing me. They'll just think I'm a little boy."

"No. They'll think you're a sexy little girl."

"Aw, thank you, Sam."

"You're welcome. I think. Did you have a good time?"

"I did. You?"

"Sure."

"Any more information about Samantha? Or Zoe?"

"A little."

"What did you do while I was away?"

"I got to see one of my old teachers. He wants me to go to graduate school."

"You should."

"Not yet. I'm not done celebrating graduation and having no more classes."

And so we talked all the way back to Gabe's; me driving, Cindy looking sexy in the passenger seat topless.

Cindy took a quick shower at Gabe's then packed to fly back home. We didn't want to get to the airport late but we still had time to pick Kaycee up before heading back up to Phoenix. I wondered what it looked like to others with four little people in the car.

Cindy checked in, we had a bite to eat and then it was time for Cindy to leave. I gave her a big hug and kiss at the airport before she went through security. Gabe did the same.

"I'll see you next week.", she said.

"Tell everyone that I'm enjoying old friends here, but that I can't wait to get back home."

"I will."

She disappeared into the sea of legs that were in line for security. I missed Cindy as soon as she was out of sight. I realized that she had become a good friend in a very short amount of time. But I'd see her again soon.


----- Back at Kaycee's

We made it back to Gabe's house to drop him off, then Kaycee and I travelled back to her place. Bonnie was still up and I was wondering whether she was going to talk about this morning. I didn't have long to find out -- she told Kaycee all about it. And Kaycee was keenly interested in our morning story.

"I wish I could have been here to see that."

"I wish you were too.", I said. Then we both looked at Bonnie.

"I'm just glad it happened."

That caused us all to laugh. Then Kaycee gave me a big kiss and Bonnie got up to walk away.

"Where do you think you're going?", Kaycee asked her.

"I thought you two would like some privacy."

"What ever gave you that idea?", Kaycee responded. "Sit." Then we resumed our kissing.

Kaycee grabbed the bottom of my shirt and lifted it over my head. She did the same with her shirt then started the kissing again. It wasn't long before our clothes were scattered on the living room floor.

I tried to arouse her as best I could but she was the one in charge right now. She stroked Mr. Happy until I could barely stand it before getting down on all fours and crawling across the living room floor over near the couch where Bonnie was sitting and watching. Kaycee looked back at me with a face that told me, "Come here."

Kaycee was on her hands and knees facing Bonnie and her ass was facing me. As I came close she reached around and grabbed Mr. Happy and guided him into her from behind. She was wet and Mr. Happy was, well, happy. I slid into her with no difficulty.

While thrusting into Kaycee I had a great view of her ass and back side. I looked up to see Bonnie with one hand down the front of her pants and the other under her shirt rubbing a tit. Bonnie and Kaycee's eyes were locked onto each other.

As Kaycee was getting more into it, so was Bonnie. And as Bonnie became more aroused, so did Kaycee. Bonnie stopped long enough to pull off her pants and panties. She got up and stood over us, her shirt riding up over her pert little titties, bunched up under her arms. She was rubbing her cunt frantically.

Kaycee got up off her hands and was kneeling up. She grabbed my hands and cupped them to her chest as she knelt, craning her head back, looking up into Bonnie's twat. My hands were full of Kaycee's tits as I shoved into her from behind. I could hear Bonnie humming from far above us.

It was just about then that Kaycee started her moaning. Before I realized what was happening, Bonnie began squirting. Her juices rained down on Kaycee and I as we both reached our climax at nearly the same time.

All three of us had collapsed on the carpeted floor. We rested for a little while before getting up. It was late and we needed to get to sleep.

"Will you two mind sleeping with me?", Bonnie asked. I looked to Kaycee.

"If you want to Sam, so will I."

"Ok, then.", I said. "Let's do it." We all ended up in Bonnie's bed cuddled up together.

We were all tired from a long day but before falling asleep I asked the two, "So, you two are like, into that sort of voyeur thing?"

"Eeyup."

"And you've done this before?"

"Well..."

"What does that mean?"

"We've talked about it a lot."

I wanted to learn more, but was too tired to talk or listen anymore. We all drifted off to sleep.

 

 

End Notes:

Sam's quest reaches a climax in the next chapter. No, not that type of climax. Get your head out of the gutter.

Chapter 63 - Answers by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam meets Zoe and the Damarks and finds out more than he wanted to know.

----- Wednesday

I woke up with Kaycee, both of us next to Bonnie's naked form. My head was against Bonnie's itty bitty titties. I had told her that they were big to me; in reality, they were still itty bitty. I'd have to shrink quite a bit more for them to actually qualify as even medium for me. I still thought they were sexy. Very sexy.

Like yesterday, Kaycee and I woke together with Bonnie still asleep. Unlike yesterday, I would be leaving the same time that Kaycee did today; no time with Bonnie this morning. I hoped she wouldn't be too upset about that. I gave Bonnie's tits a goodbye kiss right before getting out of bed.

Kaycee and I showered together; no hanky-panky though. We both needed to start our day early. I opted not to eat breakfast at Kaycee's. I headed out before her and stopped at a fast food drive-through and ate in the car. I was on the road a little before eight with Zoe's address that Donny had given me yesterday plugged into the phone.

I settled into the drive, the drone of the wheels in the background as I worked my way to Phoenix, then north. About halfway from Phoenix to Flagstaff I received a call.

"Hello."

"Sam?"

"Speaking. Who's this?"

"Fran, from the psych department, from yesterday.

"Oh, yeah. Hi, Fran. How's it going?"

"Good. I found out a little something about Zoe I thought you should know."

"That's great. What is it? I'm headed up to see her now."

"She violent."

"She is? How so?"

"Maybe not too much, but she was suspended from school for fighting with another student."

"Well, you can be suspended for all sorts of little things. Maybe she didn't start it."

"I don't know. Nobody would tell me the full story and the two people I talked to about her, one a teacher, had different stories."

"Ok. So you're saying I should watch myself around her?"

"I couldn't hurt."

"I'm thinking it was a bum rap, Fran. I mean, she did go back to school and finish. She must have because I saw when she received her bachelor's degree. If you do something really bad they won't let you grauate."

"I guess it wasn't too bad then if she they let her back after the suspension."

"Thanks, Fran."

"One more thing."

"What?"

"Would you ask Zoe to be part of my study?"

"It's just a questionnaire, right?"

"Yes."

"Ok, then. I'll ask her."

"Thanks. And good luck."

I was curious about the questionnaire, but that would be a couple of months from now so I forgot about it. I had other things more pressing.

I reached Flagstaff a little before 11:00. I decided to stop and have lunch first. I settled on another fast food place but went inside this time.

Unlike in the Phoenix area, and parts south, Flagstaff was cold and I hadn't brought a jacket. It didn't have too many little people like me either; people that had caught the Borgford's virus. At least there were none that I could see as I made my way inside the restaurant. I had the basic burger and fries and a soda. As I finished my meal butterflies started to flutter around in my stomach. I was anxious. Nervous is a better word.

I wasn't sure exactly why. I was not comfortable around all of these normal sized people. But I think it was the idea of meeting Zoe that made me feel anxious. I rolled up to the parking lot of the apartment complex where she lived. I found the right building, went down one flight of stairs and saw the door. This was it. I paused for a second to gather my courage then knocked. I waited.

I was about to knock again but I heard the lock being unlatched. The door handle turned and the door opened partway. I saw a little girl standing there. And when I say little, I mean shorter than me -- much shorter. I would say her head came up no higher than my stomach. Was this Zoe or her little sister or cousin or something? She did look like an adult. Barely. She had short black hair and wore a tight black shirt with a black skirt around her waist and black stockings, and her feet were covered in black boots. All black. Goth looking, in fact, although I usually see Goths with lots of makeup; she didn't have any. I caught a glance at her chest and it was clear she was certainly no minor. It must be her. She wasn't speaking so I looked down and asked, "Zoe? Zoe Wood?"

"Yes. Who are you?"

"My name is Sam Cook. I knew Saman..."

BANG! She grabbed the door with both hands and slammed it shut in my face as hard as she could. I could have slammed it much harder, but I put that up to her being much smaller.

"Zoe.", I said, raising my voice, "I just want to talk about Samantha. I knew her a few years ago."

"I know who you are.", came the voice, slightly muffled behind the door. "Go away."

"I ... I'm sorry. You must have been through a lot. It would mean so much if we could talk."

"How did you find me anyway?"

"I'll tell you how if you tell me about Samantha."

She didn't answer. I waited. I waited about a minute or two. When you're waiting, not knowing if something will happen or not, a minute or two is a long time. It felt like two hours rather than two minutes. I was getting ready to leave. I didn't want to but it was clear that the next move was up to her. She could easily have just done nothing and I would have walked away. Walked away without knowing. Walked away with nothing to show for why I came to Arizona in the first place. I turned to go back to the car, then I heard the door latches move once again.

She stood in the half open door staring at me. I raised my eyebrows in a gesture of "Well?"

She sighed and opened the door fully motioning me to come in. I noticed the deadbolt below the doorknob; most are above. While the doorknob was still below my chin, it was above Zoe's head. There was a filled hole where a deadbolt above the doorknob once had been. The new deadbolt was where Zoe could reach it.

She motioned for me to sit on the couch. There were cardboard boxes everywhere. She had just moved in or was about to move out. I guessed the latter. Zoe sat in a chair next to the couch.

"So?", she said.

"So, uh, I heard about Samantha. And she, um, she ..."

"Committed suicide. I know. I found her body."

"Oh my God! I didn't know. That must have been horrible."

"I can't tell you how horrible it was in words. They just don't exist in the language."

"I saw the pictures."

"What pictures?"

"The one's that the police took."

"Did they contact you?"

"Yes, they did. Sammy, I mean Samantha, had left a suicide note and it seemed it was addressed to me."

"Yeah, I know. I played no part in her decision to end her life. You did. She didn't apologize or anything to me."

"Uh, ok. Look, Zoe, this is a little hard. I knew her when I was in school, about three years ago. We spent some time together and then she just disappeared."

"I know."

"You know? What happened to her?"

"She was getting too close to you. That wasn't supposed to happen."

"I don't get it. Why not?"

"Look. The whole thing was a big cluster fuck."

"Our relationship was a cluster fuck. Great to know.", I said sarcastically.

"It's a long story ... Sam."

"Yes, the name's Sam. And I have all the time in the world."

"I know it's Sam. That's what I called Samantha. It's just a little weird calling you Sam."

"Oh. Well, we called each other Sammy, because everyone else called us Sam."

"She did mention something about that."

"You must have known her pretty well. Were you friends very long?"

"Longer than you."

"Yes, I get it. You were better friends to her than I was."

"No. We were lovers."

"Oh?"

"Surprised? Yes, Samantha was a lesbian. And so am I."

"That doesn't make sense. Why would she have gone out with me?"

"Because she was dared."

"She went out with me on a dare?"

"Yep."

"Why? Because I was shorter than her?"

"No. She did become much shorter than you though, eventually."

"I used to be taller than this. I caught the virus, apparently from Samantha."

"I know. I did too. But I made that choice. You didn't."

"Wait. You knew she had the virus but you let yourself get it from her?"

"Yes."

"Why?"

"I loved her."

"How tall were you before the virus?"

"Five four."

"Yikes. You know they have medicine that will keep you from shrinking?"

"I know. I'm on it now."

"But you're so ..."

"Short?"

"Yeah."

"I started taking it late last year when they first came out with it. Both Sam and I. But she wanted to stop taking the meds and I was with her -- for a little while anyway. Then I couldn't take all the shrinking so I started back up on the meds."

"But Sam didn't?"

"Right."

"How small did she ... I mean ..."

"Under two feet tall, Sam; only nineteen inches. She was in a pretty bad way. I think it slowly drove her crazy. Then she heard your songs and it put her over the edge."

"I'm sorry. I ... I can't believe she went out with me on a dare."

"Believe it."

"But she knew she had the virus then?"

"Yes. That's why she was dared. They wanted you to get the virus."

"Who wanted me to get the virus?"

"Darknose14."

"What does that mean?"

"Darknose14 is the handle of one of the people in the game."

"What game?"

"Sword of Lakatos. It's an MMORPG. That's a massive multiplayer online role playing game."

"I know what a MMORPG is."

"Then you play. Do you play Sword of Lakatos?"

"No. I don't play computer games."

"Too geeky, huh?"

"No. No, I just never got into that sort of thing. I program computers, I don't play them."

"You don't program games by any chance, do you?"

"No. I have a friend who's into that, but I develop regular apps."

"Games are regular apps. Like what type of regular apps do you develop?"

"Like spreadsheets and database backends."

"You use them at work?"

"Sure, everyone does. But I make them."

"Oh. Program any good databases lately?"

"No. I kinda work on other things now. Wait. Are you making fun of me?"

"No, I wouldn't think of it."

"Hmm. Why would this darknose14 dare Samantha to, you know, date me."

"I don't know."

"What kind of game is this sword thing?"

"It's big with girls, unlike a lot of other games. I wouldn't be surprised if darknose14 is a girl. She's part of our guild. We go around in the game as a group pillaging and plundering."

"I'll bet. How many are there in the group?"

"Seven."

"You and Samantha?"

"We were, yes. And darknose14. Then there's princesswowee, gunsnposes, crackerjack, and I know for a fact that crackerjack is a guy."

"He must be popular in the group."

"Meh. We're all friends, at least in the game. There's one more. Who did I forget?"

"I don't know?"

"Fouldor."

"Ok. What's your handle?"

"Blackmouse."

"Hmm. It fits. What about Samantha's?"

"It was grinder8."

"That's the gang, huh? You all go around daring each other to do things?"

"No. But Sam bragged about the virus and how you can catch it sexually. I told her to keep it quiet but she loved to talk."

"So darknose14 found out about the virus and wanted her to give the virus to someone just for kicks?"

"Not exactly."

"Then what exactly?"

"Darknose14 wanted Sam to give the virus to you."

"To me? Personally?"

"Yep. They named you by name once they found out I went to school at Drumford."

"Named me by name?"

"Yes. I was hoping you could tell me who darknose14 is?"

"I don't know anyone by that name."

"Know anyone who plays Sword of Lakatos?"

"I don't think so. But I WILL be asking around. Maybe it was someone at school."

"You must have enemies."

I thought real hard who would want to do this to me. I couldn't come up with any rational answer. "None that I can think of.", I said. "So, darknose14 wanted Samantha to go out with me? Weird."

"No. Darknose14 wanted Sam to have sex with you."

"Well. He or she got their wish and more. Samantha just up and left me. I looked for her but she gave me a different last name. I couldn't find her. Now I know."

"It was only supposed to have been one night. I begged her not to but I couldn't talk her out of it. And then she kept seeing you and started falling in love with you. I knew it was a bad idea. It was I who talked her into leaving."

"Swell. Thanks a lot."

"Don't be sore. She was, after all, a lesbian."

"It didn't seem that way for those two weeks."

"Trust me. It never would have worked out."

"Oh really? Maybe she wasn't one hundred percent lesbian. Did you think of that?"

Zoe bowed her head down. "Maybe.", she said.

"Oh shit. I'm being insensitive, aren't I? You two were lovers."

"Yes. And she was mine. Not yours. I knew her first."

"Yes. I suppose you did."

"Are you going to tell me how you found me?"

"How about you tell me how Samantha knew she had the virus?"

"I don't know. Truly, I don't know."

I sighed. "Ok. The story's a little long."

"I've got all the time in the world."

"Touche!" I said. "Ok, it started at Phoenix."

"Wait. I need a drink. Want one?"

"I'll have some water."

"Are you sure you wouldn't want something a little stronger?"

"Like booze?"

"Of course."

"No. That stuff is bad for you. Especially you. It negates the meds."

"I know. I don't care. Hang on."

Zoe went to the kitchen and came back with a bottle of bourbon and two glasses with ice. One was filled with water. I guessed that one was for me. She set them down on the coffee table and poured herself some bourbon.

"You drink bourbon?", I asked.

"Yes. You sure you wouldn't want to try some. This is the good stuff."

"No."

"Sam used to hate it too. She said it burned going down. I say it makes you feel warm inside."

"It is cold up here in Flagstaff."

"And not like Phoenix. You were telling me about Phoenix."

"Oh yes. I went to the police station to try to find out about Samantha."

"What prompted you to do that?"

"I learned about her death back home. I live on the east coast and they had a sheriff deputy look me up and tell me about her. But I came back here after that because of the suicide note to see what I could find out about Sammy. I talked to a detective in Phoenix and asked about the pictures."

Zoe took a big gulp of bourbon.

"Look, Zoe. I didn't know you two were lovers. I'm sorry to bring it up. But anyway, I saw the shirt Sammy was wearing when, well, you know."

"What's so special about a shirt?"

"Because you buy your stuff special from Phoenix. The Binky Bird Boutique."

"Yes, we did. I liked those trips to Phoenix. It's not easy to find clothes at this size."

"I know.", I said with wide eyes emphasizing the point.

"So, what then?"

"I talked to a gal named, uh, Cathy. Yeah, that's it, Cathy."

"She told you my name?"

"Not right away. She didn't know your name but she knew who you were. She didn't want to get in trouble for looking over the receipts so please don't make a big deal of it, ok?"

"Ok. Go on. Did she tell you where I lived?"

"No. I had to go to school for that."

"They told you at Drumford?"

"Not exactly. I asked about Sammy first but they said she didn't attend school there. Dio you know if she did?"

"No, she didn't, I did. But she would follow me around campus a lot."

"Right. Ok then I asked about you and they couldn't tell me anything. They said your profile was private."

"I made sure of that."

"Good move. Anyway, when I left the admin building a guy followed me."

"Creepy."

"Well, it would have been but he asked how I knew you. I told him I knew Sammy and that you were her friend."

"Who was this creep?"

"His name was Donny. And he wants to see you."

"He wants to see me or his sister Marlene wants to see me?"

"Marlene does."

"There's no way that's gonna happen. Not with that bitch."

"Okaaay. I see you know them."

"She used to go out with Samantha."

"Okay, whatevs. He really seemed genuinely interested in helping."

"They want me to join their cult. She's an abortionist, you know."

"She's a doctor?"

"She's not a doctor. But she believes in killing babies. Do you, Sam?"

"Abortion? To tell you the truth, I've never really thought about it."

"Not political, huh?"

"No, I try to stay out of politics."

"Don't worry. You will be. I promise that."

"I hope not."

"Ha, ha." she laughed. "I think I see why Sam liked you. I'm starting to like you too."

"Thanks."

"I bet you wouldn't have thought I was a right to lifer, huh? I mean being a lesbian and all that."

"I really wouldn't know. I thought feminists were all for abortion."

"Feminism stands for many things. Abortion is just one thing. You don't have to endorse every single idea to be a feminist."

"So you're a feminist?"

"What do you think?"

"Frankly, I have no idea. Like I said I'm not political and your sexual identity is really none of my business. If you want to be a right to lifer you have that right. Right?"

"Trying to be funny?"

"No, it just came out that way. I'm really sorry to be bringing all this stuff up for you."

"It's par for the course. My life is shit anyway. So, that creep Donny told you where I was?"

"He did. Said the phone number that he had doesn't work anymore."

"I changed it a long time ago. We've never moved since I graduated though."

"We? You and Samantha?"

"Yes. She supported me."

"But you had the college degree, right?"

"I did. I was fired from my job. You want to know why?"

"Why?"

"Because I was too small."

"They fired you for that?"

"I was a counselor. You can't have someone counsel you if they're shorter than you."

"Really?"

"No! But that's the excuse they gave me. Bunch of swine. Did you know it's not against the law to discriminate against someone for their stature?"

"That sucks."

"That's the biggest understatement of the year."

"I'm so sorry, Zoe."

"Don't worry about it. It's not your problem."

"Can't you find another job?"

"No. Sam's family paid for the apartment. But now that she's gone ..."

"Oh my. What are you going to do?"

"I don't know. I have until the end of the month to leave this place."

"Do you have family?"

"Mom and Dad died long ago. I was raised by my mother's sister, aunt Milly. But I'm not going back there."

"Why not?"

"She abused me. And now that I'm so small there's no way I could defend myself from her."

"Aren't there any friends you can stay with?"

She just shook her head. I felt real bad.

"Would you mind if I had a drink of that bourbon, Zoe?"

I had finished my water but there was some ice left. She poured the glass half full of bourbon and handed it to me. The bottle said Bulliet Bourbon. Like she said, it was good stuff.

Zoe took her own glass into her hands and said, "Cheers." then downed the rest of her glass. I took a swig of mine and it made my eyes open real wide. She was right: it was warm going down.

"So, I guess my story drove you to drink after all?", she said.

"I'm so sorry, Zoe. Is there anything I can do for you?"

"Can you pay my rent?"

I sighed.

"I thought so.", she replied.

"I can do one month, maybe. That might buy us some time to figure something out. How much do you need?"

"No, Sam. First, you shouldn't get involved. Second, you'll just get sucked into doing this forever. Third, I've been down this path racking my brain for a solution. The only path I can think of is the one that Sam chose."

"Oh no you don't! If I have to keep paying your rent then I will. I consider Sammy a real good friend and you were her lover. Even though I didn't know it at the time, I'd say that makes you a friend too. I won't let my friends hurt themselves if there's anything I can do about it."

Zoe started crying. I got up and hugged her. She hugged me back, much to my surprise. There was no where else she could turn. I didn't know what I was going to do but I couldn't let her rot.

"Zoe, look at me.", I said breaking the hug. "I make pretty good money. I can afford to help you out. Ok?"

"I can't let you do that, Sam. I don't even want to stay here anyway. This is where ..."

"I know. I know. I'll figure something out. Everything will be alright, ok?"

There was more crying and she plastered her head onto my stomach.

"Do you still play Swords of Lakatos, Zoe?"

"Not much. When Sam died I told everyone about it and we all sort of went our ways. Everyone was sad I guess. I don't chat with them anymore. Even darknose14 was sad."

"Yeah, well, if I ever get my hands on him or her I'll ... I don't know what, but it won't be pretty."

"You don't need to do this, Sam."

"Yes, I do. Really, I'll think of something. I'm good at that. Perk up. Ok?"

"I'll try. I'll try real hard."

"Good girl."

We talked a little more. Zoe had settled down and dried her tears, but inside I was crying. I was thinking maybe her playing more of her game might take her mind off of the bad things.

When I left I went to a bank in Flagstaff. I drew some cash out and went back to give it to Zoe. It wasn't enough for rent because you can only withdraw so much in one day, plus it was even less than that since I was so far away from home. She didn't want to take it but I forced her saying she didn't have a choice, and she didn't. I wrote a check made out to the landlords for her too. That would buy us some time.

Before leaving for good I asked her if she would take a survey or questionnaire or whatever that Fran wanted.

"It's from someone from your own school and department.", I said. She shrugged. I couldn't blame her for not being enthusiastic about it. There would be time for that later anyway. It was about three o'clock in the afternoon before I left.


----- The Damark's

I couldn't believe that anyone could dare Sammy to sleep with someone she didn't know just to give them the virus. How cold is that? This world is crazy. I still didn't know how Sammy knew that she had the virus three years before.

I found myself plugging in the address of Samantha's parents. It was the address that I had found before leaving and it had to be them. But what if it wasn't? Then, I suppose I'd just turn around and leave. I'd already found out most of what I came here for and it wasn't good. What else would I find?

The navigation app brought me west from Flagstaff. I drove for maybe forty-five minutes, turned off the highway, took a couple of turns and ended up in front of a typical southwestern style house. It was pretty grand too -- stone walls and windows with arched tops graced the outside. The roof was covered in red clay tiles.

I parked on the street in front rather than park in the driveway. There was plenty of room but I felt it would be rude to park there. This was like meeting your girlfriends parents for the first time. And the girlfriend was dead.

I rang the doorbell. A short time later a lady answered. She had red hair and looked like Samantha. I knew I had found the right place.

"Hi. My name is Sam Cook. I knew a girl named Samantha Damark in school. I'm looking for her parents."

The lady looked down on me and smiled.

"Hello, Sam. Won't you come in? We've been expecting you."

"You have?"

"We were hoping you would come. We heard a lot about you. We're happy you did."

"Thank you, Mrs. Damark."

"Bill, honey?", she hollered. "Can you come here? We have a guest." Then she turned to me and asked, "Can I get you something to drink?"

"No. I'm fine."

"Please, have a seat in the living room."

I sat on the sofa she pointed to. Pretty soon Mr. Damark came into the living room drying his hands on a paper towel. They kissed and he sat opposite me.

"It's that boy.", she said. "The one Samantha told us about. Remember? His name is Sam.", Mrs. Damark said to him.

"Yes, dear, I remember." Turning to me he said, "How are you, Sam?"

"Uh, I'm fine. How are you?" I know, real suave of me, huh?

"We're just fine.", Mrs. Damark answered.

"I'm real sorry to hear about Samantha."

Mrs. Damark turned her head away.

"Honey?", Mr. Damark said. "Why don't you go get some cookies for us? Let me have a minute or two to talk with Sam."

Uh, oh! Mrs. Damark left the living room and it was just Mr. Damark and I alone in the living room. The room was immaculate. My house was never this clean. You might say the room was antiseptic. I was nervous.

"So, you knew our daughter?", he asked.

"Yes. I met her about three years ago. At school. Drumford college. I thought she was a student."

He shook his head, so I carried on.

"She, uh, gave me the virus."

"Yes. We know. Samantha told us."

"Did she tell you why?"

"Yes, she did.", he said. He looked pretty uncomfortable now. And now I felt a bit better being here.

"Well, I didn't know that at the time or that she had caught the virus. And Samantha, well, she left me after two weeks without saying goodbye and without a trace."

"She left you for that lesbian."

"Zoe."

"Yessir, that's her name.", he spat.

"I looked for her, but she told me her name was Samantha McDougan and I couldn't find her after that."

"I see. McDougan is her mother's maiden name."

"Yes, that's right, dear.", Mrs. Damark said coming into the room with a plate full of chocolate-chip cookies. I could smell them from where I was sitting and they smelled heavenly. I wanted to be polite however I stood a good chance of devouring them all if they would let me. I was hoping they would take the majority of them before they were all gone.

"Have a cookie, Sam, I just baked them this afternoon."

"So," Mr. Damark said, "you came to pay your respects I see. That's mighty fine of you."

"Well, yes and no."

"No?"

"Yes, I mean. But I have a question."

"Yes, what is it?"

"Well, I found out why Samantha did what she did. But what I don't understand is how she knew she had the virus. She had to have known and she told others about it too but how could anyone know about this virus back at that time? I certainly didn't. How did she know?"

The two of them looked at each other. Mr. Damark cocked his head at her and she got up.

"I have to tend to some laundry.", she said. "You two talk for a while. Please, Sam, have some cookies."

I couldn't resist any longer. I had a cookie and it was as good as I had imagined. Better even.

Mr. Damark leaned in close to me and abruptly changed the subject by asking, "So, Sam, what do you do?"

"My job?"

"Yes, your job."

"I work with computers."

"That's good. It must be real interesting."

"Oh it is. Especially now."

"Now?"

"I just started a new job. I work for a government contractor. I'm not allowed to tell you exactly what I do but it's pretty interesting. Much more interesting than what I used to do."

Mr. Damark leaned back into his chair. I must have said too much.

"Well, Sam. That changes everything."

"What do you mean?"

"Never mind. You must have a clearance, right?"

"Yes."

"Very good.", he said nodding.

"Yeah, well it took a while for them to get all that clearance work done. I thought I'd never get it. It was nerve racking for a while."

"I know. I've had a clearance for many years. I work with classified information too. Unfortunately, I let some things slip and it ruined my life."

"Did you go to jail or something?"

"No. But it killed Samantha."

I couldn't process this. I can't imagine what the look on my face was like. I just sat there dumbfounded.

"How would you like to go for a ride with me, Sam?"

"Okaay."

"Don't worry. I think it'll do you some good. Trust me."

I was a little scared but I decided to trust him.

"Dear.", he called out to Mrs. Damark. "Sam and I are going for a ride. We'll be a couple of hours. We'll see you later."

"Ok. I'll have supper for you two when you return."

That part was encouraging. At least he said we'd both return.

We drove west. Mr. Damark, or Bill as he asked me to call him, made small talk. He was pleasant and it seemed I was "the" boy that they wanted Samantha to go out with. They didn't care for the fact that she was a lesbian. A fact that both her parents had seemed to deny. But by the way they talked of her I could tell they still loved her. She was their only child.

We drove deep into the desert. After a while Bill turned to me.

"We'll be coming to a gate soon, Sam. Do you have your id on you? I'm sorry for asking so late. I should have done this before we left."

"Yes. I'm carrying it. I always do."

"Good. Do you know your social security number?"

"I do."

"Great. You'll need to show your id to the guard at the gate."

"We must be headed to some base where they do classified work, huh?"

"You betcha. It's my office."

I wondered why he was taking me here but I'd find out soon enough. When we arrived at the gate the guard recognized Bill.

"Back so soon?", the guard said. "I thought you were working the early shift."

"I am. But I brought a guest with me this time. He should be in JPAS."

I gave the guard my id and social. It took a couple of minutes but he seemed satisfied and I was given a green badge with only a number on it. I was instructed to wear the badge at all times then we drove onto the base.

It was sparse like everyone had left for the day but all the lights were on. We parked and I was led into a little shack. It was more like a quonset hut in the middle of the desert.

"Do you have cell phone, Sam?", Bill asked.

"Yeah. Here. I suppose you have a locker to put this in?"

"You know the drill. Any other radios or transmitters?"

"Nope. Just the cellphone."

With the formalities out of the way he led me down a hall, around a corner then into an elevator. But there was no "up" for the elevator to go. Instead we went down.

When we got out we turned right and went down a long hallway. At the end was a double door that we went through. There were some desks and another door. For this one Bill used his badge to unlock it and immediately beyond that was another locked door with a cypher lock. He punched in the code and we went into a laboratory.

The walls were lined with cages that were nearly all filled with what looked like monkeys. Yes, they looked like monkeys except they were the size of mice.

"Here we are, Sam. This is where it all began."

"Where what began?"

"The virus."

"You made the virus here and you gave it to the monkeys?"

"The virus was engineered in Maryland."

"Maryland?"

"That's the Army's biological warfare headquarters. They made the virus there first. Then they brought it here."

"The Borgford virus? Here?" I can see why this information was very sensitive and Bill just outright told me about it very bluntly.

"We used to keep them topside but we needed to bring them underground."

"Why?"

"The virus got out."

"No. Tell me all about it."

"You don't have to be sarcastic, Sam. I know, we fucked up."

"Does that have anything to do with Samantha?"

"I used to bring her here. She'd play with the monkeys. We think that's how she caught the virus."

"Jesus. You let her play with the monkeys that were diseased?"

"Yes, Sam, I told you, I fucked up."

"I'll say. So she was it. She was patient zero. She started the whole epidemic?"

"Not exactly."

"Then what exactly?"

"There were reports of the disease before Samantha caught it."

"How did it get out?"

"We're pretty sure it was mosquitos."

"So, it's all true. Everyone was right. The CIA invented this shit and it went wrong because of mosquito bites."

"It wasn't the CIA. Who said it was?"

"Everyone is speculating where the virus came from. It may not have been the CIA, but it was the government, wasn't it?"

"Yes, it was. And it went wrong."

"There was someone my girlfriend knows who came out here to find out about the virus. She was right in coming here wasn't she?"

"I suppose so. You mentioned a girlfriend?"

"Yes. What? Did you think I was waiting for Samantha all my life? Look, Bill. Samantha showed me kindness when nobody else would. I'd have loved to spend a lifetime with her. But she left. Ok? Life goes on."

"I didn't mean it that way, Sam. We need to know more about the vector to be sure of all this."

"What vector?"

"The mosquitos. We need an entomologist. Unfortunately, the scientists we wanted to work with can't get a clearance."

"Why not?"

"They're communists."

"Ugh. Politics again."

"The only thing we can do is sponsor a program at the university for a young person to get their degree. Someone who can get a clearance before they turn to communism. The schools nowadays are so liberal."

"Eeyup. A degree in entomology you say?"

"Yes. Nobody wants to go into that field it seems, and anyone that does won't work for the government."

"Hmm. I wonder why?"

"Are you being sarcastic again?"

"Yes, you guessed my secret. Why are you telling me all of this?"

"I'm not sure. I just want to do right by Samantha."

"So, you think telling me will make it right?"

"I don't know."

"I can't tell anyone about this, can I?"

"No, you can't."

"But you want this to get out somehow, don't you?"

"Perhaps."

"How will this help anyone?"

"I don't know. Maybe it's better that nobody else knows."

"I can help. I might know someone who wants to study bugs."

"Really?"

"Yes, really. She has the virus too. That might be motivation enough."

"I can give you contact information."

"Do that." I said. "What school?"

"ASU, but any one in the area with an entomology program will work."

"Does your wife know how Samantha caught the disease?"

"I didn't tell her. But she suspects."

"What about Samantha? Did she figure this out all by herself?"

"The doctors here took care of her. I never should have brought her to work with me. Like I said, I really fucked up."

"Yeah, well, this whole thing stinks."

"You don't think I know this?"

"I don't think you have any idea how bad it all is."

"Maybe not. But if I could, I would trade with Samantha. There's not a day that goes by that I don't think about doing what she did."

"Don't. It wouldn't do anyone any good. So, are you the one in charge here?"

"No! I'm the second one in charge. I used to work on deducing how much damage bombs would do considering climate, terrain, time of year, that sort of thing."

"Sounds exciting."

"It was. We don't work doing the same thing all our lives. I somehow fell into management."

"Oh, that's where the real excitement is."

"I'm going to call you Sarcastic Sam."

"I have no problem with that."

"So what do you do really? You can tell me here."

"Protocols. I study data communication protocols and try to break them."

"Any luck?"

"Oh yeah. I've embarrassed a few people."

"Don't tell me, NSA?"

"Yeah."

"I bet that goes over well."

"Actually, they seem to be all right with it. They want me to go to their school."

"You should go."

"Hmm. That's the second time in as many days that someone wants me to go back to school."

"You don't want to?"

"I probably will, just not this soon."

"Think about it. You seem to be successful. It'll be good for you."

"What about Zoe?"

"What about her?"

"She's not so successful. She was depending on Samantha for a life together. Now she has nothing."

"That's not my problem."

"Your daughter loved her. Doesn't that count for anything?"

"That situation was an abomination. It's not natural."

"I see now. Tell me something. How do you feel about abortion?"

"Look Sam, Samantha had to abort your child. There was no way she or Zoe could have brought it up."

That news was a real shocker! I had no idea. But I wasn't going to let him know that.

"So, you were ok with it?"

"We endorsed her decision, but we would have suggested it if she asked."

"Yes, I'm sure it was for the best."

I was getting disgusted with him but didn't want to argue. I was beginning to realize how hard Samantha's life must have been. I would have liked to have talked him into accepting Zoe as a daughter-in-law if not a friend but I knew it wasn't going to happen.

"Samantha didn't always listen to her mother and I. But we wanted the best for her."

"Were you the one who decided to bring the virus here from Maryland?"

"Heavens, no. I didn't want it. The Army decided. They make the orders. We just carry them out."

"You ever think about quitting?"

"All the time, but it's the only job I know. It pays the mortgage and then some."

Bill showed me around a bit more. We went back to his home and ate. Mrs. Damark is a good cook. It makes one wonder how Samantha could have left home with all this good food. But I knew why.

I got back real late that night but Kaycee waited up. I texted her not to wait but she insisted that I come back to her place and that she would wait up.

"So, how was it? Did you get any answers?"

"I got all the answers, Kaycee."

"Are you ok? You don't seem too happy about it."

"You know how they say ignorance is bliss?"

"Is it that bad?"

"Yes, it's that bad. I'll tell you about it tomorrow. Right now I'm tired from driving and weary from the news. Let's just go to bed."

"Sure, Sam. And Sam."

"Yes?"

"I love you."

I looked into her eyes. I didn't want to say it, but I had to.

"Kaycee, I love you too. But ..."

"Shhh, I know, Sam. You go back to Julie. But if things don't work out and you feel like coming back here, I'll be waiting."

I didn't want her to do that. What if her perfect someone came along? I couldn't take it anymore. I broke down and cried myself to sleep in her arms.

 

End Notes:

No action in this chapter but I hope you enjoyed it. There will be more in the coming chapter. As always, leave comments. Remember, the authors here don't get payed for this -- not that I know of anyway. Without hearing from you, dear readers, there's not a whole lot of reason to keep writing is there? Thanks.

Chapter 64 - Delusions of Miniscule by littless
Author's Notes:

A dream, some debauchery, (my favorite theme) a decision, and taking action.

----- Thursday morning

"Ouch! What the fuck?"

The tiny little girl had kicked me in the balls with her tiny little bare feet. It felt like someone had flicked their finger at them and it wasn't a nice thing.

"Get up, Sammy!", she said.

"Why?"

"You're snoring."

"I don't snore."

"Yes, you do."

"Well, I don't have any control over snoring. That hurt!"

"It was the only way I could get your attention." She was standing, naked, her red hair in a mess down past her shoulders. Her balled up fists were resting on her hips.

"But I was asleep. A state I wish to return to very soon. Why are you so six inches tall?"

"Don't you like your girls to be smaller than you now?"

"Not that little. What do you want?"

"I have something to say."

"Can't it wait? It's early. I had a rough day and a late night."

"You brought this on yourself."

"And just how did I do that?"

"You didn't have to go see Zoe."

"I had to find out what happened. You should have told me before."

She started kissing my balls. "What're you doing?", I said.

"Making up for kicking you."

"It's going to take a lot more than that to make up for what you did."

"Well someone has decided to forgive me."

I looked down as she was hugging Mr. Happy; and he was growing.

"That doesn't mean anything.", I said.

"Right. You guys always think with your dick. He speaks for you."

"He does not. He has a mind of his own. Now, stop that."

She kept up her caressing of my dick and balls using her whole body to squeeze, massage and generally make sweet love to Mr. Happy. He was now as big as Samantha.

"Why are you doing this? You don't even like guys."

"I like you. And I like Mr. Happy." she said, hugging him with her arms and legs.

"Cut it out. You're a lesbian. Zoe told me all about it. And about why you left me too."

She stopped her ministrations. For a second I was heartbroken. She walked up to my face and gave me a sweet, little, six inch tall pixie kiss.

"Is it true, Sammy?", I asked.

She bowed her head. "Yes," she said, "it's true."

"Who talked you into doing it?"

"Darknose14."

"I know that. Who is darknose14?"

"Beats me. You're the computer geek. You should know."

"I'm not a geek!"

"Ok, ok. I'm sorree, sheesh. Whoever it was, they knew you."

"You could have told me before."

"Could I?"

I thought about that for a moment then said, "I guess not. I miss you."

"I miss you too, Sammy. I didn't realize how much. Your songs. They made me ... They made me sad."

"But they were happy songs."

"We were happy. I wasn't."

"You were wrong."

"About what?"

"About so many things. About living. Or not living."

"I was wrong about you and I couldn't live with myself. You have no idea how I felt."

"I would have forgiven you."

"I couldn't forgive myself."

"What about Zoe?"

"What I did to her was just as bad."

"How do you think she feels? Do you know the spot you put her in?"

"I regret that."

"Regret? Holy fuck. She has no job. Your parents used to pay the rent but no more. She's between a supernova and a black hole. She's fucking two feet tall, for Christ's sake!"

"Don't tell me you're not a geek -- supernova, ... black hole, ... fuckin' geek. And she's two foot four inches. "

"See, that's freakishly small."

"Watch your mouth!"

"I didn't mean it that way. Look, if anyone has a right to say something like that, it's me."

"You were sensitive about your height."

"No shit."

"I didn't understand until I started shrinking myself. I was even shorter than Zoe."

"She told me. I talked to your father too. He told me what happened."

"That's all gone now; in the past. I wish I could do something about that -- live my life over, you know?"

"Yeah. We all do. What about the baby?"

This little, nude, pale skinned redhead right in front of my face broke down and started crying. I struck a big, raw nerve with that remark. After a few moments she composed herself enough to say, "You have to make up for my mistakes now, Sammy."

"Oh? You're going to put that on me? Real classy, Sammy."

"Hey, it pains me more to ask you this than you'll know. You talked to Zoe. Now you have to take care of her. There's nobody else."

"I know, damnit. I'd have probably done it even had you not asked. You know that, don't you?"

"You're so good. That's why what I did to you was so bad."

"I'm not that good. I'm just a sucker."

"And I'm so sorry. I have to go now."

"Will I see you again?"

"No. Never again."

"Don't go. Please don't leave me."

"I have to. Good bye, Sammy."

"Good bye, Sammy.", I finally said with a tear in my eye.

"Sam. Sam!"

"Mmmmmph."

"Sam! Wake up."

"Huh?"

"Wake up, Sam. You're talking in your sleep."

"I am?"

"Yes, you were."

"What was I saying?"

"You were saying good bye and don't leave me."

"It must have been a dream, Kaycee."

"You're sweating. Are you ok?"

"Yeah, I'm ok."

"Maybe I better stay home with you. You looked pretty shook up last night too."

"No. Go to work. I'll be fine. What time is it anyway?"

"It's ... four thirty."

"Oh, man. That's too early."

"Well, I'm up. I won't be able to go back to sleep now."

"I'm sorry to wake you, Kaycee."

"Aw, honey. It's all right. Maybe I can make you feel better."

"How?"

"Like this", she said as she reached her hand into my underwear and took a hold of Mr. Happy.

"Whoa! I'm wide awake now."

She giggled and started undressing the both of us, what little we had on. She kissed my chest then worked her way down. By the time she reached Mr. Happy I was definitely one-hundred percent awake. She was working it good when she stopped and looked up.

"So, who was six inches tall?"

"I don't know."

"Yes you do. You were talking to Samantha, weren't you? I heard the whole conversation."

I rolled my eyes. "Fine. I was talking to Samantha."

"She was six inches tall?"

"It was a dream, all right?"

"Whatever you say."

"What's that supposed to mean?"

"Dreams mirror our subconscious."

"So?"

"So, what you secretly wish for is Sammy to be six inches tall."

"I do not."

"Maybe it's a metaphor for your life?"

"What? No.", I said indignantly.

"Do you want to be six inches tall?"

"Ugh, whatever."

"Have you ever wondered how small we'd become if it weren't for the meds, Sam?"

"Nineteen inches."

"That's pretty specific. Where'd you come up with that number?"

"That's how tall Sammy was when she killed herself. Ok?!"

"Sorry. I didn't mean to upset you."

"Yeah, well, I had a bad dream."

"How did you know?"

"Know what?"

"How tall she was."

"Zoe told me."

"Oh my gosh. Wasn't she on the meds?"

"No."

"Why not?"

"She stopped taking them."

"Why would she do that?"

"I don't know. That's what Zoe said, ok? Zoe stopped taking meds for a while too."

"How tall is Zoe?"

"I don't know. Two and a half feet tall. Smaller actually. Two four."

"Maybe it's possible then: we could all shrink to six inches. Heck, I didn't think anybody could shrink down to even nineteen inches but there she was. Where will it stop? If she were alive would she still be shrinking?"

"I don't know."

She stopped talking and stared for a while.

"What's wrong?", I asked her.

"Nothing. I was just thinking."

"About being six inches tall?"

"Yeah."

"Seriously?"

"Yep. I was thinking what that would be like. I mean think about it. If you were six inches tall you'd be about the size of my breasts."

"Almost. Don't get me wrong, your breasts are nice and plump but I don't think they're six inches big anymore. Maybe before you caught the virus." I held my hands apart to what I thought were six inches. "Yeah, I bet they were that big. They're still magnificent though."

"Wouldn't you want my magnificent boobs to be as big as you?"

"No."

"I could put you on the table then lean over so they loom over you."

"You're really getting into this, aren't you?"

"As you reach up for them I'll stand up taking them out of your reach."

"That's my life's story."

"And when you're not looking, I'll lean over again and let them fall on top of you. Squashed by a giant pair of boobs! What do you think of that?"

"I might be dead but I think I would have died happy."

Kaycee laughed and shook her tits on front of my face.

"Hey!" she said, "I had a thought. You'd be like this tall." She held her hands apart as I had just done. "But to Julie six inches is like what, the size of her fingers?" She held her thumb and index finger apart, like measuring two or three inches.

"Hmm. That's about right. I think her areola alone are six inches."

"You'd be the size of her her dark spots, Sam. Oh, she could totally squish you with those jugs." Kaycee laughed.

"Like a wrecking ball. Bigger, in fact."

"How do you two do it, Sam?"

"Uh, not much different than everyone else."

"Oh, come on. Your sizes are too different."

"You mean like sticking my whole arm inside of her?"

"Oh yeah. That's so kinky."

"Well. Ya gotta do what ya gotta do."

"You love her?"

"Yes."

"I won't come between you two, as much as I want you, Sam. Just remember me if things don't work out."

"I'll never forget you."

"Even if I shrink to six inches?"

"I hope you're not contemplating stopping the meds."

"What if I am? I wouldn't have to worry about being so horny when you're not around."

"What about when I am?"

"Then I'll jump on this big ole dick of yours."

"I hate to break it to you: it aint that big."

"It is for me. Especially when I'm six inches tall."

"I don't want you that small." I whined.

"Oh, I see. You're the one that wants to be six inches. Cool. I could carry you around between my boobs."

"No! I don't want anyone to be six inches."

"I disagree. I heard you in your dreams. It's what your subconscious wants, Sam. It's trying to tell you something. It's trying to say, 'I want to be doll sized.'"

"You only heard half the conversation."

"What did she say, Sam. Huh?"

"Kaycee, stop with the dream, please. I had it hard enough yesterday, then I had the bad dream. I'm not up to this."

"Was it that bad?"

"Yes."

"Do you want to talk about it?"

"No. Maybe later I will."

"Ok. Do you want me to pretend to be six inches tall?"

"No."

"Alright. Would you like me to stop?"

"Yes. No, Kaycee. Just be patient with me today. I tell you what; let me do this for you, instead." Then I got up, put her on her back, scooted her down to the edge of the bed and started kissing her feet.

"Ooo, that's good." she cooed. I kept up kissing her piggies until my tongue had covered every square inch of her feet at least twice. And then, you guessed it: I started my way up.

"Oooooh.", she moaned. I love it when they do that. And did I ever mention that I love a great pair of legs. Kaycee has a great pair. No, they're not as big and long as Julie's. Kaycee's, by contrast, are short, very short, yet pretty well proportioned, a little thin maybe, and tanned. A lot darker than Julie's but then Julie is kind of pale -- not overly, alabaster-skinned, pale; just not very tanned.

Julie always seems to have a little bit of stubble here and there on her legs, but Kaycee's are perfectly smooth. I suppose Julie just has so much more to cover and, well, she grew so fast that the razors are comically smaller than what she was used to. In many ways, Julie is still acclimating to her newfound swollen dimensions. Do you think I have thing for legs? Nah.

I'm not used to covering so little skin in such a short time though. I find it hard to believe just how much more skin Julie has compared to Kaycee. This meant I can take my time, and I did. It was still early in the morning so I could afford to do this. I made it up to Kaycee's neatly trimmed bush, spent some time there then went back down her legs. I sucked on her toes again then back up. To say she was ready for finishing off when I came back to her pussy would be like saying she was ready to hop off a burning stove. I lapped up on her sweet little cunt and she came twice before pushing me off.

Then she got on her hands and knees and we went at doggy style again. I couldn't last too long and when I was spent I collapsed on the bed next to her. I always enjoy the time right after sex when we're spending time together without talking. Just being.

We lay silent for a long time enjoying being next to each other. I thought about being six inches tall. I wondered why she brought that up. Did she get off on that? She seemed more like she'd like to be the big one but she did mention herself being six inches so maybe it was the other way around. She can't be right about my subconscious telling me that's what I want. Can she? One thing I know for sure: I don't want to shrink down to nineteen inches. After many minutes of silence she got up.

"Where're you going?"

"Breakfast."

"Aren't you going to get dressed?"

"It's my place. Why would I do that?"

"Oh no. I knew it: you spent too much time hanging around Cindy."

"And you need to stay like that too."

"Naked?"

"At least until Bonnie wakes up."

"Oh, now I see your plan."

"And what could that be? Hmmmm?" she said, her eyes looking skyward.

"You want me to do her again."

"So?"

"Tell me something: are you a voyeur?"

"Maybe."

"You're not taking into account Hal. What do you suppose he'll think of all this?"

"Hopefully he'll leave her."

"What do you have against him?"

"He doesn't treat Bonnie right."

"In what way?"

"Well, he doesn't have sex with her."

"So?"

"So, she needs it."

"Are you just saying that because you're horny all the time?"

"I am not."

I stared at her with a face that said, "Oh really?"

"Ok, so it's the meds."

"But Bonnie's not on the meds."

"What if I told you Bonnie caught the virus?"

"She did?"

"No. I kind of half wish she did."

"Why?"

"So, we'd be closer."

"You're not close enough?"

"I don't know. She's my best friend. She's the only one that doesn't ignore me."

"She's not the only one."

"She's still my bestie."

"I can understand that. Are you afraid Hal will take her away?"

"No, or maybe. But she still deserves some sex once in a while."

"She's her own girl. If she wants to date Hal you should respect that. He's not that bad a guy."

"He ... he ... he berates her."

"How?"

"I don't know. He calls me names."

"That's you. Not her."

"But I'm her best friend."

"Like what does he call you?"

"Like little sweetheart."

"That doesn't sound bad to me."

"I hate that."

"You hate sweetheart?"

"I hate little."

"Oh. Kaycee, I'm going to tell you a secret: you're little now."

She frowned.

"People are going to say things like that. They don't mean anything by it. It just comes spilling out of their mouth naturally. I told you about Zoe, right?"

"Not much."

"I told you she was only two feet and four inches tall, didn't I?"

"Yes."

"You know what the first thing I thought to say when I first saw her was?"

"What?"

"You're such a cutie pie."

"Did you say that?"

"No. I'm sensitive to those kinds of words. But most people aren't. You have to let it go. I'm sure Hal had the best intentions. Do you really want to derail what they have?"

"No. I want her to be happy."

"Hal makes her happy."

"Except for, you know."

"And you want me to make her happy that way?"

"She likes what you do."

"Okay. And..."

"Ok, yes, I do like watching."

"Aha. I knew it. Can I ask why?"

"I just like seeing her with you."

"Because we're both your friends."

"Partly."

"Then what else?"

"Because of your size differences."

"I figured. Do you get off on that."

She started turning red. "Yes.", she said.

"So you really do want to be six inches tall."

"No, not really."

"How about nineteen?"

"We could certainly get that small. Don't you understand? Samantha was that little so it's possible, even for you. That's what makes thinking about it so sexy. Because it could happen."

"You want to be that little?"

"I want you to be that little."

"So, you want it to be like it was before, when you were taller than me."

"I want to see you have sex with someone bigger."

"Like you?"

"Like Bonnie."

"I bet you'd like to see Julie and me, huh?"

"Oh God, yes, Sam. That would be epic."

"You can always come visit, Kaycee."

"Except I'm afraid of Julie."

"There's nothing to be afraid of."

"She'll be jealous."

"I doubt it."

"She could pulverize my butt."

"She wouldn't dare. You have just about the cutest tush I've ever seen. I'm sure she'll respect that."

"Oh, stop it. You know what I mean."

"To tell you the truth, Kaycee, I'd be willing to bet that she'd fall in love with you. She'd probably want to get you in bed herself."

"Me with Julie? I don't know. I've never done it with another girl before."

"With all that was going on at school, you mean to tell me that you were never approached by another girl?"

"I, uh, well yes I've been asked."

"But you never did it?"

"N-no."

I cocked an eyebrow at her and said, "And you never considered doing it?"

"Well, maybe I've thought of it."

"Ok."

"You want me to say that I'm bi, don't you?"

"No. It's just that there was so much of that going around that I find it hard to believe that any girl at Drumford hasn't tried it at least once, if not a hundred times. And really, if I'm being honest, well, I was jealous."

"Aw, you didn't get much in school, did you?"

"No. But I'm making up for it now."

"No, now you're boasting."

"No, I'm giving thanks."

"And Julie is cool with all that?"

"Yes, and I'm cool with her doing it with others too. An open relationship, I guess you could call it."

"Perhaps you're just too small for her and she needs more."

"I won't deny that. But its reciprocal. As long as she still wants me around, I still want her around. And you could be part if that too."

"I'm guessing that she gets hit on all the time."

"I'm sure. Although I think she's too intimidating for a lot of people."

"I think I'd be intimidated."

"If you met her I'm sure you'd change your mind."

"You really want me to come see you, don't you?"

"I don't expect you to drop everything and make a trip to the east coast, Kaycee, no. However, if you find yourself out my way and you don't stop by to see me I'll never forgive you."

Kaycee smiled. "Ok." she said. "I'll promise if I do go out that way I'll look you up. Especially when you get to be nineteen inches tall."

"I'm not sure that'll happen. Well I hope not."

"It could."

"Do me a favor and stop saying that. It's depressing. Remember, if I can shrink that much, so can you."

"I don't care. At this point I'm already little. If I get any smaller it won't make any difference."

"Yes, it will. You'll have an even harder time reaching things on shelves, for example."

"I rely on Bonnie. It's not a factor."

"You won't be able to drive."

"Longer pedal extensions."

"Your head will only come up just above Bonnie's knee. Or anyone else's knee for that matter. You'll be in a sea of knees when you go out."

"I don't see where its any different than the sea of legs I encounter in a crowd now."

"You'll look up and all you'll see is crotches."

"You mean like what you see with Julie?"

"Precisely."

"And is that so bad?"

"What if they're wearing a skirt and no panties?"

"Julie doesn't wear panties?"

"You'll have to come see yourself."

"Oh Sam, you're so naughty. You know, I never thought of that. You could be on to something here."

"You're teasing me now."

"Maybe I am and maybe I'm not. Wouldn't you want to be even smaller, Sam?" she said, snuggling in to my chest. Yep, she was teasing.

"No."

"You'd be waist level to me. How much is nineteen inches? Ha, I just realized you'd be even below my waist."

"See? And you're already little. Hell, I'd have to look up just to see Julie's knees."

"Wow. I want to see you that small next to Julie, Sam."

"I knew that's where you were going."

"God that's so sexy. You're getting me hot, Sam. Keep talking dirty."

"I'm not talking dirty, I'm talking reality."

"That's what makes it so sexy." she said, right before giving me a hug and kiss. Then she broke off and took me by the hand and ran out to the living room dragging me along.

"What're you doi..." was all I could get out before she had me in another lip lock out in the middle of the living room.

"Oooooh! Mmmmm.", she moaned. "Oh, yes." she said grinding her hips into mine. We were standing in the middle of the living room dry humping.

One thing was for sure: she was turned on again. The meds were really working on her. I don't know why she had to be so loud though.

"Shhh. Kaycee, you'll wake Bonnie."

"So? You'd like that, wouldn't you? Don't you want her out here? She towers over you, Sam. It would almost be like Julie. I can only hope to get the chance."

"It wouldn't be good for me to do it with Bonnie again."

"It's too late. Besides, you don't have to fuck her. It's only oral sex."

"Oh boy, what I could say to that."

"Oh, come on, Sam. I know you want to. I want you to and she wants it."

"You just want to see a show."

"So? I can imagine she's Julie and you're six inches tall. Ok?"

"Whatever. You'll have to go to work before she gets up though."

"Let's wake her up."

"Aw, Kaycee."

"Come on, let's go jump on her bed."

"She might get mad at us waking her."

"Are you afraid of the giantess?"

"Yes."

"Good. Let's go." she said, dragging me by the hand again. I could have fought more. Maybe I did want this. Hell yeah, I did, but I didn't want her to know.

"Hey, hey, what's going on?" Bonnie yelled, as two little, wild, naked pink forms jumped up and down on her bad. "What's gotten into you two?"

"It's Sam, Bonnie. He's going to be nineteen inches tall."

"I am not." I shouted. "And neither are you. We're going to keep taking the meds."

"Guys!" Bonnie said, "Stop arguing. You're going to give me a headache. What're you talking about?"

"Do I have to spell it out, Bonnie? We're fantasizing."

"I should have known. In case you didn't know, Sam, Kaycee does that."

"I've noticed. Right now, Kaycee's having delusions of miniscule. I'm just coming along for the ride, apparently."

"You're loving it, Sam." Kaycee replied. "Look, Bonnie: his thingy is hard again."

"So, Kays, Sam is nineteen inches tall now?"

"I'm not nineteen inches tall. Will you stop saying that?"

"You could be." Kaycee reiterated for the umpteenth time.

I threw up my hands and rolled my eyes. "Fine!" I said, "I'm nineteen inches tall. What do you want me to do?"

"Crawl up her leg."

Bonnie laughed.

"Oh stop enjoying this so much, Bonnie. So, how am I supposed to do this exactly, Kaycee?" I asked.

"Like what we did earlier."

"Oh, that. Ok."

I kissed Bonnie's toes then started tasting them.

"Ooooo. So that's what it's like to have someone crawl up my leg. I like it."

Bonnie was still topless and I wanted to go right up her leg, past her vagina, and kiss her little boobies. But those legs were much bigger and longer than Kaycee's and it was going to take a lot longer. Kaycee was kneeling next to Bonnie on the bed, watching intently. I figured I would give her a show so I went at it as sloppily as I could. I let my tongue wander lazily up Bonnie's leg partway, then go back down lower on the other leg. I continued this way going back and forth between them, slurping and lapping. Bonnie started humming.

When I finally made my way to her pussy I bypassed it like I wanted to and settled on nibbling on her pert little nipples.

"Ooooo." she squealed. I had caught her by surprise. Kaycee laughed and clapped -- she was enjoying the show. After playing with her tits I went back down kissing and nibbling all the way to her stomach and below. She was topless but still had her panties on. I made a big show of grabbing them between my teeth and pulling. I got them off with just my mouth, my hands caressing her legs, but it wasn't easy even though she lifted her hips. I had to switch from one side to the other, pulling each side down a few inches at a time until they got past her knees.

I licked my way up one more time and when I reached her pussy yet again I dove in, this time making a "brbrbrbrbrbrb" sound with my lips as I motor-boated her pussy lips. Bonnie was moaning at this point and Kaycee was laughing hard, holding her belly. They were both having a real good time.

I kept it up for a little while until Bonnie finally had to force me off. My face was soaked with her juices and when I looked over to Kaycee she pointed and laughed so hard that she fell off the bed.

"Oh my God, are you alright?" Bonnie exclaimed.

I jumped off real quick to help Kaycee.

"I'm fine, I'm fine. Oh, Sam, you two were so good."

"I'm just glad you're alright." I said. "Be careful next time."

"I will." she said, still laughing. She grabbed me by the sides of my head and kissed me.

"Mmm. You taste ..."

"Sweet?"

"I don't know."

"That's Bonnie you taste. You should try it."

"No. I don't think I'm ready, ... we're ready, for that."

Bonnie was relieved to see Kaycee was fine and lay back. "Whew!" she said. "That's one helluva way to wake up. Thank you, guys."

"It was my pleasure, Bonnie." I said, and looking over to Kaycee I added, "And I do believe it was Kaycee's pleasure too."

"Let's eat." Kaycee shouted.

"It's too early, Kaycee. I need to go back to sleep."

"Seriously, Bonnie?"

"That was tiring."

"Sam did all the work."

Bonnie was up on her side leaning on her elbow. "Alright." she said, then she started getting out of bed.

"Sam, get up. Stand next to Sam, Bonnie."

"Ok." Bonnie said and we did what Kaycee asked. Kaycee was ecstatic.

"Oh, look at you two."

I rolled my eyes. Then Bonnie said, "Wait. Let me get something."

Bonnie went rummaging through her closet and came out with the same pair of red heels she had put on a couple of days ago. After donning them she stood behind me real close. Her snatch was in my neck as the back of my head rested in the area below her belly button. Kaycee had another laughing fit and was rolling on the floor this time. I'd have been embarrassed but to see Kaycee having fun I figured it was worth it.

I craned my neck around and up to look at Bonnie as she looked down on me. I gave her a smirk.

"This is too good. Wait!" Kaycee exclaimed. "Stay just like that." she said before running off.

"Where's she off to now?" I asked Bonnie.

"Who knows. Maybe she wants to wear her heels."

"Great. Just what need, two giantesses."

Instead, Kaycee came back with her smart phone.

"Oh, no you don't!" Bonnie rebuked.

"Oh come on, Bonnie. I won't show this to anybody."

"Kaycee," I said, "if you take it then it WILL get out on the internet. Trust me, I know these things."

"No it won't. I'll keep it safe."

"What if hackers get to it."

"I'll take it off my phone. Please. Please guys. It'll just be for me. I'll never show it to anybody."

"If Hal ever gets his hands on it we'll be through, Kaycee."

"I'll tell you what I can do: I'll just take a picture from your waist down."

"I see." I said. "Her face will be out of it, but not mine."

"I'll be the only one to see it, Sam."

"And some day in the future you'll blackmail me."

"No, I won't. I promise."

"Fine." I said. I couldn't believe I was going to let her do this. They say there's one of me born every minute.

We heard the clickety-click sound a smart phone makes when it takes a picture. Then another and another.

"Kaycee," Bonnie said, "that's enough."

"Okay."

"Let us see it, Kaycee."

She tapped the phone a couple times then turned it to face us and showed us the pictures. She swiped through the second and third ones real fast.

"Kaycee!" Bonnie exclaimed, "You said you weren't going to get my face."

"It was a mistake. I'll cut off your face."

"You'll cut off above my waist."

"I'll cut it off just above your boobs, ok?"

"No, they'll be able to know it's me."

"Hal hasn't even seen your boobs yet."

"He will."

"You're so sure of that?"

"Well, yeah."

"Ok, ok. I'll do it."

Then she put her phone away. How was Bonnie ever going to know that she edited them? Of course, my face would forever remain in that picture -- two of us naked, one nearly twice as tall as the other. It was comical, I must say. But totally scandalous.

"Let's go, Sam. We need to leave sleeping beauty here to get her beauty rest."

I turned around to give Bonnie a kiss on her tummy. She picked me up to give me a proper kiss.

Clickety-click!


----- Later that morning

Kaycee fixed omelets for breakfast. They were good. Even Bonnie got out of bed to eat. By this time her panties were back on and her heels off. Kaycee made the two of us stay naked though like she threatened earlier that morning. I'm going to have to keep her away from Cindy from now on. I'm sure Cindy will wear off.

I hadn't told either of them of my day yesterday. Kaycee asked as we ate.

"So, Sam, are you going to tell us what you found out yesterday?"

"It's a long story. Are you sure you have enough time?"

"Give me the condensed version."

"Ok. Samantha was a lesbian. She slept with me on a dare by someone who knows me but nobody else knows who it is because they wanted me to get the shrinking disease. Zoe was her lover and Samantha got the virus from a monkey."

Both stared wide eyed. They were stunned.

"And that's the condensed version, girls. You'll have to wait for the longer version to come later. I have some business to care of today. Oh yes, one other thing: I'll be taking care of Zoe from now on."

"You're right, it was an eventful day."

"You have no idea. Bonnie, I need to leave right after Kaycee. I'm sorry I won't be here with you this morning and I'm sorry to wake you up so early."

"I'm not."

I smiled. "No, of course not. I'll be back this evening, that is, if it's ok with you Kaycee, and Bonnie."

"Of course you're coming back here, Sam." Kaycee said. "You can't leave me hanging with that news. If you hadn't have had such a long day yesterday I'd insist you tell us all about it right now."

"Don't worry, I'll answer all your questions. I still need to come to grips with it all myself."

"Take your time, Sam."

"Thanks, Bonnie. Thanks, Kaycee."

We ate, cleaned up, got dressed, finally, then I was kissing Kaycee as she left. I gave Bonnie a kiss, grabbed some stuff and took off.

I found a nice coffee shop, grabbed a cup, then found a seat and opened up my laptop. I checked email -- both personal and business, or at least the unclassified email account for work. I wrote an email to both Erin and Julie about yesterday and gave them the gist of it without giving any detail. I told them we'd talk all about it when I got home.

I logged onto the school's network and started searching for people in my class and for anyone I might have known in school who would have it in for me. I tried to think of who might think it funny that I could get the disease. I racked my brain. This went on for a couple of hours and I was left with nary a clue. This was going to be tough.

I sent an email off to my friend Mikey. I knew him since high school as one of my computer geek friends. No, I'm not a geek. We only had one programming course in high school but those that took it were of kindred spirit. Mikey lucked out and got into some special class that taught game programming. At least most thought he was lucky -- not too many people actually get the chance to develop gaming apps. Mikey did and didn't even have a degree. I never really got into games, but I was going to need his help. I couldn't tell him exactly what I wanted in the email but I asked to get together when I got back home. He was up for it.

Then I went online and found a moving van company. I called and arranged a move. I also checked on my airline ticket back home. By now it was early afternoon, around one o'clock. It was time I hit the road for another trip to Flagstaff.

I was weary from yesterday's drive, the dream I had, and this morning's sexcapades, but I was making the drive yet again. I knew Zoe would be in since she didn't have a job. I called her to let her know I was coming. I didn't tell her why; said I would tell her when I got there.

Upon arriving she let me in -- just opened up without me even knocking. She had been waiting for me.

"Let's sit down, Zoe." I asked her.

"Uh oh. This sounds serious. What's up?"

"You." I said. "I want you to listen first, ok?"

"I'm here, aren't I?"

"Good. Look, first I hope you don't think I'm being forward or taking pity on you, ok?"

"Alright."

"So, you need help."

"I'm not completely helpless."

"No. What I meant was you have no job and soon no place to stay."

"Go on."

"I talked to Samantha's parents."

"And?" she said rising up in her chair.

"And, nothing." She slumped back down. "They, um, let's say they didn't approve of you and Samantha together."

"Tell me something I don't know."

"I doubt they're going to help."

"I figured."

"Yeah, they didn't seem to approve of Samantha's chosen lifestyle. But ..."

"It's not a choice. It's who we are."

"Yes. I know. That's her parents. But anyway, strangely, they seemed to have liked me."

"Why is that strange? You're a guy. They wanted a guy for her."

"They don't even know me. Samantha told them about me. That was probably a mistake on her part."

"Great. She kills herself over you, yet you're the one they swoon over."

"I'm sorry. But the fact is, it looks like there's no one to help you."

"Beleive me, I know."

"I want to help."

"Do you know what you're getting into?"

"No. But I'm a sucker. Anyway, to do that I need to keep my job."

"I won't tell them."

"That's not the problem. I also have to be here to help you."

"Ok. If you say so."

"But I can't and still go to work."

"Can't you telecommute?"

"No. So, instead of me being here with you, you have to come with me."

"Well, I wouldn't mind getting away from here."

"I have a big house and I'm moving into a bigger one."

"Sam, I don't think either of us will take much space. Even this little apartment is more space than Sam and I could fill."

"I know. But my sister and my girlfriend live with me."

"I'll be sharing a house with two other girls?"

"Three, for now."

"This is starting to get interesting."

"Maybe not for too long. Cindy is only staying with me temporarily while her house is being sold. In fact, it's sold now but she'll need to find out a place of her own and that might take a while. Oh, and she has the virus too. I figure, if it's ok with you, you two could share a bedroom for little while. It's big."

"You know I'm a lesbian, right? That could be dangerous."

I laughed. "Of course, I know. And if you two hit it off then that would be great. Cindy is bi, but I don't know if she wants a relationship with a lesbian. You never know. I'm sure you'll like her."

"Ok, fine. Let's say I go along with this. Then how am I going to get there?"

"I live on the east coast. I was flying back home on Saturday morning, but I changed it to two tickets leaving Saturday night. We'll be getting in very early Sunday morning."

"What about all my stuff?"

"Pack a bag for a couple days to take with you on the plane. I have movers coming to get all the boxes tomorrow. They'll take care of everything. Even furniture if you want to take it. What you don't want you'll have to get rid of, and quick."

She just sat and stared into space. A little tear came to her eyes.

"So?"

"I don't know what to say, Sam."

"Say yes. We'll find something for you to do. Maybe you can be a counselor back east."

"I don't know. It's very sudden. Is this right?"

"Zoe, you have no choice. Look, I was Sam's friend too. I think she would want me to take care of you." I told her. I wasn't going to talk of the dream. She'd think I was crazy. Maybe I am. "What do you say, Zoe?"

"I'll go." she said with her head hanging low. She was crying and heaving.

I had to go up and wrap my arms around her. I couldn't let someone so frail cry without a little comfort, right?

"I have to leave you tonight. You'll be ok?"

"Of course I will."

"I'm hungry. Would you like to come to dinner with me?"

"Are you going to make sexual advances?"

"No. Not every guy thinks about sex every minute of the day. I'm hungry and figured you might be too. We're going to have many more nights together. I hope you don't think I'm trying to or that I'm going to take advantage of you."

"Sam thought highly of you. I guess I can give you chance."

"Coming to dinner with me is not a big chance but coming to live in my house is huge. You have to believe in me."

"I'll try. You don't think of sex all day? Strange for a guy."

"There's at least three minutes out of the day that I don't think of sex."

"Only three minutes?"

"Ok, you caught me. Two."

She chuckled. That was a good sign.

"I don't know Flagstaff." I said. "I was hoping you'd know of a good restaurant."

"The Avocado Seed."

"Ok, that sounds good."

"It's vegetarian. Sam and I used to go there."

"Maybe that's not a good idea for you if it reminds you of her."

"Maybe it's my way of saying goodbye. It doesn't seem like I'll be coming back anytime soon."

"Ok, then. The Avocado Seed it is."

Vegetarian. Yuck! Oh well. It wasn't going to hurt my health any to try it. It's not like I developed an allergy to veggies by eating so much meat, right? I hope not. As it turned out it was pretty good. Their guacamole dip was heavenly with chips. I know, not weird. But neither was the tortilla soup weird. For a split second I actually considered becoming vegetarian. Just a split second, mind you.

"Would you like me to be here when the movers arrive tomorrow, Zoe?"

"No. I can handle it. Oh, here, I won't be needing this, I suppose, and the rest is yours."

She handed me the check I had written yesterday for the landlord and tried to give me back the cash I gave her.

"No, you keep the cash. Just in case you might need it tomorrow. There'll be plenty time to take it back if I need to. I'd like to pick you up tomorrow night, if you're ok with that. I have a friend who you can stay with in Phoenix, or rather just a little south of there. The ride to the airport Saturday will be easier. Are you ok with that?"

"I suppose that's fine."

"I'll be staying with another friend but I'll pick you up Saturday. Kaycee and her roommate Bonnie are the one's you'll be staying with tomorrow night."

"Ok."

We talked a little more about nothing in particular. I brought her home then went back to Kaycee's. I hadn't asked Kaycee about her taking in Zoe, and I should have done that earlier. But both her and Bonnie agreed it would be ok. I called Gabe and asked to stay with him on Friday night. I felt like I needed to ask since I had been spending so much time with Kaycee. All the plans were set. I was quite proud of myself for doing this in such a short time, but I had no idea what lay ahead.

 

End Notes:

I hope you don't mind last chapter's lack of sex. I do, but it was still the chapter I was looking forward to. Sam only has a couple days left in Arizona. We'll find out more the whole situation in the next chapter when we find out more about Zoe. 

Julie can't wait for Sam to come home and neither can he. Erin is holding her breath until he comes home. Ok, not really. But now that Cindy has told her about their country music line dancing night out Sam won't be able to get out of going dancing with them again and again. Ugh.

There's a chance I may need to go away for a week next week. I'll try to get the next chapter up before then. I've temporarily put the other story I've been working on on hold to get this one caught up. 

Chapter 65 - Picking Up Zoe by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam picks up Zoe and we find out a bit more about her.

----- Friday

Did I make a wrong decision in taking responsibility for Zoe's care? Am I doing the right thing? Unfortunately, it was too late to change anything now. I would have to make it good, whatever the future would bring. Zoe was now going to be a part of my life, and Julie's too. I was really scared of what Julie would think. I would have to call her. She was a couple hours ahead so if I waited until four o'clock here I could catch her at home on the phone and that's what I was going to do. Better to have her prepared for what was coming.

"So, we get to meet Zoe tonight?" Kaycee said.

"Yep."

"Zoe, the lesbian."

"Yes, that's right, Kaycee: she's a lesbian. And thanks for helping me out with her tonight."

"It's no problem. Before she gets here ..."

"Yes?"

"This will be the last chance we have to make love."

I kissed her. "That's right. Do you want to wake up Bonnie?"

"No. Just us."

"Good. I would rather that too."

I wasn't sure if it would be the very last time ever that we'd make love, but it very well could be and probably would be. That made it all a bit sad. We both realized this and took our time making love. Kaycee wasn't very talkative after. I had to initiate the conversation.

"So, any questions?"

"About what?"

"About Wednesday. I didn't tell you much."

"No, you didn't."

"Surprised?"

"Oh yeah."

"Me too. I visited Samantha's mother and father. Did you know she was an only child?"

"No. I don't know her."

"Yeah, well, she played video games."

"A lot of people do."

"Oh shit, I didn't mean video games, I meant computer games."

"Ok, so?"

"Do you ever play computer games?"

"No, I don't."

"Neither do I, but Samantha and Zoe did. They play online with people from around the world. They all have handles. You know, pseudonyms."

"I know."

"They make online friends. And, I guess like all friends, they join up into cliques."

"I can believe that."

"They form together to play the games and become close. At least as close as anyone can get online. They play groups against groups. One of my pals in high school met a friend playing games online. They became such good friends that when they graduated from high school he went to see his online pal for real. They're still good friends to this day. At least they were the last time I spoke to him."

"Why are you telling me this?"

"It was someone in one of Samantha and Zoe's group that dared Samantha to give me the virus."

"Real nice friend there."

"Right. The thing is, they knew me."

"Who?"

"The one who dared Samantha. They asked her to seek me out at school. When they heard that Zoe went to the same school they asked her to help Samantha find me. I was targeted, Kaycee. And I fell for Samantha. I fell for her ruse like a ton of bricks."

"So, who was it?"

"Nobody knows, only that their handle is darknose14."

"I wish they knew who it was."

"Me too."

"Sorry you had to bring that up."

"It's ok. You have your stories about how you caught the virus, I'm sure. I figured you wouldn't want to talk about it because if you did then you would have already."

"It was another guy. I know for sure who it was. I met him not too long after you had graduated. I'm sure you wouldn't want to hear about it."

"It's ok, if you want to, I'll listen."

"No. I'm don't really want to talk about it."

"Fair enough. But I think my story is a bit unique. Don't you think so too?"

"Yes. Although, I wouldn't put it past someone else to try to hurt someone by giving them the virus on purpose."

"But the thing is you don't know you have the virus until you start shrinking. By then, you're not contagious."

"They have a test."

"Yeah, now they do. They didn't back then."

"That's why so many people began shrinking. The people that don't have it are always suspicious of each other now. But it's also why the people with the virus are so promiscuous; they already have it and know they can't give to anyone anymore."

"That and the meds. I'm sure that has a lot to do with the promiscuity."

"Oh yes it does."

"Meh, I don't mind."

"Of course not; you're a guy. I wouldn't mind so much if you were here."

"I wish I could be. I'm serious about you coming to see me."

"Will you come back here some day?"

"To Arizona? There's a good possibility I will."

"You'll come see me if you do?"

"You can count on it. Don't be sad though. You might find someone -- you know that, right? Someone who'll be just right for you."

"Maybe. And maybe they'll find a cure for Borgford's disease. And maybe little green aliens from outer space will land and bring world peace."

"Or eat us."

"That might be better."

"It's not all bad. We're still alive."

"If you say so."

"I do say so."

It wasn't a very happy conversation but there was something else I needed to tell her.

"Oh, before I forget: I'm going to send you some software when I get back home."

"Software? Okay."

"It's for your phone. I'll have to send it to you encrypted, ok?"

"Ok."

"I'll give you directions on how to decrypt it and install it."

"What does it do?"

"It will wipe the pictures from your phone. Really wipe them. You can't do that normally."

"Oh, ok. I know what picture you want me to wipe."

"I know you do. Now don't tell anyone about this."

"Alright. Why?"

"Because it's not supposed to get out."

"Where did you get it?"

"I wrote it."

"Ooo. That's cool."

"Yeah, ok. I'll tell Bonnie about it to ease her mind, but neither of you can discuss it, even amongst yourselves. Promise?"

"Ok, I promise."

"Good girl. I'll have to leave before noon today so I can get back by this evening. You know that will be the third trip I've made to Flagstaff in as many days. It's getting old. I'm glad this will be the last time."

"Would you like me to come with you?"

"You'd have to miss work. I can't ask that."

"I'd come if you want me to."

"No, Kaycee. I'll be fine. I still need a little more time to myself to clear my head and figure things out. This will give me that time."

"Ok. I'll still see you tonight, right?"

"Absolutely."

"I'll come see you off at the airport Saturday."

"Sure. That would be great."

"Ok. I guess I need to get ready."

"Can we shower together?"

"You better share with me, mister, or else."

So, we cleaned up, ate some danishes for breakfast and Kaycee was off to work. I stuck around a little longer for Bonnie to wake up. I watched her saunter out of her bedroom.

"Aw, you're dressed." she said.

"So are you."

"I'm only wearing panties."

"Yep. You're wearing something."

"I guess being flat-chested doesn't count when I'm topless."

"Oh, it does. Stay like that for me."

"Will you undress for me?"

"If you really want me to."

"I do. There's something else I want."

"Gee. I wonder what that could be?"

"Oh, hush. This will be your last day."

"I know. So, what would you like, my dear? The usual?"

"Ha, ha." she laughed. "That sounds funny."

"What does? The usual?"

"Yes. Now take off your clothes."

"Yes, ma'am."

"Come here."

She picked me up and kissed me.

"You know, you're very light."

"Yeah. Thanks for the compliment." I said sarcastically.

"Don't get upset. I'm not criticizing you."

"I know. I'm just sensitive about that."

"You're cute."

"There you go again."

"Ok. You're handsome. Better?"

"Sure. You're cute too. Is it ok to say that?"

"Yep. Now I do want something different today, not the usual."

"Okay."

"But you have to promise not to tell anyone. Not Hal. Not Kaycee."

"I promise."

"Good."

She brought me over to the couch and sat me down. Then she slowly removed her panties. I gulped at the sight of her standing nude in front of me.

"Lay down on your back." she commanded. I complied.

She straddled me and grabbed Mr. Happy.

"I started the pill a few days ago so we'll be fine." she assured me.

"Then you're sure about this?"

"Very sure." she answered right before inserting Mr. Happy into her own Miss Happy love tunnel. She bounced up and down and did all the work. I basically laid there while she got more and more into it. I reached for her boobs but unfortunately they were too far above me. Her eyes were closed. I just grabbed her hips then matched her rhythm. We came together then she collapsed.

Now my face was right into her chest, or rather her chest was on my face pinning me down. I kissed her nipples as she lay on top of me. She wasn't the biggest gal I've met, that's for sure, but she was still huge to me. I guess I had come to terms with the size thing and was actually turned on by it. I began to wonder: what if I did shrink to nineteen inches tall? What if I shrank down to six inches? Well I guess then Bonnie's boobs would truly be big to me -- an interesting thought. But then Julie's boobs would be the size of a bedroom. Holy shit!

After a while Bonnie got up. It wasn't long enough.

"Thanks, Sam."

"You're thanking me? Thank you!"

"Tee hee." she giggled. "Can you play another song for me?"

"How about tonight? I'm bringing Zoe over. Can you wait until then?"

"Sure."

"I'll keep this a secret, but now I have a secret for you."

"Ok, what?"

I told her about the software I was going to send to Kaycee. She was happy about that.

"Alright," I said, "I have a few things to do today before getting Zoe so I'll have to leave soon."

"Ok, Sam. I'll see you tonight."


----- Later that morning

I went to the school -- admin building, room 208. I asked for Donny. After a short wait he came out to see me.

"Hey, do you have a minute?" I asked.

"Sure. Let's go down the hall."

"So, I saw Zoe."

"And?"

"Uh, she said, in no uncertain terms, that she doesn't want to see Marlene."

"I was afraid of that."

"I think there's a big political divide between them."

"You're right. Well, I tried. I'll tell Marlene. But please tell Zoe that we miss her and wish the best for her. So, is she still at the address I gave you?"

"Yes. For now. She'll be moving soon though, I suspect."

"Do you know where?"

"I'll tell her to forward the new address to you. Would that be ok?"

"Sure."

"But I wouldn't expect it if were you. I'm thinking she's not keen on giving her address to Marlene."

"Oh. Ok."

"I'm really sorry, Donny. But Zoe was adamant about the whole thing. I don't know what happened between them, but I don't want to get in between that."

"I understand. And thanks."

"No problem. Thank you for giving me her address to begin with."

"Yeah. I wish she would just come talk to us."

"Well, I told you I don't want to get in between. So, you take care."

"Alright. See you around, maybe?"

"Maybe. See you."

So that was taken care of. There was one last person I needed to see. I drove to the other part of town and parked in front of a nondescript house. I walked to the back and went down a half flight of steps to the back door and knocked; an old man answered.

"Ah, the prodigal son returns."

"Good morning, Master Soo."

"Come in. We are expecting you."

"I see you've been talking with Gabe then."

"I no need talk to Gabe to know you come."

"Then how did you know?"

"I talk to Gabe. Now sit. Meditate."

"Yes, Sensei."

I took off my shoes and found my usual spot where I knelt down. Even though Master Soo had said 'WE are expecting' there was nobody else there. That's just the way he talked. I spent a few minutes with my eyes closed, breathing steadily, and meditating. Then he clapped his hands.

"Now, my son, tell me about your problem."

"What problem?"

"The problem that brought you here."

"Well, it's not a really a problem anymore. I've found out pretty much all I wanted to."

"Then tell me of this quest."

"What quest?"

"Your quest for knowledge."

"Oh boy did I get some knowledge."

"Then it go well?"

"I don't know. Sometimes you really need to know something and that if you just figured it out then everything will be alright. But then you find out and it's not. In fact, it turns out I was better not knowing."

"Ah, Zen."

"Zen?"

"Enlightenment, my son."

"Yeah, um, that was not enlightenment."

"You claim knowing enlightenment?"

"Well I know you're better off enlightened, and what I found out was not enlightenment."

"So, master," he said sarcastically, "how you come to know enlightenment make you better?"

"That's what I'm here for -- for enlightenment that will make us better."

"Are you better?"

"I don't feel better."

"Then how you expect Zen make you better with enlightenment?"

"It's different. Just finding something out is not enlightenment."

"Is that not definition of enlightenment?"

"No."

"Then what is?"

"I don't know. It's learning the great mysteries of the universe. Isn't it?"

"Before you found your knowledge, was it mystery?"

"Yes."

"And is not trivial day to day workings of human life part of workings of universe?"

"I suppose so."

"Then your newfound knowledge, is it not a learning of mysteries of universe?"

"Sure, when you put it that way, but Zen is about something more significant."

"No, my son. Zen is about insignificant."

"Uh, ok."

As usual, he wasn't making sense. But I felt better. Didn't I? No, I didn't. My face contorted. Master Soo laughed.

"Did you think Zen solve all of life problem for you?"

"No. But I at least expected to, I don't know, be a little happier."

"My son, Zen not bring happiness through enlightenment. Happiness come from acceptance and from others when we give them chance. Knowing oftentime make us that much more miserable."

"Oh. I see."

"No, you don't. But you will. Did not Buddha die?"

"Yes." I said wrinkling my eyebrows in a confused look.

"Do you expect Zen give you eternal life?"

"No."

"Then you live right now. After life there be nothing for you."

"Gee, thanks."

"See? Knowing doesn't always make you feel better."

"No, I guess not."

"So live. Now get up and start your calisthenics. Where is your uniform?"

"I didn't bring it."

"You forgot uniform? Typical American. Drop and give me twenty."

"Yes, master."

I did as ordered, doing twenty push ups. He loved that American phrase. I figured we would just talk the whole time, but he made me do more calisthenics until I had built up a sweat.

"How do you feel now?"

"Better, I guess."

"You guess nothing. You no need enlightenment to feel better. Ready yourself." he said right before striking at me. I moved aside without thinking and parried his arm and as it went by I grabbed him by the triceps and applied a nerve pinch.

"Ah, very good. But you no reach very well now. No?"

"No." I said rolling my eyes.

"Then grab here." he said pinching me under my ribs. I could feel how that might hurt but Master Soo was gentle, yet very firm to get the point across.

We spent time practicing, Master Soo modifying my technique to suit my new stature.

"You different now. Your technique need different."

"Right. That makes sense."

"You no stay in Arizona?"

"I have to get back home, Sensei."

"I give you contact of friend. He will take over your teachings."

"Master Soo, I'm pretty busy lately. I don't have time for teachings."

"Nonsense. You continue training. Training never stop."

I had to agree and he wrote down an address and a name simply as "Chung". I took it and left. I had a pretty rough workout yet I felt refreshed. I also had lots of things to think about on my drive up to Flagstaff. I always did after a class with Master Soo. Now I had a full six or more hours on the road to think about it. I was on the road to Flagstaff before one o'clock again; that would put arrival by four o'clock.

When I got there I parked in the apartment lot and called Julie telling her what was going on. I told her we'd be getting a visit from a tractor trailer next week and that I would be bringing a friend to stay with us. I couldn't read how she felt about that from her voice but we'd confront that later. I also had her warn Cindy that she'd have a roommate. I gave her the new flight number and arrival time and told her I loved her. Then it was time.


----- Zoe

"Ready to go, Zoe?"

"Let me get my stuff."

"I'll get it for you."

"You can take those two bags. I'm carrying this one."

"What's in there?"

"My laptop. I have two desktops in boxes that are on the truck now."

"Two? I guess two is better than one."

"One was Sam's."

"Oh. I see they cleaned the place pretty good."

"They were here by eight this morning, by nine thirty the truck was pulling out. They were fast."

"Professionals."

"They certainly were. I guess I'm ready to start my new life."

"I know this is hard. I wish I could say it's going to be a piece of cake but we both know that's not going to happen. Just, if I do something wrong let me know."

"I trust you. I'll try, Sam. I'm sure we can make this work."

"That's the old college spirit."

"College spirit, huh? Funny phrase."

"I know. It's just a phrase. I'm not really sure what it's supposed to mean. I'm guessing that college used to be a noble thing."

"Well, that's a good one."

"Hmmpf. Yeah, you're right."

"Let's get going, Sam. The sooner I'm outta here, the better."

She was eager. I didn't expect that but I was glad because it would be worse if she wasn't. We did have lots of good talk on the way to Kaycee's.

"So, I talked to Donny this morning. I told him you didn't want to see Marlene."

"That's right."

"If you don't mind me asking, what happened there?"

"With Marlene? I told you she was an abortion advocate?"

"Yes. And you're not."

"No, I'm not."

"How did you two get into that? You were just talking one day and had a violent dissagreement?"

"Kind of. We fought. I mean we fought a real fist fight. Or in our case, a slap fight."

"Who won?"

"Nobody. We both got suspended from school."

"That seems a silly thing to fight over."

"It wasn't just about that. It was about Sam."

"Oh?"

"Look Sam, this is not something I really want to talk about."

"That's fine. I won't ask."

"But you're involved."

"I am?"

"Sam was pregnant."

"With my child. I know."

"You knew?"

"Her dad told me. He thought I knew. I didn't, but I didn't let on that I didn't know."

"Oh, well, what else did he tell you?"

"That she got an abortion."

"Did he tell you why?"

"He said it was her decision but that it was for the best."

"Do you think it was for the best?"

"I don't know, Zoe. This is the thing I've been trying not to think about. I mean, I could have been a father. Do you know what that's like? Me, a dad. I'm finding it hard to come to grips with that and maybe it was the best thing. I just don't know."

"Good to have those doubts. I tried to talk her out of it, but Marlene had her ear. I hate her for that."

"You wanted Sam to have the baby?"

"Yes. I so wanted that so so much."

"You must feel strongly about abortion."

"I do but it was something even more base than that."

"What?"

"I wanted to have a child, Sam. What do you think of that? What do you think of lesbians raising your child?"

"I don't know. I'm thinking I probably would not have ever known him or her so no big deal."

"I'm a lesbian, Sam. You know what that means?"

"That you'll never have a child to raise?"

"Bingo. Not as a lesbian couple, unless you adopt. You're pretty smart. For a guy."

"Yeah, they tell me that. Sorry to disappoint."

"No problemo. Did you think being a lesbian means not having any maternal instinct?"

"I've never thought about the subject, Zoe."

"Well, I want kids. I thought Sam wanted kids. I know she did. And Marlene poisoned her. She committed suicide because of what Marlene made her do."

"She made her do that?"

"She convinced Sam it was the right thing to do. That's what she does: she convinces girls to to that sort of thing. And just as I knew she would, Sam had regrets afterward. Big regrets."

"Sammy didn't mention that in her suicide note."

"There was so many things she didn't mention."

"It was a short note. And thanks."

"Thanks for what?"

"You would have raised my child, Zoe. Do you know what that means? You wanted my child and you wanted to raise her or him. That's real love. I appreciate that you would do something like that for a child that wasn't your own blood. A child that was mine. And you fought for it too."

"Like you said though, you would have never known."

"Sometimes the truth will just make you miserable. But sometimes it doesn't. I'm grateful that you told me. I'm happy about that news, that someone cared, even though the outcome wasn't so great."

"See? You are against abortion."

"Maybe I am. I try to stay out of political discussions. I told you that."

"And I told you it's a losing cause."

"I shudder to think of the ramifications. Oh my God, I'll be labeled one way or another."

"We all are. You'll have to take a side and be brave."

"Sounds hard."

"You'll find out eventually. But I don't see this as a political subject."

"Then what? A religious one?"

"No. I'm just pragmatic. I don't like the idea of snuffing out a life about to begin, before it's ever started, before it's ever been given a chance."

"I don't know. Sounds religious."

"Maybe spiritual. They're two different things."

"I never thought of that either. You sound like you know it all."

"I just know you can't escape politics."

"I hope you're wrong."

"I wish I were."

"How did you get to be so smart and wise? For a girl, that is."

"I'm older than I look. Sorry to disappoint."

"Touche. You look like a teenager. I know you're not."

"The more we shrink the younger we look. And it's not due to being the size of a kid. How old do you think I am? Really?"

"Um, I'd say twenty-six, although I still think you look like fourteen or fifteen."

"Well, thank you. I'm thirty three."

"Holy cow! You're that old?"

"Yep. You don't look a day over seventeen yourself. Or now that you mention it, you could pass for fourteen or fifteen too. We must look like high school kids. Seriously, if I were working at a liquor store I'd card you. And then I would think you had a fake ID."

"Good to know. When Cindy and I boarded the plane coming out here last week the airport people thought we were minors."

"Cindy? Is she the one you mentioned?"

"That's her. She went to Drumford; came out here with me to meet some old friends this week but had to go back home early for work. She couldn't get a whole week off."

"What does she do?"

"She was a professional dancer. Since catching the virus, she teaches elementary school kids to dance."

"Sounds like a demotion. They probably mistake her as one of the kids."

"That won't happen -- she's a lot smaller than them. The same height as me. And I saw them, Zoe. Those kids are huge!"

"Yeah?"

"Some are over five feet tall."

"I never thought I'd think five feet as being huge, but that's more than twice as tall as me, Sam. That's crazy."

"I'm almost ashamed to admit this, but I was actually intimidated by those girls."

"It must be hard for her."

"She doesn't like the job."

"Probably can't do anything else, like me. This virus ruins everything."

"Look on the bright side."

"There is no bright side."

"You can save a lot of money on food."

She laughed. I made her laugh and it was good to hear it. "Ok, that's one thing. There probably aren't too many more."

"We already mentioned another. We look younger."

"Can we call that a bright side?"

"Absolutely. You can pick up dates easier. Right?"

"I suppose if you're into that, like a pedo."

"Uh, no. I didn't mean it that way."

"I know what you mean."

"I bet you get hit on by lots of guys."

"I stay inside as much as possible."

"That's sad. Don't you like getting out?"

"Yes, and no. I like getting out of the apartment, but I don't like all the people. You know, all the normal sized, giant people."

"I know. It must be especially hard for you now."

"That's right. I have no one to go out with anymore."

"Don't you have any other friends? Maybe someone with the virus?"

"No."

"You have me."

She sighed, "Thanks." I wasn't sure if she meant that.

"I've never been tall, Zoe. Before the virus, at my tallest, I was only ever four ten. How about you? How tall were you and Samantha before the virus started shrinking you?"

"I was five five. Sam was about the same. I think a little taller. Let's say five six."

"See? She was eight inches taller than me when we went out. I've lived with giants all my life."

"I guess it's easier for you to go out amongst the giants then."

"It better be. You should see my girlfriend now. She might be the tallest girl in the world."

"That's a fairly bold statement."

"She's nearly eight feet tall."

"Yeah, right. You don't need to try to impress me, Sam. That won't get you anywhere."

"But you're going to meet her. You'll see."

"It's just a matter of perspective. You can't really tell how tall a person really is unless you get out the ruler and measure them. It's even harder being this short. They all seem taller than they really are."

"But I have measured her. We use a tape measure and she's seven feet eleven inches tall."

"You measured her?"

"I got up on a ladder."

"Mmm huh."

"You don't believe me?"

"I believe you believe it."

"Ok. Like I said, you'll see soon enough."

"So how did this romance begin? Did she see you as a little dude in a crowd and say, that's the guy for me?"

"No. To be honest we used to date in high school and she was shorter than me then. One of the very few that are."

"Go on."

I told Zoe all about Julie. She was skeptical. I told her it's all true and that she would find out tomorrow.

"Do you prefer tall girls, Sam?"

"Meh. Whatever. The fact is, there's hardly anyone shorter."

"I'm shorter."

"Yes, you are. That puts you in a very distinguished minority in this world."

"That's one way of putting it. Would you go out with a shorter girl?"

"Why, Zoe, are you hitting on me? I'm flattered."

"Don't get your feathers up. It's just a question."

"Why yes, I most certainly would. But size is not the thing I base those decisions on."

"Right. You're going to say personality, aren't you?" she said rolling her eyes.

"Well, it's true."

"That, and big boobs."

"I like boobs in all sizes, thank you."

"But big boobs draw you to them, don't they?"

"They do catch a guys eye, but no, it's not like I'm drawn to them. What about you? What do you prefer?"

"Whoppers! The bigger the better. If they're not as big my head then they're no good."

"Really?"

"No, stupid. Personality and character count."

"Un huh. Maybe you're just saying that. Maybe you just want us guys to believe that."

"Seriously? Do you really think big boobs will draw my attention?"

"Well, you're the one that brought it up."

"I did, didn't I? But no, big boobs have no effect. We're immune."

"I don't know. I've seen lots of jealousy from girls dealing with chest size issues. It's pretty ugly too."

"High school, right?"

"Well, even in college."

"Not so much though."

"Meh. Not among the more mature, I suppose, if you can call college kids mature. You sure it makes no difference to you?"

"No."

"So if a gal with a huge rack walked by your eyes wouldn't follow them?"

"No. I'd be watching and laughing at the guys who would gawk at her instead. And don't tell me your eyes wouldn't wander."

"Me? Surely you don't think that quiet and unassuming, trusty me would do such a thing?"

"I'll bet you?"

"So, we'll ask a girl with big boobs to walk by and if my eyes follow her or look at her chest I win?"

"No, I win!"

"But isn't that too contrived? I mean, really, even the sexiest boobs are not going to do that if I know it's a bet. It has to be spontaneous."

"Well, if it ever happens, I'll catch you."

"Which means you have to go out in public with me."

"We'll see what happens."

"What does the winner get?"

"I'll think about it."

"Ok, do that. You have to believe me that character and personality are factors that guys consider too."

"Yeah, a small role. Physical attraction is still very important."

"Of course it is. You think you know all guys really pretty well, don't you?"

"I think I know enough."

"Don't paint half the population with such a wide brush, Zoe."

"Sam! You talk like you're educated."

"Stop trying to patronize me."

"I'm not. But you sound older than you are too."

"Too much studying, not enough partying."

"I'll say."

"And how would you know that?"

"I'll tell you how, but don't get mad at me. Promise?"

"I can't promise if I don't know what you're going to say. I hate when you girls do that."

"Then promise me you'll listen before making judgements."

"I can promise that."

"I stalked you."

"What?"

"When Sam wanted to, you know, find you, I helped her."

"So, you stalked me?"

"I'd like to say that I did due diligence in investigating Sam's prospective new beau, but really, the right word for what I did was stalk."

"So, you what; followed me around?"

"And looked in your dorm window and watched you sleep."

"You peeked in my dorm window? You must have been pretty good. I never noticed."

"I watched you fumble with asking other girls out too."

"Great. It must have a comedy show."

"Don't be upset. I would normally pass that sort of thing off as misogyny."

"I know, we're all misogynists." I said rolling my eyes.

"Most, not all."

"So, instead you took pity at all my rejections?"

"Maybe. I'd call it cute. Plus you were determined."

"And there's that word -- the one they all use for a short guy: cute, but not dating material. I get it, Zoe."

"Let me put it this way: you were pretty uh, suave, I suppose is the right word. If you were taller you would have had no problem getting dates, or one night stands, or whatever, with the girls. In fact, I might have considered going out with you under different circumstances."

"Isn't that something? Good to know my technique is not lacking."

"Sam, if you were a dud I would have fought harder to get Sam to give up her dare. But, after watching you I kind of figured that you weren't so bad for her. Little did I know that you were too good."

"What does that mean?"

"You were so good to her that Sam started really liking you. It was her idea to see you that second night. I thought she'd come home but she stayed with you. The plan was for her to sleep with you one night and make it a one night stand."

"You knew I wouldn't be able to resist Samantha, huh?"

"No guy would resist a girl as pretty as Sam."

"You're right. She was pretty. So were you."

"I was?"

"You are."

"Right. Moving on. We were going to have Sam meet you in the library. She didn't like that. She wanted to meet you at a party but as far as I could tell, you never went to parties. We lucked out when I found out you were going to the big blue."

"Everyone goes."

"Your friend had to convince you."

"Gabe? You knew Gabe?"

"Yeah, that's his name. I had forgotten it."

"You talked to him?"

"No. I just watched you two."

"Zoe! I just found out what your new career field is: detective work."

"Pffffft. No way."

"I never knew you were ever spying on me. You could do it and now that you're, well, that small, you could hide even better."

"I don't think so. Besides, you saw me."

"I did."

"You stared at me a couple times in the library."

"Um, I'm sorry. I don't remember."

"I look different now. I used to be a little taller you know."

"Oh boy, what an understatement."

"So, you see, I did stalk you. I knew about you before you knew about me."

"What else do you know about me?"

"That you're not a typical male."

"Yeah, well, duh. Like I said before, I've never been over five feet tall, and now look at me. Not your typical male at all."

"And I'd like to say that I didn't want to hurt your feelings. But the truth is I didn't care a whit about your feelings."

"Gee thanks, buddy."

"Don't get bent out of shape. I barely gives a rats ass for any guy."

"Ok, fine. I guess I'm relieved."

"You are?"

"I thought Sammy left for something I did wrong. Now I know why and I suppose I never really had a chance, that it wasn't my fault and it was all contrived and made up."

"It was your fault -- you were too good."

"No, not good enough."

"A matter of perspective."

"Are you jealous?"

"Yes. But strangely, I also feel close to you."

"Because of Sam or because you stalked me?"

"Both. I can see why she liked you. I guess that means I like you too. Only a little bit, though. You're still a you know, ewwww, a guy."

"I know, ewwww. What did Sam see in me?"

"It's what you did."

"What did I do?"

"You gave her head."

"She liked me because I went down on her?"

"You'd be surprised how many guys refuse to do that."

"And that's all it took?"

"No. You experimented and you listened to her. That's another thing most guys don't do. They might do it on a first date but not for two weeks."

"Yeah, well, that's no big deal. It would be pretty inconsiderate not to listen."

"That's right, and for Samantha it was a big deal."

"And what about you? What did you think after stalking me? You said you might have gone out with me under different circumstances."

"In a circumstance where I was straight. But, I'm not."

"Ok, but you didn't answer the question."

"You were witty, I guess."

"Really? You're not just saying that, because I never thought of myself as witty."

"Yeah, you're ok. Like a big brother."

"I have a little sister."

"Cool. How is she?"

"Five eight."

"I didn't ask how tall she was."

"I know."

"Five feet eight inches tall, huh?"

"Yep."

"Well, then she doesn't... hold on. You were four what, ten, before you caught the virus?"

"That's right."

"So she's taller than you even without the virus?"

"Yep."

"She's younger?"

"By almost two years."

"Was she always taller?"

"Not until she was, oh, eight or nine. Maybe earlier."

"So, you were ten or eleven when she started to be taller than you?"

"It was the worst moment of my life when she realized she was taller."

"Did she tease you?"

"Mercilessly."

"You poor thing." she said, although I detected a hint of sarcasm.

"She used to beat me up too."

"She did?"

"No. She can't fight. It would be the other way around. Her worst sin was that she always wanted to play. Still does."

"Ha, right. I'm sure being the guy you could beat her up."

"It's true. I wrestled and I was pretty good."

"That's right, you did wrestle. No, you did karate."

"In college I studied judo. It's not the same as karate."

"Whatevs."

"Still think I can't handle myself against a bigger girl?"

"You can't even handle yourself against me." she challenged.

"You? You're probably right."

"Sam." she said with less volume than before.

"What?"

"I get scared."

"Of bigger people?"

"Yes. I know it's irrational. It's come to the point of a phobia for me."

"It's affecting your life?"

"Why do you think I don't go out?"

"What about little people; those of us with the virus?"

"I'm ok with that, mostly, depending on size. The bigger, the scarier."

"You shouldn't be. Seriously, it's rare to find somebody who wants to hurt you -- even among normal sized, giant people."

"But not unheard of."

"True. I want you to know that I have a lot of friends now with the virus."

"How convenient."

"Just a few. I met most of them after the fact. Actually, most of my friend's with Borgford's I met at the clinic where they started the medications and adjusted the dose. You and Samantha went through that, right?"

"No. They just have a set dose. Once they verify that you have the virus they give you a prescription and off you go."

"You mean they sell those meds in the pharmacy?"

"Yes. Where do you get your meds?"

"I have to go through the clinic. At least for now; it's still experimental."

"Why would they do that?"

"I don't know. State law?"

"Could be. Drug laws are slightly different for each state. And then there's the federal rules and regs. Some of them conflict; very complicated. I'm not too familiar with viral treatments though. I know a little about drugs of abuse."

"It's not like this is a drug of abuse."

"It could be."

"It doesn't make you high or anything."

"It arouses you. It's the only thing that does that for both male and female. I could see it being used at say, the big blue."

"Oh wow. The only other side effect I know of is growing hair on your palms."

"What?!"

"I keed. I keed. Ha, ha." I laughed. "I got you, didn't I?"

"Ha, in your dreams." she said shaking her head. "It's too bad it doesn't make your penis or boobs bigger."

"Why Zoe, is that why you're a lesbian; because penises aren't big enough?"

"Pffft. You wish."

"No, mine's not that big. At least not anymore."

"There's a first for a guy -- admitting to that. So, how big is it? ONLY ten inches now?"

"It shrank along with me. I mean, I can't detect any size change, but I'm sure others without the virus would. Ten inches, I certainly wish."

"Have you compared?"

"NO!"

"Ha ha. I got you that time."

"Very funny. But you're right about that being potential abuse worthy. I mean, if it really made penis' grow then it would be flying off the shelves. Hell, I'd even try it. I'd have to keep up you know."

"Keeping up; that's funny. And you know what would be worse?"

"What?"

"If the effects were temporary. Then everyone would be clamoring for those pills."

"A drug companies dream."

"Fucking evil pharmas!" she spat.

"Whoa. That's a bit extreme, isn't it?"

"Not when you've dealt with opioid addiction."

"Did you ..."

"Oh no. Not me. Never. But I worked with addicts."

"That must have been rough."

"You have no idea how bad it can be. Although I really lament losing my job, I sort of don't regret having to work with addicts. Don't get me wrong here, I like helping people with problems. It's just that the drug problem is so bad that you can't very well help these addicts."

"Wow. It must be pretty depressing."

"It's heartbreaking. I've lost about one in ten of all the people I would work with to overdoses."

"That's bad. You must have been dedicated."

"You have to be. It's hard. A lot of councilors burn out. Maybe losing my job was a blessing."

"We'll find you something else that you can do, Zoe. There's lots of opportunities where I live."

"Thanks. I know we will."

"So, how did you talk Samantha out of seeing me?"

"It wasn't easy. I had to threaten her: you or me."

"And she chose you."

"Yes. After all, she was a lesbian."

"I had no idea she was a lesbian. She must have been a real good actor."

"She wasn't acting, Sam. She had real feelings for you. It was a hard decision for her."

"Did she know she was pregnant?"

"Not for couple of weeks after she broke it off with you."

"I wonder if she found out sooner if that would have made a difference."

"I don't want to think about it, Sam."

"She could have ended up with me and left you."

"Maybe."

"We were rivals for Samantha's affection."

"I know. You should be like the last guy in the world I'd go off with, right? At least you're not a complete stranger."

"I think Samantha would have wanted me to do this for you."

"I think you're right. You know I had a dream about that the other night. She said she wanted me to go off with you. To let you take care of me."

"Was this Wednesday night, Thursday morning?"

"Yes, it was."

"No way. I suppose now you're going to tell me she was six inches tall."

Zoe narrowed her eyes and looked me.

"What did you say?"

"I said Samantha was six inches tall."

"Did I tell you about this before?"

"No. So she really was six inches in your dream?"

"Yes, but that was my dream. How did you know?"

"Because that was my dream too! She told me to take care of you."

Zoe turned away and looked down the road, frowning. After a few moments of silence she bellowed, "That's just a coincidence."

"Yeah." I agreed. "Just a coincidence."

Then there was silence. We drove without talking for a good half hour or more. Flat desert was whizzing by at a blurring pace since I was speeding. (Hey, I had made this long, full round trip for the last two days -- you can't blame me for trying to get it over faster.) The drone of the tires on the highway was the only sound we heard. That is, until I broke the silence.

"Did you grow up here in Arizona?"

"No, California."

"That's a nice place. I've been there a couple of times."

"It has bad memories for me. Did I tell you about my aunt?"

"The one that raised you? Yeah."

"It was in California."

"Ok, going back to California is not an option then."

"Got that right."

"Scared of the future?"

"Scared shitless."

"I hope I don't let you down."

"I wouldn't do this with just anyone, so if it's any consolation to you, I trust you because of Samantha. If it wasn't for her, well, don't take offense, but I would kindly tell you to fuck off."

"Thanks for having faith in me."

"I could really use a drink."

"You know about that, right?"

"I know. But you've already had one with me."

"Certainly not now. I'm driving."

"Later?"

"I don't think so."

"Hmpfff." she said folding her arms in front of her and looking away. To see her now nobody would have thought her any older than a pre-teen. It was kind of endearing. By this time we were driving through, or rather around, Phoenix.

"We'll be there soon, Zoe. Kaycee has the virus and Bonnie doesn't, so you'll know who is who. You'll be staying there just overnight and I'll get you tomorrow on the way to the airport."

"What time?"

"I don't know. We'll play it by ear. The flight's not until later in the day but we don't want to be too late. Airport crowds suck nowadays."

"Crowds? That news is not making me feel any better."

"You've flown before, right?"

"Yes, but not since contracting the virus."

"I'll be there with you. It's better with others around. Besides, the airport in Phoenix seems accommodating to people like us."

"People with Borgford's disease?"

"Yes. Surprised?"

"A little. And what about other airports?"

"Just stick with me. I don't know if I'll be able to find you if we get separated. Let me look over the airport map later so we can agree on a place to meet if we split up."

"This is not reassuring."

"Don't worry. Better to be prepared. It's a lot harder to snatch two little people together than it is one."

"Sam!"

"I'm kidding. Nobody is going to do any such thing."


----- Kaycee's

It was nearly nine o'clock when I parked. I grabbed one of Zoe's bags and we knocked on Kaycee's door. Fortunately, Kaycee answered.

"There you are. I was beginning to think you weren't coming." Kaycee said, gesturing us in. "Hello, Zoe. It's a pleasure to finally meet you."

"So, Sam has told you about me?"

"We were together when Sam found out about you. What was the name of that clothing store, Sam?"

"Binky Bird Boutique."

"That's it. You should have seen how happy Sam was. Bonnie, Hal, come meet Zoe."

We were in the living room when Bonnie came out from the kitchen. Poor Zoe must have been pretty nervous. She got behind me and was so close that she was touching. Only her head was peeking out from my side.

"Hi, Zoe." Bonnie said bending down and holding her hand out. Hal just stood back.

"Hello." Zoe replied. She didn't reach out to take Bonnie's hand, however. I was now beginning to think she wasn't just nervous; she was scared. It reminded me of Gail. I figured Hal's immense presence wasn't helping here. Bonnie introduced Hal to Zoe but she just nodded.

Bonnie withdrew her hand, somewhat miffed, and motioned everyone to the couch. Zoe, predictably, sat right next to me. Kaycee sat on her little chair across from the couch.

Zoe seemed to have no problem talking to Kaycee, but her conversation with Bonnie was short (excuse the pun), and nonexistent with Hal. To be fair, Hal didn't talk much.

To make up for this I tried engaging Bonnie more in conversation. Then Bonnie got out the guitar.

"It's kind of late for that, Bonnie."

"It's Friday night."

"Alright then." I said as I took the guitar.

It felt good to hold the instrument. I hadn't picked one up for a few days and the familiar feel of the crafted wood instrument sitting in my lap, my right arm around the body, the left settling naturally on the strings, was comforting. Maybe this would help Zoe open up. It did.

"Sam would listen to your songs endlessly, Sam." Zoe said. "I was forced to listen to them."

"Gee, Zoe, I'm sorry."

"There's no need to be sorry. But if I had thought that they would bring Sam to kill herself, then I probably would have put a stop to it."

"How did she find my songs anyway? It's not like I advertised."

"She searched for them."

"But how did she even know that I had songs for downloading?"

"She just searched the internet for anything about you and the songs came up. Naturally, she downloaded them."

"Ah, I see now. What prompted her to do that though?"

"It was the anniversary of the thing we were talking about with Marlene."

"Oh that. Damn."

"I didn't know you published your songs before this week." Kaycee added.

"It was only recently that I started doing that. Cindy is a big help for me there."

"How so?"

"She's into the whole artsy performance stuff and knew a lot about recording songs. She helped me record and publish them. Although, once you know how it's pretty easy. The hard part is getting people to know about them."

"Advertising."

"That's right, Kaycee."

"Don't you advertise?"

"No, I'll just let people find out by word of mouth."

"But you have to have mouths first." Bonnie added.

"I know, Bonnie. I play at the coffee house on Fridays. It's the one where Julie used to work. People know me from there and hopefully will tell their friends and they'll tell theirs and so on."

"I'll tell my friends!"

"Thanks, Bonnie."

"Me too." Hal said.

"I'd appreciate that, Hal. I suppose with everyone telling their friends my songs will really start selling. Ha, ha."

"Don't you get nervous singing in front of a crowd?" Zoe asked.

"I do right before I go onstage. But once I start singing all the butterflies in my stomach go away and I have fun."

"I envy your bravery."

"Once you get the first song out it's a piece of cake. Not much bravery involved."

"I envy your talent." Bonnie said.

"It's just a lot of practice, Bonnie."

"I wouldn't say that. I know lots of people who practice so much and they don't sound as good as you, Sam. It's also talent."

"Or maybe passion then. I just like hearing the guitar and when you do it then you want to do more. Practice is just like playing -- like playground playing when you're a kid."

"We like to hear you play, Sam."

"Then what would you like to hear?"

So then I began performing. I played many folk songs -- most of them the gang hadn't heard before. I played some pop and some country too.

Bonnie drank wine spritzers, Hal had beer, and the rest of us soda. Zoe wanted wine too, but I dissuaded her from that. She even tried to get Kaycee to drink with her; little minx.

Singing for my friends made up for performing at Mike's and more importantly it loosened up Zoe a little bit I think. Hal and I didn't get out of there until after midnight. When it was time for me and Hal to leave Zoe was actually talking in full sentences to Bonnie. She never did warm up much to Hal though. I figured that was just fine.

I kissed Kaycee goodnight -- a long and sensual kiss -- and left for Gabe's.

I hadn't seen him much since Monday and I was fortunate that he was kind enough to take me back in. Gabe and I talked of Master Soo, Kaycee, and Zoe, then I went to sleep. I had been spending over six hours per day on the road the past three days and it made me weary so I had a good nights sleep. No sex, but I welcomed the rest. Plus I was ready to go back home. It had been a long week.

 

End Notes:

Still struggling with keeping up with the story and real life. Next chapter we'll get to see what Julie and the rest of Sam's friends think of Zoe.

Chapter 66 - Whatever gave you that idea by littless
Author's Notes:

One last day in Phoenix then Sam and Zoe have an eventful flight after tearful goodbyes. Zoe meets Julie. And Erin and Cindy.

----- Flight home

Today was homecoming and I was homesick. I jumped out of bed after having a great night's sleep. It was six thirty and I had a quick shower and threw my clothes on. My bags were already packed and all I had to do was bring my old dirty clothes out to the car and put them in my one suitcase I had. I also had a backpack and a laptop case -- I can travel light.

"Gabe, thanks for helping out. I appreciate you letting me stay here even though I wasn't here the whole week."

"Glad to have you, Amigo. Tell Cindy I said hello when you get home."

"I most certainly will."

Gabe and I hugged. Next stop: Kaycee's apartment to pick up Zoe.

Kaycee wanted to come with me to the airport this evening. This meant that she would be driving herself to the airport. Zoe and I ate breakfast at Kaycee's -- donuts and coffee. Bonnie was still asleep while we talked.

"So, how was your night, Zoe?"

"Is was ok, Sam."

"She slept with me." Kaycee interjected.

"Oh?" I said raising an eyebrow.

"Nothing happened!" Zoe exclaimed. "I just didn't want to sleep out in the living room alone, ok?"

"That's fine, Zoe. It's really none of my business."

"I offered to sleep on the couch, Sam." Kaycee said defending herself. "But Zoe insisted. I couldn't very well let her down."

"Thank you for taking care of her, Kaycee."

"It's my pleasure, you two.

We chit-chatted for a while. Kaycee talked about our day in Phoenix earlier that week. I talked about Cindy. Zoe talked about Samantha.

"Did you two go to the Binky store often?" Kaycee asked Zoe.

"Not so much. Samantha would drive."

"At nineteen inches? She must have had some monster extensions on the pedals."

"Her dad had them specially fitted. I believe someone where he worked designed and made them for her."

"What does her dad do?"

"I don't know." Zoe said. Then they looked at me; I shrugged. I was not going to tell them I knew and I was certainly not going to tell them what he did for a living.

"What kind of car was it?"

"It was a Volkswagen Beetle."

"Wait." I said. "Was it yellow?"

"Yes, it was."

"I think I saw it. It was in her parents driveway."

"Yes, they took it when she passed away."

"You don't have your own car, Zoe?"

"I sold it long ago. We used Samantha's car all the time, which wasn't really hers, it was her parents."

"And you haven't had a car since then?"

Zoe didn't answer; she just looked down. I could tell it made her sad. I changed the subject.

"Have you been back to Drumford lately, Zoe?"

"It's been a while."

"I was there a couple of days ago. You should see the swim team."

"What's so special about that?"

"They have little people on it."

"Borgford's disease?"

"Yep."

"Do they swim against the bigger kids?" Kaycee asked.

"I don't know, Kaycee. They were practicing together but swimming in different lanes."

"Do the diseased one's swim slower?"

"Diseased? That sounds so, I don't know, like outcast, Kaycee. You make it sound like a death sentence."

"Who knows?" Zoe said. "Maybe this is a death sentence."

"Oh, come on, Zoe. Nobody has ever died of Borgford's disease."

"Not yet. It's only been a couple of years. What if the life expectancy is only three years?"

"Then we'll find out soon enough." I said.

"Ugh, let's not talk about such things." Kaycee pleaded.

"I agree." I said. "The girls were topless."

"The swimmers?"

"Yep."

"All the girls?"

"Just the little ones."

"You would notice that."

"What can I say?"

"Figures." Zoe said. "You horny little fucker."

"Ha, ha." I laughed. "I don't deny it."

"Wish I had seen that."

Kaycee and I stared at Zoe.

"What?" she said shrugging. "It's the meds. They make me horny too."

"Ya, we know." Kaycee and I said looking at each other now and laughing inside.

"Zoe and Cindy should get along splendid." I said out loud. I was wondering how the two were really going to get along. Would Cindy tempt Zoe? And what about Erin? Were lesbians physically attracted to other girls the way guys were? I suppose I was going to find out. I got a little clue an hour later when Bonnie woke up.

Zoe's eyes got real big then she started laughing and pointing at Bonnie.

"What's so funny?" Bonnie asked.

"Ha, ha. You're topless. Ha, ha, ha." Zoe replied, laughing uncontrollably.

"What? Oh." Bonnie covered her chest then ran back into her room looking a little peeved.

"Aw, be nice to her, Zoe." I admonished. Bonnie came back out wearing a long t-shirt.

"Sorry about that." Bonnie said. "I do that without thinking. Remember, it's my home too."

"I wasn't expecting that," Zoe said, "and especially in front of Sam. Ha, ha."

Bonnie and I looked at each other and exchanged a secret smile. She walked up real close to Zoe, almost touching looking down at her and said, "So, you think it's funny?"

The top of Zoe's head was below Bonnie's crotch and her eyes even lower -- about mid thigh. Looking up I'm sure she could see Bonnie's panties underneath her shirt. It must have been intimidating for her because her demeanor visibly changed and she slunk over next to, and behind me looking terrified.

"S-sorry, Bonnie."

"What're we gonna do today?" Kaycee broke in. She was chipper and seemed eager to get out.

"We have most of the day but I don't want to be late to the airport. We'll probably be waiting most of the time in long lines."

"Oh great." Zoe said, sarcastically.

"Don't worry, Zoe. I guarantee that we'll get through alive. Eventually."

Kaycee wanted to spend the day in Phoenix. "We're going there anyway. Let's stop at the Binky place."

Zoe shrugged.

We decided it might be a good idea to at least hang around the city a little bit before going to the airport.

"Let's go to Phoenix now." Kaycee said excitedly. "We can go to the zoo. It's near the airport."

"That'll burn some time."

"The gardens are just past the zoo." Zoe added. "It wouldn't take any more time than going to the zoo. I'd rather go there than a stinky old zoo."

"What gardens?"

"The botanical gardens."

"Sounds ok with me." I said.

"And then can we take some time to go to Binky Bird!" Kaycee excitedly exclaimed.

"Are you ok with that, Zoe?"

"Sure, why not?"

"It's a plan then. Go get ready."

"Fine." Zoe said, scampering off to get her things.

"Are you coming, Bonnie?"

"I don't think I can." she said. "Hal and I have plans today. I'm not even sure I can meet you at the airport later."

"Why don't you two come with us today." Kaycee exclaimed.

"No. I don't think so."

"Aw, we'll have fun together."

"Sorry, Kaycee. I'll have to say my goodbye's to Sam right here."

"Hmpff. Fine."

Since Zoe would be spending a lot more time with me later she volunteered to let Kaycee drive her to Phoenix. Plans were now set. Zoe cleaned up and I brought her stuff out to car.

"I guess this is goodbye, Sam." Bonnie said.

"Yeah, Bonnie. I'll miss you."

"I'll miss you too. You're my favorite one of Kaycee's friends."

"I'm sure you say that to all of them."

"No, I don't. Come here."

Bonnie got down on one knee and we hugged and kissed each other good bye. It was a long sloppy kiss too, not the peck on the cheek kind. Considering what we'd done this week, it was appropriate. But Zoe didn't know that.

With the rental car loaded up, I was on my way to Phoenix. I met up with the girls at the botanical gardens. It was expensive to get in but we decided to splurge. Not much to say here; they had a lot of cactus and once you've seen one, you've seen them all. The girls had a good time though.

After that we decided to go into Phoenix to eat. We parked Kaycee's car near the airport and used the rental to drive over near to the Binky Bird. We decided to eat from a hot-dog cart on the sidewalk.

"I thought you were a vegetarian." I asked Zoe.

"Whatever gave you that idea?"

"The restaurant we ate at -- the one you wanted to go to -- was vegetarian."

"Just because that was vegetarian doesn't mean I am."

"Okay. You'll eat meat then?"

"I don't consider hot-dogs meat."

"Then what is it?"

"Chemicals, plastic, rat's tails, and other assorted detritus."

"Ew. Are you serious?"

"Almost."

"I think I've lost my appetite."

"I'm just kidding. Let's eat."

So after filling our bellies with hot dogs, chips and soda, we visited 'the boutique'. Cathy was working again today.

"Welcome to the Binky Bird. Hey, I remember you." she said.

"Yeah, it's me, Sam. This is Kaycee and Zoe. Remember them?"

"I do. How are you two? And Zoe? She's the one you were looking for right?"

"Yep. I found her."

"I see. I'm so glad to see you all again. Zoe, I have a dress that just came in and it's exactly your size. It's really cute; a very pretty summer dress."

"I doubt it, Cathy." I said. "She only wears black."

"Whatever gave you that idea, Sam?" Zoe said.

"You've been wearing black since I met you. I thought you were goth or something."

"I'm still in mourning, that's why."

"Oh. Sorry."

"But I can't afford it anyway."

"I don't mind buying it for you. That is, if you don't mind."

"I'd rather you not do that, Sam."

"Oh, go on and try it. It's not going to hurt."

We talked Zoe into trying the dress. It was white with yellow, orange and red flowery patterns all over. It was sleeveless and really looked cute on her. She had taken her black pants off and it was showing off her legs. I hadn't ever seen her legs before but now I could tell that they were a little skinny but the dress really showed them off to good effect. They suited her extremely small stature.

"Zoe!" Kaycee exclaimed. "That looks so good on you. You have to get it. If you won't let Sam pay for it then let me."

Eventually, after a lot of persuasive talk, Zoe relented and we bought the dress for her. We said that Kaycee would pay half and I would pay the other half, but since Cathy wasn't sure how to write up the tickets, I ended up paying for it all. I didn't let on to Zoe about that fact. I bought a pair of khaki pants and two pair of dress shirts for me. It's hard to find clothes like that in my size and if I ever come back to Phoenix I will definitely visit this place again.

Kaycee, of course, also spent a large sum of her own money supplementing her wardrobe. And we had all spent a good deal of time shopping there, but for once, I didn't mind. Zoe thought I was being real nice for them. Secretly, I was enjoying the shopping just as much as they were.

We let Zoe change into the dress in the car then we got our stuff packed into our bags and at last we ended up at the airport. I unloaded, including Kaycee and Zoe, then returned the rental car. I met them at the departure terminal where we checked a couple of our bags in and then went to get in line for the TSA checkpoint.

"Well, Zoe." I said. "I guess it's time."

"Yeah. I guess it's time to say goodbye."

Kaycee wasn't smiling anymore. I put my bags down and hugged her. We kissed. She had tears in her eyes and they were starting to run down her cheeks.

"I'll miss you, Sam."

"I'll miss you too. Thank you for having me this week."

"It's ok. I really enjoyed it. Sam. I ... I love you."

"I love you too. If things were different ..."

"I know. Just promise me you'll keep me in mind."

"Of course I will. I'll call too. Is that ok?"

"Yeah. I'll be waiting."

I smiled. "You don't have to wait. I'll call when I get home so that you know I've arrived safely and I promise that I'll keep in touch."

"Ok. Uh, you better go now."

We hugged and kissed again. This was a long, deep kiss. She stood and watched as Zoe and I got in line. The place was crowded and it wasn't long before we lost sight of each other. Leaving her left a little empty place inside, but I was also looking forward to going back home.


----- The plane ride

Zoe and I were in a sea of legs as we stood in line. It was like being walled in because we couldn't see beyond the people that were immediately next to us. Zoe kept real close to me; so close that she was touching -- I could feel her tits pressing into my back. The line snaked back and forth around the pylons that were set up and it took close to an hour to get all the way through.

We arrived at the metal detectors where I had to help Zoe put her bags up on the x-ray conveyor belt. Zoe took off her black tennis shoes and stepped through the machine. I followed suit. The lady at the end of the conveyor belt helped us get our bags; I appreciated that.

After getting our stuff and putting our shoes back on we walked around for a while and finally found the correct terminal, then sat down to wait. Zoe seemed a bit happier than usual, or maybe it was just the colorful dress she had on that made her seem that way. Whatever it was, it was attractive. I noticed people staring at us.

"She's really fallen for you, you know?"

"Who? Kaycee?"

"Yeah."

"I know. I love her too."

"She couldn't stop talking about you on the ride over to the city, Sam. What are you going to do about Julie?"

"I'm going back to her. My life is back home. Kaycee knows that."

"You shouldn't have slept with her."

"Maybe not."

"What are you going to do if Julie finds out?"

"She knows."

"Did you tell her?"

"Of course I did."

"Is she ok with it?"

"She is. She's done the same."

"What do you mean?"

"She's slept with a few people this week; last night with Cindy."

"Her and Cindy slept together?"

"They sure did. And before that she slept with Erin and her boyfriend."

"Wow."

"And Gail two nights this week."

"Yeah, right."

"I know you don't believe me but you'll see soon enough."

Zoe gave me that doubting look. I just shrugged. When they announced that they would start boarding in five minutes she wasn't so happy anymore.

"Are you going to be ok, Zoe?"

"Yeah."

"Have you flown before?"

"Yes. But not since I started shrinking."

"Well, it'll be better now: the seats will be bigger."

"And so will everyone else. They'll be even more rude than usual to us too."

"No they won't."

"Just stay close, Sam."

"I'm not going anywhere." I had to reassure her. She did cling to me again when we got up to board. All in all, she spent the better part of the last two hours pressed up tight against me. Talk about scared; no wonder she never went out by herself.

We found our seats and I had Zoe up on my shoulders to reach the overhead storage compartments. When were safely belted in she seemed to cheer up again. I liked the cheerful Zoe much better. It was now around ten o'clock and by ten thirty we were in the air. It would be another four and a half hours in the air and counting the layover about six hours until we were at our destination. But due to the time zones, we wouldn't be arriving until around seven in the morning eastern time.

We were flying, the seatbelt signs were off, and I was ready to go to sleep. But then Zoe got up and took my hand.

"Come on, Sam. I need to go to the rest room."

"Go ahead."

"I need you."

"What for?"

"I can't reach the latch."

I rolled my eyes. I wasn't sure if that was the real reason or if she just wanted to cling to me, because she held my hand real tight on the way down the aisle.

I opened the door and she pulled me in.

"Whoa. I don't need to go in here. I can latch it from the outside." I said. Then I added, for good measure, "Nobody will be able to get in. I'll be right out here."

"No. You can't lock it from the outside. Come in with me."

What the fuck?

"Zoe!"

"We'll tell them you're my brother."

"No. You go in."

"I told you I need you to lock it for me from the inside."

"But I'll be in there while you do your business."

"Yes, you will. I'm not saying it again. Inside."

I didn't want to argue, especially on the plane. With all the stories I've been hearing about them kicking people off the plane I didn't want to chance an argument. So, in we went.

After locking the door she had me help her to stand up on the toilet. I started by raising the toilet seat lid.

"No, leave it." she said. She was very demanding. I tried to turn around to face the other way but she grabbed my shoulders and made me face her. Then as she was standing on top of the toilet she reached under her dress and pulled her panties down, stepped out of them and threw them aside. She pulled the front of her dress up and I saw her cute, little, shaved pussy. It was glistening.

"Lick it now." she said.

"What?"

"LICK IT!"

I couldn't refuse; I couldn't think straight either. If I had been able to do that then I never would have started lapping at her little cunt. She grabbed my head and started humping my face and it wasn't long before she was moaning with her head back and eyes closed. It was over in what seemed like less than a minute. That's what I call a hair trigger.

"Oh, God; thanks, Sam."

"Uh, you're, uh, welcome." I said. I was a little confused.

"Ok, you're turn."

"What, no. No, you don't need to do that."

"It's only fair."

"But you're a lesbian."

"So?"

"Lesbians don't like penis."

"Whatever gave you that idea?"

"It's kind of obvious. Isn't it?"

" Are you the lesbian expert now? What's obvious is that you're hard and need relief."

"So then, you're ok with dick?"

"Sure. It's what's attached to it that I have a problem with."

"Oh." I said, feeling a bit dejected.

"It's ok, not you. I'm kind of fond of you. Unzip."

"No, really. You don't have to do that."

"You have to do something to take care of that, Sam. Do what I do."

"What do you do?"

"Rub it out."

"I don't think I can do that in front of you."

"Just whip it out; I'll give you hand job. Fair enough?"

"Uh, ok." I don't know why I was agreeing to this, but my mind couldn't fully grasp this turn of events. I unzipped, Zoe opened the toilet lid, grabbed a hold of Mr. Happy and started stroking. I was on as much of a hair trigger as she had been. In less than five minutes we were both done.

"Ok, now move over. I need to pee. Unless you want to go first."

"Uh."

"Ok, fine, you go then. How about I hold it for you."

"No, I'll do it myself." I said, as Zoe giggled. She watched me as I stood there and took a piss into the airplane toilet. When I was done, she lowered the seat, climbed on with my help, and relieved herself. We both cleaned up and found our way back to our assigned plane seats. Nobody seemed to notice that we had went in and came out of the rest room together.

"Zoe. What was that about?"

"I hope I didn't freak you out too much."

"I'm slowly getting over it."

"I couldn't help it, Sam. I haven't had a human touch in ..."

"Since Samantha?"

"Yes. And last night being next to Kaycee, well, she's pretty cute, you know."

"Oh, I know. I know very well."

"I'm sure you do. And then Bonnie this morning."

"I see tits turn you on."

"That's not all."

"What then?"

"She wasn't wearing panties."

"She wasn't?"

"When she changed her shirt she must have taken off her panties."

"How do you know?"

"I saw her bare kitty. I had to look at her when she came near me. Remember?"

"Yeah, I remember. Oh, wow."

"Yep, tell me about it. Then there was all that rubbing against you earlier."

"I thought you didn't want to get lost?"

"I didn't. But all that rubbing still had an effect."

"Ah. And you ..."

"Were hornier than a priest at choir practice."

"I suppose that's one way of putting it."

"I told you; it's the meds."

"Right. Excuses, excuses."

"Don't tell me you weren't horny as fuck either."

"So, are you like, bi or something?"

"No, I'm a lesbian."

"But you touched ..."

"Your dick? Yeah. You don't think I've touched dick before?"

"Um..."

"I've had plenty in the past before I realized I was a lesbian. I've been told I give pretty good head by both gals and guys."

"Oh."

"Loosen up, Sam. I'm sorry if you blew a gasket, but I really appreciate what you did. It won't happen again."

"Oh."

"Disappointed?"

"I uh, ... thanks."

"You're welcome. Maybe I was being too harsh; maybe it will happen again. Who knows? So you tell me about Bonnie."

"What about her?"

"She has thing for you. Don't deny it. I know you know it too."

"She's Kaycee's best friend and naturally we became good friends."

"If I didn't know any better I'd say you had also slept with her judging by the way you two kissed."

"It was just a kiss."

"Like professional boxing is just a game."

"Whatever. You're just jealous." I said then blowing a raspberry at her.

"I am."

"She's cute too, isn't she."

"She's hot, Sam."

"Yep."

"Did you get a look at her titties?"

"I'm a guy, Zoe. What do you think?"

"Right. You were as turned on as I was."

"But I didn't get to look up her shirt."

"When you get to be as short as me you will."

"See? Another bright side to shrinking."

"Ok, I agree: another bright side. You can creep on girls with dresses when you're short."

"Speaking of dresses, you look really good in that new dress."

"Thank you, Sam. Did you notice I left my panties in the rest room?"

"I know now."

"You'll be hard again in less than five minutes."

"Shut up."

She laughed. Zoe had the middle seat and I was in the aisle. I really wanted to be in the window seat but that was taken and Zoe raised the armrest between us and laid her head against my stomach. We went to sleep.

We had a layover in Chicago. I don't like that town -- it's cold, there's a lot of crime and the airport is always filled with crowds of people. Big people. Again, Zoe was glued to me as we switched planes. Fortunately, we successfully navigated our way onto our connecting flight. This time a flight attendant helped us to place our bags in the overhead bins.

"Are you going to use the rest room again, Zoe?"

"I'll let you know. But this time it will only be for peeing."

"Ok."

"Don't be sad."

"I'm not sad." I said.

"Inside you are."

I rolled my eyes. This flight was a little bumpier but it wasn't severe. While on the flight I moved my watch ahead to the correct time zone. We were getting nearer and I was getting restless. I'd soon be back home with Julie, Erin and Cindy. I felt the tires of the plane thump onto the runway. We taxied for hours it had seemed, I called Kaycee, then after parking we waited for those in the front of the plane to disembark. The same flight attendant helped us with our bags in the overhead bin and Zoe and I were finally walking out into the airport terminal.

"We have to walk out past the secure point then we can go downstairs and pick up our suitcases, Zoe."

She stayed close. Even though we couldn't see over the crowd it was a little easier here than in the other airports because I knew my way.


----- Home

I heard her.

"There they are over there. Come on, let's go."

It was Julie's voice. I looked up and saw her. You couldn't miss her -- her head was way above everyone else. I grabbed Zoe's hand and began running. When we finally reached each other Julie bent down and scooped me up. We hugged and kissed.

"Oh, Sam, I missed you so much."

"Me too, honey. Me too."

I looked down and saw Zoe's head craned up with huge eyes.

"Uh, Julie, this is Zoe."

"Hi, Zoe."

"Hi." she said.

"Maybe you better put me down now."

"I don't want to."

"People are staring."

"Let them. What do you care?"

"I don't, but I think Zoe needs me."

"Oh, ok."

I was put back down whereupon I hugged Cindy and introduced her Zoe.

"So, where's Erin?" I asked.

"Sleeping. She worked late and then went out with Fred. Don't worry though, she made us promise to wake her when we get back home with you."

"That'll be ugly."

"Oh, Sam." Cindy said, "She's not that bad in the morning."

"You don't know her like I do."

"Ok, maybe she is. But she's very excited that you're coming home."

"And I can't wait to see her too. Let's go get our bags."

"How about I carry you, Sam?" Julie asked.

"I don't think so. Zoe might get lost here in the airport."

"I can carry both of you."

I looked to Zoe. She wasn't talking but she was shaking her head real fast.

"I don't think that's a good idea just yet, Julie."

"Oh, alright."

I did reach up and grab Julie's hand like a little kid holding onto his mother. In my other hand I held Zoe's. After retrieving our luggage Julie insisted on carrying both of the bags. It looked like she was carrying a pair of paperback books.

Three of us sat in the back seat of the car as Julie drove home. We had a little chance to talk.

"Was the trip a success, Sam?" Julie asked.

"Very much so, Julie. It just wasn't exactly what I expected."

"Sad?"

"I'm sad about Samantha but that goes without saying. The rest I'm not sad about, but some things are just, I don't know, weird."

"What do you mean?"

"Like why Samantha, well, how about I tell everyone about it when we get home. I won't have to repeat it to Erin that way."

"Keeping me in suspense?"

"No. I already told you most of it already."

"I want to hear all of it."

"And you will. Be patient. I'm sure Zoe will help me explain everything."

"So, what do you do, Zoe?"

"Nothing anymore." she said. "I have a degree in psychology but I lost my job because I was too small."

"What?"

"That's not exactly how they put it, but that's what they meant."

"That's terrible."

"Yeah."

I could feel the disgust in Zoe's voice from that one word. Even though I never lost a job I could empathize with her. I think Cindy felt the same way.

"Zoe." I told her, "We'll find something for you out here. I promise."

"It's ok, Sam. I'll take care of myself and when I'm back on my feet, so to speak, I'll pay you back."

I had to smile. She didn't have to pay me back and I wasn't even sure what that could even be. We talked of other things, like the weather. It was much colder here. Zoe wasn't completely out of her environment here since Flagstaff was fairly cold itself.

When we got home Julie carried everything inside by herself in one trip. Wow. It was still early morning and everyone was hungry. Cindy showed Zoe where to put her stuff and I went to the bedroom to do the same. Julie stripped down to her underwear.

"What do you think of Zoe?"

"She seems cute."

"Yeah."

"Doesn't talk much, does she?"

"Julie, you see how small she is. Do you have any idea what that's like?"

"I can imagine."

"She's afraid. Give her time, she'll open up."

"She looks at me like I'm a freak."

"So does everyone else. But you're like three times as tall as her. Taller, in fact. Think of what that's like. Think of what the world is like to her. It's not much different for me either. You can be very intimidating."

"Last year nobody would say that of me. Things have changed so fast, Sam."

"I know. Let's go out and make some breakfast. By the way, where's Jill?"

"Home, I suspect. She hasn't been seeing or talking to anyone much."

"She was like that since before I left. I hope she's feeling ok."

"Mom says she is. Just, I don't know, she's very quiet."

"That's a good thing. Still, I wish she were here to help me with breakfast."

"I'll help."

"Ok, let's go."

Erin was now up.

"Sam!"

"Erin!"

We hugged. Or rather I hugged and Erin smothered me in her tits. She had to bend over by the way just for her tits to reach me. Then I pushed myself away.

"Wait. Wait. Erin, what happened to your hair?"

"Do you like it?"

"It's blue."

"I know. I had it cut short too."

"What does Fred think?"

"It was his idea."

"Well, it's going to take a little while for me to get used to it."

"You don't like it?"

"Erin, I love whatever you do to your hair. I'm just not used to seeing you like this."

"Sam, you're the best."

"I love you too, Erin."

Fortunately, Erin was wearing clothes. Not much, just panties and a nightie.

"That must be Zoe." she said. Erin bent at the waist with her hands on her knees, then reached out with her right hand. "Hi, Zoe. I'm Erin."

Zoe shook her hand and said, "Hi, Erin. Pleased to meet you."

"What do you think of my hair?"

"I think it's lovely Erin. It suits you."

I could see that Zoe would be Erin's new best friend. Zoe was certainly not as intimidated around Erin as she was with Julie, but then Erin was not nearly as big.

"See, Sam. Zoe likes my hair."

"I like it too, Erin. But Zoe is not used to seeing your hair blonde like I am."

"I knew it. You don't like it."

"I just said I do like it."

"Then come dancing with me tonight."

"No."

Cindy and Zoe were laughing.

"We can go hillbilly dancing." Erin said.

"Hillbilly?"

"It's country line dancing, Erin." Cindy explained to her.

"Yeah, that. Cindy said you liked it."

I looked to Cindy and tried to shoot daggers out of my eyes at her. It almost worked.

"Well, Erin, I don't think there are any 'hillbilly' places to dance around here."

"I know of one on the other side of the city, Sam."

"You would, Cindy."

"Let's go tonight."

"Erin! I just got home. I've had a long week and I have to go to work tomorrow. I can't go dancing tonight."

"Next week?"

"No. Let me get settled."

"How about you, Zoe?"

Zoe looked like the proverbial deer in headlights.

"I don't think so."

"We'll have fun."

"I'm too little to dance, Erin."

"No, you're not."

Zoe stuck her arms straight out to the side. "See." she said. "With my arms out, my wingspan is not even as wide as Julie's legs."

"Oh, you're just too cute like that." Erin said. "Can I pick you up?"

Zoe put her face in her hands.

"Ok, sure. Why not? Just for a minute though."

"Goody!" Erin exclaimed right before snatching her off of the floor. "Cindy tells me you're a lesbian."

"That's right, Erin."

"I hope you find someone special here."

"If I do or don't I'll be fine, Erin. I didn't come here looking for love."

"If you ever want to just have some fun, let me know. You know what I mean, right?"

Zoe looked Erin up and down, then smiled. "Thank you, Erin. You're very pretty but you shouldn't make offers you can't keep. I might take you up on it."

"I can keep that offer."

"I think I like your sister, Sam."

"You realize that you might have to go dancing?"

"It might be worth it."

"Good luck, you two."

"That was fast." Cindy said.

"What do you think of Zoe, Cindy?"

"I think she's just fine."

"I'm sorry to spring this on you in such a short notice. I hope you're ok with it."

"I am."

"While I'm thinking about it, how's the house sale going?"

"Yeah, about that. We need to talk."

"Ok. This doesn't sound good."

"It is good. But I'll be moving out."

"I knew the day would come. I'll miss you. You'll come see us though, right?"

"It's a little more complicated. Things have changed."

"How so?"

"I found a new job?"

"That's great! Where?"

"Phoenix."

"Oh. Uh, what is it?"

"Dance therapy. I'll need another six months of school but I really want to do this."

"Then I'm happy for you."

"And Sam?"

"What?"

"I'll be staying with Gabe. Are you ok with that?"

"Ok? I think that's fantastic."

"Really?"

"Absolutely. Two of my best friends getting together? This couldn't be better."

"Oh, thank you, Sam." Cindy said as she hugged me.

"Yeah, and I forgot to pass on Gabe's message to say hi. Did you hear that everyone? She's found a soul mate."

"I wouldn't go that far, Sam."

"I can see it, Cindy. Trust me, you two were meant for each other. Did you already know this, Julie?"

"I'm just telling everyone right now, Sam." Cindy said. "I wanted to wait until I could tell you."

"I'll miss you, Cindy." Julie said.

"Me too. I'll miss dancing with you."

"I'll miss dancing with you too, Erin. You'll all have to come to Arizona to see me some time. I promise we'll go out dancing."

"I'll try to make it."

"Maybe we can all go out together." I said. "So, when are you leaving?"

"Not for about four more months. I'm going to wait until the semester is over. Besides, the classes I need to take don't start until summer. I hope you don't mind me staying, Sam."

"We love to have you, Cindy. You know that. I hope you don't mind sharing the room though."

"Not at all. Thanks."

Zoe looked at me funny. I winked. She got the message.

"Who wants French Toast?" Julie asked.

We all said, "I do." and she got started on breakfast. Erin held Zoe for nearly the whole time that Julie cooked. Zoe didn't seem to mind. This gave Cindy and I a little time to talk.

"When did you figure all this out? The new job and all that?"

"Just recently. Gabe had already wanted me to drop everything and come out to live with him. But I just Friday finalized the therapy training."

"Wait. Does Gabe know?"

"Yes."

"He didn't tell me."

"I know. I wanted to tell you myself."

"I see. Hey, I know it's still a ways off but do me a favor."

"Sure."

"When you get out there, look in on Kaycee for me."

"I will, Sam. We're good friends now too. I won't forget her."

"Great. That makes me feel better."

"Do you miss her?"

"Yep."

"I know she misses you."

"That transparent?"

"It is."

"If it weren't for Julie and my job, and Erin too, and probably a bunch of other stuff, I might not have come back."

"I'll take care of her, Sam."

"Thanks. So, have you talked to Sharon yet since coming back?"

"I invited them over today. I hope that's alright."

"Sure. Them?"

"Sharon, Teagan, Sue, and Gail."

"Cool. I can't wait. I miss them all."

"And I think Fred's coming over today too."

"I miss him too. I can't believe he talked Erin into blue hair."

"If anyone can, he can."

"You're right. Erin seems to be happy with it so I am too."

"What do you really think of her hair?" Cindy whispered to me.

"Really? You really want to know?"

"Yeah."

I beckoned her real close so I could whisper in her ear. "It's very ... blue."

"Sam!"

"Ok. I like it. I really do."

"Good. By the way, Marie called. Her brother wants to see you."

"Oh yeah. He's the martial artist, right?"

"I think so."

"Alright. I'll have to get in touch with her this week. Who else are we forgetting?"

"Jennifer."

"I'll see her at work."

"And Michele."

"Oh boy. I suppose I'll have to get in touch with her soon too. I hope Sharon and I can practice today. I miss singing at Mike's."

"We'll need to get you two to work on some more songs. Have you seen how many people are buying your songs?"

"No. I'm a little unsure of this though."

"Why?"

"I don't know. It's the whole Samantha thing. You know that hearing my songs put her over the edge?"

"Oh, Sam. Don't let that stop you."

"It's hard not to think of it. I'll try."

"Good. We'll discuss this with Sharon when she's here."

"Fine."

Erin and Zoe had been talking amongst themselves but Erin had to go to the bedroom for something so she finally set Zoe down.

"Whew, I was starting to get a nosebleed up there." Zoe said.

"She's not that tall, Zoe."

"Tall enough for me."

"She's your type?"

"She's female, isn't she?"

"Got it."

"Your sister is very pretty, Sam?"

"I know."

"I don't see it. She so pretty and you're so ..."

"I know. Ugly."

"I wouldn't put it that way, but now that you mention it ..."

"Ha! Ha! Very funny. You don't like Julie though."

"Whatever gave you that idea?"

"You look frightened around her."

"You mistake that for awe."

"So, you like her?"

"Are you kidding me? Have you seen Julie's legs? They're great."

"Yes, I know."

"They go for miles and miles. They're like oak trees. No, redwood trees. Beautifully pale redwood trees that I'd love to climb. Her ass is so sexy. How does she keep all that so muscular?"

"She runs."

Zoe came closer. "And her tits: they're massive. And perky too. I can tell by the way they bounce around in her bra."

"Hmm. I hadn't noticed."

She hit me in the arm. "Ouch." I said. It didn't hurt but I said that for effect.

"Her head and pretty cascading hair almost touch the ceiling."

"I hate to tell you but I told you so. No, I don't hate to tell you -- you didn't believe me. Believe me now?"

"Oh yes. Seeing is believing."

"And so is being next to her."

"So." Zoe continued, "You get to sleep with that?"

"Every night. At least when I'm here."

"You know what you are, right?"

"What?"

"You're what they call one lucky son of a bitch."

"You got that right."

"And you said that she has sex with girls too?"

"Yep."

"Do you think she likes me?"

"I don't know yet. She believes like I did; that you're afraid of her."

"Oh no."

"I could possibly put in a good word with her for you, only ..."

"Only what?"

"Only, why should I?"

"Huh?"

"What would you give for a chance at that?"

"Anything, Sam. Name it."

"Ehh," I said, drumming my fingers on the table, "I don't know. I'll have to think about it."

"Don't think too long. Unless, that is, you're afraid of me stealing her."

"Pfft. Afraid of you? In your dreams."

I was playing it cool, but the truth was, she surprised the hell out of me. Cindy had been listening the whole time.

"Oooooo, you two!" she said. "You're driving me mad."

"What?"

"You talk like a couple of testosterone packed perverts. Ew."

"Hey." Zoe said. "Don't call me testosterone packed."

Cindy looked down at Zoe and her new dress with bumps showing the outline of her boobs.

"I suppose not. But you are a pervert."

"Thank you, Cindy. You're pretty too."

"Uh, thanks." she said. I could tell Zoe had also taken her a little by surprise.

"I'll have to watch Sam and learn. I don't know how he gets all the pretty girls around him. What do you think it is, Cindy?"

Zoe was pouring it on. I wanted her to come out of her shell, but this was too fast.

"I don't know." Cindy said. "Maybe it's because he's sincere."

Zoe looked at me. She seemed to have softened a little and she smiled.

"You're right, Cindy. We're going to be living together for a few months. I hope I didn't start off on the wrong foot with you. Sam is being very generous. I wouldn't just take up and go off with a guy like I just did with Sam, but he is sincere and honest and I have nowhere else to go. Maybe that's why I have a good feeling about him. He's safe. And what we were doing now is just talk. It's what guys, and lesbians, do. Don't be upset with us. Please."

"Ok." Cindy said.

"Thank you."

Cindy walked off.

"So, all that you said about Julie was just talk?" I asked Zoe.

"Hell no. I meant every word of it."

"Ah, I see."

"Are you going to talk to her about me? I could do what I did on the plane, only not with my hands."

I just grinned an evil grin.

"You're a little fucker." she said.

"Whatever gave you that idea?"

 

End Notes:

Zoe gets to meet the rest of the gang next time. 

Chapter 67 - Sensational Sunday by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam settles back in.

Sorry late again. This chapter came with fits and starts, not sure why. I rewrote it several times and was never really satisfied. It's long and I thought of splitting it but decided to just keep it like it is. Hope you all like it.

----- Sunday

Zoe was poon-hound, no doubt about it. Who'd a thunk it? I had a lot to learn about lesbians but I'm a good student and I was going to put my mind to it. And I had a teacher.

What I had learned so far was that they weren't as mean to us guys as I had once thought. Zoe was quite refreshing I was finding out, notably while she was starting to open up. It was like talking with one of the guys.

Zoe wan't hard on the eyes either, especially wearing her new dress that she still had on since yesterday. Beyond all this, I knew, Zoe and I shared something: a love and our grief for Samantha. I was willing to put up with a lot of shit from her if I needed to just from that fact alone. It turns out, I didn't have to lose sleep over it; Zoe was very pleasant to be around. I was hoping she felt the same about me.

I couldn't imagine being in her place -- alone, lover recently deceased, lost job and no place to stay. On top of all that: the shrinking disease. She had it bad too -- now being only two feet and four inches tall. I was the only option she had and if I were her I'd be pretty perturbed about being put in that situation. But she was a good sport about it, all things considered.

Speaking of which, after breakfast she wanted to help clean up. Seriously, there was nothing she could do. It was almost impossible for her to even reach up to the counter. She could comfortably walk right under the dining room table without ducking, let alone seeing what was on the table or up on the counter. How could she put dishes and things away? She insisted on trying to help but this got her into trouble; trouble being Julie.

Julie had a hard time with Zoe underfoot. More than once her shins banged into the sprightly little girl.

"Oh, honey." she'd say. "Do be careful. I didn't see you there."

"It's ok, Julie, I bounce."

"Please don't bounce off of me. You can get hurt."

"I'll try to be more evasive."

But it didn't seem like she was trying to be; just the opposite. She kept getting close to Julie's legs. I could understand her desire to be near them -- Julie has great legs. Did I ever mention that?

I called her over. "Zoe, let me show the rest of the place."

I took her around to the bedrooms and showed her my office. Then we went to the garage.

"Is that your BMW, Sam?"

"Yep."

"Nice."

"Meh, it's alright. It's just a 335; not an M3."

"What's an M3?"

"A very fast BMW."

"BMW's are fast?"

"Duh."

"I thought they were luxury cars."

"That too."

"It looks big. Does it fit you?"

"It's about small to mid-size for a BMW but it has pedal extenders."

"Will they fit me?"

"They adjust, so maybe."

"I couldn't believe watching Julie sit in her car. It was so weird. Her knees were touching the ceiling. Did you see that?"

"Yes, I saw and no they don't touch the ceiling."

"Almost."

"It just looks that way."

"I like looking at her legs."

"Me too. That's good, because that's all you get to see unless she crouches."

"You're making fun of my height."

"No. I'm in the same position as you are. I'm just stating facts as I know them. But when she does crouch, it's awesome."

"Why?"

"Her boobs. Did you see her sports bra?"

"Yes. She looks sexy in it."

"Sports bras pretty much cover everything in the front, right?"

"So?"

"Her breasts are so big that when she leans down the weight of her boobs stretch the bra and you can then see cleavage pop over the top of them. Awesome!"

"Yeah, must be awesome."

"Awesomeness from up high."

"A view of heaven."

"I'll say. Do boobs turn you on too, Zoe?"

"They turn everyone on, Sam. You don't have to be a lesbian."

"I think gays are immune."

"Don't be so quick to judge. Do you know any?"

"Any gay dudes?"

"Yeah."

"Uh, I don't think so. Maybe I know some but they're in the closet. Actually, come to think of it, there was this one guy at my old job..."

"Who is probably gay if you suspect."

"Probably. I never talked to him much."

"I'll bet he'd be struck at the sight of Julie's boobs."

"Maybe. It's so hard to believe that less than a year ago both of her breasts taken together were less than a mouthful."

"I find it hard to believe that you and her are in a relationship."

"High school sweethearts."

"What about when you were in college? I mean, you were actively hunting the girls."

"Ha, hunting. That's a funny word. We broke up before I left for Arizona. Worst mistake of my life."

"I'll agree with that. Oh, hell. You wouldn't have caught the disease from Sam if you had something steady with Julie at the time."

"Fuck me! You're right. I never thought of it that way."

"Would you have succumbed to Sam if you were still with Julie in college."

"I was away from her for those four years. It would have been a long distance relationship; that's why I broke it off. To tell you the truth, I really don't know what would have happened."

"So, what's that?" she said, pointing.

"That's the inversion table. It's how Julie got tall."

"It is?"

"No! Not really. I seriously doubt that except that her growth and her starting to use the table coincided."

"Can I try?"

"Sure, I need to find the ankle holsters. Oh, there they are up there. Shit. I can't reach them without the ladder. I need to go inside and get it."

"Don't you keep a ladder out here in the garage?"

"We use it more indoors."

"It's up there pretty high. Will you be able to reach it even with the ladder?"

"Hmm, I should be able to. I can reach Julie's head on it and her head is at ceiling height now so, yeah, it should work. Shall we try?"

"Why not? How did they get up there?"

"The ankle pads? Julie grew out of the inversion table so she then started putting them up in the rafters. I think her head still hits the ground though. She hasn't used them in ages, I fear."

"You fear? Isn't she big enough?"

"It's just an expression, Zoe. I don't really believe in them making her grow."

"I want to try. Have you tried it?"

"Yes, I have. Sadly, they don't work."

"How do you know for sure? If you hadn't used them you might be my size by now."

"One person's use doesn't make it scientific. We'd need a study with lots of people, and controls."

"Yeah, yeah. I know all about the scientific method."

"Still want to try it, huh?"

"If there's even a scintilla of a chance, then yes."

"Ok. You know what? Rather than get the ladder, I'll just have Julie do the honors."

Zoe giggled. "It must be good to have her around, just in case you need to reach something, huh?"

"That's right, rub it in."

"I'm serious. I used to wish Sam were tall, then I wouldn't be the one to do all the reaching and climbing."

"Ha, I can see the meme in my head now: Julie towering over everyone -- 'it's good to have a giantess around; every household should have one.' Come on, let's go get her."

We ran back inside and I dragged Julie out to the garage. She easily retrieved the ankle pads from the rafters. I think they were only eye level to her but of course, they were so high up I couldn't really tell from my vantage point. Zoe just stared and I saw her mouth a silent "wow" as she looked up.

"You want to hang upside down, Zoe? You know all the blood will go to your head." Julie said to her.

"So?"

"So, be careful. You could pass out or something."

Julie," I said, "it's hardly that bad. I'll be here to help."

"You'll feel really bad when she gets taller than you, Sam." Julie teased.

"Nope. Not going to happen."

"Deny it all you want, it won't change the outcome. Zoe, Sam's just jealous. It made me taller."

"It did not!" I cried out. "You were destined to be this tall. We just didn't know it."

"If you did, would you still have gone out with me, Sam?"

"Of course I would have. I'm here now, right?"

"Yes you are."

"It's the other way around, Julie. Had I known you were going to get this big I would have been afraid that you would have left me."

"Well, here I am."

"Yes, here you are. All eight feet of you."

Julie smiled. She would have been embarrassed around anyone else using that remark, but she was comfortable with me vocalizing it.

"You know how to work this, Sam, right?"

"I was the one who taught you. It is mine after all. Geez."

"Are you two going to be ok then?"

"Yes, we'll be fine, Julie."

"Ok, I have to go finish picking up the dishes from the dishwasher. Just come get me if you need me."

Mother hen left us alone again.

"She seems to be fitting into her role as the alpha in the relationship quite nicely, Sam. It's cute watching you two."

I rolled my eyes. "Yeah, tell me about it. Let's get started."

I put the ankle pads on first then adjusted it to its shortest setting which was about four foot six -- still too small. She wouldn't be able to swing herself upside down but I was here and could swing her down myself. I helped her get on and fasten her ankles in. Her ankles were too skinny so I found some rags to put in to fill the empty space. That did the trick.

"Ready, Zoe?"

"Ready."

"I'll go slow. If you feel you want to stop along the way just say so."

"I'll be fine. Just do it already."

"Here goes."

And there she went all the way around until she was nearly vertically upside down. Her dress made a good show of staying put, mostly, up until right at the end. Then the skirt fell all the way down in front.

"Oops." I said. "I'll just pull that back up, er down for you."

"It's ok, Sam. They're just legs."

"Um, Zoe. I think you forgot something."

"What?"

"You haven't put your panties back on yet."

"Oh, shit, I didn't realize."

"I'll bet they're still on the airplane." I laughed. It must have been infectious since she started laughing too.

"Fuck it, Sam. You've already seen it and more. Just let it be."

"If you say so."

There she was, upside down, the front of her skirt riding up almost covering her face and her cute little pussy on display. What a sight.

"Are you ok?"

"I'm fine, Sam."

"Don't be so tense. I can tell that you are."

"I'm new to this."

"Ok, just relax and let your spine stretch."

"I'm trying."

"Good girl."

"How long do I stay like this?"

"How long do you want?"

"I don't know. I could stay here forever."

"How about not too long today? I have to hold you or you'll flip back up."

"Is it because I'm not big enough?"

"Yeah, but don't worry about it, I'm not big enough either. Not anymore. You'd have to stay here with me if I were to do this."

"Deal. But maybe you could fasten a rope or something to hold me up, or rather down."

"I probably could. Here, let me swing you back up while I get some cord."

I went to get some paracord I had laying around the garage and brought it back. Her face was still red and her hair was a little messy. I tied one end around the top of the frame and made sure it was as secure as I could make it. Then I flipped her over again and tried to reach the table to tie the other end, only I could't reach it. Someone would have to hold her down while I tied it. To hold the cord and try to tie it myself would be too risky.

"I'm afraid this won't work without some help."

"Next time then, Sam. Hold me for another minute or two if you don't mind, then we'll call it a day with the inversion table."

"I don't mind. I could look at your bald pussy all day long."

"Pervert."

"Look who's talking. You're the one not wearing underwear."

"Don't tell me you've never went commando."

"I have, but never while wearing a dress."

"You should try it more often."

"Going commando?"

"Wearing a dress."

"No thanks."

"It's different seeing the world upside down once you've relaxed."

"It is. You should try throwing a ball. It's cool watching it fall up."

"Next time."

"I'll make sure I have one for you then. You really do have nice legs, Zoe."

"Flattery will get you nowhere with a lesbian, Sam."

"I mean it."

"They can't compete with Julie's legs."

"Yes they can."

"No. It's completely different."

"The only difference is size."

"You're telling me? Her shins and calves are as big as me. Sam, my eyes look straight into her knees."

"I'm not much taller. My eyes are mid-thigh on her."

"And my eyes are mid-dick to you." she said reaching for my crotch. She grabbed at it.

"Hey!" I said scooching backwards. "I think you've had enough. All that blood rushing to your head must be making you deranged."

She giggled. "You're fun to tease, Sam." she said as she made her way back upright.

"Be careful. I know you're a lesbian but you could be sending me the wrong signals."

"You can handle it."

"What makes you so sure?"

"You can handle Julie, therefore you can handle anything."

"I wish I could say that."

"Come on. Show me your car."

"You want a ride?"

"Sure."

"I'll take you out later. We're going to have company soon."

"How many."

"I'm not sure who's going to show up but just a few of my friends. You'll like them."

"I don't do well with crowds. I have this sense of impending doom whenever I'm out."

"I can stay with you."

"And you think you can protect little me?"

"Well, sure."

"No offense, Sam, but you couldn't even defend me from your sister."

"I can too."

"Don't get your panties in a bunch. I was starting to think I found a guy who was immune to that macho attitude. Guess I was wrong."

"Now that was low."

"There's no shame in being small, Sam."

"Well maybe you should talk to Erin some time."

"About what?"

"Me. She'll tell you some stories, I guarantee. It'll change your mind."

"I'm sorry I brought it up. Even if Julie was out with me I'd still be scared in a crowd, ok?"

"Whatever." I said, crossing my arms in front of my chest.

"Don't be upset with me."

"Fine. But you need to get over your fear of crowds. It's irrational."

"I know that but I can't help it. Things have not been easy lately."

"So this is recent?"

"Mostly."

"This may be personal so you don't have to answer but did someone hurt you? Like rape?"

"No, Sam. Nothing like that. It's just, well, I have panic attacks."

"I can show you some breathing exercises that can help."

"Where did you learn that?"

"Martial arts. I learned to breath and I found out that just doing something, anything, helps too. Right before I wrestle or fight in a tournament my stomach is filled with butterflies. You know what I'm talking about, right?"

"Yes, I think so."

"As soon as the match starts, the butterflies disappear. Breathe first, then act. You'll be fine, even when you have a panic attack."

"You believe that's all there is to it?"

"No, that's not all there is to it. However, I do believe, or rather I know from experience, that it does indeed help a good bit. Every little bit counts, right?"

"Ok, I'll do your breathing. Can't hurt, right?"

"Right. You'll be slaying dragons and giants in no time."

"And you'll do this before your guests arrive?"

"Ha, you don't need it. They'll love you. Look, if things get too scary for you then you can go hide in the bedroom."

"Do you think Cindy would be mad?"

"No. Are you ok sharing the room with her?"

"She's very pretty."

"Hmmmm, maybe she's the one that should be wary."

"She's a big girl, Sam."

"Only to you."

"You know what I mean."

"Ok, yes, she can make her own decisions. However I fear you can be quite the temptress."

She batted her eyes and said, "Whatever do you mean? Little old me? Tempting?"

"Do you have any idea just how cute you look right now standing there in that dress with that pouty face?"

She smiled. "But you're immune."

"Hell, no! Aw, you already know that."

"It does feel good to hear that once in a while. Thanks."

She kicked off her black tennis shoes and started dancing around in her socks, whirling with her head back and the dress splaying out. It normally hung to just past her knees but with it twirling around and fluffing up I could see the bottom part of her thighs. Way too cute!

"Are girls immune to your charms, Zoe? Guys like me don't stand a chance."

"I hope not. I haven't really pursued anyone since Samantha."

"Just do me a favor and if you decide to go after any of my friends, be gentle."

"I promise."

"I bet Samantha didn't stand a chance either, did she?"

"Actually, I fell for her."

"I'm sure your personality and looks had an affect on her."

"No doubt, but she was the dominant one." She began twirling around again.

"Really? I'm trying to imagine that dynamic. Did you two ever dance?"

"Together? Sure, at home."

"Did you ever go out dancing?"

"I didn't want to. She was the adventurous one and dragged me out with her. I had no choice -- when she got something in her head there was no way to convince her otherwise."

"Hard headed?"

"It was her shortcoming."

"There's that word again."

"What word?"

"Short."

"Oh, Sam. Don't be so sensitive."

"I know I shouldn't be. But you haven't lived as a short person as long as I have."

"You have no reason to feel bad. I mean, look at your life. You're a fucking stud. Even I'm jealous. Guys would give their left nut to be in your shoes."

I shrugged. "Funny hearing that from a girl. I'm not that good, Zoe."

"Don't pull that modesty shit on me. You've slept with all kinds of girls -- big girls and little ones -- haven't you? Don't deny it because I already know. I sense there's even more you're not telling me."

"Maybe."

"Jesus, stop trying to be coy."

"I'm not comfortable talking about this."

"Now I know how to tease you." she said kind of sing-song.

"Meh. The teasing could be worse."

"Be happy it's only about your prowess with the girls. You look so innocent."

"Because I'm small."

"Yep. Partially."

"I thought girls didn't like that."

"Some do, some don't. Don't sweat it. If a gal is shallow then just pass on it."

"I'm learning to do that."

"It took you all of college to learn that."

"Hey. I'll have you know that college was a great learning experience."

"I watched you."

"I know. I had no idea back at the time."

"Let me apologize then."

"Apology accepted. Let's go back in."

"Alright."

"And Zoe."

"Yes?"

"Try to stay away from under Julie's feet."

"Why? They're so sexy." she said, smiling.

"Think of her. You're an obstacle and she has enough of those."

"Fine, I won't be an obstacle. Can I look?"

"I don't know. With both of us staring at her, her legs might melt."

"I think we should take that chance."

"Yes, definitely. Let's go in and stare."



----- Sharon and Tee

I ran to the front door when I heard the knock. Standing there was Sharon with Tee next to her. It was the kind of sight I was getting used to: the little girl was barely up to the bigger one's belly button. They were both in jeans and sweaters. Behind them was Fred.

They came inside and I hugged Sharon. I was taller than Tee but my head still settled in to Sharon's pair of tits as we hugged. When Sharon and I were done, Teagan did something I didn't expect: she hugged me and gave me a kiss on the mouth. Not a sexy kiss, just a kiss on the lips.

"Well, it's good to see you too, Tee."

"I hope you had a good trip, Sam. We missed you."

"And I missed the two of you. Come, sit."

I made the introductions for Zoe. Tee was in a good mood. It was a change in her demeanor from before. She and Zoe went off chatting together. Fred went off to find Erin and left me with Sharon. Julie joined us.

"Sharon, ready to practice?"

"I can't wait. I can't believe how much I missed singing with you."

"Me too."

"Can I get you something to drink?" Julie asked her.

"Water would be great."

Erin and Fred came out from her room and joined Sharon and me. Hearing the commotion Cindy came and went over to talk to Tee and Zoe and wow, did the little girls made a cute trio: Zoe was chest high to Tee or maybe a little lower, and only belly height to Cindy. Cindy wasn't used to this.

The little trio chatted like little girls do as the bigger trio of girls went off with me to the office. I pulled out the guitar and we started strategizing on what Sharon and I would sing this coming Friday. I felt good getting settled into the routine I had left.

"I wrote a little something while I was away. Wanna hear it?"

"Sure."

It was a song about Samantha: "The Girl Who Left". I don't know, maybe not a great song but it meant a lot to me. The others seemed to have liked it but they were my friends. I'm not sure they would have said anything if the song were shit. I did change the tune around most of the our practice session, as well the words. I didn't care what the others thought really, however, I was sensitive to what Zoe would think. Maybe it was too soon for her.

Well, whatever. I probably wouldn't finish it before Friday.

"Isn't there already a song of that name?"

"No, Sharon. You're thinking of the movie. It's a woman, not girl, in that title."

So we practiced. Erin, Julie and Fred watched and listened, every now and then exchanging some words. We rehearsed other songs too. We had planned it all out in a few minutes what we were going to perform Friday but we still needed more rehearsal. Sharon would need to bring the guitar I lent her next time.

"Did Julie tell you about her friends, Sam?"

"I don't think so. What friends?"

"The twins, Maya and Ivonne."

"No."

"Sharon, he just got back a couple of hours ago." Julie reminded her.

"They're big, Sam." Sharon said. "They're from Julie's club."

"The tall girls club?"

"Yes." Julie said. "They came to go out to lunch with me on Tuesday."

"And they asked about you, Sam."

"They asked about me, Sharon? What did they ask about?"

"They're intrigued; they want to see you." Julie said.

"They want to see me standing next to you I'm sure, Julie. They want a spectacle."

"No, they're very nice."

"Fine, I guess. They're your friends, so why not?"

"Good. I invited them over Friday."

"Here?"

"Mike's. But if you don't mind then maybe afterward."

"The more the merrier. Only, Zoe doesn't do crowds. I'll have to warn her."

"Isn't she coming Friday?"

"I don't know. We'll find out later."

"She'll be missing a good time."

"I know. What do you think of her?"

"I think she's real cute." Erin said.

"I was asking Julie, but I think she likes you too, Erin."

"She likes you too, Sam."

"She doesn't have much choice, Erin. I was the only one she could turn to in Arizona. She couldn't pay the rent where she was and didn't have a job. She just lost her lover and she has this dreadful disease."

"What disease?"

"Are you kidding me, Erin?"

"Oh, you mean the shrinking disease. What's it called? The Borg?"

"Yep, that's it: The Borg."

"Yay, I know something."

The rest of us rolled our eyes.

"Did you know her lover, Sam?"

"Erin, her lover was Samantha. The girl that killed herself. The one I went to Arizona for. Remember?"

"Oh. Samantha was her lover?"

"Yes, she was. Zoe's a lesbian, Erin."

"She doesn't look like one."

"What's a lesbian supposed to look like?"

"Um, short hair."

"You have short hair."

"Do I look like a lesbian?"

"Erin! A lesbian looks like any other girl."

Julie and Sharon were giggling.

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"There's no need to apologize to me, Erin. Zoe likes you so treat her right though."

"Do I look a lesbian to her?"

"No. You look like the pretty girl you are."

"Do you think I'm pretty?"

"Of course I do, Erin. So does Zoe."

"Would it be ok if Zoe and I slept together?"

"It's not my place to approve your lovers."

"But you're my big brother."

"So now it's big brother. Before it was little."

They were all laughing now.

"Just for the record, Erin, if it really means that much to you, if you and her sleep together then you have my blessing. But you might want to talk to Fred about it first."

"Is she good in bed?"

"How would I know?"

"You didn't sleep with her?"

"No. Why would you think that?"

"She follows you around."

"No, she doesn't."

"Sam!" Julie said. "She's like your pet -- a little puppy that always follows you around at your heels."

"Only in crowds. She was around your heels earlier."

"I didn't sleep with her."

"Neither did I." I said. "I told you she's a lesbian. She doesn't sleep with guys. So, you're the ones that will have to tell me if she's good in bed."

"She sure is small."

"She may be the smallest woman in the world, Erin. That's after Samantha passed away."

"Was Samantha smaller?"

"She was only nineteen inches tall."

"That is small. If you were that small I could pick you up with one hand."

"I doubt it, but I'm sure Julie could."

"I think I can pick Zoe up with one hand right now if she'd let me." Julie said.

"Tee used to think she was the shortest girl in the world. Maybe that's why she likes Zoe." Sharon added.

"The two of them seem to hit it off pretty good, didn't they, Sharon? Tee seems to be a little more cheerful then before I left."

"She's getting better."

"I wonder why?" I said to her winking.

Sharon looked out from the office to see if anyone was looking then asked, "Would it be ok if we had a proper kiss, Sam?"

"Of course. Why do you ask?"

"Just because we haven't done it in so long. And I don't want Tee to see."

"Ok." I said right before she embraced me around the neck. And yes, it was another one of those fabric ripping pokemons. Several, in fact.

When it was over I looked at Julie and shrugged. She laughed.

"What's so funny?"

"Nothing." she said.

"Her and I spent a night together, Sam." Sharon told me. "That's why she's laughing."

"She didn't tell me about that. Why not, Julie?"

"It slipped my mind. That night you were so excited talking about this girl Zoe that I didn't want to interrupt you. You remember; the night you learned about her from the store."

"Oh yeah. I was pretty excited then. I had no idea what I was in for."

"What were you in for?" asked Sharon.

"I should probably tell everyone the story all at once. Let's go to the living room and talk."

We all gathered around, including the little girls. I told my story. Zoe filled in a few spots. We talked a little of Samantha being dared to give me the disease, and even less of Zoe checking me out, er stalking me, that is. I completely left out most of the details of Samantha's suicide -- it was gory. I also left out most of what Mr. Damark, er, I mean Bill, told me.

"Speaking of the Damark's, that reminds me, Tee. We need to talk."

"Ok. What do you want to talk about?"

"Later, in private."

"Mmmkaay." she said tentatively.

"Don't worry, it's good."

Zoe wasn't so happy though. The conversation reiterated her last few weeks and it left her sad. I wanted to cheer her up after that. I tried to think of what would make everyone happy after that story. I know.

"Who wants ice cream?"

"Ice cream!" they all exclaimed.

"Let's go to the place by the college. How about it?"

They all agreed it would be good. I drove but there were too many to fit in one car so Julie drove her's; it was the only one that she could easily fit in. Sharon, Erin and Fred went with her. Zoe, Cindy and Tee came with me -- big people versus little. We won. I drive fast.

"So?" I said.

"So what, Sam?"

"Is the BMW fast, or what, Zoe?"

"Guys and their cars. Yes, Sam, you're penis is soooo big. Nice and big and blue."

"Blue?"

"It's a blue BMW. Duh."

"Um, ok. I just thought since you asked earlier."

"I'll watch what I say more closely."

"Well excuuuse me."

"Sorry, I'm a little nervous."

"Then relax. Breathe. They're aren't that many people here, see?"

"Ok, breathe."

"Here, like this." I said as I slowed her breathing. Nothing fancy, I just made sure she breathed normal -- not too fast or too slow, not too shallow or too deep. That alone helped.

"You'll like the ice cream, Zoe; it's the best on the east coast. It's heavenly."

And the ice cream was indeed heavenly. It put everyone in a good mood, even Zoe. But Zoe still kept close to me the whole time, just like the little puppy they were talking about. I thought it was kind of cute -- my own little pet lesbian. I was going to make everyone jealous.

We piled back in to the cars for the ride home, Zoe still close to me. However, she sat in the back seat this time and Cindy sat up front.

Once back home Zoe was again getting along with everyone and wasn't constantly glued to my back. It was such a change from being out in public for her.

"So, Zoe? What do you think of my friends?"

"They're all girls."

"Excited?"

"Relieved."

"Well, there's still Fred."

"Erin's boyfriend?"

"Yep."

"I haven't talked to him yet. I don't think I'm going to."

"You should. He's nice."

"He hasn't been leering at me, maybe you're right."

Sharon and I rehearsed a little more. Everyone mingled. Erin and Fred snuck off for an hour or two. Guess what they were doing?

I tried to spend a little time with everyone. It was a good Sunday afternoon and evening and I was beginning to relax being back home. I was tired from the trip and I'm sure Zoe was too. Time was going by too fast. I had to take the time to talk to Tee before it was too late.



----- Teagan's offer

"Hey, Tee. Let's talk."

"Sure."

"We'll go into my office."

I closed the door.

"So, how have you been, Tee?"

"Good. What did you want to talk about?"

"How'd you like to go back to school?"

"I can't afford it. I don't work anymore, remember?"

"What if you could get a scholarship?"

"I've looked into it. I had a partial scholarship but it only paid a little tuition and it ran out on me."

"I know of a full one."

"They're not easy to get, Sam. My grades are good, but not great."

"What if I could guarantee you a full scholarship."

"Can you?"

"Pretty much. But here's the deal: you have to go to Arizona."

"I'm not sure I could afford room and board."

"It'll be covered."

"Could I pick up with where I left off in my studies."

"Absolutely. In fact, you'll have to keep majoring in entomology."

"Good. I'd hate to change that."

"Well, you do, sort of. What do you think of mosquitos?"

"Pla!" she spat. "Nasty creatures."

"They are. I know you're into bees and ants, but you'll need to specialize in those nasty creatures for this to work."

"I could make that sacrifice. They're such a problem it's probably a better thing to study so that we can at least manage them."

"Good. Let me print out some stuff for you. Give me a moment to transfer it from the phone to the printer."

"Did you do this for me?"

"I have ulterior motives."

"Ok. If it's to get in better with me you don't have to, you know."

"Oh, it's much more than that."

"You're not going to tell me?"

"It'll become obvious in time. And not to worry, it's a good thing."

"I believe you."

I printed out the information on the printer.

"Remember I told you about the Damark's?" I said.

"Samantha's family?"

"This is her father's number. Send this information to his work address here. I think you'll need to send a transcript to them but it'll be ok. I believe it's safe to say that you're ninety nine point nine percent assured of getting that scholarship."

"How do you know?"

"Don't ask. You'll figure it out later."

"Ok. Sounds mysterious."

"Do you like mysteries?"

"Sure."

"This is a good one, ok?"

"Ok. Oh, and Sam?"

"Yes?"

"Speaking of mysteries, I saw you and Sharon kiss earlier."

"You did?"

"You two tried to hide it. Sharon doesn't do a good job of keeping secrets."

"What did she tell you?"

"She didn't tell me anything. But I see how she treats you and looks at you."

"So?"

"She missed you when you were away."

"I missed her too. And I missed you."

"You did?"

"Of course I did."

"Did you miss me as much as Sharon?"

"Yeah. What do you mean by that?"

"I think Sharon was pining for you."

"Tee, look. Sharon and I like each other a lot. A whole lot and well, maybe it's a little more than like. Her and Julie are good friends now. So, that makes her my good friend too."

"Ok."

"Tee, Sharon and I want the best for you. We won't do anything to hurt you."

"I'm grateful for what both of you have done. I acted pretty bad toward you and I want to make it right."

"Did Sharon put you up to this?"

"No!"

"Good."

"She was mad it me though, for the way I treated you."

"Don't mind her. You and I are ok. We are ok, right?"

"I still feel bad about how I treated you."

"Don't."

"You mean that?"

"Of course I do. We're friends."

"Good."

"So, what do you think of Zoe?"

"She's little. I met lots of little people at the clinic, but she takes the cake."

"Samantha was even smaller."

"She told me. She talks a lot."

"She does?"

"I told her about how bad I felt getting the disease."

"We have that in common. Are you ok talking about that now?"

"Yes. And I can talk to her. She's easy to talk to. I guess going to the clinic and meeting so many others with the disease helped me to open up."

"That's good. You and Sharon are getting along ok, right?"

"Very much so, Sam. I took our friendship for granted earlier and I feel so bad about that. She's such a good friend and I must have hurt her so much. I'm a bad person."

"Stop saying that. You are not."

"I feel like it. I don't know what I can do to make it up to her."

"Maybe there's nothing you can do. At least not right now. Perhaps in the future you can."

"I hope so."

"Don't stress about it. Just don't let her down again. I know Sharon loves you."

"Oh, she really, really, does."

"We both love you, ok?"

"You do too?"

"What do you think?"

"You saved my life."

"We did. Me, Sharon and Julie."

"Thank you. And thank you for the scholarship."

"You're going to pursue this then?"

"I'll think about it. It sounds too good to be true. Except I'll have to go to Arizona."

"Cindy will be there."

"She will? Is she going to study entomology too?"

I laughed. "No. She's going back to school, but to study dance therapy."

"What exactly is that?"

"I'm not really sure. You'll have to ask her. I'll have to ask her too. But I'm sure she'll be there for you in Arizona if you need her."

"Will she be going to the same school?"

"I don't know. But I have other friends in Arizona who I'm sure would love to be your friend."

"You're making this very tempting, Sam."

"Good. I need you, I mean, we all need you to do this."

"Why?"

"I can't tell you. It will all become clear later."

"Ah, that mystery thing."

"I hope that makes you consider going through with it."

"I will. I'll do this for you."

"Thank you."

"Can I kiss you?"

"I hope I deserve a kiss."

"Good." she said right before grabbing me around the neck and putting me into a first class lip-lock. She slipped me the tongue too. I didn't hold back. Not at first. We went at it for while before I pulled back.

"Whoa there, filly." I said catching my breath.

"Oh my God, Sam. I'm sorry. I'm so sorry. I have to go."

"No. Stay. And there's no need to apologize. I enjoyed it too."

"I, I, I don't want to come between you and Sharon."

"Tee! Calm down. It's all ok. I just returned home from being away, remember?"

"Yeah, I do."

"I just need to take some time to settle down, alright? A lot has happened recently and at a very fast pace. Let's just slow it down some."

"Ok."

I chuckled. "So, you saw Sharon and I kiss earlier. Did we upset you?"

"No."

"Really?"

"Maybe a little."

"There's no reason for you to be upset, ok?"

"Ok." she said, a little sheepishly.

"Is there something you want to tell me?"

"I told you. I'm ashamed of how I treated you earlier."

"All is forgiven. I couldn't hold a grudge even if I wanted to. You're too pretty."

"I am? You think I'm pretty?"

"You're gorgeous. Everyone thinks so."

"I'm not as pretty as Sharon."

"Yes, you are and everyone can see that."

"Thank you, Sam."

"You seemed to be in a better mood today than you were before I left."

"Yeah. I guess so."

"Is there some special reason for this?"

"I don't know. Sharon has been real nice to me and we're getting along like we used to. I hadn't realized it until, I don't know, last week, I guess."

"I can see it."

"Then thank Sharon."

"I will."

"I never did anything good for you."

"You don't need to."

"Then why are you so good to me?"

"Pfft. I haven't been that good."

"You saved my life. You came to see me in the hospital and you listened. You got me into the clinic."

"That wasn't hard. I kind of had to: you would only talk to me, remember?"

"So you're saying that saving my life wasn't hard?"

"Ok, maybe a little."

"A little, my ass. Sam! You literally climbed out on a limb for me."

"Look Tee." I sighed. "You're Sharon's best friend. And Sharon has done a lot for me. Just being Sharon's friend means you deserve it."

"You two are lovers, aren't you?"

"Lovers? I wouldn't say our relationship is like that exactly. We love each other, yes. It's more like the love I have for Erin."

"Like a sister? So you two haven't made love then?"

Hoo boy. I was starting to squirm.

"Tee, you shouldn't ask such things. Let's say whatever Sharon and I have together brings me close to you too. Does that make sense?"

"How close are we?"

"You and I have gone through a lot together and we've shared a lot, including this cursed disease. One thing I can say is that if there's anything good about it, it's that the virus has drawn you and I closer together. I don't know how to quantify it, but you and I are very close. At least I think so."

"You sure know how to say the right things."

"Do you want to make it up to me, whatever it is you feel like you have to make up?"

"Yes, definitely."

"Then take advantage of the opportunity you have to go back to school."

"Does it mean that much?"

"It does. You'll see."

"Ok. I'll need to talk to mom and dad about it."

"Fantastic! If there's anything I can do, like answer questions for them then let me know. I'll do all that I can."

"I never realized before how much you mean to me, Sam. I won't make that mistake again."

We kissed again. Not as passionately as before, but more meaningful. I put the information I printed out into an envelope and put Tee's name on it then we joined the others.

"Hey Tee?"

"What?"

"Does Luigi's deliver?"

"Here? I think they can send a car this far. Call them."

"Good. How would you like Luigi's for supper?"

"Ugh. I'll eat their pasta, fettuccini perhaps, but no pizza."

"Good." I thought about saying it would do her good to put some meat on her bones, but I figured that type of remark might not go over well so I held my tongue. She was a little thin from not taking care of herself before, but she looked to be on the road back. At one time she was on top of the world, then the virus hit her and she threw her life away -- almost. But now she seems to have turned around and it made me feel good that I played a small part in that.


----- The evening

"Hey everyone!" I yelled. "Pizza tonight!"

"Alright!" they cheered.

I lit a fire in the fireplace and retrieved the guitar. We all sang together for while. Erin wanted to dance.

"Too tired, Erin. Remember?"

"We'll dance here in the living room."

"You want to dance to folk music?"

"Why not?"

"It's not dancing music."

"We can put some dance music on."

"Then we can't sing."

"But we can dance."

"Fine. A couple more songs then we'll turn on the stereo."

"Ok. Come on Cindy. Let's pick out what songs we want to dance to."

"I have a bunch on my phone." Cindy said and then Erin and Cindy went off to set up their play list while I played a couple more songs on the guitar.

Erin and Cindy were excited but Sharon was getting antsy.

"Sam, you know what this means?" Sharon asked.

"What?"

"Disappearing clothes."

"Oh. I didn't consider that."

"Is this what you were talking about, Sam?" Zoe asked.

"Yeah, I told you about Erin and Cindy, didn't I?"

"That they like to get naked?"

"Yeah."

"Hmm, you may have mentioned it."

"I know I did. Well, you're probably about to find out I wasn't lying."

"Oh, I believe every word that you told me now."

"I was right about everything, wasn't I?"

"Yes, you were. I'm sorry if I ever doubted anything you said. I need a drink."

"No, you don't."

"You look like you could use a drink too."

"No, I don't need a drink. I just haven't gotten much sleep, that's all."

"Me too. A little nip of something strong will help though."

"Well I don't have anything to drink here in this house."

"Yes, we do, Sam." Erin butted in.

"You're not helping, Erin."

"We have booze we can share."

"Sam." Zoe said. "A little wine with pizza won't hurt."

"Like it will be a little. Besides, I think what they have is stronger than wine."

"We have wine, Sam."

"Figures."

"Loosen up, big brother. You just got back home. Let's celebrate."

"Oh no, she called me big brother again. Did the world stop turning? She's working on me, Zoe."

"I'm surprised you picked up on that, Sam -- very perceptive of you." Zoe said. "Celebrate and have a drink."

"Way too obvious."

"Don't you know that a little bit of alcohol is good for you? You had some back at the apartment last week."

Uh, oh. Busted.

"That was different."

"What was so different about it?"

"That's when I learned of your situation and all that had happened with Samantha."

"So?"

"Look if we were big Zoe then maybe it wouldn't be so bad. But we're not big."

"We aren't?"

"Oh, shut up. Do you want to get any smaller than you already are?"

"I'm the smallest one here. A little bit more won't make a difference."

"You actually believe that?"

"Yes."

"I'm not your mom. If you want to then I can't and I won't stop you from having alcohol."

Zoe touched my arm. "Well, thanks for caring. It's really not as bad as they say."

"Yeah, right. Just remember to take your meds first. You guys do what you want. I'm ordering pizza and garlic bread and also fettuccini for Tee. I will not be drinking any alcohol."

"Then let's dance."

"No, Erin. I'm tired." I said, then ordered the food and settled down in my chair. Julie sat on the floor next to me.

"Wanna sit on my lap, instead?" she asked.

"Yeah!" I said as I jumped out of the chair and onto her bare legs. I snuggled up against her stomach and relaxed.

"Oh, look how cute." someone said. I ignored them. I was feeling too content to give it any mind. I could have fallen asleep right there but the music was loud and we were still expecting our food.

As expected, Erin and Cindy started dancing in the middle of the living room. Erin had dragged Fred out with her. I felt sorry for the poor guy but he looked like he was having fun so maybe I was projecting my feelings onto him. Tee was also out there for a bit with Cindy. Sharon, and Zoe were off in a corner talking together, then Zoe and Tee switched places. There really wasn't enough room for everyone to be out there dancing at the same time anyway.

After what seemed like far too long a wait the food finally showed up. I paid for it and the girls broke out the wine.

Yes, Zoe partook of the spirits. So did Erin, Julie, and Fred. Hopefully, the alcohol wouldn't be enough to affect Zoe's meds. It was a good thing that Tee was abstaining.

But Julie, as big as she is, still couldn't hold her liquor very well. Don't get me wrong: she could drink ten times what would get me stinking drunk and still be only tipsy. Except tonight she had drained two bottles of wine with very little help from the others. How much wine did they have stashed anyway?

The dancing started up again and Zoe went out there yet again dancing with the others. She had removed her socks and she was swirling around again, barefoot this time, and she looked way too cute for her own good.

Julie took another swig of wine and gave me a big ole wine laced, booze breathing kiss. I almost got drunk right off of that. She was scratching my torso with a hand that was as big as my chest. It felt pretty good. We embraced and kissed. Her hands were wandering all over my body. She was starting to get frisky now.

"Want to go to bed, Sam?"

"I'm sleepy, but the night's still young and everyone is having fun right now. We don't want to desert our guests. Let's wait a bit."

"Ok, but I'm uncomfortable." Julie said before shucking off her sports bra.

To me, everything went silent, the heavens parted, and Julie's tits filled my universe. But the music soon brought me out of my daydream. Damn. Then I noticed that Erin and Cindy were topless too, so I'm guessing that Julie had waited for that cue.

Mr. Happy took notice. It was just all too familiar with this gang, but to Mr. Happy it was an invitation to play. Hey, I'm a red-blooded American male; so sue me. I snuggled up higher on Julie's torso so I could use her breasts as a pillow. She held my head against her bare chest and I was in paradise.

Slow music started playing. Cindy had lost her pants now and was only wearing her panties and socks. She was slow dancing with Zoe at this point. Of course, the one other couple out there was Erin and Fred and that didn't last long. They left for the bedroom right after the slow music stopped.

It was fun watching Zoe with her head in Cindy's stomach. She was enjoying it evidenced by the smile on her face. Tee also was slow dancing with her head in Sharon's stomach. They were a slightly scaled up version of Cindy and Zoe.

I nearly fell asleep on top of Julie's big tits but then the music picked up again. They all finally took a breather and Cindy turned the music off.

Zoe looked like a kid in a candy store alternately having her eyes glued to Cindy's barely there boobs and Julie's massive honkers. I thought it was funny but I wasn't sure anyone else noticed. It made me laugh.

"What are you so happy about, Sam?" Cindy asked.

"I'm back home. I'm with my honey. My friends are having fun. Why shouldn't I be happy, Cindy?"

"I've seen that look before. It's more like your shit-eatin' grin, I would say."

Zoe picked up on the conversation and finally realized that I knew she was staring. She joined the conversation to cover herself. Zoe picked up her glass of wine and offered me a sip.

"No, thank you."

"What if I took my clothes off?"

"As tempting as that is, Zoe, I'll pass. Wait. Why would you do that? Do you really want to see me drunk that much?"

She shrugged.

"No, really. Why do want me to booze it so much?"

"I don't want to be the only one, Sam."

"But there's Julie and Erin."

"It's not the same."

"Because we share the disease?"

"Yeah."

"What about Cindy and Tee?"

"I want you to share drinking with me."

"Why is that so important?"

"It just is."

"Important enough for you to get naked?"

"You've already seen me naked?"

Everyone looked at me.

"No, I haven't." I said defending myself. "Not all of you."

The girls were giggling.

"Spill it, Sam." Julie said, suddenly suspicious.

"No. I mean it was an accident. Right, Zoe?"

"So, it was."

Shit! She had me.

"It was the inversion table, Julie. Her dress fell down over her head when she was upside down."

"Then you only saw her with her panties on."

"Um, she wasn't wearing panties."

The girls were laughing out loud now.

"He was a perfect gentleman, Julie." Zoe said. "He tried to hold my dress up."

"He tried?"

"Yes."

"And failed?"

"Well, it was hard for him to hold both the dress and the table at the same time."

"So you let him look?"

"Why not? I knew he was a gentleman, Julie. Are you sure you don't want a sip of my wine, Sam?"

"I'll have one little sip, ok? Just one."

"Please, help yourself."

The little vixen had found a weakness she could exploit. She knew I didn't want to talk about what happened on the plane. At least not now. I was going to have to tell Julie eventually; I just didn't yet have the time but I didn't want her to find out from Zoe. As I took the wine glass from Zoe I leaned in and whispered to her, "I'll get you back for this."

Zoe was basking in her victory tonight though, still twirling around in her dress every once in a while, looking sexy as hell with a big smile on her face.

"Here, have another sip, Sam."

"Fine."

I was NOT going to get drunk tonight. No way.

"Wanna dance with me?" Cindy asked.

"Cindy, you know I've been traveling all night."

"So was Zoe but she was dancing with me earlier."

I looked up at Julie with the best sad puppy eyes I could muster.

"What?" she said.

"Aren't you going to save me?"

"From what? Dancing?"

"Yeah."

"What do you want me to do?"

"I don't know. Threaten to stomp them if they get me out there to dance."

"You want me to step on them?"

"Maybe. You could smash them with your boobs."

"Oh yeah, smash me. Smash me, Julie!" Zoe exclaimed.

"I think that's going to backfire, Sam."

Zoe stuck her tongue out at me.

Cindy grabbed my wrists and dragged me right off of Julie's laps and onto the middle of the living room. I just stood there as she danced around, even though no music was playing.

"Come on, Sam. Move." she commanded.

"I don't want to." I whined.

"You're such a baby. Here." Cindy said, this time dragging me over to the chair. She sat me down and started dancing in front of me. This time her body was swaying back and forth and side to side. I can't describe what she was doing exactly but it was sexy as hell. How does one move like that? She was dancing like a stripper. She turned around and started twerking on my laps. The other girls in the room were whooping and hollering at this point.

"Have some more wine." Zoe offered.

"Seriously?"

"Just a little sip?"

"Ok." I took an itty bitty sip this time. As I handed the glass back to her, ... PLOP! Cindy had sat her ass down on my laps and was grinding her butt into my crotch. She guided my hands up to her chest and held them there. I looked to Julie. She seemed to be enjoying herself at my expense. No help there.

But I didn't want to enjoy this. I was stubborn. I tried not to like it. I tried real hard. I failed. Mr. Happy took over. Cindy could no doubt feel him through my jeans and her flimsy panties. I think it was turning her on. But just then she suddenly stopped, got up, turned around to face me and pulled me up out of the chair.

"Too bad, Sam. Times up. Come here Zoe."

Zoe sauntered over in her pretty dress looking as innocent as a little school girl. She was shorter than a kindergartener which made her even cuter. Cindy sat her down on my chair.

"Here, Sam. Hold my wine." Zoe said.

Then Cindy proceeded to put on a show. She knelt down and holding Zoe's adorable little feet in her hands, planted kisses all over them. Zoe had the biggest smile on her face that I have yet seen.

Cindy was kissing her ankles then started her way up. She raised up Zoe's dress and was intent on kissing inside her legs for a bit. But then she started laughing. We all knew why: Cindy had just realized that Zoe hadn't put her panties back on. It was good for a laugh from everyone.

Cindy got up and started twerking the same way with Zoe as she did with me. Tee was captivated by the show, and Sharon couldn't take her eyes off of the couple either.

Julie held her arms out for me and I eagerly jumped back onto her laps and cuddled up next to her gigantic breasts.

"Enjoying the show?" she queried.

I nodded eagerly. "You need to ask? And how about you?"

"Cindy is certainly the show off."

"I guess I don't have to worry anymore about the two of them sharing the bedroom."

I cuddled in next to Julie again. As I sat on her crotch I felt a hardness -- Julie clit was getting a hard on! It had been a week since I'd seen it. Had it grown any? It sure felt like it.

Cindy took off her socks, one at a time, and twirled them around as if they were some grand article of clothing but that's all she had to work with right now other than her panties. Zoe reached out and put a hand on each side of Cindy's hips as Cindy rotated them to the imaginary music.

Cindy put her hands over Zoe's and began pushing down with Zoe's fingers hooked inside her panties. If it were me they'd be off in a second but Zoe took her sweet old time and made it last seemingly forever. Cindy wasn't complaining. I think they did their best to make it last as long as possible.

Finally, the panties were on the floor and Cindy stepped out of them, and there in all her glory, she bent over and gave Zoe a long sexy kiss. She stood and picked up Zoe. I'm sure all that dancing that Cindy does keeps her in shape, but I had never realize how strong she was. She literally manhandled, er, womanhandled the little lesbian in front of her.

Cindy was holding Zoe so they were hip to hip and Zoe had her legs opened so that a leg was on either side of Cindy. Cindy was holding onto the mini-lesbian's butt as Zoe leaned back and closed her eyes. Cindy then twirled both of them around and around.

They both fell to the floor laughing hysterically. It was fun to see them lying there cracking up. Even Sharon and Tee were laughing. Julie started clapping and we joined in.

As the two stood back up Julie got up (darn, I was enjoying sitting on her, uh, hard clit) and crawled over to the two of them on her hands and knees.

"You are just too cute. I could eat both of you up."

Zoe -- who was now standing -- was looking Julie eye-to-eye, who was still on her hands and knees. The contrast was striking. They were like two different species.

Zoe curtsied for her. Again, it was way too cute and made my heart melt. It must have been too much for Julie too; she rose up and hugged Zoe and Cindy into her bare chest. Zoe now had her face into one of Julie's boobs as Julie was kneeling with her butt back on her heels.

Zoe was certainly delighted -- Julie's boob was about as big as Zoe's whole body, or her torso at least. She didn't want to let go. Now I was getting jealous.

As Zoe looked to her side she saw Cindy up against Julie's bare chest -- skin to skin. This must have given her the idea: Zoe stepped away, reached down to the hem of her dress and raised it over her head and off in one motion. Of course she wasn't wearing panties, and she wasn't wearing a bra either. I'm certain they didn't make bras that small. So, now there were two little girls standing in front of me completely nude.

I looked over to Sharon and Tee expecting complaints, disgust, or perhaps at least rolled eyes. What I saw were two girls captivated by the exhibition in front of them. Sharon was sitting on the couch and Tee was standing upright hugging Sharon's right arm. Tee was biting her lower lip as she watched the display.

I decided to sit back in my own chair. Zoe touched Cindy on the arm and they embraced -- Cindy bending down as Zoe had her arms wrapped around her neck. It didn't look comfortable, and it wasn't. Cindy picked Zoe up once again, the little girl locking her ankles behind Cindy, and they held each other and kissed.

Nobody in the room said anything; we just watched. The mood in the room had changed. Pretty soon, Cindy put Zoe down and they headed off to the bedroom, hand in hand. But Zoe stopped her and came over to get her drink from me.

"You didn't have any, Sam?"

"Uh, I was, uh..."

"Watching?"

"Yeah."

She took a gulp of wine and handed it back to me.

"Finish it, Sam."

So I did. In one fell swoop too. Whiskey would have been more appropriate at this point, but that's what I had in my hand.

Anyway, this was all much too hot! I watched one super cute little ass and one perfectly-formed itty bitty ass amble off side by side to bed.

As they were about to disappear around the corner, Zoe stopped, turned around and looked directly at me.

"Sam." she said. "I want you know something."

"What?" I gulped.

"Whoever you're with tonight, I want you to remember,..."

"What?"

"... that you're not getting any of this."

Then she wiggled her butt, blew me a kiss, giggled and they disappeared into their bedroom. That blown kiss could have knocked me over had I been closer. The girls that were left looked at me with quizzical looks on their faces.

I was as horny as the devil himself. Mr. Happy was about to bust through the zipper on my jeans and it's a good thing he doesn't have hands. It would be embarrassing for him to open up my zipper, even if it would be real convenient at other times.

"What was that about?" Julie asked.

I shrugged. "Competition, I suppose."

"So, you two are in competition now?"

"Beats me. I'm still getting to know her. She's a bit of an enigma."

"I'll say. She didn't seem too concerned about you seeing her naked."

"So what?"

"She either likes you, or she's crazy. Lesbians don't usually do that. Do they?"

"I wouldn't know. She been through a lot, Julie. Let her have her fun."

We were all sort of fanning ourselves; that's how hot the two had left us.

"Can I have some of that?" Tee asked, pointing to the wine glass.

"It's empty. Let me get some more."


----- The inversion table, again

As I came back from the kitchen with a full glass of wine I picked up on what the girls were talking.

"Maybe she got too much blood rushing to her head this morning." Julie was saying.

"Yeah, yeah, right." I butted in sarcastically.

"She's gonna get bigger now, Sam."

"No, she's not."

"How's she going to get bigger?" Tee asked taking a sip, no a gulp, of wine.

"Like me. I got bigger by hanging on the inversion table."

"No, you didn't, Julie." I said. "Julie was supposed to get big, Tee. Her dad was big. The inversion table story is just that: a convenient story."

"Could I try it?" Tee asked.

"Oh Lord, not you too."

"Are you afraid I'm going to get bigger?"

"Fine. You want to try it then be my guest."

"Where is it?"

"In the garage."

"Can we go now?"

"Sure, why not? I suppose you want to try it too, Sharon?"

"Not particularly. I'll watch though."

"Let's go everyone."

We got our shoes, Julie put her bra back on then out the four of us went out into the chilly air and into the garage.

"I'll have to hold you upside down, Tee. Don't get upset but you're not big enough to do it by yourself."

"I'm not?"

"It's ok, neither am I. The ankle booty things don't move up far enough for us, so our center of gravity won't be close enough to the pivot for us to rotate by ourselves. I'll have to hold it for you."

"Ok."

"Are you wearing a bra?"

"I have no bras that fit anymore. Why do you ask?"

"Then you'll have to put a knot in that sweater around your waist or it will fall like Zoe's dress did."

"I can just tuck it in my jeans."

"No you can't, it doesn't reach."

"It'll stretch when I'm upside down."

"No, it'll fall up to your face, not down to your jeans."

"Oh. I can just hold it then."

"You'll want to stretch your arms over your head so that your spine can stretch fully."

"I guess you're right."

I rolled my eyes as she tried to put a knot in the bottom of her sweater. She wasn't doing such a good job.

"I tell you what, Tee. How about if Sharon held your sweater in place? Then I could operate the table for you as you stretch your arms overhead. Ok with you, Sharon?"

"Sure."

"I can hold the table, Sam." Julie offered.

"Alright. You do that, Julie. Ready, Tee?"

Before getting up onto the table Tee put her hand on the top of her head and walked over to Sharon. Her hand was right at Sharon's belly button.

"What're you doing?"

"I want to see if I grow next to Sharon after being on the table."

Everyone agreed with that logic, except me.

"Fine. Let's do this."

Julie moved Tee upside down slowly as she held her sweater. When she was upside down Sharon took over as Tee moved her arms above her head and let them hang.

"How does the world look upside down?"

"Like when I do handstands."

"Do you do that?"

"Not much anymore, but I used to be the best hand stander in the cheerleading squad."

Sharon must have been getting bored since she lowered Tee's shirt down to her chin and said, "Hey, Sam! Look!" then raised it to cover back up just as quick.

"Aaaaaaaa! Sharrrron!" Tee screamed. Sharon was laughing.

"It's ok, Tee, I didn't see anything." I reassured her. Julie, just realizing what had happened, was now laughing with Sharon.

"She has some very pretty boobs, Sam. Doesn't she?" Sharon told me.

"I'm sure she does. I didn't get a peek. Really, Tee, I didn't."

"They're not as pretty as yours." Tee told Sharon.

"I'd say they were just as pretty." Julie said. I wonder how Julie knew.

"They're not as big."

"So?" Sharon replied. "You're smaller than me."

"I didn't used to be. Even when I was taller, you still had bigger boobs."

"You're certainly not jealous of Sharon, Tee. Are you?" I asked.

"Well, you like her more."

I didn't know what to say. I stammered out, "No. I like you just as much."

"I can see how you two look at each other. You don't look at me that way, Sam."

"Tee? Have I not been nice to you today?"

"You were super nice, Sam."

"See? And I didn't move your sweater over your boobs either. Sharon!"

"I was trying to help."

"Sharon!" Tee yelled.

"Ok. Ok."

"Help her what?" I asked.

"Nothing, Sam." Sharon said.

"If I had your boobs, Sharon," Tee said, "maybe I wouldn't mind showing them. Even more so if I had Julie's boobs."

"I told you Sam would love them any way." Julie said.

"No, you didn't." I said.

"Sure I did, Sam."

"No. You said they were as pretty as Sharon's."

"Well, that's what I meant. Um, since you like Sharon's boobs you'll like Tee's too."

I looked at her suspiciously. "Un, huh, right. So, how are you doing there, Tee? Ready to come back upright?" Her face was red.

"I suppose. This feels good though."

"It does." Julie answered. "Can you feel yourself grow?"

"Julie! Don't say things like that."

"Why not?"

"You'll give her false hope."

"What if she does get taller?"

"She won't."

"Whatever you say, Sam."

"And I say she won't. So, move her back up now."

When Tee got off of the table she went right over to Sharon and repeated the hand on her head height measurement thingy.

Sharon's eyes got big. "She grew."

"What? That's crazy."

"No, really. Her hand was below my belly button before she got on the table. Now they're a little above it. Not much, but it's there."

"Bullshit." I said. "Her hand isn't in exactly the right place and you have your thick sweater on."

"I think she's right, Sam." Tee said. "And I had my shoes on before but now I'm barefoot."

"Put your shoes on, Tee." Sharon said.

The measurement was repeated with the way they both were before Tee got on the table.

"Look, Sam. See?" Sharon said, excitedly. "Her hand's even higher now."

"I told you, her hand can't be in the same place as before. It's too imprecise."

"You know how we can settle this, Sam." Julie said.

"How?"

"Measure ourselves inside."

"It's late. Do we have to right now."

"Scared of finding out that Tee's getting taller?"

"No. How about tomorrow?"

"What about it girls, can you make it, Tee?" Julie asked.

They agreed to come back tomorrow night.

"Um, Tee." I said.

"What?"

"We sort of have this ritual when we measure ourselves."

"Oh, no. Here it comes." Sharon said.

"Right. What she said."

"She didn't say anything." Tee replied.

"What they're trying to say, Tee," Julie said, "is that we measure ourselves in the nude."

"Oh."

"You don't have to do this, Tee." I told her.

"We see what you're trying to do, Sam." Julie said. "It's not going to work. Right, Tee?"

"Um. Ok."

"I told you it was going to happen one day." Sharon said.

"Ok. I'll do it. We'll measure before and after being on the inversion table."

"Ok, then." Julie declared. "It's a date."

We all went back to the house and tried to stay quiet so as not to disturb the others.


----- Back inside

"So what're your plans for tonight, Sharon?"

"I guess we're going to get going, Sam."

"And leave us?"

"You guys should get your rest."

"Let me ask something: who drove? You or Fred?"

"Fred did. Oh shit, he has the keys."

"I thought so. Looks like you two are staying. Unless you want to walk in on Erin and Fred. Will it be ok with your parents, Tee?"

"I'll have to call them." she said.

"It's not too late yet. I could drive you home. Your choice."

Sharon and Tee looked at each other.

"You wouldn't mind having us here, Sam?"

"Call first, Tee. What about you Sharon? You've stayed over before. Do you think your parents will mind?"

"They're fine."

"If you want me to I can drive them home, Sam." Julie offered. "You've had a long night and day."

"Let's wait and hear what Tee's parent's say first." I said.

"I could tell them I'm staying over with Sharon."

"Don't lie to your parents, Tee. It's ok, I don't mind driving you home."

"You've had too much to drink, Sam." Sharon reminded us.

"It was only one glass, total."

"Two and a half. I was watching."

"So?"

"So that's like five or six for me. And that would make me tipsy."

"Julie can drive."

"I don't think so, Sam. She's had a few gallons of wine."

"Tell your parents you're staying with Sharon tonight, Tee."

"No, you're right, Sam." Tee said. "I can't lie to them."

"You wouldn't be lying."

"Oh, you're right."

"No, Tee." Sharon said. "It would be misleading."

We decided for Tee to just lay it out and see what was going to happen. As it turned out Tee had to convince her dad but I could tell she had him completely wrapped around her little finger. They were staying.

"I guess we better make a bed for them, Julie." I said to her.

"I'll get the sheets."

"I'll help." Sharon said, and they both ran off together to the other end of the house.

As Julie ran off I apologized to Tee, "I hope you weren't too put off by the nudity tonight, Tee."

"It ... well let's just say it wouldn't be as bad if I weren't on these pills."

"I know what you mean. You gonna be ok tonight? You know, with Sharon?"

"Yes." she said, self-consciously.

We both knew that the two of them were going to make love. It was a little embarrassing for her and I talking alone about that.

"I know that you're not working, Tee. Julie and Sharon will go off to work together tomorrow. I'll have to go to work too and so will Cindy."

"Ok."

"So, if you want to then you can stay here. You know, with Zoe. If you want to, that is. I mean, I can take you home in the morning too, if you want."

"Zoe is cute."

"Yes, she is."

"Do you think we'll get that small, Sam?"

"No. She stopped taking her meds for a while."

"Why?"

"You can ask her yourself."

"Do you like her that small?"

"Huh? I don't know."

"Is it sexy for you? To see a girl that small?"

"I, uh, haven't thought about it. Zoe's a lesbian."

"So? She's still pretty, even for a lesbian, isn't she?"

"Yes, she is. And being a lesbian has nothing to do with it."

"Does she turn you on?"

"Because she's a lesbian or because she's short?"

"Because she's shorter."

"I suppose it is a novel thing for me. Not many people are shorter than me. Not until this disease. You know, if it hadn't been for this virus I'd still be the shortest one. You used to tower over me."

"Did you like me when I was taller?"

"I suppose so, but I hardly knew you."

"Do you like me taller or shorter?"

"Yes."

"Oh, come on. Answer truly."

"I am. I can't decide."

"You like Julie."

"I love her. I loved her when she was shorter and I love her now that she's bigger."

"Do you love Sharon?"

"I told you I do. Both Julie and I love her."

"Can you kiss me like you kiss Sharon?"

"Come here."

I gave her my best fabric ripping pokemon. It must have worked. She was breathing hard when we broke off.

"Wow." she said, catching her breath.

"So, how was it?"

"The kiss?"

"Yeah. Was it as good as Sharon's?"

"Oh yes." she said before leaning in again for another kiss. I could have done this all night, but this time I broke it off early.

"Look, Tee. If we don't stop then things will get out of hand."

"So?"

"We've seen a lot of stuff tonight. I don't know about you, but I'm horny as fuck."

"Fuck, huh? Nice choice of words."

"Let me be clear, Tee. YOU are sexy as fuck. It's taking every ounce of willpower for me not to jump your bones."

"I'm so horny now I'd hump a hot watermelon, that's how hot and bothered I am, Sam."

"Roger, that! But tonight I need to spend with Julie."

"I understand."

"Speaking of which, where the hell are those two, anyway?"

"I don't know."

"Shall we go look for them?"

"Ok."

We tiptoed through the house and found the two of them in the bedroom, hugging and kissing, Julie sitting on the bed, Sharon standing by the bedside.

"Ah ha. Caught you two." I said.

"We heard you two talking, Sam. We didn't want to bother you."

"Tee and I? What made you think we didn't want to be bothered, Julie?"

I looked at Tee. She shrugged then said, "Maybe the kiss."

"Yeah, that's it." Julie said. "Your kissing."

"I think all of us have kissed before, Julie. I'm ok with you interrupting us. I think Tee is too. Right?"

"Sure, I guess." Tee said.

I looked around at everyone. "What's going on here?"

"Nothing." they all said, nearly in unison. It wasn't convincing.

"I've had a long day everyone. Let's just get the bed taken care of out in the living room and get some sleep. Ok?"

"Fine." Julie said. We all got up and made a bed out of the living room couch for Sharon and Tee. Then it was finally time for Julie and I to be alone.

"Are you upset about something, Julie?"

"No, I'm not upset."

"You sounded like it."

"I'm ok."

"But ..."

Then she put a finger to my lips.

"Shhh, little one." she said.

Little one? She never called me that before. Maybe it was the wine? Yeah, that's it, the wine.

We kissed. I helped her off with her sport bra. It was getting real tight. I hoped she had found a supply of really big clothes and was going to get something bigger or she wouldn't be wearing bras soon.

She was sitting on the bed with her back to the headboard and I was sitting on her lap. I kissed her enormous tits. It was a lot of skin to kiss too. I just loved her areola. They were extraordinary: rather large, not too dark nor light, and perfectly round. When I say rather large I mean rather large if she were normal size. But at her dimensions they were like saucers -- at least six inches diameter.

As much as I wanted to linger, I had a mission; my plan was to break off and make my way south. They say it's not about the destination, but the journey. I could certainly relate to that as she had wonderful washboard abs without an ounce of fat to them so it was certainly worth the time I took to worship her six pack. But the destination still lie ahead.

When I reached her panties she lifted her hips so that I could slide them off.

"Wait, wait, wait."

"What?"

"Be patient, Julie."

"What are you doing?"

"Lay back."

"Ok."

I kissed her crotch through her panties and I could feel her little, er, big nubbin. Really big nubbin. I started pulling her panties down slowly. As slowly as Zoe did with Cindy. Only, I kept the top band of her panties firmly against her body.

Every now and then I'd stop and reach under her panties from below -- from the leg holes -- and caress her nether regions. Then I'd begin her panties slow decent again.

As the top band of her panties got lower and lower, her clit would press against the fabric from underneath. I could tell exactly where it was and it was getting closer to showing itself.

The band was now at the base of her clitoris. I held it tight against her body and proceeded to pull it farther south. Her panties were holding her clitoris down and by now the bottom half of it was showing. It was straining the fabric.

"Sam."

"Ah, ah. Be patient."

I moved her panties ever so slowly down. More of her monster clit was showing little by little. By now the band was near the head of her clit and nearly all of that pseudo-weiner was getting fresh air.

Did I say pseudo-weiner? It looked like a real weiner -- a girl dick. It had veins and was engorged and enlarged. Slowly, millimeter by millimeter the top of her panties crept down. Then finally ...

BOING! Her giant clitoris snapped up like a catapult.

"Ooooooo, Sam!"

"What dear?"

"What are you doing?"

"Admiring you. All of you."

"So what are you going to do now?"

Without answering I went down on her member.

"Oooooooh!" she moaned. It was loud.

"Shhh. Don't wake anyone."

"Oooh. Oh. I doubt anyone's asleep, Sam. Oooooh!"

"Weww, wha'ewa." I said with my mouth full of her colossal clit.

She squirmed. I stuck a finger into her cunt. Then two. Then three. I was pumping in and out, in and out the whole time trying to deep throat her majestic clit. She didn't last much longer.

"Oooooh God. I'm coming..."

Yep, she got religion alright. Her hips were bucking strong and I had a hard time holding on, but I'd a made a cowboy proud. Yee haw!

What was left afterward was a slippery, glorious mess of a cunt with a hot dog lying on top. It really looked like a hot dog too -- her weiner clit was nestled in between the sides of her bun-like pussy lips. I'll have to try it with ketchup and relish next time.

"Your turn, Sam." she said. "What'll it be? Want me to do the same, or do you want to be on top?"

"Hmm." I pondered. "Maybe reciprocation is in order."

"As you wish."

She picked me up from my armpits and brought me up to her face. It was wider than my hips. There'd be no deep-throating with me; my dick barely made it halfway down her tongue. But her tongue was magical. She put her spell on me and I couldn't hold out. I exploded. I had been waiting for this all evening and when I was done I was completely spent.

We both fell asleep on top of the covers. She was warm enough that I didn't need any, even as cold as it was outside.

It was one hell of a long, weird, traumatizing and wonderful week. One that I'll never forget for the rest of my life. Tomorrow back to the daily grind. Old work and new challenges lie ahead. Good night, my giantess lover.

"Good night, little one."

 

End Notes:

How will Zoe make out? Is Cindy really leaving? Will Sam bang our little entomologist? And where is Jill?

Chapter 68 - A Reckoning by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam goes back to work. Then something totally unexpected happens back home.


        The trees look familiar
        Some of the people do too
        But the times are different
        It's a life beginning anew

        -- Sam's song for Zoe

----- Monday morning

"Good morning, Zoe."

"Says who?"

"Me."

"What do you know?"

"It's sunny outside. It's going to be like that all day according to the weather report. Don't you think it's a good morning?"

"No."

Then she walked away.

"Cindy, what happened?"

"She's hung over."

"She only had a couple glasses of wine last night. I think she did, anyway. Did she have more than that?"

"Nope, that's it."

"Let me go see if I can help."

I walked to the bedroom. Zoe was only wearing a yellow t-shirt and panties -- sexy except she looked to be in terrible shape."

"Are you ok, Zoe?"

"I feel like shit."

"Cindy told me. Want some grapefruit juice?"

"No."

"Grapefruit juice always worked for me when I was hungover."

"Why are you so chipper?"

"Probably because I didn't have as much wine as you did last night."

"Then I'll have to make sure you drink more next time."

"You really should try ..." I began, but before I could finish she ran off down the hall to the main bathroom. I caught up with her.

"Bleh!" She upchucked into the toilet. I set the faucet to hot and then soaked a washcloth with it then rang it out. When Zoe was finished dry heaving I gave it to her to wipe her face. I knew it would feel good.

"Thanks, Sam."

"No problem."

I left her to freshen up and went back to the kitchen.

"Cindy, she wasn't this sick last night, was she?"

"No."

"What a lightweight."

"And your point is?"

"Oops, wrong choice of words. It's hard to believe I'm that much heavier than she is. I don't feel any affects from the wine. Anyway, you outdid yourself last night, Cindy."

"You like?"

"You were sexy as hell. How did you and Zoe get along?"

"Fantastic."

"Thanks."

"You're thanking me?"

"You're making her welcome and I appreciate that. It's good. Well, about as good as she can be all hungover. And speak of the devil."

"Where's that grapefruit you promised me?" Zoe said looking pretty ragged.

"Coming right up. Aw shit." I said. I couldn't reach the juice bottle and started dragging a chair to the refrigerator.

"I'll do it." Cindy said as I started for the chair.

"And how are you going to get up that high?"

"On your shoulders."

"Oh. Well, hop on then."

We retrieved not only the juice but a couple of glasses too. Zoe didn't seem to be amused. At this point I don't think anything could be amusing for her.

"How does this work?" Zoe asked.

"Just sip it, don't gulp it."

"I couldn't gulp it if I wanted to."

"Puking and peeing dehydrate you. Your body has a harder time recovering from all the alcohol because of that. Grapefruit juice will rehydrate you without making you nauseous. That's my theory anyway. That's probably wrong, but it always worked for me."

"This better work, Sam." she said taking a sip of her juice.

"I sincerely hope it does. Want some cereal?"

"No."

Cindy moved over to where Zoe was kneeling on a kitchen table chair -- Zoe had to be on her knees to reach the table top -- and hugged her from behind. Zoe closed her eyes and leaned back into her. It looked like Zoe felt better.

"Looks like you're all dressed and ready to go to work, Cindy."

"Yep. I woke up early due to miss can't hold her liquor here."

"Hey!"

"I didn't mean that in a bad way, Zoe."

"I kind of half expected you two to be nude this morning." I said.

"I bet you would like that."

"It would be the usual thing here, Zoe. Cindy and Erin like to walk around the house naked."

"Hmm. Really?"

"Yes. Right, Cindy?"

"Sam does too, Zoe." Cindy said.

"Yuck."

"Gee thanks, Zoe." I responded.

"You're a guy, Sam."

"Oh yeah, right. Yuck."

"Now you get it."

I rolled my eyes. Tee came walking into the kitchen. She was rubbing her eyes.

"Good morning, sleepyhead." I said. "How's Sharon doing?"

"Sleeping."

"I know. What is it with all these big people. They can't get up on time?"

"We're always the first one's up." Cindy said.

"We sometimes have a naked cup of tea in the morning before everyone else."

"No, thanks." Zoe said.

"How about you, Tee? Coffee? Tea?"

"Do I have to be naked?"

"No."

"I'll have coffee."

"Coming right up." I said. I was hoping she'd as for tea. Tea for Tee. Get it.

"Stop shouting." Zoe said.

"Sorry, Zoe. I'll try to be quieter."

"Maybe I should sip my coffee naked to practice for tonight." Tee announced.

The other girls stared at her.

"What's tonight?" they asked.

"Weigh-in."

"It's not weigh-in, Tee. It's height measurement." I said.

"Oh goody!" Cindy said.

"I'd expect Cindy to be all hyped up."

"What's this all about, Sam?" Zoe asked.

"We measure our heights and put a mark on the wall."

"And we do it naked, Zoe." Cindy proudly proclaimed.

"Great."

"But we're going to do it before and after I hang upside down." Tee declared.

Zoe's eyes got big. "You're going to hang on the inversion table?" she asked.

"She tried it last night after you and Cindy were, uh, enjoying yourselves." I told her.

"Then I want to do it too."

"Fine." I said. "You two are just going to end up being disappointed."

"Look girls," Zoe said, "Sam's getting nervous."

"Am not."

"Afraid I'm going to get bigger than you?"

"Zoe, I hope you do get bigger. I really do, even if that means getting bigger than me."

"You're so sweet." Zoe said and the others agreed.

"But the inversion table is not going to do it."

"It worked for Julie."

"No, it didn't."

"Look how tall it made her."

"The table didn't make her taller."

"You don't know that for sure."

"I'd give anything to be as tall as her." Tee interjected.

"And I'd be happy with just a foot." I said. "Then I'd be back to my original height. But I tried it and it doesn't work."

"Your height only decreased by a foot?"

"A foot and an inch."

"I lost over two feet." Tee said. "How tall were you before you started shrinking, Zoe?"

"Five four."

"Oh my gosh, that's three feet. You're half size now."

"Less, really."

We realized that we had all shrunk, but that Zoe shrunk the most. Nobody cared to talk more about that subject.

"Maybe the inversion table only works for girls, Zoe."

"So cool. I'd like to see Sam's face when we start growing."

All I could do was cover my face with my hands and shake my head.

"Ok, I need to get ready for work." I told the girls. "So that brings me to you, Tee. What're your plans for today?"

"I don't know. I don't have any."

"Is Fred going to bring you home?"

"I guess so."

"You could stay here today if you wanted. That way you and Zoe could keep each other company."

"Maybe. I'll have to call mom and dad."

"What about you, Zoe? You ok with that?"

"Sure."

"Oh wait. Stay here, I'll be right back." I said as I ran to the office. I did some stuff on the computer, wrote a couple of things down and ran back to the kitchen.

"Here, Zoe. This is the wifi password. Once you've set it on your laptop, eat it."

"Eat the paper?"

"Yes. You must get rid of all traces."

"Why?"

"We cannot let it fall into enemy hands."

"Riiiight."

"Oh, and Tee, I created an account on my desktop in the office for you. Here's the password. Remember to change it, then eat it."

"Ew, I'm not eating paper."

"It's good for you -- lots of fiber."

"Just, ... ew!"

"Then burn it in the fireplace. And don't look at any of the porn I downloaded."

"You have porn?"

"I'm just kidding, Tee. I'm too busy for that."

"And what if you weren't so busy, Sam?" Zoe asked.

"Then I'd be downloading porn."

Cindy was giggling. "You'll get used to his humor." she said.

"Ok, call your parents, Tee. Have you told them about the scholarship yet?"

"I want to talk it over face to face."

"Ok. Don't forget the stuff I printed out for you."

"I guess I'll stay here with Zoe today if it's ok with dad. But I have to go to the clinic tonight."

"Who's going to bring you?"

"Jill usually does."

"Good. She can bring you back here tonight then she can stay over too. I haven't seen her in quite a while."

"Do we really have to wait for the height measurement until I get back?"

"I won't be home from work until after you've left. There'll be enough time when you get back."

"Ok."

"Great. I have to get ready guys." I said before running off to take a shower and get ready for work.

"Wait, Sam. What's this about a scholarship?"

"Tee will tell you." was the last thing I said before making it to the bedroom.

I had a pretty decent nights sleep and was feeling refreshed after getting ready. Julie, Sharon and Fred were up when I walked into the kitchen.

"Wow, Sam. You clean up pretty good."

"Why thank you, Zoe."

I was sill wearing jeans, but it was a newer pair and also wore a button down shirt and tie. I was wearing a wool jacket over it. It was a little long and that was even after I had it tailored down a size or two. I'm going to have to bring it back to the tailor soon or get a new one.

Still in her underwear, Julie leaned down and picked me up for a hug. It was like being in a fast elevator. Whooosh, all the way up. I was in rarefied air up near the ceiling. We kissed. I nearly fainted.

"Whoops, what's going on?" Julie said, looking down.

Cindy was hugging her left leg. "You forgot my hug Miss Julie."

"I'm so sorry." Julie said before bending down -- still holding me by the way -- and picking up Cindy in the other arm. Now standing, Julie had hugs from both of us on either side of her. "I love you two."

"And we love you." Cindy said, then she gave her a kiss. Julie pulled us both in tighter.

"Tee's going to get measured tonight, Miss Julie." Cindy said.

"I know. It's going to be so cool. She's going to hang on the inversion table too."

"Yeah, yeah." I said. "Just don't expect any big changes."

"Don't stress yourself over it, Sam. If it works you'll have more giantesses in your life. You'd like that, wouldn't you?"

"More giantesses. Just what I need." I said. "I think Tee is staying over day today with Zoe. Is that right, Tee?"

"I can stay today if I want to dad said."

"Cool. And are you?"

"Sure. Zoe and I will have a good time, right, Zoe?"

"Stop shouting." Zoe said.

"Isn't that grapefruit juice working?" I asked her.

"Not much. Just a little."

"Good. Take care of her, Tee, and make yourself at home. Julie, can you show Tee where all the food and stuff is?"

"Don't worry, Sam." Julie said, "I'll take care of it."

"Are you and Sharon going in to work together?"

"Yeah."

"And Fred?"

"I'm leaving soon." he said.

"Ok. Me too guys. How about putting me down now, Julie?"

"I love holding you."

"I have to go to work."

"Oh, alright."

She reluctantly put both Cindy and me back down on the kitchen floor. I gave Cindy, Sharon and Tee a hug goodbye. Then it was Zoe's turn.

"Ok, fine. I'll give you a hug." she said. I thought from the way she was talking that it would be a little hug, but she grabbed me around the waist pretty hard and held on for a while. She didn't want to let go. I had to almost pry her off.

"I need to go to work, Zoe. But I'll be back later, ok?"

"Ok."

"And I'll see you all tonight." I said before finally leaving for work.


----- Back to work

It was good to be back; it felt like I hadn't even left work. I was asked to help someone prepare a presentation and I picked up working on developing a little program that I started before I left.

I told Jennifer all about my trip during lunch. And I told her about Zoe.

"I sense you've picked up another pathetic life form."

"Don't say that about her. You haven't even met her yet."

"Do you remember what happened to that pathetic life form in the Phantom Menace?"

"What?"

"That pathetic life form eventually became Darth Vader."

"That's a terrible thing to say about Zoe."

"I know. I'm just having fun with you. You're going to have a full house though."

"Not for long; Cindy's leaving."

"Oh, when?"

"End of spring. She's going back to Arizona to pursue a new job."

"Good for her."

"We're going to have to find a job for Zoe."

"What does she do?"

"Psychology. A therapist or something."

"Ought to be able to find something for her."

"I hope so. They fired her for being too small at her old job."

"Aw geez. You have to be kidding."

"I wish I were. I'm hoping people here will be more understanding."

"I'll keep my eyes and ears open for a position like that. Can't promise anything though."

"Yeah, I know. There's one other thing."

"What's that?"

"So, one of the people in the group that Samantha and Zoe played with was the one who convinced Sammy to look me up at school and give me the virus."

"That's awful, Sam."

"Tell me about it. The thing is, they all use pseudonyms so we don't really know who it is."

"What pseudonym?"

"Darknose14. Nobody uses their real name."

"That's all you know?"

"Whoever it was knows me. That has to narrow things down."

"Do you have any idea who that can be?"

"No. I've racked my brain. I don't know anyone malicious enough to do such a thing."

"Samantha was malicious enough to do it."

"Yes, but she was pushed into it."

"What're going to do?"

"I have a friend who's into game development. Maybe he can help."

"Good luck."

"I'm thinking they have data on the people who sign up to play."

"I'm sure it will be private."

"I can tell them I want to advertise."

"And you think they'll give you their databases?"

"Sure. For the right amount of money."

"You'll probably only get email addresses."

"That's a start."

"What if they all use anonymous email addresses, like gmail, then you're going to have to go to another party to find out who they really are. If they have a real email address from an ISP then we might be able to get that information."

"We can?"

"We're not supposed to for personal use, but there are ways."

"Oh wow."

"Don't tell anyone. I'll see what I can do. But if you can get personal information, not just email addresses, then we won't have to."

"I know. I'll probably never find out who it is, but I have to try."

"Does Zoe still play online games?"

"Don't know."

"You could join the same group and maybe figure out who this darknose is. Just as long as they don't know it's you."

"I could. I have another ace up my sleeve though."

"What?"

"An old friend of mine from high school went into game development. I'm hoping he can help me."

"That's a good place to start."

"We'll see. So, how was your week? Last week, that is?"

"Same old, same old."

"I'm planning on singing at Mike's Friday. Wanna come?"

"Are you asking me for a date?"

"Absolutely. You and a hundred other people."

"Ok. I'll try to make it."

"You should come to the house afterwards for the party that we always have. You can meet Zoe then."

"Sure. I'd like to meet this pathetic life form."

"Do you have to keep calling her that?"

"Sorry. I'd love to meet Zoe."

"Good. Anyway, plan to stay over. I'm sure we'll have room for you. This way you won't have to drive home late. Plus, if you drink, and you really shouldn't, then you don't have to worry about driving under the influence."

"No problems there. I'd call a taxi before I'd drive drunk. You do know that we can lose our job if we get a DUI, don't you?"

"Yeah, that's right. But even more so, I don't want to lose anymore height."

"Me neither."

After lunch my boss, Heather, called me into her office.

"So, how was your trip?"

"Uh, interesting."

"Is that good or bad?"

"Both. I had some real good times down there, but I also learned some disturbing things."

"That's why you went down there, to learn. That's what you told me, right?"

"That's right. My friend Samantha committed suicide. I looked at the pictures. It wasn't pretty."

"I'm sorry."

"But all in all, I'm glad I went."

"So, you like to travel?"

"I suppose. I never thought too much about it."

"You just got back so I hate to spring this on you, but we'd like you to go on a business trip?"

"Where and for how long?"

"Utah, next week, leave Tuesday, come back Thursday."

"What's in Utah?"

"Hill Air Force base."

"Ok."

"There's a new satellite being put up and some of their engineers are working on securing telemetry. We want you to have a first-hand look at their design. When you get back you'll be analyzing it."

"Sure. I'd be happy to go."

"I'm glad to hear that. Go to the admin office before the day is over. They'll have your itinerary, airplane tickets and the stuff you need to get on the base. We'll have a conference call with the folks out there tomorrow."

"Okee dokee."

"I know there's not much in Utah, like for example, in Vegas, so thanks for going, Sam."

"No problem. I'm happy to go."

On my way home I got a call.

"Hello."

"Sam, this is Melinda."

"Hi, Melinda. How's it going?" Melinda was the real estate agent who was looking for my new house.

"I found something you will like."

"Ok, tell me about it."

"It's not too far from where you live now and it's a big house. It has a pool and a three car garage."

"I can do without the pool. Is the garage detached?"

"No, sorry. It's attached. But there's plenty of property for adding another building."

"Ok. When can I see it?"

"Tomorrow evening?"

"Sounds good." She gave me the address and I pulled over to write it down. "I'll see you then."

Since I had already been on one phone call I decided to make another.

"Hello."

"Ben. This is Sam. Sam Cook."

"Oh, hey man. How are you?"

"Good. And you?"

"Meh. Same old stuff."

"What have you been up to?"

"Just got back from Japan."

"Sounds cool."

"Eh, they had me working."

"It was a work related trip?"

"I go there a lot. Our parent company is Japanese."

"Koinichi wa."

"Shut up. I can't stand that."

"Sorry. Don't you like your job?"

"I do but it's akin to slave labor."

"Ouch. Don't you make good money?"

"Not really. It's decent, but it's not going to make me rich. I'm actively looking elsewhere."

"You have development experience, right?"

"Low level stuff."

"Like what?"

"Like C and assembly."

"That's useful."

"To only a small subset. I am very familiar with OpenCL and Cuda."

"Hey, I could use someone like you."

"You can?"

"Yeah, but."

"But what?"

"You'd need a clearance."

"You work on military stuff?"

"Sort of."

"That is so cool."

"I tell you what: I'll put in a good word for you but I'd like you to do me a favor."

"What?"

"So, I have this friend that plays Sword of Lakatos."

"Trying to hit on a girl?"

"Why do you ask that?"

"It's a big game with the girls. Guys go in on it to meet up. But trust me, Sam, it aint gonna work for you."

"That's not what I want."

"So, what then?"

"So, there's one that I'd like to find out who it is."

"Really want to meet up with her, huh?"

"I think it's a guy, but whatever. Their handle is darknose14."

"And you want me to find out who that person is?"

"If you can."

"I don't know. We don't produce that game. I have a buddy that freelances for that group though. Maybe he can figure it out."

"That would be good. Can he do that?"

"Not sure. We usually don't keep names; just email addresses."

"That's a start."

"Names and street addresses are generally only part of credit card info and we're not allowed to keep that."

"I see."

"But I'll see if I can find anything out for you man."

"I'd appreciate it."

I gave Ben the url of our company so he could apply. I would let the folks at work know. I was thinking that they could use a guy with skills like that. I also invited Ben out to see me Friday but he said he was too far away. He lived just over the state line and it would be an hour drive.

"Maybe another Friday?"

"Sure. I'll plan on it."

"Great, Ben. Talk to you later."

"Later."


----- Back home

When I got home Jill, Cindy and Zoe were there. Erin and Fred were out and Tee was still at the clinic. Sharon was home.

"Did anyone eat?"

"We did. I made beef stew, Sam."

"I can smell it. I didn't know you knew how to make stew, Julie."

"I got the recipe online."

"Well, I'm starving."

I ate and had a little time to talk to Zoe about her day.

"Teagan is a nice young lady." she said.

"I'm glad you two got along."

"I introduced her to Sword of Lakatos."

"Oh." I said, raising an eyebrow. "What did she think of it?"

"She liked it. She still has to pick a username."

"Good. What does it take to sign up?"

"Why? Thinking of playing?"

"Maybe."

"You need a credit card."

"Oh, I see. What other information do they need?"

"That's it. Well, your name and address of course."

"Email?"

"Yep."

"Ok. Maybe I'll join. Did Tee have a credit card?"

"Her parents are going to let her use theirs."

"Hmm. Ok."

"As soon as you pick a username we'll sign you up too."

"Alright."

"What's going on inside that head of yours?"

"What do you mean?"

"You're thinking too much. You're plotting something."

"Just imagining what it would be like to play that online game."

"You can watch me."

"Later. Where's Erin?"

"I think she's at work."

"Figures."

"Sam, your sister has great tits."

"I know."

"I was standing on the chair when Julie walked by earlier."

"And?"

"And I got a good look at her ass. Why didn't you tell me she had a world class ass?"

"It never crossed my mind, Zoe."

"Yeah, right. Now I need a closer look at Julie's tits."

"You saw them last night."

"Not up close."

"I'm sure you'll get that chance."

"I can barely stand it, Sam."

"What do you think of Cindy?"

"She needs more experience."

"Really?"

"And I'm just the one to teach her."

"How gracious of you."

"It's a tough job, but someone has to do it."

"I'm sure you're a great teacher."

"You'll never know." Zoe said shaking her butt at me.

"Be careful. I might take a bite out of that cute ass of yours when you're not looking."

"Kinky."

"I suppose Tee needs experience too."

"Now that you mention it, yes she does."

"So you two ..."

"No, we didn't. We talked a lot today."

"But I'm sure you'll want the chance to teach her, right?"

"Right. But not before you."

"What?"

"You first."

"Ok. That came out of the blue. What are you talking about?"

"She's obsessed with you."

"It's just a phase, I'm sure. You know about what happened with her, right?"

"You saved her life."

"I did but Sharon and Julie did too."

"Did you really go out on the tree limb?"

"Yes."

"She said she was going to kill herself."

"I'm not so sure. I think she just wanted attention."

"So you're the expert on suicide now?"

"I've been around it enough, I should be. Tell me this. When the branch broke I reached for her. I would not have caught her if she didn't reach and climb back to me. Would someone truly suicidal have reached back up?"

"Hmm. Good point. I don't know. You really surprise me, Sam. You're very perceptive."

"Whatever."

"Look, it doesn't matter whether she was suicidal or not. You saved her life, but more importantly, she believes you saved her. It would have been bad to have another episode like Samantha."

"That's an understatement. I really was happy to help her."

"They took you to the hospital too."

"I had pneumonia."

"It was worse. And you wouldn't have caught that if you hadn't saved her."

"It was raining. I got cold."

"You gave her your coat."

"So?"

"She remembers all of that."

"I hope so."

"You're her hero."

"I'm just a friend."

"You're more than a friend."

"Ok. So a real good friend."

"You need to shag her."

"Shag?"

"You know. Aggressive cuddling. Doing the nasty. Bam-bam in the ham. Hiding the sausage. Bone ..."

"YES! I know what it means, Zoe. But why would you say that?"

"She needs it."

"Yeah, I know she's on the meds too and we both know what that means. But I also know that she's getting it from Sharon, who, I might add, is her BFF."

"And don't forget Julie."

"What?"

"You didn't know?"

"What are you talking about?"

"You couldn't tell last night, could you?"

"Tell what?"

"They were all setting you two up."

"Well, fuck."

"No, you didn't fuck her. She was a little miffed because of that."

"Right, I didn't. Look, Zoe, you're a psychologist."

"A counselor."

"Ok, whatever. You should know about relationships."

"I'm not even a councelor."

"That's only because of a few bigoted assholes."

"No, really. I hadn't completed all my requirements for it. I was an intern."

"Oh."

"I still need a few more semester hours to get my masters degree, then I can qualify for my license."

"I'm sad to hear that. Maybe you can finish out here."

"We'll see about that. I suppose since I was only an intern it was easier for them to fire me."

"I'm sorry, Zoe. But still, you have to realize that me and Tee, well, I don't think that would be the best thing for her. Not right now."

"So, you're going to deny her that magic dick of yours?"

I didn't have a reply to that. I must of looked pretty stupid to Zoe sitting there with my mouth open.

"Did I short circuit a few wires in your head there, stud?"

"I'm no stud."

"Then give me your dick. I could use it."

"Zoe, you're a lunatic."

"Sam, Tee is a very beautiful girl."

"She's gorgeous. Did you know she was a cheerleader?"

"See? And you're going to pass a up a chance to bang a cheerleader?"

"I don't want to hurt her."

"Sam, I've seen it. It may be impressive but you're dick's not that big. Even though she's fragile, I highly doubt that you're going to wreck that."

"That's not what I meant."

"You're not going to hurt her, Sam. You might hurt her more by rejecting her."

"Aargh! Are you sure about this?"

"No. But there are no right answers. One thing is for sure: if you two have sex then at least it will knock you off that pedestal that she's put you on."

"Maybe it'll do the opposite."

"Ah ha. Now we see that masculine arrogance coming out."

"I was being sarcastic."

"Really?"

"Zoe, Tee needs a friend right now. I don't think she needs a lover."

"It's up to you. At least you know now. You're a good guy and your friendship means a lot to her."

"I'm happy to hear that."

"You're doing the same with me."

"I'm happy that we're friends too."

"You didn't have to be my friend."

"I feel connected to you through Samantha. Then there was that dream."

"Weird."

"Yeah, and doubly weird that you had the same dream too."

"Do you believe in the afterlife?"

"I don't know, Zoe. I'm tired. Can we talk about that later?" I was a little perturbed at that question for some reason.

"Yeah. We'll talk about it later."

"Sorry, I didn't mean to snap at you."

"I understand."

"You do?"

"Sure. You're nervous."

"What would I be nervous about?"

"About us growing bigger than you."

"Oh good grief."

"Ha, ha. I got to you."

"I'm still going to get you back for making me drink alcohol last night. Hey, how come you were so hung over this morning? You didn't drink that much, did you?"

"Look at me. I'm barely thirty pounds. Don't you think two glasses of wine will have that affect on me?"

"Yeah, but you shouldn't do that."

"I won't anymore. Not much. I just need a little something to help me forget."

"I still don't think it's good for you."

"I'll know when it's too much."

"Apparently not. You looked terrible this morning."

"I'm better now."

"Ok."

"So, when is this height measuring thing going to happen?"

"I suppose when Tee gets back. That reminds me. I want you to come with me and Tee this Thursday to the clinic. You'll need to get your meds there. I don't think your prescription will work here. Besides, there's someone I want you to meet."

"Who?"

"Zoe."

"What?"

"No. Her name is Zoe. One of the gals that work at the clinic is named Zoe. That's who I want to introduce you to."

"Oh, then I'd like to meet her."

"And Jill, Julie's sister, helps out there. You'll get to meet her. In fact, you'll meet her tonight when she brings Tee back."

"Ok."

"Then there's the people that are there for treatment, like Tee. They have the virus."

"Anyone as small as me?"

"No. I don't think so."

"I must hold the record."

"Maybe."

"I'll be taller after hanging inverted though."

"Shut up. Just, shut up."

Zoe laughed. "I can't wait until Tee gets back."

"They should be here any minute. In fact, they're late. Julie!" I called out, "Did you see Jill when she came to pick up Tee?"

"She didn't come here. We brought Tee over to her. I was able to say hello to Mom though."

"Good. Did you tell her I said hi?"

"Sure did. She misses you."

"I miss her too. I'll see her soon I'm sure. Maybe she can come over this weekend."

"I'll invite her."

"Good idea."

"Do you think you'll ever get back into good graces with your mother, Sam?" Zoe asked.

"No."

"You're sure about that?"

"Yes, I am."

"You'll tell me about it sometime?"

"Sure. There's not much to tell."

"I sense you're holding back."

"Wouldn't you?"

"I don't know. You could use some therapy."

"Spoken like a true intern."

"Ouch."

"Sorry. I take that back."

"It's ok. I know how nervous you are right now."

"I'm not nervous!"

She laughed.


----- The reckoning

Finally, Tee showed up.

"Hi Tee. Ready for that height assessment?"

"Zoe." I said. "Be patient."

"Don't mind him, Tee." Zoe said. "Sam's nervous."

"I'm not nervous!"

"See?"

They giggled. Cindy came out from her room; she had been napping.

"How was the treatment session tonight?" I asked Tee. "Must have been a long one."

"No, it was short."

"But you're late."

"Jill didn't want to come in. I tried to convince her but she had all kinds of excuses. Her mom needed her or something."

"She's not here?"

"Nope. She dropped me off and left."

"Damn. I haven't seen her in weeks. So, uh, I see your bags though. Does that mean you're staying tonight again?"

"I can. Jill took me home first so I could get a couple of things."

"That explains the lateness."

"Stop stalling, Sam." Zoe said. "Let's get the show on the road. How are we going to do this?"

"I guess we measure, then Tee goes to hang, then we take a second measurement which will be the same as the first."

"I get to hang too."

"Sure, Zoe."

"How long should we hang for?" Tee asked.

"Hmm. I guess for about fifteen minutes." I replied.

"Let's make it a half hour."

"That would be an hour for both of you."

"Sam doesn't want to prolong the suspense, Tee."

"Oh, Zoe. You guys do whatever. What about you, Cindy?"

"I'm game. But that would make it an hour and a half between measurement."

"And what about you Julie?"

"I don't think I could hang anymore even if I wanted to."

"I meant getting measured."

"Yeah, I need it."

"Ok, then. I'll get the ladder and tape."

Zoe was right, even though I wasn't going to admit it. I knew that the inversion table would't change anything but there was still that little gremlin in the depths of my mind that was bugging me about it: what if?

"Ok, let's do this."

"Unh uh." Cindy said.

"Oh, right. Well, everyone, let's get naked."

Everyone had seen everyone naked at least once, except for Tee. It was because of this fact that Mr. Happy was full of anticipation. We all undressed without saying a word. Julie was the first one to get nude because she was only wearing her panties and sport bra. Zoe noticed and took a moment to admire the giant beauty in front of her.

"Look who's stalling now." I said to her.

"I wasn't stalling, Sam."

"Gotcha."

She shook her head and resumed. Cindy was next to be nude followed by me.

"Woo hoo." Cindy said, "Look at Sam. He's excited."

I was excited too. Mostly in anticipation of Tee, who of course, was the last one to shed her clothes. The wait was worth it. Despite being a bit slim, she was gorgeous. Her breasts were full and pert. She had a washboard stomach, yet not too muscular. What really set her apart was her face. Dark brown hair, the same color as Julie's but much shorter -- it was cut down to only her chin like a bob -- adorned the top of her head and she had green eyes. What made her extra sexy was a beauty mark she had on her cheek. Very exotic.

Standing next to Cindy, she only came up to her shoulders. Some would say Tee looked a little bit like Cindy's younger sister, but with bigger tits. Actually, I'd say they looked completely different, even discounting the height difference. While Cindy was as cute as a button, Tee was dynamite in a little package.

"Who first?" Zoe asked.

"Julie?"

"Ok." Julie said. "Get the ladder, Sam."

I climbed up.

"She gained half and inch." I hollered. "So seven, eleven and a half. Just a half inch shy of eight feet and a half inch clearance from the ceiling, everyone."

"She's slouching, Sam."

"Ok, Julie. Straighten your back."

"But, Sam. My head will hit the ceiling."

"Let's see."

She did straighten up but not all the way. Her head did indeed touch the ceiling.

"It looks like we'll have to do this outside some other time folks. There's not enough room inside to get a correct measurement. Officially, it's safe to say that Julie is over eight feet tall."

Julie seemed a bit embarrassed.

"This means you're even prettier, Julie."

"I am?"

"You're pretty. There's more of you. Ergo, you're prettier."

"Sam, you're crazy."

"Crazy in love."

"Ok, you next." she said.

"Alright."

I got down from the ladder and Julie got on her knees. I was staring into her humongous tits as she stretched the tape beside me, her arms raised up. It makes a girls tits so sexy when they lift their arms. Julie's tits were perfect globes topped off with huge areola the size of saucers and the perfect shade of dark pink. I could see bumps arranged perfectly symmetrical near their periphery and her nipples were calling, "suck me, suck me." It was taking a while; she measured several times.

"What's the verdict, Julie?"

"Uh, Sam."

"What?"

"You're three feet eight inches."

"What?"

"You lost an inch."

"Shit! I knew I shouldn't have had that wine."

"I'm sorry."

"It's not your fault, Julie. Who's next. Cindy?"

Cindy agreed and Julie measured her.

"Three feet nine."

"Oh my gosh." Cindy said. "Am I really taller than Sam? Come here, Sam."

I did. We went back to back and sure enough, Cindy was taller. She turned around and gave me a hug. I had to look up into her eyes. Not much, but I was still looking up. It was a naked hug so, predictably, Mr. Happy grew. I wish that were me growing.

"Tee?" Julie asked.

"Ok." she said and took her place with her back next to the wall. Even kneeling, Julie's tits were above Tee's head.

"Three feet two inches."

"Sounds about right." I said. "Now it's Zoe's turn."

With Zoe staring into Julie's belly button, Julie announced, "Two foot four. Maybe a hair under."

"Let me see." I said. "Yep. Just under two four. You might have lost a fraction of an inch from the wine, Zoe."

"No." Zoe said. "Julie's right. I was always just a fraction under. Now let's go hang."

Cindy headed straight for the door.

"Cindy."

"What?"

"It's cold outside."

"So?"

"So, put something on."

"Oh, alright."

The others laughed at her.

"I hope you have something comfortable to wear, Tee." I said. "Warm ups work best."

"I'll put my yoga pants on and a t-shirt. Will that work?"

"Yep."

So we got dressed and trudged out to the garage. Or rather, it was I who trudged. The others eagerly hopped on over to it.

Zoe, being the smallest, was first. She had run to her room and also put on a pair of yoga pants -- black yoga pants -- along with a black t-shirt. It was just like Tee, except that Tee's shirt was pink. Cindy was wearing her ballet practice dancing clothes. We had to put rags around Zoe's ankles for her to fit but it was no problem with Julie holding the table for her.

Next was Tee. She was really enjoying herself. While Tee was hanging Zoe came right up next to me and put her hand over her head.

"What are you doing?"

"Just seeing if I grew next to you."

"You didn't."

"We'll see when we go back inside."

Tee's time was now up.

"Ok, Cindy. Your turn."

I don't believe Cindy ever was on the inversion table before but she handled it like a pro. And she loved it. Pretty soon all three of the little girls had their time on the inversion table and it was now time for the truth.

Once inside, you guessed it, Cindy was the first to shed her clothes. Then the other two.

"Sam."

"What?"

"Well. Aren't you going to get undressed?"

"I don't need to be measured again. I didn't hang."

"You're going to leave the rest of us to be nude while you're dressed?"

"Julie's not naked."

"No problem." Julie said as she started taking her clothes off. She was standing next to Zoe and Zoe had that awed look on her face like she always did when she was next to Julie. Zoe's head was just above Julie's knee and this time, rather than looking up, Zoe was admiring Julie's mile-long legs.

"Ahem. Zoe?"

"What?"

"You first."

"Why me?"

"You hung on the table first."

"Ok. After you get naked."

"Fine, whatever."

Julie did the measuring.

"Two feet four inches. This time she's a little OVER four inches."

"What? No way." I said. "Let me see." I walked over and her head was above where it was before.

"That's within a half a standard deviation; instrumental error. It doesn't mean anything."

Everyone else was silent; they just looked at me and smiled.

"Ok, let's see Tee now." I said.

Julie again measured Tee.

"Three feet three inches."

"What the fuck! She couldn't have."

"Come see for yourself, Sam."

I looked then shook my head.

"Fine. Cindy?"

She came over to the wall and Julie measured once again.

"Three nine and a half. Wanna look yourself, Sam?"

"No. I believe you. Damnit!"

"Sam, don't be upset. Do you want to be measured again?"

"NO!"

"Suit yourself."

The girls were all happy about growing.

"Look, guys. This is all temporary. Tomorrow at this time you'll be back to the height you were before."

"That's ok, Sam." Cindy said.

"Yeah."

They could tell I was sore. I was waiting for Zoe to rub it in but I guess she felt sorry for me. I noticed they were all looking at Tee. So I looked at Tee. She walked over to me.

"Don't feel bad, Sam. You're still taller than me."

"For how long?"

"I don't care no matter how small you get, or how big I get. Ok?"

"Thanks, Tee. I'm sorry to be in such a sour mood."

"Maybe I can help."

I noticed the others had left us and I knew for sure that they were all in on this.

"Maybe you can." I said. She came closer and we hugged.

"See? You're still taller." she said right before kissing me.

"I see Sharon's been giving you lessons."

"Why?"

"You kiss like her."

"Is that good?"

"Very good."

We kissed again then moved over to where she and Sharon had slept the night before and fell onto the couch in each other's arms.

"It's about time." she said.

"I know I can be dense at times. By the way, I found out what you all were up to last night."

"Mad?"

"No. But you're ok with this?"

"I am. I've been wanting for this."

And the two of us spent the night making love -- a shrinking guy and a growing girl.

 

 

End Notes:

So, what's going on here? Is that inversion table really magic? Is Sam's dick magic? Will the girls overtake Sam in height? Does Sam really care?

Chapter 69 - News Good and Bad by littless
Author's Notes:

Tee got her wish. Now Zoe's settling in. 

----- Tuesday morning

I love waking up next to a beautiful lady, our faces just millimeters apart. We can whisper to each other and it's so intimate.

"Good morning." I whispered.

"Good morning, Sam."

"You're beautiful, Tee."

She smiled showing her teeth. "You are too."

"No, I'm not. I'm just a normal guy."

"You're anything but normal."

"Yeah, normal guys aren't short."

"Don't say that about yourself. Zoe was right."

"What did she say?"

"You're GGG."

"What's that?"

"It means good, giving and game."

"Where did that come from?"

"It's a gay thing."

"Figures."

"You're good in bed."

"Thank you."

"You're giving, but everyone knows that."

"Ok."

"And you're game for anything."

"I wouldn't say that."

"We did it doggy style."

"Yeah." I said chuckling.

"I always wanted to try that."

"You've never done that before?"

"No. And it was every bit as good as I hoped it would be. You filled me up even better that way."

"I didn't know that. So, what now?"

"What do you mean?"

"Tee, you're great. But you know that Julie is my girlfriend?"

"Yes. She said it was ok."

"She did?"

"Didn't she tell you?"

"No."

"Oh, I'm sorry. I thought ..."

"It's ok. I love you too. You mean a lot to me and you're a fantastic young lady but I don't want to give you the wrong impression that we're going to be an exclusive item."

"I realize that. But I know Julie shares you."

"And I share her too. And if you're ok with this, then I am. I just want us to know where we stand with each other. Alright?"

"Yeah. That's fine."

"So, uh, you should probably know that I've slept with Cindy too."

"I know. And Sharon."

"Did she tell you?"

"Not in so many words, but I was sure of it."

"Are you ok with that?"

"Oh yes. It's funny."

"How is it funny?"

"I'll tell you another time. Hug me."

We held each other tight for a while.

"Sam?"

"What?"

"So, when I need ..."

"Need what?"

"This." she said as she grabbed Mr. Happy. "When I need this will you help me?"

"Sure, most likely."

"Most likely? Not always?"

"I won't always be around. For example, I'll be going to Utah next week."

"What for?"

"Work."

"Oh."

"But when I'm around I'd love to share the night with you."

"What about days?"

"Or days. So, did you tell your parents about the scholarship?"

"Briefly. They seem excited about it."

"They should be. Are you?"

"I am. Thanks."

"If you get your life back on track then that will make me happy."

"It's hard."

"Because of the virus?"

"Yes. I look at Julie and I realize she's like a tall building to me several stories high. It's freaky to see everyone big."

"You'll get used to it."

"It's always been like that for you, hasn't it?"

"Yep."

"It's a different world for me now. It's your world."

"I don't think of it like that."

"It is. It's a different reality for us when we're smaller."

I put my elbow up on the bed and rested my head on my hand and looked at her.

"Maybe you're right. You and I and Cindy and Zoe and all the others share something that most people don't."

"One door shut for me, but another one opened."

"I'm glad you see it that way. Zoe and I were trying to think of bright sides to the whole thing. But maybe it's just different -- not better, not worse."

"We have each other. I like that."

"What about the group you're in at the clinic? I got real close to those I had treatment with. Didn't you?"

"Ava and I are pretty close."

"Any of the guys?"

"Are you trying to set me up again?"

"No, Tee. I was never trying to set you up. I just want you to be happy and maybe one of those guys will be right for you."

"They're not my type."

"Ok, fair enough. You know, you are just soooo sexy."

She smiled again. She looks even sexier smiling.

"Thank you."

"I'm surprised Zoe didn't hit on you."

"Maybe I'm not her type."

"You're female. You're her type. She's a lesbian."

"I know. I like talking to her."

"Good. I feel sad about her situation. She told you, right?"

"She filled in some of the holes with that you guys told us about the day before."

"Zoe and Samantha were lovers."

"I know. They wanted to get married."

"Right. Can you imagine coming home to find your lover dead? Having killed herself."

"No. It must be traumatic."

"I can't really imagine. It makes me happy that she's getting along with my friends here."

"She seems to adjust very well."

"I hope so. You seem to be doing much better than you were before a couple of weeks ago."

"Sharon helps a lot. And you did too."

"I'm just glad you're better."

"Julie helped."

"I know. We were all there together outside in the wild that night."

"Did she tell you about last week?"

"No."

"Sharon and I spent the night with her."

"I see. And did you three concoct this scheme to get us together."

"It's not like you say."

"It's ok, there's no need to get defensive. I hope you're ok that my first night back I wanted to spend with Julie."

"I'm ok with that."

"Good. But I'm overjoyed that we shared my second night back together."

"You are?"

"Of course."

"I'm sorry about the inversion table thing."

"Well, if it happens that you get taller then I'm happy for you."

"Really?"

"Yes, really."

She smiled again. "Do you have to go to work today?"

"Yes, I do. Are you going to stay with Zoe again?"

"If she wants me to."

"What do you want?"

"To spend the day with you."

I gave her that look where you cock your head to the side and look at her from the corner of your eyes.

"I know, I know. You have to work. Yes, I think it would be nice to spend another day with Zoe."

"Ok. I'll have to get up soon but we still have some time together."

"Do me from behind again?"

"Your wish is my command, my beauty."

It was daytime now and I had a real good view of her delicious ass this time. The sight of Mr. Happy entering Tee was almost too much to handle. I slapped her ass and she wailed.

"Oooo."

"Did you like that?"

"Oh yeah."

I slapped her again on the butt then really started getting aggressive going in and out deep and fast. My dick came out a couple times but I got it right back in. Tee was on her knees, her head down on the pillow and her ass up in the air. She wasn't very vocal but I could still tell when she was nearing climax. I wanted to hold on longer but I couldn't.

When we were done we faced each other once again.

"Phew. You don't know how much I needed that?"

"Yes, I do."

"Ok, maybe you do. Don't get me wrong. Sharon is great in bed but it's not like this." she said as she grabbed Mr. Happy again, who by now was a little tired and wet.

"Maybe I should have given you relief earlier. I've been kind of lucky in that area, Tee."

She laughed. "I think I know what you mean."

"This disease may be a curse. But it might also be a blessing."

"I still need to be convinced of that."

"Then I suppose it's up to me to change your mind."

"That's the best news I've heard all year."

"Later. This won't be the last time for us I promise, but I need to get ready now."

She pouted, sticking her lower lip out. I gave her a kiss.

"Stand there for a second, Sam."

"Ok. Why?"

"I just want to look at you."

"Didn't you see enough last night?"

"No."

I stood with my arms out and twirled around once.

"Thank you." she said.

"And thank you."

I picked up my clothes that were still on the living room floor and went back to my bedroom. Julie was still sleeping. I felt sorry for her having to be alone last night. I decided not to wake her until later and took a shower.

I put some work clothes on and met everyone in the kitchen. Almost everyone -- Julie was still asleep. Tee and Zoe were dressed, Cindy was topless. Everything near normal.

"How was your night, Sam?"

"It was wonderful, thank you, Zoe. Did you get some coffee or tea?"

"Not yet."

"What would you like?"

"Coffee."

"And you, Tee?"

"Same."

"Cindy?"

"Yes?"

"Would you mind?"

"Not at all."

She climbed up on my shoulders and retrieved the cups. Then we all sat -- knelt in the case of Zoe -- around the kitchen table and sipped our coffee and tea.

We ate cereal. I decided I would cook a hot breakfast tomorrow. It was too late for that this morning.

Erin joined us. It was unusual for her to be up this early. I ran over and hugged her belly. She got down on one knee for a proper hug.

"I missed you, Sam."

"I missed you too. Where were you last night?"

"Work. But I'm off today."

"Worked late again I see."

"You missed the show last night, Erin." Cindy said.

"What show?"

Oh boy, here it comes.

"We measured ourselves."

"Aw, I missed it."

Zoe was giggling.

"What are you snickering about?"

"Nothing." she said. Then I looked to see what she was looking at and it suddenly made sense.

"Um, Erin."

"What?"

"How about putting some clothes on."

"Why?"

"You're giving Zoe a hard on."

Zoe was laughing out loud now. "No, no. Stay that way, Erin. You look good."

"You think so?" Erin said.

"Oh yes, you big, sexy, blue-haired trollop. Stay that way and you'll make my day."

Now there was no motivation at all for her to get dressed. As if to rub it in, Zoe kept it going.

"Erin, I really like your hair."

"Thank you, Zoe." Erin said, scooting over on her knees to where Zoe was sitting.

"Can I brush your hair for you this morning?"

"It's ok. It's real easy for me to brush my hair now that it's short."

"Would you deprive little old me the pleasure?"

It was getting thick -- she used the 'little old me' phrase. It made sense they would both ignore the rest of us now as Erin followed Zoe to the living room. We were dumbfounded for a bit.

"So, that's how she does it." I stated.

Cindy said, "I think Erin's about to be Zoe'ized."

Tee and I laughed.

"Don't laugh, Tee." Cindy said. "She's good. Real good. Just wait 'til it's your turn."

"We'll see. I wonder why she's so hard up for Erin now."

"She's doing that for my sake, Tee."

"That's crazy, Sam."

"No, she wants to make me jealous or show me up or something. It's her little game. She knows I'm on to her."

"You sure she's not genuinely interested in Erin?"

"Oh, she's interested alright. It wouldn't matter about me. But she made sure she did it in front of me."

"I see. I think."

"So, it looks like Zoe has a friend for the day. Would you like me to take you home, Tee? You don't have to stay on account of Zoe and if you did I'm afraid you'd be, uh, bored."

"Sure."

"Do you need a shower?"

"Yeah."

"Ok, hurry up. I'll drop you off on my way in to work. What about you, Cindy?"

"I'm running late."

"Tee, use the shower in my bedroom. Julie's still asleep. This will leave the other bathroom open for Cindy."

While the girls were getting ready, and Erin and Zoe were playing, Julie woke up.

"Good morning. Want some coffee?"

"Hi, Sam. Yes, I would."

As she sat at the kitchen table with her knees sticking up just beyond the table I hugged her.

"Mmm. I love you too, Sam."

I looked up at her, staring.

"What is it?" she asked.

"We need to talk. But later. I have to leave soon."

"Ok."

"I'm taking Tee home then going in to work."

"Ok. What about Zoe?"

"It's covered. Her and Erin are in the living room right now."

"Erin's up?"

"I know. Will miracles never cease?"

"So, Zoe and Erin are ..."

"Yep. Erin's off for the day so I think the two are going to make a day of it."

"Ok."

"Tell Sharon I said hi and that I missed her last night."

"Oh, we'll have a lot to talk about."

"I'm sure you will. One other thing: I have a pod being dropped off today. If you're here have them put it next to the garage. Tell Erin before you leave if they give you the chance."

"Ok. What's it for?"

"The truck bringing Zoe's stuff is due here tomorrow or the day after. We don't have any place to put it. This way we can get to it at our leisure."

"That sounds good."

"Here comes Tee. I'll have to go soon."

"I'll see you tonight."

"Yep. See you tonight. Love you."

"Love you too."

Tee and I left right after Cindy came out of the shower. We bid everyone farewell, except Erin and Zoe who were in their own world by now.

"Will I see you tonight, Sam?" Tee asked on the ride to her house.

"If you want to."

"I don't know if my parents will let me."

"You're over eighteen. They should."

"But I still live at home."

"I know. I don't want your parents to get mad. You do what they want, ok. If not tonight you can come over tomorrow night."

"I'd like that."

"Oh, I know. I forgot to tell you something. I called Dr. Sarson and I'm going to be bringing Zoe over to the clinic Thursday. You can come back home with us then."

"Can I?"

"Of course. And you know what?"

"What?"

"I have Fridays off. We can spend the whole day together. You're coming to Mike's to see me Friday night, right?"

"I wouldn't miss it for the world. If I don't get to see you the next couple of nights I'll have to resort to Mr. Long."

"Who's Mr. Long?"

"My phallus."

"Oh, I see."

"You can blame the meds. But I'll be thinking of you."

"Well, if you don't make it over then I hope Mr. Long satisfies."

We gave each other a big kiss as I let her out at home and went off to work.


----- Lunch

Lunch with Jennifer was getting to be a thing. A good thing.

"Did I tell you about Kaycee yesterday when I talked about my trip to Arizona?"

"No. Who's Kaycee?"

"A girl I knew back in college. We sort of rekindled an old flame last week."

"That's interesting."

"Actually, back in college it wasn't much of a flame. More of a little glow. I can't help but think that it was strange the way she liked me so much last week, as if we really did have a big thing going."

"Why is that strange?"

"Because she was never that, uh, what's the word I'm looking for? Uh, warm. She was always a little aloof back in college."

"Then it wasn't a flame back then."

"We spent a night together in college."

"One night?"

"Yep."

"It's your typical one night stand. Happens all the time in college."

"Not to me."

"I find that hard to believe."

"Believe it. I was a dweeb in college."

"So? You're not now. I'm sure that's what she saw in you."

"Yeah, thanks. Anyway, I'm not so sure."

"You're overthinking this, Sam."

"Maybe. She's, uh, hung up on me."

"What do you mean?"

"I mean, she loves me. She wants a relationship."

"What did you tell her?"

"No. I told her I'm in a relationship with Julie."

"And?"

"She says she'll wait if my relationship with Julie goes south."

"That makes you feel bad?"

"Yep. I'm hoping someone else will come along and sweep her off her feet. Someone who'll treat her right, of course. I'd hate her to wait forever."

"You have feelings for her, don't you?"

"Sure, I do."

"Is she taller?"

"Huh? No. Why?"

"No reason. Maybe you'd rather be with Julie because she's bigger."

"No! That doesn't matter. I knew Julie a long time ago. We have history. And well, I love her."

"But you don't love Kaycee?"

I couldn't answer that. I knew I did. I had to look away from Jennifer.

"You do love her."

"I don't know."

"Yes, you do. Why did you tell me about this?"

"I just, I ..."

"What?"

"Because it might be happening again."

"Oh? With who? Cindy?"

"No, not Cindy. Cindy and I have a unique relationship. We understand each other. Besides, I think her and my best friend from college might be hooking up."

"How do you feel about that?"

"I feel very happy for Cindy."

"You do?"

"Yeah. I want the best for her and for her to be happy."

"That's what you want for Kaycee too; for her to find someone to hook up with."

"Yeah, you're right."

"And you love Kaycee, so maybe you love Cindy too."

"Hmm. I guess so."

"What about Sue?"

"Oh wow, I haven't seen her in a couple of weeks."

"Do you love her?"

"You mean like Cindy?"

"Yep."

"I suppose I do. I never thought of that. I love her being around. I miss her."

"Is that who you were talking about?"

"No. Let's forget it."

"If you want to. Can I ask if it's this girl, Zoe?"

"Oh, it's not her. I am growing close to her though. But it's more like a sister type of relationship. I couldn't have that type of relationship with her anyway."

"Why not?"

"She's a lesbian. I told you that."

"But I'm talking about the way you feel."

"No, Jennifer. Not with Zoe."

"Ok."

There was a pause in the conversation before I started again.

"The meds make it hard."

"You're trying to tell me that?"

"I'm sure you know."

"I'm embarrassed to tell you about it."

"That's how guys normally feel."

"Well, that explains a lot."

"You're getting along ok, right?"

"It depends on what you call ok. Are you volunteering to help?"

"I, uh, I mean we ... uh, it's just that ..."

"You know, you can be very articulate at times, Sam."

"Aaaaah! I'm sorry. You caught me by surprise."

"I can see you have enough stress with girls and sex in your life. I don't want to complicate things for you anymore than they are."

"Yeah, well, thanks. Um, did I just hear that ..."

"No."

"Ok. Never mind. Hey, I talked to my game developer friend."

"What did he say?"

"He doesn't work for the company that makes that particular game but knows someone who does and maybe he can get some info for me."

"That's looking up."

"We'll see. I hope it'll turn out to be some good info."

"Let me ask you this: do you really want to know who this darknose is?"

"Of course I do."

"What will you do when you find out?"

"I will, ... well, I will figure that out when I find out."

"Maybe you better figure it out beforehand. It's likely someone you know."

"You're right. I feel like I really want to know but knowing oftentimes makes us that much more miserable."

"Wow, that's profound. Where did you learn that?"

"From a wise old man. Honestly, maybe I shouldn't be going down this path."

"It's a little late now."

"Maybe not. We may just run into a dead end."

"I'll hope for the best, Sam."

"Thanks, Jennifer."

"I hear you're going to Utah."

"Yep. Next week."

"What's out there?"

"Mormons."

"I know that."

"Hill Air Force base."

"Oh, I should have known."

"It's only a couple of days and I'm bringing work back with me."

"Take me with you."

"To Utah?"

"Any place. I can't wait to go on a business trip and here you get one within your first two months."

"Do they know you want to travel?"

"Yes."

"I'm sure something will come up."

"I hope so."

"I'll try to put in a good word for you. Speaking of which, that guy I told you about who does game programming, ..."

"Yes."

"Ben is his name. He's looking for something different. He does C, assembly, OpenCL and Cuda. Do you think we could use someone here like that?"

"I've heard of OpenCL and Cuda. I'm sure there's a place for him. Did you give him the open positions URL?"

"Yep."

"Fill out the referral form. If you refer him you get a bonus."

"Cool. I'll do that."

"Go see HR about it."

"I will, thanks."

"And fill out the referral for me to go fly somewhere."

"There's such a thing?"

"I wish."

"I'll keep it in mind."

I spent a few minutes in HR that afternoon. There were two senior programmer positions that Ben might fit only they wanted someone with a degree. I told them about Ben and they said to tell him to submit his resume but under education ask for "special dispensation 22". Besides, the big thing that will keep him from getting the job wasn't lack of formal education -- he actually had formal education, just not college -- would be inability to get a clearance. Armed with that I decided I'd call him back later to see if his friend came through.


----- After work

I drove up a long dirt road which gave way to a red brick paved driveway. The house was magnificent. Three stories, or so it looked. Sometimes those dormers up top are deceiving.

"Good evening, Mr. Cook."

"Hi Melinda. How are you?" I said getting out of the car.

"I'm great. You're going to like this."

"Ok. Let's take a look."

She unlocked the door and we went in. There was a nice foyer with curved stairs over to the side. There was no furniture so I guessed that the owners had already moved out. On the right was the formal living room. The dining room on the left wasn't much bigger than my own dining room. Perhaps the outside really was deceiving. Then we moved further back in the house and I saw the kitchen. It was spread out wide and there was an island in the middle. Classy.

The family room was huge. There was also a sun room to the side and a door to the laundry room. It's good it wasn't in the basement and it was big. On the other side of the laundry room was the door to the garage. I wanted to see that before going on.

The garage was big enough for three cars but it wasn't going to host a shop or gym. There may be room for that inside though. We moved on.

Out back behind the family room was an indoor swimming pool. Indoors! Over beyond the living room and sun room was the master bedroom. It was big. There was two huge closets down a little hallway that led to the bathroom. The bathroom had both a bath tub and a shower -- they were not one and the same.

Then we went upstairs -- four bedrooms upstairs and this was in addition to the master bedroom which meant it was a five bedroom house. Even better: two bedrooms had their own bath and two shared a bath between them. There was another half bath downstairs.

The basement looked especially huge with no walls. The best part about this whole house was that the main floor had very tall ceilings, at least nine feet, and upstairs was over-height too; maybe eight and a half feet. The ceiling of the basement was at least eight feet tall but unfinished.

"So, Mr. Cook, what do you think?"

"I don't think I can afford this."

"The owners were sent to the other side of the country and they want to sell it fast. It is within the budget you sent me."

"Really?"

"Yes, sir."

"It would have to be contingent upon the sale of my current house."

"I'm pretty sure we can sell it quickly and for almost as much as they want for this one."

"Can I see the yard?"

"Sure, let's go outside."

The yard was over two acres -- bigger than my current yard but not as many trees on the boundary like my current house. I could see neighbors. Not clearly, but they were there. I could plant trees though. Maybe ...

"Ok, let's do this." I said.

"Would you like to fill out paperwork tonight?"

"Yes. I will. I'll give them what they're asking too."

"They'll be happy. Let's go to my office then."

I called Julie to let her know I was going to be late.

"Working late honey?"

"Sort of. I'll tell you about it later."

As it turned out I filled out a lot of paperwork that took us late into the night. I had forgotten how much paperwork was involved in buying a house. There would be even more at settlement.

I got home around eleven and everyone was asleep. I wasn't sure whether Zoe was in with Erin or Cindy. Julie was asleep too so I took off my clothes and crawled in bed with her. I gave her a kiss. She woke up for a second.

"Where have you been?"

"Paperwork."

"Oh good."

"It can wait. I'll tell you about it later. Good night."

"Good night, Sam."



----- Wednesday morning

I got up to a sight I wasn't expecting.

"Ha ha ha ha." I laughed.

"What's so funny?"

"You, Zoe."

"You've seen me naked before."

"I knew Erin and Cindy would get to you eventually. I just didn't think it would be so soon."

She stuck her tongue at me and blew a raspberry.

"It just so happens I don't have any more clean clothes."

"Oh dear. I'll show you the washer and dryer downstairs. Come on."

I showed her where things were downstairs.

"I expect the truck to come with your stuff today or tomorrow."

"Oh good. Let me go get my dirty stuff from upstairs."

"Go ahead. I'll get detergent and things ready. I think your new dress will need to be washed separately."

"You know how to wash clothes?"

"Sure. I do Julie's all the time."

"That's so nice of you."

"Well, she can't really fit down here anymore; the ceiling's too low. You should see it. What's worse is her trying to come down the basement stairs."

"Wow. She's certainly big."

"Don't I know it."

We started a batch of clothes in the washer for her and went upstairs to eat. I wanted to fix something hot, but again, not enough time. Cindy, similarly attired, and Zoe started their own conversation as I got the coffee started.

"I have a t-shirt you could wear, Zoe."

"What's the point?"

"You're going to stay like that?"

"Why not? Cindy's nude."

"You're getting me aroused, that's why."

I now had her complete attention.

"Oh, I am? What about Cindy?"

"Yeah, well, her too."

"You never had her put her clothes back on."

"Yes, I have."

"That was only when we had guests, Sam." Cindy interjected.

"Zoe's a guest."

"Not anymore. She's been here more than three days."

"So?"

"Three days. That's the international recognized allotted time for guestness."

"You're making that up."

"She's right, Sam." Zoe said.

"But you're ..."

"I'm what?"

"You're a lesbian."

"I am?"

"I'm not supposed to get aroused by you. And if I do you're going to kick me."

"Kick you? What ever gave you that idea?"

"Well, that's what you do. I know. I knew someone who got kicked between the legs by a lesbian."

"I'm sure he deserved it."

"I don't want to deserve it."

"Are you afraid of little old me?" Zoe said coming closer. There she goes again with the 'little old me'.

"No."

Now she was right next to me, touching. Good thing I was wearing clothes. But if she got closer she was going to feel Mr. Happy. It's what Mr. Happy was hoping for, but not me.

"You will be."

"What?"

"Afraid."

"Why?"

"I'm going to be bigger than you."

"I don't think so."

"I'm going to hang on the inversion table every day. I hung there yesterday."

She was up against me, her head in my stomach looking straight up. This would be the way I would look to Erin.

"And did you grow any?"

"What if I did?"

"Well, good."

"I'll be big enough to kick you."

"You're big enough now."

"Shall we find out?"

"NO!"

Cindy was rolling on the floor laughing.

"It's not funny." I said.

"You should see yourselves." Cindy said. "Little old Zoe standing right up in your face and you backing down."

"Ha, ha, very funny."

"Sam." Zoe said.

"What?"

"I don't care if you're aroused. I'm flattered. Besides, we all know what the meds do."

"I'm glad to know we can blame it on the meds."

"Seriously, Sam. I won't kick you."

"Good."

"Now let's see how aroused you are."

"What?"

"Get naked."

"No. I have to get ready."

"You have to get naked to take a shower, don't you? Or do you take a shower clothed?"

"Sheesh. Fine." I undressed there in the kitchen. All three of us were now nude. "Satisfied?"

"Meh. You could be harder."

"Not after that little tete-a-tete we just had."

"Come here, Cindy." Zoe commanded. "Let's see what we can do about this."

"Hey. Stop that. I have to get ready."

They were both stroking Mr. Happy who was growing happier by the second.

"Oh look, Zoe. It's working. Wowzwer."

"Wowzer?"

"Just enjoy, Sam." Cindy said. Then she got that sly look on her face. "Watch this." she said. She kissed Mr. Happy. He tried to kiss her back.

Both girls laughed. Zoe gave him a kiss too. Then Cindy did more than kiss. We weren't going to be finishing our tea and coffee anytime soon.

They stopped for a second and I saw Zoe nodding to Cindy. Zoe stepped away and Cindy stood up. She hooked her right leg over my hip and we started screwing. I moved her up against the refrigerator. I couldn't help myself, even though I needed to get ready for work.

Zoe was sitting in the middle of the kitchen floor fingering herself watching us.

"Unh, Cindy, unh. Zoe's watching us."

"Oooh, yeah. Let's be exhibitionists for her."

This was actually pretty cool. It reminded me of Kaycee watching Bonnie and I go at it. I can't remember how we got here but I wasn't about to complain now. All three of us were making a commotion before long.

Zoe gave a little cry. I'm pretty sure she was getting off. Soon Cindy and I reached climax. Then all three of us were spent -- Zoe on the floor, Cindy and I sitting up against the fridge.

"Ahem."

We looked over and saw Julie standing just inside the kitchen doorway, her legs apart, her hands on her hips, her head against the ceiling and a stern look on her face. Zoe looked petrified. You should have seen her eyes get big when Julie leaned down towards her to pick her up. Zoe tried to cover up but Julie was too fast for Zoe in her current state.

"I'm sorry, Julie." Zoe said.

"For what?"

"For, uh, waking you?"

"That's ok. I needed to get up anyway."

"Did you see ..."

"Yes."

"Hey, why are you picking me up?"

"I'm sorry, Zoe. You're just too cute not to."

"Even when I ..."

"Yes, even when you do that."

Julie was cradling Zoe up against her immense chest and Zoe was curled up into a ball. A ball that wasn't much bigger than one of Julie's huge breasts itself.

I raised my hand.

"It's not my fault, Julie. They ganged up on me."

"It's always your fault, Sam. Isn't that right, Zoe?"

"Yeah, that's right. It's always Sam's fault."

Julie and Cindy were laughing.

"I can't believe you guys." I said. "I get no respect."

"Aw, Sam. You have it great." Julie said.

"And I'm the one providing the house for you guys here. What're you gonna do when we get into our new house, huh?"

"What new house?" she asked.

"The house I signed my life away for last night."

"You bought a new house?"

"No. I just put a contract on it."

"You put a contract up on a house?" Cindy asked.

"Yep. But it's contingent."

"You have to sell this one first?"

"I can't afford a new house without selling this one."

"Why didn't you tell me, Sam?"

"It was late. I'm telling you now."

"Can we see it?"

"I suppose so. I'll have to arrange it with the real estate agent. By the way, she'll be coming over this weekend. We'll need to clean the place up if we're going to model it."

They were all excited. We must have woke Erin up -- she came into the kitchen but this time wearing panties, and panties only.

"What's the big deal?" she asked.

"Sam's buying a new house."

"You are, Sam?"

"Yep."

"Well, what's going to happen to us?"

"You're coming with me, aren't you?"

"We are?"

"Of course you are, Erin. You shouldn't even have to ask. Come here."

I got up off of the floor and we hugged.

"You're always welcome to be with me, Erin. You know that."

"Thank you, Sam."

"No need to thank me. We're family."

We hugged some more.

"Aw, isn't that cute." Cindy said.

"No." Erin replied, "That's cute." and pointed over to Zoe still in Julie's arms.

Zoe decided to play it coy and curled up into an even tighter ball.

"Well, I need to get ready guys. Let me finish my tea, Erin."

"I'll just stay right here for a while." Zoe said wrapping herself around one of Julie's bit old titties. Too bad Julie was wearing a sports bra. I'd love to see Zoe curled around one of those bare suckers.

"Are you working today, Erin?"

"I have to work this morning at ten. But I'll be home tonight."

"Good. We haven't spent much time together since I got back."

"We did a little."

"You spent most of that time with Fred."

"Oh. I did, didn't I?"

"But we'll have fun tonight."

"Goody. Are we going to dance?"

"No. We'll have fun anyway."

I drank my tea, had a bowl of cereal and left for work. Zoe never ceases to surprise. But I surprised everybody with news of the house. I think that trumped everything else that morning.


----- At work

Jennifer was surprised and happy for me too.

"It sounds big." she said.

"It is."

"Can you afford it?"

"Yep. Assuming I can sell the current house."

"You think it will sell?"

"Of course it will. It's just a matter of when and how much."

"I hope it works out for you."

"And..."

"And what?"

"I've saved a little extra money from my songs."

"That's cool. Making the big bucks, huh?"

"No, not big. But a little extra doesn't hurt."

"Don't forget about taxes."

"Julie's knows accounting. She helps me with taxes, so I'm good."

"Wow, I know a rock star."

"I'm no rock star. But you are coming to see me Friday, right?"

"I guess so."

"Great. I can't wait until Friday."

It was turning out to be a great day. The weather was warm and sunny and I finished the software library I was working on. I called Ben on the way home.

"Hey Ben, I want you to do something."

"What's that?"

I told him about the two job openings that he would be right for.

"Senior programmer? Do you really think so?"

"I ran it by HR. They suggested it. But there's two caveats."

"What?"

"First, have you ever been in trouble?"

"There was that time in second grade ..."

"No, not that. Anything since high school."

"Like what?"

"Like being arrested, DUI, drugs, bankruptcy."

"No. Nothing like that."

"Good. It will take a few months for you go get a clearance. Can you wait?"

"I guess so."

"Second thing: do you have a college degree?"

"No. I have the years worth of training I got from the company. I do have some courses I took from the community college."

"Ok, that's good, but you need to put something on your resume."

I told him about the special dispensation thing and to put my name as a reference. He was excited.

"Do you have any obligations from your company."

"Obligations?"

"From the training."

"Oh, you mean years to work, yes. Three years, but I've been here five."

"You're good to go. Get that paperwork done and let me know."

"Will do."

"So, do you have anything for me?"

"I do, Sam. An email address was all I could get."

"I'll take it."

He gave it to me after I pulled over to write it down. But I didn't have to.

"Got that?"

"Yeah, I got it."

"I'll see what I can do about finding a name for you."

"That's ok. I can take it from here."

"You sure? It's not a problem. Joey said he just needed to VPN back into the network and he might be able to find out."

"No, really, Ben. It's fine. You guys have already done enough for me. I really appreciate it."

"Ok, Sam. Take care. And thanks for the contacts."

"Thank you, Ben. Later man."

"Later."

The truth was I knew that email address. I had helped her with computer stuff before. And I was stunned. I could barely think straight to get the car going again. This explained a lot.

 

 

End Notes:

Ready to find out who darknose14 is?

Chapter 70 - Miserable by littless
Author's Notes:

Knowing oftentimes makes us that much more miserable. Sam is miserable.

----- Confrontation, Wednesday night

I slammed the door on my inside the house.

"Hey! What's going on?" Julie demanded.

"Nothing!"

"Okaaay."

"Are you alright?" Cindy asked.

"I'm fine, Cindy. Just fuckin' fine! Where's Zoe?"

"I'm right here, Sam."

"Hi Zoe. How are you?"

"Uh, fine?"

"I see your stuff came today. Did you have a good day?"

"Yes, Sam."

"I'm glad to hear that."

Everyone else stayed away. They could sense I was mad. Burning mad.

"Why are you being nice to me like this after slamming the door? You're scaring me."

"Everything's fine, Zoe. Would you like to take a little ride with me?"

"Now?"

"Yes."

"No."

"Trust me. Please."

"Will it be ok?"

"Yes. I promise."

"Ok."

"Tell Erin I'll be back soon." I said, then Zoe and I left.

"Where are we going?"

"You'll see. It's not far."

"Why?"

"It'll become clear soon."

We parked and I knocked on the door.

"Hi, Sam! It's nice to see you. What brings you here?"

"Hi, Ms. Thompson. Is Jill in?"

"She is. Please, come in. And I told you before, call me Mom."

"Ok Mom. This is Zoe. Can you tell Jill that friends are here to see her. Don't tell her it's me."

"Okay. You can wait in the living room." she said. "Jill! You have friends over."

"Coming mom."

"What's ..."

"Hold that thought, Zoe."

Jill walked into the living room and froze.

"Hi, Jill. Long time no see. Mom, can we be alone for a few moments?"

"Oh sure. Can I get you two something to drink?"

"Maybe later, not now."

"Ok, then. I'll be back in a little bit."

"Thanks. So how have you been Jill?"

"Fine." she said. She wasn't looking so fine though.

"You know Zoe here, right?"

Zoe looked at me funny.

"Oh I forgot. Where are my manners? Let me do a proper introduction. Jill, this is Blackmouse. Zoe, this is Darknose14."

I could see the blood drain from Jill's face. Are you familiar with the term white as a ghost? You would be if you saw Jill at this moment.

Zoe, on the other hand, was just the opposite. Her face was red and I literally felt the heat coming off of her face and neck.

Jill's hands were shaking. "I'm sorry." she said with a quivering voice.

Zoe started to walk toward Jill but I grabbed her by the arms.

"No, Zoe. It isn't worth it."

"Sam. Do you know how I feel right now?"

"Do you know how I feel? She's my lover's sister. I even loved her as my own."

"Samantha killed herself over what she did."

"I know. What do you have to say for yourself, Jill?"

Jill was sobbing.

"What was going through that head of yours?" I asked.

"I don't know." she said.

"You knew about this all along, didn't you?"

"Yes."

"You played me like you didn't know. You could have told me all about Samantha, but you didn't did you."

She was silent.

"YOU DIDN'T, DID YOU!!?"

"No."

"How ... just how could you?"

"I was young."

"Two people are dead because of you, Jill."

"Two?"

"Samantha and the baby." Zoe said. "You and that shitstain Marlene had her abort it. And it was those memories that drove Samantha mad. ,sMAD ENOUGH TO KILL HERSELF!"

I had to hold Zoe back again. She was steaming.

"I'm sorry. I'm so sorry."

"I hope you're happy now." Zoe said. Now Zoe was crying. My eyes were wet too.

"Did you really think you could keep this a secret, Jill?" I said.

"I don't know."

"How long? How long were you not going to tell me that you talked Samantha into getting me into bed, to give me the virus? Huh?"

"I don't know!"

"Never. Isn't that right?"

"Yes. I was scared."

"Why did you do it?"

She didn't answer.

"Did you think it was funny?"

No answer. I had to stop and breathe.

"Look, Jill. I ..."

I couldn't finish.

"This is not over. There's more to be said. If we stay here now though it'll just get worse. I want to talk to you later, ok?"

"Ok." she squeaked.

"Friday. I want to see you after I sing. Be at my house Friday night." I said with a very commanding voice.

"Ok."

"We need to go, Zoe."

Jill walked to the coffee table and put the keys to the pickup down onto the table top.

"Here, Sam."

I looked down at them. "No. You need to get to the clinic. Keep it."

As we were leaving I met up with mom.

"You heard?" I asked her.

"Yes. I don't understand."

"Jill will tell you."

"I hope everything's ok, Sam."

"Thanks, it will be. Just right now I'm ... I'm going to leave. We'll be back. Oh, and please, come over to see us this weekend."

"Ok, Sam."

"Bye now."

When we got back into the car I had to take a few breaths.

"I don't know, Zoe. Maybe it was wrong for me to bring you but I thought you needed to do this: to confront Jill face to face. I know I couldn't wait to."

"No, it was the right thing, Sam. I don't think I can ever forgive her though."

"Well, I'm going to have to think that over. Let's go home."


----- Even more revelations

When we got back Julie was worried.

"Sam, is everything ok? Mom called."

"We need to talk. Now. In my office. Zoe will you help me, please?"

"Ok."

"Sorry, Cindy. I'll tell you about it after I talk to Julie."

We sat in the office.

"I love you, Julie."

"I love you too, Sam. What's wrong?"

"First, I need to calm down and get something off my chest."

"Ok."

"Sunday, when Zoe said I saw her naked."

"Yes."

"She said it was when her dress fell hanging inverted."

"I remember."

"That wasn't the first time."

"Ok."

"The first time was on the plane."

"Zoe was naked on the plane?"

A smile formed on Zoe's face.

"She dragged me into the bathroom."

"I couldn't reach the handle, Julie." Zoe said. "Sam had to lock it for me."

"You dragged Sam into the bathroom with you?" Julie asked holding back a smirk. "That must have been something to see."

"It wasn't really because she wanted me to lock the door, Julie."

"Yes, it was." Zoe rebuked.

"There was more to it."

"Go on." Julie prompted.

"You know how the meds work?"

"Yes."

"Well, Zoe hadn't been with her lover for a while."

"So..."

"So she lifted her dress, took her underwear off and I went down on her."

"I see. When were you going to tell me this?"

"I never had the chance until now."

"I offered to return the favor, Julie." Zoe said. "But he wouldn't let me."

"How chivalrous of him."

"So I jerked him off instead."

"I'm glad you didn't just leave him hanging, Zoe."

"Well, he was hanging afterwards."

Julie laughed.

"Her panties are probably still on the plane." I said. Julie laughed some more. "Now, when were you going to tell me about Tee?"

"Tee? Uh, ... I never had the chance until now."

"So?"

"It was really Sharon's idea. Tee wanted you, Sam."

"What happened Tuesday night last week?"

Julie's face turned red.

"We, um, slept together."

"You, Sharon and Tee?"

"Yes."

"Ok. Now that we got all of that out of that way we need talk about Jill."

"Go ahead."

"Jill is darknose14."

"Who?"

"She's the one that talked Samantha into sleeping with me."

"How do you know?"

"I don't want to get into it all right now."

"Are you sure?"

"Absolutely."

"Why did she do that?"

"I don't know. Go ask her. Maybe she thought it was funny."

"I can't believe she would do such a thing."

"Ask her yourself. I'm not going to argue."

"So, she's responsible for you catching the virus from Samantha?"

"Yes. There's more. Something I haven't told you yet."

"What?"

"Samantha was pregnant."

"That's right, Julie." Zoe added. "Samantha was pregnant with Sam's baby."

"Oh my, what happened?"

"Jill and others convinced Samantha to abort the pregnancy." I replied.

"Jill did that?"

"Partly. Others too, Julie."

"What about you, Zoe?"

"Not me. I tried all I could to stop it."

"And you, Sam?"

"I had no idea until last week. Zoe got jealous of me since Samantha was seeing me for so long and convinced her to break it off. Remember, I told you Samantha disappeared from my life?"

"Yeah."

"That was Zoe's doing. I had no contact with Samantha or Zoe after that. Nobody knew she was pregnant back when she left me and I never found out until last week."

"You wanted her to keep the baby, Zoe?"

"It was so much more to it than that." Zoe said.

"What do you mean? How can there be more?"

"I'm sorry, Sam. I lied to you. Well, just a little."

"What did you lie about?" I asked.

"It wasn't that I was jealous of you being with Samantha. I was jealous that it was her and not me."

"I don't understand." I said.

"I stalked you. Remember?"

"Yeah."

"And I fell in love with you."

"But ..."

"I know, I'm a lesbian. I should have told you before, Sam, but since we're laying it all out now I should get this out too. Sorry, Julie."

"This was a few years ago?" Julie asked.

"Yep."

"I had no idea." I said.

"I know you didn't. Before I realized that I was a lesbian I had dated guys, you know. Lots of them."

"You told me that."

"In high school I always wanted a guy like you, Sam. And the first time I had realized that wasn't until I was checking you out in college."

"You wanted me?"

"Well, yes. And no. I mean you were a guy."

"Right. I mean, like yuck." I said sarcastically.

"But I always wanted a baby, a child to raise. I wanted your baby. Maybe I wasn't so hyped up on the idea of sex with a guy, but if I had to then it would have been you, Sam."

"I don't know what to say."

"But it was Samantha who got pregnant and with your child too. The one I wanted."

"I can't imagine how you felt."

"I was actually ecstatic about the whole thing."

"Yeah?"

"I was going to have your child to raise, Sam. It would have been beautiful. It wouldn't have been totally mine but if Samantha and I got married then it would have been ours together. Don't you see?"

"I think I do, Zoe."

"And Marlene fucked it all up! Jill too!"

"I'm just so sorry to hear that."

"The abortion, ever since then, was a strain on our relationship. Yet, everyone thought it was so funny. Everyone in the guild. That includes darknose. But not me."

"I can't believe my sister is responsible for all of this."

"She's not totally responsible, Julie." I said. "I have to bear some responsibility myself."

"Why you?"

"I didn't have to fall for Samantha."

"Sam," Zoe continued, "no offense here, but you didn't stand a chance against Samantha."

"I'd like to think I did, Zoe."

"Don't believe him, Julie. But I will tell you something I told him."

"What's that?"

"Samantha and I didn't stand a chance against Sam either."

"I see. So, what now?"

"I have absolutely no idea what to do about Jill, Julie." I said.

"I knew there was something about you and her, Sam."

"What?"

"I could never put my finger on it. I used to think she hated you. Then I thought she loved you. Now ... I don't know. It's just so, overwhelming. She did this to hurt me."

"You don't know that."

"I will find out."

"Well, I need some time to think this all over. And Zoe, I'm sorry for everything."

"So, now you know how I really feel about you, Sam. How do you feel about me?"

"I ... admire you. I told you that before because you wanted the baby. I still admire you, probably more than anyone. Isn't it funny that you're the smallest person I know, yet the one I admire the most? I'm not sure how I feel right now; I'm still waiting for another surprise."

"I really do love you."

"You're something I wasn't expecting."

"All this about Jill, and now Zoe; I think I'm going to be sick." Julie said.

"Please don't be upset with Zoe."

"I'm not. We've been through a lot the past year, Sam."

"I know. We can survive this."

"I really want to."

"Good. I want to also."

"I can't blame Zoe. But Jill ..."

"Don't be mad at her either. Not yet. Not until we find out more about why she did this. Besides, there's enough disappointment from Zoe and I over Jill for the whole world."

"I will have a talk with that girl."

"Wait until I talk to her first. I don't know what I'm going to say yet, but let me have a first shot."

"What about me, Sam?"

"You'll have your chance too, Zoe. But I want to first? She hurt us all but I think I was hurt most directly."

"Ok. Sure, Sam. I'm sorry to spill all this on you in front of Julie, but I thought it would be best this way."

"It's ok, Zoe. You're right. It's best."

"This is a lot to think about." Julie said.

"We should sleep on it first before making any choices about Jill."

"That's a good idea, Sam."

"We should tell the others too. Not the whole story of course, but we still need to tell them."

"What do you want to leave out?"

"The baby. I'll tell Erin about it, but later in my own way. Alright?"

"Sure."

"Ok. let's go."

We walked out of the office together. Poor Erin looked worried since she didn't get to see me since we got back.

"Something's wrong, isn't it, Sam?"

"No, Erin. Not really."

"What happened?"

"I found out some things that I didn't know before. But knowing oftentimes makes us that much more miserable. I'm miserable."

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"Don't be, Erin. I have to apologize to you instead. I'm not going to be much fun tonight and I promised you fun."

"It's ok."

"I'll make it up to you."

"Are you going to tell me about it?"

"It's about Jill."

"Is she ok?"

"She is. She let me down though."

"How?"

"She convinced Samantha to sleep with me to give me the virus."

"Jill did that?"

"Yes, Erin."

"If she didn't convince Samantha then you wouldn't have the Borg?"

"No, I'm sure I wouldn't, Erin."

"That bitch."

"Don't pass judgement yet until we've heard her side."

"Well, that stinks. Come here, Sam."

Erin picked me up and brought me to the couch. She hugged me tight and wouldn't let me go; not even for Julie.

"She's not my friend anymore."

"Erin, if this didn't happen we wouldn't know Cindy or Zoe or any of my other friends."

"We wouldn't?"

"No, we wouldn't."

"So?"

"So, there's always a bright side. Don't be too mad at Jill."

"I'll try not to."

"Good. Everyone, I invited Jill over here Friday night after singing at Mike's."

"You invited her here?"

"More like commanded."

"Why?"

"I told you: we need to hear her side."

They all reluctantly agreed. The phone rang and it was Sharon. She heard from Jill and was worried. I had to tell her an abbreviated version of the story. We were worried that Jill might do something rash so we decided that it would be good if Sharon went over to see her. I'd feel better with Sharon there.


----- Wednesday night

"You didn't have to tell me all of that earlier, Zoe?"

"It seemed to fit the occaision. Are you fully weirded out yet?"

"Oh yeah. What about you? Are you going to be ok, Zoe?"

"Yeah, I'm just really mad. I could use a drink."

"No, you can't use a drink. You WANT a drink."

"You're not my mother."

"True. But someone has to say it."

"You know that won't stop me."

"What if I said please?"

"Maybe it'll work some other time. Julie will you help me in the kitchen?"

"Why?"

"I need you to reach the glasses."

Julie looked to me. I shrugged.

They went to the kitchen, Zoe came out with a bottle of bourbon and Julie was carrying two glasses with ice.

"Where did you get that?" I asked.

"The truck came today."

"And you went through all that stuff just to get your booze?"

"I knew which box it was in and made sure that it didn't get put in the pod. I also grabbed a couple other boxes with clothes. Wanna join me?"

This time I looked to Julie. She shrugged.

"You already knew I would have a drink, didn't you?"

"Why do you ask?"

"Julie has two glasses in her hands."

"You don't have to if you don't want to."

"What the hell, why not?"

"Anyone else want to join us?" Zoe asked.

Julie went to get some wine and the other three -- Julie, Erin and Cindy -- enjoyed wine while Zoe and I had the hard stuff.

"Come sit next to me, Sam." Zoe asked. Erin reluctantly let me go and Zoe and I were sitting on the floor up against the wall while the others sat on the couch. Zoe leaned against me and I put an arm around her shoulders.

"Erin?" I asked. "You were friends with Jill the past few years, right?"

"Friends, but not close. We didn't talk much until recently."

"I see. Sharon was her friend for a long time though."

"She was." Julie answered.

"Do you think any of Jill's friends knew about this?"

"I doubt it."

"Zoe? What was it like when they were discussing all this about me within your so-called guild?"

"Samantha told the group about her virus. We didn't believe her. The guild knew that her and I were in Arizona and darknose, Jill, of course, knew Sam was in Arizona -- at Drumford. Sam and I were the only ones to tell all the others in the guild where we lived. Our theory was that darknose resided in Arizona. We were wrong."

"I suppose nobody knew anyone's real name in the guild, right?"

"No. Just Samantha and I."

"So, Jill wouldn't have known that grinder8 was Samantha?"

"Not unless she would have told Jill in a private chat, but I was usually part of all that."

"Go on, Zoe." I said.

"Well when everyone knew about this -- you have to remember I was going to school there -- things started heating up when Samantha was dared to give you the virus. Darknose suggested it and every thought it would be fun."

"Fun? I must have been the butt of all of your jokes, huh?"

"Kind of. We didn't make jokes, we made plans."

"And you went along with this?"

"No, but Samantha got it in her mind to do this. I don't know why. And when I couldn't talk her out of it I had to make sure it was safe for her."

"And that's why you stalked me?"

"Yes. You were pretty easy."

"Easy?"

"When darknose, I mean Jill, described you as a shrimp and once we knew your class schedule, it was easy to pick you out."

"I can imagine."

"Remember when you knocked on my door last week?"

"That first time? I sure do: you slammed the door in my face."

"I hardly recognized you. You were so much different than I remember."

"How so?"

"You were a lot bigger than I remember."

"No, not really."

"To me you were."

"Am I scarier now?"

"If you mean because you're bigger, no. Others being bigger are scary. But not you. Maybe my subconscious told me that it was you, but I shut the door anyway when I actually realized who you were."

"You opened it back up when I made that deal with you."

"What deal?" Julie asked.

"She asked how I found her and I said I would tell her if she opened the door again. I thought it was pretty lame at the time, but that's all I could think of."

"But," Zoe said, "I opened the door anyway."

"Much to my surprise."

"How did you find her, Sam?" Erin asked.

"A guy at school who worked in the admin offices gave me her address. What was his name? Don, I think."

"It's Donny." Zoe corrected.

"Yeah, that's it."

"He's Marlene's brother."

"Who's Marlene?" Erin asked.

"She's the one, uh, I mean, she used to be our friend." Zoe answered.

"She used to be?" Cindy then asked.

"Long story. Let's just say I hate her now."

"Why?"

"I used to go out with her. Again, long story, ok?"

"Ok. Sore subject. I understand."

"Do you remember the big blue, Sam?"

"The one where I met Samantha?"

"Yeah."

"Vaguely."

"She took you home. I mean literally; she picked you up and carried you to my dorm room."

"That was your room? I thought it was hers."

"She didn't go to college. I let her use it. I had to convince my roommate to stay away."

"How did you do that?"

"Blackmail."

"I think we only spent one night there. Then we went to her apartment all the other nights."

"And you didn't get suspicious about that either."

"You're right. I was too wrapped up into actually meeting and sleeping with a girl. I wasn't thinking straight."

"You can say that again. You still don't remember meeting me, do you?"

"Hmm ..." I said as I studied Zoe's face for a few moments. "No. I'm sorry, Zoe, I don't."

"I was a head taller than you."

"I figured. But I still can't place you."

"It doesn't matter." she said. She seemed a little disappointed that I didn't remember her.

"I must have been hungover the whole week from the big blue. I'm sure that's why I don't remember you, Zoe."

"I can vouch for that." Cindy interjected. "The booze flowed freely there. People threw up and peed all over the place. I remember stumbling over some girl outside who was against the wall of one of the buildings outlining the quad. It was the afternoon after the blue and she was still sleeping with her pants to her ankles. You could see the stain on the sidewalk where she had peed."

"Oh my God." I said. "I was never that bad."

"I've seen guys fall asleep standing with their head leaning against walls, their cocks hanging out."

"That was never me. Nope."

Everybody else laughed. Zoe finished her bourbon with one last big chug.

"Want some more, Sam?"

"Slow down. I haven't even finished half of mine. You had only two glasses of wine a couple of nights ago and look what that did to you. I'm sure this has a lot more alcohol."

"The whiskey glass only holds half as much as a wine glass."

"This isn't a whiskey glass."

"Don't get mired in details."

"No, I don't want anymore."

"Ok, maybe later." she said as she poured herself another.

I noticed Julie did the same with her wine. She was sitting on the couch with Erin and Cindy on either side of her, her arms on top of the back of the couch behind them. Her wingspan was greater than the living room sofa and the glass in her right hand was on the other side of Erin. With her left she reached to pull Cindy in closer to her and hug her the way I was hugging Zoe.

Erin spoke again, "Zoe, what's this computer game about anyway?"

"Would you like me to show you?"

"Sure."

Zoe got up with the full glass in her hand then promptly fell back on her ass. Her hand was up in the air and not a drop was spilled. Talent.

"Uh, Zoe." I said, "Maybe you've had enough booze already."

"Nonsense. I haven't even started."

"Why don't I make a fire in the fireplace and we can just sit. You can show Erin the game tomorrow. Is that ok, Erin?"

"That would be great. I work late tomorrow."

"Is that alright with you, Zoe?"

"Sure, Sam. I tomorrow Tee showed."

"What?"

"I showed Tee tomorrow."

"You showed her what? The game?"

"Yes."

"You're going to show her tomorrow?"

"Yep."

"So, you can show both Tee and Erin tomorrow?"

"Yep."

"Ok. Good to finally figure that out."

I got up to make the fire and Zoe followed. Along the way she tripped, or rather made a big production out of tripping accidentally on purpose, then catching Erin's top and pulling it down.

"Ooopsies." she said as she exposed Erin's bra.

"You did that on purpose, didn't you little girl?" I asked.

"Who're you calling little?"

"You."

"I didn't do that on purpose, little man. But I'm going to do this on purpose." she said, then she reached for my crotch.

"Whoa. Zoe, I really think you've had enough booze already. Why did you pull Erin's shirt down?"

"She has nice boobs, Sam. I know she's your sister, but take it from me, they're first class."

"I know, Zoe. She shows them every chance she gets."

Zoe took a step away from me and began looking me over top to bottom. She nodded and said, "Yeah, that would look good."

"What're you doing?"

"I'm imagining you as a girl with big boobs. You'd be hot, Sam. Real hot. In fact, I might even do you."

The others girls were laughing on the couch. Zoe had a bit of a hard time standing but after the fire was going, Zoe again cuddled up with me on the floor. She literally was becoming my pet.

"So, how did Jill get so big, Sam? Did she hang on the inversion table too?"

"No. Her dad was big. Their dad was big." I said pointing to Julie.

"Uh, Sam?"

"What Julie?"

"Jill did hang on the table. Remember?"

"Don't encourage her."

"It's true."

I shook my head.

"Ha! I knew it." Zoe said. "Let's go out there now, Sam. I want to hang infarted. Inflated. Upside down."

"You'll get sick in the condition you're in right now."

"Oh. Ok."

"That was easy."

"Let's measure ourselves."

"Now?"

"Sure. We can all get naked again. Then I can upside down hang. Hang upside down."

"You've been in too much contact with Erin and Cindy, little girl."

"I've been in contact with Erin's boobies."

"Ok. We're all glad you told us that but you really didn't have to."

"Yes I do. You want to hear about it, don't you, ... little man."

"What did she do? Motorboat you?"

"She told you already?"

"No. I know just know Erin. I'm surprised you survived."

The other girls were enjoying this.

"I'll have you know that I can stand up to the biggest boobies in existinter, ... existence."

"Stand up? You're only up to her crotch. You'd have to be standing on the table."

"I was."

"I wish I was there to witness that."

"Wanna see us?"

"No. I don't want you falling off of the table."

"I promise I won't fall off."

"Some other time."

She blew a raspberry at me. "Finish your drink, Sam." she said.

"I'm drinking it. Be patient."

"Does he always drink so slow, Julie?"

"He doesn't drink much." Julie replied.

Zoe sighed, leaned into me again and stared at the three on the couch.

"You three are so hot. Did you know that?"

"Thank you." they all said.

"I still have yet to get into your pants, Julie."

"Zoe!" I exclaimed while the girls laughed.

"What? Come on, we all know it's going to happen. I get wet thinking about it. One of these days, Julie."

"Her size doesn't intimidate you?"

"She doesn't intimidate you, and I'm almost as big as you are."

"No, you're not."

"I will be after a few more hangings on the table."

"Oh, shut up."

The other girls were laughing out loud at our conversation.

"Yeah, Sam." Cindy said. "What're you going to do when Zoe is bigger than you?"

"Not gonna happen. Not with the booze she's drinking."

"I'm going to pick you up and carry you around." Zoe said.

"Why?"

"You'll be my little baby boy."

"Whatever."

"Aw, guys." Erin said. "Don't pick on my little brother."

"Oh, now it's little brother again?"

"I mean big."

The others laughed again when Erin changed her statement.

"Erin." Zoe said. " He knows I don't mean it. Sam can handle the abuse. I saw that in him a long time ago. Right, Sam?"

"Right what? That I can handle it or that you saw that in me a long time ago?"

"What?"

"Did you mean ... oh, forget it."

"I will. Who wants another glass?"

"Did you finish your second drink already?"

"Sure."

"No more. I don't want you to be sick like you were. Ok?"

"Aw, that's so sweet of you, Sam. You're looking out for little old me."

"First you say you're big, now you say little."

"Just go along with it and have fun. I'm trying to forget what happened today."

"Fine."

"Do you mind me sitting next to you?"

"Not at all, Zoe. I like it."

"Good." she said. She leaned with her head in my chest and her hand found its way under my shirt. She started rubbing my chest real slow. It felt good and I made no motion to move it away.

"Zoe?" Cindy asked. "Do you mind telling us when and how you got the virus?"

"I got it before Sam. But Samantha and <<<burp>>> I did't start shrinking until last year."

"How did you know you were going to shrink?"

"I didn't. Not until Samantha started."

"How did she know?"

"I don't know."

"How did you catch it from Samantha?"

"The same way Sam did."

"But, you're a girl."

"All you have to do is <<<hiccup>>> exchange fluids."

"Oh."

"You know about that; we did it last night."

"Yes, I know." Cindy said. She was slightly embarrassed.

"Julie, do you mind me being next to Sam?"

"No, Zoe." Julie answered. "As long as Sam is ok with it."

"I could take Cindy's place next to you."

"If that's what you want."

"Or I could be next to Erin if you want Sam next to you."

"Would you want to? What about Cindy?"

"Or her. I like all of you."

"Then why did you choose to be next to Sam?"

"Because after what's happened today I feel closest to him."

They all nodded their heads in understanding.

We talked some more; mostly the others -- Zoe was falling asleep now. The fire was dying down.

"Would you like me to take care of the fire, Sam?"

"No. Let it die, Julie. I think we're all going to bed soon."

"What are you going to do with Zoe here?"

"I don't know. I'm relaxed sitting here. I could fall asleep just like this with her if you don't mind."

"I don't mind. I'll get a blanket."

Julie covered us up, turned the lights off, and the others went to bed. I fell asleep with Zoe curled up next to me, her little hand still under my shirt on my chest.


---- Late that night

Sometime in the middle of the night, around three AM, I woke to a deep kiss. I opened my eyes and pulled back bumping my head on the wall behind me.

"Ouch. Zoe?"

"Hi."

"Hi. What're you doing?"

"Is this not familiar?"

"I don't think we've kissed like this before."

"Yes, we have."

"When you danced with Cindy?"

"No."

"When?"

"That first night in my dorm room with Samantha."

"I ..."

"You were really sloshed."

"What happened?"

"Don't you know what happened? I was there. Watching."

"Wow."

"When you two were finished then we kissed and cuddled."

"I think I remember cuddling up with someone that kept me warm that night."

"It was me. You were naked and cold. Samantha was smashed and kept going back and forth to the bathroom."

"It was you?"

"Yes." she said, then gave me another kiss.

"Ok. So, what're we doing now?"

"Cuddling."

"Alright. I'm not sure I can go back to sleep anyway."

"Then we can curl up with each other."

"Ok."

"This time, you can keep me warm."

She was straddling me and she slipped her hands under my shirt and hugged me.

"You know, under this blanket nobody will be able to tell what we're doing."

"You have something in mind?"

"We can do anything we want."

"What do you want to do?"

"Remove your belt." she said.

I did. She undid the buckle and zipper then reached around behind to cradle an ass cheek in each hand. She had a hard time since I was sitting. I lifted my butt up and she pulled my pants off.

"It would be easier if we were lying down." I said.

"Ok."

"Not here on the floor. Let's go to the couch."

We got up and started moving to the couch.

"Wait."

"What?"

She finished off the water that was in my glass; the ice had melted. Then she poured another half glass of bourbon and took a sip. She then gave it to me.

"Have some, Sam."

"Why?"

"Please."

"Fine." I said before taking a gulp. Then she took another.

"You really like drinking liquor, huh?"

"Only with you."

"You wouldn't drink alone?"

"Nope."

"Or with anyone else?"

"Nope."

"Why not?"

"I have good memories of you when you were drunk."

"I don't. But I guess you're talking about that first night with Samantha?"

"You could say that."

We kept taking turns sipping until the glass was empty. She put it aside.

Before we made it to the couch she pulled my shirt up. "Take it off." she ordered. We laid down on the couch together and threw the blanket over us. I only had on my underpants and socks.

Zoe got on top and caressed my arms, chest, and face. She ran her hands through my hair and the whole time I held her. Then we turned over to our sides and she put her hands in my underwear and grabbed my ass again. Her head was in my chest at this point and we both lay there still.

It was a tranquil moment and very much in contrast to what we had both experienced earlier confronting Jill. The disparity of those moments made this one extra special.

"Zoe?"

"What?"

"Why did you come with me so willingly when I asked you last week? Why are you even here?"

"You know why. I had nowhere else to go."

"But you were taking a big chance. You hardly knew me."

"Haven't you been listening? I knew exactly who you were. It was I who was the stranger. Why did you even ask me?"

"It was that dream, I suppose. It was so real. I'm not totally sure anyway; I don't have a better explanation."

"So yeah, when you asked me to go with you it was a no brainer. If I thought, even for an instant that I could maybe have something, anything with you, then I had to take that chance."

"A relationship? Is that what you want?"

"What do you think? After all I've told you, especially tonight?"

"I think yes."

"And would you?"

"If it weren't for Julie, then yeah, it would be a distinct possibility."

"If not Julie then what about Kaycee?"

"Kaycee. Hmm. Let's put it this way. When I asked you to come with me I knew it was going to be for the long term no matter who else was involved. So, whatever happens, rest assured we'll be together. We will always have some sort of relationship, Zoe, but as for exclusive, not unless a lot of other stuff falls apart. I'd like to think of you as a sister; like Erin."

"I like Erin. You two are lucky to have each other."

"I feel the same way. Does this clarify things? Is that what you want to hear?"

"Yeah, I think so. Thanks for being honest."

"Besides, Zoe, I'm a guy. I mean, yuck. Right?"

"Right. Yuck." she said and put her head down on my chest. "I mean look at this hair on your chest. It's just ... hairy. And these muscles. I mean who are trying to impress? That shit don't work on lesbians, Sam."

"I'm sorry to disappoint you, Zoe."

She didn't say anything, just lay on my chest still. Then without warning she blurted, "I never thought she'd be that way."

"Who?"

"Darknose."

"Ah. What did you think she'd be like?"

"I don't know. I never figured I'd meet her so I didn't think about it. You know how you just get a subconscious picture in your head of someone that you haven't seen but have talked to?"

"I think so."

"So, I had this picture in my head that I couldn't describe if you asked me before."

"Did she look like the picture in your head?"

"Yes and no. Yes, she looked sort of like what I had in mind but no, I wasn't prepared for how big she was."

"She was only like five five or five six just a few months ago."

"Not much bigger than I used to be. Did she start growing the same time as Julie?"

"Shortly after."

"Did she like you or not?"

"She didn't at first. Then suddenly, she did. Did you like her?"

"I liked her before. She made me mad, but when we played together I liked her like a good friend. It was after the abortion that the friendship went bad."

"Did the group, the guild, still stay together after me?"

"After the abortion, yes."

"What about after Samantha died?"

"No. I made sure everyone knew and then that was pretty much the last contact I had with any of them. I don't know, maybe the rest of them kept in touch with each other."

"How did they take the news?"

"Well, it's what you would expect. They all said they were sorry."

"Do you think they were being sincere?"

"Of course."

"What about darknose?"

"Yeah, even Jill. I'm so mad at her but I can't believe she feels nothing for Sam's death."

"I'm sure she does. You know she works at the clinic helping out those with the virus?"

"She was always curious about it."

"Really?"

"It was more than curiosity I felt. More like an obsession."

"An obsession with size?"

"Yeah. Little size. Maybe that's why she's working with those with the virus."

"Or maybe she's making amends?"

"I don't know what her motivations are. You know her better than I. What do you think?"

"I'm not sure. Let's talk about that later."

"What do you want to talk about now?"

I shrugged. "Anything but that."

"Did I surprise you when I took my clothes off last night?

"You are always full of surprises."

"Did you get horny?"

"My dick was so hard I could have chopped wood with it."

She smiled. "I'm happy to know I can still do that."

"You better be careful little girl."

"Why?"

"You might get hurt."

"What would you to do to me?"

"I'd do that yucky stuff that guys do. Kind of like what I did to Cindy this morning."

"You liked seeing the two of us nude, didn't you?"

"No, I was so disappointed."

"Yeah, right. I know you did. I actually like to be nude. Always have."

"I figured that when you were nude this morning just talking like nothing was different. I'm surprised your not naked now."

"I don't trust myself right now." she said.

"You don't trust yourself not to have sex with me."

"I don't trust myself not to get pregnant."

"I see. Then you really better be careful."

"Oh you have no idea."

"I think I do have an idea."

"Then you know I'll be careful."

"Careful? Yeah, except you like to tease me so much."

"It is fun, isn't it? Maybe it's partly my subconscious coming out. What do you think?"

"Anything is possible with you. I'd believe anything."

"Does the teasing bother you?"

"It didn't. But what I know now, I think I should be scared."

"As long as we don't cross that line..."

"Then I guess we'll be ok."

I could easily cross that line but I also knew that it was best not to.

I had thought earlier that I wouldn't be able to go back to sleep but I was so relaxed now with Zoe in my arms that both of drifted off. It was a nice respite from the earlier revelations.

 

 

End Notes:

I hope this wasn't too much of a shocker. Now what's Sam going to do? And what's everyone else in his life going to do about this?

Chapter 71 - Thinking of Jill by littless
Author's Notes:

Another day. Zoe meets Matt. Zoe meets Leslie. Zoe meets Zoe. Zoe and Sam make a deal. The girls hang out, er, down. Or is it up?


----- Thursday morning

I slept with Zoe. Nothing happened. Of course. Or did it? She spilled her heart to me, didn't she? But at this moment -- about five in the morning -- I was thinking of Jill. But that didn't last long; Zoe was waking up.

"Hey." I said as sweetly as I could to Zoe laying next to me. I'd been looking at her pretty face for a few minutes and now her eyes were opening.

"Unnnnnnn."

"What's wrong?"

"Headache."

"Ibuprofen or acetaminophen?"

"Aspirin."

"Grapefruit juice?"

"Sure. Oh God, I need to get up, Sam."

"Then get up. I'm not stopping you."

"Help me."

"I need to step over you to get off the couch."

"Unnh." she moaned.

I stood up on the couch cushions and stepped over her then tried pulling her up off of the couch. She could barely stand.

"You're only wearing underwear, Sam."

"So are you."

"What happened?"

"Don't you remember?"

"It hurts to think."

"Nothing happened. We talked."

"I'm gonna throw up."

"What about that aspirin?"

"You get it." she said running down the hall to the bathroom. Stumbling would be the better word. I ran right behind and caught up to her in the bathroom. Her head was in the toilet.

"Blargh!" She had upchucked into the toilet. "Blegh!" She puked again. And again. There wasn't much coming out and soon she ended up dry-heaving. Poor Zoe.

It was about this time that I noticed my socks were warm. I looked down and found out why: they were wet. And why were they wet, I asked myself? Because of the growing puddle around Zoe.

"Zoe!"

"Hmmm?"

"You, uh, pissed yourself."

"Oh, shit. Oh gosh, Sam, I'm sorry."

"Let's get you in the tub."

"Blaaargh!"

"Uh, finish up first, ok?" I said as I took off my soggy socks. I grabbed some towels and by the time I came back it looked like she was finished for the time being. She was up on her knees, her head now turned to the side resting on her arms which were in turn resting on the toilet seat.

"Zoe, you really need to get cleaned up."

"Mmmmmmnnnnnn."

"If you don't get up I'll have to do it myself."

"My head hurts."

"You're all wet and your face and hair are a mess."

"Clean me."

"Fine. Just remember, you asked for this."

I pulled her panties down and she had enough presence of mind to step out of them. Her head was still down but I picked it up as I pulled her t-shirt over her head. Since she wore no bra she was now totally naked. I picked her limp form up and laid her in the tub. She couldn't sit up so she lay down on her side.

We couldn't turn the shower on like this. She'd drown. I'd have to get in there with her. I needed to clean up too but first I used some towels to clean up the mess on the floor. Then I pulled my underwear off and hopped in the tub with Zoe.

The water temperature was adjusted and then I turned on the shower. I had to hold her up with one arm while washing her with the other. I even shampooed her hair. Zoe actually seemed to be enjoying this, and despite not wanting to, I caught myself enjoying it too.

Finally, we were both squeaky clean and I turned off the water and lay Zoe down again. Hopping out of the tub I dried myself, wrapped the towel around my waist, then picked Zoe out of the tub and dried her off. I wrapped her in a towel. I wanted her to walk but she was still in no shape to do so, plus the towel, wrapped lengthwise around her, would still drag on the floor. I ended up carrying her to the kitchen. I set her up on a chair and, up on her knees again, she laid her head on the table.

She didn't touch the juice I had poured for her, nor the aspirin and was mostly oblivious to it all and while she didn't seem like she was totally smashed last night from the alcohol, she was certainly suffering this morning. I went back to the bathroom to grab our underwear and towels then to the living room for our clothes and brought them to the basement to set them to wash. When I came back up to the kitchen I saw that Cindy was up.

"Is she ok, Sam?" Cindy was standing in the doorway to the kitchen and as usual, she had not a stitch of clothing on.

"I hope so." I said. "Too much alcohol last night."

"She looks bad." Cindy said, putting a hand on the hungover gal's bare shoulder.

"Nah, she'll get over it. I hope she's learned her lesson this time."

"Don't be harsh."

"I'm not. But I think I should bring her to bed now."

"Good idea. Want help?"

"She's as light as a feather. I can manage."

I tucked Zoe into her bed and went back to the kitchen.

"Did she have that much alcohol, Sam?"

"You saw her. I didn't think she had that much, did you? She seemed pretty sober last night."

"She did. What did you two do after we went to bed?"

"Nothing. I mean, we talked but we didn't do anything."

"But you were both in towels like you just came from the spa."

"We just took a shower."

"You two were up pretty early."

"Zoe got up to puke."

"She must have been drunker than we thought."

"No doubt."

"No doubt about what?" Julie said. She had just come into the kitchen.

"No doubt that Zoe was drunker than anyone had thought last night. Zoe's sleeping off her hangover right now."

"I hope she feels ok. How many drinks did she have?"

"I don't know. A couple. Maybe."

"That's not much."

"Consider this: one drink for her is like, what, ten for you?"

"Ten."

"You're about ten times her size."

"I am?"

"She's about twenty five pounds. You're about ten times that, right?"

"It's more like sixt ... I mean. Forget it. Ten is about right."

"So, if she had two drinks it would be like you having twenty."

"Oh my. No wonder she feels so bad."

"Do either one of you two want the grapefruit juice that I poured for her?"

"I'll drink it." Julie said.

"And why are you up so early, Julie?"

"I think it was Zoe that woke me. I heard her throwing up."

"Sorry."

"It's ok." Julie said, yawning. I turned to set up the coffee and put some water to boil for hot tea. When I turned back around Julie had picked Cindy up.

"What're you doin' way up there, Cindy?"

"Can't I give Julie a morning hug?"

"Sure. Where's mine?"

No sooner had I finished asking then I found myself being lifted up toward the ceiling. I was now in a giantess' grasp and being crushed against Cindy's bare body. Ok, I wasn't really being crushed but on my way up the towel around my waist let loose so now Cindy and I were skin to skin. I needn't be reminded of that fact, nevertheless, Mr. Happy wanted to let everyone know anyway.

"Uh, Julie," I said, "would you mind letting me down to get my towel?"

"Not without a hug first." she replied.

I hugged and kissed both girls but Julie wasn't letting go.

"Aren't you going to let us down, Julie?"

"Don't believe him, Julie." Cindy said. "He doesn't really want to be put down now. He's as hard a rock."

"Oh?" Julie asked. "Let me see." Then she made sure her arm was under my butt and separated us enough so that she could look. Mr. Happy said hi.

"Well, well. Trying to fool us, I see. What am I going to do with you?"

"Uh, let me get ready for work?"

"What do you think, Cindy?"

"I think he'd rather do something about his boner. I've never met a guy who didn't."

"I agree." Julie said before bending her head down and at the same time lifting me from my ass up to her face where she kissed Mr. Happy. She lifted me with one arm like I was nothing, all the while holding Cindy effortlessly in the other arm. Cindy and I were then brought back together with Julie saying, "Your turn." to Cindy.

Cindy hugged and kissed and began grinding her hips into mine.

"Um, Julie. Don't you think you should put us down now?"

"It's ok. I'm holding you. You two are so cute. I want you two to do it in my arms."

At this point Mr. Happy was taking control. Even if he wasn't, there was no way I could fight Julie. Cindy had grabbed Mr. Happy and was guiding him into her. I had no choice but to go along for the ride. I sound like I'm complaining, don't I?

I had no problem reaching climax and apparently neither did Cindy. Pretty soon we were exhausted. I'll blame it on altitude sickness.

I was ready to go to sleep again. You know that time when you're right about to fall asleep but still not quite there? That really nice twilight state? That's where I was. Then the tea kettle whistled. Damn it!

Julie got down two cups from the cabinet, put tea bags in and poured the boiling water. She also got a mug down for her own coffee and poured herself a cup all the time holding both Cindy and I in one arm while working with the other.

"Are you going to put us down now?"

"Your tea is still steeping."

"It'll be done soon."

"I'll put you down then."

"One more minute."

"Ok."

We heard a noise and Julie turned. Erin was up, bleary eyed and leaning against the doorway.

"You're up early." I said.

"Your tea kettle woke me up."

"It never woke you before."

"Well, it did today."

"Sorry. You can go back to bed."

"I think I will."

"Hey, wait. Are you working today?"

"Tonight."

"While you're here today, would you mind looking in on Zoe once in a while?"

"Sure. Why?"

"She's sleeping off a hangover."

"Oh. I guess I can help her out."

"You don't need to do much. Just make sure she's breathing, that sort of thing."

"Oh my gosh, Sam. What do I do if she stops breathing?"

"Relax. She won't stop breathing."

"But you just said she would."

"No I didn't. I was being rhetorical."

"Being what?"

"I was exaggerating."

"Oh."

"She'll be fine. Just make sure she has something to drink when she gets up and give her some aspirin."

"I can do that."

"And don't worry, I'll be home early. I'm taking Zoe to the clinic tonight to meet one of the doctors."

"Is she sick?"

"Yes. She has the Borg."

"Oh. That's bad."

"It is. And getting drunk is not good for her. She feels really bad after drinking last night."

"I'll take good care of her, Sam."

"Good girl, Erin. I'll see you tonight."

She left us and went back to bed. I couldn't help admire Erin's ass as she walked down the hallway. Unlike her usual morning attire, this time she was dressed. Not much -- just panties and a pink tank top. But she still looked as good leaving as she did coming.

At last Cindy and I were put down and we drank our tea. Naked tea. I'm going to miss this when Cindy leaves. Julie decided to get ready after me so I could get in early. Cindy wasn't too far behind me but I still beat her out the door. It would be a short day and I had lots of work to do.


----- Later Thursday

Fortunately, I breezed through work. I had a very short lunch with Jennifer.

"How are you and Zoe getting along?" she asked.

"Good, although she got sloshed last night."

"That's not good."

"You're telling me. That's the second time this week. I hope she doesn't have an alcohol problem."

"It would be a big problem."

"By the way, you were right, Jennifer."

"I'm always right. What am I right about?"

"I didn't want to know."

"Know what?"

"Who darknose is."

"You found out?"

"Yep. My friend Ben got the email address for me."

"Have you looked up the email addy yet?"

"I don't have to. I already know who it belongs to."

"Who is it?"

"Jill."

"Jill? Not Julie's sister, Jill."

"Yes. Julie's sister, Jill."

"Oh my God, Sam. You can't be serious."

"As serious as a grand jury subpoena."

"That serious? I can't believe she'd do such a thing. She seemed so sweet."

"I know."

"I thought she was your friend."

"She is."

"She can't be your friend."

"But I want her to be my friend. Remember, she did this a long time ago."

"Then she was never your friend."

"Maybe she didn't like me back then."

"What makes you think she's changed now?"

"I don't know. I just know she's not the same Jill she was back then."

"This is too egregious. I don't think I could ever trust someone who'd do such a thing."

"She was young."

"That's not much of an excuse."

"So you're saying we shouldn't be friends?"

"That's up to you. If it were me, I couldn't forgive her."

"Well, you're not me."

"Sorry. I'm just telling you how I feel."

"Don't be sorry. Maybe you're right."

"What're you going to do?"

"I don't know yet."

"Good luck."

"Thanks. Come see me at Mike's tomorrow night."

"Ok."

"And come to the house after."

"Uh, I can't if it's too late. I'm going to go see my mom this weekend."

"The offer stands. Any time, ok?"

"I'll remember that, Sam. Thanks."

I beat Julie home. Zoe wanted me to get the little table and chairs that she had in her apartment back in Arizona and that she brought back with her. I don't blame her. She had to get up on her knees to reach the kitchen table on the chairs we had. Plus, it was like boosting herself up out of a swimming pool just to get onto the chair. This would be a whole lot easier.

We went outside and I opened the pod. The table was about mid way back. There was stuff in the way so I decided to wait for Julie. When she showed up, tackling the job and grabbing the little table and four chairs was a breeze for her. We set it up in the corner of the kitchen and Zoe was ecstatic. Julie didn't seem to be.

"You three will be sitting off at another table, Sam. Who'll sit with me?"

"I'll still sit at the table with you."

"Promise?"

"Of course. And don't forget about Erin."

"Oh yeah. But she's not always home."

"I know. But I'll still be there when she isn't."

"Thanks, Sam."

"I love you, Julie."

"I love you too, Sam."

"And I won't let you sit alone."

Julie seemed to be in a better mood now. Soon after that Zoe and I were on our way to the clinic. Since we were alone I was able to talk to her of things private.


----- The ride to the clinic

"Are you feeling any better from this morning?"

"I don't want to think about this morning."

"Do you remember what happened?"

"I threw up."

"Do you remember peeing on the floor of the bathroom?"

"Yeah. I'm really sorry. Did you clean it up?"

"Of course I did."

"I hate to think I did that."

"Do you know what else we did?"

"We? What did we do?"

"Took a shower together."

"Oh."

"You couldn't even sit up. I had to jump into the tub with you."

"Well, thanks."

"You don't remember, do you?"

"I remember. We were both naked weren't we?"

"Yes."

"I remember sitting back against you."

"Yep. I washed your hair."

"It was good. I liked feeling your body against mine."

"You're not mad then?"

"No. But maybe we shouldn't tell anyone about this."

"You're afraid it'll ruin your reputation as a lesbian, aren't you?"

"No. Well, maybe yes."

"I won't tell anyone. But Cindy suspects."

"She does?"

"She caught us after we came out of the bathroom."

"Naked, huh?"

"Are you talking about her, or us?"

"Us."

"We were wearing towels when she saw us."

"Oh. So what about Cindy?"

"What do you think?"

"Naked."

"Yep."

"Figures."

"I'm worried about you, Zoe."

"Why?"

"You drink too much."

"Don't worry. I just need a little time to forget things and alcohol helps me to get past this part of my life."

"You have a new life now. Sort of. Right?"

"Yeah, you're right. I'll cool it with the booze. Once it's gone, that is."

"How much do you have?"

"Not much."

"You still have lots of whiskey."

"The bourbon will be gone soon."

"Not soon enough."

"Then you'll just have to help me finish it."

Damn. She got me.

"Bourbon seems to make you very hung over." I said.

"Tequila's better."

"Tequila?"

"Yeah. I don't get hung over from it."

"That's hard to believe. You hardly seemed like you had any booze last night, yet this morning you were a very sick puppy."

"I've been called that before."

"I'm serious."

"Look on the bright side."

"What bright side?"

"We'll get to take a shower together again."

"But I'll still have to clean up your piss."

"Ouch." Zoe said. "I'll stop the booze. I mean it."

"Good. I really do care for you, Zoe. I have no problem cleaning up your piss, it's just that I hate to think what the alcohol will do to you."

She didn't have anything to say.

"Look, Zoe, I have to ask about last night too."

"What about it?"

"We slept together."

"I know. But nothing happened, right?"

"Sort of."

"What does that mean?"

"You remember early this morning?"

"Yes, of course I remember. I was hung over. I had a headache all day."

"No, earlier."

"How early?"

"Like three o'clock early."

"What happened at three o'clock?"

"You woke up and we talked."

"About what?"

"About that line?"

"What line?"

"The one we won't cross."

"Oh. What about it?"

"You told me how we kissed in your dorm room the first time. When Samantha was drunk."

"I did? Wow."

"I'm really surprised you don't remember. Do you remember how we got on the couch?"

"I asked you take off your shirt."

"My belt, actually."

She giggled "Oh, I do remember. Ok, vaguely. But I remember we did go to sleep in each other's arms."

"Yes we did. And that line ... do you remember?"

"Yes I do."

"I could easily cross it, Zoe."

That remark put a huge smile across her face.

"So, you are attracted to me?"

"That goes without saying."

"Say it again."

"Alright, yes, I'm very attracted to you, Zoe."

"I like hearing that."

"From a guy?"

"From anyone. Even guys. But especially from you."

"Ok, I'll keep saying it."

"I'll keep liking you."

"Good. Let's just be careful though."

"Would you like me to tell you how attracted I am to you?"

"No."

"No? Why not?"

"I'll feel stupid. Or self conscious. Or that you don't mean it. Or something."

"I do mean it."

"Ok, you can tell me some of the time."

"How often?"

"Once for every ten times I tell you you're attractive."

"Just attractive?"

"Any compliment."

"Like what?"

"Ok, sexy. Hot. Juicy. Delicious. Tempting. Pretty. Beautiful. Gorgeous. Cute. How's that?"

"That's ten. My turn."

"Uh. Ok."

"You make me wet, Sam."

"I do not. You're a lesbian. Lesbians don't get wet over guys."

"Maybe I'm not one hundred percent lesbian."

"You're either a lesbian or you're not."

"Did you take Doctor Suppe's sex course?"

"No."

"Then what makes you an expert on lesbians?"

"Well, that's what everyone says. Right?"

"Maybe."

"Seriously, Zoe. Is it true?"

"I don't know. I've gone out with guys before and given all that up for girls. But right now, I just don't really know."

"Ok. I'll leave the subject alone. But you know, you can really be a tease some time. You better be careful."

Zoe smirked. "I don't need to be careful with you, Sam."

"The teasing's not easy for me."

"Are you upset?"

"Sometimes. Maybe it's this whole thing with Jill that has me on edge. Did I tell you that Jill worked at the clinic?"

"Yes."

"Jill is probably going to be there tonight. Ok?"

"Do you want me to stay away from her?"

"You don't have to stay away. I just wanted you to be aware of it."

"Do you think I should confront her or not?"

"Tonight? No. Have you had time to mull it over?"

"I've mulled it over for four years."

"And?"

"And I don't like her."

"Even after all the times you played online?"

"I never thought I'd meet her. Or that she was so huge."

"Oh, you noticed."

"You're kidding, right?"

"Yes. What do you think I should do?"

"About Jill? Kill her."

"What? No!"

"I'm kidding. I think you should stay away from her though."

"I can't. She's Julie's sister."

"Julie's not too fond of her either. I know. I can see it in her face whenever Jill's name is mentioned."

"But Jill and I have grown close each other."

"She evidently hasn't grown as close to you as you have to her."

"What happened happened a long time ago. We're close now."

"As close together as you and I?"

"Yes."

"But I'll never hurt you like she did."

That touched me inside. "I suppose that puts things in perspective for me." I said.

"Look, I won't cause a scene if that's what you're worried about."

"No, I'm worried about how you feel, Zoe. If you want to start a commotion that's your business. I just don't want you to feel bad about maybe running into her. We're going to the clinic for you, not for her."

"I'll be fine, big brother."

"Big brother? That sounds kind of ominous, doesn't it? Like in a 1984 sort of way."

"No. I meant that in the best way."

"Ok, little sister."

"I like the sound of that."

"Ha, me too. I lost my other little sister when she was eight or nine. It's good to have a new one."

"You lost her?"

"She ceased being little back then. At least littler than me."

"Must have been a bummer."

"You have no idea."

We were almost there when I brought up the subject of Teagan.

"By the way, Zoe, I invited Tee to come over tonight. I hope you don't mind."

"Why should I mind?"

"I told her the night before last that I'm surprised you didn't hit on her that day."

"It's not like I wasn't tempted."

"No?"

"No. But she was your gift that night?"

"A gift?"

"They were all talking about it."

"Who?"

"Julie. And Tee of course. Also Sharon."

"They were all in on the plan on getting us together, huh?"

"Yep. Tee was excited. I didn't want to spoil that for you."

"Well, thank you."

"Don't worry yourself over it. I might not be so compliant next time."

"Like tonight?"

"Maybe." she said, raising an eyebrow.

"Ha. Hit her with your best shot." I said confidently. "I can take it. It might do her some good."

"I really don't think I have a chance next to you, Sam."

"I haven't given you your ten compliments yet."

"You can owe it to me. But the girl is infatuated with you."

"Yeah. There's a story behind that. I'll tell it to you later. We've arrived."



----- At the clinic

As we entered the clinic I caught Tee's eye and she ran over to us.

"Hi, Sam." she said giving me a hug. Then she did the same with Zoe. "Come meet everyone." she said to Zoe. "This is Ava. Ava this is Zoe."

"Hi."

"And that's Alex over there with Jacob. They're always talking about sports. Oh, here comes ..."

"Sam! Sam, how are you?"

"Hi, Matt." I said. "I'm good. This is my new friend, Zoe."

Matt had a big smile on his face. "Hello, Zoe." he said.

"Hi, Matt. It's good to meet you."

Zoe was smiling too. I'd never seen her smile when meeting someone for the first time.

"So, Sam, Tee was telling us about what Jill did. Is it true?"

"Oh no. What did she tell you?" I said suspiciously.

"Well, she said that Jill was a bitch and she convinced this other bitch to give you the virus."

"I suppose Sharon must have told Tee about it -- no other explanation. Yes, Matt, that's pretty much the gist of it. I can't believe Tee told you that."

"We're all friends here, Sam. Aren't we? I mean you don't mind, do you?"

"I guess everyone was bound to find out about it eventually, but that was kind of soon. I haven't even talked to Tee about it yet. Tee?"

"I'm sorry, Sam. Jill told me herself."

"Oh? And did she tell you how she feels about it?"

"She feels like crap."

"She should. Is she here tonight?"

"Yes, of course. She's doing her thing in the back right now. Please, Sam. Don't be hard on her. Not right now."

"I won't, Tee. You should know me better."

"Good. How about you Zoe?"

"Uh, I don't know, Tee. I think it's best if we don't run into each other. Does she know I'm here?"

"I'm not sure. I don't think so."

"Someone better tell her then."

"I'll tell her, Zoe." I spoke up.

"Are you sure, Sam?" Tee asked. "I could do it for you."

"No, Tee. I'll take care of it myself. In fact, we need to go back there to see Dr. Sarson anyway. Let's go, Zoe."

"Bye Sam." Matt said. "I'm coming to see you sing tomorrow."

"Good."

"You don't mind me doing that, do you?"

"No. You're all welcome."

"I'll be there."

"Ok, see you then."

Zoe stuck close to me as we went to the back where the offices were. She chuckled.

"What are you laughing about?"

"You don't know?"

"No."

"I'll tell you later."

We passed a room where Jill was setting things up. We saw each other. She looked over and had that deer in the headlights look on her face.

"Relax, Jill. We're not going to bite. I just want you to know that we're here. Zoe is going to meet Dr. Sarson."

"Ok." Jill said meekly.

"I will see you later, Jill."

"Alright."

I turned to Zoe. "You ok?" I asked.

"I'm alright, Sam."

"Then let's go."

"I mean I could have jumped Jill when you weren't looking." Zoe said. "But I didn't, did I?"

"I was never not looking."

"Then maybe that's why."

"You're joking, right?"

She rolled her eyes.

"Come on, let's go find Dr. Sarson." I said.

We reached Dr. Sarson's office, knocked on the door, then went in.

"Hello, Doc."

"Hello, Sam. It's good to see you again."

"This is the girl I was telling you about, Zoe Wood. Zoe, this is Dr. Sarson."

"Hello Doctor."

"It's so good to meet you, Zoe. Sam, would you leave us two alone for a few minutes."

"Oh. Ok. I guess I'll just go outside and mingle. I'll be right outside with the rest of the group if you need me Zoe. Mingling. Ok?"

"We'll come get you when we're finished, Sam." Dr. Sarson assured me.

"Ok, I'll be with the group. I won't be far. Just, anything you need, I'll be by. I mean nearby. Not far."

"Go, Sam." Zoe said. "I'll be fine."

I guess they didn't need me. I'm sure they were going to talk about girl stuff anyway and I surely wouldn't want to be there for that. Right? I caught up with Jill.

"Jill."

"Hello, Sam."

"Jill, I'm glad you're here tonight."

"Where else would I be?"

"I was worried that you were going to give this up when you tried to give me the truck keys last night."

"Uh no, I wasn't. Thanks for letting me use the truck."

"I'm happy to let you use it if you it gets you here. Look, Jill, you and I really need to talk."

"There's nothing to talk about, Sam. I'm sorry."

"There is. We'll save it for tomorrow at my house. Alone. Ok?"

"Do you think that's a good idea?"

"I promise, I'm not going to fuss at you."

"You're not?"

"No, I'm not. I just want to understand all of this."

"Yeah. Ok."

"Think about it. We'll talk tomorrow."

"Fine."

"I'm not letting you get out of this one, ok?"

"I said fine."

I left and ran into Ava out with the rest of the group. I always enjoyed socializing with my group and I'm sure these people felt the same.

"Hi, Ava."

"Hello, Sam. How are you?"

"Good. Where's Tee?"

"I think she's in the back giving blood."

"Oh, well, I'll catch up with her later. How have you been?"

"Ok."

"I hear that you and Tee are getting to be good friends."

"You could say that."

"Hey, we sort of got off on the wrong foot last time I saw you. I'm sorry."

"That's ok, Sam."

"Let's start over."

"We don't have to, but ok."

"Good. Hi, Ava. I'm Sam. Pleased to meet you."

"You're crazy."

"No, I'm Sam. You're supposed to play along."

"Ok then, I'm pleased to make your acquaintance, Sam."

"Likewise. Will you come to see me perform tomorrow at Mike's?"

"I don't know if I can make it."

"I'm sure Tee will be there."

"I'll try, but I can't promise anything. I was going to go out with another friend of mine tomorrow."

"Bring her, or him."

"It's a her. We were going to go see a movie. She was in the last session."

"What session?"

"Here at the clinic."

"She was at the clinic? Here?"

"Yeah."

"What's her name?"

"Laurie."

"I was in the last session. I don't remember a Laurie."

"Laurie Snipper."

"Nope. Doesn't ring a bell."

"Oh. Maybe the session before."

"Yeah, could be. Where did you two meet?"

"At my new job." Ava beamed.

"Fantastic. You have a job now."

"I work at the donut shop. They have two of us now."

"Two huh?"

"The dynamic duo. We're freaks."

"No you're not."

"People think we are."

"Ignore them."

"It's hard. How do you do it, Sam?"

"I don't know. I just do. I can tell that some get it but some never do. Don't worry about 'em."

"Well, whatever. It's so cool to meet another person my size. Laurie and I hit it off the first time we met at work. I want to introduce her to Tee."

"Then bring her tomorrow. She can meet Tee and I'd like to meet her too."

"If she wants to we'll come."

"Good. I'll see you there."

As you can tell I was trying hard to drum up interest in my musical career. I know folk music isn't like rock or other popular forms of entertainment, but getting people out to see me perform can't hurt.

Jill came out to escort someone else to go to the back. I could swear Jill had grown. Then again, I knew I had lost about an inch. Can it make that much of a difference at my current size? I hadn't seen her in over two weeks. That's gotta be it. I just forgot how tall she really was.

I mingled. When Tee had finished in the back we talked.

"I packed a bag for tonight." she said.

"Did Sharon drop you off today?"

"No, I came with Julie. That's what I usually do."

"Yeah. Well, you're coming with me tonight, right?"

"Yep. Cleared it with mom and dad too."

"Cool. Does Jill know you're coming with me?"

"Yes."

"So, what did Jill tell you about what happened?"

"About what?"

"You know what I'm talking about."

"Oh. She said she talked that girl into meeting you. It was all online."

"Yeah, that's right."

"She convinced her to sleep with you."

"Un huh. And to give me the virus too. Did she mention that?"

"She did. She feels bad about the whole thing, Sam."

"I wonder if she felt that way when she talked Sam into it."

"She talked you into it?"

"What? No. The girl she talked to. Sam is Samantha. Sorry."

"No, I'm sorry, I didn't connect the dots. But yeah, she's the one that persuaded Samantha into giving you the virus."

"Not totally but still, Jill seemed to be a big part of it. I wonder if Jill even knew Sammy's name."

Tee shrugged. "You should ask her."

"I mean to. I have lots of questions for Jill. I'm going to talk to her tomorrow."

"Aren't you playing at Mike's tomorrow?"

"Yep. But afterwards when everyone comes over to the house we'll talk. This would be a good time for her to come see us. She's been avoiding us, or rather me, for a couple weeks now."

"Are you still mad at her?"

"Honestly? I don't know whether I should be or not."

"I didn't ask how you think you should feel. How do you feel about Jill really?"

"Mad. But not as mad as you would think. I figured I'd be steaming but, I don't know. I've had some good times with Jill. It doesn't make up for what she did but I just have to find out more."

"Is there anything I can do to help, Sam?"

"No. I don't know what you could do anyway. But I appreciate you asking."

"Where's Zoe?"

"Still in with Doctor Sarson."

"We can go when she's ready."

"I want her to meet someone else before we go."

"Who?"

"Zoe."

"Huh? Oh, our Zoe. Ok."

"And there she is. Hello, Zoe."

It was the bigger Zoe.

"Hello Sam! Tee. It's so nice to see you again, Sam. How are you?"

"I'm fine. I brought someone with me today. I'd like you to say hello to her."

"Who?"

"A new friend of mine. Her name is Zoe, just like your's."

"It would be a pleasure."

"She's still in with Doctor Sarson though. I hope she's out soon."

"I'm sure she will be. I've been hearing some disturbing things about you and Jill, Sam."

"They're probably true."

"I hope you resolve your problems."

"Me too, Zoe. Me too."

"Would you like me to approach Jill?"

"No. At least not until I've had some time to talk to her myself. I'm a little surprised this got out so fast. I only found out myself a day ago."

Zoe stared at Tee.

"Jill told me herself." Tee said in her defense. "If she didn't want people to know she wouldn't have told me."

"Does she know you're a blabber mouth, Tee?" Zoe asked.

"Yeah."

Now there's a new bit of information for me to file away for later.

"Maybe she wants it to get out. I wonder why?" Zoe asked.

"She might be punishing herself over the situation?" I offered.

"You're right. She could be, Sam." Zoe said. "Please be careful talking to her about it. If she's punishing herself you could really make her feel bad."

"I will most definitely not try to make her feel worse than she does now. You're the professional, Zoe, what do you think I should do?"

"I won't presume what to tell you what to do, Sam. This is between you two. But I'm more worried about you."

"Why? I'll be ok."

"It's a hard thing to face facts like this. She's the one that hurt you and I don't want to see it get worse for either of you."

"I promise I'll be gentle. Really. I don't want to hurt Jill."

"I trust you. Let me know if you'd like to talk about it sometime."

"I told you I'll be ok. I just wanted some advice on how to handle this, that's all."

"I wish I could give it to you. But it would be inappropriate of me. I don't know the whole story and it's personal."

"Sure. There's a lot more to the story that wouldn't be right to tell you anyway. Thanks, I guess."

Zoe -- the little Zoe -- was finally done and came walking out from the back.

"Look, there she is. Zoe! Over here."

"Hey, Sam."

"I want you to meet someone. Zoe this is Zoe. Zoe, Zoe." I snickered, introducing the two to each other.

"You've been waiting all day to say that, haven't you, Sam?" little Zoe said.

"It's the high point of my day." I told them.

The two shook hands and exchanged pleasantries. It always serves to dramatize the size differences when the bigger one leans down from the waist to talk or shake hands, like big Zoe was doing now. I wasn't sure how this would go but little Zoe seemed happy to meet big Zoe. Besides sharing a name, they both shared being a therapist, er, councilor. Big Zoe had "LPC" after her name and although I didn't know what it meant when I first saw it, I do now.

Unfortunately, the conversation didn't last very long and pretty soon little Zoe, Tee and I found ourselves in the car on our way home.



----- The ride home

The three of us talked a good bit on the ride home.

"Are you staying all day tomorrow, Tee?" I asked.

"I can, if you'll have me."

"Of course we want you. Did you talk to your parents about going back to school?"

"I did. They're all for it. I'd say they're very excited. I think their opinion of you because of that just went up a thousand fold, if that's even possible."

"They didn't like me before?"

"They loved you before. But now you're like a saint to them."

"See, Sam?" Zoe said.

"See, what?"

"I'm not the only one that thinks highly of you."

"Guys, you're going to give me a swollen head. I don't deserve it, really."

"Sam." Tee said, "You've changed my life around. You can't say something like that."

"I like to see people happy. It's not like I spent lots of money, or endured hardships, or or anything like that."

"You risked your life for me."

"Oh, yeah. Well, I didn't think so at the time. I just did what I thought was right."

"It was storming that night."

"You're making it sound worse than it was."

"No, I'm not."

"He's so modest, isn't he, Tee?" Zoe said.

"Too modest." Tee answered.

"Did you know he made a deal with me. He said I can say one good thing about him for every ten good things he says about me."

"That's funny."

"I want to say something good, Sam, so you better start praising me."

"Oh dear, what did I get myself into?" I said. "Alright Zoe, you have sparkling eyes."

"That's it? A measly comment about my eyes?"

"There's more. Be patient."

"I can't wait."

"So, you're going to make me dish it out, huh?"

"Yep. Dish."

"You're uh, very small."

That shut the girls up for all of about five seconds.

"That's a compliment?"

"Yes."

"I'm not so sure about that, Sam."

"You're smaller than me. That's a feat."

"Not by much."

"Whatever. You used to be taller than me, Zoe. Both of you, in fact."

Tee looked a Zoe. "You were taller than Sam, Zoe?"

"I was. But he wasn't very tall."

"No, he wasn't. How big were you before?"

"Five four, I'm pretty sure. And you?"

"Just an inch taller than that."

"We were the same size almost. Did you think Sam was cute then?"

I rolled my eyes at the remark.

"I did. Sharon and I used to have a crush on him."

"Please, do tell."

"He used to wrestle. And he was real good too. He would always win his fights."

"Matches!" I corrected her. "Not fights. In Judo they're called fights, but not in wrestling."

"You know Judo too?"

"Yes, Tee. I practiced Judo in college."

"See Zoe? He can take care of himself."

"It's a good thing." Zoe said. "He's taking care of me." she giggled.

"I remember this one fight, I mean match," Tee started saying, "Sam pinned the other guy."

"Pinned?"

"He won! You know, when you pin someone's shoulders down."

"I thought they had to knock them out."

"You've been watching too much TV, Zoe. That's boxing." I told her.

"No, Zoe." Tee set her straight. "They have to pin their shoulders down to the mat to win."

"Ok, go on."

"So, I was a cheerleader then. But I was only a freshman. I think Sam was a senior. Do you remember giving me a hug after you won, Sam?"

"Uh, well..."

"It's ok if you don't remember. All the girls were hugging him, Zoe."

"I can imagine."

"I do remember hugging Mary Lou after wrestling." I said. "Several times in fact."

"Who's Mary Lou?"

"She was in my class. Her real name was Maryanne but we all called her Mary Lou."

"I don't remember her."

"She was tall."

"Everyone was tall to you."

"True. But when Mary Lou hugged me I'd get a boob hug."

"Sam!"

"Hey, I was super shy in high school. I took it when I could get it."

"You could have gotten it from Sharon and I. Sharon was jealous that I got to hug you."

"I wish I had known back in high school. As it was, getting it on the sly from Mary Lou was one of the few high points I had in back then."

"Sam. You're bad."

"Bad, Zoe? I was a sixteen year old, healthy teenaged boy. A face full of tit was like heaven."

"You're making up for it now, you bad boy."

"You want to talk bad?" I said. "She used to stalk me, Tee. Did she tell you that?"

"Either you did or she did. I can't remember who told me, but yeah, I knew that."

"She was about a head taller than me then. But I don't remember her. She must have been too stealthy for me."

"I told you that you saw me a lot during that time." Zoe said.

"I know. I just don't remember."

"You remembered Samantha."

"Of course I did. She's the one that I had the affair with. Not you."

"Ok, you're right."

"However, if you were shorter than me I would have remembered you all those times I saw you."

"You would?"

"Of course I would. There weren't too many students at school shorter than me. In fact, I don't think there were any that weren't kids. I most definitely would have noticed someone so unique. See, now that's a compliment."

"Too bad I hadn't started shrinking by then."

Tee looked at Zoe again and asked, "Do you really feel that way?"

"Yeah, I do, Tee. Sam knows how I feel. I think if I had known it would have made him notice me then maybe he's right; it's a good thing."

"You have feelings for Sam?"

"Yes. I told you that the other day. Just like you do."

"I thought you were kidding."

"Maybe it sounded like I was kidding but sometimes there's truth even in humor."

"Zoe?" I asked. "If you don't mind me asking, how did you catch the virus from Sam?"

"Pretty much the same way she gave it to you."

"But ..."

"Sam. All you have to do is exchange bodily fluids."

"Ok. You don't have to say anything more."

"We were trying to be safe."

"Yeah, see? Sometimes even with the best precautions things don't go right."

"That's not how it went. At first we were trying to be safe. But then I decided I didn't want Samantha to be alone with this."

"It was your decision then? She didn't ask you?"

"No. It was my decision. Not at first though."

"When did you change your mind?"

"After Samantha left you. But in retrospect, I had probably caught the virus before she went out with you."

"I see."

"Our relationship was rocky after the baby. I wanted Samantha to know I still loved her."

"So you made a sacrifice."

"Yes."

"Do you regret it?"

"No. But there's more to it."

"What?"

"You and her shared something after the, uh, affair. Samantha didn't know this but I wanted in on that."

"What?"

"The virus."

"The virus? Are you nuts?"

"I know. Perverse, isn't it? But you two had that in common."

"Hmm. That's one way of putting it."

"Back up. What baby?" Tee asked.

"Tee." Zoe began. "This is just between us, ok?"

"Ok."

"Yeah, Tee." I said. "Please, this is not for blabbering. Promise?"

"I promise, Sam."

"You know who Samantha was, right?" Zoe continued.

"Yeah. The girl Sam went out with in college."

"For all of a measly two weeks." I added.

"Right." Zoe said. "During that two weeks Samantha became pregnant."

"Sam had a baby?" Tee asked.

"She was pregnant but she didn't have the baby."

"What happened?"

"She killed it."

"She killed the baby?" Tee said, eyes getting real big.

"She had an abortion, Tee." I added.

"Like I said, she killed it. Not by herself though; she went to a so-called doctor."

"Sam? Did you know?"

"No, Tee. I didn't know until last week. But Jill did."

"She not only knew," Zoe said, "she helped convince Samantha to abort the baby."

"Oh my goodness."

"That's why I'm going to find it very hard to forgive the girl." Zoe said.

"Jill didn't tell me that part."

"I'm sure she's ashamed of that."

"She feels real bad, Zoe."

"She should."

"Ok, girls." I said. "Let's not go down that rabbit hole right now. Save it for tomorrow."

"Tomorrow?"

"I told Jill she has to come over tomorrow night to talk with me. With us, but me first."

"Why?"

"I need to know her side. Ok, Zoe?"

"Ok. You two talk. I don't think I want to talk to her."

"That's up to you. You do have pretty eyes you know."

"Huh?"

"It's called abruptly changing the subject, Zoe. You have pretty eyes."

"But they're just plain brown."

"So? That doesn't mean they aren't pretty. They're nice and big."

"I think they stayed the same size while the rest of me shrank."

"You too?" Tee said. "I thought it was my imagination but my eyes seem to be bigger than they were."

"Maybe it's a thing." I said. "Both of you do have pretty eyes. Perhaps this is another bright side of shrinking."

"You think so, Sam?" Tee asked.

"Sure."

"I think you're full of it." Zoe said.

"You have to admit, your eyes are a dominant feature. And come to think of it, so it is with a lot of other girls who have shrunk."

Zoe shrugged her shoulders. She didn't seem to be buying it. Tee, on the other hand, was loving this. But Zoe was right -- I was full of shit. But I was happy to see it brighten Tee up, plus I really did think she had pretty eyes -- just not for that reason.

"I've never had pretty eyes before." Tee said.

"Well, see? As for you, Zoe, I'll take that compliment back. You'll just have to wait for another nine."

"It's ok, Sam. I'll count it as a compliment."

"Alright then, eight more. What if I told you that you had a really cute button nose?"

"I do. I always have."

"There you go. Seven more to go. I have to say with that cutesy nose of your's, you're the cutest little lesbian I know."

"How many little lesbians do you know?"

"Uh, counting you?"

"Yes."

"One. That I know of."

"Thanks a lot."

"Of course I could know someone who is a lesbian that I just don't know about."

"Like you don't know Matt's gay."

"Matt?"

"See?"

"You mean Matt at the clinic?"

"Yep. That Matt. The one I met tonight."

"He told you he was gay?"

"No. I just know. And I could tell that he knew I was a lesbian. Really Sam, you need to get your gaydar fixed."

"I had no idea. Did you know, Tee?"

"Everyone knows." Tee said. "I thought you did too. I'm kind of surprised. I mean he really likes you."

"He does?"

"Oh come on, Sam." Zoe said. "You had to know that."

"I thought he was just being nice."

"Way too nice. You didn't think he was just a nice guy, did you?"

"I did. What should I do?"

"You should go out on a date with him."

"No. I'm not gay."

"So? That doesn't mean you can't show him a good time."

"That depends on how a good time is defined."

"You don't have to sleep with him."

"That's a relief."

"You might want to."

"Sleep with him? I don't think so."

"You never know until you try. You might like it."

"No thanks."

The girls were having a good time at my expense. Especially Zoe.

"Poor Matt doesn't have anyone." Tee told us.

"I guess there aren't too many gay dudes with the virus. I don't know though. My gaydar is broken."

"That's why it's especially important you show him a good time." Zoe said.

"Why?"

"Think about it. He's taking the meds just like we are."

"Oh. So he..."

"Is horny all the time."

"Thanks Zoe. That's not a picture I want to keep in my mind."

"Look Sam." Zoe said. "You don't have to go out with him. But don't be mad at him."

"Why would I be mad?"

"Beats me. But that's how some guys react when another homosexual guy asks them out."

"He never asked me out."

"Maybe Matt's afraid you'll be mad."

"I won't be."

"Or worse."

"Worse? How can it be worse?"

"Some get beat up."

"Does Matt think I'd hurt him?"

"Possibly."

"I wouldn't do that."

"Would you still be his friend?"

"Sure. I think so. But we hardly know each other."

"He knows about you." Tee said.

"How so?"

"He asked."

"He asked you?"

"And Jill."

"Ok, well, news to me."

"Don't sweat it, Sam." Zoe said. "I'll talk to him for you -- put in a good word."

"No, don't do that."

"I mean, I'll straighten it out with Matt."

"No, I'll talk to him."

"Suit yourself. I have a feeling we'll be talking with each other a lot in the future."

"You and Matt? So you're going back to the clinic?"

"At least one more time. Leslie said they were going to be giving prescriptions out rather than having to send them to you guys."

"Who's Leslie?"

"Dr. Sarson."

"I had no idea what her first name was. You were in there a long time with her."

"We had a lot to talk about."

"So, we won't be getting our meds for free anymore?"

"I didn't know you were getting them for free. I guess that will change. Anyway I still need to find a primary care doctor."

"What about Dr. Sarson? I mean Leslie. Can't she be your doctor?"

"I don't think she's a GP. She's more of a resident or intern."

"She looks young enough to be an intern."

"So, you like her?" Zoe asked.

"That's not what I meant."

"I guess you did see her first."

"Ah, so you like her then. Well, don't let me stand in the way, young lady."

"You won't be in the way."

"Good luck. Maybe Tee knows a good doctor for you."

"My doctor didn't even know about the Borgford disease until it was too late, Sam. If Zoe finds a good doctor I want to meet him or her."

"I'll check with Julie. I think she likes her doctor."

"Good. We're home now."



----- Home

I carried Tee's bag in for her. Julie was happy to see us, especially Tee. We decided that Tee was going to stay with us at least until tomorrow night, and possibly beyond through the weekend as long as her parents were ok with it. Even Erin and Cindy seemed to be happy to have her here.

"How are you and Fred getting along, Erin?" Tee asked.

"Real good."

"I'm glad he met someone as nice as you."

"Thank you, Tee. You must know him well."

"We grew up together. We're practically brother and sister."

"Oh yeah. That makes sense. Are you feeling better, Zoe?"

"I'm fine, Erin." Zoe replied. "By the way, thanks for making me chug that delicious grapefruit juice today."

"I didn't think you liked it."

"I didn't."

"Oh." Erin said. Then she turned to Tee and whispered to her, "I think Zoe is out of her mind for thanking me. She nearly spat the whole thing out."

"It's ok, Erin. Zoe's being sarcastic."

"That's good. I think."

"It's ok. So when are we going to hang?" Tee asked.

"We're hanging." I answered.

"No, not hanging out. Hanging on the inversion table."

"Oh. Well we can do it now, I suppose. It's a little late though, isn't it?"

"Scared of us getting taller again?" Zoe teased.

"No."

"Then let's do this."

"Don't you want to measure your heights first?"

Cindy had her clothes off in a flash while everyone else was still looking at each other. I don't think anyone noticed until she started her naked walk to the wall where we measured ourselves. Zoe was next with her clothes followed by Tee. They stared at me.

"What?" I said.

"Aren't you going to join us?"

"I'm not the one hanging."

"Don't you want to see if you lost any more height?" Cindy said.

"I didn't."

"He doesn't want anyone to know we've gotten bigger than him." Zoe teased.

"Fine." I said as I started taking my clothes off.

Well, I guess you're wondering what the results of that measurement were. Here they are:

Cindy -- three-nine.

Tee -- three-two.

Zoe -- two-four.

And as for me -- three-eight. Not much change since last time.

Zoe had been a little under two-four the last time, but was right at that point today. If the alcohol was making her shrink it didn't show. She was a little over that mark after hanging last time but she lost the quarter or half an inch from then. I chalked it up as any height gain from hanging being temporary.

And so was the half to one inch gain of of the other girls it seemed. I expected nothing different tonight.

Again, Cindy tried to leave the house to go out the garage with no clothes. And again, we made her put something on. I didn't want her freezing outside.

We spent about fifteen minutes each hanging. That was a total of about an hour out in the garage. Yes, I hung upside down too. Back inside it was off with the clothes once again and another measurement. I knew the measurements wouldn't be any different this time. But ...

Tee -- three-four. Two whole inches! What the fuck?

Cindy -- three-ten. She gained an inch. Fuck me!

Zoe -- two-five. She gained a whole inch in less than one hour too. Shit just got real.

Me -- three-eight. God damnit!

The girls were happy, to say the least. Me, not so much.

"Come give me hug, Sam." Cindy said.

"No. You just want to look down on me."

"What's so wrong with that?"

"Fine." I sighed. "Gloat now. It's only temporary you know."

"Aw, don't be sore." Cindy said as she gave me a hug. I was looking up into her eyes, even more than a couple days ago.

Tee give me a hug next because, I guess, she felt sorry for me.

"See." she said, "You're still taller than me."

"Not by as much." I said. I was bummed. I wanted to sulk, but I was getting aroused. We had just finished with the measuring and nobody had gotten dressed and, well, hugging two pretty naked girls will do that to you. Then finally, Zoe gave me a hug.

Yes, Zoe was taller than before, but she was still only up to just below my chest. I was surprised by Zoe's hug but that didn't help my arousal. They were all staring at Mr. Happy doing his little dance. I just wanted to crawl into a hole somewhere out of sight.

As I backed up we ran into Julie's leg. I looked up and saw, arms length above me, her panty clad crotch. Her hands were on her hips looking down on us but I guess she must have felt sorry for me too because she knelt down on one knee and proceeded to give both Zoe and me another big hug. We were crushed together and I swear Zoe was bucking her hips against me. I knew it was only to tease me though.

Julie gave both of us a kiss. Zoe's fascination with me instantly switched over to Julie. The two kissed again. Then they looked at me.

"Oh, you two go ahead. You deserve it tonight. Besides, I think Tee and I have a date tonight. Right Tee?"

"I'm ready." Tee said.

"What about you, Cindy?"

"I could help Zoe out tonight with Julie." she said with a wink.

"Hey, that sounds great." Zoe replied.

"Or not. I'm actually pretty tired and sleepy. I need to stretch my body tonight to make sure I keep this height gain."

"Oh, dear Lord." I said as I rolled my eyes.

"You're just jealous, Sam."

"Am not."

"Good. I hope you'll still be like that tomorrow."

"We'll see."

"Yes, we will." Cindy said. "I'll see you all tomorrow morning. Good night." Then she sauntered off to her bedroom au naturel.

I looked over to Julie and Zoe. They were both excited.

"Go ahead you two. Get out of here before you blow yer gaskets. I can see you want to."

"You don't mind, do you, Sam?" Julie asked.

"Of course not. I'm surprised it took you two this long already. Have fun."

"We will." they both said in unison before Julie carried Zoe off.

"That just leaves us two." I said to Tee.

"Alone at last. But Sam?"

"Yes?"

"I just want to say, I'm shocked at what Jill did."

"Me too, Tee."

"And the news about Samantha's baby makes it worse."

"My baby."

"Yeah, your baby. What's wrong?"

"Nothing. It's just, that was weird to say."

"What? That you had a baby?"

"Yeah. I knew about it for a little over a week now, but it just hit me. I had a baby."

"Do you want a baby?"

"I never thought about it before. It sounds so ... grown up."

"You're grown up now."

"I don't feel any different from when I was a kid."

"So? Neither do I."

"But thinking about a child makes me feel like I always thought I'd feel about being an adult."

"And how is that?"

"Responsible."

"Ok. I see your point."

"Oh my God, Tee."

"What?"

"What if Samantha kept the child?"

"Then you'd be a dad."

"I'd probably never had known."

"You know now. You would have found out. I'm sure she would have contacted you."

"The only reason I knew she was pregnant was because she died. I wouldn't have gone to Arizona last week and never would have met Zoe if she didn't."

"Yeah, so?"

"What would the baby have looked like?"

"Like you and Samantha."

"Would it be normal sized or our sized?"

"I don't know."

"What happens when we have kids, Tee?"

"I really don't know."

"What if they're normal sized?"

"I would hope so."

"What if I had a daughter?"

"She'd be beautiful."

"She'd be bigger than me. If Samantha kept the baby it would be about four years old. No, three."

"Ok. That's right, I guess."

"So, in another year or two she'd be bigger than us."

"At four years old?"

"This might be big for a four year old but not a five or six year old. Even a girl."

"I think I'm the size of a three year old."

"She'd be as big as you."

"You're going to have a hard time disciplining your daughter."

"No I won't. She'll adore me and do whatever I say." I beamed.

"You're probably right." Tee laughed.

I stopped talking for a little bit and thought about it. It actually seemed kind of cool to think about having kids. What would my future be like? What would the fate of all those with the virus eventually be?

"Hey, Tee? Ready for bed?"

She looked down at Mr. Happy. "You sure are."

"Yep. Let's go."

We had another great night and I forgot all about today. Until the sex was over and we were falling asleep. I thought of children. I thought of Julie. And I thought of Jill.

 

 

End Notes:

The next day Sam will get to confront Jill.

I apologize for the long wait in getting this chapter up. I've just been so busy. That thing they call life keeps getting in the way. I'll try to get the next chapter up before too long, but I'm not promising anything.

Chapter 72 - Don't feel bad by littless
Author's Notes:

So, yeah, I've been real busy. You know, that stuff called life. On top of that, there's an illness in the family that is taking its toll on all of us. I apologize for not posting anything. Here's another chapter that I've been sitting on and have revised several times. I hope you like it. I'll try to post more and finish this up soon.

----- Friday morning

Did I ever tell you about Tee? I'm sure you remember what's been happening to her recently but if I hadn't mentioned it before I'll mention it now: Tee is beautiful. After all, she was on the cheerleading squad. At our school only the prettiest and most talented were selected to have the privilege of being a cheerleader. All the gymnastics and jumping up and down left her body athletic with smooth, long muscles and bulges in all the right places.

Having been out of high school for a few of years though had let her put on some curves. I have to admit, the extra weight on Tee had not done any harm to her looks. If anything, she was sexier, if that's even possible.

She had sandy blonde hair, a little past her shoulders, and bangs. What really stood out was her blue eyes. She had the face of a cherub that made her look younger than she was. Which, of course now, being much shorter, made her seem, dare I say it, like jailbait.

She was still sexy as hell, just like in high school. Back then though, she was tall. Alright, she wasn't tall, just average, but that still made her much taller than me. I was always looking up to her. Things were different now.

If you met her today you wouldn't think that just a couple of weeks ago she was falling apart. Fortunately, Sharon, her bff, was super friend and had been making her feel better about shrinking. Furthermore, I had got back from Arizona with some good news for her: being able to go back to school and a promise of a job. She was now actually looking forward to the future.

To top it all off, she had been hanging on my inversion table. That alone is not news. What is news is that she was actually growing taller. Only a little bit, mind you, but it seemed real. I think. Maybe it was only temporary; I guess we'd find out soon enough.

"Good morning, pretty one." I said as she opened her eyes lying next to me.

"Well, thank you for the complement, but I'm not pretty in the morning."

"I disagree. Did you have a good night?"

"I slept like a baby this time."

"This time?"

"Since the shrinking started I haven't been getting many good nights worth of sleep so, thanks."

"Ouch, that sounds rough."

"I don't have to tell you, Sam, that I'm having a hard time handling life in general."

"I thought things were getting better?"

"Starting to."

"Heh, I know how you feel. It's the same for me."

"You handle it much better than I."

"Uh, maybe I've had more practice at this 'being shorter than everyone' stuff."

"It's been like that for you all your life, huh?"

"Pretty much."

"Oh gosh, I must have made you feel pretty bad before."

"When?"

She sighed and closed her eyes. "When I was bigger." she said, "And I'm sorry."

"Eh, no big deal. It seems like a lifetime ago."

"I pretended I didn't like you. You know that?"

"Yeah, so?"

"I even made fun of you. How can you say its no big deal?"

"I try not to worry what others think. I never really knew what you thought of me anyway so no harm. Ok?"

"You're better than me, Sam."

"Nah. Older and a bit wiser perhaps -- just a bit more. But no better. Are the meds helping?"

"Yeah, those damned meds. I can barely stand how aroused they make me. We wouldn't be here together if it weren't for that."

"Is that a good or a bad thing?"

"Both."

"Okaaay."

"It's not that I don't want to spend time with you like this. I just don't want to be ... uh, promiscuous."

"You mean you don't want people to think you're a slut?"

"Yeah, that. I hope you don't think that way of me."

"I don't. But even if you were sleeping around I would understand. Remember, we take the same meds. I know how it feels."

"I wasn't going to do this with you because of Julie. But then, Sharon and I spent a couple of nights with her last week. I hope you don't mind, but we asked her permission."

"Why would I mind?"

"It's like we went behind your back."

"Aha!"

"It wasn't my fault; Sharon was the one who brought it up."

"Did you put her up to it?"

"Absolutely not. Somehow she sensed what I needed."

"I was just teasing. But, you needed this?"

"I needed relief. With a guy, if you know what I mean. In fact, I really needed you way back from the beginning of all this frankly. You were the only one I knew with the disease."

"You didn't know me that well."

"Not much. I did know you some. You remember? We just didn't hang out in the same crowd."

"I didn't hang out with any crowd. Well, maybe my friends on the wrestling and cross country teams. But that's it."

"I used to watch you wrestle and Sharon and I used to talk about you a lot."

"I never really talked to you. Not much anyway."

"Sharon wanted to."

"Ha, that's funny. I talked to you more than her back in high school. I know her a lot better now though."

"I was a cheerleader and you were a jock. Of course we talked."

"Ok. Makes sense."

"Look, I know I was being presumptuous before. You know, when I got the disease. But there was nobody else I could turn to, Sam. You were kind of the only logical choice and that's why I bothered you. Besides, I swore I would never go back to James."

"James?"

"He gave the me virus. He didn't know it. I didn't either at the time. But he's a still little shit."

"I see."

"If he's shrinking now, wherever he is, he deserves it."

"Do you know for sure that he gave it to you?"

"If it's transmitted sexually, then yes, he's the only one that could have given it to me. Let's not talk of him."

"Ok. Let's talk about Sharon. You could have told Sharon about the disease earlier."

"I know. but I was too, uh, embarrassed to tell her."

"I hope you realize how good a friend Sharon is."

"I do. I treated her badly. You too -- a fact that she won't let me forget."

"I told you not to worry about that Tee."

"But she's right. I thought less of you because of your stature. And now here it is: instant karma. But there's one good thing about it."

"What?"

"I overcome my embarrassment. I actually reached out to you, which is something I don't think I could have ever done before. And you've changed my outlook on life because of it."

"It's good to hear you say that. You're growing, Tee."

"Do you think I'm still taller from hanging on the inversion table?" she said perking up.

"No. I meant that you've grown in character."

"I was hoping for the former." she chuckled.

"We can measure and find out."

"Can I hang some more today?"

"Sure."

"Yes!" she said, mouth agape like she was yelling, but only whispering and punching the air with her fist.

"Anyway, you'll do alright kiddo. I have confidence in you. It makes me happy to see you getting better. Emotion-wise that is."

She smiled. I wanted to change the subject again to get her opinion about something.

"So, what do you think about Jill?"

"I don't know. We were friends since high school, just not best friends like with Sharon. We've grown closer from going to the clinic together and I had thought highly of her for helping all of us until she told me and Sharon about what she did to you. Now I'm a little confused about everything."

"It's hard to believe she'd do such a thing."

"I wouldn't have believed it if she hadn't told me herself."

"What do you think I should I do?"

"I don't know, Sam. I don't want you two to be on bad terms."

"Me either. I guess you just answered my question."

"I'm sorry about what happened."

"Look on the bright side: if she hadn't have convinced Samantha to sleep with me then I wouldn't have caught the virus, you wouldn't have sought me out, and you and I wouldn't be together here like this."

"That's some pretty tortuous logic."

"Hmmmm. True. Who knows what could have happened though?"

"Are you mad at her?"

"A little. There are others I'm more mad at who've done far worse."

"Oh my gosh. Who?"

"Remind me to tell you some other time. It's personal and still a sore point. And right now it's all about Jill. I'm worried for her."

"You are?"

"I'm worried about our relationship. I thought highly of her too and really liked her until I found out what she did, even if it was years ago. I shouldn't hold it against her, should I?"

"It's your decision."

"I worry about her and about you too, Tee. And all the others, including Zoe."

"It must be harder for Zoe being so much smaller."

"Did you know she can't even reach the car door handle; I have to open it for her."

"I know. I saw you last night."

"Oh yeah. I forgot. I hope you never reach that stage. And as long as you're on the meds you shouldn't. But did you know that it was her decision to stop taking them?"

"Zoe's not taking any meds?"

"She is now, but she was off for a while."

"Why?"

"For Samantha, I guess. You should talk to her about it."

"She likes you."

"I like her too."

"Not like that. It's more than just friendship you know."

"She's a lesbian, Tee."

"I know."

"She'll want to jump your bones long before she'll ever want to jump mine."

"Maybe. But she still wants to jump your bones."

"I find that hard to believe. We're close, but more like a brother and sister, not lovers."

"I can tell. Call it feminine intuition."

"Whatever."

"Matt wants to jump your bones too."

"Aw geez." I said, putting my hand to my face. Tee laughed.

"I'm kidding. You're very special to all of us, Sam. If you don't like Matt, I'll understand."

"It's not that I don't like him. I just don't want to have sex with him."

"How about if I jump your bones?"

"Now your talking."

We had been laying on our sides facing each other as we talked, our faces very close to each other. So it was easy for Tee to put her leg over my hip as we began kissing. Mr. Happy was already hard which wasn't unusual -- it happens to all of us guys in the morning. And Tee was aroused. Does that happen to girls in the morning too? It was likely just the meds working on her. Well I'm not sure if it was the meds, or talking of Zoe jumping our bones, or what, but Mr. Happy had no problem sliding into Tee. Did I mention we were still nude from the night before?

We made love right there on the sofa. Her firm little butt cheeks were a perfect fit in my hands as we chugged along. Tee wasn't one to make much noise but if anyone was awake they still would have heard us. Regardless, morning sex is always good. After a few minutes of silence and rest after our love session I spoke.

"Let's get up." I said. "I think I hear someone in the kitchen."

"Can we get dressed first?"

"I'll bet it's Cindy and I'll bet she's nude."

"Sharon warned me of that."

"Old news. You're already part of our little nudist colony here. We may as well stay naked."

"I know, I know." she said, smirking. "But I'd rather get dressed."

"Ok." I said as we got up, got dressed and went to the kitchen.


----- Friday breakfast

"You win, Sam."

Cindy was in the kitchen, naked, as you probably expected.

"Did you really doubt me, Tee?"

"No."

"What're you two talking about?" Cindy asked.

"I bet her that you'd be nude."

"She never should have taken that bet. What did you win?"

"Nothing. It was just, uh, rhetorical."

"You should at least get a kiss from her, Sam."

And with that, Tee planted a kiss on my lips. She had to get up on her toes a little bit. Then Cindy gave me a kiss. I had to get up my toes a little bit. Cindy laughed.

"Yes, Cindy, you're still taller than me." I said, rolling my eyes.

"Don't feel bad, Sam."

"Can we measure ourselves?" Tee asked eagerly.

Cindy took pleasure in answering her, "You have to strip."

"Ok." Tee said. She was really motivated and unexpectedly eager to take her clothes off. Her clothes now doffed, she ran to the other room with Cindy behind. When I reached the measuring wall both girls were glaring at me with their hands on their hips.

"What?" I asked.

"You too, Sam. You need to get measured."

"Fine." I said as I undressed. No more than five minutes earlier I had just put my clothes on. Ah, life with Cindy.

Cindy was back to the height she was before: three-nine. Tee on the other hand had only lost half of what she had gained last night, leaving her at three-three -- still an inch taller than before she started hanging. And me? Three-seven and a half!

"Aw man!" I said. "I lost a half inch since last night. What the hell is going on?"

"It's alright, Sam." Cindy said. "It's just early in the morning. You'll probably get that half inch back by this afternoon."

"It doesn't work that way, Cindy. You shrink during the day and are tallest when you get up in the morning."

"I'm sure it's nothing."

"That's easy for you to say."

"Don't be upset." Tee consoled. But it was hard not to be.

"I'm ok, guys." I said. "We'll see how things are later. Maybe Cindy's right."

"Good. Let's have naked tea time."

"It figures you'd say that, Cindy."

"Please. I have to work today; you two are off."

"So?"

"So, indulge me."

"What do you say, Tee?"

"Do you want me to, Sam?"

"I asked you first."

"We're already undressed. Why not?"

"Yay!" Cindy cheered. "Let's go have naked tea."

So, that's how all of us ended up naked at the little table. And that's how Zoe found the three of us as she wandered into the kitchen: naked, drinking tea.

"Did I miss the orgy?" Zoe said.

"It was Cindy's idea." I told her.

"No. Tee agreed to it. It was Tee's fault." Cindy said.

"No, it's not." Tee retorted. "It was Sam's fault."

I shrugged as Zoe shook her head.

"Want to join us?" Cindy asked.

"I'd love to but I don't think I have the strength for another sexcapade. Not after last night."

"Oh? So, how was Julie?"

"Oh wow, she's huge."

"Right, I hadn't noticed."

"You know what I mean: she has some big ... parts."

"All of her parts are big."

"But there's one part in particular. Her, uh ..."

"Her clit!" Tee exclaimed, surprising us all with her remark.

"Yep, her clit." Zoe confirmed.

"I hope you weren't grossed out or anything, Zoe." I said.

"Are you kidding me? It's every lesbian's dream: a girl with a giant clitoris."

"I'll take your word for it."

"It's as big as you, Sam."

"Over three feet? That is impressive."

"No. I mean it's as big as your ..." she said, pointing to my crotch.

"Oh that. Well, I suppose it can't be too big then."

"Oh, stop. There's nothing wrong with your size. You're bigger than most guys your size."

"Why thank you, Zoe. And how would you know how I stack up against other guys?"

"Oh, give me a break. You already know that I've seen plenty in my time."

The other girls looked at her funny.

"What?" Zoe said. "I dated guys until I realized I was a lezzy."

"Okaaay, then." I said. "I guess we can chalk up last night with Julie as a success then?"

"Are you keeping score?"

"No. Just making sure you two had a good time."

"I'd like to say I showed her a thing or two."

"Oh yeah?"

"But she had her way with me."

"Sorry to hear that."

"But I liked it."

"Then I take it back. What did she do?"

"Sam, she's four times as big as me..." Zoe started.

"Four times as tall." I corrected.

"That's what I said."

"No. You said four times as big."

"What's the difference?"

"Here we go." Cindy declared.

"It's a cubic power relationship. She's four times as tall, right?"

"Yeah." Zoe answered.

"And four times as wide?"

"Hmm. Ok."

"And four times as thick?"

"Fine."

"So, four times four times four: sixty four. She's actually sixty four times as big."

"Oh lord!" Zoe said rolling her eyes.

"You won't make that mistake again." Cindy admonished.

"How much do you weigh, Zoe?" Tee asked.

"About fifteen pounds." she said, scrunching up her face as if it were painful to tell us that little fact.

"So Julie would be, let's see ... sixty four times ten so six forty plus half, three twenty and that's nine hundred and sixty pounds." Tee reasoned. "So, is Julie nine hundred and sixty pounds, Sam?"

"No, I think she's more like three hundred and something."

"Hmm. Your analysis doesn't seem to hold up here, Sam." Tee said, drumming her nails on the table

"But, it's simple physics."

"Physics isn't simple."

"But if Julie were four times bigger than Zoe she'd only be sixty pounds."

"I suppose the truth lies somewhere in between."

"Look." Zoe said. "All I know is that she's as tall as a building to me. And strong too."

"She can lift more than she weighs." I said.

"Over three hundred pounds?"

"I think with the plates I have for the barbell that puts it at about three hundred and fifty pounds and Julie can lift the whole thing, no problem."

"That explains why she had no trouble handling me." Zoe said.

"So what did she do with you?"

"She picked me up by the hips."

"I can do that." I said.

"With one hand."

"Oh, no, I guess not."

"So, she uh, she fucked me."

"She what?"

"From behind."

"Holy shit."

"Standing."

The rest of us looked at each other.

"Wow! Are you ok, Zoe?" Tee asked.

"Ok? I was in paradise."

"No wonder you don't have the energy to join our orgy." Cindy said.

"We aren't having an orgy." I corrected.

"But you want one. Otherwise why would you still have morning wood?"

I looked down and sure enough, Mr. Happy was standing at attention yet again.

"Uh, because uh, because Tee is paying off the bet she lost." I said, fumbling to come up with some lame excuse.

"What did she bet?" Zoe asked. "That Cindy wouldn't be naked?"

We all had a hearty laugh. Too hardy. Zoe picked up on it.

"No. Are you serious? Tee, did you really bet that Cindy wouldn't be naked? You know better."

"Not exactly. We did, but it was just talk. It's just that Sam was feeling so bad about shrinking that I wanted to stay this way for his sake."

"Sam," Zoe said, "we're all shrinking."

Cindy and Tee laughed.

"What did I miss?" Zoe asked.

"Sam shrunk since last night's measurement but Tee is still taller."

"Ah, so that explains why all of you are nude -- the measurement. Are you really shorter, Sam?"

"I don't want to talk about it."

"Aw, don't feel bad." Zoe walked over to the chair I was sitting in, bent down and gave me a hug from behind.

"Thanks, Zoe."

"So tell me about you two. Did you and Tee have as good a night as I did?"

"Yes, Zoe, we did. Tee took me from behind just like you."

"What?"

Tee laughed.

"I'm kidding." I said. "Thank you for asking. We had a great time. Right, Tee?"

"Yes, Sam." Tee answered. "We had an fantastic night together. Again."

"I mean look at her, Zoe. She's so pretty. How could it not have been wonderful?"

"I agree. Maybe some night, you and I, Tee ..."

Tee got up went over to Zoe and gave her a hug. I noticed that Zoe was only as tall as Tee's nipples. Mr. Happy noticed too. You see Tee was still naked. Then I also noticed that Tee let out a little laugh and walked back to the table with a smirk. When she sat down next to I me asked her what that was all about.

"I'll tell you later, Sam." she said.

"And what about you, Cindy?" Zoe asked.

"I took care of business by myself this morning." she said. "I had no help whatsoever."

"Aw, I wish I could have helped."

"I thought you were worn out from your night with Julie?"

"Next time, then. I did sleep well after a rough night though."

"I'm surprised you kept sleeping this morning with all the noise these two lovebirds were making." Cindy said.

Tee was turning red.

"We weren't that noisy." I said.

"Noisy enough to get me going."

"Sorry."

"It's ok. At least I took care of things before anybody else was up. You sure you don't want any tea, Zoe?"

"Do I have to get nude?"

"Yep."

"No, you don't, Zoe." I said, contradicting Cindy. "I'll fix you a cup. Sit down." Zoe sat as I jumped up to put more water on to boil and fixed a cup for her. "Hey, anyone want breakfast?"

They were all hungry so I started preparing eggs and bacon. I was up on a stool as I cooked -- a new stool that I bought a few days ago. As I was putting bread into the toaster I heard the girls talking behind my back. Someone said "It sure looks tight."

"I'll say. I could take a bite out of it like an apple."

"Zoe!"

"Hey. A tight ass is a tight ass. It doesn't matter whether it's a girl or a guy."

"At least wait until he finishes the bacon."

Apparently, Zoe couldn't wait: I felt teeth close around my left butt cheek.

"OW! Cut it out!"

The girls were laughing. Up on the stool my ass was at face level to a standing Zoe, maybe a little higher. I turned around to face Zoe. Or I should say that Mr. Happy was face to face with Zoe right now. I just realized I was taking a chance. But I should have worried about the other side. The bacon popped behind me and I got splattered with a dollop of hot bacon grease on my ass.

"Aah! Damnit!" I cried. "I'm gonna get you for this, Zoe."

I hopped down from the stool yelling for Cindy to watch the bacon as Zoe took off running. The chase was on. She made the mistake of running for the bedrooms -- nowhere to go from there. I caught her standing at the hallway corner. I went for her but right before I got there I ran into a giant leg. A huge, muscular, sexy leg that stepped out in between Zoe and I at the last second, then whammo! You'll never guess who's it was.

I picked myself up off of the floor. "Oh, good morning, Julie." I said craning my neck.

"Good morning, Sam. Playing so soon this early in the morning?"

"She bit my ass!"

Zoe was laughing. So was Julie.

"Hey. Who's side are you on, Julie?" I yelled.

"I don't know. But you should have put something on if you didn't want her to bite you."

"You're no help."

"Oh, now, don't feel bad." Julie said.

"Everybody keeps telling me that."

Julie shrugged. "What smells so good?" she asked.

"Bacon. And eggs. Want some?"

"Do I? I'm starving."

"Come on. Let's go to the kitchen." I said. "I'll deal with you later, little girl."

"You'll have to catch me first." Zoe said.

"You got lucky just now. You won't get lucky all the time."

Zoe giggled all the way to the kitchen.

"I should have known after I saw Sam naked." Julie said as she discovered Cindy and Tee sitting at the little table sipping tea in the nude.

"We're doing it for Sam." Cindy said.

"I didn't ask for this. Cindy did." I offered in my defense.

"They tried to pawn off responsibility onto each other when I confronted them too." Zoe told Julie.

"We asked Zoe to join us." Cindy said.

Zoe stuck her tongue out. My timing was perfect as I reached out and grabbed it between my thumb and forefinger. Aha! Revenge.

"Ahhh!" she said. "Thut aw ya thuin?"

"That's for biting my ass."

"Kids!" Julie said looking down on us and shaking her head.

"Thet tho!"

I let Zoe's tongue go and went back to cooking. "No more biting, alright, Zoe?"

"I'm sorry." she said.

"And I'm sorry for grabbing your tongue."

She smacked her lips. "Mmm. At least your finger tastes good."

"Bacon!" I exclaimed.

"He got some bacon juice on his butt cheeks, Zoe." Cindy said, laughing. "You ought to taste them now."

"No way!", I said.

I was already up on the stool again when Julie picked me straight up so that my head was touching the ceiling and then licked my butt cheeks.

"Your right Cindy. He does taste good."

All the girls were having a good time with this. I have to admit, except for the unexpected gain in altitude, so was I.

"So, Julie, Zoe said you two had a good night last night."

Julie laughed.

"I'll take that laugh to mean you had a good time too."

"I did." she said. Then she went over to where the three girls were sitting at the little table and reached from one end to the other and scooped all of them up in a group hug. You should have seen the expressions on their faces being all scrunched up together. Their faces told me that they weren't completely enjoying it, but I don't think anyone of them wanted to complain and get on Julie's bad side so early in the morning.

"Oh my gosh! Zoe!" Julie cried out. Then they all started laughing. I turned around to find Julie pointing at me.

"What did she do now?"

"Your butt. I can see it better from back here. She left teeth marks on it."

"See? I told you."

Zoe apologized again, "I said I was sorry."

"Don't blame her." Cindy said. "We thought he had buns of steel." They all laughed again. Sheesh.

"Look who the children are now." I said. "Help me out, Cindy. Breakfast is ready."

I served the plates from the stove and countertop, Cindy delivered them. Just then Erin appeared in the entrance to the kitchen. I knew the smell of bacon would wake her up.

"Good morning, Erin. Right on time."

Julie and Zoe were dressed -- Zoe in pajamas, Julie in her bra and panties. For the rest of us, you know the state of dress we were in. When Erin saw that the score was three to two in favor of the nude team she smiled. She was topless herself.

Erin brought her arms up behind her head, yawned and bent back going up on her toes. The sight of her tits thrust out far above my head made Mr. Happy instantly respond. Shit. Why did my sister have to have such nice tits?

"I think Sam is happy to see you, Erin." Zoe said.

It figures it would be Zoe to point that out. I shot her a scowl.

"I'm happy to see Sam too." Erin said, oblivious to what Zoe was talking about. She walked over to the counter where I was standing and gave me a good morning hug. Up on the stool my head was now even with her tits. You guessed it: I got a boob hug. It's a recurring theme that Erin and I have going.

"Hey, Sam. Do you know what this reminds me of?"

"What, Erin?"

"Before you started shrinking."

"Yeah, I guess my face always used to be in your tits when we hugged."

I looked down at the stool. It's height represented how much stature I had lost since getting the disease.

"See that stool, Erin? That's how much I've shrunk. It's over a foot."

"Aw, Sam, don't feel bad."

"Aaargh!"

"What?"

"Nothing, Erin. I love you."

"I love you too, Sam."

Erin finished saying her good morning greetings to the rest of the crew and we all settled down to eat: four of us at the little table and two at the big one. As long as Erin was around Julie didn't have to sit alone at the 'big' table.

Zoe leaned in my direction and said, "I don't blame you, Sam. If I had a penis it would be as hard as your's seeing Erin's stunning boobs like that."

"Do you really like them, Zoe?" Erin asked.

"You know I do, you big, drop-dead gorgeous, blue-haired chickee."

"Aw, thank you, Zoe." Erin replied. Erin loves compliments.

"If you don't put those things away you're going to turn Tee and Cindy into lesbians."

"Do you want me to get dressed?"

"No. I want these two to switch. Besides, I'd cry if you tried to hide them from me."

Zoe was pouring it on. It made Erin feel good, so that made me feel good.

"Erin?" I asked. "Coming to Mike's tonight?"

"No." she pouted. "I have to work."

"We'll miss you. But you'll be here after, right? We'll have a party."

"Goody."

"Hey, Sam?" Cindy asked. "Let's go dancing tomorrow night."

"No."

"We can go to a country dance club."

"No."

"Oh, come on. I want to wear my new cowboy boots and hat."

"NO!"

"How about you, Erin?"

"I'd love to."

"You should see Sam line dance, Erin."

"Sam line dances?" she asked, almost incredulous since she knew I hated dancing.

"Yep. He likes it too."

"I do not!" I protested.

"Don't lie to us."

"Ok. But only a little."

Everyone was staring at me.

"I was forced to learn." I said. "Alright?"

"You should have seen him. He was lighting up the floor at Billy's Boot Scootin' Institushin." Cindy was beaming as she said this.

"Hold up." Zoe said. "You two went dancing at Billy's?"

"Yep." Cindy answered. "With a few other friends. Why? Do you know the place?"

"It brings back memories. Good memories."

"Come with us then."

"I don't go out, Cindy."

"What if Sam comes?"

"Maybe."

"See, Sam. You have to come."

"Julie?"

"What?"

"Help me out here."

"I can't. I'm going out tomorrow with some friends. I won't mind if you go out and have fun though."

"Julie!" I pouted.

"But I've had this planned for a week, Sam. I'm going out with some of the gals from the club."

"What club?" Zoe asked.

"The giantess club." I answered.

"They have a giantess club here?"

"Oh yeah. They'd love you." I said rolling my eyes. "Why don't go out with Julie tomorrow night?"

"I think I'd rather go with you and Cindy."

"Yay!" Cindy said. "What about you, Tee? Wanna join us?"

"If Sam goes, I'll go."

"Great! It's a date then."

"I never agreed to this." I pleaded.

"Don't worry, Sam. You'll love it."

Tomorrow night was planned. At least for Cindy. I had to find a way out. I had more than twenty-four hours to figure it out. No problem.


----- Friday late morning

After we finished breakfast, Tee and Zoe helped clean up. Julie and Cindy had to get ready for work. Erin was working later; we'd have a little time with her today.

After Julie and Cindy left Zoe asked, "Are you two going to get dressed?"

Tee and I looked at each other.

"I had forgotten that we were naked."

"Me too." Tee said. "We've been like this all morning. What's a little more going to hurt?" she said jokingly.

"So what do you want to do today?"

"Let's go hang on the inversion table!"

Tee was excited. She talked Zoe into hanging too.

"Do you want to measure your height first, Zoe?" Tee asked.

"Do I have to?"

"Don't you want to know how much you've grown?"

"I'm not going to grow. I think Sam is right."

"Thank you, Zoe." I said.

"But you grew last time."

"It was temporary, like Sam said."

"Suit yourself. Let's go."

"I can't believe how much Cindy has rubbed off on you, Tee."

"What do you mean?"

"You're naked and it's cold outside."

"Oh, I forgot. We better get dressed."

We got dressed and out to the garage we went. Tee hung on the table first. She was too eager and both Zoe and I had no problems letting her take the lead. I had to hold the table for both girls though.

When it was Zoe's turn to hang it just so happened that her head was level with my crotch. As I was holding the table she craned her neck out and tried to bite me there. Not hard, just enough to get a rise out of me. I could tell she was just playing but it wasn't good timing.

"Zoe?"

"What?"

"Look, if you distract me and I let the table go you're going to go slamming upright. It won't be pretty."

"Ok, Sam. I'll behave."

"I hope so" I said. I didn't want a bad accident to happen. Finally it was my turn. Tee was holding the table for me but that didn't stop Zoe from being mischievous. She got up on her toes and rubbed her crotch into my face.

"Zoe. Stop that."

"Ok." she said. Then she turned around and bent over as if picking something up. Her ass backed right into my face.

"Oh, what's this?" she said. "Someone's trying to enter from the back door." Zoe's playfulness made Tee laugh.

"Very funny." I said.

I guess Zoe's playfulness rubbed off on Tee because she wanted in on the fun too. She came up a little higher than Zoe, which, since I was upside down, meant that her crotch was at my chest. She straddled my throat and eased herself down a little. I decide to nibble on her crotch. We laughed and continued playing like this for over an hour. We ended up groping at each other but it was only in fun. Nothing too scandalous happened.

I'm sure you've figured out that afterwards Tee wanted to measure our heights again. Zoe was two feet four inches tall -- no change. Me: three seven and a half -- again, no change. I hadn't gained any back, but I hadn't lost any more either.

Tee on the other hand gained a half an inch: three foot three and a half inches. Needless to say, she was very happy. So happy she nearly forgot she wasn't wearing any clothes again when Erin joined us after the measurement.

"Hey guys. Whatcha doin?"

"Hi Erin." I answered. "We just finished measuring ourselves. We were out hanging on the inversion table while you were getting ready."

"How did it go?"

"Great!" said Tee. "I gained a half inch back from last night."

"But Sam lost a half and inch from last night." Zoe told Erin. "Pretty soon they're going to be the same height."

"Nope. It ain't gonna happen."

"Oh, Sam." Erin said, "Don't feel bad."

"Aaaargh! I'm gonna kill myself."

"Sorry."

"No, I'm sorry, Erin. I didn't mean to snap at you. I just keep hearing that phrase all morning."

She took pity on me and gave me a hug. My head was in her naked belly this time. Erin had her clothes on now but her t-shirt was tied in a knot leaving her midriff exposed. The rest of us were still naked from measuring. Ironic, isn't it?

"Wow, Sam. This is really bothering you, huh?" Zoe asked.

"I'm just, I don't know, jittery this morning."

"Why? We had a good morning, didn't we?"

"Anticipation."

"What are you anticipating?"

"Jill. Tonight."

"Oh."

Zoe understood now.

"Ok guys, I'm going to take a shower. See you in a bit."

"Can I join you?" Tee asked.

"I'd love it." Then I looked to Zoe.

"Don't worry about me, Sam." Zoe said. "I didn't get drunk last night. There's no threat of me puking."

"Hanging upside down didn't make you nauseous?"

"No. Is it supposed to?"

I shrugged.

Tee and I showered together. You know how that went. With all the teasing the girls were doing during the 'hanging' session Mr. Happy was recharged and ready to go again. Tee was too. Sex in the shower -- it's a wonder we ever got clean.



----- Friday afternoon

Zoe finished her shower before we did and was waiting for us in the living room talking with Erin. She was actually flirting with Erin. It was kind of funny: Zoe was well below Erin's crotch and flirting with her. But Erin was having a good day.

I played the guitar and sang a little to warm up for tonight. We went out for lunch, having burgers and hot dogs. I had one hamburger, Tee and Zoe split a hot dog. Erin had one of each. Then we all ate ice cream. I had to bribe Zoe with ice cream to get her out of the house.

Zoe wasn't exactly chomping at the bit to go out. Being a workday, there weren't too many people out and that argument helped to get Zoe to come out with us. I was glad she came and I think, secretly, she was glad to get out too.

We drove Erin directly to work before going home. On the way the girls had a good conversation while I drove. Zoe told Tee about the Binky Bird Boutique. She was impressed.

"When you get to Arizona you can see for yourself." I told Tee.

"Are you going to come to Arizona with me, Sam?"

"No."

"Aw, why not?"

"I'll come visit. I just won't be there all the time. But I'll bring Zoe too."

"I'm done with that place, Sam." Zoe said.

I was a bit surprised.

"It would only be for a visit, Zoe. Just a few days."

"I have bad memories in Arizona."

"But you have some good ones too."

"Yes I do. Maybe. I'll think about it but don't count on me going back."

"Tell us about some good times, Zoe." Erin asked.

"I'd love to, Erin. Did I ever tell you about Samantha?"

Zoe spoke fondly of Sammy. I found out that Samantha and Zoe were Star Wars fans. Darn. I was hoping they'd be Trekkies instead. Well, nobody's perfect.

Zoe and Sammy had gone to Billy's Boot Scootin' Institushun -- let's just call it Billy's -- several times. But the most interesting story she told Erin and Tee was about the big blue. That's the huge party that they have at school in the spring. It's where Samantha and I hooked up. Apparently, Zoe was there too but I don't remember; I only had eyes for Sammy.

Erin liked hearing Zoe talk about me. She also took interest in hearing how everyone got drunk, including me, at the big blue. We talked about how I got the virus. Then Tee mentioned the baby.

"Baby?" Erin asked.

Zoe and I looked at Tee.

"Oops. I wasn't supposed to mention that, was I?"

"No shit! Well at least it's my sister. Please, Tee, tell no one else. Ok?"

"Ok. I'll remember." Tee said. I was wondering if she would comply.

We had to tell Erin the story about Samantha becoming pregnant. I'm not sure how Erin felt about it. I made a note to myself to ask her later when it was just her and I.

Erin liked listening to Zoe's stories and Zoe liked the attention. I was happy that Zoe was getting along with everyone.

As it got later in the afternoon we had to drop Erin off at work. I felt bad that she was going to miss us at Mike's but she'd be back at the house later with Fred.

When we got back home Tee wanted to hang inverted again.

"Again? How about tomorrow. Aren't you staying tonight?"

"I don't know."

"I'll have a surprise tomorrow if you do."

"What is it?"

"It's a surprise."

"Aw. Now I can't wait."

"Be patient. You can hang upside down tomorrow. I don't think it's good for you to hang too much."

"What about tonight?"

"Maybe, if we have time. It'll be late."

"I'm ok with that."

"Figures. Alright then, tonight."

"Ok." she said. She was giddy about it.

Tee flirted with me all afternoon. And so did Zoe, the little lezzy. She just liked seeing me squirm. But it was good that both Tee and Zoe were talking and out of their shell and were in a good mood.

Julie arrived home with Sharon later in the day after I started cooking. I gave Julie's leg a hug to welcome her home. When I was finished she picked me up and we kissed. I noticed her looking down and naturally I had to look too. Zoe was hugging her leg just like I was.

"Can I pick you up, Zoe?" Julie asked. Zoe answered by putting her arms up like a little kid for her mommy. Julie picked her up and Zoe settled on hugging her with her head leaning into Julie's neck. She looked content that way.

"Hey, Sharon." I said, "Ready for tonight?"

"Sure am."

"We'll have fun."

"I'm sure." Sharon bent down at the waist to address Tee. "How was your time with Sam, Tee?"

Tee smiled showing her teeth. "It was better than good." she said. Then she gave Sharon a kiss on the lips which seemed to surprise her.

"I'm glad to hear that, Tee. What did you guys do today?" Sharon said as she stood back up.

"We hung on the inversion table!" Tee answered eagerly. "I'm going to do some more later."

"Mmmkay. Do you like that?"

"I grew."

Sharon looked up at me and Julie. "Yes." I said. "It's true. She did grow but I didn't."

Sharon looked back at Tee and cocked her head to the side.

"Really? Come closer."

Tee walked right up to Sharon and hugged her around the waist. Her head was still below Sharon's fantastic tits and I couldn't tell any difference from before.

"You know, I believe you are a little bit taller." Sharon said as she hugged Tee. Their hug was sexy. Mr. Happy noticed.

"Ok guys, let me go fix something for supper. We need to eat early so we can make it to Mike's in time." I said.

Sharon and I were excited about performing again. Julie and Tee were also excited about going out, but Zoe, not so much.

"Why don't you want to come, Zoe?"

"Too many people."

"Julie will be there. So will Tee and Cindy. You'll have friends."

"Maybe some other time."

"You'll be stuck here alone until we get back."

"I'll live."

"Going to play on the internet, huh?"

"Yep. I miss that. I have to catch up on what's been going on at all those porn sites you know."

We chuckled. "Ok. But Zoe's going to be there too."

"Zoe from the clinic?", little Zoe asked.

"Yep."

"Can you bring her home tonight?"

"I'll ask. I can't promise she'll come though. You want to see her again?"

"Yes. And Leslie too."

"If she's there I'll ask, but she's never come here before. Not that I know of, anyway."

"I'll go out with you some other time, Sam. I just need a little more time to build up my courage."

"How about dancing?!" Cindy broke in. She had just come home from work.

"Later, Cindy." Zoe said. "Much later. I still have a hard time leaving the house."

"What smells so good?"

I had just started to fix some fancy rice dish from a box onto the stove and I was going to stew some chicken. It's the kind of chicken stew where you make a roux first. I had bought some roux in a jar this time and had never done this before -- I always made it myself. It's a bit of pain to make roux since you have to keep stirring and stirring and stirring and I was hoping the stuff in the jar wasn't going to turn out too bad, and it didn't. Dinner was delicious.

With our bellies full and the kitchen cleaned up we were ready to head out for Mike's.



----- Friday evening

Well, what can I say about Mike's? It went great, as usual. Sharon and I sang a few older songs but I had been writing my own songs and mostly we sang those to try them out for the first time in front of others.

One of the older hits that night turned out to be a song from Marty Robbins: El Paso. We must have had a group from Texas visiting. They literally whooped and hollered during that song.

Some of the people thought they had heard my songs on the radio. They hadn't, of course. I'd say if they think my songs were radio-worthy then that's a pretty good endorsement, no?

Halfway through I realized that it was indeed good to be back. I was thoroughly enjoying myself until I spotted Jill. Quite frankly I was halfway convinced that she wouldn't show up but she did. She sat next to Zoe. Not little Zoe; Zoe from the clinic. Zoe from the clinic was there with her cop boyfriend Xavier. Well, at least now I might be able to Shanghai Zoe into coming back to my place tonight.

Before I knew it we were done. Over an hour had passed but it was time to leave the stage. I hugged everyone and we stayed to watch another group try their luck up on stage. Tee hugged Sharon after we got done then she introduced Sharon to Ava. Ava introduced us to her new friend, Lori.

Lori had curly blonde hair and was a little on the rotund side. Let's call it pleasingly plump. She was an outgoing girl however. Bubbly would be a good word to describe her. I asked if Ava and Lori could come over. They discussed it with each other and decided that some other time would be better. Bummer.

But before I forget to mention it we had one other old timer who'd be coming over tonight: Sue. We were real happy to see each other but cut our time at Mike's short and vowed to catch up at home. I couldn't wait to introduce her to Zoe. Little Zoe that is.

And speaking of Zoes: we were about to leave and I had to make sure Jill would be coming over so I ran over to her and Zoe.

"Jill."

"Hi, Sam."

"You're coming over, right?"

"I guess so."

"Good girl. And Zoe, what about you and Xavier? Are you coming over to visit too?"

"We hadn't planned on it."

"Zoe, from Arizona, you remember her, right? Little Zoe."

"Yes, I remember little, ahem, Zoe. How is she?"

"She's home right now. Crowd anxiety is keeping her there, I'm sure you're familiar. She would like to see you though."

"I suppose we should come see you at least once and I would certainly like to see Zoe. We have a lot to talk about." Zoe said. "Are you ok with that, Xave?"

Xavier agreed so I gave them directions and after a little while longer we all found ourselves on the way home.


----- Jill

I had arrived ahead of the others. Sue showed up not long after and I introduced her to little Zoe. We talked of Arizona and Cindy put her two cents in at every other sentence. Things were going great. Then Jill arrived.

I was civil towards her though. I could have been outright mean but I got her a drink and we mingled for a bit. When Zoe and Xavier arrived I couldn't wait any longer and I excused myself from the crowd. Most knew what was going on, but I think Sue was clueless. I asked Cindy to fill her in as I took Jill to my office.

I held the door for her to go in first. As she went by my eyes were at her crotch level. She must have grown, or maybe the half inch that I lost was to blame. Anyway, here was a girl twice my height and I was going to confront her but I felt like I had the upper hand; certainly the righteous one.

"Sit." I commanded.

"Ok."

I took a seat opposite Jill and sighed wiping my face with my hands. Then I crossed my arms over my chest.

"So?" I inquired, raising my eyebrows.

"What?"

"Is there anything you want to say?"

"I think you know the whole story."

"So, that's it?"

"I don't know what to say, Sam."

"What were you thinking when you convinced Samantha to give me the virus?"

"I was mad."

"What did I do to you?"

"It wasn't you. It was Julie."

"Then what did she do?"

"She had you."

"I was away at college. We were split up then."

"But she was always talking about you. Sam this. Sam that. She talked like you two were still in love."

"Well I can see where that would make you mad." I said sarcastically. "NOT!"

"I wanted what she had."

"Me?"

"A boyfriend."

"You can get a boyfriend."

"I couldn't."

"You can. Maybe you just weren't trying hard enough. Or maybe you were trying too hard. I don't know. I'm sure there were hundreds of guys at school that would go out with you."

"They weren't like you."

"Hmm. So that's the reason you had Sammy give me the shrinking disease?"

"I'm sorry."

"I still don't understand."

"I ... I wanted to hurt Julie."

"You wanted to get revenge on Julie by hurting me? That's preposterous you know."

"It wasn't you, Sam. Don't feel bad."

"Fuck! Someone just shoot me. Right now."

Her eyes started to tear up. "If I could make it up to you, I would."

"What about Zoe?"

"What about her?"

"I think you owe her at least an apology."

"Why?"

"Didn't you know that she and Samantha were lovers?"

"Yeah."

"And you knew Sammy was pregnant?"

"Yes."

"But you convinced her yet again to do something she didn't want to do. You convinced her to have an abortion."

"I thought it was best."

"Did you know Zoe wanted the baby?"

"It wasn't hers."

"It was mine! You went behind my back and did that. Zoe wanted to raise the baby and the way she explains it Sammy did too. That is, until you convinced her not to."

"I didn't have to try real hard."

"I know. You had help. But you tried real hard to convince her to have sex with me. To give me the virus. Right?"

"I'm ..."

"I know, I know! You're sorry."

We stayed silent for a few moments. It was probably five seconds but felt like an hour. I got up.

"Is that it?" she asked.

"No. I'm going to get Julie. You have to tell her about this."

"Don't do that."

"Why not?"

"Because."

"Sorry, Jill. That's not good enough. Julie deserves to hear this."

"No."

"Jill, you have to. It's not my job to tell her what you just told me."

"She already knows."

"So you two already talked. That's good."

"We talked ..."

"Yes?" I said, egging her on to finish.

"We talked years ago."

I sat back down. I shook my head to clear it. "Uh, what?" I said, dumbfounded.

"She knows."

"What? Did she know about this all along?"

"Yes."

"Seriously?" I said. "Julie knew about this years ago?"

"Yes."

I paused for a long while. Again, it may have been five seconds or an hour. After what seemed even longer I finally found some words to say.

"Alright. I'm sorry this all happened, Jill. And I'm sorry you're involved. We can't change what happened. I need some time to think this new stuff through. You know, I thought we were friends. I think I have to reevaluate all of that."

"Are you going to leave Julie?"

"Why would I do that?"

"Because of what we did."

"You did it. She just didn't tell me. No, Jill, I don't intend to leave her. At least I'm not going to make any rash decisions until I hear her side."

"Ok."

"Are you upset about that?"

"No. I'm relieved I guess. I was afraid I was going to break you two up."

"Isn't that what you wanted in the first place?"

"No. Well, maybe. But not now."

"Fine. Go. Let me think for a bit."

She went outside. I could hear all the talk and laughter. It seemed distant, like it was on another continent, or another planet. For a while I wanted to be alone. I wanted silence. I knew that wasn't going to happen so I resigned myself to walking out to the living room. I think I had a blank stare on my face. Everyone noticed.

"Sam?"

"What Cindy?"

"Are you ok?"

"Yeah. I am. Where's Julie?"

"In the kitchen."

"Thanks."

I found her. "Julie?" I said. She looked my way and stopped. Then she looked over to Jill and back to me.

"Yes, Sam?"

"Can we talk?"

"Yeah."

"In the office."

"Ok."

Julie ducked under the door frame and stood at the far end of the room. I shut the door and took a seat.

"Please sit down, Julie."

She sat across from me but her legs were too long. She stretched them out and they went past the chair I was sitting in on either side.

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"You know what Jill told me?"

"I guessed. I knew she'd tell you."

"You knew about this ... disease, all this time?"

"Yes."

"Why did't you say anything?"

"I didn't want to hurt you."

"Don't you think this hurts more?"

"I don't know."

"You knew I was going to shrink."

"I wasn't sure."

"But when it started happening?"

"Yes, I knew then."

"You knew about Samantha?"

"I knew about her, yes."

"Did you know about the baby?"

"No. Not until a couple of days ago. I'm so sorry about that, Sam."

"I could have been a dad."

"I didn't know. Really."

"Do you know how I feel?"

"Don't feel bad, Sam."

"I swear to God, if someone says that one more time to me today, I'm going to kill myself."

"Don't do that."

"I feel like a ton of bricks fell on me."

"Do you want me to leave?"

"Leave? No! Just let me think about this for while first. Ok?"

"Ok."

"I want to ask you something."

"What?"

"You and Jill haven't been getting along real well like since before we ever got back together. Does this secret have anything to do with it?"

"It has everything to do with it."

"That explains a lot. Does your mom know?"

"No. I don't think so. I never talked about it, but I don't know what Jill has told her."

"Fine. Look, I'll need some space for a little while. Are you ok with that?"

"I don't have any right to deny you that."

"Good. Did I tell you I'm going to Utah next week for work?"

"Yes."

"Maybe it will do me some good. You know, to get away from it all."

"Are you going to be ok?"

"Yes, I will."

"I'm scared."

"About me?"

"About us."

"I love you. You don't have to be scared. You are still the best thing to happen to me and I couldn't have coped with all this bad stuff without you. I just need some time to put this all into perspective."

"You don't want to split up?"

"No."

"Ok." she said with tears in her eyes.

"Here you go, Julie." I said, handing her a couple of tissues. "Dry those eyes and let's go out and join the party."

She got down on her knees and we hugged, my face just below her boobs. After Julie had fully composed herself we went out.

I was still in a mild daze and tried to hide it. But it was Cindy again who caught on.

"Sam," she said, "you don't look well."

"I'm fine, Cindy. It's just, I have things to think about for the next few days."

"Is there anything I can do to help?"

"Well, being my friend helps. Where's Tee and Sharon."

"Guess?"

"Did they go home?"

"No. They went to the garage."

"Oh. That figures. I bet Tee wants to hang inverted."

"Bingo."

"We'll see them later I'm sure. What about Zoe?"

"Right there." she said, pointing.

Over in the corner of the living room Zoe was talking to Zoe. That is, big Zoe and little Zoe were talking. Xavier looked bored. I decided to leave them be.

"Ok then, where is Sue?"

"I don't know. I think she's in the kitchen."

"Come with me please. We'll go see her. Did you tell her about Jill?"

"A little."

Sue and Jill were talking when we caught up.

"Hey big girl."

"Hi, Sam. Jill was telling me some things."

"Good things?"

"You tell me."

"I'm sure they were just things. I don't want to think of bad things right now."

"Aw, Sam. Don't feel ..."

"Ah, ah!"

"What?"

"Don't say it."

"Say what?"

"What you were going to say."

"Okay."

"Thank you." I said, then gave her a hug and kiss. My head was a little below her shoulder line and I had to get up on my toes as she bent down.

"Mmmm. I guess you do appreciate it." Sue said. "I'm not sure what, but I'm happy to oblige."

"Let's talk. You too Cindy. Here, sit down at the table. What do you think of this?" I said pointing to the table.

"The table?"

"Yeah."

"It's ... little."

"Wow. She's perceptive, Cindy. I never would have known."

"Sam, stop being so sarcastic."

"No, really. What do you think?"

"Where did you get it?"

"It's Zoe's."

"The random little girl you picked up from Arizona?"

"Zoe's far from random. Hey wait. Jill. Where are you going?"

"I was just leaving. I'm sure you don't need me around."

"Nonsense. Pull up a chair. You might like to hear about Zoe."

Jill reluctantly pulled a chair up to sit with us. It looked comical as big as she was sitting with the little people. I wasn't sure where Julie had run off to but at this moment I didn't care. I started talking about Zoe.

I think Jill tried to seem uninterested in the subject but I could tell it was the opposite. Jill and Zoe had interacted quite a bit by my estimation, but never face to face. Not until a couple of days ago, and still, hardly at all.

I was telling the story of our first meeting, of how Zoe slammed the door in my face. That's when the two Zoe's walked in on us.

"Talking about me?"

"Yep."

Sue asked if she really slammed the door in my face.

"Yes, I did."

Sue laughed. "Ha, ha. I would have liked to have been there to see that."

"It was ugly, Sue." I said. "I barely got out a 'hi, my name is ...' when BLAM. The door was shut on me. I figured that was it: the end of my journey."

"What journey?"

"I consider my trip to Arizona a fact-finding journey. And boy did I find out facts. But it turns out, it was only the beginning of my journey with Zoe."

Zoe actually blushed.

Looking back on it I realized that my Arizona trip was pretty epic. It certainly was epic for me, but also I think for Cindy and Zoe too. I also had Kaycee on my mind. We had been texting each other this week and I had sent her the software for her phone.

It was funny that I had written her off as just another friend from college but with what I had found out about Jill and Julie maybe she was the better friend. Maybe I was taking this too hard or over-thinking it. Julie did say that the reason she didn't tell me about what she knew was that she didn't want me to feel hurt. Would I have done the same in her shoes?

Big Zoe and Xavier had to leave. I'm happy that the two Zoe's did get a chance to talk.

"Hey, Zoe?" I asked.

"Yeah, Sam?"

"Do you have any of that whiskey left?"

"Yeah. Why? Want some?"

"I think I'll have a shot or two if you don't mind."

"I'll be right back."

She disappeared to go to the bedroom. I assumed that's where she kept the booze. When she left Cindy leaned into me and whispered, "Whiskey? Something's off, Sam. Are you sure I can't do anything for you?"

"I'm fine. We'll talk tomorrow."

"Is it about Jill?"

"Sort of. Later, ok?"

"Sure. Don't get too drunk tonight."

"That's a change. You always seem to want me to get drunk."

"I'm worried about you now."

"Don't be."

"What if it causes you to shrink more?"

"Then you can have fun at my expense calling me a shrimp."

"I wouldn't do that, Sam."

"It's called sarcasm."

"It's morbid."

"And here she is now." I said as Zoe came back with the liquor.

We retrieved some glasses and the booze was poured. Curiously, Cindy and Sue refrained. That left Zoe and I.

Zoe gave what was to me, a big glass.

"Here's your shot. Or two."

"It figures you'd be drinking too, Zoe."

"I'm celebrating."

"Celebrating what?"

"Zoe's going to help me get a job."

"Really?" I said. This was good news. I'd have to get details later. Tonight I just wanted to drink and forget. I told Jill to get herself some wine and Julie appeared out of who knows where to have some wine too.

"I'm not really old enough to be drinking, Sam." Jill replied.

"You're at home."

"Not my home."

"You're older sister lives here. It's like you're home."

I was surprised that I had to convince Jill to drink. Maybe she didn't trust herself right now. Anyway, I raised my glass and told everyone, "Bottoms up!"

I chugged a good bit of it. It burned going down. And it's true what they say about alcohol and being small -- you get drunk quicker and it doesn't take as much. I felt a little buzz not long after my giant swig and it only grew.

Sue was being frisky with me. It's understandable -- we hadn't seen each other for over two weeks.

"Are you staying over tonight?" I asked.

"I was hoping you'd ask."

"You knew I would."

We kissed. That wasn't unexpected. What was unexpected was Zoe's reaction. She was right in there with us, giving us no space as the others did. It was obvious that she was jealous, but I couldn't figure out for who. I would think she'd be after Sue but it seemed more like she was after me and kept trying to get Sue away. But when we would take a break necking, Zoe would chat up Sue. I couldn't figure this out. It was probably just the alcohol making her irrational. Or maybe I just didn't understand girls. Especially lesbian girls. Or maybe the alcohol was affecting me.

Zoe finally left to go to the bathroom.

"What's with her?" Sue asked.

"I don't know. Did you know that Zoe is a lesbian?"

"Everyone made a point of cluing me in on that fact tonight. Including Zoe herself."

"Maybe she likes you."

"I'm getting mixed signals."

"It's the booze. She's mad at Jill too."

"Really?"

"Did they tell you about her and Jill?"

"A little."

"They used to play a video game on line. Jill?"

I called Jill over to us.

"Jill, what was the name of the video game you guys played?"

"It's not a video game; it's an on-line computer game. It's called Sword of Lakatos."

"That's it." I said. "Jill and Zoe used to play on the same team. They never met each other until this week."

"That didn't go well, did it?" Sue asked.

"Ask Jill yourself."

"I don't have any hard feelings for Zoe." Jill answered.

"But Zoe does." I told her.

"If I knew back then what I know now I would have done things different, Sam. You have to to believe me."

"We all would have done things different, Jill."

"I didn't realize how small Zoe was." Jill lamented.

"She really is a little thing." Sue replied. "How did she get so small?"

"She and Sammy were lovers. They shrunk the same way you shrunk, Sue."

"Doesn't she take the meds?"

"Now she does. Zoe and Samantha decided to stop taking them for a while."

"Why would they do that?"

"Ask her. Here she comes now."

"Excuse me, Jill." Zoe said.

As Zoe walked by Jill I quickly did a comparison -- the top of Zoe's head only came up to about mid-thigh on Jill. I realized that was about the same proportion as me compared to Julie. Yikes.

Jill and Zoe had not talked much even since we got back. This was really the first time that they would have a conversation. They still didn't say much to each other.

"Zoe. Jill. Why don't you guys tell Sue about Sword of Lakatos?"

Well that got them started. I was proud of myself. I didn't have to do much after that. Sue seemed intrigued and the other two were on speaking terms, at least when it came to the game. Maybe this will help them get a little closer to each other again.

Since I was the odd man out here I sought out Cindy once again.

"Hey Cindy, how's it going?"

"I'm fine. You're ok with the alcohol?"

"Yes ---hiccup---. Don't judge me. You know what Jill did, right?"

"About getting Samantha to give you the virus? Yeah."

"I just found out that Julie knew about that all along."

"She did?"

"Oh yes, she ---burp--- did."

"How do you feel about that?"

"I don't know. I want to forget it all tonight."

"Hence the alcohol?"

"Eeyup."

"I'm not judging you, Sam. I'm just worried."

"I'll be fine. How about a kiss?"

"Sure." she said as we locked lips. I don't know why I did that just then. Blame the alcohol. When we broke off she said "I figured you'd be with Sue about now."

"Yeah, maybe we'll end up together tonight. Right now I want to see how she interacts with Jill and Zoe over there. Probably even more importantly though is how Jill and Zoe get along. So far they seem fine."

"They do."

"I have to find out what Tee's plans are tonight. Wanna come out to the garage with me?"

"Sure, let's go."

We excused ourselves but the others hardly noticed. That was actually a good sign. We found Sharon and Tee talking in the garage. Tee's face was flush and both of their clothes were ruffled.

"Finished hanging?" I asked as I leaned against a wall.

"Yeah. We were just talking." Tee said.

"'bout what?"

"Girl stuff. Nothing in particular."

"What do you girls have planned for tonight?"

They shrugged. "I don't know exactly." Tee said. "Fred will be coming over with Erin later. I think Sharon and Fred's parents want them home tonight."

"I'm sorry, Sam." Sharon piped in. "I'd like to stay but we're going to see family this weekend."

"Aw, ok. What about you, Tee?"

"I don't know. I'd like to stay over tonight if you'll have me."

"I'd love that. It should be ok, right? Your folks let you stay last night."

"Yeah, but I don't want to push it with them. Maybe it's better if I went home. I don't want to but I don't want to be on the bad side of mom and dad either."

"Sure. I wouldn't want to come between you and your parents."

"I don't think that's possible. They'd be mad at me instead."

"That wouldn't be good either. What about tomorrow?"

"Tomorrow night?"

"Tomorrow day."

"Oh. Sounds like fun."

"I told you I have a surprise."

"A surprise?" Cindy said.

"Hush, Cindy. I already told you about it."

"You did?"

"Yes. We'll discuss it later."

"Oh boy." Tee said. "I can't wait. What about Sharon?"

"I'd love for Sharon to be there. How about it, lovely."

"Lovely? Are you trying to soften me up for something?"

"Always, Sharon. But seriously, will you come with us? It will only be an hour or two."

"I would really like to but I can't. Family."

"Too bad. Let's go back inside."

"Don't you two want to hang?" Tee asked.

"No." Cindy and I both replied.

"You sure?"

"I'll puke if I do, Tee."

The girls laughed. They could all see that the alcohol was having an effect on me and Tee didn't push the matter further.

They agreed to go back in the house. Tee pulled me aside to ask a question. "Can I measure myself?"

"Of course you can."

"But there's lots of people in there."

"So?"

"I want to do this naked."

"Oh, well you don't have to get undressed. Just take your shoes off."

"No, we have to do this the right way. It has to be the same all the time."

"I don't know what to say. They're all girls in there. It shouldn't be a problem."

"You forgot about Zoe's boyfriend."

"They left already."

"Ok. But there's still lots of people. I'd be self-conscious."

"I can make everyone else get naked. I'm sure Cindy will lead the charge."

Tee laughed nervously.

"What are you two whispering about?" Cindy asked. "I heard my name."

"Nothing, Cindy. It's private."

"It's ok, Sam." Tee said. "I want to measure myself but I don't want everyone seeing me nude."

"Want me to get measured with you too? For moral support."

"See?" I said to Tee. "I told you."

"No. I'll be fine." Tee said.

"You can do it later." I told Tee.

"But if I go back home with Sharon and Fred tonight I won't have the time."

"Stay here then."

"I'll think about it."

"Don't worry." I said. "We'll figure something out I'm sure."

Everyone seemed to be getting along back in the house. I had another drink and I started feeling the effects of the alcohol more and more. I was essentially relaxed more then I was woozy, I think. I had forgotten how alcohol made me loosen up and right now I was getting pretty loose. It was a good de-stressor so I didn't care what the consequences would be right at this moment.

I was sitting on the floor leaning back on the sofa when Zoe came and snuggled up against my side.

"Hey, Zoe."

"How ya doin', Sammy?"

"It's Sammy now? Well, good, I guess. You and Jill seem to be getting along better."

"No, I'm only being civil to her. I'm still sore. I don't think I'll ever get over what she did to Sam."

"I'm sorry to hear that. But not surprised."

"Are you upset with me?"

"No. I think I know how you feel. Whatever. Let's forget all that. What's with you and Sue?"

"I should ask you the same thing. What's with you and Sue?"

"What? ---hiccup--- I just heard an echo."

"What echo?"

"I don't know. What echo?"

"I don't know."

"There it is again."

"Look, Sam, can I ask Sue to stay over tonight?"

"I asked her to stay over tonight. Wait. There's that echo."

"Already?"

"Already what?"

"Did you ask Sue to stay over?"

"Yeah."

"That means you'll be with her tonight?"

"Very likely possibility. She said you've been sending her mixed signals."

"Oh, I suppose I have been a little ---hiccup--- wishy-washy. I don't know if I want to make a move on Sue or spend the night with Julie."

"Spend it with Julie."

"I see you don't want me butting in on your territory."

"Sue's not my territory. I just think Julie should spend the night with someone. And tonight, it won't be me."

"Why? What did you do?"

"Nothing. I need to clear my head of her tonight."

"And that's why your drinking?"

"Yeah."

"Wrong reason. So this is about Julie?"

"And Jill. It seems Julie knew what happened all along. I just want to forget tonight. That ok with you?"

"I'm not your mom."

"You'd be better at it then ..."

"Then what?"

"Never mind."

"Sure, Sammy."

"Ok, mom."

"I'm not your mom."

"Ok then, sis."

"Sis. I like the sound of that."

And speaking of sisters, Erin had just arrived home with Fred. I hugged her, my face in her belly. She knelt down and my face was still below hers -- about neck level -- but now I could hug her around her neck. It was a tighter and longer hug than usual and she sensed something was wrong.

"You ok, Sam?"

"Yep. But I found out Julie knew about the virus thing all along."

"Really?"

"Jill told her about it long ago. We'll talk later. Don't mention it to anyone yet."

"Ok, I won't."

"Working tomorrow?"

"During the day, yeah."

"Shit. Well, you'll see it soon enough."

"See what?"

"The new house."

"Tomorrow?"

"Yep. I'll make it up to you and show you later."

"Ok. I'm sorry I can't make it."

"No problem. Let's have some fun tonight."

"Are we going dancing?"

"I'm not."

"Awwww." she whined.

"But feel free to go out with Fred and Cindy."

"Do you think they'll want to?"

"I don't know. Want a drink?"

"Yes."

We mingled. Erin was happy to see Sue again. I was relaxed. Zoe was feeling good too; everyone could see that. Julie and Jill were drinking so they also loosened up and even Sharon had some booze. Sue and Tee didn't drink any alcohol, I'm pretty sure, but they seemed to be having fun anyway. I had successfully gotten the matters of Jill and Julie out of my mind for the moment.

Tee, however, remained antsy because she wanted to measure her height. I told her to go ahead but she was still reluctant.

"How about if I tell everyone to look the other way?"

"Then they'll all know."

"They pretty much all know anyway."

"Can they stay in the kitchen?"

"Ok, I'll keep them in the kitchen somehow."

"Good. Let me get Sharon. She'll measure me."

"You don't mind Sharon seeing you naked?"

"No."

"But you do everyone else?"

"Right."

"But everyone's seen you nude already."

"What do you want me to do? Call everyone over?"

"I bet Cindy would like that. Let me go get her."

I was half kidding but turned to go find Cindy anyway. That's when I fell.

"Sam! Are you alright?"

Tee was concerned and she and Sharon rushed over to pick me up.

"I'm fine. I'm fine." I said picking my self up with the girls holding each of my arms.

"I think you've had enough booze, Sam." Sharon told me.

I looked up at Sharon and only saw her boobs.

"Oh, wow, Sharon. Your tits are above my head now."

"That's because you're not even standing up straight."

I stood up as tall as I could and the top of my head hit the bottom of her breasts. But then I lost my balance again. Fortunately the girls caught me; they were still holding my arms. I looked over at Teagan and said "Did you do that?"

"No, Sam. I haven't had as much booze as you have."

"Oh, no. You've been drinking too?"

"No, I haven't."

"Good. Have you Tee anywhere?"

"I'm right here, Sam, holding your left arm."

"Oh, there you are. I thought you were getting dressed. I mean ---hiccup--- undressed."

"I've been here all along. I'm not undressing until everyone goes to bed."

"Tee? Will you sleep with me tonight?"

"I would but you're probably going to go to right to sleep on me."

"That's what I just asked." I said to her, my face only inches from hers.

She rolled her eyes and fanned her face with her hand. "Phew. I can smell the alcohol on your breath, Sam."

"I think we ought to put him to bed early, Tee." Sharon said.

"Why?"

"Because you're drunk, Sam."

"I don't feel drunk."

"How much have you had to drink?"

"One glass."

"One?"

"Ok, maybe two."

"And how big were these glasses?"

"This big." I said holding my fingers apart. I had no idea if the span had any relation to the amount of alcohol I actually had, but I thought it would be convincing. I mean, it seemed like the right thing to do. I looked at Tee. She looked absolutely gorgeous at this moment.

"How about a kiss, Tee?"

"I'm afraid your breath will get me drunk."

I looked up at Sharon. "What about you, Sharon?" I asked.

I expected an excuse from her too, but she leaned down and kissed me. It was one of those time-warping kisses. I got dizzy and fell back again.

"Whoa there, Sam." Sharon said lowering me to the ground.

"Are you ok?"

"I'm fine, Tee. It's Sharon's fault."

"Me?"

"Yeah, you're a Pokemon destroying fabric."

"What?"

"I mean ... um ... what were we talking about?"

"We were talking about putting you to bed."

"Good. Now Tee can get undressed and measure her height." I looked up at her from the floor. "Oh my God, Tee. You really have grown. Your tits are above my head too."

"Sam. You're sitting down."

"So am I."

She shook her head in disapproval. "What're we going to with him?" she said to Sharon.

"You get naked and I'll just measure your height, Tee." I answered. "The others are too busy talking amongst themselves. They won't even notice."

"I'm sure you would like to measure me, Sam, but I have Sharon to help with that."

"Ok, I admit, you grew ---hiccup--- on the inversion table. Ah well, you're too tall for me anyway."

"No, I'm not."

"You're ten feet tall to me, Tee."

"I'm ... oh hell, Sam. You do say the nicest things sometimes, even if you are drunk."

"I'll have you know that I'm as sober as a feather."

"What's that supposed to mean?" Tee asked with Sharon laughing in the background.

"Uh, I suppose something was lost in translation."

"So, if I'm ten feet tall what does that make Julie?"

"Unh un. I don't want to talk about her right now."

"Was it that bad?"

"What?"

"What she did to you."

"What did she do?"

"You tell me."

"Tell me what?"

"You what. No. I mean, you tell me what she did to you."

"Who?"

"Julie."

"Um, she's in the other room. You know, on second thought, don't get naked. Julie's so big she can see over everyone. She's bound to see you getting measured in the nude."

"The walls would be in the way. Especially the parts above the doorways where she can't see through."

"Oh yeah. Good point. ---hiccup--- Go ahead and get undressed then. Julie can't even fit through the doorways because they're too short for her."

"She can duck under the tops of the doorways."

"Oh, right. I didn't think of that. Maybe you shouldn't get nude."

"Make up your mind, Sam."

"About what?"

"Should I get nude or not?"

"Oh you should definitely get nude. You look really good without clothes, Tee. Doesn't she, Sharon?"

"Yes, Sam." Sharon said. "She does."

"You do too."

"Why thank you."

"Do you want to get measured too, Sharon?"

"No. Why?"

"Don't you want to find out how tall you are?"

"I already know."

"Ok. Help me up."

"Are you sure about that, Sam?"

"I'm not that drunk, Sharon." I said trying to get up.

I stood up successfully, much to Sharon and Tee's surprise. I hugged Tee, noticing that she came up to my nose. She was still a good three to five inches shorter than I was. At this particular moment I couldn't tell you for sure though whether she was taller than before. Then I started thinking about her growing.

"If you keep hanging, ---hiccup--- Tee, then you're going to be taller than me soon."

"I wouldn't know about that, Sam."

"Yes, you would. You've been taller than me almost all my life."

"Not anymore."

"Well, you might be again. Don't you want to be?"

"Of course, I do."

"How tall?"

"How tall, what?"

"How tall do you want to be?"

"I guess as tall as I was before shrinking."

"Would you want to be taller than me?"

"Uh, let's talk about something else."

"No. ---hiccup--- What if you become taller than me again?"

"Then what?"

"Will you still like me? Or will you like me like before?"

"I don't know what you're talking about, Sam."

"Will you still like me?"

"Of course I will."

"What if you become as tall as Sharon? I could kiss your boobs standing up." I said as I bent down and nibbled on her nipples through her shirt.

"Eep!" she screeched. "Sam. Not in front of everyone."

"No? How about this?" I said as I walked over to Sharon and nibbled on her breasts.

"Sam!" Sharon said. "Behave!"

"Aw, Sharon. I missed you."

"Yes, Sam. I missed you too."

"You're so pretty, Sharon." I said looking up into her eyes. "Tee, did Sharon tell you about us?"

"Uh, yes, Sam." Tee answered. "She did. We can change the subject anytime now."

"Is it uncomfortable for you to talk about that?"

"Yes, it is."

"Would you like to be as tall as Sharon?"

"I guess so."

"You could kiss her right on the mouth then."

"I know."

"Or wouldn't you rather be this size?"

"I don't have much say in that."

"Come here." I beckoned to her. She came up to me and Sharon. Her head was still below Sharon's boobs. "Ok, get up on your tippy toes." I commanded.

"Why?"

"I want to see."

Tee got up on her toes a little for just a second.

"No. No. Try harder and stay up."

When she did again I kissed her. I still had to bend down a little.

"Ok. Sharon, bend down a little bit."

"Alright, Sam." she said, playing along not knowing what I had in mind.

"Tee, up on your toes again."

Tee rolled her eyes and up she came. This time I maneuvered her over to Sharon.

"Kiss Sharon." I said.

"Uh, ok."

Sharon started bending down for a kiss.

"No! Not like that. Like you were before. Tee, I want you to kiss her boobs."

I was half expecting them to refuse, I mean, I wasn't that drunk so I didn't expect much. But to my surprise Tee did kiss Sharon on her left tit. As drunk as I was, Mr. Happy still stood up and took notice. Damn! Talk about hot.

The girls seemed to be enjoying it too. They didn't stop right away. I moved to the other side and kissed Sharon's right tit. After a little bit, we stopped.

"See, Tee. Only a couple more inches and you could kiss Sharon's tits whenever you two meet."

"I'm sure that will go over well with everyone else." Tee said, sarcastically.

"But that way you could do it on the sly. Don't you want to?"

"She has perfect boobs."

"They're wonderful."

"I wish I had your boobs, Sharon."

"Yes, Tee." Sharon replied. "You've told me that repeatedly."

"It needs repeating." I said. "They're that good."

"Oh, stop it, you two."

"Are you sure you don't want to stay over here tonight, Sharon?"

"Oh, God, Sam. I would love to but I can't."

"If you go home with Sharon, will you two spend the night together?"

"I don't know, Sam?" Tee said. "Sharon?" she asked, looking up to her.

"We're leaving early tomorrow. It's probably for the best that we don't, Tee. I'm sorry."

We were all bummed. Tee took me aside for a moment and whispered "Why did you have to go and do that?"

"Do what?"

"Get me all aroused again. We were supposed to be finished."

"Finished?"

"Sharon and I made love in the garage."

"So, that's why you took so long. I should have known."

"Shit. Now what?"

"Are you staying here tonight?"

"I have to."

"You don't have to do anything."

"I want to. I need to. With you, Sam."

"Ok, sure. Let me ask you something now that we're semi-alone."

"What?"

"What were you snickering about when you gave Zoe a hug this morning?"

"Oh, that. Well, I guess I had a thought."

"What thought?"

"Zoe was like what you were before."

"Before what?"

"Before I started shrinking."

"So, if you were your old size and I was down by your stomach, how would you feel about that?"

"Don't feel bad about that."

"Fuck me!"

"What?"

"Never mind. Would you still feel the same about me if you were bigger again?"

"Oh, yes, Sam. I would. I promise."

"So, you would go to bed with me even if I were half your height?"

"You've never been half my height."

"But if I was?"

"Yes, Sam. I would."

"And how would you feel about it?"

"I don't know."

"Yes, you do."

She rolled her eyes. "Alright." she said. "You'll probably forget tomorrow."

"I'm not that drunk."

"Fine. You know how I would feel?"

"No. How?"

"I would make me feel all wobbly. It would be kinky."

"Is that good."

"Very good. Are you satisfied now?"

"I guess so." I said.

"Don't tell anyone about that."

"Look who's talking. Don't worry, I won't."

"Besides, it'll never happen."

"I would have said that a year ago, but now that so many weird things have happened, I wouldn't bet on it."

"It's just a fantasy now. Maybe I just long for being big again."

"Makes sense."

"I swear, Sam. I'll never treat you bad again."

"I believe you."

"What are you two doing?" Sharon said as she approached us.

"Just talking."

"About what?"

"About you and your big boobies."

"Aw, Sam. Stop talking like that."

"Why? They're fantastic. Can you imagine Tee with those whoppers right now?"

"Her's are very pretty. Tee, you have nothing to complain about."

"Thank you, Sharon." Tee said gratefully.

"I'm not complaining a bit. I agree with you, Sharon. But your boobs on her, well, I don't think she could stand up."

"You do have quite the imagination, Sam."

"Hey, I'm a guy. We all think about tits. And now that I'm so much smaller, the tits are so much bigger. I guess you can call it a consolation for shrinking."

"You want me to have bigger boobs, Sam?" Tee asked.

"No, not really. But it's fun to imagine what you'd look like with them. Or, even, what you would look like flat."

"I'd look like Cindy."

"Shhhh. Don't let her hear."

"I don't really think she cares. I believe she likes her petite frame."

"It certainly doesn't bother her showing them off for everyone."

"You can say that again."

"I told you this house was haunted by nudists, Tee."

"So, speaking of which," I began, "why don't you take those clothes off and get measured?"

"You have a one-track mind, Sam."

"Don't you want the world to know how much you've grown?"

"But what if I didn't?"

"Then we can all be happy at getting a good look at your naked body."

"You're terrible."

"No. Just mildly drunk."

"Fine." she said, undressing. "I hope everyone gets a good look."

"You do look good, Tee. Even better when you're naked."

"Hmpff."

Tee's mood had changed instantly when Sharon announced the results: "Three feet, four and a half inches."

Dayum. She had gained an inch by hanging and was now taller than last night by a half inch. She was so happy she almost forgot to put her clothes back on.

"I know how you feel, Tee." Jill offered.

"But you've always been growing, Jill. I wish I was growing like you."

"I meant being naked in front of everyone."

"Oh? When were you ever naked?"

"A couple of months ago. Lost bet."

"Uh, yeah. Ok, I remember that now."

"How does it feel?"

"I almost forgot I was nude. Let me get my clothes back on."

Cindy wasn't having any of that. She snatched Tee's clothes up and held them overhead. Even though Tee had gained an inch, Cindy still had about three or four inches on her. Tee tried to jump for her clothes but didn't make it.

Sharon came to the rescue and snatched up Tee's clothes for her but no sooner had she done that than Erin got a hold of them. Not even Sharon could reach now. Only Julie and Jill could have took them from Erin.

"Erin!?!" I said.

"What?"

"Give her clothes back."

"I'll make a deal. I'll give you your clothes back if you go dancing with me tonight."

"It's too late Erin." I said.

"No, it's not."

"You have to work tomorrow." I reminded her.

"I do, don't I? Ok here, Tee." Erin gave her back her clothes. End of drama. Too bad. I was quite enjoying this.

Cindy shook her head. Zoe was laughing. I apologized to Tee.

"It's your fault, Sam." she said.

"You've grown. Isn't that great?"

"Do you mean emotionally again?"

"And physically."

"Ok, fine. I forgive you."

I gave her a kiss. I didn't have to bend down as much as before. I wish it would work for me.

"You'll be taller than me soon. Again." I told her.

She smiled. I had another drink.


----- Friday late night

Before I knew it it was late and Fred was leaving with Sharon. Tee was staying. I'd have another night with her.

As for Sue, it seems her and Cindy were happy to be together tonight. Sue had just found out that Cindy would be leaving in a month or so. I guess she wanted to make the best of the time they would have together. I wasn't sure what Zoe was going to do. I didn't care. I knew she would have fun with whoever she wanted to tonight.

The night was set but we had a little problem: Jill wanted to go home. It's not that we wanted her to stay but we decided, or rather the others decided, that she had too many glasses of wine so we put her up in the living room. That meant that Tee and I would be in the bedroom with Cindy and Sue.

"Would you mind, Tee?"

"If we can keep our privacy."

"I think the two of them will keep themselves busy enough not to bother with us."

"I'll try it then."

I was little disappointed myself, but they were right: Jill couldn't be trusted to drive home.

Dishes were picked up, doors were locked and lights were put out. I closed the bedroom door.

Cindy was the first one to get undressed. Surprised? No, of course not.

I figured each couple would take a bed and then go at it. But all four of us stayed up for a while talking.

"I missed you, Sam." Sue said.

"Same here."

"And I'm going to miss you when you go off to Arizona, Cindy."

"Tee is going to be leaving for Arizona soon too."

"Yeah." Tee started. "Thanks to Sam."

"What did Sam do?"

"I met this guy in Arizona. He needs someone to help with entomology and knew Tee was studying that at school so I helped arrange the two get together."

"Entomology?"

"The study of bugs."

"It's insects, Sam." Tee corrected. As if there's any difference.

"Eww." Sue spat.

"But insects are vital to our environment."

"Not when you get stung or bit."

"They're only trying to protect themselves. Think of how much bigger we are. They must be scared senseless when they meet a human."

"I don't know."

"I can relate." I said and they all look at me like I had grown a third arm.

"Oh?"

"Yeah, Everybody's been bigger than me all my life. Some are scary."

"And what about Julie?"

"Exactly. Look how big Julie is. If I didn't know her I'd be scared senseless."

"No you wouldn't, Sam." Tee said. "You'd be enthralled with her huge boobs."

"You can be enthralled and scared at the same time."

"Were you scared of me when I was bigger than you?"

"No. But I was definitely enthralled."

"It certainly wasn't because of my boobs."

"It was because of all of you."

Tee seemed to soften up and looked me directly in the eyes. "Do you mean that, Sam?"

"Yes. I didn't know you that well, but I was still attracted to you."

"You never really approached me."

"That's right. Every time I approached a girl who was taller then me she'd shut me down."

"I'm sorry."

"Don't be."

"But ..."

"But what?"

"Oh gosh, I hate to say this."

"Ok, whatever."

"No, I have to be honest. I would have shut you down too."

"Yeah, I know. Don't fret about it. You've changed yet you're still pretty and enthralling."

"Do you even know what that word means?"

"Enthralling? It means you've captivated me. Captured my attention. Nay, captured my soul, holding it in your possession forever more."

Tee swallowed hard. "Um, that's a good way to put it."

"Indeed. You may be in college little girl, but I've already completed my degree. I don't know as much about bugs, but I still know some things. Enthralled, hah. I bet I know a few words even you don't."

"Ok. I believe you."

"Just don't ask me to enumerate. I'm still feeling the effects of that whiskey."

"You seem to be handling it pretty well tonight, Sam."

"Thank you, Cindy."

"You should see him when he's really drunk, Tee."

"I don't know."

"We got him to dance in front of everyone naked the last time he was drunk."

"You're mistaking me with yourself, Cindy." I said.

"Oh, well. I can wish."

"You want me naked?"

"I want everyone naked."

We all laughed.

"You really like to be nude, don't you, Cindy?" Tee asked.

"I do. It reminds me of when I was young. Mom not only used to let me run around naked, she encouraged it."

"Aren't you afraid of ..."

"Of what?"

"I don't know. Getting into trouble."

"I look like a little girl. Who's going to get me into trouble?"

"I meant some maniac could like, attack you."

"That can happen even when dressed."

"But, don't you think you'd attract more attention undressed?"

"I'm not like you. Look at me. I have no boobs. You might think yours are small, but believe me, they're a whole lot nicer than mine. I look like a little girl next to you."

"I have to say something." I blurted out.

"What, Sam?"

"You only look a little bit like a little girl. You're still very sexy."

"Thank you."

"And I can see what Tee is saying. You have to be careful, Cindy."

"I am careful. Remember, in Arizona. We went to that nudist park."

"Yeah."

"Everyone was nude there. We were perfectly safe."

"But you've been nude outside where it wasn't so safe."

"I know. I was taking a chance. But I'm usually with someone so that helps."

"You were at a nudist park?" Sue asked.

"Yeah, Sue. You'll have to come visit me in Arizona. We'll go to McLanic park."

"I'm not sure I'm ready for that."

"Sam did."

They all looked at me.

"Yeah. So?" I said.

"How about you get naked now?"

"I'm surprised it took you this long to ask, Cindy." I said as I stood up to take my clothes off.

"Ok, now your turn, Tee. We've all seen you before." Cindy said.

"Fine." Tee said as she became naked. Then we all looked at Sue.

Sue stood up and made a production out of getting undressed. When she took off her bra -- she was the only one wearing a bra by the way, Cindy didn't own any and Tee had stopped wearing them a couple of months ago -- she draped it behind my neck and pulled me up to my feet.

As she wriggled to push her panties down to her feet she rubbed herself against me. If Mr. Happy wasn't hard then, he certainly was now. I looked over to Tee to see if she was upset. If she was she wasn't showing it -- she was laughing.

Sue put her hands on her hips and shook her head.

"What's the matter."

"I can't believe that I'm the tallest one in this room."

"Believe it." I said.

Sue stepped close to me again, hugged me, bending down as I craned my neck up to her, then she gave me a kiss. A wet one. It lasted quite some time while our tongues explored each others mouths. The mood had gone silent.

We finished, Sue pulled away then beckoned to Tee. Tee got up and went to Sue whereupon the two of them kissed. Tee was on her toes as her head barely came up to Sue's shoulders. There's something so sexy about two naked girls kissing right in front of you. Mr. Happy was about to explode.

"Wooo, Tee. Where did you learn to kiss?" Sue asked when they broke off.

Tee shrugged. "I don't know. Friends. So, what was that for, anyway?"

"I know you didn't want to share a room with us. I'm sorry. That's my way of apologizing."

"If anything, it's Sam's job to apologize, not your's. But it's ok, I'm enjoying this time together."

Cindy now stood up and walked over to the other two. She gave Tee a kiss.

"You're right, Sue." Cindy said. "She does kiss good." Then she bent down for more kissing from Tee. But soon it was Sue's turn again, and thereafter she and Cindy kissed.

Tee gently planted kisses on Sue's breasts. Then she switched to Cindy's. While Sue's breasts were at mouth level for Tee, Tee had to bend down to kiss Cindy's breasts. But it was worth it.

"Cindy, you have nothing to be ashamed of." Tee said. "You're breasts are heavenly."

"Thank you, Tee. I was never ashamed of them. I just know that they're little and I'm happy with that."

"Well, I like them." Tee said as she planted more kisses on Cindy's chest.

The girls seemed to have forgotten about me. I didn't mind because I was really enjoying the show. While they were doing their thing, Mr. Happy and I were sharing some quality time together.

It wasn't until many minutes later that one of the girls noticed.

"Oh no, Sam." Cindy said. "Are you ok?"

"I'm fine."

"Come on girls." she said and they all came over to me. We ended up on the floor in a heap.

If I thought doing it with a cheerleader was a fantasy come true then doing it with three girls was beyond imagination. The details would take a long time to cover. Needless to say, we spent most of the night pleasing each other. I don't know who's arms I ended up that night but when we were all spent and about to fall asleep Tee asked me a question.

"So, how do you feel now, Sam?"

"I don't feel bad."

 

 

End Notes:

Well, there's another day in Sam's life. What will tomorrow bring? Stay tuned.

Chapter 73 - New house, new situations by littless
Author's Notes:

So folks, FAIR WARNING: there is some violence in this chapter. Not enough to change the tags on the story I don't believe, but if some of you feel otherwise I can change it. It's not super violent but if you feel you don't want to encounter this then stop at the section marked "----- Bedtime" and pickup at "----- Rescue".

And if you have any comments just post a review. I love feedback. I have changed the story a bit based on it before, so if there's something you like or don't like let me know.

Things will move a little faster after the next chapter.

----- Sometime, somewhere

I kissed Sammy. She had to bend down as I only came up to her shoulders, yet she didn't mind. She's one of the few girls on campus that don't care how short I am. I mean, she actually went out with me and never once said a word about my height. We were having such a fun time tonite. At least I was. And judging from her smile I'm sure Sammy was too.

"Come on, let's go." she said taking me by the hand. "We don't want to keep her waiting."

"Whoa. Slow down." I said. The going was rough. The ground was yellow and wrinkled. I kept tripping over the wrinkles. Sammy's legs were much longer and it was easier for her to navigate this strange terrain.

"Where are we going?" I asked.

"You'll see."

I could see walls closing in on us from either side as we ran. They were pale and rose higher as we got closer. Closer to where, I wasn't sure. Not yet. After what seemed like hours of running, we were there and we were both out of breath.

Sammy was huffing and puffing with her hands on her knees. I was in a little better shape.

"Ok. Where are we?"

Sammy couldn't answer since she was still sucking air. She took one of her hands off of her knee and pointed. I followed her index finger and right there was a giant slit with hair up top neatly shaved into a "landing strip". It was a giant pussy.

"What the hell, Sammy?"

"Just ... cool it." she said. "You'll like it."

"I will?"

"Sure. Here, let me help you." Samantha said catching her breath. She grabbed me around the waist and lifted me up into the giant cunt waiting in front of us. It was hot and dripping wetness. And it smelled. It was a familiar scent. I couldn't place it at first but then I realized ... it was Zoe!

"Wait. What're we doing?"

"She's waited long enough. Now get in there."

Sammy lifted me further and pushed until I was up to my chest inside. Then she grabbed the soles of my feet shoved me further in. I slid in pretty easily too right up to my knees. Then I could feel Samantha crawling in herself.

"Mmmmmmmm." I heard from somewhere outside. It was far, yet near. The cunt walls squeezed in on us. Sammy made it up to where I was and then we both crawled in further, every few moments being stopped in our tracks as the giant pussy walls contracted in on us.

We stopped.

"What're we doing now?"

"Just lay here with me."

It was dark and the thick slime that surrounded the muscular canal was flowing. The walls contracted again, this time harder. We pushed back with our arms and feet.

"No, Sammy. Up there. Push up there." she said.

I did as instructed.

"Aaaaaaah, yes." we heard outside.

The contractions kept coming, stronger and stronger. The noises outside got louder. Climax was imminent. The slime became less viscous and more voluminous. It felt like we were drowning.

Before I could move any further the muscles around us convulsed. There was a flood and both of us went flying out through the air and landed on a semi hard surface. We bounced twice before coming to a rest.

I ended up on top of Samantha but was too beat to move off of her.

"Ew, look at you two." I heard from above. It was all I could do to look up and see hovering above us Zoe's giant face, the size of a billboard.

"It looks like I'm going to have to clean my Sam-Sams up."

She picked me up in one hand between her thumb and index finger and Samantha in the other hand. We were held in front of her face while she looked back and forth at Samantha and me.

"My poor Sam-Sams. You looked bushed."

I was so beat that I could hardly raise my arm up. Sammy was completely limp in Zoe's fingers.

"Ok, time to clean up." she said then she began licking Sammy up and down. She put Samantha in her mouth, head first up to her waist, and it looked like she swirled the little girl around her mouth. Then she took her out and switched, this time putting her in legs first and repeated the swirling.

The whole time Zoe was looking down at Samantha. It was kind of a funny sight seeing Zoe's huge face with crossed eyes looking down her nose at Sammy. She was swishing Sammy around in her mouth and taking her in and out. Sammy's face told me that she was enjoying this. Zoe figured this out too and took Sammy completely out but then held Sammy so her legs were apart then started licking her between her legs with her gigantic tongue.

Sammy looked to be in ecstasy as Zoe made her ministrations. She kept it up for a good long while until Sammy had enough and started protesting.

"Enough, Zoe. I can't take anymore."

"Hmm. Ok. You're clean enough. Now Sam, it's your turn."

She repeated the performance with me. In and out, around and around. Her king sized tongue was rough and it pushed me around; I was at her mercy. But then after doing my legs she started sucking me. It may have been rough at first but now I wasn't even thinking to complain. Just like Sammy, I felt like I was in paradise.

"Mmmmm hmmm hmmm." she hummed.

I moaned.

"Mmmm, Sam."

I moaned some more.

"Mmmm yeah, Sam."

"Oh Zoe."

"Mmmmmm" she sad as the sucking started pulling me further in. It felt good at first but when I was in up to my chest I started to panic.

"Zoe. Zoe! Not so far."

"Mmmmmmmm." the giant Zoe said.

"Wait. Stop."

"Mmmmmm." she said one more time as my chin made it right to the edge of her lips. She took her index finger and started pushing on the top of of my head until I made it completely past her lips and was now fully engulfed in her mouth.

"No! Zoe, wait. Don't swallow me."

I could feel my feet at the top of her throat. Her tongue was moving in waves drawing me further and further down to her throat.

"Stop! Zoe, stop!" I yelled.

"Mmmmmmmm."

I felt my hips reach the edge of her throat. Then one more movement of her tongue and I was traveling down her esophagus.

"Zoe, no! No, no, no."

"Hey."

"No."

"Sam!"

"Stop. Don't swallow me. Zoe, no."

"SAM!"

"Uhhh. Wha?"

"Sam. Wake up."

"Huh? What?" I said looking up. I saw three beautiful girls standing over me. I was laying on the floor. "What am I doing on the floor?"

"Don't you remember?"

"No. What happened?"

"We all fell asleep on the floor."

"Oh."

"What were you dreaming, Sam?"

"I don't know."

"You were calling Zoe's name."

"Oh."

"You were screaming for Zoe not to swallow you."

"I was?"

"Yes, you were."

"Oh, well. I guess I had a bad dream."

"Yeah. There he goes again." Cindy said.

"Does he do this a lot?" Tee asked.

"All the time."

I denied it. "I do not."

"Well, you were this time. Why were you dreaming of Zoe?"

"How should I know."

"He must be taken by her."

"Look, I can't control my dreams. Nobody can."

"It's ok, Sam." Tee assured me.

"Thanks." I said as I sat up. "Ahh."

"What's wrong?"

"I have a headache."

"Want me to get some aspirin?"

"No. I'll get it. You don't know where it is, Tee."

"I do." Cindy said. "I'll be right back."

Tee was to my right, kneeling down on one knee. Sue was standing to my left but bent over at the waist with her hands on her knees. I looked up at one, then the other. I then looked over my shoulder to the floor.

"So, we all slept together on the floor last night. Really? It seems hard."

"Yep. Don't you remember?"

"Vaguely. Who was I holding who last night?"

"All of us, kind of."

"How did we do that?"

"Well, you spooned me," Tee said, "while I spooned Cindy. I think Sue was behind you."

"We must have had a good time last night."

"He's hungover."

"It's just a headache. I don't feel nauseous, thank God. And I'm here with two angels so I'm good."

"Three."

"What?"

"Three angels." Tee said.

"Yes, three. But one flew away. Hopefully, she'll be back soon. And speak of the angel ..."

Tee and Sue giggled as Cindy showed up with a glass of water and some ibuprofen.

"Sorry, Sam. I couldn't find aspirin. I hope ibuprofen will do."

"It'll do. Thanks."

I got up and took the pills. We all headed out to the kitchen.

"Can we go hang on the inversion table?"

"So soon, Tee? Don't you want breakfast first? If you're growing you'll need your nutrition."

"Um, sure. Do we have to eat breakfast in the buff again?"

"Oh. I forgot we were all naked. I guess that comes from spending the night with Cindy."

"You love it, Sam." Cindy said.

"Nevertheless, I think I'll get some clothes on. Cooking naked can be dangerous."

Tee and Cindy laughed. Sue didn't understand why they were laughing so hard. She wasn't here when Zoe bit my ass while I was cooking breakfast yesterday.

"Who wants a shower first?" I asked. We agreed the girls would take a shower one by one. I'd go into the master bedroom for a shower then fix breakfast.

Zoe had spent the night with Julie and was awake as I tiptoed into the room trying not to wake anyone. Oh well, I tried.

"Good morning." Zoe said. "Or should I say 'mmmmmmm'?"

"What?"

"How did you like it in my pussy?"

"Zoe! Shhhh."

"Not to worry. Julie's asleep."

"Did we have the same dream again?" I asked.

"It looks we did from the fear on your face."

I shook my head.

"You felt good inside."

"What?"

"In my pussy. You and Samantha. I loved you two squirming inside. You wouldn't believe how good that felt."

I covered my face with my hands.

"I like you that small. You're cute."

"It was only a dream, Zoe."

"I can't wait for the next one."

"I think I'm going to stay up all night."

"You can't stay awake all the time."

"And why the hell did you try to swallow me?"

"I don't know. It was a dream. I have no control over it."

"Don't you ever do that again."

"Were you scared?"

"Hell yeah!" I said. I was breathing fast in a cold sweat and Zoe picked up on this.

"Sam, you're really freaked out, aren't you?" she said with a little worry in her voice.

"Yes. I am."

"I'm sorry. Can I make it up to you?"

"How are you going to do that?"

"You're limp. Maybe I can do something about that."

I looked down and the thought of the dream had indeed left Mr. Happy limp.

"No, Zoe. I have to pee and it's better this way."

"Then I'm glad to be of service." she said with a wink. "Are you going to shower?"

"Yeah, I was going to."

"After you pee then maybe I can help you lather up."

"You would take a shower with me?"

"We've done it before. Only this time I'll be cleaning you."

"Fine."

"Good. Come on, I'll hold it for you when you pee."

"No. That won't work. It'll just get hard and I won't be able to pee."

"Suit yourself." she said as she gave me a hug.

"Why did you hug me?"

"It's just a hug, Sam. I don't want you feel bad about yesterday."

"I'm not feeling bad. I just have a headache."

"I'm talking about the dream."

"Oh."

Her head was below my chest as we hugged. I shouldn't have to tell you that Zoe was nude too. Apparently her and Julie had another fun night together. But the skin to skin contact was waking Mr. Happy.

"Uh, Zoe. I need to pee. So ..."

"Ok, I have to pee too. But you first."

"Ha. You just want to watch."

"I can watch even if I go first."

"Oh, right. Whatever."

We went into the bathroom.

"Well." she said.

"Well, what?"

"I'm waiting."

"I can't do it with you watching. Turn around until I start."

"Whatev's." she said turning toward the shower. The stream of piss finally started and she turned around. By this point I couldn't have stopped anyway and she watched me intently.

"Why are you so interested in watching me take a leak?"

"It's been a while since I've seen this."

"Do you like watching guys pee?"

"I like watching you."

"Sheesh, whatever. I'll be in the shower when you're ready."

I turned the water on, waited for it to warm up and went in. Zoe followed a minute later. She was true to her word and lathered me up real good while I just stood in the shower. Mr. Happy said hello as she gently and lovingly cleaned him. But other than that, nothing really happened.

We finished and wrapped ourselves in towels. Actually, we wrapped each other. I don't know why but it made me feel tingly wrapping little Zoe in a towel. She looked very cute. I walked over the dresser to get clothes.

"Aw, you're getting dressed?"

"I'm fixing breakfast again. I don't want my ass bit."

She laughed then left for the other bedroom to presumably get her clothes. I got dressed and woke Julie.

"Hey. Wanna get up?"

"Mmm, yeah. Sure, Sam."

"How are you this morning?"

"I'm fine. You?"

"I'm fine."

"Sam, I'm sorry about, you know."

"About not telling me you knew about everything?"

"Yeah. Forgive me?"

"Of course. I'm not that mad at you. You were probably right. After thinking about it, I'd do the same thing in your situation."

"Thank you." she said and stood up. The suddenness of her size took me by surprise and I fell back onto my butt.

"Oh no. Did I hurt you?"

"No, Julie. I'm fine."

"I didn't mean to knock you over."

"You didn't even touch me. I just wasn't ready for that."

"Did you have too much to drink last night?"

"No, I'm not hung over."

"Let me help."

She picked me up and cradled me in her arms like a baby. The ceiling, which was normally way above my head, was now inches away. Julie's head looked to be touching the ceiling.

"I wish you could have done this a few minutes earlier, Julie."

"Why?"

"Because I would have been nude too."

"I guess I'm too late getting up."

"No problem. Put me down and I'll make you breakfast."

"What's for breakfast?"

"How about omelettes?"

"Mmmm. Tasty. I can't wait."

"Get ready. I'll see you in the kitchen. We have plans today."

"We do?"

"Yep. We're going to look at the new house."

"Oooo, now I'm excited."

"Good. I'll see you in the kitchen."

Pretty soon everyone had gathered in the kitchen except Erin and Jill. I went to go wake up Erin because she had to work this morning but I found out she was already getting ready.

"I'm making omelettes this morning. Hurry up so we can get you fed before work."

"Thanks, Sam."

I asked Julie to take care of Jill and she disappeared into the living room.

Omelettes were great. I had some ham left over that I used along with peppers, onions and cheese. I had a jar of jalapeños in the refrigerator for me and Sue. Tee tried some too and actually liked them. They weren't that hot after all. Nobody else was brave enough to give 'em a go though. I also cooked some grits to go along with the omelettes and of course coffee and tea. A damned good breakfast if I say so myself.


----- Erin's drive to work

We cleaned up after eating and I got ready to take Erin. Tee wanted to hang.

"You can hang here, no problem."

"I don't mean that kind of hang. On the inversion table, Sam. Who's going to spot me?"

"Oh, uh, can you wait until I get back?"

"I'll help her." Cindy said.

"I'll help too." said Sue.

"Thanks, guys. I won't be long."

So that took care of that. Erin and I had a good chat on the way to work.

"How are you doing, Sam?"

"I'm fine, Erin. What about you?"

"I'm good, but I'm worried about you."

"What about?"

"Well, you and Julie."

"I can assure you that there's nothing to worry about."

"I know I haven't told you before but I'm so sorry about all of this ... stuff."

"What? About Jill and Julie?"

"More than that. The whole shrinking thing. You didn't deserve this."

"Nobody does. But it nobody's fault really."

"Yes it is. It's that girl's fault that gave you the disease. She knew all about it."

"She didn't know all about it. Don't go there, Erin."

"Even if it never happened, Sam, I wish you had grown up normal."

"I did grow up normal."

"No, you didn't. You should have been taller than me."

"Too late now."

"If I could I'd trade places with you."

"Thanks, Erin. That means a lot to me but I already knew. And if it were the other way around then I'd feel the same about you."

"I wish life didn't suck so much for you."

"Oh, believe me, it doesn't. What about you?"

"I work all the time."

"We all do. You just work sucky hours."

"I know. Do you think it will get better?"

"I'm sure it will but I have to ask you something."

"Go ahead."

"Do you have plans?"

"What kind of plans?"

"Your future, Erin. Do you have any idea what you want to really do. What kind of job you want. I don't mean to sound condescending but you can't keep working where you are the rest of your life."

"I don't know."

"How are you and Fred getting along?"

"Fantastic, Sam!"

"Good. I think Fred's a good guy. You two seem serious."

"We are."

"If you two decide to spend your life together that would be a good thing."

"I have your blessing then?"

"Of course. But it would better if you had, you know, something else in case. A better job. Maybe go back to school."

"You sound like dad."

"I want what's best for you. You can stay with me forever, as far as I'm concerned, but I think you deserve something better."

"You mean, like Fred?"

"No, I mean something in case Fred doesn't work out."

"Are you and Julie going to work out?"

"I'm asking you. This is not about me."

"But it is."

"How?"

"Well, because if you two can make it work, then anybody can."

"Really?"

"Oh, yes. Don't you see?"

"No."

"Because you two are so ... different."

"Our heights?"

"Yeah."

"And you're worried that if Julie and I don't work out together then other relationships -- your relationships -- can fall apart too?"

"Yes."

"Hmm. No, Erin. That's not what it means. Stature is just one thing. There's so many other things that can make or break a relationship. But let me put your mind at ease. I don't want to break up with Julie. I don't think Julie wants to break up with me either."

"She loves you."

"I love her too."

"She lets you sleep with others because she loves you and wants you to feel good."

"It's the same the other way too. Do you think it hurts her for me to sleep with other girls?"

"I think so."

"Well, Julie and I need to talk then. We're due for heart to heart talk soon anyway. We'll work it out."

"And if you don't?"

"Then we don't. I don't know what to tell you, Erin. Don't let your happiness depend on my relationship with Julie."

"But I want you to be happy."

"Everything considered, I am and I will be. But life has ups and downs for everyone. Including you and me. Let's just ride out whatever happens in the knowledge that you and I will always be family and will always love and support each other."

"I haven't supported you very much."

"Oh yes you have."

"I didn't ever mean to make fun of your height."

"You didn't. Well maybe once or twice that I recall."

"Like when?"

"Remember when we went to Ricky's wedding?"

"Yes, I remember. Her wedding was beautiful."

"You were beautiful in your dress but you kept getting close to me in your heels showing everyone how much taller you were."

"I-I was nervous. I wanted to be close to you."

"All this time I thought you were showing off. Showing everyone how much better you were towering over me."

"No, Sam. That's not right."

"Then I'm sorry for thinking that. Forgive me?"

"Of course."

"You were pretty tall in your heels. Your boobs were way above my head."

"Not really. Your head was able to touch my boobies."

"Oh yeah. Well, they were above my eyes. Hey! I was touching your boobies?"

"I could feel you."

"And you didn't move?"

"Why?"

"I don't know. I figure girls don't like people touching their, um, boobies."

"But you're my brother."

"Yeah. Even more so that I shouldn't touch them. I can imagine everyone thought I was your bratty little brother."

"I thought I was the bratty one?"

"No. I used to think so. It's just that you want to have fun all the time."

"So?"

"Right. So."

"Isn't that ok?"

"Most of the time, I guess. I was adamantly against that before. Sorry."

"Tell me all about it. I'm glad you've loosened up, Sam."

"Yeah, well. I've finished going to school, at least for the time being. I have a good job and am moving on with life. I can afford to loosen up now."

"I know. And I can't afford to."

"Sure you can. I want you to prepare for the rest of your life though. So you can always be happy. Ok?"

"Ok, Sam. But I don't know what I want to do."

"You can be a model."

"No, I can't. I'm not skinny enough."

"Yeah, that's what they all say. You are pretty enough."

"Thanks, Sam."

"How about a professional dancer?"

"How would I go about doing that?"

"I don't know. I just know you like dancing."

"So does Cindy. It didn't get her anywhere."

"Her situation is different. Besides, she's going back to school you know."

"Back to school?"

"For becoming a dance therapist or something."

"Really?"

"She didn't tell you?"

"Not much. Is that why she's leaving?"

"Yep."

"I'll miss her."

"Me too."

"Will you still come dancing with me when she's gone?"

I sighed and looked over at her in the passenger seat.

"Ok, I won't push it." she said.

"I'll tell you what, Erin. If you really want to then I'll try to go dancing some of the time. But not all of the time."

"Are you coming out dancing with us tonight?"

"I don't know, Erin. I don't want to."

"We can line dance. You like that, right? Cindy said so."

"Cindy said what she wants to believe."

"Oh, darn it."

"I'll think about it, Erin."

"Yay."

"Are you going to wear heels tonight?"

"Not if you don't want me to."

"Nah, it's ok. I don't care if you're twice as tall. If you want to then please do."

"I am almost twice as tall as you with heels, aren't I? You're sure you won't mind?"

"I don't mind. Instead of hugging with my face in your belly, then it will be in your, uh ..."

"Yeah, I know. Tee hee." she said, laughing a little.

"Why you little trollop. You'd like that, wouldn't you?"

"I was just thinking how funny that would be."

"Yeah, right."

"Sam?"

"What?"

"What's a trollop?"

"Oh. Well. That's a polite way of saying, um, sexually active."

"You mean a slut."

"No. I mean, uh, shit. Ok. A slut. But in a good way."

"Do you think of me like that?"

"Why is every girl worried about what I think? No, Erin. I don't think of you like that. I was just teasing you. I'll stop the teasing."

"You don't have to. Just try not to use big words."

"Trollop is hardly a big word, but if there's a word you don't understand just ask. I'll explain it."

"I'm dumb."

"No, you're not. You just haven't read as much as I have."

"I know. You used to read in your room all the time. You never played with me."

"And see where it's gotten me? I know big words."

"I'm sorry."

"There's nothing to be sorry about. Stop saying that. You're my sister and no matter how smart or not you are, I still feel the same way about you. You're fantastic."

"Do you really think so?"

"Damn right I do."

"Thank you, Sam. What book did you learn trollop from?"

"Gee, I don't know."

"Was it porn?"

"I don't recall reading any pornographic books. I must have learned it on the internet."

"Oh."

"How about if we learn a new word together, every day. What would you think of that?"

"You already know all the words."

"Not really. But if you want I'll find words just for you. I thought we could do it together though."

"Ok."

"You sure you're ok with that?"

"Yep."

"Alright then. Consider trollop your first word. I'll have a better one tomorrow."

"Good. I don't think I can use that word very often today."

"You're right. Like I said, a better one tomorrow."

"Thanks."

"It'll be fun."

We were just about there by now. I promised to pick her up this afternoon since Fred was not around. I didn't mind, of course. So, I dropped her off and drove back home. It was time for the rest of us to have our little expedition.


----- The new house

It was just before eleven when we pulled into the driveway ahead of the real-estate agent who showed up no more than a minute later. I had to promise Zoe we wouldn't be in public. Jill, on the other hand, stayed away. She went home before I arrived back from dropping Erin off. Too bad. But Julie, Cindy, Sue, Tee and of course Zoe made it out there with me. Julie ended up driving herself with Cindy, and I drove the rest of the gang.

Zoe seemed to be the most impressed when we stepped through the front door.

"This house is freakin' huge." she said wide-eyed. She ran into the all the rooms.

"Sam. Look! There's a pool out there."

"Well, yes, Cindy. It's a pool. But it's not out there."

"What?"

"I'll show you." I said. I brought everyone through the sliding glass doors out to the pool. There was a pool alright, but it was surrounded by more glass. That made it an indoor pool.

"Wow. This is a mansion. You're right, Sam. This is some surprise. Are you really going to buy this?"

"I have a contract, Tee. But I have to sell the current house first."

"Can we go swimming, Sam?"

"No, Cindy. It's not mine yet."

"Oh darn. Where did Zoe go?"

"I don't know. She went running off somewhere."

"I'll go find her." Cindy said and then off she went running to who knows where.

"Sam!"

"What Julie?"

"I can stand up."

"Of course you can."

"I mean the ceilings are so high that I'm not rubbing my head on them."

"No. But you still have to duck under the door frames."

"I do that almost everywhere."

"Upstairs, ceilings aren't so high. Sorry."

"Damn, Sam." Sue finally said. "You've done real well for yourself."

"Thank you, Sue. You'll still come visit, won't you?"

"You bet your ass, I will. Can I move in with you?"

"Well, we'll have enough room."

"I can't wait. How much room is there?"

The real estate lady told her there were five bedrooms.

"But I'm using one as an office." I said. "And maybe as a guest room too if I can get a fold out couch for it."

"I don't care. I'll sleep on the couch." Sue said.

"Julie, the master bedroom is on the first floor. We won't have to go upstairs."

"Can I see?" Julie asked.

"Go see. It's over there." I answered, pointing.

"Mr. Cook." the agent said.

"Yes."

"You do know there is a den that you can use as an office."

"I know. That'll be the music room though."

"Oh. I see you've already made plans." she said smiling.

"I most certainly have. You know, in all the previous times I've been here, I haven't seen the basement yet. Can I take a look?"

"Please do."

"Julie! Come out."

"Coming." she said, appearing from the direction of the master bedroom. "What did you need?"

"Follow me."

"Where are we going?"

"The basement. I want to see if you fit."

"Ok."

Fit she did. Julie still had to duck going down the steps but the basement was plenty tall enough for her. Her head still touched the ceiling a little, but it wasn't nearly as bad as our current house. That was a plus for me: I wouldn't have to wash all the clothes now.

Sue and Tee were also with us downstairs. I turned to Tee and said, "The inversion table will be down here."

"Cool. I won't have to go outside to ..."

"To what?"

"To hang. I forgot."

"What did you forget?"

"I forgot that I won't be here. I'll be in Arizona."

"Well, who knows? Maybe you'll get an inversion table for Christmas." I said, winking.

"Oh, Sam. That's not what I'm upset about. It's being away from you."

"But you'll come back to visit."

"I know. I'm just sad that I won't be around you all the time."

"Tee, you're going to make your own life, have your own home. We'll still be friends no matter how far away you are. Maybe, after finishing school you can come back this way."

She frowned.

"Hey, girl. Life goes on. You're going to do ok no matter what. I believe in you. Alright?"

"Thanks, Sam. That does make me feel better."

"There's still a couple more months before you have to run off though. We'll have a good time and you'll have a good time in Arizona too."

"Ok."

That was too easy. I figured I'd have to work harder to cheer her up. Still, I wasn't completely sure she was all better. But I had time.

Four bedrooms and three baths awaited those going upstairs; two of the bedrooms shared a bath but the other two had their own. There was a really nice bathroom with a separate hot tub and shower in the master bedroom and a half bath near the kitchen.

The living room wasn't too big but the family room, which was in the back, opened to the pool, and was enormous, at least to me. I'm sure it was small by Julie's standards, but it was also sunken, which meant you had to step down to step into it and that made the ceiling even higher. Pretty classy, right? As I thought more I figured maybe this could be the music room. There was enough room for a piano which would be really cool if I had one. To get to the pool you had step up four steps from the family room. Again, classy.

Unfortunately, there was no wooden deck like the old house had. It didn't matter: there was room for one and I could build it or even build a stone patio with it's own outdoor grill. Yes, I definitely had plans. Now, I just had to sell the old one. This trip was good motivation for that.

When it was time to go, Zoe wanted to stay.

"We can't stay here, Zoe."

"But you're planning on stopping on the way home."

"So? It's only for ice cream. You like ice cream."

"Fine. But I'm staying in the car."

"Suit yourself."

So I did convince her to get in the car to leave, but she didn't get out when we stopped for ice cream. I didn't want her to stay in the car while everyone else was eating so we got the goodies to go and ate in the car. Yes, there was a mess made. I cleaned up the dripped ice cream when we got home.

"You know, Zoe," I said in the car, "you can't stay away from people all the time. There's a point where you'll have to go outside."

"I'm trying to delay that as long as possible." she said.

"You mentioned something about a job."

"Zoe said I might be able to join her company and finish getting my license."

"That's great! But you'll be around people, won't you?"

"Yes."

"Well?"

"I know. Don't rush it for me."

"Ok, I won't."

Enough was said for now. I was really excited for her. I figured she was excited too; or maybe she was apprehensive. We'd talk about it later.

The weather was nice and it was getting warmer. Not warm enough to cook outside yet. Or maybe it was, but I like to stay outside when I cook and it wasn't that warm. Still, we had a good Saturday so far. I was fixing to pick Erin up and Julie was fixing to go out with her new friends. Cindy was fixing to go dancing. I was fixing on staying home.

"Please, Sam. You promised you'd go."

"I did not. I only said I'd think about it and I've thought about it."

"And?"

"And I thought how much of a fool I'd make of myself. I'm not going."

"But we would all be dancing together. We'd all be fools."

"Is that best you can do, Cindy?"

"Is that not good enough?"

"Calling us all fools doesn't sound very convincing."

"We'd be in it together."

"Who exactly."

"You and me and Erin and Fred, at least."

"No Fred. They're going to visit family."

"Well, Erin is family and I know she'll be going. And Tee said she would go."

"Only if I went."

"Sue is coming."

"Is that right, Sue?" I asked.

"Sure. I'm ready and willing."

"Yay!" Cindy exclaimed. "What about you, Zoe?"

"No!"

"Aw, come on. You used to go to Billy's."

"That was a long time ago and it was with my lover."

"We're all lovers here, Zoe."

"Oh, Cindy. Please don't do this. I don't want to be reminded."

Zoe looked sad. I don't know what possessed me to do this but leaned over to her and whispered into her ear, "What do you think Sammy would want you to do?"

Zoe whispered to me her answer: "She'd want me to swallow you."

I started shaking, thinking of my dream, our dream, this morning. I felt faint. I think I turned white because others were looking at me like I saw a ghost.

"You alright?" Cindy asked.

"Uh, yeah. I'm ok."

"Sam." Zoe said. "I'm kidding."

I whispered to her again, but forcibly, "Don't do that."

"Relax. It was just a dream."

"A dream that feels real. Too real. I don't know what's happening here but it's super weird."

"You think Sam is weird."

"No. The dreams."

"Ok. It will do me good to get out. Cindy, I'll go dancing tonight."

"Whoopee. Sam, that means you have to come too."

"Shit. Thanks a lot, Zoe."

"You're welcome." she said wearing a shit-eating grin.

I really didn't want to go. I'd been through a lot the past couple of days. I didn't deserve this. Damnit!

Erin was ecstatic to hear the news when I picked her up though.

"Oh, we're going to have so much fun tonight, Sam."

"Speak for yourself."

"You'll see."

It wasn't long after I brought Erin home than Julie was leaving.

"Can I come with you, Julie?"

"That wouldn't be a good idea, Sam."

"Please."

"No. It's just us girls."

"Yeah, me too with Cindy."

"What do you mean?"

"I'll be the only guy."

"And you'd be the only guy if you went with me. But these girls are big."

"Yeah. So?"

"No, Sam. It wouldn't be appropriate. Just stay home if you don't want to go dancing."

"I can't do that."

Looks like I'm going dancing tonight, folks.


----- Miss Lizzie

"What do you mean, you don't know of any country dance places around here? Cindy? You said you knew all of them."

"Well, I thought Joe B's was country. Don't be mad at me. I tried to find a place that you would like, Sam."

"I don't want to go to another dance club. Not hip hop especially."

"Don't worry. We'll find something."

"I'll look online. Geez, I can't believe I'm looking online for a place to go dancing. The world must be ending."

"How about Miss Lizzie Danced Here?" Erin said.

"Is that a county place?"

"It sure is."

"Let me look it up." I said searching the internet. "Here it is. You're right. I'd have thought that would me more of a rock and roll place."

"Why?"

"Well, you know. The Beatles."

"Who are they?"

"You don't know who the Beatles are, Erin?"

"Oh, the Beatles. The English group."

"Yeah. Lennon used to like that song."

"Which song?"

"You make me dizzy miss Lizzie."

"Oh."

"What do you think, Cindy?"

"Sounds good. How far away?"

"Not far. It's away from town but close to here."

"Let's go."

"Don't be in a hurry. We have all night."

"You're just putting if off, Sam."

"So?"

"Go get ready everyone." Cindy commanded.

I went to the bedroom to get ready. I tried to drag it out but I was sure the girls would take much longer anyway. As I was looking through the dresser Zoe showed up in the room and just stood and watched.

"You don't want to go, do you, Zoe?"

"I do if you do."

"Oh please, not that again."

"Why are you going?"

"To make Erin happy."

"That's sweet."

"Eh. She's my sister."

"Aren't I your sister too?"

I smiled. "Yes, Zoe. You are. And you're very sweet too."

"No, I'm not. Not really."

"Why are you going then?"

"To make you happy."

"We'll that's sweet. You don't need to do that to make me happy."

"Then I'm doing it to make me happy."

"I thought you were afraid of crowds. Or just people in general."

"I am. But you were right earlier: there's a point where I have to go outside. Besides, I'll have the bonus of getting to see you make a fool of yourself."

"Oh great."

"I'm kidding, Sam. You'll do fine. I want to come with you."

"You sure about this?"

"I am."

"Fine then."

We'd already seen each other without clothes before so I thought nothing of stripping to my underwear and changing clothes in front of Zoe. After all, she's my sister.

"Aren't you going to take a shower first?"

"I'm just going to get hot and sweaty again."

"Don't you want to look good when we go out?"

"No."

"Sam, Sam, Sam. You don't know anything about having fun."

"Yes, I do. I'll have you know that I have lots of fun when I want to."

"Those clothes won't do. Do you have a good pair of jeans?"

"Jeans? I thought you said I should look good."

"We're going to a country dancing club. If it's like Billy's then everyone will be in blue jeans and boots."

"I don't have boots; not cowboy boots anyway. I doubt work boots would, uh, work for me tonight."

"Ha, ha, very funny. Just wear tennis shoes."

"I won't fit in wearing tennis shoes."

"You won't fit in anyway at three feet tall."

"Ouch."

"I'm only two feet -- tell me about it. But we'll have fun anyway, no matter what others think. Ok?"

"Yeah, sure, Zoe. What's got into you?"

"Nothing's got into me. I was trying to be mature about this."

"You are. And brave."

"You're supposed to be the brave one."

"I really don't like to dance, Zoe."

"Because you're afraid."

"Do I have to remind you that I am going? Not liking it doesn't mean I'm not brave."

"Ok, you're right. Hurry up and get ready. Oh, I almost forgot, can you unlock the storage pod outside?"

"Sure. Come on, let's go before I shower."

Wouldn't you know it: Zoe had cowboy boots. I was wondering if Sue and Tee would have a pair themselves leaving me the odd one out. They didn't, but everyone was looking good tonight. Erin especially in her short skirt and blouse tied in the front exposing her belly. Cindy was almost a miniature clone of her. Mr. Happy wanted to play. Down boy!

Before I knew it, we were pulling into the parking lot at Miss Lizzie's. The door man almost didn't believe our id's and we had to tell him about Borgford's disease. Cindy told him that it was transmitted sexually then offered him a kiss. He moved away from her and let us in right away after that.

It was crowded evidenced by the forest of legs that greeted as soon as we got inside. Tee and Zoe stuck close to me until we found a place to sit. It wasn't a table. It was more like a window ledge, but others were sitting there too. I had to lift Zoe up.

Honky Tonk Woman started to play over the audio system.

"Hey! That's not a country song."

"Of course it is, Sam." Cindy said. "Let's go!" and she literally dragged me out to the dance floor.

"Wait, Cindy. No. They're not line dancing."

"I know. They're two-stepping."

"I can't do that."

"Sure you can. I'll teach you."

"But ..."

Protesting didn't help. We found ourselves in the middle of the dance floor where the people weren't moving so fast. Most of them seemed to be almost running around the perimeter of the dance floor. I found out that that's how you do the two-step -- running around the floor. Sort of.

"Ok, Sam, follow me. You do two quick steps then two slow steps."

"I guess that's why they call it the two-step."

"Yep. Ok, here we go. Quick quick. Slow slow."

And so we went. It took me a little while but I got the hang of it. No sooner than I had learned that when Cindy said "Ok, now twirl me on the slow step."

"Twirl?"

It took more time. I'm slow when it comes to dancing. It's not like wrestling. You have to move according to your opponent's moves. Wait! Maybe it's not so different. Maybe your partner in dancing is like your opponent in wrestling? Not exactly, but I followed Cindy's lead. Then she changed it again.

"Ok, Sam. Your turn to lead."

"I can't."

"Sure you can. Just do what I did."

"I'll try."

I was pretty much oblivious to the others around us. Then I heard some gal go by saying to her partner "Oh, look how cute they are."

I should have expected that. I looked around a little then found Erin dancing with Sue. Nobody had to teach them how to dance. They knew the two-step pretty good. Is every girl born with dancing ingrained into their DNA? It sure seems like it.

When they saw us they ran over and Sue asked for a dance. I couldn't refuse, of course, and we switched partners.

"I'm not real good at this, Sue."

"That's ok. You'll get the hang of it soon enough."

"Thanks for the vote of confidence."

It was about that time that I started to worry about Tee and Zoe. I didn't have to. We met the two of them not too long after and they were dancing together. They moved over to us.

"Hey, Sam." Tee said. "Look at Cindy and Erin over there. They're really good. Woo hoo!"

Cindy and Erin were moving along with the crowd around the perimeter and we were having a little party ourselves with Tee and Zoe. Zoe looked like she was having fun which surprisingly made me feel good about coming.

After a while we switched partners again, then again. I ended up dancing with all the girls, including Zoe. She was pretty good herself.

The only down side was bumping into people.

"Hey. Watch it, will you."

"Oh, sorry. Didn't see you down there."

"Grrrr."

The gals took it in stride. I was a little pissed.

The girls kept my mind off of all that though and I hardly had a chance to sit at all. I had to convince them that we all needed to drink fluids at least once in a while.

All in all, it wasn't too bad. I was glad to get out of there though. By the time we arrived home I was tired. And hot. And bothered. I was with five, sexily dressed, really pretty girls. What'd you expect?


----- Bedtime

Unfortunately, Sue had to leave. She gave everyone hugs and kisses, told us all how good of a time she had and how much she enjoyed dancing.

"I can't wait for you get your new house, Sam."

"I hope you'll come over sometimes."

"You can count on it."

I felt a little sad to see her go but I knew she'd return again.

Then I had to bring Tee home. She had been here for three days. You have to go home sometimes, right? We kissed in the car before she got out. I walked her as far as the door. I was a little sad seeing her go too, but I knew that she would also return. I was happy that she was able to get out and have a good time at Miss Lizzie's.

Julie had been waiting for me when I got back home.

"Hi, Julie. How was your night?"

"It was fine."

"Just fine?"

"Yeah, just fine." she said sounding a bit perturbed.

"Ok." I said. Based on her mood I didn't want to push it. I guess she didn't have such a great time with her friends. I made a mental note to ask her about it later.

We all sat for a little while replenishing our dehydration before going to bed. Zoe and Cindy went to their bedroom and Julie and I spent the night together after what seemed like a month. It was good to be in the same bed again, although different. Compared to Tee she was, well, gigantic. An almost totally different experience.

"So, what happened tonight, Julie?"

"Nothing. Absolutely nothing."

"That doesn't sound so good."

"Just leave it, Sam."

"Fine. Is there anything I can do to make you feel better?"

"No."

I was feeling bad for her. I started stroking her hair as we lay in bed in our underwear. I kissed her ears and neck. I figured that would get her aroused. I must have figured wrong. She brushed me off.

"Julie?"

"What?"

"What's wrong?"

"I told you, nothing!"

"Ok, fine. But I know something's bothering you."

"What would you know?"

"I know when you're feeling bad."

"Why are you in such a good mood? I thought you didn't want to go dancing?"

"I didn't, but I made the best of it anyway."

"You and your damn attitude."

"What attitude?"

"The cheery one. You're always the good one, aren't you?"

"No."

"It's always Sam giving advice, isn't it? Sam's the mature one. Poor Sam this and poor Sam that, always the unfortunate."

"What's gotten into you?"

"Nothing. Why aren't you happy?"

"I am. I think."

"You think? Aren't all these girls enough for you? Or do you want a hundred more?"

"I'm sorry. I thought you were ok with it."

"I AM OK WITH IT!"

"Fine. You don't have to shout. I won't sleep with anyone else anymore."

She was quiet for a while.

"I'm sorry, Julie. It can be just us from now on."

"Just us? JUST US!? Do you think you can satisfy me, little man?"

Now that hurt.

"But ..."

"And do you think I can satisfy you?"

"Most definitely, Julie."

"Really? How is that supposed to work?"

"Well, we do ok in bed. Right?"

"Do we?"

"I'm sorry if you don't feel that way. If there's something else you'd like to try ..."

"Try what? Do you like my clit? It's bigger than your dick, Sam? What are you going to do with that?"

"I ... I don't know."

"Do you think we're even still compatible?"

"Yeah."

"Nobody else does."

"Who?"

"My new friends. They all say I should dump you. You're too fucking small. Or rather, too small to fuck."

"Is that what you think?"

"I don't know what to think." she said, looking away. I could tell she was hurting bad. I realized how bad the night had been for her. And I wondered what her new friends were saying about me.

"Well, if that's what you believe. If you want me to leave, just say so."

"Do you even know what I want?"

"I thought you wanted me, but apparently not. You certainly like keeping secrets from me."

"Don't you DARE pull that shit on me! You fucking pig."

"Yeah, I know how hard it is being the big one. Surely not as hard as being little."

"You LITTLE SHIT!"

"I'm sorry, Julie. You're not yourself right now. Why don't I go sleep on the couch tonight?"

"Or with one of your little, and I mean LITTLE, tramps. Right?"

"Don't call my friends that."

"You really want to try something new?"

"I'm just going to leave now." I said as I got up out of bed and started for the door.

"Come back here."

"Ow! Let go of me." She grabbed me by the upper arms.

"You want something new? We're going to try something new."

"No. I just want to go to sleep. Let me go."

"How about a butt fuck?!"

"Julie!"

"You want it up the ass. Don't you!?"

"What the fuck has got into you? Get off!"

"Oh, I'll get off." she said. Then she lifted me by the arms that were pinned to my side and pulled my shorts down. She rammed me up against the wall. I was three feet off of the ground, being held up by Julie pressing me into the wall with her body and holding my arms above my head.

I felt one hand leave while she held both of my wrists with her other hand. She was pulling her own panties down with her free hand.

"JULIE! Damn it. Let me go!"

"Not on your life, little man!"

"Shit. JULIE! FUCKING. LET. ME. DOWN. NOW!"

"You want to get away? Go ahead. Little MAN. You are the man? Right?"

"Stop this. Right now. Owwww."

She slapped my butt a few times.

"Use your karate moves on me. Go ahead, Sam. Think you can?"

She had me so tight I couldn't move. Even if I could get free I'd probably break an ankle or something falling so far. I felt her doing something behind me but I couldn't turn my head to see what.

"Ready, Sam?"

"Ready for ... ernng ... what?"

"Your butt fuck!"

"No, Julie. Don't. Just don't."

"Stop me!"

"JULIE!!!"

I felt her gigantic clitoris at the cleft of my butt cheeks. She wouldn't!

"What are you going to do now, big shot? Huh? You like me big, don't you? I bet you love it."

"Nnnnnnnggt!" I choked out.

"Well now you get to feel what it's like to be fucked."

"JULIE! STOP! PLEEEEASE!"

"How does it feel being fucked by a giantess, huh? Yeah, I said that. Ha, ha. I'm a fucking giantess. HAH, HA, HA."

"JULIEEEEEE! FUCK!"

Yep, it was happening. I couldn't believe it myself. I tried to get away but that was impossible. She was too big and strong for me to break loose. My mind was reeling. What the hell made her do this?

"Oh yeah. OH YEAH!" she screamed. Could she really be enjoying this?

I tried clamping my ass but I think that only encouraged her. She was now talking in gasps.

"Oh yeah, Sam ... Squeeze it ... Squeeze it hard ... Make me cum ... Make me cum ... Let me feel those buns of steel."

The bitch was possessed! Did she think I could really get into something like this? I was pondering about the kind of influence her new friends had on her while her colossal clit probed my rectum. It wasn't good. Not at all.

I stopped squeezing and just let her have her way with me. There was nothing else I could do. It really didn't last too long before she was spent. But for me it was a lifetime. She held me up against the wall for a little bit longer before her body starting going limp and I started sliding down the wall.

I went over to the other side of the bed from her. She turned around and we caught each other's eyes. Then her demeanor did a one-eighty.

"Oh, my God. What did I do? Sam?"

I didn't say a thing. I didn't know what to say, but even more, I was too scared to talk.

"Oh, my God. Oh, my God." she repeated. "Shit, shit, shit, shit. Sam? I'm so sorry." Then she started crying.

Yeah, right. Like she was so sad. Bitch.

She ran out of the bedroom wearing just her sports bra. Not too long after she came back, grabbed her panties then ran back out again. Even later she came back yet again, still bottomless, and grabbed her keys then ran out one more time. This time I ran after her.

I heard the front door slam before I had a chance to get there. When I opened it I saw Julie's big white ass disappear squirming into her car. I wanted to run after her, but it was too late.

Fuck!

I slowly walked back to the bedroom, fell face first onto the bed, then wept.


----- Rescue

I was sobbing pretty hard for several minutes when I felt a hand on my shoulder.

"Sam?"

"What? ---sniff, sniff---"

"You ok, now?"

"Not really."

"Come with me."

"Why?"

"Don't ask questions. Just follow."

"Fine."

I couldn't see who it was but I knew the voice. Zoe had come to me. I wondered why it wasn't Erin or even Cindy.

"I'm sorry if I disturbed you guys." I said to her.

"It's ok. I take it your time with Julie didn't go as well as mine."

"I suppose that's a fair assumption."

"You don't have to put on airs, Sam. I know you're hurting."

"What are we doing, Zoe?"

"I'm just getting you away from that bedroom."

"Why?"

"Getting you away from the scene of the crime."

"There was no crime."

"A matter of perspective. Let me help you."

"I don't see how."

"Just relax. Let me do this. Ok?"

"Really. You don't have to, Zoe."

"I want you to know I'm not just doing this for you, but for me too."

"Whatever."

We went to the living room. It was still dark and Zoe left the lights off. Only a little light from the street lamps filtered in from the windows silhouetting Zoe against the background. She sat me down against a wall. I was still nude but I only realized just then that she was too.

She turned around so her back was to me. It was small and beautiful. Small. Yes. Not like Julie. This was much different. It just now registered that only Zoe could have made this work. Did she know that?

She squatted down and took ahold of my member. It was limp from all that had happened. I figured it would take a while for that to change, and I'm not sure it could, but Zoe turned around and started kissing it. Bless her little heart. She was trying.

Soon she had me in her mouth and lo and behold: hard on. She's good, I'll give her that.

Seriously, I don't know how she did it. Or why. But I was about to find out.

Zoe stood back up and turned around once again holding my member. She slid down against my front slowly. She came to where my dick was right up against her pussy lips.

"Zoooeeee?"

"Shhh."

"But ..."

"Be still, Sam."

I stayed as still as I could trying to comply. But how can you not move in this situation?She lowered herself onto me, slowly. When my shaft was halfway up she pulled up a little, then down again. She repeated this one more time until I was fully engulfed by her. I couldn't help but move my hips up and down. It was too hard.

"Stop it. I told you to be still."

So, I tried harder. I pretty much succeeded but Mr. Happy was still dancing. I couldn't stop him no matter how hard I tried.

To make matters worse, Zoe's pussy was pulsing. Her body wasn't moving, but inside her muscles were lovingly caressing my dick.

I felt the pressure building. Oh, did it build! Without external movement that I was so used to, I would have thought it impossible. But, ... damn!

"Uh, Zoe?"

"Shush."

"NO. ZOE!"

"What?"

"We have to stop."

"Nnnnng."

"This is dangerous."

She sighed deeply.

"You know what will happen if you don't get off."

"It's ok, Sam."

"NO. Zoe. Get off! NOW!"

With great reluctance, she relented. Both of us were breathing hard. It took a minute or two but I finally spoke.

"Zoe! What the fuck?"

"Sorry. I ... I just ..."

"Zoe, you aren't on birth control, are you?"

"No."

"You know what can happen."

"Would it be so bad?"

I smiled. "No, Zoe. It wouldn't. And I mean that. But ... let's just not make things more complicated than they already are. Ok?"

"I'm sorry."

"Nothing to be sorry about. You were trying to help. Thank you."

"I told you it was for me too."

"Then I hope you got something out of it."

"Not as much as I wanted."

"Give it time."

"You're right." She was crying and put her head in my chest. "Julie hurt you and you've helped me. I figured it was my turn to help you."

"You can help later. We have all the time in the world. A lot has happened but I feel even more things will happen."

"Good or bad?"

"Life isn't one or the other, so both. Come on, let's go to bed."

"Want to sleep with me?"

"If you want me to."

"How about in the bedroom with Cindy and I?"

"I'm ok with sleeping in my own bed."

"If that's what you want."

"If you think it will be better, then we'll be in your bed tonight."

We walked to the bedroom Zoe and Cindy shared. Zoe didn't even bother picking her little nightie off the floor. I wasn't sure if Cindy was awake or if she heard us, or if she heard the ruckus earlier. Actually, I'm sure she heard the ruckus with Julie. If she were awake, she did a good job of playing asleep.

Zoe and I fell asleep together in each other's arms.

 

 

End Notes:

Was this unexpected? Are you wondering where Julie and Sam are headed? Me too. Stay tuned.  Other twists and turns coming up but they won't be like this one.

Chapter 74 - What now? by littless
Author's Notes:

Here's the next chapter. They're going to be a little shorter (ahem, excuse the pun) from now on. I know a lot of you want to see what happens with Julie and Sam. Well, the saga continues.

----- Sunday

I slept in. Do you blame me? If you recall, I had an interesting night. You remember that ancient Chinese curse, right? May you live in interesting times.

Zoe was still in bed with me when I woke up. She was awake before me but I didn't know for how long. Cindy had obviously been up for a while since her bed was empty.

"How are you feeling today, Sam?"

"Ok, I guess."

"Cindy's making breakfast. Wanna get up?"

"Sure. How are you doing?"

"I'm good, Sam."

"Is she naked?"

"What do you think?"

"Then I suppose there's no sense in me getting dressed. Or you. Look at you."

She giggled.

"Yeah." I said. "We better get up. Or I'll ..."

"You'll what?"

"Never mind. Let's go eat."

Cindy had tea already made for me. Once the three of us sat down I really needed to talk to them.

"So, you two heard what happened last night, I assume?"

They nodded their heads.

"Zoe? Why you?"

"Why me, what?"

"You're the one that came to me. Why not Erin? Or even you Cindy?"

"We thought Zoe would be best." Cindy said.

"We?"

"The three of us. Erin too."

"Did you volunteer, Zoe?"

"We all did, Sam."

"Well, I appreciate that. Both of you."

"What happened with Zoe after Julie left, Sam?" Cindy asked.

"Nothing, Cindy." I answered, somewhat dishonestly.

"But you two slept together. And in the nude too."

"I don't see why you, of all people, should care if we slept in the nude."

"Running around naked is one thing, but touching each other naked is intimate."

"Nothing happened. Right, Zoe?"

"Uh, yeah, right. Nothing happened last night, Cindy."

"So then what did you do?"

"We held each other."

"That's it?"

"That's it." Zoe said. "I like holding Sam."

"Didn't he get aroused?"

"Oh, he got aroused alright. Look, he still is."

They both looked at Mr. Happy who was saluting.

"Oh, sorry girls. I'll take care of that later. Hey, that smells good, Cindy. What're you cooking?" I asked.

"Oatmeal. I put maple syrup in it."

"That's why it smells like pancakes."

And Erin showed up right on cue. I ran up to her and we hugged, my face in her bare stomach.

"Sam? Are you ok after last night?"

"I'm ok. Really. Come sit with us."

It was a bit tough on Erin to sit at the little table but she managed by sitting on the floor. I wanted to change the subject.

"Erin, did I tell you that I'm adopting Zoe as a sister?"

"I heard about that. You can't do that. It's not legal."

"I know. But we can pretend."

"Oh goody. I like pretending."

"Erin?" Zoe asked. "Would you consider changing your name to Chloe?"

"Um, why?"

"I always fancied a younger sister and her name would be Chloe."

"Oh."

"Zoe and Chloe?" I said. "You can't be serious. Don't you have a better imagination, or do you think your parents don't?"

"I thought the name fit."

I shrugged.

"But it's ok." Zoe said. "Even though I'm older than Erin, she's more like the older, and bigger, sister I never had, so Chloe won't work."

"Oh, this is so cool. I have a little sister." Erin squealed.

The fact that Erin and Zoe were getting along so well made me feel warm inside, and almost made up for last night. Almost.

"Sam?" Erin began. "What's going to happen with you and Julie?"

"I wish I knew."

"What are you going to do?"

"Good question. Julie's not here and I don't know where she is. I can't confront her to find out where we stand."

"Do you want to leave her?"

I thought for a while. "I don't know, Erin. I'm pretty sore about last night but I wouldn't want to let one night cloud my thinking. Of course, it was a pretty significant thing that happened. And it's not just up to me. I think she might want me no more."

"I hope you and Julie get back together."

"If we don't then you'll just have to accept that."

"But you have to, Sam." Cindy blurted out.

"I don't have to do any such thing, Cindy."

"Everyone's depending on you."

"Then they're crazy."

"If you two can make it work then then any couple can."

"I don't see what our relationship has to do with anyone else."

"You're an inspiration."

"So?"

"Because of your differences."

"In size?"

"Yeah."

"Hmmm. What do you think, Zoe?"

"You have to do what you have to do, Sam."

"What does that mean?"

"You have to survive."

"Do you think Julie's dangerous?"

"You know her better than I."

"Yeah, and there's nothing to worry about."

"If you say so."

"I'm fine. Let's eat."

Cindy did a pretty good job with breakfast. For an amateur, ha, ha. But it didn't matter how bad or good it was, I was very grateful she did this for me.

"What're you going to do today, Sam?" Erin asked.

"I don't know. It's Sunday. Go to church, maybe?"

"We don't go to church."

"I guess not then."

"Are you feeling particularly churchy since last night, Sam?" Zoe asked.

"No. Maybe spiritual. So, then, what do you guys want to do?"

"We don't have to do anything."

And so we didn't other than hang around the house.

I stared at Zoe and it made me think about last night. I had told myself before not to let that sort of thing happen. Was she feeling sorry for me? I'm sure she sincerely wanted to help, but did she understand all of what she was doing? Was it a one-time thing? Did she really want to? She's put me in a bit of a dilemma. I couldn't keep putting her off if she chose to try again. One thing for sure: we turned a corner in our relationship.

Could Zoe take for me the place that Julie had? Nah! I put that thought right out of my head as fast as I could. Besides, there were other candidates for that position. I thought of Kaycee. Sharon perhaps, even Tee. Damn, I have to stop thinking like this.

And then there was Julie. What was in our future? Is there even an "our" future? I could only wait and I figured it would be a few days before I heard from her. I figured wrong.


----- Julie

It was early afternoon when we all heard the front door open. Julie ducked under the doorframe and was standing in the living room. We looked at each other for a moment then she shuffled off to the bedroom.

I looked at Erin, then Zoe, then Cindy. We didn't say anything but we all understood. I had to talk to Julie so I ran after her.

I closed the bedroom door behind me. Julie was sitting on the bed.

"You're back."

"Yeah."

She couldn't look me in the eyes.

"Ok. I'm glad you're back, I guess. Where did you go?"

"Mom's."

"I didn't expect you back so soon."

"Jill and I fought. I figured it would be easier for me to be here."

"Don't be so sure."

"You don't know how bad a fight we had."

"Ok. Fair enough. What now?"

"I'm ..."

"Don't say it! Just ... don't."

"Fine. Would you put some clothes on? Have you three been hanging out naked all day?"

"Oh. Sorry. We just never considered getting dressed since getting up. Zoe and I fucked last night."

"YOU WHAT!?"

"Not really, ok? But she wanted to help me so much. It was very touching, especially after, you know."

"Maybe you should let her help you. You've helped her."

"Well, that's between her and I."

"Why do you want to help people so much?"

I shrugged. "Zoe needed help."

"You help everyone."

"No. Not everyone. Geez, I can barely keep up with those I'm helping now."

"And so I mocked you last night."

"Really? I hadn't noticed."

"Please don't be snarky. I'm trying to apologize."

"You know what they say: love is never having to say you're sorry."

"Fuck you!"

"Yeah. You did."

This shut her up for a little while. She looked away again. I just stood there transferring my weight back and forth from foot to foot. Finally ...

"You're going to win this argument too." Julie pouted.

"This isn't an argument."

"You always have a better comeback."

"Fine. Talk. Whether I have a comeback or not shouldn't be the criteria for who wins."

"Then what is?"

"Whoever is more right."

"That's a matter of perspective."

"And I'm sure you're perspective is higher than mine?"

"Are you being sarcastic?"

"Think about it."

"I didn't have a very good night last night."

"Yes, and I had a very good night. And to answer your next question, yes, that's sarcasm."

"Sam, I don't want to loose you."

"Choose your words very carefully little girl. You better be damned sure about that before blabbing it."

"Really, Sam. You have to believe me. And you probably shouldn't call me a little girl. Not anymore."

"You're a big girl physically, but I'm not so sure about your maturity."

"You were always more mature."

"And you mocked me for that too."

"Yes. I'm not proud of what I did."

"I hope not."

I sat down on the bed next to her. Then I got up.

"Oops." I said. "I'll put some clothes on now."

I resumed my place on the bed after getting dressed.

"Do you need to start back on your meds?" I asked her.

"No."

"Sure?"

"It was different last night."

"How?"

"I wasn't out of control."

"Then you actually wanted to do what you did last night?"

"Sort of."

"Sort of? What exactly?"

"Promise me you won't get mad at me for this."

"I'm already mad."

"Please."

"No. Just say it."

"I, um, got off last night."

"Oh great. You get off on hurting me."

"No."

"No? Then what got you off?"

"Control. Maybe? I don't know."

"Well fuck me. Oh, that's right, you did."

"You are mad at me."

"Do you care what I think?"

"Yeah." she said, sheepishly.

"I don't think so."

"But, you're wrong."

"You like being big, don't you?"

"I didn't want to be big."

"Your new friends convinced you that being big is really cool, didn't they?"

"Ok, yes, I like being big. But I didn't at first."

"Tell me why you like being big?"

"You know."

"How could I know? That sort of thing is completely foreign to me."

"Oh. Well, because people are different now."

"How?"

"They're smaller, like kids. And they listen to me, like kids."

"I always listened, even when you were short. So I'm a kid to you now."

"Nobody tries to take advantage of me."

"Because they're afraid of what you might do to them for pissing you off. One look up at you will put fear into anyone's heart."

"And I don't have to look up to anyone."

"This is certainly true. But you can take advantage of people and you don't have to deal with consequences like the rest of us do."

"So? What's wrong with that?"

"So? So, you can't care what I think. There's nothing I can do to you that will hurt you. No consequences. No need to be afraid. No need to be concerned what I think."

"But I do."

"I don't think you care what anyone thinks. Everyone looks up to you and wants to be your friend now. Isn't that right?"

She paused to think. Then,

"Maybe you're right about everyone else."

"Yep."

"But you're not right when it comes to you."

I frowned.

"I do care what you think." she said.

"You didn't last night."

"I was, um, experimenting."

"Hitler experimented on the Jews in World War Two."

"Ok, I get it: I fucked up!"

"Big time."

"What's going to happen?"

I sighed and paused for a brief moment before speaking.

"I think we should take a break and reevaluate what we truly want."

"What are you saying?"

"I need time to think before making a decision. I can't do that with the emotional scars of last night still gaping so wide. I have to ask myself: do all the good times we've had together outweigh that? With last night's debacle fresh in my mind, the scales are not tipping in your favor, Julie."

"I can make it up to you?"

"And what do you propose to do?"

"Whatever you want. I don't want to leave you, Sam."

"No one's making you leave yet."

"It's your house. You can throw me out."

"And where are you going to go? You can't go to your mom's because of Jill. I'm not going to throw you out on the street."

"I can find a friend to stay with."

"Do what you want."

"You can sleep with other girls."

"You mean my little tramps."

"They're my friends too."

"By the way you talked about them last night I should think not. Your friends are the ones that told you to dump me. The ones that said I was too fucking small. I'm sure you can stay with one of them."

"So, we're breaking up?"

"I DON'T KNOW! Don't ask that. Not yet."

"You don't have to shout."

I looked up at her and she looked down at me. Basically, I was putting things off until later.

"I'll ask some of my friends." she said. "One of them might have room for me."

"You do that."

I slowly walked out of the bedroom to tell the others.

I told them all about what just happened. They were all thinking this was the end but I tried to convince them that it wasn't. There was still a chance.

None of us did much the rest of the day, including Julie. I didn't see much more of Julie that day but the girls, especially Zoe, stuck with me. When one would leave another would take their place. I guess they were keeping Sam watch. I didn't need it. Did I?



----- The rest of the week

I couldn't get Saturday night's catastrophe out of my mind, except at work. I suppose the hurt of it forced me to push everything out of my mind when working on the problems at hand. Concentration was good therapy.

I had lunch with Jennifer. She sensed something was wrong.

"Nothing's wrong, Jenn."

"You're not yourself."

"I don't want to talk about it."

So she didn't talk about it. The rest of the week we talked of mundane things; anything but last Saturday night. However, I knew that she knew something was up.

Cindy was always relieved to get home after work. I could tell the little monsters, I mean the cute children she taught, were eating at her. But we all knew this wouldn't last much longer. I think that's what kept her going. That and Gabe. I knew they were in contact and I really did feel good about them too. They were two of my best friends and I was proud of introducing them to each other.

Julie took Zoe to see her doctor on Monday and I was truly grateful for that. Now Zoe would have a proper prescription for the meds she needed. I took her to the clinic that night too and mingled while she talked with Dr. Sarson, I mean Leslie, and big Zoe. She came out very excited.

"Well?" I said to Zoe on the ride home.

"Well what?"

"Don't keep me in suspense. What happened with Zoe and Doctor, I mean Leslie?"

"Well, I can go there on Mondays and Thursdays, but not as one of the group."

"Ok. Then what will you be doing?"

"They want me to help out."

"Help out?"

"Yep. As a councilor. They think that since I have the disease too then I can relate better. They think it will do the others good."

"That's great."

"First I have to get employed though as an assistant." she said beaming. "I can't just do that until I'm under the watch of an LCPC."

"Why all the formalities?"

"I don't have my professional license yet. But don't worry. Zoe talked to her boss today. He is definitely considering hiring me. But I need to collect all my documentation from before."

"Will you be able to do that?"

"Oh yes."

"I'll cross my fingers. This is good news. Right?"

"It is very much good news, Sam. I want to thank you so much. This wouldn't have happened without you."

"Sure it would have. You're the one that's doing this. Not me."

"You're too modest." she said leaning over the seat and giving me a kiss on the cheek.

"At least Jill wasn't there." I said. "I'm not sure I could have faced her tonight."

"Oh, she was there, Sam. She was just avoiding you."

"Someone that big avoiding me? She must be talented at hiding."

Tee came home with me Monday from the clinic too. She wanted to hang on the inversion table. Big surprise there, huh? So did Cindy and Zoe who were being extra nice to me the whole week. I think Tee picked up on that. I know what you're asking so I won't keep you waiting: she was three feet five inches on Thursday night. Cindy, Zoe and I hadn't grown so now I was only two and a half inches taller than Tee. She was now a whole three inches taller than her shortest a couple weeks ago. If she suspected anything with Julie and me she was too excited from hanging to mention it. But that didn't last.

Julie brought Sharon home Tuesday evening so that Sharon and I could practice.

"I heard you tore up the dance floor this weekend, Sam." Sharon asked.

I looked to Tee first before answering.

"I don't know what Tee told you, Sharon, but if the floor was tore up it was because I kept falling on it."

They laughed.

We had a good practice session but before Fred came back with Erin in tow they literally cornered me in the office.

"Uh, Sam?"

"Yes, Tee."

"Ok, I've been holding my tongue since yesterday. I sensed it last night and Sharon has been talking to Julie the past couple of days and we want to know what's going on with you and Julie?"

"What did you hear?"

"Not much, Sam." Sharon said. "I tried talking to her at work, but, I don't know. She's been playing silent the past couple of days."

"Well, give it a couple of more days."

"Can you tell us anything?"

"Maybe I don't want to talk about it either."

"Something did happen between you two." Tee said.

"Look, Tee. Life has ups and downs. You know that. Right now we're kind of at a down point. Can we leave it at that?"

"Are you breaking up?"

"Don't ask me that."

"Ok. Let us know if there's anything we can do."

"You're doing it. Thanks."

Fred had brought Erin home from work Tuesday then left to go home with Sharon and Tee. I'd see Tee again on Thursday where I'd bring her home from the clinic with Zoe.



----- A job

And by Thursday, Zoe had her answer to the question of being employed with Inner Peace and Mind -- the place where big Zoe worked. She was in! Unfortunately, she couldn't really work Thursday night since she wasn't officially employed until Monday. It was still great news!

She would also be working most days of the week too. And she would get paid. But there was a catch: she had to take online courses to finish her masters.

"Zoe! You're going to get a masters. How cool is that?"

"Don't be too impressed, Sam. It's just a piece of paper."

"You're going to get to help people professionally though. That's even cooler."

"You think so?"

"Of course I do."

"I'm happy to you say such a thing, Sam. Not many people even think like that. Outside of therapists that is."

"All of health care thinks like that."

"You're not in health care."

"I care about my health."

Zoe shook her head at that remark. She still went to the clinic Thursday night just to talk and I got to see Jill. It was probably by accident though. She didn't say much. I wondered what her fight with Julie was like. On second thought, no, I don't want to know.

Sharon and I sang at Mike's that Friday but it was short; just a couple songs. It was just as well since I wasn't really into it.

Julie was still home every night although we talked little. We were at least civil although we never slept in the same bedroom. I had a little talk with her Friday night though.

"So, how's your search for a friend to take you in?"

"Not going well."

"I told you that you don't have to leave."

"I know. I feel bad staying here though."

"Why?"

"The girls hate me."

"That's between you and them. But I'll tell them to try and cool it. Ok?"

"Thanks. Did you make any decisions yet?"

"No, Julie, I have not."

"Just thought I'd ask."

"You'll be the first to know, I promise. Look, I have a favor to ask of you."

"Ok."

"Next week I'm taking a trip to Utah."

"Yeah, I know."

"It might do me good to get away from it all."

"You'll still be working."

"But that'll take my mind off of things. Maybe with a clear mind I can make some sense of all this. Maybe a decision."

"Ok. You want me to wait until then, don't you?"

"Why, yes. Of course I do. But that's not the favor I want to ask. Zoe is starting a new job next week."

"I heard." she said, smiling. And, to my surprise, I felt good seeing her smile.

"I'll be leaving Monday and won't be back until Thursday afternoon or even early evening. I won't be able to chauffeur her around to and from work and the clinic. Do you think you could drive her?"

"I would love to, Sam."

"Good. I'm sure it'll get you points with her and she won't hate on you so much."

"That's good, but she hates me the least."

"Well, whatever. I'll owe you."

"No, you don't."

"We'll talk about it later."



----- Leaving on Monday

It took longer than expected to make all the arrangements for the trip but I didn't have to do it; they did it all for me at work. I'd never been to Utah. It was about as far as Arizona so yeah, it was pretty far and involved a few hours of air travel.

I like flying but airports majorly suck. Necessary evil I suppose. It was a little like when I went dancing, in that I was in a forest of legs. If I hadn't studied the airport diagrams before-hand I would have never found the right gates. I can barely see the signs when that many people are around. I also got bumped into a lot. Sheesh. At least I can fit in the seats better than the bigger people.

So I spent the weekend packing and getting ready for the trip; I didn't want to wait until the last minute. The weather was nice and warm all weekend and also on Monday so the flight was pretty smooth. As soon as the plane got into the air I started missing everyone, including Julie. Was this a clue to the answer I was searching for?

 

End Notes:

Well, at least you know how Julie feels. What about Sam? Stay tuned. Will our couple get back together? Or will Julie find solace in her new friends? Will Sam move on? Will their relationship ever be the same?

The next chapter won't answer these questions. Or maybe it will. But it will be something different and I'm hoping you'll like it.

Let me know your thoughts on the couple, questoins on the disease, why Julie is growing, and mostly if you liked the chapter or not. I really appreciate it.

I'd like to thank Layston, Last_one_33, Battlemaster-3d, and Bigdawk K for your comments. Thanks!

Chapter 75 - And Now for Something Completely Different by littless
Author's Notes:

Like the title says, this is something a little different. No, it's not completely different, but I couldn't resist using that title. I thought of calling this chapter "An Interlude" because it is, not so much the story but definitely an interlude in Sam's life.

I really hope you enjoy this. I can do more like it if there's positive feedback. And for Battlemaster-3d, I think we can say that Sam finally catches a break.

----- Utah

What can I say about Utah? Move along. Nothing to see here. Absolutely nothing.

They didn't have many people who had Borgford's disease out in this neck of the woods. It was a far cry from Arizona. The people I worked with were fascinated to see me. The girls were like, "Ooo, how cute." The guys? "Hey man, you're short."

I'm short? Really? Brilliant deduction you made there, Sherlock.

Bitter much? You betcha.

I did some good work though and I had a little fun with it; like solving a puzzle. I'm not allowed to tell you what I did exactly, but I can tell you that the work was much more interesting than the people. I impressed a few of said people however.

My job here was finished by Wednesday afternoon. I wasn't leaving to go back until Thursday morning so I had the whole evening ahead of me.

I had made arrangements for Julie and Fred to help Zoe get to work and to the clinic while I was gone. I even thought of offering Tee the use of my car to help Zoe out. It worked out where we didn't need to resort to that, but I trusted Tee if I needed to. Zoe was so appreciative; she promised a surprise when I got back home. Whoopee.

Now, I'm not completely honest about there being absolutely nothing interesting in Utah. This moves the current topic over to Wilma. Yeah, Wilma, as in Wilma Flintstone. Oh, you can't place the reference? I guess you're not old enough. Well, move along then. Anyhoo...

If you know the Flintstones then you know about Wilma and Betty. And if you know Betty, then you know Barney. Wilma must have thought she was Betty and I was Barney. Is this getting interesting yet?

It seems Wilma was one of the people that I impressed with my, uh, let's just say my analytical prowess. She must have a thing for brainiacs, not that I'm very brainy. I just know a few things, you know?

So, Wilma knew my work was finished and that I had a free night to spend on the town, that is if you really want to call that blotch of manmade semi-cube-shaped hardware that was splashed out onto the desert floor like a Rorschach chart, or more like a child's finger painting, a town. I'd hesitate to even call it a village. That would be generous. Not much nightlife here, understand? But that didn't stop Wilma.

She invited me out to the local (everything here is local) Japanese restaurant. If I haven't told you before let me just say that I love Japanese cuisine. Sushi? I'm there.

Alas, no sushi. They had tempura though. And fried lice. I mean rice. I think it was rice. None of the chefs had sushi skills which wasn't all that surprising since all of them were Mexican. We should have gone to a Mexican restaurant. Oh, yeah, no Mexican restaurant in the village. I mean town. Go figure.

Wilma must have thought it was my first Japanese rodeo. Yee ha! She made it a point to warn me that Japanese cuisine acted as an aphrodisiac. Like I really needed that. I'm sure she wasn't aware of the potency of the meds I was taking, although I don't think it would have made any difference to her.

So, I guessed Wilma had a thing for little people. I'm game. Bring on the rodeo. The food was, how should I say it? Mediocre? Not completely unlike tempura? Mexican? Yep, that's it: it was Mexican in a clever Japanese disguise. I'm not fluent in Kanji but I imagined the sign out front meant "Mexican" in Japanese.

You know how they tell you not to drink the water south of the border? Let me add: don't drink the soda in Japanese/Mexican restaurants in Utah. Again, it wasn't completely unlike real soda, root beer to be exact (Wilma thought it was cute that I drank root beer; I didn't want to drink the real stuff) but it gives you the -- how can I put this delicately? -- the shits! Or maybe it was the Mexican, I mean Japanese, food.

Oh I had to go the bathroom alright. Several times. After dinner Wilma wanted to go back to the hotel. Something about other people being at her apartment she said. I hoped it wasn't a boyfriend, or worse, a husband. So we went back to the hotel. It's a good thing too because the bathroom is right there.

Wilma was a little older than most of the girls I've been with. Thirty something, maybe. I didn't ask. Why is it bad manners to ask a girl her age? But Wilma was alright looking, average size boobs, nice enough legs. She had curly blonde hair, probably dyed. All in all, plain, but with all those meds coursing through my body, well, she was hot, ok? Hey, it had been three nights straight without pussy. I was desperate. Don't judge me. You don't know how those little pills work on someone if you haven't tried them.

Anyway she was about Erin's height, or a little more with heels on, which put my head below her belly button. Ok, you get the picture.

Maybe she was the submissive girl all her life and wanted to make up for it. Or maybe she was always dominant. I don't know. All I know was that she was domineering tonight. Too bad she forgot the whip.

We sat on the bed together when we first got back to the room. It wasn't long after that I had to go to the bathroom again. Excuse me, I'll be right back.

When I had finished my business -- all the food I had for dinner was mostly gone by now -- and walked out of the bathroom, the sight that greeted me was unexpected. She had taken her dress off and was standing with legs apart, fists on hips, wearing a black lacy bra with red outline, black panties and black garter belt laced in red holding up black stockings. She had on a pair of red high heels, maybe four inches high. Very arousing. And if you take the meds that I do: yabba, dabba, doooooo! Party time in Utah.

She sauntered over to me as I simultaneously wandered (ok, more like skipped) over to her and we met somewhere in the middle of this dank little hotel room. She got up so close that we were touching. Her hands were still on her hips and she had a sly smile painted onto her face looking almost straight down at me.

"Ready to have fun, little one?"

Wow, a poet.

"Grrrrrrrowl." I snarled.

Now I know what you're thinking: I was somehow cheating on Julie and the others. But I deserved this for what Julie did to me and I was away from home and just wanted to forget everything for a while. So sue me. Now back to Wilma.

She moved in closer causing me to stumble back. She kept moving and I kept stumbling backwards until my back was against the wall.

"Do you like big girls, little one?"

"Y-yes."

"You do? I'm so lucky, aren't I? What would you do with a big girl?"

---Gulp!---

"I know." she said. "How about you show me? Do you want to show me?"

"Yeah, sure."

"Well? I'm waiting."

I kissed her just above her pussy. I could see through her sheer black panties that she was shaven. Kewel! I kissed her some more.

"Is that all you got for me?" she pouted.

I kissed again, but over to the side a little from where I kissed her before. I could hear her suck in air. I must have found a spot. I moved to the other side then kept going all the way around behind her. I ended up with her ass in my throat. Yep, the old ass-throat maneuver. Or is it throat-ass? Anyway, when I was back there I went for the small of her back. I found another spot.

"Mmmmmmm." she said as she turned to jelly in front of me. Her knees were bent and her ass was stuck out. Whoa, what a sight! So I bent down and kissed her black panty covered ass.

"Oh, my little ass kisser. You're so good at that. Come 'round front again."

She stood back up as straight and tall as she could.

"Do you like me being big, little one?"

"Un-huh." I said nodding profusely.

Even though she was in heels she was able to get up on her toes a little bit more as she steadied herself against the wall with her hands above her. This put the top of her pussy at mouth level. I can take a hint.

---Chomp, chomp, chomp--- I munched on her snatch right through her panties. She started moving them down but I stopped her this one time. She pushed me back even further pinning me solidly against the wall.

---Chomp, chomp, chomp---

"Ooooooh, little one. Keep doing that."

---Chomp, chomp, chomp--- I munched more while this time reaching under her crotch and to her back grabbing the top of her panties right above her butt crack. Now I started pulling them down slowly, inch by inch. Her hips were gyrating. When her panties were past the bottom of her cheeks I stuck an index finger in her crack.

"Ooo. Ooo." She jumped, straightening up.

"Sorry. I don't have to do that." I apologized.

"It's ok. Do that. You just took me by surprise, that's all."

"Bend down. Further. A little more."

When she was far enough down I put my hands on either side of her tits -- large to me but probably no more than average sized to most -- and then bbblrlrlrlbbbblrbbrrrb! I motorboated her tits right at her cleavage. Her bra was still on.

"Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha." she laughed. She reached further down and hugged me around my shoulders. When she stood back up I tried snatching her panties all the way down but forgot: she had her stockings held up with her garter and the panties got stuck mid thigh.

I wasn't going to let that stop me, so bbblrlrlrlbbbblrbbrrrb! I motorboated her naked twat this time.

"Eeeeeeeeee!" she squeeled. "Oh, oh, oh. Wait, wait."

"What?"

"On the bed. Now."

Her panties were still around mid thigh and I found it hilarious when she tried to open her legs but could only get them so far apart. I only laughed for a couple seconds before diving in again. Periscope down, Wilma. It's motorboat time again in Utah.

bbblrlrlrlbbbblrbbrrrb!

"Oooo, oooo, oooo. Hu, oh, uh."

She wasn't a screamer, but she wasn't afraid of making noise either. Quite pleasant noises too. I don't know why but it made me think of Frank Zappa getting arrested for making indecent recordings.

"Nnnnnnnnnnng!"

"That's right babe." I said raising my head up for just a second. "You're little one is a diver: a muff diver!" Put up the alpha flag.

You'd have been proud of me. I was a machine. I stuck my tongue as far as it would go into her cunt. It drove her crazy too. What? You don't believe me? Let's ask her then.

"Hey, Wilma?"

"What?"

"The audience wants to know if you liked that."

"Hell yeah. It's driving me crazy."

There you go.

I went back to Wilma's cunt. I devised the brilliant idea of convincing all the girls back home to shave. I tell you, this is a freaking top notch idea: no stray pubes caught between the teeth. Maybe I should shave too?

I was having such a good time that I decided to try something new and moved my tongue down below her cunt and in between there and her pretty little asshole just to see what would happen. Wanna know what happened? She squirted. A lot. I'd never seen anything like it except on the internet. I just knew that shit was real. They don't let anything on the internet unless it's real you know.

I wanted to keep going but she couldn't take it anymore and made me stop. She was laying back on the bed breathing hard, still in her lingerie, head back, eyes closed and her right hand on her forehead.

"Oh, little one." she sighed.

"Yes, my Goddess?" I don't know where that came from, but I went with it.

She stopped breathing, raised her head and looked at me with wide eyes, her mouth agape.

"Oh my. You are just too perfect."

"What can I do for my Goddess?" I said, smiling.

"You've made my heart melt. Oh wait, my little stud."

"Ha, ha. Nobody ever called me a stud."

"You're my stud. My little stud. Stand over there." she said pointing.

"Ok."

"Now take your clothes off."

I did as she commanded. Then she rolled over and crawled off the bed. She kept crawling right over to me with a sultry look on her face and a huge smile. She grabbed a hold of Mr. Happy and went to town. He loves being devoured. Before long all of him including my balls where being sucked to the back of Wilma's throat. That's what I call a full court suck.

I've never seen a woman so wild. I shouldn't have to tell you that I didn't last very long. Damn those meds sometimes. Actually, meds or not, this was so far out of anything I'd done in the past that there was no way I could prolong it. She milked me until my balls were hollow.

Diiiiing! Do you hear that? I flicked my balls just now. That's them ringing because they're empty inside.

We fell asleep in bed, hollow balls and all. She was still in her lingerie, me naked.

What just happened? I'd never had sex with such abandon. I just didn't care. I didn't care about anything except having fun. Wilma wasn't a beauty queen and that mattered not one iota to me. But holy shit, this was on a higher level than anything I'd experienced before. What did it mean? Fuck it. I ask too many questions.

I don't want to get anyone in trouble with their spouse or significant other but everyone should have such an episode with a stranger at least once in their lifetime. It is so choice. If you have the means, I highly recommend picking one up. Er, uh, doing it. Thank you, Mr. Bueller.

I lost track of time. I woke somehow when the sun was coming up.

"Shit. What time is it?"

That woke Wilma up.

"Uh, about six."

"I need to shower."

I jumped out of bed and got a little chuckle looking back at Wilma.

"What're you laughing at?"

"You slept in your shoes."

"It doesn't matter. I had a good sleep. Wanna shower together?"

"I have a plane to catch."

"I'll drive you to the airport."

"Would you?"

"It would be my pleasure."

"Ok, then. Let's do it."

Up until now I hadn't really seen Wilma nude. How had I not noticed? Cindy must have made me jaded. Wilma renewed my enthusiasm in nudity however. She was wearing her lingerie all night even though I had not only seen, but gobbled her pussy. So I got excited at the thought of seeing her naked as she stood up from the bed and started to unbuckle her garters.

"Wait." I said.

"What?"

"Let me unwrap my Goddess."

She melted. Another fact to file away for later consumption: the use of the word Goddess.

"Oh, you are so, so special." she said. "How can I refuse?"

So I finished unbuckling her garters for her, then I slowly pulled her panties down. She stepped out of them. I made her turn around as I unfastened her brassiere so far above me, then I turned her back around to face me while holding the bra against her globes. I tenderly let it fall away, revealing her pale breasts, slowly, inch by inch. Hey look! Tits!

They weren't nearly the round, beach ball sized jugs of Julie, nor the super cute, pert little titties on Cindy. They were smallish and real. They had a little sag to them but on Wilma they were perfection.

Do I see a blush coming over her while she's standing there?

"You're staring, my little stud."

"I'm in awe, Goddess."

"Aww. So cute. Are you going to finish?"

I continued, rolling her stockings down her leg. I rolled the right side all the way down to the top strap of her high heels, then the other side. I left her shoes on until the last moment. I decided my Goddess would tower over me for as long as possible. It was slightly heartbreaking to take her heels off.

I pushed her back until she sat on the bed then knelt down in front of her. I took her right shoe off gently, then finished taking the stocking off while kissing the top of her foot all over, then her toes. I could feel the rest of her body shudder. I repeated the performance on the other side. This little piggie cried "wee, wee, wee" all the way home.

When she was totally nude I reached for her hands then pulled her up slowly. The smile on her face was pure joy. I could taste the exhilaration that I felt from her nakedness. I stood there for just a moment admiring her glory then I lead her to the bathroom.

Without her heels she wasn't as tall but my head was still well below her boobs. I tried to stay dry from the shower at first by hiding underneath them. It didn't work quite as well as hoped but she was amused. At this point, everything I did was amusing to her. And I was having as much fun as a kid on a playground. Anyone want to go around on the carousel with me?

You know how you have to stretch to reach the shelf above the hanging rod in the closet? I wouldn't know anything about that since I can barely see up that high, unless I'm standing on a chair. Well, that's what I reckon it was like trying to wash Wilma's tits and back. And you can forget shampooing her hair or washing her face; the tips of my fingers could reach nowhere near her shoulders. She could have bent down for me to at least wash her tits but she stayed upright and made me work. I loved her for that.

She pulled me into her lower torso to reach my back and my ass. She took an extra long time lathering up my ass. And even longer lathering up Mr. Happy who stretched out so that every square inch of him could be made clean.

All too soon we finished, got out and dried each other.

"I have to get ready fast."

"Go ahead. I'll get your suitcase packed for you."

"Thanks, Wilma. You're the greatest."

We had some time to talk in her car while we headed for the airport.

"Hungry?"

"I'm famished. It seems the Mex, I mean Japanese food went right through me last night."

"We can eat at the airport. They have a good southern style restaurant."

Oh great. Airport food in Utah. Pictures swirled in my mind of the grits and eggs really being Scottish haggis or some other such weird fare. I needn't have worried; the grits, eggs and ham were quite good. And filling.

"Sam. Thank you. I really needed last night. I hope I wasn't too freaky for you."

"Oh boy, you don't know how much I needed that too. No, you weren't freaky; you were awesome! Thank you."

"And you totally helped us at the office. We couldn't have finished without your genius. Do you think you'll ever come out here again?"

"If they offer it to me again I'll jump at the chance. You can count on it. What about you? Do you think there's a chance that you'll ever come out east?"

"Maybe. If I get the chance I'll jump on it too."

"Then you must look me up."

"Oh, I will."

"You could probably get a permanent position if you wanted to."

"Would you like it if I did?"

"I'd be willing to take a chance. Would you?"

"I don't know."

"You have a boyfriend or a husband at home don't you?"

"No. I have two kids."

"I assume they have a father here in Utah."

"Yes."

"He was with them last night, wasn't he?"

"No. Their aunt was."

"Thank her for me. I guess there's a reason then that you're stuck in Utah."

"You could say that."

"I want you to know that I'll never forget you or last night."

"And I'll never forget my little stud."

"My Goddess."

We smiled. We kissed. We said our final goodbyes. Then I went to catch a plane.

You might think that this was enough to draw me away from what I had at home but it served just the opposite. I missed Erin, Sharon, Cindy, Tee and Zoe more than ever. And I missed Julie. I couldn't wait to get back home.

 

 

End Notes:

What awaits Sam at home? Or rather, what awaits home when Sam arrives?

Did you like it? Let me know yea or nay in the reviews. Also if you'd like to see this style more or not, or maybe just a little bit more.

Thanks, everyone for all the comments.

Chapter 76 - A little surprise by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam arrives home.

Short chapter, but I've been real busy. One of the family member's is very sick and is not getting better. Other family members are falling apart and I'm going crazy trying to take care of their affairs. But, life goes on. Hopefully, I can keep putting these last few chapters up without too much delay. Wish me luck, and thanks to all of those who've left reviews and comments.

----- Home is where the heart is

I didn't get home until the early evening on Thursday. I was greeted by the girls -- Erin, Julie, Cindy and Zoe. It was nearly time for Zoe to leave for the clinic by the time I got home so I took her, even though I had only been home for a short while.

"How was your trip, Sam?"

"Ok."

"Just ok, huh?"

"It was better than ok, Zoe. I did a bang up job."

"All work and no play."

"I'm back home now so I can play. I have a few things to do first but I'll play."

"What do you have to do?"

"You know, the usual. I usually take off on Fridays but I'm going in tomorrow to fill out some after travel forms, wrap up a couple things. Stuff like that. I don't think I'm going to Mike's tomorrow though."

"That's too bad. I was going to go watch you this time."

"I'm a little wore out from traveling. I'm sure you understand. Plus, I didn't get much practice in this week."

"There's always next week."

"So, am I to understand that you're getting over your fear of crowds?"

"A little. I've been working with another young lady, Mia, at work. I sit in on her sessions, as long as it's ok with the client."

"Is it?"

"So far. I do get stares for the first few minutes though."

"Does that bother you?"

"Not too much. They stop staring after a little while, so no problems."

"Are you're enjoying this?"

"The work? Yes, I am, Sam. Thank you."

"I'm happy for you."

"Are you sticking around the clinic tonight when you drop me off?"

"Sure. Maybe I'll get to see Jill."

"We talked Monday. She's sorry about everything."

"Is she sorry about what you went through? And speaking of which, how is your relationship with her?"

"We're on talking terms."

"That's it?"

"That's it. Don't expect much more."

"Forgiveness?"

"No. We were friends, once. Then enemies. Now, who knows. Be happy we're talking."

"I'll support you whatever you decide."

"I can use support. What about your relationship with Jill?"

"Forgiveness. I should probably tell her tonight. I need to move on. I really do want to be friends."

"You two were good friends long ago too, weren't you?"

"Precisely, except it wasn't that long ago. Not as long as you."

"But you knew her in high school, right?"

"She was Julie's bratty little sister, yeah. But Jill and I didn't really become friends ourselves until just a few months ago. I think we were closer to each other than she was with Julie."

"Still are."

"What makes you say that?"

"They hate each other."

"Is that what she told you?"

"Yep. Julie confirms it. I think they had a fight or something."

"They did. Last Saturday night."

"What about?"

"I don't know exactly. It was after Julie left. I just know that's why Julie came back home."

"Ah, I see now. Maybe you and Jill can talk about that."

"I wouldn't count on it."

But I did, in fact, see Jill that night. I think I caught her by surprise as she was working, pushing a cart of supplies down the hall. I could tell that she was uneasy about our meeting. I reassured her that she needn't be apprehensive.

"Jill! You can't keep avoiding me forever."

"It's painful to talk to you."

"It shouldn't be. I'm not going to hold a grudge."

"I just feel so bad about everything."

"Not everything was bad, Jill. We've had some good times together. We were friends, right?"

"It was under false pretenses."

"But everything's out now."

"Yeah, it is, I guess."

"So, it's ok. I want to be friends again."

"You do?"

"Yes."

"What about grinder? I mean Samantha?"

"Jill, there's nothing that you can do about that now. That shouldn't even be part of you and I. It's over, just let it go."

"I can't. I won't ever be able to make it right."

"Samantha would want you to be friends with me. Ask Zoe. Let's not keep playing this trying to avoid me game."

She shrugged.

"Jill, I really think you need to talk to Zoe about your relationship with her too."

"No."

"Yes! You two have to come to better terms."

"But, I killed her lover."

"No, you didn't."

"I may as well have."

"Just talk to her."

"What if she doesn't want to talk to me? I wouldn't blame her for not talking."

"I think she's ready to talk. Trust me."

"Maybe later."

"Promise?"

"I don't know, Sam."

"Promise me you'll try."

"Fine. I promise I'll try. But it won't be easy."

"Doing the right thing isn't always easy. But I know you can."

She then ran off. Later, I ran into Tee and invited her over. I had a feeling she'd accept. If she didn't I had a secret weapon: the inversion table was at home just sitting there empty all week, waiting for Tee to use it. I needn't have worried about that.

"Are you sure it's going to be ok with your mom and dad, Tee?"

Her face morphed into a huge grin.

"What's the smile for?"

"I already asked them."

"Oh, you sly little fox. You already had this planned."

She shrugged.

"I suppose you packed a bag?"

"In the corner over there."

"Alright. As soon as Zoe's ready we'll go."

The business trip had done me good. Even though I was tired from traveling all day, the whole trip left me emotionally refreshed, especially last night. I was feeling pretty good about things in general.

Julie and I did talk some Thursday night, but nothing of real consequence. Tee and I spent the night together after her hanging on the table and Zoe spent it with Julie. Tee was growing: she gained even more height since last week -- now at three six. She was gaining on me, currently only one and one half inches shorter. She was so excited that she never put her clothes back on after the measurement. And the excitement carried over into bed that night. Even Mr. Happy was excited. Attitude means everything.



----- Friday

I had to go in to work Friday so I ended up bringing Tee home that morning. I didn't want until next week to fill out my time and the post-travel form and to have the de-briefing with my boss -- my recollections would not have been as fresh after the weekend.

"Thanks for traveling, Sam."

"No problem, Heather. Any time."

"The people out in Utah have some really positive feedback about you. They were very impressed and appreciative of the work you did."

"Good to hear. It was kind of fun for me too."

"You earned the respect of the head honcho."

"Cool. Who's that?"

"Her name is Wilma Lampo. She keeps a low-key profile though so I'm not surprised if you missed her."

"Oh yeah, I think remember her."

Well who'd a thunk it? I did what I needed to do at work then left early beating Julie and Zoe home that Friday evening. Erin was still at work. She works a lot of Friday nights, poor gal. Julie and I needed to talk.

"So?" Julie asked.

"What?"

"How did your trip go?"

"It went well. I managed to impress some of the folks out in Utah."

"You can be very impressive."

"Only because I'm little and people don't expect much from me."

"Even if you were twice as tall as me you'd still be impressive."

"You're impressive yourself, Julie."

"Only because I'm big."

"Even when you weren't, you were impressive."

She shrugged. "While you were away, did you ... decide anything?"

"Like?"

"Like, what you want to do about us."

I sighed. "Sort of, but we still need to talk first."

"You're breaking it up. I know it."

"No, Julie. Not if it's up to me."

"So talk."

"Tonight. Privately."

"Fine."

"Be patient, ok?"

"I suppose I have to."

Cindy and Zoe were still doting on me like they were last week, likely in response to the bad night I had with Julie, so I suppose that they were still feeling sorry for me. But I had a little surprise waiting when Erin finally came home that night.

"So, did you have as good a week as I, Erin?"

"It's Chloe now and yes I had a good week."

"Zoe said you didn't have to change your name."

"But I like it."

"Okaaaaay."

"No, really. I like the name she chose. Don't you?"

"Well, it's gonna take me a while to get used to it. Probably even longer than it took to get used to your blue hair."

"Don't you like my hair?"

"Sure. But until I got used to it you looked like someone else."

"Who?"

"I don't know. Someone I never met before."

"Well, I'm someone else now. I'm Chloe, with blue hair."

"If you say so, Chloe."

"I do."

"Don't be mad at me if I forget and call you Erin instead for a little while longer."

"I won't."

"Good."

This must have been the surprise that Zoe was talking about before I left. Cindy was chipper too.

"Cindy, how's Gabe?" I asked her as we talked later that evening.

"Good. He's thinking about a new job."

"Cool. What new job?"

"We don't know yet. He hasn't told me."

"We? I like hearing you say it like that."

"Don't make too much of it."

"I can hope."

"Are you trying to fix me up."

"I considered you already fixed up."

"We're apart and I don't expect him to like, stay celibate or anything for me."

"If I know him he is. For you, of course. I don't mean he's celibate because he's religious or because he can't get any. I mean, I'm just sayin', you know, because I wouldn't want you to think bad of him in any way. He can if we really wanted to and ..."

"Sam."

"What?"

"Shut up."

"Got it. So, uh, how was your week?"

"Other than the imps at school, good."

"What did they do now?"

"It was Lexie."

"And what did she do?"

"She's like, five three or something."

"Yeah, I remember her."

"Her little developing boobs are right at eye level."

"Uh. Yeah. Ok."

"She mashed them in my face."

"Her boobs?"

"Yes, her little, budding, yet still bigger than mine, boobs."

"Ew."

"In front of all the other girls too. They thought it was hysterical."

"Sorry."

"I can't wait to leave."

"I understand. Be patient. It'll be all over soon."

"I'm sorry to unload on you, Sam."

"No problem. What are friends for if you can't vent?"

"Thanks. You're a good friend. I'll miss you when I'm gone."

"I'll miss you too."

"Too bad I'm going to Arizona. If it weren't for Gabe then when you break up with Julie I could be there for you."

"To console me?"

"To take Julie's place." she said, winking.

"Well, we haven't officially broken up."

"Just as well. I really hope you two get back to where you were before."

"If we do stay together then we will have moved well past what we once had."

We all ate a good hearty meal that night, talked and then it was bed time. All turned in a little early and I had my chance to talk with Julie privately.



----- The conversation

"So, what did you want to talk about, Sam?"

"I don't know where to begin."

"Are we getting back together or not?"

"Right to the point, I see. I don't know. You hurt me."

"I didn't mean to. I was angry."

"I'll say. Why were you so angry?"

"Because they said you weren't worth staying with."

"The girls in the Sunflower club?"

"Yeah."

"What else did they say about me?"

"That you're like a toy person. A toy doll. I told them you're my little doll. Sorry."

"You sound like you were sticking up for me. Thank you."

"They said grow up, stop playing with dolls."

"I see why you were angry."

"Because they didn't want me to go out with you. They wanted me to go out with someone else. Someone much taller."

"They wanted you to do something against your will."

"Yeah."

"They didn't respect you, did they?"

"No."

"You're used to getting respect now that you're big."

"I guess so."

"Did you get respect before?"

"You mean when I was smaller, don't you? Hmmm. Maybe you're right, I didn't get respect when I was smaller. Not like now."

"I wish I'd get some respect."

"I respect you."

"But you didn't. Not two weeks ago."

"I wasn't thinking straight at the time."

"Yeah, well, if we get together again I have to feel safe. I can't do that if you're angry."

"I won't get angry again."

"Yes, you will. You can't help it. We all do. You know, shit happens and we get angry."

"I won't hurt you."

"Yeah? Why the violence?"

"I didn't think it was that much violence."

"For you, no. For me, well, I have a much different perspective than you. Do you know what you're like being next to me?"

"Big?"

"You're like that tree in the middle of the front yard. Think about that."

"That tree is not so big anymore."

"Of course not. Everything shrunk to half its size for you. Think of a three story tall building then."

"Ok."

"Now think of it moving."

"Scary?"

"You bet your ass it is."

"What can I do to convince you that I won't hurt you?"

"That's the question, isn't it? How about you tell me?"

"I don't know."

"Then we'll finish this talk when you do. That is if you want to stay together."

"I do."

"Can I ask you why you want to stay together? What makes you want to stay with me?"

"I always had a crush on you."

"But I'm just a toy doll for you now."

"So?"

"Ok. Good answer, Julie. My lack of stature doesn't seem to bother you. That's what I wanted to know and I'd be a fool to throw that away, but I'd be a fool to put myself in danger again too. We'll think of something. Until then, let's just cool it."

"I don't know if I can?"

"If you really want to stay together you can."

"I'll try. I promise."

"Ok. So, Julie?"

"What?"

"Thanks for taking care of Zoe this week."

"I didn't mind. I can still drive her around if you need me to. I want to help too."

"If she's needs you, not if I do. But I'll keep it in mind."

"Remember what I told you about letting her help you."

"I remember, but when she's ready. Let her get her life back first. It's just starting to get better now."

"That's another reason I want to stay together with you."

"Why? Because I'm helping Zoe?"

"Because you help. Period."



----- Friday night or early Saturday morning

I ended up sleeping on the couch that night. At my size it's quite comfortable. Tee and I had been using it for several nights now. I fell fast asleep pretty quickly especially since I was still tired from traveling.

Somewhere in the middle of the night I was woken up.

"Sam."

"Ungh. Not today, mom. I don't want to go to school. I have a sore throat."

"Sam!"

"Huh?"

"Sam? Are you awake."

"Uhhhhhh. I am now."

"Good."

"What time is it?"

"I don't know. It's late."

"Why did you wake me, Zoe?"

"I have a surprise."

"I thought Chloe was the surprise."

"Chloe?"

"Yeah. Erin is changing her name to Chloe on your behalf. Didn't you know?"

"She's so sweet. Yes, I knew."

"So, that's the surprise, right?"

"No. Get up."

She grabbed my hands and pulled me up off of the couch. It was dark and like last time Zoe was silhouetted against the background by the lights filtering in from the street. She was a beautiful sight, but you knew that.

She lead me to the wall: the wall where we sat last time. The same one she led me to before in consolation for the calamity caused by Julie that night. And like last time she moved me up against that wall. Now she started pulling my underwear down.

"Wait. Zoe. Don't do that."

"Why not? I've seen you nude before."

"Because it's not right."

She giggled then grabbed my underwear again.

"No, really, Zoe. I mean it."

"I'm nude too."

"That's all the reason you should stop."

I looked at her and could barely tell in the darkness, but I realized that yes, she was as naked as a jaybird. I'm not sure where that phrase came from, but she was definitely naked.

"Please, Sam. I've waited for this. I wanted this last night but you were with Tee."

"Wanted what?"

"Sit down."

I sat, my back sliding down the wall. Zoe grabbed Mr. Happy. Damn him and his enthusiastic attention span. This was not the right time to be saluting.

"Whoa, whoa. Zoe!"

"Just chill."

"No. We've been through this."

"We have, haven't we?"

"Yes, we have, and you know what can happen."

"Really? Why don't you tell me?"

"You can get pregnant."

"No, I can't."

"Oh, no. What's wrong?"

"Nothing."

"But..."

"But I saw the doctor last week."

"Did she tell you that you're not able to have babies or something?"

"No. She put me on the pill."

"She wha ... Wait! You did this for me."

She laughed. "Of course I did."

"But..."

"I know. I'm a lesbian."

"Yeah."

"Perhaps I'm only ninety-nine percent lesbian."

"You better be real sure about this."

"Ninety-nine and a half, then. Relax, Sam. That's all you have to do."

"Alright."

"And no talking."

"Ok. I mean ... shhhhh."

Like last time she lowered herself onto my member, only she was facing me now. She made sure to rub her body against mine the whole way down.

Also, like last time she stayed very still once she was impaled by Mr. Happy. But only on the outside. On the inside we were dancing, her pussy squeezing my dick and Mr. Happy was throbbing inside of her. At last, a dance I could finally get into.

Again, the tension built very quickly. I used Buddhist meditation to keep from cumming too soon. I found out that I needed more practice. Still, Master Soo should have been proud. I held off for a good two seconds longer than I would have otherwise.

I convulsed. I came. I shook uncontrollably for few seconds.

Zoe whimpered. "Oooooooooo." It was low, almost a whisper.

Both of us barely moved yet we were wasted when we were done. It was a long time coming but it had only lasted a few minutes. I'm pretty sure I fell asleep first.

 

End Notes:

Oh no, Zoe! I hope you're not complicating Sam's life, especially where it concerns Julie. And speaking of her, will Julie and Sam ever get back together again? Don't worry, a resolution is coming soon. Maybe next chapter, maybe not.

Chapter 77 - Relationships by littless
Author's Notes:

Well, here's another chapter. This started out too long so I broke it in half. I think you'll like it. Maybe we get to find out if Julie and Sam are going to be a couple.

Anyway, things haven't gotten any better in real life, but at least I can find the time to write. 

----- Saturday morning

"Oops, tee hee." I heard. Then I heard tiny footsteps scampering off. I opened my eyes, the sun was up, and Zoe and I were laying together on the couch. Whatever it was woke her up too.

"What was that?" I asked.

"Cindy. I think."

"She saw us."

"Un huh."

"Shall we get up?"

"Just a little longer like this, ok?"

"Ok. Um, Zoe?"

"What?"

"So, like, what happened last night?"

"Oh, no! He doesn't remember last night. I'm a failure."

"No. I just want to know what this means?"

"I was being sarcastic. Why does it have to have meaning?"

"Then, just answer this: why?"

"Julie's right. You try to analyze everything, don't you?"

"I need to know."

"What do you need to know?"

"Us. That is, what's our relationship now?"

"Don't make it complicated: I like you."

"So, we're nothing more than mere fuck-buddies."

"I'd say more than that."

"Is it really because you like me? Or are you doing this out of gratitude for taking you in?"

"Don't forget helping me get a job."

"Right, that too. Or maybe you're feeling sorry for me because of what I went through with Julie?"

"Just, things."

"You used to tease me a lot, make me jealous, try to bring me heartache."

"I wasn't mean. Just teasing."

"No, you weren't mean. But you've changed. You're more friendly, especially since two weeks ago."

"Maybe Julie's part of it."

"Aha! So you are feeling sorry for me."

"No, Sam. I told you: it's more."

"How much more?"

"You ask too many questions."

"Fine. I'll stop."

"You know how I feel about you."

"No, I don't."

"Yes, you do. We spoke about this. You know how I felt when Sam was going out with you."

"So that's what this is then?"

"What do you think?" she said, shrugging her shoulders.

"Ok, fine. So where do we go from here?"

"Wherever. The only thing that's changed is we've broken the ice on sex."

"Is this going to be a regular thing?"

"You tell me."

"I can't answer that."

"If you want to, yes. If not, that's fine too. I can always play on Julie's magnificent clit."

"I'm happy for you two. You and Julie have a good thing going."

"Alright then, how are you and Julie getting along?"

"Uh, I don't know. We haven't figured it out."

"You haven't figured it out? You better hurry up. What's that they say: shit or get off the pot? You might lose her forever."

"Yeah. I hear you. Only this is so fucking hard. I don't know what I should I do?"

"Should? As in what's right?"

"I don't know. I don't want to lose Julie, but I don't want to go through that same shit that I did before. I want us to be honest and not hold secrets from each other."

"I'm not sure what to tell you. I'm pretty sure Julie wants you back so that means that this is your decision. The ball is in your court."

"No. I put it in her court. I said she had to convince me that she won't hurt me anymore."

"You want guarantees?"

"That would be nice."

"So you gave her an ultimatum?"

"Yeah, so?"

"Nobody can say they won't ever hurt you. That's impossible, either physically or even more importantly, emotionally. Nobody would ever be getting together in that case. Maybe she can hurt you more physically, but I think you can hurt her more emotionally."

"Hey, you're the one that said I should watch out for myself."

"No risk, no reward."

"But she already hurt me."

"You have to decide if the gain is worth the risk."

"What if I do get back with her? How will that affect you?"

"Oh, no! Don't let me influence your relationship with Julie, Sam."

"But now it does affect our relationship. Because of this, because of last night."

"It was only the next step for us."

We heard a bump and a door open.

"It looks like Cindy's coming back." I said.

"No, I don't think so. It's too heavy. It must be Julie."

"Julie?" I said. "Oh shit. We can't let her catch us like this."

"It's ok, Sam."

"No, it's not ok. Get up."

"Calm down."

"But she'll be pissed."

"She won't be pissed."

"She'll see us lying naked together. She'll know what we did."

"It'll be ok."

"What makes you so sure?"

"Because she already knows."

"Shit. She already saw us."

"Gee wiz, Sam. It was her idea for me to get on the pill."

"I thought it was the doctor's?"

"Doctors don't convince you to take the pill. You ask them."

"I wouldn't know."

"Julie wanted this for you, Sam. She also wanted it for me."

"Really? I wonder if she still wants me in that case."

"You can be dense sometimes. She does. She's told you that like how many times?"

"And she obviously told you."

"So? We talk."

"You two concocted this scheme."

"We weren't scheming."

"So then, did Julie convince you to do this?"

"Convince? Hardly. I've been waiting for this for years, Sam."

"I guess you weren't forced by her then."

"You guess. I oughta whack you, you know that."

"Go ahead and whack me. I deserve it. But, be gentle."

"By definition you can't be gentle whacking someone."

"Then get it over with quickly."

She wrapped her arms around my neck and kissed me. A long, deep, wet kiss that we never had before. I suppose that makes this our first real kiss.

"So?" she said.

"So, that was not over with quickly."

"Oh, shut up." she said before kissing me again.

"I wonder what Samantha would think of all this?"

"She'd be jealous."

"Yeah, jealous of you with a giantess." I chuckled.

"No, jealous because of you."

"Sam was a lesbian too, right?"

"Well, yeah. You know that."

"I wonder what she thought of me. Really."

"She was more bi than me. Does that tell you something?"

"She really liked me?"

"I know she did. She was falling for you. I had to stop it."

"For her sake?"

"For both our sakes."

"Is it because you didn't want me to take her away from you?"

"And because I couldn't bear her taking you away from me."

"Rivalry?"

"Totally."

"How did you feel when you learned that I had a girlfriend?"

"At that point I was just grateful that you got me away from Arizona. But I like Julie too."

"And?"

"And what? Her big clit? Is that what you want to hear?"

"Just trying to find out where you two are, relationshipwise."

"I wouldn't be here without Julie's blessing. I told you we talk."

"So maybe she did that that under duress."

"What? You think I made her?"

"No. But I'm wondering if she thinks me sleeping with others was going to save our relationship. You know, let Sam have what he wants."

"Good theory. It's really that she thinks she can't satisfy you."

"It's the other way around. I'm sure that's what two weeks ago was about."

"I think you should thank your lucky stars she lets you do this with other girls."

"I do. I just can't believe she thinks she can't satisfy me."

"Insecurities are usually irrational."

"Like I still can't get over that you're not just doing this out of gratitude."

"See? You're insecure, and irrational. I'll help you out. Yes, I owe you a lot. But even if I didn't I like being with you. Don't let what I'm about to say go to your head, ok?"

"Ok."

"You are the only guy that ever satisfied me sexually."

"I don't see how. All I did was sit there."

"Ha, ha." she laughed. "No. I could feel you. You were jumping around."

"Part of me was. By the way, how do you do that?"

"What? Kegel?"

"Yeah, that's what it is, isn't it? That is soooo fucking hot."

"It's needed for good vaginal health."

"I'll take your word for it. Still, I can hardly believe that satisfied you."

"It satisfied you, didn't it?"

"Oh, it did."

"Well, if I wasn't fulfilled then I know that you're pretty good at going down on me."

"Oh yeah. I remember that. Ha. That's funny. FulFILLED."

"Don't be an ass."

"Sorry."

"Sam, your character means so much. It's like, 'I know this person well. I like being with them all the time. Wouldn't it be awesome to have sex with them?' Sometimes looks and technique don't matter, Sam."

"So you're saying I'm ugly and my technique sucks?"

"You know that's not true."

"Alright, I'm joking."

We looked into each others eyes, our faces almost touching.

"I'm going to enjoy this relationship more than I had ever feared."

"Feared? You feared this?"

"When you figured out what happened between you and Sam, well, I was a part of that so I thought you'd hate me."

"You tried to stop it before it happened. That's what I remember you saying."

"That's right. But I was still her lover. I knew and helped with the plan to give you the virus. I participated. And I was also the one who broke you two up."

"I don't hold it against you. Nothing to fear."

"That's what I mean about character: you're magnanimous."

"Big words for such a little girl."

"It means ..."

"I know what it means. Come on. We should get up and get dressed. We wouldn't want to spook Julie or the others by her seeing us like this."

"I think she's already seen us."

"You sure?"

"That's why she's avoiding coming into the living room."

"Maybe we should just get up then."

"Don't you want another round?"

"How about later?"

"You won't keep me waiting, will you?"

"Is tonight ok?

"I'm being facetious. Whenever you want, Sam. I'm not going anywhere."

"The go back to your bedroom and get dressed."

"I'd be breaking Cindy's heart by getting dressed."

"Meh. Let it break. We have work to do today."

And so we did. We got up, dressed (much to Cindy's chagrin, lol), had breakfast and began our day. We would spend today cleaning and moving things around to get ready to put the house up for sale. Tomorrow would be the first day that it would be an "open" house. The thought of selling the house was kind of exciting and I think everyone felt that way too; not because we were selling the old house but because it was getting us closer to getting into the new one. So our interactions were jovial, even with Julie. In fact, especially with Julie -- she did all of the heavy lifting and loved it.

Julie did love her activity. She still ran, even in the cold, whereas I hadn't been doing so much of that, or even lifting. I was getting weaker as I got smaller and I didn't want to remind myself of that fact. Watching her pick up and move furniture, huge boxes and cars (ok, no cars, but ...) as if it were nothing, really hammered home the fact that she was much stronger than I. And watching her long muscles flex while wearing only her underwear as she did so was very arousing. I'm getting horny thinking about it. Did I just say that? Damn those pills. Or is it the fact that watching a mountain of a girl move big things around and being able to practically feel her power is just plain sexy?

We had some room left in the rented little shack outside that I had for Zoe so we stored some stuff in there. When the time came we could probably just move the whole pod itself to the new place. Now bringing things outside revealed a limitation to Julie's size: while it was easy for her to carry things, it was not so easy to fit through the door while actually holding them. Hell, it wasn't easy just for her alone to fit through the door. But she managed with some difficulty.

"Julie! Watch the top of the ..."

"Ouch! My head."

"Awww. Here, bend down and let me kiss it. No, bend down more." I said. But she couldn't bend down far enough while standing. "Damnit. Sit down and let me get up on your thigh." That worked. I was able to give her a kiss on the forehead. She pouted.

"Sorry." I said. "I really appreciate your help though."

"Think nothing of it, Sam. I like helping."

"I wish I could make the doorways taller."

"I wish I was shorter."

"Don't say that, Julie. You're great just the way you are." I couldn't believe she was saying what she did.

"It's just that ..."

"No, Julie. People would give anything to be as big as you."

"I wish I could give you some of my height."

"I'd like to be taller, yes. But I wouldn't want it if meant you would get smaller."

"But I don't like being big anymore." Tears were coming to her eyes.

"Hey! We'll be in a bigger house soon. You'll see. We can even make the doors bigger for you."

She cheered up a bit and smiled. "Do you still want me to move in with you?" she asked.

"Of course, I do."

"So ..."

"So, we'll see how things go."

"Up until a few of weeks ago I really started to like being big."

"What happened?"

She looked at me with a wry face.

"Oh. That." I said. "It's ok, Julie."

"Really?" she said, sniffling.

"Have you thought more about what we talked about last night?"

"A little. I've been busy most of the day though."

"Yeah, sorry about that, but it looks like you're enjoying the work."

"I am, Sam. I really am. I like that we're working together."

"Me too. Well, I have been thinking, and thinking hard about us. And I think I know a way that we can get back together as a couple."

"We can?" she asked, perking up.

"We'll talk tonight, ok?"

"Ok."

"Um, you know what Zoe and I did last night, right?"

"Yes, Sam. And it's ok."

"We'll talk about that too."

"Alright."

Zoe had given me some ideas to think about regarding the relationship that Julie and I had, or maybe didn't have. I had to decide if it was worth the risk to me. So the ball really was in my court now. I thought about it all day while we worked around the house. Tomorrow was going to be a day out, mostly.

I was wondering how Zoe was going to handle tomorrow. We didn't have to go to any crowded places, which would help. She had been getting out the past week and I felt good about her agreeing to get out of the house with us. Plus, the weather was warming up and the forecast for Sunday was sunny.

Erin, er, I mean Chloe, worked Saturday during the day so she didn't join us until the evening. We were all pooped by then and stopped cleaning up which was ok. We had accomplished what I wanted and then some. I was so tired that when I greeted her when she came home I hung on a little longer than usual, leaning on her stomach and almost going to sleep.

"Hey, Sam. I'm off tomorrow."

"Well, great. We have to leave the house for a few hours, you know. Want to come with us?"

"Sure do."

"Sharon and Tee are going to join us."

"A party! Are we going dancing?"

"No. You dance at night and I have to work Monday along with everyone else. Maybe Cindy will want to go with you but I doubt you guys will be out late."

"Aw. We can go during the day."

"I won't. But no frowns, ok? We'll have ice cream tomorrow."

Everyone cheered up at that remark. Yes! Saved from dancing by ice cream.

Being tired, we all turned in early that night. Cindy and Zoe wanted me to sleep in the bedroom with them. I didn't know what they had planned, but I needed to talk to Julie alone, so we had a talk, yet again, alone, or so I thought.


----- The talk

Julie was sitting on the bed, leaning over with her elbows on her knees which stuck up well above the mattress. I stood in front talking up at her.

"So um, Julie, do you remember what I asked you to think about last night?"

"Yes."

"And did you figure out a way to guarantee my safety?"

She looked down at her feet. "I promise not to hurt you." she said.

"You can't promise that; only that you'll try."

She didn't say anything.

"Julie. Forget about it. Zoe convinced me that it's unrealistic."

"So, what does that mean?"

"It means we're going to ignore that part. I'm going to take a chance instead."

"Ok."

"We have to agree to certain things though."

"I will."

"Four things. Ok?"

"Ok."

"So, I've been thinking real hard on this and I believe that the heart of it is," I paused for effect, "respect."

"I respect you."

"You didn't respect my wishes two weeks ago."

"No, I guess I didn't."

"Look. I bet you get a lot more respect now than when you were, um, smaller. Am I right?"

"Uh-yeah. You're right, Sam. I do. ... Oh my. I didn't even realize it. How did you know?"

I shrugged. "I see how people treat you and it's much different now than it used to be."

"You're very perceptive."

"No. It took me a long while thinking about this to come to that conclusion."

"But you're so right."

"And the girls in the club didn't respect you when they wanted us to split up, did they?"

"You're right again."

"How did that make you feel?"

"I didn't care. I cared that they didn't respect you."

"See? You already know this as much as I do. Can we agree that we have to respect each other? That you have to respect my wishes and I have to respect yours?"

"Yes."

"Good. That's the first thing we need to do. The second is along the same lines."

"What is it?"

"You will never insult my friends again. Ever! Understood?"

"But I didn't."

"You called them my little tramps."

"Well,... they're my friends too." she tried to rationalize.

"All the more reason to respect them."

"I'm sorry."

"Tell them. But I don't want to hear something like that out of you mouth ever again. Leave my friends -- our friends -- out of it."

"I guess I went overboard."

"Ya think?"

"Ok. I'm guilty."

"I don't want you to do things that you have to be guilty about. But this brings up my third point: what am I going to do with Zoe, Cindy, Tee and all the rest? I shouldn't be sleeping with them."

"You can sleep with them. I-I want you to."

"Why?"

"Zoe needs you. So does Tee."

"Cindy doesn't."

"So don't."

"Zoe can get by without me, Julie. And maybe Tee needed me once, but I doubt Tee needs me anymore."

"But they're taking those meds."

"So they are."

"I used to take medications that make me horny too. Remember?"

"I remember. That didn't seem to make much difference though. At least not two weeks ago."

"I don't know what to say, Sam. But I know what it's like for them. You too."

"I'm really thinking that maybe I should cool it with the others."

"What about me?"

"No, not you. Them."

"No, I mean what about me and them?"

"What about all of you? Oh wait. You mean you sleeping with them, right?"

"Yeah."

"It's not the same, Julie."

"Why not?"

"Well, they're girls and so are you. It's not like me and them."

"I beg to differ." she said, crossing her arms across her chest and looking away.

"Do you really feel that way?"

"Yes. And I'm right."

"Ok." I said, relenting. "So what do we do about it?"

"Sam. You and I, we're ..."

"What? Different?"

"Yeah. We're different than we used to be."

"Then we have to ask ourselves: can we still have a relationship?"

"I hope so."

"Well, where there's hope I guess we should try. We still need to figure something out about this."

"Really, Sam, I don't mind you sleeping with them."

"You knew that Zoe was going to sleep with me last night, didn't you?"

"Yes. We talked about it."

"So she mentioned. It seems you two talk a lot."

"We always talked, you and I, didn't we?"

"Yes, Julie, we did. Maybe just agreeing not to do anything like that behind each other's backs is all we need."

"Ok."

"Ok."

"But, Sam."

"What, Julie?"

"I, uh, went out with Joey this past week."

"Who's Joey?"

"The guy that the girls wanted me to date."

"Was he as tall as you?"

"Ha!" she laughed. "No. He was a few inches shorter."

"And?"

"And nothing happened."

"What was he like?"

"Awful. He was a jerk. There's no way I will ever go out with him again."

"Did you two, you know ..."

"Sleep together? Oh hell no. You think I'd sleep with a jerk like that?"

"I don't know him. But if you did, I'd understand. I mean, we weren't really going together this week. I think."

"I felt bad about it, Sam. I'm so glad we're talking. I couldn't keep this from you and I'm happy now that you've given me the chance to tell you."

"Yeah. Well, there's something I need to tell you."

"What?"

"So, I, uh, did the same thing."

"You went out with someone? Behind my back?"

"Yep. In Utah. Two nights ago -- my last night there."

"Did she have the disease too?"

"Borgford's? No. She was a normal sized girl. Maybe a little taller than normal. I don't know for sure. I didn't measure and well, one normal sized girl seems as tall as the next to me. I can't really see where their head lines up so, you know."

"Un huh."

"But you take the cake, Julie. I think you must be the tallest person in the world."

"No, I'm not."

"You don't know that. Zoe might be the shortest person in the world."

"And you don't know that. Was she pretty?"

"Wilma? Pretty enough. If I had to measure her up, I'd say she wasn't nearly as pretty as you or anybody else in this house."

"How was she, then?"

"Uh, she was good."

"Even though she wasn't so pretty?"

"That's right."

"Did you two sleep together?"

"Yes. But we only had oral sex."

"Well, that's not really sex, I suppose."

"It's called oral SEX for a reason. Of course it was sex. I'm more guilty than you since you didn't have sex with what's-his-name, Joey?"

"Yeah, Joey. So, oral sex was good?"

"Oral sex is never bad, Julie." I chuckled. "But it was very good."

"She gives good blow jobs?"

"It wasn't so much her technique. More like, uninhibitedness."

"Were we ever inhibited?"

"There was always a future with you Julie. I didn't want to do anything that you might think was, I don't know, weird."

"Weird? What could you have done that would make me think you were weird?"

"Like reading giantess stories online."

"I see. So you didn't care about Wilma in Utah finding out about your giantess fetish?"

I grimaced. "I don't have a giantess fetish. Now see? You think it's weird."

"No, I don't."

"I just used that as an example. I didn't care what Wilma thought. I don't think she did about me either. We just accepted each other for who and what we are, whatever that would turn out to be."

"I can see where uninhibited oral sex would be good."

"We, uh, played games."

"What kind of games?"

"Well, I think that's what made it good. Neither of us had a relationship to worry about."

"You mean you didn't have a relationship with me?"

"We were in limbo, Julie. We kind of still are."

"So you don't want us to get back together?"

"Stop putting words in my mouth. That's not what I said. I haven't finished yet."

"Then go on."

"I don't know. We talked."

"About being uninhibited?"

"No. It was more, like, do you like me?"

"I see. You asked her if she liked you first before you asked her out."

"She asked me out."

"And that's when you asked her if she liked you?"

"Well, she asked me if I liked her first."

"Did you?"

"Of course I did."

"Enough to have sex with her?"

"Well, duh."

"So she asked you if you liked her and then you had sex?"

"Geez, not like that."

"Then how?"

"She asked me out to dinner. I figured I was out of town and should probably sample the local cuisine while I was there, so why not. We had dinner and ended up in the motel room."

"So you had exotic food in an exotic location with an exotic lady? I get it."

"There was nothing exotic about any of it. Everything was pretty, um, uninspiring. Especially the motel room."

"Uninhibited, yet uninspiring."

"It's not wine we're talking about."

"But you got some strange."

"You make it sound downright dirty. It wasn't like that."

"How was it then?"

"We were, um, ... oh I know. Like two ships passing in the night."

"Two ships that had oral sex together."

I shook my head. "You're making this hard. I know how you feel, Julie. You didn't have sex while I was away. I did. I'm sorry."

"You don't have to apologize. After all, our relationship was in limbo."

"You're going to hold this over my head, aren't you?"

"I'm sorry. Maybe I'm being too critical."

"I'm trying to be honest, Julie."

"Please, finish."

"Well, that's it, pretty much."

"What game did you play?"

"Oh that. Well, not really a game, per se. Just different things."

"What was different about it?"

I scrunched up my face. "She, uh, called me her little stud."

"She did?" Julie said, eyes getting wide.

"Yes, she did. Ok?"

"Emphasis on 'little'?"

"Yes, emphasis on 'little'. Geez, Julie. She was bigger, ok?"

"You didn't like it when I called you little."

"Yeah, but ..."

"But what?"

"It was different."

"How?"

"I don't know. She ... she ... she looked down on me."

"I do that all that all the time."

"She asked. Ok?"

"She asked if she could call you little?"

"She asked if I liked her."

"We've already established that."

"She asked if I liked her taller. If I liked taller girls."

"Well?"

"Well, yes. I said so. I mean I like all pretty girls, big or small. But we were playing games."

"I thought she wasn't that pretty."

"She was pretty enough."

"Tell me more about this game you were playing."

"That's pretty much it. She cornered me against the wall."

"You didn't like it when I did that."

"You didn't corner me. You forced me. You just wanted to stick your penis into something."

"Penis? Did you say penis?"

"It may as well be. It's probably bigger than mine."

"I don't have a penis. It's a clitoris."

"I don't know. Do you pee standing up?"

"SAM!"

"Ok, ok. I'm kidding. But this is no laughing matter: what she did and what you did are not the same thing."

"Ok, fine. I apologized for that. I won't do that again."

"I ... I ..."

"You what?"

I rolled my eyes and put my face in my hands and sighed. I then looked down at my feet and said "I called her a goddess."

"What? I couldn't hear what you said."

"I said ... I called her a goddess."

"You called her a goddess?"

"I called her my goddess."

"You never called me that."

"I know. I should have, because, well, you are."

"I am? Do you mean that or are you just saying that?"

"I mean that, Julie. Look, I called her a goddess, she called me her little stud, she had me pinned against the wall but not against my will, I ate her pussy, then she gave me a blow job. The next morning we took a shower together. That's it."

"So, that's all that happened?"

"And she took me to the airport the next morning. I swear that's all."

"I see. That's all. Hardly means anything, does it?"

"I'm sorry. I shouldn't have done it."

"No, it's ok, Sam. Really. I mean it's not like I kept any secrets from you."

"No. Not like telling me you knew I had the virus."

"That's not the same thing."

"No?"

"I couldn't, Sam. I just couldn't tell you something like that."

"Ok, fine. We've got everything out now."

"What about Kaycee?"

"Oh, you know about that?"

"Cindy told me."

"I guess you know all about her."

"How about you tell me all about Kaycee."

"Not much to tell. You know how I was such a stud in college right?"

"I know. You had sex three full times."

"Well, I had sex with three girls, not three times. When I went to college I thought I was a ladies man."

"You all think you do."

"And all the girls know that. I know that now."

"You could have had me. You could have been my ladies man."

"We were a country apart, Julie. How could we have made it work?"

"I don't know. But if you truly love someone ..."

"We were just out of high school, Julie. What did we know about love?"

"I knew I loved you."

"And I was stupid. So, I took my chances in school and struck out."

"Three girls, three strikes?"

"No, just struck out, period. I had sex with Samantha for a solid two weeks. You know that, don't you?"

"Yes. So what about Kaycee?"

"One night stand. As much as I wanted to, it didn't mean anything."

"That's not the way I heard it."

"That's the way it was. At least until I went back to Arizona. She changed."

"How so?"

"She got the virus. She shrunk and didn't have any friends. I think she saw me as someone from the past who wouldn't shun her the way her normal sized friends did because, well, because I had the disease too."

"She was bigger than you, wasn't she?"

"No. Well not now. Before she was. And I looked her up when I went back to Arizona because of that. Because she was one of the few girls who didn't hold my stature against me. And I owed her for that."

"So you slept with her?"

"Yes. But not because I owed her. At least not that alone. I mean, I was still on the meds. So was she. And ... I don't know. The first night I spent at Gabe's, but the rest of the week I spent at Kaycee's apartment."

"Do you love her?"

"Don't ask me that. I honestly cannot answer that question."

"Could you love her?"

"Yes."

"Do you love Wilma?"

"No. We're friends though because how can you not be friends with someone you ate? Know what I mean?"

"I know what you mean. Anyone else?"

"Now that you mention it, there was Bonnie -- Kaycee's roommate. And yes, I loved her, but only because she was Kaycee's best friend. In fact, she was her only friend that she had left and Bonnie was taking good care of her."

"You do have feelings for Kaycee. I can tell. Is it because you gave her the disease?"

"I didn't give her the disease. She got it from someone else."

"Are you sure? Maybe she was just telling you that."

"Why would she do that?"

"Because she loved you and didn't want you to know."

"That doesn't make sense. I didn't know I had the virus back then. I ..."

"You what?"

I thought for a few seconds. "Fuck! I can't believe this. We spent the night together one night and it was after Samantha split. I could have been carrying it. She must have known. No, it can't be. Julie?"

"What?"

"I couldn't have given Kaycee the disease, could I? It was just one night."

"I don't know, Sam."

"But you knew I had the disease. You knew. You knew before I did. You knew back then, didn't you?"

"I didn't know for sure."

"But you did. You didn't tell me, even when I started shrinking. Were you ever going to tell me?"

"Were you ever going to tell me about Kaycee?"

"I told you about her. I just didn't tell you about the last time. There hasn't been enough time."

"Ok. You're right. I'm not mad at you, Sam. I have no right to be. I swear. Is that not enough guarantee that I won't hurt you again?"

I paused to think. Then I shook my head. "What should I do about Kaycee, Julie? What if I gave her the disease?"

"You don't know that you did."

"You implied it."

"Didn't you ever think of that yourself?"

"I guess I tried not to."

"What about the other girl?"

"Who? You mean Jayde?"

"The other girl you slept with in college."

"That would be Jayde."

"Does she have the disease?"

"I don't know. I tried looking her up but failed. And I ... shit. Now I have to find her."

"Why?"

"To find out if she has Borgford's."

"What if she doesn't?"

"What if she does? That would be a whole lot of evidence that I gave both of them the virus."

"It could have been others. Lots of people in Arizona have it."

"Lots of people near Phoenix, I think. I'm not sure it's all over the whole state."

"But maybe it wasn't you."

"Maybe it was. You know I'm going to find out now. I have to."

"It sounds like another trip to Arizona."

"Come with me then. We can wait until both Cindy and Tee are out there. We can use that as another excuse to see Arizona."

"Do you want me to go with you?"

"That's what I've been trying to tell you. But in my own way. Please let me finish."

"Finish."

"You knew though."

"Knew what?"

"You knew I had the disease. How did you know I couldn't give it to you?"

"I didn't."

"You could have caught the virus from me."

"I could have, but I didn't."

"That's not the point. You knew you could have caught the shrinking disease. Didn't you?"

She shrugged. "It wouldn't have been so bad."

"Like hell. You say that now, but you have no idea what it's like."

"No, I don't. But I do know what it's like to be small. I was. Remember that?"

"I do. It wasn't that long ago. What would you have done if you caught the disease from me?"

"Sam, we would have been together if that happened. We would have shared it. I know you won't believe this but I would trade being eight feet tall for being the same height, even shorter, than you are now as long as you and I were compatible once again and could be together."

Whammo! Did you hear that ton of bricks falling on me?

"I-I had no idea, Julie. I can hardly fathom anyone wanting that. But, you knew all along. I should have figured this out. Damn. I'm really stupid."

"You're the smartest person I know, Sam."

"I'm the dumbest. You're perfect and I keep pushing you away."

"I'm not perfect."

"Perfect for me."

"Not anymore."

"Why do you say that?"

"Because I'm too big for you."

"Too big a heart."

"You have the big heart. You're the one always helping people."

"Meh, only some. I should be helping you more."

"So, we can be back together?"

"I'm not finished. Let's agree that we can sleep with others, for now. But we have to make an effort to ask each other first. Or at least tell about it as soon as we can. Can we agree on that?"

"Yes."

"Good, just one more thing we have to be clear on."

"What?"

"A safe word."

"What?"

"Thank Wilma for this."

"Okaaay."

"We need some uninhibitedness and spontaneity in our relationship. We need to be able to say anything to each other and not worry about the consequences of feeling embarrassed or hurting the other one. Do you agree?"

"I guess so. You're the smart one."

"No. Think about it, because if you don't agree I have to know now."

"I agree, Sam. I'll do whatever you want."

"What if I want you to kill someone?"

"Who?"

"Nobody. Just asking. Look, you're the one that wanted to experiment, remember?"

"Yeah. I regret that."

"Don't. Just, let's talk about it before hand from now on. Let's not hold anything back."

"Ok. What about work?"

"Work? I guess we'll work it out. Or make things work. What do you mean?"

"I mean, are you going to tell me about your work?"

"Uh, no. Why would I do that?"

"No secrets."

"But I can't. I'd get arrested and go to jail for that."

"Really? You can go to jail?"

"Hell yes. Didn't you know? It's top secret."

"I didn't know you can go to jail."

"You most certainly can. Ever heard of espionage?"

"Oh, yeah. I don't work with top secret stuff, Sam. I didn't know."

"Now you know."

"Am I going to jail?

"No. You sound like Erin."

"Chloe."

"Sheesh. Chloe then. No, Julie. I can't tell you secrets from work and that's why you or I aren't going to jail."

"What if I kill someone for you."

"Are you being obtuse for a reason?"

"I'm giddy, Sam." she said with tears starting to form in her eyes. "I think you're going to tell me that we're getting back together."

"Of course we are."

"What's a safe word?"

"I'll tell you if you let me finish."

"Then finish. Hurry up."

I rolled my eyes again. "Fine. I think we should expand our boundaries. That's what you were trying to do two weeks ago. Am I right?"

"I think so."

"And if we do then we're going to be moving out of our comfort zones. But if we move too far past those boundaries we need a way to stop. We need a word to say that only we know, a safe word that means stop."

"Why not 'stop'?"

"Because it's too common. We're too likely to say it in another context. The safe word doesn't mean anything by itself -- it's benign. Unless we use it when we want to stop. Ok?"

"Ok. What is it then?"

"I don't know. I'll think of something. But we have to agree to stop immediately when one of us mentions it. Ok?"

"Ok, Sam. I can do that."

"I hope so."

"Does this mean ..."

"Yes, Julie. We can get back together and give our relationship another chance. At least I'm willing. Are you?"

"Y-yes."

"You don't have to cry about it."

"I can't help it."

"Ok, fine. Here." I said as I jumped up on her thigh and hugged her around the neck.

"I'll be good, Sam. I promise."

"I know you will, Julie. I know."

"I'm sorry for hurting you. I won't ever hurt you again."

"Hurting is a part of life. You lick your wounds and move on. You'll probably hurt me again, Julie, and I'll probably hurt you. It's ok. We can agree to keep trying, right?"

"Yes. I can."

"Me too."

"I love you, Sam."

"I love you too, Julie. But I have to ..." I said pulling back away from our hug. "Hey wow. Look at that. My shirt is soaked."

"I'm sorry."

"It's ok. But I need to break it to the others."

"That we're back together?"

"That I won't be sleeping in their room tonight."

"We can have a foursome."

"Do you mean that?"

"Yes. Don't you want to?"

"Let me think about that. Yes."

She threw a pillow at me. I opened the door but Erin, I mean Chloe, Cindy and Zoe were standing right outside the door.


----- The others

"How long have you guys been there?"

"Long enough."

"You heard all of that?"

"Yeah." they all agreed.

I rolled my eyes. "So, uh, ..."

"It's ok, Sam. Spend the night with Julie." Cindy said.

"But," I said looking at Zoe, "I kind of promised I'd spend the night with you, Zoe."

"Like Cindy says, it's ok. I can play with Julie's wonder clit whenever I want."

"Ha, ha, very funny."

"Sam?"

"What, Erin?"

"Chloe."

"Chloe."

"I'm happy that you two are getting back together."

"Me too, Er, uh, I mean, Chloe." I said as we hugged. She had her nighties on and her stomach was bare so I had my face in her belly button again. I craned my neck to look her in the face but all I saw was the bottom of her boobies -- a nice sight to be sure but I needed to talk. I had to step back to address her. "You knew we were going to get back, didn't you?" I asked with a smile.

"I was hoping."

"Well, I didn't disappoint you, did I?"

"You did this for me?"

"I did this for all of us. Mostly for Julie and me though."

"Are you going to live happily ever after?"

"I hope so, but I doubt it. We all have our ups and downs; even in our relationships. But I think we're going to do ok. We decided to put some effort into it. Right, Julie?"

"Yeah. Sam's pretty smart. He came up with some rules."

"Not rules. Just some things that we agreed on."

"Your four things, Sam?"

"Yes, Zoe."

"That last one about a safe word is genius."

"Oh shut up. I heard that idea a long time ago."

"Still, you're going forward with this and Julie's right: you're pretty smart to put all of that together."

"I thought about it for long time, guys. Too long. I hope this works. I'm still a little nervous."

"Me too, Sam."

"That's good, Julie. It means that you have something invested in this."

"Of course I do. I'm the one that messed things up. I'm going to make up for it."

"There's no need to feel that way. We have to work things out together. Ok?"

"You're right."

"You kept us all in suspense, Sam."

"I know, Cindy. I just needed time to think. I'm sorry."

"Did you write your story on that giantess website?"

"Aw, man. You all heard that?"

They nodded their heads.

"I'll tell you one thing: they were rooting for Julie and me to get back together."

"Who?"

"I don't know them really, but they include Battlemaster-3d, Layston and others. They probably don't want to be mentioned but Bigdawg K, Ugly one, and Last_one_33 all wanted us to get back together too."

"You put your relationship on the internet?"

"We're anonymous. I have a different name online. They give me inspiration though. And I give them inspiration, I think."

"What did you tell them?"

They were all listening intently now, especially Julie.

"As much as I could about Borgford's disease."

"How did Julie get in there?"

"I didn't use her real name. But I figured I'd let them know that even short guys can date bigger girls. And Julie and I are probably as far apart that way as it gets."

"That's why they wanted you to get back together."

"Maybe."

"Are you going to tell them now?"

"Do you mean tell them that we're back together? Maybe I should keep them all in suspense." I said with an evil grin.

"You can't do that."

"Why not?"

"They have to know."

"I have a sneaky suspicion that they already know."

"Tell us about Wilma."

"No."

"What about Kaycee?"

"I'm tired everyone. I want to go to sleep. Come on, let's all go to bed. We need to leave the house tomorrow and I don't want to be late."

"Awww."

They were excited about Julie and I for sure but I think they were as tired as I was so we all turned in for the night.

"So, what do you want to do tonight?" asked Julie when everyone had left.

"I wasn't lying when I said I was tired. We could just cuddle, if that's ok."

"That's ok. We haven't cuddled in a long time."

"Our first night back together and no sex. We certainly must be a couple now."

"Is that bad?"

"No, Julie, it's good. It will all be good from now on."

 

End Notes:

I hope it turned out to your liking. More to come, hopefully soon.

Chapter 78 - Open House by littless
Author's Notes:

Life is starting to sort of return to normal for Sam and Julie. Let's see what happens.

I apologize for being late with this chapter. I've been busy, plus this chapter was a killer. I struggled to get it out but here it is. I've since written a couple more so they should be arriving soon. The story only has a few more to go though.

----- Very early Sunday morning

"Whoa. Slow down. I'm having a hard time keeping up."

"No time to waste." Zoe said, grabbing me by the hand and practically dragging me behind her. "We have to make it to the library before they close."

"But the library stays open all night."

"And that's all the time we have."

"My legs can't keep up with you."

"Damn you and you're short legs." she said. She was a little more than a head taller than me. "Here, let me pick you up."

"Hey! I didn't say you could ... whooooooa! How can you do that so easy?"

"I lift weights."

"You do not."

"Well, anything's possible."

"I knew it. You're the one responsible for these lucid dreams."

"What dreams?"

"The kind where you control what happens in the dream."

"I cannot."

"You just said so."

"I said anything's possible, not that I'm in control."

"But you're bigger than me now."

"So? I was bigger than you when we first met."

"At your apartment?"

"No, moron. When Sam and I first started watching you."

"You're not stalking me anymore."

"That's because I'm with you now."

"Then why are we back in school?"

"Because we have to get to the library."

"Why?"

"I don't know."

"No. Stop. Tell me why we have to go to the library?"

"Stop asking so many questions."

"Then tell me why the hurry?"

"We have to meet someone."

"Who?"

"You'll see."

"Ok, fine. You win. Let's go to the library."

We arrived and went up to the third floor.

"Why here?" I asked.

"This is where you used to hang out."

"I know. My favorite chair and desk are right over there, just like I remember."

"Let's go." We walked over to my favorite spot in the library. It was nothing special. Just the same spot I used to hang out all the time and be alone.

"Ok, now what?" I asked.

"Where is she?"

"Who?"

"You know who. Samantha."

"She's not here."

"I can see that."

"Zoe."

"What?"

"Sam's not going to be here."

"But she's supposed to meet us."

"She won't be here ever again."

"She promised."

"Zoe, she's gone. Let her go."

"No, no. I can't. She was supposed to be here, right here. Right now."

"Why was she supposed to be here?"

"To see you. I want her to meet you."

"We already met."

"But, we were supposed to watch you study."

"That was a long time ago, Zoe. Things have changed."

"They have?"

"Yes, they have. Everything changes."

"I-I remember now. I know. Sam, she was in the living ... oh God!"

"Are you ok, Zoe?"

"Come. Look, look. Over there." she said, pointing.

I looked around. "What the hell, Zoe? How did we get here? This looks like your old apartment."

"It's ... it's her. In the living room. See? SEE?"

I looked to where she was pointing. "Oh, no!" I saw brains and blood all over the floor, on the coffee table, the couch, and the far wall.

"AAAAAAAAAAAA!"


----- The scream

Everyone heard the scream. I got up from bed and ran to the living room -- that's where it came from. We all arrived at that one point at the same time. Zoe was on her knees, crying. Cindy and I ran up to her, Erin and Julie stayed back.

"Zoe!" I said with urgency in my voice. "Zoe. Look at me."

She had tears streaming down her cheeks. "You saw her, didn't you, Sam? You saw her?"

"Yeah, Zoe. I saw her. I saw Samantha." The others were dumbfounded.

"She's ... dead."

"I know, Zoe. I told you, just let it go."

"You said that in the library. How did you know?"

"It had already happened."

"I found her. And ... we found her. Her head was in a hundred pieces. It was all over the floor."

"It's over now."

"I'm sorry, Samantha." Zoe said tearfully.

"Don't worry for her, Zoe. She's in a better place."

"I never got the chance to tell her I was sorry. I was going to tell her at the library."

"I'm sure she knows. How about we go back to bed."

"It's happening, Sam. I know it."

"What's happening, Zoe?"

"Don't you see? I'm reliving it."

"Try not to think of it then."

"It's PTSD."

"I wouldn't know enough about that."

"But I do. I've dealt with it before."

"Post traumatic stress disorder? You've had it before?"

"No. I used to help council people who've been through it. And now it's happening to me."

We all looked at each other.

"Look, Sam. There's only three things you can do for it. You can do drugs and I don't want to do drugs. Or you can have sessions with a councilor."

"Maybe we can get Zoe or Mia to help."

"I already know what they're going to say."

"So, what's the third thing?"

"Both."

"Oh."

"Sam."

"What?"

"I need friends to get through this."

"We won't leave you."

"I just ... I just can't believe this is happening to me."

"I understand. You've been through a lot. It's nothing to be ashamed of."

Everybody was nodding and agreeing. We all tried to comfort Zoe.

She pulled me close and whispered "You saw her, didn't you?"

"I saw her, Zoe. You're not imagining this."

"Good. It seems so surreal."

"That's an understatement. I still don't know what's going on with those dreams but I'll be here for you."

"I knew you would. I knew it the first time I saw you."

"We'll talk about that later. Let's go back to bed."

"Can I sleep with you and Julie?"

I looked up at Julie and she was nodding her head vigorously.

"Sure. Let's go."

This was about two thirty in the morning. We went back to bed and back to sleep pretty quickly and you should have seen the three of us: Julie was spooning me and I was spooning Zoe.

I half expected to restart our dream where we had left off but it didn't happen. Instead we both woke up early; Julie was still lightly snoring. Zoe and I lay there in bed holding each other for what seemed like hours.

Thinking about what Zoe must be going through was horrible. I had seen the mess that Samantha made of herself with a gun. It was planted indelibly in my mind but I wasn't sure if what I saw was through Zoe's eyes or just my imagination within a dream. How we could be experiencing the same thing in our dreams was beyond me. I tried to put it out of my mind.

----- Sunday

Fortunately, this little episode with Zoe hadn't affected our Sunday. Today would be the first day that the house was an "open house". We left once the real estate lady did a once over the whole residence with me. The wall where we measured ourselves was going to have to be painted. I was a little sad about that. The wall held lots of memories. I wish we could take it with us.

We rushed through eating, cleaning up and getting ready to go out for most of the day. I didn't have much of a chance to talk to Zoe or even Julie. We were back together but it wasn't quite like old times as if nothing had ever happened. Things were a little awkward when we met up with Sharon, Tee and Fred at the shopping center.

Fred and Erin, I mean Chloe, went off together. I wasn't the only one to forget her new name -- Fred slipped and called her Erin too. She hit him on the arm.

"Oops. I mean Chloe."

"That's better. Let's go. See you all later today."

We tried piling into the car to go off and do, whatever, but we had a little problem: six of us and one car. Even though it was Julie's car, the front seats were bucket seats and nobody could sit behind Julie. That meant four of us were squished into the back seat and you know who those four would be -- Cindy, Tee, Zoe and me. Nevertheless, I was happy to be in the back with the girls.

Even before we were to deal with that though, I had to deal with Tee. She was becoming more accepting of her situation but also more accepting of how the pills were making her feel; and that would be horny as hell, to put it mildly.

"I'm so glad you're finally here, Sam. I need you." she said right after we met up.

"What do you need?"

"I need some relief."

"Well, well. I see Tee's quite the horndog now."

"Let's go around the corner where nobody can see us."

"You've got to be kidding. Out here in public?"

"I can't wait."

"Don't you, like, take care of these things yourself, you know, manually with what's his name? Mr. Long?"

"You want me to jerk off?"

"Uh, no. I just thought you could have done that at home before you left."

"What if I get caught?"

"There's more chance of you and I getting caught out here. And then we'd be more than embarrassed; we'd be in jail."

"Oh. I didn't think of that."

I found it hard to believe that, but sometimes our libido can get the better of us, especially with these pills we're taking.

"Alright, look." I said. "Maybe we can find a place more private."

"Oh good."

"What about Sharon?"

"She can join us if you really want."

I laughed. "That's not what I meant. Don't you and her ever go at it?"

"We don't have much of a chance. But you're here now, so, could we?"

"I swear, Tee, you are seriously turning into a little fuck bunny."

"I can't help it. You should know. I don't care if I'm a whore any more."

"Oh, stop. You're not a whore. I said that in jest. Just try to calm down, ok? Hey look: there's a fast food place across the street. Let's go over there. We can go into a stall in one of the bathrooms and then I can get a drink after."

"Good. Let's go." she said, pulling me by the hand. I tried to wave goodbye to the others in the group but they understood what was happening. We nearly got run over when we ran across the street. I guess it's harder to see a little person from inside cars.

Tee didn't last too long, which was good since I was still thirsty and wanted to get something cold and liquid down my throat. I went down on her first until she climaxed. Then once she calmed down and was breathing semi-normal again I pulled down my pants and entered her. This time she lasted a little bit longer. At least as long as I did. But that still wasn't very long. Fortunately, for now we were satiated.

We had just finished putting our clothes back on and getting arranged when we hugged and kissed. Then we we broke off she looked at me funny.

"What is it?"

"Did I grow, or did you shrink?"

I looked at her closely. She was nearly as tall as I was now. Perhaps I hadn't noticed enough earlier.

"Aw shit. I hope you grew, Tee, because I don't want to shrink."

"Isn't this exciting?"

"I'm sure it is for you."

"I'm sorry. I'm being insensitive."

"It's alright. Whether I shrink or not, I really do hope you grow."

"Can I hang on the inversion table tonight?"

"Does a bear, uh, like honey?"

"Oh, thank you." she said, hugging me.

"You don't have to ask and there's no need to thank me."

"But you called me honey."

"Uh, right. Ok, let's go join the others before they come to see what we're doing."

"I think they know what we're doing."

"I'm sure they do, but I don't want to host an orgy in the restroom."

"Then we better go." she giggled.

And not a minute too soon, it appears. The gang was in the restaurant when we carefully made our way out of the restroom. Good thing we made it out in time, or maybe they were just hungry. I ordered a soda. So did the others but Julie had two.

Sharon and I were going to practice some songs once we got back home. We hadn't had sex together ever since Tee had started to get help with her, um, condition. I missed that as I'm sure Sharon did. I still get those fabric of the heavens pokemon ripping kisses from her from time to time. I wondered if we'd ever get together again. Then it occurred to me: Tee was going away soon. Sharon and I could be together again. I wondered what Sharon thought of Tee leaving. She acted like she was happy for Tee, but I had my doubts.

We spent time together at the lake, ate out, had ice cream, went shopping, blah, blah, blah. The day was sunny but still a bit chilly. Cindy wanted to walk around the lake topless but we convinced her it would be too cold. Zoe kept egging her on to do it but Julie told her that if Cindy did then she'd make Zoe do it too. That shut her up.

Arriving home we were told that there was a good turnout of people stopping by the house. There were two very serious inquiries and the agent thought we might even get offers from both. But, if not, she was sure that we would have some next week. We promised her that we'd paint the wall and make some other minor changes.

The house smelled like cinnamon. There was a pot of hot water with spices in it that made it smell that way. Apparently, making the house smell good is part of selling real estate. You learn something new every day. It smelled so good that I think I'll do this even when not selling the house.

Tee literally ran out to the garage to hang inverted. Being so small meant that she had to have help so Sharon and I accompanied her even though we had more pressing things to do like practice our songs. But Sharon and Tee talked and talked. They tried to involve me, which I'm grateful for, but it was all girl talk.

I had my turn on the table then Tee asked Sharon if she wanted to hang upside down.

"That's just what I need." I said. "Sharon getting even taller. I can barely reach her boobs as it is."

"Would you deny Sharon this?" Tee asked.

"Of course not."

"Then let's try."

To be honest, I don't think Sharon wanted to do this either but her friend talked her into it. She was tall enough (although still short by ordinary standards) to rock back on the table without help. I was still there to catch her if she tilted back too fast.

"Waaaa-aah!" she screamed as the table rocked back once she had her feet in the 'stirrups'. I have to admit, that was pretty comical, if a little unnerving. Girls screaming give me anxiety sometimes, especially when it's unexpected as this was, kind of. You'd think it was her first time.

"Easy, Sharon. Not too fast."

Sharon was also tall enough to keep the table upside down without help. After no time at all it seemed she was enjoying the experience again. Her long hair hung down, like Julie's used to do, and almost reached the floor. But there was a slight downside to Sharon's hanging: her boobs were almost in her face. I'm sure if she hadn't been wearing a bra they would have been.

"How about if I hold those puppies up for you out of your face?" I offered.

"I bet you'll love that."

"I wish I had your chest." Tee lamented.

"I wish you'd stop wishing that, Tee." Sharon replied. "I told you it's not all that."

"But you're so pretty, Sharon."

"Not as pretty as you."

"You two, stop it right now!" I said. "You're both pretty. And Tee, your boobs are plenty big enough. Oh, but here's something you all should know: when Julie was hanging and started growing, her boobs grew bigger too."

"Let me down right now." Sharon demanded.

Tee and I laughed, but we complied and helped her off of the table. I turned off the garage lights and we went back to the house.

"Tee!" Sharon exclaimed. "What are you doing?"

"Getting ready to measure myself." Tee replied taking her shirt off. It wasn't evident before when she was hanging because her shirt only fell to the bottom of her boobs, but now everyone knew that she was wearing no bra. Of course, she didn't need one. Her boobs were swollen, yet firm enough to keep their shape without a bra. I'm not even sure they made bras in that small of a size. Cindy never wore any. I made a mental note to ask one of them. Maybe Jennifer at work would know.

And I must say, Tee's boobs were perfection. But Sharon's were perfection too. And Julie's. And Zoe's, that little pack of dynamite. And to be perfectly honest, yes, Cindy's little tittie's were perfection too. Do you think I might be a boob man?

"Tee, you have spent far too much time in this house."

"It's no big deal, Sharon. Come on now, you've been hanging, you need to get measured too. Maybe we can also measure your breast size."

"You wouldn't."

"I'm kidding. But you should really see if you've grown any."

"But everyone will see me naked."

"We're all girls here except Sam and I know he's seen you nude before. So what's the problem?"

"What about Fred?"

Fred and Erin, ahem, Chloe, had joined us back at the house not more than a half hour ago.

"You mean to tell me your brother has never seen you nude before?"

"Not since we hit puberty."

"He's family."

"So?"

"So, my brother has seen me nude before."

"Even since ...?"

"Since puberty? Sure. Well, especially now that I don't have too many clothes that fit."

"Well I'm not used to running around the house nude like you are."

"I don't run around nude. I told you my clothes don't fit. You understand, right?"

"That's just an excuse."

"No. It's true."

"Well, I don't do that sort of thing."

"Do whatever you want. I want to see if I grew."

"You know, Sharon," I began, "this may be the last chance you get. We're going to paint over all the marks on the wall soon."

"Why?"

"We're selling the house. Nobody wants to buy a house with a marked up wall."

"Oh, I see."

"Are you sure you don't want to? I'll measure you myself."

"I don't know. What about everyone else?"

"Hey everyone. Come see."

"No, no, no! That's not what I meant. Don't call them over."

"Don't you think they should all get a chance to measure themselves one last time too?"

"Great. Now we're going to have a nude-fest. I'm the same height as before, Sam. I don't want to measure myself."

"You just don't want to get naked."

"So?"

"Ok then. Just take your shoes off. Let's do it for old times sake. Ok?"

"Fine. I'll take my clothes off and join Miss Nude America here." Sharon said. Once naked, she moved with her back to the wall where we had a mark for her from long ago.

I dragged a chair over and got up on it to measure her against the old mark.

"Uh oh."

"What?" Sharon asked.

"Tee, come up here."

So Tee got up on the chair with me and we measured together.

"Looks like she gained an inch, Sam."

"Five two, Sharon. What do you think of that?"

"I don't believe it." she said.

"Turn around and look for yourself. See, that's the old mark. The one above it, is tonight's."

"Me next! Me next!" Tee yelled jumping up and down on the chair. She jumped down and backed up against the wall and I measured her. I had to get up on my toes to do it properly and to make sure the ruler on top of her head was level.

Three six and a half. One inch! That's all I had on her now. I was happy for Tee however. I sincerely hoped she would continue to grow. I just hoped I wasn't shrinking.

It turned out I was wrong about being an inch taller than Tee: it was only a half inch. I measured at three seven. I lost a half an inch. Can't I ever catch a break?

Tee was as excited as a puppy playing with a doggy treat. I wondered if she'd fetch a frisbee for me. Sharon made us get back to back to confirm.

"Wow. You two look like you're exactly the same height now." she said.

"Oh, isn't this wonderful, Sam?"

"Yeah, Tee. Wonderful." I said with a sad face. They could tell.

"I know what will cheer him up, Tee." Sharon said before leaning down to give me one of her patented kisses. I couldn't hold a grudge and they knew that. To underscore that thought, Mr. Happy stood up to show everyone just how happy we were.

When Sharon stood back up I craned my head only to see the underside of her magnificent orbs in all their glory -- Sharon was still undressed. My head was below Sharon's breasts. Of course, Tee's was too and if I didn't know any better I'd say that the sight of those tremendous mammaries made Tee's mouth water.

Tee turned to me and said "If we were both only six inches taller..."

I didn't expect to hear that come from her mouth, but I knew Tee was becoming less inhibited as time went on, no doubt due to the meds, and I also agreed with her.

When Sharon heard this she bent down for us and we each gave her a kiss on her nipples before she stood back up. I wanted her to remain down longer and so did Tee but the night was still young. Sharon went to put her clothes back on.

"Hey, Sharon." I said. "Why don't you stay nude like that?"

"I don't want to. Besides, we still need to practice, or have you forgotten?"

"I'm sure Tee has forgotten, but no, I haven't. I bet if we practice this way though and then sing at Mike's like this that we'd be a big hit."

"You can't be serious."

"Why not? Attitudes are getting more and more liberal all the time."

"You can. I won't be anywhere in sight though if you do."

"Ok, I'm kidding."

"You better be."

Tee was laughing about the whole thing. This brought Cindy over and Tee explained to her what was going on. You know Cindy's reaction, I'm sure. She tried to convince Sharon to stay nude but she would have had better luck convincing me to go dancing. But then, she always was pretty good at that. Sharon ended up putting her clothes back on.

Tee and I were still naked and both Tee and Cindy tried to convince me to stay this way. Cindy wanted to shed her clothes too -- we'd be the naked little trio.

Now all during our little measuring session everyone else was keeping to themselves so they hadn't heard what the measurements were. Cindy looked at Tee and I -- two little, naked, pink bodies -- when a strange expression came over her face.

"Hey, Sam. Move over closer to Tee."

"I know, Cindy." I said. "We're almost the same size."

"Oh my, God. Come here, Sam. Did you shrink again?"

"Yes, but not as much as Tee grew."

"You grew, Tee?"

"I did. I'm almost three seven now."

"You'll be catching up with me soon. How tall were you before?"

"I was only three one, I think. Here, look at the wall." Tee brought Cindy to the wall where all the marks were. By this time all the others had gathered around.

"Six inches!" Cindy said. "Tee, you've grown six inches in just a few weeks. Is that from the inversion table?"

"Yes, it is."

"It can't be, guys. Why doesn't it work for me?" I said to Cindy.

"It doesn't really work for me either, Sam." she said.

Julie finally got down on her knees and sat back on her butt. She was still taller than Tee or me. She leaned forward to look at the wall.

"This is so cool, Tee." Julie said. "How do you feel?"

"I feel great, Julie."

"If this keeps up you'll be as tall as me some day."

Great. Another giantess in my life. Actually, I didn't mind so much as I minded just being so damn small. Why couldn't that thing work for me?

I decided to hurriedly get dressed then I called Sharon over so we could practice. While we were setting up Zoe came to me and made me bend down as she whispered something in my ear.

"Sam. I don't want you to grow. I want you to be my size. Can we always stay compatible? Of everybody in the whole world, you're the closest to me and I don't that to change."

"So, what are you saying, Zoe?"

"Don't hang on that table."

"I won't if it means that much to you."

"It does. I love you just like you are and even if you get smaller."

"Thanks, Zoe. I love you too."

I don't know if she said that to make me feel better, but it worked. I've only known her for all of a month now and we were growing close. What's amazing is that this little girl can say the most comforting things at times. She made me see things through her eyes and I can truly say, it rocked my world.

We practiced. We partied. Cindy wanted to go out dancing but everyone was tired after walking around all day. Fred took Sharon and Tee home, much to Tee's chagrin -- she wanted to have another romp with me but I told her I needed my sleep.

The thing is, I didn't get too much sleep that night. Zoe and I spent half the night exploring Julie's body.


----- Sunday night

When everyone else left, the doors were locked and lights turned out, Zoe came to sleep with Julie and I.

Julie was in her underwear. Zoe looked at me, winked, and said "Here goes." then undressed. I did the same.

Julie smiled down on us, bent over then put her left hand down, palm up just a few inches from the floor. Zoe tried to stifle a smile.

"Go ahead." Julie said. "Let's show Sam."

Zoe plopped her naked little ass on Julie's palm. It filled her palm perfectly. With Zoe steadying herself with her left hand on Julie's arm, Julie lifted her up with one arm to her face and the two kissed.

"Sam. Close your mouth. Flies are getting in."

I shut my mouth. Then Julie opened her bra with the other hand and slowly deposited Zoe between her chest and bra. Zoe's legs were hanging down below the bottom of the bra and it seemed that her butt was resting on the lower elastic band of Julie's brassiere. The bra itself covered Zoe's torso to just below her armpits. Zoe leaned her head against Julie's chest and spread her arms to give her a 'hug'. She only succeeded in resting her arms on the top of each of Julie's breasts.

Julie was now standing so I took a step back to take in the whole picture.

Julie looked at me before saying "Sam, I had my doubts when you brought this little package home from Arizona with you. But now I realize how precious a gift you've given us all."

She looked down on Zoe and asked her, "Are you doing ok there, beautiful?"

"I can not only hear, but I can feel your heart, Julie. I'm doing wonderful. Can Sam join us?"

"I don't think Julie's bra can take the strain, Zoe." I said. "It can barely cope with Julie breasts alone."

Julie sat down against the wall, all the while Zoe stayed where she was. I jumped up onto Julie's thighs and hugged Julie with Zoe in between. My arms hardly went any further around Julie's chest then Zoe's did. In fact, they barely reached the sides.

This was a very warming experience but Mr. Happy had to get in on the act too.

"I feel something trying to get between my ass cheeks." Zoe said.

"I am not. It's just, well, being a dick. Here, I'll step back."

"Did I say I wanted you to step away?"

"No, but you implied..."

"Now, now, my two little ones." Julie began. "I'm sure we can do something about this."

My heart was started to beat faster.

"Oh, wait a minute, Zoe. First tell me about the night you had with Sam. You did, didn't you?"

"Yes, we did." she said.

"How was Sam?"

"He was as good as you, Julie."

I was being compared to Julie. I wondered what that meant, exactly.

"What did he do?"

"He followed instructions to the tee."

I felt a little embarrassed now.

"Show me."

"There's hardly anything to show. But if you want..."

Julie plucked Zoe out of her bra and set her on her left thigh, I was on the right. She then grabbed the bottom part of her bra and shucked it overhead. When her huge titties fell loose from the bra and swayed Zoe and I were nearly knocked off of our perch.

I hadn't realized before since it had been a little while that I had been this close to Julie's bare tits, but each one was the size of my torso and even bigger on Zoe. In fact, by mass alone, I'd say each one of her tits were heavier then either Zoe or I. I wonder how you'd weigh boobs. Is there a special boob weight measuring scale? If not, I bet I could make a fortune if I invented one. Then again, nah.

Julie reached around behind me with her right hand. Her palm covered nearly my whole back. Her thumb was shoved under my left armpit and her fingers came under my right and then reached halfway around the front. I felt myself being lifted. She was doing the same with Zoe in the other hand. I realized that Julie was lifting each of us with hardly any effort at all. She started to play with us like dolls. Zoe would go up as I went down. Then I would go up when Zoe went down. Julie started slowly bringing us closer to each other too.

"Julie? What are you doing?"

"Indulge me, Sam. You said we needed to experiment. We're experimenting. Are you going to use the safe word on me?"

"No. No, I'm not. Not yet, anyway."

She held me up to her face and said "Play along for me. I think you'll like it." Then she held Zoe and I out in front with our faces nearly touching and our legs dangling in the air.

"Are you ok with this, Zoe?" I asked.

"Um huh."

"Kissy, kissy." Julie said as she moved our heads toward each other. So we kissed. Julie giggled.

"Again." Then she started laughing.

We were Julie's little play dolls. She made us dance and kiss. After a while she stood up and placed us both in her panties. It didn't work too well: even though she dwarfed us, her panties couldn't stay on with the weight of both Zoe and me -- she had to take them off. However, for the little time we were in there I could feel, as I'm sure Zoe could too, Julie's humongous clitoris.

Since I was facing forward with my back against the, by now hard clit, I started having flashbacks. I started contemplating the safe word but thankfully didn't have to use it. We found ourselves on the floor staring up at Julie as the panties were removed. She dangled the pair on her index finger from above, although it was only waist high for her, then dropped them on our heads and laughed.

We were covered, yet it was more over me than Zoe. Zoe got out from under the fabric pretty quickly but it felt like I had been caught under a parachute canopy. I finally worked my way out from under them only to find Julie laughing hard.

"You look like a little puppy caught under a blanket, Sam."

"Ha, ha, very funny."

"Don't be sore. Here, let me help you." she said. Then she bent down and lowered her palms just like before with Zoe, only this time one of them was for me. I looked at it.

"Go ahead, Sam. I won't let you fall."

"Are you sure? I'm heavier than Zoe."

"I can still pick you up with one hand."

"I don't know about this."

"Jump on, Sam." Zoe said. "It's fun."

As soon as I had my seat I found myself being elevated up towards the ceiling where I met Julie's smiling face.

"See. That wasn't so bad."

It wasn't nearly as secure a seat as what Zoe had but Julie still handled me as if it were nothing for her. I was quite astonished. My once little girlfriend was now a powerhouse of a woman. I shuddered at the thought.

I kind of wished for my old Julie back, then I realized that I had so much more. So much more woman in Julie and so much more in friends. Zoe was such a cutie pie. Tee wanted my body, yet still had my interests at heart. There was Sharon who I was going to have to make up time with. And Cindy was still such a great friend. Not to mention all the others I've been with the past year. Would I have given all this up just to be taller or even normal size?

We had a real interesting time that night. As I was fucking Julie, Zoe was riding her clitoris. We were facing and kissing each other all through this. I wondered if it felt the same for Julie as it did for me. I had no idea how that other part of her felt; I only imagined that her clit felt like my dick did.

Zoe and I ended that night curled up with each other on Julie's breasts. Cindy and Tee would be leaving in a two months which meant that Julie, Zoe and I would likely have many more nights like this. I could get used to it.

 

 

End Notes:

I hope Sam sells the house soon. What do you think about Zoe? Will she get better or worse? Let me know in the reviews and I'd like to thank all of those who have left comments already.

Chapter 79 - Back in the Swing by littless
Author's Notes:

Another week, another dollar. No wait, that doesn't make sense. Just ... another week.

----- Monday morning

I had heard stories of soldiers with PTSD reliving their horrific moments. Zoe was going through the same thing; I was scared for her. I was with her this last time, at least in her flashback. I didn't know that that meant. Was Samantha trying to ease Zoe's horror by having me there with her? That was some weird shit going on right there. But then, this shrinking shit is even more weird.

Seriously, how do we experience the same dream together? And it seems so real. I was spooked but not about seeing Samantha with Zoe -- I could get over that, I think -- but experiencing that moment together with Zoe in the dream. Would we have more dreams like that?

So when we woke the next morning ahead of Julie, as usual, I took the time to talk to Zoe.

"How are you feeling?"

"I'm fine."

"Were your dreams ok last night?"

"I can hardly remember my dreams, Sam."

"I mean the, you know."

"The bad dream?"

"Yeah. Did you have any bad dreams?"

"No, Sam. I had a blissful night. Thanks."

"Are you going to mention to anybody else about that?"

"Are you talking about the flashback?"

"Yeah, that."

"I'm not sure, Sam."

"I'm worried about you."

"I'm a little worried too, but you let me do the worrying. Ok?"

"I'd rather do the worrying for you instead."

"It doesn't work that way."

"I know. Just let me know if there's anything I can do for you."

"You're already doing what you can. I meant what I said last night. I like you the way you are. No growing."

"Yeah, well, I can't promise anything there. I have no control over growing or shrinking, and the way things are going, I'm destined to shrink more and never grow again, so I wouldn't worry about it."

She kissed me on the mouth then broke it off way too soon.

"It's going to be ok, you'll see. You'll always have someone smaller than you."

"Oh yeah?"

"Me."

"What if I get smaller than you?"

"Then I'll stop taking the meds."

"I couldn't let you do that."

"I believe you. But trust me, ok?"

"Ok. Samantha had a real gem on her hands with you."

"I miss Samantha. When I'm around you it eases the pain. Do you understand?"

"Not completely. But I accept that. I won't leave you."

"That makes me feel good."

"That I won't leave you?"

"That, and also that you don't pretend to understand all of what I'm going through."

"But I did experience it with you. Remember? In the dream."

"I remember. Do you remember how bad I had it in Arizona?"

"Yeah. Aren't you better here?"

"Yes, I am. Thank you."

"And that's make me feel good to hear. I just, I don't know, I wasn't sure."

"Sure about what?"

"I'm wasn't sure I did the right thing by you, bringing you back with me."

"Don't second guess yourself. You did the right thing."

"Thank you for the telling me that. The PTSD thing has me doubting what I did, Zoe."

"It has nothing to do with you."

"So what about the dreams?"

"I don't have any answers, so don't ask. It's just as much a mystery for me."

"Don't you have any ideas?"

"No."

"What if it happens again?"

"It might not ever happen again."

"Is it bad, what we shared?"

"No, it's not. Now stop it."

"Ok. But it's weird."

"I agree."

"Do you remember the one where Samantha and I ..."

"Yes! Now stop it."

"Ok fine. I thought you liked that one."

"Yeah." she smiled. "But that's what scares me."

"One day we'll be like that with Julie."

"Oh boy. Let's not shrink that much, ok?"

"I told you, it's out of my hands. Hey, you know what? You've experienced what Julie would feel."

"Only in the dream."

"It was so real."

"It was."

There was brief pause of silence while we both thought about that dream: the one where Samantha and I were just a few inches tall and crawled into Zoe's pussy.

"You and Julie seemed to have spent quite the quality time together last week."

"And you and Tee seemed to have done the same."

"Oh yeah. But Tee is on the meds. She needs somebody."

"Oh, poor Sam. You've sacrificed so much by sleeping with her. You're such a saint."

"Stop being so sarcastic."

"I couldn't help myself. I understand about Tee. Julie does too."

"You think so?"

"Yes. She was feeling bad about her. But it's almost like she gets pleasure when you sleep with another girl."

"Even you too?"

"Yeah, I think so. It was kind of her idea that I get on the pill -- the birth control pills."

"Really? I thought it was yours."

"It was, but she encouraged it."

"I know Julie and I have had our spat and things were rough there. I just hope I'm doing right by her now getting back together. Maybe what I was doing before wasn't. I don't want to take all the blame but I'm sure I deserve some of it. Do you think I'm doing the right thing?"

"Maybe. Have you told her?"

"In not so many words."

"I think you should talk about it with Julie."

"I will when we get the chance."

"Don't wait too long."

"I won't. Speaking of waiting too long we have to get ready soon. Once Julie gets up we won't have the bathroom. She takes up the whole room."

"Let's take a bath together."

"How about a shower?"

"That'll work. I promise I won't pee on the floor again."

"That's a relief."

"I thought you were going to call me kinky."

"Why? Do you want to?"

"Oh no you don't. You're not getting into my fantasies."

"Haven't we already shared some?"

"Not all of them."

"I bet the one where we crawled inside of you was one of your favorites."

"You'll never know the others."

"Maybe in another dream."

"I said stop it, already. It's getting late. Let's to go the bathroom."

When we got to the bathroom I walked up to the toilet but couldn't pee. Mr. Happy wouldn't let me; he wanted attention. And this was happening in front of Zoe. How embarrassing. Can I even be embarrassed in front of her with all that we've been through? I had to think of something for Mr. Happy to stand down.

"What's the matter, Sam?" Zoe asked with a coy smile as I stood in front of the toilet.

"Oh, nothing. I'm just trying to think of a general solution to the quantum field theoretic path integral in my head. I'm almost there."

"I don't know what you're talking about but maybe I can help." She turned me around and took Mr. Happy's head in her mouth before swirling her tongue around. In a matter of minutes, less actually, I was able to pee. Too bad. I almost had the solution figured out.

After I relieved myself Zoe looked straight into my eyes.

"So?" she said, cocking one eybrow.

"What? Oh, sorry, your turn. Here, why don't I close the toilet lid and you can sit down."

She did and she spread her legs exposing the cutest little pussy you've ever seen. I returned the favor; tit for tat, right? Then shower time. By the end of the shower Julie was waking up and she could have the bathroom all to herself. This kind of thing every morning could work out. I hoped it was a template for things to come.

I brought Zoe to work myself and then it was back to the grind for me too.


----- Work, Monday

I had lunch with Jennifer. It was becoming our lunch thing. She asked about my Utah trip.

"It was good, Jenn."

"It was more than just good."

"What do you mean by that?"

"Oh come on, everyone here knows."

"Knows what?"

"About your trip."

I was getting suspicious. "What about it?"

"Utah loves you."

"It does?"

"They do."

"And by 'they' you mean the people at the Utah facility?"

"Of course, silly. What did you do out there?"

"Nothing I don't do here."

"Oh, come on. We're friends. You can tell me."

"I told you. What are people saying?"

"They said that the boss out in Utah put you in for a cash award."

"Really? She can do that? Gee, I didn't think I did anything special."

"You impressed someone."

"Maybe I did."

I thought of Wilma. I was sure she had something to do with this. I was hoping it wasn't getting all blown out of proportion, but maybe it was from what Jennifer was saying. I wasn't going to say anything about it myself and was hoping to ride this out. Hopefully, it would all blow over soon.

"Take me with you next time."

"To Utah?"

"Yeah, to Utah."

"I don't know if I'll ever get another chance but I'll keep you in mind."

"I'm sure they'll ask you to go again."

"There's not really much to do out there, Jenn. I'm not sure you'll like it."

"I never get to go on any business trips." she pouted.

"Ok, I'll put in a good word for you."

"Thanks. I know one thing though."

"What's that?"

"The trip did you good."

"Oh?"

"I can tell. You're in a much better mood than you were before you left."

"Oh, that. I guess it did do me good to get away. Don't worry, I'll make it a point to ask for you next time so you can maybe enjoy it too. But I have to tell you something."

"What's that?"

"There's not too many folks out in Utah with the virus. The two of us will be stared at like exotic pets or something, I assure you. I had to endure it ever since landing at the airport until my time flying back home. You better be comfortable with that."

"I will if I'm with you."

"Don't get too attached to me."

"Too many girls in your life, huh?"

I stared at her.

"Oh, Sam. Everyone knows about your little harem."

"I don't have a harem."

"Cindy and Gail tell me all about it. Sue too."

"You talk to them?"

"All the time."

"Wow. Well then you know that Gail is not a part of my, ahem, harem."

"It doesn't mean she doesn't want to be."

"Well, she's not."

"And Michele."

"What about her?"

"You got her a new job and then left her high and dry."

"But I ... I ..."

"It's ok, Sam. She has a nice new job. Does your harem make you happy?"

"Jennifer!"

"Alright, alright. You don't have to answer."

"That's right. It's personal."

"I know, I just thought, maybe you'd like to talk."

"Well, certainly not here at work."

"We could go out some time."

I'm not stupid. Well, not ALL the time. I could tell that Jennifer was hitting on me. Wasn't she?

"I have to go to bring Zoe to the clinic tonight, Thursday too, and Friday I'm singing at Mike's."

"You still go to the clinic?"

"Yeah. Zoe is working there now. I did tell you about her, right?"

"Not about her working."

"She was an apprentice therapist, I think that's the right word for it, back in Arizona. She's getting back into the field to get her license and is working with Zoe -- the Zoe at the clinic. I know, too many Zoes."

"You bring her to the clinic?"

"And work. She's too small to drive."

"Oh, I see."

"Do you think we'll ever get too small to drive?"

"I need pedal extensions. We're too small to drive without help already. I'm sure they can make a car to fit if we get that small though."

"Are you scared that you might get that small, Jenn?"

"It might be in the back of my mind, but I hide it deep since the drugs are working. Frankly, I don't ever think about it."

"Well, I'm still shrinking."

"You are?"

"Shhhhh. I don't want everyone to know. It scares me."

"I don't know what to say. It's barely noticeable."

"You didn't notice?"

"Not until you mentioned it."

"That's good, I guess. Anyway, yeah, I bring Zoe to and from work and the clinic."

"I'd like to see the gang, including Zoe and the doctors sometime. I miss them."

"You seem to be in touch with a lot of the gang."

"I do my best."

"Except for Cindy and the folks at the clinic I haven't seen any of them lately."

"We should have a get together."

"We should. When the weather warms up and before Cindy leaves I'll have something at the house. The new house, hopefully."

"What new house?"

"I didn't tell you?"

"Only that you were thinking of buying a new house. Tell me about it."

"I made an offer on a new house which has been accepted. I'm going through all the paperwork and in the mean time I'm trying to sell the house I have now."

"Ooooo, are you excited?"

"Very."

"How about Julie?"

"Her too."

"It's none of my business so if you want me to bug off tell me, but I sensed that Julie and you weren't getting along too well."

"Bug off."

"Sorry."

"You've been talking to Cindy, haven't you?"

"Yeah."

"What did she tell you?"

"Hardly anything."

"It's ok. Julie and I are good. Real good now."

"Then I'm happy for you. Is that the real reason you're in better spirits?"

"Fine. We did have a hard time for a while but it's better. We're together again and yes, that's why I'm in a better way now."

"I won't mention it again."

"Thanks."

"But you absolutely must invite me over to see the new house."

"I'll invite all my friends."

"Am I your friend?"

"I can't believe you're even asking."

"Just wanted to be sure."

"Yes, Jennifer, you're very much my friend. A good friend."

"Thanks. I consider you a friend too."


----- Monday night, at the clinic

"Zoe. Zoe." I was trying to get big Zoe's attention.

"Oh, hi Sam."

"Hi. Hey, I was wondering if we could talk. Somewhere private."

"Follow me."

We ended up in a little office with a desk and two chairs. Zoe took the chair behind the desk.

"What's on your mind, Sam?"

"It's Zoe. My Zoe, from Arizona."

"Why do you refer to her as yours?"

"Because I brought her here. I mean to distinguish her from you. Um, you understand, right?"

"I think so."

"I just wanted to find out how she's doing here and at work."

"She's doing quite well, thank you."

"Did she mention anything to you today?"

"Like what?"

"I don't know. Anything unusual?"

"No. Is something wrong?"

"Not really. Look, I don't want to breach her confidence so I'm not going to get into it too much. But maybe you could help me; give me advice."

"Sure."

"Well, here's the deal: you know about what Zoe's been through, right?"

"Sort of. Would you like to fill me in?"

"I don't know if I can without breaching her trust. Hopefully, she'll tell you her story if she hasn't already. I will tell you that she found her lover Samantha of, oh I don't know how many years, but it must be at least five, in their living room when she um, killed herself."

"I had heard, yes."

"Samantha shot herself in the head."

"Oh my."

"It was gory."

"Is that how she put it?"

"That's how I put it. But I think I know how she feels."

"I don't want to minimize your relationship but how do you know how she feels?"

"I, uh, I saw the pictures." I was not going to talk about the dreams but the sight in the last dream that we shared matched the pictures I saw.

"What pictures?"

"The one's the police took."

"How did you get to look at police pictures?"

"They showed them to me. It seems Samantha wrote her suicide note strictly for me."

"Strictly? Does that mean Zoe wasn't she mentioned in it?"

I shook my head. "No. She didn't even mention Zoe once in the note unless I didn't see the whole thing."

"Hmm. How do you think that made Zoe feel?"

"I don't know. Pretty bad I'm guessing. I'm not going to come right out and ask her. That wouldn't be right. Zoe was hurting badly in Arizona. I hope I did the right thing bringing her here."

"She'll survive wherever she goes. You're worried about Zoe, aren't you?"

"I am. I don't know how to help her."

"I can't give you any specific advice other than to be a friend. Don't assume anything about how she feels. Don't force her into anything. She depends on you for now; I see it. I think she has a special place in her heart for you too."

"I know she does. I don't want to let her down."

"You have good instincts, Sam. Just do what you think is right."

"Ok. I'm hoping she'll confide in you. You're the expert."

"I'm glad you think so."

We talked a little while longer about Zoe and after I got that off of my mind I caught up with Jill. I really wanted to talk to her. She had been rather cold with me.

"Jill?"

"What, Sam?"

"I just wanted to talk. Please don't shoo me off."

"Go ahead, Sam."

"You and Julie had a fight a couple weeks ago when she came back home."

"So did you."

"I know. It was a lovers spat. We're over it."

"Well I'm not over her."

"What did you fight about?"

"Why don't you ask her?"

"I did. She won't tell me."

"Then you better pry it out of her. You might learn something."

"I was hoping not to. I don't think I can anyway. That's why I'm asking you."

"I can't tell you, Sam. It's up to Julie."

"Oh, well, I'm sorry to bother you then."

"No, it's no bother. I'm sorry for everything."

"Just to make it perfectly clear, Jill, I've already forgiven you. I want to be friends again. I want to talk."

She looked sad.

"We'll talk later, Sam."

"Sure. Hopefully, soon?"

"Yeah. Soon."


----- Tuesday

Tuesday night was 'paint the wall' night. Sharon and Tee joined us. I had a sense of loss. It was starting to hit me that I would be leaving this house of which I had so many fond memories and it was leaving an empty spot inside. Kind of like when I graduated high school and it felt like I was losing all of my friends, not that I had that many to begin with.

I had two rollers and three paint brushes. With five people working all at once the painting went fast and we celebrated with pizza.

You didn't think Tee would come by, even for painting, and not hang on the inversion table, did you? Well, she hung. It didn't seem to make much difference that night. We both kept our respective heights. Sharon refused. Go figure.

While Sharon and I were practicing our songs Sharon told me about how her and Tee would sing together when they were younger. I had an idea: two songs arranged by Peter, Paul and Mary popped up inside my head: 'Babylon' and 'Oh Sinner Man' done in three parts. It's really one part but each line is sung by three people with one behind the other -- like row, row, row your boat. When done this way it sounded like a three part harmony.

We called Tee into the makeshift studio -- my office -- and to all of our surprise it went very well. We asked if Tee would join us up on stage this Friday. She said yes! The other songs we sang were mine. I couldn't wait until Friday. Tee wanted to stay the night.

"Tee, I promised Julie I'd be with her tonight."

"Oh. Ok."

I looked over to Sharon. She shrugged.

"You know what, Tee?"

"What?"

I said to her in a low voice, almost a whisper, "We could do something about that now, before you leave."

She perked up real quick. "Can we? I'd like that. Right here?"

"I suppose."

She caught Sharon's eye. "What about Sharon?"

I had forgotten about her. I certainly didn't want to kick her out but I wasn't thinking too much when I asked Sharon "Would you join us?" I knew Tee wouldn't mind.

"Oh, please, Sharon. Do it. You're so pretty. I know you want Sam too."

"I'd just be in the way."

"Be in the way. Ha, ha, that's funny ---SNORT, SNORT---. " Tee said. And yes, she really snorted. I almost called her a nerd but thought better of it.

I laughed too, but mostly because of Tee's snort. I didn't let on though. Sharon was also laughing and I could swear it was for the same reason.

I made sure the office door was closed. I locked it then went over to Sharon and started undressing her since I knew she wouldn't take the initiative herself and I gave her a kiss. By the time I started unfastening her pants Tee was helping. It wasn't long before Sharon was buck naked. Tee started to take her own clothes off.

"Wait." I said. "Keep your clothes on, Tee."

"Oooooh, Sam." Tee said. "You're naughty."

"How do you feel, Sharon?"

"Embarrassed." She was holding her sides with her arms covering her magnificent boobs.

I moved them away gently and slowly then when her chest was exposed I gave each of her nipples a light kiss. Tee soon joined me and I worked my way kissing down Sharon's front. The whole while Tee and I had our clothes on.

Sharon had been sitting on a stool all this time so we moved her over to the desk chair where she could lean back. And when she did both Tee and I went down on Sharon's snatch, each of us taking turns.

While Tee was taking a long turn I couldn't stand idly by. I went behind Sharon and kissed her neck as she sat in the chair. I could just reach her neck standing but I also reached down and cupped her breasts from behind as I licked from her neck down the length of her arms. I turned her left palm up and licked at her wrist, right below her palm. I'm not sure if that was a hot spot or if it was Tee, but at that moment I could feel Sharon tense up and have her first orgasm of the night.

Tee and I then switched and as I was licking Sharon Tee climbed up on top of her and they kissed. I knew what Tee was experiencing: Sharon's a world class kisser. I played Sharon, bringing her up and letting her down. I didn't want to torture the poor girl so after a few rounds of this I made sure she had cum again.

This little romp brought home how much I missed spending time like this with Sharon. I never really took the time she had with me for granted, but it seemed like it had been forever since we had had sex. The reason, of course, was Tee. But now Tee was here with us and participating in making sure Sharon wasn't left out this time.

We had been spending a great deal of time in the office and I didn't want anyone to get suspicious, although I doubt they would have bothered us anyway. Sharon seemed content so I finally turned my attention to Tee. We undressed each other as Sharon watched.

For all intents and purposes, at this point in our lives we were the same height yet I was still the stronger one. I picked Tee up and pinned her against the wall. She lifted her legs almost up to her chest and I entered her. I guess the session with Sharon had heightened our arousal because both of us were on a hair trigger. Or, more likely, it was those meds we were taking that made both of us horny little motherfuckers (that's HLM for short, something that everyone will be calling us soon, I'm sure). It was over in short order. Get it, 'short' order? I can hear you groan.

We went to Sharon, laid our heads on either side of her chest and we had a group hug.

"I never in my wildest imagination ever dreamed of something like this." she said.

"You mean with two little people?"

"I mean making love to my two best friends."

"We love you too." we said.


----- Wednesday and Thursday

The nights were like Monday with Julie and Zoe. Julie kept manhandling me ('man'handling, how appropriate) more and more pushing the boundaries but never went too far. She was much more gentle with Zoe for which I am very grateful. Believe me, I know: I kept my eye on them.

On Wednesday night Julie had held me upside down by my ankles and dangled me in front of her face while she gave me kisses. It was kind of like hanging from the inversion table. Zoe laughed out loud watching us. Then she wanted the same.

It was now my turn to laugh. Julie started by holding Zoe upside down and kissing her and Zoe kept wanting to kiss her back, but Julie let her slide ever so slowly down. Poor Zoe kept having to bend down, er up, to try to reach Julie's lips. That is until she was down far enough to kiss her boobs. You should have seen her wrap her arms around Julie's boob too. It took both of her arms to go from one end of her tit to the other. And this was for one tit! It was cute.

Julie was in one of her playful moods though and so she slowly pulled Zoe away. Zoe reached as far as she could but Julie's arms were way too long. I could see the longing look on Zoe's face as she looked at Julie for relief. Julie didn't disappoint.

Julie's free hand was brought up so that each hand now held one of Zoe's ankles and then Julie started licking Zoe's feet. They looked so small from my vantage point far below on the floor even though Julie was sitting on the bed. I was amazed to see one of Zoe's bare feet disappear into Julie's mouth, then the other.

Julie slurped on her feet for a while before taking them out of her mouth. Then she spread Zoe's legs apart and holding her like a wish bone licked the insides of her legs all the way down to Zoe's little pussy. She stopped halfway to 'bite' Zoe's left leg. She didn't bite down hard, just enough to engulf Zoe's whole thigh.

Needless to say, Zoe lost it when Julie finally used her huge, wet, muscular love muscle, otherwise known as her tongue, on Zoe's cunt. Zoe made a cute little squeal. The shit-eating grin on Julie's face was something I wish I could have taken a picture of. I could make one of those motivational posters from it: the caption would just say 'Satisfaction'.

Thursday night we had a slight variation on the same theme: Julie held me upside down in front of Zoe and we kissed. Then she brought me up her own legs slowly, first letting me kiss and lick them, then I slowly gainED altitude all the way up to her pussy. She didn't pull me away though like she did with Zoe on her boobs. I was nibbling on her snatch when Julie started sucking my feet. I never realized how good that felt; it was a new feeling for me.

It was there with the blood rushing to my head that I realized how huge her cunt was and thought that I might be able to fit my whole head in there. That is, if her clit wasn't in the way. Perhaps I could get it in from below while Zoe sucked on that mighty clit. Hmmmm. I filed that thought away for another night.


----- Friday night

It was another great night at Mike's singing with Sharon and Tee. Tee only joined us for one song but we loved it. I asked if she was nervous.

"Not really." she said. "I could have been if it were only me up there, but with you and Sharon I felt like I couldn't make any mistakes."

"I wish I had someone with me the first time I got up there."

"What was it like?"

"I thought I was going to throw up."

"But you went up there anyway?"

"Call it peer pressure."

"Does that mean all your friends were there when you first sang in front of others?"

"No, it was the first time I sang in front of a crowd. I had sang in front of others before but only two or three close friends. And no, the first time in a crowd wasn't in front of friends. I think the only people I knew at the time was Julie and her boss, Mike. Maybe I knew some of the baristas but I only knew them through Julie."

"How did you ever get yourself to go up on stage?"

"Julie pushed me into it."

"Don't tell me she threatened physical harm, because that girl could probably hurt you bad."

"No, no, nothing like that. At the time she hadn't started growing. Or if she did she still wasn't that big. She sort of shamed me into it."

"Shame on her."

"No, it was good for me. I didn't know it at the time but I'm so grateful for it now. I've learned to like performing. You liked being up there, didn't you?"

"I guess so. I never had any ambitions to be a rock star or anything so I guess it just didn't mean that much to me."

"I sing folk songs, not rock. I'm no rock star."

"You could do anything you want, Sam."

"I won't be anything like a rock star."

"I don't know if I'd say that. Sharon tells me your songs are selling like hot cakes."

"Exaggeration. It's good for a little extra money though. Sing with us and I'll write you in on some of the money."

"You mean that?"

"Absolutely! Sharon gets part of it now. She told you didn't she?"

"No, she hasn't. Well that does it, I'm not going to fuss anymore whenever she insists on buying."

"Ha, ha." I laughed. "Let's do this soon so we can get you extra money before you fly off to Arizona."

"Yeah, sure."

"Don't be so excited." I said sarcastically. She didn't seem to be too happy all of a sudden.

"Sorry."

"What's wrong?"

"It's just that you reminded me that I'll be going away."

"You want to finish school, right?"

"I do. I do so very much. It's just that I'll be leaving you and Sharon and Mom and Dad and Shane and everyone else. I'll be so far away."

"You'll be back. I'll probably come out to see you in Arizona too."

"Yeah, I guess I'm just a little intimidated."

"Hey, you were up in front of a couple hundred people tonight. How much more intimidating could it be?"

"I don't know. Going to Arizona has it's good points and it's bad points."

"Tee, you're going to find out that all of our decisions are like that. Get used to it."

"Do I have to?"

I shrugged. "I guess not, but it will make you happier in the end. It's just the way it is."

"Sorry to be bummed all of a sudden."

"It's ok. I know what you're going through. I'll miss you too."

"You will?"

"Yep."

"Can I come over tonight?"

"Yes."

"Can I ..."

"Yes, you can hang on the table. But no marks on the freshly painted wall afterward."

"You'll just have to base it off of the tape measure."

"We can do that."

"Thanks, Sam."

Tee spent Friday night with us and with me in particular. We were getting more and more familiar and I was becoming very aware of the changes in Tee. But the change that was most palpable for me is that we were exactly the same height now. I could definitely feel it: Tee is going to grow taller than me before she leaves.


----- Saturday

We were up early to spend another day out. The house was to be open both Saturday and Sunday on this weekend. We decided to visit a civil war battlefield that Saturday and I had fun but I'm not so sure the girls did. We stopped at an outlet mall on the way back though and that more than made it up to them.

Later that night at about eight o'clock the doorbell rang. I wasn't expecting anyone and Julie answered the door. When she did a little girl ran up to Julie and hugged her leg.

"Julie! I'm so happy to see you again."

"Gail? Hi. I'm happy to see you too."

 

 

End Notes:

Julie and Sam are back together and along with Zoe are setling back in. I bet you  didn't expect to see Gail again. Whatever could she be doing dropping by on a Saturday night? You'll have to wait for the next chapter.

Chapter 80 - A guest to take care of by littless
Author's Notes:

I'm back for now. Had a death in the family. It's not like it was unexpected so we were prepared for things, but still, it was someone we all loved very much who is now gone. Taking care of things for the funeral and such was ok, but the aftermath is kicking our butts. Hopefully, I can get back into the swing of things as they were before.

This chapter was huge. I've cut it up into four chapters but the story may be disjoint because of it. Lots of stuff going on here. I probably should have edited more but I'm tired with all that has been going on. Still, I hope you enjoy it. I'll be putting up the next three or four chapters fairly rapidly.

Be warned: things are going to happen with twists within a chapter or three and even more after that.

As always, comments are appreciated. Let me know if you like it or not. Thanks.


----- An unexpected but grateful guest

"Sir Gail-ahad!" I exclaimed. "It's so good to see you. What brings you here tonight?"

"Billy."

"Billy brought you here?"

"You remember Billy? We called him George. You know, the creep from our treatment group."

"The guy that ended up in prison?"

"That's him."

"Oh shit, what happened?"

"He called me."

"Uh oh. When?"

"Today. He threatened me, Sam. He said he was coming for me."

"But he's in jail, isn't he?"

"He said he was out."

"How? He was supposed to be in for a good long time."

"I don't know."

"Are you sure he wasn't like calling from prison?"

"I don't really know. I had to get out. I don't feel safe at home right now."

"Well, you're staying with us tonight, young lady. We won't let him put a hand on you. I'm going to get to the bottom of this."

"Thanks again, Sam. I didn't want to bother you but this is scary."

"It's no bother. We love having you."

She greeted Cindy and Erin, um, Chloe. Yeah, you should have seen the expression on Gail's face when she heard that.

"Why would you change your name?"

"Because my new sister likes it."

"What sister?"

"Uh, Gail." I said, "I'd like you to meet Zoe."

They looked at each other and said their hellos. Gail looked at me and then back at Zoe.

"You're Sam's friend, aren't you?"

"Yes." Zoe proudly proclaimed.

"Jennifer mentioned this. So, this is the girl that you brought back from Arizona, isn't it, Sam?"

"Yes, she is. What do you think?"

Gail walked over to Zoe and gave her a hug. "I'm really happy to meet you, Zoe. I'm sure if Sam thinks this highly of you then we're going to be good friends."

Gail took to Zoe in an instant. Zoe was a bit surprised. Me too to tell you the truth.

"I guess it's been too long, Sam, and ..." she she said looking at me, then at Cindy. Then she looked back at me. Then at Cindy and back at me again. She walked up awful close to me then put her hands over her mouth. "Oh noooooo."

"It's true, Gail. I've shrunk yet again."

"Have you been drinking?" she whispered.

"No. Well, hardly. But that doesn't explain the shrinking."

"Then why?"

"I wish I knew. I have a check up at the doctor's in a couple of weeks. Maybe he'll know."

"I'm so sorry, Sam."

Gail was what? Three feet six inches if I'm correct. She was Tee's size and that meant nearly as tall as me which seemed to be about right. Well, so much for calling her 'little' Gail.

"Gail, don't worry. Right now we have to find out about Billy or whatever he goes by now. I'm going to call Zoe."

"From the clinic, right?" they all asked.

"Yep. It was her boyfriend who got him put in jail in the first place, or back in jail, or whatever. He'll find out what's going on for us."

"Thanks, Sam. I hope I'm not putting you out."

"Nonsense. Since Zoe here is, uh, taken care of tonight, I think, then you can sleep in the room with Cindy."

"But I was hoping to spend some time with Julie."

"Oh?" I looked at Julie. She was wearing a big smile and was nodding. "Oh, well, ok. I'm sure the rest of us will be fine."

I was happy to see Gail again but not happy at all about the circumstances that brought her here. I called Zoe from the clinic and told her the story. She said she'd ask Xavier and get back to us later. In the meantime I was going to make sure that Gail was safe and felt welcome.

"Alright, Gail, what about work? Do you plan to go to work?"

"Sure. I'll be safe there. They watch out for me."

"Everyone, we're going to keep the shades down and the doors locked. Tell nobody about this either. We don't want word getting out where Gail is hiding. He may figure it out eventually but let's not make it easy. Everyone got that?"

They agreed. With that all settled I felt better. Gail proceeded to tell Zoe stories about me. I blushed. But we also had fun making up new stories.

"Sir Gailahad just up and left right before the oral sex. Can you believe it, Zoe?"

"That's because Sir Samsalot here dragged me away." Gail answered.

The girls started giggling.

"But you were in great peril."

"I bet you're gay."

"Am not."

"There's nothing wrong with that." Zoe said. "I'm gay."

"You are not. You're a lesbian." I said.

"Gay is homosexual, and I'm a homosexual."

"Really?" Gail asked.

"Yes, really, Gail. Don't worry, Sir Lanceisnot here is not."

"Not what?"

"Gay."

"But he was bitten." Gail said.

"Bitten by what?"

"An alien bimboid succubus."

"Sounds painful."

"I wouldn't know, ask Sam, I mean Sir Dancealot."

"Oh no, I don't dance." I said shaking my head profusely.

"Yes you do!" cried Cindy and Chloe in unison.

"It doesn't make me gay either."

"But the succubus was from the planet Zephyrus."

"So?"

"It's a gay planet." Zoe said. "Even I know that." It seems Zoe caught onto the game we were playing pretty quickly.

"Since when did you study astronomy?"

"It was an elective in school."

"There's no such planet." I proclaimed with my arms folded across my chest.

"Yes there is." Gail replied. "It's in a galaxy far, far away."

"Oh yeah? I bet you can't name that galaxy?"

"It's the galaxy zilch, zilch, plock."

"Zilch what?"

"Oh that's just it's numerical designation. You know, all that astronomer terminology. Right, Zoe?"

"Yep."

"The rest of us know it as the gork galaxy."

"Gork? Why gork?"

"Because it looks like a gork. Duh!"

"What does a gork look like?"

"Well the galaxy is dildoidally shaped."

"Ew."

"And it's in peril."

"Aha!" I exclaimed.

Gail explained further, "It's headed on a direct collision course with the Vageena galaxy. When they collide there'll be violent explosions."

"We're all in peril."

"Speak for yourself. I won't be around." declared Gail.

"Don't tell me," Zoe said, "you expect Sir Fancylot to drag you away."

"Not really. It's just that they won't collide for another hundred million years."

"Oh."

"But that's why all the bimboid succubi fled." Gail explained to the rest of us. "Succubi live for millions of years so it was a case of get the fuck outta dodge or else be sucked into the Vageena. Of course, some of them ended up here on earth."

"Succubi?" I asked. "I bet you're a succubus, Gail."

"Hey, I resemble that remark. Come here, let me bite you."

"You can bite me." Zoe said to Gail, a sexy look in her eyes.

"Hmm," Julie said with her chin resting in her palm. "Sam getting bit by a succubus. That explains a lot."

"Aw Julie. Why don't you ever take my side?"

"I always take your side, Sam."

"Not when those two want to go dancing." I pointed at Cindy and Chloe.

"But I know how much you like to dance."

"I do not!"

"Let's go dancing tonight, everyone!" Cindy said.

"No!" I proclaimed. "I'm putting my foot down on this one. It would expose Gail too much. It's too dangerous."

"You mean I'll be in too much peril, Sir Lanceishot?"

"Exactly."

"But Billy won't ever suspect. How could he know?"

"Well, what if he decides to go dancing and finds us out?"

"It's a long shot by far."

"No. It's too ... perilous."

"Gay."

I rolled my eyes.

"I guess the oral sex is out too." Gail said.

"No it isn't." said Zoe. "I just happen to know that Sir Spoilsalot here is pretty good at that sort of thing, but if he does happen to drag you away again then I'll drag you back."

"Let's go dancing instead." Cindy said.

"No."

"Then we can dance here, inside."

"Don't you remember what happened the last time you did that?"

"What happened, Sam?" Gail asked.

"Cindy and Zoe ended up getting naked."

"So? Everyone has seen Cindy naked."

"She'll talk you into getting naked too, Gail."

"And? You've already seen me naked."

Everyone looked at me.

"Pffft. That was an accident."

"Actually, I did it on purpose."

"Sam? Is there something you want to tell me?" Julie asked.

"Are you serious, Julie? You know all about my escapades, and you would know if Gail and I had ever done anything like that. But you and her on the other hand..."

I think everyone saw through Julie's fake attitude. Julie herself was laughing about it.

In any case, Gail and Zoe were getting along swell and both of them got into teasing Julie. At one point they each grabbed one of Julie's large hands and pulled her up. They didn't actually have the strength for it but you know Julie: she acted like she was being tugged then stood up herself making a colossal bit of drama out of it. Then each of the girls took a leg as Julie trudged around the house with the two little ones in tow and they finally ended up in the bedroom.

Nobody saw that coming. Right?

I looked at Erin, er, Chloe. She shrugged and announced that she was going to bed too, since she was working in the morning. That was somewhat of a surprise but we all needed to get out of the house early tomorrow.

That left Cindy and I all alone.

"Well?"

"Looks like it's just you and me now, Sam."

"Yep. Looks like it."

"We could dance."

"Or, not."

"We could dance naked."

"Or, not."

"We could have sex."

"Or, yeah."

"We could have sex naked."

"Is there any other way?"

"You'll have to dance with me first."

"You really want me to dance tonight, don't you?"

"You'll like it. We can slow dance."

"Well, ok."

"Good. Now strip."

Cindy can be demanding when it comes to dancing. However, I was rewarded with the flesh-on-flesh experience of slow dancing together nude. I'm still no good at dancing but for slow dancing you just shuffle your feet around and lean your head against your partner. Then Cindy starting giggling.

"I know I'm bad at dancing Cindy but you don't have to laugh."

"You're fine, Sam."

"Then why are you laughing?"

"Oh, Sam, I'm sorry. It's just that, I've never danced like this."

"Like what? Naked? I don't believe that."

"With someone ..."

"Someone what?"

"Someone shorter than me." she said, sheepishly.

"You don't have to rub it in. It's only an inch or two."

"I like it. It's different."

"What about Gabe?"

"I don't think we've ever slow danced."

"Ok. Well, what about Gabe?"

"We've never ..."

"No. What I mean is what would Gabe think?"

"About what?"

"About us."

"I thought he was a really good friend of yours, Sam."

"He is. I'm just wondering if you and I should be doing this."

"Why? Because of my relationship with Gabe?"

"Yeah."

"He's on the other side of the country, Sam."

"Right. So maybe we should cool it."

"He's probably doing the same. Don't worry about it."

"Are you sure?"

"No. But I'm ok with him doing whatever he's doing in Arizona even if that means sleeping with another girl. And he feels the same about me."

"I'm sure he's ok with you sleeping with another girl."

"You know what I mean."

"Fine. It's just that he and I are good friends."

"And..."

"I don't know. What do you think?"

"I think you need this." she said as she looked down at Mr. Happy. Mr. Happy waved back.

"I guess I do."

"I need this. I'll be leaving soon and I want you to know how much I've appreciated our friendship and for all that you've done for me."

She kissed me. I had to bend my head up to reach her lips. It was good being so close and naked and all that, but in the back of my mind I wondered how much smaller I would get.

We were still in the living room when Gail came running back out. She was in her socks and she came skidding in, stopping right before careening into us.

"Sorry. Forgot my purse." she said then she turned around to go back but she stopped short and looked at us then smiled. She looked down at Mr. Happy then up to look us in the face.

"Impressive, Sam. I'm sure you two will have a good night. I'll see you in the morning."

She turned to go back to the bedroom but halfway to the end of the living room she stopped short, turned to face us then flashed her boobs. Then she was gone.

"What was that all about?" Cindy asked.

"Beats me. Nice tits though."

"What about mine?"

"Your's are nice too. It's just, you know, novel to see hers."

"You've seen her before."

"Naked? Yeah once. For all of about three seconds."

"Do you feel the same about me?"

"Even better. I've seen you naked for much longer."

"Would you want me to have bigger tits?"

"No. Your tits are stupendous."

"Ha, ha, that's funny. Stooo-pendus! I've never heard anyone say that about me before. You know, sometimes the girls make fun of my flat chest."

"What girls?"

"My students. You should see some of their boobs and they're not even ten years old."

"I saw them. Remember?"

"When I'm showing them some moves in class my face is right in their chests. I put up with it all day, every day. Maybe that's why I'm self conscious."

"You're not self conscious."

"Not outside of work. But being next to them, I am."

"It'll be over soon."

"I'll miss them."

"I hope you're not reconsidering your decision."

"No. But I will miss some of the nicer ones."

"I'm sure you're an inspiration to them all."

"Thanks, Sam."

"Does my height bother you now?"

"Not a bit. But it's novel for me, like Gail's bare chest for you."

"Well, get used to it. I have to."

"What if you get smaller?"

"I don't want to think about it. It'll probably happen anyway. It's depressing."

"Aren't you taking your meds?"

"Of course I am. I haven't missed a dose in I don't know how long. I don't drink any alcohol either."

She kissed me again then started giggling once more.

"What's so funny now?" I asked.

"What if you get short enough to kiss my nonexistent boobs while standing up."

"Like you kissing your student's boobs. Yeah, very funny."

"I would never think of kissing them."

"I could talk to your boobs. But you'd be offended."

"Ha, ha, ha." she laughed. "You can talk to my boobs. I won't be offended."

I looked down on them. "Hello titty number one. Titty number two. How are you two this evening?"

Cindy laughed. "The only regret I have is that I won't be able to motorboat you. Ha, ha, ha." She was still laughing.

"I get enough of that from Erin. I mean Chloe. At least I'd still be taller than Zoe."

"What if you get shorter than her?"

"I'd be the shortest person on earth. I don't want to think about it."

"Zoe's handling it pretty well."

"Oh yeah? With the PTSD and all?"

"There is that. Do you think she's going to be ok?"

"I hope so. I think she's strong; it certainly seems that way on the outside. I know she's coming out of a horrific experience that's hard to comprehend. She may be the strongest of us all."

"And on top of all that, being so small."

"She seems to be coping with the virus stuff a lot better then most of us. Certainly better than I."

"I think you're doing ok, Sam. Don't let it get you down."

"It's because of you and all the other friends I have that I'm not going crazy. I'll really miss you when you go, Cindy."

"We still have time. It's kind of a good thing Gail is here tonight. I thought we'd never have another night together."

"Let's make the most of it."

"Good. If I had one of those" she said pointing down to Mr. Happy, "it would be just as hard."

"Ah, so you like Gail's tits too?" I teased. "I never would have guessed."

"Cut it out. Let's go to bed."

"I thought you'd never ask."

It had been a few weeks since Cindy and I had slept together. I suppose that made it novel like seeing Gails boobs. Both were special. Pretty soon Cindy would be gone and it was that tacit understanding that made this night special.

We didn't do anything fancy. We started with "the oral sex" after the spanking. Actually, there was no spanking except that one slap I gave her while we were doing it doggy style. Well, alright, it was two slaps. Or three. Her oh so cute butt cheeks weren't even red, not that you could tell without looking closely. And her ass was a sight to behold looking closely, which I did. Or even looking from far away. It was that good and it was driving me crazy. I planted kisses all over her tight little ass. I had to after the spanking.

She wanted to do the reverse cowgirl. Yee-haw! Then we did the sidesaddle. Yee-haw! Doggy-style, of course. Woof, woof! I kneeled down on the bed with her laying on her back before me as I lifted her up onto my shaft and she squeezed my neck with her muscular calves and ankles. If my head would have exploded like a crushed grape then and there between her legs then I would have died a happy man.

I guess maybe we did do something a little fancy. Oh well. It was a good night.

I used to be bigger than her. It wasn't like I shrank, it was more like she grew. Not a lot, but enough to make it slightly different than I remembered from before. We didn't get to sleep until early in the morning the next day.



----- Sunday morning

"Sam?"

"Hmm? What?"

"Walk with me."

"Sure, Sammie."

"How are things?"

"Real good. Mostly."

"I'm happy for you."

"Where are we goi ... WHOA! Did you see that? She nearly stepped on me."

"Be careful."

"I'll watch where I'm going. She was huge."

"Come here."

We stopped and I looked up. "That foot looks familiar."

"It should. It's Zoe's. Pretty isn't it?"

"It is. Very sexy. Let's go this way."

We climbed up onto Zoe and walked up to her chest."

"It figures you walk over to her boobs."

"I like them. Don't you?"

"I love them."

"Let's lay down."

"On her boobs?"

"Yeah. They're so soft. You should feel them."

"I have."

"Don't be jealous. They're only bigger because she's so big."

"Hey, you're right. They are comfy."

"Hey! Who's that over there?"

"You know Gail."

"Oh. She looks so different like this."

"She's pretty too, isn't she?"

"Let's go lay on her boobs."

"You're such a pervert."

"So? Can you blame me?"

"Typical male. You have lots of girl friends for a guy."

"I'm so lucky."

"Whatever is going to happen, keep your friends."

"I intend to. Cindy and Tee will be leaving me though."

"They won't be out of your life completely."

"No. Not if I have anything to say about it."

"They're pretty too, aren't they? Even prettier than before."

"So many growing so pretty."

"Getting prettier is a good consolation for growing small, wouldn't you say?"

"I would."

"Only the little ones get prettier."

"They're all so pretty, Sammie. So are you."

"Why thank you, Sammie. Tag, you're it. Come get me my little athlete."

"That's right. You better run." I said taking off after her. She ran under a dresser. I was in the middle of the floor when a giant foot stepped on me.

"Owwww! Get off! Sammie! Help! Help!"

Nothing.

"Get. Off. You're hurting me."

The foot started rotating. Grinding. Pressure building. Grinding me into the floor. I could feel my bones break. Snap, snap. I was in agony.

"Aaaaaaaa!" I screamed.

"What's wrong?"

"GET OFF!"

"Sam? Wake up!"

"Huh?"

"Wake up."

"Cindy?"

"You were having a nightmare."

"Oh, God. It was bad. Am I awake now?"

"Yeah, you're awake."

"I'm sorry."

"It's time to get up anyway."

"Good. I'll feel better up."

"I'll make you a cup of hot tea."

"Thanks."



----- Breakfast

"Aren't you going to put some clothes on?"

"I never do. I thought you liked naked tea." Cindy said.

"We have a guest."

"Gail is more than a guest, Sam. I doubt she'll be offended."

"Fine. Do what you want. I'll put my clothes on."

"No. Stay this way for me. Please."

"Fine. I'm sure Chloe will like this."

We went to the kitchen to get the breakfast, coffee and tea started. Zoe was next out followed not too long after by Gail.

"Did you have a good night, Gail?"

"I did, but not as good a night as you two it looks like."

"Why would you think that?"

"You're minds are so fogged from sex that you forgot to put your clothes back on." she snickered.

"I guess mind-blowing sex will make you forgetful like that."

"So, aren't you going to get dressed?" Gail asked. She really should have known better. Zoe shook her head in disgust. The two of them were already dressed.

"Yes."

"When?"

"I don't know. When do you want to get dressed, Cindy?"

"Never."

The four of us laughed. Zoe was looking real hard at the rest of us.

"Sam?" Zoe asked.

"What?"

"You and Gail are the same size."

"I know, Zoe. Big news. Wait until we see Tee later today."

"I'll bet she's just as tall."

"Unless she's grown even more."

"She hasn't been hanging."

"She'll probably hang tonight."

"What're you two talking about?" Gail asked.

"The inversion table. Tee is hanging upside down and growing."

"Why don't you do that, Sam?"

"I do. Only I go the other way: I shrink, I don't grow."

"Can I try?"

"Sure, Gail. You know, Zoe, you'll be the only one shorter than me soon."

"So? You have no right to feel bad about it, Sam. I'm the one that's been living at this size for a long time now."

"Sorry. I didn't mean to dis you."

"I look at it this way: we'll have more in common."

"You'll have more in common with him this morning, Zoe, if you get naked." Cindy chimed in.

"I'll wait."

And so it went: we teased each other while breakfast was made. Cindy told Gail about Zoe biting my butt.

"I couldn't help it." Zoe said. "It looked so delicious."

"I thought you were gay?" Gail asked.

"Ninety-nine percent."

"I understand. He does have a nice ass."

Gail and Zoe had coffee, Cindy and I had tea. Sure enough, the smell of eggs and sausage woke Erin, I mean Chloe, up. When she saw me and Cindy, Chloe took off her panties -- the only thing she was wearing at the time -- and joined us. She wanted Cindy and I to sit on her laps at the big table with her and Julie. Julie decided to take Zoe and Gail on her laps as we all sat at the big table for breakfast. Julie and her little lap sitters had a much easier time of it than we did. But we were naked and it's a good thing Mr. Happy was hidden under the table. As it was, his head was grazing the underside of it.

Gail giggled through breakfast every time she looked our way. Zoe's head, even sitting on Julie's lap didn't come up to the bottom of Julie's sports bra covered boobs. Of course, had Julie been topless I'm sure they would have sagged enough to be a giant hat upon Zoe's head.

Gail's head was closer to Julie's boobs and she could have turned and gave 'em a kiss any time she wanted. I assume she was trying to maintain an air of decorum and that's why she didn't reach for them like I would have. But good luck with that in this house, Gail.

I knew she wanted to. Gail was sitting on Julie's left thigh and that huge beach ball sized breast was just waiting there, taunting her. I understood why Julie wore those bras, but I fantasized about her being topless right now. The picture in my mind of Gail sucking on those massive mammaries was driving me crazy. Mr. Happy kept bumping the underside of the table. It didn't feel so comfortable.

"Stop shaking your leg, Chloe."

"I'm not shaking it."

"Then lower it."

"Why?"

"Because I'm, uh, too high."

Cloe had a weird look on her face. "How do I do that?" she asked.

"Never mind."

Cindy understood. She reached her hand over and started stroking Mr. Happy. It felt great, but it was making it hard to eat. It didn't help that every time I leaned back I'd be leaning against Chloe's big, firm boobies. She held me against them real tight. World's best pillows.

Everyone was finished, I was still eating. I told you it was hard to eat with what was happening this morning at the table.

"Sam." Julie said. "You're not eating. How do you expect to grow bigger if you don't eat?"

"Seriously, Julie?" I said looking at her with that 'are you kidding me?' face.

"Oh, I'm sorry, Sam. I'm being inconsiderate."

I shook my head. I was still finding it hard to concentrate with Cindy's hand on my dick.

"I'll make it up to you." Gail said right before raising the bottom part of Julie's bra above her left tit. My eyes went wide, even though I've seen those giant boobs a thousand times. I looked back at Cindy's flat chest. And somehow the contrast between the two sets of tits did it: I came.

"---cough, cough---"

"You ok, Sam?" Julie asked, a concerned look on her face.

"I'm fine. Just choking on a bite." I said reaching for my tea.

"You haven't taken a bite in a half hour."

"Uh, delayed reaction."

Cindy was smiling. She brought her hand up and licked her index finger. Then she gave me a napkin whereupon I wiped my mouth then put the napkin on my laps. Surreptitiously though, I was trying to clean up the mess that Mr. Happy made. I needed a second napkin too. I don't think Chloe even noticed.

I was happy to finally jump down off of Chloe's thighs and clean up after breakfast. I was standing on the step ladder rinsing off the dishes to put them in the dishwasher when Zoe slapped me on the butt.

"Ouch."

Then Gail did the same.

"Hey! Watch it."

"Would you rather I bite it?" Gail asked.

"No. Stay away, you bimboid succubus."

Gail clapped her teeth. "It's ok. There's plenty time, Sam. You'll never know when I'll strike." she said.

"Yikes." I said, then I felt a pair of lips on my butt. I looked behind and Gail was planting kisses. "Gail? You're kissing my ass."

"Just a thank you for helping me, Sam."

"Uh, ok. Just so you know, I'm happy to. You don't have to, like, kiss me."

"Don't you like it?"

"I like it too much." I said as I turned around to face her with Mr. Happy standing up.

"Well, hello." she said then she bent down and gave Mr. Happy a kiss. She giggled as she scampered off.

Interesting morning.

Chloe wanted to take a shower with Cindy and I. Who am I to refuse? It had been a long time since we'd done anything like that so I was really looking forward to it. I got to wash Chloe's beautiful rear end. Then she wanted both Cindy and I to wash her boobies. I would have loved to but I just glared up at her; our faces were only stomach level to Chloe and there was no way either of us could reach the top part of her tits.

"Ok, here. I'll bend over." Chloe said, exasperated.

"That's better."

The sight of her giant boobs were having an effect. They were, frankly, giant to me and Cindy. Hell, even to someone Chloe's size at five eight, they were pretty darn big and they always were as far as I can remember. She used to be a flat chested little girl, shorter than me when we were kids. Then one day, around Chloe's ninth birthday, she woke up bigger than me and sporting a pair of giant boobs. It was like the titty fairy visited her one night and poof: boobies.

So that and the episode with Gail was pushing me to another orgasm. Cindy and I were each soaping up a boobie. They were swaying gently as we did so. Mr. Happy wanted in on the fun. I was pretty sure Chloe's boobies were having the same effect on Cindy. What I didn't think of was the effect they were having on Chloe.

"Mmmmm. You two are really good. I want a shower like this every morning."

It wasn't until she said this that I figured that we were going to have to satisfy her too. No problem. I looked at Cindy and she understood. With her tits still soapy we made Chloe stand up against the shower wall. Then we took turns licking her pussy.

We had to bend down but not too far. When Chloe got up on her toes and arched her back I could almost stand up straight with my mouth at clit level. I wonder where I'd measure up to her with her heels on.

When Chloe came she slid down the wall and was then sitting down with the shower raining down on her. She looked beautiful. I wish I had my phone to take a pic. And now it was Cindy's turn.

The poor girl had to sit all through breakfast while giving me a hand job. I wanted to do something special for her but Chloe took the lead and lifted Cindy up. Cindy put her legs over Chloe's shoulders as Chloe went to town munching on Cindy's little twat. Cindy squirmed. Damn it was sexy watching her little cunt get eaten.

"Oh, oh, oh, ooooooooh, Erin!" she screamed.

Oops, she used her old name. I thought Chloe would be mad but she only smiled. The two kissed after Cindy had gone over the top of her climax.

"Ho, thank you." Cindy told her while still catching her breath.

"It's my pleasure, Cindy."

"I'm going to miss you."

"Can I come with you?"

"Sure you can, Chloe."

"I don't think Fred would go. I really wish I could though."

"Would you really stay here for Fred?" I asked Chloe.

"I would." she answered. I realized then how close of a relationship my sister had with the boy.

Then it was my turn. With Chloe and Cindy taking turns sucking on my dick it didn't take long. What finally brought me over the top however was thinking about the little episode a few minutes earlier with Gail giving Mr. Happy a little kiss.

All three of us were blissful and clean. To finish up, Chloe wanted to dress the two of us. I rationalized that it must be her motherly instincts kicking in. Cindy, for her part, played the role perfectly. I had to go fetch my clothes from the living room.

"Thanks for the shower, Chloe." I said.

"You better be thankful. You're the one that got me messed up."

"What?"

"Have you forgotten so soon. At breakfast. Remember?"

"Oh. You noticed that?"

"You came on my leg." she said with an angry face.

"Oh yeah, I guess I did. Sorry."

"It's ok, Sam."

"If your leg wasn't so sensual and your boobies weren't so sexy it would have been different."

"You mean without Cindy's hand in the way?"

"Oh, you noticed that too?"

"I'm not as dumb as you think I am, Sam."

"I'm sorry, Chloe."

"Good. You're not getting away with it again unless you give me some satisfaction."

"We just did."

"Tomorrow it's my turn first."

"Ok, but it's a work day tomorrow."

"Then next weekend."

"I promise. Ok then, let's get ready. You're the last one that hasn't dressed yet. We have to get out of the house and you have to go to work soon."

"Do I have to?"

"Yes, you have to."

Like I said, interesting morning.

 

End Notes:

This is only the first part of the day. More coming.

Chapter 81 - Humility by littless
Author's Notes:

This was a hard chapter for me. I knew where I wanted to go but struggled to get there. Writer's block, I guess. Still not where I want it but good enough I suppose. It's long. I'd have chopped it up more, but it's chopped up enough as it is. You'll all see later. I just hope it all works out in the end.

I'll say up front that a lot of you won't like this chapter, but stick with me. The story isn't over yet. So, with no more chatter, here it is: Humility.

----- A little argument at the lake

The weather was warming up -- it was even warmer than yesterday -- and the sun was out. We dropped Chloe off at work and spent some time walking around by the lake again. Cindy wanted to take her top off outside. Yep, big surprise.

"It's still cold, Cindy. It's in the fifties."

"It's going to be in the sixties."

"The low sixties."

"The sun's out. It'll feel nice. Join me, Sam."

"No. it's too cold."

"What about you, Gail?"

"Mmmm, no."

"Zoe?"

"I don't think so."

"That leaves you, Julie."

"Sorry, Cindy. I don't want the stares."

"Implying I don't get stares?"

"I thought you liked it that way?"

"Ok, guilty as charged. But why would you even care, Julie?"

"Everyone is already staring. I don't want to give them any more reasons."

"They can't help it, Julie. Nobody can miss you in a crowd." I chuckled. She didn't seem too amused.

"Well, they can certainly miss you in a crowd."

"What?"

"They can hardly see you."

"I'm not that small."

"Really, Sam. You're about as unnoticeable as they get."

"Gee, thanks." I said, using the most sarcastic tone I could. "I've always been unnoticeable, okay. Bigger people ignore me all the time. You could be a little more sympathetic. You were once pretty short yourself."

"It's not my fault you're short."

"Are you implying that it's my fault?"

"You didn't have to sleep with that girl, Sam."

Wow, that hurt. Zoe and I looked at each other. We both knew who Julie was talking about.

"I didn't know she had the virus, Julie. How could anyone know?"

"Evidently, Samantha and Zoe did."

Zoe put her head down. That hurt her too.

"I'd still be small even if I didn't catch this disease, Julie."

"But you'd be a lot taller if you hadn't fooled around."

"I didn't fool around."

"You fooled around on me."

"I did not. Why do you think we broke up in high school?"

"You broke it up. Not me."

"Because I was going to the other side of the country. We couldn't have a long distance relationship."

"Because you wanted to fool around."

"Okay. I admit it: I wanted to ... to ..."

"To fool around."

"Fine. To fool around. But when I needed you there at school would you have come?"

"Maybe."

"And how would you have even afforded the trip?"

"I don't know."

"Right. See, it wouldn't have worked."

"Yet, here we are."

"Yes, here we are. Even after the fooling around and everything."

"But you'd be bigger if you hadn't fooled around, Sam."

"I'd still be a whole lot shorter than you are now -- not much difference to you at your current size, wouldn't you say? And what about you? How many people did you sleep around with between high school and when we got back together?"

"That's not the point. I didn't catch a venereal disease. We're talking about you."

"I give up." I said, throwing my hands up in the air. "You're right. I shouldn't have slept with anyone during my time away. I deserve anything bad that I get. Satisfied?"

"No."

"Well then I don't know what to say, Julie. You should have spoken about this earlier if you're going to hold a grudge about it."

"I'm not holding a grudge."

"You sound like it."

"Maybe you're just feeling guilty."

"I'm not feeling guilty. If anything, I feel pretty good about myself. I'm not the one who's trying to make others feel bad about themselves."

"Cut it out, you two!" Cindy finally said, obviously having had enough with Julie and my little, um, conversation. "Didn't you two just make up not long ago?"

"Did they have a fight?" Gail asked.

"Yes, Gail. We did." I said. "But I thought we were over that. We are, aren't we, Julie?"

"Yeah." Julie said. "So go ahead and tell her, Sam. I know you want to gloat."

"Holy shit, Julie. No, I don't care to tell her about it or to gloat. What's put a burr up your ass?"

"Nothing."

"Look, I'm sorry for what happened before when I was away at school. I'm paying the price."

"I'm sorry you're shrinking too, Sam."

"I'm not talking about that. I'm talking about missing you while we were apart. If I had to do it all over again I'd have gone to school locally and we could have stayed together."

"Do you really mean that?"

"Of course I do."

"Then I'm sorry, Sam."

"Next time, let's talk this over privately. Okay?"

"I just ..."

"What?"

"I talked with Jill last night. I'm not in a good mood. That's all."

"There's something between you two that's hurting your relationship, isn't there?"

"You have no idea."

"Wanna tell us about it?"

"No!"

"Fine. But you two really need to resolve this matter."

"I don't want to talk about it."

"You should."

"I can't. Not with all of you."

"Then do it with Jill."

"I can't."

"Why not?"

"I can't tell you why."

I rolled my eyes.

"This is getting nowhere, Julie. Ok, tell you what everyone; let's go take one of the trails that lead through the woods this time. It's a nice enough day."

"A hike?" Zoe asked.

"Yeah."

"A naked hike?" Cindy asked excitedly.

"NO!" we all shouted in unison.

Julie walked pretty fast. I tried to keep up but had to run. At least I was getting exercise. The others were left behind.



----- A path rarely taken

"Wait up, Julie."

"Can't you keep up?"

"For every step you take I have to take three."

"But you can move your legs faster."

"I go less with each step."

"Do you want me to slow down for you?"

"Yes."

"Okay. I'll slow it down."

"What about the others?"

"Maybe I just want to be alone."

"Do you want me to fall back with the others?"

"I don't know."

"While we're alone, would you like to talk to me about what's between you and Jill?"

"No, Sam."

"Ok, let's stop here. Sit down." We were facing each other with me sitting on a rock and Julie leaning up against a tree. She didn't want to sit. I had to look up. Way up.

"I can't talk to you about it, Sam. End of story."

"How about with Gail? She's kind of the outside one here. Sometimes it's easier to talk with someone on the outside."

"I don't think so."

"Is this about me then?"

"Let's talk about something else. Please."

"Alright, fine. How about Gail?"

"What about her do you want to talk about?"

"Are you ok with her staying with us? I know I didn't ask you, I just invited her -- actually demanded that she stay over."

"It's ok. It's your house."

"Don't feel that way. It's yours too. You're more than a guest, Julie. I only did that with Gail because of the circumstances. It's kind of a dire matter."

"I know. I have no problem with it. Just the opposite. I'd have insisted you invite her to stay if you hadn't. Unless there's a better way to protect her that we don't know about."

"She could stay with Jill at your mom's house."

"I didn't think of that."

"I don't know how your mother would feel about it but I'm pretty sure Jill would look after her."

"She would."

"Gail and Jill get along pretty good too."

"I know. Do you think we're keeping them apart by keeping Gail with us?"

"No. I mean, she's free to leave."

"You were pretty adamant about her staying."

"That's because I was so concerned about her safety. I want to invite Jill to come over to the house. She's been avoiding us, me in particular, ever since, well, ever since Samantha uh, passed away."

"I know."

"Is she avoiding me or you?"

"Don't ask me that."

"Alright. You know, even sitting up on this rock my eyes are only level with your knee. And you're not even standing straight up. How did you get so damn tall?"

"I don't really know, Sam? It was dad."

"And damn that inversion table. You like it though, don't you?"

"Yes. Do you like being small?"

"No. Hell no. I've been small all my life. It truly sucks. Why would I like it?"

"You have lots of little friends."

"So? Do you know what the worst part of being small is?"

"I think so, at least from your perspective."

"What?"

"You hate that people don't take you serious. They don't listen to what you have to say."

"Bingo! But you know what?"

"What?"

"I don't seem to have that problem any more. Not much. Not with my newest friends and the new job."

"No?"

"You listen. Most of the time anyway, maybe not all the time. And all my new little friends listen. That's the most satisfying thing about having all these new friends."

"All your girlfriends."

"Oh shut up. You know what Jenn at work calls them?"

"What?"

"My little harem."

Julie laughed.

"Don't laugh, Julie. I don't care much for the term."

"You should. Did you ever think you'd be sleeping around with a bunch of girls."

"Never. But there you go again saying I'm fooling around."

"I said you were sleeping around. There's a difference."

"There is?"

"Yes. I know about it this time."

"So, if I had told you about the girls I slept with back in college it would be sleeping around and not fooling around and that would be ok?"

"No."

"I'm thoroughly confused now."

"You're a guy."

"Yes, I am, thank you."

"You wouldn't understand."

"Obviously, not."

"How many others were there?"

"Others what? Girls?"

"Yes. Or guys."

"Besides Samantha, Kaycee and Jayde, none. Where did you come up with guys?"

"Just asking. So, what about after you graduated?"

"Nobody. What about you?"

"I'm fine."

"How many guys did you sleep with once we broke up?"

"I don't know."

"Oh no, you can't pull that shit on me. You know."

"Maybe a couple."

"Just two?"

"Maybe about three."

"About?"

"A few. Okay?"

"A few could mean three or it could be hundreds."

"It's not over a hundred."

"Over ten?"

"Maybe."

"Maybe? Damn, Julie. How many guys did you sleep with? And don't count the girls."

"I'm not sure."

"I don't believe that. You know how many."

"A dozen."

"Just a dozen?"

"Thirteen."

"Fuck! I slept with a grand total of three different girls when I was away and here you go out with over a dozen guys. That's like over four times the amount that I fooled around with."

"I didn't fool around."

"You slept around?"

"Yes."

"There's no difference."

"Yes, there is."

"I know. I wouldn't understand because I'm a guy." I shook my head.

She shrugged.

"Tell me this, Julie. That guy that you were shacked up with right before me, what's his name again?"

"Shawn?"

"Yeah, him. How did you two hook up?"

"I don't know. He wasn't very nice but he was controlling. I can't believe we ended up together. I guess he was convenient."

"And you let him control you?"

"I was smaller then. It was kind of the norm for me back then."

"Not anymore."

"The point is moot with him, Sam. He's gone."

"Oh I totally know that. Nobody can control you anymore. I mean because you're bigger than everyone."

"It does put a different perspective on things."

"I bet it does."

"You have no idea how different things are now. I can barely comprehend it myself."

"It's been less than a year."

"Things changed too fast. Sam, it makes my head spin."

"Would you go back if you could?"

"No. Sometimes I think I do. But only if it were for you."

"I get it. Some things are better, some aren't."

"You probably don't realize what is and what isn't. You couldn't know."

"True. I've been changing too and I have a completely different perspective than before, just the opposite of you though."

"I'm sorry."

"It's not your fault."

"But ..."

"But what?"

"Nothing. Just forget it. Do you think we're still compatible?"

"You think it's my fault, don't you?"

"No."

"That's what you said earlier."

"Whatever."

"I still love you, Julie and as long we have that we'll make it work no matter how compatible or not we are. Don't you agree?"

"Yeah, I do."

"The others are catching up. Let's get going."

"Ok. Try to keep up."

I shook my head again.

"Oh come on, Sam. I know you're fast."

"It's not that."

"Then what?"

"Thirteen."

This time she rolled her eyes. "Ok, Sam. Hold up for a minute."

"What is it?"

"I want you to know that, none of them ever came close to you."

"Really?"

"Really. You were much better. Even in bed."

"Uh, Julie."

"What?"

"We never really slept together until last year. How could you measure me against any of those other guys?"

"I imagined how it would be."

"And when we finally got intimate, did I live up to your expectations?"

"More so."

"What about now?"

"Why would it be any different now?"

"Well, because I look up to you and you look down on me."

"Like this?" she asked as she stood over me. I looked up right into her crotch. I don't think she could even see me, maybe only my butt and feet, but I was pretty much hid by her stomach and tits.

"Yeah. Like that."

"It's really pretty sexy."

"I can't imagine what it's like for you."

"Think about how Zoe is for you."

"Ok."

"Multiply that by three."

"It still doesn't make any sense to me."

"How about this?" she said right before picking me up and giving me a kiss.

"Mmmm. That makes sense."

"Good. Let's go."

We went walking down the path with her holding me.

"Julie?"

"Yes."

"There's really no difference with you sleeping around and me fooling around."

"There is. Just accept it."

"Fine. Whatever. I'll never understand you girls."

"We know."

"So, do I need to make it up to you for fooling around?"

"Yes."

"How?"

"I'll think of something."

I shook my head again.

"What now?" she asked.

"Thirteen. I mean really. Thirteen?"

She stopped. "Ok, Sam. I can settle this. How many girls have you slept with?"

"Total? Counting you?"

"Not counting me."

"Let's see. There's the three from college. That's it."

"What about afterwards?"

"There was only you."

"What about the others?"

"After we got back together?"

"Yep."

"Ohhh, that. Well there's only Cindy, Sue and now Zoe. Oh, and Wilma. So seven."

"What about that girl in Arizona? Kaycee."

"She's one of the three from college."

"Okay. And Tee?"

"Oh yeah, her. And Sharon."

"You forget so easily."

"That's only nine."

"That's it?"

"Yeah."

"What about Gail?"

"Julie, I've never slept with Gail."

"You've never had sex with her?"

"No. Why would you think that?"

"I just assumed you did. You two act like it. She likes you."

"I like her too. But no we didn't."

"Did you have sex with anybody else in Utah?"

"Just Wilma."

"What about Arizona?"

"Just Cindy and Kaycee. Oh wait. I forgot about Bonnie."

"Who's Bonnie?"

"Kaycee's friend."

"You did it with Kaycee's friend?"

"Wait. Did I?"

"How would I know?"

"We only ... no wait. I did, didn't I?"

"Don't ask me. Ask Cindy."

"Cindy wouldn't know. She was never around; she was always with Gabe."

"Was Kaycee around?"

"Uh, yeah. She was."

"Aha, a threesome?"

"Not exactly."

"What exactly?"

"Kacyee watched."

"Did Bonnie have Borg fever?"

"Borgford's disease. No, she didn't. She was normal size."

"Normal. What's that?"

"Ha, ha. Very funny. She was about Erin's size."

"You mean Chloe."

"Shit. I keep forgetting she changed her name. I've been calling her 'Erin' all my life, Julie. It's really hard for me to remember to call her 'Chloe'."

"I know. What do you think of her hair?"

"Her hair is fine. She can color it whatever way she wants for all I care. It's her decision, not mine anyway. It just took me by surprise the first time I saw it."

"Are you used to it now?"

"Yep. It's just her name that I keep getting hung up on. By the way, she doesn't count. She's my sister."

"Who's counting?"

"You are. What's the count now?"

"Ten. Three more to go."

"That's it, Julie. Ten. I can't even believe it myself. Does that mean I get three more for free?"

"No. Do you begrudge me because I've slept with more people?"

"No. Do you begrudge me because I'm sleeping with more now?"

"I don't know. I've had sex with Gail and you apparently have not."

"Yep. You are keeping score, aren't you?"

"No."

"Then I get to sleep with Gail, right?"

"If you want to."

"Julie, that was rhetorical. Yes, Gail is sexy. But no, right now she has a big creep after her and the last thing she needs is another one. I won't be doing anything like that, ok?"

"So, you're a self-admitted creep?"

"All guys are creeps. You should know that."

"You aren't."

"Thanks but that's not the vibe I get from most girls."

"Then good. They don't need to know what they're missing. You stay with the ones you have now who know you're not a creep."

"Ok. Can I creep on you?"

"I hope so."

"Can I creep up your leg?"

"Not while I'm holding you."

"Put me down."

"You'll have to run to catch me."

"If I have to run then yeah, I'll run."

"Are you sure you don't want a ride?"

"It would be unfair to the others."

"Ok. Down you go."

She put me down and started taking her giant strides again. I took off running to catch her. When I got close she took off her shirt and dropped it on me like a parachute had just collapsed above me.

"Hey, watch it." I said. Then she took off her bra and dropped it on my head again. "What are you doing?"

"It's called getting topless, Sam."

"I thought you didn't want the stares?"

"There's nobody here to stare."

"You realize that once the others catch up this will be a good excuse for Cindy to do her thing."

"Then we better not let them catch up." she said. With that she took off with her big strides again. I had to run and carry her clothes. The things I do for love.

She kept picking up the pace. With the load I was carrying I couldn't keep up. Pretty soon she was out of sight. I stopped. I could hear her. She took a path off to the right. It wasn't as worn as the main path that we were on but I knew for sure she had gone down this one. I took it and before long I came to her pants scattered right in the middle of the trail. They were capri pants, but then, all pants that weren't shorts were capri pants to Julie. I don't think there was enough fabric to make them long enough for her legs. It meant that all she had on now were her panties.

I shouldn't have to tell you that Mr. Happy was excited. I ended up running until I came upon her panties. This time I decided to gather all of her clothes together and hide them off to the side rather than carry the whole bundle -- it was getting heavy. I stuck a piece of wood in a stump next to the trail where I hid her clothes. Now this meant that Julie was completely naked. Well except for her shoes. I ran further down the trail.

And soon enough, right there in the middle of the trail again were her socks stuffed into her shoes. Damn, now she was running barefoot amongst the twigs and rocks and thorns: truly, completely and utterly nude now. I ran for a hundred yards or so down the path and stopped. I listened, and I looked and I smelled.

Yes, smelled. I know, it's weird, but I could smell her. Maybe being so huge meant that she had more smell to leave behind, or maybe living with her I just became very accustomed with it. In any case, I knew she was near.

I remained motionless, not even turning my head. I listened some more. Nothing. I moved only my pupils from side to side.

I felt the wind blow gently around me. Wait. Around? Were the trees causing turbulence in the air? I turned around and my eyes met the middle of a giant tanned thigh the size of an oak tree. An almost unbearably beautiful oak tree. Did I ever mention that she has great legs? And how the fuck did she sneak up on me without a sound like that anyway?

I stared up into a bare assed pussy hovering over me like a ceiling fixture. I could have reached up but would have barely touched it, that's how far above me it was. Sticking straight out was her clit as hard and proud and solid as Mr. Happy was.

"Julie?"

"Yes."

"You're naked."

"Thanks for reminding me. What're you going to do about it?"

I think she wanted me to reach or climb my way up. Instead, I decided to stay at my own level and gently kissed the inside of her thigh. I heard a breath of air being sucked in from way above me.

I walked from between her legs to behind where I planted more kisses around her right thigh. Her knees buckled slightly. This was definitely producing an effect on her. I opened my mouth wider with each kiss until my teeth were scraping skin. I wasn't biting but I put enough pressure to where she could tell my teeth were against the bare flesh of her tan thigh along with my tongue and the moisture and warmth from my mouth. I wanted to drive her crazy. By the noises she was making, I could tell that I was succeeding.

I worked my way around to her front where I focused my ministrations above her knee and then moved over to the left thigh where I tried to do the same but I never got the chance to finish.

Julie sat down to face me and proceeded to take my clothes off. I didn't resist. When we were both buck-naked I resumed with my kisses on her thighs. She lay back as I worked up to her enormous dripping vagina, her clitoris towering above it standing nearly straight up. I couldn't resist. I clamped my mouth around it and began giving her a 'blow job'. I know, not really. But that's just a technicality. 'Blow job' is the only appropriate phrase for it.

She was bucking like a big old bronco and I found it hard to hang with her. I stuck three fingers into her vast opening, then four, then my whole hand was soon pumping in and out of her. I was using all my fingers to stimulate the rough top part of her pussy looking for her g-spot.

I'm not sure exactly where the spot was but I had certainly found it. The stimulation there combined with my mouth on her clitoris soon brought her over the edge of that cliff. Her hips were bouncing up and down so hard that I ended up with a bloody nose from hitting my face against her hard stomach.

When she came her back was arched and her hips were so far off the ground that I was up on my knees. After the spasms of her climax had settled down she laid her head back and rested until her breathing returned to normal. Then she said "Your turn."

"Oh yes. My turn. My turn."

Hey, it's not like I was eager or anything, right? Hah!

She picked me up under my arms and brought me to her face. With her elbows now under her I straddled her neck as she bent her head up to take Mr. Happy into her mouth for a ride. And what a ride it was. My dick and balls literally disappeared. It's a feeling every guy should experience.

As expected, I didn't last too long. Sounds familiar, doesn't it? Julie swallowed every bit of cum I produced. It felt like a gallon to me, but was probably no more than a few drops for her. We were both satisfied though and that's what mattered.

We ended up afterword with Julie resting her back against a tree and me resting my back against her, sitting between her legs.

"Are you warm enough, little one?"

"I'm warm next to you. But do you have to call me little one?"

"You are little."

"Let's not go through this again."

"Alright. Are you hurt?" she said looking down.

"No. Why?"

"Your nose."

"My nose is fine."

"I have a hankie in my back pocket. Where are my pants?"

"Just down the path a little ways. I gathered it all together and hid it to the side."

"We better get going."

"Nobody will find it. I hid it good."

"We have to clean you up."

"Let's stay dirty."

The remark made her smile. "I need to clean your nose."

"My nose is fine. I'll wipe it on my shirt. You don't have to treat me like a child, Julie."

"I can't help it. You're so ... I mean I just want to eat you up."

"Into vore?"

"What? No."

"Look, I'm good, Julie. See? The blood is all dried. I'll take care of my nose later. I just need a little water and a napkin to clean it up."

"We have baby wipes in the car."

"Excellent."

As I lay against her I could feel her gigantic clitoris in my back. I turned around and looked down at it. It was still hard.

"I could go down on you again, Julie." I offered.

"No! No!"

"Sure?"

"It's too sensitive right now."

"Okay. I don't think you'll want to be seen with that angry monster standing up like that. Just sayin'."

"Give it a minute; it'll settle down. They've all seen it already."

"What if other people see us?"

"Oh, yeah. I didn't think of that."

"Do you like being naked out in the open?"

"I don't feel out in the open with all the trees around."

"I do."

"Cindy would like this. I can understand how she feels."

"You're becoming quite the nudist, Julie."

"You can't tell me you don't like me this way."

"I didn't say that. Cindy's rubbing off on everyone."

"You too?"

"Pffft. I never really cared. I just don't want to get myself into trouble."

"What about Zoe?"

"A little. She doesn't get naked all that much."

"She does around you."

"No she doesn't."

"Do you like her?"

"Of course I do, Julie. I wouldn't have her living here with us if I didn't."

"Let me rephrase that. Do you love her?"

"Love? Now there's one hell of a question. I've grown a lot more fond of her than I was before, which I suppose is inevitable with her living with us. Hmmmm, do I love her?"

"Could you?"

"Oh, I could. She's different than most people."

"Because she's little?"

"That has nothing to do with it. Even if she were your size, she's a very unique person. Surely you see it too."

"It's because she's a lesbian."

"That's not it either. Besides, she has sex with me. That makes her bi, not lesbian."

"Don't tell her that."

"I suppose I do love her in a way. Like a real sister. She's the little sister I used to have because Erin, I mean Chloe, is now my big sister."

"Chloe's not so big."

"Only to you. Do you realize how much of a giantess she is to me? My little fuckin' sister! And that makes you look like some titan."

"Is that an insult?"

"No, Julie. It's a compliment."

"Do you think Zoe will ever leave?"

"Sure. I suspect soon. She has a job now and is much better off than she was before. Why? Getting tired of her? Are you jealous?"

"No. I'm fond of her too."

"Do you want her to stay?"

"It wouldn't be the worse thing to happen."

"I always had the intention of helping her just enough for her to get back onto her feet, Julie."

"So that's why you took her in?"

"Well, yeah."

"Even though you knew what she did to you?"

"Are you talking about the deal with Samantha?"

"Yeah."

"It didn't matter. If you saw how pitiful her life was back there in Arizona you'd do the same."

"I don't know about that."

"Well, I felt I had to. We were connected. It didn't matter how tenuous that string holding us together was, it was like her life was already part of mine. There was no way I was just going to leave her like that."

"Do you remember her back in college?"

"Seriously, no. I can't remember her at all back then."

"She was always there in the background, wasn't she?"

"I have no doubt of that."

"What was her screen name?"

"What screen name?"

"The one in the game that they were all playing with Jill."

"Oh, uh, I think it was something like blackmouse."

"Blackmouse. Fitting. She always was against that plan, wasn't she?"

"Plan?"

"The one where you slept with Samantha."

"You're never going to let me forget that, are you?"

"I didn't mean it that way. Just that Zoe was against it."

"Well, that's what Zoe says. How did you know?"

"She ... uh, told me."

"Zoe told you?"

"Yeah. We talk sometimes."

"Alright."

"You don't blame her, do you?"

"Blame her for what?"

"You know. The whole deal with Samantha."

"You're not gonna let that rest."

"Is it because of her part in it?"

"What are you talking about?"

"What we've been talking about. Zoe didn't want to do it. Is that why you like her?"

"I don't know, I just like her. Maybe it plays a part in it but to tell you the truth I still hold her culpable."

"Yet you like her?"

"Yes."

"Do you forgive her?"

"For anything she did in the past, yes, I've forgiven her. I've forgiven Jill. I've even forgiven Samantha."

"Too bad you can't tell her."

"Samantha?"

"Yeah."

"I'm sure she knows."

"What makes you so sure?"

"Just ... things." I was thinking about how real some of the dreams I've had with Samantha were and the weird things about Zoe being a part of it. But I sure as hell wasn't going to tell Julie about it. It was too strange and I'm sure she thought I was strange enough as it was. Maybe some day.

"Did you really forgive Jill?"

"Of course. I just wish she would forgive herself."

"Maybe there's more to it."

"Like what?"

"What about the others?"

"What others?"

"The others in their group."

"I don't know, Julie. I wasn't a part of all that. All I have to go on is what Zoe and Jill tell me and Jill isn't talking much."

"Maybe Zoe doesn't know the whole story."

"Oh, she knows the story alright."

"Do you believe her?"

"Completely, Julie. I would find it very hard to believe that Zoe would make up any stories or even embellish them. I find that trait attractive about her."

"Is that what draws you to her?"

"Among other things, yes."

Julie stared down at me as I stared up at her, my head laying against her titanic tits -- a most comfortable pillow. She looked away.

"What's the matter?" I asked.

"Nothing. Do you find me attractive?"

"I can't believe you're asking me that again."

"Say it."

"Yes, I find you very attractive."

"Even though I'm ..."

"Big?"

She paused for a moment before saying "Yeah, big."

"It makes no difference."

"What if ..." she started but then stopped.

"What if what?" I asked. I felt there was something she wanted to tell me.

"Nothing. So, even if I were smaller you'd still like me?"

"I did like you when you were smaller. It wasn't so long ago. Remember?" I understood where she was coming from but it was a question she knew the answer to. I'm pretty sure that she was changing the subject away from what she really wanted to say.

"Yeah. Sam, I remember. I'm sorry I slept with all those other guys."

"You have nothing to be sorry about. We weren't together. You weren't cheating and I hope you can admit that I wasn't cheating either. Okay?"

"Ok. But I am sorry I ever slept with them. Really. They weren't like you."

"Everyone is different."

"Do you ever feel that life sucks?"

"Sometimes. What's wrong, Julie?"

"Nothing." she said again looking away. I wasn't going to push the matter, whatever it was. Maybe she was going to tell me what the deal was with her and Jill, I don't know. I figured I'd keep the conversation going and maybe she'd get back around to it. Just maybe.

"I'll miss Zoe when she leaves."

"I'll miss her too, Sam."

"What about Cindy? She's leaving real soon."

"And I'll miss Cindy too."

"Maybe you won't be running around nude so much when she's gone."

"There's still Chloe."

"Yeah. But at least she listens to me. Sort of."

"You'll just have to take Cindy's place when she's gone."

"You mean run around the house butt-naked?"

"Absolutely. But we all like seeing more than just your naked butt. Wait. We forgot."

"Forgot what?"

"Sue."

"Yeah. We haven't seen her in a while, Julie. We can invite her next time."

"No. The count's now eleven."

"No, I mentioned her. The count is still ten."

"Well there's only a three people difference. We're not so different after all."

"Really? You're sticking with that? Because, you know, it's two totally different things. These are girls you know about."

"So?"

"I don't know the guys you slept with. Alright?"

"It doesn't matter."

"If you can say there's a difference between fooling around a sleeping around then there's a difference in knowing who the other one is sleeping with and not."

"Do you want to know about all the guys I've slept with?"

"Some other time. We better get back before the others find us like this."

"I don't think they will."

"Why?"

"They went straight past where the trail splits."

"How do you know that?"

"I saw them."

"How could you see them through all the brush?"

She shrugged. "I don't know. I saw above it, I guess."

"I wish I were as tall as you." She looked at me and was about to speak but I cut her off. "No. Let's not visit that topic again."

Julie laughed.

"What's so funny?"

"Nothing."

"You're laughing at me. I know it. Spill."

"I'm sorry. It's just too funny how you can walk right under my legs."

"Oh, you mean when I was kissing them."

"Yeah. You're so cute."

"Oh, God. There's that word again."

"Get used to it. You are cute."

"Fine, but only for you. Promise me you won't pinch my cheeks."

"Which cheeks?"

"Come on, let's go find our clothes."



----- The walk back

I found mine and Julie put her shoes back on but when we got to the part of the trail where her clothes were they were gone.

"I put them right here, Julie, I swear. See the stump with the twig stuck into it. I put that twig there to remind me where it was. Only I can't find it now."

"I don't see it anywhere either."

"Keep looking."

"I am looking. You look."

"I'm looking too but you have the better vantage point. Did you see them back from where we were?"

"No, and I'd have seen them unless they were very far off. You didn't put them way out off the path did you?"

"No. Let's keep going up. Maybe there's another stump."

We reached the trail head where we had turned off and still hadn't found her clothes. Julie was reluctant to go any further.

"Sam, you go look up and down the trail. I'll stay here." she said crouching down to hide. It wasn't doing much good -- crouching, she was still taller than me.

"Alright. I'll run back as soon as find your clothes."

I went back the way we had come from first. I didn't find anything and after about ten minutes I came back. Julie was still trying to hide but you couldn't miss her.

"Hey, Julie."

"What?"

"I didn't find them. If you want to stay hidden you'll have to move much further back before nobody can see you."

"Oh."

"Look, I know it's embarrassing but you'll be able to find your clothes much easier than I can if you were out here searching. And from up there you'll be able to see anyone coming much earlier than I could too. Are you sure you still want to hide?"

"Just go up the trail for a little bit to see if they're there."

"Ok. Another ten minutes and I'm coming back."

"I'll be here."

"No doubt. I'll be right back."

I still couldn't find her clothes. I came back and after some more persuasion she agreed to help me look for them. I had never realized it, maybe because she was naked but I got a little bit of a dose of reality for what it must be like for her being so tall. The brush was cut from the trail so people could hike it easier, but not for Julie. She had to either keep moving stuff out of her face or duck down the trail.

We had gotten most of the way around the trail and were coming up on the lake. I couldn't see it, but Julie could.

"Oh shit!" she said, darting off the path into the brush. "Someone's coming." She crouched down again trying to hide and leaving me alone out on the trail.

I decided to keep going a little further looking for her clothes, not that I couldn't have seen anywhere near the area that Julie would have already surveyed. But maybe I'd find something. I heard people coming down the path.

"Sam!"

"Hi, Cindy. Hi guys."

"Where's Julie?"

"Uh, she's back there somewhere."

"Weren't you two together?"

"Yeah."

"Then why are you split up?"

"Uh, she wanted to, uh, uh, look around and just enjoy the scenery. You know. Be one with nature. That sort of thing."

"I see. I'll bet she's being one in nature. Being naked is the most natural thing in the world."

"CINDY!" Julie yelled some ways off in the distance. She came bounding up on us in no time. We could feel her footsteps from the ground as she approached. "I heard that! What did you do with my clothes?"

Poor gals were nearly crippled -- that's how hard they were laughing.

"Well?" Julie said.

"Hah. Next time you can't tell me not to take my clothes off."

"I wasn't out in public or anything."

"You are now."

"Cindy!"

"Fine. Go get her clothes, Zoe." Cindy said.

"No way. It's too much for me to carry."

"You get them, Gail."

"Oh no." I said. "We're not letting Gail out of our sight. I shouldn't have left her in the first place."

"Alright." Cindy said. "Don't go anywhere. I'll be right back." and off she went to retrieve Julie's bundle of clothes.

"So." Gail said.

"Yes, Gail?"

"So, um, what's up?"

"Nothing much, just Julie. How about you guys?"

"Hanging out. But not as much as Julie is."

Julie rolled her eyes. Her arms were around her stomach, just below her breasts. She looked uncomfortable but was showing all there was to show to the world. At least that part of the world that happened to have been in this speck of the woods right at this moment.

"Well, we've been hiking." I said. "What about you?"

"We've been hiking too. We thought we lost you two. We were just playing around, talking, the usual."

"We were playing around too."

"I'll say. You two had sex, didn't you?"

"Uh, yes." I said, reluctantly.

"It was only oral sex."

"Julie!"

"What?"

"You don't have to go telling the world."

"Geewiz, Sam. They're our friends. Gail asked nicely."

Gail and Zoe were getting a good laugh out of this predicament.

"Ah, yes. The oral sex." Gail said. "Sir Samthesnot didn't shy away from it this time."

"Looks like she could use some more of that." Zoe replied.

"What?"

"You're aroused again, Julie." Gail said pointing to her groin area where her clitoris was standing straight out again.

"Oh shit." Julie moved her hands to cover her groin. "CINDY! HURRY UP!" she shouted.

The girls were laughing. To be honest, so was I. But I was at least trying to hide it.

"IT'S OK, CINDY. TAKE YOUR TIME." Zoe shouted back.

"Zoe! Please."

"Sorry, Julie. I can't help it. You're so salacious standing there like that. I can't stopping looking. And look at you, that thing sticking out is as big as Sam's."

Gail was in stitches.

"Oh. Oh. Sam?" She said between her guffaws. "Let me see. Take off your clothes."

"What!?"

"Aw, he's embarrassed." Zoe said.

"I have nothing to be embarrassed about."

"Then show it."

"No. Julie's clothes will be here soon and we'll be on our way."

"He's afraid he won't measure up, Gail. I'll bet he's not even hard."

"Ha, ha. The jokes on you, Zoe. I'll have you know that I'm always hard."

"Prove it."

"I don't have to."

"Just pull your pants down, Sam." Gail asked. "You don't have to get completely naked."

Now it was Julie's turn to laugh.

"What about when Cindy comes back? She'll want to take off her clothes too."

"So?" Zoe said.

"Yeah, Sam." Gail added. "She has nothing on you two."

While she was talking Zoe walked over and started unbuckling my pants.

"Zoe. Stop." I said. I wouldn't fight her, but at the same time I didn't want to end up with my pants to my ankles, which was about to happen real soon. And when it did, Cindy showed up.

"Impressive, Sam." Cindy said.

I reached down to pull my pants back up.

"Ah, ah." Zoe ordered. "Move your hands. You too, Julie."

"What's going on?" Cindy asked.

"We're trying to see who's bigger, Cindy." Gail replied. "It's not so easy to tell what with Julie's being so far up there. Julie, kneel down here next to Sam."

To be fair, if Julie were normal size she would just have a big clitoris. But Julie is not normal sized as you all well know. Everything about her is huge, which makes an already big clitoris, ginormous. But what makes matters worse is that unlike most clits, the thing sticks out straight when she's aroused, which was the state she was in right now.

"No." Julie pouted.

"Aw come on. I can see you need relief."

"You're going to give her relief, Gail?" I asked.

"It's only right."

"What about me?"

"Suffer!" Gail said. Everybody else had a hearty laugh. Everybody except me. I felt sad. That is, until Gail said "I'm only kidding. Let's just see, umkay?"

"Arousing, isn't it, Julie?" Cindy asked.

"What?"

"Being nude outside. It's making you horny."

"It is not."

"It is. Look at that thing of yours. It's hard enough to chop wood. Don't tell me you're not horny."

"It's just the blood rushing to it, that's all."

"Because you're horny."

"Give me my clothes."

"Come get them."

Oops. Wrong thing to say to a nude, embarrassed, aroused, yet slightly perturbed, jumbo woman. A woman who now had fire in her eyes. Ok, I'm exaggerating that. But as quickly as you can say 'big old clit' Julie had swooped down and ripped her clothes out of Cindy's arms.

At the same time that Julie was separating her clothes out in preparation for donning, I began pulling my pants back up.

"Hey, where's my panties? And my bra?"

"Oh, there out there. It was too much for me to carry."

"Cindy! Go back and get them."

"Hold your horses. You can still get dressed or do you want to wait until I get your underwear?"

"Fine, but you better not have lost them."

"You want to wait here longer like this, don't you? You want to this moment to last."

"Just get them."

So Julie ended up putting her shirt on without a bra and of course, no panties. Her breasts swaying inside her shirt wasn't doing anything for my hard on which, no doubt because of the scenario just presented, was raging.

Nevertheless, with our clothes back on the air wasn't nearly as thick with sexual tension as it was just a moment ago. We walked out of the woods.

"Alright, Cindy. Where's my underwear?"

"I don't know. I put it right here."

"Cindy!"

"Ok, relax. Here." Cindy said. Then she reached into her front pocket. You know the magic trick where the magician pulls out a bunch of hankies tied to each other that just seem to keep going and going? Cindy pulling out Julie's underwear reminded me of that. When, it was finally all out, Cindy twirled the panties around on her finger above her head. "Woo hoo." she said right before Julie snatched it.

"The bra. Now!"

"Hang on. It was too big to stuff into my pocket. It's over behind that rock."

Now Julie was whole again, clothes-wise.

"Well?"

"Well what, Cindy?"

"Go ahead. Put 'em on. We'll wait."

"I'll bet you will." Julie snorted, then she took off toward the car.

"It's not good to make her mad, Cindy." I said.

"She'll get over it."

"I think hers is bigger than his." Gail said to Zoe as we trekked back to the car.

"I wouldn't say that. Sam's seems a little bigger to me, Gail."

"That's because you were closer to it."

"Hmm. You do make a good point. How shall we resolve this?"

"We have to do this properly with a tape measure."

"Girls." I said to them, "no. Just, no!"

"Tsk, tsk." Gail said. "Sir Samisnot is jealous of Julie."

"I am not."

"See?"

"Stop it."

"Don't you want us to give you relief?"

"You're not going to do that."

"Are you sure about that? Wouldn't you just love to have our luscious lips all over your big love member?"

"Now you're calling it big, Gail."

"I didn't say it wasn't, just that Julie's is bigger."

"It's not even the same thing."

"They're analogous."

"Gail, stop talking like that."

"Look, Cindy." Gail said. "Sam's having a hard time walking. I do mean HARD."

The girls had another good laugh. I was getting annoyed.

"You know, that was quite mean what you did to Julie."

"We'll apologize to her." Cindy said.

"Good. Don't wait. Do it when we get to the car."

"She'll be fine, Sam."

"And make it up to her."

"Why are you suddenly on her side?" Zoe asked.

"Because it wasn't nice."

"She wasn't nice to you earlier."

"We're over that."

"And she'll get over what we did. But I won't."

"What do you mean?"

"She wasn't nice to me either."

"What did she do to you?"

"She said I knew about the virus."

"I'm sorry."

"She's right."

"Zoe. We've been over this. It's ok. You know how I feel about it, right?"

"I know how you feel. But I still feel guilty."

"Don't. Please. I know that you didn't want to go along with the whole thing but were swept up in it."

"I keep thinking there's something more I could have done."

"Don't doubt yourself. It'll eat you up."

"You sound like me."

"Like you?"

"When I'm in a session with clients at work."

"Then it must be good advice."

"It just bummed me out when Julie said that."

"Is there anything I can do to make you feel better?"

"Fuck me."

"Zoe. Not here."

"Why not?"

"You are kidding. Aren't you?"

"Am I?"

"God, Zoe. You're as bad as Gail right now."

"She's right. You look so cute when your flustered."

"Is that why you de-pantsed me?"

"I only pulled them down to your knees. That's not pantsing."

"To my ankles."

She smiled a wicked smile this time then turned around and headed back to the car.

Julie was waiting when we all arrived at the car. "Let's go." she said.

"It's still too early."

"Cindy's right, Julie." I said. "But we can go eat. How about barbecue?"

Nobody wanted barbecue but they all agreed on ice cream. I somehow convinced them that ice cream is not a proper meal. Believe me, that was a feat. We decided on chicken. There was a fried chicken place down the road where we stopped to eat. Julie and I had real fried chicken and mashed potatoes. The others had nuggets and fries, just like a bunch of kids. And like a bunch of kids, we all had ice cream afterwards.



----- Home

We did some window shopping. Not much. We got lots of stares and it was a bit uncomfortable. Julie seemed, I don't know. At times she was nice. At other times, she was kind of mean. It was clear that something was bothering her and it wouldn't surprise me if it was that thing, whatever it was, between her and Jill. Neither of them were talking.

Jill was starting to come around a little bit when I saw her at the clinic though not enough to tell me what was wrong. But with Gail staying over at the house I felt like I had some ammunition: I was going to ask Jill over to help with Gail. I knew she couldn't refuse. Could she? We'll see.

The only problem here was Zoe. She wasn't too hot on Jill but she didn't know her like I did. She certainly knew her from online but that's not the same as interacting with someone face to face. I knew if Zoe got to know Jill she wouldn't hold any grudges.

Once we arrived home we found out that there was an offer on the house from a couple that was in last week. I didn't know any details as the real estate agent only heard of it today and had to go back to the office to review the paperwork. She promised she'd get back to me but also said there was another couple that visited today and they liked the place a lot and that she was sure to have an offer from them too. Things were looking up.

Fred showed up a little later with Erin, I mean Chloe, as well as Sharon and Tee. Before anything else we needed to practice. Sharon and I practiced a bit before Tee joined us in the office/makeshift studio. Tee could sing pretty well too and we wanted her to join us on stage. I was ecstatic when she said yes.

We finished practicing and I was in the mood to celebrate. The rest of them beat me to it. Julie, Chloe and Fred were drinking, as in, drinking alcohol, that is, boozing it up, getting shit-faced. I could smell it on Julie's breath. I suppose they weren't that bad, but I wasn't going near the stuff and neither was anyone else.

"Hey, Sam?"

"What, Julie?"

"You forgot Jill."

"No. No, I didn't forget about Jill."

"Yes you did. Eleven."

"What? Ohhhhhhh."

"You're only two away now." she giggled.

"What's she talking about?" Chloe asked.

"Nothing." I replied.

"It's how many girls he's slept with."

"Awwww, Julie!"

"Now don't get mad."

"Why do you keep doing that?"

"What?"

"Putting our private stuff out."

"That's hardly private. Not here. They all know each other."

I could see the girls counting, going through their minds who they knew that I slept with.

"Well, Zoe doesn't know Sue."

"That's only one."

"What happened to Sue?" Chloe asked.

"I don't know. She used to come over regularly until I went off to Arizona."

"You should invite her over."

"I will. Don't you keep in touch with her, Cindy?"

"Um huh. She's busy, that's all. She knows about Zoe. I think she's trying to stay away."

"Whatever for?"

"She thinks it's too crowded."

"See, Sam?"

"What are talking about, Julie?"

"You have so many in your harem that they feel like it's too crowded."

"I don't have a harem!"

I didn't see the humor in that, but everyone else did.

"They even know each other."

"No they don't. What about those in Arizona? Huh?" Yeah, I was kind of grasping at straws there to make my point.

"What about Arizona?"

Cindy spoke up. "Hey, I know Kaycee."

"You're not helping, Cindy."

"I know her too."

"You just met her once, Zoe."

"So, who's Kaycee?" Gail asked.

"Oh, she's his lovey-dovey in Arizona." Julie replied.

"She's not my lovey-dovey!" I said, angrily.

"Then why does she send you kisses and hugs in all her text messages?"

"You've been reading my text messages, Julie?"

Everyone looked to her. She looked like the proverbial deer in headlights. I had one on her now.

"No." she denied. "I just, uh, can see over your shoulder when you text."

"I don't see how. The phone would be what? Down by your knees?"

"Maybe I have good eyesight. You gave Kaycee Borg syndrome."

"It's called Borgford's disease and I DID NOT GIVE IT TO HER!"

"How do you know?"

"Because she said so herself."

"Maybe she's just saying that."

"Why would she say that?"

"Because she loves you."

Now you could hear a pin drop.

"And, you knew about this?"

"Everyone knows, Sam."

"Did you know, Cindy?"

"Un huh."

"Zoe?"

"Yep."

"How?"

"I could see it the way she looked at you the first time I met her."

"The only time you met her."

"Yeah. So?"

"What about the rest of you?"

"Not me." Chloe said.

"Me either." Gail chimed in.

"Thank you. See?"

"That doesn't change the fact that you like her." Julie said.

"Okay. She's all the way in Arizona guys. You have nothing to worry about Julie. Christ."

"Are you saying you have no feelings for her?" Julie asked.

"Ahhhhh!" I groaned with my face in my hands. "I don't want to talk about it."

"You never told us about the other girl from college, Sam."

"Who? Jayde? There's nothing to tell."

"Did you give her the disease too?"

"How the fuck should I know? I haven't seen her since college."

"You didn't see her on your trip to Arizona?"

"No."

"Did you look?"

"Of course I looked."

"What does she look like?"

"I don't remember. She had red hair. And she was big. Bigger than me."

"That's not saying much."

"Thanks, Julie."

"You don't have to be sarcastic about it. I was only curious."

"So am I. Maybe I'll see her again someday. How would you feel about that?"

"As long as she's not another lovey-dovey, I'm ok with it."

"I knew it. You're jealous of Kaycee."

"I'm not jealous."

"Are too."

"Just don't go leaving for Arizona without telling me."

"I wouldn't do that. Not unless it were some emergency."

"A lovey-dovey emergency?"

"Oh, stop with the lovey-dovey shit. Cindy's going to Arizona soon. So is Tee. What if one of them needs me?"

"For what?"

"I have no idea. But they are my friends. My close friends. I'd do anything for either of them."

"Ok, I'm sorry."

"I want to hear more about Sue?" Zoe asked.

"Ugh. She's a girl from the group we were in for treatment. Just like Cindy and Gail. Just like the group Tee's in. I suspect you'll meet her some day."

"Who else is in this group?"

"Nobody I've slept with."

"You could if you wanted to, Sam?"

"Oh, shut the fuck up, Gail."

"I know you want me."

"Why would you think that?"

"You're staring holes in her shirt, Sam." Zoe responded.

"Is it that obvious?"

"Laser beams are coming from your eyes."

"Shit. I'm a guy, okay? I can't help it. But I never said anything inappropriate to you, Gail. Have I?"

"You mean something like, being a bimboid succubus?"

"But, but, you were playing along."

"I know. I'm just teasing you. I like the expression on your face."

"I'm sincerely sorry if I made you feel uncomfortable, Gail."

"It's ok. I'd be suspicious if you didn't stare."

"I thought I was a lot more discrete about it."

"You all think that. I mean, look at Fred."

Chloe hit Fred on the shoulder.

"Ouch! What did I do?" he said.

"It's what you were thinking."

"I'm sorry."

"You better be." Chloe said. I could only shake my head.

"Then there's Michele, Sam." Gail started again.

"What about her?"

"Everyone knows she wants you."

"Oh God."

"What's wrong? She pretty enough isn't she?"

"Yeah. So are you."

"I'm happy you think so. You know if you don't at least go down on Jennifer soon she's going to go crazy."

"Not at work!"

"You work with Jennifer?"

"Yes, Zoe, I work with Jenn. We eat lunch together every day. She's just a friend from the group."

"You know the poor girl doesn't get any, Sam." Gail said again. "With the PDQ she's taking it's downright cruel."

"And you think it's up to me to have sex with her?"

"She did ask you, didn't she?"

"It's at work for fuck's sake. We can't be doing it at work. Wow, you two really talk."

"What about after work?"

"Julie doesn't even know her."

"Would you give him permission to fuck Jennifer, Julie?"

"Um huh. I have met her, by the way. She seems nice enough."

"Oh my God. You all are absolutely loony."

"What's PDQ?" asked Chloe.

"Pentadequinolone." we all answered.

"What's that?"

"It's the drug we're taking." I answered. "The one that makes us horny."

"Is that why you take it?"

"No, Chloe. It's to stop the shrinking. The horniness is just a bad side effect."

"Bad?" Cindy said. "Speak for yourself."

Cindy's remark served to lighten up the mood. Thankfully.

"Who else is in the group of yours, Sam?" Zoe asked.

"Oh, there's Marie and Joey." Gail answered for me. "They're engaged."

"Cool. Any other guys?"

"Besides me and Joe, and it's not Joey by the way. That would be the guy that Julie went out with. And I don't think Joe likes to be called Joey, Gail. Anyway, besides us the only other guy was Billy. And you already know about him."

"Who's Billy?" Tee asked.

"Hoo boy!" I said. We ended up retelling the whole story to her.

"It's a good thing you're helping Gail." Tee agreed.

"You should have seen him, Tee. Sam was spectacular."

"Stop making a big deal out of it, Gail."

"But you put him in his place."

"It's not something to be proud of. It was violent. I was only doing it for you."

"I know you were. I wish I could repay you, Sam."

"You've already repaid me."

"How?"

"By being friendly."

"Alright, so there was you and Joe and Billy in your group." Zoe said. "And Cindy, Gail, and the others were Sue, Jennifer and Michele. Right?"

"That's right. I'm surprised you remember all of that, Zoe."

"I know most of you already. It wasn't too much to remember the rest. Tell me about Michele."

"You're going to like this, Zoe." Cindy began. "Sam got her a job."

"You did?"

"Yes, Zoe, I did."

"Then he left her." Gail said.

"I didn't leave her, Gail. I left work for my new job."

"She thinks you left her."

"I got that job months before. I couldn't turn the new job down. Not after I went through all of that paperwork and the investigation."

"What investigation?"

"For the clearance, Zoe."

"Didn't you tell Michele?"

"I couldn't. It's all top secret shit. I couldn't very well tell them at my old job that I had put in for a new one either. You just don't do that sort of thing. And what if I didn't get the clearance?"

"Hmm. Poor Michele. She must have been upset."

"She was." Gail said.

"But I got her a better job. Doesn't that count?"

"Oh, don't get me wrong, Sam. She's grateful. She's sad that she didn't get the chance to thank you. Sound familiar?"

"Her happiness is thanks enough."

"Why haven't you told me of this before?" Zoe asked.

"Why? All I did was give them her resume and put in a good word for her. It's not like I stuck my neck out or anything."

"Like you did for me." Tee said.

"Okaaay. Like I did for you, Tee."

"Why are you so humble, Sam?"

"I'm not that humble, Zoe."

"You're always doing good things for people."

"We should all do good things for others."

"Really, Sam." Gail said. "How DID you get so humble?"

"You really want to know?"

"We all do."

"I suppose I owe you guys an explanation. We're all, well most of us are all in the same boat. But this includes you too, Julie."

"Go on."

"It's because I'm small. No, that's not it. It's because others are big."

"Ok. Someone get Sam a drink. He's making no sense." Gail said.

"Allow me to explain." I had everyone's ear. Something I'm only used to when I sing.

"Now all the big people, and you three over there are excluded because you're not typical big people, at least not in character. Anyway all the big people talk down to me. Have you all noticed that in your lives?"

"I get that." Cindy said.

"Exactly. You know what I'm talking about. I'll bet even Julie knows that."

"I do, Sam. Continue."

"And I find that most big people think they are better than us little people. Do you all ever sense that?" I said, looking at Gail.

"Yes." she said.

"Arrogance! That's what it is."

"You're right. At least a lot of times."

"Everyone is arrogant to an extent. Arrogance and pride. Have any you ever heard of the seven deadly sins?"

"I'm not religious." Gail said.

"So you've never heard of the seven deadly sins?"

"Oh, I've heard of it. I just don't live by it."

"Then do you know what the first deadly sin is?"

"Gluttony?"

"Pride!"

"Okay."

"Pride, as in arrogance."

"I can see where you're going with this."

"Do you think arrogance is a sin, Gail?"

"It certainly isn't something that's honorable. But a sin?"

"Indeed. It's not only the first but many scholars consider it the most deadly of the seven deadly sins."

"Oh right. How do they figure that?"

"Satan!"

"Ooo, brimstone and fire. I had no idea that you were into that, Sam."

"I'm not. Did you know Satan used to be an angel?"

"Yeah. He fell from God's graces."

"Do you know why?"

"He had a fight with God."

"Satan was the most brilliant of all the angels. He was proud. Too proud. He thought he was better than God himself."

"Oh, I see. That's why God fought him."

"God didn't fight him. God doesn't fight. He just banished Satan to hell never to see God or heaven ever again."

"So, you don't want to be like Satan. Fair enough."

"I see how mean and stupid arrogant people are. I want nothing of it. That's why I value humility so much. Understand now?"

"Yes."

"Everyone?"

They all agreed.

"I realize I've made mistakes but I try to admit when I'm wrong. I'm sorry if I ever hurt any of you. I am proud of helping Michele and Tee and whoever else ..."

"Me?"

"You too, Zoe. I'm proud but I don't want to be arrogant. I get embarrassed when people dwell on that stuff. Okay?"

"Sure, Sam. It's commendable."

"Thanks, Gail."

"Sam."

"What, Julie?"

"I ... I have something to say."

"Go ahead."

"I can't. I can't do this."

"Do what?"

"It's about Jill."

"Do you want to tell me in private?"

"No. Everyone here deserves to hear it."

"Ok."

"But I can't find the words to talk about it."

"Why not?"

"I'm ashamed. You're so good, Sam. And I'm ... I'm so bad."

"No, Julie. You're not bad. You're human. No more. No less."

"I've become arrogant like you said."

"You can say that again." Sharon reprimanded.

"Sharon! Don't interrupt." I ordered.

"Sorry."

"She's right, Sam. Since getting bigger I haven't been treating people all that good. Especially at work. I know what Sharon is talking about. I've even convinced myself that I was right about you."

"It's ok."

"No it isn't. I was wrong."

"We all get things wrong sometimes."

"This is way more than wrong."

"It can't be that bad."

"I-I told Jill ..."

"Julie. You don't have to tell us now. It can wait. You've been drinking."

"If I don't get it out now I never will."

I could sense it. She was going to tell us about what had come between her and Jill. Only I really felt bad for Julie right now.

"Take your time then."

"I convinced her to take the blame."

"The blame for what?"

"For everything. For you. It's all my fault. Don't you see it? It wasn't her. It was me."

"Uh, you're not talking about Samantha. Are you?" I was hoping the answer would be no.

"I am."

"So ... so ... you convinced Samantha to do what she did?"

"Yes."

"Let me get this straight. You knew?"

"Yes."

"You knew all along, all this time that we've been together. Even before that? Even back when I was in college. You knew I had this disease?"

"Yes, I did."

"You didn't tell me."

"No, I couldn't."

"You were the one typing at the computer."

"No. Jill was. I just told her what to do."

"And you convinced her not to say anything about it to me?"

"I did."

"Or Zoe?"

"That goes without saying."

"Why?"

"Because I was hurt. You left me, Sam. Do you know how that feels?"

Now she was crying.

"Julie. I'm sorry, but I have to know one more thing: did you know about the baby?"

"Yes."

"Who's idea was it about the abortion?"

"Mine. Jill thought it was wrong."

"I see."

Tears welled up in her eyes and dripped off of her cheeks. She got up and ran to the bedroom.

I looked at Zoe. Zoe didn't say anything. Mouths were open yet everyone in the room was silent.

Julie came out of the bedroom, keys and purse in hand. She ducked under the front door and disappeared.

 

 

End Notes:

I bet that was unexpected. Talk about hitting a rocky spot in a relation, huh? What will Sam do now? Stay tuned. I'll try to get the next chapters up soon. As always, comments are appreciated.

Chapter 82 - Uncertainty principles by littless
Author's Notes:

Life goes on. What's going to happen now that Julie's left Sam yet again? And poor Julie. The girl must feel pretty bad about ruining Sam's life. Maybe getting it out in the open will be liberating for her. Maybe Sam's life isn't really ruined.

----- That Sunday night

It was quiet. Julie had just left in a fit of guilt after telling everyone tonight that it wasn't Jill, but her that came up with the idea of having Samantha sleep with me and give me the virus. It was her way of getting revenge on me for breaking up with her in high school. I told you long ago that it was the single worst decision of my life. I just never knew how bad it would turn out to be and how it would come back to bite me, until now. Yikes.

Karma. What a bitch. And for Julie's karma, she was feeling a lot of guilt -- that was evident to everyone. I wonder what else Karma would do to her. I know: she had gone through changes too; size changes. But I think she got the better side of the deal. You could say I got the short straw. Figuratively and literally.

One question kept nagging at me. It was the one that I wanted to stop thinking about but couldn't: would she come back. Would she ever get over her guilt? I wondered if she was still, somehow after all we had been through the past year, still mad at me about high school. Did she still feel about me the way she did before or was the past year a big charade on her part? Did we grow apart as I grew smaller and she bigger? We were living in two different worlds: hers where everything was too small; mine where everything was too big. Our perception of things were totally different. Were we even the same species?

So much to think about. So much to brood over.

Fred finally broke the silence.

"So, um, maybe we better get going." he said.

"You're welcome to stay if you want. Really."

"Yeah, but ..."

"I understand. I'm sorry you all had to see that."

"Would you like me to stay with you tonight, Sam." Sharon offered. It made me smile.

"I appreciate it, Sharon, but nah. I'll be fine. I think I want to be alone tonight."

All the girls offered to stay with me. I suppose they figured they would fill the gap left by Julie, but the gap in my life wasn't sex or even companionship. Julie and I had shared a lot over the the few years that we had known each other and nobody could replace that.

"What are you going to do, Sam?"

"I don't know yet, Tee. We'll all find out together."

And what could anyone do? Nothing could be done to fix this, short of going back in time. Where's that time machine when you need it?

I wanted her back. Would I take her back? In a heartbeat. Should I take her back? I mean what she did was pretty mean and also the way she kept it from me was dishonest. You can't make a relationship work on dishonesty, can you? Was what I did to her, leaving her, as bad as what she did to me?

I was still determined not to let this ruin my life; whether that meant with or without Julie in it. And right at this moment there were more important things to think about. Billy was still on my mind.

Fred, Sharon and Tee had left so that meant there was Erin, Cindy, Zoe, Gail and I to continue the conversation.

"It's not your fault, Sam." Gail said.

"What?"

"Julie."

"Gail, it's alright. Maybe I am partly to blame."

"Don't say that."

"Fine, I won't say that."

"Do you want me to go too?"

"Leave? No. Absolutely not! I don't want you out there. Not with that ass hole on the loose."

"I know, but if you wanted me to..."

"I don't. I want you right here where we can be here for you in case he finds you."

Nobody spoke for a while until Erin asked "Did you really sleep with eleven girls, Sam?"

"I don't want go there right now, Erin. I mean Chloe."

"You don't have to call me Chloe."

"I'm sorry. It's just that I've known you as Erin all my life. It's hard to remember your new name all the time."

"I only did it for Zoe."

"I'm flattered." Zoe said. "But you really don't have to. It means a lot to me that you even considered it."

"Thanks."

"Julie and I were just talking of the same thing today." I said.

"You were?"

"And about your hair too."

"You don't like my hair?"

"I do. I'm used to your new hair color, but I don't know if I'll ever get used to your new name."

"I haven't changed it officially yet."

"You do whatever you want. Just understand when my mind gets mixed up and I slip up by calling you Erin. Okay?"

"I don't have to change it. Is that alright with you, Zoe?"

"Anything is ok with me, sweetie. You know that."

"You can call me Erin no matter what I change my name to, Sam."

"Ok, Erin. Those eleven girls include the ones from college. Julie was right, you know pretty much all the rest, so yes, I've slept with eleven different girls. Geez, I can't believe I'm talking about this with my sister." I hid my face in my hands.

"It's ok, Sam. I've probably been with more."

I held up my palm up while still keeping the other one on my face. "Nope." I said. "I don't want to hear about it."

"I'm sorry."

"Maybe some other time, Erin."

"Okay. I know."

"So, if you all don't mind, I think I'll turn in for the night."

"Don't you want something to eat?"

"I'm not hungry."

"Wanna dance?"

"NO, ERIN!"

"Just asking. I always feel better when I dance."

"Ask Cindy to dance."

"Erin, I think we better not push it tonight." Cindy said.

"Thank you, Cindy." I told her.

"I wish we could do something for you."

"You don't have to do anything. Just be my friends. I already told you: I'll be fine."

"Please don't hesitate to ask if there's anything we can do."

"Good night everyone."

I had a hard time getting to sleep with all that was on my mind, but eventually, I did. It wasn't such a great sleep either. I woke up early and felt terrible the next morning.



----- Monday

"I heard you're getting your own project, Sam."

"Big whoop."

"It is a big deal. How about getting me on your team?"

"I suppose it would be a big deal if I had people to put on my team. It's just me, Jenn. Sorry. If this were big enough for more than one person I would ask for you."

"Sorry to hear that. I'm happy for you nevertheless."

"I suppose it is a step up, even if a small one."

"They trust you."

"And I'm happy about that."

"You don't look happy."

"Well, it's kind of hard to concentrate on work stuff with Gail's situation on my mind."

"What situation?"

"I thought you two talked?"

"We haven't spoken since last week. Did something happen?"

"Oh yeah, something happened."

"Aren't you going to tell me?"

"It's Billy."

"Billy?"

"You remember: from our group. We called him George but that was just a pseudonym."

"I remember. What did he do? I thought he was in jail."

I told her about the whole thing with Billy and Gail. She was worried too.

"And in the meantime, Gail is staying over at my house."

"Take good care of her."

"I intend to. I only wish Julie were still around. She could protect Gail much better than I could."

"What happened to Julie?"

"She left."

"What did you do to her?"

"I shrunk."

"Huh?"

"Remember I told you it was Jill who talked Samantha into giving me the virus when I was in Arizona?"

"Yeah."

"It wasn't her. It was Julie. Jill was keeping that fact secret for her."

"Oh my."

"Julie finally told me last night. I think she was feeling guilty. Then she left."

"Oh wow, that's messed up."

"I want her back, Jenn."

"Was she mad?"

"No. Upset."

"Is she coming back?"

"I wish I knew. I really don't feel like talking about it."

"Alright. But tell Gail to call me."

"I will. I hope you know that you're always invited over. I'm a little busy tonight but why don't you come see Gail and the rest of us tomorrow after work. What do you say?"

"To sleep over?"

"If you want to."

"It'll be fun. Maybe you and I could ..."

"Jenn! Julie's barely gone."

"You can't fault a gal for trying."

"Just remember, you'll be there to see all of us, including Gail and Cindy."

"It'll be good to see those two again. Alright, I'll seriously consider it."

The ten hour day went by slow for me. It felt more like twenty. I couldn't wait to get to the clinic. The time came to leave and it couldn't have come early enough.


----- Monday night at the clinic

"Zoe! I'm glad I caught you first thing. Can we talk?"

"Yes please, but hold onto that thought. We need to find some place private."

She and I ducked into one of the empty offices at the clinic.

"Did Xavier find anything out about Billy?"

"He escaped from prison, Sam. They think he stowed away in the trash and was picked up by the trash truck."

"Ew. He was really desperate."

"He was in prison. Of course he was desperate."

"Haven't they found him yet?"

"No. You and Gail take care of yourselves. He's dangerous."

"I'm more worried about Gail."

"Sam, every one of you could be in danger. Try to stay inside as much as possible. Do you know where Gail is?"

"She's staying with me. Didn't I tell you?"

"No. Xave's been trying to reach her."

"Doesn't he have her phone number?"

"He tried calling."

"Maybe she's not answering because of Billy's call. I'll tell her to answer."

"I don't blame her. But he'd rather to talk to her face to face anyway."

"He can come over. You both know where I live."

"Ok, good. I'll tell him that. Don't tell anyone where Gail is. And just in case that you might be a target yourself, stay inside, at least as much as is practical."

"I can take care of myself."

"That may be true, but you shouldn't chance it. How's Cindy?"

"Fine."

"Good. You all can look after each other. But I'm sure they'll catch him soon."

"I hope so."

"Ok. I have to get back to work. I'm sure Xave will contact Gail; let her know. And all of you take care, Sam."

"I will. You too."

That was one of the conversations I was looking forward to. And so was the next one. I went up and down the halls until I ran into a pair of legs as tall as me. I was staring directly into a crotch and you know who it was.

"JILL!"

"Hi, Sam." she said looking almost straight down at me.

"I'm so glad you're here tonight."

"Where else would I be?"

"You're just a volunteer. Maybe you'd be home with Julie."

"No, I'm here. I do get paid. Remember that."

"How are you?"

She knelt down on one knee to look me in the eye. "I'm ok. You?"

"Good."

"I'm a little surprised at that."

"I'm as good as can be given the circumstances. You know about it, right?"

"I do."

"I owe you an apology, Jill."

"You don't owe me anything."

"But I mistakenly thought you were the one responsible for convincing Samantha to sleep with me."

"I was."

"That's not what Julie said."

"It was both our faults."

"She said you were keeping it secret from me."

"She asked me to. What could I do? She's my sister."

"I know. And I hope you two can have a better relationship now that it's out in the open."

Jill shrugged. "It is a big weight off of my shoulders. Believe me, Sam. I wanted to tell you."

"I figured as much."

"I could have stopped it if I wanted to."

"What? The whole Samantha thing?"

"Yes, that thing."

"So, who's idea was it really?"

"I can't really remember that far back. Julie's mostly, I think. I told her about grinder and the virus and how she was in Arizona. Julie asked if she was at Drumford; she wasn't. But blackmouse -- grinder's friend -- said she went to school there. That would be Zoe, right? Anyway, then Julie had the idea of her spending the night with you to give you the virus and..."

"It was her then. You went along with it though."

"I'm sorry, Sam. I thought it would be funny."

"Still think it's funny?"

"No! No, not at all. If I had known how much it would hurt you I'd have never agreed to it."

"You didn't think it would hurt me?"

"I figured it was all a joke."

"And you kept Julie's secret about it when you found out it wasn't a joke."

"I was scared, I never knew it could turn out to be real, and then Samantha died. I didn't know her name but when I heard she was the one that gave you the virus then I knew she was grinder."

"Did anybody else in the group know about Julie?"

"Do you mean our Sword of Lakatos group? I don't think anyone knew. They thought it was just me."

"It doesn't really matter. How's Julie doing?"

"She's a mess."

"Tell her ... I don't know. Tell her I miss her and I don't want her to go."

"I doubt it will do any good right now."

"Let's give it a few days. Can you and I be friends again?"

"You still want to be friends?"

"Yes."

"I-I don't know, Sam. I feel so bad about this."

"You're a good person. I want us to be like we were before."

She didn't say anything, just knelt there, head down, looking sad.

"Hey, I have a favor to ask." I said.

"Sure. What?"

"Gail is at my place."

"Okay."

"Didn't Julie tell you?"

"No."

"Hmm. Well, I guess she has other things on her mind." I said. I told her about Billy.

"Why would he want to hurt her?"

"I'm guessing he feels that she's responsible for him going to jail in the first place."

"You're more responsible."

"And so are you. Can I ask you to come over and help with keeping Gail safe? I was counting on Julie to help but she left."

"Oh gee, Sam. I don't know. Julie's not in the best shape to leave alone right now. I wouldn't feel right leaving her."

"Okay, but think about it. And if Julie wants to come back tell her I'm waiting."

"You really love Julie, don't you?"

"Yes, Jill. I do. Tell her for me."

"I'll tell her, if she'll listen."

"Maybe it'll be better in a couple days."

"Maybe."

"I know Gail would love to see you."

"I'll think about it."

"Good. Keep in touch and don't try to avoid me."

"We keep in touch."

"Only when I come here."

"Well, I better get back to work."

"We can talk later."

"Yeah, later."

I spent some time socializing with some of Tee's group. Tee had asked how I was doing and I told her I was fine. She didn't believe it. We didn't talk too much other than that. Her friend, Ava and I talked though. She heard about Julie and wanted to know if there was anything she could do. What in the world could anyone do about it? It was baffling but I assured myself that I'd probably say the same thing in their position. I couldn't be sure but I thought Ava looked bigger than she was before. Was it my imagination? Maybe Tee told her about the inversion table and she was using it herself. It was finally time for Zoe and I to go home.



----- Monday night

I told Gail about what I had learned from Zoe. She must have been holding out hope that Billy was still in jail. She had been in fairly good spirits the day before but now, when it was clear that he escaped, I noticed a change in her demeanor. She seemed as scared as she was when she came over Saturday.

"Gail, Xavier needs to talk to you about Billy."

"What about?"

"Police stuff. I'm guessing he just wants to know what Billy said to you."

"Sure. Do I need to go see him."

"He'll contact you. Remember to answer if he calls."

"I don't want to answer the phone unless I know who is calling."

"You know what number Billy used?"

"It's still on my called list."

"Just don't answer that one."

"Fine."

"What about Jennifer?"

"I need to tell her."

"No need. I told her about Billy. I hope that's okay."

"Yeah, sure."

"I invited her over tomorrow."

"Here?"

"Yep. It'll be fun. With all of us, that's half the gang."

"What about Sue and Michele?"

"A party! Cool."

"We'd have to invite Marie and Joe too."

"Yeah, but let's wait until this Billy thing blows over. We might even be in the new house by then."

"We?"

"Of course, we. Chloe and Zoe will definitely be there and I'm hoping that the whole deal with Julie will have blown over by then."

"Sam." Erin said. "I told you that you didn't have to call me Chloe."

"Okay, Erin."

"So you think we'll be in the new house soon?"

"I got an offer."

"You did!" they all exclaimed.

"It's a good one and I wanted to take them up on it, but the real estate lady wants me to wait. She thinks we may get a better one. Then we can play the two off of each other and get even more money."

"How long?"

"I don't know. Depends on if and when the other offer comes in. She said she'd be calling them today. Maybe we'll know more tomorrow."

"Oh, I'm so excited!" Erin exclaimed.

"Me too, Erin. And Gail, you're more than welcome to stay with us for as long as it takes. Even if we move to a new house."

"The one with the swimming pool?"

"Yep. It's indoors too. We can swim year round."

"Skinny-dip year round." Cindy said. We all laughed at her.

"It's too bad you won't be here, Cindy."

"Unless you move soon."

"Maybe. In the meantime we're here and we stay away from the windows everyone."

"Why?"

"Because of Billy. Duh. This goes for you too, Cindy. Zoe at the clinic thinks any of us could be a target. So, we stay inside."

"Especially you, Sam."

"Why especially me?"

"You're the one that beat him up."

"But you're the one he's obsessed with, Cindy."

"I'm the most vulnerable. That's why he called me."

"Don't worry about me. I'll be fine. I'm worried about the rest of you."

"Why are you always beating people up?" Zoe asked.

"I was protecting Gail."

"He was, Zoe." Gail backed me up.

"And now because of all this senseless violence he wants to hurt Sam."

"We don't know that, Zoe." I said. "It's more likely he's going after Gail."

"No. You have more to worry about then she does."

"Oh? Is that your professional opinion?"

"It's Zoe's opinion."

"Right. Just your opinion. You weren't even there."

"What I mean is that it's BIG Zoe's opinion."

"Oh?"

"She told me about the incident, Sam."

I couldn't argue against that. I would have liked to have said it was no big deal, but I knew it was. Especially in Billy's mind. Shit.

"I'll be careful. I promise."

"He's been to prison."

"So?"

"People get hardened in prison."

"He was bad before. Look, I invited Jill over too."

"Is she coming?"

"Probably not. But if she does she'll be able to help. She's already dealt with Billy."

"He's scared of Jill. It's pretty funny how she scares him." Gail told everyone.

"I wish she were here. Sorry, Zoe. You two should get to be friends."

"We were at one time." Zoe said.

"You heard Julie. It wasn't all Jill's fault."

"I try to stay away from her at the clinic, Sam. She avoids me too. I don't know if I can be her friend."

"I can't make you be her friend, but try to at least be nice to her if she comes over."

"I will. It's your house."

"Don't be like that. You're a part of this house now. It's your home too. At least for a little while longer."

"If she comes over I'll be civil. I promise."

"Thanks."

I had a hard time getting to sleep that night too. I was awake when everyone else turned in. I heard Gail and Zoe talking lovey-dovey to each other. I wasn't sure if they were having sex or just a discussion, then all became silent. I was awake for couple more hours even after that.

And I was still awake when Zoe came into the bedroom somewhere in the middle of the night or early morning.

"Sam? Are you awake?" she whispered.

"I'm awake, Zoe. What do you want?"

"I just wanted to talk."

I sat up in bed and turned the nightstand light on. "So, talk."

"What would you like to talk about?"

"You're the one that wanted to talk. What do YOU want to talk about?"

"Whatever you do."

"Sheesh. It's a good thing I wasn't sleeping, Zoe."

"It might make you feel better to talk."

"Sleeping will make me feel better. But I can't seem to get to sleep."

"I want you to talk."

"Then you talk. I'm listening."

"You first."

"You're horrible. Okay, you and Gail seem to be getting along pretty good. Do you like her?"

"Yes, I like her."

"A lot?"

Zoe shrugged.

"Julie and I talked about you yesterday."

"What about?"

"She asked if you were going to stay."

"Does she want me to go?"

"No. I think she'd rather you stay with us. I guess with just me now."

"Would you like me to stay?"

"Look, Zoe, I'd like you to stay, but I realize that you need your own life. I told Julie that I always intended for you to get back on your feet and find your own way again. If you leave that's totally fine."

"But do you want me to?"

"I want you to get your life back together, whatever that means, whether you stay or go. It means most to me that you have a life better than when I found you."

"You've already given me that."

"I know you're here because you had no other choice. That's gotta be tough, not having a choice. I'm giving you a choice now and you can take it. You don't have to stay here for me and I don't want you to think that you owe me."

"But I owe you my life."

"No, you don't. I just helped you out of a bad situation."

"An untenable one."

"I want you to know that I didn't bring you with me here in my home to take advantage of you."

"You didn't take advantage of me. I knew you weren't capable of that beforehand, otherwise I wouldn't have come with you. But let's get back to now. You're being very stoic about everything, Sam, and with Billy out there you're scaring me."

"I don't know how else to handle it."

"How do you feel?"

"How do you think I feel? I feel like shit. A big, steaming pile of shit."

"Ok. We're getting somewhere."

"It doesn't take a psychiatrist to figure that out."

"But you admitted it. That's progress."

"Well, duh! Why would I deny it?"

"I'm still worried about you."

"Because of how I feel about Julie?"

"Yeah."

"I'm not going to do anything stupid."

"What are you going to do?"

"I don't know. I wish people would stop asking me that."

"What do you WANT to do?"

"I want to cry."

"I won't tell anyone."

"I can't bring myself to do that."

"Yes, you can. I can see the tears in your eyes right now."

"Fine. Hold me."

She crawled up on the bed and we held each other.

"Do you think I'm a creep, Zoe?"

"No. Why?"

"I told Julie I didn't want to creep out Gail and that's why I wouldn't sleep with her."

"That's very praiseworthy."

"Whatever. I figured you'd be the expert on creeps."

"Why?"

"Because you're a lesbian. I'm sure more guys have hit on you because of that fact alone."

"Hmm. All girls get hit on, not just lesbians."

"The pretty ones."

"Do you think I'm pretty?"

"Of course I do. Why do girls keep asking that. Isn't it obvious?"

"We like hearing it."

"You're very pretty, Zoe."

"Thank you, but I'm not letting you off that easy this time. What makes me pretty?"

"You're eyes."

"Ooo, good answer. You said that without blinking. You must have had that rehearsed."

"No, I didn't. Your eyes took me by surprise even before you slammed the door on me."

"Oh yeah, about that."

"You don't have to apologize. I can't even imagine how you felt."

"You don't know why I did that."

"You just had a traumatic experience. I understand. And I was kind of the stimulus for what happened, so it's only natural that I'd be the last one you'd want to see."

"Let's talk about my eyes for a moment. I slammed the door in your face and all you remember were my eyes?"

"I remember everything, but mostly your eyes."

"Why?"

"It's like they're very deep. They're the window into a person's soul you know."

"I get my eyes from my father."

"Are you like him?"

"I don't know. I only remember my mother."

"Good memories?"

"Some good. Some bad."

"I'm sorry you've had a rough life."

"Let's talk about your life."

"I'd rather hear about yours."

"I came here for you. Not the other way around."

"You know more about me than I do about you. Let's keep talking about you. You're still a mystery to me."

"I don't know why. Do you really want to hear more from me? I warn you: I can vent with the best of them."

"Hit me with your best shot."

"What do you want to know?"

"How about you and Samantha?"

"Un huh, that's pretty rough."

"You and Samantha were close."

"Of course we were. Her parents bought her a nice little car that we used to tool around in. We would go everywhere in it. That lasted for a while and life was fun. It was great, but then we had to start staying in."

"When you started shrinking?"

"Not right away, but after we had gotten smaller, yes. It was a really a bad time in my life when we realized what was happening. You know, it wasn't all that long ago. I can remember my clothes not fitting. I started shrinking before Sam did. Isn't that fucked up?"

"I'd say so, yeah."

"I had to look up at her and Sam laughed at me right up until her own clothes didn't fit. We were really scared but we had each other."

"I was so scared at first too when I started shrinking but I had nobody to share it with. Nobody to talk to about it really. I couldn't talk to Julie deeply about it because how could she understand? She wasn't the one shrinking. Of course, I didn't know that it was her idea and that she knew all about it long before I did."

"It wasn't Julie's idea."

"It wasn't?"

"It was Samantha and I. Samantha told me that she had this virus and that she wanted to give it to someone. She was so upset. I suggested a guy. The only question was who. And after we told the group, our closest friends back then, darknose or Jill, or rather Julie I suppose, suggested it be you."

"Did you all know about it for sure?"

"What do you mean?"

"I mean the shrinking. Did you all believe that it would really work?"

"Ah, I know what you mean. This shit is crazy isn't it? I didn't believe it for sure until I started shrinking myself. I thought it was some big pretense of Sam's. Even though she told me about it and I agreed to shrink with her, the back of my mind kept telling me it couldn't be real."

"I have no idea if Julie thought it through. I'm having a hard time trying to understand her actions."

"A woman jilted, Sam. It's not hard to understand. She was angry. She was sad and lonely."

"I'm sure."

"Probably regretful too."

"For doing what she did to me with Samantha?"

"No. I mean that she was probably asking herself back then what she did to make you leave her."

"Ah, before the Samantha thing. But it wasn't her fault. She shouldn't have regrets about that."

"Do you think that that you're to blame?"

"Me?"

"For causing her broken heart and making her do what she did."

"Maybe."

"Why did you want to break up with her in high school, Sam?"

"I just knew it couldn't work out while I was on the other side of the country. I've been over this with her a hundred times. Doesn't it make sense to you?"

"Would it make sense to you if you were infatuated with someone?"

"Yes."

"It's never happened to you, has it?"

"What? Someone leaving me?"

"Yeah."

"Sure it has. Samantha. Remember?"

"Were you that smitten by her?"

"Yes."

"You two only saw each other for a short while. How long did you go out with Julie in high school?"

"Um, a year. A year and half maybe."

"That's a lot longer than a few weeks. How do you think she felt?"

"But we were in high school. It was just a school girl crush, that's all."

"It was obviously more than that for her. Was she your first relationship with a girl?"

"Yes."

"And what about her?"

"I don't know. I think maybe yes, I was her first real relationship."

"Her first love."

"We never really made love."

"You were in high school. Nobody does."

"All my friends did."

"Guy friends?"

"Yeah."

"Figures. They were just saying they did."

"Oh."

"But you're honest."

"I try to be."

"I like that about you."

"Thanks."

"You're still pretty lucky, Sam."

"In what way?"

"You did get to meet people that you could share the shrinking with."

"Oh yeah. You mean at that the clinic."

"Yes. They don't have that program in Arizona."

"You're a part of it now. Does it help?"

"Immensely. How do you think Julie feels about her friends in the Sunflower club?"

"Probably the same way."

"How do you feel about Cindy?"

"I love her. I mean as a friend. You know what I mean, right?"

"Yeah, I do. And Gail?"

"Same way."

"Everybody in your group?"

"Yep. Well, except for Billy."

"Understandable. What about me?"

"I love you like a sister. We've been over this."

"Has anything changed lately?"

"Now is not a good time to ask that. You know, with what's happened about Julie and all that."

She stared at me for while, then smiled. "You don't have to answer. What about Tee?"

"Like a sister. You know, when she first started shrinking I knew how she felt with nobody to talk to like the way I told you about. I understood how scared she was. That's why I made sure she got into the same program."

"But she had you first."

"Uh, ok. You're point is?"

"You took the time to talk to her. That was before the program."

"A lot of good it did. It didn't seem like she wanted to listen to me. Not then."

"Do you know how much you changed her life for the better?"

"I only hope I don't let her down."

"Now, you see? You could have just basked in glory there, but you turned it right around and humbled yourself again."

"Yeah, I do that."

"We know."

"Let's get back to you again. So, how did things with you and Sam go after, well, right after me?"

"Complicated. You know she got pregnant?"

"Yes. I wished I'd known back then."

"What would you have done?"

"I think I would have wanted the child." I paused. "Or not. I don't know. Seriously, I don't know what I'd have done back then. I never thought about that sort of thing."

"And now?"

"If it happened now? I'd probably want to keep the child."

Zoe stared at me for a while without saying anything.

"What?" I asked.

She shook her head as if to clear it. "I'm just trying to figure out what the baby would have looked like." she said. "Who's eyes, nose, hair, and stuff it would have had. Would it be more like you or Samantha?"

Now I was silent as I pondered over that too.

"We talked of marriage, Sam."

"I remember you telling me that. Why didn't you ever marry?"

She shrugged. "Maybe we couldn't figure out who should ask who to marry them."

"Hmm. I would guess that Sammie would be the one."

"Why?"

"She seemed the most dominant."

"Really?"

"That's based on what you told me."

"Every time that we'd get close to marriage we'd have a fight."

"A lover's spat?"

"The term 'spat' isn't extreme enough."

"They were bad?"

"Very."

"Sorry."

"Things would be thrown and broken. Once Sam tore ..."

"Tore what?"

Tears started to flow from Zoe's eyes. I didn't know whether to push her to continue or not.

"She tore the only picture I had of my dad."

"Oh."

"I picked up the pieces and taped them back together. I still have that picture. Wanna see?"

"Sure."

"Wait here." she said as she scampered off to her room. A minute later she had the picture in her hands. It was laminated. You could barely tell where the tear lines were and it was obvious she went to great lengths to lovingly care for it.

"So, that's your father?"

"Yes."

"You're right. You really do have his eyes, Zoe."

"Mom gave that picture to me when I was in first grade."

"I'm sorry Samantha did that."

"Do you know how much it takes for me to share that picture now?"

"A lot?"

"I won't share it with just anyone, Sam. You've become my best friend."

"Thanks." I said. There's was another period of silence. I finally spoke. "You know, Zoe, I think it's so cool that you're willing to help others with the rocky parts of their lives by being a therapist when you've had such a hard time with yours."

"You mean that?"

"Of course."

"Thank you. I don't hear that enough except maybe from the people I work with."

"You've chosen the most honorable profession: helping others. I wish I could be more like you."

"Funny you should say that. I wish I could be more like you."

"No, you don't. I'm a sap."

"That's what friends are. I never did tell you why I slammed the door on you."

"It's ok."

"No, it's not. I dreamed about you."

"So? Sometimes dreams come true."

"No, I literally dreamed about you finding me."

"Like in going to sleep at night dreams?"

"Like the dreams you and I have shared."

"The one's we shared. Hoo boy. Yes, I remember. Uh, no offense, Zoe, but those dreams weird me out."

"You're telling me?"

"You too?"

"Yeah."

"Oh good. I thought it was only me that felt that way."

"The weird dreams started after Samantha died. It was kind of a relief when you began showing up in them later. But when you showed up at the door it was exactly like the dream -- a huge case of deja vu. You have no idea how scared I was. I thought I could make it go away by slamming the door."

"I almost did go away. A minute longer and ..."

"I would have run after you."

"Did I really have that much impact on you? I mean you only really knew me those two weeks with Samantha."

"It was more like a couple of months. It took time to plan it all out. I didn't realize it back then that you actually stood no chance with Samantha. We could have spent two minutes on planning. 'Hey, Samantha? Go talk to him.' Period, end of story."

"You can say that again."

"We stalked you for longer than two weeks though. I guess now Julie's to blame for it all. I thought it was Jill, but, you know."

"Yeah. Let me ask you something: what did you see in me? Nobody really cared much for me back then. No girls did anyway."

"You're wrong. All you lacked was confidence."

"Confidence is what get's all the girls."

"It only goes so far."

"My stature didn't bother you?"

"No."

"You're not like other girls."

"True, but not all girls are superficial."

"I wish I knew more of them like you."

"You do."

"One of them just left."

"I'm not so sure about her."

"You shouldn't be dissing Julie. Are you trying to seal the breakup?"

"What if I am?"

"You're trying to convince me that you're better for me, aren't you?"

"Well?"

"Zoe." I said, shaking my head. "Don't do that."

"I won't pry you away from Julie. But, Sam, you have to think of yourself sometimes. I don't want you to end up in a toxic relationship."

"I'm not ready to give up on her yet."

"Just, don't let yourself get hurt."

"Do you think she's going to hurt me?"

"She could. And not just emotionally."

"Don't you think I can take care of myself? What is she going to do? Step on me?"

"Get real, Sam. She's like, almost four times your size."

"So you think I can't defend myself from Julie?"

"I didn't mean to get into an argument with you. I'm sorry."

"No. You're probably right." I resigned. "I don't have any business being with someone so much larger, do I?"

"All you need to know, Sam, is that we're friends -- good friends, maybe better if you want to. I don't want to see my friends get hurt."

"Isn't Julie your friend too?"

She paused before answering.

"I'm much closer to you for obvious reasons. Besides, we both found out that she's responsible for -- partly at least responsible for um -- for you shrinking."

"Partly. I guess Samantha had something to do with it."

"And me."

"And you?"

"But you know I'm on your side in this, Sam."

"Thanks. I guess."

"No need to thank me. We're friends."

"I thought friends never had to say sorry."

"That's love. Love means never having to say you're sorry."

"Oh. I get it mixed up sometimes. I'm a guy. We're not into that romantic stuff, you know."

"Love means never having to say thank you either."

"Now you're just making things up."

"Do you disagree?"

"I guess not. Do you ever curse the virus?"

"All the time. But if it weren't for the virus we wouldn't know each other."

"There are a million ways we could have come together even if it weren't for the virus."

"You believe in fate, don't you?"

"No. That would be like we wouldn't have free will. I don't believe that."

"If we didn't have the virus I'd be bigger than you."

"Would you still like me?"

"Haven't you been listening? Of course I would. Would you like me if I were bigger?"

"I liked Samantha. I still like Julie. What do you think?"

"Just checking."

"You're the only one smaller than me now."

"No, I'm not. There's plenty. There's Tee and Gail."

"I don't think so. Tee is growing and I'm shrinking."

"You're not smaller than her yet. Or Gail."

"I don't know about that."

"Sam, it will be a long time before you get to my size and that's only if you're shrinking. Look on the bright side."

"What bright side?"

"We'll be more compatible."

"We're not compatible?" I said shaking my head.

"You're too big."

"That's a first. I don't think I've ever heard anyone say that about me. And just how am I too big? I'm only a little more than a head taller than you."

"It's a tight fit."

"What's a tight fit?"

"Do I have to spell it out?"

I scratched my head. "Um, yeah. Spell it out."

"You're a tight fit inside of me."

"Inside? Oh. OH!"

"Why do you think we have to take it slow and gentle?"

"I thought that was your thing?"

"It is kind of fun, isn't it? The truth is, I can't do it fast with you. It would be too rough."

"I'm sorry."

"Don't be. Sam, it's been a very long time since I had been with a boy. I have to admit that I was a little scared the first time with you. I knew how big you were."

"You did?"

"On the airplane. Remember?"

"Oh yeah. You didn't have to, Zoe. I'm so sorry if it hurt."

"I told you not to be sorry. I wanted to, Sam. I really wanted to do it. Okay?"

"Okay."

"And you were great."

"All I did was sit there. You did all the work."

"Do you like when I Kegel?"

"Like it? I love it."

"Good. I need more practice. Are you going to help me practice, Sam?"

"You're funny."

"It looks to me like you want it." Zoe said looking at my crotch. I followed her eyes and Mr. Happy was pitching a tent.

"Oh, sorry about that."

"Stop saying you're sorry."

"It's the PDQ."

"Sure, go ahead and blame it on the drugs." she said as she sidled up next to me on the bed. "But you forget: I take PDQ too."

"What if I just want to hold you instead?"

"That's fine. Want to get naked?" she said as she started grabbed her t-shirt from the bottom with crossed arms. As she lifted the bottom of it I realized that she went commando.

"You know what will happen if we get naked?"

"So?" she said, raising her left eyebrow, now completely nude.

"Let's just cuddle. Please."

"Now there's another first."

"Why? It's not been a good couple nights for me. I just feel like it wouldn't be appropriate to have sex right now."

"It's alright, Sam. I'd love to cuddle."

"I like holding you."

"Really?"

"Don't be offended but you're smaller."

"Yeah. So?"

"It feels good."

"Like holding a kid?"

"I think it's more like it makes you special to me. I can't feel this way with anyone else."

She smiled and put her t-shirt back on and I turned off the light.

"Good night."

"Good night, Sam. I hope I'm able to get up in a couple of hours."

"Me too."

 

End Notes:

I apologize for getting this up so late. Life's busy. Leave a comment, even if just to say hi.

Chapter 83 - The heat is turned up by littless
Author's Notes:

I apologize once again for being late. I changed this chapter so many times and so many times I had to change the later chapters. I thought I knew where I was going with this but I guess not because this is totally different than what I started. Anyway, hope you enjoy. I love comments.

The next two chapters won't have too much size related stuff but I hope the story is interesting and there's more other stuff coming.

----- Tuesday morning

How could Julie do that to me? I'm not talking about her leaving, although that hurts too, but what she did years ago by engineering my contraction of the Borgford virus. I'd never wish such a thing on my worst enemy. It must have been a huge hurt to her when I broke up with her in high school for Julie to stoop to such a thing. I admit it: I feel like shit about the whole thing. I feel hurt, mad, and sad all at the same time.

But I know I can get over this. I just need a little time and a way to let Julie know that I still love her. I do love her, don't I? I've been reevaluating that recently, thinking of all the good times together that we've had. All the times that Julie has been there for me. The times I've been there for her. The times she's cheered me on, comforted me, and even let me have my way with others -- never once being jealous about it. She always knew that she was my number one. But does this all make up for what she did?

To be sure, I can't place all the blame upon Julie. Samantha was the one that actually did the deed and Zoe even had a part to play. I don't feel malice in my heart to either of them. And even Jill, who kept their little secret, I still have great affection for.

I know one thing for sure: this little stinker of a virus has really fucked up my life. I suppose it could be worse. It could have been the flu, or herpes, or something that could have killed me, like AIDS or ebola. I'm not in pain either. Maybe I should count my lucky stars.

It was clear that the rest of the gals in my life were feeling sorry for me since they were being so nice to me. I appreciated it but really wish they wouldn't make such a big deal out of the whole thing with Julie. We were all in this together -- the one's with the virus, that is -- and having each other meant there was a lot of comfort there for us all. And there are other things to worry about like Billy.

Zoe, for her part, was being a real doll. She came to see me last night but I was in too melancholy a mood to take her up on her amorous offers. In looking back I must have really been in a bad way because she has a great little body that is hard to resist.

Until I had started shrinking myself, I never knew anyone, no adult that is, who was shorter than me. There was Julie in high school but really, except for her, all through high school and college I was the shortest one. Now, however, I knew several people that had the disease. There were lots of girls, even those with the virus, who were taller, but there were still a few who were smaller than me and I felt in a weird way, happy about that. Zoe was the smallest gal I knew. Did that mean she made me the happiest?

Even though nothing happened, we still slept next to each other, touching, holding, even caressing each other. I woke up in a good mood seeing her lying next to me.

It was now a new day and we each needed to get ready for work. I went to the shower and Zoe went off to her room to do the same. Afterward I ended up in the kitchen.

"Good naked morning, Cindy." I said. I swear, the girl waits until the very last minute to put her clothes on in the morning. I'm going to miss her.

"Good morning. I thought you wanted to be alone again last night?"

"I did."

"I caught Zoe coming out of your room this morning."

"So?"

"So that means a certain somebody snuck off into Sam's bedroom last night."

"So?"

"Sam had sex with a certain somebody." Cindy sang.

"Nope."

"No?"

"Why is it so hard to believe that we just slept next to each other?"

"What was she doing there if you didn't have sex?"

"Zoe came to talk. She was worried about me."

"We all are."

"Well, ... don't be. I'm perfectly fine."

"Would you have had sex with me if I came to see you in the middle of the night?"

"Do you really think I could have refused it?"

"No."

"There's your answer." I said. Although, I knew inside that I probably would have refused even Cindy's advances. But she didn't need to know that.

"We have a few minutes left before you leave. Let's do it right now, Sam, right here."

"Sorry. I've already showered and dressed, unlike you." I said looking her up and down. "And I don't have the time anyway." I said.

She walked up extremely close. "So, have you given up on Julie yet?" she said, all three feet and nine naked inches of her looking down on me. That's right, three nine and she was looking down. She was also trying to kiss me. I stretched up to kiss her back. Mr. Happy stretched to kiss her too. He almost made it. I was seriously reconsidering her offer but I tried to act cool about it when we broke off the kiss. I'm pretty sure she knew how I felt. I like it when she smiles but I really hate that shit-eating grin she was wearing just then.

"Umm, no, I haven't." I said.

She hugged me again and wouldn't let me go this time. "Well, if you change your mind or just need some comfort, you know I'm here for you."

"Yeah, I know."

"If you want me to stay here with you when you move to the new place just ask."

"What about Arizona?"

"It can wait."

"What about Gabe?"

"He can wait too."

"And what about school?"

"I can start classes next semester."

"No. You're going to Arizona after you finish teaching the girls. No arguments young lady."

She reached down and started stroking Mr. Happy. Damnit! Oh well, I thought, I'm fucked. I'll be late for work. But just then Erin walked into the kitchen. Saved!

"Good morning, Erin. You're up early."

"I have to work early."

"This early?"

"I have to be there at nine thirty."

"You have plenty of time."

"I don't want to miss my ride."

"I'm sorry, Erin. I won't be able to take you. It would make me too late."

"That's okay. A friend is picking me up."

"Just remember to put a shirt on before you go."

"Gee wiz, Sam. Do you really think I'd go to work topless like this?"

Erin often walks around the house topless. Especially in the morning when Cindy is having her naked tea time.

"No, I guess not. Sorry but I have a hard time thinking straight when those puppies are out."

"Why?" she asked, looking so innocent with her titties staring down at me. I was still excited from rubbing against Cindy's full nakedness and now a big ole pair of boobies were filling my view and that wasn't helping the situation. Erin somehow became emboldened and started shaking those big ole boobies back and forth in front of me.

"Come closer, Sam."

"No." I said. "You'll hurt me with those things."

Erin and Cindy got a big chuckle out of it. This drew Zoe and Gail into the kitchen.

"Oh, it's just the dynudic duo, Zoe." Gail said.

"Erin's only topless, not nude, Gail." I corrected.

"She fits the legal definition of nude in ninety nine percent of the country."

"Ninety nine percent of this country would change their laws if they could see what we're seeing."

"Aw, thank you, Sam." Erin said, obviously flattered. She didn't wait for me to come closer to her and instead came to me for a hug. I had to look up to see those magnificent mammaries of hers hovering above my head, but it was a view of heaven -- a gently hypnotically swaying heaven. I hugged her around her hips.

"You're welc--uuurghff." I said as Erin squeezed me in a bear hug. Months earlier this would have qualified as a boob hug but now my head didn't even come up that high. I had long ago shrunk beyond that. Now I was being squished against her stomach, but this was my sister so I couldn't be rude by pushing her away. I tried to enjoy the sensation for as long as it lasted. The others must have got a kick out of it. That would explain the muffled laughter I heard.

"Ok, time to stop, Sam." Zoe said. "Are you ready to go yet?"

"In a minute, Zoe." I said. "Are you going to be here tonight, Erin?"

"Yes, but late. Fred and I are going out."

"In the middle of the week? Well, have fun."

"We don't always get to go out on the weekends. I work, so we decided to go out tonight."

"Is he bringing Sharon over before you guys go on your hot date?"

"And Tee."

"Good. We need to practice for Friday."

The thought of singing made me feel warm inside. With the hole that Julie left in my life I needed all the happy thoughts I could muster.



----- Work

Work was uneventful. I made sure Jenn would be coming over to the house. I don't know why after all the time we've been working together that she hasn't been over to the house and why all of a sudden she's coming in the middle of the week, but it made me happy.

"Sorry. Not tonight." she said. "How about tomorrow?"

"Promise?"

"I promise."

"Good. We'll be expecting you."

She asked if I had heard from Julie.

"No, but I talked to Jill last night. Julie's not doing so good, apparently."

That started the topic for the rest our lunch conversation. I didn't actually want to talk about Julie so much, but Jenn did, so I filled her in on lots of details.

Before we went back to work she relayed how excited she was to be coming over to the house tomorrow night. I was only a week day so we wouldn't be partying real hard, but I was excited too.



----- At home Tuesday

I left a little early to pick up Zoe but Gail still beat us home. I had given her a key to the house for just such an occasion but I didn't have to worry today; Erin and Fred were already there with Sharon and Tee. And then my sister ran off with her date as soon as I arrived.

"See you later, Sam."

"Bye, Erin. Be careful."

As they left I shut the door and locked it.

"Xavier came to see me at work today."

"And what did you two talk about, Gail?"

"The same thing I talked about with all of you."

"Then what did he say?"

"He said that Billy escaped in the trash."

"Yeah. Didn't I mention that?"

"No."

"I forgot. Well, that's where he belongs: in the trash."

We laughed. It made Gail feel a little better.

"Sam."

"What, Gail?"

"He doesn't think Billy is coming after me."

"Why not?"

"Xave thinks that he's coming for you. After all, you're the one responsible for him going back to jail."

"Good for him."

"What?"

"He won't be coming after you or anyone else if he's coming for me."

"But you're in danger."

"You mean peril?"

"This is not a joking matter, Sam."

"Gail, I can take care of the likes of Billy. I'm not afraid of him."

"You don't know what he's like."

"Yes, I do. He's just a filthy little pissant!"

"Don't underestimate him."

"I won't underestimate him. I promise all of you that."

"Xavier says to call 9-1-1 at any sign of something wrong. And don't even think of confronting him."

"I won't. I'll be careful."

"Xavier asked if you had any weapons."

"I have a katana."

"What's that?"

"Actually, I don't. I have a wooden practice sword that's shaped like a katana."

"I don't think that will do. He was talking about a gun."

"We'll all be fine, Gail."

I didn't want them to worry. I was worried though, but I was slightly relieved to find that the cops actually thought I was the target and not Gail. But it wasn't too long after that conversation that Cindy showed up at the house and in not too good a mood.

"Is everything alright, Cindy?"

"No."

"What's wrong?"

"The girls."

"What girls?"

"The ones in my ballet class."

"Oh."

"You know what they're like, Sam."

"They seemed ok to me."

"That's because they like you."

"Eh, they pretty much ignored me. Don't they like you?"

"They're out to get me."

"Oh come on. They're not that bad."

"You're not with them every day."

"What did they do?"

"You don't want to know."

"Okay, we don't have to talk about it."

"They shoved their boobs in my face and laughed at me for being flat chested."

"What?" I said, incredulously.

"But I can't tell you about it."

"You just did."

"It's not appropriate."

"I think what they did to you is not appropriate."

"Wait a minute, Cindy." Zoe said. "You said they shoved their boobs in your face?"

"It was Penny." Cindy spat.

"Penny?" I asked. "She's the tall one, right?"

"No, that would be Anna."

"And how tall is Anna?" Zoe asked.

"As tall as Erin." Cindy replied back.

"She can't be that tall. I would have remembered." I said.

"You haven't seen her lately. She grew."

"She's what? Nine years old?"

"Just turned ten."

"Shit. Five eight at ten years old. Hard to believe."

"Kids grow fast nowadays. She's nearly two feet taller than me and has C cup boobs, maybe bigger. I couldn't do anything about it when they grabbed me in the locker room today. Violet held my arms behind me. I couldn't get away."

"What were you doing in the little girls locker room?" Zoe asked.

"I wasn't. They snuck into the faculty locker room."

"They?"

"Anna, Penny and Violet. The three of them."

"They're like the oldest ones in your class, right?" I asked her.

"Penny is only eight but she happens to be the tallest in her age group."

"So how tall is Penny?"

"Five feet, I gather. Her boobs are just about level with my face. The other girls chests are over my head. Can you believe that? Maybe that's why they brought Penny with them; she's just the right size for what she did. Even though she just started developing, her boobs are still bigger than mine. They caught me changing as I was getting ready to leave, Sam. They laughed at me." Cindy's bottom lip was jutting out like she was pouting.

"Aw, Cindy. I'm so sorry. Did you tell anyone?"

"I'm telling you now."

"Didn't you notify anyone at school?"

"What's the use?"

"What those kids did was not right. They shouldn't be able to get away with that."

"It's too embarrassing. The other teachers would laugh me out of school. They already claim I can't control the children. And you know what? I can't."

"Is there anything we can do to help?"

"Just being here for me. All the while Penny was rubbing her developing boobs into my face, I couldn't help but think how everyone else except my friends here would blame it on me for not controlling those children. I'm a failure."

"Whoa, lemme get something straight." I said. "Penny shook bare flesh in your face?"

"You call that motor-boating. I see now why you don't like it."

"I never said I didn't like it. But damn, Penny snuck into the locker room topless." I said shaking my head.

"She didn't. She pulled her shirt and bra up and smashed my face into her chest."

"Hard to believe an eight year old is wearing a bra."

"Believe it. She needs it too."

"Okay, this is not a thought I want to dwell on."

"Giant kids or giant kids with boobs?"

"Yes."

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"No, I'm sorry, Cindy. Just remember: the semester will be over soon and you'll be in Arizona away from it all."

"I'll still be flat-chested."

"I thought you wanted to be?"

"After today I feel ashamed of my body."

"Cindy! You have a great body. Right guys?" I said to everyone. They all agreed.

"Thanks." she said to everyone. "I need a drink."

"No, you don't!" Gail and I yelled at her. Tee yelled too. In fact, Tee pointed at Zoe and told her to keep her booze locked up so nobody could get to them.

"I'm just kidding." Cindy finally said. "Can't you all take a joke?"

"Not that kind of joke, Cindy. We care about you."

Sharon bent down and whispered in my ear "I wonder if she'll stop running around nude now that she doesn't like her body."

"I doubt it." I said.

"One can only hope."

Actually, I was hoping not. Yes, I am a pervert if you haven't been paying attention. Mr. Happy took notice with all of this talk of naked girls too. I think it only fair to add though that he was already standing up before that. All day, in fact.

"Come on, Sharon." I said. "We need to practice. Tee, are you coming to join us?"


----- Practice

We spent an hour and a half practicing while Cindy, Zoe and Gail did whatever they did. I thought Sharon and I were getting better at making music together. The real test would be if the audience thought so. We had recorded another song this past weekend and I was working on editing it for publishing. Hopefully, all of the inter-tubes would think we sounded better too.

After we rehearsed I asked Sharon how Julie was doing.

"How should I know?"

"You work with her."

"She called in sick the last two days."

"Oh, no. You have to call her."

"Why me? You should do it."

"Don't you think I have? She's not taking, nor returning any of my calls. I leave messages but this is getting ridiculous. I can't keep leaving messages. Maybe she'll talk to you."

"What makes you think she'll take my calls if she won't take yours?"

"Because you're not me."

"Fine. What do you want me to tell her?"

"Just ask how she is. You've got me worried."

"Me? How did I do that?"

"No, no, not because of you. Because of your news that Julie's not going to work."

"Give me a minute."

As she was calling Tee and I talked.

"Sad?"

"Well of course I am. Wouldn't you be?"

"I guess so. If it helps I can stay over tonight with you."

"I appreciate the offer, Tee, but not tonight. I'm just not up to it yet."

"Okay, but don't wait too long."

"Why not?"

"What if Julie doesn't come back?"

"It's only been a couple days. Besides, I'm not holding out for Julie. I just don't feel all that great, emotionally. Not right now."

She kissed me on the cheek. "I'll be ready whenever you are."

"Thanks, Tee. So, Sharon, it sounds like she didn't pick up for you either."

"I left a message." Sharon said. "Maybe she'll call me back."

"I hope so. Let's go join the others."



----- After practice

I sat down on the living room couch and Zoe snuggled up to me on my left side. I could see her gesturing over to Gail. Gail approached tentatively. She stopped in front of us, her eyes downcast a little.

"Is everything ok, Gail?"

"Sure. Are you okay with me staying here?"

"Okay? I love you being here."

"Do you mind if I sit with you and Zoe?"

Zoe was doing something. When I looked over she looked back at me and smiled.

"Of course not, Gail. Come on up."

Gail joined me on the right side. She leaned against me too. I felt like a king but it felt like something was up with these two. Whatever. I figured I'd find out soon enough.

Erin and Fred came home before long.

"You're back early. What happened to that hot date of yours, Erin?"

"Nothing. Fred's tired and has to work tomorrow so we decided to get back early. Besides, he has to take Sharon and Tee home and we're going out tomorrow night too."

"Oh, well, I hope you have a longer night out tomorrow."

"We better get going you two." Fred said to Sharon and Tee. "Mom doesn't want us home late."

"We'll have a repeat rehearsal tomorrow, okay." I told them. They were both looking forward to it as much as I was.

With those three gone Erin went to her room to get ready for bed. Zoe, Gail and I were still on the couch and Cindy sat on the floor in front facing us.

"Wanna dance?" she asked.

"No."

"Please. I had a bad day."

"Why don't you ask Erin?"

"She's not here."

"She'll be out in a moment."

"I want to dance with you, Sam."

"Go ahead." Zoe chided.

"What if I don't want to?"

"Are you going to deny Cindy a little happiness?"

"Zoe, I don't like to dance."

"You like country dancing."

"Says who?"

"Says Cindy."

"She's projecting. I'm too tired for that."

"How about a slow dance?" Cindy then asked.

"Fine." I said, rolling my eyes as I got up.

"How about a naked slow dance?"

"Cindy!"

"You know you want to, Sam."

"No. It's not the right time."

"What? After all the times we've been together?"

"What I mean is ..."

"Is what?"

"Not at this particular moment."

"Because of Julie?"

"Maybe. Well, yeah."

"Can we just dance then?"

"Fine. You want me to put some music on?"

"No. Let's just hold each other and move around."

"That's exactly how I dance: just move around."

"I know. And after all my lessons too." she said shaking her head.

I blew her a raspberry. Then we "danced". At our present heights I was looking into Cindy's throat. Damnit, I thought. I used to be taller than her. Who else would I get smaller than? Gail? Zoe? I refused to think about that any further and tried to enjoy our moving around together; I mean dancing.

We danced silently with Zoe and Gail watching us. It was kind of surreal, I thought, so we stopped after a little while.

"It would be better if we were nude, Sam."

"You know where that will lead."

"So? Don't you want to?"

"I'd love to, but not tonight."

She looked sad.

"I'm sorry about that, Cindy. Do you at least feel a little better by dancing?"

"Sure, Sam. Thank you."

"I'm thirsty. Anybody want something to drink?"

We headed for the kitchen. Everybody agreed that hot tea would be good so I put on a pot of water to boil. Of course you know what that prompted.

"Let's have naked tea, everyone."

"I don't think so, Cindy."

"Please."

"Okay, you go right ahead."

"Will you join me?"

"Nope. Not tonight."

"Aw, please." she said as she took off the last of her clothes, her panties, and flung them to the pile in the corner.

Erin had just walked into the kitchen wearing her see-thru nightgown. "Please what?" she said.

"Cindy wants everyone to take off their clothes so we can have naked tea." I told her.

"Then go ahead, Sam. I don't mind."

"What if I don't want to?"

"Why not?"

"I'm just not in the mood."

"Do you mind if I have naked tea with Cindy?"

"Knock yourself out."

Off came my sister's clothes. I was mesmerized by her shaved pussy and could barely take my eyes away.

"I was thinking of changing the color of my hair, Sam. What color do you think I should dye it?"

...

"Sam?"

"Huh? What?"

"Haven't you been listening to me?"

"Uh, yeah, sure."

"Well?"

"Oh, uh, I don't care."

"Do you think it would look good red?"

"How about black?"

"Black hair?"

"Sure, why not?"

"If I wore glasses I'd look like Velma." she snickered.

"That would work."

"No, it wouldn't." Zoe scolded.

"Why not?"

"She's not the Velma type."

"Why not?"

"She needs Velma's clothes."

"That can be rectified. I'm sure we can find her knee-high socks and a cute little mini-skirt. And those puppies in a sweater, my God!"

"She's too tall, Sam."

"I do think Erin can pull the Velma look off quite nicely though."

"I won't be able to keep my hands off of her, Sam."

"That's your problem."

I could tell Erin was getting excited though.

"It's your turn, Sam."

"No. My hair's already dark enough, Erin. Black wouldn't look much different than my dark brown hair anyway. Maybe when I'm old and gray."

"That's not what I was talking about and you know it. Get naked."

"I didn't agree to this. Cindy's the one who wanted to have naked tea."

"I'm joining her; you should too."

"No, Erin."

"Didn't she have a hard day? You should be helping her."

"I danced with her. Isn't that enough?"

"Do it for her. If you don't I'll tell everyone how it's twelve."

"Twelve what?"

"Girls."

"What are you talking about?"

"You've been with just as many girls as Julie."

"You mean as many girls as as Julie's been with guys. She probably has been with all the girls I've been with."

"Not really, Sam." Gail said. "I've slept with Julie but not you."

"I stand corrected then."

"But you left one out, Sam." Erin announced. "I just remembered who."

"Who?"

"Linda."

"Linda who?"

"Our cousin, dummy."

"Cousin dummy?"

"No, cousin Linda."

"Oh, cousin Linda. Huh?"

"I saw you."

"What are you talking about?"

"Jerry's wedding."

"What about it?"

"You were chummy with Linda."

"So? She's one of my favorite cousins."

"I'll say."

"What? You think I had sex with her?"

"I saw you come out of her bedroom."

"I never went into her bedroom."

"Yes you did. At Jerry's wedding reception."

"I don't remember that."

"I caught you coming out of her bedroom tucking your shirt back in your pants. Don't deny it."

"I was tucking my shirt in?"

"Your tie got caught in your zipper."

"That damned tie was too long."

"Aha! You remember."

"I had to go to the bathroom. Oh wait, that was in her bedroom, wasn't it?"

"And you had a smile on your face while you were tucking your pants in."

"So? We had a laugh about my tie being caught in my zipper. We both thought it was funny."

"You admit that you were in Linda's room while she was there."

"So she was. We talked a bit after I used the bathroom."

"That's not all you did."

"Yes, Erin. That's all we did."

"You didn't even have oral sex?"

"What the hell, Erin. Linda was what? Ten? Eleven?"

"Eleven."

"She was under age."

"So were you."

"I was sixteen. It may not be much now, but that's a big difference when you're at that age."

"She was taller than you."

"Oh shut up!"

"I know a secret." Erin sang.

"Then keep it to yourself."

"She wanted to marry you."

"Are you serious?"

"Oopsies. She wanted me to keep that from you."

"And you've kept that from me all these years?"

"She had a crush on you."

"Isn't she like, married now?"

"She broke off the engagement a year ago. Don't you follow her on the internet?"

"You mean social media?"

"Yeah."

"I don't do social media, Erin."

"I thought you liked her."

"What does that have to do with social media?"

"You follow people when you like them."

"I do like her, but I don't follow anyone. Not even you."

"You don't follow me?"

"No! And I know you don't follow me because I don't have a web presence."

"A what?"

"A facebook account."

"Oh. You don't like me?"

I slapped the top of my head.

"So, you didn't have sex with Linda?"

"Absolutely not!"

"She was pretty, wasn't she?"

"She was hella pretty. Even at eleven she had boobs."

"The girls in our family develop big boobies early."

"You can say that again. Hers are as big as yours now I'm sure. They weren't quite as big back then; I know that for a fact because you kept slapping me in the head with your own boobies at the reception."

"I did not."

"Bullshit. You kept trying to show everyone how much taller you were than me in those high heels you were wearing. Every chance you got you came close to me to rub your boobs in the back of my head. I had boobmuffs."

"I didn't mean to."

"Then why did you do that?"

"I just wanted to be near you. I was nervous, Sam."

"Why were you nervous?"

"Everyone kept staring at me."

"Because you were so pretty in that pink bridesmaid dress. Dayum, Erin! You had bare shoulders and miles of cleavage. And you were fourteen years old. Of course the guys stared. You were prettier than the bride. Hell, I could barely keep my eyes off of your cleavage."

"Really?"

"If it weren't for talking with Linda, yeah, I'd have had my eyes glued to you. Instead, your boobs were glued to me."

"Not when you went off with Linda."

"We barely get a chance to talk. You were bugging me the whole reception exactly like you always did."

"I just wanted to be with you."

"You didn't want to show off your height next to me?"

"No, Sam. Really. I mean it."

"It sure seemed like it."

"I was nervous because I was too young to be in the wedding." she pouted.

"No, you weren't. You were the prettiest bridesmaid there."

"You really think so?" she beamed. My remark perked her up.

"Of course I do. There's a reason you were in the wedding and not me."

"What?"

"What. I can't believe you don't know."

"I don't know. Tell me."

"You were tall and pretty. I was the short ugly one."

"That's not true."

I just stared at her with a wry smile and my right eyebrow cocked up, like Mr. Spock.

"Jerry wouldn't do something like that, Sam."

"Right."

"I can't believe he wouldn't want you as one of the ushers."

"Well?"

"They were all his buddies. There just wasn't room for another one."

"Whatever."

There was a little pause in the conversation before Erin spoke again.

"I swear, Sam, I wasn't trying to embarrass you or make fun of your height."

"And I swear I didn't have sex with Linda."

"Not even oral sex?"

"Hell no."

"That's too bad. I like her. I thought you two would have made a good couple."

"I liked her too; still do. She used to play with me during those family reunions when nobody else would. But that was a long time ago and anything she felt for me would just have been a school girl crush."

"Sam?"

"What?"

"She told me you two did have sex."

"I swear, Erin. We didn't."

"I didn't believe her either. I just wanted to hear it from you to know for sure."

"So then that wasn't an oopsies moment, was it? You did want to talk about it."

"Yeah."

"You've become devious, Erin."

"I'm sorry."

"Don't be. You're growing up."

"I am grown up."

"Yes, you are. But you're becoming less innocent."

"Is that bad?"

"It's inevitable."

"Oh."

"Do you know what that means?"

"Of course, I do."

"And I'm sorry for thinking that you wanted to embarrass me at the wedding."

"You always thought I was like that, didn't you?"

"Yes. But you always bugged me, not just at the wedding."

"I didn't do that to bug you. I wanted to talk. You're my brother. We're supposed to talk about things."

"Everybody wanted to make fun of me. That's how everyone talked to me. I thought you wanted to do the same."

"I didn't."

"I'm really sorry, Erin. Growing up was hard."

"It would have been better if mom hadn't made it harder."

"Yeah, well, we don't have to go there."

During this whole conversation it was just Erin and me talking. Everyone else kept looking from one of us to the other, like spectators at a tennis match. But Zoe finally spoke up.

"About your mother, Sam." she said.

"What about my mother?"

"I'd like to hear more about her."

"Why do I have to talk about it?"

"It would do you good."

"Nuh uh."

"You'd be surprised at how much better you would feel."

"And you're the expert on such things I suppose."

"I am."

"What is it with you psycho types? Always with the mom."

"I'm curious. And don't call me psycho."

"Mom had it out for me from the beginning. There. Satisfied?"

"She's right." Erin said. "She never liked Sam."

"Did she like you, Erin?"

"Yes. I used to like her too."

"I see you emphasized the words 'used to'?"

"It got so bad with Sam that I didn't like her anymore. She would always compliment me and do just the opposite with Sam. I never realized it until recently. I guess I was blinded by her kindness to me."

"It's ok, Erin." I said. "You should still be friends with mom, at least."

"No, Sam. If she can't be friends with my brother than she's no friend of mine either."

"Would you care to elaborate on any of this, Sam?" Zoe asked.

"No."

"I think mom hit him when he was a baby." Erin volunteered.

"Erin!"

"Wait, Sam." Zoe said. "She's trying to help. What makes you think that, Erin?"

"Dad said so. It gave Sam a thyroid tumor."

"A what?"

"Pituitary, Erin." I corrected. "And it wasn't a tumor. It was a scar."

"A scar?"

"A lesion."

"Oh yeah, a lesion. That's what it was."

"So, she hit you, Sam?"

"I don't remember, Zoe. I just know that something happened and it affected my pituitary."

"And this was when you were a baby?"

"I don't remember. I must have been pretty young not to remember."

"Sam, do you know what pituitary problems mean?"

"It meant I had to have an operation. One that I didn't get until last year."

"The pituitary puts out hormones that can affect your growth. I bet that's why you were so small."

"I figured as much, Zoe."

"Your mom is why you never grew tall."

"Can we just shut the fuck up about mom?" I cried out. "I told you I didn't want to talk about it."

"I'm sorry, Sam, but you have to face facts."

"I have faced the facts, Godamnit. Did it ever occur to you, that I don't want to dwell on the fact that it was my mother who was responsible for making me a midget?"

"You're holding a big grudge against your mother."

"What the fuck am I supposed to do, huh? You said I should face the facts. Well, that's the fact, Jack!"

"It's not all because of your mother now. It's the virus."

"Yeah, well I never even reached average sized, Zoe. I'm not talking about the virus. What if the virus never existed? None of you would be my friend. I'd be too short to go out with."

"You're not being fair to me, Sam. I knew you back in college before the virus. I still liked you, even though you were short."

"And I still don't remember you."

"That hurts."

"I hurt, Zoe. I hurt because of Julie, and now you guys are piling it on."

"I don't mean to. I thought we could overcome this for you."

"It's doing the opposite."

"Why don't we join Cindy."

"Join her for what?"

"Naked tea, of course." Zoe said taking off her shirt.

"I can't believe you're doing this."

Just as I finished saying that her pants were being pulled past her ankles. "Why not? You've all seen me nude."

"Not the way Cindy is."

By now Zoe was totally naked. "Nude is nude. There is no Cindy way. So does this make you forget about mom?"

"No."

"Are you telling me I look like your mother?"

"Not in the least. And it's a good thing because I sure wouldn't want to be seeing mom naked."

"Your turn, Gail."

"Ha! There's still one that'll keep her clothes on." I said.

Gail looked at Zoe, then Cindy. Then she looked at Erin and then at me and smiled. Zoe smiled too.

"I think Gail's gonna get naked."

"No, Gail." I commanded. "Don't. Especially if you're uncomfortable."

"I'm comfortable with getting nude." she said.

"I don't believe you."

Gail moved in front of me and grabbed her shirt at the bottom with both hands, crossing her arms. "Da-da, da, da." she sang as the shirt came off. She wasn't wearing a bra. I'm not sure they make them in that size anyway. I know for a fact that Zoe does not own any bras and Cindy, well, even if she had boobs she's a dyed in the wool bra hater.

"Da dum, dum, dum." The shoes were kicked off her feet and went flying across the kitchen.

She sang again "Da-da, da, dum." Her jeans came off. She struggled a little as they were kind of tight on her. She lost her balance a bit after getting the first leg out. Gail was down to her panties and her slim, pale legs were making Mr. Happy ache.

I'm not sure why but all the gals I know with the virus have thin legs. I don't mean they're skinny, because some, especially Cindy's legs, are pretty muscular. But none of them are bulging. I guess at this size the bulk isn't needed. All I knew for sure was that they were all sexy and this was having Gail's obviously desired effect on me.

Gail turned around to face away. She pushed her panties from either side, inch by inch, past her hips until the top of them were at the bottom of her butt. She wiggled her ass, trying to twerk but not quite doing it right, yet still sexy as hell as she quickly pushed her panties down to her ankles. She stepped out, picked them up and twirled them over her head. She crossed her arms in front, panties still hanging on to her right hand index finger and turned her head to look back. I had no idea that Gail could be so sexy.

Then she turned around to face me, her right knee bent, and threw her hands over her head.

"Ta, da! Believe me now?"

All I could think of was that I was fucked. All my plans to stay celibate tonight were about to be thrown out the window.

"Oh, Gail. I wish you didn't do that."

"It's your turn."

"No. I don't want to."

"Cindy's right. It feels good."

"Thank you." Cindy said.

I had an answer for her. "No. I want to brood."

How could anyone believe that with Mr. Happy showing through my jeans. He was so hard that he could have hammered an iron spike into an anvil at this point.

"You're the only hold out, Sam."

"I'll just get the tea." I said as I got up.

"Sit!" Cindy commanded. I sat at one of the chairs around the little table. She leaned down in front of me with her hands on my knees. Her face was millimeters from me then she brushed her lips ever so lightly across mine, smiled and batted her eyes.

"Nope." I said shaking my head. "Not gonna work."

Gail wrapped her arms tight around my right upper arm and did the same as Cindy but with her lips on my ear. She opened her mouth and started nibbling on my earlobe then used her tongue to lightly lick my ear. This was getting unbearable. To make matters worse, Zoe copied her behavior on my other side.

"Wh-wha-what are you guys doing?" I asked, trying to keep some semblance of control.

Nothing was said. Instead, Cindy slowly took off my shoes and socks. The next thing she did was to untuck my shirt and thrust her hands up under it to my chest. The she dragged her nails, ever so delicately scratching down past my stomach.

She started lifting my shirt from the bottom as Zoe and Gail raised my arms. I could have held them down preventing my shirt from being taken off. I didn't. But I wasn't about to let them take my pants down. At least that was what I was telling myself as Cindy undid my belt buckle. So I'll just sit here on the chair and they won't be able to get my pants pulled down past my butt this way.

Cindy then undid the snap of my pants and unzipped them. She reached inside my underwear but instead of going for the front she completely bypassed Mr. Happy and moved her hands around to the rear where they curled around the curve of my ass. I automatically lifted my hips. Shit.

As I did this off came both my pants and underwear to just above my knees. Cindy grabbed the bottom of my pant legs and pulled them the rest of the way off leaving my underwear where they were halfway down my legs. Zoe and Gail promptly finished the de-pantsing.

"Give me that back." I ordered.

Gail took my underwear and held them out front. "Come get 'em."

I got out of the chair and reached for them. She held them up out of reach. Godamnit! She was taller than me and I couldn't reach them. Everyone but me laughed. I jumped but Cindy arched her back and bent her arm backwards preventing me from getting my hands on them.

I could've got 'em but every time I lunged for them it meant that there would be skin on skin contact with Cindy. Not that it wasn't pleasurable, but it was counterproductive to what I wanted to accomplish and that was to abstain from sex tonight. So I gave up.

"Fine. You win. I'm getting the tea."

They had their fun and I figured it would stop there but they wouldn't leave me alone. As we were drinking tea Gail and Zoe kept licking and saying sweat nothings in my ears. I was turning into a wet, sticky puddle on the chair. Every now and then one of them would stop and take a sip of their tea. On one occasion they both left me and I took the opportunity to get up and move to the big table but when I did Mr. Happy knocked the table from underneath and spilled some of the tea. Zoe and Gail had only taken a few little sips so their cups were mostly full. It wasn't too bad though.

Mr. Happy hardly felt a thing. Almost. It could have been a lot worse. I could have been mortally wounded, or could have left a dent in underside of the table. I rubbed Mr. Happy's head for some relief. Zoe and Gail being on my immediate left and right jumped up to help. Erin was worried and came over to ease my pain too.

Zoe instructed me to move my hands.

"No." I pouted.

She gently put her hands over mine and moved them out of the way. I could have held them tight where they were but something wouldn't let me. With my hands clear Gail gave Mr. Happy a kiss on the head. I gasped.

"Aw, it's red."

"Let me see." Cindy said. She gave Mr. Happy another kiss. Then Zoe did.

"I think it needs medical attention." Zoe announced. "To the bedroom!"

"Don't worry. I'll take care of the mess, Sam." Erin reassured us as we left the kitchen.

This was not going the way I had planned for tonight.



----- The bedroom

They sat me on my bed and began taking turns kissing Mr. Happy.

"W-wait. Stop."

"Are we hurting you?"

"No, Zoe. Just the opposite. But I can't do this."

"Why not?"

"Because of Julie."

"Forget Julie, Sam."

"I can't."

"I bet we can make you." she said as the started licking my ear again. Gail joined in with Zoe as Cindy resumed her kissing down below. This was turning me into a quivering mass of jelly. With just kisses being planted on Mr. Happy I knew I wouldn't get relief soon, unless she started sucking. But instead, Cindy kept kissing all the way down and around the shaft until she reached my stomach. Then she started kissing up my torso.

The whole time I melted deeper and deeper while the two worked on my ears. That's so weird that that one small part of your body can do that to you. Or was it just me? Once in a while they'd whisper something like 'I want your cock' or 'I'm gonna rock your world tonight'. I wasn't sure if it was Zoe or Gail saying this. I was being driven insane.

"Sam?" Zoe whispered.

"Hmmm?" I whimpered.

"Are you ready?"

"For what?"

"I think it's time." she said. I wasn't sure if she was talking to me or not.

"What time is it?"

"It's time for us to make it an even dozen tonight."

"Huh?"

Zoe whirled my head around to face her then holding both sides of my head gave me a big wet kiss. Then Cindy took a hold of my face the same way and did the same. My head was literally spinning. Then it happened.

Gail moved around in front and sat on my laps with Mr. Happy standing up between us. She took care not to hurt him, or maybe not to touch him. Then she gave me a kiss as I noticed Zoe and Cindy move to away from us.

Gail didn't break the kiss off though. She held my head from behind with one hand as she reached down to stroke the happy guy down below. I knew what was happening and it was the last thing I wanted tonight but I was powerless to stop it.

She lifted up on her knees, moved forward and guided my boner to her entrance. I saw that she was excited as I was, her sex dripping and I slid in easily. As she came down on my member I felt like this was the way it was meant to be. Our sizes complemented each other perfectly. I was too horny and wanted to get off so badly. I completely forgot about everything else.

"Oh, God, Cindy. I'm gouuuuing to come. I'm not going to last long."

"Do it, Sam."

I started moving my hips up and down spontaneously. She kept up.

"I ... oh fuck."

"Oh yes. Fuck me, Sam. Fuck me."

"I-I cu ... I cu ... I'm cumming."

She shuddered and we came together. I kept cumming and cumming. After all it had been a couple days and these three little vixens had been working on me for almost an hour now so it was no wonder that the spasms lasted so long. We finally came down from our high after what seemed like ages. I was spent but satisfied. I looked for Zoe and she was sitting with Cindy, mouth agape, hand rubbing her own crotch.

"You planned this, didn't you?"

She walked over and kissed me on the cheek. I wasn't expecting that but it felt good.

"Believe me, Sam: it's for the best."

"I wish you'd let me decide that."

"Come on, Zoe." Cindy said. "Let's leave them alone. This is special time for them."

"Do me a favor, Cindy." I asked.

"What?"

"Hit the light switch on your way out."

She took Zoe by the hand and they left, smiling to each other.



----- Going to sleep

"Did she talk you into this, Gail?"

"Who? Zoe?"

"Yeah."

"I wanted to do this, Sam. It's not like she twisted my arm. She's right, you know."

"About Julie?"

"Yes, about Julie. You should forget her."

"And that's why you three did this?"

"We're only trying to help."

"Okay. Well, thanks."

"No. Thank you. I wanted this. I wanted it so much. I can hardly believe we finally did it. Every time I was near you I wanted you. We came so close so many times in the past but it always fell through."

"I thought you were avoiding guys?"

"I was. But you're different. I don't know how to explain it. Being here these past few days made we want you even more. If this weren't so wonderful I'd say it was almost scary how much I wanted you."

"Maybe it's because we're the same size?"

"No. I mean we are, that's just not the reason."

"Isn't it?"

"No. That's not why."

"Big guys scare you, right?"

"Yes. But to tell you the truth, they always have."

"Didn't you go out with bigger guys?"

"Sure."

"Yep." I sighed. "Tall, dark and handsome."

"Sam, you need to get over the short thing. Stop being a pariah. It's so ... self-centered."

"Ouch. You don't hold back, do you?"

"Seriously, not all people want to make fun of your size or have a superiority complex over you."

"Sorry, but it was hard growing up as a short guy. People don't take me serious. They treat me like a kid."

"Tell me about it."

"Yeah, so you should understand."

"But there are plenty of us who don't care about your size."

"Like you?"

"Me. Cindy. I know for a fact that Zoe doesn't care about your size, even though it's kind of hard to know that since she's so small. There's Jennifer. And thousands of others."

"Ah, you've been talking to Jennifer."

"We keep in touch."

"You have news to tell her now."

"I wasn't going to."

"Why?"

"It would make her jealous."

"Oh, I see."

"You'll get your chance with her."

"That's what I'm afraid of."

"You're afraid that Julie won't want you back, is that why?"

"That and also Jenn and I work together. It's never a good thing to fool around with someone you work with."

"I thought she worked in a different department or something."

"But it's the same company."

"She's not married or seeing anyone else. It would be kosher."

"Well, I'm not Jewish."

"She would love it if you two got together in bed or elsewhere."

"She told you that?"

"Like I said: we keep in touch."

"And you think I should?"

"Jennifer could really use it."

"You're talking about the PDQ, aren't you?"

"Yeah, so?"

"That's the real reason we're here, isn't it? You need it."

"Only partly but you need it too. And there's something else."

"What?"

"Let's call it basic attractiveness. It's hard to put my finger on it. And speaking of hard, I feel something hard growing down below."

"Oh, sorry. It randomly does that. It has a mind of its own."

"Sir Samsalot's lance is ready to do battle. Does that mean he's ready for round two?"

"Sure, if you'd like to, sir Gailahad the chaste."

"Hahaha," she giggled. "Chaste? Holy crap are we changing that tonight."

And so began round two. And after that, round three. Then before we finally went to sleep, round four.

I began all this feeling bad about fucking Gail. But that feeling didn't last and when I fell asleep I was happy.

 

 

End Notes:

Poor Sam, right? Yeah, right. Are things looking up? I suppose the answer to that depends on whether you think Sam should get back with Julie or not. She's not completely out of the picture yet. It's only been a couple days. I wonder how Julie is feeling right about now. Stay tuned to find out.

Chapter 84 - Changing state by littless
Author's Notes:

Poor Sam is trying to remain true to Julie but the girls are in full assault mode. Can Sam do it? Can he hold on this time? Don't change that channel, all the answers are right here.

I've gotten several chapters ahead so I should be posting more regularly. I know where this is going after changing my mind about a hundred times. I hope you enjoy. Hint: I love comments.

----- Wednesday morning

So much for remaining celibate. What was I thinking anyway? Did I really think I could pull that off with all these pretty girls around me? Temporary insanity, that's what it was. Well, finally thanks to Gail. And Zoe. And Cindy. Maybe even Erin too, I don't know if she was in on it or not.

I woke to the cutest little, pixie haired, blue-eyed blonde in the world next to me this morning. I admit, I felt good. Maybe I could do without Julie. After all I didn't need her permission to sleep with Gail or anybody. This could work.

Cindy was still nude this morning. Rinse, wash, repeat. If the weather were warmer and the people would leave her alone, then I'm sure she'd spend all day this way. That's our little nudist. Gabe doesn't know how lucky he is.

The weather actually was pretty warm today, albeit cloudy. Spring was in the air and so was the pollen. Fortunately, I don't have many allergies or asthma. Can't say the same for Zoe, who needed some nose spray, or something.

There was some playful teasing about last night and I didn't mind. Like I said, I felt good even though I had some mixed feelings. Gail left for work right before Zoe and I did and Cindy, I'm sure left shortly thereafter. Erin had the day off and we let her sleep in.

Zoe wanted to talk on the way to work.

"I'm sorry about bringing up your mother last night, Sam."

"I don't like thinking about it. And last night was the worst time for that."

"It was the best time. I know it's tough but if you can work your way through it when things are down for you then you'll be so much better."

"Zoe, don't push it. It's a very sore point with me."

"All the more reason for you talk about it. You know I'll listen."

"What more do you want to know?"

"Whatever you want to tell."

"Nothing."

"How's your relationship with your father?"

"Much better than with mom. He came to see me when I was in the hospital."

"What were you in for?"

"The operation on my pituitary."

"And your mother didn't come to see you in the hospital?"

"She was too busy or something. Then there was the time I had pneumonia and sepsis."

"Whoa. You had an infection?"

"Sepsis. Yeah."

"That's bad."

"That's what they said."

"You made it out ok, though. Obviously."

"I felt really sick at the time."

"I bet you did. And your mom didn't come to see you then either?"

"Nope. Just Erin and Dad."

"At least you have family."

"I'm sorry, Zoe. I've been inconsiderate. I've had it much better than you even though I make it sound like I had a hard life."

"Growing up is not easy for anyone. Being the butt of jokes because you're short hurts. I can understand."

"I only wish I treated Erin better."

"She gets on your nerves, huh?"

"Used to. I never understood her."

"She loves you. That's all you need to understand."

"I love her too but it was hard. I swear the day she grew taller than me was one of the worst days of my life. She used to look up to me but those days are long gone."

"She still looks up to you."

"Not physically."

"That doesn't matter."

"Easy for you to say."

"No, it's not easy. I know what it's like. I look up to you physically."

"I know what you're going to say. You look down on me intellectually."

"No, never intellectually with you. You're too smart. I was going to say emotionally. Sometimes."

"Sometimes?"

"We can't always be in a great mood. I have emotional problems too but I'm supposed to ignore that and help others with their problems."

"Really? You have to ignore your own feelings?"

"For a little while. When I'm not working then that time is for me, but when I'm with a patient, or client, that time is for them and I have to put everything else aside."

"Is it hard?"

"You learn to turn that stuff off. But back to you. You should know that Erin still looks up to you as her big brother."

"Older brother."

"I know the difference, but in her mind nothing has changed since before she outgrew you."

"She's a gem."

"She is. I want to thank you for her. She has just as much to offer as you do, Sam."

"Twice as much."

"Why do say that?"

"She's twice as big. Bigger in fact."

"Can you stop obsessing about size?"

"Do you blame me?"

"I know it's hard. You'll be a better person for it."

"Is my wanting to be with Julie obsessing about size?"

"You tell me?"

"I don't know. It's a little like Erin. She used to be smaller than me too. Then she outgrew me bigtime."

"Did you feel just as bad when Julie outgrew you as when Erin did?"

"Not really. I don't know why. Do you think Julie and I can get back together?"

"How would I know?"

"We live in different worlds now. Didn't you ever wonder how life is different for her?"

"No."

"I mean in general, for someone so big."

"Not really."

"Everything is so much smaller for her than it is for us. Houses are smaller. Cars. Trees. Did you know she has to duck to go through doors?"

"I'm aware of that."

"She used to hit her head on the top of the door a lot."

"I've seen her. But she seems to do okay for the most part."

"She learned to duck. She's used to it now. But that's what I mean about her world being different. You and I look and feel like children to her."

"More like babies."

"See what I mean? How can she and I ever be compatible?"

"You're both human beings."

"Unlike Gail the alien bimboid succubus. If I can sleep with her I guess I can sleep with anyone, including Julie, huh?"

"You had to do that."

"Yep, I did. We're here, so time to go to work."

"Oh."

"Pick you up the usual time?"

"Sure. See you tonight.


----- Work

At work Jenn was excited about coming over tonight.

"Finally." I said. "I've asked you over so many times."

"I've been busy."

"Wish it were the weekend. This will only be a short night."

"Are you trying to make fun of my height?"

"What? Oh, short. No. Hell, you're taller than me. Why would I do that?"

"I'm teasing you."

"Look, since this is only a one night thing why don't you come over Saturday. I don't know how long Gail's going to be here, but come over anyway. We can spend the whole day together with Cindy and Gail. It'll be a party."

"I tend to do other things on weekends."

"Like what?"

"I go home."

"You go home every night."

"I mean home with mom and dad. Ever since I caught this disease they've been insisting I come over so they can "protect" me." She did the finger quote thing for the word 'protect'.

"Tell them that your friends and I will take good care of you."

"Maybe I should bring you to see them. I bet you could convince them better than I."

"Uh, oh, she wants me to meet the parents. Gee, Jenn, this is pretty sudden."

"If you think that's scary, wait until you meet my brothers."

"Are they big?"

"Huge. Well, at least to you and I. Micky's about six two and Joseph is six three, I think. They may have grown some more."

"Uh, on second thought, maybe going to meet the family is not such a good idea."

"Ha, ha. Scaredy cat."

"When it comes to huge brothers, yep, I'm scared."

"If it's any consolation, I have the two wrapped around my little finger."

"I can believe that. It's when your fingers leave me alone with them that I'm worried."

"Don't worry."

"Seriously, you should come see us this weekend."

"I'll work on it."

"I meant it."

Other than that we had a regular lunch and I had a regular rest of the day. I didn't tell her about Gail and I was wondering if Gail would tell her.



----- Home

I stopped at the store before picking up Zoe and got some groceries.

"We'll have fun tonight after rehearsing." I said to her in the car. "I bought a pot roast for dinner. You like roast, don't you?"

"Yeah. Thanks."

"I'll get it prepared first thing then put it in the oven. When we're done rehearsing it'll be ready."

"You're making my mouth water. What's the occasion?"

"Jenny's coming over tonight."

"I'm looking forward to meeting her."

"You'll like her. She's smart like Gail, but a little taller, like Cindy."

"A cross between those two, huh? Does she get naked like Cindy?"

"All the time. You should see her run around in the buff at work. You'd love her cute, pink, heart-shaped, little ass."

"Oh, stop it. You're making something else water."

"You asked."

"Since when do you listen to me?"

"All the time."

"Okay, I'm not complaining."

We arrived home to the girls -- Gail, Sharon and Tee -- all waiting for us. Erin and Fred were nowhere to be found.

"They left already, Sam."

"Okay, lemme get supper started then we can rehearse."

"What's for dinner?"

"Roast. Who wants mashed potatoes?"

"I do!" they all chimed.

Cindy got home while I was prepping the food.

"How was your day, Cindy?"

"Better than yesterday."

"I'm glad to hear that. No boobs to the face today, I trust?"

"I see your mind is back in the gutter."

"It never crawled out."

"Can we have naked tea again tonight?"

"Talk about mind in the gutter."

"Nudity is perfectly innocent."

"Not in this house."

"So we're having naked tea?"

"No. We're having a guest."

"Who?"

"Don't you remember? I invited Jenn over."

"I forgot. It'll be good to see her again."

"So be nice."

"You know I'll be nice to her."

"No nude frolics."

"What if she wants to?"

"Not everyone is like you, Cindy."

"Party pooper." Cindy sighed, then left.

"Where are you going?"

"To change out of these clothes."

"But sure to put some other clothes on after you've taken those off."

"Fine, I'll put something on. For a little while."

I spent some time watching her little ass as she sashayed out of the kitchen. Then I had to shake my head to come back to reality and finish preparing dinner.

After getting supper going but before we rehearsed I had to ask Sharon about Julie.

"She was at work today but didn't look well."

"I'm happy she finally came in to work. Did you tell her what I said last night?"

"She didn't want to talk, Sam."

"I guess there's nothing to talk about right now then. Supper's cooking so let's go practice."

We practiced and were getting into a groove. It was great. I wanted to sing all night but didn't want to monopolize Sharon and Tee's time, although they were getting into it too. It's so satisfying when you gel together like that.

We came out and I checked on supper. The table was set. There were five of us for sitting at the little table but it could only hold four. There was only one at the big table, that would be, Sharon. I decided to sit at the big table to keep her happy. It gave us a chance to talk.

"I'm worried about Julie, Sam."

"Me too. Did she talk at all?"

"Not much. I hope she starts feeling better."

"I'm sure she'll talk to you. Keep trying, Sharon."

"You don't have to worry about that, Sam. She's my friend too. I'll keep trying."

"And let me know how it goes."

"I will. This roast is good."

"Thanks. Did I put too much garlic in it?"

"No. I like how you stuck the cloves deep inside though."

"When it cooks in it permeates through. You don't have to eat the piece of garlic when you come to it though."

"I like garlic."

"Then don't forget to brush your teeth afterwards."

"Sam, you didn't have to put the potatoes in with the roast when we're having mashed potatoes too."

"I put onions in with the roast. I had to put potatoes in to keep the onions happy. Carrots alone with the onions is just a buddy-buddy thing, but with potatoes it's a party."

"Then do rice instead of mashed potatoes next time."

"But everyone likes potatoes."

"You'll all get fat like me if you eat too many potatoes."

"Then I'll eat a lot of potatoes because you're not fat."

"There you go again with the flattery."

"It's true, Sharon."

"I love you, Sam."

I choked a little. "What?"

"I mean you're a good friend. Not many talk to me like that."

"You deserve all the good things that come to you, Sharon. Don't sell yourself as being ugly because you're not. You're beautiful."

"Do you love me?"

"Sharon, let me get over Julie first. The truth is, yes, I love you, like a sister. Or maybe something even more intimate. But be patient with me."

"Do you love all your little girlfriends here?"

I spoke in a whisper this time. "Of all the friends I have, there are three that are the most special to me. You're one of them."

"Who else?"

"Julie."

"That still leaves one other."

"You don't know her."

"The girl out in Arizona?"

"We don't have to talk about this."

"Samantha?"

"No. She's gone. If you must know it's Kaycee."

"You're right. I don't know her. You never talk much about her."

"I'll tell you more about her some day."

"Why?"

"Why what?"

"Why do you love her?"

"I told you we'd talk later."

"Just this one question, no more."

"Okay. It's hard to say why you love someone, but Kaycee is like you. We had sex one night while I was in college. She has the virus now, but not then, so she was taller than me by at least a head. Yet, she didn't judge me for my lack of stature like everyone else did. In that way she was like you and that endears me to her. But we only had one night together. I don't know why I never saw her again until I went back to Arizona, but seeing her again stirred something in me. It was just like the day after; like time had not gone by. We saw each other again after years and picked up where we left off. It also seemed to me like she didn't have anyone else and I felt bad for her. And ... fuck. I knew this would happen."

"What?"

"Once I get started I can't stop. That's why I wanted to wait to talk about it."

"I'm terribly sorry, Sam."

"I feel the same way about you. I don't know how this will all play out, Sharon, but you'll always have a special place in my heart and maybe, I don't know."

"Maybe what?"

"Let's just say you're very special to me."

"What about Zoe?"

"If I get started on her it'll be like Kaycee. I won't be able to stop."

"We can talk later."

"Yes, we can. I'm looking forward to it."

I wasn't sure if telling Sharon all that was good or not. I meant what I said though. I was lost in my thoughts about Kaycee, as I often have thought about her the past few days. Then we heard a knock on the door. Everyone became nervously silent. I believe we all instantly thought of Billy. Kind of silly, really. Why would he be knocking on my door?

"Do you want me to get that, Sam?"

"No, Sharon. I'll do it. The rest of you, uh, hide." I know, that was a pretty silly thing to say.

I put my foot at the bottom of the front door and cracked it open a couple of inches.

"Jennifer?"

"Hi, Sam. Can I come in?"

"Yeah. Hold on." I said. I closed the door enough to remove the interior chain lock then let her in.

"Look, everyone. It's Jennifer!"

"Hi." everyone said with relief all around.

"We're so glad it's you, Jennifer." Gail said.

"Me too. I missed you and Cindy so much."

"Did you eat, Jenn?" I offered. She had and refused the offer, but still sat with us to finish up. She was impressed with the little table in the kitchen. Fortunately, the smell of the roast was too much for her. She ended up having a small dish of roast.

"Mmmm, that's good, Sam. I didn't know you could cook."

"Wait until this summer when I cook out on the grill."

I couldn't wait for summer time and I let everyone know that fact. After cleaning up we moved to the living room.

It turned out Billy was still the topic at hand, damn him. Gail told Jenn about how she thought I was the target.

"I agree, Gail. I told him that two days ago."

"You're a target too, Jenn." I had to add. I didn't want to linger over that topic again, and so I was trying to get the conversation off of me. It didn't quite work.

"But you're the one who beat him up, Sam. Not me."

"She's right." Gail said.

"I told you all that I can handle Billy then and I can now. Don't worry about me."

"You still need to watch out." Zoe reminded me.

"Sheesh. I will."

"So, this is the mysterious little girl from Arizona." Jenn remarked. "Sam's told me so much about you, Zoe."

"I hope it's been good things." Zoe said, smiling.

"He speaks of you quite affectionately."

"Hmm. He speaks highly of you too."

"Oh, he does, does he?"

"Yep. Gail says the same thing about you."

"Thank you, Gail." Jenn replied smiling at her.

"Gail's told me quite a bit about you and the whole gang too. I almost feel jealous."

"Jealous of Sam?"

"Jealous of your group. The whole group concept works very well. I never had anything like that."

"I'm so sorry. How did you deal with the virus?"

"The same way I'm dealing with it now. The way we all are: one day at a time. I just didn't have a bunch of friends to go through it with like you all did. I only had Samantha."

"Aw, we'll be your friends."

"All of you already are. It's great to have you as friends."

"No offense, Zoe, but you're pretty small." Jenn said "If you don't mind me asking, how long ago did you start shrinking?"

"Not long; about a year and half. It's just that Sam and I decided not to take the meds for a while."

"Sam, you stopped taking the meds?"

"She's talking about Samantha, Jenn." I corrected. "You remember. I told you about her."

"Oh yeah. I misunderstood. Sorry."

"No." Zoe said. "My fault. I always called her Sam. We didn't have a group. We just had each other. And ..." Zoe's eyes were misting up a little.

"It's ok, Zoe." Jenn said. "Sam told me about what happened."

"I didn't have anyone when she was gone. I was alone."

"I can't even imagine how you must have felt."

Zoe shrugged. "It's ok. I'm better, thanks to Sam. This Sam I mean, not Samantha." she said nodding in my direction. The girls all looked at me. I was feeling self-conscious.

"Don't look at me like that." I said. "Zoe's the one responsible for her getting her own life back together."

"It wouldn't have been possible without you, Sam."

"You didn't need me. You'd have gotten by somehow. I just made it easier."

"Zoe." Jenn said. "You should hear how Sam talks about you, getting the new job and all that. He's so proud of you."

"He told me as much a couple nights ago."

"Sam did help you to get back on pdq, right?" Jenn asked.

"He helped me with that here, but I decided to go back on it earlier, when I was still in Arizona. Samantha never did go back on the meds. She just kept shrinking."

"How small did she get?"

"A lot smaller than I am now."

"How much?"

"She was under two feet. Maybe a foot and a half, I'm not sure."

"Oh my God. We could all end up that short if it weren't for the meds."

It was a sobering statement. We all sat silent for a little while and let that sink in. Everyone here now, except for Sharon, had the virus.

"Zoe."

"What, Tee?"

"Was Samantha still, uh, shrinking when, you know."

"When she died?"

"Yeah. Sorry. I didn't mean to bring it back up."

"It's ok, Tee. I can talk about her death a little. The answer is yes, she was still shrinking."

"So, she could have gotten smaller?"

"She could have, yes."

"Is that why she, uh ..."

"Killed herself?"

"Yeah, if you don't mind me asking."

"No, I don't think that's why. I think it was because of Sam."

That remark got everyone's attention if they weren't listening before.

"Tee." I said, "Samantha used to listen to my music and the suicide note she wrote was addressed to me."

"So it was your fault she killed herself, Sam?"

"No, Tee." Zoe answered for me, "It wasn't Sam's fault. There were other factors involved. She was in a bad way and Sam's music, or rather the memory of him was what pushed her over the edge."

"Wow."

"That's what I believe. Nobody knew what was in her head but it's clear she was hurting."

"It must have been hard for you, Zoe."

"This is kind of upsetting. Let's talk of something else."

"How about Arizona?" Cindy offered.

"No. It'll remind me of bad times. I'm already bummed enough."

"Sorry. I know: how about nudism?"

We all looked at Cindy like she had a third eye on her forehead.

"Pfft. You all are such fuddy-duddy's." she said.

I snickered.

"Fuddy duddy. It means old-fassioned and fussy. Go look it up."

"That's not what I was laughing about."

"Then what's so funny?" Cindy asked.

"You just reminded me of something: remember that time we made Jill go naked?"

"For a whole weekend?"

"She was the only one nude too."

"I was jealous."

"Figures."

"You two should be ashamed of yourselves." Sharon said. "Making the poor girl do that."

"It was Sue's fault."

"Don't blame it on Sue. It was you and Sam, Cindy. Jill was terrified."

"She didn't look too terrified to me." Cindy said shrugging.

"You'd be terrified if you were in her place."

"No, I wouldn't."

"How would you know? You've never spent a whole weekend nude in front of everyone."

"Yes, I have."

I laughed. So did Gail and Tee.

"She's got you there, Sharon." I said.

"I should have known. The little nudist."

"You should try it, Sharon." Cindy suggested.

"No way."

"You used to, Sharon, when we measured against the wall. Too bad we don't have the wall for you anymore."

"We don't need the wall." Tee said.

"What wall? What are you talking about?" Jenn asked.

"We used to measure each other and put a mark up on the wall to see how short we were getting in time. But I was growing."

Jenn's eyes got real big. "You grew?"

"Ever since I started hanging upside down."

"Sam mentioned something about that."

"Wanna try it, Jenn?"

"Can I, Sam?"



----- Inversion table, again

Great. Just what I needed -- more girls in my life growing taller around me. "Sure. Why not?" I answered. "I guess it can't hurt."

"Wait." Cindy announced. "It won't mean anything if you don't measure first."

"Oh, no, you're not marking up the wall. We just painted it."

"We don't have to. We can measure her height against your's, Sam."

"Against my what?"

"Against your size."

"She's taller. End of story. You're more her size, Cindy. Why don't you two stand next to each other?"

"Okay." Cindy remarked, right before she started undressing.

"What're you doing?" Jenn shrieked.

"She does that randomly, Jenn. I thought you knew."

"We always get naked when we measure each other." Cindy told her. "Let's go, Jenn. Strip."

"We're not measuring, Cindy!" I exclaimed. "It's just an informal check before Jenn tries the inversion table."

"Don't you want to see her naked, tanned, little body, Sam?"

"My God, you're incorrigible. Don't listen to her, Jenn."

"It's ok, Sam." Jennifer said. "I know Cindy."

"Just take your shoes off and stand next to her so we can get an idea how you two stack up against each other. And Cindy, put your clothes back on."

"Hey Sharon? Wanna join me?" Cindy said. I knew she was trying to have fun at Sharon's expense.

Sharon shook her head, more in disgust than to say no. Cindy left her pants and shoes off but at least she had panties on. Cindy and a bare footed Jenn went back to back.

"Looks like Jennifer's taller." Gail said.

"Not by much."

"About an inch."

"Pretty much. Wait a second." I said as I went running off to the office. I retrieved a ruler and met them back in the living room again.

"Ok girls," I said, "back to back again. Sharon, why don't you do the honors and use the ruler to get a measurement on their relative sizes. Flatten Jenn's hair first."

About three quarters of an inch -- that's how much taller Jenn was over Cindy. Would hanging change this?

"Come on, Jenn." Tee said. "I'll show you out to the garage and we can hang."

"Oh no you don't." I declared. "I'm going with you."

"I can hold her on the table, Sam. She might even be big enough to hang without someone holding her."

"No, she won't, but that's not the reason I'm coming. I'm going outside first and making sure the coast is clear."

"Clear of what?"

"Billy."

"You're being paranoid."

"I'm being careful."

After the check and a nod from me we walked to the garage. I turned on the lights and walked over to the table.

"Ok, here's how you do it." I said. Then I noticed Jenn was still barefoot. "Jenn, why didn't you put your shoes back on?"

"Nobody told me to."

"Would you like me to go get them?"

"No. I'm ok with being barefoot."

"Alright, let's go."

I showed her what to do and she hung upside down as Tee and I held the table for her. Her shirt was riding up but not to the point of baring her bra, only her belly. She was wearing a bra, wasn't she? I wasn't sure. I knew that Zoe and Cindy didn't wear any and neither did Gail, at least not last night. I'm pretty sure Tee didn't either. Great minds ponder the great questions of human existence.

"I can really feel the blood going to my head."

"You'll get used to it, Jenn. Just let me know if you feel like passing out or anything bad."

"Will I pass out if I hang too long?"

"Don't think so. Just being careful."

"You're too careful."

I reached up and ticked Jenn's bare feet.

"Hahaha. Stop it!"

"Oo, looks like we've found Jenn's weakness, Tee."

"She'll put her shoes on next time for sure." Tee remarked.

I tickled Jenn some more but not too much. I didn't want to torture her. We made small talk and after about a half hour she had had enough.

"My turn."

"Hop on, Tee."

So now that it was Tee's turn we made more small talk. Get it? Small? I know, lame. Jenn had met Tee in the past but they never really had much dealings or talked much, so the two of them took this time to yak. I felt a little left out but I knew I couldn't compete. Yakety yak, don't hold back.

After about forty-five minutes Tee was done. We were about to leave when Jenn asked "What about you, Sam?"

"What about me?"

"Aren't you going to hang inverted?"

"Been there, done that. It doesn't work."

"Maybe it will this time."

"We don't even know if it worked for you, Jenn."

"We'll find out. Go on, Sam. We have time."

"Fine."

"Gonna take your shoes off?"

"No. You'll retaliate for me tickling you."

"Well, it was worth a try."

So I hung for about twenty minutes. The whole time Jenn and Tee talked even more.

"This'll be great if works, won't it, Sam?"

"Try to keep from being disappointed and don't get your hopes up."

"It works for me." Tee had to say.

We turned off the lights to the garage, locked up and went back to the house with Jenn ooching and ouching from her bare feet on the ground the whole way back to the house.



----- Finding out if it worked

Fred had brought Erin back when we got in and was waiting to take Sharon and Tee home.

But Sharon took over once we were inside. "Right here in the middle of the living room you two." she said. "Come on, get over here, Cindy. Ok, now stand back to back with Jenn." Then Sharon measured them once again. It took her quite a while longer this time but she finally had the results. Cindy was still topless and the contrast between the two was comical. I heard a few snickers behind me.

"One inch." she declared.

"I gained an inch?" Jenn asked.

"No, only a quarter of an inch. It was three quarters last time."

"Are you sure, Sharon? A quarter of a inch isn't much."

"I double and triple measured it."

"Wait a sec." I said. Then I walked over to Jenn and bent down. I grabbed her left foot and said "Lift your foot up for me a second, Jenn."

"No. I don't want to be tickled again?"

The others laughed.

"No, I just want to brush off the bottom of your foot."

"Why?"

"If there's any dirt from walking outside it could make you taller."

"That's a stretch."

"Indulge me. Please."

"Alright, but let me do it."

Jenn brushed off the bottom of her feet and they remeasured. Same results.

"That was fun." Jenn said. "Can we do it again?"

"Sure, but some other night."

"Wow. This'll be so cool. How about you, Tee?"

"It is cool."

"No. I mean you and Sam stand next to each other."

"But we didn't do any baseline." I protested. "We don't have marks on the wall either."

"Just go stand next to each other. And you too, Gail."

"Me?"

"Yep. You and Sam along with Tee are all the same size. But let's see who's the tallest."

Just peachy keen, I thought.

We took our shoes off and we all stood next to each other. They made us each stand back to beck then side to side.

"They're exactly the same." Jenn said.

"Nope. I think Tee is the tallest."

Then they all agreed that yes, Tee was taller, but by no more than an eighth of an inch. And that I was taller than Gail by no more than an eighth of an inch.

"I'm taller than Sam now." Tee exclaimed. "I can't believe it. I grew again."

"We don't know that for sure." I said. "I could have shrunk."

"After hanging?"

"I don't know. We haven't measured ourselves for a while. I could have shrunk since then or you could have grown. Or we both could have shrunk but I shrunk more. We can't know for sure."

"Do you really think we've shrunk?"

"I don't know, Tee. That's what I'm trying to say."

"But what about Gail?"

"I've always been taller than her."

"But it's only by a little bit now, Sam." Gail said.

"I may shrink even more, girls. It seems the meds don't always work for me like it does for the rest of you. I may be smaller than you some day. I bet you'll like that."

"Sam?"

"What, Gail?"

"Will you still like me if I'm taller than you?"

"What kind of crazy question is that? Of course I will."

"Shrinking sucks."

"Now there's an astute observation."

"I shrunk, even with pdq." Cindy said.

"Me too." Jenn added.

"You were drunk, Cindy. It was the alcohol that did it."

"But what about me?"

"I don't know Jenn. Looks like you've just gained some back."

"You used to be taller than me."

"I know. Believe me, I know, Jenn."

The mood had taken a turn downwards. The conversation needed a serious pickup. I had just the thing.

"Hey guys! Guess what?"

"What, Sam?" they all groaned.

"I agreed to an offer for the house. They signed a contract today."

"What does that mean?"

"If all the financing and stuff for the folks buying the house doesn't fall through then we'll be in the new house by next month. I still have some work to do myself but it looks like it's going to happen."

"Yay!" Cindy screamed. "Skinny dipping time."

"Figures." Sharon replied. The rest of us got a chuckle out of the two.

Jennifer looked a little confused. "Jenn, the new house has a swimming pool." I told her.

"That must be nice."

"I've never had a pool. It'll be cool."

"Do you swim?"

"Of course. Who doesn't?"

"I don't."

"I'll teach you."

"You can do that?"

"If I can swim you can too. Shouldn't be hard to teach you, right?"

"Others have tried."

"Are you saying you've had swim lessons but they couldn't teach you to swim?"

"Yeah."

"Awww. Well, when I move in you can come over and swim as much as you want so you can learn."

"I'd rather use your inversion table."

"Okay. You can do that too."

"No clothes in the pool." Cindy said.

"You have a one track mind, Cindy."

"But clothes, even bathing suits, shed fibers and that clogs the filter."

"Nonsense. Public pools are still around."

"They would be cheaper to operate if they had a no suits policy."

"That's ridiculous."

"No, it's not. They only do it because of the law."

"Those pesky laws."

"How big is the pool, Sam?" Jenn asked.

"Pretty big. I don't know how many feet long, but it's big."

"It was't that big, Sam." Erin tried to correct me.

"Maybe not to you. But to me it was. Think of it twice as big, Erin."

"Ok."

"I'm twice as small as you so the pool is twice as big to me."

"You're not that small but you're right. That would be big."

"Perks of being small."

"It must have been really small to Julie."

"But the house is much bigger than this one. She was so excited about the ceiling being tall enough for her."

"Too bad she won't be there."

"Yeah, Erin. Too bad."

I was starting to feel pretty bad about this now. Everyone sensed it.

"Do you think you'll ever get back together?"

I shrugged.

"Erin," Zoe began, "maybe it's not a good idea to bring up Julie."

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"It's ok, Erin. I don't know what's going to happen. Certainly Zoe doesn't want us to get back together."

"That's not true, Sam. I just want you to be happy."

"Being with Julie makes me happy."

"You shouldn't depend on her to make you happy."

"Don't we all base our happiness by our friends?"

Zoe didn't have an immediate comeback. It took her while before she spoke, then she said "I'm your friend."

"Yes, you are. Still, the new house would be good for Julie."

"Imagine her doing a cannonball into the pool." Erin said.

"What a huge splash. She could empty half the pool that way."

"Don't make fun of her when she's not here, Sam." Sharon chastised.

"I didn't mean to make fun of her. I miss her. She likes water. Did I ever tell you about our vacation to the beach last year?"

"No." they all agreed. So I proceeded to tell the story. I'm surprised Zoe didn't stop me.

"Her top wouldn't fit so she walked around the beach topless."

"I always walk on the beach topless."

"We're surprised you don't go full nude, Cindy."

"I do sometimes."

"Figures." Sharon said again.

"Anyway," I continued, "she kept her top off even when walking the boardwalk and across the street back to the beach house. You should have seen the stares. She caused a traffic accident."

"No!"

"Yes."

"She must have been self-conscious."

"She was, but she was brave. I was wondering more what everyone thought of me being with her. She wasn't quite as tall as she is now and I wasn't quite as short but it was still a big mismatch. You should have seen Yo when he caught Julie topless in the cabin."

"Yo?" Jennifer asked.

"It was his beach house. He let us use it. I used to work with him."

"I thought that was him. By the way, Michele misses you."

"I miss her too."

"Who's Michele?"

"Another girl from our group, Zoe."

"He got her a job then dumped her." Jennifer told Zoe.

"I did not dump her."

"She thought she was going to be working with you, Sam. Then you left."

"I couldn't tell anyone about the new job I was getting. You understand, Jenn."

"Calm down, Sam. I'm just giving you a hard time."

"He's so sensitive." Cindy said.

"Sheesh. I help her get a job and this is the thanks I get."

"Don't be upset. She's very grateful, Sam."

"You talk to her, right, Gail?"

"We keep in touch. Just like with Jennifer."

"Does she like her job?"

"You should be the one to ask her, but yes, she loves it. She says she finally gets some respect. And that Yo leers at her."

"I know. He's s lech. I mean, I already told you how his eyes bugged out when he saw Julie's boobs."

"I don't blame him." Zoe said. "It makes my eyes bug out too."

"Looks who's talking about Julie now."

"Ok, Sam. We can talk about Julie. We all miss her. We're not taking it to the extreme though."

"Can you blame me for being despondent because my girlfriend left?"

"After what she did to you?"

"That was a low blow, Zoe."

"Yes, you're right. Forgive me."

"No problem. You've been hard on Julie lately."

"I'm jealous."

We all stared at Zoe.

"Oh get off it." she said to everyone. "How am I supposed to feel? At least I'm being honest."

"I know how you feel, Zoe. And speaking of extremes, you didn't have to go to extremes last night."

"I didn't do anything."

"Pffft. You call that not doing anything?"

"It wasn't my fault."

I looked at Cindy.

"Why are looking at me like that, Sam?"

"You didn't plan it?"

"No!"

I looked to Gail. "Gail?" I questioned.

"Sam, the truth is we all discussed it."

"Did you all decide that it would be you?"

"Not exactly."

"What am I missing?" Jennifer asked.

"Nothing."

Erin started laughing uncontrollably.

"You were in on it too, Erin?" I asked.

"No. But I could tell what was happening and it was so much fun to watch. Hahahahaha." Erin was beside herself.

"Oh stop it."

"Ok, Sam." Jennifer said. "What happened?"

"I'm surprised Gail hasn't told you already."

"Sam!" Gail said. "I told you last night I wouldn't say anything."

"I know. But I think we should tell her."

"Oh this is going to be good." Jenn said wringing her hands.

"Grow up, Jenn. All they did was seduce me."

"All they did?" Jennifer repeated. "You make it sound like an every day occurrence."

"In this house it just may be. But they were in rare form last night."

"We did it for you, Sam." Zoe pleaded.

"I know and I'm grateful. Still, I wish you'd have respected my wishes."

"We couldn't."

"What did you do, Zoe?" Jenn asked her.

"Like he said."

"Golly, you're so descriptive. Makes me sit on the edge of my chair."

"We had to. Sam thought he was superman."

"Superman?" I questioned.

"You had gone several days without getting any, Sam?"

"Two days. Big whoop!"

"We know what the meds do to you."

"You just wanted me to bop Gail."

"You bopped Gail?"

"Yes, Jenn, I bopped Gail."

"Sam," Zoe tried to explain, "if you'd have kept up with this self imposed abstinence then your dick would have exploded."

"Ouch! Zoe?!!!"

"What's the matter? Did I shock you with my dirty little mouth?"

"No. I've heard you cuss. It's just that that's not the sort of thought I want to entertain. I mean, didn't you see Fred cringe when you said that?"

"You're being overly dramatic about it."

"Am not. Right, Fred?"

"Uh, he's right, Zoe. That's not the sort of thing a guy wants to hear."

"Okay, I won't talk of exploding dicks. But what if it falls off?"

"That's just as bad. It won't explode or fall off no matter how long I stay celibate. So just stop it."

"Your behavior is not healthy, Sam. Something needed to be done."

"I'm perfectly healthy. Except for the virus."

"And pdq." Gail added.

"No, that's helping."

"You needed relief. You have to be inhuman not to get any while taking pdq. You are taking the meds, aren't you?"

"Yes, I'm taking the meds."

"You're trying too hard to stay true to Julie, Sam."

"Ah, the force is strong with this one." Zoe said.

"Stop it with the Jedi shit. I'm human. You know something? It's no different than when I was sixteen in high school with all the pretty high school girls walking around temping all of us guys. I had the same urges and kept it in my pants but nobody thought I was Obiwan Kenobi back then."

"Is being sixteen for a boy really like being on pdq?" Jennifer asked.

"Hell, yes. To be perfectly honest, the drugs make me feel like I was sixteen again."

"I've never felt this way before the pdq."

"Now you know what us guys feel, Jenn."

"Now you know what I feel. Why did you keep it in your pants in high school, Sam?"

"Seriously? Hello! I was four foot ten. I've always been short. Short guys get no action, especially in high school. Suddenly, I've fallen through some sort of multi-dimensional portal now and are able to get girls to sleep with me. Frankly, I don't know for sure that I'm not dreaming. I'm not complaining, mind you. But back then was much different."

"You're being just as bad as all those tall girls who turned you down, Sam." Zoe said.

"How do you figure that?"

"You're favoring a tall girl over all of us. I bet you have a thing for tall girls, don't you?"

"I have a thing for girls, period, Zoe. Many of you are taller than me but so what." I said with as calm demeanor as a contented hippy who just ate a warm, gooey, fresh-from-the-oven chocolate chip cookie and washed it down with cold milk. Peace.

"Then why are you holding on to the tallest girl?"

"Julie and I have a history together."

"You and I do too ... Sort of."

"And I guess you can say I have a history with Sharon and Tee. Sort of."

"And with Ava too. Sort of." Tee said.

"Huh?"

"Never mind."

"Who are you talking about?"

"My friend Ava from the group. But I said never mind. It's even less of a sort of."

"Fine."

"You still haven't told me what happened last night." Jennifer said.

"You want sordid details?"

"Every last sleazy one of them."

"I never knew this side of you, Jenn."

"I don't get any, Sam. I can at least live vicariously through the rest of you. Come on, you owe me this."

Zoe stared at me.

"What?" I asked.

"You know what you have to do, Sam."

"What are you, Zoe? My pimp?"

"She's the harem master, Sam."

"Shut up, Jenn."

Zoe walked over to Jenn and beckoned the other girls to her, including Tee.

"What are you doing, Zoe?" I asked.

"Never you mind."

"Hey, hey, hey. Stop that!" I looked at Fred and put my hands up. I didn't speak but my face said "what the fuck!"

The girls were giggling as they discussed what they were going to do with me. Erin and Sharon were left out.

"You'll save me, won't you, Sharon?"

"You got yourself into this mess. You're going to have to get yourself out alone."

"Gee, thanks a bunch."

Pretty soon the girls broke up.

"So, did you tell Jenn about last night?" I asked.

"Oh they did, Sam." Jenn said. "You naughty boy."

"Me? Did they tell you how they ganged up on me? They were all naked, not just Cindy."

"I'm not naked." Cindy retorted. "I'm only half naked."

"Naked in ninety nine percent of the country."

"Ninety percent."

"Still ..."

She stuck her tongue out at me. She plays the part of the very young little girl perfectly.

"So, did you all decide what you're going to do with me tonight?"

"Nothing. Sam."

"Oh, I see. You're going to make Jenn play hard to get. I'll tell you right now, it ain't gonna work."

"Your Jedi mind tricks won't save you now, Sam."

"She's just sitting there, not doing anything. What do you expect is going to happen?"

Jennifer got up, smiling, almost laughing. I thought she was coming to me. Instead, she went to Gail and kissed her. She was enjoying it too.

"La dee dah." I sang. "It's not working."

"You have no idea what you're talking about, Sam."

"Is this your plan tonight, Zoe?"

"There's no plan."

"Right."

Jenn and Gail were starting to go at it hot and heavy. I was guessing that this was their plan. Get me hot and jealous. It wasn't working. Well, maybe a little. Cindy sat next to me and cuddled up by my side. Tee joined her on the other side. She took off her shirt. This felt kind of familiar.

"Tee?" Sharon protested.

"What?"

"Do you absolutely have to get in on the nude shenanigans too?"

"Try it, Sharon. You'll like it."

"No way. Fred's here."

"He's seen you nude before."

"No. I will not. I thought you were the sane one of this bunch?"

As if to mock Sharon, Zoe took her shirt off too. Damn, it was getting hot in here.

"What can I say? I'm comfortable in my skin."

"What's got into you, Tee?"

"Sharon, my clothes barely fit. The one's that do, I have to save. I don't want to be washing clothes every day."

"What are you saying?"

"I run around the house nude. I've been getting a lot of practice at this."

"What do your parents say?"

"They're hardly ever home."

"What about Shane?"

"Why should he mind me being nude in front of him? We used to do it all the time."

"But you're grown up now."

"Thank you for noticing. Tell Mom and Dad please. They treat me like I'm three."

"You have boobs. Nice one's too."

"Oh please. I look like a little girl since shrinking. Kind of like Cindy."

"Uh, no, Tee." I said. "You're quite a bit bigger in the boob department. Sorry, Cindy, no offense."

"Non taken, Sam."

"I mean, look at you, Tee. Back out on that tree you were skinny but you've put on some weight and in all the right places. You're hot."

"I am?"

"On fire, Tee."

She sidled up closer to me. "I'm glad you think so."

"You know how I feel about you."

She put her mouth right to me ear and whispered "You don't know how good that makes me feel, Sam."

I pulled away a little to look her in the face and said "You're welcome." As I did so Cindy blew in my other ear.

"Hey? Zoe put you two up to this, didn't she?"

They started laughing.

"See, Zoe?" I said. "Your plan ain't gonna work."

"If I have a plan you don't stand a chance."

It was obvious she did and that she was orchestrating it all. Cindy and Tee were still excited and continued their ministrations on my ears. Damn that was getting to me.

"What are you two doing?"

"I don't know, Sam." Cindy said. "You tell us. What's going on?"

"I'm having a change of state."

They looked at me like I was crazy.

"I'm melting. Geez, doesn't anyone here know physics?"

"I do!" Fred yelled. I forgot he was still here.

"Enjoying the show, Fred?"

He looked embarrassed.

"Fred, go home." Tee told him. "You can take Sharon if she wants to go. I can find my way back. I'm sure mom and dad will be fine with me here."

"I'm staying, Fred." Sharon said. "I want to see where this is going."

We were officially a spectacle. I wondered what was going to happen too.

Anyway, the girls started back up with even more energy than before. Gail and Jenn were going at it with abandon and I don't think they cared one wit that they were putting on a show for everyone. I had suspected however that they were doing this to get a rise out of me.

"You know Zoe, you don't have to go to such theatrics to get me to go to bed with Jenn."

Jenn heard and turned to me and smiled. Gail yanked her head back and gave her one hell of lip lock. Zoe didn't say anything, just sat in front of me and smiled. Soon Gail got up and pulled Jenn with her. They started leaving.

"Where are you two going?" I asked.

"To the bedroom." Gail said. "You don't mind if we use yours, do you, Sam?"

"Go right ahead. Zoe, this plan of yours is so transparent." The two girls stopped to listen.

"Oh really? What is it then?"

"I could go to bed tonight in my bedroom which means I'll be with Jenn and possibly Gail here."

"Tempting, right?"

"Very. Or I could retire to the bedroom with you and Cindy and maybe even Tee. There's something tempting about sleeping with the topless trio too."

"You could sleep in my bedroom, Sam." Erin offered.

"Why thank you, Erin. See? You didn't plan on that, did you, Zoe?"

She looked sad.

"Or I could sleep out here on the couch, alone."

Zoe looked downright downcast.

"And possibly, if it's ok with Sharon, she could sleep out on the couch with me."

Sharon perked up real quick. Fred looked like he didn't want to hear that.

"I call dibs on the couch too!" Tee shouted. I turned and looked at her. She looked back at me. "Please?" she said.

I laughed then sighed. "Hmmm. What to do, huh, Zoe?"

"It's your choice, Sam."

"I'm not used to such choices."

"Want some help?"

"Please."

"I think you should go to sleep in your own bed."

"I see. You'll miss your chance with me."

"I have a feeling there will be other chances down the road."

"Good instincts. I tell you what."

"What?"

"I think I'll go out tonight and take a ride to see Julie."

Zoe turned white.

"I keed, I keed."

Zoe sucked in her breath.

"I scared you, didn't I?"

"You don't know how much or you wouldn't have done that."

"The only thing that's holding me back is that I know Julie's not ready."

"How do you know that?"

"She won't even speak to Sharon. I doubt she'll speak to me."

"Otherwise, you'd go?"

"At some point, yes, Zoe. I will reconcile somehow with Julie. Maybe we'll just be friends. Maybe we'll never see each other again. Or maybe we'll get back together."

"How can you be so stolid about it?" Zoe asked.

"Stolid? I'm anything but. Do you have any idea how I feel inside?"

"I'd be livid. This is your life she's messed with for fucks sake. This ain't no petty little walk in the woods; it's serious. I was there when it all went down and I want you to know that I was against what they did to you. But when it was clear that my opinion didn't count I took it all very seriously."

"I know that, Zoe. And believe me, for whatever its worth, I do appreciate it."

"You need to move on, Sam."

"Not yet."

"Are you afraid of moving on?"

"Yes, I'm afraid. I had a good future planned. But now ..."

"You don't need Julie."

"You don't understand."

"I understand." Sharon said.

"I bet your plan didn't include me, did it, Sam?" Zoe asked.

"But I-I ..."

"Poor Sam. Your plans have all fallen apart now."

"Don't mock me."

"Don't plan, Sam. Live in the present right now."

"I know what you're trying to do, Zoe."

"It's no secret."

"I'm a little confused." Tee said.

"Let me spell it out for you then. Julie doesn't love Sam."

"Zoe?" Sharon wanted to speak to her.

"What, Sharon?"

"You don't know all of it."

"I know all I need to know."

"He was going to marry Julie."

I can imagine how that news went over with everyone there.

"Ah, so, that's your neat little plan all wrapped up in a bow isn't it, Sam?"

"Maybe."

"Did you get her a rock?"

I didn't say anything.

"You did. I hope it wasn't expensive."

"What's it to you?"

"Fuck you. You figure it out."

"The future's not set in stone. Not anymore. I have no idea what will happen. Don't be so miserable, Zoe."

"I just don't want you to get hurt. If you stay with Julie you'll just keep getting hurt."

"But I'd be better off with you, right?" I said.

"I can never hurt you like she did."

"Why? Because you're smaller or something?"

"Because I've been hurt like that. She hasn't."

"I hurt her by leaving her in high school so I could selfishly pursue others. That's why she did what she did."

"She lost in love, that's all. She needs to get over it. There comes a time when we all do. You too. But she didn't stop there, did she? She had to have her revenge. She got back at you. Oh boy did she get back at you."

"She wanted me when nobody else did."

"In high school?"

"Yeah."

"You're so stupid. Haven't you been listening to everyone here? All the pretty girls want you now. Fuck high school. We were all immature back then. Don't hold that against us. I bet we all would have gone out with you back in high school if you'd only had some confidence. Am I right, Sharon?"

"Yes."

"Tee?"

"Well, I'm sure ..."

"Say it!"

"Okay, okay. I liked Sam in high school too. I was just too shallow to know it."

"We were all shallow. What about little Linda?"

"My cousin?"

"Yep."

"She was eleven. Jesus."

"What do you think Jesus would say?"

"I thought you were Jewish?"

"So was Jesus."

"Can we just stop this now?"

"Not yet. I get it, Sam. Linda was too immature to make decisions. So were all the others in high school. But we grow up. Isn't it better being mature, Sam?"

"Is it?"

"You tell me. Aren't we having more fun now than in high school? Even college?"

"Yes and no." I shrugged.

"Sam, you can let her go."

"You're just waiting for that, aren't you?"

"I've been patient."

"Holy shit. It's not even been a week."

There was that pregnant pause again as we all sat around the living room. Gail broke the silence.

"Uh ... wow!"

"I'm sorry, Gail. I hope we aren't driving you away. I'd worry if you left."

"Oh I won't leave, if only to see what's next."

"So, what'll it be ... boy?" Zoe asked.

"I didn't know you were a Meatloaf fan."

"Diehard."

"I don't know, Zoe. I feel that if I sleep with anyone I'd be letting the others down." I leaned back and put an arm around Cindy's bare shoulders and the other around Tee.

All of them seemed to deflate at once. Even Erin. I guess she was hoping I'd get with someone.

"But ..."

I had everyone's attention.

"Maybe ..."

They were on the edge of their seats hanging on my every word as a dragged this out. I couldn't believe the power I had at this moment. The only time people cared to listen to me was when I sang. Now I wasn't even singing. It felt good.

"Maybe what, Sam?" Cindy said.

"I don't know. I mean the only one here that I haven't been with is Jenn. I think she wants to spend the night with Gail though."

"Oh that's harsh, Sam." Zoe said.

"It was your plan."

"Okay I admit. It could have been better."

"I'm fucking with you, Zoe."

"Hmpff."

"Jenn?"

"What?"

"Would you like to spend the night with me?"

"Yes!" she said. Then she began jumping up and down and clapping.

Zoe let out the breath she was holding.

"Did you guys seriously think all of these theatrics would have changed my mind?"

"So, you had decided to do this with Jenn from the beginning?" Zoe asked.

"Pretty much, Zoe, yes. I know she takes the meds too and she confirmed my thoughts tonight on the effect it was having on her. She never took me up on coming here before and then out the blue she said yes. And on a weeknight to boot. It's kind of obvious what was going to happen, wasn't it?"

"Nobody knew how you felt about it though."

"Really? I was that opaque?"

"You've been like this all week."

"Until last night. It's been a short week so far."

"So this was all unnecessary?"

"I wouldn't say that. It certainly was fun."

"A barrel of laughs."

"Are you happy for me, Zoe?"

"Yes, Sam. I am."

"Still think I can't make the best of things?"

"No. You're right."

"Zoe."

"What, Sam?"

"Thank you."

"You're welcome."

"I'll make it up to you."

"I'll hold you to that."

I looked at Tee and then at Cindy. They look so pretty when they smile.

"You can put your shirt back on, Tee." Sharon said.

We laughed.

"I have a better idea. You take yours off."

"No. Besides we're leaving soon. Didn't you hear Sam?"

"He didn't say when."

Sharon glared at Tee. Tee gave me a kiss on the cheek and said she'd be right back as she got up to go see Sharon.

"Sharon, I'm going to stay tonight."

"But you heard Sam."

"So? There are others here."

"Oh. Sorry."

"Don't be. We'll have our time together. We can take a night off, right?"

"Okay."

Tee gave Sharon a good long kiss then resumed her spot next to me. I was wondering who Tee was talking about too.

"Zoe."

"What Tee?"

"Come here. Sam, do you mind if Zoe sits on your laps?"

"Hell no."

"Sharon, will you do me a favor?"

"What?"

"Here, take my phone. I want a picture of this."

"Of you three with Sam?"

"Yep."

"But you're all topless."

"I don't think Zoe and Cindy mind, do you, girls?"

They all wanted this so Sharon took a few pictures. Zoe remained sitting on my lap for a short time after that. Jenn and Gail would kiss each other every now and then.

Fred and Sharon finally left. It was getting late and Jenn was excited. Truthfully, I was too.

Erin went to bed first. Then it was Gail and Zoe's turn. Cindy and Tee were staying out on the couch tonight. That answers that question. There was only Jenn and I left. We went to bed.


----- Bedtime

Jenn was giggly and excited. We were standing in front of the bed facing each other. She was as tall as Cindy so I was looking up into her deep brown eyes. She smiled; it was beautiful. My hands were around her neck and hers were around my waist.

I stretched up on my toes as she bent her head down for a kiss. I realized this was our very first kiss. It was light, tentative, and no tongue at first. The we started slipping in our tongues a little, then a lot. I explored her mouth little by little until my tongue was familiar with every little cranny.

"Mmm, you kiss good, Sam."

"Am I as good as Gail?"

"Oh yeah."

"So, is this the reason you came here tonight?"

"I tried to come see you before."

"Why now?"

"It's not so simple. I had to get someone to feed the cats for me."

"How many do you have?"

"Just two."

"Would you like me to undress you?"

"Tee hee." she giggled. "Okay."

I undid her pants first. She was still barefoot. As I took her pants off I gave one of her feet a little tickle.

"Hey, stop that."

"How about if I do this?" I said then I kissed the top of her left foot.

"Oo!"

"Like?"

"Yeah."

"Want me to do it again?"

"Yeah."

I sat her on the bed and began sucking her toes. She laid back and was enjoying my work as I admired her beautiful legs. Not nearly as large as Julies, but not the thin legs that Gail had either.

Jenn still had her panties and shirt on. When I had worked my way up to her panties I stopped and moved both of us up to the head of the bed. I took her shirt off slowly.

Wow! Those breasts were magnificent. Average sized and pert as hell. I knew if I had shrunk to the point where her boobs were eye level to me I'd have to watch out -- she could put an eye out with one of those. I spent some time lingering on them more for me than for her. I couldn't help it, her tits were that spectacular. But there was much more to explore.

I wanted to turn her over and work on her back and ass but I could tell she was getting antsy. I still wanted to drive her nuts so I just kept working my way down, slowly down to her panties. I nibbled around the edges. I started pulling them down and she lifted her hips but I stopped after I had them down an inch or so. I then came in from the other way, licking and nibbling from the bottom part of her panties where her legs met.

The poor thing was whimpering and started pushing her panties down herself. I kept them up and kept working around her pussy which was literally dripping. Her panties were going to need drying out that's for sure.

When it was clear that she couldn't take anymore I finally took them off but kept licking around rather than on her pussy. I worked on her glistening wet pussy lips. She tasted delicious. I saw the little man in the boat stand up and gently kissed her clit. She gasped. I figured it was time so I made use of my whole tongue from the back of my mouth to front tip of my tongue.

Jenn wasn't one to make too much noise but her hips thrusting up and down were pretty violent. I rode her orgasm until I sensed she was settling down. I wanted to wait for her to recover and then do it again but she wanted to please me, so she undressed me.

"Oh wow! Cindy's right. We're going to have more fun tonight." she said upon greeting Mr. Happy.

We went at it pretty hard. I lasted a little longer than usual before my first climax. About two seconds longer than usual. But we did it again, and yet again before falling asleep.

I have to admit: even though Julie had left me, life was good. Little did I suspect, things were about to change.

 

 

End Notes:

Uh oh. That last sentence is pretty ominous, isn't it? I really hope you all like what's coming.

Chapter 85 - We meet again by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam may be forgetting about Julie. Things are going good for Sam. But wait.

----- Thursday

GRIND. GRIND.

"Ow! Ouch! Get off me, you big oaf!"

The giant foot lifted then came down again.

GRIND. GRIND.

"Aaaaaaaaaa!"

It wouldn't stop. It lifted, came down and ground me into the carpet. I was in tremendous pain.

"Please, stop. Somebody ... help!"

The gigantic foot lifted again but this time a huge hand snatched me away. It was as big as a king size mattress. I felt myself being lifted up and up, as if I were in a very fast elevator. I became dizzy. Another giant hand covered me from above.

The elevator stopped and the hand above me was moved away. I was trembling. I looked up at the gigantic face staring down at me.

"Zoe? Zoe, is that you?"

"Are you ok, Sam?"

"I hurt all over."

"You're cold and shivering."

"I'm scared."

Just then another hand grabbed me away from behind. I was blind-sided. It took me away from Zoe. Whoever it was was running -- I could feel the bouncing, the rhythmic swinging of the arm. I started to get sick. Then it stopped abruptly and I thought I was going to throw up. There was more jerking inside this hand. I could feel struggling. The hand opened and again I was transferred, not too gently I might add, to another giant's hand. I almost fell but whoever it was caught me. I tried looking out between the fingers that had me. I was hoping it was Zoe but this hand didn't feel like hers. Then more running.

The movement stopped and I could hear whoever it was above me breathing hard as if out of breath. I surmised that was probably from all the running. I was lifted a little ways and the hand was opened. I lay on my back for only a moment before I caught the flash of the other hand belonging to this giant or giantess, I didn't know who, coming down fast upon me. It was turned sideways and it hit my legs like a monstrous karate chop. I felt my legs break. It was sickening hearing the bones go. I screamed

"Aaaaaaaaaaaaaa!"

The next thing that happened took me by surprise, as if this whole incident wasn't surprising enough. I was lifted up high and obviously back behind whoever it was that held me, then the giant arm swung forward and I was launched into the air. I was flying toward a brick wall. This was it. There was no way I was going to survive hitting that wall. I mentally braced myself as best I could. Physical bracing would have been good but was out of the question flying in mid air.

Right before I hit, I woke up.

I was sitting upright breathing hard. I looked beside me to see a worried face.

"Sam! Sam! Are you ok?"

"Uh? Yeah, Jenn, I'm ok. It was just a bad dream."

"I'll say it was. Can I get you anything? A glass of water?"

"No. I'll be fine but I have to get up. I'll only be a few minutes. Wait here, ok?" I said. I gave her a kiss and jumped out of bed. I didn't bother putting any clothes on. The time for modesty had passed long ago in this house. Besides, this couldn't wait.

I knocked on Zoe's bedroom door lightly. She was waiting for me.

"Sam?"

"What the fuck was that, Zoe?"

"I don't know."

"You were there, right?"

"Yes."

"Good. Just wanted to make sure. I thought I was losing it."

"Let's go somewhere where we can talk."

"The office."

We made it to the office and both had a seat next to each other on the little couch there.

"What happened, Zoe?"

"I don't know. Someone snatched you from my grasp."

"Who?"

"I wish I knew."

"Didn't you recognize who it was?"

"It happened too fast. I ran after them but I got lost. I don't know how that happened. I was running and everything went dark."

"Shit. It was somebody I knew. It had to have been."

"Why?"

"How else can I make any sense of it?"

"It was a dream. People have been trying to make sense of dreams since the beginning of time."

"This was more than a dream. You were part of it. Don't you agree with me?"

"Maybe. I have no idea what it means, Sam."

"Zoe."

"What?"

"Thanks for saving me, even if you couldn't hold on."

"I felt so bad for you. You were shaking."

"Do you have any idea what it's like to be lifted several stories by a gigantic hand?"

"I'm sorry if I hurt you."

"You didn't. Someone else did. In fact, It was so comforting seeing a familiar and caring face up there in front of me. Especially yours."

"You looked so pale and scared."

"It was ..."

"What?"

"The dream. I think it was from where I left off in a previous dream."

"What happened in that one?"

"Sammie and I were running together. Somehow I lost her and this giant foot stomped on me. That was who you rescued me from. You saw them, didn't you? Who was it?"

"You don't want to know."

"You know. I knew it. Tell me."

"I don't want to."

"Tell me!"

"Julie."

"I can't believe that."

"I can only tell you what I saw. Maybe it wasn't her. It was just a dream, Sam. Don't make a big deal out of it."

"It was not just a dream, damnit!"

"Okay, calm down. How about a hug?"

"Okay."

We hugged each other, and yes, Zoe was still naked from the night before too. But it wasn't what you're thinking. It was an innocent hug, a comforting hug that I really needed. It was a tight hug.

"Zoe, I left Jenn hanging. I better be getting back to her."

"Are you going to be ok?"

"I think so. What time is it?"

"Uh, about two thirty."

"Thanks, Zoe."

"It was the least I could do for you."

"It was a lot."

I walked back to the bedroom where Jenn was still waiting.

"Are you ok now, Sam?"

"Yeah. I'm fine. It was just a dream."

"Why did you go see Zoe? I heard you two in the hallway."

"She helps me with my nightmares. She's into that stuff, you know."

"Nightmares."

"No, just general counciling."

"Did she help?"

"Yeah."

"So you've had these nightmares before?"

"It's not something I want to talk about, Jenn."

"Ok. Want a hug?"

"I'd love a hug."

"It will be time to leave soon, but maybe we have time for one more session before I have to go. That is, if you want to."

"You know I'd love to. How about sixty nine this time?"

"I'd rather we fuck."

"Any particular way?"

"You choose."

I chose to be up on my knees with her legs over my shoulders. She said good choice. I must concur.

We made love again and fell asleep to get an hour or two nap before we had to get up and start our day.

Unfortunately, Jenn neglected to bring a change of clothes with her and so she had to rush out to make it home and get cleaned up for work this morning.

Cindy was still naked after the rest of us had already showered and got ready to go, blah, blah, blah. Erin was working later today but I knew I wasn't going to see her until after I brought Zoe back from the clinic.


----- Ride to work

I had to leave a little bit earlier this morning since I had to bring Tee back home.

"I wish I could have stayed to have naked tea with Cindy." she said.

"Sorry, not enough time. You can come over this weekend."

"Can I?"

"What makes you think you have to ask?"

"I don't want to take you for granted."

"Of course you can come over. We'll all be looking forward to it, right Zoe?"

"Sure."

"We'll have a leaving the house party."

"Isn't it still a month away?"

"Okay, then we'll have a packing our shit up party."

"Oh that'll go over well."

"Yes, Tee, of course you can have naked tea with Cindy this weekend."

We had a good laugh, then Tee was dropped off at her home.

"So now that she's gone, Sam, are you doing alright?"

"I'm fine if you're talking about the dream. You're not worried are you?"

"I'm concerned about your emotional health."

"I feel fine. Thank you for asking."

"I, uh ..."

"Yes, Zoe?"

"I just want you to know something."

"What?"

"Holding you in my hands that way, it was, it was very special for me. You were so precious. I wanted to hold you forever. I was so disappointed when you left."

"I was grabbed from you against my will. I was stolen. Believe me I didn't mind being in your hands. In fact, I quite enjoyed it for the brief time we had together that way. I felt safe there once I saw your face."

"And loved?"

"Yes, safe and loved."

"Would you do it again if you could?"

"Yes. Why? Are you the one engineering these dreams?"

"No way, Sam. Believe me, I'm just as in the dark about this as you are. You have to believe me."

"I believe you, Zoe. Relax."

"I felt so warm and fuzzy holding you. I know it's a corny way of putting it but that's the only way I know to explain it. I-I want to do it again."

"So you have a holding onto little people fetish?"

She looked out the window for a moment.

"I do." she said. "I never felt like that. Maybe it was latent before, or maybe I just developed it. But only with you."

"Only me? Maybe it's not a fetish."

"Maybe it's because I'm small now and I want someone smaller to hold on to. I don't know."

"You're the shrink. You should know."

"Don't call me that."

"Sorry. So you really want to hold me in your hands again?"

"Oh God, yes."

I looked over at her sitting in the booster chair. She was trembling.

"This has really gotten to you, hasn't it?"

"It has."

"I looks like it's shaken you up more than me."

"I couldn't say. But I feel ..."

"Feel what?"

"I don't want to say this out loud."

"Why?"

"I don't want it come true."

"What? You can say it."

"I feel like I'm going to lose you. I'm sorry. The dream scared me."

"Don't be scared. If it's in my power to have you hold me in your hand again, I'd do it."

"You're too good, Sam. It's just a fantasy. I don't want you to be that helpless. And I don't want you to lose you. Maybe it's just that I want to protect you."

"You don't need to, Zoe. I promise."

We had made it to Inner Peace and Mind where Zoe worked.

"I'm sorry to unload on you like that, Sam."

"It's no problem. It's about us so it's not really unloading. I'm happy that we can talk about these things. I know it's intimate but we're beyond that point now."

"And private. Right?"

"I won't tell a soul. I'll see you tonight then?"

"Yeah. See you tonight."



----- Work

I suppose lunch with Jenn will never be the same again. One of the most obvious things is that Jenn looked at me differently. I should get used to that look.

"Thanks again for last night, Sam."

"No, thank you. How's my barefoot contessa today?"

"Sam! Behave."

"What? I didn't do anything."

"Barefoot contessa." she whispered. "Everyone will hear."

"So?"

"They'll ask why, then one question will lead to another and everyone will know."

"You're being paranoid."

"Just careful."

"You're too careful."

"Wait a minute. That's what I said to you."

"There ya go."

"Uh, okay. I have no idea what you mean by that."

"Neither do I. Most just accept and don't question it. The phrase usually shuts someone up pretty quick."

"You're a naughty boy."

"And don't you know it."

"Shhh. Maybe next time you can come to my place."

"So you won't have to rush out early in the morning?"

She giggled.

"You have to promise me, Jenn, that you'll make it out to the new house when I move."

"I will, if only to hang on your table."

"Will you come by this weekend?"

"I'm working on it. I'll let you know. It's hard to say no to my folks."

"I wouldn't want to come between you and your family. Family first, okay?"

"You're just afraid of my brothers."

Jenn had that starry-eyed teenage girl look about her. I have to admit, even without the starry eyes, she was looking pretty young. That's what shrinking does to you. And it's not just the size. I mean it really makes you look younger. If they could figure out how that happens someone could make millions selling the formula as the fountain of youth. I was convinced of it.



----- The clinic

I asked Zoe -- big Zoe -- about Billy. No news. He's still on the loose. She reminded me yet again to be careful. I assured her that I am, and would remain vigilant.

Jill and I talked a bit. I asked her to come see me this weekend.

"Jill, Julie's avoiding me. Not you too, please. Come on, we haven't really seen each other except here at the clinic for the last few months."

"I'll think it over. But can I ask a favor?"

"Anything."

"Do you mind if I bring a friend with me if I come?"

"Is it Julie?" I said perking up.

"No. It's Caleb. You know Caleb, right?"

"From the group? From here?"

"Yes. Tee knows him. He's Tee's friend too. She'll vouch for him."

"No need. If he's a friend of yours then sure, bring him."

"You sure you don't mind?"

"Not at all. So, you and Caleb, huh?"

"Yeah." she said, sheepishly.

"I think that's great, Jill. Uh, tell me now, how is Julie doing?"

"She's sad. I'm sure you understand."

"Tell her I'd like to see her. She can come over with you maybe this weekend?"

"I'll ask. But don't be disappointed if she says no."

"Why not?"

"She doesn't want to get out and do anything."

"Tell her I'd really like to see her. We don't have to talk about what happened if she doesn't want to. I just want to see her again. Okay?"

"I'll let her know."

"Thanks."

It was kind of stunning news to hear that Jill was going out with Caleb. Or maybe not. She didn't say they were actually going out. She just wanted to bring him with her. I got the picture in my head of the two of them. Jill was near seven feet tall now, but I wasn't sure exactly how tall. Caleb was about three feet. The top of his head couldn't even reach Jill's butt. But then, my head didn't come even that close to Julie's butt -- it was far below. I thought Jill and Caleb would make a great couple! Wink, wink. I smiled inside.



----- Tee and Ava

Later Tee and I talked.

"Hey, do you know anything about Caleb and Jill?"

"No. What about them?"

"Did you know the two of them are friends?"

"We're all her friends."

"They're really good friends, I think."

"What makes you say that?"

"I invited Jill to the house this weekend and she asked if it was ok to bring Caleb along with her."

"What did you say?"

"I said of course it's ok."

"Wow. Jill and Caleb. I never knew."

"Maybe they're just friends. You know, strictly platonic."

"You don't ask to bring just a friend over with you when you've been invited somewhere. Caleb's her date. There's something there for sure."

"I do hope that they show up. I'd like to know for sure."

"I'm gonna tell Ava."

"Hey wait. Tell me what you meant yesterday when you said Ava is, what was it, connected? No, I mean history."

"We have a history. Sort of."

"Yep, a history. How is that?"

"She went to Central High."

"Oh. Okay, well, that's not our school. We were kind of rivals."

"She and I were talking about high school and me being a cheerleader and how you wrestled. She said she saw you wrestle in high school."

"Oh, that's the history part. Sorry, but I don't remember her at all."

"She barely remembers you. It was an away game for us. The cheerleaders didn't go with the wrestling team on away games."

"Too bad."

"You beat their wrestler."

"I know. We always beat Central. We were invincible!"

"Yeah, well, she remembered telling her friends when you won that it didn't mean anything. You were a lightweight and lightweights didn't count."

"We counted as much as the heavyweights in the scoring."

"I know. She knew that too but that's not how she played it with her friends from school at the time."

"Ah. Very shallow of her."

"She knows how bad she was being. I wasn't much better, Sam."

"Didn't you hear Zoe last night? She made it pretty clear that high schoolers aren't mature. You can't really be held responsible."

"It was just a discussion that Ava and I had."

"How did she know it was me that she saw on the mat? I mean it must have been a long time ago."

"Who else can pin their opponent in under then seconds?"

"Oh, I see. But still, she never knew me. I doubt she could have remembered."

"I told her."

"Okay that explains it. So, that's the history?"

"That's the history. Sort of."

"Yeah. Sort of. You looking forward to tomorrow night?"

"I guess so."

"Well don't be too enthused." I said, sarcasm implied.

"I'm excited about it."

"Don't you like singing?"

"Yes, Sam. I love to sing with you."

"It's a big deal to me. I hope Julie comes."

"Sam, don't hold your breath."

"She might."

"Please don't be upset if she doesn't show up."

"Alright. But I'm still excited.

We talked a little more until it was late. I was about to start getting ready to leave.

"Wait, Sam. Ava here wants to ask you something."

"Fine. Tee told me about you in high school, Ava."

"Oh that. This is not about that." Ava said.

"Okay. What is it?"

"I have this friend. She wants to meet you."

"Ah, I see."

"No, she's a grad student. She heard about you."

"What did she hear?"

"It's what Tee said."

"What did you say, Tee?"

"I don't know."

"Tee was telling me how all the girls flock to you."

"Oh dear. Where is this going?"

"Taylor is doing research. She just wants to gather data."

"About me?"

"She seemed interested."

"I bet. When does she want to meet?"

"I'll ask her. Is it okay with you?"

"I guess so."

"Good. I'll let her know."

"Get my number from Tee. I have to go. I need to talk to Jill first. I'll be back in a minute Tee. ... Jill! Jill!"



----- The incident

"I have to bring this cart down to the collection room, Sam."

"I'll walk with you."

I forgot to tell Jill about the new house. We were down at the end of the hallway when Jill was unlocking the door. She had to stoop way down to reach the door knob. How do these girls get so tall? I did feel a little sorry for her having to scrunch down so low. She seemed to be doing a better job of avoiding hitting her head on the top of the doorway than Julie did when she was that size.

She opened the door, ducked under to get inside the room than pulled the cart inside. I waited out in the hallway while she did her thing. News about the new house can wait another minute or two, but I was chomping at the bit to tell her.

I was across the hall from the door when I heard someone. People don't usually come this far down the hall. I looked but there was no one. I turned around and then heard it again. When I turned back to face the sound he was there.

"Well, well, look who it is. We meet again, Sam."

"Billy!"

He was holding a gun and pointing it at my chest, the little fucker. He was shorter than I remember -- shorter than three feet tall. I guess there's no pdq in prison. Fuck! Fuck, fuck, fuck!

"I've been dreaming of this moment for the past six months."

"Everyone knows you escaped prison, Billy. They even know how you did it."

"They're fools. They couldn't catch me if they tried."

"They've been waiting for you to show up. The cops are all over the place."

"You're bluffing."

"Whatever." I said shrugging.

"I know you. You're tricky."

"So what do you want?"

"I want you dead." he spat.

I looked him straight in the eye and didn't blink.

"Aren't you going to come up with a cute remark now, Sam?"

"No."

"Beg."

"What?"

"Beg for your life."

"No. Go ahead, shoot."

He was close. He had the gun pointed down at my chest and I knew that he would raise it to my head if he were going to shoot me. And that would be my chance.

I would grab the gun as he did so with my thumb behind the trigger so he couldn't shoot it. I'd then apply a twist to his wrist to get the gun out of his hand. I had been trained for this. My breathing was calm. I had the situation under control. Everything was planned years ago.

But here's the thing with plans. You always have to have a plan B and plan C. I had neither. There was none. There's not a way in the world to plan for all the contingencies that the universe can throw at you.

I saw Jill come out of the room from the corner of my eye but kept it on Billy lest he turn his head to look at what I was looking at. Then Jill did that thing for which you can't plan, and for which turned out to be the worst thing possible: she reached for Billy.

"JILL, NO!"

It was too late.

BAM! BAM!

I lunged in and grabbed his gun hand.

BAM! BAM! BAM!

Three more shots rang out before I got had my hands on his. Maybe more. I wasn't sure. We wrestled. I had his arm up in the air. I twirled my whole body around to twist his arm.

BAM!

Another shot was fired into the ceiling before I had secured the gun. We struggled. He slipped and we both came down. I made sure I was on top. We both had lost our balance but since I was on top and holding on to his arm as tight as I could, my full body's mass, what little there was, came down on top of Billy's gun arm. I suppose being little himself his arm couldn't take even my meager weight. I felt the arm give way, I heard the sickening snap.

I wasn't sure who's arm it was that broke but I was easily able to take the gun out of his hand. I threw it down the hall, it skidded and came to a rest halfway down against a wall.

Seeing that Billy was down and writhing in agony I jumped over to Jill. She was sitting on the floor with her back against the wall.

"JILL! Jill, are you alright?"

"I'm sorry, Sam." she said in a meek voice.

"No, no, no. Stay with me. SOMEONE HELP! HELP! I'm here Jill! Look at me. You're going to be okay. Just stay with me."

"Move, Sam." someone said. Before I knew what was happening Dr. Hall and then Dr. Sarson were working on her. Others from the staff were there too.

"I love you, Jill. You'll be alright. They'll fix you right up."

Billy was still on the ground. There was a circle of people forming around him. His right forearm was bent back almost upon itself a good sixty or seventy degrees. I wanted to kick him! I wanted to spit in his face! Fortunately, or unfortunately, my good senses prevailed.

It didn't seem too long before the EMT's or paramedics or whoever arrived. So did the cops. They moved everyone away except me and the doctors.

"He did it!" I pointed Billy out to the cops.

"We'll take care of it, sir." they said. "It's over now."

Like hell it is, I thought.

I had to call Julie even if she wasn't taking my calls. I went to the corner, dialed, and waited for the message. It took forever but finally I was able to record a message for her.

"Julie, it's Sam but this is not about us. God I hope you hear this soon. It's about Jill. She's been shot. Yes, shot. They're bringing her to the hospital. She needs you and mom there. Please listen to this. Please."

It was all I could do. They were bringing Jill off on a stretcher when I started to walk out. One of the medics stopped me.

"Where to you think you're going?"

"I have to drive to the hospital. Jill's my friend. I'm dating her sister." It wasn't much of a lie really. Besides, they'd never know.

"You're not driving anywhere."

He was pointing to my leg. When I looked I saw my pants drenched in blood. Oh shit, what did I get myself into now? He laid me down and took out his scissors.

"Wait. Don't cut. Do you know how hard it is to find pants that fit me?"

"Those pants are full of blood, sir. They're going in the trash either way."

"Fine. Cut."

When they did I saw blood oozing out of my left thigh. They wrapped it tight and put me on a stretcher. They put in an IV right before they wheeled me out.

"Wait." I said. "TEE! TEE!"

"I'm right here, Sam."

"Here, take my keys. Drive Zoe home for me. Keep the car until I come get it. It's yours until I get out of the hospital."

"I'll take care of her, Sam." she said with tears in her eyes. I wish I could have reassured her more but they were taking me away. Away to the hospital. It was only a leg wound and I was sure I'd be alright. I was worried more about Jill.

It was real busy in the emergency room. I didn't know what they were doing, but there were a lot of them and they were doing something. They stripped me. The leader of the group, a doctor who's name I can't recall, told me they were taking x-rays. They had an x-ray machine on wheels. Imagine that. There was some mention of surgery and that's all I remember.

 

End Notes:

You probably weren't expecting that. Hope you're not mad at me. Stay tuned because their's more to come.

Chapter 86 - Choose by littless
Author's Notes:

Forgive me for this chapter, I have my reasons. There won't be too much Julie here but fear not, our favorite couple will once again be the main topic soon.

 

----- Somewhere

"Wheee!"

I threw her up in high in the air. The wind was warm, the flowers were blooming, spring was in the air all around.

"Wheee!" she said as I threw her straight up and caught her again. We were exactly the same size yet I threw her effortlessly as if she weighed nothing.

"Hahahahaha." we laughed.

"This is fun. Isn't it, Sammie?"

"It is."

"Throw me in the air again."

"Here you go."

"Wheeeee!"

I caught her again. She reached down and picked some flowers for me.

"Here."

"For me?"

"Yep."

I reached for them but she thrust them at me, wiggling them in my face, then dropped them and started running. I ran after and tackled her.

"Hahahahahaha." we laughed some more while we were rolling on the ground. We stopped rolling and were lying on our sides facing each other. She wore the most gorgeous smile ever for her.

"Having a good time?"

"I am."

"We can do this forever."

"We can? Cool."

"Follow me." she said as she got up.

"Where are you going?"

"There." She pointed to a place on the horizon. It was bright, brighter than the rest of the horizon. It was blazing white. It almost burned the eyes.

"What is that?"

"It's paradise, Sam. Come on. You'll like it. I promise."

"Forever?"

"Yep."

"Will I be able to see my friends?

"You'll make new friends. Everyone is friendly beyond belief."

"I can come back here later, right?"

"Once we're there? No. But when we cross the threshold it'll be us together forever. And all the good things that you can think of."

"I want to be with my friends. My old friends. Where are they?"

"That way." She pointed in the opposite direction. "But if you go there you won't like it."

"Why not?"

"Suffering. Lots of suffering." She shook her head.

"But I want to be with my friends. With my sister. I want to be with Julie. And Zoe."

"Don't you want to be with me in paradise?"

"Yes."

"Choose."

"I get to choose?"

"That way to paradise," she pointed to the light, "or that way if you want to suffer." she said pointing to the opposite direction. The opposite way wasn't dark, but it certainly wasn't as bright as the other way.

"I don't want to leave my friends."

"No more time left, Sammie. Choose."

"I want to go that way." I didn't point to the light. "I'm sorry."

She smiled. "It's alright, my dear. The choice is yours alone, not mine. I did what I needed to do."

"Will I see you again?"

"Do not worry yourself over that."

"No?"

"Everything will turn out okay for you. And for me, will you do something?"

"Sure."

"Take care of Zoe. I feel so bad about leaving my little daisy. Tell her spring time as come and it is time for my little daisy to bloom." she said cradling my face in her hands. "I was so selfish, unlike you, Sammie. As much as I'd like you to be with me, I can't be selfish anymore. Too many depend on you. And lastly, dear Sammie, take care of yourself."

She kissed me then she left and disappeared into the light.



----- Recovery room

Beep ... Beep ... Beep

((( cough, cough )))

"Easy there."

"Ugh." I choked out.

"How are you feeling?"

"I think I'm going to throw up."

The nurse next to the bed grabbed a plastic pan or something. "Here." she said, holding it under my chin.

((( glaaarggh )))

I laid my head back. Then up again.

((( glaaarggh ... blegh ... cough-cough )))

"Finished?" the nurse asked.

"I think so."

"Let me know if you need this again." she said, putting the tray full of puke away somewhere.

"Where am I?"

"In the recovery room. You just had surgery."

"I've had surgery before. I didn't feel this bad."

"You lost lots of blood but you're lucky. The bullet just missed hitting a major artery."

"Can you tell me how my friend is doing? She came here right before me. Her name is Jill. Jill Morton."

"I wouldn't know, sir."

"Is there no way you can find out?"

"I need to be here by your side until you transfer out to the ICU. If she's here I'm sure they're taking good care of her. You'll find out soon enough."

"How long am I going to be here?"

"Until the doctor gives the okay. Maybe a half hour."

"Can I see someone?"

"Not until you get moved to the ICU. Don't worry, it'll be soon and I hear there's lots of people to see you."

"What time is it?"

"It's ten in the morning."

"What day?"

"Friday."

"I was brought here Thursday night. That's a long time to be in surgery."

"You've been unconscious for a good spell. But you're doing ok now."

"I wish I felt better."

"You'll be fine. As soon as you're not feeling nauseous and the doctor says it's okay we'll get you to the ICU."

I laid back and tried to relax.

"Do you feel any pain?"

"My leg hurts. I'm still nauseous but I'm thirsty."

"The nausea should pass soon. I can give you something for the pain in the IV but no drinks."

"Fine. I'll take whatever you've got."

"You'll feel great but it might make you drowsy."

"I'm ok with that."



----- ICU

Drowsy was an understatement. I didn't wake until that afternoon, Friday, nearly a day after the incident. I was in the ICU now. I opened my eyes slowly and saw Erin. She sucked in a breath.

"Sam!"

"Hey."

"I'm so glad to see you. I love you."

"I love you too, Erin."

"Hi, sport." I heard.

"Dad. You're here."

"Where else would I be?"

"I'm glad you came. Tell me something: how's Jill doing?"

Erin's lower lip started quivering. Tears rolled out of her eyes and down her cheeks and she ran out of the room. I looked at Dad. He lowered his eyes.

"She didn't make it, Sam. They said she lost too much blood."

"No! No-ho-ho." I cried. "It can't be. You're lying. I talked to her. She's alright. Please tell me she's alright."

Dad cried too. "I'm sorry, son."

I balled my eyes out for a long time. Erin eventually came back. We hugged as I lay on the bed and we cried together.

I don't know how long we were like that but we stopped when a male nurse finally came into the room.

"How ya doing there, dude?"

"Not good."

"What's wrong?"

"I lost a good friend."

"I'm sorry to hear that. Let me check you out and we'll get you better."

"I don't want to get better."

"Dude! Don't talk like that. It won't do you any good."

"I don't care."

"I bet your friend would want you to get better."

"Fine. What do you want me to do?"

"Nothing. Just try to keep your sprits up, I'll do all the work." He did all the usual things. BP. Temperature. Listened to my chest. Yadda, yadda, yadda.

Someone poked their head in the door and asked the nurse if I was ready.

"Almost." he said. "You have a room?"

Whoever was at the door gave him a room number.

"What's that all about?" I asked.

"They have a regular room for you. We'll move you there in a sec. Then you can have guests, not just family."

"I don't want to see anyone."

"What did I tell you about keeping up your spirits, dude."

"You'd understand if you were on this end."

"Dude! Just try to relax."

"Are you going to role a joint for me so I can relax ... dude?"

"No." He shook his head and rolled his eyes. Then he wrote something down on his clipboard and left.

"Sam. You shouldn't be so rude." Erin chastised.

"Why should I give a fuck? I feel like shit."

"Get better, Sam. Please."

"I'll get better for you, Erin."

By that evening I was in a regular hospital room. It was a two bedder, but nobody was in the other bed. At least not yet so I had the room to myself, and to my guests. They started rolling in almost as soon as they transferred me over to the bed in the room.

Zoe and Sharon were the first. They were only letting two at a time in, so I was told.

As soon as she entered the room Zoe ran and jumped on the bed with me. She hugged me and cried. Never said a word though. I just held her. I couldn't do much else.

"Hi, Sharon."

"Hi, Sam."

"Dad told me about Jill."

"I know." she said before she too started crying. So many tears would be shed today.

After not too long she got up to leave. Zoe didn't want to go with her and asked to stay a little longer.

"I'll send someone else up." Sharon said.

"Wait."

"What is it, Sam?"

"Is Julie here?"

"I don't know. They were here earlier."

"If you see her ..."

"I'll tell her you're seeing people."

"Thanks, Sharon."

Tee came up next. She took Zoe back with her when she left then Cindy and Gail came to see me. Then it was Ava, Tee's friend, and Sue.

"Look who's here. How you doin' girl?"

"Better than you. Is there anything I can do?"

"Eh. I had a run in with the creep, Sue."

"I heard."

"Find him and piss on him for me, will you?"

"Uh, sure. I'll try my best."

"I hate that little fucker."

"We all do."

"Did you see Gail?"

"I saw her. There's a bunch of people here waiting to see you downstairs. Jennifer is here too."

"Yep. We seriously need to catch up, Sue."

"You get better first."

"I will."

"I missed you."

"Ah Sue, I missed you too. Let's promise to keep in touch."

"I promise."

This whole time Erin was in the room with me. The two person rule didn't apply to family. I was grateful for that rule.

Later that night a cop showed up.

"How are you doing, Mr. Cook?" he asked.

"I've had better days."

"I'm sure you have. Do you feel good enough to talk?"

"About Jill's murder? Abso-fuckin-lutely!"

I told the cop all I could. He asked a lot of questions but I couldn't give him all the answers. I had no idea where Billy had been or any of that information that the police wanted. I only knew what he did at the clinic. I didn't even know how he got in without anyone seeing him.

As we were wrapping up I asked about Xavier.

"Xave? Yeah. I know him."

"I figured he be working on this."

"He is. He's working another angle, trying to find out the guys moves and stuff. I suspect he'll have some questions for you too."

"Great. More grilling."

"This wasn't so bad, was it?"

"I wish I had the answers you asked for."

"Not to worry."

"So, are you going to put the miscreant away for good this time?"

"Abso-fuckin-lutely!"

"Great. Maybe can all sleep better at night."

I saw more people that night. Even Matt from Tee's group. I had been laying in bed all day but by night time I was tired and sleepy. There was one notable absence: Julie. Erin stayed with me the whole time.

"Aren't you going home, Erin?"

"I'm staying right here."

"You don't have to. I'll be fine."

"I'm not letting you out of my sight."

"You're so sweet. At least do yourself a favor; get something to eat."

"It's ok, there's a snack machine downstairs."

"I was thinking something more substantial, like at least, fast food."

"I forgot to tell you: I have your car."

"Then use it. Go out and get a proper meal."

"Okay, but don't go anywhere until I get back."

"Erin! Do you seriously think I'm going anywhere?"

"I don't want anything to happen to you while I'm gone."

"Nothing will happen. They're taking good care of me. Now go."

It was when she left to get food that I had one last visitor. At first she caught my attention only from the corner of my eye. I knew exactly who it was before I turned to look. She had to duck through the door.

"Julie!"

She came closer and got down on her knees next to the bed

"Sam, I only have a few minutes."

"I wish you could stay longer."

"Mom is waiting for me."

"How is she handling this?"

"Not too good."

"And you?"

"I don't know if I do can this, Sam. I'm about to go crazy."

"I'm so sorry, Julie. Can I do anything for you?"

"For me? No! Damnit, Sam. Look at the mess you're in."

"I'm sorry."

"Just shut up and listen."

"I'm listening."

"All of this is my fault."

"No, no, it's not. It's that creeps fault, Billy."

"If I hadn't done this to you then Jill would still be alive. You two never would have met Billy."

"You don't know that for sure. Stop blaming yourself."

"I can't."

"I forgive you."

"It won't change anything."

"Maybe not. But it might change the future."

"I don't deserve your forgiveness."

"But that's what's its all about, isn't it? I can forgive you whether you deserve it or not. It's my choice."

More tears.

"I have to be getting back to Mom." she said.

"Wait. Can I see you again?"

"That's not a good thing. Especially for you."

"I know you think it's your fault but what about me?"

"What about you?"

"What if I could have stopped it?"

"How?"

"I could have acted earlier and got the gun from him. He wanted to shoot me, not Jill."

"That's not what I heard. He wanted to hurt Jill too."

"Nevertheless, I could have stopped it."

"Then you would have taken more shots. You nearly died, Sam."

"I'm fine. The bullet missed anything major."

"Not Jill."

"Julie, I feel like crap too. Not because of the bullet, but because we lost Jill."

Julie was barely holding onto it. She was probably crying buckets full of tears earlier. I knew there would buckets more, not just from her.

"Mom needs me, Sam."

"Go, but promise you'll come see me."

"It may be a while because I need to take care of Mom."

"Afterward then. Come back to the house some time. I still have some of your stuff."

"I don't know."

"Please."

"We'll talk about this later. I have to go."

Seeing her gave me hope. When she left I was too tired and fell asleep.



----- Saturday at the hostpital

It was the same with Erin again on Saturday.

"Don't you have to work today?"

"I got someone to cover my shift." she said. Poor girl. I was relaxing in bed the whole time and I didn't want her to suffer, but she insisted.

It was also Saturday that they made me get out of bed.

"Let's see how good you can walk." the tech said.

"Already?"

"You're young and in decent health before you got here. Your vitals are good and doctor ordered it. So, the sooner you can get up the sooner you'll start healing and the sooner you can leave."

"Leaving soon? Cool!"

"You lost some blood for sure but as far as surgeries go your's went well and we've been hydrating you to replace what you lost. It's not like open heart."

"Thankfully. Ok, here goes." I swung my feet over the bed and stood straight up. I had people holding me on each arm in case I fell. I didn't think I needed help. But ...

"Oh man. I feel faint." I said right before passing out. I woke a few seconds later on the bed.

"Doing better now?"

"I feel hot."

"Hang on." the tech said. He wet a paper towel and put it on my head.

"Thanks."

"You can put it on your neck if you want to cool off faster. It might feel a little better there."

"Nah, this is good."

"Want some candy?"

"Is it Easter?"

"It might make you feel better, here." he said handing me a starlight peppermint. "The sugar will help."

I sucked on it until it was almost gone. It tasted good, made me feel better and I had minty fresh breath.

"Want to try again? This time don't get up so fast."

"Sure."

I tried slower the next time and made it standing. I felt ok and they stopped holding me but kept their arms near just in case I needed steadying.

"Ow ow ow. Holy shit that hurts."

They put me back on the bed.

"I have to do this, don't I?"

"Not now, especially if it hurts that much."

"No, I'm going to do this."

So I tried one more time. It hurt but I walked out of the room this time with the IV trailing behind on rollers and made it halfway down the hall before turning back. I thought Erin was going to have a heart attack this whole time.

"So when can I leave?"

"When you can make it all the way down the hall and back."

"Give me half hour to recover."

"No, not today."

"Tomorrow?"

"It depends on what the doctor says."

"Who's my doctor and when can I see him?"

"I don't know. Let me look it up." the tech said tapping on his tablet. "It's uh, Doctor Zhivago."

"No shit?"

"Seriously. Oh wait, there's something else. It says you also have to see a Doctor Sarson."

"Sarson. As in Leslie Sarson?"

"You know her?"

"I know her."

"You're supposed to get her signoff too."

"When can I see her?"

"I don't know. She doesn't make rounds."

"Damn. I hope she comes by soon."

"Want to get some more exercise tonight?"

"Sure."

"Great. My shift will be over by then. You can give Nancy a hard time instead."

"You're a real trooper."

"I know." He winked. "See you tomorrow."

"I hope to be outta here by then."

"Good luck. And I mean that."

"Thanks."

Dr. Zhivago did come by. I could have had fun with his name but I wanted out so I stayed serious. He did the usual doctor thing then took the bandages off of my leg to look at it.

"Did the surgeon come by to look at this?"

"No. Why? Is it bad?"

"No. I just want him to look at it before you go. Have you been up walking?"

"Yeah. I got halfway down the hall."

"Oh yes, here's the annotation. Good job, sir."

"When can I get out of here?"

"Not promising anything, but maybe tomorrow."

"That would be great. Everyone was making such a big deal out of it."

"No major arteries were damaged but there was still some tissue damage. We took the bullet out so what was hit will heal, eventually. While the blood vessels that were damaged weren't major, there was still a lot of blood loss. The surgeon did have to tie off or repair some of the vessels. That's why the surgery took longer."

"What about Jill?"

"Jill. Yes, she was in the same time as you, wasn't she?"

"Yes. She was part of the same shooting."

"Senseless, that what all shootings are. Unfortunately, in her case a major blood vessel was hit. She bled internally."

"There was nothing you could do?"

"Nobody could have done anything. She would have needed surgical intervention within seconds for any hope."

"Did the bullet hit her chest?"

"I believe all the bullets she took were in the abdomen. Her descending aorta took a direct hit. Unfortunately, that one carries more than half the bodies blood. There was plenty of damage to her liver too. I'm sorry."

"Thanks for telling me."

"Now, how are you feeling?"

"Never better."

He raised his eyebrow.

"Okay. The leg is still sore but I'm not nauseous today."

"Did you eat?"

"Yes. Yummy hospital food. Give my compliments to the chef."

"Are you being sarcastic again?"

"Yes sir. I really did eat though. I toughed it out and ate everything except the collard greens at lunch."

"Why not the collard greens?"

"I hate collard greens."

"I see. Well, eat your dinner, including the vegetables, and rest up tonight. We'll see how things go tomorrow."

"If I can make it down and back in the hallway tomorrow, can I go?"

"We need to see what the surgeon says."

"And why must Dr. Sarson see me?"

"Hmm. I don't know." He scrolled through the app on his tablet screen for a while. "It looks like she requested to see you."

"I know her."

"I'm sure her visit is for the best then."

I didn't have long to wait for Dr. Sarson thankfully. She showed up in the late afternoon.

"Hi, Doc."

"Call me Leslie."

"Leslie. They told me that you needed to sign off before I can leave the hospital."

"In a hurry to get out?"

"Yes. There's a lot of sick people here."

"Just a formality. I had to do that to make sure I saw you."

"You didn't need to come see me."

"I wanted to."

"Jill ..." I swallowed hard. "Jill is gone."

"I know, Sam. I was there."

"I loved her."

"We all did."

"She was an amazing person. I don't know if I can tell you all about her and her sister and me and Zoe."

"It's ok. I know."

"You do?"

"I know a little of your special situation. How do you feel?"

"I feel awful. Especially for Jill. I only wish there was something I could have done. I could have stopped it maybe, even if it meant sacrificing myself, Dr. Sarson. Nobody would have gotten hurt except for me and that little bastard. I had him, I knew it. Why did she have to come out of the room?"

"She had to come out some time."

"It was the worst possible time. She came out and reached over Billy. That's when he started firing. I told everything to the police."

"Yes, we have it on video you know. I'd like to see it but the police have it in their custody right now. You were very brave, Sam."

"I feel stupid, not brave. I thought I had it under control. Why did she have to come out?"

"She wanted to help." Leslie shrugged.

"Why didn't I act earlier?"

"You couldn't have."

"I could have. I should have. The little prick."

"Don't beat yourself up over it."

"I fucked everything up, didn't I?"

"No, you didn't."

"And Julie. Can you even imagine how she feels? Do you know her?"

"I know of her."

"I have no idea what to do for her to make it better."

"We can talk about it when you're better."

"Talk. Right. That'll change things."

"You don't have to be so negative."

"Sorry. I feel bad. And then there's Zoe. Leslie, I'm worried about her."

"Why?"

"She's been here twice and she hardly said a word. It's not like her. Have you talked to her lately?"

"No, I haven't, but I mean to."

"I don't know what to do about her either."

"We'll figure this out."

"I just want to get my hands on that asshole Billy and tear him limb to limb. Does that make me bad? Will that make you keep me here in the hospital?"

"No. It's normal to feel that way."

"No, it's not normal. It's horrible."

"Are you going to have people care for you when you get home, Sam?"

"Yeah. There's Erin over there and when she goes to work I'm sure Tee can watch after me."

This made Leslie smile.

"Sam, I want to warn you: healing won't be easy."

"My leg will be fine."

"I mean emotionally."

"It can't get much worse than it's already been."

"It's going to be a rocky road. If you need me I'll be here for you."

"Thanks. I appreciate it."

"I know you and I'm sure you'll do the right thing. And I'm so sorry about Jill."

After she left I got up and walked the hall later that evening. My leg felt a bit better, surprisingly. I told Nancy thank you and that she wasn't nearly as bad as the other guy made her out to be. She thanked me for that tidbit of information.

Erin spent the night in the room with me again. I wanted to get out of the hospital as much for her as for me. The poor child. You can't get a good sleep curled up on a chair.

Sunday rolled around and everything went swimmingly. Thank God! It was the bright part of Erin's day too.

I was out of there by the late afternoon. I should have been out right after lunch; that's what the doctor said, even the surgeon. They said I was in a good enough condition and there was no reason to stay. But all that damned paperwork, or computer work, took forever.

Erin drove me home. Over the door was a big sign.

WELCOME HOME SAM!

I just couldn't help it: I broke down and cried. The last week or so was such an emotional roller coaster ride that I couldn't contain myself. I was pretty much toast for the rest of the day but I had guests to attend to. My leg still hurt so I was in a wheelchair. I wanted out of it as soon as possible but I was grateful for its presence today.

Cindy and Zoe were of course there. But so was Jenn and Sue. So was Michele and Joe from the old group. Fred and Sharon greeted me at the door. Tee was there with Ava. Even Matt showed up from their group. Big Zoe and Xavier where there. The only one missing again was Julie.

I know I wanted a party this weekend but this was ridiculous. I was sad for missing Mike's on Friday too. I hope they understood.

All these people for me, yet I felt I didn't deserve their compassion. I wanted to ship them all out to see Julie. The thought of what she would be going through, and going through it alone, was too much for me to bear. I was at an emotional low. Life is so fucking unfair.

 

End Notes:

New chapters will be shorter and coming at you faster from now on, at least two times a week until done. Hope it's getting interesting. For those that want to see Julie, she's coming back with a vengeance in Sam's life but it will be a couple chapters away.

Chapter 87 - Homecoming by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam is back home and process of healing is started.

Not much action here, just some description, a liitle more back story and we meet another minor character. I'll have the next chapter soon though.

----- Homecoming

I felt like a cripple sitting in the wheelchair. I got up several times but could only stand for a few minutes before the pain forced me to sit back down. I held on to whatever was available -- a counter, leaning against a wall, leaning against Erin.

But mostly I sat and people doted over me. Everyone being there meant so much to me but I still felt so bad and wasn't really up to this. But there were three people I really wanted to talk to: Sharon, big Zoe and her friend, uh, I mean her fiance, Xavier.

I figured that Xave and big Zoe would leave early so I asked them to come with me to my office to talk. I closed the door and sitting in the wheelchair I began.

"Mr. Xavier ..."

"Please, call me Xave. I feel we know each other too much for formalities."

"Thanks, Xave. I know you put the bastard away before, and you tried to prevent what happened so I just want to say, thank you."

"Hey, that's what we do, my man."

"By the way, are the rumors true?"

"What rumors?"

"That you and Zoe ..."

"We're engaged to be married."

"Let me offer official congratulations."

"Thanks." he said as Zoe smiled.

"The officer I spoke to in the hospital said you're still working this and might have questions for me."

"None right now."

"Well, you know where to find me if you need to."

"For now you take care of yourself and get better. Any questions we might have can wait."

"You do have the little fucker in custody, right?"

"Yes, we have the, uh, little fucker. He's not going anywhere."

"I didn't mean to break his arm."

"No, but just between you and me, good move."

"It was an accident."

"No need to explain."

"Ok, now I need to talk to Zoe."

"I'll leave you two."

"No need."

"I'm listening, Sam." she said.

"It's about my Zoe."

"What about her, Sam?"

"You two have become good friends, right?"

"We have. We work together."

"Is she, um, like taking a few days off?"

"Yes. Didn't she tell you?"

"We haven't really talked. I'm hoping we'll talk later, when everyone else leaves. But, when she came to see me in the hospital she didn't talk at all, hardly. We held each other and she was shaking most of the time."

"The incident traumatized her."

"She's no stranger to that. I'm a little worried."

"I can see why you say that. Try to understand, situations like this take a toll on everyone connected. She's coping in her own way. Silence is a coping mechanism for some people. I know her and I'm sure she'll come out of this as good as possible."

"You're the expert and you know her, so ..."

"I'll do what I can for her."

"Thanks."

"Hey, Sam."

"Yes, Xave."

"You should know, everyone thinks you're a hero."

"Jill is dead. I'm no fucking hero."

"We analyzed the video from the clinic yesterday."

"Oh yeah?"

"You are a hero."

"Stop saying that."

"We saw the, um, little fucker point the gun at you."

"He had it at my chest. If I were going to do anything then I would have had to have looked down and I would have given myself away."

"You were right in front of him. His back was to the room where Jill was working."

"I looked him straight in the eye."

"It takes a lot of courage to do that, man."

"I knew he would raise the gun up to my head to shoot me. I wouldn't have had to look -- the gun would be right in my line of sight and I could have done something."

"He may never have raised the gun up."

"Oh, he would have."

"How do you know?"

"He said he wanted to kill me."

"He did?" Xave said. He and Zoe glanced at each other.

"Yeah, and I would have stopped him. I only wish Jill would have waited. I didn't even look at her when she came out of the room for fear of telegraphing to Billy that she was there."

"It wouldn't have mattered."

"Why did she do that?"

"We don't know. Billy must have felt her presence. When he turned around and fired, the gun was right up against her stomach and the bullet went straight in as far as we can determine. We believe it was that first shot that did her in."

Xavier then told me how the bullet was a thirty caliber -- a three eighty. It could have been a more powerful round but it was probably all the gun that Billy could handle, yet it was enough -- enough to kill.

I didn't know what to say.

"Sam, is there anything we can do for you?" Zoe asked.

"No. I'm sorry." I said with tears starting to pour out. "I'm still recovering. My leg hurts."

"Did you take anything for it?" Zoe asked.

"No. It puts me to sleep."

"Don't try to live with the pain. There's no reason to tough this out. Plus you need your sleep."

"I slept plenty in the hospital. But, I'll take your advice and probably take a pill tonight."

"Just take care of yourself."

"Thanks for coming, you two."

"We wouldn't miss it. Just let us know if there's anything either one of us can do."

We left the office and mingled some more. I caught up with Sue. She took me aside.

"Sam!"

"Hi, Sue. Thanks for coming to see me in the hospital."

"It was the least I could do. But Cindy told me some things about you."

"What?"

"About you and Gail and Jennifer."

"Yeah, well, things happen."

"So, it is true."

I shrugged. That confirmed it for her.

"I'm happy for all of you."

"I told you we needed to catch up."

"You weren't kidding."

"Have you met Zoe?"

"Yeah."

"What do you think?"

"I don't know. I think she's sad."

"We're all sad about Jill."

"I heard she wasn't so fond of her."

"They've known each other for a long time. It was a long distance relationship over the internet and there was that thing about me, but I think she's feeling different about Jill now."

"I heard about that thing."

"So you know it wasn't Jill. It was really Julie?"

"What?"

"Didn't you know?"

"Know what?"

"Sue, we really need to catch up on things."

"I've been busy. The truth is ... I'm seeing somebody."

"Good for you."

"I'm sorry. Are you mad?"

"No. I'm happy for you."

"All the times we spent together, they mean a lot to me."

"Does he make you happy?"

"Yes, he does."

"Do I know him?"

"No. He started working at the dealership after you went off to Arizona. And he's normal size."

"So what's normal anymore?"

"Five ten."

"Ah, so, you're settling for normal now? I never would have thunk it."

"Oh, don't be that way."

"I'm teasing you, Sue. He better treat you right."

"He does."

"Or I'll go over there and kick his butt."

"You badass."

"Now don't keep saying that or I'll tell your new boyfriend about us, young Lassie. Awoooo!"

"I'll never live that down." she said putting her face in her hands.

"Did you think I forgot?"

"I forgot until now."

"I'm happy for you and wish you two all the luck in the world, Sue. You have my blessing."

"I'd stay with you tonight, Sam, but we're engaged."

"Well, I'll be. Just as well. With this gimpy leg I'd be trash in bed."

"Oh please do take care of that."

"I'm taking care of it, don't worry."

"I just wanted you to know about why I haven't been around."

"Thank you for telling me. Do you know where Cindy went?"

"No. I just talked to her."

"I haven't seen her since I first got here. Do you mind if I go look for her?"

"Go ahead, Sam. I'll catch up with you later. I think I'm going to talk to Gail now."

It didn't take long to find Cindy; she was in the bedroom on the phone.

"Oh hang on, he's here." she said then turned to me. "Sam, I have Gabe on the phone. Wanna say hello?"

"Sure."

She handed me the phone.

"Hello. Gabe?"

"Hey, amigo. You doin' ok?"

"I'm healing. I guess you heard."

"Yeah, man. I hope it's not too bad."

"Nah, I just got home."

"Is there anything I can do for you?"

"Like what? You're on the other side of the country."

"I don't know. Anything."

"I'll be fine. I have lots of friends here who are taking care of me."

"Look, if Cindy needs to stay out there to help you then that's okay with me."

"I appreciate the thought, Gabe, but I can't keep you two apart any longer than necessary."

"You just let me know if there's anything I can do for you."

"Take good care of Cindy when she gets back to Arizona. Otherwise I'm gonna go back there and kick your ass myself."

"Ha ha. I hear ya."

"It's good to hear your voice, Gabe. Thanks."

"Likewise, amigo. You'll come out here soon, won't you?"

"I sure will."

I wasn't lying; it was very good and comforting to hear Gabe's voice. We had some good times in college; he was one of my few friends during that time. I missed him. But I knew that with Cindy and Gabe in Arizona I would have a good reason to travel west.

Cindy said to Gabe that she'd call him back later then hung up.

"I'm sorry for leaving the party, Sam. I needed to talk to someone."

"I understand."

"I couldn't unload it all on you. You just got out of the hospital."

"No problem. This hurt you too, didn't it?"

"I'm sure not as much as you."

"Emotionally, you hurt as much as I do. So, I know how you feel."

"It's not my leg that's bandaged up."

"It'll heal. I'm not so sure about the memory of Jill."

She started crying. "I loved Jill too."

I got up out of the wheelchair and sat by her on the bed. I hugged her and we cried together. Gail found us later.

"Oops. I'm sorry."

"No, it's ok. Come on over, Gail. Sit next to me."

We talked and she felt responsible for what happened. Everyone thinks they're responsible.

"I'm the one most responsible, Gail. He was after me, not you. You were just convenient to him. Jill got caught in the middle."

"I know how you felt about Jill."

"Yeah."

"I'm going to stay a few more days if that's okay with you."

"Sure. I love having you around."

"I'm taking a few days vacation. I can help out around here."

"There's not much for you to do. I have Erin and Cindy and Zoe around to help me. I hate to have you burn your vacation days, Gail."

"I feel so bad about this. About Jill. About you."

Gail ended up crying too, so we had a huddle cry. Or is it cry huddle? Anyway, I had guests so I got back in the wheelchair and left after we had dried our tears just enough. The girls followed me out.

"Sam!" I heard. I turned to the voice. It was Marie and Joe and some other guy.

"Hi, Marie. It's good to see you guys again. How's it going Joe?"

"We're good."

"I hear you two are engaged. Congrats."

"Thanks."

"Sam, I'd like you to meet someone." Marie said. "This is my brother Miguel."

We exchanged hello's.

"Marie tells me you're into the arts."

"Lot of good it did me."

"You took a bullet man, and you're still alive."

"Only by chance. But a good friend is dead."

"Shit happens."

"Tell me about it."

"Been practicing?"

"You mean the arts? No. I have no time."

"You should make time."

"Well, right now isn't such a good time."

"When you heal I'll take you to see my teacher, Sifu Choong."

"Choong?"

"Yeah."

"As in C-H-U-N-G?"

"That's right."

"Wait, let me think. Is his dojo on, uh, fifth and Charles in town?"

"You see. The arts have given you clairvoyance."

"Bullshit. Master Soo told me about Master Chung."

"Hahaha." he laughed. "So he did. Who is Master Soo?"

"My sifu back in Arizona. He told me to look up Master Chung when I came back home."

"You should listen to him."

"Maybe you're right. Small world."

"Get better. I'll bring you and introduce you to everyone there later."

"My guess is that sifu Chung already knows me, either through Master Soo or clairvoyance."

Miguel laughed again. "It's good to finally meet you, Sam. I think Master Chung can help you heal."

"If he's like Master Soo then he'll work me to a pulp first."

"First of all HE is not a HE. Master Chung is a SHE."

"Oh, I'm sorry."

"Explain that to her."

"Just between us, we don't have to tell her. Right?"

He laughed again. "You're a pretty cool dude, Sam."

"Do you happen to know a nurse that works at the hospital in the ICU?"

"No. Why?"

"Never mind. Let me get better and I promise I'll let you introduce me to Sifo Chung."

It looks like there's more martial arts in my future. I went back to the kitchen to find Zoe and Sue talking.

"Hey."

"Hi, Sam."

"How are you doing, Zoe?"

"I'm fine."

"We'll talk tonight, you and I?"

"Sure."

"But I see you and Sue have been talking just now."

"Sue was telling about the time you saved Gail from Billy."

"I thought you already heard the story from Gail?"

"Sue filled me in a few details, Mr. Badass."

"Oh please."

"You keep saving poor damsels in distress."

"I didn't save Jill, did I?"

The two didn't have anything to say.

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"No, I'm sorry. It's too early, although I don't know if I'll ever get over it."

"Time will heal."

"I hope you're right."

"Uh, did either of you see where Sharon went to?"

"Did you look in the living room?"

"Just came from there. It's ok, I'll find her."

I finally found Sharon with Tee.

"Hey, Sharon. Can we talk?"

"You want to go into the office?"

"Nah, we can do it here. We just need a little quiet. Tee can listen. I only wanted to ask about Julie."

"I don't know what to tell you. She's ... sad. And that's an understatement."

"I cannot begin to imagine how she feels."

"How do you feel?"

"My leg is healing little by little. It feels better than it did yesterday."

"How do you feel inside?"

"Don't ask me that right now. I'm barely holding it together with everyone here. If I start talking about it again, well, I don't want to."

"I'm sure you're hurting just as bad as Julie is."

"And you. The problem is that all these people should be with Julie."

"Sam, Julie has friends and family too. There's her mother also."

"They must feel awful."

"They have each other."

"Did you hear anything about the funeral?"

"No. I'll let you know as soon as I hear something."

"Thanks, Sharon. And thanks for coming here today. If Julie needs you though then I'd rather you be with her. She deserves it."

"I've been with her all yesterday, Sam. I'll watch after her for you."

"You're such a good person, Sharon."

"He's right." Tee said to her.

"I know Sharon is taking this hard, and I don't blame her, but how are you holding up, Tee?"

"Better than the rest of you. I saw Julie briefly. She's barely stopped crying this whole time."

"You two, tell her I miss her when you see her again."

"We will." Tee said.

I could tell it was taking a toll on Sharon. Jill was one of her best friends and of course since working with Julie and all the things we've been through, Julie was a very close friend also.

This whole affair was the biggest, stinkiest shit pile ever in my life. I had a few days of recovery ahead of me, but there would be no recovering from Jill's death.

Fred and Sharon were the last ones to leave. Tee wanted to stay. I told her I wouldn't be sleeping with anyone -- my leg was still sore.

Gail stayed over again. When it was time for bed I had to do some basic hygiene stuff for my leg. All the girls wanted to help so the bathroom was full.

I moved from the wheelchair to the side of the tub and took my pants off. I had the girls get the betadine, hydrogen peroxide, some gauze and an ace bandage from the medicine cabinet. I cleaned the wound and repacked it. It didn't look too bad: a few stitches in a line. There was bruising and some dried blood which I had done a real good job of cleaning away.

The folks in the hospital were either too rough or too gentle with it when they fixed it up, or maybe it's just a tad bit more healed by now. We bandaged it up better than it was and I was ready.

I kissed the girls good night and went to bed.

 

End Notes:

Sam's a hurtin' -- physically and emotionally. I think Julie has it worse. What do you think? Let me know.

Chapter 88 - Funeral by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam's leg is healing but not everything is. It seems everyone is hurting about Jill but the funerals help. Will this start everyone, including Sam, down the path of emotional healing? Also, Zoe gets spooked.

----- The week after the incident

My leg was getting better but it would take a long time to get over losing Jill and that wasn't going to start until at least Thursday -- that's when the funeral was set.

Erin was taking care of me for the most part with the others helping out. I wish she would let the others help her more but Erin insisted that it was her duty to be my primary caretaker. I took a shower Tuesday morning. I could take showers but no baths due to the stitches in my leg. Erin again insisted that she be in the shower with me as I did so. She was afraid I would fall, or pass out, or get athletes foot or something. It was fun leaning against her in the shower though, looking up at her beautiful boobies, the water cascading over them down on my head. I let her dry me off too.

Even though that damned bullet left a third of an inch of a hole in my leg, it seems my leg likes being whole rather than having a hole. It was healing faster than I thought it could. By Wednesday I was almost fully walking. But then I learned an awful truth.

I was up early that morning and met Cindy in the living room.

"What? No naked tea this morning?"

"Would you like naked tea?"

"It's just unusual seeing you with clothes on in the morning, Cindy."

She stuck her tongue out at me. "If you had been up early the past few days you'd know it's not unusual for me to wear clothes."

"If my leg was better I would be up walking around early."

"I noticed you're not in the chair this morning. Your leg must be feeling better."

"It is. So, why are you clothed?"

"I figured it would be less stress on you."

"Thanks for thinking of me."

"Give me a hug."

We approached and hugged in the middle of the living room. Then we almost immediately stepped away from each other. Cindy looked me up and down. We both knew.

"Sam?"

"Shit! Not again!"

"You shrunk!"

"I know."

"Come close, let me see."

I did and she measured where my head was in relation to her. It was below her chin now, whereas before the top of my head was about eye level. I lost four or five inches.

I should have known; every time I get hurt or sick this happens. FML!

"What're you going to do?"

"What the fuck can I do? Nothing. Just get used to it."

"I feel bad for you."

"I feel worse for Jill."

"I wish there were something I could say."

"Something to make me taller? Like abracadabra?"

"Abracadabra."

"Eh. Didn't work."

"Ohhh, Sam."

Cindy, who used I used to consider petite, was now roughly a head taller. Damn getting sick and hurt! I just have to take consolation in the fact that I have so many wonderful people around me who care and are trying to help me.

Gail had stayed even though the danger of Billy coming after her had been eliminated. She really wanted to take care of me, she felt an obligation to do so, she said. I assured her she had no such obligation, but I'm happy she felt otherwise.

"Good morning, you two." Gail said.

We both looked at her, not saying anything.

"I see cat's got both of your tongues."

Cindy and I looked at each other. It was then that Gail suspected something wasn't right.

"What's wrong?" she asked.

Cindy looked at me. I looked at Gail. "I shrunk. Again."

"What?"

"I shrunk, Gail. It always happens when I'm sick or injured. It doesn't matter if I take PDQ or not. I only missed the meds one day, Friday. But look." I said standing and holding my arms out.

Gail came closer.

"Oh my God, Sam. You're right."

I rolled my eyes.

"Wait. It could be your leg. Maybe when it heals more you'll get a little taller. Or, it's making you bend. That's it. It's like you're slunching over or something. It'll straighten out and you'll be taller when it heals some more."

"Slunching?"

"You know what I mean."

"Whatever but no, Gail. I'm shorter. Period."

"I'm so sorry."

"Eeyup."

"If it weren't for me, Billy wouldn't be coming after you."

"Gail! Let's not go over this again. It's not your fault."

She sat down on the couch looking dejected. I took a seat next to her.

"I wish I could do something for you, Sam."

"Me too. But there isn't anything that can be done."

I looked over to the dining room and saw Zoe standing at the threshold to the living room.

"Did you hear that, Zoe?"

She nodded. Her face was sad. Then she turned and walked away. I didn't see her until much later.

I got up and started for the bedroom.

"Where are you going, Sam?"

"The funeral's tomorrow. Just my luck, my dress suit won't fit anymore. I'm going to find out. You might have to drive me to the store to buy something new, Gail. That is if I can find something that fits there."

"Okay, I'll drive you."

"Let me make check first. I'm still moving slow so it will take a moment before I reach the room."

Gail had taken off from work, but Cindy still had to go in. Time was moving fast toward her last day at the school where she worked and the day that she'd be moving to Arizona. Zoe had taken the week off too.

I let Erin take the car this week and she was out since last night with Fred. I suppose Fred's parents are getting used to her if they let her spend the night there with him. She needed some time away from me with all that she had been doing for me nearly twenty four hours a day. I insisted she go out. She would be back tonight after work and we would be going to the funeral together tomorrow.

I was up but I still moped around all day. Zoe had been mostly avoiding me, or at least not talking to me, all this week. She talked to others but for some reason didn't say much to me. I'll have to rectify that.

That night I asked her to help me find some sheet music in the office. I shut the door and locked it. No, I didn't lock it, but it sounds dramatic, doesn't it? I did have her cornered though. It was time to talk. So I thought.

"What's wrong, Zoe?"

She shrugged.

"Did I do something?"

"No."

"Did I say something to hurt you?"

"No."

"Why aren't you talking to me?"

"I'm talking to you."

"You haven't been the last few days."

"Yes, I have."

"Not much. Is it Jill, Zoe?"

"Not now. Later, okay?"

"Are you okay?"

"Sam, we're all hurting over Jill. Save it for later."

"Fine."

"It's not you, Sam. Not directly. It's me."

"Okay."

That went really well, didn't it?



----- Funeral

My suit barely fit but I pressed it yesterday and at least looked decent enough. I decided to bring the wheelchair since I didn't know how long I'd have to stand for the services and the funeral and such. I could walk, but standing in one spot for too long made my leg hurt. I had the pain killers with me but that was just in case. I didn't want to fall asleep.

I knew most of the people that showed up for Jill's funeral. Everyone from the clinic was there. The staff. My group. Tee's group. And Julie was there.

It was so sad. Everyone was crying. I certainly couldn't hold back.

Everyone walked up to me and said how sorry they were. I felt like shit because I knew exactly what happened. I knew I didn't save her when the time came. They were treating me as if I were the victim. As if I were her family. Yes, I loved her as a sister, but Julie was her family. Everyone, please go tell Julie how sorry you are instead of me!

Seeing Jill in the coffin one last time was horrifying. Seeing Julie's mother cry over her was even worse. My heart felt so low I thought it was going to just stop. If it had stopped I wouldn't have cared.

I spied Caleb standing off to the side when we were all leaving. I approached him.

"Hi Caleb."

"Oh, hi, Sam."

"I'm so sorry for your loss."

"My loss? What about you?"

"I tried, Caleb. I really tried to save her. Forgive me."

"You don't need my forgiveness."

"On Thursday, before the, uh, incident, I invited Jill to come over that Saturday. She asked if she could bring you and of course I said yes. I don't know how close you two were but I'm sorry that it's now gone."

"That's what she must have meant."

"Meant about what?"

"She said it was time to come out in the open about our relationship. It doesn't matter anymore."

"I'm so sorry. Look, I want you to know that you're always invited over to my place. If you just want to talk about Jill, or anything, or just want to hang out. Whatever. You were a friend of Jill so that makes you my friend too."

"Thanks. I don't know what I'm going to do now."

"At least, take care of yourself."

They had a thing going after the funeral at Julie's house -- a wake. I didn't feel like going but Julie would be there. We'd have a chance to talk, so I went. I don't know if I could have squirmed my way out of going anyway; Erin would have dragged me there against my will.

I found Julie but she didn't want to talk. I should have known. This wasn't the right time.

"Hi, Julie."

"Sam."

"I ..."

"Yeah."

"Can we get together and talk sometime? Soon?"

"Maybe."

"Can I call you later? Say in a couple days?"

"Nothing's stopping you."

"Will you answer this time?"

"Okay. I'll answer."

"Did you get my message last week telling you about Jill?"

"I did. I wished I had answered it sooner. I promise I'll answer from now on. We heard about Jill from the police."

"I'm so sorry, Julie." I said. My eyes started getting wet.

"It's ok, Sam. Please don't cry."

"Okay." I said wiping the tears out of my eyes. "I tried. I'm sorry. Give me a second." I found it hard to talk.

"Take your time."

"I should be the strong one. You're the one who lost a sister."

"I have to stay strong for Mom but if you keep that up I'll lose it."

"I feel like it's my fault about Jill. I should have done something earlier."

"Not now, Sam."

"Julie, we need to talk. Can you come over to the house this weekend?"

"It depends on how Mom feels."

"Well, when you have time. I miss you."

"I ..." then she turned away. I got the message and left her alone for the rest of the time we were there.

I did get a chance to give my condolences to Mom. Getting the chance to talk to her, even a little, helped me emotionally. Funny how that works. I started the conversation for her to feel better instead.

All in all, a pretty shitty day. I was physically tired and emotionally drained when I got home. I went to bed early.



----- Friday

I got up early the next day too. In a way, now that Jill was buried, I felt a little better. I felt I could get on with life once again. Hopefully, Julie felt the same.

I had a visit with the surgeon at his office, a couple blocks down from the hospital. After filling out tons of paperwork and waiting for an hour I finally saw him.

"Let's see what it looks like, shall we?" he said as he took off the bandage.

I had to remove my pants first. Erin was in the room with me. They had asked if it was okay with me and of course I said it was.

"It's healing nicely. Let me take these few stitches out for you."

"Can I take one out?"

"Why?"

"Just to prove I'm tough."

"Ok, tough guy."

"I'm planning on getting back into martial arts. This will make a good story."

"Are you going to tell them you only took one out?"

"No way. I took all of them out. With my teeth."

"I see. There are more stitches deeper down but they will dissolve soon if they haven't already."

"When can I take a bath?"

"Tonight. You like baths?"

"I usually take showers but it's just being allowed to take baths that's important."

"Going to take one today?"

"Yep. Because I can."

The surgeon chuckled. "I want you to make another appointment at the receptionist's desk for next week. Everything looks good on the outside but we want the inside to heal too. Don't practice martial arts until I say you're ready. I don't want you busting anything inside, okay?"

"Sure."

"If everything keeps healing like it has been you should be fine. How much are you using the wheelchair?"

"Hardly any. You see I don't have it with me today."

"I suspected. I have to say: I have never seen a bullet wound such as yours heal so fast. You keep taking care of that and you'll be doing spinning kicks in no time."

"Spinning kicks make me dizzy, but thanks, doc."

I made Erin stop at the ice cream shop. Ice cream would not only taste great, I was hoping it would lift my spirits. That and the good news from the doctor did just that.

"Erin."

"What?"

"I figured while I have you eating ice cream I'd break the bad news to you."

"What bad news?"

"I'm going to put the pedal extensions back on tomorrow. You won't be able to drive the car anymore."

"Please. Just one more day."

"Okay. Sunday then." I could resist almost anyone, but not Erin.

"Thanks, Sam."

"What are brothers for?"

"They're for lending their cars to their sister when in need."

"How about we see about buying you your own car."

"Really?"

"It's about time. How much do you have saved up?"

"A thousand dollars."

"That's all?"

"Well I have to buy dresses for work."

"Okay. We'll work this out."

"Oh, thank you, Sam." she said hugging me and kissing me on the cheek.

Helping her buy a car was the least I could do for her after all she's done for me this week. Honestly, I've never seen her work so hard without a complaint. Not a squeak or grumble. Nada. She's the best, ya know!

I was happy to tell the other gals at home about the doctor's visit. They were relieved if not surprised. The burial had given us closure. There was still one more thing left. But the good news from the doctor did pick the mood up a bit for everyone.

I was in bed Friday night when Zoe came to see me.

"Hey. Whatcha doin?" I asked her.

"I was just online."

"Okay."

"I notified everyone in the group about the passing and burial of darknose."

"Oh, I see."

"And I told them about Julie."

"What about her?"

"That she and ... I mean that Jill wasn't really to blame."

"No, she wasn't."

"I didn't treat Jill right, did I, Sam?"

"You weren't mean to her."

"No. But I could have been nicer. I should have been. We could have been good friends."

"I know. Is that why you haven't been talking to me? You feel guilty?"

"No."

"Oh?"

"I ..." she couldn't finish her sentence and tears came to her eyes.

"I-I, ah-haaaaaa." Now she was outright wailing.

I pulled her to me and held her. "It's ok, Zoe. I'm here."

She stopped and wiped the tears away. "I thought I was going to lose you."

"No. No. You didn't."

"They said ... they said you might not make it."

"Who said that?"

"The doctors at the hospital."

"I made it. I'm fine."

"Sam, you're all I've got. Please don't leave me."

"First, I'm not going to leave. Second, I'm not all you have. You have friends here. You have a job. You'll make it no matter what."

"It's not your choice. Things happen. We were lucky this time."

"Actually, it was my choice."

"What if you get shot again?"

"I'll come back to you again."

"I was so scared. I've already lost one lover, I can't lose another."

"Well she told me to take care of you so that's what I'm going to do."

"Who?"

"Your other lover, Samantha."

"When?"

"I guess it was when I was on the operating table. I told you it was my choice."

"What choice?"

"To live."

"How?"

"You know how they talk about the big light?"

"A near-death experience. I know."

"I saw it."

"That was your brain reacting to all the chemicals that course through it when you're dying. See? You were close, Sam."

"It was more than that."

"I'm sure it seemed that way."

"Remember our dreams together?"

"Yes."

"It was like that."

"It was?"

"Yep."

"You know what this means? This is scary."

"Sammie was there."

"She made a big impression in your life. I'm sure she was on your mind."

"She asked me to choose the light or the other way."

"And you chose the other way?"

"She said there would be suffering if I went back, and you know what?"

"What?"

"She was right. So right."

"I'm sorry."

"Samantha also had a message for you."

"She did? What?"

"Let me see if I can get the right words. She said to tell my little daisy that spring is here and it is time for her to bloom."

"What?"

"Spring has come, yeah that's it; spring has come and it's time for my little daisy to bloom. And for me to take care of you."

"You've been reading my diaries."

"I didn't even know you had a diary."

"How did you know Sam's pet name for me? I never told you."

"Sammie told me."

"No. No, no, no."

"Calm down."

"No. It can't be!"

"What's wrong?"

"She said time to bloom?"

"Yeah."

She stared at me for a few seconds, then more tears came to her. She ran out of the room.

What did I do now?

 

End Notes:

Wondering what it was about Sam's near-death experienced that bothered Zoe so? We'll find out a few chapters later. In fact, it will be near the end.

I'm putting a new chapter up every two or three days. I can't wait until chapter 90, and I think all of you will like it from chapter 90 on also. The next couple chapters set the stage and take care of Sam moving to a new house so not too much action. The best thing is that Julie will show up more and more.

Chapter 89 - Getting back by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam's getting better physicall and emotionally. For Julie things just keep getting worse.

----- Back in the groove

Back to work on Monday. I only missed one week; technically, it would have been a week and a day, but I don't work on Fridays.

Zoe and I never spoke of last Friday night's conversation. She had a huge reaction to my dream when I was in the OR, so I dared not broach the subject for fear I'd upset her again, and she didn't either. Much to my surprise she did find it in her to talk to me more. And more. And more. Pretty soon she was her old self that way.

I dropped Zoe off at the clinic on Monday night but didn't go in myself. There was only a week left in Tee's group but I figured I'd still see the doctors and staff again on Thursday. I would need to thank them for the outpouring of sorrow and for their well wishes at least, but today I just wasn't up to it emotionally.

Tuesday night was practice with Sharon and Tee. I didn't know for sure if we'd be performing the coming Friday but I wanted to practice. I like singing; so did they, plus I had an excuse to talk to Sharon about Julie.

"She's not handling things well, Sam. To make matters worse, her mother has been moved to part time at work. They can barely afford the mortgage even with Julie's help. They still might lose the house."

"That's bad."

"I think that's the only reason Julie is coming into work. She has to help to make ends meet."

"Wait. I know what something! I gave Jill the pickup. It's old but it's a great utility vehicle. They can sell it. I'm sure it's good for few thousand bucks. Tell them to sell it."

"I'll tell her."

"Maybe I can think of something else."

"It's not your problem, Sam."

"Don't tell me that, Sharon!"

"Okay, back off. I was just telling you not to worry about it. They'll be fine."

"Yes, they'll be fine if I have anything to say about it."

"Okay. How are you doing?"

"Me? I'm ... I'm good."

"You seem to be walking okay."

"Yeah."

"Are you back to ..."

"To what?"

"To, ... you know."

"I know what?"

Sharon sighed. "To sleeping with someone."

"Nosy."

"Sam, we've shared too much for you to talk to me like that."

"I'm sorry. If you must know then no, I haven't. My leg still hurts."

"I seriously doubt that."

"Don't worry about me, I'm okay. As soon as Cindy starts running around naked again then I'm sure I'll be jumping her and everyone else's bones."

"She's not running around nude?"

"No. She says she didn't want to stress me out."

"Hell has frozen over."

I laughed at her quip. "She's just trying to help, I guess, Sharon."

"Tee wants to spend the night with you tonight."

"Oh, I see. You're trying to fix me up with Tee."

"She wants to."

"How about you?"

"Me?"

"It's been a long time, Sharon."

"Do you want me?"

"You know the answer, and it's yes."

Sharon smiled. "All these beautiful girls around you and you want me?"

"Well?" I asked.

She sighed. "Mom and Dad want me home tonight. I'm sorry."

"Awww."

"Some other time."

"When? Tomorrow?"

"I need to ask my parents."

"Seriously, Sharon. You need to get your own place."

"It's expensive."

"We're getting more money from the music. That should help."

"Yeah, but I can't count on it."

"We'll work something out. So, you're going to let me have Tee all to myself? No Sharon tonight."

"Sorry."

"Cindy and Tee should be back from hanging upside down soon. I'll break the news her when they get inside."

"Oh my!" Sharon said with mock surprise. "Whatever will Cindy think of that?"

"She'll think she can go back to running around naked."

"Teehee." Sharon giggled.



----- Gettin' some

So that night Tee broke my over a week long string of sleeping alone, bless her heart. With my shrinking and her hanging she was becoming much taller than me. About five inches. She got a kick out of it. At this point I was sort of oblivious. I didn't want to think of how unfair it was. At least she was real eager to have sex with me. Tonight, that was all that mattered. But the thought of how small would I get was still in the back of my mind.

I looked at her bare legs before jumping in bed. Even they were taller, which, for some reason, I noticed. Ok, bare legs, check. Shapely legs, check. Sexy legs, bingo. Of course I noticed.

"What's wrong?"

"Just thinking."

"Of what?"

"I'm looking at your sexy thighs."

"Oh, you like my legs?"

I reached down and put my hand between her knee and hip. "About this high."

"What?"

"I think I come up to only there on Julie."

"Okay."

"I'm shrinking, Tee. What if I shrink to be that tall to you? You'd be like Julie to me. And, OH. MY. GOD."

"What?"

"I'd be like, bite sized to her."

"Ew. Bite sized."

"I'd fit in her one hand. My mind is thinking weird things."

"It always keeps wandering back to Julie, doesn't it?"

"Forgive me. Your legs are sexy as hell. But when I see sexy legs I automatically think of Julie."

"I don't blame you."

"You like her legs too?"

"Hard to miss."

"They're so much taller than either of us. I'm barely over knee height against her now. Maybe lower since I've shrunk even more."

"Aw, Sam. I still like you even at this size."

"I used to be half a head taller than you a month ago, now you're half a head taller than me."

"We're still close enough. Come on, let's play."

And play we did. She laughed a lot. More like giggles.

"What's so funny?"

"I'm sorry."

"What?"

"It's nothing, Sam."

"You're laughing at me."

"No, I'm not. I'm happy."

"Happy because you're taller?"

"Oh, Sam. It's just, different now."

"Because I'm smaller. I knew it."

"Because it's different. I'm still here, aren't I?"

"Yeah. It's just ... when will I stop shrinking."

"Maybe you need to hang more."

"It never worked for me."

"I'll hold you so the table stays put."

"That's what I do for you."

"And I'll do the same for you. I'll just hold it longer."

"Whatever."

"What if I hold it for you nude?"

"You or me?"

"Both of us."

"What will Sharon think?"

"Nothing she doesn't already think."

"I'm not sure my leg is ready to be stretched out like that."

"Let me kiss it for you."

She kissed the boo-boo and made it feel better. She didn't stop there. She made the rest of me, including Mr. Happy feel better too. It's good to be back in the saddle.



----- Wednesday

Neither Tee, nor Sharon stayed over Wednesday night despite them being over for practice. I thanked Sharon for convincing Tee to stay with me Tuesday but she said that she would have had to hold Tee back if I didn't agree to sleep with her.

However, Wednesday night Zoe came to see me in the bedroom. I was kind of surprised given how she reacted last week.

"Sam, you slept with Tee last night." she complained.

"What gave you the first clue? The fact that she was having naked tea with Cindy this morning, or the noise we made?"

"I didn't know you were up to it yet."

"Now you know."

She pouted. "I wanted to be the first."

"You were hardly my first, Zoe. You had your chance. If it had been you instead of Sammie, then you would definitely have been my first."

"I meant first since being in the hospital."

"I'm free tonight."

"Okay."

"Okay?"

"Yes. I said okay. That means yes." she said.

"Good."

"Good."

"Well, um, get naked."

"Gosh, you're so romantic, Sam."

"Let's do this: You take off a piece of clothing and I'll kiss you on bare flesh where your clothes were. Then we'll switch and I'll take a piece off, then you kiss, then we keep doing this until we're nude."

"Sounds like an interesting game."

"Okay, you first."

She thought for a second then took a sock off.

"Sit on the bed so I can kiss your pretty little foot."

She was all giggles. We kept this little diversion going back and forth until we were both out of our clothes. It was super fun.

I did let Zoe set a slow pace again once we were at it, but we weren't as gentle as we had been in the past. I'll chalk that up to being closer to Zoe's size now. I licked her little snatch like licking an ice cream cone. She melted.

Then it was my turn. Zoe gave Mr. Happy a ride in her mouth but abruptly stopped short of total satisfaction.

"Ugh. Don't stop now."

"I haven't." she said.

Zoe then laid back against the head of the bed and with a sultry voice told me "I want you inside of me, Sam."

And so that's how we ended up: humping in the missionary position. How mundane, right? I do believe though that that might be a first for us. Sex with Zoe always had been a little different.

This is a scenario I never would have dreamed of a few months ago right after meeting her. I can't say she hated me back then but I'm sure the only reason Zoe came back home with me was because she had no other choice. The fact was, we were growing closer. She was progressively getting nicer to me. In fact, she was even being nicer about Julie as mention of Julie didn't set her off like it had that week after Julie left.

And then there was the size. She was definitely bigger than before. Well, bigger to me. Not bigger than me, just bigger than before. How long would it be before we were the same size? Or even worse?



----- Thursday

Jenn wanted to come over and have a repeat of last time before the incident. I hate to say I've been shot so I'll just call it 'the incident'. I told her to come on over this weekend. She made the same old excuses about family, but I understood. Week nights would be okay too, I told her, just don't forget to bring a change of clothes.

Everybody else at work was also extra nice. I couldn't tell if that was because of the incident or the fact that I had shrunk. Probably both but it was totally obvious that I was shorter than before so I know that everyone knew that I was smaller.

At the clinic I visited big Zoe and the doctors and staff as well as the people in Tee's group. The mood was different; it was somber. We all missed Jill. They told me that she had signed up to go to school and study nursing starting in the fall -- something I hadn't known before. All of those plans, dashed and broken up against the rocks.

I was treated very special at the clinic. Everyone wanted to talk with me. I did take the time to try to talk to everyone that wanted.

However, the whole venue still reminded me too much of Jill and wasn't the best experience I'd had there. Big Zoe was supportive and offered to talk about the incident when I was ready.

I was very interested in talking with Dr. Sarson, er, Leslie, about the whole shrinking crap that I seem to be going through that other's don't. Am I different? Is there something I can do about it? Can I take more PDQ? Unfortunately, she was busy most of the time since they were winding down the group and she had lots to do. She did assure me that we would have time for her advice after the rush. I couldn't wait.

It turns out we didn't sing that Friday either since I wasn't feeling all that great. Physically, I was fine, but not emotionally. I promised Sharon and Tee we'd do it next week. I wanted a little more practice and a little more time to get over losing Jill. I was off Friday so I took some time to catch up on a little personal business at the bank. I told the girls to start packing this weekend.

Zoe had spent Wednesday through Friday night with me in bed; she was overachieving. The fact that Gail was back at her own home those particular nights didn't escape my notice either. Then Cindy and I had a romp on Saturday afternoon, followed by Tee being with me Saturday night. Sunday morning was spent having naked Tee, I mean naked tea time with the girls. Talk about making up for lost time.

I had companionship the whole week -- lots of pretty, pretty girls. The same thing happened the next week but substitute Jennifer spending the night with me the following Tuesday. She hung upside down that evening too, and in my bed that night. She thanked me profusely. Mr. Happy thanked his lucky stars.

Yes, things were slowly coming back to a new normal filled with girls, song, and sex, yet I was still lonely. Something was missing -- that something being Julie. She was on my mind and I wanted to help her and her mother out, but what to do. Don't worry, I always find a way.

 

 

End Notes:

The story's been a bit slow but it's about to pick up. Julie wil make a showing too. What's the poor girl gonna do anyway? Hope you like.

Chapter 90 - Pheromones by littless
Author's Notes:

Let's hope this one gets up here safely. Last one I tried got all munged up.

Julie makes her return. Maybe not how you expected, but here she is. Let's hope it's the beginning of our favorite couple getting back together.

 

----- An unexpected, but maybe I should have expected, meeting

I was feeling fine physically, and I was doing a decent job of forgetting the incident. I was having sex at least once, sometimes three or four times a day and sometimes with a different girl each time. Cindy and Tee were trying to get time with me knowing they would each be leaving pretty soon for Arizona. They had to fight Zoe off for the chance though. A couple times Zoe and Gail and I had a threesome. I know, rough life.

There was knock on the door Saturday afternoon. I opened it to a pair of very sexy legs in capri pants. I looked up and up and my heart soared. It was Julie! It immediately put a smile on my face. But Julie was scowling down at me.

"Hi, Julie."

"Can I come in?"

"Of course."

"We need to talk."

"Want to sit in the living room?"

"Let's go to the office."

"Okay." I said. I shut the door behind us and we were alone. We sat across from each other. I made sure to sit on the chair in front of the desk rather than behind, which would have been too formal.

"What's the big deal?" she said in a huff.

"I don't know. What's the big deal?"

"Don't play coy with me. I know what you did."

"What did I do?"

"Mom was in debt and when I went to the bank to convince them to let us skip another mortgage payment they said it was settled. Someone payed it off and they wouldn't tell me who. You wouldn't know anything about that, now would you?"

I shrugged.

"I knew it. How did you find out?"

"Find out what?"

"That Mom was going to lose the house."

"She's going to lose the house?"

"Stop it! I know you. Just tell me why."

I sighed. "Julie, your mother is as much, no she's more, much more of a mother to me than my own. You know that, right?"

"That doesn't give you the right to butt into our lives."

"You butting into my life years ago and fucking it up gives me that right!" I said with righteous indignation. That immediately took the wind out of her sails.

"How? How can you afford this?"

"We had a good month of music sales. Ask Sharon. She's looking to get her own place now."

"Sharon told you, didn't she?"

"Sharon loves you. She loved Jill and she loves your mother. Anything she did, she did out of the goodness of her heart. She had no idea what I was going to do. She wanted me to know how bad things were for you because she knew I would try to help. Don't you disrespect her!"

Julie turned her eyes down and looked defeated.

"Did she tell you to sell the pickup?" I asked.

"I don't know. Yes, I suppose she did."

"Did you?"

"Not yet."

"Sell it and keep the money."

"Why are you doing this?"

"Isn't it obvious?"

"I don't think we can get back together, Sam."

"Why not?"

"It's not right."

"Because I'm too little for you. Is that it?"

"No! No, that's not it. It's just ..."

"Tell me."

"I can't get over what I did to you. It's caused so much bad. If I hadn't, you would have never met that Billy guy and Jill would still be alive. I can barely live with myself."

"I told you it's not your fault. We're going to court next week . Do you know why we're going to court?"

"To punish him."

"To put him away for good. He's the one that took Jill's life, not you. I'm more to blame than you are."

"But you tried and almost saved her."

"Almost is not good enough."

"Don't feel that way."

"You see now. I know how you feel. You have no more guilt in this than I do."

"You always did have a point."

"I still love you."

Tears welled up in her eyes. "I don't think I can do this."

"Do you still love me?"

"I'm not loving anything much anymore."

"You didn't answer my question."

She shrugged.

"Come back to me, Julie. We can take care of your mother together."

"I don't know if I can."

"Jesus! When will you come to your senses? I want you! Get it?"

Silence.

"Come on, Julie. We've had too many good times to throw it away. Please."

There was more silence. This wasn't going anywhere. Not now. So, I changed the subject.

"Fine." I said exasperated. "Will you do me a favor then?"

"I guess if you want me to."

"You're a good business lady."

"I am?"

"Isn't that what you do?"

"Yeah."

"A need a business person."

"For what?"

"All the money I'm making from selling songs online. I want to incorporate. I don't know how to do that. Do you?"

"It's pretty simple. You barely need a lawyer, I have templates. Just fill in the blanks and send it off to the state with your fee."

"Where in the state do I send it?"

"The taxation office."

"Figures. Now see? I didn't know that. Will you help me?"

"It's not much really."

"Get the templates for me, I'll fill in the blanks."

"Sure."

"How's work going?"

"It's ... work."

"Do you talk with Sharon much?"

"A little."

"Well, talk to her. She's a good gal."

"I know."

"Tell your mother not to worry. I expect nothing in return from her. She's already given me the greatest gift I could ever want."

"What?"

"You."

She looked away. "I have to go."

"Won't you stay?"

"No. Mom's waiting for me."

"I still have some of your things here."

"I'll get them later."

That meant I'd surely see her again when she came back to get her stuff. She was leaving but she brightened my day just by seeing me.

"You know I'll be moving soon." I told her.

"You got a buyer for the house?"

"Closing is next week -- two of them in one day. We expect to have one week to move."

"Can you move all of this yourself?"

"No. I need your help."

"I-I don't know."

"Don't worry about it." I relented. "I've already hired professional movers. We just need to get things packed. You will come to see me at the new house, won't you?"

"I'll try."

"Good girl."

"I need to get going now."

"Julie. Are you doing okay?"

"No, Sam. I'm a royal mess."

"Chin up. I'm rooting for you. You can get through this. Whether we get back together or not, I want you to get yourself together. Will you try for me?"

"Yeah, I'll try."

"Okay," I sighed. "I'll show you out then."

We got up and I took her hand. She looked down then a look of horror came over her face.

"Sam?"

"What?"

"You're-you're ... smaller."

"Yeah. Surprise, surprise. You know when I get sick I shrink."

"You were sick?"

"I was in the hospital, Julie, duh. Wait, I'm sorry, I forgot you were preoccupied with Jill. I was there, Julie, and I got hurt too."

"I know you did. I didn't think. ... Your hand."

"What about it?"

"Let me see it again. Put it here in mine. ... Oh my God. Your whole hand is smaller than my palm."

I shrugged.

"I'm sorry." she said.

"It's not your fault, Julie."

"Yes, it is."

"Well, there's nothing anyone can do. The best minds are working on it. Maybe someday."

She looked sad and almost ran out the front door. I closed it behind her and turned to find Zoe standing there in the living room.

"Hey." I said.

"Hey."

"Did you hear that?"

"Not much."

"Truthfully?"

"Hug me?"

"Yeah. Come here."

We hugged. She pulled my head down and we kissed. Then she led me into the bedroom and started taking off my clothes then hers. It was in the middle of the afternoon and we were having sex. I wondered if this had anything to do with Julie's visit.

Gail came over that Saturday night too. Zoe insisted we sleep together. I knew she did that to help me forget Julie. Of course I couldn't resist having a go with Gail but I still had Julie on my mind.



----- A science proposal

Tee's group at the clinic was done. But just like our group, they kept in touch with each other. Tee wanted to go out to dinner Sunday night. I met her at the pizza place where Tee used to work. She brought Ava and another friend.

"I thought you hated this place, Tee?"

"Whatever gave you that idea?"

"You were tired of their pizza."

"I am. I still like their spaghetti."

"So, you're having spaghetti tonight?"

"Nah. I'm having fettuccini."

"Sounds good. I'll have the same."

"You know Ava, right?"

"Of course. Hi Ava."

"This is Taylor, Sam."

"Oh yeah. I heard about you, Taylor. You're some sort of grad student, right?"

"I'm majoring in human physiology." she said.

"Well, good."

"She wants to ask you something, Sam." Tee told me.

"Alright then, Taylor. Ask away."

"I'm doing some experiments on pheromones. I thought you would be a good test subject."

"What gave you that idea?" I said eyeing Tee.

"Well, for one, you've contracted Borgford's virus."

"Tell me what's new."

"And second, you're a guy."

"I am? Thank you. I never would have known."

"Sam." Tee said. "Be nice."

"Sorry. Won't girls work for you?"

"I have my reasons. Will you help me?"

"What do I have to do?"

"Just come on down and stand in a chamber that will blow air over you."

"For how long?"

"Ten minutes or less."

"Okay. I guess I can do that. Will you poke and prod me."

"No poking or prodding and no needles. Just stand there until we get the data."

"That's my kind of experiment. When?"

"Can you come this week?"

"In the middle of the day?"

"I'm sorry. The facilities we use only operate during regular business hours. I'll compensate you a little for missing work time."

"No need. I can do Friday if it works for you."

"I'll fit you in. Morning or evening?"

"How about late morning, like ten?"

"Perfect. Let me give you this."

She wrote her name, phone, the time and the address of where to go on a napkin.

"Okay. Sounds good, I guess."

"I can feel it, Sam. This is going to work out great."

"I'm all for science."

We had a good meal. It turns out that a bowl of fettuccini at Luigi's was pretty big so Tee and I shared a bowl. We also ordered pizza. Ava had a couple slices and Taylor ate the rest.

I wanted to bring up the subject of high school and wrestling with Ava, but I figured it would be a sore subject especially if I were the one to bring it up. Taylor actually turned out to be pretty cool. She said the subject of the shrinking virus captured her imagination. I can see why Tee liked her.

Tee came home with me and we had great sex that night. As if sex is ever anything but great. Right.



----- Zoe's warning

We had a fun ride bringing Tee home and Zoe to work Monday morning. We talked about the experiment.

"Pheromones?" Zoe asked.

"Yeah. They're smelly hormones."

"I know what they are. I'll tell you what I think: it's quackery."

"Why would you say that?"

"There's no science behind it."

"But that's what Taylor's doing -- basic research to try to put science behind it."

"Well don't let the witch take advantage of you."

"How the hell is she going to do that?"

"She could drug you."

"She said no needles or poking or prodding."

"Is she going to give you a pill?"

"I don't think so. Don't you have to have a doctor's prescription for that?"

"Just don't take anything from her that you have to ingest."

"Not even if she offers me a glass of water?"

"Especially if she offers you liquids."

"You're being paranoid."

"I'm being careful."

We dropped Tee off at home then Zoe had an announcement for me as I drove her to work.

"Sam, I signed up for a summer course at the college."

"Good."

"It's two days a week but it's at their main campus."

"We need to get you a car then, Zoe. Have you saved up anything?"

"Yeah."

"Good. We can see Sue. She works at a car dealership. They specialize in making cars fit us little people. This is going to be cool; your own car. Erin's in the market for a car too but you should definitely see Sue."

"They specialize in fitting cars to us smaller people?"

"Yep. Pedal extenders. Extra motion seats. They know their stuff. And Sue can get a good deal."

"There's one other problem."

"What's that?"

"My license expired. I need a new one and probably have to take a test."

"No problem. We'll work on it. You know how to drive, right?"

"Of course I do. I drove before."

"Sorry."

"It has been a while though."

"Like I said, no problemo. I'll let you drive my car for practice."

"You're always backing me up."

"I always will."

She leaned over and hugged me.



----- The experiment

Friday's experiment was a little more weird than I had thought. I had to take a shower first then stay a full ten minutes being rinsed off under the water. The water was distilled or super clean or something. Then I had to go run into this big cylindrical chamber without drying off. They said towel fibers would ruin the data collection.

The floor was a grate and air blew up from the bottom past me. I did have to shake as much water off of me as I could before I got in, but a minute into the chamber and I was completely dry. But then I had to spend another ten full minutes in there.

Taylor kept her promise. No needles. No poking or prodding. No drugs either. She did offer water but I refused. The weird thing was, since getting in the shower I had to stay nude until the experiment was over.

Now, you know me and know that I'm not that modest. But it was a strange feeling being naked in front of a handful of guys and gals -- normal sized, that is, huge to me -- and talking and acting as if everything was normal. Now I know how Jill felt that one weekend.

"Wow! Look at this." Taylor said looking at the computer screen after I came out. I was still nude waiting for her to tell me I could put my clothes back on.

"What is it?"

"You've spiked the recorder. Your data is off the charts, Sam."

"What does that mean?"

"It means you're throwing off hormones like crazy. This is great!"

They asked me to then fill out a questionnaire. There were about fifty questions. Some of them were the same, just re-wordings of others and it was a little tedious and personal. I was going to ask if I could put my clothes on but I was having so much fun like this that I decided to see how long they'd let me remain nude. The whole while Taylor was hovering over me.

All in all I spent a little over an hour there. When I went to put my clothes back on someone had put them in a locker way above my head. I had to ask Taylor for help. She wanted me to come back again to get more data. However, the terms this time were too much for me.



----- Friday night

I told Zoe that night about the whole thing.

"What do you mean the terms were too much?"

"They want me to stop taking PDQ."

"You're right: too much."

"It would only be for a week. Something about its half-life being a few days."

"Don't do it, Sam."

"I just told you I refused."

"Good. They got what they needed. They don't need you anymore. So what was the outcome?"

"They said I'm giving off pheromones like crazy."

"They were able to measure it?"

"No. It spiked the meter."

"Lucky you."

"Lucky? I had to take a shower and no toweling off either. I stood there nude."

"Cindy would like that."

"I have to admit, being the only one nude in a room of clothed people is kind of exciting."

"You'll get over it once Cindy moves away."

"Then you'll have to have naked tea with me when she's gone."

She smiled. "I'd love to." She came close to me and sniffed. "Hmm. Maybe you are throwing off sex hormones. Strip and let me smell you."

"You said it was quackery."

"You said it was science."

"You just want a piece of ass."

"I just want a piece of your ass."

"No biting this time."

"I can't promise anything."

She ended up getting my ass alright, and other stuff, that night.

Just so you know, I performed on Friday. Yep, I was back at Mike's with Sharon and Tee in front of the crowd. It felt good to be back.

There were a group of old ladies sitting in the audience to the side. It seems one of them had heard me sing "El Paso" before and these ladies wanted me to sing Marty Robbins songs. I only knew "El Paso" but that was good enough; they went wild. Imagine that: a bunch of old ladies swooning over me. They wanted to hear it a second time but I said once a night is enough ladies. So how about that? It was official: I had groupies, even if they were senior citizens.

 

End Notes:

More coming soon.

Chapter 91 - Packing by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie helps everyone get ready for the move. Zoe and Sam seem to get closer but end up having a falling out.

----- Packing weekend

We packed. We became tired. We went to sleep. Very exciting weekend.

Actually, it was very exciting. Why? Because I convinced Julie to come over, ostensibly to get the stuff she left behind but I had no problems cajoling her into helping us clean up and pack. That meant she was there the whole day, Saturday, and was doing all the heavy lifting, what with my leg and all that. Actually, it was more like my size and all that.

We had sandwiches for lunch. I had a half sandwich and so did Cindy, Zoe and Gail. Yes, Gail was helping us too. Erin had a whole sandwich. Julie had four sandwiches. She was embarrassed about it. I told her she needed her nutrition since she was doing all the work. Well, all that heavy work. None of us could move the furniture around like Julie could. I had wondered about her stamina of late.

"Are you still running, Julie?"

"No."

"Aw. You like to run. You were made to run."

"I haven't had the motivation, Sam."

"Want to run with me after we get things packed up?"

"Is your leg up to it?"

"Maybe."

"I figured you wouldn't be running for a couple of months."

"No. But I've been hanging."

"Hanging on the inversion table?"

"Eeyup."

"Is it working?"

"No. Tee and Jenn are getting taller though."

"Too bad you aren't." She said with a sad face.

"I'm happy for the two of them. If I can't grow at least someone can."

"How do you do it?"

"Do what?"

"Have such a positive attitude all the time."

"Oh believe me, Julie, I don't. You should know that. Only barely am I able to muster it up."

"You're still more positive than anyone else I know."

"You're here. That's why I can be positive and happy."

"Sam, don't." she said.

"What? What did I say?"

"Don't flatter me. It won't work."

"But it's true."

"I'm no good for you, Sam. You deserve someone better."

"Like who? Zoe?"

"Anyone but me."

"Why are you being so obstinate about this?"

"I told you: I'm not good enough for you."

"Have you been seeing anyone else?"

Deer in headlights. Beeeep, beeeep.

"It's okay with me if you are, Julie. You refuse to stay with me so I surmise that you have to be doing it with someone else. You know that I've been sleeping with Zoe, Cindy and Tee."

"Don't forget me." Gail said.

"And Gail." I added.

"I'm not telling you not to have sex, Sam. You should. You need it and deserve it."

"Would you mind telling me who it is, Julie?"

"Nobody."

"Oh come on. Who is it? We share these things with each other. Remember?"

"I haven't had sex since we did it in the woods, Sam."

"Really?"

"Yes, really."

"Oh."

"I, uh, play with myself." she whispered.

"Good."

"Good?"

"Yeah. I wouldn't want you to go crazy. Or worse: become a nun."

"I've often thought of ..."

"You have not. I know you."

"Okay, you're right. Geez, I can't lie to you."

I teased her like this most of the day. Just like old times. We went outside later to pick up some trash around the yard that always seems to show up after the winter months from under the snow. But now the weather was getting warmer and the snow had long gone.

"Pick me up, Julie."

"What?"

"Pick me up and bring me over to the corner of the house."

"Why?"

"There's an old hornets nest I want to knock off. I can't reach it without you. I need your help."

"No."

"Why not?"

"It's a hornets nest. We could get stung."

"It's old and abandoned. There are no more hornets."

"I don't like getting stung."

"Big baby!"

"I'd rather be a big baby than a stung baby."

"Just put me on the roof. I'll knock it down from above."

"Then take this stick." She gave me a broom handle -- nearly a telephone pole for me but a mere twig for her -- and easily set me up on the roof. I walked over to the nest while she stayed far away.

I laid down on the roof near the nest, leaned out over the edge and clumsily swung the broomstick.

WHAM! ... WHAM! ... WHAM!

Three hits is all it took. The nest came down. And then ...

"Ow! Ow, ow, ow. Fuck. They're all over me. Oh shit! It hurts! OWWWWW!"

I was brushing my sides with my hands franticly and jumping up and down on the roof. Julie came running to me, reached up and snatched me off the roof. Then holding me close to her bosom went running away from the corner of the house where I'd been. When she thought it was safe she stopped and held me out as she looked me over.

"SAM! Are you ok?"

"Hahahahahahahaha." I laughed uncontrollably.

"Oh my God, he's delirious."

"Hahaha, ohhhhh, hahaha." I laughed some more. My sides hurt I was laughing so much.

"How many times did they sting you?"

"I'm fine, Julie."

"What?"

"No stings."

"YOU TRICKED ME!"

"Yeah, I did."

"That's mean."

The others were outside laughing too.

"I oughta slap you." she said.

"Oh yes! Slap me on the ass. I've been bad, Julie. I deserve a spanking."

"What?"

"And then the oral sex!" Gail yelled from behind.

"Oh, Sam. You're such a goof." Julie said. We were all laughing at Gail's remark. Julie was even laughing a little herself.

"I knew you couldn't stay mad at me."

"What makes you think I'm not mad?"

"Because you're still holding me against your tits."

With that remark she promptly put me back on the ground in front of her. Outside, standing at her full height in front of me, she was an impressive sight. Her middle was covered by skin tight blue jeans that only came down just past her knees. Her butt accented the top of those great legs perfectly. Above was a shirt that could barely contain her enormous tits and that left her belly button exposed. Her long straight brown hair hung down to the middle of her back. It was impossibly long -- longer than me. Above those mighty tits was a patrician face, long and not so wide, still a little tanned from last summer. A face I was in love with, but a face that was about three stories too high above me.

Julie turned and went back inside. We all marveled at the muscles of her legs being shown off right through her denim jeans. The sight of her perfect ass would have given a hundred year old man a boner as she scrunched down to wiggle her way in through the front door. I really miss her. We all filed back inside behind.

"Let's call out for pizza." I suggested.

"Don't worry about me, Sam. I have to go."

"So soon, Julie?"

"I've been here all day."

"Then it's only a little bit longer. It can't hurt. Mom will be fine."

I can't believe I convinced her to stay. Julie didn't care for any more pizza since she'd been subsisting on it for a week because of her and her mothers sorrow. So we called out for Chinese food instead: assorted beef and chicken with all kinds of veggies and rice. Lots of rice. But you know how you're hungry again after a half hour. Julie was still hungry after five minutes. I was prepared. I made apple pie and we had ice cream in the fridge for desert so it was pie-a-la-mode to fill us up! I knew she'd stay for that.

I hooked my laptop to the TV and we watched a movie from one of those streaming services. I was going to get a new TV for the new house so I wouldn't have to use my laptop but we weren't there yet. I made sure we watched a mystery. The girls like mysteries, especially Julie.

"I need to get back to Mom, Sam. I shouldn't be leaving her so long."

"Thanks for helping, Julie. We had fun, didn't we?"

"Yeah, we had fun."

"Let's do it again."

"We'll see about that."

"Bye."

I'd have loved for Julie to spend the night but alas, she left. At least she came and stayed pretty much all day! She was in better spirits too. I was working on her slowly but surely.



----- Saturday night

Sex with Zoe that night was more wild. Before we used to do it very slow and you could say even relaxed. Tonight she was a little fuck bunny.

"You're on top tonight, Sam."

"Okay."

She put a leg up behind her head. Then she put the other leg behind that. She was the human pretzel. I never knew she had that ability. Now that's what I call talent. Her wet, shiny, bald pussy was staring me in the face. It was a hypnotic event.

"Well?"

"Uh, what?"

"Are you just going to stare at it?"

"Uhhhh ... oh! No, of course not."

I came out of my trance and plunged into her. She winced but held on. I moved a little slower seeing this, but as time ran on I wound up pounding her harder and harder.

We set a record that night, for us at least. I'm pretty sure we had six or seven orgasms each. Zoe probably had a few more unless she was faking. If she was then she'd better get her ass over to Hollywood. By the way she behaved the whole night it's pretty hard to imagine she was faking anything.

I'm guessing she was responding to Julie being here, because damn, I almost forgot about Julie. I realized that soon Cindy would be leaving, as well as Tee, and it would just be Zoe and I in the house with my sister who was growing closer by the day to her boyfriend.

The thought was comforting, but I was still conflicted. I wanted Julie here with me. Didn't I?



----- Sunday frolics

Cindy had her way that morning -- Zoe and I had naked tea with her. When Erin woke up and found us all nude, she joined us too. A naked full house.

This morning I found out just how short I had become versus my sister. When Erin and I hugged I had to look up to see her belly button. In fact, not only my eyes, but the top of my head was below her belly. This put my mouth even with her pussy and my arms couldn't even reach all the way around her hips. I could kiss her crotch but couldn't hug her. Was I shrinking even more?

"Oh, Sam. You've shrunk so much."

"I know, Erin. Let me try something."

I stretched my arms above my head and touched the bottom of her breasts, but I couldn't touch her nipples without standing on my toes. Staring up at her boobs way above me, they now looked nearly as large as Julie's were to me before she left. Almost. At least now Erin would have to lean down quite far to motorboat me. It's a good thing she doesn't wear her heels when she's having naked tea. I think her pussy would have been over my head if she had.

We talked about what we were going to do today. Cindy wanted to hang out all day in the nude. I told her she could do that if she wanted but not to expect the rest of us to follow suit, even though not a stitch of clothing had yet to be worn by any of us.

"Let's go dancing." Cindy said.

"Yay!" Erin said in support.

"No." I said. I shut it down pretty quick.

"Why not?"

"It's too early."

"We'll go out tonight."

"I can't go out. I have to work tomorrow."

"We can come back early."

"I don't want to."

"What about you, Zoe?"

"Cindy, I'm too little be on the dance floor with hundreds of big people. They'll step on me. I don't want to get hurt."

That was a pretty convincing argument.

"Aw. What about Fred, Erin?" Cindy asked. "Will Fred come with us?"

"He'll go with me."

Their plans were set. For me, I still had to do a few things around the house. The new owners had an inspection done a week ago and I had to fix a few things. I wished Julie were here to help.

And speak of the devil.

KNOCK -- KNOCK -- KNOCK

"I'm coming."

I opened the door to a pair of giant knees staring me in the face. They were bare. It was warm out and Julie was wearing shorts.

"Hi, Julie."

"I'm sorry, Sam. I forgot something."

"Come on in."

"How come you're all naked?"

"Cindy's naked tea."

"I should have known."

"Wanna join us?"

"I'm only going to be a minute, Sam."

"Just take your top off then."

"You're crazy."

"This is a naked house, remember? If you're going to be here you have to get naked too."

"You're going to hold me to that?"

"Yep."

"Whatever, but only my top."

I couldn't believe it. It took so little to get her to strip. It was only her top; I didn't think I'd even get that far. First her t-shirt came off then her sports bra.

"I can't see them, Julie."

"What?"

"Your tits."

"Why not?"

"They're too far away. Come closer."

She bent down from the waist, her hands on her knees.

"Satisfied, now?"

"No. Sit."

"Sam!"

"Please."

"Fine."

She sat on the floor and I walked up to her. Her head was still above mine but I was able to kiss her right breast. She gasped.

Then she covered her breasts with her arms. "Sam, don't do that."

"I can't resist. They're so big and pretty."

She moved her arms away slowly while we talked. I kept my stare on her breasts.

"I miss them, Julie. They've gotten even bigger."

"No they haven't. You've gotten smaller."

"I know I've gotten smaller but are you really sure about not growing yourself?"

"If I'd have grown then my bra wouldn't fit."

"It barely fits."

"It's always been that way."

"Not always."

"The past few months it's been that way."

"I remember when they were little."

"Those days are gone."

"They used to be like a small B cup."

"Would you prefer me like that again?"

"I prefer you any way you are."

"Should I get a boob job to make them smaller?"

"Don't you dare let a plastic surgeon touch that beautiful body of yours."

"They get in the way sometimes, Sam. Are you sure they're not too big for you?"

I put my hand on her left boob and leaned back to take in the whole thing. My palm barely covered her nipple and with my fingers outstretched it didn't even cover the extent of her areola.

"They're never too big or small. Look at this."

"I know your hand is small, Sam."

"Your tits used to fit inside my palm. It looks like they're over a hundred times bigger now."

"No, they're not. It's only about ten times."

"Even if it were ten times as big that would be tremendous, but nope, in mass or volume I can see a hundred of your old breasts fitting inside. I bet if I curled up myself I could fit inside one of them puppies."

"Can not!"

"Close."

She became embarrassed and started covering up again.

"Don't cover up. Can I kiss the other one?"

"No! I need to get my stuff."

"You can't."

"Why not?"

"You haven't finished getting naked."

"I could just get up and walk right past you, you know. There's nothing you can do to stop me."

"Maybe, maybe not. But it is still my house for another week or two."

"Fine!" she said, annoyed. She stood up and shimmied out of her shorts. I was expecting underwear; there was none.

"Going commando these days, I see."

"These shorts are too tight for panties."

"Kneel down for me so I can kiss your pretty kitty."

"No!" she said. "I just want to get my stuff and go."

"Alright, you know where it is. I've put all your stuff together for you in the bedroom."

I watched as she walked to the bedroom. I missed those magnificent legs of hers. In case I haven't mentioned it before, she has great legs.

I walked to her shoes that she had taken off in the corner and put my foot next to them. Compared to my foot, or any foot for that matter, they were ginormous. I stepped into one of them and my foot barely filled the hole for her ankle. Where do you find such big shoes?

"What're you doing, Sam?" Cindy asked.

"Just trying something. Look at this: Julie's feet are pretty damn big."

"You couldn't even walk in those things."

"You're right."

"Stop playing."

"I'm not playing. It's scientific research."

"Like the pheromones?"

"Yeah, Zoe. Like the pheromones."

"You're full of it."

"Just having a little fun."

"Don't let Julie catch you. She'll be coming back soon."

"She won't mind."

Julie came out carrying her stuff. As she ducked under the threshold to the living room I caught sight of her stunning naked beauty. So did everyone else who was still there looking and listening to our conversation. Her head was barely touching the ceiling and her form filling the room with her presence drew everyone's attention. It was something you couldn't miss.

"Sam was playing with your shoes, Julie. I think he has a shoe fetish." Zoe said. The girls giggled.

"I do not. I have a foot fetish. Can I lick your toes, Julie?"

"No. I have to go."

"Please stay."

"I really need to get going."

"Wait. I have the papers for you."

"What papers?"

"The incorporation papers."

"Mail them."

"They'll get lost in the mail."

"They won't get lost."

"It's happened before."

"So, you take them."

"I don't know where to go."

"And you're asking me to hand carry them to the state capitol?"

"Please."

"Fine. I'll have some time tomorrow, I guess."

"Wait here, I'll go get them."

I ran to the office, retrieved the envelope, ran out, and gave them to her.

"Here. And thanks, Julie. You don't know how much this means to me."

"You owe me."

"Name it. Anything you want."

"I'll think of something."

"How about if I spend the day with you nude?"

"No." she said rolling her eyes.

She sat to put her shorts on. I guess the room was too small and she might have lost her balance and fallen over, so that's why she sat. Julie losing her balance and falling is not something anyone wants, believe me.

As she sat there putting her shorts back on I hugged her. I half expected her to push me away but she hugged me back. I laid my cheek on her left boob. I was able to stay that way for a couple minutes or so.

She very gently pushed me away from her so she could put her shirt on.

"I really have to go, Sam." she said, studying me from head to toe. I could tell that she was still getting used to me at this new smaller size. To her it wouldn't have been much, but to me it was a lot of shrinkage. It was surprising that she could tell.

But speaking of shrinkage, when it comes to Mr. Happy, there was none. Nobody said anything about my hard on, but then, it's not a rare thing when we're all nude. Mr. Happy would have jumped off and stayed with Julie if he could have. That's how much he wanted her. I was hoping Julie felt the same.

She put her shirt on, ignoring the bra, gathered her stuff and left. I hugged her leg right before she ducked under the front door frame and left. I watched her leave. Her boobs slowly bouncing around free under her tee-shirt were sexy as hell way up there in the sky. Mr. Happy and I were sad to see her go. I watched until she drove away. When I turned around to go back inside Zoe was there staring at me.

"What?" I said.

"Nothing."

"Why are looking at me that way?"

"Sorry. I've decided to go dancing with Cindy tonight."

"You're insane."

"Coming?"

"No."

So, of course that night I was on the dance floor. With me were Cindy, Erin, Zoe, Gail and of course Fred. Erin mostly danced with Fred but I had to dance with the rest of them. I can't believe Zoe and Gail, Gail especially. I thought there was no way Gail would ever be caught out in public this soon, let alone on a crowded dance floor.

I tried to stay off the floor as much as possible. I made the excuse that my leg was still sore. It wasn't. But it worked, to an extent. I did dance will all the girls at least once. All were taller than me now, save Zoe. Even Gail was a few inches taller.

At least Cindy kept her clothes on. Barely. She flashed her tits at me a couple times. You would think it would have lost its novelty by now but we were there in public with hundreds of people around. She knows how to get to me. Good ole Cindy.

At one point I had a slow dance with Erin. That must have looked special. With her heels on my head was below her hips, but at least above the hem of her skirt. I'm glad no one else knew we were related.

I slow danced with Zoe and Gail too. I have to admit that it was kind of special for me. I guess because it was a first time with both of them.

In the end we didn't stay out very long. We all had to work the next day. Back home Zoe wouldn't let anyone else sleep with me but her. She took command, but had something to say first.

"What did you think you're doing?"

"I don't know what you're talking about. I'm going to bed now, Zoe. That's what I'm doing."

"I talking about Julie. What was all that about yesterday and today?"

"Isn't it obvious? I want her back."

"Do be careful."

"I know what I'm doing."

"I don't want you to get hurt again."

"Maybe you just want me for yourself."

"I want what's best for you, whatever that is: with Julie or without. But don't get hurt again."

"You never did like her, did you?"

"You know that's not true."

"Is that what you came here for?"

"I came to be with you."

"Yeah, me without Julie. Just the way you want it."

"In case you forgot, she's the one who's responsible for you shrinking. She's the one that hurt you and it was her friends that don't like you and wanted her to abuse you."

"And it's friends like you that don't want her to be with me."

"If you really feel that way I don't have to be here."

"I really feel that way."

"Then you can sleep alone."

"Fine."

"Fine. Good night!"

 

End Notes:

Oh boy. A fight between Zoe and Sam. I wonder what it will turn into. Maybe Sam can pay more attentiont to winning back Julie now.

However, Julie is still not coming round. Will she ever? Stay tuned for more.

Chapter 92 - Turn around Monday by littless
Author's Notes:

One day -- Monday -- and all the things that happen to Sam. It begins with Zoe and one of those weird moments again. Julie and Jenn make appearances then it ends with Tee. Also, Sam gets hit. Sam, whether he's conscious of it or not, is working on Julie. She tries not to let it show.

----- At school

I was in the school library, as usual, studying. I took a short break to rest my eyes as I leaned back in the faux leather chair. A noise prompted me to look over to one of the aisles of books. Someone ducked out of sight.

I thought there was someone there. I could have sworn there was. I went back to studying.

Do you ever have one of the moments where you feel as if someone's eyes are upon you? I mean really feel, like the hairs on the back of your neck are standing up. This was one of those moments.

I turned my attention away from the book I was reading but waited, keeping the same posture so as not to give away my motives. When I thought it was time I suddenly whipped my head around to see who was there.

I caught her! She knew it too so she didn't make any attempt this time to hide. She just stood in that one spot with this sheepish smile on her face.

She was wearing a light blue blouse, with a pleated skirt that only just went halfway down her thighs, and knee-high socks. Her hair was curly. She had the most beautiful, deep, dark brown eyes I had ever seen.

I was shy, but her eyes got a hold of me and I somehow found it in me to overcome my shyness. Where the hell did that come from? Why couldn't I have called that up before, I wondered. I figured that if there were any time that I needed the courage though, now was that time.

I actually spoke to her. Can you believe it? I spoke to a strange girl that I just met.

"Hi."

"Hi." she said.

"I caught you this time." I said smiling. She smiled back. My heart melted.

I was still nervous. At four foot nine inches tall not too many girls really wanted to have anything to do with me. I'd been here two whole years and every girl I tried to get chummy and ask out turned me down. I was kind of expecting this beautiful gal to turn me down too. She was over a head taller than me. Oh well, if she wanted tall, dark and handsome, at least she deserved it.

"I'm sorry. I didn't mean to bother you."

"Uh." My leg was shaking, that's how nervous I was. I hoped she didn't see it. "It's no bother. I need a break from studying anyway."

"What are you studying?"

"Math."

"Are you taking calculus?"

"Nah, already had that. It's differential equations."

"Sounds hard."

"Not really. Calculus was harder. Especially multi-dimensional calculus."

"It sounds heavy."

"Haven't you had calculus?"

"Two semesters. That's all I need. No dimensional stuff."

"What are you majoring in?"

"Psychology. You?"

"Computer science."

"You'll make good money."

"Psychologists make good money too."

"It's okay money. Not great."

"At least it should be fulfilling. You'd be helping others."

"You think so?"

"Absolutely." I said. Then I took a chance. "Would you like to come with me to get some ice cream in the student union?"

"Sure."

"Pssst." I heard behind some books. She heard it too and turned.

"Psst, psst." again.

"Will you excuse me for a moment. I'll be right back."

I figured this was her way out and didn't expect her to come back. I heard loud whispering. Almost like an argument. It stopped abruptly.

Another girl came out, looked at me and smiled.

"Hi." she said. Then she raised her right hand and waved at me. "I'll see you later."

The other girl, the one I was talking to and that said she would have ice cream with me came out from the behind the bookshelves. I was expecting an excuse but was pleasantly surprised when I heard her say "Ready to go?"

"Oh." I was a little startled. "Yeah. Let me gather my stuff."

I clumsily shoved everything into my backpack. I usually take the time to put my stuff in there organized but not this time.

"So, um, who was that?" I asked.

"Do you mean the girl I was talking to to?"

"Yeah."

"That was Samantha."

"So, what was that all about back there?"

"Oh, just a change in plans. Sorry about the commotion."

"So, my name's Samuel." I said extending my hand. She took it in both of hers, bending over and told me her name.

"Zoe. It's nice to meet you, Samuel."

"Call me Sam."

There was something about her. Something deep inside of me that said she was familiar. Maybe I'd seen her before but I couldn't remember. Perhaps she had one of those faces that you see all the time but her face was anything but ordinary, I would remember a face like that. Who does she remind me of?

"Have we met before?" I asked. "You seem awfully familiar."

"I don't think so. Maybe you've seen me in the library?"

"No. There's hardly anyone around when I'm here in the library. Everyone else here are here almost every day like me and I pretty much know them all by face. Oh well, let's go have some ice cream."



----- Sunday morning

I woke up confused. This was like the other dreams I'd had, but it wasn't. Of course, I had to see Zoe again. I knocked on her door early that morning.

"Zoe, I had the weirdest dream again. I think we were in the library back in school. I didn't know it was you until I woke up."

"It was me."

"What was that all about?"

"It was in the past, Sam. I used to watch you in the library like that. But not here; let's go out to the living room and talk."

We found ourselves early morning, back out in the living room.

"That was way too weird, Zoe. I knew you were familiar but didn't know who you were in my dream. Why were we there?"

"Because you used to study in the library and I used to stalk you."

"I know that! What does it mean?"

"It doesn't mean anything."

"So let me ask you this: what change of plans were you and Samantha talking about?"

"Nothing."

"And so that really was Samantha?"

"Yes."

"She smiled at me."

"Alright." she finally admitted. "Look, we decided that I would be the one to give you the virus instead of her."

"But Samantha was the one with the virus."

"She had already given it to me by then."

"So then you were going to give me the virus. Wow."

"Does it really matter?"

"Did you two fight over me?"

"No. It was Sam's idea. She thought you liked me better."

"I can't remember us sleeping together that night."

"It never happened, Sam! It was a dream. Does it matter? We're sleeping together now."

"Not last night."

"I'm sorry about last night."

"I'm sorry too, Zoe. I didn't mean to be angry with you. I was frustrated about what happened with Julie."

"It went well with her yesterday."

"It could have been better."

"She's still getting over Jill. We all are. Give it time."

"You do know that I still love her, right?"

"I know. And I swear, I'm not trying to come between you two."

"Okay. I guess I overreacted last night."

"I would say so."

"So, did you really wear pleated skirts and knee high socks in college?"

She rolled her eyes.

"Because I always figured you for the black, torn stockings type."

"Have you ever seen me wear such a thing?"

"No. But I figured they don't make stockings like that in your size."

She hit me on the arm.

"Ow. I just want you to know that I like the short skirt and bobby socks look."

Her expression softened. "Thanks." she said. Then rolled her eyes again.

"You should wear your hair in curls. It's terribly cute."

"Would you like me to change my hairstyle?"

"Only if you want to. Don't change on account of me."

"I'd look like Shirley Temple."

"Not unless you die your hair blonde."

"Would you like that?"

"I don't think so. You look young enough as is."

"That's why I don't wear my hair in curls."

"Oh yeah. That makes sense."

"It's still early, Sam."

"Sorry. I shouldn't have gotten you up this early."

"I was part of the dream too, remember?"

"Yeah."

"So I was already up."

"Okay."

"But we still have time if you wanted to go back to bed."

"You mean together?"

"Un huh."

"Even after the way I acted last night?"

"Yes."

"Sure, I guess."

"Well, don't look so enthused."

I suppose I was still a bit usettled by the dream.

"Thank you." I said.

"For what?"

"For agreeing to have ice cream with me at the student union."

"You liked that?"

"I'd liked to think we got that far, even though the dream ended before then."

"I was excited."

"You were?"

"I felt like, you know how when you first go out with someone?"

"I think so. What did Samantha think?"

"I had been researching, well, spying on you. And Samantha knew how I felt about you. She was only doing that because ..."

"Because others put her up to it?"

"Yeah."

"You really were looking out for me."

"Yes. I think in the library was when Sam realized that."

"Would you have told me about the virus?"

She shrugged and said "Maybe. I don't know."

"As much as I really liked Samantha, I wish you were the one to give me the virus, Zoe."

"It didn't happen that way."

"Maybe I was just infatuated with Sammie because she was the first one in college to show me any affection. I feel like such a fool over what happened."

"If it's any consolation, she fell for you too, Sam."

"Thanks. You know what you did there in the library meant so much to me you wouldn't believe. Even though it didn't happen, it felt so real and it's a moment I will cherish the rest of my life."

"You were infatuated with me."

"Still am."

"Likewise. Come on, let's go to bed."

Zoe and I made love that morning. I figured we were making up for last night. Or maybe she was as giddy as I was about the dream. And I couldn't get over how she looked back in school: the skirt, the socks, her hair, and being taller than me.

The days of taking it easy in bed with her were over. Sex was rough that morning. I'll tell you one thing: it was a great start to a Monday.



----- Monday at work

Jenn wanted to come over again to hang on the table.

"Sure. But this is the last time. I'll be moving soon."

"When are you moving?"

"Early next week."

"I'd love to see your new house."

"Patience. You will."

"Are you bringing the inversion table with you?"

"No. I'm throwing it away."

"You're what?"

"Of course I'm bringing it. Hey, I'll pick up Tee tonight since she doesn't have to go to the clinic anymore and I know she'll want to come over and hang with you. Get it? Hang."

"It's a groaner, at best, Sam."

"At least I tried."

"Try harder."



----- That evening

Since there was no clinic tonight Cindy and I were sitting around chilling while Tee and Jenn were hanging. No, not like that, we were dressed this time. There was a knock on the door. I answered and was met with the same eye-height knees as yesterday. This time Julie was in a dress. It would have been a long dress on anyone else, but on her it was a mini-dress and damn, she looked hot!

"Hi, Julie. Come on in."

"Damn right I'm coming in."

"Can I get you anything?"

"What's the meaning of this?" she said shaking some papers that were in her hand at me.

"I don't know. What is that?"

"I had to sign this."

"Oh, yes, of course you did. That's why I had you bring it."

"You made me the president of your corporation."

"That's because you're the business person in this relationship."

"There is no relationship, Sam."

"Ouch, Julie. That hurt."

"Sam. We can't do this anymore."

"So, you don't love me."

"It's complicated."

"No, it isn't. You love me or you don't. And after all we've been through too."

"It's not that I don't love you."

"Do you?"

"Don't do this."

"Don't you want to get back together, Julie?"

"Yes! But we can't."

"It's just a simple little decision. It's not like you have to pay or fill out forms or anything. Just check the box: yes."

"I can't do it, Sam. It doesn't feel right."

"Come. Sit."

She sat on the floor cross legged next to me. I got up on her thigh so I could reach her face and leaned in for a kiss. She didn't stop me. I gave that kiss all I had. When I broke it off I saw that her eyes were still closed.

"Well?" I asked.

She opened her eyes. "How can you want me back?"

I shrugged. "There's no excuse for love."

"This isn't right."

"I need you, Julie."

"I can't."

"Yes, you can. You won't."

"I'm sorry."

I felt that pushing it further was the wrong thing just now. I've been careful so far. The time would come later to push harder.

"At least be the president of the corporation for me."

"You're asking a lot."

"It'll be a piece of cake. I'm going to transfer the money I've made from the songs and gift it to the company. Everything else will go right to the corporation. Sharon and Tee and I will get paid from that. In the meantime I want you to do something."

"What?"

"I've found some property I want to invest in. I want you to put the downpayment on it for the corporation. After I transfer the money, of course."

"Why?"

"I told you: investment."

"Are you sure that's wise?"

"I've studied it, Julie. I know the risk."

"Okay. But I can't do this forever. What if I fail?"

"If you fail then nothing lost."

"It's a lot of pressure."

"You'll do fine. I'll tell you what to do and how."

"I already have a job."

"This'll only be a few minutes a week."

"Promise? Because I only have a few free minutes."

"You'll get a salary too."

"I will?"

"Didn't you read the bylaws?"

"It didn't mention names."

"We get to put the names in. You, of course, being an officer of the company are entitled to compensation. No?"

"Okay." She perked up a little at that announcement.

"Good. Stay with me tonight."

"I can't."

"At least get naked."

"What?"

"Tee and Jenn will be back in soon. They'd love to see your beautiful form sitting here in the middle of the living room. All ten feet of it."

"I'm not ten feet tall."

"Almost. You will be soon."

"I'm only a little over eight feet. I've stopped growing."

"I'm still shrinking."

"I'm so sorry, Sam."

"I know. Everyone's sorry. Why can't anyone do anything about it?"

"You know I would if I could."

"I know that. Just still love me if I get smaller."

"I'll still ... never mind." she said shaking her head.

I almost got her to say it. I wish she had. Still, I could feel her armor cracking but I decided to work this slowly.

Cindy was there the whole time in the living room while we were talking. For some reason Zoe stayed in her room. I didn't know if she could hear us or not. Usually no, it's too far away, but she may have been in the hallway listening. I would know soon enough whether she did or not. In the meantime ...

"So, you'll get naked then?"

"No. Nobody wants to see me naked."

"I do."

"Me too." Cindy said.

"You would." Julie answered back.

"If you don't want to stay tonight with Sam, won't you stay with me?"

Bless Cindy's little heart. I knew what she was doing.

"Oh, Cindy. It's not right anymore."

"I'd love to play with you. Sam's been with Zoe every night and I have nobody to play with. I take PDQ too you know."

"He's been with Zoe?"

"Yeah, but Jenn's here so I suspect she'll be sharing Sam's bed tonight."

"Jenn, huh?"

"You know Jenn." I said. "I work with her."

"I know her. Do you sleep with her too?"

"That's not important."

"It figures."

"Don't hold that against me."

"I'm not. I know how you all feel."

"You still remember how it feels to be little?"

"I meant I know how it feels to be on the meds. The one I was on did the same thing."

"But no longer?"

"Not really. Not like before."

"I knew it, you've decided to become a nun."

"No. I still have urges."

"Then spend the night with me."

"No, Sam. Not tonight."

"Tomorrow?"

"NO!"

"Will you come see me at Mike's this Friday?"

"Yes, I can do that."

"Yay! Thank you."

I was still standing on Julie's thigh leaning against her shoulder when Tee and Jenn came in. They were surprised to see Julie.

"Hi, Julie." they said.

"Hi."

"What brings you here?"

"Paperwork."

"Ew. You can keep it."

Tee was lamenting to Jenn about painting over the wall that we used to use to measure each other.

"I'll fix something up once I move to the new house." I promised.

"Are you going to have a gym in the new house, Sam?"

"Of course, Julie. In the basement."

"Oh." she groaned.

"Don't worry, you'll fit. You've already been down there. Remember?"

"I remember."

"I think I'll put up a measuring wall in the basement, not sure where yet. And then we can see how much bigger Tee and Jenn have grown and how much I've shrunk."

"You might grow, Sam."

"And a humpback whale might solve world peace tomorrow."

"Don't be so negative."

"I'm only being realistic. And you just accused me of being too positive the other day. Make up your mind already."

"You're a hard person to talk to, sometimes."

"And you're a hard person to convince, sometimes."

"You convinced me to be your president, didn't you? I didn't have to do that."

"I'm very happy that you are."

"I don't deserve it either."

"Remember when you brought me to Mike's for the first time and made me sing?"

"Yeah."

"You do deserve this, Julie. You made me realize how much I liked it and how good I was at it. You may be part responsible for me getting the virus but you're also responsible for the songs I sing. You believed in me. You deserve it more than anyone."

"Okay, fine. I said I'll do it."

"I knew you'd understand."

"But don't do that again, Sam."

"Do what?"

"Spring something like that on me. You should have told me first."

"You mean like the way you told me that first time that I would be singing at Mike's?"

"Okay. You win this time."

"No, Julie. We all win."

She leaned back and looked at me from arms length.

"Do you really think this is going to work?"

"With your business acumen and my talent it's a sure thing."

"Alright. I'll try."

"That's the spirit."



----- That night

Julie didn't stay much longer. Neither did Jenn.

"Aren't you going to stay tonight, Jenn?"

"I'd love to, Sam, but I have a few things to do at home."

"What?"

"Someone has to take care of Mr. Boots."

"Who's Mr. Boots?"

"My cat."

"Oh yeah. I should have known."

So Cindy was wrong: I wouldn't be spending the night with Jenn, but Tee stayed over that night. Guess who slept with me? Tee's days here were numbered. As with Cindy, she'd be leaving for Arizona soon so this was good thing; and maybe the last time we'd be together like this.

We undressed at the foot of the bed and hugged. She giggled.

"What's so funny?"

"Nothing."

We hugged again and she giggled even more.

"Okay. You have to tell me what's making you laugh."

"It's nothing."

"It's something or you wouldn't be so silly."

"I like hugging you."

"That's it, huh?"

"That's it."

"You never laughed like this before."

"I was never, I mean, I just like this."

"I know what it is." I said looking up into her eyes.

"What?"

"You're taller."

"Oh, Sam, don't be upset about it."

"I'm right, aren't I?"

"I've been smaller than everyone for so long."

"No, you haven't. There's Zoe and others at the clinic. It hasn't been that long either."

"It feels like I've been living with this forever."

"For me it has been forever."

"I'm sorry, Sam. It's different and it feels so good to hold you in my arms. I've never done anything like this with someone smaller than me."

"Do you like it?"

"Honestly, if I knew what this was like before, then I'd have actively pursued you in high school."

"I'm happy you're growing again, Tee. Really. I hope it keeps up."

"Do you think I'll grow to be as big as I was before the virus?"

"I don't know but look what happened to Julie."

"Oh wow. Do you think I'll get that big?"

"I really don't know."

Talk of her growing seemed to invigorate her: she was a wild woman that evening. Her legs were wrapped around my hips when she had her first orgasm of the night. She squeezed her legs hard and her enthusiasm made me cum too. It was only the first of many more to come.

When we were finished and I was spooning her from behind I whispered in her ear "Thanks for being here with me."

"Thank you. You miss Julie, don't you?"

"I do."

"I'm a little sorry it was me tonight and not her. But just a little."

That remark made me smile.

"I'll miss you when you go." I said.

She didn't say anything.

"Are you okay?"

"I'm nervous, Sam."

"Yeah, I can see why."

"Weren't you nervous when you went off to school?"

"Hmm. Let me think... No. No, I was excited, not nervous."

"I'm excited too, but I'm also scared."

"I was happy to get away from here. But I wasn't leaving behind a loving mother and father like you are."

"No?"

"Well, Dad's okay. Mom never liked me."

"Oh, you're just exaggerating."

"No, I'm not. She gave all her love to Erin instead."

"Jealous?"

"Not really. Well, I was back then but I love Erin and I hope she gets all the love she deserves, even from Mom. But I was really happy to get far away. For the most part, I enjoyed being at school away from here and away from Mom."

"I'm sorry to hear that."

"Don't be. You'll make friends out there. You already know Cindy."

"I don't know if we'll see each other."

"She'll be close enough for you two to see each other on weekends if you want. And then there's Gabe. You'll like him. He was my best friend in school."

"Another computer nerd."

"Worse. He's a double 'E'."

"No, I think computer nerds are nerdier than engineering nerds."

"The worst are the bug nerds."

"Oh shut up." she said as she gently hit me on my shoulder.

"There's my friend Kaycee. I think you'll like her. She also has the virus."

"Really?"

"Yeah. I'll let her know you're coming."

"I heard about her."

"What did you hear?"

"That you spent most of your time with her when you went back to Arizona."

"I see you've been talking to Cindy."

"So?"

"It's okay. She's right for the most part. I did spend most nights with Kaycee."

"But you love Julie."

"Yes, I do."

"I'll look Kaycee up when I get there."

"Kaycee deserves a good friend like you."

"Am I your good friend?"

"Of course you are."

"I can't thank you enough for all that you've done for me, Sam."

"Just being my friend is thanks enough. I know it's a little scary leaving home for the first time, Tee, but I think you'll like it out there and I know that you'll have a great future."

"I love you, Sam."

"And I love you too, Tee. Just remember that I'll be there if you ever need me, even if I have to come all the way across the country."

We hugged each other tighter just the way we were, that is, spooning, and fell asleep.



----- T-minus a week and counting

The coming week would be a banner one for me. There was court and then moving to a new house.

Next week would be the formal last week in this old house but I had planned that early in the week -- Monday and Tuesday -- I would actually make the move to the new place. Then there would be a day or two to make sure I had everything out of the old house and tidy it up. I hired professional movers so I wasn't worried about the actual moving.

I had been sleeping with Zoe most nights for the past week or two. She was getting almost scary freaky in bed but I didn't care. Ask me if I cared. What's that? Do I care? Does this look like a face that cares?

So, anyway, Zoe and I were getting to be a semi-regular thing. But she was also sleeping with Gail when she wasn't with me. Cindy and Tee were filling those other nights. Cindy was getting real antsy about finally leaving the school where she taught. Tee was getting antsy about leaving for Arizona. And I was getting antsy about Julie.

But the immediate priority now was the matter of Billy and the law.

 

 

End Notes:

Reminder: there aren't too many chapters left before this story comes to a close. I'd love to hear what you think.

Chapter 93 - A new place by littless
Author's Notes:

Man I love this chapter. I think it's the best I've written so far. I hope you like it too. What do you think?

----- The coming week

It was going to be a busy week. I was so looking forward to selling the old house and getting the new one. Thursday would be that day and in the days after, there were lots of things to do as we were moving.

But there was one other thing first that I was looking forward to just as much.



----- Court

Tuesday I went to see the little shit-stain get his day in court. He was still wearing a cast. Good! I hope it never heals.

The prosecuting attorney's office issued a subpoena for me to appear and there was a jury. I told the court under penalty of perjury, that the little douche bag told me he was going to kill me and that he had a hard-on for it for the past six months. Between that and the video tape plus the doctors testimonies, it was all that the jury needed to see and hear. They had charged him with second degree murder for Jill, and attempted aggravated murder on me. Convictions on those alone would be sufficient to get him life, but there were also escape, fleeing and gun charges. The jury didn't deliberate long before returning the verdict: GUILTY AS FUCK.

I did get my chance to talk to the judge directly, or rather the court as they phrased it, after the verdict was returned. I talked about how the ass-wipe hated me and how he creeped out Gail and the other girls. I talked about Jill. I laid it on thick and heavy about how she was helping everyone at the clinic, that I thought I was her inspiration, and that she had a new boyfriend. Others at the clinic spoke too. Big Zoe, Leslie, Ava, Michele and another one of the nurses that worked with Jill talked in defense of her memory.

Julie and her mother were there. Julie declined to talk as did her mother. They were too emotionally distraught, so I made extra sure that their voices were heard when I spilled out my heart to the judge about how we felt about Jill and how she touched so many lives in so many good ways.

The judge asked me personally what sentence I thought the little piece of excrement deserved. I told him to keep him alive while withholding his meds so he shrinks into nothingness. Or better, when he's three inches tall put him in a jar and have all of Jill's friends spit, piss, and shit in it, covering him up and then shake the hell out of it. I didn't use such colorful language, but the court knew what I meant.

The little fucker got life plus thirty years. YES! Try getting out of maximum security detention now you fuckin', little, putrid, low-life waste of molecules!

I was in rare form that day. I wasn't proud of my performance, but I felt, oh-ho-ho. So-ho-ho. Goo-hoo-hoo-hoo-hood!

Was I a vengeful mother fucker? You betcha. This in no way made up for what he did to Jill but as a consolation it was the most I could have hoped for. It was frightening how good it made me feel. I just hope that Julie and her mother got as much out of it as I did.



----- Taylor, the grad student, we meet again

A weird thing happened Wednesday, as if my life isn't weird enough. I agreed to meet Taylor at the student union at the college in town that night after hours. She's a nice gal but, as I was to learn, there seems to be an aura of drama following her around where ever she goes. This time we were sharing a soda at one of the tables as she was trying to convince me to to help her with her follow-on pheromone research.

"Is there any way I can convince you to stay off PDQ for a week?"

"Nope."

"In the name of science?"

"No."

"You know what all my data infers?"

"What?"

"Guys with Borgford's disease attract girls."

"No shit?"

"And you give off more than anyone."

"I feel so lucky."

"I can feel it myself."

"Sorry, Taylor. You're a nice gal but you're not my type."

"What's your type?"

"Someone who doesn't ask me to stop taking the meds that keep me from shrinking into oblivion."

"What we don't know is if it's the virus or the drugs that are responsible for it. We need more data. That's the only reason I'm asking."

"Let me ask you something: how many guys did you test?"

"A good number. I can't remember the exact figure."

"Did you have a control group?"

"Yes, we did."

"So, anyone I know?"

"I'm not at liberty to say for privacy purposes. "

"Fine. Have you asked any of the ones in the little group to stop taking PDQ?"

"Yes."

"And how many of them agreed?"

"I'm not at liberty to ..."

"Yeah, yeah, I know. I'd be hard pressed to think any of them agreed."

"You'd be the first."

"No way. I'm not doing it. I don't want to shrink any more."

"One week can't amount to much."

"Every millimeter is precious to me."

"Okay but ..."

We were interrupted just then by one of Taylor's friends walking by.

"Hi, Taylor."

"Hi, Bettina. Have you met Sam?"

"No, should I have?

Bettina had short, died red, obviously not her natural color, hair. She wore heavy-rimmed glasses and lots of lipstick. She looked pissed off at something. I pegged her as being one of those college snowflakes. I really can't stand that attitude.

"He's the star of my research." Taylor answered.

"How so?"

"He sheds more pheromones than a warthog in heat."

"So?"

"That makes him attractive to girls."

"Get outta here."

"Aren't you attracted to him?"

"What? Him?" Bettina said pointing to me.

"Yeah."

"I don't go out with short guys."

"Bettina, you don't even know him."

"It's alright, Taylor." I said. "I don't go out with fat chicks anyway."

"What did you call me?" Bettina asked.

"You heard me."

"I'm not fat."

"I'm not short."

"Yes, you clearly are."

"Well?"

"Go to hell. Face it, you can't do the sorts of things normal people can. We're better than you."

"Keep telling yourself that. The only things we can't do is reach things because you built the world for yourselves. A world you big people are destroying." If I had read her correctly then that would probably piss her off more than she already was. I didn't care. Ask me if I cared.

"That shows what you know. I'm fighting to save the world."

"Sure you are. In the meantime all your breathing is raising the carbon dioxide levels. All your farting is raising the methane. You're spewing green-house gases like mega coal burning factories. You're using up the earth's resources, especially you fat people eating everything in sight and then your shit's polluting the world. Your big people wars are killing not only all the people but animals too, leading to their extinction. Did you ever see a little person in the military? No! Because they won't let us serve. Did you ever think of that?"

"I'm not in the military. Did you think of that?"

"I know you're not. They don't let fat chicks in."

"Hmpff!" she said as she turned and ran off in a huff.

I guess there was still some feistiness in me left over from court yesterday.

We both watched silently until she was out of sight. I was happy to see her go, but it was Taylor's friend.

"I'm so sorry, Taylor." I apologized. "I just couldn't let her get away with that. I'm still too sensitive about that sort of thing. I need to get over it."

"Are you kidding me? That was so cool. Serves her ass right."

"You're not mad at me?"

"No. I'm quite impressed with how you handled it. It's about time someone showed that little SJW what's what."

"I suppose she's been triggered."

"You're my hero."

"Eh, it's just the pheromones."



----- Thursday, the day of celebrating

As you already know Thursday was an inflection point in my life. I closed on my old house in the morning, on the new house in the afternoon, and celebrated that evening. Of course, Erin and Fred celebrated with me as did Zoe, Cindy, Gail and Tee. Sharon was also there as well as Jenn. I called and asked Julie to come too.

"Come on, Julie. It's a free dinner."

"I don't want to leave Mom."

"Bring her. She deserves a night out."

She had no argument now. Julie and her mother came to celebrate with us.

I brought everyone to the best steak restaurant in town. Erin, Cindy, Julie and her mother had chicken. Gail had fish. Blasphemy! I'll never understand why they even sell that stuff when there's steak to be had. The rest of us had the good stuff. It was quite a large meal. We ended up taking boxes of leftovers home. Only Julie didn't bring anything back. She even ate her mother's leftovers.

I had apple pie-a-la-mode for desert. Yummy. Others had chocolate-chocolate cake and the rest had cheesecake. There was no alcohol. I kind of missed that but I didn't want to chance it. Instead I ordered sparkling grape juice and we toasted.

"To Jill, who we'll not only miss but keep her in our thoughts and hearts forever. I wish she could see the new house."

"Here, here." we all agreed.

A lot had happened in the past year. The new home represented a fresh start. Perhaps this was the start of good things. Sharon was also looking into moving out of her home with the parents as was her brother. Erin and Zoe were looking to buy new cars. Big Zoe and Xavier, as well as Marie and Joe were engaged to be married. So was Sue. Cindy and Gabe looked promising too.

I would have liked to include myself in the couples group with Julie. Things had gone south for us but I was trying to fix that. I had doubts about it working, but I was sure going to try like hell. I saw progress but it was going slow. Almost too slow. Would she ever come around? Would I still be interested by then? Would I end up with Zoe instead?

Zoe was making a compelling case for me to forget Julie. I knew how she felt about me but I wasn't really sure yet if I could live a life with her. Maybe. She was genuinely interested in me and affectionate when you get to know her. And she had other great qualities, so maybe. We'd be the shortest couple in the world. Dancing this past weekend it seemed like everyone who saw us was like "Awww, look. They're so cute." Whatever.

Mom -- Julie's Mom -- thanked me profusely for the house. I told her how I felt about her and how she deserved a break. She accepted that. That was more than I can say for Julie. I only wish she'd develop her mother's wisdom.

And as for Julie, she thanked me profusely for going to court. It wasn't what I was looking for from her, but I'll take what I can get.

"You were brave up there, Sam."

"Bullshit! I had a chance to speak my mind and I did. What I said was inappropriate, and not something to brag about, but I'd do it again in a heartbeat. I didn't do it for you, Julie. I did it for Jill and for me. Her and I are forever connected." I'm not sure I impressed her with that, but it seemed to make her feel better.

"Nevertheless, thank you for that, Sam. Somebody had to do it."



----- Friday at Mike's

It was good to be back singing Friday night. True to her promise, Julie did show up. Unfortunately, I couldn't convince her to come over to the house afterwards. Jenn came to see me sing too. She had only seen me sing once before. No, twice. Actually, I couldn't remember for sure, you'll have to ask her yourself. But she didn't come to the house after our little concert either, even when I promised to let her hang on the table.

Oh yes, my groupies were there again. I relented and sang "El Paso" one more time but told them no more. They had to wait another month or two before I'd perform that again. I mean really! To do it justice I'd need a proper band, not the two guitars that Sharon and I played. The folly of crossing old age with groupieness. Sheesh!



----- Aaaaand the weekend between homes

Everything seemed to be packed up and ready to go except for a few things that I would take to the new place personally. Pots and pans were in boxes as were books. Beds were made but all other sheets and clothes were packed up. Not much else to do here anymore. All those things were going to go as soon as the weekend was over.

However, the new house was mine! I didn't have to wait for anyone to move out so I brought the girls over with me that Saturday morning.

There were lots of oohs and aahs as they entered through the front double door. I must admit, it really was an impressive house.

Coming in the front door, the living room was on the right and dining room on the left. The living room had a fireplace and both rooms in front had nice marble-like floors that really impressed Erin. The kitchen, family room, and office were behind the dining and living rooms, with a sunroom to the right and the master bedroom and garage to the left.

The kitchen had an island in the middle and Zoe liked the tile floors. The office was much bigger than in the old house. I liked the wooden floors and dark wooden built-in bookshelves in the office. I'd be spending lots of time in here and for me that was a major selling point.

The second floor had three bedrooms and two big full baths. There was a third floor with a small room that could be used as a loft or storage, like an attic.

And behind the family room up a couple of steps was the star of the house: the indoor heated pool.

"Is the pool ready to swim in?" Cindy asked.

"I don't see why not. The filter's been on and someone has been taking care of it, I think."

"It's skinny dipping time!" she said right before her clothes fell to the floor and Cindy disappeared into the water.

Julie was invited too. So was Jenn but she couldn't come due to commitments with her family. I called Julie again once we were at the new house and said we were waiting for her. I guess the anticipation was too much for her since she showed up shortly thereafter.

She looked around and around like someone at the museum.

"Julie, you act like you haven't seen it before."

"It's just ... pretty."

"Yes, it is."

"Can I just look around?"

"Help yourself. I mean, duh."

"Thanks, Sam."

"Have you seen outside?"

"Not yet."

"Take a look. They're lots of trees here."

"I assume volleyball's out of the question then."

"Anyone would be out of their mind to play volleyball against you."

"Oh pooh!"

I followed her to the kitchen where she met up with Zoe.

"Hi, Zoe."

"Hi, Julie." Zoe looked up. And up some more.

Julie seemed taller than she did at the old house. I'm pretty sure that's because she could stand up straight without slouching because of the higher ceilings here.

"Wow. You're a lot taller than I remember."

"And you're a lot smaller than I remember. I'm so sorry this happened to you, Zoe."

"I bet it wasn't easy growing tall like you did, either."

I knew that Zoe was saying that just for Julie's sake. Maybe she didn't hate Julie after all.

"It has it's downsides but I think I have it better than you and Sam."

"Yeah, but I have ..."

"Have what?"

"Nothing. I don't know what I was going to say. Brain fart."

"You're going to be living in this beautiful home, Zoe. I wish I could be here."

"Ask Captain Starstruck over there. I'm sure he'll want to hear that from you."

"But I can't."

"He just heard you anyway."

"I mean I can't live here."

"You realize that you're breaking his heart, don't you?"

"It would be worse if I were here. I'd hurt him again."

"You don't say."

"I know I've done Sam wrong, Zoe. I don't think I can help but hurt him."

"You can tell him; he's right behind you. You hear that, Sam?"

"I heard her, Zoe. She's been wrong about things before. She's wrong about this too."

"What have I been wrong about?" Julie asked.

"You don't want to hear."

"Tell us."

"You want me to mention Joey?"

After thinking for a couple seconds she said "No."

"Or about listening to your so-called friends in the club. They made you do some of those bad things."

"I don't see them anymore. Not much anyway."

"So maybe they were just a bad influence. Maybe those things you did to hurt me were just a series of terrible mistakes."

"The club wasn't around when you were in college."

"So?"

"I'm solely to blame."

"I forgive you! And it's not like Samantha had nothing to do with it. Or like Jill didn't either, poor girl. Even Zoe had a part to play."

We all kind of looked at each other. There was a moment of silence but Zoe broke it.

"Look, while I have you two here, because I don't know if I'll ever have you two alone again, I have to say that when I notified our group -- our little guild that Jill was part of -- of Jill's passing, well, it was just as hard for me as it was with Samantha's passing, okay? I just wanted you two to know. I feel bad about what happened to Jill as much as, okay, almost as much as you two."

"I'm so sorry, Zoe. It's been hard on all of us." I said. "I wish someone can forgive me for not saving Jill."

"Oh, Sam." Julie began. "You don't need forgiveness. I wish I could just do something."

"It would help if you wouldn't keep turning me down, Julie."

"I don't turn you down for everything. I came here, didn't I?"

"Yeah, like there wasn't anything compelling about a new house. You turn me down for the things that count."

"If I stay one night with you, Sam, that'll be it. We'll be back to where we started."

"Yes!"

"I can't promise I won't hurt you again."

"I'll take that chance."

"We'll keep going around and around."

"I know you better than that. There are no more secrets. Right?"

"Not from me."

"The only thing I keep secret from you is my job."

"That's understandable."

"We can do this, Julie."

"I'll think about it."

That's not what I wanted to hear but it was better than her completely shutting it down.

"Fine." I said. "Enjoy the house while you're here. Whatever you think of us, this is still a cool house."

"Are you sleeping here tonight?"

"No. The beds won't be moved here until Monday."

"I'd sleep on the floor if I were you. Just to inaugurate the place."

"The floor is too cold."

"How's the water?"

"It's well water. The water's fine."

"I'm talking about the pool."

"Go ask Cindy. She's been swimming the whole time."

"Okay."

Julie went running off to the pool. I had no idea she liked swimming so much. We followed.

"Hi, Julie." Cindy said when she saw Julie. "Coming in?"

"I didn't bring a swim suit."

"Suits aren't allowed. Skinny dipping only. See?"

Cindy pulled herself halfway up the side of the pool. We all got to see her little titties while she was half out of the water; like that's a first. No surprise there. What was surprising was Julie's smile and subsequent clothes doffing. She dove in.

She covered the pool underwater without coming up for air. I loved watching Julie swim. It was like a long, sensuous mermaid in her natural element. The long, lithe, muscular body moving so gracefully through the water and long hair trailing along was an ASMR experience. The fact that she was nude made it all that much more an elegant thing to watch. I could look at her swim all day long.

When she came up for air Cindy grabbed her around the neck from behind. Julie swam on the surface with Cindy hanging on. It made me so happy to see them having fun.

"Join us, Sam." Cindy said.

I looked at Zoe. "Shall we?"

"I'll go in if you do."

I stripped and Zoe followed. There were four us now splashing and making noise. When I was searching for a new house I wasn't looking for one with a pool, but now I'm so grateful to have one. I don't think I'll ever go back. I researched how to take care of it and I will eventually have to look the whole filter system over and make sure the water has enough chlorine and stuff. But for now it was time to enjoy.

Erin and then even Gail joined us and it was officially a party. A little later Fred, Sharon and Tee showed up. I called them before we left from the old house and they said they'd come as soon as they could. Cindy got out of the pool to get the door.

"Hey, hey, hey! Don't be tracking water all over the new house. Dry off first."

"But there are no towels here."

"Oh shit. Fine. Just stay put then."

I yelled to the folks at the door to come on in. They just barely heard me but it took them no time to find us; once inside it was hard to ignore the noise.

"You guys are swimming already?" they said.

"No, we're warming the pool with our body heat so it doesn't freeze. Of course we're swimming. Hop in!"

We swam, splashed, yelled and played.

The pool had a deep end which I don't think covered Julie's head but it was deep enough for her to have fun. We had a shallow end too. The water there was up to my chest and up to Zoe's armpits, but it didn't even cover Julie's knees.

"Julie, bend down. Let me get on your shoulders." I asked.

"You'll never make it up there being in the water, Sam. Let me help you."

She picked me up from the front and put me on her shoulders. I made her stand up and walk closer to the deep end.

"That's far enough." I said.

"What're you doing?"

"I'm going to dive off your shoulders." I stood up and dove right into the deep end.

"I'm not a diving board, Sam."

"I'll say." I said right before I splashed her in the face. "You're not flat enough."

"I'll get you for that."

I took off swimming towards the shallow end, squirting right out of her grasp before she even had a chance to grab me. But she surface dived toward me as I was swimming away; she was too fast as she glided effortlessly and easily caught up with me. She grabbed my ankle and stood up -- I was hanging upside down now. She chucked me back to the deep end. Wow! What a rush!

Then she was all like "Oh, no. Sam, are you okay?"

I made a pretense of choking but splashed her face again when she came near. She caught me laughing and chucked me up in the air once again. Wheeee.

We played like this for over an hour. When we decided to get out there was no way to dry off except to just shake and let ourselves air dry. Feels familiar. Anyway, we hung out nude on the deck. It was a tile deck, not cement, so we were very careful not to run and slip. Cindy really liked the look of the tile floor around the pool.

Cindy and I sat on Julie's laps as Zoe and Gail were leaning against each other. Erin was leaning on Fred and Tee against Sharon. Nine naked bodies sitting on a deck. It would make a great picture.

I leaned up against Julie using her right boob as a pillow. Cindy did the same on the left.

"I miss this, Julie."

"I do too, Sam."

"You need to come over more often."

"I'll think about it."

"Think of all the fun we've had in the past. And now with the pool it'll be awesome."

"I don't know, Sam."

"It's the water."

"What about the water?"

"It's washed off all my pheromones. Just wait until we dry off then you won't be able to resist me."

"You're crazy."

"You say that now." I said. Then I whispered in her ear "But when we're all dried off I'll suck your big hard clitty. When's the last time someone went down on you, huh? Can you resist that?"

She stared at me. Instead of saying anything she covered her crotch with her hands. I think I was getting to her. Cindy was the only other one that heard.

As I looked around it occurred to me that maybe I didn't have to whisper. Everyone was lost in their own world with their partner at the moment. Ah, there was love in the air. Or maybe just lust. Was it it going to be like this all the time? Why didn't I think about getting a pool earlier?

Maybe it was the atmosphere with everyone being with their partner or maybe it was just the novelty of the new house; I like to think it was my charm working on Julie, or perhaps my pheromones were coming out. We kissed. Cindy and Julie also kissed and we alternated.

"Don't you miss this, Julie?"

"Yes, Sam. I already said I did. Don't push it, okay?"

"Okay, Julie." I said before kissing her again.

We all knew this couldn't last. We were pretty much dry after a few minutes but there was nothing in the house yet. No furniture, no beds, not even utensils to cook with. All of that was still a couple of days away.

"We either have to go out or call out for food guys." I said. "Let's take a vote."

Cindy wanted to stay in and stay naked but most of the others knew it would be awkward eating on the floor so we voted to go out for lunch.

We put our clothes on. It felt like a let down but we piled into our cars and went into town and ate. We ended up back at the old house where we hung out lazily for the rest of the afternoon.

"So when will you get to actually sleep in the new house?" Julie asked.

"Monday night, I suppose. That'll be right after the movers get stuff there. I'm taking Monday and Tuesday off."

"Too bad you have to wait."

"Be patient. It's only two nights away."

"It's kind of a let down, isn't it? I mean the new house is already yours, you've played in it yet you still have to sleep here."

"Yep, it's a shame. I need comforting, Julie. Stay with me tonight."

"Saaaaam."

"What?"

"No. I have to get back to Mom. She needs me."

"Oh, can it, will you? You know as well as I do, you're just using Mom as an excuse."

"She worries about me."

"She does not. You're a big girl, a really big girl. She knows you can take care of yourself."

"But ..."

"Fine. Go if you have to." I said before going back to leaning against her side. I did it as much out of disgust as just wanting to get time being with her. I wasn't going to push when it wasn't going to do any good and it was clear I wasn't going to convince her tonight. Every time it looks like maybe we're getting back together she pulls this shit.



----- Lazy Sunday

We all got up late and stayed lazy the whole day. Erin had to work later but the rest of us took the time to enjoy the old house one last time.

Cindy and I had spent the night together as Zoe spent it with Gail. We both realized that our time so close together was coming at an end. That morning Cindy and I were on the couch lying next to each other nude. Cindy's fault, not mine.

"So, what are you going to do about Julie?"

"I don't know, Cindy. I'm trying to win her back."

"She's playing hard to get."

"You can say that again. Do you have any advice for me?"

"Just keep at it."

"I've been at it for days. This is a hard nut to crack."

"But cracking your nuts will be so worth it."

"Ow!"

"I didn't mean it like that."

"I know what you mean. Just don't talk of cracking my nuts again."

She reached down and cupped my testicles in her hands. "You have very nice nuts." she said.

"No they're not. They're all wrinkly."

"That's only the outside. They're nice inside."

"Says the male anatomy expert."

"I'm no expert. I just know what I like."

"Gabe's a lucky, lucky man to have you."

"You think so?"

"I know so. Hey, do me a favor when you get out there."

"Sure."

"Look up Kaycee and tell her ..."

"Tell her what?"

"I don't know. I'm not sure things are working out with Julie. Maybe I'll just move out to Arizona and take up with Kaycee."

"Do you mean that?"

"I often think about her, Cindy. It's like, I'm not sure. I want to get away from all of this turmoil here on the east coast lately. It would be a break for me so far away from it all."

"So, Kaycee's just convenient?"

"No. Kaycee means more to me than that."

"You better make up your mind."

"I can't get over Julie, but it just ain't happening."

"I hope things work out for you, Sam."

"Me too."

We spent the rest of the day that way. We watched TV. We ate a little, had naked tea with Zoe and Gail. I serenaded the girls, not so much for practice; I just played the guitar and sang because I wanted to. It felt good. Erin left that afternoon for work. I let her take the car.

Gail had become a big part of my life now and an even bigger part of Zoe's. She didn't spend every night with us, she still had her own home, but she was a familiar figure around my household. I figured after the whole Billy thing she would disappear back to her own place never to be seen except on special occasions. I was delighted that she stuck around.

Tee would spend the night sometimes too. We were all a little anxious about her leaving. She had never been so far away from home and never for so long. She was visibly nervous about the topic. I even considered going out to Arizona with her for a week or two just to help her get settled. I couldn't afford to take off, however, and I knew she could handle it despite her doubts.



----- Moving week!

The day finally came. The movers were there early Monday morning. I made everyone strip the sheets off their mattresses and piled the dirty linens in a bag. Tonight we'd be putting on new sheets in the new house.

The movers worked fast and they were good. I don't know how they fit everything; it was like a jigsaw puzzle inside the moving van. At the new house they instinctively knew where to put all the furniture. I did have to tell them which bedrooms got which beds though.

By the end of the day the old house was bare. There were dustballs in the corners and I had that empty sort of feeling; just like the old house was now empty with a few dustballs here and there in the corners of my mind. It was like leaving an old friend or the feeling you get at graduation. It was an ending but also a beginning. Still, I'll never be back here again. This house was full of good memories and some not so good.

I remembered back when Julie moved in with me. I remember the day that Erin did too. I remembered how that jerk Joey forced his way past me taking me by surprise and how I was holding him as Julie got in her kick. I remember naked tea time with Cindy and the first day Zoe was with us. I remembered that violent night with Julie. All these thoughts and more came crashing down on me as I took one last look around.

But all of that was in the past. So, it seemed, was my relationship with Julie. I hoped we could start anew at the new house. It had a lot of charm. I wasn't sure if that charm would make up for the memories of the old place but I was moving forward and leaving so much behind.

We still had work to look forward to unpacking boxes and such but for the most part everything was where it needed to be and we began the task of settling in that night.

Gail decided not to interrupt our first night at the new place, so she stayed at her home and Zoe spent that first night there with me. And so did Cindy. We had a nice little threesome. I bounced back and forth between kissing Cindy's itty bitty titties and Zoe's boobies. Despite Cindy being so much taller, Zoe's boobs were the bigger ones, not that she was well endowed. It was just that Cindy's were so small to begin with. I didn't care. Ask me if I cared.

So, new house initiated. Check. I only wished that Julie had been more a part of it.

 

End Notes:

Sam's working on it. Think it'll work out? It ain't finished yet. Hold on, more to come.

Chapter 94 - Hidden room by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam settles into the new place. Jenn gets swim lessons. And a surprise for Sam.

----- Moving in and moving on

I took care of a few loose ends Tuesday. Wednesday I was back to work. Since I missed the first two days of the week, I worked Friday. Nevertheless, I was performing again at Mike's. I made damn sure Julie came to see me.

Jenn was excited about my new house even though she missed the impromptu pool party this weekend. I told her the inversion table was set up and she should come visit. And that did it -- she decided to come over and hang. I also told her we were going to swim.

"Cindy won't let you swim unless you're not wearing anything, Jenn."

"I don't swim. Remember?"

"I remember. But I was going to teach you. Remember?"

"Yeah, but I'm a little nervous about it."

"Take your time. Relax. Come over for the inversion. Stay for the swim."

"I might do that."

"Please do. Gail is usually there with us."

"She is?"

"She comes over for the Zoe. Stays for the swim."

Jenn giggled.

"Jenn, so what do you think of Zoe?"

"I like her."

"I know. But what do your really think?"

"What do I like about her?"

"For starters."

"I don't know. She's nice."

"She's an avowed lesbian. Except for me."

"I can see why."

"Are you sure it's not my pheromones?"

"You're what?"

"Sex hormones. I seem I keep shedding sex hormones into the air for the girls to sniff."

"You better do something about that."

"It's supposed to make the girls go wild. That plus the PDQ; I can see why girls lust after me. I don't know how much is the pheromones, how much is PDQ and how much is just my pure manly charm."

She sniffed. "I don't smell anything."

"I don't think you can smell them. But it's supposed to make you lust after me."

"Lust, huh?"

"You have to admit, Jenn. You have wanted to rape me all these months."

"And I have. Finally."

"Was it a let down?"

"Not at all. I want to do it again."

"It's the pheromones."

"That would explain a lot."

"It would."

"Nah. You're a handsome guy, Sam."

"Handsome enough to draw your attention?"

"Definitely. Plus you're one cool dude."

"I always felt that way about myself, but doesn't everyone?"

"Yep. Everyone thinks you're cool."

"No. I meant everyone thinks they're cool."

"True. But you're also a good person, Sam."

"I try."

"You've touched many lives in such good ways."

"Not Jill's."

"Don't be so hard on yourself."

"Whatever. I'm still finding it hard to get over that. I do feel better than I did last week, and even better the week before that."

"That's good."

"I'm not so sure Zoe and Jill got along well when they had the chance. I think Zoe holds what they did to me against her. Or she did. She knew the same time I did that Jill was only part to blame and that Julie had the bigger part."

"Yeah, so?"

"I don't know. Zoe played a part too, although she says her part was to temper what the others were trying to do. She's not mean to Julie, but she seems like she doesn't want Julie and I back together."

"What was Zoe tempering?"

"That whole thing when they gave me the virus."

"Oh, yeah."

"Do you think Zoe has my best interests at heart?"

"It sounds like it."

"She liked me from the beginning. I only wish I had known at the time."

"Are you falling for her?"

"I don't know. I mean, she's nice to me. We've been sleeping together, especially lately. But she likes Gail too. So, I don't know."

"Gail really likes her."

"Did Gail tell you that?"

"Not exactly, but she does talk about Zoe affectionately."

"Gail is not a lesbian, is she?"

"Maybe a closet lesbian?"

"Aha!"

"She did sleep with you, right? So she's not really a lesbian."

"Zoe says she is but she sleeps with me anyway."

"So Zoe and Gail are the same: bi but with proclivity to being pure lesbian."

"You're pretty smart, Jenn."

"Put me on your team, so we can take business trips."

"I will when I can. Be patient."

"I can't wait."

"So, how did you know about Gail and me?"

Jenn gave me that look, like 'Well, duh.'

"I hope she liked it, Jenn."

"You're being insecure; of course she did. Are you afraid you're going to have to fight over Zoe for her?"

"No. I really hope that both of them find their soul mates. I just wish I knew who that was."

"And Julie?"

"I thought we were soulmates. I'm not so sure anymore."

"I hope you find yours, Sam."

"I hope you find yours too."

"I'm sure I will."

"Anyway thanks, Jenn. And come over any time."

I wanted to get at Jenn's real feelings about me and what she thought of Zoe and me together. I didn't really find out but it was a start it got me to think and I think it was a positive response and not just the hormone or drug thing. That meant a lot to me. Would the positive comments about me be enough for me to give up that hormone and drug stuff, if I could? Hell no.



----- That weekend

By the weekend I was tired. There were still a lot things to do in the new house. The bare spots were telling us we needed to buy more furniture. This house was big, folks.

Getting more furniture would eventually happen. For now we were still unpacking stuff and putting it away. The girls arranged the kitchen. Great. Now I would have to learn where all the pots and pans and dishes were. But I got to put my books away on the shelves. I wouldn't let anyone else touch that.

Also, no more running outside to the garage to exercise. First the garage was attached. Second, the gym was downstairs in the basement. It was a huge basement compared to the last one and in the middle was enshrined the inversion table. It sat there like a throne.

Tee had been over a couple times to use it, Jenn had yet to. Even I tried the table out on a couple of occasions. It still didn't work for me as far as I could tell, but I knew it was working for Tee. And damn was it working for her. I was now only barely up to her chin. She got a real kick out of it and it made her very horny. Or maybe it was the pheromones or the PDQ. I didn't really care. Ask me if I cared.

I needed to get a wall set up where we could put marks on it to measure ourselves again. Something I could paint white and keep if I ever sold this place. I made measurements throughout the house and finally decided to put it in a spot upstairs from the basement on the first floor, out of sight mostly.

Besides the basement there were three floors in the house. The very top floor wasn't very big. It was good for storage like an attic or loft. It was quaint with a three little windows, yet with enough room to put another bed up there if I ever needed to for guests.

There were three fairly big bedrooms on the second floor and one huge one on the first floor. That last one was the master bedroom. My hope was that Julie would share that with me which meant she never really had to go upstairs which was just as well since the ceilings upstairs weren't as tall as that downstairs.

Everything was going great, except for Julie. She did come see me at that house but it seemed like she was only stringing me along. Drastic measures were called for. I just didn't know what to do, but I had a few ideas.

Sunday was a mirror of Saturday except Julie came over -- yay! I made sure to give her my full attention. I tried to get her in the pool again but she insisted she could only stay a few minutes -- awww.

"We have towels this time so you don't have wait to put your clothes back on."

"I shouldn't have to take them off in the first place."

"Take that up with Cindy."

"It's your pool, Sam."

"And I agree with the no-clothes policy just fine."

"I can't stay long anyway."

"I know. Mom needs you."

"I promised her we'd go to to the movies together tonight."

"On a Sunday night?"

"Yeah."

"Then have a good time."

I tried but it was Mom so...



----- Swim lessons

I had finished the one project that they had given me sole responsibility for at work and had done a pretty good job despite my absence due to the 'incident'. It wasn't that much work however. I think they just wanted to see how I'd do with it. I was doing general BS stuff for a little while but that was fine by me for now. I could use a little cruising at work with everything else in my life being complicated.

But now it was time for a new project. This one wasn't very big but did involve some analysis. I was given somebody to help me and it turned out to be a new girl, Alice. She was normal size, maybe five five, and had curly blonde hair. She was pleasant enough but I didn't know how good her math skills were. I suppose I'll find out soon enough. For now we got to know each other a bit. For this project I was her boss.

Jenn said she would have liked to work with me, but this wasn't up her alley. Besides, I told her, there's no traveling. Wait until there is. That seemed to be good enough consolation for her.

Jenn did come over Tuesday and Wednesday night and hung on the inversion table, finally. It was her first time over but she came over for the inversion table so we went straight downstairs Tuesday.

Tee would join us Wednesday but it was just Jenn and me downstairs on Tuesday night. I tickled her feet again.

"Stop that!" she yelped.

"Want to go swimming after this?"

"I didn't bring a swim suit."

"No swimsuits, remember? Take that up with Cindy. She's up there swimming nude now."

"You're a naughty boy to let her swim like that."

"I told you it's Cindy's idea, but I concur. Try it, it feels great; nothing between you and the water. Wearing swim suits now would be like taking a shower while wearing underwear."

"I see what you mean. Is there a shallow part where I can stand up?"

"There is. I'll be with you the whole time. I won't let you get in over your head, figuratively and literally speaking."

"I'll think about it. Will it be okay to get into the water after hanging upside down?"

"I don't see why not."

"How long have I been hanging now?"

"Uh, almost a half hour." I said looking at my watch.

"I'll do it. Give me a few more minutes though."

We finished up downstairs and went to the pool. Cindy saw us walk in.

"Yay! It's Jennifer."

"Be nice to her, Cindy. She doesn't swim well. We have to help her."

"I'm nice."

"She's also nervous about skinny dipping."

Jenn was reluctant to take her clothes off. I reminded her that it's just her, Cindy and I. Zoe may come here a little later but she shouldn't worry about Zoe. She didn't. I think she was more worried about me. We of course, stayed in the shallow end as I helped her to learn to swim.

"Can you put your head under water?"

"Yeah."

"Show me."

She dunked her head under and came right back up. Not long, but at least her hair was wet. It's sexy seeing a girl's hair wet for the first time, isn't it? Especially a naked girl.

"Can you stay under longer?"

"Do I have to?"

"Yes. Don't you take showers?"

"Yeah."

"You have your head under water for several minutes. It's the same thing."

"No it's not. I can breathe under the shower."

"So?"

"I can't breathe under water."

"Just hold you breath."

"I don't think I can."

"Sure you can. Do this." I said. I closed my mouth, puffed my cheeks, held my nose and then held my breath for a few seconds still out of water while she watched. "See? Now you do that."

She did.

"That's it. Now do it under water."

"Okay. Here goes."

She was nervous but she did it. She stayed under for a good five seconds. I congratulated her when she came up.

I kept working with her until she could actually float, head down holding her knees.

"I did it!"

"Yes, you did."

"I wasn't able to ever do that before."

"We'll have you swimming at the olympics in no time."

Okay, that was a bit of exaggeration. I can't take all the credit either; Cindy helped. But in my opinion she made lots of progress. We were having so much fun that before we knew it, it was late.

Cindy got out of the pool and asked "I've been meaning to ask you, Sam: what's that door for?"

"I don't know. Some closet with pool things in it, I suppose."

"Can I see?"

"Sure."

Cindy opened the door. It looked like there was lock on it but it wasn't locked which was just as well because I didn't think I had a key for it.

"Hey look, Sam. It's a bathroom."

"So it is. I've been here over a week and I never knew."

It was small with just a shower, commode and sink but it was so cool finding out there was another bathroom in the house. It was off to side at the pool and was not really a part of the house. I wonder what else there was in this place. Maybe a secret door to another wonderful parallel universe. I hadn't spent much time upstairs yet. Hmmmm?

We dried off and I wanted to show Jenn around the new place.

"Wait." she said. "I haven't gotten dressed yet."

"You've spent all this time nude and now you want to get dressed?" Cindy chided her.

"Let her put her clothes on, Cindy. She's uncomfortable." I said. "Would you like to use a hair dryer, Jenn?"

"If I can borrow this towel to wrap around my head I'll be fine."

"Borrow away. Sometimes that's all that Cindy wears."

She wrapped a towel in her hair after dressing and I showed her the master bedroom, upstairs bedrooms and even the loft. We came back downstairs afterward and I showed her the office and sunroom. We looked at the lot we were on. My neighbors were somewhat closer than at the old house but there were many more trees than the old place. That gave us privacy and also seemed to cut down on the noise, especially from the cars going by. We were a little closer to the road too but you wouldn't know it.

I didn't find any secret passages or other hidden rooms but it was still a nice tour. Jennifer liked the bamboo floor in the sunroom.

I would have liked her to stay over but she had to get home and that left Cindy. I didn't hear much from Zoe that night -- Gail was over. So that meant I spent the night with Cindy again. She was trying to get in as much time with me as she could. This was her last week of school. She'd be leaving for Arizona next week.

I had a doctors visit Thursday morning; not the surgeon, my regular doctor. We talked of the surgery though and how I felt in general. He checked the wound and said that it had healed very nicely and that most people would still be limping by now. He did the usual exam, ordered labs again and back to work I went.



----- Thursday and a nice surprise

It was Thursday night until I was finally able to convince Julie to come over again. She was working for me and made the company's investment that we talked about a couple of weeks ago. I showed her how to access the account that sold my music. We were up and running as far as the business was concerned. I put the important papers away in the safe. Julie noticed the gun I keep there.

"Why do you have a gun in there?"

"The whole Billy episode convinced me I need one."

"Why do you keep it in the safe?"

"To be secure. I don't want anyone stealing it."

"What happens if someone breaks in and you need it?"

"I'll get the gun."

"But you'll have to walk all the way over to the office first and take time with the combination."

"So?"

"The gun won't do you any good if you're in the bedroom at night."

"I want to keep it in the safe."

"It should be in the bedroom."

"Do you know how heavy that safe is? I can't move it."

It was about my height, maybe three feet tall, but made of thick metal. It was like a big hunk of steel. Two movers had to put it on the dolly and wheel it inside.

"Let me see." she said. She straddled it, bent with her knees, grabbed it from below easily lifted it. "I can move it. Want me to bring it to the bedroom?"

"But then all my important papers would be in the bedroom rather than the office."

"Why don't you get a safe just for the bedroom?"

"Hmm. Okay."

"So, what kind of gun is it?"

"It's bigger than the one Billy used."

"It doesn't look all that big."

"Nothing looks big to you. But I meant that it's a bigger caliber. It's a nine millimeter. It's supposed to be more powerful. Not the most powerful, but big enough."

"Do you really feel safe with a gun in the house?"

"I feel safer now than I did before."

"Okay. It's your house."

"You don't agree?"

"I agree. I just never considered such a thing."

"You probably don't need one. Just one look at your size and every bad guy would run away."

"I doubt that."

"You're right. But still, they're more likely to take me on than you."

"Do you know how to shoot?"

"Yeah."

"When have you shot a gun before?"

"I used to have a BB gun."

"I don't think it's the same thing, Sam."

"I'll take lessons. I've already been out to the range."

"When?"

"A couple a weeks ago. I took some time at lunch and went out there."

"So you know how to operate it?"

"Yep. I know the safety rules of handling a gun and I know how to use this particular one."

"Okay. Be careful."

"I'll be extra careful. Does it scare you; will it keep you away?"

"The gun? Not really."

"Good. Stay tonight."

"I can't."

"I'll sing for you."

"But I saw you sing last week."

"That was in public. I want to sing for you alone, Julie."

"Sam, you don't have to do this."

"I want to. How about now?"

"Here in your office?"

"Anywhere. We're home. How about by the pool?"

"Do I have to get nude again?"

"Not unless you want to."

"You're crazy. You know that?"

"I should know; you keep telling me that. How about we go to the sunroom?"

"The sun's almost down."

"Then we can watch it set together."

"Fine."

"We'll have to sit on the floor though. I don't have furniture out there yet."

"That's okay. I still haven't seen it yet. It'll be good to see it without furniture first."

"You haven't seen the sunroom?"

"Just a little peek so far."

"Then we have to go there."

The sunroom had two doorways to it rather than one wide one. I think I'd have preferred one wide but at least it gave us a place to put something against the wall between the doorways. There were no real doors either, just the doorways. I was thinking french doors would look nice. I could probably hang the doors myself.

Once we were there Julie sat down with her back to the wall. If the sunroom wasn't there then this would have been the outside of the house. The other three walls of the sunroom were glass from almost bottom to the top and from there the top was arched glass over to the wall. There was bracing holding the glass in. It reminded me of a greenhouse.

I sat and leaned next to Julie.

"I guess the view isn't all that spectacular."

"Sure it is, Sam."

"We can't really see the sun. Too many trees."

"I like trees."

"Well, maybe we can chop some trees down and make a clearing later."

"No. Leave them."

"If you want me to."

"It's your house, Sam. You don't have to do what I want."

"I want to make you happy."

"It won't matter either way, Sam."

"It does to me. Do you like this, sitting here?"

"Yes."

"We could do this every night."

She sighed. "I'd like to, Sam. I really would."

"There's nothing stopping you."

"Let's just enjoy this moment. Okay?"

"Okay."

We sat silent. I enjoyed her being there by my side. I mean really, who wouldn't? I was totally awed by her; she seemed to fill the room. The room itself was pretty big by my standards. I could only guess at how small it was to her though.

I couldn't help but think, sitting next to her, was her refusal to come back to me really because she thought she'd hurt me or did she think instead that we could be incompatible? Did I think that? I had doubts. Were we from two different worlds now and were they really that dissimilar?

I couldn't know her world and I don't think she would remember mine; not unless she has vivid memories of childhood. I was as small as a child and I was increasingly spending all my time with small people like myself. Perhaps in the future there will be two distinct worlds: one big and one little. But for now, my world and Julie's intersected in this sunroom. I was going to make the best of it.

I stood up on her thigh. I moved my face very close; our noses were on either side of each other. My lips were just about next to hers. I lightly brushed our lips together. I whispered, our lips still very lightly touching "We could do this all the time. Watch the sun set. And kiss. And ..."

She didn't say anything but sighed, and I kissed her. Not a full mouth kiss, just lip to lip. I kissed her nose, and stretched up to kiss her eyelashes then her eyebrows. I kissed lightly between her eyes, the bridge of her nose. I moved over and kissed just below her ears. I kissed a trail back to her mouth. She was starting to breath heavy though all of the kissing.

This time I kissed her with a partially opened mouth. She opened hers too. I started exploring with my tongue: first licking around her front teeth, then moving a little deeper. Her breathing was heavier. I flicked her tongue with mine and we progressed until our tongues wrestled with each other. I kissed her again. And again. And again.

I was already leaning against one of her big boobs at this point so it wasn't much of a leap to start stroking it. She responded by massaging my butt. Her one hand fit all the way around with her thumb around one of my hips and her finger tips at the other hip.

She was pressing my hips into the bottom of her tit and I was getting into it big time now. Even this was a lot further than we had gone in a long time. I started dry humping her tit, but it wasn't enough. I pulled her shirt from its tuck inside her pants, snaked my hand up and reached under her bra. I searched for her nipple. Bingo! Found it. I was massaging it gently when she abruptly stopped.

"Wait, Sam."

"What?"

"We can't."

"Why not?"

"It's just not right."

"It is right." I said. Then I kissed her again. She stopped her protests. Yippie! I was wearing her down. I could feel it. I got bolder and reached to the front of her jeans and rubbed. She pushed against my hand. I knew I had her. I unbuckled her belt and her pants. I tried to pull the zipper down but it was stubborn. She rearranged herself and finished unzipping it herself. It was going good.

I jumped off and started pulling her pants down. Her legs seemed to stretch nearly the width of the sunroom. I struggled and they were soon off revealing those gorgeous legs of hers. Have I ever mentioned how great her legs were?

Her panties were still left. That's right, she wore panties this time. I guess these jeans weren't as tight as the shorts she had before. I kissed her pussy through her white panties and found her magnificent clit sticking up making a tent. I grabbed her underwear from the sides and started to pull them down. She raised her hips to help me. I drew them down her unbelievably long legs slowly, taking my time and admiring the beautiful musculature all the way down to her toes.

As I pulled her panties off I spent time kissing each of her large feet. I only spent a minute or two before I started kissing and licking a long wet trail up to her hips. I stopped a minute to hug and lay against her huge left thigh -- pure lean muscle. My head was at the threshold of the junction between leg and hip. I looked up at her pussy and teased it by blowing and lightly touching the outside with my fingers.

Her pussy was sopping wet by the time I made my way back up. I slid three fingers easily into her and started searching for her G-spot. It was an easy task since it was familiar territory. I kissed her clit as I did so.

I was amazed at how much her clit looked like a dick with a real head, and a big one it was too. Maybe not to a normal sized person, but to me it was. It may have been bigger than my own dick. It was making her hot and giving her pleasure and that drove me nuts. I took the head gently into my mouth.

At this point she was moaning. I began gently but steadily increased the speed until it became feverish. My hand fit around the circumference of her clitoris and I stroked it with that one hand as the other went in and out of her cunt, all the time with my mouth sucking on the head.

It didn't take very long before it was time. She came and I held on for dear life as I kept sucking and stroking.

"Oh, oh, oh...unnnnngh. Oh gosh. Stop. Stop, Sam. Ohhh."

"Are you alright?"

"I can't take it anymore. Please stop." she said convulsing.

She came fast this time. I wound down, finally stopping my motions with my head lying on her vagina. I let her catch her breath then looked up at her beautiful face.

"Alright now?"

"I'm okay."

"Unkay?"

"Okay."

"Unkaaay."

"Uhhhfff." she sighed. "Thank you, Sam."

"Stay here with me tonight."

"I can't. Mom's expecting me home."

"You were staying with me for months before. Mom will be ok without you."

"But she always had Jill."

"Alright. Fine. Go to Mom."

"I'm sorry, Sam."

"No need to be. I understand. Family first."

"I'll make it up to you."

"You'll spend the night with me later?"

"Yes. I give you my word. Just not now."

"Julie."

"What?"

"Thank you."

"For what? I haven't done anything."

"For coming over and spending time with me. For helping with the business. For everything."

"What about you? I haven't done anything for you yet."

"Sure you have."

"I haven't satisfied you tonight."

"No need to."

"You're the one on meds now, not me. How can you stand it?"

"I'll get by. If not Cindy then Zoe will help. In a pinch I can even count on my first girlfriend."

"Who's that?" she said, suspiciously.

In reply I put my hand up, fingers curled and pumped up and down as if I were jerking off.

"Little pervert."

"A guy's gotta do what I guy's gotta do."

"Do me a favor and grab Cindy or Zoe tonight instead."

"Do you have to go now?"

"I've already spent too much time."

"I love you, Julie."

"I-I ..."

"I know you can't say it."

"But I do. I love you, Sam. I just don't want to hurt you."

"Not being with me is hurting me."

"I'm sorry."

"Go home. Take care of Mom. Tell her I said hello."

She left me for the night after taking a dip in the pool and a shower. I'm sure the others heard the whole thing in the sunroom. It was a big house but it would be hard to ignore us.

Zoe came to see me that night after I went to bed.

"You okay, Sam?"

"Yeah, I'm pretty good."

"Want company?"

"You heard?"

"Yes."

"Yeah, I could use company. Are you volunteering?"

"Yeah, since you didn't get to finish with Julie."

"Not your problem and not really a problem anyway. She'll be back."

"Are you sure?"

"Pretty sure, yeah."

"What about her mom?"

"If I have to I'll invite Mom to stay with us."

"Is that a smart thing to do?"

"Why not? She's always been extremely nice to me. But I don't think it'll come to that."

"Why not?"

"Mom is just an excuse for Julie."

"She sounded pretty convincing that mom needs her."

"She's just afraid of staying overnight."

"I hope you know what you're doing."

"Me too."

 

End Notes:

Well, well, well. It looks like Sam is wearing Julie down. They went at it, but ulitimately she left. He must be doing something right though. Will Zoe let the two get back together?

Chapter 95 - Out by littless
Author's Notes:

Just when you thought things were getting better ...

----- Mom's Saturday over

I invited Julie over to the house this weekend -- this time with her mother. Mom had not seen the new house yet so I thought this would be a good idea. There was no excuse for Julie not to come now. Mom was certainly impressed with the place as I knew she'd be.

"So, what do you think, Ms. Thompson?"

"Sam. What did I tell you before?"

"I don't know. What?"

"Call me Mom."

Julie gave her that look. I don't care how much our relationship falls apart, her mother will always be special to me. Keep giving her that look, Julie, but Mom also knows the truth.

"Oh yes. Sorry, Mom." I said. "So what do you think of the house?"

"I think this house is beautiful. It will make a great home."

"I'm working on that."

"Do you value family, Sam?"

"I do. I've had ups and downs with mine but yes, I do and want one of my own."

"Keep at it, Sam. I'm sure it'll all work out some day."

"I will ... Mom."

I said that loud so Julie could hear. I was willing to bet that her Mom hadn't seen Julie stand so tall as she was now in this high ceilinged house. She gawked at her daughter standing there. I took a chance on it.

"Julie looks so majestic here, doesn't she ... Mom?"

"That's very descriptive. Yes, my daughter does look majestic. That is, when she's not mad at something to spoil it."

"Don't you think she belongs in a place like this?"

"You read my mind." she said with a smile.

"This place needs her."

"I'm working on that." she whispered.

"Thank you. You know then that I still feel the same about her as I always have."

"I know. I'm happy that you haven't given up."

"What did Julie tell you about us?"

"She's afraid of hurting you again."

"Julie's not making this easy."

"What're you two talking about?" Julie asked. I let her mother answer.

"Nothing to worry about, sweetheart. Just family things."

"Yeah, sweatheart." I repeated proudly. "Just family things."

Julie looked a bit peeved. I don't think she liked us talking behind her back. If she only knew she'd probably be mad so we kept whispering.

Of course, Cindy wanted everyone to go swimming, but Mom was here and I was shaking my head franticly back at Cindy.

"NO, NO, NO!" I signaled with my facial expression. I shook my head at her behind Mom's back.

"I think I have an old swim suit that might fit you, Ms. Thompson." Cindy offered Mom.

"Oh, that would be wonderful."

That was unexpected, but I was really hoping that Cindy had one to fit herself too.

"Mom!" Julie protested. "You can't. I didn't bring a suit with me. I don't even have one that fits."

"Oh, just swim in your underwear, dear. I'm sure nobody will mind."

Julie whispered to Mom, but I heard.

"You know I don't wear underwear with these shorts."

"Then just go in with your shorts on." Mom said to her.

"They won't dry."

"I swear you're making a big deal out of this. Just go nude. We're all girls here except Sam and I'm sure he's seen you in the raw before."

"Mom!"

"Then don't swim. But if Cindy has something for me to wear I'm going to have fun in the pool."

"Uuuuuuh!" Julie groaned in frustration.

I love Julie's mother if you haven't guessed. I'm so happy that it turned out that Cindy did have a black one-piece that fit Mom. I don't know where it came from but it came in real handy now. I guess Cindy was keeping all her big clothes, just in case.

Mom changed and Cindy came out wearing a little girl's pink bikini. Phew! That was a relief all around.

Now I had a problem: I had no swimsuit that fit me either. I decided to sit this one out.

"Aren't you coming into the pool with us, Sam?" Mom asked.

"Nah. I can jump in anytime. I live here."

"Nonsense. We'll have fun."

"Uh, well, you see, it's hard to find a swim suit that fits me."

"Just wear some shorts."

"I would but I figure I'll keep Julie company since she's not swimming for now."

"How sweet." Then she laughed.

"What's so funny, Mom?" Julie asked.

"Nothing, dear. I'm sure you found something to wear when you came home Thursday with your hair wet."

Mom knew.

Cindy and Mom had a bunch of fun swimming and splashing that afternoon. I loved to see her smile, especially after all that had happened.

Erin came home during this time and joined them in the pool. The rest of us just talked. When the girls were finished with their swim we ate out on the pool deck. Mom hung out in the swim suit long enough until it dried. Then I showed her to the bathroom in the master bedroom so she could clean up and put her clothes on. She was impressed with the size of the bedroom, the fireplace, and the floor.


----- Late Saturday night

Unfortunately, Julie and Mom left early that evening. But later, Julie showed up by herself. What a pleasant surprise.

"What are you doing back here?"

"I just, I don't know, wanted to talk."

"Good. Let's talk."

"I hope Mom didn't embarrass you."

"Not at all."

She picked me up and kissed me. I know some guys might be too macho about this sort of thing and hate it, but I was really enjoying being being held next to Julie's massive chest. The only thing better would be if we didn't have any clothes on.

"Can we pick up where we left off?" she asked.

"Sure."

"From last time."

"Last Thursday? I'm game. You have to wait until your hair dries before you can leave to go home though."

"Uuuugh. Mom knows."

"Of course. Why not spend the night instead?"

"Mom's at home without me."

"She'll be fine. Stay."

"I'm sorry about Mom, Sam."

"Look at me, Julie. Don't you ever apologize for your mother. Ever. She loves you and wants what's best for you."

"Calm down. Sheesh."

"I wish she were my mother."

"I know. She loves you like the son she never had."

"I'm very grateful. You don't know how bad it is to have a mother who doesn't love you."

"It can't be that bad."

"You've met her, Julie. I'm not exaggerating."

"I'm sorry."

"This is not a subject I want to talk about. Put me down."

"Okay. Is everything alright?"

"I'm just not in the mood any more."

"Is there anything I can do?"

"No. I'll be fine. We may as well go to the sunroom."

"Sure. Any furniture yet?"

"No."

"I don't mind. Let's go anyway."

"You don't mind sitting on the floor again?"

"Not if you don't."

"I had a nice soft thigh to sit on last time."

"You didn't do much sitting."

"I'll make it up to you."

"What if I make it up to you instead?"

"You don't need to, Julie."

"But tonight's your turn."

"Yeah, well I'm kinda bummed out right now."

"Can I change your mind?"

She couldn't bend herself far enough down to kiss me, so she picked me up again and kissed me ever so gently on the lips. It was hard to believe this giant being could be so tender. Unexpectedly she put me back down and made me sit where we sat in the sunroom last Thursday.

She laid down prone, her face in front of mine and her body stretching back beyond. Then she leaned her long body forward moving her head in close and she kissed me gently again. We looked into each other's eyes before she lightly brushed my forehead with her lips. Then my nose, my lips and my chin. I think my mind was starting to be changed.

My hair was flicked with her big index finger as we stared into each others eyes and she kissed me again. She stroked down the side of my face with the back of that same giant finger. I was motionless this whole time just enjoying the sensation of touching.

She finally stood up to her full height in front of me, undid a few buttons and her clothes fell off. No panties this time. I think maybe, yes, my mood was changing and I was forgetting about what we were just talking about.

Here standing in front of me now in all her glory was this immense, beautiful, creature looking down on me. I counted myself as the luckiest of humans alive to be able to experience such a sight.

On her hands and knees now, she crawled to me, nudged me with her face -- twice the size of mine -- and kissed me one more time. Her head hovered above mine as she maneuvered her titanic tits into my face. I took the cue and started nibbling, licking and sucking. Were we talking about something earlier?

I put my hands on either side of the huge breast that was hanging in front of me to stop it from gently swaying to a fro. Her body shivered with every little kiss I gave the huge thing, and as I did so she slowly manipulated and gathered my shirt in order to take it off. I stopped only long enough for her to work my shirt over my head and arms.

I got goose bumps when she licked her way down my chest and stomach with one long, unbroken stroke. With a deftness that came from who knows where, she used only her teeth to unbutton my pants and pull my zipper down. There was a another brief pause in the action as my pants and underwear came off. I was still wearing my socks but I quickly solved that by whisking them off myself. We were now both utterly, perfectly, nude. Cindy would be proud.

Julie sat back on her haunches, reached for me then brought me to her bosom. My feet were off the ground as she held me there. I could not only hear but feel her powerful heartbeat. My own was drowned out by hers.

The feeling of being moved up was indescribable as she dragged me up across her bare flesh, past her pretty face only stopping when her waist was at the level of her lips.

I don't have to tell you that that was the moment Mr. Happy had been waiting for. Her mouth was opened and my member was sucked into her mouth. She sucked her cheeks in or rolled her tongue or something that felt great; I wasn't sure exactly what, only that it was driving me crazy. I came instantly. My back was arched as she held me by the hips to her mouth. I shuddered and my hips shot back and forth. I felt my balls being drained but she took every last drop. That's probably all it was to her: a drop.

Still, I kept coming for I don't know how long. I sort of lost track of time as I entered some other half dimension. When it was over I was a wet rag. I woke from this reverie being held tight against her chest, feet still off the floor.

I looked up at her now; she was smiling down at me.

"Better now?" she asked.

"Yeah, I'm in a better mood if that's what you're asking." I said weakly.

She set me down on her lap. I leaned against her chest and closed my eyes.

"So?" I asked.

"What?"

"What do these last two nights mean for us?"

"It means we had sex."

"Are we officially back together?"

She shrugged. I didn't see it but I felt it.

"We could live together in this big beautiful house, Julie. It has everything; it's only missing a beautiful woman."

"You have beautiful women here."

"Temporary. They'll all be gone by the end of the year."

"What about Erin? And Zoe?"

"Trust me, they'll be gone."

"Let me think about it, Sam."

"Spend the night with me tonight."

"What will everyone think tomorrow morning?"

"They already know what we've done. And what do you care? We used to do this all the time with Erin, Cindy and Zoe here. And others. We've even done it with them."

"It's not the same anymore."

"Then what made you come back tonight?"

"I just didn't want you to get the wrong impression about Mom."

"What wrong impression?"

"She has grand designs for me, Sam."

"So? That's what mothers are supposed to do. I wish mine did."

"I didn't want you to misunderstand."

"Misunderstand what?"

"You know."

"Know what?"

"She thinks we're going to spend the rest of our lives together."

"There's nothing wrong with that."

"She got her hopes up with you, Sam."

"And I guess I got my hopes up with you."

"I'm really sorry. I'm no good for you."

"And what about you? What's good for Julie?"

"I'm a mean person, Sam. Nobody wants me. I'm a freak."

"Just shut the fuck up! You are not."

"I know Mom is pushing you to stay with me."

"Wrong again."

"I heard you two whispering about me."

"Good. You know we both want to make you happy."

"Oh, Sam. I know how she feels about you, and I know what you're doing."

"What am I doing?"

"Mom's not herself since Jill. You payed her house off. She loves the beautiful house you have now. She thinks you're a saint. You can't deny it."

"You used to think the same way, Julie. What happened?"

"You've made it so it will break Mom's heart if I hurt you again. She's already been through enough. Don't do this."

"Then come back."

"I'll only hurt you."

"I got shot, Julie. If I can survive a bullet I can survive anything you can do to me."

"What if I don't want to spend my life with someone?"

"What are you saying?"

"Maybe I'm not the marrying type."

"What's wrong with marriage?"

"It didn't work out so well for Mom; or for your parents."

"So, just because others can't make it work doesn't mean we can't? That's not the right attitude to hold when so many others have done it successfully."

"It may not be for me."

"Why not?"

"I don't know, Sam. We're - we're too different."

"Because you're so much bigger. Is that it?"

"Not like that. I mean, I don't know. You have to admit, when I can't even bend down far enough for a kiss ..."

"I knew it. I just fuckin' knew it!" I jumped off from my perch her thigh.

"It's okay. There are plenty of other girls who would love to take my place. Maybe even Zoe."

"You know what? Get out."

"What did you say?"

"I SAID GET THE FUCK OUT!" I yelled at her as I pointed to the front door.

"What about my clothes?"

"Pick up your clothes and GET OUT!"

"You're overreacting, Sam."

"Just go."

She left crying.

Fuck. What did I just do?



----- Immediately after

I grabbed my clothes and slowly walked to bed dragging them behind on the floor. Zoe came to see me again. She always shows up when I've had it bad.

"Gonna be okay, Sam?"

"Yeah, Zoe."

"What happened?"

I shrugged.

"It wasn't your fault." she said.

"I wouldn't be too sure."

"Maybe it's time to forget her."

"Maybe it is, Zoe. Maybe it is."

"Want some companionship tonight?"

"I've already been fucked; in more ways than one."

"We can just hold each other."

"Yes, we can."

"Do you want to talk about it?"

"Not tonight. Let me sleep on it."

"Sure."

Oh well. I suppose I still have a temper -- a temper that always gets me into trouble. I don't know if I'll ever get out of this one.

 

 

End Notes:

Well this sucks, doesn't it? Still think Julie and Sam are getting back together? Can their love for each other survive, or will Zoe take Sam. Wait? Isn't Zoe falling for Gail? Stay tuned.

Chapter 96 - In by littless
Author's Notes:

I probably should have kept this chapter and the last together. Anyway, this one is kind of important and I wanted to get it right. I hope I succeeded. Let me know.

----- Sunday

I was feeling rotten the next day as you can imagine. Julie was right last night: I overreacted. At least I had others here who loved me and wanted to comfort me.

Zoe and I woke side by side Sunday morning.

"Good morning, my pretty little one."

"Well thank you for the compliment."

"It's true. You're very pretty. Where's Gail, by the way?"

"I suspect still in bed."

"You left her to to be with me last night, didn't you?"

"You needed me more."

"You always come to my aid."

"You saved me. That's worth all the nights together for the rest of your life if you need it."

"I beg to differ, but thanks."

"If I can make you feel better then that's all the thanks I need."

"Why are you so good to me?"

"You know the reasons."

"Yeah. I must be pretty lucky, all things considered. I can't believe my luck."

"You've had bad luck too. Perhaps the buddhists got it wrong: maybe karma works in a single lifetime."

"Maybe. I don't feel like getting up. Can we stay in bed all day long?"

"You can. I need to go see Gail."

"Oh yeah. How callous of me. Go. I'll be fine. I'll be getting up anyway. I've changed my mind about staying in bed."

"So fickle."

I met Cindy in the dining room, just sitting at the table swinging her legs back and forth. This old table looks too small in the new dining room. I need a bigger one. I can't believe I just said that I needed something bigger in my life.

"No naked tea this morning?" I queried.

"Nah."

She got up and hugged me.

"Thanks." I said. "What was that for?"

"Just because. I want to get in as much hugs as possible before I go."

"Then how about another one?"

My ear was resting against her chest. I could feel her heartbeat. It wasn't as strong as Julie's but it was faster. Cindy, who I used to be a head taller than was now more than a head taller than me. I could care less.

"I'll miss you when I go, Sam."

"You're moving on to better things, Cindy."

That made her smile and I love seeing her smile.

"Oh, and before I forget," I said, "thanks for swimming with Julie's mother yesterday."

"That was fun."

"But you nearly gave me a heart attack, young lady. I'm so glad you had a swim suit for her and for yourself."

"You should have seen your face."

"I know."

We laughed. Zoe and Gail caught us laughing. They walked into the dining room hand in hand and said together "What's so funny?"

"Just talking about Cindy offering Julie's mom a swim. I thought she was going to make her skinny dip. I was worried."

"Your facial contortions did look pretty funny there yesterday." Gail said.

"Gail, thank you for last night."

"I didn't do anything."

"You let Zoe sleep with me."

"Awww, it was the least I could do. Is there anything else I can do for you?"

"No. But I want you to know that you can stay here as long as you like. This house is big enough we could all live here and never even see each other if we wanted it that way."

"That wouldn't be fun: not seeing each other."

"But this house is so big. Did you know that Cindy found a new bathroom the other day?"

"Where?"

"Off the pool deck."

"How convenient."

"I'm still looking for new and hidden rooms. Have you found any?"

"Where does that door in the basement lead to?"

"That one goes to the pool pump room."

"I was hoping it would be a bunker."

"That's not a bad idea. Perhaps we could build one out back behind the pool."

"I can help. I'll get the dynamite."

"Maybe we better let the professionals do this."

"I suppose you're right. That would be best. But I get to decorate it."

"You don't decorate a bunker."

"General Mayhem's wife decorated his bunker."

"General Mayhem's wife wore army boots."

"Very chic. I would look real cute in army boots."

"Oh, I'm sure you would. We'll have to find a pair in your size."

"And an army uniform with a shiny patent leather gun belt with the strap that goes across your chest."

"You're starting to scare me, Gail."

"Me, scary? Okay, how about army boots and a dress?"

"That's even scarier."

"Army boots and nothing else." Cindy said.

"Cindy!"

"Just trying to help."

Zoe thought it was funny.

"You can wear anything you want, Gail." I said. "Just don't use dynamite when decorating the bunker. Or guns."

"What about a paintball gun?"

"What're you going to do: plaster the wall with paintball paint?"

"It would give it that earthy, colorful, bunker camouflage look."

"I think the bland cement look is what we're going for."

"That's no fun."

"Speaking of dresses, have you ever seen Zoe in a mini-skirt and knee-high socks?"

"No, but I'd bet she'd be sexy."

"Especially with curly hair."

"You two are nuts." Zoe said. "You know that, right?"

"Trust me, Gail." I said. "Zoe's sexy as hell dressed like Velma."

"I don't dress like Velma." Zoe complained. "I had my own look."

"When did you dress up as Velma?" Gail asked.

"In college. And I didn't dress like her. I just wore pleated skirts and socks."

"Mini-pleated-skirts and penny loafers too." I said. "Screw those army boots."

"How do you know?" Gail asked.

"Because, uh, because she told me."

"Did you two know each other in college?"

"Long story." Zoe and I both agreed. "We did, but didn't."

"You two are such an enigma."

"It has to do with Samantha."

"Okay, understood. We'll definitely have to find a skirt for you, Zoe. And penny loafers."

"And if she curls her hair," I said "I won't be able to keep my hands off of her."

Zoe smiled. But Gail looked at us suspiciously.

"Them is fightin' words, Sam." Gail said.

"Don't worry, Gail. I wouldn't think of coming between you two."

"Good, because I doubt I could compete." she said.

"Don't be too sure."

I knew where Gail stood now. I had suspected it, but I wasn't quite sure about Zoe yet.

"Anyway, thanks again, Gail and all of you." I said. "I just want you all here to know that you're my best friends."

Then we had a big little people group hug. Later we sang. We talked. We swam. We splashed each other and floated on our backs. Gail kept checking out the pool bathroom making sure there wasn't a hidden passage to a hidden bunker. Not a word was said about Julie.

I had thought I really messed up with Julie and had just about given up this time. It was going so good for a while and I blew it. But then ...



----- Confrontation

That Sunday night the doorbell rang and I opened the door to find a sight I certainly didn't expect: Julie was standing behind her Mom who had a stern look on her face. If Julie weren't so tall I'd swear her mother would have been dragging her by the ear. Everyone else in the house saw and became silent.

"Julie has something to say to you, Sam."

"Come in."

"Thank you."

"Can we go somewhere private?" Julie asked.

"Sure. How about outside? We can talk amongst the trees."

"Okay."

"Let me get my shoes."

The weather was warming but it was still a bit chilly during the night. Nevertheless, I went out in short sleeves and we walked into the back yard a ways and stopped to talk privately. Julie knelt down.

"What happened last night?" she asked.

"I fucked up, Julie. That's what happened."

"You kicked me out of your home."

"Yes, I did. I wasn't myself, okay? I lost it. Me and my little temper tantrum. It was a mistake. I'm sorry."

"What were you mad about?"

"You seriously don't know?"

"No."

"You called me a freak."

"No, I didn't. I called myself a freak. I am."

"Shut uuuup! I have size problems too. If you're a freak then that makes me a freak. Even if you were a freak, you know that I still take you as you are. But I guess I'm not someone you would ever consider spending a lifetime with since I'm such a freak too."

"But you're not ..." She stopped mid sentence. She only now realized what I meant.

"Get it?"

"I don't see you that way. You're not a freak."

"And I don't see you that way either. Doesn't my opinion count as much as yours?"

I was getting madder and louder at this point. I don't want to lose it again but I was very emotional about this.

"Yes. It counts."

"You said we were too different. That I was too small."

"I didn't mean it."

"Then why did you say it?"

"I told you I couldn't help hurting you."

"So you said that to hurt me?"

"No. I didn't mean to hurt your feelings. I needed an excuse. I didn't think it through and I hurt you again."

"Do you really feel that way?"

"No! Please, I didn't mean it. It's the first thing that came to mind. I'm so, so sorry. But you hurt me too."

"I did?"

"You kicked me out."

"You left first."

"But I kept coming back."

"Stringing me along."

"I couldn't help it. I wanted you but I couldn't stay with you."

"Makes perfect sense."

If you detected a hint of sarcasm in my voice then good for you.

"But Mom needs me."

"Bullshit. That's just a convenient excuse. You left before Jill got shot. You're not very good at excuses. And give Mom a little more credit. She needs to move on too and she doesn't need you near day and night."

"Maybe I need to be near her."

"Oh. I didn't think of that."

"It hit me hard last night, Sam."

"What hit you?"

"Reality. Yes, I know I left you before. I thought I could but I found out I can't completely leave you. Not if it's my own decision. You must know that."

"I was hoping."

"What hit me so hard last night was that it was you that kicked me out this time. It was your choice, not mine. It seemed so final. I thought I'd never ever see you ever again for real."

"Yet here you are."

"Mom dragged me. If it weren't for her, I wouldn't be here. Maybe that's why I need her."

"I owe her a debt for bringing you back."

"Yeah right, after paying off her house."

Yep, Julie can be sarcastic too.

"She was most of the way through the mortgage anyway." I said in my defense.

"I know how much she owed."

"You owe her a debt too."

"I can never repay her for all she's done for me."

"That's the beauty of having a loving Mom: you don't have to repay her."

"Realizing you didn't want me, Sam, that hurt."

"Tell me about it."

"You don't know how bad I felt last night. I don't know if I could have lived without being able to come see you. You scared me."

"I scared you? How?"

"I've never seen you like last night. The blood vessels in your neck were sticking out. It may sound irrational to you, but I can't even guess at what you're capable of Sam."

"I can't imagine what I could do to you, of all people."

"You were so fast when you wrestled that most people, even me, couldn't tell what you were doing until it was over and you had turned your opponent into a pretzel. And you did it in the blink of an eye. You're even faster now. I'm sure you could hurt just about anyone when you're mad, including me, even at your present size."

"At my present size the safe in the office is immovable; you picked it up like it was nothing."

"Oh no. It was heavy. It took all of my strength to lift it."

"It didn't seem like it."

"Maybe it didn't, but it was."

"But you still lifted it and would have carried it all the way to the bedroom if I wanted."

"I would have had to put it down a few times along the way to catch my breath."

"I doubt that, but, whatever. You have no reason to be afraid of me."

"I have a reason to be afraid of losing you for good."

"Maybe getting mad was a good thing."

"I don't like seeing you like that."

"I'll try, but when I get frustrated then I don't know. I wish I could promise I won't ever do that again, but I don't know if I could keep that promise."

"Would you try?"

"Of course. But I think there's something else you're afraid of."

"Like what?"

"Commitment."

She looked away and thought for a few seconds, not saying anything. Then she turned to face me again.

"Sam, every time I commit to something, something bad happens. I committed to you, then I hurt you, then Jill was killed."

"Shit happens."

"This was huge pile of it."

"It will keep piling higher and higher no matter what we do. But we can handle it together when it does."

"If we decide to get back together, can you be patient with me?"

"After waiting all these weeks?"

"Please."

"I'll wait for you until the end of time if that's what it takes."

"I'm still scared. I don't know how this will work."

"How about we forget all the bad things and start over?"

"I can't forget Jill."

"Okay, all the bad things except Jill. I can't forget about her either."

"She was mad at me for what I did to you."

"Wasn't she a part of that?"

"Only a little. I used her name online but she knew what was happening and wasn't too happy about it."

"Neither was Zoe."

"I think she tried to convince us not to encourage Samantha."

"Ya think?"

"It was so long ago and I can't really put the names to people."

"Zoe was blackmouse."

"I figured that. Jill was so upset when she found out about grinder, that is, Samantha."

"About her death?"

"Yeah. About her committing suicide. She practically blamed me. She demanded I tell you about the whole thing."

"I knew Jill was hurting and I thought it was because of her part in it. I had no idea."

"Don't blame her. Blame me."

"No, I don't blame you. So, what about you anyway? How did you feel about Samantha?"

"I didn't play their online games though so Samantha's death didn't mean that much to me. She was Jill's friend, not mine."

"But Samantha did your bidding."

"Okay. Stop rubbing it in."

"I don't mean to rub it in. I'm just trying to understand it all. Did you think it was going to work?"

"What?"

"That I would actually shrink?"

"No, I didn't. It was just something to do. You know, to get back at you. I thought it was more symbolic than anything else. You have to admit, the idea of someone actually shrinking was pretty farfetched way back then. But if I knew that it was real maybe I wouldn't have done that."

"I'm sure you wouldn't. Hindsight is always clear, but at the time you couldn't know what you were doing."

"It doesn't change what happened."

"Under those circumstances, Julie, what you did wasn't so wrong."

"Do you think so?"

"I know so."

"Are you bitter?"

"For what you and Samantha did? No. I put it behind. I'm very sad that Sammie and Jill aren't here with us anymore, and it sucks that I'm getting smaller. What we do has consequences, but you couldn't have known. Sammie was most to blame but I've forgiven her and I have feelings for her still."

"For me too?"

"Feelings? Yes, you know that. Lot's of good feelings, Julie. I've forgiven you long ago for anything bad you did to me. Now it's time for you to forgive yourself."

"Is that what you want?"

"More than anything."

"I'll try." Her eyes were watering up.

"You have to stop beating yourself up over this. It's just hurting everyone else. Right?"

"I guess so."

"Catching the virus could have come from anywhere, Julie. I could have contracted it from Kaycee. Or maybe Samantha and I would have hooked up anyway without your prodding. Or maybe I could have gotten it from Zoe. Who knows."

"Really?"

"It could have happened a hundred different ways. Even if you never got revenge it may not have changed history."

"Do you think that?"

"Sure. But you know what?"

"What?"

"You were there and stayed with me, comforting me when I did start shrinking. I'm immensely grateful for that. I couldn't have lived through it without your loving. Thank you."

"I-I don't know what to say." she said. Tears were starting to form a little river down her cheeks.

"Say you love me."

"I love you, Sam."

"I love you too, Julie. We can make this work. We'll get past all of this."

There was a few moments of silence again. She stood up and seemed as tall as the surrounding trees to me.

"So, can we get to get back together, Julie?"

"I'd like to, yes. Let's play it by ear and not commit to anything just yet."

"I suppose I'll have to live with that."

"Do you still want me to help with your corporation?"

"Absolutely."

"Okay."

"Come over once in while, maybe stay the night. We'll have fun, maybe make love. You don't have to move all your stuff. How's that?"

"I can do that, but staying overnight is a big move."

"I don't see why. We had sex. I would think that's the bigger hurdle."

"Sex isn't a hurdle."

"It is for me. Do you know what I have to do just to kiss you?"

"It's a bit of work for me too. I'm not complaining."

"It's asymmetric."

"What?"

"You can kiss me whenever you want. I have to at least get your attention if I want to kiss you."

"That doesn't make sense."

"Look at us: you were down on one knee and I was still looking up at you. If you want to kiss me all you have to do is get down and kiss. If I want to kiss you then I need you to get down to my level. I cannot get to your level without a ladder. See what I mean?"

"I think so."

"Just forget about it. Do you remember being small?"

"It seems like ages ago."

"Remember how when you were a kid and you had to look up to all the grownups?"

"Yeah. And now I look down on everyone. Everyone I used to look up to, they're all like kids."

"Everyone is like a grown up to me, still. And you, well..."

"I'm sorry."

"I don't want your sorrow. I just want you to realize that it's work for me and how hard I'm trying to make our relationship work. Please work with me."

"I will. I promise."

"That's all I ask. Let's go in. I'm getting cold."

"I could hold you and warm you up. I always liked holding you."

"Even when I got smaller?"

"Especially since you're smaller."

I reached up like a child for it's mother and she picked me up in her arms and cradled me.

"It's like holding a baby, huh?"

She shrugged and I nearly rolled out of her arms. But she held me tighter. "Maybe this brings out my motherly instincts." she said.

"Okay, mom. You know I could call you mom out in public and we'd fool everyone."

"Would you like that?"

"I'm not sure. Would you like to try some time?"

"If you want to."

"Yeah, that really answers the question."

"Okay. It might be fun. We could try it sometime."

"Would you breast feed me in public?"

"Now you're getting naughty."

"Are you going to spank me?"

"You're terrible. We should go back."

"Fine. Let's go. And Julie?"

"What?"

"I'll try not to hurt you again, but nobody can promise that. But I can promise that it won't be intentional."

"I'll try too."

"Just put me down before we go inside."

"So all that talk about playing mommy in public was just talk?"

"But we'll be in front of people we know. I'll be embarrassed."

"You traipse around naked with them and now you're embarrassed?"

"Alright, carry me."




----- Back inside

"It's about time." Cindy said.

"Sorry, we had a lot to talk about."

"So, you've made up?" Julie's mother asked.

"No. Julie broke my leg, that's why she's carrying me."

"What?!!!" they pretty much all asked together, incredulously.

"SAM!" Julie shouted.

"I'm kidding! I'm kidding! Sheesh. Can't anyone take a joke?"

They were all pretty mad so maybe that wasn't too appropriate. But you can guess my mood.

"So?" they asked. Everyone was curious what we talked about, or more to the point, what came of it.

"Well, I think we've come to an understanding. Julie's going to stop beating herself up over what happened."

"What about you, Sam?"

"I gave up eating figs."

Everyone had confused looks on their faces.

"Okay, I'm kidding again. What can I say? I'm happy."

"Are you happy, Julie?" Mom asked.

"Yeah, I'm happy. Happier than when I came here, that's for sure."

"What a relief. Did Julie apologize for whatever she did to you, Sam?"

"She didn't need to apologize for anything. But I apologized for hurting her, Mom."

"I'm glad that's over with."

"I didn't really want to kick her out last night but I lost my temper. I hope you all can forgive me."

They said they did and that was a relief for me. I really thought I had blown it. Thank God for Mom.

"Sam." Julie said. "I hope you don't mind that I'll be going home with Mom tonight."

"She thinks I need her." Mom said.

"I think it's the other way around; she needs you." I told Mom.

"Well, Julie, I am always here for you." she said. Julie acknowledged that fact. I wanted her mother to know something.

"Whatever happens between Julie and I, Mom, you're always welcome here in my home."

"Good. Maybe we can all go skinny-dipping sometime."

My eyes went wide. Julie cried "Mo-om!"

"Relax, Julie." Mom said. "I was just kidding, like Sam. Cindy and I were talking about the pool. I'm not ready to let it all hang out in front of you."

Mom winked at me. I gave Cindy the stink-eye.

"You must have a lot of fun with Cindy, Sam." Mom said. "I hope Julie will want to join you all sometime."

"Julie's always welcome and Cindy is a barrel of laughs. I need to thank you for bringing Julie here tonight, Mom. I don't think me crawling over to her would have worked and I really would have had no idea what to do if I did. If it hadn't have been for you, well ..."

"No need to thank me. Let's just say a little birdie told me to do this."

"I'm indebted to that little birdie."

"I think we'll be going now." Mom said. "It's late and I don't want to keep you all from getting up early for your jobs."

Then they left just like that. I wanted Julie to spend the night, but I think that will be coming in the future. I wasn't one hundred percent sure that things were back on the right track but I felt good about it.


----- Afterward

"Are you feeling better, Sam?" Zoe asked after they were gone.

"I thought I had seen the last of Julie last night. Yeah, I feel better."

"You know what I think?"

"What?"

"Everything will turn out alright in the end for you, Sam."

"You're being very optimistic about this."

"You're here."

"Yes, I am. So?"

"That's a big deal to me. There was a point where I thought we were going to lose you."

"I'm sorry about that."

"It's alright. We're all here safe now. That's what matters."

"Maybe we need that bunker. Then we can stay safe."

"Don't start that again."

Gail chuckled.

"So, Cindy." I said.

"Yes, Sam?"

"I'd hate to take Zoe away from Gail tonight again. Would you like to sleep with me?"

"I thought you'd never ask."

The last few weeks reminded me of a line from a folk song I like: 'The River is Wide'.

         ... I know not if, I sink or swim. ...

It's such a hauntingly beautiful song; I get sucked into it whenever I hear it. And when I listen to the words I feel that it was written just for me. I think I'll sing it this Friday.

 

End Notes:

I hope nobody's upset with the way the story is going now. A couple more turns coming up, but they're good one. Thanks for all the comments.

Chapter 97 - My hero by littless
Author's Notes:

Some more fun stuff.

"It doesn't make you sick; it only makes you small. And you can take medicine to stop shrinking at any height. I figure we could all go down to say two feet and then start doing drugs."

----- Monday

Like most Mondays, it was meh. Although, I really enjoyed waking up next to Cindy.

"Good morning."

"Good morning. Will you be having naked tea with me this morning?" she asked.

"I wouldn't miss it."

"Thanks for last night."

"No. Thank you for last night. I like that thing you did with your head laying back over the edge of the bed."

"Sorry about having to make you get up on the stool for that."

"Sorry? Hell, that was one of the best blow jobs I've ever had."

"One of?"

"Okay. It was the best blow job I've ever had. Just don't tell anyone else I said that."

"No kiss and tell?"

"I don't want anyone to be jealous."

"Are you going to be jealous of Gabe?"

"No. He's a good friend. My best friend in fact since college and so are you. I want you two to both have a fulfilling life, especially if that means you and he become special together."

"I'm hoping to, but you know it's been a little while since I've seen him."

"Are you nervous?"

"A little."

"Maybe it's giddiness?"

"Maybe."

"You're not having second thoughts, are you?"

"Not really. It's just that it's getting close and I'm hoping I made the right decision."

"It's absolutely the right decision. If it doesn't work out with Gabe there's still school and the promise of a great new job."

"I know. I still have other friends in Arizona too."

"Do you keep in touch with them?"

"Yeah, some of them."

"Do you still keep in touch with Gabe?"

"Yes. It's great. I miss him and want to be with him. Maybe we just need to see each other again."

"I'm sure of it. You will keep in touch with me, won't you?"

"Count on it, Sam."




----- Next Tuesday

Julie wasn't here, but I'd been spending time with Cindy. Zoe and Gail were with each other. Without Julie; I was wondering if that was my future?

I'm pretty sure we got back together, Julie and I. Maybe Julie was still afraid of commitment like she said. I know she wanted to take it slow; I guess I'm not so patient.

I miss her magnificent legs. I miss her smile and that huge pair of tits. The long brown hair. Her big old clit. Her size in general. There was a lot of girl there to love. Perhaps I'm not up to it anymore; not like when we were closer in size.

I tried to put my doubts away. I could say it was a lonely week without Julie but Cindy had been keeping me company. Soon she wouldn't ever have to deal with the brats, I mean those sweet little girls in her class, any more. She'd be leaving next week so she was both happy and a little sad. She was making the most of our time together while she had the chance though.

"So almost everything is packed ready to go, Sam."

"Well that's as good an excuse as any to run around nude."

"I knew you'd see it my way."

"Wanna go for another swim?"

"I bet I can beat you this time doing backstroke."

"No fair. That's my worst stroke."

It was Tuesday night and as we were swimming the doorbell rang. I jumped out of the pool and put a towel around my waist to answer it.

"Oh. Hi, Julie. Come on in."

She was here! I didn't want to seem too eager so I played it cool.

"Sorry to bother you, Sam."

"No bother. Whatcha got there?"

"Do you remember when you bought these for Jill?" she said holding out some contraptions in a box. I looked it over.

"Oh yeah. For her gaming."

"Well, I don't need them. Neither does Mom, believe it or not." she said rolling her eyes. "I thought Zoe might want to have them."

"That's mighty thoughtful of you, Julie. Let me call Zoe. ZOE!"

"How ya doin', Julie?" Cindy asked.

"I'm okay. I see you're still running around nude."

"I'm wearing a towel."

"But only on your head."

"I'm still wearing something. I just got out of the pool."

"Yes, you are." Julie said getting down on one knee. "And it looks fine on you."

"Thank you. See, Sam? Julie has fashion sense."

"Fashion sense, my ass. What's keeping that girl? ZOE!" I called again.

"Wanna swim with us, Julie?"

"I don't think so, Cindy. Some other time."

"It's fun."

"I know it is."

"Come on, Julie." I said. "Let's go upstairs. This house is too big. I need to get an intercom system. How does a house this big not have an intercom?"

We made it up the stairs then down the hall to Zoe's room. I opened the door.

"Zo-whoops!"

I closed the door. Zoe and Gail were going at it sixty-nine.

"You don't want to go in there, Julie."

"Gail and Zoe?"

"Gail and Zoe."

"At least they're having fun."

"Let's go put that box on the dining room table."

As we were walking down the stairs I told Julie "You can have fun too."

"Maybe."

"Swim with us."

"I don't know about that."

"Cindy's your friend. She'll be leaving soon."

"Leaving?"

"For Arizona."

"Oh, that's right. I can't believe that the time has come so fast."

"The time has come. She'll be gone next week. You must spend time with her. You owe her this."

"Okay. I'll do it for Cindy."

"Atta girl!"

Julie took her clothes off and dove into the pool. It didn't take too much to get her to play with us once I mentioned Cindy. Her and Cindy were playing and having a great time.

"So, what have you been doing your last week, Cindy?" Julie asked.

"Fucking Sam's brains out."

"Ahem. I'm sure he appreciates that."

"Is there any doubt?"

I wasn't sure what Cindy thought she was doing. Maybe she was trying to make Julie jealous.

"You two should make the best of it while you can."

"I'll miss you, Miss Julie."

"I'll miss you too."

"Sam can afford to take a break tonight. You and I haven't shared a bed together in a long time. How about it? I could fuck your brains out too."

"That's a tempting offer, Cindy."

"I really miss your ..." Cindy looked down in the water towards Julie's crotch.

Julie was smiling and then she was caught off guard by Cindy diving under.

"Cindy? What are you dooooooo ... oooooh!"

I felt a little out of place standing on the pool deck right now, but this was too funny so I stood and watched as Julie closed her eyes and lay her head back. I knew it wouldn't last too long because Cindy would have to come up for air sometime. When she did the two girls smooched.

"Let's go, Julie." Cindy said. "My room's upstairs."

The two got out, dried off and ran upstairs. Julie's clothes were left on the pool deck.

Fuck me! I'd been trying to get Julie to spend the night for a couple weeks now and Cindy does so effortlessly. Ah well. I'll use my pheromones on someone else tonight.

I was drying off when Gail and Zoe came downstairs.

"You should have stayed, Sam?"

"Stayed where, Gail?"

"With us."

"Oh, I didn't mean to barge in on you two like that. I'll knock next time."

"What did you want?"

"Isn't it obvious?" Zoe said smiling and pointing to Mr. Happy who was tenting the towel. "He wanted us, Gail."

"Right." I said. "Anyway, Julie left something for you on the dining room table, Zoe."

"For me?"

"Yep."

"What is it?"

"Go look and find out."

I was sitting on a deck chair still trying to get the water out of my ears. Gail leaned over me with her hands on my thighs.

"Where's Cindy?" she asked.

"Oh she's, uh, upstairs in her room with Julie."

"Julie's here?"

"Yeah. Those are her clothes in that pile right there."

"Nice."

"Eeyup."

"So then, what are you doing tonight?"

I shrugged.

She put her left knee up on the chair between my legs. Our faces were very close now.

"Well, since Cindy's occupied tonight, how about the three of us have some fun?"

"Oh my! Sir Gail-ahad the chaste in a threesome."

She slapped my shoulder and we both laughed. Zoe had just come back from the dining room.

"Where'd Julie get these?" she asked.

"They were Jill's. She thought you might like them."

"Oh. I can't take these, Sam."

"Yes, you can."

"I wouldn't feel right."

"I think Jill would want you to have them."

"I have all of these games to begin with. I have controllers too. I guess maybe I can take the headset."

"Know anyone who could use the rest?"

"No. We could sell them and then give the money to Jill's mother."

"That's a great idea. Do you know who we could sell them to?"

"There are game stores that will buy and sell used games. You know the one I go to at the shopping center?"

"Yeah."

"They'll take it."

"We'll do it then."

Zoe," Gail began, "guess who's here."

"Santa Claus."

Gail giggled. "No. Julie is."

Zoe looked around.

"Not here, silly puss." Gail said. "She's upstairs with Cindy."

"Okay." Zoe acknowledged. She looked at me. I shrugged. Gail turned and sat on my laps with her hands around my neck.

"What're we doing tonight, Zoe?" Gail asked.

"Whatever you would like."

"I asked Sam to join us."

"Okay, but I get first dibs."

"Why do you always get Sam first?"

"Relax, girls." I said. "You both know I'm good for more than one round. And the first one doesn't last as long as the others."

"It'll be a warm up for you, Gail." Zoe said. "I have my reasons. But if you really want to..."

"No, sweetheart. You take him first."

I couldn't believe they were fighting over me this way. It felt like a major stud. It's good to give off pheromones.

"Would you two like a late night swim before we go to bed?" I teased.

They looked at each other and shrugged.

My right arm was around Gail's shoulders so I put my left arm under her knees and stood up holding her in my arms. I quickly walked over to the pool and dropped her in, clothes and all.

Zoe burst out laughing. I dove in after Gail. She kept splashing my face. I love having a pool. Folks, if you have the means I highly recommend you get one.

I splashed Zoe up on the deck. Then both Gail and I ended up splashing Zoe. I know we said no clothes -- well, Cindy mostly said that -- but seeing Gail in wet clothing was hilarious.



----- Wednesday morning

I made coffee for Julie the next morning. She was a little nervous sitting on the stool at the kitchen island -- it was just us in the kitchen. I couldn't help but wonder if the other girls left me alone with her on purpose.

"You finally spent a night here. How was it?"

"Fine."

"You know my bedroom is much larger than Cindy's. So's the bed."

"Okay."

"I see you found your clothes."

"They were where I left them."

"I put them in the chair for you so they wouldn't get wet on the pool deck."

"Thank you. Sam, I'm sorry about last night taking Cindy away from you."

"It's Cindy's last week, not mine. Whatever she wants is fine with me. I'm more than willing to share you with her."

"I was thinking it was more sharing Cindy with me."

"Does it matter?"

"No. I didn't mean to leave you high and dry, though."

"I was neither. I spent the night with Gail and Zoe if it's any consolation. And Gail was very wet, not dry."

"Gail?"

"Yeah. I threw her in the pool."

"Oh, okay." Her posture changed as she seemed to settle down after this.

"Zoe decided to sell most of that stuff you brought over. She already has all the same games and stuff. She figures she can give the money from selling it to Mom."

"That's nice of her."

"She's keeping the headset though."

"You got Jill a nice headset."

"Did she ever find out it was from me and not you?"

"I don't know but I think she had her suspicions."

"I'd do anything to get Jill back, Julie."

"I wish I had been better to her."

"I know how you feel. I wished I were better to my sister when we were younger."

"You still have her."

"I'd rather it was me instead of Jill. If I had known ..."

"Known what?"

"Nothing. It doesn't matter. Anyway, I thank my lucky stars every day for Erin. You know she stayed by my side at the hospital day and night."

"You two are on good terms now."

"Very good terms. But don't beat yourself up over this. You were a good sister to Jill too."

"There were so many things I could have ..."

"Ah ah! Don't think about it. Think of the good things you two shared instead. Okay?"

"Okay, Sam. It's just, ... you don't know how bad ..."

"It's okay. Did you know she was seeing someone?"

"Are you talking about Caleb?"

"I guess you know."

"They weren't really to that point yet. I know Jill fancied him but they only ever talked on the phone, never went out together."

"I was going to have a little get-together that weekend and asked her over. She was going to bring Caleb with her."

"Oh. I didn't know."

"Caleb didn't even know. She asked me if it would be alright to ... to bring him right before ..." I couldn't finish the sentence. I had wet eyes. Julie saw the tears and hugged me.

"I'm sorry, Julie. I'm still not over it completely. That was right before she ... you know."

"I understand."

I pulled away. "I don't want to get your clothes wet with my tears."

"It's alright. It'll dry."

"You don't have any other changes of clothes here anymore."

"I'll be fine. I have to go home to change anyway. I'm just going to have to be late."

"More coffee?"

"Just one more cup, please."

"Here."

"Thanks. I never noticed that the refrigerator is a double door."

"Quadruple door."

"Oh yeah."

"It's really two refrigerators side by side."

"It's a nice kitchen."

"It's perfect for you. You can stand up and not hit the ceiling."

"I am well aware of that. The tile floor is nice too."

"Do you like it here?"

"Of course I do."

"It could all be yours."

"Sam, I know what you're doing. Let's take it one step at a time."

"I'm not going to stop trying."

"Can I have some cream please?"

"Sure." I walked over to the fridge and opened it. Someone put the damn cream on the top shelf. I had to jump a couple of times but it was not only on top, it was in the back out of reach.

"Here, I'll get it." Julie said. Then she leaned over and reached from her stool -- she didn't even get up -- and grabbed it from the open refrigerator. She poured some into her coffee and put it back.

"Make sure it's up front on the shelf for me when you put it back, please."

"Sure."

"You see why I need you here?"

"Oh, stop it."

"Just so you know. You wanted to keep hearing it, remember?"

She shrugged.

"You're not going to hurt me, Julie, so just get that out of your mind."

"It's hard to get it out of my mind. What if I, I don't know, fall on you?"

"You always were clumsy."

"Am not!"

"Yeah, right. What about all the times you hit your head on the top of the doorway?"

"I was growing then. It took a while to get used to my new size."

"I'm still getting used to it. And you're still growing."

"No, I'm not."

"Don't worry, you're not clumsy, I was only teasing you."

"Seriously, I don't want to hurt you."

"You know Nietzche's saying: 'Was mich nicht umbringt macht mich starker'?"

"No."

"What doesn't kill me makes me stronger."

"It's not just hurting you physically that I'm worried about."

"I'm ready. Hit me with your best shot, babe."

"You're crazy."

"Crazy in love."

"Cut it out."



----- Going to work

We each had to go to work but Julie had to go home first. I brought Zoe in. On the way to work Zoe asked about the headphones.

"Oh, you heard that?"

"Yeah. It was kind of hard to miss. Sorry for eavesdropping."

"I bought the headphones for Jill for her birthday but made Julie give them to her as her gift to Jill. Jill wasn't supposed to know I bought them. Julie and Jill were not getting along great back then. I thought it would help."

"That's a touching story, Sam. I'll cherish this headset forever."

"Don't get all mushy about it; it's just a headset."

"But now I know. I didn't know you knew Nietzche."

"Oh yeah, he was my main man. We used to hang in high school. Rad 'stache, too. He taught me that in spite of everything, life is beautiful. I taught him how to solve Rubic's cube."

"You're funny."

"Didn't you ever study philosophy?"

"Not seriously."

"Being into psychology, don't you think you should?"

"No."

"What if Nietzche himself needs counciling?"

"Shut up!"


----- Wednesday night

That evening, Tee and Jenn were hanging on the inversion table. Even I did. Lot's of blood going to the head that night. Then it was another swim lesson.

This time the lesson was about floating on your back. Jenn was actually pretty good at it. I hate to say that it took me quite a while before I was comfortable on my back in the water. She was a natural, except she kept covering her breasts.

"Jenn."

"What?"

"I mean really. We've slept with each other but you keep hiding your boobs."

"I can't help it."

"Okay, I give up. Why don't you just bring a swim suit next time?"

"That's a good idea. I thought you didn't allow swim suits."

"I'll make an exception in your case until you learn to swim."

"Okay. I appreciate it."

"You're welcome."

"Can I still go nude?" Tee then asked.

"Of course you can, Tee. I bet you can't even wear a swim suit if I required it."

"You're probably right."

"You two are insane." Jenn said.

"Blame it on Cindy." both Tee and I responded.



----- Thursday evening weirdness or the return of the bitch

So here's some more weirdness. Julie was over Thursday evening but that's not weird. That was great. Remember the weekend? I thought I'd never even see her again, but here she was. That told me that there was something still there. Still a spark or maybe more; a little flame perhaps.

We were all -- Julie, Cindy, Zoe, Gail, and I -- in the pool having a good ole time when the doorbell rang. Who that could be? Sharon said that she and Tee couldn't come over tonight -- something about Tee seeing other friends.

I dried and put a towel around my waist. The doorbell rang again.

"HOLD YER HORSES. I'LL BE THERE IN A MINUTE." I yelled. After making sure the towel was secure I ran over and opened the door.

"Oh, hi Tee." I said recognizing her. She caught me by surprise. "And look who it is, Taylor, and, oh shit! It's her!"

"She made us bring her here, Sam."

"I have nothing to say to her."

"Just listen. It's not bad." Tee said. With her was Taylor and that bitch I had the displeasure of meeting before, Bettina.

"This better be fast."

"Can we come in?"

"Fine. Come on in."

"Would you like to change, Sam?"

"This is my house, Tee. If Bettina has something to say to me she'll just have to take me as I am."

All this time Taylor was smiling and I could tell on the verge of laughing out loud. I detected a couple of snickers from her.

"Sam."

"What, Bettina?"

"You were right."

"About what?"

"About everything. We're destroying the world."

"Bettina ..."

"I've decided you can call me Bettie." she said. Taylor looked at her with wide eyes.

"Okay, Bettie. You insulted me. All I was doing was insulting you back." Taylor was enjoying this.

"But you were so right. We need to fix what we're doing. Our only hope is the virus you have."

"No kidding?"

"Do you know how many tons of green-house gasses we're emitting?"

"Not exactly."

"And how little everyone with the virus emits?"

"Not a clue, really."

"And you eat a fraction of what other's eat."

"That's debatable."

"We all have to save the world and I'm willing to do my part. I want the virus."

A cockroach fart would have blown me over at that point.

"Are you aware of how people get the virus?" I asked.

"Yes. And I'm willing to do what I have to, with you."

By this time everyone in the house had gathered 'round. Cindy, Gail, Zoe and Julie were standing in the living room wearing nothing but towels. And just because I know you're going to ask: no, Cindy wasn't wearing hers on her head, it was around her body. Julie wore two: one around her waist, one around her chest. I didn't know they had so much modesty and frankly, in this case, I wouldn't have cared. But this ...

Bettie saw Julie standing there.

"Who's this?" she asked.

"My girlfriend."

"Oh, you could use a double dose of the virus, honey."

Julie's eyes narrowed. I caught her eye and gave her a look. She softened realizing I didn't want her to lose it on this girl.

"Bettie." I said.

"Yes?"

"It's not that simple. I'm not infectious anymore."

"Then I'll find someone who is."

"By the time you start shrinking that's over. That's why people are getting it. They don't know they're infected with it until it's too late. Didn't anyone explain this to you?"

"She wouldn't listen." Taylor said. Tee nodded so much I thought her head was going to come unhinged.

"So, how did you get it, Sam?" Bettie asked.

"I got it from someone who was in the infectious phase. She was still normal size at the time and I didn't suspect anything. I had no idea that I had it until years later I started shrinking."

It wasn't quite the whole truth but Bettie didn't need to know that. I wasn't going to get into my unique situation for her sake. I told her what she needed to know.

"So, how do I find someone in the infectious phase?"

"There's a test." Tee said.

I countered "Good luck trying to find the results. They're very confidential."

"There has to be some way I can do this."

"Look, Bettie. This is very noble of you but short of a blood transfusion, I don't think there is any way."

"Then I want your blood."

"No!"

This fuckin' vampire was going too far.

"We must do this, Sam. It's the future of humankind -- the future of mother earth -- that we're talking about."

"I appreciate what you're trying to do but you haven't thought this through. Even if you think it's a solution, it won't work. It would depend on everyone contracting the virus."

"Exactly."

"And how do you propose to do that?"

"We'll get the U.N. to pass a law."

"They can't make laws."

"We'll put the virus in the water supply."

"What if it doesn't survive in the water?"

"It's a virus. Of course it will survive."

"What makes you so sure? As far as I know, they haven't determined that."

"Everyone knows that viruses survive in the wild."

I looked at Tee. She rolled her eyes and slapped her forehead.

"Getting the virus is not good, Bettie."

"It doesn't make you sick; it only makes you small. And you can take medicine to stop shrinking at any height. I figure we could all go down to say two feet and then start doing drugs."

"And everyone in the world will need to take the drugs. Can they even make enough?"

"I'm sure big pharma can. The government can compel them to charge reasonable fees."

"How?"

"Taxes."

"And are you conversant with this drug's side effects?"

"I'm sure they're acceptable. I've seen a bunch of you shorties." She held up her hand. "And I know what you're going to say but I'm ready to be short myself. Besides, there are benefits beyond saving the world."

"Oh really? Would you mind cluing me in?"

"You of all people should know with all those pheromones you're giving off."

I looked at Taylor.

"I tried telling her. She only heard what she wanted to." she said.

"Bettie, I know many who have this disease and nobody wants it." I looked over at Zoe and the rest. They were nodding their heads too.

"You all look so youthful." Bettie said. "I'll bet it increases your life span two fold."

"There's no evidence for that."

"I know how it increases your sex drive too."

"That's a side effect of PDQ, the drug we take."

"I thought that was part of the condition."

"See, Sam?" Taylor said. "I told you she only heard what she wanted."

"It doesn't matter." Bettie said. "I know you could't help yourself even if you wanted to. I am willing to sacrifice for the good of mother earth. I want to try and you're my best hope, Sam Cook."

"Oh, you've got to be kidding me."

"I'm serious. The fate of our planet is in jeopardy."

I decided right then that I was going to get back at Taylor for this.

"But you don't go out with short guys." I figured I'd try this tact.

"I'm willing to sacrifice."

"Right."

"And I will lose weight. If you can be patient with me then we will try in two months."

"I told you it won't work. I'm past the infectious phase."

"How do you know for sure?"

"See my girlfriend, Julie, here?" I said pointing to Julie, like she needed pointing out.

"Yes."

"Julie and I have been doing it for over a year now. If I was still infectious she wouldn't be ducking to get through doorways."

"Maybe you're not doing it right?"

I was bracing for Julie's conniption. I thought I was going to have to hold Julie back at this point. I was mad myself but Julie, bless her huge heart, saved the day.

"Bettie, may I call you Bettie?" Julie asked. Oh, she was good.

"Yes, I'll let you call me Bettie since you're a good friend of Sam."

I could feel the heat from Julie's body as her blood temperature was rising to the boiling point.

"Bettie, perhaps you can give us some pointers. Show us what we're doing wrong."

"Right now?"

"Sure. Why not? Let's do it right now. Come to the bedroom with us. The floor, as pretty as it is, is too hard here. We'll need a bed."

"Well, I'm sure you two can experiment more and figure this out." Julie must have known she'd balk. Bettie was trying to work her way out of this.

"You must have researched this, Bettie, since you seem to know all about it."

"Experimentation, Julie. It's the hallmark of science."

You should have heard the collective groans in the room.

"I really want to know, because, more than anything, Bettie, I want to be closer to Sam's size."

"Finally. Someone else who want's to save the world." Bettie said.

I need a bucket; I'm going to throw up. I'm sure Gail was thinking the same. Taylor nearly shat herself. I thought her guts were going to explode. Just one look at her and you knew she was holding in a thousand laughs.

Julie walked right up to Bettie, her gigantic tits hovering over Bettie's head as she looked down over the towel that was staining to stay on. One of her hands had to be devoted to holding the towel in the back to keep it from falling.

"He belongs to me, Bettie. Before anyone gets to exchange bodily fluids with Sam they have to go through me. Do you understand?"

Bettie's fear was palpable. "Y-yes." she said then swallowed hard.

"I tell you what: why don't you come back in a couple of months after losing some of that extra weight and ask me. We'll see about it then, okay?"

"Okay."

"And one more thing."

"Yes?"

"Maybe you don't realize that you're doing this, but you're very arrogant and insulting. By insinuating that we don't know how to have sex you insulted me. And more importantly, you insulted my Sam! Do you know what I'm saying?"

"Yes."

"Perhaps you should think of this next time you come to him. In fact, if I were you, I'd question the wisdom of ever coming back."

"I'm ---gulp--- sorry."

"Don't let Julie's rough exterior fool you, Bettie." I said. "She's a real sweetheart. My sweetheart."

"I'll ... remember that."

"People aren't going to want the virus, Bettie. I can't see you convincing enough people to do this to make it worthwhile."

"We'll get help."

"Where?"

"We just have to convince the right people, you and I, then it will take off. We'll create the Sam Cook Institute and it will convince the world."

"Did you ever hear the legend of Sisyphus?"

"No."

"Really? And you're in college?"

"Woman studies."

"Figures. Look, wisdom means knowing what can and cannot work. I'm telling you, this cannot work. People don't want this. I don't want this. We don't even know everything we need to about it. How far can someone shrink with this?"

"But the medicine will stop it."

"No. I'm taking PDQ and I'm still shrinking."

"You are?"

"Yes. I don't know how, but I take PDQ religiously. Maybe it's the strain I have. If you get it from me you may not be able to stop shrinking either. You see Tee here?"

"Yeah."

"Less than a month ago I was taller than her. And I've been taking PDQ almost a year now."

"It's true." Tee reinforced.

"Oh."

I could tell I got Bettie to think. Maybe for the first time in her life. Okay, that was uncalled for. It's probably more like the third for fourth time she ever thought critically.

"Do me a favor, Bettie."

"What can I do for you?"

"Next time you come over, call first. Then we won't have to be wearing towels."

"I will."

"It's called common decency. We were swimming when you came."

"Oh yeah, nice house. I like the floors."

"Thank you."

"I guess we better be going."

I couldn't believe she decided to leave.

"I'll see you in two months. It'll be the first step in making the world a better place."

I guess she didn't get the message. As they were leaving Taylor told the other two to wait for one moment then she ran back to me.

"Can I give you a kiss, Sam?"

That was unexpected but I pointed to Julie. "Ask her."

Julie nodded her approval and said "Just one."

Taylor bent down and gave me a peck on the cheek. "Thanks." she said.

"Oh, you'll be hearing from me, young lady. Don't think you can get away with this."

When they left I turned to everyone.

"Did that just happen?"

They all nodded. Damnit. I was hoping it was just a bad dream.



----- Thursday night after they left

"Julie?" I asked after the three girls -- no, two girls and a catastrophe waiting to happen -- had left.

"What?"

"Thanks for saving me. You're my hero."

"Don't make a big deal out of it. She was pissing me off too."

"You were perfect."

"Where did you meet that ... girl?"

"School. The one where Taylor is doing her research."

"They ought to shut the school down."

"She doesn't go out with shorties."

"You don't say."

"I told her I don't go out with fat chicks."

"Hahahahaha." she laughed. "I bet that went over well."

"Yeah, but this is what it lead to, tonight."

"You do know some interesting people, Mr. Cook."

"I know you. Seriously, Julie, thank you. I'd have lost it without you. Remember this weekend?"

"I can't forget."

"It would have been that bad. I can't afford to be so immature. I thought I lost you forever. I don't think it would have been that bad with Bettie, but you never know. It could have been a Billy moment with her."

"Wow. That's bad."

"So, thanks. I love you."

"I love you too, Sam."

"Staying tonight?"

"I didn't bring a change of clothes."

"You didn't Tuesday night either."

"Do I have to sleep in Cindy's room?"

"You have to sleep in our room."

"Ours?"

"Yes, ours."

"One night only."

"Then tonight."

"Okay tonight."

I jumped up on her thigh to hug her. The towel around her chest fell off. She wrapped her left under my knees, her right went around my shoulders, then stood up and carried me to the bedroom.

We stopped halfway, turned around and said good night to everyone. Then I had a long night of passionate, giantess sex. Eat your heart out everyone.

I only hope we did it right.

 

End Notes:

Is it true? Is Julie actually spending the night?

Chapter 98 - Happy, happy, happy by littless
Author's Notes:

Sam tries to make Cindy's last days before leaving, memorable ones.

 

----- Friday morning wake up with Julie

"Good morning."

"Good morning, Sam."

"I love seeing your beautiful face as the first thing I see in the morning."

"I love you too."

"Really?"

"Really."

"You'll be late for work again."

"I'll just wear the clothes I was wearing last night."

"Two days in a row with the same outfit. Won't someone say something at work?"

"They know better than to cross me."

"Oh ho ho. I'm sure they do."

"Besides, I changed while I was at home last night. It won't be the same outfit I wore during the day."

"Oh, then, never mind."

"Can I come see you tonight at Mike's?"

"You'll have to convince the bouncer to let you in."

"They don't have a bouncer."

"Then you don't have to worry about beating him into a pulp when he refuses to let you in."

"I wouldn't do that."

"You're right, you wouldn't need to. They always let the pretty girls in."

"Do you really think I'm pretty?"

"Oh my God, I can't believe you're asking such a thing. You're the most beautiful girl I've ever seen."

"What about Zoe?"

"She's pretty too."

"Or Cindy?"

"Stop. You're all beautiful but I can give them all up. I can't give you up."

"What would you think if I beat a bouncer to a pulp to get in to see you?"

"He deserved it."

"Would you think I was a brute?"

"A brute? I don't know. At least you're my brute."

"You wouldn't be afraid of me?"

"I'm not afraid of you, Julie. Why? Are people afraid of you?"

"Yeah. I think some are?"

"At work?"

She shrugged.

"Who?"

"Nobody in particular. Just a feeling."

"Is it a bad feeling?"

"Yeah."

"Think of it as respect. I'll never get that type of respect so I want you to relish in it for me, okay?"

"Sharon is like you that way."

"I love you. Sharon does too."

"Does Zoe love me?"

"I think she does, in her own way."

"Is she jealous?"

"You have to ask her, Julie. Honestly, I really don't think so. I've made it clear to her that I'm yours, not hers."

"Thank you."

"Your welcome. I'm not sure exactly what for, you know how I feel about Zoe, right?"

"Just thank you for being you, I suppose."

"Okay. Ready to get up?"

Julie spent the night and she said the loved me out loud. I was in heaven.

Did this mean we were back together? I was so proud when she stood up for me last night too and called me her own. I knew she did that just for Bettie's sake, but I still felt a twinge of pride. I wanted to tell her. We didn't have much too time to talk about it and I wanted to do it properly so all of that had to wait.



----- Friday

Speaking of Bettie, Zoe and I talked about her on the way to work.

"I had no idea she would ever show up, Zoe."

"Who?"

"Bettie."

"Oh, Bettie."

"I think she'd prefer for you to call her Bettina."

"I know, you're special."

"Oh, shut up."

"Haha. I struck a nerve."

"You did. Shame on you."

"I've seen her type."

"You're the expert, what do you think? Will she be back in couple of months?"

"Let's just say you have two months to prepare."

"Oh shit. Really?"

"Eh. I think you did an excellent job of handling her. Julie too. You'll do fine."

"Oh my God, did you see Julie?"

"I couldn't miss it. Why did Bettie say she was going to lose weight?"

"I called her a fat chick."

"That's like the worst thing you could say to a girl. Especially one who's not too thin. Did you know that?"

"Of course I did. That's why I said it."

"What prompted that?"

"She called me short."

"Hmm. Maybe what you said to her went a little overboard."

"She said normal sized people were better than us."

"Oh, I see."

"I'm sorry. I'm pretty sensitive about that. You should know."

"It's okay. You have a right to be."

"Do you still think I acted out of proportion?"

"Nah."

"I said bigger people spewed out carbon dioxide and methane and were contributing to global warming."

"Do you believe that?"

"I don't believe if everyone were little like us that we'd solve anything."

"I see. Did you know you'd get on her nerves with what you said?"

"I hoped so."

"You really don't like her, do you?"

"No, I don't, Zoe. I told her it was the big people like her who were responsible for war. That's like the ultimate insult as far as I'm concerned."

"Really?"

"Because they don't let short people serve in the military."

"They don't?"

"I tried getting into ROTC in college. They told me I was too short."

"You never told me this."

"It's not important."

"No, but it makes sense."

"No, it doesn't."

"It makes sense in a different way."

"What way?"

"It tells me who you are. I can understand a little better how you feel now."

"Whatever."

"Is serving your country that important to you?"

"I guess not."

"Of course not, you could never be responsible for war, could you? Sour grapes much?"

"Fuck you, Zoe."

"What is important to you?"

"Lots of things. I don't know where to begin."

"Is family important?"

"Funny you should mention that."

"Why?"

"Julie's Mom and I were talking about it. It's been a sore point with Julie and I lately but I think we're going in the same direction now."

"Oh."

She didn't say much after that. I dropped her off and went to work myself. I needed to take care a few things at work now that I had others working for me -- with me, I should say. I don't like to say working for me because they're working for the company, not me. I'm only a project leader.



----- Mike's Coffee House and Antique Emporium

Sharon, Tee and I performed at Mike's that night and of course Julie showed up. My senior citizen groupies were there too. Lots of people were there and I enjoyed the hell out of it.

Some guy came up to me after we were finished performing. He was much taller (so what's new?) and I felt a little embarrassed. I didn't know him but he asked about me not showing up for a couple of weeks and I told him I had other obligations; that I do this for fun, not for money. At least not at Mike's. I didn't tell him I'd been shot because I felt embarrassed about that too. But I was flattered that he took the time to talk to me and missed me when I wasn't there.

Julie asked me about him.

"I have no clue who he is."

"He's here all the time. Just like those old ladies."

"My groupies?"

"Haha. Yeah, I guess they're your groupies."

"Well, I've never seen him before."

"What about your other groupies?"

"What other groupies?"

"The ones that sit over there."

"Really?"

"You see that curly haired blonde with flower in her hair over there?"

"The hippy?"

"Yep. She's another one of your groupies."

"Nah. She's just a fan."

"So? You don't think she wants to know you better?"

"I don't know."

"The only thing that keeps her away is me."

"I can believe that."

"They're here all the time to see you. Mike tells me if you don't show up they leave."

"You probably don't know this but I can't see faces up there. I see your face because I look for it and I know you and ... well, you're hard to miss. But there's bright lights on me and it's hard to see past that."

"Then I'll recognize the ones who always come for you."

"Good. You can get their names for me next time. At least I won't have to depend on a bunch of old gals for fans."

"Sam, you're crazy."

"Crazy in love."

"There you go again."

"Well?"

"Come on, let's go. They're getting ready to close. I'll meet you back at the house."

"I forgot to tell you: we're celebrating Cindy's last day at work. Are you coming?"

"I wouldn't miss it. Where?"

"The ice cream shop."

"I don't think they're open this late."

"They're holding it open for us. I called them."

"Okay. I'll meet you there."

"Good."

The ice cream shop was open, but once we were all served they closed up. No matter. We got what we wanted and it didn't take us long to finish. We 'toasted' Cindy with ice cream. I had a root beer float this time. I believe root beer floats are a gift to humans directly from the Gods for some long lost mortal hero, or something. Root beer floats are that delicious.

Julie had a triple scoop cone with chocolate syrup, nuts and sprinkles. Erin and Fred split a mocha milk shake. Gail and Zoe split a banana ... split. Sorry. Gail and Zoe don't usually go out but they were doing this for Cindy. Sharon and Tee each had something chocolate, I'm not sure what.

And Cindy had a brownie with chocolate ice cream, chocolate syrup, chocolate chips, and chocolate sprinkles, with whipped cream and a cherry on top. I'm not sure where she put it all, but she gobbled it up and licked the bowl clean.

"Will you be staying over tonight?" I asked Julie.

"If you ask nicely."

"Pretty please with chocolate syrup, nuts, a cherry on top."

"You forgot whipped cream."

"We ran out of whipped cream."

"I'll think about it." she said with a wink.

"I'll see you at home then."

"I'll see you at home, Sam."

It was a good sign that Julie was coming over. It was a better sign that she was considering staying the night. But best of all, she called it home!



----- At home

"How about a late night swim?" I asked everyone.

"How about a late night skinny dip?" Cindy corrected.

"That's redundant."

"My job here is done."

We laughed then a pile of clothes blossomed on the pool deck as it usually does when we go swimming. To my great delight Julie partook of the festivities.

We played. I sat on Julie's shoulders when she stood, and held onto them as she swam being pulled along like a remora. She would dive under the water and I would hold onto her hair sometimes. She didn't mind.

Julie and I held onto each other a lot. When we were tired we all got out and lay around wearing just towels. Fred and Erin went to bed early. Fred would be going back home later tonight and taking Sharon and Tee with him. Tee was the only one staying nude, I believe, just to tease Sharon. The bawdy, little tramp.

Next to disappear were Gail and Zoe. Sharon and Tee were getting a bit intimate and that left Julie, Cindy and I talking. I felt a bit awkward at this point. I was trying to make Cindy's last nights something to remember, but I also wanted to spend the night with Julie.

Julie asked both of us to sit on her lap. I happily obliged as did Cindy. I kissed Julie's right boob, Cindy kissed the other. I then had to stand up on her thigh to kiss her on the cheek. Cindy followed my lead.

Our actions set the stage for the night and the previous awkwardness left me. Julie stood up both of us carried by her side were soon in the master bedroom.

"Do you mind if Sam joins us tonight, Miss Julie."

"I'd love it little Miss Cindy."

I don't know if Julie ever called her that but it made Cindy squeal with delight, so it was probably the first time.

"You two kiss each other." Cindy said to us.

We did. Not too deep, but not too gentle either.

"You two have given me the best going away gift."

Julie and I looked at each other and smiled.

"We're happy to share our bed with you anytime, Cindy." I said.

"Not that. Getting back together."

"Oh." I looked at Julie again and we had an even bigger smile.

Julie sat on the bed still holding us. She let us down on the bed and leaned back against the headboard. Standing on the bed I barely had to bend to bend to reach her nipples -- they were almost at mouth level and I had an arm around each side of one of her tits. Let me tell you, holding onto such huge gazongas is an experience of a lifetime. If you ever get the chance, don't pass it up.

"Now let me see something." Cindy said.

"What?"

"Just sit back, Sam. You too, Julie. Open your legs a little bit more. Yep."

"What are you doing?" Julie asked.

"Seeing if Sam is still bigger than you."

Well everyone knows that Julie is bigger, but that's not what she was talking about. I knew what she was talking about though. I looked at Julie. She shrugged and gave me a regretful look. Julie knew too.

"Well?" I asked.

"Sorry, Sam. When they're erect hers is just a little bigger. But you're bigger when soft."

"Great. I'm a show-er and she's a grow-er."

"Don't be upset. Yours is still pretty big. More than big enough."

"Yeah, but hers is more satisfying."

"It is not. There's barely a difference. It's like a millimeter."

"How can you tell?"

"It just looks that way. You want me to get a ruler?"

"It's in the office on top of the desk."

"There's a better way."

"How?"

"Open your legs a little more, Julie. Sam come sit in front of her. No, it'll be better to kneel. No, not like that; sit back. Okay. Oh now look, Sam. You went soft."

"I can't help it."

"I'll have to fix this. Lay back."

I leaned back. Cindy grabbed ahold of Mr. Sad and started kissing, then licking then full on sucking. He responded and in a little while he was standing again. She stopped and did the same for Julie but only for a few seconds.

"Okay, we're ready. Sit up, Sam. Scoot forward."

She took both my member and Julie's, ahem, member, or rather clitoris, in her hands and put them side by side. The tip of Mr. Happy touched Julie before her's touched me.

"It looks like I was wrong, Sam. You win!"

I couldn't help it: I laughed. Julie laughed too. It was a relief

"Well, maybe she's the show-er." I said.

"No. We don't need a ruler for that. Yours is definitely bigger when not hard."

"Well, it's hardly ever that way. Maybe you just missed it."

"You mean like just a while ago?"

"Okay. You're right. But you know ... if I ever go back in the hospital, I could shrink more and then ..."

"Then we have to keep you from getting hurt or sick." Julie replied. "But it doesn't matter to me, Sam. You'll always be the right size for me."

"Thanks, Julie."

"I love you, Sam."

"Hmm? Now who should I do first?" Cindy said.

"Him. He'll be able to go more times than I."

I didn't believe Julie really because, you know, girls can always have multiple orgasms. She probably said it for my sake. However, sometimes it does take a few orgasms in one night before I'm satiated.

Cindy sat back between Julie's legs. She put each of her own legs over Julie's and leaned back.

"Ready, big boy?"

"Oh? It's big boy now?"

"Sure. It always has been. So what're you waiting for?"

This was truly a sight to behold with Cindy's legs open wide waiting for me and her up against the beautiful backboard that was Julie. I took the plunge, literally, and we humped with giant boobs hanging over us from above. Very poetic, right?

When I finished it was Julie's turn with Cindy, and Julie was on top. Julie grabbed her hips in her huge hands and started using Cindy like a little fuck toy. She literally fucked Cindy senseless. I watched, mesmerized, as Julie's hips thrust in and out like a giant jackhammer. I know it's weird, but it was beautiful. Mr. Happy was ready to go again in very short order with this display.

We took turns -- one of us fucking Cindy while she blew the other. We ended up with Cindy falling asleep and then Julie and I did it one more time. I fucked her last, missionary style. If I were just a foot taller, my head would have been in her tits this way. As it was, my top half only covered her stomach. When she came and thrust her hips up and down I was literally taken for a ride -- a wild ride.

I had been on a roller coaster ride this whole past year. My life had its ups and downs. Too bad I couldn't get rid of the down parts, but the ups made it all worthwhile.

When we were finished Julie scooped Cindy up in one arm and me in the other and we fell asleep.



----- Cindy and Julie

Cindy and I woke before Julie, Saturday morning. Cindy put her head up on Julie's chest and used her breast as a pillow. Seeing her, I did the same on Julie's other breast. We reached across Julie's torso and held hands. We whispered.

"Pssst. When does your flight leave?"

"Tuesday morning. Ten fifteen."

"Okay." I said then laid my head back down on Julie's breast.

We smiled at each other for some time without saying a word. Then Cindy began to giggle.

"Shhhh!" I reprimanded.

She giggled some more. I rolled my eyes. Pretty soon Julie was awake.

"You two are up?" Julie asked.

"Yeah, but you'd still be asleep if miss giggle-face here would have kept her mouth shut."

"What're you laughing about, Cindy?"

"Nothing. I'm just so happy."

"Why?"

"You two make me happy together."

I crawled up higher and gave Julie a kiss.

"Good morning."

"Good morning, Sam."

"I love you."

"I love you too. Where are you going, Cindy?"

"I'm going to put some water on to boil for naked tea. Join me."

"We'll be right there."

I love watching Cindy's athletic little ass bouncing out of the room.

"You've said that five times in the last couple of days."

"Said what?"

"I love you."

"You're keeping score?"

"Of course. Do you mean it?"

"I wouldn't say that unless I did. I love you, Sam."

"What changed?"

"What do you mean?"

"Since I kicked you out we've finally become close again."

"I guess I realized that you're mine and I don't want anyone else to say that."

"So, Cindy was right?"

"Right about what?"

"What she said last night. Are we back together again?"

She shrugged a little and said "Yeah, I guess so."

"You mean that?"

"Un huh."

"YES!" I said jumping up and punching the air.

"You could show a little more enthusiasm, Sam."

"What?"

"I'm kidding."

"What did it? You didn't just decide this on your own. Was it Mom?"

"Oh, she tried, but no."

"Then what is it?"

"Bettie."

"What the fuck?"

"Remember when I told her off?"

"You were extraordinary! You made me feel proud."

"You belong to me and I'm yours. You told her outright that I was your girlfriend. That made me feel warm and gooey inside."

"Oh Lord. I turned your insides into goo."

"That's a good thing. And when I told her you were mine, well, I guess I needed to hear it; to say it myself. My own words hit me like a sledgehammer, Sam. And what you said about me made me feel proud too."

"Damn." I said shaking my head.

"I also realized something else."

"What?"

"She infuriated me. I felt like pounding her into pulp like the bouncer! I probably could have, but I didn't."

"Yes, you could have. It's a good thing Mike doesn't have bouncers either."

"I kept my cool."

"I'm so proud of you for that too."

"I really did this time."

"Good thing I kept my cool."

"I can do this."

"I want to get up and tell everyone. Oh..."

"Oh what?"

"You need to go home for some fresh clothes, don't you?"

"No. I brought some but they're out in the car."

"Ah, you planned this."

"Who? Me? I'd never do such a thing."

"Julie, move back in with me now."

"Slow down. Let's not rush things."

"Okay. Okay. I'll be cool about it."

"Sure you will." she said sarcastically.

"You know ... you don't need clothes for naked tea."

"No, I don't."

"Let's go."

Julie, Cindy and I were sipping tea in the nude when Zoe and Gail got up. They were wearing nighties -- Zoe in a frilly, thin, pink one, and Gail in dark blue silk. But something was off.

"Zoe that nightie is a little big on you."

"But don't you think Gail's is sexy?" she said. I looked at Gail.

"Yeah. It's kind of short, isn't it, Gail?"

"We're wearing each other's clothes."

"Oh. That explains it. Why?"

"No reason. Just because."

"Okay. Tea or coffee?"

"Do we have to get undressed to have tea." Gail asked, giggling.

"Yes!" Cindy said before I had a chance to say anything.

"Don't listen to her. You can have tea and still wear your cute night clothes. By the way, I like the matching panties."

I never noticed before how Gail has such a cute smile. She always had an infectious laugh but I think Zoe is responsible for this morning's smile.

"Coffee for me."

"I figured that, Zoe."

"What're we going to do today?"

"Let's ask Cindy."

"Can we go to the dance museum?"

"Is that a thing?"

"Oh yes. I always wanted to go there but I've never been able to. I really want to see it before I leave. Can we?"

"What do they have at a dance museum?"

"Dancing up on stage."

"Oh no." I said. "I don't want to dance in front of everyone."

"Not you. They have different performances throughout the day. There are different types of dances from around the world: European. African. Japanese. Chinese. Belly dancing. You name it."

"You'd know about that, not me, but I'll go with you, Cindy."

"Thank you. Anyone else?"

Zoe and Gail looked at each other. "I guess we can go." Zoe answered for her and Gail.

"They have a costume exhibit where there are lots of dance clothes from around the world."

"Pleated mini-skirts with knee-high socks?" I asked. Zoe hit me on the arm. "Ouch."

"I want to go." we heard from a voice coming from the dining room. Erin was up and walking toward the kitchen. "Goody, naked tea time." she said. "Can I have some?"

"Coming right up." Cindy said.

Erin took her panties off and twirled them around her head before balling them up in her hand. She took a seat at the kitchen island on a stool next to Julie. The panties were all that she had been wearing.

"Good ((( yawn ))) morning, Julie."

"Good morning, Erin. How are you?"

"I'm fine. You look happy."

"I am."

"Are you coming to the museum too?"

"I don't think so. I need to check in on Mom today. I'm really sorry. I've been gone too long."

"I understand. ((( yawn ))) Later."

We took our time drinking naked tea and coffee. We talked. I got out some pastries for everyone to eat and that was pretty much breakfast for the morning.

Cindy wanted to leave early for the museum so we broke up to get ready. Julie started toward the front door.

"Julie."

"Yes, Sam."

"Aren't you forgetting something?"

"Oh yeah, my keys. I'll be right back."

She retrieved her car keys from her purse and came back out still buck naked and then out the front door she went. A few moments later she came in carrying a bunch of clothes in her arms.

"It's still in the forties this morning. Weren't you cold out there, Julie?"

"No. Not especially." she said wearing nothing but a big old, shit-eating grin.

"Well, okay. I guess it's time to get dressed."

"I guess so."

Not to be outdone, Cindy tried walking out the door sans clothing when the time came to leave for the museum.

"What do you think you're doing, little girl?"

"We're going to the museum."

"Put some clothes on. Winter's still trying to stick around. It's an unusually cold day and you'll catch your death of a cold out there."

"Julie was warm enough."

"Fine." I said, opening the door. A blast of cold morning air flew in and chilled little Cindy. She held her arms around her chest and shivered.

"Okay, fine. Have it your way." she said. Then she stuck her tongue out at me and walked off to her room. I watched her cute little ass until she was out of sight. I'm going to miss her.

We had a wonderful time at the museum. A wonderful time the whole weekend. And we had a wonderful last few days for Cindy.

It was obvious that I was in a better mood than I had been in ages. Zoe cornered me in the museum.

"You're awfully happy about something, Sam."

"I am."

"Is it Julie?"

"Yes."

"Let me guess: you two have decided to get back together?"

"You're a good guesser."

"So, it's official then?"

"We signed the papers last night."

"You both agreed to this?"

"I certainly agreed."

"Did Julie agree?"

"Yes, she did."

"I'm very happy for you, Sam. I know this is what you've wanted: to get back together with Julie."

"You're really happy for me?"

"Yes, Sam, I am. I told you before that I want you to be happy."

"Just making sure."

"Believe it or not, I'm not jealous. I love you but I value your happiness."

"What about you? You seem to be happy with Gail."

"She's an amazing girl. Reminds me of you a little. Yes, she makes me happy."

"Does she feel the same about you?"

"I think so."

"Did you ask her?"

"In not so many words."

"Then I'm happy for you two. Happy, happy, happy."

"Oh, stop it."

"Seriously, Zoe. I am. I'm happy about making Cindy's last days here enjoyable too. I'll be a little sad to see her go but I think she'll be even more happy with Gabe out in Arizona. Julie and I got back together at the exact right time."

That Saturday night Julie stayed home with Mom, and Cindy and I spent the night together. I think Julie did that on purpose for Cindy.

Sunday, Julie showed up with a bunch of stuff -- some of the stuff she picked up earlier from before. It was another threesome that night. We tried to do it every way we could think of for three people but with the twist of throwing a giantess in between two little people. Use your imagination. I'll give you a hint: one of the wildest kisses I've ever had with Cindy was hanging upside down with our feet held up against the ceiling.

Monday night was Cindy's last night here and it was my last night with Cindy. It was just her and I as Julie was back home with Mom. You would think that Julie not spending the night was upsetting but I knew she did this for both Cindy and me. I knew in my heart that she'd be coming back to stay soon.



----- Goodbye

I took off of work Tuesday to see Cindy go. Erin didn't have to work that day so she accompanied us to the airport. Cindy's flight was at around ten in the morning so we tried to get to the airport at seven thirty. I figured two hours before, as they always tell you, then add another half hour for traffic. As it was we had plenty of time: plenty of time to talk before getting into the TSA line, and plenty of time to be with Cindy in line. We couldn't go past TSA since they only allowed ticket-holders past. Nazis.

There was lots of hugging and crying. We finally said goodbye as she got to the checkpoint. I stopped at one of the airport lookout windows and stuck my face against the glass, hands on the sides of my face, to watch the jets as Erin and I were leaving. I imagined one of them was carrying Cindy off to happiness. There was still forty-five minutes before boarding time, but there was nothing for us to do for that length of time so we went home.

I knew Gabe would be waiting for Cindy at the end of the flight and I imagined them hugging and kissing, like a soldier coming home to his fiance after the war. She left for better things but she took a little piece of me with her.

 

End Notes:

Now that Cindy's gone do you think Julie and Sam will get back together for good or will bad things conspire to come between the two again?

Chapter 99 - Big news by littless
Author's Notes:

Julie has moved back in. The two are getting along swell. Can they make it work this time?

----- Tuesday

Tuesday afternoon, a week after Cindy left, the doctor's office called while I was at work.

"Your thyroid numbers are low, Mr. Cook."

"What does that mean?"

"It means your thyroid gland is not functioning as well as it should."

"Is it bad?"

"It shouldn't be with meds. The doctor has called in a prescription for you at your pharmacy. You take it every day, in the morning before eating. That should make you feel better."

"But I don't feel bad. How long do I take the medication?"

"Forever."

"Great. Another one."

"I'm sorry, what was that, sir?"

"Nothing."

"I need to set another appointment up for you. How does next Wednesday sound, a week from tomorrow?"

"What time?"

"Any time. Morning or afternoon?"

"Uh, morning, I guess."

"Seven forty five?"

"I can do that."

"We'll see you then."

"Thanks. I'll be going to the pharmacy today after work."



----- Saturday

"It makes me so happy that you decided to move back in."

"I hope we never have to go through that ever again."

"I promise we won't."

"It's good to be together."

"The sun's out, the air is warm. Isn't it great to be here in the park today, to sit under this tree side by side?"

"It is."

We were sitting in the shade next to each other leaning against a tree. Every now and then I'd stand up to give Julie a kiss on the cheek. She still had to bend her head down even with me on my toes. But this behemoth of a gal was mine again. All mine.

"I miss Cindy."

"Me too."

"You know what she'd be doing if she were here, don't you?"

"What?"

"She'd be running around the park naked."

"You have a one-track mind."

"So do you."

"Not like yours."

"Then why are your headlights on?"

"What?" she said looking for her car. "Wait. You drove."

"Not the car. Your headlights."

"What're you talking about?"

"Your nipples are hard."

She looked down at her chest.

"They are not."

"I can see them poking through your shirt."

"I can't."

"I guess you're going to tell me you're cold now."

"I'm not cold."

"Then you must be aroused. Is it talk of our dirty little nudist Cindy, or those gals in mini-skirts over there?"

"I'm not aroused."

"Then why is your clit so big and hard?"

"Oh my gosh. It can't be ..."

"I can see your hard on through those tight shorts. You should have worn panties."

"WHAT?" she said looking down at her crotch. "I can't wear panties with these shorts. Hey, it is not showing through."

"Made you look."

"You're crazy."

"Crazy in love."

"I oughta ..."

"Take my pants down and smack me? Wanna put me over your knee?"

"You're incorrigible."

"And you're horny."

"Am not."

"How about I pull those shorts down and suck on your big ole hard clit?"

"Stop that."

"It wants to get out."

"No."

"I'll just unzip this. You don't have to take them completely off. Your big fat clitty will pop out a mile."

"Will you stop it?"

"It'll be great, Julie. Do you know how good it feels to let it all hang out in the open? To be free, swinging back and forth in the wind?"

"Sam."

"Just sit back and let it catch some wind to cool off. Then when you feel my hot breath on it it will feel so much better as I wrap my lips around it."

((( gulp )))

"It loves to be sucked, doesn't it? Don't lie. I know how it feels."

"Uh ..."

"Say it, Julie."

"Say what?"

"Go down on me."

"This is insane."

"Say it."

"Go ... no. I can't. Not here."

"We'll make Cindy proud. Do it for Cindy's pink, little, cute, bare ass."

"I can't believe you're doing this."

"Take your top off so everyone can see your luscious tits."

"No."

"The thought of it is getting your girl-cock hard, isn't it?"

"You're a pervert."

"Did it grow? Is it bigger than mine now?"

"No."

"Maybe all of you grew. That would make it bigger, but to you it would still be the same size. I know you've grown; your head is getting closer to the ceiling at home."

"It is not."

"I think the taller ceiling is allowing you to grow again."

"Put up the measuring wall so I can prove it to you."

"Oh, I see you're voting with the president now."

"Shut up."

I stood up next to her and hunched a little but not so it was noticeable. My head was below her shoulders.

"Look, see? You're taller."

"I think you're slouching."

"How do you know?"

"Your butt's sticking out."

"Do you like my ass?"

"I've always liked you ass. But you should stand up straight."

"Do you want to kiss it? Or maybe you want to spank it."

"I should."

"Oh my, you are the kinky one."

"Am not."

As I was standing I unbuttoned the top button of her shirt.

"What are you doing?"

"It's just one button. I can't see any cleavage. Here, let me unbutton another."

She held her shirt tight against her chest but didn't button it back up. There were only three more buttons to go. My finger traced circles around one of her nipples through her shirt. She wasn't wearing a bra -- I had suggested she go braless before we left. As it was hot out, she gladly complied with my suggestion so I knew she felt my fingers through her thin red shirt. I undid another button and reached inside. She didn't stop me.

"God I love your tits. They're enormous."

"No, they're not."

"There as big as me."

"Is that why you're so fascinating with them?"

"No. They're attached to you."

It was a compliment and she took it as such. She was losing her inhibitions because of it. I unbuttoned one more button, leaving her shirt fastened with just the bottom button now, and showing miles of cleavage. If only I had a springboard I could dive in headfirst. She'd let me take her shirt off for sure -- it's not like she's never been topless in public before. But I left that one button done; it was sexy.

However, I changed direction and moved my hand down to her crotch and started undoing her zipper slowly as I lay down beside her my head on her thigh. I got a couple of inches of it down before she noticed and slapped her hand down on top of mine.

"Cut it out."

She kept her hand there and I kept mine on the zipper.

"It's getting bigger, Julie. I can feel it."

"It is not."

But it was.

"Think of Cindy. Her cute little ass cheeks bouncing up and down as she struts her stuff down that path over there. The perky little buds of her titties, her shoulders bare, and those athletic dancer legs below her ass all being out for the world to see. Absolutely. Totally. Buck. Naked."

"Um ... ((( gulp )))"

"Everyone at the park would be staring at her beautiful nakedness."

As I said this I moved the zipper down another couple of inches.

"Wouldn't you love to join her?"

"That's just your fantasy."

"I bet your pussy's starting to get wet now."

"You'll never know."

"And I bet I can work my arm in there up to the elbow, out here right under this tree and nobody would notice."

Another inch down.

"Or maybe you want them to notice. Every dick in the park is hard for you, Julie. Why don't you get nude and give them what they want?"

"I'd get arrested."

"The cops would be too mesmerized by your beauty to move in. Just think of it: all of your expansive naked flesh out in the open for everyone to gaze upon."

"I'm sure you want that."

"I want my arm to be all the way up inside of you rubbing roughly against your G-spot as I suck big ole miss clitty deep into my mouth."

"Saaaaam."

Another inch.

"I can smell you. You're going to taste so good. The sweet, sweet taste of your honey pussy juice covering your massive clit so wet and hard. I can taste it now."

One. More. Inch.

"Unnh."

"Say it."

"Nooo."

"Say it!"

"Go down, Sam. Go down." she said frantically.

I moved her hand away and reached into her jean shorts through the open zipper. I was right on both counts: wet kitty, hard clitty. I started rubbing all around getting my hand wet. Then I started stroking her big clit with my lubricated hand.

"Sam! What're you doing?"

"Giving you a hand job."

"Sam! Not here. Ohhhhh."

"Don't you remember my first hand job?" I whispered. "You gave it to me, Julie. You were my first. My first sexual experience with someone else."

"Not out in the open."

"But we were. We were under the bleachers at school. Remember now?"

"Unnngh. Sam. You have to stop."

"You didn't stop until I came. Until I shot my jizz all over your hand. You tasted it. How did it taste, Julie?"

"People are staring."

"Shout it out. I want them to hear. I want them to see your bliss."

"Let go."

"But you don't want me to, do you?"

"No." she squeaked out. "I mean ..."

"I wish you had done more than just a hand job back in high school."

"I'm sorry."

"I wish you'd have done this." I said right before I gently nudged her clit with my face breathing hot and heavy on it. I could feel her breathing just as heavy.

My other hand was working its way into her wet, sloppy pussy. I kissed her swollen clit then took the head into my mouth as I stroked it. My head was moving up and down in rhythm as I gave her giant clit a proper blow job. I slowly ratcheted up the pace, going up and down ending with most of her clit going inside my mouth on the down stroke.

"They'll see. Oh God, Sam. Sam, I can't hold it."

She tried not to make any noise but good luck with that. She trembled immediately before cumming, like the rumble of a volcano before erupting. Then she totally broke the silence she tried to keep.

"Ooooooooooooh!"

It was like a hundred trumpets blowing. God do I love that 'O' face of hers. Lots of others in the park shared it with me that day. Your welcome.



----- Seeing Tee off Tuesday

Like last week I took a half day from work to see Tee go. Her family was there. Again, it was emotional.

"Sam." Tee was crying. She didn't often cry. "I owe you so much. I wish I could do something for you."

"You don't owe me anything. Just take care and make the best of things. That will be enough."

"I wish you could come with me."

"I'll come to see you soon. I just can't afford to take off right now. Okay?"

"Okay, Sam."

"Cindy will be waiting for you when you arrive."

"I know. I'm really glad she's there for me."

"She's a good gal. Remember what I told you about Kaycee?"

"Yes."

"You can tell her I'll be coming in a couple of months to see you. She knows you're coming and is looking forward to meeting you."

"Thanks, again."

"I'll miss you."

"I'll miss you too. I love you, Sam."

"I love you too, Tee. Please take care and keep in touch."

"I will."

And so, it was another drop off at the end of the Nazi, I mean, TSA line. I let her mother and father have the last goodbyes and then I left. I stopped at the window again and silently wished her luck. There goes another piece of me flying away.



----- Wednesday

"Here's a lab slip for two weeks from now. Once we have updated numbers on your thyroid activity then we'll adjust the medication."

"I don't feel any different, doctor."

"The symptoms are nonspecific and sometimes mimic common maladies: being tired, cold, dry skin and such. The only way to know is to test the concentration of hormone in your blood as we've done. We commonly test for such things and in your case..."

"What about my case?"

"You mentioned how ineffective pentadequinolone has been for you in your earlier visit, though it has been partially effective. I didn't want to alarm you until we had results, but there is evidence that this medication works with thyroid hormone to do it's job. The mechanism is not well understood but I wanted to check your thyroid levels to make sure, and sure enough, your's were low."

"So this will make PDQ work better for me?"

"It is likely, yes."

"And I'll stop shrinking? Even if I get sick or injured."

"It's a distinct possibility but there are too many variables to say for sure. I will say that if you keep yourself in otherwise good health, and take the medications then your quality of life should be measurably superior."

"I guess that means take care of myself and I shouldn't shrink to two inches tall."

"Nobody has shrunk that much."

"Yet."

"Yes, well, medical science is advancing remarkably fast. Perhaps someday we may crack this."

"Does that mean I'll be able to grow?"

"Not anytime soon."

"Well, one can hope."

"Indeed. Keep up hope."

"Thanks, Doc."



----- Thursday

"I just ran the numbers after the last deposit from the music service. Do you know how much money you've made this month, Sam?"

"I know, Julie. But remember, part of that is Sharon's, part of it is Tee's and part of that is for you. Oh, and since Cindy helped set everything up from the beginning and taught me how to do this, I want to put her in for a yearly stipend also."

"Where's yours?"

"It's all mine really. If I need some I'll pay myself."

"This is building up fast."

"You see why I incorporated now. How do you think I could afford to pay off Mom's house?"

"Isn't this wonderful?"

"It's all thanks to you."

"It's from your songs, not mine."

"It never would have happened without you, Julie."

"You did all the work."

"Let's celebrate."

"Okay."

"Tomorrow night."

"So soon?"

"Hey, I know, wear your heels."

"Oh, you're a naughty boy. Do you know how much taller I'd be? You won't even be knee height to me."

"And wear that black dress of yours -- the mini-dress."

"It's not a mini-dress."

"It is on you."

"Is it really that short?"

"Let's put it this way: don't forget to wear clean panties."

"I bet you'd like to see me without them."

"Okay. Leave 'em behind."

"Not on your life, mister."

"Aw. I love to look up and see the heavens."



----- Friday at the restaurant

I wore a suit and tie that night but it was Julie who was looking hot. Real hot! Hot as a ghost pepper sitting alone on a red-hot, iron frying pan. The short black dress showed miles and miles of leg, not to mention vast expanses of cleavage. Everyone was looking her over. Or maybe we were just the odd couple. I didn't care. Ask me if I cared.

I got a table in the back corner for two. I went there yesterday and made reservations, slipping two twenties in the maitre-d's hand, then another two twenties tonight.

They treated us fairly well, holding the chair for Julie. I didn't warn them how tall she was before hand, so the waiters and staff were staring. Me, I'm used to it. But with Julie, after a while this was starting to piss me off. I know I said I didn't care, but Julie was getting creeped out. I went up to the front and held out a one-hundred dollar bill in front of the guys face. He reached down for it and I drew it back.

"Ah ah! You tell your people to stop gawking at my date and you get this. They don't, and I leave the worst review on the phone app that you've ever seen."

"I completely understand sir." he said. "I will take care of it."

It seemed to work. We were treated much more respectfully after that.

"So, how long do you think before we're millionaires?"

"Oh God, Sam. Don't say that out loud. You'll jinx it."

"I don't care."

"Don't you want to get rich?"

"Just as long as you and I are comfortable, I'm fine."

I made her smile.

"Thank you for taking care of all my finances for me, Julie."

"I don't do all of it. You still take care of paying your mortgage and utilities and stuff."

"Don't forget the taxes. Damned taxes."

"Shhh. If they hear you then they'll put you in jail and throw away the key."

"Yeah, I thought I saw one of them over there behind that plant."

"What did he look like?"

"Black suit with something in his ear."

"It was his radio."

"That or a gecko."

"A gecko?" she giggled.

"Yeah, they're employing those desperados from south of the border. They're too badass to use radios so they use geckos."

"Teeheehee."

"The really badass ones just stick an iguana way down deep into their ear. It's a babble-iguana."

"Hahahahaha."

I couldn't hold it in either and we both laughed out loud. But only a little.

"How would you really want to do all of my finances for me, Julie, including the mortgage and bills? You already do my taxes."

"You have to pay me more."

"Fine with me."

"Sam, really. You're doing too much for me."

"What if it was your mortgage?"

"I'll have to pay my own mortgage when the time comes."

"It could be sooner than later."

"I'm just fine being with you. Do you want me out or something?" She had a worried look on her face.

"Absolutely not."

She took a sip of her wine. I wasn't drinking but insisted that she imbibe. We stared at each other. We spent some time just looking into each others eyes and smiling.

"How's Mom?"

"She seems to be doing better."

"You're all she has left."

"I know that." Julie was looking a little sad.

"Cheer up. You know what she needs?"

"What?"

"More family."

"I guess that would be good. Family is important to her."

"I know. Do you have any ideas?"

"No."

"I have one."

"What?"

I stood up, reached into my pocket and pulled out a velvet box. I got down on one knee and was looking up at hers. I opened the box in front of her revealing an engagement ring, reached up and placed it atop her knee.

Her eyes got real big and her hands went to cover her mouth. She was shaking.

"Julie. Will you do me honor of marrying me?"

Tears were in her eyes. "Yes." she said, meekly.

"What was that? I didn't hear you."

"YES! Yes, I said. I'll marry you."

"No fears? No 'I'm not the marrying type'? No worrying about hurting me?"

"No, Sam. I want this. I've wanted this for too long."

"You've just made me the happiest guy in the world, you know."

"And I'm the happiest gal in the world."



----- Saturday morning

Sex was great last night as I'm sure you've guessed. We did it right side up and upside down. We did it on the bed and on the floor. We did it with her feet on each side of the bed. I marveled again at the size of her breasts, over twice as big as my head. I marveled at the size of her clitoris, as big as my dick. I marveled at the size of her legs, almost twice as long as my whole body.

I humped her leg. I humped her tits. I humped her face. And I humped her pussy. We kissed, we sucked, we fucked. Then we went to sleep at two or three o'clock Saturday morning, but were up by seven.

Julie ran off to go show Mom the ring. It's too small for her, however the guy said it can be resized, but she needs to be there so they can figure it out. I'm hoping they even have such a size. Even though she couldn't wear it today she took it with her to show Mom.

I can't wait to hear what Mom says. Probably 'It's about time.'

I was sipping tea on the new love seat when Zoe came strolling into the sunroom.

"You look especially happy this morning."

"I am."

"Don't tell me: Julie?"

"You're a good guesser, Zoe."

"It's obvious."

"Is anything else obvious?"

She looked around. "Uhhhhh."

"I'll give you a hint: I asked Julie to marry me last night."

Her face went white.

"What?"

"I said I asked Julie to marry me, and she said yes. Gee, Zoe, stop jumping up and down because you're so ecstatic about the good news."

She sat down on the new flowery chair opposite the new love seat.

"We need to talk."

"What's wrong, Zoe?" It was obvious that something was wrong.

"Sam. I'm pregnant."

 

End Notes:

Come on now. You didn't expect it to be that easy, did you? There's more coming and you won't want to miss it, I guarantee.

Some of you in the comments anticipated some of this. But what happens next? So, I could put the next chapter up tomorrow, or wait a couple days. Or I could wait a week or two. I bet you want it sooner.

Let me know in the comments.

Chapter 100 - Sorting it out by littless
Author's Notes:

You know what happened at the end of last chapter. We pick where it left off that Saturday morning, the morning after Sam asked Julie to marry him and she accepted.

----- Zoe fesses up

"Sam. I'm pregnant." Zoe said.

"Uh ..."

"As in, with child."

"I know what it means. Are you sure?"

"Yes, I'm sure."

"Is it mine?"

"Who else?" She looked mad. I probably should never has asked her that.

"How?"

She stared at me like 'you gotta be kidding'.

"I thought you were on the pill."

"I stopped taking it."

"When?"

"After you'd been shot. The first time we did it without being on the pill was the day Julie and you talked about her mother's house."

"So you heard all that about Mom's house?"

"Yes, I heard that. I hear everything."

"You just couldn't stand me getting back with Julie could you? You wanted me all to yourself. That's why you did this." I was a little peeved as I said this.

"No, it's not."

"Oh, I get it. You want a baby so bad and it had to be from me."

"No, Sam."

"And if I got back with Julie you'd miss your chance."

"Sam..."

"When were you going to tell me?"

"I only knew for sure since a little more than a week ago."

"Why didn't you tell me a week ago?"

"The time was never right."

"Your timing sucks."

"I know."

"Really, Zoe. I would have expected something better from you."

"It's your baby too."

I rolled my eyes.

"It's not what you think, Sam."

"Obviously. What now?"

"I'm not going to abort the baby."

"I don't want you to."

"You don't?"

"No. You know how I feel about that sort of thing."

"I was scared you wouldn't want it. That's why it was so hard to tell you."

"But you did this on purpose."

"I did this for Samantha."

"You're having the baby that she threw away? Is that it?"

"Sort of."

"Sort of? Well why don't you tell me the whole story."

"I will. Sit down."

I didn't know I was standing, but she was right. I sat.

"Remember the light?"

"What light?"

"Your near-death experience."

"Yeah."

"Samantha asked me to do this. I-I couldn't refuse."

"She asked you to get pregnant?"

"After you told me about your experience talking to Samantha, the one with the light, I knew. I wanted to deny the whole thing as a coincidence, but I couldn't. The dreams are too real, Sam. They kept haunting me."

"Then you stopped taking the pill."

"I'm her little daisy. Remember?" Zoe began crying. "And-and-and we talked ..."

"Take your time. I won't be mad, Zoe. I can't be mad at you for this."

"Really?"

"Yes, really. Go ahead. You talked?"

"After the abortion. We decided that I would be the one to have our baby, the next baby, for real and that I should bloom into ... a woman by having ... the baby." Then she started balling her eyes out.

I got up and sat next to her, holding her in my arms. My eyes were wet too.

"It would be our spring ... ah-hu-hu."

"It's okay."

"We would have our baby when the time was right. The spring time. I was ... I was ... I was her little daisy-hee-hee-hee."

Boy was she a mess. I'd never seen Zoe this way.

"Oh God ... Oh God ... Oh God. What have I done, Sam? Ah-hu-hu-hu."

"It's okay, Zoe. It's okay."

"I'm so sorry. Ah-hu-hu."

It took a long while for her to calm down. I had to retrieve a box of tissues from the office. I decided it would be best to distribute boxes of tissues around the house from now on.

"Are you feeling a little better now, Zoe?"

"I don't know."

"I want you to listen to me. Okay?"

"Okay."

"Look at me, Zoe."

"Okay."

"I'm not mad at you."

"You're not?"

"No. It's ... sudden."

"I'm sorry."

"Stop being sorry."

"Okay."

"It's wonderful."

"It is?"

"Yes. The baby, our baby. It's a gift."

"You're not going to make me get rid of it?"

"I'm not going to let anyone try to take our little gift away from us."

"Not even Julie?"

"Not even Julie."

"What're we going to do?"

"I don't know. There's plenty time to figure it out."

"You won't leave me?"

"I won't leave you."

"But what about Julie?"

"I don't know. I'll have to talk to her."

"I'm breaking up your marriage before it begins."

"Not necessarily."

"She won't want you when she finds out."

"We'll find out later if that's true. Give her a little credit."

"Do you still want her?"

"Yes, Zoe. I do. Is that okay?"

"Yes."

"But I want our baby too."

"Oh God." she said then shut her eyes tight and gulped. Her eyes were still wet.

We just sat, thinking silently for a few minutes. A terrible thought then came to me.

"Zoe?"

"What?"

"Have you seen a doctor yet?"

"I used the strip. They're accurate, especially when they show positive."

"So, you haven't seen the doctor about this?"

"No, not yet."

"Oh, no."

"What?"

"Well, what if?"

"What?"

"What if the baby is normal size? It would destroy you."

"I-I will ... I want it. I'll sacrifice if I have to. Promise me you'll take care of our baby if I can't." She said this frantically. I understood how much the baby meant to her.

"Oh God, Zoe. I couldn't live with myself if anything happened to you."

"If it's me or the baby, save the baby."

She was getting scared now. I was getting scared.

"Okay, we need to calm down, Zoe. I'm sure we're not the first. Someone else with the virus has had babies before, right?"

"Yeah, I'm sure of it. We can't be the first."

"We can ask Leslie, right? She'll know."

"Yeah, we'll ask her."

"God I hate to ask this, but do you know her number, Zoe? Can you call her?"

"Yeah. You want me to call now?"

"It's Saturday. I don't know."

"It can't wait, Sam. We have to do this."

"Right. You're absolutely right. Let's call her."

Zoe ran to get her phone then came back to the sunroom where I waited. I don't know why I waited there. I could have gone with Zoe and called from her bedroom. Whatever.

Zoe sat next to me and dialed.

---- ring ---- ring ---- ring ----

"She's not answering."

"Just wait for the message."

---- ring -- "Hello."

"Oh, hello. Um Leslie please."

"Speaking."

The speaker was turned up loud and the rest of the house was quiet. I could hear the other end.

"Oh hi, Leslie. This is Zoe. You know, from the clinic. Little Zoe."

"Yes, Zoe. How are you?"

"Fine, well that's what I'm calling about. I'm okay but we, I mean I have a question."

Zoe was stumbling and wasn't handling this too well.

"Go ahead. I'm listening."

"I was wondering if, well, Sam is here too and we ... here."

She shoved the phone in my face. Good move, Zoe, --rollingeyes--. I took it.

"Hi Dr. Sarson, I mean Leslie. This is Sam."

"Hello, Sam."

"Sorry about that. Zoe wanted to ask a question -- a medical question."

"I'll try to answer it."

"Do you know of any person with the virus that has become pregnant or, uh, given birth?"

"Not personally."

"But it has happened?"

"Likely."

"Can you find out?"

"I can."

"Would you please?"

"Yes, I will. You two don't sound at all well. Is there something else I should know?"

"Is it possible that a baby might not have the virus but the mother does?"

"Hmm. My opinion, that is my medical opinion, is that the baby is very likely to have the virus. Does the father, that is hypothetically speaking, would the father have the virus too?"

"Sure. I mean yes, if the father has the virus and the mother does too."

"I would say with ninety-nine point nine-nine and a half percent confidence that the baby will have the virus too."

"So then the mother won't have to worry about the baby being normal size?"

"Ahhhh, I see. No, that should be the least of the worries."

I gave Zoe the thumbs up.

"Oh good."

"But, Sam."

"Yes, Leslie."

"It's not advisable for those with the virus to be having babies. We tell you this right up front at the sessions."

"Right. That's a good thing. I mean, we don't want to be having itty bitty babies all around."

"We don't have many data points, that is, there isn't enough information to go on to say for sure that it's a safe thing to do."

"So, there aren't too many such babies yet?"

"Right. Zoe would be one of the first."

"Zoe." I whispered. "She knows."

"Oh." I said to Leslie.

"Sam, don't worry. I will keep this in confidence."

"Thank you."

"Is there anything else?"

"No. Not now anyway."

"It's been a pleasure to talk to you two today. You will keep in touch, won't you?"

"Yes. We will."

"And give my congratulations to Zoe."

"I will."

PHEW!

I hung up and we looked at each other. Then more tears -- tears of relief this time. That's what you call dodging a bullet.

"So, what do we do, Zoe?"

"I haven't a clue."

"You really thought this through, didn't you."

"Sam!"

"I'm sorry, I'm sorry." I said putting my hands up in surrender.

"No, I'm sorry. I really complicated things this time."

"That's a fair assessment."

"This is not fair to you."

"Nevertheless, I want the baby, Zoe. I want to be there to raise the baby. I don't want to be a two weekend a month dad. Let's get that settled right now. Okay?"

"Okay."

"Okay."

"You're going to be the best dad ever."

"I don't know anything about being a father."

"You have your own. You at least have something to go by."

"He was never really around when I needed him. And don't even start on my mother."

"My mom was a drug addict and an alcoholic."

"You're not."

"But I'm ..." she said stroking her hands down in front of her to accentuate the fact that she was diseased -- forever diminutive because of a virus.

"That's special. Our baby will be special. In a good way. I won't leave, Zoe."

"I'm having second thoughts about this, Sam."

"Now? For the first time?"

"Yes. Please don't be mad at me. I can't take it."

"I'm not mad at you. It's just, my emotions are running high. Let's say on a scale of one to ten that it's a fifty-thousand right about now."

"I feel the same."

"I don't know what will happen with Julie, but whatever does happen, Zoe, it'll be you and me together in this. We'll stick together, okay?"

"Thanks. I need to hear that."

"It's not just words. I promise."

"I know, Sam. I didn't expect you to but it's good to know."

"Still gonna go to school?"

"Yeah. I'll take some time off once the baby comes but there's no reason to do that while I'm pregnant."

"Pregnant. Ha. That's funny."

"No, it isn't."

"Zoe's pregnant. I can't believe I'm saying that out loud. And I'm going to be a father. That's pretty cool when you think about it."

I looked at the time on the phone.

"What time is Julie going to be back?"

"I don't know. I'm sure her and her mother will be talking, hugging and crying about this most of the day."

"Do we sit here and wait for her?"

"Nah."

"What will we do?"

"What we always do."

"Skinny dip?"

"Hahahahaha." We both laughed. We needed that.

"Hey? Can you swim?"

"Of course I can swim. How many times have you seen me?"

"I mean in your condition."

"Yes. I can swim. It's actually a good way to get exercise when you're pregnant."

"Really?"

"You never heard that piece of advice?"

"No."

"They tell you that all the time. Swimming is the best exercise. It's not only whole body and aerobic but it's a non-impact exercise. It's good for mother and child."

"You know what?"

"What?"

"I haven't even told Erin about the engagement yet."

"Where is she?"

"Fred and her went out early. They're doing something special today. I think she may even be spending tonight with him. Goodness, she could be the last to know. Do you think I should call her?"

"Let's break the news about the baby to Julie first."

"Okay. Knowing Julie she'll tell Sharon and some more friends about the engagement, they'll tell their friends and the next thing you know, the whole town, including Erin, will already know. Not to mention her mother going around telling everyone. Still, I wish I could have told Erin face to face before she left this morning. Where's Gail?"

"At home."

"We should tell her about the engagement."

"I'll tell her."

"Aw. I wanted to."

"Okay. You tell her."

"No. You tell her. Does she know about the baby yet?"

"No."

"Oh, then you have to tell her. That's more appropriate."

"About the baby or the engagement?"

"Both."

"Okay."

"When will you see her next?"

"This afternoon. She's coming back. She just had to take care of a few things at home."

"Okay. I hope this doesn't ruin things with Gail and you."

"I hope not. I think it'll work out alright."

"I hope so too."

"I think we made her smile, Sam."

"Gail?"

"Samantha."

"Oh yeah. I'm sure you're right."

We were both silent for a moment then I caught Zoe staring off into space.

"You doing alright?"

"I was thinking about you."

"I'm right here."

"I was thinking about holding you in my hands."

"Oh?"

"Like in the dream where I picked you up."

"You saved me that time."

"You saved me first."

"Your hands were soft and warm like a satin covered bed."

She cupped my face in her hands. I looked into her eyes.

"And I was so relieved when I looked up to see that it was your face staring down at me, Zoe."

"You were so precious."

"You had a worried look on your face. It gave me pain inside to see that."

"So fragile, you were. I thought you were dying."

"I thought I was too. But your face was a big comfort. You'll be a caring mother."

"Thanks. I hope I can live up to those expectations. I'm nervous."

"You'll do fine. I wonder what it will be: a boy or girl?"

"I don't know. What do you want?"

"I don't really care. But if it's a little girl I want her to look just like you."

"She'll be small like us, won't she, never growing tall?"

"How will this work? Will they give her PDQ right away? Will it even work? Will her shrinking stop enough so she can grow?"

"I wish I knew, Sam."

"We'll find out soon enough."

"In the library..."

"Do you think we can find the answers in the library?"

"No. The library at school in that other dream."

"Oh?"

"Samantha told me that ..."

"Told you what?"

"That she thought you liked me better but I didn't tell you the whole story. She wanted me to take her place. And she said that you and I were going to make history together. To have a baby, you and I."

"What does that mean, make history?"

"I don't know, Sam. Back then I thought the whole idea of sleeping with you and not telling you about the virus, when we knew about it but you didn't, was repugnant. I was against the whole idea of that right from the beginning. At least with me and Samantha I knew and consented. You had neither. Nobody should be subjected to that. Maybe with me doing the deed, I don't know, I would have told you and it never would have happened. I don't know what that dream means."

"You know that if it weren't for Julie ..."

"I know. Let's not talk about it. There's too many emotions with Julie being brought in now. That's over. Let's move on."

"Okay."

We spent time just looking at each other. Touching each others faces. Kissing. Hugging. Holding. I was newly engaged to Julie, but Zoe was going to be the mother of my first child. This was weird. Nothing at all how I thought my life would turn out.

We ended up not swimming even though it was just us in the house. We had coffee and tea and a little to eat. Neither of us were very hungry. We just bided our time doing mostly nothing but being together waiting for Julie.



----- Telling Julie

We were waiting in the sunroom when Julie came back in the early afternoon and we were nervous. So nervous I almost threw up.

"Over here in the sunroom, Julie." I yelled. She showed up with a mile-wide smile on her face.

"Hi, Sam. Hi, Zoe."

We were leaning against each other side by side. We both sat up when Julie said hi. One look at our faces and she knew something was up.

"Hi, Julie." I said.

"Are you okay, Sam?"

"Yeah."

"Zoe?"

"She's fine. Mostly."

"What's wrong?"

Zoe and I looked at each other.

"Sit down, Julie."

"Uh, oh. That bad?" she said taking the love seat.

"So ... I, I mean we, that is Zoe, um ..."

"Yes?"

"Well, you see ..."

"Something happened?"

"Yeah."

"Is it bad?"

"No! No, it's not bad. Not really."

"Then what?"

"Well, uh ..."

"Julie, I'm pregnant." Zoe blurted out.

"Oh." Julie said. It took her second to process this. We didn't say anything, just sat there with worried looks on our faces waiting for Julie to respond.

First Julie's eyes went wide. She looked at Zoe. Then her eyes closed down to slits. Then she had a confused look on her face. She stared at me, pointed, then stared at Zoe. She then had a pained look on her face and then she stared out into space for a few moments. She put her chin in her right hand and her right elbow in her left hand. She looked like Rodin's Thinker. Julie finally sat up straight, cocked her head to the side and looked at us.

"Uh ... congratulations." she finally said after about a minute, which felt like an hour to me. It sounded more like a question. She still looked stunned.

"I should be telling you that." Zoe said.

"Oh yeah. Thanks."

"Julie?"

"Yes, Sam?"

"I-I still want to marry you."

"Good. I was worried you weren't because, I still do."

"You do?"

"Yes, I do."

"Just like that?"

"Sam, I've wanted this for the past year. I won't let anything get in the way this time. Not now. Before it was that thing that kept stopping me."

"Thing?"

"What I did to you. All of it."

"Oh."

"I've convinced myself that I can handle this and that I'm ready. I don't want to blow it again. Even with Zoe's baby coming, Sam, I still want to marry you."

"So the marriage is still on?"

"If you'll have me. I have to admit, I don't know how this is going to work."

"Neither do I."

I looked at Zoe. She said "Go, Sam." and pushed me over to Julie. I sat on Julie's lap.

"This is recent?" Julie asked Zoe.

"I started about a month ago."

"Oh ... Ooooooh, I see."

"I'm sorry, Julie. Sam was clueless the whole time."

"Figures. Zoe, I'm happy for you. Are you ..."

"I'm keeping it!"

"Uh, good. Well, Sam, it looks like you're going to have a little family."

"I want a big family."

"We can work on that."

"Good."

"So you had no idea, Sam? How long have you known?"

"Zoe told me this morning right after I told her we were engaged."

"Wow. That must have taken you for a loop."

"A quadruple gainer with three and a half twists on the half shell."

"The half shell?"

"I don't know. Sounded good."

"How long have you known, Zoe?"

"A week and a half for sure."

"Did you plan this?"

"It's complicated. I would do this even without Sam helping but yes, I planned it. I'm not sure you'd believe me though."

"She told me and I believe her, Julie. It's a long, long story. I'll tell you sometime soon." I added.

"I suppose that's going to have to be good enough for me. How do you feel about this, Sam?"

"I feel like nothing in my life is ever simple."

We laughed.

"But I also feel ... giddy. I'm going to be a dad. And I'm going to be a husband. Wish me luck."

"Good luck."

"Will you support me, Julie?"

"You can count on that."

"Julie." I said. "I love you. I love you too, Zoe."

Group hug!

Gail came to the house later that afternoon and we let Zoe and her have their time alone.

Then Julie and I talked some more about the baby and our future and how we might make all of it work. Frankly, I was mentally prepared, if not completely frightened, of Julie totally going the other way and leaving me for good. At least I still would have had a family but there would have been a big hole left in my life if it happened that way. But things worked out this time. It worked out the very best way.



----- Sunday

We went to bed early that night and were awakened early on Sunday morning by Zoe showing up in the doorway to our bedroom. She made no sound but we felt her presence and sat up in bed.

"Good morning." we both said to her.

She nodded. She was wearing her nightie and it looked like she had a half smile on her face. Or maybe she was stifling a smile. I couldn't tell because she kept her head down and wasn't speaking. The only thing missing from this picture was a teddy bear.

"Are you okay?"

Another nod.

"What is it?"

"Gail."

We didn't know what she was talking about. I was worried for Zoe. "Did she leave you?"

She shook her head this time instead of nodding but still didn't speak.

"Is everything alright?"

Another nod.

"Come here, Zoe." I called to her. She jumped up on the bed between us.

"What did Gail do?"

"She-she asked me to marry her."

Our eyes went wide.

"And?"

"I said yes."

"Where is she?"

Zoe pointed to the door. Gail stood there waiting.

"Come on over, Gail." I said, patting the bed next to me.

"Is this true?" we asked.

"Yes."

"I have to ask, is this because ..."

"Because she's pregnant? Yes and no. I was thinking about this for the past two weeks but when she broke the news to me I had to pop the question then and there."

"Congratulations. We love you guys."

Talk about another big group hug! It must have looked like a weird pajama, slash nude party in that bed -- three little ones and one huge one. It was more like one big hug though: Julie hugging three little people in her immense arms.

But then we were abruptly stopped mid-hug.

BANG!

We heard the front door slam.

Clomp-clomp-clomp-clomp!

We heard the foot steps running. We heard heavy breathing.

When we looked up Erin was standing in the bedroom doorway, panting.

"Sam, Sam, look!" she said.

She held out her left hand to reveal a shiny new engagement ring.

"Fred and I are getting married!"

 

 

End Notes:

I really hope you've liked the story so far. I could end it here but this isn't quite the end; there are two more chapters to go.  For those of you who have come this far with me, I want to say THANK YOU.

Chapter 101 - Not the last chapter by littless
Author's Notes:

Thanks for all of you who have read this so far. I hope you've liked Sam's story. Here's a little update.


----- Nearly ten years later

Julie and I lay in bed, her hot breath on my back. It seems I always wake before her and today was no exception. I know today will be a good day; I can feel it already -- it's my birthday. For now, I'm enjoying just being here with my wife beside me, her arms enveloping my torso.

I like to spend these quiet times contemplating my life and right now I'm thinking back over the past ten years. There's a lot to think about.

Let me catch you up on things, we had a triple wedding nine years ago: Zoe and Gail, Erin and Fred, and Julie and I. The dance museum was the venue and it was a splendid wedding. It shouldn't surprise you that Cindy came back to be there and she brought Gabe with her, along with Tee -- they all flew in together from Arizona. This was about three months after the engagements, and Zoe's pregnancy was just starting to show. Julie wasn't really showing, but then she never really did show much anyway plus she was only a month along. Yep, you guessed it; she became pregnant soon after the proposal. The result: I had two babies within a couple months of each other.

Daisy and Jill are as close to each other as sisters can be. I'm sure you're wondering so let me enlighten you: all my kids have the virus. But medical science is wonderful, and I'm sure luck played a huge part. The fact that our children turned out so great, unlike adults with Borgford's, is a huge consolation for being born with the virus.

Nobody knew for sure how it would turn out back then and Zoe and I were taking a big chance with Daisy. It was a chance that Zoe was more than willing to take. As it turns out Zoe was not one of the first with the virus to have a baby; she was THE first. Daisy changed the world: she was the first baby to be born with the Borgford virus and I suppose that's how we changed history. Daisy along with her sister and brother are normal size.

Daisy was not born normal size; she was what you might call a very tiny baby, but she grew. All the kids were born small but grew. You can chalk that up to the doctors giving them PDQ along with some other drugs ever since they were babies -- their growth was not hindered. Not all kids were so lucky. To be sure, Daisy's a little smaller than Jill, even though she's a couple months older. And Gabe, my son, is growing fast.

Gabe is getting ready to celebrate his seventh birthday -- just a couple weeks after mine. The girls are already nine. So let me tell you more about the kids.

Daisy has her mother's beautiful dark eyes and dark brown hair. She is definitely the smart one and loves to argue, especially with Zoe. I feel a bit sorry for Zoe, Daisy doesn't argue with me; I'm not sure I can keep up with her if she did. Daisy's favorite of us all seems to be Gail -- the two will improvise stories together and it's so cute. Ask them about the fairy and the troll some day; they'll talk your ears off for hours.

Gail has been a positive influence on Daisy and Julie and I love having her in our lives. However, she's talking of having kids of her own after getting along so good with Daisy. I guess you could say that Daisy is having a positive influence on Gail too.

I showed Daisy a couple of years ago -- Jill too -- how to shoot the gun. I don't want to insulate the children from the violence that happens outside of our home; I want them to be prepared for it. Plus I taught the kids early about firearm safety since, well, since we have one in the house. Much to her mother's chagrin, Daisy loves shooting. She wants to compete and I dare say, she's a great shot. As good as her father. ((( wink, wink )))

Jill on the other hand, has light brown hair -- lighter than Julie's, but she keeps it long and straight, like her mother. In contrast, Daisy likes to curl hers, like Zoe does from time to time. Jill and Daisy hardly look like sisters but are both beautiful and some day they will break lots of hearts.

Jill is the athletic one -- she loves to swim. She wants to join the team this summer and I'm planning on signing her up too. It helps that she practices every day at home. Of all the kids, she's the one that likes the pool the most. She reminds me of her mother as she glides through the water so gracefully and effortlessly, trailing behind her long hair.

I know the question you have. Before I answer, let me just say that we are sensitive to others, especially when it comes to their children, so when we have people over, especially the kid's friends, we wear swimsuits in the pool. But in answer to your question: when it's just the family, we skinny dip. Cindy set the precedent early on and we've kept it up. You could say we're a nudist family, thanks to Cindy. Jill will be heartbroken when she finds out she has to wear the team uniform swimsuit, LOL.

I find it funny that as Daisy has taken to Gail, Jill has taken to Zoe. She calls Zoe her little Mom. I swear she spends more time with Zoe that with Julie. It's okay, none of us mind this. We're all one big family. And for his part, it looks like Gabe is a momma's boy, so Julie doesn't have anything to complain about.

I'll be bringing Gabe, my third child, to the range for his birthday. I promised him I'd let him shoot the pistol when he turned seven. It might be early but Gabe has shot before. I bought a .22 caliber rifle for Daisy a year ago and I've taught him how to shoot it and he loves it as much as his sister. The pistol kicks a bit harder and is not something to start a kid on, but he's wanted to do this for a while now and I'll be holding my hands around his for the first few shots.

I've also brought all the kids at one time or another, to practice with me and Shifu Chung. Gabe is the only one who seems interested. He's also interested in running with his mother too, something the girls don't seem too keen on; they'd rather swim. This makes Gabe athletic too. I guess it's not too much of a surprise that Julie's kids are athletic and Zoe's girl is the brainy one.

I told you the kids grew; they're normal size. That means they outgrew Zoe when they were two and outgrew me and Gail by the time they were three or four. Daisy is like four foot seven, and Jill is already five three. Jill is getting her mother's height it seems. They may be even taller now -- it's been a week since we measured them and they're growing like the proverbial weeds.

The kids need very little disciplining, thankfully, but when they do you would think that Julie would be the disciplinarian due to her size. That's not the case: they don't listen to her, or to Gail or Zoe. They listen to me. I suppose it's a male thing, but they're so much bigger, I can't imagine how that works; I'm just happy it does. But like I said, it's rare -- they're good kids.

The one thing we're dreading with the kids, however, is puberty. Remember that the kids are on PDQ. We don't know what's going to happen when it hits, but the girls are going to be going through these changes real soon. We don't know how we're going to handle this, so wish us luck!

For their part the kids have lived with adults of all sizes and think nothing of having an eight foot tall mother and two foot something mothers and father. They don't understand why people stare at us, or why some of the kids at school make fun of Julie and I. But Daisy and especially Jill will lay into them if they do.

Julie and I were once called to the school office because of an incident where Jill chewed out some other kid for doing this type of thing, but once they saw the two of us the vice principal understood. It helped that there was no physical violence; only a little class disruption. Jill only got detention from this but we were proud of her. Daisy will do the same as Jill, but she's more subtle about it and never gets into trouble.

By the way, Julie grew, slightly. She was eight feet, four inches tall the last time we measured. I shrunk, slightly: I'm two foot ten. Zoe is two foot four and Gail lost a little height and is now three four. Both Gail and Zoe (and me) have been hanging upside down on the inversion table but we're NOT growing. I mean, what the fuck? How come Tee and Jennifer, not to mention Julie and her sister, Jill, grew? Weird.

Tee has an inversion table, specially made, by the way, for her and had grown to four feet tall! However, things have changed. She shrank again and I'd love to tell you all about it but she's writing her own story and has asked that I not say anything. Maybe she'll let you read her story when she's finished. I will say that her story is an eye-opener about Borgford's disease and how it is being handled. Fortunately, I've been able to help Tee out a little bit, but she'll tell you all about her life.

Jennifer made it up to four feet two inches tall by hanging upside down and she's pretty much stayed at that height. That puts her a foot and a half taller than me which means I'm below her breasts. She likes to stand real close to me and tease me about it but it's all good natured. She only does that in private -- she treats me with lots of respect when we're not alone. We stopped having sex when Julie and I got married, but oral sex is not really sex by presidential decree, right?

Jenn still comes over once in a while to hit the inversion table and have a skinny dip. Jenn's one of the few non-family members that we let skinny dip with the kids. I still tickle her feet when she hangs and a few times I've convinced her to take all her clothes off before she got on the inversion table, and even though she complains, I almost always get her to swim without her suit. She's so easy that way.

Her and I did get to work on a couple of projects together at work and we've even sent Jenn to Utah where she became friends with Wilma -- imagine that. They're only occasional lovers, but they keep in touch. Sometimes Wilma makes it out here and Jenn and I will take her out to dinner. There's this Japanese restaurant we found nearby that we bring Wilma to for 'Mexican' food, only it's a whole lot better than that hole in the wall out in Utah.

Julie has quit work and is a stay at home mother. She keeps track of the finances and the three kids and believe me, just the kids alone are a full time job. Zoe and Gail still work though. They're also staying at the house. It works great and Gail saves rent this way. The two of them share the same bedroom upstairs as they always have, the girls have another bedroom, and Gabe is on his own in the last bedroom. We've made a room up in the attic/loft for Sue, but I'll get to that later.

Julie loves this house, but who wouldn't? She has room to stretch. Gail and I have taken to running between Julie's legs whenever we get the chance before she notices anything. Gail has tried to convince Zoe to do the same but she won't. Julie doesn't care for that sort of thing, to say the least. It's just one of those things that Gail does to lighten everything up when we get stressed which, you know, happens once in a while. I make it up to Julie by sneaking up on her and kissing her behind the knees. It drives her crazy and leads to sex. 'nuff said.

She drives me crazy too. Last night Julie and I were in the kitchen talking, the kids were in bed, Gail and Zoe were upstairs. She was sitting at the kitchen island and she lifted me up on the island table. We could look each other eye to eye this way but she had ulterior motives: she leaned over on her elbows and pulled my pants down. Then she blew me right there as I stood on the table. Something about it being my birthday present. I can't wait to see what Zoe and Gail have in store for me today.

Last halloween Zoe made one of my fantasies come true: she cut her hair in a bob and dressed up like Velma Dinkley -- a short red pleated skirt with yellow turtleneck sweater and knee-high socks and red Mary Jane shoes. To top it off she wore a pair of thick-rimmed glasses. Gail was Daphne and wore a red wig for the part. I have to say: they went a little overboard, but damn, the two were sexy. Zoe still wears the bob and I still think it's sexy. I don't know if she knows how crazy she makes me with that hair cut.

Zoe did get her Master's degree after a year of hard work and is now a licensed therapist. She's also working on her PhD now and we're all very proud. She's trying to convince me to go back to school and get my MS but I have no ambitions for that. All my time is spent either at work, taking care of the kids, or singing.

Sharon and I still sing together. There was a time when we all thought that Sharon would never find anyone special. It would be huge shame if that situation continued since she's so pretty and one of the nicest people in the world. That's changed, finally.

Sharon had always been invited to our private pool parties and somewhere along the way we decided to invite Caleb. The two became friends at the parties but would show up separately. Then one day they showed up together and they've been together ever since. I'm pretty sure one of these day they'll tell us that they're engaged. Aren't you happy for them too?

Erin and Fred have two children: Samuel just turned nine and he's like a big brother to my Gabe. Their little girl, Sharon, is seven, almost a year older than Gabe, and she loves playing with Daisy and Jill. Since Erin and Fred live close enough the cousins play together a lot and they love coming over often for skinny dipping. Sometimes they spend the night, and sometimes our kids spend the night over there.

My Dad comes over once in a while but we only see my mother on special family occasions. She will go see Erin and her family every now and then but has been to my house once. Only once because I won't let her come again after what happened but I don't want to talk about that incident, so don't ask. Dad and Gabe play together -- Dad loves throwing the football with Gabe. I doubt Gabe would ever play football, but you never know.

Julie's Mom comes over quite often and you should listen to her talk about her beautiful grandchildren. She's taken Daisy as one of her own. Just don't ask Mom about the grandkids if you don't have the time. We take the kids over to see her at her house often and she cherishes her time with them. Sometimes, it's just Jill spending the night with her. Maybe she reminds Mom of her namesake, we're not sure, but they have a close bond.

Cindy and Gabe got married in Arizona but I'm sure that's no surprise. They have three kids. Their oldest is also named after me. I've been out to Arizona a few times to see them and also visit with Tee when I'm there. Julie comes with me to Arizona sometimes but Zoe always stays home. She just can't bear to go back to Arizona. There's too many bad memories for her. Tee and Kaycee dote over Cindy's kids and Zoe doesn't get to see that.

Julie has met and knows Kaycee and knows about my relationship with her -- I told her all about it so that there wouldn't be any secrets. It turns out that Kaycee and Tee are becoming very good friends. In fact, they live together now. I'm happy for both.
Now I need to tell you something about Borgford's disease and having babies. If both parents have the virus then it is extremely likely the child will have it too, like Daisy. If just one of the parents have the virus it is likely the child will have it, like Jill and Gabe, but it is not a definite thing. Sometimes the baby will be normal sized with a mother that has the virus.

Such was the case with Sue. Over time she had become a little smaller -- maybe she hadn't been taking PDQ regularly -- but then she got pregnant. It turned out the baby was getting too big for her and they had to get it out right away. It was an emergency -- a matter of life or death for both of them, and unfortunately, the baby didn't make it. Sue and her husband were devastated and the stress of it all was too much: they divorced. This whole state of affairs left Sue a shell of her old self.

To make things worse, Sue got hooked on drugs and has overdosed twice so far, nearly dying both times. She is now a skinny, frail and very short girl. She doesn't take her PDQ sometimes and abuses opiate type drugs in it's place. All this means that she's now shorter than I am; about two feet six inches tall.

We've had her stay over at the house to dry out and we fixed a bed up in the loft especially for her. It works but only for a while. She'll go missing for days at a time and we pick her up sometimes from jail or sometimes from the emergency room and always bring her back home with us.

There's only one way to ensure she stays home, takes her PDQ, and stays off the illegal stuff, and that is with sex. Since we married Julie and I have tried to remain faithful to each other except for special occasions. Gail and Zoe are special. But so is Sue.

Julie approves, of course. In fact, she nearly pushes me into it because Sue is such a good friend. Zoe and Gail help in this regard as does Julie herself. Despite all the bad stuff that's happened Sue is still a beautiful girl. Sue feels comfortable and safe with us, however it is a bit awkward with the kids around but they know that their Aunt Sue is suffering. It's hard to explain to them why Sue barks and howls late some nights. Sue is another one that we let skinny dip with the family. In fact, she is almost as bad as Cindy: she sometimes walks around the house casually wearing nothing at all. The kids treat her as if she were their little sister. It's kind of cute and Sue, rather than getting mad about it, likes the attention from the kids.

A good thing from being at the house is that Zoe knows about substance abuse -- something she deals with quite a bit at work, and she's putting her knowledge to use helping Sue. One time when Sue was in the hospital, they only let her into our custody because of Zoe. In fact, Zoe was the one who signed for her to get out and was responsible for her for that period of time. Sue's disappearances have slowed down since being in Zoe's care and we're even to the point of helping Sue find a new job. We just have to get her to keep her clothes on.

Remember Bettina? She's actually a good gal once you get to know her. She did lose weight and you know what? She ain't too bad looking. Nope, I didn't try to give the virus to her, not that I could. But she still wants to change the world, just now in some different way. Don't ask me what way because it's changing all the time. And get this: she gave all that liberal stuff up and is now a gun rights activist and a spokesperson for the NRA. No, she isn't! I'm kidding. She did mute her activism however and now spends her time helping disadvantaged children. I told you she was a good gal. I can't be hard on her no matter what: if it wasn't for her Julie and I may not have gotten back together.

Taylor, Bettina's friend sort of, has become somewhat of a de-facto expert on Borgford's disease. I never did go off of PDQ for her experiments so don't worry there; maybe somebody else did, I don't know. However, it has been confirmed independently that yes, pheromones exist and the virus, or maybe PDQ, does wreak havoc with that whole physiological arousal thing. I'm not complaining.

Speaking of hormones, the thyroid drugs are helping; I haven't lost any height recently. And the pheromones help when it comes to Sue. Boy does it help! Sometimes I can't get her off of me and she follows me around the house, hugging, kissing and grabbing me constantly. Julie, Zoe and Gail tease me about it to no end. I tell them to stop breathing so they don't have to smell the pheromones. Perhaps that's why we're all very close knit.

Julie and I are as close as ever. I sometimes forget how big she is and how small I am, but at times when I go on a business trip I'm reminded of our disparity when I get back home. When she has shoes on with any amount of heel I'm looking almost straight into her knees. She teases me by wearing dresses and going commando and when I look up, well, you get the idea. I can kiss her legs and look up to see if her clit is popping out and if so, I know I've gotten to her. While normal people wouldn't be able to tell, anyone my height can. She acts like nothing's amiss when we're out and that drives me crazy and I can't wait to get home. She'll tease Zoe and Gail, and even Sue like this too. It must be hard to find underwear in her size.

I've often wondered why she still married me after finding out that Zoe was pregnant with my child. As far as I can tell it's a combination of loving not only me but Zoe, and partly because when she found out she had just told half the town that we were gettin' hitched. It would be embarrassing if she didn't go through with it but more importantly, I think she really wanted to marry me no matter what. We love each other and want to be with each other forever.

As I look back on my life so far I realize that I'm pretty damn lucky, despite catching the virus and being knee height to my wife. I've worked hard and tried not to let the bad things that are out of my control get to me. I've matured along the way and I always try to treat people right. My songs are selling, people seem to like me and I love my work. I get sex regularly. Most of all I'm married to my high school sweetheart who has grown huge right in front of me, and has given me two wonderful children and is a wonderful mother to both of them and to Daisy. I like this concept of growing old together. What more could anyone ask?



----- The end?

Julie will be awake soon and although I could stay here all day in her arms, I'm looking forward to showering. She has to bend down to reach the shower head for which I can't reach even if I jumped. You should see her get down on her knees to get her hair wet, but then she blocks all the water for me when she's in front of the shower head. Showers are an adventure.

I can't wait to see what the family has planned for me today. Hopefully tonight I can play on my playground known as Julie. Maybe Sue and the others will join us. Who knows? The mystery is killing me.

Thank you for listening to my story and just maybe you can uncover some inspiration from my life. I've had a roller coaster ride but I wouldn't trade it for anything. Julie and I may be the most unlikely couple in history but our lives are full. I wish the same for you too but without all the turmoil.

Just remember, no matter how big or small you are, the only thing that matters is the size of your heart. And if an under three feet tall dude can have such a happy life, you can too.

 

Chapter 102 - The last chapter by littless
Author's Notes:

This is it. I hope you've liked the story. I must apologize for a weak middle, but I think the ending chapters are much better. I hope you do too.

----- After thirty some odd years

Sam is ...

No, I can't do this.

I promised him, but I just can't. Give me some time, please.


----- A week later

I'm sorry. This is Julie. I wrote that bit above last week, and I just couldn't finish it though, I have to. I promised Sam I would do this for him. He knows how much everyone would like to hear the rest of his story. I left that bit up there to let you know how hard this is for me.

It pains me to inform you that Sam passed away two weeks ago. I'm having such a hard time keeping it together. I have to be strong for the kids. They're not kids anymore but they'll always be our kids. I can't imagine what they're going through. They adored their father.

It's been about thirty years since Sam wrote last and so much has happened. We've been so busy raising kids and priorities change when you become a parent. He wanted you to know all about it but there's too much to touch on other than the high points and I'm not sure where to start.

First, I want to tell you something that Sam was always bashful about: we're rich. He didn't need to work but he loved his job. He made well into the six figures at work but that's not why we have so much money. Sam wrote, sang and published songs throughout his life and this brought in tons of money. Millions! He rarely performed in public except at Mike's. It no longer belongs to Mike but we still call it that. You see, we own it now. I run it, among other things. We've made investments in real estate and that's a large part of our fortune too.

I stopped working for others long ago and have been taking care of our business for many years. I do all the work but I've always had Sam there to guide me or help with any questions and he's always been an inspiration to achieve more.

Zoe became a partner in a therapy group. She has her PhD and despite the fact that Gail and her have been threatening to move out forever, they still live with us. And we love that they do. I love that they do. It's going to be hard to say 'me' rather than 'us'.

Gail and Zoe have been great trying to console me and the kids, even though I know how much grief they've been going through over this. They're the greatest.

Sam was so proud of Daisy; we all are. She received her own PhD in political science from Yale and her JD from Harvard. She's been in politics ever since and is now running for a Senate seat. She's the leading candidate so it looks like she'll be our next Senator!

In a move that's ironic, given her mother's distaste for guns, Daisy competed in all sorts of shooting sports including skeet and trap, and something called 3-gun, all through school. She's won all sorts of contests and has been a national champion more than once.

Jill teaches high school English in the next district over. She lives close enough to us and comes over often; especially to use the pool. She's a swim team coach in the summer and it was swimming on the college team that put her through college. Just like Daisy, she had a scholarship and we didn't need to pay her tuition, although we've given grants to their respective schools.

Since I'm talking of grants, I'll say that we also fund an operation that coordinates research into Borgford's disease. I'll be proposing to them next week that they change their name to the Sam Cook foundation. It seems Bettina got her wish about bringing about such an organization, only it's a bit different than her original vision. She'll be running it mostly, by the way, and Taylor is the lead researcher.

Gabe is a cop. I don't like that he's putting his life on the line every day but it could be worse. With war looming on the horizon, he could have been drafted. However, by being in public service he's exempt from the draft. Just like his sister Daisy, he's a top shot with firearms. That's what got him interested in law enforcement; it's a profession where he gets to use his gun. Fortunately, he's never had to shoot it except for practice.

I believe that when Sam wrote last Vincent hadn't been born, or even conceived. Gail wanted to have her own child so much and her and I discussed it amongst ourselves privately for months. Then Gail talked to Zoe about it I broke it to Sam. Gail wanted no one other than Sam to be the father of her child and seeing how successful Sam's other children turned out, despite the virus, she became nearly obsessed about the subject and the two finally had a baby boy they named Vincent.

He's no longer a boy, though you wouldn't think that to look at him. At twenty five years old he looks more like a short eight year old. The PDQ didn't work well, but we all suspect Vince didn't take his meds on purpose. You see, he doesn't want to be tall. He thinks being small is special and I can't disagree with that sentiment although we all admonish him for not taking his meds regularly. At least he reminds me of Sam and I get to hold him in my arms whenever I want. Vince loves this and I love him as if he were my own.

Vince is pretty smart too; he has a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering. We're all proud of him too, but none prouder than Daisy. The two have a special bond. And Vince also has a special bond with Sue. I shouldn't tell you this but Sam wanted you to know that we suspect the two have been having sexual relations. Like his father, I'm sure the boy is giving off those pheromones. Even I can feel it, the way he reminds me of Sam. But it seems Sue can't help herself. And neither can Vince -- Sue is very pretty and she looks like an even shorter eight year old child than Vince does. Only one with breasts.

Vince loves cars and wanted to design them as a career, however his life took a different turn and he's become a journalist instead. What's worse, he's a political journalist. This puts him in a unique place to help Daisy: he's on her team to become elected.

Mom loves all the kids, including Vince. She cannot stop talking of the grandchildren and loves the fact that she's a grandmother. Mom doesn't come over to the house as much as she used to since the kids have all moved out, but she's been here the past week to help me since the funeral. It's going to be lonely around this house, even with Zoe, Gail and Sue still here. It's been that way since the kids grew up but now so much more so that Sam is gone.

Before Sam left us we became grandparents. Our daughter Jill who has two children: a two year old girl, Sharon, and a seven year old boy named Harold after his father. Sam loved and spent lots of time with all of our grandchildren, writing and singing songs for them. Thank goodness he recorded them. It will be his eternal gift to the grandkids.

Big Harold, Jill's husband, is not so big; he has Borgford's too but caught it late in life and dwindled down to four foot nine inches tall, whereas Jill is six five. It's a big disparity in size, but nowhere near that of Sam and I. We are proud of Jill for everything. She doesn't make as much money being a teacher but we feel that she's worth as much as any of our kids.

Then there is our son Gabe who has a little boy, Lucas. Gabe and his wife were high school sweethearts. She was a cheerleader and Gabe played football in addition to shooting in high school. Sam wanted him to wrestle but Gabe always said that football, shooting and the martial arts he learned were combative enough. At the college where Gabe majored in criminal justice, he was in the drama club instead of sports. He kept in shape though. After college he married and they waited until they had bought a house before having kids. He refused any monetary help from us, although we could have afforded it quite comfortably.

We all want Daisy and Vince to have kids, but Daisy is too busy and Vince, I don't know, he's too young or carefree or just enjoys being single -- take your pick. Daisy has been dating a boy, or I should say a man, who's a federal prosecutor. Zoe doesn't like him very much but it's Daisy's life and she's done exceptional with it so far so I have nothing to complain about. Zoe thinks Daisy should at least go for someone who defends against federal prosecutions if she's going to date a lawyer. Zoe's set in her ways though. I wish them lots of luck. He is going to need it.

I should tell you about Sue. She's been living with us off and on, mostly on, for the past few decades. I believe Sam told you about her special situation. Sam and I had decided to remain faithful to each other after getting married, but that didn't last long. Every once in a while he'd spend the night with Zoe or Gail or both. In fact, so did I. You can condemn us for it, but I could tell you that you that I bet you have something scandalous in your life too. They're not skeletons in the closet, it's just a lifestyle we have all chosen as informed adults. Plus, there's that PDQ libido enhancing thing going on in our house, but no excuses; we know what we're doing.

Anyway, Sue started having problems. It led to Sue having no friends in her life and she was wasting away. She would replace taking PDQ with other drugs and then the inevitable would happen: she'd shrink. We took her in. She was too good a friend not to help.

At first she wouldn't stay. She'd go away for days but always would find her way back to our doorstep and we'd take her back in, get her back on PDQ, and try to keep her from disappearing again. The only way we could ensure she'd stay here would be to promise her sex; Sam to the rescue. But also Gail and Zoe and sometimes even Ava would spend the night with her; I have too. We all really do love Sue and hate what happened in her life.

I have no idea how Sam's death is going to affect Sue. She's still here and hasn't left the past few years, and is here even now after Sam's passing. That is a good sign. Vince is here for a few days and I know it cheers her up. But I don't know how she'll handle things when he's gone. She doesn't do much but take care of the pool, the house and the yard for us; the little bit that she can do. The pool is a constant maintenance nightmare so it's a good thing, but the best is that it gives her something to do. It seems Sue and Vince are the only two to have used the pool since Sam's passing.

But you should have seen Sue trying to convince Ava to skinny dip that first time many years ago. Sue is now much smaller than her and kept trying to pull Ava's clothes off but Ava was too strong. Ava finally did relent and the two spent a whole evening skinny dipping together that night before disappearing into Sue's room. If I recall correctly, Vince disappeared that night too. To give you an idea of their sizes, because I know Sam would have wanted me to tell you: Ava is three nine, Sue is one foot and eleven inches tall, and Vince is down to two foot eight inches. The only one I know smaller than Sue is Tee.

Sharon and Caleb have one boy and one girl: Ethan and Abigail. She's in high school and he's working as a cook like his father. They used to come over and play in the pool a lot. I'm hoping that won't stop now that Sam is gone. I'm so happy for Sharon that she found someone to spend a lifetime with, and to have and raise kids. Their children are so sweet, just like their mother and father.

Their son Ethan is like Sam: short. The trouble is that Ethan's younger sister, Abby, is not -- she's over a head taller then him, despite the fact that she has the virus too. She teases Ethan about it. To say he doesn't like it is like saying torture doesn't hurt very much. Jill used to spend time with Ethan and make him feel good about his height and he has since grown to love his stature. Now he's dating a girl who is much taller. They're a cute couple. Ethan also sings with his mother. That's something his sister cannot say for herself; she's tone deaf. As with the others, I love all of them to no end.

Cindy and Gabe are still in Arizona but they came back here for the funeral. They have three lovely kids: Sam, Theresa and Julio, but they're all grown too. Their Sam came with them to the funeral. He always did take to his namesake even though they saw each other little. But every time we'd visit, he'd run up to to Uncle Sam and hug him.

Tee is still living in Arizona too, and she came back for the funeral with Cindy and Gabe. She brought Kaycee with her this time; the two have become very close. I don't know why, after all these years, they haven't been married. They're staying at Tee's parents house and have planned to stay here for another two weeks. I think Tee's parents have accepted the fact that she lives with a girl, but that's the least of the curves Tee has thrown them, not that they're all her fault.

Tee has a special bond with Ethan. If you've read Sam's story then you know how close she is to Sharon, Ethan's mother. I believe Tee being so small has given Ethan inspiration and has helped as much as Jill has in getting him comfortable with his own stature.

Tee's saga is a long one, and she's written about it, but I must say, the poor girl is shorter than Zoe now. I love holding her like all the others -- she's like a baby in my arms -- but she's also my hero. You'll understand why when you read her story.

And speaking of babies, all of them look so young, unlike me. I may have the height but that just means that I'm now eight feet four inches of wrinkles and gray hair. Sam never seemed to get older and still looked like a teenager as do the rest of them. He kept his stamina in bed too. I couldn't keep up with him and the nights he spent with others would be the nights I could get a long restful sleep. I'm not sure if its the virus itself, or the drugs or even the pheromones, but Sam kept it up until his death.

Sam had wondered a lot why I decided to marry him so readily when he asked. It is simply because I love him. He was everything to me in high school but then we broke up, I hurt him for it, not knowing at the time how much or even caring. My heart was lifted when we reunited after he had come back from school. I moved in with him and finished my schooling and things were going very well. I started growing, which at first made me elated, but then I began to realize that not only was I different, people were treating me different.

Some wanted to be near me and treated me with respect. Some wanted nothing to do with me. That hurt but I now that I'm older and wiser I realize that they were being petty.

The worst part was when Sam started shrinking. I tried to tell myself it wasn't my fault and to ignore it but it kept eating at me and kept changing my behavior. It wasn't enough that everyone was treating me different, I felt different. I felt bad. Elation gave way to sadness. I did some mean things to Sam and others and I didn't like this new dark side of me. Before, I dare not act in such a way, but by becoming bigger I could get away with it. It was just too easy. I didn't tell Sam this until we had been married for several years but I began to hate myself. I, at one time, even tried to seek out someone with the virus so that I could catch it and become closer to Sam's size and become part of his group. I realized very late that I was always a part of Sam's group.

Many bad things happened and I kind of left Sam but always stayed in his life and I told myself that I could always go back whenever I wanted but that never happened until one night I pissed Sam off and he threw me out of his house and out of his life.

That time it was his decision, not mine. That time I couldn't go back by my own choice. That time it would be forever if Sam wanted it and it seemed like that was exactly what he wanted. I had strung him along way too much and I know Sam does not make decisions lightly. I thought that was it and I felt the worst I'd ever felt in my life.

Fortunately, it was, as Sam said himself, a mistake on his part, and I was so relieved when he apologized to me. I knew that one day he would ask me to marry him and I knew all along that there would be no way I could refuse. Maybe he waited too long, or maybe I pushed him away with my actions after he started shrinking. I knew I had hurt him greatly and he never deserved such pain. Nobody does.

But Sam didn't let the shrinking stop him and he didn't let my growth get in the way of our relationship. I did, because I couldn't handle it. In my defense, it happened too fast for me. I blamed it on the inversion table and it got to where I didn't even want to be near one. Sam inherently knew how I felt and would tease me about my growth in an effort to lighten my mood. It didn't always work, but sometimes it did and I love him for that. We gave the inversion table to Sharon for Ethan to use in the hopes that he would get taller; the poor boy deserved it at the time.

So what did I see in Sam you might ask? I'm not sure I can answer that. He was always kind to everyone. He was honest and worked hard. He was smart. He was handsome; even when our sizes changed I thought he was the most handsome man in the world. I can barely remember the time when I had to look up to him physically, but our sizes changed so much that it got to where I was afraid I would accidentally hurt him. I knew I must be intimidating to him; I would have been in his shoes. But I loved being able to pick him up and cuddle him like a baby.

I can't explain love and I don't think anyone can so I won't. I loved it when Sam spent time with other girls and if they made him feel good then that made me feel good. But he would have sex only with those that we both knew and loved. It's true -- I love Zoe and Gail. I even love Sue. And Tee and Cindy and especially Sharon. I didn't realize it at the time but Cindy had such a big influence on our lives.

I had slept with other guys, mostly as an experiment and later in the hopes that someone might give me the virus that had infected Sam and his friends. None of them meant to me as much as Sam did. Sleeping with Sam's friends however were different. I have to thank Erin, Sam's sister, for introducing me to sex with other girls. Sharing Sam with the girls that I slept with and loved gave me a warm feeling inside. I'm not sure how else to explain it but I could never convince Sam of this, however I knew he couldn't resist sex with them anyway, so it didn't matter much whether he understood that or not.

Gail, Zoe and I have been comforting each other by sharing a bed since Sam passed away. I know Sue would be too if it weren't for Vince. It would break the hearts of the two of them if I or Gail prohibited Vince from being with Sue. I do love each and every one of them and that would never had been possible if it weren't for Sam. I loved Sam so much and that should explain everything.

I don't want to talk of his death, that is, how he died. It's too painful for me. Let's just say that I'm going to be fighting to toughen the laws against drunk dump-truck drivers. Sam suffered little but left behind many loving family, friends and fans. His funeral was huge -- people flowing outside and around the road outside the cemetery. Many were his fans and I didn't know even ten percent of them. But it made me happy to see them. It will be so hard to function without Sam but I know he would want us to.

To close, I want to leave you with a verse from one of Sam's favorite songs.


         There's no place in this world where I'll belong when I'm gone
         And I won't know the right from the wrong when I'm gone
         And you won't find me singin' on this song when I'm gone
         So I guess I'll have to do it while I'm here

        -- Phil Ochs




----- Somewhere else

"Over here Sammie, run."

"Slow down. I'm running as fast as I can."

"Hurry, you'll be late."

"Phew. You're fast."

"We're here."

"Where?"

"There. Look. It's time to go."

"I want to go back, like last time."

"You can't."

"Why not?"

"There's no going back, only forward."

"Are you coming with me?"

"No, Sam. I have to stay."

"Why?"

"I'm waiting."

"For what?"

"I'm not sure, but I can't go with you. Those are the rules."

"You were going to go with me last time."

"I had to say that."

"I want you to be with me."

"Some day I will. This time it's for you alone. All you have to do is walk through."

"I'm scared."

"There's nothing to be afraid of, my sweet Sammie." She cupped his face gently in her hands. "We'll be back together soon. I promise."

"No! I won't go without you. Not again." He took one her hands in his own and held tight.

"This won't work, Sammie."

"I won't let go. I won't. We're going together or I'm not going at all."

"But it ... huh? What happened?"

"I don't know."

"Hello, Samantha. Hello, Samuel." A voice said. The two turned towards a beautiful lady dressed in a long white dress.

"Do I know you?"

"Yes, Samantha. I'm darknose. Remember now?"

"Yes, I remember."

"Jill? Is that you?"

"Yes, Sam. It's really me."

"Jill! You're, I mean we're ... the same size."

"I can be bigger." she said, and in an instant Sam was knee height to her. "Or I can be smaller." and the next instant she was knee height to Sam. "And Samantha, we can play Sword of Lakatos until our hearts content." she said, this time the same height as both of the Sams.

"How did this happen?"

"You were waiting for Sam, Samantha."

"That's it?"

"Not exactly. It was his choice."

"So, I did that just by holding her hand?"

"You did that by forgiving her, Sam. It was your mercy that saved her. You saved her like the others. Like Zoe, Tee, Sue. Even Julie."

"Julie?"

"She was going to kill herself. If it wasn't for your talk amongst the trees she'd be in the same place as Samantha."

"Mom's responsible for that."

"Yes. But she didn't know until the little birdie told her."

"What little birdie is that? Is it Zoe?"

"No, it was Samantha. She told her to bring Julie to you."

"Samantha? How?"

"The same way she kept you and Zoe together."

"I don't understand."

"Dreams."

"I knew it. I knew they weren't just ordinary dreams."

"Samantha saved others too, Sam. She helped to bring Daisy into everyone's life and Daisy will make history."

"She did that by being the first child born with the virus, right?"

"No. War is imminent, Sam. You know this from talking with your daughter. She will become President of the United States, and then it will be her that will bring peace."

"My Daisy?"

"Everyone's Daisy. Thanks to both of you, she's going to save the world just like her father saved so many."

"I didn't save you, Jill."

"It was my time. You tried with all your heart and that is all that is important. I missed you and now you're here."

"I'll miss the others I left behind."

"You will be with them soon enough."

"I'm so happy to see you again, Jill. We have so much to talk about."

"And I am so happy to see you too. But we have all the time in the universe."

"What about Julie? I miss her already."

"Patience. There's so much we can do here; you'll like it while you wait. Would you two like to play now?"

"Sword of Lakatos?"

"Sure, Samantha. Would you like to play with us, Sam?"

"I don't know how."

"We'll teach you and we can do it for real this time. Would you like me to play the giant amazon?"

"I think I would."

"Cool! And I'll be grinder, the enchanted fairy. Sam, you can be the farmer that finds me in your garden. Then darknose, I mean Jill, will ..."

 

 


 

 

End Notes:

There you go. The end of Sam's story. But...

I've started other stories in the "Borgford Tales" series (as Bigdawk K refers to it. I like this.) coming up, maybe. Let me know if you'd like to see more of them. I have other stories not connected with the "Borgford" virus at all which I'll put up soon too. All the other stories I have coming up (so far) are much shorter than this one.

If there is something you particularly liked or didn't, you know what to do: leave a comment.

I'm going to take a couple weeks break from this but I promise I'll be back.

Again, I do this for the readers and I'd love to hear from you all.

Thanks for all the comments from those who commented, and thanks to everyone who has stuck with this, admittedly very long, story.

 

This story archived at http://www.giantessworld.net/viewstory.php?sid=6689